a Carers Cee)
; i" Petals j Athans aha
Se Ata Pt Pe er
’ pial Ptpapep 8 oP ose
, : J a! . + ¢ dl As a2 4 bt
¢ * re : : { By r f PN,
J ‘T% tpt wad ge {> Cte ea :
7 id A ‘ {> ; 4 ras Ave rt bs
t fs ae / hee lea a! tet )
-* Py ‘ Nadir Ve
ee . JM Br eee ee
e SRR SATA H Hany
‘ , a! is, aii - Ot yt et \
_ asiate of at |
a f ; ve ;
rit ; f
‘
7
fy
uta
4
7
-
sal
» «
*
é
:
+a a
~
5
»
a « f
is. i 7
y 4 $ Pi
: ‘ ? ,
N r ['
f ’
N
A : ’
i ‘ i
:
~ A,
¢
‘ os* ’
rt *
* oi )
a» ”“ 4
AS ,
> 4 > =
‘ af:
, ; *
1 a)
4 »
*
aA
:
“
*, ~
4 4
o ak ; ’
a
ihe
> A af
is #, m §
aa %
‘- z 54
. ° i. ‘ =
a. aM, -
a > aS :
4 « * - Le
« Fy
: mat
, . 4 L
t é Ay 7 is
‘ - ? Z
é |
sta J
~ Th, r :
a
e~ : e gs 7
id .
>. eer) ees eee? A fe See pt ay sash Fad Pee Pike
G a ~ a > j fle F Bi yee! Ths F ree es 2
\ | A Rd rtaeria
‘3 yi.
‘
2 Le eg
> \ ve 7
G
¢ F
tg - 4
i 72") Fs ,
4 , ,
~ 4 F tr ;
‘ 4, C
+4 2 ~
7? 4
A §
s
P ;
ou lei
ye rT
a ‘s , ; t
} ff i aan f
) } f ; - ; sr
ae ay 4
baie uJ ‘4 ;
t ’ _*
Lae , pe
Bite “ er
/ >
ey * di
+ : 5 az’ tg +
ut re oo) ce i
A> 7 , 4 rT 4 “> Pag ay nga ders ef {
i. aay poled) dia hol shah seas ad :
“ & } sed Pa a ae ah et ek oh tag te aed
if j edu » Lgl “| Le . 8
Ce + ¥
TL | ¥
¢ B pup ecsbgs ‘
oP t Fl ce
4 Pere iy
mie Pe
’ - gk (ech (ah
, rs 43 :
: +38 at ‘ £ : he te EL
A ie fr a Meiet s@ a, oe ery
oy ~ » Pe cago a
« Le, ee he EO al a! gad Wy
r 37% f ‘ suk, £*P wf j 4
MMe nds Bot et Tee Sat ol
<4 ‘. 3 rm Ss q AL *
, ‘
yi J Pps
te i
eee
OSs s3
: st .
{
eta It at :
yt
7
A)
|
hy
thi
:
we
Bi ‘A ty ‘
Aid
“Cb eee ae
ihe Hay fate
it Atel:
=
WAWS
GREEK AND ENGLISH
“4
BD
/ »-
tesicon
TO THE
’ NEW TESTAMENT:
ESPECIALLY
‘ _ ADAPTED TO THE USE OF COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS;
ii =
t
Pe BUT ALSO INTENDED AS A CONVENIENT
MANUAL FOR STUDENTS IN DIVINITY AND THEOLOGICAL
READERS IN GENERAL.
f BY THE REV.
f
hd
S. T. BLOOMFIELD, D.D. F.S.A.
+ SIDNEY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE;
EDITOR OF THE GREEK TESTAMENT WITH ENGLISH NOTES, KC
LONDON:
é PRINTED FOR
7" ONGMAN, ORME, BROWN, GREEN, & LONGMANS,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
1840.
LONDON:
GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, PRINT
ial aba. Oe ee
i.e
eee
2 ae ST. JOHN’S SQUARE.
tae 4 * aed
SOS eet to eh
’ Fy] . 7 *
A Poet: i .
: a 4
ned oe + , < y ss
¥ x { oe
r
a Lay
» F eo
' JI 3b
er ee
3
i F -
i ‘3
yf
' ‘
« bet a *
i {
4
”) 4
gts. SH Tos
TO THE RIGHT REVEREND
JOHN
LORD BISHOP OF LINCOLN,
&e. &e. &e.
My Lorp,
In inscribing to your Lordship a Work, I trust of
no inconsiderable importance in Theology, I offer it both as a
suitable tribute of respect to one of the most distinguished
Theologians of our Church, and as a memorial of my grateful
sense of those various acts of personal courtesy and kindness
with which I have been favoured by your Lordship, formerly
my most respected Diocesan; and which, added to the friendly
interest you have been pleased to take in my welfare, have
impressed with sentiments of the sincerest attachment,
My Lord, your Lordship’s most obliged
and faithful humble servant,
S. T. BLOOMFIELD.
29, CLAREMONT SQUARE, PENTONVILLE;
Jan. 22nd, 1840.
et
er
ot aah
1
i
PREFACE.
Nort less extensive than weighty is the apophthegm of the ancient
philosopher, péya [SAiov, péya kaxoy. And to no department
of literature is it more applicable, than to that of Commentaries on
ancient writers,—and, as formed thereon, the collections of Lex-
icographers. After having, by the labours of a long series of
years, I trust, succeeded in materially lessening the evil in ques-
tion, as it respects the interpretation of the Greek Testament,
_ I thonght I could not better employ myself, than in endeavour-
ing to extend the same service to the Lexicography thereof, by
performing that which still remained to be effected for it, in
the construction of a work, which, while it contained all that
could justly be regarded as essentially requisite to the Biblical ©
Student, should avoid the inconvenience arising from an em-
_ barrassing superfluity of explanation or illustration.
In tracing the progression of this branch of sacred literature
i from slender beginnings, the leading defects that present them-
i selves in the earlier Lexicons of the New Testament are, first, a
y paucity of senses; secondly, a want of due discrimination between
| the various significations of any word; and, thirdly, a poverty of
_ illustration by examples, whether Scriptural or Classical ;—defects
which continued to prevail until the middle of the last century,
when improvements were first introduced by Stock, and sub-
a sequently carried forward by Schoettgen, Krebs, Spohn, and
_ Parkhurst.
To the learned and laborious ScutzusnER, however, was re-
_ served the honour of completely accomplishing that reformation,
which had been but partially effected by his able prede-
cessors. Yet, as an entire departure from one extreme too
as
al PREFACE.
naturally carries with it a tendency to the opposite extreme, so
Schleusner, while avoiding the error of confounding together the
various senses of the same word, too often, most unwarrantably,
multiples those senses, not distinguishing between such as are
inherent in the words themselves, and those which are derived
from adjuncts, or from the context. And what is worse, his
versions of the passages of the N. T. adduced are too often mere
loose paraphrases, in which the plain sense of the original is in.
a great measure diluted and explained away, not to say some-
times perverted: a serious defect this, which neither Wahl nor
Bretschneider attempted to remove. Moreover, though indefati-
gable in collecting materials, he was deficient in the art of work-
ing them up; he wanted, too, that nice discrimination of Greek
idiom, and those enlarged views of the language, which so emi-
nently distinguished the great Grecians from the time of BENTLEY
and HremsTeruHuIs downward. :
Aware of these defects, a subsequent labourer in the same field, —
Waut, applied himself to the construction of a new Lexicon,
which, avoiding the prolixity of his predecessor’s, should supply
what the advanced state of Greek Philology demanded. Accord-
ingly, his Clavis Philologica presents, especially in its second
edition, a greatly improved classification of the various senses of
words, and a far more enlightened mode of treating on the Pre-
positions and Particles; besides a marked improvement in hand-
ling all matters of syntax or construction, and discussing the -
minuter idioms and nicer proprieties of the Greek language.
Not unfrequently, however, he carries this scientific nicety and
exactness to the extreme of those refinements on Grecism, which
are by no means suited to the simple and popular diction of the
New Testament. Moreover, though professing greater concise-
ness than Schleusner, he has himself heaped together a mass of
matter (chiefly consisting of minute Philological and Grammatical
details) little less bulky, more fitted to a Thesaurus of the Greek
language, than a Clavis to a single book in it: and by thus
occupying so much room with discussions comparatively im-
material, he has been often obliged to exclude highly important
features in any Lexicon ; very rarely giving more than references
to passages of Scripture, and almost never to those of the Clas-
PREFACE. vil
sical writers,—instead of adducing, as he ought on all occasions of
importance, the words themselves.
These defects were seen, and in some measure avoided, by a later
Lexicographer, BrReETSCHNEIDER ; who, especially in his second
edition, has often improved on Wahl, by still further lessening
the number of significations, and by introducing greater exact-
ness in the classification of senses, and more of precision and per-
spicuity in the disposition of his matter’. He has also the great
merit of having fully supplied that which was most wanting in
the Lexicons of Schleusner and Wahl, by bringing forward a
great body of valuable illustrations of the phraseology of the
New Testament from the Septuagint and the Apocrypha, Jose-
phus and Philo; also from the Apocryphal and Pseudepigraphic
writings of the Old and New Testament, and, likewise, from
the most ancient Ecclesiastical Writers, who formed their lan-
guage upon the model of the New Testament writers. Yet not-
— me
ahi ee as vent
eo
a ot :
7 ow
Sinan ti ~
withstanding all these advantages, the Neologian spirit, which
pervades his work in a far greater degree than the Clavis of
Wahl, presents a great and insuperable bar to its use, and ren-
ders it as unfit for younger students, as it is unacceptable to
more advanced scholars’.
In another and later performance, viz. the Lexicon of Dr.
Rosrnson of the United States of America, a laudable endeavour
was made to unite the advantages of the three works just men-
tioned, and to avoid the defects respectively attaching to each.
Having, however, already fully discussed its merits and defects
in my preface to a London reprint of it*, with revisions, &c.
I need only refer the reader to that publication.
Having thus glanced at the several deficiencies in preceding
' Lexicons, which appeared to render a new one desirable, at least
to a large class of readers, I will now proceed to state the plan
* Yet, in attempting to show how those senses arise one out of the other, he
often (as the late learned Editor of Parkhurst observes) ‘ vainly endeavours to
_ teduce the fleeting and delicate senses of words to an arrangement too strictly logi-
cal, and thus sacrifices utility to the appearance of philosophical accuracy.
7 It cannot be denied that the Lexicons of Schleusner, Wahl, and Bret-
schneider, are all as far inferior to that of Parkhurst in sound principle and
seriousness of spirit, as theirs are superior to his in learning and talent. I trust it
_ will be found that the present work does not fall short of Mr, Parkhurst’s in the
qualities which form its chief excellence. ~
* Longman & Co. 1837.
Vill , PREFACE.
on which I have acted in its formation. And here I must pre-_
mise, that, inasmuch as it appeared to me neither necessary nor
desirable, in the present state of the Lexicography of the New |
Testament, to aim at constructing an absolutely new, and entirely
original Lexicon, I thought it best to form my work on the basis
of those of my learned and highly meritorious predecessors, more
particularly Dr. Roxzinson’s*; at the same time intermixing
and superadding a considerable proportion of original, and, I
trust not unimportant, matter, supplied by my own extensive
researches, and in various other respects (which will be appa-
rent on comparison with the foregoing works) communicating to
”
it that which may entitle it to be considered as at least an mde-—
pendent, though not entirely original, performance. My great aim
has been to render the work, though brief’, yet perspicuous, and
sufficiently comprehensive to form a Manuat of New Testament
Lexicography. Accordingly, I have wholly abstained both from
attempting to make it serve the purpose of a Concordance*, and
from entering at large into the interpretation of difficult and dis-
puted passages. For the former purpose the reader will, of |
course, consult the Concordance of Schmidt, and for the latter ©
I may be permitted to refer him to the ample details to be found
in my larger Greek Testament, to which the present work is ©
especially intended to serve as a CoMPANIoN, supplying that
minute verbal explanation and illustration, which would have been
out of place in a Commentary.
1 T have indeed been materially aided by his labours, (especially on the pre-
positions and particles,) though not, perhaps, in a greater degree than he himself was —
by those of his predecessors, Schleusner, Wahl, and Bretschneider.
2 In order to save space for more important purposes, I have thought it expedient
to follow the example of the earlier rather than the later Lexicographers, by
excluding all proper names. As to those of places, my younger readers will find ©
them treated of in my smaller edition of the Greek Testament. Those more
advanced in their studies will find,in the third volume of Mr. HarTwELL
Hornez’s most valuable INTRODUCTION, a very neat compendium of whatever is —
certainly known on that subject, as well as on all matters of Biblical Antiquities, |,
which | have abstained from treating on, otherwise than briefly and cursorily.
3 In a Lexicon of the N. T., the object to be aimed at is to present, not a
Commentary, but that which may serve as ‘ an zmstrument in the hands of the student,
whereby he may ascertain the sense’ of words and phrases in a manner partly similar
to, but partly differing from, that by which it is sought by the aid of a Concordance ;
so that he may be enabled to, in some measure, practically form out of the matter a
;
sort of verbal Commentary for himself, without that bias which is often found inj,
Expositurs. As to the Lexicographer himself, though he has some means of dis- ‘|,
covering the truth, which may escape the Commentator, yet as his business is with
words and phrases only, not sentences, much less paragraphs, he ought never arbitra-_
rily to determine the sense of a passage against the general vejce of Expositors.
PREFACE. 1X
_ The plan which I have pursued in forming the present work is
as follows. The Ltymology of each word is first given, where
thoroughly ascertained, as far as respects the Greek and Latin,
and occasionally the Hebrew, and even the Northern languages’.
The primary signification is then carefully laid down, whether
found in the New Testament or in the Classical writers (in the lat-
ter case usually accompanied by some passage in proof, adduced
either verbatim or by reference); and from thence are deduced,
in regular order, all the other significations which have place in the
New Testament writers, but not in others, except so far as they
may be necessary to establish the senses there found. In doing
this, great care has been taken to discriminate between the zn-
trinsic SIGNIFICATIONS of words, and those particular SENSES
which they may bear through the force of adjuncts. Again, the
various constructions of verbs, verbals, and adjectives, have been
carefully noticed; and the usage of the New Testament writers
has been illustrated by a reference to the Septuagint and the
Apocryphal writings connected with it and the New Testament ;
as also to Josephus and Philo, and, lastly, the Greek Classical
writers, especially those of the later Greek dialect, from the time
of Polybius downward.
In carrying into execution the foregoing plan, (nearly the
same as that of Wahl and Robinson,) I have carefully avoided
those opposite defects of prolixity and of obscure brevity, which
: have so much diminished the value of their labours; also the
scarcely less serious fault of introducing the words of Scripture
and the Classical writers either too frequently, as does Schleusner,
or almost excluding them, as does Wahl. My great aim has
been to make the words of Scripture every where duly promi-
nent; and next to that, to adduce the words of the Septuagint,
Apocrypha, or Classical writers, wherever necessary for proof or
illustration ; where not, I have contented myself with references.
' In tracing the etymology, laying down the primary import of a word, pointing out
the leading senses, and indicating the mode in which those various senses arose out
of each other, very great pains have been bestowed, and much original matter will
be found ; insomuch that in those and other respects, it is hoped the work will prove
eminently serviceable even in the study of the Classical writers, as far as regards
such words as occur in the N. T.; which, indeed, comprise a large proportion of
the most important words in the language. In such a case the Classical student
-\will rarely miss of finding something which may assist in removing his difficulties
_jand facilitating his progress.
x PREFACE.
But, in a multitude of cases, where nothing more than the simple
fact of the use of a New Testament word (perhaps a common oné
in the Greek language) by the Septuagint or Classical writers had
to be attested, I thought a long list of references would be use-
less, and that the words Sept., or Sept. and Class., would be
amply sufficient. In short, in all cases utelty and the con-
venience of the reader (by bringing before him all the materials
essential for the exercise of judgment) have been solely kept in
view, to the utter disregard of that parade of erudition in which
the Continental scholars so much delight themselves, who, it
would seem, have yet to learn that, in the words of a great
ancient writer, NisI UTILE EST QUOD FACIMUS, VANA EST GLORIA.
Having thus stated the nature and plan of the work which I
now send forth to the Public,—and to the formation of which I have
devoted the best powers of the best period of my life,—I have
only to express my fervent wish and prayer, that it may,
under the blessing of Almighty God, prove instrumental to
furthering the great object for which I have so long laboured,
and for which alone I desire to live,—the spread of that accurate
knowledge of the true sense’ of the Sacred Scriptures, which is so,
essential to the promotion of sound doctrine. May the Father
of Lights be pleased to prosper it to the diffusion of that genuine
Christian knowledge, which, avoiding all specious but dangerous
deviations into untrodden paths, pursues the straight and only
safe course of simple Gospel truth, even “‘ THE TRUTH AS IT Is IN
JEsus.”
1 ‘Inspired writings are an inestimable treasure to mankind; for so many sen-
tences, so many truths. But then the TRUE SENSE of them must be known ; other-
wise, so many sentences, so many authorized falsehoods. —Preface to Dr. Liyhtfoots
Works.—Hence we may see the importance of Verbal Criticism applied to the
Scriptures; for, as Bishop Middleton has observed, ‘ 7t és the only barrier that can
successfully be opposed to heresy and schism.’
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
absol. . . . . absolute, absolutely. Goll as aire, Aa OTC a
eee... abstract. Pea mh ire nig i ele eabs
acc., accus. . . accusative. 1G gies hea erlaemy quod.
See) a. . active, actively. Ibe; ibides >. 65). wabident
=e |. adjective. deen hoes IMCIN,
ieee. §. . © adverb. imperat. . . . imperative.
ere. Alibi. imperf. =) a inperiect,
antith, . . . antithesis. . impers. . . . impersonal.
aes. . Aorist. ipl yee ape:
mapper, . Apocrypha. implic. . . implication.
apod. . . . . apodosis. IOC, bee wae IT OCOE
Chald.- . . . Chaldee. UN Wier a) 7-34 UN NOCE.
Class. . . . . Classics, Classical. indec ey) 4): 4) yimdechinaple.
Cee... §«=-: COgnate. INGIC: 4.0)... |. Weg indicative:
eetleet.— . collectively. inf., Win). |.) MMe:
canp-> ... =. compare. INGENS: ij) lub) ops - anLLENISIVe:
comp. . . . . composition. intrans. . . . intransitive.
compar. . . . comparative. JOSss eh led roe OSephus:
emit.) |. . Ccolicrete. TNE oles oy sR GET NOLIEE.
|» conseq. . . . consequently. kinds 22) Je cmadreds
me comsit. . . . construction, construed.| Lat. . . . . Latin.
a contr. . . . . contracted. Liegik’ geal Screg vowel 1 5
Gmieate oe .) \-y dative. hexsc . .» Lexicographers.
defect.. . . . defective. Tits 2) cue es literalily:
demonstr. . . demonstrative. loe=. (im) ssn loco:
dep. . = =. deponent. met., metaph. . metaphorically.
dimin.. . . . diminutive. metath:)' 0; .) 42) metathesis:
€. 9. eX. or. . . exempli gratia. meton. . . . metonymy.
cen mibawis . %. editions. iid iis) soe odds:
elsewh. . . . elsewhere. N. TT. oe ae) «News Testament:
emphat. . . . emphatically. neg., negat. . . negatively.
equiv. to, = . equivalent to. HELG-5 0) awe MEDLen.
_ esp., espec. . . especially. Oo Te): cae Old Testaments
ety... ~ etymology. obs., obsol. . . obsolete.
expr. =. ~ expressed. occ. . « » occurs, occurring.
pede. ° future: Olte . youre aa OFLER.
mee ee). . firuratively. onomat. . . . onomatopceia.
ae . following, followed. OPp:) su) «. Opposed.
ee. =... from. Opts.) (aes ue. Oplative.
m freq. . . . . frequent, frequently. ordins 4) 2) h-)y ) Ordinal:
ese, -) + . . genitive. part., partic. . . participle.
-ecemex. . . . . generally. bass. oo eal. | s. DASSEVE,
} gov. . . . . governed, governing. Perens. hs). aPerlect,
X11
periphr. .
Pers). <
phr.
phys. d
pee. plur.’..
pleonast.
poet.
possess.
prep.
pres.
pret.
prim.
prob.
pron. .
prop. .
q. d.
Feta:
refi., reflex.
seep.
seepiss. .
sc., scil,
. periphrasis.
. person.
. phrase, phrases.
. physically.
°
. pleonastically.
plural.
. poetically.
. possessive.
preposition.
present.
. preterite.
primarily.
probably.
. pronoun.
. properly.
quasi dicas.
reference.
. Teflexive.
SSeepe-
. Seepissime.
scilicet.
ABBREVIATIONS.
Script. . . Scriptural.
Sept. . Septuagint.
S€qG:) -- . sequentibus.
signif. . . signifies, signification.
simpl. . . simply.
sing. . singular.
spec . specially.
Sea . sequente.
subj. . . subjunctive.
subst . substantive.
superl.. . . . superlative.
symb., symbol. . symbolically.
sync. . -. Syneope.
synecd. . synecdoche.
trans. . transitive.
text. rec. . . textus receptus.
underst. . understood. -
vs) (im), . in voce.
Weta ine / Verse:
wh. . which.
LOWES: « . WEIEES.
> ei
Tee SS
GREEK AND ENGLISH LEXICON
OF THE
NEW TESTAMENT.
ABA
"ABaons, gos, 6, 7, adj. (a, Baoos,)
prop. not heavy. So Aristot. de Colo i.
v0 4B. c@pa, and Luc. Dial. Mort. x. 5,
a&uewwov aBap7y eivat, ‘light of body, not
lying heavy on any one.” In N. T. met.
not burdensome, or chargeable, 2 Cor. xi. 9.
_ABBa, indecl. (Chaldee,) father. Mk.
xiv. 36.
"ABuagcos, ov, 1, (a, Biacos, or
Buos,) prop. an adj., bottomless ; but in
N. T. used substantively with the article
n, to denote ‘ the receptacle of the dead,’
either generally, as Rom. x.7; (so also
Ps. lxxi. 20. cvii. 26.) or specially, namely
that part of Hades (the under-world) in
which the souls of the wicked are held in
eternal punishment; (corresponding to the
Classical Tartarus, alluded to in 2 Pet.
i. 4.) Lu. viii. 31. Rev. ix.1. So Acta
Thome § 32, 4 &Buccos tov Taptapov.
, Avabozoyén, f. tow, (dyads &
zoyov,) in Class. to do well, or good, act
the part of a good man ; but in the N. T.
to do good to others, perform beneficent
actions, | Tim. vi. 18. Comp. Gal. vi. 10.
‘Ayaloworéw, f. row, (ayabos &
motew,) I. to-do good to others, either
absol., as Mk. iii. 4. Lu. vi. 9, 35. Acts
xiv. 17, or with acc. of person, Acts vi.
33, and sometimes in Sept.—II. to do
well, act virtuously, absol. 1 Pet. ii. 15, 20.
ii. 6,17. 3 John 11. Class. ayabov tow.
_ Ayaboroirta, as, h, well-doing, act-
ing virtuously, 1 Pet. iv. 9.
"Ay a8orotds, ov, 6, h, adj. in Class.
beneficent, apt to do good; in N. T. upright,
acting rightly, 1 Pet. ii. 14.
'Ayadds, 4, dv, adj. prop. good, either
as regards things, “fitted for ie ; Or as
tegards persons, ‘excelling in any quality,’
ATA
or ‘expert in any art.’ In N.T. I. eacel-
lent, distinguished, 1) of persons, Matt.
xix. 16. Miki x. 17, 18) lw. xvi sles" 2)
of things, Lu. x. 42. John i. 47. 2 Th. ii.
16.—IT. good absolutely, eitherin character
and disposition, or in quality, 1) of per-
sons, upright, virtuous, Matt. v. 45. xii.
35, & oft. 2) of things, either in a physical
sense, as Matt. vii. 17, 18. Lu. viii. 8, or
a moral, (virtuous,) Lu. viii. 15. Rom. vii.
122 2 Phos 7 Rom. xu. 2. Seth in
Acts xxiii. 1, cuveiéno.s ayad) means -
‘consciousness of rectitude,’ as in Wisd.
vili.19, Wux7 &y.—IIT. in neuter, to ayea-
Oov, used substantively for dyaldrns,
Matt. xii. 34, & oft.—IV. good in refer-
ence to its ¢fluence on others, i. e. ‘ bene-
ficial, 1) of persons, ‘beneficent, Matt.
xx. >, Romi v.75, U2 Tbs in) 6.) Wit. eb?
] Pet. ii. 18. Sept. & Class. 2) of things
‘beneficial,’ as Matt. vii. 1]. Ja.i. 17, &
oft. Here too, the neuter To ayaOov is
often used substantively in the sense bene-
fit or blessing.—V. good, in respect to its
exhilarating effect on the mind, | Pet. iii.
10, nugpas ay. Ps. xxxiv. 12. é0o7Tas
ay. Zech. viii. 19, And so Rom. x. 15,
et al., ra ayaOa, in the sense prosperous,
Sortunate. ?
"Avyalwootvn, ns, 7, (for ayalootivn,
in Class. dya0orns, or rather ypnotd-
Tns,) I. intrinsic goodness of disposition
and character, probity, virtue, Rom. xv.
14, Eph. v.9. 2 Th. i. 1].—II. considered
in its effects on others, beneficence, Gal. v.
22, and Sept.
"AyadXiacrs, ews, 4, not found in
Class., but often occ. in Sept., for eaulta-
tion, exulting delight, felicity; in N. T.
gladness, Lu.i. 14,44. Acts ii. 46. Jude 24.
In Heb. 1. 9, PRE AE TER Me 7a is a
ASA:
phrase emblematical of the highest honour,
with allusion to the costly oil with which
favoured guests were anointed at feasts.
"AyadAraéw, Lu. i. 47. elsewhere
ayaXXtaouat, itself not found in Class.,
but frequent in Sept., and used of joy as
expressed in dancing and singing. In N. T.
1) simply and absol., to exult, rejoice
greatly, Lu. x. 21. Acts ii. 26, A7yadAra-
sato 1 yA@ooa you, i.e. ‘I rejoiced in
words, sang aloud.’ So xya@lpew kai ay.,
emphat. to rejoice exceedingly, Matt. v. 12.
2) with a noun of the same signif. in
adverbial sense, ] Pet. i. 8, ay. yao@
avekn., ‘ye feel unutterable joy.’ 3) fol-
lowed by tva with subj., John viii. 56,
nyaXr. iva tidy, ‘rejoiced that he should
see,’ rejoiced to see. 4) foll. by éai with
dat., as Lu. i. 47; or év with dat., John v.
oo, where a simple dat. might stand.
"A yamos, ov, 6, 7, adj. celebs, single,
whether unmarried, | Cor. vii. 32, 34, or
widowed, ib. ver. 8, 11. Class. only in
former sense.
"Ayavaxtéw, f. yow, (ayav &
axos,) prop. to jfeel pain, whether
in body or mind, fo be pained, or indig-
nant, 1. gener. and absol., Matt. xxi. 15.
sexy. G. (Mk.x. 14. Lim sxin., 14. .& Class:
often.—I1. byimpl., do complazn of, foll. by
qweot With gen., Matt. xx, 24. Mk. x. 41,
and Class.
‘“AyavaKxtTno ts, ews, 7, lit. pain, and
met. zxdignation, 2 Cor. vii. 11, ayavax-
Thow KaTecoyacato. So Thucyd. ii.
4]. 3, adyavaxtynow éxXeL.
"Ayamwaw, f. ow, (absol. & trans.)
to love, regard with love, affection, or
respect; the kind or degree varying with
the context, object, or circumstances. I.
as said of PERSONS, to regurd with strong
affection, Lu. vii. 42. John iii. 85. Eph.
ii. 4. Hence perf. part. pass. 7ya7nmévos,
beloved, Col. iii. 12, et al. In Eph.i.6, 0
ay. isa title of our Lord, like 6 qXELp-
pevos, put by Aquila for 6 Xptoros.
Sometimes (as in Matt. vi. 24. xxii. 37, &
often) implying, as referred to superiors,
both dutifulness and fidelity of service,
where any is due; (hence oi ayamavTes
tov Kuouor, ‘ the faithful followers of the
Lord, Eph. vi. 24. Ja.i. 12. ii. 5. Sept.
Ex. xx. 6. Deut. v. 10.) as referred to
znfertors, favour and good-will, Mk. x.
21. Lu. vii. 5. John x. 17; or, as regards
our fellow-creatures in gener., both benevo-
lence and beneficence, ex. gr. ayamav
Tov TAYGIov, TOUS éxYooUs, &c. Matt. v.
43, seqq. xix. 19. Lu. vi. 32. al. In those
passages (and also in 2 Cor. xii. 15, ei cal
TEO. UUAS AYaT@V, iTTOV ayaTwual)
the effects of benevolence in benefiting the
object of love are expressed.—II. as said of
THINGS, to like, take delight in, Lu. xi. 43,
2
|
APs
ay. thy jwowtokabedpiav. John iu. 19.
Heb. i. 9. 1 John ii. 15. Jos. Ant. viii. 1, 6.
and Class. Also, by anticipation, as 2 Tim.
iv. 8, aya. Tijy émimaveray avTou.
Hence the phrase ovx« ay., not to like or
be content with any thing, as Hom. Od. @.
289, and often in Lucian; and, by impl., —
to slight, set at nought, contemn. Rev. xii.
11, ov« ay. THY Wuyi avTt@v. So Artem.
ii. 20, ueyaiwv é:répevor, Kal TO TeOG-
TUXOV ovK ayaTr@vTes.—Il1I. to love bet-
ter, to prefer, Matt. vi. 24. John xiii.
23. Rom. ix. 13
"Ayaan, ns, 71, love, i. e. affectionate
regard, I. gener., as said of men; varying,
of course, in nature and degree with the
object, reference, &c., and sometimes foll.
by eis and an acc., or éy and a dat. of per-
son, to mark the reference.—II. as said
of Gop, or Curist, 1) subjectively, or
actively, as denoting the love of God or
Christ towards Christians; 2) objectzvely,
or passively, denoting that love of which
God, or Christ, is the object in the hearts
of true Christians.—II1. by meton., (as mm
the case of the Class. Zoavos, a pic-nic,
fr. Zoos=zpws,) lit. a friendly feast, the
effect or proof of love, in the benefit con- ~
ferred on the object, Eph. i. 15. iii. 19, al.
Hence in the plural it denotes, at Jude
12, and 2 Pet. ii. 13, in MSS., those public
beneficent meals, (alluded to Acts ii. 42, 46.
vi. 2. 1 Cor. xi. 17—34,) provided: chiefly
by the richer members of a congregation,
but common to all; and of which portions
(especially the residue) were sent to the
sick or absent members. gle fp
"Ayamntos, i), ov, adj. dearly beloved,
dear. In N. T. said (when applied to
man) only of Christians, as united with
God, or each other, in the bonds of holy
affection, or faith and love, Acts xv. 29,
al. When applied to Christ, it signifies
only, He being called ‘the only Son of
God,’ as the object of His peculiar love,
Matt. iii. 17, et al.
"Ay yaoeta,f.etow, prop. to send off
an &yyapos, or publiccourier; who had
authority to press into the service of the
state men, horses, ships, or whatever else
might serve to expedite his journey. Hence
the word came to mean ‘ press into service,
for a journey,’ in the manner of an ayya-
oos. Inthis sense the verb is also found in
Joseph. A. xii. 2. 3, keAevw pl) ayya-
pevecVa. ta tay “Llovdaiwy vTotvyre.
In N. T. it simply means, fig., te compet
any person to accompany one on a jour-
ney, Matt. v. 41, or to compel generally,
Matt. xxvii. $32. Mk. xv. 21.
"Ayyetoy, ov, 70, (dimin. from @y-
yos,) @ vessel, utensil, Matt. xiii. 48, xxv.
4, Sept. and Class.
"AyyeAtia,as, 7, prop. @ message, 1. €-
JUN Bia By
AI'N
news, brought to any one,—or, when sent { said of persons, PERFECT, without blemish,
from a superior to an inferior, the direction
or order that may be implied therein.
In N. T. a precept, or doctrine, promul-
ort in the name of any one, 1 Jolin iii.
1. 1.5, (in lat. Edd.) Sept. Prov. xii. 25.
“Ay yeXos, ov, 6, (from ayyé\Xw, to
send,) I. ahwman messenger, lit.‘one sent’
from man to man in order to announce or
transact any thing, Matt. xi.10. Lu. vii. 24.
ix. 52, et al.: sometimes to explore any
thing, as 1 Cor. xi. 10.—II. a celestial
messenger (angel) from God to man, and
in Scripture a created intelligent being,
superior to man, whether good, as Matt.
XXiv. 36. et sepiss., or evzl, as Matt. xxv.
41. Rom. viii. 38, et al.
“Ay, prop. imperat. of &yw, but, in use,
a particle of exhortation or incitement,
Ja. iv. 13. v. 1.
"AyéXn, ns, 1,a herd of beasts, used
in N.T. only of swine, Matt. viii. 30, et al.
"AyeveaXoyntos, ov, 0, 1, adj. (a,
yeveahoyéw) without genealogy, whose de-
scent is unknown, Heb. vii.3, said of Melchi-
sedec, as being a priest not by right of sacer-
dotal descent, but by the grace of God.
"A yevijs, gos, 6, 1, adj.(a, yévos,) prop.
without ancestors, (at least traceable ones, )
and, by implication, zgnoble, as opposed to
evyevys, | Cor. i. 28. Plut. Pericl. 24.
‘Ayia w, f. dow, (&ytos, wh. sce,)
a term peculiar to Sept. and N. T., and
meaning gener. to render déytov, I. to
MAKE CLEAN, |) prop. ¢o cleanse, Heb.
ix. 13. 2) metaph., to render clean, in a
moral sense, to sanctify, Rom. xv. 16.
1 Cor. vi. 11. Eph. v. 26, et al. Hence
nytacuévor, as denoting ‘those that are
sanctified, true Christians, Acts xx. 32.
xxvi. 18. In 1 Cor. vii. 14, fyiarrat
means, “is made clean, or sanctified,’ is
regarded as one of the Christian commu-
nity.—I]. to CONSECRATE, set apart from
a common to a sacred use; such being, in
the Jewish ritual, one great object of the
. purifications; used, 1) of things, to sanc-
tify, Matt. xxiii. 17,19. 2 Tim. ii. 21. 2)
of persons who are set apart by God, and
_ sent by him to perform his will, John x. 36.
_ xvii. 17, et al—III. ‘to regard as holy,’ to
HALLOW, Matt. vi. 9. Lu. xi.2. 1 Pet. ini. 15.
‘Ay taouds, ov, 6, prop. consecration, or
the being set apart from a common toa
| sacred use; but in N. T. met. sanctifica-
tion, purity of heart and life, holiness,
Boma log22, | Th. iv. 3, 4,7. At
| 2 Th. ii. 13, 2v dytacua IIvevuatos, the
_ Sense is, * sanctification produced by the
Spirit,” 1 Pet. i. 2. -1 Cor. i. 30, meton.
' “cause or author of this sanctification.’
( “Aytos, ia, tov, adj. pure, or clean,
| whether morally or ceremonially, I. prop.
Rom. xii. 1. 1) met. morally pure, blame-
less, holy, Mk. vi. 20. Rom. vii. 12. 1 Cor.
vii. 34. esp. as said of those who are puri-
fied and sanctified by the influences of the
Holy Spirit; and as this is asswmed of
Christian professors, hence by ot dycot are
denoted Christeans, Acts ix. 13, & oft.—II.
CONSECRATED, as said of places set apart
from a common to a sacred use, used both
of things, (as temples and cities,) and of
persons, as priests or prophets, angels,
apostles, &c. Acts vi. 13, & oft. Hence ro
ayvov of the Temple of Jerusalem. Some-
times, however, it denotes only the Sanc-
tuary of the Temple, whether terrestrial, or
spiritual and mystical—II]. HALLOWED,
holy, as said either of God, John xvii. 11.
Rev. iv. 8. vi. 10, or the Holy Spirit, as
Matt. i. 18, & oft.
‘Aytorns, tos, 7, prop. corporeal
purity. ‘Wn N.Y. met. punty of heart
and life, holiness, Heb. xii. 10.
‘Aytwovvy, ns, 1, (for common
ay.ocuvy,) prop. same as ayroTns, but in
N. T. used metaph., denoting, I. sanctity,
tumtue. 2, Cor vii. to Ek ine
majesty, Rom. i. 4.
"AyKady, ns, 7, (from the old word
aykos, whence &yxvXos, bent or curved,)
the arm, as bent in the act of receiving
and embracing any thing, Lu. ii. 28.
"“AyktoT pov, ov, 70, a fish-hook, Matt.
xvil. 27. Sept. and Class.
"Ay kupa, as, 7, an, anchor, Acts xxvii.
29. In Heb. vi. 19 said met. of that evan-
gelical hope, which, ‘amid all the waves
and storms of this troublesome world,’ pre-
serves believers steady and conducts them
safely. Met. in Eurip. Hec. 80. Hel. 284.
"Ayvaos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a, yvaders,
a fuller,) wnxcarded, undrest by a fuller, and
hence, by impl. ze, Matt. ix. 16. Mk.ii.21.
‘Ayveta, as,n, prop. pureness of body,
but mostly, met. purity of heart, (so Phocyl.
215, ayvein Wux7s,) and life and con-
versation, Soph. Gad. T. 863, evcemrov
ayveiav Noywv Kai Epywy, esp. used of
chastity, 1'Tim. iv. 12. v.2. Jos. and Class.
‘Ayvitw, f. iow, I. prop. to purify or
lustrate, externally and ceremonially, John
xi. 55, where see my Note.—II. mid.
ayviCoua, perf. pass. Hyvionat, aor. |.
nyviobny, agere castimoniam, ‘to live like
one under a vow of Nazariteship,’ Acts
xxl. 24, 26. xxiv. 18.—III. met. to render
‘pure, in a moral sense, to reform, Ja.
iv. 8.) 1 Petri. 22: 1 John nis.
‘Ayviouos, ov, 06, (ayvivw,) in
Class, lustration ; in N.Y. religious absti-
nence, proceeding fromavow, Acts xxi. 26.
"A yvoéw, f. now, (a, voéw, to conceive, }
absol. and trans., I. not to know, and 1)
ATTN
to be tgnorant of, unacquainted with, Acts
xvii. 23. said of voluntary ignorance, Rom.
i. 13, ob} SéXw buas ayvoetv. 2 Cor. ii.
11, ovK dyv., to be well assured. 2) not
to understund or comprehend, Mk. ix. 32.
Lu. ix. 45. Rom. ii. 4, al. 3) not to ac-
knowledge, i.e. to reject, Acts xiii. 27. xvii.
23. 2 Cor. vi. 9.—II. to commit sin, to do
wrong, originally with the idea of its being
done ignorantly and involuntarily; though
in N. T. this idea is not found. So Heb.
vy. 2, Tots &yvoover. 2 Pet. ii. 12, év ois
ayvoovct.
"Ayvonma, atos, TO, prop. mvoluntary
error; but in N.T. sin or error gener.,
Heb. ix. 7, and sometimes in the Apo-
erypha and the later Class. writers.
“Ayvota, as, 1, prop. ztgnorance gene-
rally; but in N. T. ignorance of God and
eur duty to Him, Acts iii. 17. Eph. iv.
18. 1 Pet.i. 14, and Class.
‘A yvos, %, ov, adj. prop. pure, i. e. clean
in body. Eurip. Or. 1604, et al.; but in
N. T. met. morally, I. pure, i.e. holy,
and perfect, as said of God, or Christ, Ja.
li. 3; or of his wisdom, Ja. iii. 17. So
Hom. Od. X. 385, morally good.—Il. sce-
leris purus, blameless, 2 Cor. vii. 11. Phil.
iv. 8. 1 Tim. v. 22.—II1. chaste, 2 Cor. xi.
2 pain. Oo. t Petom.c2:
‘Ayvotns, ntos, 7, prop. purity of
body. In N. T. pureness of life and heart,
sanctity, 2 Cor. vi. 6. In Class. chastity.
‘Ayvas,adv. with pure intentions, Phil.
i. 16. Hes. Opp. 334, Eodeuy téo’ a0avatoicr
Jeotouy a.
"Ayvwoia, as, 7. In Class. simply zg-
norance, i.e. want of knowledge; but in N.
T. wilful ignorance, 1 Cor. xv. 34, aéyvw-
ciav Geov éxovor. Wisd. xiii. 1, ots Taoqv
ayv. Oeov. | Pet. 11. 15.
"Ayvwotos, ov, 6, 7, adj. unknown,
Acts xvii. 23, a@yvwoTw Ow, ‘the Great
Unknown Deity, for whom all nations
long bunt ineffectually seek.’ Wisd. xv. 19.
2 Mace. i. 9. ii. 7.
‘A yooa, as, 1,(ayelow, to collect, con-
voke,) any public place of resort for the
people of a city, whetner a broad street.
or a market-place, where articles were ex-
posed for sale, and public assemblies and
trials held, Acts xvi. 19. xvii. 17.
"Ayooa Cw, f. dow, prop. to frequent the
market, Herodot. ii. 35. Thucyd. vi. 51,
where see my note; in N. T. to buy in the
market, and occurs both absol. cr trans.,
sometimes followed by a genit. of price,
or by é« with a gen. of price, or gv witha
dat. of price.
xii. 44,46. xiv. 15. Mk. vi. 37. Rev. v.
9.—II. met. to redeem, or acquire for one-
self by a price or ransom paid. Said in N.
I. of those whom Christ has redeemed by
4
A
his blood from sin and death, 1 Cor. vi.
20. vii. 23. 2 Pet. ii], et al.
“Ayopatos, ov, 6, n, adj. I. belong-
ing to the ayopa, or Forum, Acts xix. 38,
ayooato. &yovtat, ‘ court-days are held
| for trying causes].’ So Joseph. Ant. xiv.
10, 21, wot gv TpoaddXeow G@yovte Tov |
«@yopatov, where I conjecture Tiv ay.
The abbreviations for tov and tiv are
_often confounded. The ellips. is supplied
in Strabo xiii. p. 952, diataEat Tas d1oL-
KIJOELS, EV als Tas ayopaious ToLtovyTat.
—Il. ayopato., as said of persons who
frequent the markets, idlers or loungers, -
Acts xvii. 5, and Xen. Hist. vi. 2, 12,
"“Aypa, as, 7, I. a catching of wild
animals, by hunting or fishing; as Xen.
Ven. i. ], and Lu. v. 4.—II. by meton.,
‘the prey, or thing caught,’ Lu. v. 9, and
Xen. Cyr. ui. 492:
"Ay padpmmatos, ov, 6,71, adj. (a, ypau-
pa,) unlearned generally, Acts iv. 13, with
reference to Jewish learning, that of the
Scribes and Pharisees. Comp. John vii.
15. Diod. S. xii. 13.
"AypaurXéa, f. now, (from ayeavios,
and that from a@ypos & atAy,) to abide .
(lit. tent) an the fields, both by day and
night, Lu. ii. 8, qwoimeves 1oav—ayoav-
Nouvtes. Hes. Theog. v. 26, rotméves
a@ypaviot. Parthen. Erot. c. 29, Bovxo-
Los Kata tov Aityny, XeimaTos TE Kal
Jépous Hyoau\El.
"Ayoeto, f. evow, (ayoa,) I. prop.
to take prey by hunting, Xen. Anab. v. 3,
8. Job x. 16.—II. met. to ensnare men by
insidious questions, Mk. xii. 13. So eap-
tare in Martial ix. SU.
"AypréXacos,ov,n,(aypios & Ehara),
a wild olive-tree. Eq. to komwwos, and occ.
Rom. xi. 17, 24, where it is opposed to
Ka\AréAaos, the cultivated and fruit-
bearing olive, whereas the ayp. bears none.
"Ay pos, ia, tov, adj. (fr. eypos,) prop.
pertaining to the field, or country, used 1.
in Matt. iii. 4. Mk. i.6, of honey (lit. wild
honey), or honey-dew found in hollow
trees, the clefts of rocks, or on the leaves
of certain kinds of trees.—II. of animals,
wild, as opposed to tame, or fierce, as op-
posed to mild. Hence, in Jude 13, it is
fig. applied (in the sense ‘ raging’) to the
waves of the sea. And so Wisd. xiv. l,
a&yo.a kKiuata. Soa great English poet
speaks of ‘ the wild waves’ roar.’
"Ayoos, ov, 6, I. a field, especially of
cultivated ground, Matt. xiii. 24, et al.
Xen. Mem. i. 1,8.—IL. by syneed. of part
I. prop. to purchase, Matt. | for the whole, the country as distinguished
from the city or town, Matt. vi. 28, 30.
Mk. xv. 2i1.—III. in the plural, farms,
villas, or hamlets, as opposed to towns, Mk.
vi. 36, 56, et al. Xen. Mem. iii. 9, 11.
A, DP
"“Aypumvew, f. now, (ayouTvos,) I.
prop. to be sleepless, JE]. V. H. vii. 7.—II.
to be watchful, Xen. Mem.i.1,8.—ILL. from
the adjunct, to be vigilant. Absol. Mk.
xiii. 83. Lu. xxi. 363 or foll. by év, Eph.
vi. 18; by dzrép, with’ gen. of pers., Heb.
xiii. 17. Lue., a@yp. Tots Karpots.
"Ayoutvia, as, 7, prop. wakefulness,
or watchfulness ; and thence anwxtous care,
2 Cor. vi. 5. xi. 27, and Class.
“Ayw, f. ¢&w, or more usually a£o-
gat, trans. or absol., I. to lead, conduct,
or bring; 1) prop. to lead out, bring forth,
John xix. 4, 13; and foll. by various ad-
juncts noting the ed of action, as éws
with a gen. of place, Lu. iv. 29; evi with
acc. of person or place ; woe absol.; apos
with acc. of person; eis with acc. of place
or thing. The verb alone is also used in
the same sense, of adducere, Matt. xxi. 7.
Mee di. 2. /. Liu. xix. 30. John vii. 45.
Acts v. 21; 26, 27. xix. 37, &c.; to lead
out, or away, deducere, either simply, Lu.
xxiii. 32, or foll. by eis with acc. of place;
to lead away, to conduct to, Lu. iv. 1, 9.
Acts xvii. 5, cis tov djpov. Heb. ii. 10,
eis dofav; from the Hebr., to bring forth,
cause to come or arise, Acts xili.23, 7yaye
Tw “Iop. Swrijpa. * And so Sept. 2)
met. to lead, induce, guide, Rom. ii. 4, zis
seTavorav ; also to incite or draw, | Cor.
xil. 2, ds av HyeaVe, ‘ just as ye happened
to be led,’ viz. to idolatry. Rom. vwui. 14,
ayeo8ar IIvetpati Geov. Gal. v. 18. 2
Tim. iii. 6, @. ém:8uuiacs. 2 Sam. iii. 13.—
IT. trans. as said of time, 1) to pass or spend,
Lu. xxiv. 21, tpitnv nuépav aye, ‘the
third day is now passing.’ And so Class. 2)
to celebrate, as said of certain days kept apart
for some particular purpose, Matt. xiv. 6,
Yeveciwy ayouévwv, Acts xix. 38, dyo-
pato.ay. So Esth. ix. 17, nyov tuépav
avatravoews. | Mace. vii. 48. 2 Macc. i.
9, and Class., as Plut. Symp. viii. 1, row
ZwKoatous ayayoutes yeveO\rov.—lIII1.
imtrans. or reflex., with éauvtTov underst.,
to go away or depart, Matt. xxvi. 46. Mk.
xiv. 42. John xi. 16. Sometimes foll. by
prepositions or adverbs noting the end of
action, or the beginning of motion. So
ay. évtev0ev, John xiv. 31. dy. eis, Mk.
i. 38. John xi. 7; apos, John xi. 15.
_Aywyi, js, 7, prop. the act of lead-
ing, bringing, or guiding; hence, met., that
of training up or educating children; also,
as conducive to an end or method, or the
means of effecting any thing. Whence, by
meton. of effect for cause, a mode or man-
ner of dzfe, 2 Tim. iii. 10, and Jos. Ant.
xiv. 10,2, wepi tis lovéaiwy aywyfs.
Also in Apoer., Phil., and Diod. Sic.
‘Ay av, vos, 6, prop. a place of assem-
bly, where games were celebrated; and
hence the course, or place of contest. So
~
9)
FAR |
in N. T. used metaph. to denote a cowi'se
of life full of toil and conflict, (with allu-
sion to the evangelical contest against the
enemies of man’s salvation. Comp. 1 Cor.
ix. 24, sq.) Heb. xii. 1: esp. in promoting
the cause of the Gospel, ] Tim. vi. 12, and
sometimes with the accessary idea of afflic-
tion and peril, Phil. i. 30. Col. ii. 1. 1 Th.
li. 2. Polyb. iv. 56,4. Arrian, Ex. Al. iii.
]5, 1. Epict. Enchir. c. 48, éav éaimovov
(irksome) TL, 7 100, 7 EvdoEoy 4) ado€Eon,
Tpocayntar (present itself), wéuvyoco
OTL VUY O aYOV, Kat On WapeoTL TA
‘OXUpTria.
"Aywvia, as, , prop. contest, esp. for
a prize. In N. T. met., anaiety, or pertur-
bation of mind, produced by imminent
peril, Lu. xxii. 44, év dywvia yevopevos.
And so the Class. writers, esp. in the phrase
év adywvia eivat. Thucyd. vii. 71, has
ayava THS yvwpns.
"AywviGopat, f. icouar, dep. mid.
J. and prop. to be a combatant for the prize
in the public games, | Cor. ix. 25.—II. to
contend with an adversary, 1) prop. &
absol. John xviii. 36. 2) met. with the
adjunct idea of labour and exertion in the
cause of Christ, 1 Tim. vi. 12.—III. to
exert oneself, strive earnestly, absol. Lu.
xiii, 24, Col.i. 29; foll. by vwéo with gen.
Col. iv. 12. .
"Adatwavos, ov, 6, 7, adj. without ex-
pense, | Cor. ix. 18. Diod. Sic. i. 80.
"AdeX On, 78, 7, (adeXHos,) a sister,
I. prop. Lu. x. 39. Matt..xii. 50, et al., -
or a near female relative, Matt. xiii. 56.
Mk. vi.3.—II. fig. a sister in the Christian
faith, a female fellow-Christian, 1 Cor.
Wile Woestx. Den Iagity Lazal:
"Ade os, ov, 0, (a for dua & deX His,
womb,) I. prop. a brother, whether from
the same father or the same mother, Lu.
vi. 14; but sometimes @ near relation, as
Matt. xii. 46. John vii. 3. Acts i. 14. Gal.
i. 19.—II. met. one who is closely con-
nected with another in any kind of inti-
macy or friendship; as, ]) a fellow-coun-
tryman, Matt. v. 47. Acts iii. 22. Heb.
vii. 5. 2) as said of disciples, Matt. xxviii.
10. Heb. ii. 11,12. 3) @ fellow-Christian,
Acts ix. 380. xi. 29. 4) a colleague in office,
i Cor. 17), DiGersa. A aes:
"AdeX Horns, ntos, 7, prop. brotherly
affection. In N.T. a fraternity, as the
Christian brotherhood, | Pet. ii. 17. v. 9.
"A dndXos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, O7A0s,) not
manifest, I. to the sight, hzdden, obscure,
Lu. xi. 44, and Class.—IT. to the ear, as
said of sounds, zndistinct, 1 Cor. xiv. 8,
aodnrov mwvyjv. Soa Class. writer says,
adynXos UrO Tav TAnyaV aVOowToS,
‘not to be recognized.’
AAH
"AdndXoTns, ntos, 1, tndistinctness,
uncertainty, 1 Tim. vi. 17, and lat. Class.
"A dijAws, adv. prop. not openly, secret-
ly. Thuc. i. 92. vi. 58; in N. T. uncer-
tainly, (i. e. as if to an uncertain goal,) or
‘with uncertainty of mind,’ and conse-
quently irresolutely, 1 Cor. ix. 26.
"Adnmovéew, f. how, (adjuwv, wea-
ried out, fr. a@dos, satiety,) to be utterly
depressed with sorrow or anxiety, Matt.
mows e/. Mk. xiv. 33. Phil. 11°26, and
Sept.
“Atdns, ov, 0, (a, idetv,) prop. what is
in durkness, esp. ‘the invisible abode of
the dead,’ the infernal regions. Hence
also (particularly in the N. T.) the under
world, or abode of the dead, orcus ; a vast
subterranean receptacle, where the souls
of the dead are represented as existing in
a separate state of happiness or misery,
until the resurrection of their bodies; I.
gener., Acts 11. 2/7, 31. eis gdov, sc. d@ma,
Rev. i. 18, and personified at 1 Cor. xv. 55.
Rev. vi. 8. xx. 13, sq.—Il. spec. & met.
to denote the lowest place, Matt. xi. 23.
Lu. x. 15, €ws a@douv kaTaBiBacbivar.—
IIL. by meton. of whole for part, for the
abyss of Hades, the place of future punish-
ment, Lu: x) 15. xvi. 25.
"AéitaKptTos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a, dva-
Kplivw,) prop. xot to be distinguished, Pol.
xv. 12,9, &. pwv7; but in N. T. either not
open to distinction, or doubt, unambiguous,
sincere, or ‘making no distinction, empar-
tial, Ja. ili. 17, ) Gvw9ev copia a.
"A dtdNeELTTOS, ov, 0, 4, adj. (a, dva-
AEltrw), unceasing, continual, Rom. ix. 2,
a. odvvn. 2 Tim. i. 3, & pveiav. Mare.
Ant. vi. 13.
"A dcareinatos, adv. prop. unceasing-
ly. In N.T. assiduously, Rom.i. 9. 1 Th.i.
auiiel aunynd ie. 2Macelxvi7ePol. 1x63, '6.
"Adtadlooia, as, 7, (a, drapVeiow,)
prop. wreorruptibleness. In N. T. met.
uncorruptness, purity, Tit. ii.7. Dem. 328,
a. THS Wuyi7s.
6
|
"Adikéw,f. ow, (adixos,) I. to act un- |
justly, viz. 1) in respect to society at large,
and the law, by breaking it; absol. Acts
xxv. 1052 Cor. vii. 12.. Col. 11. 25. shew
xxil. 11. 2) in respect to individuals, by
wronging or injuring them, Matt. xx. 13.
Wets vik 26.7 1° Cor vi. 6. 2 Cor. vate.
with two acc. Gal. iv. 12. Philem. 18.
Pass. to be wronged, to suffer wrong, Acts
vii. 24. 2 Cor, vii. 12. Mid. to suffer one-
self to be wronged, 1 Cor. vi. 7.—ILI. by
meton., to hurt er iyjure generally, Lu. x.
19. Rev. ii. 11, et al. Sept. and Class.
"A Oi kn Mae, aTos, TO, (adiKéw,) a trans-
gression, wrong, iniquity, Acts xviii. 14.
xxiv. 20, Rev, xviii, 5. Sept., Jos., and
Class.
AY
"Adria, as, n, 1. wrong, mjustice, 1)
gener. (lit. wnriyhteousness,) by offence
against the laws, ayustece, Lu. xviii. 6.
Rom.ix. 14. Sept. & Class. 2) spec., wrong
or injury to individuals, fraud, 2 Cor. xii.
13. Sept. Thue. ii. 66.—I1. fraud, decett,
as opposed to fair dealing or truth, Lu.
xvi. 8, cixovomos add.Kias, for oix. ddtKos,
& 9, papuwvas THs adcxias, ‘riches frau-
dulently acquired.’ Ezek. xxviii. 16, dva
TO TARVos THY GOiKiwy (the frauds) T7s
éutropias cov, and often in the Sept. In
John vii. 18, we have aéixia, as opposed to
truth, aud consequently denoting falsehood.
—II1. By Hebraism, similar to that found
in dcxatectyn, as used of life and conduct,
aduxia takes the sense of zuzquity, wicked-
ness, or sin in general, Lu. xiii. 27. Acts
i. 18. Rom: 1, 29) aie ooh ae eee
ii. 19. 2 Pet. ii. 13.) Heb: vane ann
v. 17, especially such as involves neglect -
of the true God and his laws, either by
idolatry or by worldliness, Rom. i. 18,
where tijy G@An0etay ev adikia KaTéXOv-
tes are ‘those who impede God’s worship
by idolatry or worldliness ;’ ii.8. 2 Th. un.
10, 12. 2 Pet: nH. To:
“A dtkos, ov, 65 7, adj.” (ag Oley Er
unjust towards man, Lu. xvii. ll. Rom.
iii. 5. Heb. vi. 10.—II. by Hebraism, an-
just or disobedient to GoD, either by wick-
edness, Matt. v. 45. Acts xxiv. 15. 1 Cor.
vi. 9. 1 Pet. tii, 16 2) Pet: 12 oer aye
belief and idolatry, 1 Cor. vi. 1.—II1I. frau-
dulent, deceitful, Lu. xvi. 10, 11. Sept.
and Class.
"A dixws, adv. unjustly, undeservedly,
] Pet. ii. 19. Sept. and Class.
"AO OKLMOS, OV, 0, 7, adj. (a, doKtmos,)
I. wnapproved, prop. as said of metals,
rejected on trial. Sept.—Il. met. of per--
sons, reprobate or worthy of rejection,
Rom. i, 28. 1 Cor: ix. 27: 2 Cor, Sains.
2 Tim. iii, 8.—III. by implic., worthless,
Tit. i. 16, @ddxipos; Heb. vi. 8, good for
nothing, yn adoK.
"A doXos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, doXos,)
guileless; gener. & prop., said of persons,
Pind. O]. vii. 99. Thue. v. 18, but some-
times of things, wradulterated ; as Pollux
On. ili. 86, doyvorov a&é., and so | Pet.
ii. 2, yaXa &o., met. for pure doctrine.
‘Adpotns, ntos, 7, (ado0s, mature,
fully grown,) prop. fulness, as of stature,
Hom. Il. xvi. 857. In N.T. gen. fulness,
abundance, 2 Cor. viii. 20. Zosim. and
Suid.
’"Aduvar éw, f. iow, prop. to be unable,
as said of persons; but in N. T. fo be am-
possible, as said of things which cannot
take place. Matt. xvii. 20, ovdev aduva-
thot buiv. Sept. in Job xlii. 2. Wisd.
xiii, 16. With awapa, Lu. i. 37, obK adu-
AY
patios: Tanke TO Osw Trav prua So
Sept. in Gen. xviii. 14.
"A ddvares, ov, 6, 7), adj. (a, duvaTos,)
prop. wrable or powerless, I. act., either
in body, as Acts xiv. 8, or fig., in mind,
as Rom. xv. 1.—II. pass. or neut., empos-
sible, as said of things, advvatov éott,
Matt, xix. 26. Mk. x. 27. Lu. xviii. 27,
et al. to &ddv. Tov veuov, Rom. viii. 3.
With gov: implied, foll. by infin., Heb.
vi. 4. 18, advvatov Wevcactar Ozov. x.
4, xi. 6, and Class.
*Acdw, (contr. for deidw,) f. dow, to
sing, trans. @. woiv, Rev. v. 9. xiv. 3.
xv. 3, and Sept.; with dat. of person to
whose honour the action is done, to cele-
brate, Eph. v.19. Col. iii. 16. Sept. and Class.
"Aci, adv. I. always,at all times, ever,
continually, 2 Cor. vi. 10.’ Tit. i. 12. 1 Pet.
iii. 15. Sept. Is. li. 18.—II. at every time,
i, e. as circumstances require, 2 Cor. iv.
Beewetswi. ol Heb: ii. 10. 2 Pet. i.
12. Mk. xv. 8, kaQws det étroter, ‘as he
had always done, i.e. customarily. So
Sept. Judg. xvi. 20, Alex. qroujow xalws
@el, SC. ETroinea.
"Atos, ov, 0, an eagle, Rev. iv. 7. viii.
id. xii. 14. As to Matt. xxiv. 28, & Lu.
xvii. 37, where the aetds is represented
as preying on dead bodies,—since the eagle
feeds only on fresh or living prey, some
species of the vulture is supposed to be
meant, as at Job xxxix. 27, namely, the
yuraetos, vultur percnopterus.
“A Cupos, ou, 6, 7, adj. (a, Ciun,) un-
leavened, \. prop. used of bread, as in the
expressions Ta @Cupma, (sc. A\ayava,) and
ol a@Cupor, Sc. &eTor, meaning the wnlea-
-wened cakes eaten at the Passover. Hence
€00TH, OY al egpar, Tov aCvuwv, and
also Ta &Cupa, are put for the festival
day or days on which the Jews were to
eat unleavened cakes, in commemoration
of their departure from Egypt, i.e. the
Passover, Matt.xxvi. 17. Mk. xiv. 12. Lu.
aie etd. 2. xx. 6.__II. met. un-
mixed, i. e. free from fermenting matter,
uncorrupted, 1 Cor. v. 7,8, TO &Cupon,
uncorruptedness, genuineness.
"Aij}o, aépos, 6, prop. the air or atmo-
sphere around the globe, or earth, as op-
posed to the aifz)p, or the pure unclouded
upper regions, Acts xxii. 23. 1 Th. iv. 17.
Rev. ix. 2. xvi. 17. In Eph. ii. 2, some
explain dijo in this sense; while others
take it to mean darkness; a sense found
indeed in Homer and Hesiod, but not
likely to be known to St. Paul. The
phrases eis dépa aXdztv, | Cor. xiv. 9,
and dépa dépeww, | Cor. ix. 26, are (like
the Latin ventis verba profundere, and ver-
berare ictibus auras,) adagial modes of ex-
pressing the sense to speak or act in vain.
7
——— _ —-— rrr —————————— nn eee Eee
AIM
"A@avacia, as, 7, (a@avaros,) tn-
mortality, 1 Cor. xv. 53, sq. 1 Tim. vi. 16,
and Class.
"A Oémeros, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a, Seprros,
from Séurs,) I. unlawful, Acts x. 28.
Hdot. vii. 33.—I1. nefarious, abominable,
] Pet. iv. 3. Apocr., Jos., and later Class.
"A@eos, ov, 0, 1, adj. prop. godless,
whether by denying the existence and at-
tributes of God, or living as if there were
no God. In the N. T. it means estranged
Srom the knowledge and worship of the
true God, Eph. ii. 12. See Spanh. on
Julian 312, 483.
"AOeomos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a, Seouos,
law, ) lawless, and, by impl., wacked, 2 Pet.
ii. 7. iii. 17. Apocr. and Class.
"AGetéw, f. How, (@9eTOos, from a, Ti-
Onut,) prop. to displace, get rid of by putting
aside, as Polyb. xxxi. 18, but in use, in
the Class. writers and the N. T., it means
I. to make void or vain, and thereby annul,
abrogate, as said of a command or direc-
tion, Mk. vi. 9. Lu. vii. 30. 1 Cor. i. 19.
Gal. ii. 15.—II. to set light by, despise,
reject, Gal. ii, 21. Jude 8. Mk. vi. 26. vii.
Oba. <6. Jol) Xil.40., kylles tyenar
As to Heb. x. 28, 40. vouov Mwicéws,.
and ] Tim. v. 12, a0. tiv wicetiv, the
sense in the former passage seems to be fo
violate ; in the latter, to cast off; forsake.
"AOétnors, ews, 7, abrogation, annul-
ling, Heb. vii. 18. ix. 26. Diog. Laért.,
Suid.
"AON Ew, f. row, (4PXos,) to contend,
esp. be a champion in the Grecian games,
2am si. bo SAG) Wie Ae de
"AOXAnors, ews, 7, prop. I. contest in
the games ;—II. met. struggle, conflict with
afflictions, Heb. x. 32.
"A@Oupéw, f. now, to despond, to be
discouraged, Col. iii. 21. Sept. and Class.
"A Oa@os, ov, 0,7, adj. (a, Swi, penalty, )
I. prop. not punished ;—II. fig. innocent,
Matt. xxvii. 4; in ver. 24, foll. by dae
and gen.
Aiyetos, ov, 6, 7, adj. of or belonging
to a goat, Heb. xi. 37, év a. Gépuact.
Aiytandos, ov, 6, (éyw, to break, and
@Xs, the shore or coast of a sea, lake, &c.)
sea-shore, Matt. xiii. 2,48. John xxi. 4.
Acts xxi. 5. Sept., Jos., and Class.
"Atdios, ov, 6, n, adj. (det,) always
existing, everlasting, Rom. i. 20. Ju. 6.
Aidwes, dos, ovs, 7, I. modesty, 1 Tim.
ii. 9.—II. veneration, Heb. xii. 28.
Atpa, atos, 70, blood. I. prop. and
1) gener. Mk. v. 25, 29. Lu. viii. 43,sq. xiii.
1; 2) met., by which any thing is said to
be or become blood, or as blood, from its
dark colour, Acts ii. 19. (comp. Joel iii.
B4
AIM 8
J. 89.) ev Mit. W, Equ | sth Gascuiaisn:
In Acts ii. 20, we have cis aivasfor ws
aiua in Rey. vi. 12. 3) as said of blood
that has been shed, whether of vzctims,
(slaughtered animals,) Heb. ix. 7. x. 4.
xi. 28. Acts xv. 20, 29. xxi. 25, or of men,
fju, xi. I. Joha xix, $4. Rev. xiv. 20.
xvii. 6. So of the blood of Curist shed
on the cross, in reference to his Last Sup-
per, Matt. xxvi. 28, et al. Also in various
mystical senses, with reference to the spizi-
tual union of Christians with Christ their
Head, by imbibing his spirit, and appropri-
ating the benefits of his death and sacri-
fice, John vi. 53—58. And vice versa of
Christ with his Church, Acts xx. 28. Col. i.
20. Eph. ii. 13; esp. by his atoning blood,
Rom. iti. 25. v. 9. Hph.i. 7. Col. 1. 14.
eho ax. b2, 14.ox. 190 1 Pet. 7.23.1 Jeln
i. 7. Rev. i. 5. v.95; and by the benefits of
the New Covenant generally, Heb. x. 29.
xii. 24, xiii. 20. We may here notice the
phrase capE kal aiua, the animal human
body, MAN, with the idea of infirmity and
mortality, Matt. xvi. 17. 1 Cor. xv. 50.
Cala. le Koh. wie 12. Heb... 14.
Comp. Ecclus. xiv. 18; also aiwa éxyxv-
vewv, ‘to shed blood, to kill, Lu. xi. 50, e&
al. and Sept.—II. spec. bloodshed, murder.
Matt. xxiii. 30. xxvii. 6,8,24. Acts i. 19.
Heb. xii. 4. Rev. vi. 10, and Sept.—III.
from Hebr., blood-quiltiness, the guilt and
punishment of bloodshedding, Matt. xxiii.
30... xxvii. 25. Acts v.28. xviii. 6. xx. 26.
Sept. Hdot. ii. 39.—IV. relationship by
blood, Acts xvii. 26, é& évds atuatos, ‘ of
one kindred.’ And so in the Sept. and
Jos. Ant. ii. 6, 3, éouev adeXQol Kat Kot-
vov aiwa. In Johni. 13, of ovK« é& aima-
tTwy, ‘not born of blood,’ (i. e. not sons of
God, as descended from Abraham,) the
plur. is put for the sing., as in Eurip. Ion
693.
Aipatexyuota, as, 1, bloodshedding,
Heb. ix. 22.
Alpoppoéw, f. now, (aia, poos,) to
have an issue of blood, Matt. ix. 20, & Plut.
Aivecz:s, ews, 7, (aivew,) praise, Heb.
xii. 15, Sucia aivécews. Sept. often. Ec-
clus. xxxii. 2, Suc. aivécews.
Aivéw, f. now or éow, to praise, said
both of menand God; in N. T. only ofthe
latter, Lu. ii. 13, 20, et al., and so Sept. oft.
Aiviy pa, atos, T6, (aivicsouar, to
hint at obscurely,) prop. an @nigma, rid-
dle. In N. T. met. un obscure wntemation,
1 Cerca. 12.
Aivos, ou, 6, I. prop. a narrative or tale
told ;—II. a speech or harangue generally,
especially laudatory ;—III. in N. T. met.
praise, Matt, xxi. 16. Lu. xvili.43. And
so in Hom. Od. xxi. 110. Herod. vii. 107,
and Sept.
Alpects, ews, 4, (aigéw,) I. @ taking
AS
or laying hold of any thing ;—Il. a taking
of one thing in preference to another ; also
the choice made, whether physical, or
moral, i. e. of opinion or doctrine, or of
life. Hence it denotes a sect, or school, in
philosophy or religion ; and also the persons
who form the party professing certain
opinions. In N. T. it signifies sect, as
said of the Pharisees, (Acts v. 17. xv. 9.
XXvi. 5. xxviii. 22,) or by them applied to
the Christians, Acts xxiv. 5,14. Hence
it came to denote a party or faction among
Christians, (as resembling the heathen or
Jewish sects,) and also the dissension to
which party-spirit gives birth, 1 Cor. x1.
19. Galiiv. 2002 Peta
AipetiCw, f. icow. A word of Alex-
andrine Greek, used in Sept. for aioéouat,
to choose any thing or person. In N.T.
to prefer one person to others, Zo love,
Matt. xii. 18. ;
Aioetikos, ov, 6, (aipetifw,) one
who maintains certain erroneous notions
in religion, in a party-spirit, and thereby .
sows dissensions, and introduces errors,
Tit. iii. 10, where see my Note.
Aioéw, f. iow, prop. to take. InN. T.
it occurs only in mid. aipéouan, f. oowar,
to take for oneself, to choose, prefer, 2 Th.
ii, 13. Heb. xi. 25. Phil. 7. 22) Saandse
in Sept. and later Class.
Aipw, (for deiow,) f. dom, to take up,
lift, 1. prop. John viii. 59. Mk. xvi. 18.
Rev. x. 5. In Acts xxvii. 13, GpavtTes
(scil. gyxvpas) simply means sudling away,
departing, as often in Class. Fig., as
as said of the voice, to cry ouf, Lu. xvii.
13. Acts iv. 24, and sometimes in Sept. ;
also in the phrase aipeww Wuxnv Tivos, to
hold any one’s mind in suspense or doubt.—
II. to take up and place on oneself, to bear _
or carry, prop. Matt. iv. 6. John y. 8, et
al. With the idea of laying up for use,
Matt. xiv. 20. xv. 37, et al. Fig. atoeuw
Tiv duapTiav Tivos, to tuke away any one’s
sin, (i. e. the imputation or the punish-
meut of it,) by taking it on oneself, John
i. 29. 1 John iii. 5.—III. to bear off, take
away, remove, 1) prop. both of things, as
Lu. vi. 29, sq. xi. 22. Matt. ix. 16. John
xv. 2, of branches pruned ; and of persons,
whether removed from a society by excom-
munication, 1 Cor. v. 2 (in some Edd.) or
out of the world by death, John xvii. 15.
Matt. xxiv. 39. Acts viii. 33. Lu. xxiii. 18.
John xix. 15, et al. 2) fig., John xi. 48.
1Cor. vi. 15. 3) in the sense to deprive of,
as of God’s word, Mk. iv.15. Lu. viii. 12; or
of his gifts, Mk. iv. 25; or salvation, Matt.
xxi. 43. 4) said of a law, to abrogate, Col.
ii. 14; of vices, to put away, Eph. iv. 31.
AicOdvomat, f. aicbijcouat, (aiw &
aicOw,) mid. dep., to perceive, prop. with
the external senses, and met. with the
/
AI 9
mental perceptions, to understand, Lu. ix.
45, and Class.
Aicdnocs, ews, 1, (aicbavouat,) prop.
“perception by the external senses ;’ met.
by the internal and mental, wrderstanding,
Phil. i. 9, and also in Sept. and Class.
Aico OnriHptoy, ov, Td, (aic8avouat,)
prop. the organ or faculty of sensation ;
fig. the faculty of perception by the inter-
nal senses, Heb. v. 14, and Sept.
AicyxpoKeo dis, éos, 6, 7, adj. (aio-
xoos & xéodos,) eager even for dishonour-
able or sordid gain, 1 Tim. iii. 8, Tit. i. 7,
and Class.
AioypoKxepoas, adv. for the sake of
base gain, | Pet. v. 2.
AicxypoXoyia, as, 7, (aisyods &
Aoyos), obscene language, Col. iii. 8. Xen.,
Pol., Diod. Sic.
Aioxoos, &, ov, adj. (aicyos,) prop.
ugly, or deformed, as opp. to Kadds, as
often in Class. and Gen. xli. 3,4. In N.
T. fig. indecorous, as said of what is either
' offensive to modesty and Christian purity,
Eph. v. 12. @. gore Kai Aéyeww, (so Dem.
Olynth. ii. p. 23, woiuntai aicypwv dopa-
Twv, and elsewhere, aicyod NaXetv, on
which phrase see Bast. Lettre 58,) or
to the feelings ; of what is right or wrong,
engendered by the manners and customs
of a community, zmproper, 1 Cor. xi. 6,
aigXpov yuvatki TO keioac0ar, & xiv.
35. In one or other of these senses ( which
are closely connected together) the word
is often used (like the Latin turpis) of
actions and morals, words and deeds, by
Plato, Xenoph.,&c. Hence 76 aicypon,
moral turpitude, as opp. to Td Kadov, in
the Greek Philosophers, corresponding to
the turpe and the honestum of the Latin
writers. In Tit. i. 11, aioyoot Képdous
xa@oerv, the use differs from that above
mentioned ; and hence it is rightly kept
apart by Schleusner, who, however, has
not done well in assigning the sense wnjust.
The word has, I apprehend, an active sense,
i. €. causing disgrace, as in Hom. I1. iii.
38, TOV O& veiKEecen aioxpots éqmézoouy,
& vi. 325. xiii. 768. xxxiv. 238. And so
Xen. Mem. i. 5, 6, dovAsiav aicypdv.
- Aioxoorns, yTos, 1, (aioxpds,) prop.
ugliness or deformity. In N.T. fig. znde-
corum, impropriety in words or actions,
Eph. v. 4, a. kai uwpoXoyia.
Aisyxuyn, ns, 1, (aioxos,) gener.
shame, 1. subjectively, the passion or feel-
ing of shame, fear of disgrace, Lu. xiv. 9.
Eeclus. iv. 21. xx. 23, et Class.—II. ob-
jectively, disgrace, ignominy, Heb. xii. 2.
Sept. Thucyd. ii. 37, a. pépover.. Xen.
An.1i. 6,6.—IIT. a cause of shame, shame-
Jul action, or conduct, 2 Cor. iv. 2, Ta
KpumTa THS aicyvviys, i.e. ‘such clan-
AL®
destine proceedings as the disciples of
Christ should be ashamed of,’ Phil. iii. 19.
Ju. 13. And so sometimes in the Class.,
esp. the Orators. In Rev. iii. 18, 7 a. 77s
yupvotntos is, by Heb., for yupvorns
aisypa. Comp. 1 Sam. xx. 30, eis aic-
Xuviyy atroxaht Wews untpos cov, for zis
atokahuWw aicyvvys.
Aioxu'va,f. vv, (aioyxos,) act. to put
to shame, Hom. often, and Prov. xxix.
15. Pass. to be put to shame, be made
ashamed, 2 Cor. x. 8. Phil. i. 20. 1 John
il. 28, ut) aioyuvO@pev at avtov. Mid.
to shame oneself, put oneself to shame,
Lu. xvi. 3. 1 Pet. iv. 16. Sept. and Class.
Aitéw, f. iow, to ask; usually foll.
by accus. of pers. or thing, or both;
also with accus. of thing, and mapa with
gen. of pers. I. gener., whether as said of
men, Matt. v. 42. vii. 9, 11. Mk. vi. 22.
Lu. xi. 9, al. Sept. and lat. Class.; or of
God, to ask or pray for, Matt. vi. 8. vii.
TS Sa. te 55.0.0 Rate. cyl: 9/5 Obl e, Caceres
Ozos being omitted.—II. spec. to ask or
call for, require, demand, Lu. i. 63. xii.
A8. Acts iii. 14. 1 Pet. iii. 15, al. Sept.
and Class.—Iif. by Hebr., to deszre, Acts
vu. 46, and Sept.
Aitnua, atos, To, (aitéw,) IL. a«
thing asked for, or object sought, request,
Lu. xxiii. 24. 1 John v. J5, and Sept. im
1 Sam.i. 17,27.—II. by Hebr., a deszire of
the mind, Phil. iv. 6, and Sept.; ex. gr.
Ps, xxxvii. 4, ra aitjpata THs Kapoias.
Epist. Pseudo Socr. 24.
Aivia,as, 7, (aitéw,) a cause, I. the.
efficient cause, reason, or motive, Matt. xix.
3. Lu. vin. 47. Acts xxii. 24. 2 Tim. i.
6. Tit..2013. “Heb: me) aiikesthe
Latin rateo or causa, affair, matter, case,
Acts x. 2l..«xsa, 28. )Matt.- xix-10)- 2
oUTws éotiv 4% aitia, and so Sept. and
Class.—IIT. in a forensic sense, cause, i. e.
1) an accusation or charge, Acts xxv. 18,
2/. Matt. xxvii. 37. Mk. xv. 26. Jos.
ANit..1V.//G,: 2, | Xen, Cys wijios 10592)
Suult, or crime, John xviii. 38. xix. 4.
Acts xii. 28. xxviii. 16. Sept. and Class.
Airiapa, atos, To, a charge, Acts
xxv: 7. Thue. v. @2.
Ait.os, ta,tov, prop. an adj. causative,
but in N. T. used subst. I. in the masce. o
ait.os, the causer or author of any thing,
Heb. v. 9, ait. owtnpias, and often in
the Class., esp. Thuc.—II. in neut. vo
aiTLov, a cause,—i. e.a reason, motive, Acts
xix. 40; but as airios may mean causative
of evi as well as good, as often in Plato,
Xen., and Thue., so 76 aittov sometimes
signifies fault or crime, Lu. xxiii. 4, 22.
Aigviédcos, iov, 6, 7, adj. (&gpvns eq.
to agavijs,) unforeseen, sudden, Lu. xxi.
34, 1 Th. v.
BS
AIX
Aixpadrwoia, as, 4, (aiyuy, aXi-
oxw,) I. prop. captivity, Rev. xiii. 10, eis
aixu.and Sept.—ILI. by meton. the persons
so captured,‘a captive multitude,’ Eph.
iv. 8. Rev. xiii. 10, aiy. cuvayer, as oft.
in Sept. and Apocr. Diod. Sic. xvii. 70.
Aiyuarwtetva, f. ctow, (aiyuartw-
vos,) I. prop. to take prisoner, lead cap-
dive, as in Eph. iv. 8, and often in Sept.
and later writers.—II. met. to captivate,
2 Tim. iii. 6, in text. recept.
AiyparoetiCw, f. icw, (aiyuarw-
tos,) later word for aiyuadXwtov qotéw,
prop. fo lead captive, Lu. xxi. 24. Sept.
1 K. viii. 46. Diod. Sic. xiii. 59. Met. fo
eaptiwate, 2 Tim. iii. 6, in later Edd. So
Judith xvi. 9,70 Kaos abtHs 1ypma-
Awtics Wuyijv avtov. Also, by impl.,
to bring into subjection, Rom. vii. 23. 2 Cor.
X. Oe
AixmaXwTos, ov, 6,7, & captive or
prisoner of war, Lu. iv. 18. The word is
prop. an adj. eq. to aiyuy adwtos, and
is often in the earlier writers used with
subst. as a. cwpaTa, OF vHEs, OY TOXELS,
Xenpata, &c., but is gener., in use, a
subst., @v@pwros being understood.
Aiwy, avos, 6,& poet. 7, from ai, mean-
ing duration to an end, and the part. av of
zimi. It is in Hom., Hes., Pind., Héot.,
and other early writers, chiefly used of the
duration of human existence, l7/e, or the
age of man, az age; but in the Class.
writers after them it is chiefly employed to
denote the duration of time to the end of
time, i.e. eternity. The earliest instance
of this sense is in Plato, who often so uses
the word. See p. 37. D. 38. C. 97. D. Ed.
teph. In N.T. it is used, I. of time future,
as in the foll. phrases, 1) eis Tov aiava,
for ever, said of Christ, Heb. vi. 20. vii.
17, 24, 28; and of the happiness of the
righteous, John vi. 51, 58. 2 Cor. ix. 9, et
al. ; also of the punishment of the wicked,
2 Pet. 1.17. Ju. 138; with a negative,
never, Matt. xxi. 19. Mk. ui. 29, et al.
So cis juégoav aiwvos for eis Tov ael ypo-
vov, 2 Pet. iii. 18, 2) eis Tobs aiwvas,
(plur. for sing.) for ever, to all eternity,
saiarot God, Rom. 1.20.) is. pL xa. abe
2. Cor. xi. 31 ;. of Christ, Lu. i. 33... 3) zis
Tovs ai@vas TeV aiwywy, (an intensive
form derived from Hebr.,) for ever and
ever; said of God, Gal. i. 5. Ph. iv. 20.
1 Tim. i.17. 1 Pet. v. 11; of Christ, 2 Pet.
ili. 18. Rey. i. 18. v. 13; of the happiness
of the just, Rev. xxii. 5; of the punish-
ment of the wicked, Rev. xiv. ll. xix. 3.
xx. 10.—II. of time past, as az’ aiwvos,
‘from everlasting, Lu. i. 70. Acts iii. 21.
xv. 18, @70 tay aiwvwv, Eph. iii. 9. Col.
i. 26, tod Tav aiwvwy, ‘ before time was,
i.e. from all eternity, 1 Cor. ii. 7.—III.
by Hebr. seculum, the world, either pre-
10
a a
AKA
sent or future, I. of this world and the
next, 1) as implying duration, Matt. xii.
32. Mk. x. 30. Lu. xviii. 30. 2) the pre-
sent world, with its cares and desires, the
idea of evil, moral and physical, being
either expressed or implied, Matt. xiii. 22.
Lu. xvi. 8 xx. 34. Rom. xii. 2, ef al.
3) by met., the MEN of this world, by impl. -
wicked, Eph. ii. 2. Lu. xvi. 8. 4) by me-
ton., the world ztself, as an object of cre-
ation and existence, Heb. i. 2. xi. 3. Matt.
xii. 40. xxiv. 3. 1 Tim. i. 17. 1. as said
in reference to the advent of the Messiah,
seculum, age, namely, 1) the age or world
BEFORE the Messiah, i. e. ‘the Jewish
dispensation,’ 1 Cor. x. ll. 2) the age or
world AFTER the Messiah, ‘the Gospel dis-
pensation, the kingdom of-the Messiah,
Eph. i. 7. Heb. vi. 5.
Aiwvtos, ov, 6, 7, adj. perpetual, eter-
nal. I. assaid chiefly of time future, and 1)
of God, Rom. xvi. 26. 1 Tim. vi. 16, et
al. 2) of the happiness of the righteous,
Matt. xix. 29. xxv. 46,et al. In John iii.
15, and some other passages, (w1) aiwvios
is eq. to eicehOety eis Tiv BaotrX. Tou
Qzov. 3) of the punishment of the wicked,
Matt. xviii. 8. xxv. 41, et al. 4) gener.
2 Cor. iv. 18. Phil. 15, aiwysov, adv. for
ever, always.—II. of time past, Rom. xvi.
25, xpdvots aiwviors, ‘of old.” 2 Tim. i.
9. Tit. i. 2, 700 xpovwy a., equivalent to
TOO atwuwv.
"AxaGaocia, as, n,(axabaoros,) im-
purity, filth; I. prop. in a physical sense,
uncleanliness, Matt. x xiii.27, and so often in
Sept.,also Plato, p.72.C. Ed. Steph.—II.
ina moral sense, uncleanness of life, and the
sinfulness thereby contracted, as opposed
to purity and chastity, and virtue in gener.
Rom. 1. 24. vi. 19. 2 Cor. xii. 21. Gal. v.
19, Eph. iv. 19. v. 3. Collinge ee ee
and Sept. in Ezek. xxxvi. 25, 29. Rare in
Class., though an example occurs in De-
mosth. p. 553, for summa improbitas, Toute
ovK &xXov éoTtiv UTEepBodiy dxabagcias.
And such a person was called by the Greeks
Ka0aona, by the Romans, purgamentum.
In 1 Th. ii. 3, it is used of the moral im-
purity of corrupt motives, avarice, ambi-
tion, &c. See my Note. So Arrian, Epict.
iv. Ll, Wuxijs éxabapcia. :
"AxaGaprTns, ntos, 4, (a syncopated
form for axafapdortns,) uncleanness, 1. e.
prop. lewdness, but fig. said of zdolatry,
Rev. xvii. 4, lect. recept.; while other
copies have ta axafapta THs.
"Axabapros, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, ckabai-
pw,) unclean, impure, {. in the Levilical
sense, i.e. by legal or ceremonial unclean-
ness, Lev. v. 2; said either of thengs, as
food, Acts x. 14. xi. 8; (also cf animals,
as birds, Rev. xviii. 2.) or of persons not
Jews, or not Christians, Acts x. 28. 1 Cor.
AKA
vii. 14. 2 Cor. vi. 17.—II. ina moral sense,
unclean, whether by the pollution of lewd-
ness, Eph. v. 5, or of idolatry, Rev. xvii.
4,in the best Edd. So the demons, Matt.
ee eeyxm 40. Mk. i. 23. Lu. iv. 33. Acts
v. 16, are called wvevuara ax., partly
from their natural impiety and wickedness
of every kind, (hence they are called
movypa, Tob. iii. 8. vi. 14,) and partly
from their being both instigators to and
objects of idolatry.
"Akatopzouat, ovmat, (a, Katods,) a
later Greek term, signifying ¢o want oppor-
tunity, Phil. iv. 10.
"Akatiows, adv. (&katpos,) unseason-
ably, 2 Tim. iv.2. See my note in loc.
"A ka@kos, ov, 0, 1), adj. (a, Kaxos,)
I. harmless, blameless, Heb. vii. 26. Sept.
and Class.—II. guzleless, void of evil de-
sign, Rom. xvi. 18. Sept. and Dem. 1153.
Pol: iii. 98, et al.
"A kava, ns, 1, (aki, avOos,) a thorn
or brier, Matt. vii. 16. xxvii. 29. Lu, vi.
44, John xix. 2. Heb. vi. 8.
‘Akav@.vos, ov, 6, 4, adj. made of
thorns, Mk. xv. 17. John xix. 5.
"Akao os, ov, 6, 7, without fruit, bar-
ren, opp. to kaptoopos, I. prop. of trees,
Theophr. PI. iii. 153. Jude 12, also of land,
Jer. 11.26; likewise of a country, Athen. ap.
Steph. Thes.—II. met., yielding no frutt,
i. e. of knowledge, virtue, &c., useless,
Matt. xiii. 22. Mk. iv. 19. 1 Cor. xiv.
aa. 147 2 Pet; i. 8. So some-
times in Class., and Lat. cnfructuosus. So
Plut. Philop. 4, @. Xahia. Plat. 277. A.
Aoyor obxi akaptor. So Plat. vi. 138,
4, akaptos dvauéver Teds apeTtiv. Vi.
3/7, 4, d0Ens axdotovs. vi. 602, 9, thy
apeTHy &kapTa Twetv AEvyovot, et al.—
Il. as negative adjectives are sometimes
strongly affirmative of the opposite quali-
ties, so in Eph. v. ll, by ra goya ta
akaoTa TOU ckdTous are meant bad and
noxtous fruits ; and so Wisd. xv. 4, wévos:
a., improbus.
> , °
AkaTéayvworos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (a,
KkaTaywwoKkw,) I. prop. not worthy of
judicial condemnation, 2 Macc. iv. 47.—I1.
in N. T. met., unblameable, Tit. ii. 8.
+ “AkataxaXuTTOos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (a,
Kkahi@7Tw,) unveiled, | Cor. xi. 5. kepada
ak. 13, yuvaixa ax. Pol. xv. 25, tip
Aavany ak.
‘AKadTaxp LTOS, Ov, 0, 7, adj. (a,
KaTakpivw,) prop. not condemned, but in
Acts xvi. 37. xxii. 25, one who és con-
demned unheard, like the Class. &xpuros.
JAka TaXuTOS, ov, 0, 7,24}. (a, KaTa-
Avw,) I. prop. indiéssoluble ;—II. met.
ever-during, everlasting, Heb. vii. 16, (wi),
and Class.
3 , ° f
Akatamavotos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a,
il
AKO
Katatravw,) not to be restrained from any
thing, wrable to desist, 2 Pet. ii. 14, og-
Qatpot adkaTamaveto. aduapTtias; and
so the later Class., but with a gen. foll.
"AKxatactacia, as, 1, (axataoctra-
Tos,) prop. unsettledness, namely, by con-
tinual change of place, 2 Cor. vi. 5. Hence
commotion, tumult, sedition, Lu. xxi. 9.
Cone xiv) 35.2 Cor. xi, 207 Jae ao:
"AkaTacTaTos, ov, 0,7, adj. (a, Kab-
iorauar,) unstable, inconstant, Ja. i. 8.
"AKaTAOYXETOS, 0v,0,7, ad}. (a, KatE-
Xw, to restrain,) not to be restrained, irre-
pressible, Ja. iii. 8, yA@ooa ak. Kakov.
So Job xxxi. 1], Suuss dpy7ns ekara-
oyetos. Jos. and later Class., as Plut. viii.
73, 7, @kaTaoyxeTos Twas éoTw O THS
To\uTpaypmosuvys yaoyaXicpos.
"AkeXOapa, indecl. from the Syro-
Chaldaic xo Spr, field of blood, i. e. pur-
chased with the money obtained by blood,
Acts i. 19.
"A KEé0aLOS, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, Kepdw, to
mix,) prop. wamixed, unadulterated, as said
of wine, Dios. v. 129. vii. 77, autyijs o7-
vos Kal @k., but also used in varions meta-
phorical senses, esp. for amAous, simple,
artless, guileless. So Matt. x. 16, axéparoe
ws ai TéeptoTepal, where there seems a
blending of the conjoint ideas of semplicity
or guilelessness, and harmlessness, (so we
have the phrase harmless stimplicity,) as in
Philostr. ap. Steph. Thes., To axéoatov
Kal @Kakov Kal aveTtiBovNevtov. In Rom.
xvi. 19, @xeoaious eis TO Kaxov, the ideas
of artlessness and simplicity (or absence
of subtlety) seem conjoined, as in Eurip.
Or. 912. Pors., where the country gentle-
man is described as @képatos, avetwitnr-
Tov HoKkynkws Biov. And so Shakspeare,
‘1 am a simple woman, much too weak
T’ oppose your cunning.” In Phil. i. 15,
iva yévnoOe Gpsutrro: Kat ax., of the
ideas of artlessness and harmlessness, the
latter seems, by the context, to prevail;
on the contrary, in Jos. Ant. 1. 2, 2, axé-
oa.ov Biov the former.
"AxX vis, gos, 6, 7, adj. (a, KAivw,)
without wavering, stable, Heb. x. 23, 7
omoNoyia THs éATridos adkAwhs. So Poll.
On. viii. 10, @. dukacths, and Lucian,
Encom. Dem. a. Wuy%.
"AKkpa lw, f. aow, (dur) lit. fo be in
the &kun, or preme, of any thing which, as
said of fruits, is that of maturity. So Rev.
xiv. 18, to be ripe, and Class., as Thuce.ii. 19.
"Akpyv, adj. prop. accus. of axun,
which means @ point, either prop. of a
weapon, or fig. of time. Hence in the
N. T. and the later writers, axury, for
KAT akulVv Xeovou, even now, yet, Matt.
seme NG,
"AKO, 7S, 71, orn I. HEARING,
AKO
i.e. 1) the sense, or faculty, of hearing,
1 Cor. xii. 17. Xen. Mem. i. 4, 6. 2) the
organ of hearing, the ears, Mk. vii. 35.
Lk. vii. 1, cis Tas @kods Tov Xaov. Acts
xvii. 20. Heb. v. 11.,. 2 Tim. iv. 3, xyn-
Qomevos THv akorjv, and so in later Class.
Akon axovew, Matt. xiii. 14, is a Hebra-
sm, found also in Sept. for to hear atten-
tevely.—li. THAT WHICH IS HEARD; and
1) any thing promulgated in the hearing
of others for the purpose of announcement
or instruction, John xii. 38. Rom. x. 16,
17. So @kxot) wictews in the sense ‘ doc-
trine taught and received with faith, Gal.
iii. 2,5, and Ndvyos axons, equiv. to Ad-
yos axoua Beis, ‘the word taught and heard,’
1 Th. ii. 13. Heb. iv. 2. 2) from Heb.,
rumour, report, Matt. iv. 24. xiv. 1. xxiv.
6. Mk. i. 28. xiii. 7. And so Sept. and
Class.
‘Axohov8éiw, f.- How, (axdXov8os,
from a, for dua, and xédevGos, way,) to
go with, accompany, follow ; constr. with
dat., or wera and gen., Lu. ix. 49, al. or
with omicw vtivos, Matt. x. 38, al. IL.
gener. to follow, Matt. iv. 25. viii.]. ix. 19.
Mk. v. 24, et al—lII. spec. to follow a
teacher, become any one’s disciple, 1) to
accompany him personally, as was usual
with the followers of the Jewish doctors
and Greek philosophers, Mait. iv. 20, 22.
ix. 9. xix. 27, sq. Mk. i. 18. John i. 41.
2, to be any one’s disciple as to faith and
practice, to follow his teaching, Matt. x.
a8. xvi. 24. Mk. viii. 34. Lu. ix. 23.
John viii. 12. xii. 26.—III. to follow any
one in succession, as to any action, Rev.
xiv. 8, sq.—lV. as said of things, actions,
&e., to accompany, Rev. xiv. 13, ta 6é
zpya avt@y dkohovUet pet’ adTar, ‘ ac-
company them’ to the judgment-seat of
God, and, by implic., ‘ they bear them with
them, and procure them a reward.’ Also,
vice versa, in Rev. xviii. 5, text. rec., #Ko-
ovbyncay aitis ai duaptiat aype Tov
ovoavou, ‘have followed one another till
they reach even to heaven.’ This, how-
ever, may better be referred to sense III.
"AKovw, f. dxovow, (fut. mid. gxobco-
fat, Which latter is preferable,) perf. mid.
akyKoa, perf. pass. #kovcmar, aor. |. pass.
AKovcOny. I. to hear, lL) intrans. fo
have the sense of hearing, Matt. xi. 5. Mk.
vii. 37, al. and Class. Matt. xiii. 15, Ba-
péws akovewy, ‘to be dull of hearing.’ 2)
trans. and either absol. or with accus. or
gen., (with or without prepos.) of the ching
heard, and with gen. (with or without pre-
pos.) of the person from whom ; to hear,
perceive with the ear, (1) gener., Matt. ii. 9,
18. ix. 12. x. 27. Mk. vii. 25, et al. oft.,
and Class. (2) spec., in the sense fo give
ear to, hear attentively, Mk. iv. 3. vii. 14.
xii. 29. Acts ii. 22. Hence, 3) by impl.,
12
AE
to give heed to, obey, Matt. x. 14. xvii. 5.
xvii. 15. Mk. vi. Ll. Ghee xe eee
and Class. So also in the phrase 6 éywy
wTa axovetv, dkovetTw, Matt. xi. 15. xiii.
9, et al. In St. John’s writings the term is.
used of Gop in the sense to heed, regard,
i. e. to hear and answer prayer, John ix.
31. xi. 41, sq. 1 John v. 15.—II. to hear, .
i. e. to learn by hearing, to be informed, to
know; 1) gener., Matt. ii. 3, 22. iv. 12.
v. 21, 27. xi. 2. Mic... 2isives Deee
xiv. 14, xv. 24, al. Pass., to be heard of,
i.e. repeated or noised abroad, Matt.
xxviii. 14. Mk. ii. 1. Lu. xii. 3. Acts xi.
22. 1 Cor. v. 1, and Class. 2) spec. fo
understand or comprehend, Mk. iv. 33..
John vi. 60. 1 Cor. xiv. 2. Gal. iv. 21.
Sept. and later Class. In a forensic sense,
to hear as a judge, fo try, Acts xxv. 22.
John vii. 51.
"Axpacia, as, 1,(axpatijs,) equiy. to
the more Class. axpatera; gen. want of
self-command or government, whether of
the appetites of the body or the passions of
the mind, (so Jos. Bell. i. I, 2, @. qa-
Gav,) as opp. to éyxpatera. Thus it is
applied not only to intemperance in eating
or drinking, but to all the other appetites
of the body. So Jos. Ant. vill. 7, 5, Tar
agppodiwy ax. Hence it is equiv. to axo-
Aacia. In N. T. itt only occurs in
1 Cor. vii. 5, 6ca Tiv adkoactav, ‘by reason
of, or on occasion of, your inability to.
govern your passions.’
"AkoatTijs, gos, 0, 4, adj. incontinent,
i. e. ‘unable to controul the passions and
appetites,’ as opp. to éyxpatys, 2 Tim.
iii. 3, and often in Class.
"Akpatos, 6, 1, adj. (a, keoavvupt,)
unmixed ; prop. said of wine undiluted
with water, and hence, by impl.. strong,
intoxicating, Rev. xiv. 10.
"Axo.Bela, as, 1, (axpiBis,) exact-
ness, precision ; prop. said of exactness of
weight or dimension, as Ecclus. xlii. 4,.
acpiBeia Cvyeu Kai ctabue@v; and hence
met., of eatreme accuracy or precision ; so
‘Wisd. xit. 1, ina forensic sense, Dan. vii.
16, exactness of explication, and often in
Class. In Acts xxii. 3, wematdevpevos
Kata akpiBeiav Tov TWaTewov vopmov,
means, ‘the precise discipline of the law;
as Ecclus. xvi. 25, éx@aivw év oTaiuw
Tatdetav, Kal évy axotBela aTvTayyedAAw
éTrioTiunv. So Joseph. Vit. c. 36, it is
said of the Pharisees, weet Ta waTp.e
voulma OoKkovcL Tov GAAwY aAkpLBEian
Craéoery.
"AkpiBijs, é0s, 6, 7, adj. (@koos, from
akn,a point, ) exact, accurate. ’ Axp.BéoTe-
gov, as adverb, ‘ more accurately or per-
fectly,’ Acts xviii. 26. xxiii. 15, 20. xxiv.
22. In Acts xxvi. 5, cata THY aKpi-
BecTaTny aipeciv, ‘the most exact sect,’
A KP
i.e. exact in the exposition and observance
tav é0av Kat (nti ator, Vv. 3. See the
passage of Joseph. cited in v. axoiPeia,
"AxptBow, f. wow, (axprBis,) prop.
to know, and in Class. to know how to
do, or to do any thing accurately, ABlian.
Is. xlix. 16, Aq. Hdian.i. 15,4. InN. T.
to inquire accurately, search assiduously
into, Matt. ii. 7,16. Xen. CEc. xx. 10.
"AxotBa@s, adv. accurately, exactly,
perfectly, Matt. ii. 8. Lu. i. 3. Acts xviii.
25. 1 Th. v. 2. Xen. Cc. ii. 3; carefully,
circumspectly, Eph. v. 15.
"Axplts, tdos, 7, a locust, Matt. ili. 4.
Mk. i. 6. Rev. ix. 3, 7. Sept. and Class.
“A KpoaTtinotoy, tov, TO, (akpodouat,
to hear,) @ place of hearing, i.e. trial, Lat.
auditorium, Acts xxv. 23.
"Akpoatis, ov, 0, (&kpoaopuat,) a
hearer,as in Jos. Ant. iii. 5,3, ax. @wvijs,
and absol. axop. Thuc.ii.35. In N.T. ako.
Tov vouov or Adyou, (as Rom. ii. 13. Ja.
i. 22, 23, 25,) is said of ‘one who merely
hears, but does not fulfil or perform it, is
not a doer.
"AxooBuotia, as, 7, (&kpov & Biw,
tocover,) I. the prepuce, or foreskin, cover-
ing the extremity of the glans, Acts xi. 3,
axp. ExovTes, i.e. uncircumcised Gentiles.
—II. the state of uncircumeision, or Gentil-
ism: see Acts xi.3. 1) prop. Rom. ii. 25.
Meerenat1o,19. Gal. v. 6. vi. 15. Col.
ii. 13, with reference, however, to the ex-
ternal rite, not to the circumcision of the
heart: comp. Eph. ii. ll. 2) by meton.
the uncircumersed, the Gentiles, as opposed
to the Circumcision, the Jews, Rom. ii.
26, sq. ni. 30. Not found in Class.
"Akpoywviatos, a, ov, adj. (axpov
& ywvia.) When said of a stone, it de-
notes a corner or foundation stone, Eph.
ii. 20. 1 Pet.ii.6. Our Lord is compared
in N.T. toa foundation-stone, both from the
fundamental nature of the doctrine of a
Saviour, and also from the distinguished:
dignity of the person and office of Christ.
"Axkpo@iviov, iov, To, (axoov & Gis
or Giv, a heap,) chiefly used in plur. to
denote the first-fruits, i.e. of the earth,
presented as an offering to the Deity; so
called, as taken from the &xpov, or top of
the first heap collected, or the first chosen,
i. e.‘ the choicest of the spoils taken in war,’
and offered to the god who was supposed
to have occasioned tke victory, Herod. viii.
121. So in Heb. vii. 4, it is used of the
tenth of the spoils of the vanquished foe
offered to Jehovah by Abraham.
.
Akpos, a, ov, adj. (éx7,) hence nent.
TO axpov, used subst. for angular top, also
the extremity of any thing, Matt. xxiv. 3l.
Mk. xiii. 27. Lu. xvi. 24. Heb. xi. 21.
"Axupdw, f. dow, (a, Kugos,) to de-
13
AAA
prive of authority, annul, abrogate, trans.,
Matt. xv. 6, ax. évtoAnv. Mk. vii. 13, ax.
tov Noyov. Gal. iii. 17, dx. drabnKyy.
Sept. and Class.
"AxkwrtUtTws, adv. (dkwAuTos, unhin-
dered,) without hindrance, freely, Acts
xxviii. 31, duddoxwv ax. Hdian. viii. 2, 1,
OveBynoav axkwrvTws.
"Akwv, &kovea, &kov, adj. (a, exwv,)
unwilling, 1 Cor. ix. 17. Sept. and Class.
"AN aBacTpoy, ov, TO, prop. aabas-
ter, (a variety of gypsum, differing from,
though similar to, the modern alabaster, }
and also a vase of alabaster, to hold per-
fumes or perfumed ointment ; though the
name was at length applied to such vases
_of other materials, as gold, glass, stone, &c.
Matt. xxvi. 7. Mk. xiv. 3. Lu. vii. 37, and
often in Class. These vases had a long
narrow neck sealed : so that by the break-
ing of the d\aBaorpop at Mk. xiv. 3, we
are only to understand the breaking of the
top of the vase thus closed. Poll. On. x. 11.
"Ada Coveta, as, 7, (d\aQwy,) prop.
the character of a boaster, boasting, and by
impl., pride and arrogance, Ja. iv. 16.
1 John ii. 16. Sept., Apocr., and Class.
ENG AO. 4 .
"Ara lay, vos, 6, (dX douct, to rove, )
prop. a@ vagabond ; also, from the adjunct,
a mountebank or quack. Hence in N. T.
a boaster, Rom. i. 30. 2 Tim. iii. 2, also in
Sept. and Class., as AZ1.V. H. iv. 16. vii. 20.
"Ahara lw, f. dow or afw, (arahae,
the war-cry,) prop. to raise the war-cery, or
shout of battle, Josh. vi. 20. Judg. xv. 14.
Xen. Cyr. iii.2,9. Hence, to utter a loud
ery of any kind, whether for joy or grief,
Sept. In N. T. used of the latter, to
lament aloud, wail, Mark v. 38; also the
sound of cymbals, to give a clanging sound,
from its acute clangour, 1 Cor. xiii. 1.
"AX AANTOS, ov, 6, 7, 2adj.(a, Aahéw,)
unutterable in words, Rom. viii. 26, & lat.
Class.
”*AXaXos, ov, 0, 1, adj. (a, AaXos, fr.
Nadéw,) I. not speaking, speechless, dumb,
Mk. vii. 37.—Il. making dumb, Mk. ix. 17,
25,aveuua &dadov. So Plut. de Defect.
Orac. 51, dXaéAov kai Kakov TvEvpaToS
ahnons, (of the Pythian priestess, ) though
most recent Commentators explain it, “a
malignant spirit, silent through obsti-
nacy,’ contrary however to their usual
character.
"“AXas, atos, TO, (a term of common
life, for Xs, adds, 6,) salt. I. prop. Matt.
v.13. Mk. ix. 50. Lu. xiv. 34.—IT. (with
allusion to the cleansing and purifying na-
ture of salt,) metaph. spiriiwal wisdom,
even that of religious faith and hope, in the
heirs of salvation, Mk. ix. 50. Col. iv. 6.
Matt. v. 13. And so Diog. Laért. viii. 1,19.
AAE 14
"AX eidw,f.wWw, prop. tobesmear, Hom.
Od. xii. 47. In N. T. to anoint, trans.
Matt. vi. 17. Mk. vi. 13. xvi. 1. Lu. vii:.38,
46. John xi. 2. xii. 3. Ja. v. 14, '& Class.
"AXEekTopopwvia, as, i, (ahéxTwo
& gwvi},) prop. cock-crowing ; but in N.T.
the third watch of the night, about equi-
distant between midnight and dawn, when
cocks first begin to crow, Mk. xiii. 35.
"AXNEKTWO, Op0s, 0, acock, Matt. xxvi.
34, & oft. and Class.
"AdXevpov, ov, Td, (@Xéw, to grind,)
grist, flour, Matt. xiii. 33. Lu. xiii. 21.
Sept. and Class.
"AXdjGEeca, as, 7, (a@\nO7s,) I. TRUTH,
1) conformity to the
érue nature and reality of things, Mk. v.
30, Eijwety Tacayv Tiv adnOecav. John
v.39. 2 Cor. vi. 7, gy AOyw aArnGEias.
So ANgyew Tv aX., John xvi. 7, et al.,
and <q @A7nVeias, ‘of a truth, Lu. iv.
2) as said of what is true in
itself, purity from fulsehood or error, Mk.
Le. verity, reality,
Zo, et al.
xi. a2. Acts xxvi. 25: Rom: ii, 20, et. al.
So 4 a@\nGera tov evayyedtov, ‘ the
verity of the Gospel, Gal. ii. 5, 14, and o
AGyos THs aXdnO., said of true doctrine,
Fiph, 1.43. Coll 1.67 2 Time my Wb. adalae
18.—II. TrRuTH, i.e. the love of truth,
both in words and deeds, stncerity, veracity,
Matte xxnsl6. Mk. xn. 14.) Lu.xx.:21.
John iv. 23, sq. év dAnYeia. viii. 44, odx
got ad. gv avtw. 2 Cor. xi. 10. Eph.
iv.24, gv dc01oTynTL THS aAnVeias. 1 John
1.6, ov wotoumev Tijv aX., equivalent to
Weuvdopueba. ver. 8. 1 John v. 6, to Wveu-
ua éotiv Had. i. ce. adXyOivdv.—llIl. in
N. T. esp. Divine truth, as evinced in the
faith and profession of true religion, Gospel
truth, as opposed to Jewish or Heathen
fables, John i. 14, 17. viii. 32, & oft.
Hence, John xiv. 6, Jesus is called the
Truth, i.e. ‘ the teacher of Divine truth,’ as
at 1 Esd. iv. 33—41, 7 dX. is said of God.
—IV. conduct agreeable to the truth, probity
and virtue, a life conformed to the precepts
of true religion, John iii. 21, 6 wotwy rip
a@., as opposed to-o mavia reacown.
John viii. 44, gv TH GA. ovx EorTHKev.
Rom. ii. 8. 1 Cor. xiii. 6, opp. to ddrKia.
Eph. iv. 21. 1 Tim. vi. 5. Ja. v.19. Sept.
and Apocr.
"AAnGetvw, f. ebow, (aXd107)s,) 1) to
speak the truth; 2) to teach the truth, i.e.
true religion, the Gospel, Gal. iv. 16.
3) to be veracious, both in words and deeds,
be sincere, Eph.iv. 15. Philo ii. p.86. Xen.
Cyr. i. 6, 33.
"AXONS, gos, 6, 7, adj. (a, AnOw,)
prop. wnconcealed, open. Comp. John iii.
2), with | Tim. v.25. Hence, 1) true,
real, as conformed to the nature and reality
of things, John viii. 16. xix. 35. Acts xil.
9; true, as shown by the event, John
Be yi 3
x. 4]. Tit. i. 13. 2 Pet. ii. 22; credible,
as applied to a testimony, John v. 8l, sq.
vill. 13, sq. et al., and also to a teacher,
2 Cor. vi. 8. 2) truth-loving, veracious,
sincere, Matt. xxii. 16. Mk. xii. 14, John
lil. 33. vill. 26. Rom. iii.4. 3) true in con-
duct, i.e. upright, integer, probus, honestus,
John vii. 18. Phil. iv. 8. Hom. Il. xii. 433. -
"Ad Ocves, 4, ov,adj. I. true, as con-
formed to truth, John iv. 87. xix. 35; real,
unfeigned, John xvii. 3, 6 wovos &X. Oeds:
opp. to gods falsely so called, 1 Th. i. 9.
1 John v. 20. Rev. iii.7. Said of what is
true in itself, genuine, real, opp. to false and
pretended, John i. 9. iv. 23. 1 John ii. 8.
Lu. xvi. 11, & Class. So 4 GX. &meXos,
John xv. 1. 6 dd. detos 2x TOU ovpavod,
of which the manna was a type, John vi.
32. 1) oxnvi) 7) ad., Heb. viii. 2, meaning,
‘ the heavenly tabernacle.’ Sova dA. éy:a,
‘true sanctuary,’ in heaven, as opp. to the
earthly copy, Heb.ix.24.—II. truth-loving,
veracious, John vii. 28. Rev. iii. 14. xix.
9,11. xxi. 5. xxii. 6—IIL. sincere, up-
right, said of the heart, Heb. x. 22; of a
judge, or judgment, upright, just, Rev. vi.
10. xv. 3. xvi. 7. xix. 2, et Sept.
"AX70w, f. ow, (a later form for
ahéw,) to pound in a hand-mill, to grind,
Matt. xxiv. 41. Lu. xvii. 35.
"Ad10es, adv. (ain Ois,) truly, really,
certainly, Matt. xiv. 33, & oft. “AAnBws
Aéyerv, ‘to speak assuredly,’ Lu. ix. 27.
xi. 44, xxi. 3, and Class.
‘AX cevs, ws, 0, (As, sea,) a fisher-
man, Matt. iv. 18, 19. Mk. i. 16, sq. and
Class.
‘AXrretvw, f. evow, (adrevs,) to fish,
John xxi. 3, and Class.
‘AX iCw, f. iow, (GAs, salt,) to sprinkle
with salt, to preserve by salting, Matt.v. 13.
Mk. ix. 49, where see my notes.
"AXioynma, atos, 76, (a€Atovéw, to
vollute,) pollution, abomination, said of
meat sacrificed to idols, Acts xv. 20.
"Adda. An adversative particle, de-
rived from é@AXos, and originally a neut.
plur., indicating opposition to something
else. Hence it serves to note both oppo-
sition and transition. In N. T. it signifies
BUT, in various modifications. I. dwt, as
denoting antithesis, or transition; 1) in
direct antith. after neg., ob or uj, Matt.
iv.4. v.17. Soot wovov—adXe@ kat, ‘nat
only, but also,’ John v. 16. xi. 52, & oft.
2) in emphatic antith. after a full nega-
tion, but, hut rather, or on the contrary,
Lu.i.60, obyi, akAa KAnOjoeTae I. xiii.
3. Rom. iii. Sl. lig) xil 5) avin ee
elsewh. So in the beginning of a clause
which asserts the contrary of what precedes,
Lu. xiv. 10,13. Acts n. 16. 1 Cor xi, 22.
1 Pet. ii. 20. So a@rAA’ ov or ovXi; an
AAA.
potius? 3) often, and chiefly, used where
the discourse or train of thought is broken
off, or partially interrupted, whether by an
olyection, as Rom. x. 18, sq. 1 Cor. xv.
39 ; or by a correction or limitation of what
precedes, Mk. xiv. 36. John xi. 11, 22.
Rom. xi. 4. 1 Cor. viii. 7, & elsewhere ;
or by some phrase modifying or explaining
what preceded, especially after wév, yao,
or o€ ; or by an énterrogation, as Matt. xi.
8, sq. Lu. vii. 25; or by a phrase of i-
citement, when it is followed by a partic.,
Acts x. 20, & oft. 4) it marks ¢raznsztion,
without a direct antithesis, as Mk. xiv. 28,
@\\a meta TO évyeoOjvai pe, wooaew
Yuas eis THv TadtAaiav. John xvi. 7.
Acts xx.24,& oft. So after an interrog.
implying a negative, John vii. 49, etal.—IL.
but, in a continuative sense, but now, but
indeed, but further, moreover. 1) gener.
as making a transition in the progress of
discourse, Mk. xiii. 24. Lu. vi. 27. xi. 42,
&elsewh. 2) emphatically, where there is
a gradation in the sense, but stil more, yea
even, Lu. xxiii. 15. John xvi. 2. Lu. xii.
feet Cor. vii. 11. Phil. iii. 8.
—III. yet, nevertheless, or assuredly, in an
apodosis after the conditional particles <i,
meer inom. vi. 0. | Cor. iv. 1d. ix. 2.
ME. xiv. 29. 2 Cor. v.16. xi.6. Col. ii. 5.
—IV. aX’ 7, after a negation, other than,
except, unless, Mk. ix. 6. 1 Cor. iii. 5. Lu.
a. oh: 2 Cor. i. 13.
"ANN aoow, f.dEw,(adXos,) tochange,
trans. 1) prop. to change, as the form or
nature of a thing, to transform, as the
voice or tone, Gal. iv. 20 ; to change, whe-
ther for the better, 1 Cor. xv. 51, sq., or
for the worse, Heb.i. 12; also fig. d\A. Ta
20n, ‘ to change the customs, by doing them
away, Actsvi.l4. 2) to change, i.e. one
thing for another, to exchange, Rom. i. 23,
aXX. tiv do£av Tov Veo év Omotwpatt,
‘for an image set up in the place of the
true God.’
"ANXAaYXOGEv, adv. from another place;
John x. 1. Sept. and Class.
"AAXAAnyooéew, f. How, (aAXos & ayo-
pevw,) to allegorize, speak in allegory,
Gal. iv. 24, dtwa tote GAXANHyOpOvpMEVA,
‘are said allegorically,’ ina mystical sense.
"AAAnXovta, Heb. for‘ Praise ye Jah,’
(i. e. Jehovah,) Rev. xix. 1, 3, 4, 6.
"AXXAnAwy, Gen. plur. of reciproc.
pron. each other, one another, Matt. xxiv.
10. John xv. 12, & oft.
"ArXRoYEvVIS, ~0s, 0, 7, adj.(aAAos &
yévos,) of another race or nation, i.e. not
a Jew, Lu. xvii. 18, and Sept.
"“ArXonmaeat, f.dovpan, aor. 1. 7Aaunv.
1. to leap, jump, spring, as a man, intrans.,
Acts iii. 8. xiv. 10. Sept. and Class.—II. to
bubble wp,as water froma spring, Jo. iv. 14.
1
| 4
5 AAY
"AXXos, n, 0, adj. other, not the same.
I. without the article, other, another, some
other. 1) simply,’ Matt. ii. 12. xiii. 33,
& oft.; another besides, Matt. xxv. 16.
Mk. xii. 32, & oft., as marking succes-
sion, i. e. in the second or third place,
Mk. xi.4.. Rev. xu. 3. xin. 1), etal.
2) distributively, when repeated, or joined
with other pronouns, as ovtos, &AXos,
Matt. vill. 9; of uev—aAXor 62, ‘some—
others.’ Matt. xiii..5—8, et al_—lII. with
the article, the other, Matt. v. 39. x. 23, &
elsewh. Rev. xvii. 10, 6 &dXos, ‘ the re-
maining one, and ot &AXou, * the rest,’
1 Cor. xiv. 29, & oft.
"AXXNOTpPLOETIiCoKoOT OS, OV, 0, 7, adj.
) , ees , °
(a\XNOTpios & éwickotrus,) one who busies
himself in what does not concern him, equiv.
to a\AoTploTpayns.
"AXAOT LOS, ia, tov, adj. (adXos,)
alienus, not one’s own. I. prop. another's,
i.e. belonging to another, Lu. xvi. 12.
John x. 5. Rom. xiv. 4. xv. 20. 2 Cor. x.
15; ‘sqee) Fimcvs 22... Hebe ix.,25;— Ee
strange, foreign, not one’s own ; whether of
things, as a country, Acts vil. 6. Heb. xi.
9; or of persons who do not belong to any
family, strangers, Matt. xvii. 25, sq.—IJ.
by impl. hostile, Heb. xi. 34, of heathen
enemies, i. e. Gentiles.
"AXAOHvUAS, ov, 6, 7, adj. (@AAOs &
duXri,) of another race or nation, not a
Jew, Acts x. 28. Sept. and Class.
“AXXws, adv. otherwise, 1 Tim. v. 25.
Sept. and Class.
"AXoaw, f. now, to beat, thrash, Lat.
trituro, namely, with oxen, 1 Cor. ix. 9,sq.
] Tim. v. 18. Sept. and Class.
"AXoyos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, Adyos,)
devoid of reason, 1) said of persons, zrra-
tional, brute, 2 Pet. ii. 12. Ju. 10, a@rovea
Gwma. 2) of things, wnreasonable, absurd,
Acts xxv. 27, and Class.
"AX On, ys, 7, the name of a tree which
grows in India, of which the wood is highly
aromatic, and was used by the Orientals
generally as a perfume, but by the Egyp-
tians and others for embalming, John xix.
39.
"Ads, adds, TO, salt, Mk. ix. 49. Sept.
and Class.
‘AX uKes, 7), ov, adj. (from @Xs,) sale,
bitter, Ja. iii. 12, and Sept. Plato, p. 86.
"AX uqmos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, Avan,)
free from sorrow, Phil. ii. 28, and Class.
esp. Plato. 7
“AXdvots, ews, 4, @& chain, bond,
1) prop. Rev. xx. 1. Acts xxi. 33, et al.
2) metaph. bonds, imprisonment, Eph. vi.
2 2 Vim. i. Lo. Acts xxvii. 20.
"AXvoireAys, gos, 6, 4, adj. (a,
AvotteAtjs,) prop. gaiuless, unprofitable ;
AAQ 1
hence, by implic., hurtful, Heb. xiii. 17,
and Class. esp. Polyb.
“AX wy, wvos, o, 4, prop. a threshing-
floor. In N. T. by meton. the produce
thereof, corn, Matt. iii. 12. Lu. iii. 17.
"AdXwané, exos, n, a fox, prop. Matt.
viii, 20. Lu. ix. 58; metaph. a@ cunning
person, Lu. xiii. 32, and Class.
“AXwors, ews, 4, (aX\ioxw,) the act
of catching, prop. said of animais. So
2 Pet. ii. 12, yeyevynpéva eis EXwow Kal
@looav. And so captura in Pliny. Else-
where only used of the taking of a city,
or of the being caught in the commission,
or convicted, of a crime.
“Apa, adv. and prep., together, together
with. I. as adv. 1) said of things, ‘at
the same time,’ Acts xxiv. 26. xxvii. 40.
Col. iv. 3. 1 Tim. v.13. 2) of persons,
together, in company, | Th. iv. 17. v. 10.
Rom. iii. 12, and Sept.—II. as prep.,
with, together with, foll. by dat., Matt. xiii.
29, dua avtots; xx. 1, dua mowt. And
so in Class., dua Ew, and &u’ nuéoa.
"A mabis, gos, 0, 1], adj. (a, uavOavw,)
untaught, unlearned, 2 Pet. iii. 16, and
often in Class.
"ApapavTivos, ov, o, 4, adj. (a,
uapaivouat,) prop. unfading; metaph.
long-enduring, | Pet. v. 4, and lat. Class.
"A maoavTos, ov, o, 4, adj. equiv. to
the preceding, | Pet. i. 4.
‘Apaotavw, f. tiow, prop. to miss,
in alming at a mark, or going a road; but
gener.metaph. I. to err in opinion, to swerve
from the truth, absol. 1 Cor. xv. 3, Kai
A) GuaoTavete, ‘swerve not from the
true faith,’ Tit. ii. 11.—II. fo’err in ac-
tion, as to a prescribed law, to do wrong,
to sim. 1) gener. and absol. of any sin, Matt.
xxvil. 4. John v. 14, & oft. So duap-
Tavew auaotiav, | John v. 16, and Sept.
2) foll. by eis with acc., to sin against
any one, to wrong him, Matt. xviii. 15, 21.
ney, V6.0 21) xvii.bo SO A CiSyxx alo:
1 Cor. vi. 18. viii. 12.—III. auapraver
évwm.ov Tivos, from the Heb., to do evil
in the sight of any one,to aggrieve him, Lu.
xv. 21, and Sept.
‘Apaptnma, atos, Td, (a4uaotavw,)
prop. @ miss in one’s aim, failure ; metaph.
a mistake, error. In N.T. a transgression,
or sin, Mk. ii. 28. iv. 12. Rom. iii. 25.
1 Cor. vi. 18. Sept. and Jos.
‘Apaptia, as, 1), (duaotavw,) prop.
a miss in one’s atm,and metaph. a failure.
in N. T., I. deviation from the truth, error,
John viii. 46, tis éX\éyyer we Tel Guap-
Tias; Opp. fo ad7jGera. xvi. 8, sq. Thue.
i, 32.—IT. sim, i. e. deviation from any
prescribed law, or rule of duty, whether
gener. or spec. 1) gener. Matt. 111. 6. ix. 2.
Mk. i. 4. John ix. 34. 1 Cor. xv.3. Heb.
6
AME
iv. 15, & oft. 2) spec. of particular sins,
the nature of which is to be gathered from
the context, John vill, 21.)2 Pet. uses.
Heb. xi. 25. xii. 1, et al. 3) by meton.,
abstr. for concr., auaptia for duapTw-
Los, sinful, either as causing sin, Rom. vii.
7, 0 VOowos duapTia ; or as committing it,
2 Cor. v. 21. Heb. xii. 4. 4) by meton..
the practice, or habit, of sinning, Rom. iii.
9. v.12, etal. 5) by meton. proneness to
sin, sinful desire, John viii. 34. Rom. vi.
1,2, et al—III. from the Heb., the impu- _
tation or consequences of sin, its guilt and
punishment ; as in the phrases, aipeuy Tip
auaptiav, Johni. 29. 1 John iii. 5. abe-
Thos auaotias, Heb. ix. 26. mepredety
auaotias, Heb. x. ll. a@uévat apap-
vias, and @@eots GuapTi@v, ‘remis-
sion of sin,’ i.e. its punishment, Matt. ix.
2, 5, 6. xxvi. 28. Lu. vii. 48. zyew dp.,
‘ to lie under sin,’ i. e. its guilt and punish-
ment, John ix. 41. xv. 22,24. 1 Johni.6. ~
I Cor. xv. 17. Heb. 1x. 28, s¢mpis ene.
‘without sin, i.e. ‘he shall appear the
second time not eis aBéTyow aduaprtias,
as said in ver. 26.
"A Udo TUOOS, Ov, 0, 1,20}. (a, papTu-
péw,) without witness, Acts xiv. 17, and
Class.
‘ApapTtwXos, ov, 0, 1, adj. (from
auaoTw, as gecwros from geidw,)
prop. erring from a@ mark, or wan-
dering from a road. In N. T. both as
adj. and subst. I. as ADJ. erring from
the divine law, sinful; 1) gener. Mk. vin.
30, yeved Guaptwrw. Lu. xii. 2. Rom.
iii. 7. v.'8. Gal. i lf. Jasiv e. paee
avijo or év0owmos amu., Lu. v. 8. xxiv. 7.
John ix. 16, 24. yuvi au., Lu. vii. 37, 39.
2) obnoxious to the consequences of sin,
Rom. v. 19, duaotwrol katecTabycoar.
vil. 13. Gal.ii. 15. Ju.15.—I1. as a SUBST. -
a sinner, impious person; 1) gener. Matt.
ix. 10. Mk. ii. 15, & oft. 2) spec. in the
language of the Jews, by whom the term
aj.aoTwol, ‘impious persons,’ was applied
to foreigners, Gentiles or Pagans, and con-
sequently is equiv. to Ta e0vy, Matt. xxvi.
45. Mk. xiv. 41, and sometimes m Sept.
"Apmaxos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, waxo-
pat, as petoos fr. peidouat,) who does not
fight, prop. not disposed to fight, Xen. Cyr.
iv.1,8. InN. T. not quarrelsome, | Tim.
Hive Pit. dite. |
"A waw, f. iow, (&ua,) to collect toge-
ther, Hom. ll. xxiva4o)) pe ee
reap, to harvest, Ja. v. 4, and Class. |
"AwéeduaTos, ov, 0, (a, weVvw,) ame-
thyst, a precious stone of a deep purple or
violet colour, Rev. xxi. 20.
"Ameréw, f. How, (a, pérdet,) to ba
careless of, to neglect ; absol. Matt. xxii. 5.
2 Pet. i. 12; with genit. 1 Tim. iv. 14.
Heb. ii. 3. viii. 9. Sept. and Class.
AME j
“AmeuTrtos, ov, 0, 4, adj. (@, weu-
comar,) in Class. gener. act. not finding
fault ; in N. T. pass. blameless, Lu. i. 6.
Phil. ii. 15. iii. 6. 1 Th. iii. 13. Heb. viii. 7.
Xen. Cyr. iii. 10, 2.
"Améuatws, adv. blamelessly, 1 Th.
i. 10. vy. 23. Apocr. and Class.
"A méotmvos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a, wéor-
pva,) devoid of anxious care, Matt. xxviii.
14, 1 Cor. vii. 32. Apocr. and lat. Class.
"A wetabeTos, ov, 0,17), 20]. (a, wet a-
Tibnur,) prop. zmmoveable, as Pollux On.
ivy. 156, doTpa GueTabeTa, akivnta;
and hence, by impl., stable, immutable ;
both of persons, Plut. viii. 686, 4; and of
things, Heb. vi. 17, To auet. THS PovAns.
So Pol. ii. 32, 5, au. ériBory. 3 Macc. v.
12, du. Xoytopov.
"Apetakivytos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a,
MeTakivéw,) prop. as said of things, zm-
moveable ; metaph. as said of persons, 7m-
mutable, stable, 1 Cor. xv. 58, édoatar yi-
veoOe, au. So Dion. Hal. viii. 74, B2Barov
Te Kai ap. ev Tots KoiGetou.
"AmetamérnTos, ov, 0, 1, adj. (a,
meTapédomat, penitet me,) prop. zot to be
repented of, not needing repentance, Pol.
xxi. 9, 11, du. wpoaipecis. 2 Cor. vii. 10.
Hence, unchangeable, sure and certain,
Rom. xi. 29, du.t& xapicuata tou Geou.
"ApeTavontos, ov, o, 1, adj. (a,
petavoew,) infiexibly impenitent, obdurate,
Rom. ii. 5, kapdia du. Apocr. and Class.
“A meTpos, ov, 0, 4, adj. (a, uéTeov,)
without measure, immoderate, 2 Cor. x. 13,
sq.;-eis Ta GueTtoa, adv. for auéTows, 7m-
moderately, beyond due bounds. Jos. and
lat. Class.
"Apijv, from Heb. jox, which is pro-
perly an adj. true, certuin ; but often used
as an adv. certainly, usually at the end of
a sentence, serving to confirm what pre-
cedes, and invoking the fulfilment of what
is spoken, in the sense fiat! ‘yévo:to!
‘So be it.” In N.T. occ. I. as anadj., Rev.
i. 18. iii. 14, 6’ Apr, ‘ the TRUE. —II. as
an adv. 1) at the end of a sentence, after
ascriptions of praise, &c. in the sense so be
m2 Matt. vi. 15. Rom. i. 25. ix. 5. Rev.
i. 6. v. 14, et al. oft.; also after benedic-
tions, or invocations, Rom. xv. 33. 1 Cor.
xvi. 24. Heb. xiii. 25. 2) at the beginning
of a sentence, by way of asseveration, truly,
assuredly, verily, Matt. v. 18. xvi. 28. Lu.
iv. 24, often repeated, as John iii. 3. v.19.
Sept.
"A NT wO, OpOS, 0, 1j, adj. (a, uNTNP,)
prop. without mother, as said of the gods,
not born of a mother, or deprived of a
mother; in N.T. used, at Heb. vii. 3,
of Melchizedec, in the sense ‘ whose mother
is not mentioned in the genealogies.’
"A wtlavTos, 0, 1j,adj. (a, zraivw,) prop.
=
TT
AM ®
unstained, unsoiled, and met. undefiled by
sin; so Heb. vii. 26. Wisd. viii. 20; as said
of marriage, chaste, Heb. xiii. 4. Wisd. iii.
13; of the worship of God, pure, sincere,
Ja. i. 27; of the heavenly inheritance, zn-
violate, 1 Pet. i. 4, and Apocr.
"A wmos, ou, o, (a later form for Wapu-
ywos,) sand, Matt. vii. 26. Rom. ix. 27.
Heb. xi. 12. Rev. xii. 18. xx. 8, & Class.
"Auvos, ov, 0, alamb; used inN. T.
of Christ delivered over to death, as a
lamb to sacrifice ; not only in reference to
the patience with which he endured a cruel
death, but the spotless sacrifice offered up
in himself for the sins of men, | Pet. i. 19.
Hence in John i. 29, 36, he is called o
adpvos Tov Qeov.
"Amoi Bi, 7s, 11, (dueiBw, commuto,)
1) prop. an wterchange, or exchange,
Hom. Od. xiv. 521. 2) @ retribution,
whether for evil, in the sense of zzdem-
nity, as in Hom. Od. xii. 382; or for
good, requital, as of kind offices, 1 Tim.
v. 4, duoiBas amodidovar. Joseph. Ant.
i. 16, 2. Plato, p. 202.
"Apamedos, ov, 1, a vine-tree, Matt.
xeaxwi. 29.) Mk. xiv. 25... Inns scan a ee
iii. 12. In John xv. 1, 4,5, and Rev. xiv.
18, it is an emblem of prosperity.
"AumweXovoy ds, ov, 0, 7, (a4umeos
& épyov,) a vine-dresser, Lu. xiii. 7.
"Apaedwy, ovos, 0, a vineyard, Matt.
xx. 1, & oft. Sept. and lat. Class.
"Awu'va, f. uve, prop. fo avert, repel,
Hom. 11.1.456; thence to aid, Thue. iii. 67.
In the Mid. form, which alone occurs in
N.T., it means prop. to avert from oneself,
resist ; but in Acts vii. 24, 7utvaTo, it has
simply the force of the active, to aid, de-
Send.
"AugdtBardrw, f. Bare, prop. to cast
or throw around, as a garment, Hom. Od.
xiv. 342. In N. T. said of a net, to cast
around (for the purpose of inclosing fish, )
Mk. i. 16, in later edd. Hab.i.17. Comp.
Lu, v. 6.
-AupiBrXyoTpoy, ov, TO, (fr. audi-
BadrXrw,) lit. what is thrown round any
person or thing, as a garment, Eur. Hel. v.
1085; or a fish-net, (Matt. iv. 18. Mk. i.
16. See Hab. i. 15—17,) a sort of drag-
net, enclosing any fish within its compass.
"Ameevvupt, f. éow, I. prop. to put
on, to clothe; Pass. foll. by év with dat.
Matt. xi. 8. Lu. vii. 25. oroAjv, or some
other acc. of dress, being either expressed,
as in Class. and Joseph. Ant. iti. 8, 7. viii.
7,3, or understood.—tI. metaph. to de-
corate, or adorn, Matt. vi. 30. Lu. xii. 28,
dup. Tov xoptov. So Job xl. 5, aug.
dofay Kal Tiny.
"Augodov, ov, 7d, (&udw, odds,)
prop. a place where two ways meet ; but in
‘
AM®
N. T. an open place, or wide street, Mk.
xi. 4. Sept.
"Am poreoos, ~pa, epov, adj. each of
two. Plur. auoteoot, at, a, both, (said
only of two,) Matt. ix. 17. Lu. i. 6, 7. v.
7, & oft. tos aud., ‘both of them,
Acts xxii. 8. ta aud., ‘ both of these
(things,) i. e. the resurrection, and the
existence of angels and spirits.
"AMOLNTOS, OV, 0, 1), adj. (a, po-
peouat,) blameless, Ph. ii. 15, 2 Pet. iii. 14.
“AL MoOv, ov, TO, amomum, an odori-
ferous plant, used in compounding precious
ointment, Rev. xviii. 13.
"Aww mos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a, ww@pos,)
spotless, without blemish. 1. prop. as said
of vectums, Lev.i.10. xxii. 19—22« in N. T.
used fig. of Christ, @uvov duwpou, 1 Pet.
1.19. Heb.ix.14, os éautov mooonveyKev
auwunov To Gew.—lII. metaph. blameless,
Hph. i. 4. v. 27. Col. i. 22. Ju. 24. Rev.
Xiv. 0.
“Av, I. a PARTICLE, used with the Opt.,
Subj., and Indic. moods ; sometimes to be
rendered by perhaps, but more usually not
to be expressed in English, and only im-
parting to a proposition a stamp of w7-
certainty, and mere possibility, and indi-
cating dependence on circumstances. Thus
it serves to modify or strengthen the force
of the Opt. and Subj., while it can also
affect the signif. of the Indic. (the Pres.
and Perf. excepted) and other verbal forms.
This particle stands after one or more
words in a clause, and is thus distinguished
from ay for éav, as a conj. (See next arti-
cle.) In N. T. the use of dv is generally
conformed to Classical usage; but some-
times recedes from it. I. as conformed
to Classical usage, 1) with the Opt., in a
clause not dependent, it indicates that the
supposition or posszbzlity expressed by the
simple Opt. will, under the circumstances
implied by av, be realized. Hence it is
found partly in vows, wishes, &c., as Acts }
xxvi. 29, evEaiunv av tw Oew, ‘I could
pray to God, (and, under the circumstances,
I do pray to Him,) and partly in interro-
gations, direct or indirect, where the thing
inquired about is possible, or certain, but
the inquirer is uncertain when or how it is
to take place, Lu. i. 62, Ti av Séhot Ka-
AstoQat avtov, ‘how he might wish him
to be called.’ Lu. ix. 46. Acts ii. 12. v.24,
etal. 2) with the Supzu., in relative clauses,
and connected with relative words, which
are thus rendered more general, and indi-
cate mere possibility; and that partly with
relative pronouns, or particles, where dv
implies some uncertainty whether or not,
or where, the thing will take place, and
may be expressed by the Latin cunque, and
our ever, soever. Thus os av, ‘ whoever,
whosoever ;' 670u dv, ‘ wheresoever ; Ss
18
MA
av, ‘in whatever manner :’ and also, partly,
with particles of time, as Ews av, until, the
time when being indefinite; yvixa av,
whenever, as soon as, indefinite; &s ay,
‘ when, as soon as,’ indefinite; ooa«is av,
‘as often as, how often soever:’ or, lastly,
with the illative particle daws, that, wm
order that. 3) with the INDic. in the hzs-
torical tenses (but not the primary ones)
av is used in the apodosis of a conditional
sentence in which ei precedes, and indi-
cates that ‘the thing in question would
have taken place, if that which is the sub-
ject of the protasis had also taken place;
but that, in fact, neither the one nor the
other has taken place,’ Matt. xi. 21, ei év
Tuow éyévovto ai duvauers—meahat av
gy CaKKW Kal oTodw meTEvoOncap, * if
these miracles had been done in Tyre, they
would have repented ;’ but the miracles
were not done, and they did not repent.
John viii, 42, ei 0 Qeds matip Uuev
nv, yatate av us, ‘if God were
your father, ye would love me; but
neither is true.—II. to advert to dewi-
ations from Classical usage, 1) when, in
relative clauses, a relative pronoun with
av is followed by the Zmdie. instead of the -
Subj. or Opt., which occurs in N. T. when
a thing is spoken of as actually taking
place, not at a definite time, nor in a de-
finite manner, but as often as opportunity
presents itself. It is thus found only with
apreter. Mk. vi. 56, kai 0cot av n@TOVTO
avuTou, ‘and as many as, however many,
touched him,’ &c. So also Acts i. 45. iv.
30. 1 Cor. xii. 2, and Sept. 2) when
used as an adverb, or rather in a false
construction, perhaps, 2 Cor. x. 9. 1 Cor.
vil. 5.—II. a CONJUNCTION, put for éay,
and consequently placed at the beginning
of a clause, John xx. 23, & Class.
"Ava, (with primary sense, wp,) prep.
governing, in the poets, the dative,
on or upon; but in prose writers, the
acc. on, im. In N. T. with aces only
in two significations, I. when forming,
with its acc., a periphrasis for an adv., as
ava mépos, by turns, alternately, 1 Cor.
xiv. 27. ava péoov, foll. by gen. *in
the midst. of, between; said both of
place, Matt. xiii. 25. Mk. vii. 31. Rev. vii.
17; and person, 1 Cor. vi. 5.—II. with
numeral words it marks dstributzon, Matt.
xx.9,10, dva dnvapiov. Mk.vi.4. Lu. ix.
14. ver. 3, dva 600. John ii. 6. Rev. iv. 8.
In composition it denotes, 1) up, upward,
as dvaBauivw; 2) back, again, (Lat. re-,)
implying repetition, increase, &c. as ava-
KQLVICW, AVAXWOEW, AVAYLVBTKW.
"AvaBaOmos, ov, 6, (advaBaivw,)
1) the act of ascending, Pausan. x. 5, 9.
2) by meton. the means of ascent, as
| steps, or stairs, Acts xxi. do, 40, and some-
ANA
times in the later writers, as Joseph., Philo,
Sept., Dio Cass., and Aélian.
"AvaBaivw, f. Bricouat, prop. to
cause to ascend, to mount, Hdot. i. 80; but
gener. as in N. T. ¢o go up, ascend, constr.
with do or éx foll. by gen. of place
whence, and with sis, éai, or mpos, foll.
by ace. of place whither ; 1) as said both
of persons and of things animate, or ani-
mals; and expressing ascent of any kind,
as ascending a mountain, honse-top, heaven,
or climbing into a tree, scaling a wall, and
embarking on board a vessel ; also, of fishes,
Matt. xvil. 27, tov avaBavta tewTov
ixOdv, ‘ coming up, mounting to the hook,’
said graphicé. 2) as used of things inani-
mate, which are said fo ascend, as smoke,
Rey. viii. 4; or plants, to spring up, Matt.
xiii. 7; of a report, to arise, Acts xxi. 31,
aveBn pacts Tw XtALtapxw; as used of a
thought, to come wp, arise in the mind, Lu.
xxiv. 38. Acts vil. 23; or to occur to the
memory, Acts x. 4.
"AvaBaX\w, f. Baro, gener. to raise
or cast upward, (ava for évw,) but some-
times, to cast back, as when a horse throws
his rider; also met. to put off; defer, Hom.
Od. xix. 384, dvaB. aefov; also in the
Mid. avaBadXAopa:. Acts xxiv. 22, av.
autous, ‘put them off in their cause.’
TAvaBiBd Cw, f. dow, to cause to as-
cend, or mount, as on ship-board, or horse-
back, or in a chariot; also to hawl to land,
as said of ships, Xen. Hist.i. 1,2; or to
draw up, as out of a pit, Gen. xxxvii. 28.
In N. T. to draw on shore, as said of a
drag-net, Matt. xiii. 48.
"AvaBrérw, f. vw, I. to look up, at,
or upon ; absol. to raise the eyes from the
ground, Mk. viii. 24. Lu. xxi. 1; or with
eis, Matt. xiv. 19, ava. eis Tov oveavor.
Acts xxii. 13, dvaB. eis attov.—il. to
look or see again, to recover sight, Matt. xi.
5, & oft. Said zmproprié, John ix. 11, 15,
16, of one born blind, to recezve seght.—
III. to look again and again, and, by impl.,
attentively, to examine closely, Mk. xvi. 4.
"AvaBXewus, ews, 4, (dvaBérw,)
recovery of sight, Lu. iv. 18, and Class.
"AvaBoaw, f. iow, to lift up the voice,
ery aloud; absol. Matt. xxvii. 46. Mk.
xv. 8. Lu. ix. 38 Sept. and Class.
"AvaBoxi, As, 1, (dvaBa\Xw,) prop.
a throwing up, ov of; also a putting-off,
or delay, Acts xxv. 17, and Class.
"Avayatov, ov, Td, (ava, up, above,
and ata, for y7,) same as dywyeor, or
avwyatov, a room above ground, an upper
room, such as was used by the Jews for a
private apartment, whether for meals, or
for meditation and prayer, Mk. xiv. 15.
Lu. xxii. 12.
"AvayyéirXao, f. vedo, aor. 2. pass.
19
RR Te eee ne ee SS 00 SS EE EEE
ANA
avnyyéAnv, to announce, make known, tell,
trans. & absol. I. of things or events
past, to relate, or tell, Mk. v. 14, 19. Acts
Riv.2/. xv. 4. xvi. 38,2.Con vil, Pee
inform, John yv. 15, and Class.—II. of
things future, to foretell, John xvi. 13,
and Sept.—III. in respect of time present,
and gener. to show forth or teach, John iv.
20. xvi, 20. Acts xx. 20.27. Rom ey.
ab. ol Bet. ti) 2 Jolin, do. er cepa
IV. as said of evil deeds, to show forth, re-
veal, confess, Acts xix. 18, & Sept.
"Avayevvaw, f. now, to beget again,
regenerate, by a change of carnal nature
to spiritual, even that of a Christian life,
] Pet. i. 3, 28; eq. to ‘making any one a
son of God, Gal. iii. 26. John i. 12, sq.
i John iii. 9. dvwlev yevvnOjvar, John
ili. 3.
"Avaytaokw, (f. yuwoouat, aor. 2.
dveyvenv, perf. pass. dvéyvwopuat, aor. |.
pass. aveyvwoOnp,) gener., to know accu-
rately what is done, Hom.1] xiii. 734; spec.
to know by perusal what is written, to read,
1) for oneself, to leurn by reading, Matt.
xii. 3, 5. x1x.4, and often in N.T.; metaph.
2 Cor. iii. 2, of an epistle, a@vayivwoxo-
ev) UTO TavTwy, i. e. by implic. mani-
festand public. 2) for others, to recite aloud,
Lu. iv. 16. Col. iv. 16, et al. and Sept.
"AvayKalw, f. dow, (avayxKn,) to
compel any one to do any thing, 1) by
force, threats, &c. Acts xxvi. 11. 2 Cor.
xii. I]. Gal. 11. 3, 14. Sept., Apocr., and
Class. 2) to constrain, by moral motives,
viz. entreaties, or inducements, to per-—
suade, Matt. xiv. 22. Mk. vi. 45. Lu. xiv.
23. Gal. vi. 12, and Class.
"AvayKatos, a, ov, adj. (aveyxn,)
prop. compulsory, as in Homer, but some-
times, as in N. T., necessary; J. as said
of things required by nature, 1 Cor. xii. 22,
or for the support of life, Tit. 11. 14, avay-
Katat yoetar. Sept. and Class.—II. of
things or persons necessary from custom,
&c. Acts x. 24, a@vayKaiovs diXous,
near friends. Sept. and Class.—III. the
neut. avayKkatov with éorl, impers., ne-
cessary, right, proper, as a matter of duty,
Acts xii. 46, Uuiv nv avayKatov. Phil. i.
24. Heb. viii. 3. So av. tyiocacba, ‘ to
think necessary or proper,’ 2 Cor. ix. 5.
"Avaykaotas, adv. (avayKxaoros,)
compulsorily, unwillingly, 1 Pet. v. 2.
"Avay«n, ns, n, I. gener. necessity, used
1) as arising from the influence of others,
constraint, 1 Cor. vii. 37. 2 Cor. ix. 7.
Philem. 14, and Class. 2) from the dispo-
sition of the persons themselves, or from -
the circumstances of the case, Matt. xviii.
7. Heb. vit) 12, 27. ix? 16, 23, and Class:
3) from the obligation of duty, avayKyy
éxewv, ‘to be right or proper, Lu. xiv. 18.
xxii. 17. Jude 3. Rom. xiii. 5. 1 Cor. ix.
AUN A
16,and Class.—II. spec. waavotdable cala-
mity or distress, Lu. xxi. 23. 1 Cor. vii. 26.
e@orny 4) xtiy LOS dew hate y. ents
and later Class. :
"Avayvwoitw, f. icw, in Class. to
recognize; in N. T. used only in aor. 1.
pass. aveyvwoeicbnv, in a reflex. sense, éo
make oneself known, Acts vii. 13.
"Avayvwors, ews, 1, reading, whether
public or private, Acts xii. 15. 2 Cor. ii.
14.01 Tim, iv.:13.
"Avayw, f. Ew, aor. 2. aviyayoy, aor.
1. pass. dvyyOny, in mid. sense ; éo lead,
or bring up, trans. with dat. of pers. or
eis and acc. of place whither, &c. 1) gener.
from a lower to a higher place, Matt. iv. 1,
avynxOn eis tiv eonpoyv, the hilly desert
region. Lu. iv. 5, eis dpos biyyndov. ii. 22,
sis) Weooc,. xxn. 66, Acts ix. 39! xvi. oe.
As a sacrifice, to bring up and lay upon
the altar, as a victim, Acts vii. 41. Sept.
and Class. ; to bring up, from prison, before
the judge, Acts xii. 4; to bring up from
the dead, Rom. x. 7. Heb. xiii. 20, and
Sept. 2) spec. as a nautical term, ava-
yew vauv, to lead a ship up or out to sea,
since the sea, as seen from the shore, seems
to rise. So Class.—Hence, in Class. and
N. T. mid., avayeoOar, scil. tH vy or év
Thoiw, to put to sea, Acts xxviii. 1], and
foll. by aod, Acts xiii. 138, and oft. in
Class.
"Avadcixvumt, f. Ew, aor. 1. dvéderEc,
I. prop. to show up, by raising aloft, as a
torch, Pol. viii. 30, 10.—II. by impl., fo
show up or forth, make clear, Acts i. 24.
Sept. and Class.—III. to show forth, pro-
claim, and hence to appoint, as said of a
ruler or magistrate, Lu. x. 1. 1 Esd. i. 34.
2 Macc. xiv. 12, and Class.
"AvaderErs, ews, 1, (dvadsixvupt,)
prop. a@ showing forth, and hence a bring-
tng forward or manifestation, as conse-
quent on appointment to office, Lu. i. 80,
Ews Nmepas avadeiEews avTou, ‘lis mani-
festation as a prophet,’ Ecclus. xlii. 6.
Plut. Mar. c. 8.
"Avadéyopmat, f. -déEouar, aor. 1.
avedeEauny, prop. to take upon oneself, or
to oneself. Hence, to receive to one’s con-
fidence, to confide in, as promises, Heb. xi.
17; or to one’s hospitality, equiv. to v7o-
déyouat, to entertain, Acts xxviii. 7.
"Avadidownmt, f. dwow, to gwe up, or
hand any thing to any one, Pind. Isth. wi.
57, and often in the Class. Hence, to
hand, or deliver, a letter, Acts xxiii. 33.
Pols xexixe LON 7).
"Ava Caw, f. iow, aor. 1. dviGyoa,
neut. prop. fo live again, Rom. xiv. 9.
Rev. xx. 5; fig. to live again, to revive,
recover strength, Rom. vii. 9; metaph. to
live a new and better life, Lu. xv. 24, 32.
20
ANA
"Avalntéw, f. How, to seek again and
again, 1. e. diligently inquire after, look
for, Lu. i. 44. Acts xi. 25. Sept. and
Class.
"Ava Cwvvupt, f. wow, to gird up with
a belt or girdle ; mid. to gird up oneself,
trans. Metaph. 1 Pet.i. 13, dvag. Tas |
dapvas THs dvavoias, ‘who hold their
minds in constant preparation.’
"AvaCwimrupéw, f. wow, prop. to kin-
die up, rouse, as a fire, Sept. and Class. ;
met. to rouse wp for action, to cultivate,
said of spiritual gifts, 2 Tim. 1.6. 1 Mace.
xi. 7, ava€. TO Wveupa.
"AvabaddXXrw, f. adw, I. prop. to grow
green again and flourish, as trees, &c. Ee-
clus. xlvi. 12. Hom. Il. i. 236. IJ. metaph.
to flourish again, to be again prosperous, Ph.
iv. 19, or to be renewed and augmented.
"Avadeua, atos, 70, (dvatibnut, to
lay up,) later form for avad0nja, prop. any
thing laid wp as an offering in the temple
of any god; also, any thing consecrated
to the god, whether inanimate or animate,
of which the latter could not be redeemed,
but was to be put to death. . Hence ava-
Qeua came to denote any thing trrevocably
devoted to death, also any thing on which
a curse ts laid, as cities and the inhabitants,
(Josh. vi. 17,18. vii. 1, et al.,) and gener.
any thing abominable, Deut. vii. 26.. Hence
its sense in N. T. an aceursed thing, or a
person accursed, i.e. ‘excluded from the
favour of God, and devoted to destruction,’
1 Cor. xii.. 3, Aéyerv dvaVeua *Incowr.
xvi. 22. Gal. i. 8,9. Acts xxiii. 14, dva-
Oiuare dveeuaticawey; intens. ‘we
have bound ourselves under a heavy curse,
Rom. ix. 3, nUxd6unv dva0eua etvar ato
Tov Xo.oTou, constr. pregn. for nvyounv
avaleua eivat Kal YwplComevos ATO TOU -
Xo., i.e. ‘excluded from God’s favour,
separated from Christ and the benefits of
his death, and devoted to eternal destruc-
tion, as an expiatory victim in behalf of
my countrymen.’ See my note.
"AvaOeuatiCw,f. iow, to declare any
one to be an avabena, (accursed,) to bind
by a curse, Mk. xiv. 71, jpEato avabep.
scil. cautov. Acts xxiii. 12, 14,21, & Sept.
"Avalewpéw, f. now, prop. to survey
attentively, trans. Acts xvii. 23; metaph.
to consider, Heb. xiii. 7, and Class.
b , A 9 ,
Ava@nma, atos, TO, (avaribnmut,)
any thing laid up, (by suspension, deposi-
tion, or otherwise,) in the Temple, and
thereby consecrated to God, as an offering
or sacred gifts, Lu.-xx1. 0. | 30) 0tien it
Joseph., Sept., and Class.
"Avaidera, as, 7, (avadis’ a, aidws,)
want of modesty, by importunity which
knows no regard to time, place, or person,
Lu. xi. 8. Ecclus. xxv. 22.
ANA
Avaioects, ews, 1, (avatpéw,) I. a
taking up, off, or away, as dead bodies for
burial, Thue. iii. 113.—IT. a taking off from
life, by death, a putting to death, Acts viii.
1. xxii. 20.—Sept. Jos. Ant. ii. 3, 1. viii.
12,2. Hdian ii. 13, 1.
"Avatoéw, f.1jow, aor. 2. avetrXov,
(ava, aipéw,) gener. and in Class. fo take
up, e.g. from the ground, or to tuke up or
off, as dead bodies for burial, Dem. p. 1069.
In N.T. oce. only in mid. I. to take up,as
said of children taken up, i. e. adopted ;
with allusion to their having been before
left, asit were, exposed and abandoned, Acts
vii. 21, aveikeTo avtov: and so in Class.
—IlI. to take off; or out of the way, gener.
as said 1) of persons, to put to death, Matt.
ii. 16. Lu. xxii.2. Actsv. 33, et al. oft. Sept.
& Class. 2) of things, to do away, abolish,
gener. used of a law, Heb. x. 9, & Class.
"Avaitios, tov, 6,7, adj. (a, airvia,)
guililess, innocent, Matt. xii. 5,7, and Class.
"AvakxaliCw, f. iow, (ava, Ka0iGw,)
intrans., or with éautov underst., to set up,
Lu. vii. 15. Acts ix. 40, dvexaOioe, ‘sat up.’
So Plut. Philop. 20, wodus Eautov avexd-
@ice. The term is often used by the Greek
medical writers of sick persons, who sit up
in bed.
‘"AvaxatviCw,f. iow, to renew, i. e. re-
store any thing to its former state, trans.
]) prop. Sept. Ps. civ. 30, dvax. to 1pdc-
wirov THs vis, et al. Joseph. Ant. ix. 8,4,
of the repair and restoration of the Temple.
2) metaph. Heb. vi.6, wav ava. sis me-
Tavotay, as said of apostates from the true
faith, ‘to bring back to repentance,’ and
restore to their former faith. So Barnab.
Kpist., advaxcawioas uds év TH adéicet
TOY 2UAOTLWY.
"Avaka.vow,f. wow, 1) prop. to re-
new, re-fashion. 2) metaph. to renovate or
reform, by a change from a carnal to a
spiritual life, 2 Cor. iv. 16, 6 Ecwfev av-
Gowmos avaxaivourat, i.e. by increase in
faith, hope, and charity, and virtue gene-
rally. Col. iii. 10, Tov advaxatvotpevon zis
éeTwiyvwo., ‘increased and renewed in
Christian knowledge.’
"Avakatywots, ews, 1, (advaKaivow,)
1) prop. renewal ; 2) metaph. renovation,
or reformation in the heart and life, by
change from a carnal to a Christian life,
and produced by the renovating influences
of the Holy Spirit, Rom. xii. 2. Tit. iii. 5,
Ota avakaivwoews Ilvevpatos ayiov.
"Avaxarintw, f. Ww, 1) prop. to
unveil, i.e. to remove any thing which
veils or covers an object, Sept. and Class.
2) metaph. to remove any veil from the
mind, which obstructs the comprehension
of any thing, as ignorance or prejudice,
and thereby to cause the person to under-
21
ANA
stand, 2 Cor. iii. 14, 76 kadhuppa péver
ay avaka\utTTomevoy, ‘remains unwith-
drawn, so that they cannot understand ;’
and ver. 18, avaxexahuppévw ToocwTw,
namely, by the removal of all impediments
to knowledge. So also Sept. and Pol. iv.
85, 6.
"Avacaumrtw,f. ww, I. prop. trans.
to bend or turn any thing back ; and intrans.
to bend back one’s course, to turn back,
return, Matt. ii. 12. Acts xviii. 2]. Heb.
xi. 15. Sept. & Class.—II. metaph. of good
wishes, which become void by being un-
fulfilled. Lu. x. 6, 7 sipjvn tua ig’
Uuas avarauer, ‘shall return to you;’
i.e. not be fulfilled in them. Comp. Is.
Mv. Jody ee,
"Avaketpat, f.-Keltcounat, 1) prop. to
lie exposed to view. 2) to be laid out, asa
corpse, Mk. v. 40. 3) in the later writers
and N. T., to lay oneself along, i. e. to re-
clive at table, according to ancient custom
at meals, Matt. xxvi. 7, 20. Mk. xiv. 18.
xvi. 14. John xiii. 23, @vux. gv Tw KOA-
aww 7. I.,i. e. ‘sitting next to him on the
triclinium.’ Hence, fo sit down to dinner
or supper, to dine or sup, Matt. ix. 10. Lu.
vil. 3/, and o avaxkeimevos, * one who sits
at table,’ a guest, Matt. xxii. 10. John vi. 11.
’"Avaxedaracow, f. wow, (ava & Ke-
pa\arov, a sum or summary,) 1) to sum
up into one, Rom. xiii. 9, ‘all the com-
mandments dvaxedaXalovtat, are sum-
med up, in this one precept of love.” 2)
to bring several things into one head, Eph.
i. 10, avax. Ta WavTa év Xovotw, where
see my Note, and comp. Eph. ii. 14, sq.
"AvakXt vw, f. wa, trans. fo cause to
recline upon, I. prop. to lay any thing or
person down, whether on the ground or on
a. bed. Eom. Hiivdd3oo ui fia
later usage, to cause to recline at table, &c.
Mk. vi. 39. Lu. ix. 15. xii. 37 ; Mid. ava=
kA ivopat,to recline, ‘seat oneself’ at table,
Matt. xiv. 19, et al. oft. .
"AvaxomwTw, f. Ww, 1) prop. to beat
cr drive back; 2) fig. to impede, hinder,
Gal. v. 7, Tis buas advéxoWe; in some
Edd.
"Avakxpa lw, f. Ew, to ery aloud, in-
trans. Mk. i. 23. vi. 49. Lu. iv. 33. viii.
28. Sept. and later Class.
"Avakptvw, f. wo, (ave intens. &
Koivw,) trans. & absol. IL. prop. to sft
thoroughly any thing, as flour from bran;
—II. metaph. fo examine fully or try any
thing, 1) gener. Acts xvii. ll, a@vakx. Tas
yoapas. | Cor. x. 25, undev avaxo., ‘not
anxiously inquiring,’ i. e. whether the meat
had been offered to idols or not; Sept. and
Class. 2) in a forensic sense, of a judge,
to decide after examination, Lu. xxii. 14.
Acts iv. 9, xii, 19, and Class.—IIL. in a
ANA
popular sense, to judge of, estimate any
thing, 1 Cor. ii. 14, sq. Also, by impl.,
to gudge favourably of, to approve, 1 Cor.
iv. 3, 4, or unfavourably, to condemn, 1
Cor. iv. 3. xiv. 24.
"AvaKkplots, ews, 7,(advaKoivw,) exa-
mination before a judge, Acts xxv. 26.
Palla: 27,3;
"Avakimtao, f. Ww, (ava & KirTw,)
to bend back, I. prop., and by ellip. of
éauTov, Tijv Kedadiyv, or such like, to
raise oneself, i.e. from a stooping to an
erect posture, Lu. xiii. 11. John viii. 7, 10.
Job x.15, ov dvvayar avakviyat. Joseph.
and Class.—II. metaph. to be elated in
mind, as opposed to previous depression,
to take cowrage, Lu. xxi. 28, and Class.
"AvarapPavw, (f.-AjWopat, aor. 2.
avehaPov, aor. l.pass.dvednpOny,) I. Act.
to take up any thing, as from the ground,
to remove from a lower place to a higher;
or gener. to take up, as said of arms; and
Pass. to be taken up, with cis ovpavon, either
expressed, Mk. xvi. 19. Acts i. 11. x.16, or
implied, Acts i. 2, 22. 1 Tim. iii. 16, with
év Oo£y. Sept. and Philo.—II. by impl.,
and with the accessary idea of bearing,
(as the images of the heathen gods were
borne about in processions, enclosed in a
case,) Acts vii. 43, dvadX. Thy oKnviV TOU
Modox, or of taking up and bearing arms,
Eph. vi. 13, 16. Sept. and Class.—III. ¢o
take up and carry along with one, as a fel-
low traveller, whether on board ship, Acts
xed 4. vor by land. Acts xxat Ole
2 Tim. iv. 1]. Sept. and Class.
"Avadnwus, ews, 7, (avatauBavw,)
a taking up, as into heaven, Lu. ix. 51,
Apocr. and Fathers.
"AvarXiokxw, f. Adwow, aor. 1. avij-
Awoa, in Class. to expend; in. N. T. to
consume, destroy, trans. Lu. ix. 54. Gal.
v. 15. 2 Thess. ii. 8. Sept., Jos., and
Class.
"AvaXdoyia, as, 7, (avaddoyos, from
ava, distrib. & Néyos, account,) propor-
tion, or measure. Rom. xii. 6, kata THv
avaroytav THs TiaTews, i.e. ‘of the gifts
of our faith.” Dem. de Cor. c. 30, cat’ ob-
cias avadoyiay.
“Avahoyi Comat, f. icouat, 1) prop.
to reckon up. 2) met. to consider atten-
twely, reflect upon, Heb. xii. 3. Sept.,
Joseph., and Class.
“Avanos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, &ds,) not
salt, without taste, insipid, Mk. ix. 50.
Plut. Symp. iv. 10, 2, gorov &vadov.
"Avahvuous, ews, 7, (Avadvw,) prop.
a@ loosing, or dissolving ; and fig., by a nau-
tical metaphor, departure, whether from
a banquet, (Jos. Ant. xix. 4, 1. Philo, p.
981,) or from life, by death, 2 Tim. iv. 6.
So Philo, p. 99, avaXuous éx Tov Biov.
22
ANA
"Avadvu'w, f. tow, prop. to unloose the
cables of a ship, and thus prepare for de-
parture, Hom. Od. xv. 548; met. to depart
Jrom life, Phil. i. 23, with the accessary
idea of going back, or home; hence éo
return, Lu. xii. 386, av. ek TOY Yyapwv.
Sept., Jos., and Class.
"AvamadeTynTos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a,
auaotavw,) sinless, faultless, John viii. 7.
Sept. and Class.
"Avapévw, f. weve, 1) to wart out,
remain, Judith vii. 12. Hdot. vii. 42. 2) to
wait for, await, expect, and, by impl., with
patience and trust, 1 Th. i. 10. Sept. and
Class.
"Avaptuvyiokw, f. -uvjocw, aor. l.
pass. dveuvyioOnv with mid. signif., ¢o
call to mind, remind, 1) gener. & constr.
with double acc., 1 Cor. iv. 17, 6s tas
aVaUVITEL TAS OOOUS pov, Sept. and Philo.
In the sense to admonish, exhort, 2 Tim.
1. 6. 2) mid. dvautuvynokopat, to call
to one’s mind, remember, absol. Mk. xi.
21. With gen. of thing, Mk. xiv. 72.
Sept. and Jos.; acc. 2 Cor. vu. 15. Heb.
x. 32. & Class.
"Avamrvyces, ews, 1, (avautuvyoKw,)
remembrance, Lu. xxii. 19. 1 Cor. xi, 24.
Heb. x. 3. Sept. and Class. 7
"Avaveow, f. wow, to renew; mid.
dvavionat, to renew for oneself, used in
Class. as dep. & trans. with acc. of thing, as
ptidiav, dpxov, &c. In N. T. to renew one-
self, to be renewed, i. e. in spirit, by a
change from a carnal to a spiritual life.
Eph. iv. 23. Marc. Ant. iv. 3, avavéov
TEQUTOV. |
"Avavige, f. ww, I) prop. to become
sober again from inebriety ; 2) metaph. Zo
recover sober-mindedness, from the intoxica-
tion of vice, as intemperance, or of avarice,
and other evil dispositions ; also to recover
oneself, intrans. 2 Tim. ii. 26, dvav. ex
THs TOU AtaBoXov waytéos. Philo, 1098.
"AvaveTippnTos, ov, 6, 4, adj. without
contradiction, indisputable.
"AvavtTippytos, adv. prop. without
contradiction ; and hence without hesitation, _
immediately, Acts x. 29. Pol. xxii. 8, 11.
"Avattos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, @&2o0s,)
1) prop. without weight or authority, and
hence wnworthy. 2) by implic. wnfit,
1 Cor. vi. 2. Sept., Jos. Ant. vi.1,4. Hdian
lied Os
"Avaktiws, adv. unworthily, i. e. in an
improper manner, zrreverently, 1 Cor. xi.
27, 29. 2 Mace. xiv. 42. Hdian ii. 7, 6.
"Avatwavots, ews, 1, (avaravw,
]) rest or quiet, as from labour or occupa-
tion, Rev. iv. 8, @vamavow ovK xovowr,
‘have no intermission.” Matt. xi.29. Rev.
xiv. 11. Sept. and Class. 2) place of rest,
ANA
fixed habitation, Matt. xii. 43. Lu. xi. 24,
and Sept. ~
"Avatava, f. avow, prop. to cause to
rest, or desist, from any thing, Hom. I].
xvii. 550; also, to give rest to any person,
Jos. and Class. InN. T. 1) metaph. fo
give rest of mind, by freeing from sor-
row and anxiety, and thus ¢o revive, re-
Fresh, trans. Matt. xi. 28. ] Cor. xvi. 18.
2 Cor. vii. 13. Philem. 7, 20, and Sept.
2) mid. a@vatravonat, to recreate, or rest
oneself, to take one’s rest, to enjoy repose
after previous exertion or care. Said
either prop. of rest after motion or fatigue,
Mk. vi. 31; of rest in sleep, Matt. xxvi. 45.
Mk. xiv. 41; or metaph. of rest from care
or solicitude, Lu.xii. 19; of the rest consist-
ing in the quietly waiting for any thing,
Rev. vi. 11; of the rest from the troubles
of life by death, Rev. xiv. 13, av. éx TeV
KoTwy avT@y. 9d) by Heb., avaTatonat
sign. ‘ to havea place of rest,’ to abide, rest,
or dwell, | Pet. iv. 14, where see my Note ;
and comp. Rom. viii. 11. Sept.
"Avamweibw, f. zicw, to gain over by
persuasion, gener. in a bad sense, to induce
to do evil, seduce, Acts xviii. 13. Sept. and
Class.
‘"Avatéutw, f. ww, trans. 1) to send
back any one to any place or person, Phil.
11. Plut. Pomp. c. 36. 2) to send any
one to a judge or tribunal, and thereb
refer him thither, Lu. xxiii. 7,11, 15. Jos.
Ant. iv. 8, 14, rip dixny eis teodv modu,
and Class.
"Avamnpos, ov, 6,7, adj. (ava, wy-
o0s,) maimed, either by the loss of some
limb, or of the use thereof, crippled, Lu.
xiv. 13, 21. 2 Macc. viii. 24. Plat. Crit.
§ 14. Herod. Vit. Hom. § 23.
"Avatwingtw, f. mecotmar, aor. 2.
avétecov, prop. to fall back, as rowers
do in plying the oar, whether by lying
down, or by reclining at table during meals,
after the manner of the ancients, Matt. xv.
30. Mk. vi. 40. viii. 6. John vi. 10. xiii.12.
xxi. 20. Sept. and Class. By impl., to
take a place at table, to eat, Lu. xi. 37.
xaty.,.19.
"Avatwinpow, f. wow, to fill up, whe-
ther phys. as of a chasm, Jos. Ant. vii.
10, 2; or fig. as of time, to occupy, or
complete, as of a number. InN. T. 1)
to fill up, as said of measure, 1 Th. ii. 16,
avaTv. avuTwY Tas auaoTias, i.e. TO
METPOV THY AuapTi@yv, as expressed in
Matt. xxiii. 32. 2) as said of prophecy,
| &c., to fulfil, Matt. xiii. 14. 3) as said of
a work or duty enjoined by law, to per-
form, Gal. vi. 2, avam. Tov vopoyv Tov
Xp. a ap § 21, wacav évtoXiy
avaT. to fill up, or supply a deficiency,
en fon and Class” Hee ie
23
ANA
said of persons, dvat. TOV TOTOV TLVOS,
to fill ov supply any one’s place, * sustain his
sitnation, character,’ 1 Cor. xiv. 16. Jos.
Bell. v. 2, 5, otpatTiwtov TaEy av.
"AvatoNoyyTos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (a,
ato\oyéomat,) inexcusable, Rom. i. 20.
ii. 1,-and in later Class.
"AvamwTtiaow, f. Ew, to re-(or un-)
fold, as clothes that have been folded up;
or, as said of the roll or volume of a book,
to unroll, Lu. iv. 17, avam. To BiBXtov,
and Sept.
"Avawrw, f. Ww, to light up, kindle,
Lu. xii. 49. Acts xxviii. 2. Ja. iii. 5. Sept.
and Class.
"AvapltOuntos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (a,
do.Ouos,) trnnumerable, Heb. xi. 12. Sept.
and Class.
"Avaceiw, f. cicw, prop. to shake on
high, as the hands in the act of threatening
force, or in that of exciting others thereto.
Hence, metaph. to excite commotion, and
simply, to stir up, instigate, Tov 6xAov, Mk.
xv. 11. Lu. xxi. 5, and Class.
"Avackevalw,f.dow, prop.to pack up
any oxevos for removal, Thuc.i. 18. Xen.
Cyr, vii. 5, 4; also actually to remove it,
Xen. An. vi. 2,5. Now, as packing up
and removal implies much unsettledness,
so @vack. comes to mean, to unsettle, as in
Acts xv. 24, dvack. Tas Wuxas buon, ‘un-
settling, and removing, your minds from
the truth; the contrary to SeueArwoae in
1 Pet. v.10. The sense assigned by the
recent Lexicographers, ‘perverting and de-
stroying, is, asregards persons, unsupported
by the authorities they allege.
"Avactaw, f. dow, to draw up, pull
up and out, as a spear from a wound, Hom.
I]. xiii. 574, or a person who has fallen
into a pit, Lu. xiv. 5; also, in the pass.,
to be drawn up, Xen. Mem. iii. 10, 7; or
upwards, as Acts xi. 10, dvaom. eis Tov
z) Lg
‘OUOaVOD.
"Avdoracts, ews, 4, (dviornpt,)
prop. the act of rising from a seat, or from
ambush, or in order to do any thing.
Also, a rising up from a falling, or fallen,
to an erect posture. Hence, metaph. @
recovery from a state of weakness, &c. In
N. T. I. @ rising up, as opposed to 7
ato, ‘fall, or rather by meton. the
author or cause thereof, i.e. metaph. ‘the
author of a better and more prosperous
state, Lu. ii. 34.—II. @ rising of the body
from death by return to life, resurrection ;
1) as said of individuals who have returned
to life, Heb. xi. 35, 2& avactacews, ‘ by
being raised again to life. Comp. 1 Kin.
xvii. 17. 2 Kin. iv. 20, sq. So of Jesus’
resurrection, Acts i. 22. ii. 31. iv. 33.
Romr..14, vi. 5: Phil. iw. 10) et al!’ 2) as
said of the general resurrection, at the last
ANA
day, both of the just and unjust, Matt.
xxii. 23, & oft. 3) of the just only, Matt.
xxil. 30; called also the first resurrection,
24
ANA
rise up, 1) prop. as said of light, Matt. iv.
16; a cloud, Lu. xii. 54; of the morning-
| star, 2 Pet. i. 19. Sept.; of the sun, Matt.
Rev. xx. 5,6. 4) by meton. the author | xiii. 6. Mk. iv. 6. xvi. 2. Ja. i. 11, and
of resurrection, John xi. 25.
> , ’ 5 ,
vactatow, f. wow, (avacracis,
fr. dviotnt,) occ. only in later Greek,
and is equiv. to avactatov 7rovety in the
earlier writers ; prop. of thizgs, as cities or
countries, to devastate and destroy ; also, of
persons, to drive out, expel. Hence, as com-
motion and disturbance are thereby implied,
sO dvacTaTow came to mean (fo disturb,
throw into commotion ; trans. as said both
of cities, Acts xvii. 6. xxi. 38, and persons,
(i. e. their minds,) Gal. v. 12
ita.
’Avactavoow, f. wow, 1) prop. to
raise up and fix upon a cross, to crucify,
trans. Xen. An. iii. 1,17. Diod. Sic. ii. 1,
and Joseph. often. 2) metaph. Heb. vi. 6,
advactavoouvtas éautots Tov Yiov Tov
Geou, where see my note.
"Avacteva tw, f. Ew, to fetch up a
deep-drawn sigh or groan, Mk. viii. 12.
Sept. and Xen.
"Avactpéegda,f. ww. I. to turn up-
side down, overturn, trans. John ii. 19,
toameCas, and Class.—II. to turn back
again, and mid. to turn oneself back again,
to return, Acts v. 22. Sept. and Class. In
Acts xv. 16, avactpéWw Kai avorKxoédo-
uncw THY oxynviv AaBio, ‘ will raise up
again, restore,’ as sometimes in Sept.—III.
mid. avactoemouar, and aor. 2. pass.
avectoadny, to turn oneself round, or be
turned round, in any place or thing, Lat.
versart. 1) said of place, prop. to move
about in a place. Hence, to sojourn, in
Matt. xvii. 22. 2 Cor. i. 12. Sept. and
Joseph. ; of state or occupation, to be occu-
pred with, to live in, 2 Pet. ii. 18, avacrp.
év wavy. Sept., Joseph., and Class.
2) of persons, to move about among, live
with ; and hence, to conduct oneself among,.
Eph. ii. 3, év ois dveotpadyuév Tote év
Tats émiOuuiars. Heb. x. 33. xiii. 18.
etim, tn Pb. Pet. a: 1/2 Sept:s and
Class.
"Avactpodi, ns, 7, (dvactoédw,)
prop. @ turning about, and metaph. a mode
of life or conduct, Gal. i. 13. Eph. iv. 22.
a Pim iy. tae San i. 43.” 2 Peto
ll. Sept. & Class.; or gener. life itself,
Heb! san fC Pet.3. 15.
"Avatdocopmay, f. ta£ouat, to set in
order, arrange, in regular series, things of
any kind, Lu.i. 1, avat. dujyynow, where
it is used of the composition of any his-
torical narration, out of previously pre-
pared materials.
"AvatérrAw, f. Tero. I. trans. fo
cause to rise up, as TOV HALov, Matt. v. 45.
Sept., Philo, and Class.—II. intrans. ¢o
Sept. often. 2) fig. of Christ’s descent
from the tribe of Judah, to spring, Heb.
vii. 14,
"AvatiOnut, f. Ojow or Ojcopuat,
prop. to lay or put any thing on one, asa
burden, and metaph. to refer or ascribe a
thing to any one; also, to put any business
upon any one, ( Arist. Nub. 1436.) Hence,
to lay a business before any one, for con-
sideration, &c. Acts xxv. 14, 6 ®ygoTos TH
Baowvet aveleto Ta kata Tov Lavdov.
Gal. ii. 2, aveQéunv a’tois TO evayyéXuov,
to declare, make known,.as a matter for
their serious consideration. And so in
Sept. and Class.
"AvatoXi), 7s, 1, (avatéz\\w,) La
rising, as of the sun, moon, or stars.
Hence in N.T. by meton. the dawn of
day, or the rising sun, Lu. i. 78, dvatoXy
é& Uwous, ‘the rising of the Sun of right-
eousness (Mal. iv. 2.) from on high, the
Messiah, so described, Is. ix. 2. lx. 1, 3, et
al.—tII. put in sing. and plur. for the Hast,
said both of the heavens and the earth,
Matt. ii. 1, 2, 9. viii. 11, and often in N. T.
and Sept.
’"Avatoénmw, f. Ww, trans. I. prop.
(Class. & Sept.) ¢o turn upside down, over-
throw.—\l. metaph. to subvert, 2 Tim. ii.
18, advatp. tiv wioti. So Diod. Sic. i.-
77, THY Tap avl0owmus Tietw avaTe.
Also, to destroy, bring to ruim, Tit. i. 11,
oiKous avaTtp.
"Avatopéga, f. Ooebw. I. prop. to
nourish up, bring up, as a child, Acts vil.
20.—II. metaph. as said of mental or moral
culture, to educate ; both senses occur in
Class.
"Avadaiva, f. pave, prop. to light up,
as lamps, Hom. Od. xviii. 310; also, to
make appear, to show. In N. T. mid.
avadaivouat, to show oneself, to appear,
Lu. xix. ll. Sept. Job xi. 18, avaga-
vettai cor eiojvy: pass. to be shown to
oneself or another, Acts xxi. 3, avapa-
vévtes Tiv Kuapop, * being brought into
view of Cyprus.’
"Avagépw, f. oiow, aor. 1. aviveyKa.
I. to bear or bring upwards ; trans., foll.
by eis with acc. of place whither, Matt.
xvii. 1. Mk. ix. 2. Sept. & Class. Also
said of sacrifices, to offer up, (placed upon
the raised altar,) Ja. ii. 21. Sept. Heb. vii. |
27. 1 Pet. ii. 5—II. to take up, and bear
upon oneself, in the place of another, and
thereby to remove from him. In N. T.
said metaph. of sin expiated by its guilt
and punishment being atoned for, Heb. ix.
28. 1 Pet. ii.-24.
ANA
"Avadwviw, f. iow, to lift up the
voice, to cry owt, Lu. i. 42. Sept. & Class.
"Avayuers, ews, 1), (dvayxéw, to pour
out or forth,) 1) prop. an out-pouring ;
2) metaph. eacess, or sink, of dissoluteness
and vice, 1 Pet. iv. 4.
"Avaxwoéw, f. jow, prop. to go back-
ward, recede, as in retreating before an
enemy. InN. T., and sometimes in Class.,
simply to depart from one place to another,
-1) gener. Matt. ii. 12,13, 14, 22. iv. 12. xii.
15. xv. 21, et al. 2) spec. to withdraw,
retire for privacy, Acts xxiii. 19, xxvi. 31.
In Matt. ix. 24, dvaywpettre, withdraw,
i. €. give place.
"AvawWvEcs, ews, 1, (avaWviyw,) prop.
a breathing time, (so the more Classical
avawux7) in Athen. p. 24,) and metaph. a
relief from severe labour or trouble, EKurip.
Suppl. 325. Acts iii. 19, xarpot ava-
wWvEews. Sept. in Ex. viii. 15. Philo, p.
3/1. Strabo, p. 1137.
"Avawu xw,f. Ew, prop. to draw breath
again, to recover breath, intrans. Meleag.
Kpigr. 58. Hence metaph. to rest from
tovl, Oppian v. 623. Sept. Also trans. 1)
prop. to refresh any one, by fanning and
cooling, Hom. Od. iv. 568. 2) to refresh,
recreate, 2 'Tim. i. 16, we avéivEe. Hom.
and Herodot.
’"Avéoatmooiotis, ov, 6, (dvdpa-
To0ifw,) a man-stealer, kidnapper, \ Tim.
i. 10. Sept. and Class.
"AvodoiCw, f. isw, (avip,) to render
manly or brave; in N.T. mid. avdoi-
Comat, to acquit oneself as a man, behave
courageously, | Cor. xvi. 13. Sept., Jos.,
and Class.
"Avdpogdovos, ov, 6, (avijp, pévos,)
a man-slayer, murderer, 1 Tim. i. 9, and
Plato. -
"AvéykXAnTOos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a,
éyKahéw, to accuse, ) blameless, irreproach-
able, 1 Cor. i. 8. Col. i. 22. 1 Tim. iii. 10.
Joseph. and Class.
"Avexduny Tos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, éx-
Oinyzouat,) imexpressible, unutterable,
2 Cor. ix. 15, and lat. Class.
"AvexkXadyTos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, éx-
ahéw,) unutterable, inexpressible, | Pet.
. 8.
i
"AvékNetm Tos, ov, 6, 71, adj. (a, éx-
Azitw,) never-failing, exhaustless, Lu. xii.
38, and later Class.
"AvekT os, i}, ov, adj. (dvéxopuar,) sup-
portable, tolerable, Matt. x. 15. xi. 22,24,
et al. Class.
‘Avehenpwy, ovos, 0, %, adj. (a,
eXenuwy,) uncompassionate, pitiless, Rom.
i, 31, and Sept.
"AvemiCw, f. icw, (dveuos,) to agitate
25
ANE
by the wind ; pass. (of waves,) 4o be tossed
about, Ja. i. 6.
"Avemos, ov, 6, (déw, to breathe, or
blow,) wind, I. prop. Matt. xi. 7, & oft.
So of tTécoapes dvemort, ‘the four cardinal
winds,’ Rev. vii. 1, and Jos. Ant. viii. 3, 5.
—II. by meton. ot tTéco. &vemor, ‘the four
quarters of the earth, whence these car-
dinal winds blow, Matt. xxiv. 31. Mk. xiii.
2/7. Sept. 1 Chron. ix. 24. Dan. xi. 4.—
Ill. metaph. as an emblem of instability,
Tas aveuos THS OLdackaNias, light unsta-
ble motion, Eph. iv. 14. Ecclus. v. 9, ui
Nikmae Ev TavTi avémw.
"AvévdeKTos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a, év-
déxouar,) ¢mpossible, Lu. xvii. 1.
"AveEepevvytos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a,
é€eoevvaw, to search out,) znmscrutable,
Rom. xi. 33.
"AveEixakos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (avexouac
& xaxés,) patient and forbearing under
wmjuries, 2 Tim. ii. 24, and later Class.
"AveEryviactos, ov, 0, 1, adj. (a,
éErxvia Cw, to explore, ) zascrutable, zncom-
prehensible, Rom. xi.33. Eph. iii. 8, & Sept.
"Avetwaioyuvtos, ov, 0, 1, adj.
(a, ématoxvvouat,) that needeth not to be
ashamed, 2 Tim. ii. 15.
"AvetwitnaTos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, ét-
AapuBavw,) 1) prop. not to be lard hold of,
as said of a wrestler; 2) metaph. xot to be
laid hold of for blame, unblameable, | Tim.
iii, 2, and Class.
"Avépxomat, f. aveXevoouat, aor. 2.
avn\Oov, to come or go up, as eis TO dos, -
John vi. 3. eis ‘Ieopoo0. Gal. i. 17, sq.
Sept. and Class.
"Aveous, ews, 7, (dvinut, to loose,) a
letting loose, 1. from bonds or imprison-
ment, Acts xxiv. 23, gyew adv. to be freed
From bands. Sept. dveowv dovvat, ‘ to give
liberty. —II. from labour, &c. 2 Cor. viii.
13, obx wa ddAos 7 avects. Jos. Ant.
iii. 10, 6, @v. dovvar, and Class.—IiI.
metaph. rest, quiet, either external, 2 Cor.
vii. 5. 2 Th. i. 7, or internal, 2 Cor. ii. 12.
"Aveta Cw, f. aow, gener. to examine
thoroughly, scrutinize closely, Judg. vi. 29,
Alex.; spec. in N. T. to examine by tor-
ture, eq. to Bacavifw, Acts xxii. 24, 29.
“Avev, adv. or rather prep. governing
the gen. without. I. as said of things,
without the help of, 1 Pet. ii. 1, dvev
Noyov. Sept. and Class. ; also of manner,
1 Pet. iv. 9, avev yoyyvopuwr, Sept. and
Class.—II. said of persons, without the
knowledge or will of, Matt. x. 29, avev
tou Ilatods. Sept. and Class.
"Avev@eTtos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a, ev0e-
Tos,) incommodious, Acts xxvii. 12.
"Avevoioke,f. piow, (ava, evpicxw,)
| to find out by oad ale ii. 16
ANE
"Aveyw, f. é€w, to hold up, as the
hands aloft, or as any person or thing
Jrom falling. In N. T. only in Mid.
avéxouat, prop. to hold oneself up. Hence,
to bear up, endure. I. as said of things,
to endure, bear patiently, with gen. un-
derstood, as afflictions, 2 Th. i. 4. Sept.
and Class. ; alsoabsol. 1 Cor. iv. 12. 2 Cor.
xi. 20.—II. as said of persons, to bear
azide, Matt. xvil. 17. Mk. ix. 19. tau. ix:
41. 2 Cor. xi. 1, 19. Eph. iv. 2. Col. iii.
13. Sept. and Class.—III. by implic., to
admit or receive, with gen., i. e. listen
to, as said both of persons, as Acts xviii.
14. 2 Cor. xi. 4, and things, as doctrine,
&c. 2 Tim. iv. 3. Heb. xiii. 22. Sept. &
Class.
. “Aveweos, ov, 6, a@ nephew, Col. iv.
10. Sept. and Class.
"AvnGov, ov, To, anethum, dill, an aro-
matic plant, Matt. xxiii. 23.
"Avyikw, defect. (dva, #xw,) to come
up to any thing, to reach to. In N. T.
metaph. to pertain to any thing, i.e. to be
pertinent or becoming, Col. iii. 18, avjKev.
Eph. v. 4, ra avijxovta. Philem. 8, 7d
avyKov, and so in Class.
"Avnmeoos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a, muepos,)
ungentle, fierce, 2 Tim. iii. 3, and Class.
’Avijp, dvdpos, 6, I. @ man,i.e. an
adult male person. 1) prop. Matt. xiv.
21, & oft. as said of men in various rela-
tions and circumstances, where the context
must determine the exact import. 2)
joined with adj. or subst., it forms a peri-
phrasis for a subst., Lu. v. 8, dvijp duap-
Twos. Matt. vii. 24. Acts iii. 14, & Class.
And so with a Gentile adj., as dvijp “Iov-
datos, Acts x. 28, et al. So in a direct
address, avéoes ’AQyvator, Acts xvii. 22;
avoges "Eqécuot, xix. 35; avdoss Iopa-
nXtTat, li. 22, et al.: avdpes TadtAaioz,
i. 1]. Joseph. and Class. So @vdépes déded-
dot, Acts i. 16.—Xen. An. i. 6, 6, dvdpes
@itor. 3) metaph. a man of ripe under-
standing, 1 Cor. xiii. 11. Comp. Eph. iv.
13. So in Pope’s Epitaph on Gay, ‘ In wit,
@ man; simplicity, a child.’—II. indef. a
man, 1. e. one of the human race; also a
person, Lu. xi. 31, et al. Sept. and Class.
‘Avbiorn me, (f.dvtictHcw, perf. évb-
éoTyKa, aor. 2. dvTécT Hy, imp. mid. évO-
totauny,) to withstand, resist, whether in
deeds or in words, or both, constr. with
dat. or absol. Matt. v. 39. Lu. xxi. 15,
and often in Sept. and Class.
"Av@opodroyéw, f. ow, mid. dvGo-
podoyéouar, prop. to say mutually the
same things. Hence, as said of two parties,
to confess mutually, and sometimes simply
to confess, especially in confession of sin
to God in prayer. So Joseph. Ant. viii.
10,3, dv0. Tas @uaptias. 1 Esdr. viii. 91,
mpocevXomevos avOwuoroyetto KNatiwv.
26
ANO
Ecclus. xx. 1; but in N. T. and some-
times in later Class. writers, (as Diod. Sic.
i. 70, dv0. Tas aoeTds Tivos,) it is used
in the sense zo profess publicly, esp. in the
celebration of prayer and praise to God, in
return for (@v@.) his mercies and blessings,
Lu. ii. 38, avOwuortoyetto Ta Kupiw, -
‘returned praises and thanks to God.’ Ps.
Ixxviii. 13, Sept. dv0ouoroynodpeba cor
eis TOV aim@va.
"Av@os, eos, Td, a fiower, Ja.i. 10, sq.
1 Pet. i. 24. Sept. and Class.
"AvO pax ca, as, 4, (av00az,) a@ mass
of live coal, such as was put in a chafing-
dish, Jo. xviii. 18. xxi. 9, and Class.
"Av0oaé, axos, 6, alive coal, Rom. xii.
20. Sept. in Prov. xxv. 22.”
"AvOpwrapecKos, ov, 0, 1, adj.
(avOowmos & dpéocxw,) desirous of pleas-
ing men, i.e. Without due regard to the
approbation of God, Eph. vi. 6. Col. iii.
22. Sept. Ps. liii. 6. Apoer. and later
Greek writers. :
"Av@pwmivos, vy, vov, adj. human,
belonging to man, his manners and customs,
nature, or condition. I. az nature or kind,
Ja. iii. 7, 77 pvors 7 avO., i.e. man; 1 Cor.
i. 13, codia av@., ‘such wisdom as man,
by his own natural powers, and without
divine aid, can attain to, as opposed to
heavenly.—Il1. in respect to origin or adap-
tation, 1 Cor. iv. 38, a@v0. yué0a, human
day of trial, i. e. ‘one fixed for trial.’
1 Pet. ii. 13, @v0. eriows. 1 Cor. x. 13, 2.
qjwetoaouos, ‘commor to men.’ Rom. vi.
19, dvOowmivoy Evo, i. e. ‘in a Manner
adapted to human weakness.’
’"AvO@owroKTovos, ov, 6, 7), (avbow-
qos & Ktzivw,) prop. adj. slaying men ;
but in the N. T. as subst. man-slayer,
said metaph. of Satan, as the author of
sin and death, (see Wisd. ii. 24. Ecclus.
xxv. 24.) John viii.44. Rom. v.12. In
1 John iii. 15, said of murder, as regards
purpose and design.
“Av@pwmos, ov, 0, 7, subst. I. a man,
an individual of the human race, of which-
ever sex, A PERSON. 1) gener. and uni-
vers., Matt. iv. 19. xii. 12, et al. oft.
2) said in reference to his human nature,
@ man, i. e. a human being, prop. in
reference to the eaternal man, (Phil. ii.
7. Ja. v. 17, & elsewh.) including the idea
of infirmity and imperfection, as opp. to
Gop, or divine things, 1 Cor. i. 25. ii. 21.
Gal.i. 11, sq. cat’ av@ow7op, ‘ of human
origin.” So Néyeev, or Aadety x. avv.,
‘to speak in accordance with human views,”
&c. ‘to illustrate by human examples or
institutions, ‘to use as a popular mode of
speaking,’ &c. Rom. iii. 5. 1 Cor. ix. 8.
Also the genit. dy@pw7rov instead of the
adj. dvOowmuvos, 2 Pet. ii. 16. Rev.xiii. 16,
ANO
xxi. 17. Also metaph. of the tnternal man,
the mind or soul, the rational man, Rom.
vii. 22. Eph. iii. 16; called in 1 Pet. iii. 4,
®© KovTTOS THS Kapdius avlowTos, to
which is opposed, at 2 Cor. iv. 16, 6 &w
avOpwios. Soo maXaids and 6 Kkauvos
avOowr7ros, as said of the old unrenewed,
and the new, i.e. renewed, nature and dis-
position of man, wrought in man by the rege-
nerating influences of the Holy Spirit, and
cherished by the moral motives of the Gos-
pel. 3) as said with reference to the charac-
ter and condition of any one, and used in
various senses, according to the context,
a male person of ripe age, Matt. viii. 9, &
oft.; @ husband as opp. to a wife, Matt.
xix. 10; a son as opp. to a father, Matt. x.
20; @ master as opp. to a servant, &c.
Matt. x. 36.—II. INDEFIN. as equiv. to
vis, one, some one, any one. 1) gener.
‘Tis dvOpwros, a certain man, Lu. x. 30.
xii. 16. xiv. 2. John v. 5; or without gis,
Mutsix 9, al. oft. So in a general
proposition, @ man, i.e. any one out of
a number, Rom. iii. 28; and with a
neg. zo man, no one, Matt. xix. 6. 2)
joined with an adj. or subst., it forms a
periphrasis for a subst., Matt. xi. 19, dv-
pwimos dayos. xiii. 45, av0. eumopos.
xiii. 52, av0. oixodscmotTns. xviii. 23.
3) byimplic. 6 dv0pwos with the article,
every man, every person whosoever, Matt.
iv. 4,00K ém’ aoTw CyceTat 0 avé.,et al._—
Ill. 6 a@vGp. with the art. equiv. to a’tos
or éxetvos, this, that, he, &c. Matt. xii.
13, 45. xxvi. 72, ok oi6a Tov avOpwrov.
Pees ay. At. iu. vi. 10; et al.—
IV. vids dvOpwrov, a son of man, from the
Heb. 1) equiv. to dy0pwaros, a man, Mk.
ii. 28. Heb. ii. 6, & Sept. 2) with the
article, as a proper name for the Mzss14n,
0 Yios Tov-aviewmrov, (derived from Dan.
vii. 13.) Matt. xvi. 13. John xii. 34.
"AvOuTaTety, f. ebow, (dvGitratos,)
to be proconsul, Acts xviii. 12, & Class.
"AvOimartos, ov, 6, (dvi, tatos,) a
proconsul, Acts xiii. 7,12. xix. 38, & Class.
*"Avinut, f. dvnow, aor. 2. dvjv, aor. 1.
pass. avé0nv, to let go. trans. 1) prop. to
loose, as opp. to tightening, Acts xxvii. 40,
Tas Cevktnpias. Acts xvi. 26, Ta decua.
2) metaph. to leave off; abandon, Eph. vi. 9,
a. THY aTethhv, to abandon, not care for.
Heb. xiii. 5, ob wy oe ave. Sept. & Class.
‘Avikews, w, 6, 1, adj. (a, trews,)
putless, Ja. ii. 13.
“AvimTos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a, virrw,)
unwashed, Matt. xv. 20. Mk. vii. 2, 5.
Hom. Il. vi. 265.
A. 7 > ,
viertynmt, f. dvacticw, aor. |.
4 .
avéotnoa, aor. 2. dvéotny, imper. ava-
o7ny9t. Of this verb the significations may
be divided into two classes, trans. and
27
ANO
intrans. I. TRANS. in the pres., imperf.
fut., and aor. 1. of the act., to cause to rise
up, or stand, to raise up. 1) prop. as said
of those lying down, Acts ix. 41. Sept.,
Joseph., and Class. ; or fig. as said of the
dead, to recal to life, John vi. 39, 40, 44,
54, Acts ii. 32, et al. also in Class. 2)
metaph. to raise up, i.e. cause to exist or
appear, e.g. oméoua Tivi, Matt. xxii. 24.
Tov Xptiorov, Acts ii. 24, 32. rpopyntny
Acts iii. 22, 26. vii. 37. Heb. vii. 11, 15.
Sept.—II. INTRANS. in the perf., plup.,
and aor. 2. act., and in the mid., fo rise
up, to arise. 1) prop. as said of those
sitting or lying down, Matt. xxvi. 62, and
oft. Sept. and Class. So a@vaocrHvar éx
vexoav, to rise from the dead, return to
life, Matt. xvii. 9. Mk. ix. 9, sq. or with-
out vexp@v, Matt. xx. 19, et al. & Class.
Fig. in Hph. v.14, @vacta éx Tov vexpwr,
‘rise from the death of sin to the life of
righteousness.” 2) metaph. to rise up into
existence, to be, Acts vii. 18, dvéorn Ba-
ottels Erepos. xx. 30, and Sept. 3) fo
rise up, come forward, appear, Mk. xiv.
57. Lu. x. 25. xi. 32, et al. So dvacrjvar
émt Tiva, to rise up against any one, in
the way of attack, Mk. iii. 26. Sept.
4) as a sort of Oriental pleonasm, prefixed
(esp. in the part.) to verbs of going about,
undertaking, or doing any thing, Matt. ix.
9, dvactas AKoNovOnoev. Mk. i. 305. ii.
14, and oft. Sept. freq.
2A vontros, ov, 0, 1, adj. (a, voew,)
prop. in pass. ot thought of, or not to be
thought of, or understood, Hom. Hymn. in
Merce. 80. but gener. act. wnwise, foolish, as
said of those who want reason to govern
their appetites or passions; and in N. T.
of those who are slow to comprehend, or at
least admit and act upon, moral or reli-
gious truth, Lu. xxiv. 25. Rom. i. 14.
Gal. ii. 1, 3. Tit. iii. 3, also Sept. & Class.
In 1 Tim. vi. 9, éarifuuias dvontrous,
foolish, i. e. trrational and brutish, lusts.
"A vota, as, 7, (avous, fr. a, vous, ) prop.
want of understanding, folly, Sept. and
Class., but in N. T. from Hebr. madness,
i. e. desperate wickedness, Lu. vi. 11, or
Soolish temerity, with the mixed notion of
impiety, 2 Tim. ili. 9. 2 Macc. xiv. 5. Jos.
Ant. viii. 13,1, @vora kai wovnpia. Thuc.
iii. 42 & 48.
"Avotya, (f. dvoiéw, aor. 1. dviwEa &
jvotea, perf. 2. dvéwya, perf. pass. ave-
wyhar & Avéwypuar, aor. 1. pass. avewx-
Onv, jvoixOnv, and AvewyOnv, Rev. xx.
12,) to open what was shut, trays. and in
later usage, perf. 2. dvéwya, intrans. fo
be open, to stand open. I. as said of what
is closed by a lid or door, &c. Matt. ii. 11,
Synoavoovs. So also Eurip. Jon, 9238.
Matt. xxvii. 52, dv. uynueta, as closed
by stones for doors. Fig. with svpa,
ANO
Acts v. 19, or other similar terms ; some-
times in a metaph. sense, to open the
door of the heart, as Rev. iii. 20. Acts
xiv. 27. -Rev. iii. 7, 8.—II. said of the
heavens, to so open them as that celestial
things may become manifest and revealed
to man on earth, Matt. iii. 16. Lu. iii. 21.
John i. 52. Acts vii. 56. x. 11. Rev. xix.
11, & Sept.—III. said of a d00k rolled up
and sealed, Rev. v. 2—5. x. 2, 8. xx. 12;
also of the seals, Rev. v. 9. vi. 1, et al.-—
TV. said of the mouth, whether as opened
for the purpose of discourse and address,
Matt. v. 2. xiii. 35, et al. or of opening
one’s' mind, 2 Cor. vi. 11; said of the
dumb, to have the mouth opened, for re-
covering speech. Fig. said of the earth,
to open her mouth, for ‘open out into a
chasm,’ Rev. xii. 16, and Sept.—V. said
of the eyes, both prop. to cause to see, to
restore to sight, Matt. ix. 30. xx. 33, et al.
and Sept. and metaph. to cause to under-
stand, Acts xxvi. 18.
"Avotkodopméw, f. now, to rebuild,
Acts xv. 16. Sept. and Class.
"Avovéts, ews, 1, (dvoiyw,) the act of
opening, Eph. vi. 19, and Class.
“Avopmta, as, 7, (dvopos,) prop. law-
28
ANT
°"AvraywviComat, f. iconat, to con-
tend with, strive against any person or
thing ; the latter, in Heb. xii. 4.
"AvTtadiaypma, atos, TO, (avTi, &d-
Aadoow,) any thing given in exchange for
another, Matt. xvi. 26. Mk. viii. 37, av.
THs Wuyns. A phrase derived from the
redemption of a slave,.Sept. and Class.
"AvtavatAnpow, f. wow, prop. to
fill up instead of, or in turn or return, Col.
1.24, avtavaTAnow Ta boTEpHpaTa THY
Sivewy Tou Xo.otov tv TH GapKi pou,
and lat. Class.
"AvtatTodidwpt, f. éwow, to give
back any thing instead of something else
received, to repay, requite, whether 1) for —
good, to reimburse, reward, Lu. xiv. 14.
Rom. xi. 30. i Th. 1i..9, and Sept.; or
2) for evil, to avenge, Rom. xii. 19. 2 Th.
i. 6. Heb. x. 30, and Sept.
°"Avrtamwodopa, atos, TO, (avtato-
didwyt,) retribution, whether for good, Lu.
xiv. 12, or evil, Rom. xi. 9, and Sept.
°"AvyTtamodocts, ews, 4, (avTamodi-
Owpt,) recompense, reward, Col. iii. 24, and
Sept.
"AvramoKkoivopmat, aor. |. pass. avT--
lessness, a violation or transgression of law, | @7exoiUyy with mid. signif. to answer
whether human or divine; in N. T. chiefly
the latter. 1) prop. 1 John iii. 4, and
Class. 2) by implic. and from the Heb.
sin, tmiquity, Matt. xxiii. 28. xxiv. 12.
Rom. iv. 7, plur. vi. 19, sep. al.; said
of pees from the Christian faith, 2 Th.
aay &
“Avopos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a, vopos,)
lawless, i. e. not having, or at least know-
ing, or acknowledging a law, meaning in
N. T. a divine or revealed law. I. with-
out law, i. e. not subject to the law,
namely, of Moses, 1 Cor. ix. 21; hence,
gentile, pagan, Acts ii. 23, and Apocr.—II.
by implic. and from the Heb. @ violator
of the divine law,an impious wicked person,
] Tim. i. 9. 2 Pet.ii.8. a@ malefactor, Mk.
xv. 28. Lu. xxii. 37. 2 Th. ii. 8, 6 avopos,
equiv. to 0 av0pwios duaptias, with
reference to the impiety of idolatry.
"Avopws, adv. without a divine law, i.e.
not being subject to it, Rom. ii. 12.
“Avop ow, f. wow, to set upright or
erect, trans. I. prop. aor. 1. pass. dvwp0w-
6xv, with mid. force, to stand erect, Lu.
xili. 13; also metaph. fo confirm, establish,
Heb. xii. 12. Sept. and Class.—II. ¢o re-
erect, rebuild, Acts xv. 16, and Class.
*"Avoctos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (a, Sotos,) un-
holy, impious, regardless of duty to God
or man, | Tim.i. 9. 2 Tim. iii. 2, and Class.
"Avoxi, 7s, 7, (avéxw,) prop. a hold-
ing back, delay. In N. T. metaph. self
restraint, forbearance, Rom. ii. 4. iii. 26.
again, to reply agaist, constr. with dat. or
acc. Lu. xiv. 6. Rom. ix. 20, and Sept.
°"Avtretqmov, aor. 2. used as aor. of
avTiéyw, to gainsay, contradict, with dat.
Lu. xxi. 15. absol. in Acts iv. 14. Sept.
and Class.
"Avtéya, (avTi, Zyw,) trans. to hold
any thing against some resisting force, and
intrans. to resist, Jos. Ant. v. 8,6. Mid.
dvtéxouat, f. dvOéEouat, 1) to hold one-
self fust by any thing or person, to cleave
to it, be warmly atiached to it, with gen.
Matt. vi. 24. Tiu.e xvi. ieee ee
Hence, from the adjunct, 2) to studz-
ously take care of any one, | Th. v. 14,
avr. tav ac0evav. So Job xxxili. 24,
av0ézetal, TOU pi) Weoety eis SavaTov.
Comp. Acts xx. 30.
’Avti, prep. with gen.; prop. simply, in
a LOCAL sense, over against, in presence of,
as Hom. II. xxi. 481, dvti Tivos orHvat.
Hence used metaph. either in a hostzle
sense, against, or by way of comparison,
where it implies something of equivalent
value, and denotes substitution, exchange,
requital, &c. Soin N.T. it is used, IL.
by way of substitution, 2 place of, instead
of, Lu. xi. 11, dvti ixOvos gu. Ja.iv. 15.
autt rou Néyew bpuas. 1 Cor. xi. 15, as
implying succession, Matt. ii. 22, Bace-
Asver avtl ‘Howdov. Sept. & Class. John
i. 16, yap dvTi XaptTos, grace Upon grace,
most abundant grace.—Il. by way of ex-
change, requital, or equivalent, 22 consider-
ation of, on account of, as said 1) of price,
ANT
for, Heb. xii. 16, avti Bowoews mas.
Sept. and Jos. 2) of persons for whom,
or for the sake of whom, any thing is
done, in behalf of, Matt. xvii. 27. xx. 28.
Mk. x. 45. Soph. id. Col. 1326. 3) of
retribution, for, Matt. v. 38, ddp@aduos
avti 6p0admov. Rom. xii. 17, kaxov dyti
kaxov. 1 Pet. iii. 9, and Class. 4) of
cause, motive, or occasion, oz account of,
because of, Heb. xii. 2, avtt yapas.
Eph. v. 31, dvti trovtov. Lu. xii. 3, av’
wv, ‘wherefore. Though av@’ wv is gene-
rally a causative formula, for avti TovTou,
571,‘ on this account, namely that,’ be-
cause that, or simply, because, Lu. i. 20.
xix. 44. Acts xii. 23. 2 Th. ii. 10. Sept.
and Class. In comp. avti signifies, 1)
_ over against, a avtitacoew. 2) con-
trary to, as avtidéyewv. 3) reciprocity,
as advTaTodidwput. 4) substitution, as av-
TiBactdevs, avOuTatos. 5) similarity,
as dvtibeos, avTaéuos.
"AvtiBadrdAw, f. Bart@, prop. to cast,
or throw (as a ball) wz one’s turn, or from
one to another ; metaph. of words, to cast
backwards and forwards, as doubts or
arguments, in conversation or discussion,
Lu. xxiv. 17, tives of NOyot ovTOL, Os av-
TiBadXAEeTte Tods aX\AnAOUs; So 2 Macc.
xi. 13, woos éauTov dv7.B. TO yeyouvos.
\
"AvtiocatiOnus, f. oticw, (avi,
d:atibynur,) prop. in Acts to set up any
one against another, and mid. @ytié.ati-
Gena, to set oneself against another, to
be opposed to him, either in action or in
opinion, as 2 Tim. ii. 25, where see Note.
°"Avtid.Kkos, ov, 0, 7, (dvTi, din, a
suit,) an adversary in a law-suit ; chiefly,
however, the plaintiff, Matt. v. 25. Lu.
xii. 56, and Class. Hence it denotes gener.
any adversary or enemy, Lu. xviii. 3, and
in 1 Pet. v. 8, is applied to the Devil, the
great adversary of man.
"Avtibects, ews, 1, (avTiTidnpr,)
opposition, 1 Tim. vi. 20, dytibécers (op-
posite opinions, contrary positions,) 77s
Wevdwvipov yywscews.
-Aveikabiornpmt, f. oryow, prop.
to set one against another, or to oppose
him. In N. T. in aor. 2. intrans. to with-
stand, resist, Heb. xii. 4. And so @vti-
kaQioracla in 2 Sam. xxi. 5. Compl.
"Avtixaréw, fo écw, to mvite m re-
turn to an entertainment, Lu. xiv. 12. Xen.
Conv. i. 13.
*AvTixerpat, f. Kkeicouat, prop. to
be placed opposite to, metaph. to be op-
posed to, to be adverse to, foll. by dat.
Gal. v.17. 1 Tim.i.10. So 6 dytixei-
pevos,*an adversary, either absol. or with
cater ean 7, “xxi. 15. 1 Cor. xvi. 9.
Phil 7. 26. 2 Th. ii. 4. 1 Tim. v. 14. Sept.
and Class.
29
ROME 1.
ANT.
"AvtiKpv, adv. opposite to, over against,
with gen. Acts xx. 15, and Class.
’"AvtitapBavwo, f. AjWouat, act. to
receive in return. In Mid. to take to one-
self, or lay hold of, either to save from
falling, or to appropriate and possess, foll.
by gen. In N. T. it is used 1) of things,
to take to one’s possession, 1 Tim. vi. 2, of
THS EvENYEolas dvTiNauPavopuevor, ‘those
who are in possession of the benefit [of
their service].’ 2) of persons, to take into
one’s protection, protect.
"Avtidéya, f. Ew, to speak against,
either foll. by dat. or absol. 1) to gain-
say, contradict, Acts xii. 45. xxviii. 19,
22. In Lu. xx. 27, foll. by «i with infin.
to deny, Sept. and Class. 2) to oppose,
disobey, contemn, Lu. ii. 84. John xix. 12.
Rommetxe Hk Viper o. slo:
-AvrirtnwWes, ews, 7, (dvTiAapBavo-
fzac,) prop. and in Class. help, aid; but im
N. T. (and also sometimes in the Sept.)
by meton. of abstract for concrete, «
helper, reliever, 1 Cor. xii. 28, supposed
by some to be equiv. to the d:axovos. But
see my note there.
"Avtridoyia, as, 7, (avTiAéyw,) con-
traduction, gener. 1) as said of strife, Heb.
vil. 7, or of controversy at law, Heb. vi. 16.
Hxod. xviii. 16. 2) of opposition, either in
words, by reproach, Heb. xii.3. Matt. xxvi.
60. xxvii. 22, et al.; or in deeds, by
rebellion, Ju. 11, and Protevang. Jac. v. 9.
"Avrirordopéew, f. now, to revile in
turn, | Pet. ii. 23. Lucian. Cony. § 40.
"Avtirutooyr, ov, TO, (avTi, \UTpOV,)
a ransom, price of redemption, 1 Tim. ii.
6, dvt. Umip wavtwy, where it is well
explained by Hesych. dvtidotov, imply-
ing the substitution, in suffering, of ano-
ther person instead of the guilty one. See
2) Cor. ve 20) Vit. nis Teer. ie leas
does not occ. in Class., but dvtiAkuTpdw
is found in Aristot.
"AvTimetpen, f. how, to measure out
in return, absol. Matt. vu. 2. Lu. vi. 38,
where it is put metaph. for requite.
"Avtipiobia, as, 7, (avi, urcbds,)
retribution, whether for good, (recompense, )
2 Cor. vi. 13, or for evil, (punishment,)
Does not occ. in Class., but
avrip.cbos is found in Adschyl. Suppl. 285.
Avtimapépxomar, ff. ekevocouar,
to pass along on the opposite side of any
thing (as a road), and so to pass by, Lu. x.
31, sq. Wisd. xvi. 10. Anthol. Grec. Ja-
cobs. vii. 255.
"Avriméoay, adv. (dvTl, Tépav,) over
against, on the opposite shore, Lu. viii. 26,
and Class.
"Avtiming«y, f. tecovpat, 1) prop.
to fall against or upon, implying violence
ve
Ae 30 AGI
and hostility, Polyb. and Hdian. So our | xptvouat,) unfeigned, real, true, Rom. xii.
phrase ‘to fall foul of’ is used both in a| 9. 2 Cor. vi. 6. 1 Tim.i. 5. Ja. i. 17.
natural and figur. sense, of being in oppo-
sition to any one or his laws; and so Acts
vii. 51, tw Lvetvpate tw ayiw avti-
me
Weld the tee
"A v f. evcouat
VTLOTPATEVOMAL, EVTOUAL,
mid. dep. 1) prop. to lead out an army
against ; 2) met. to be adverse te, to oppose,
with dat. Rom. vii. 23, avtic. TW vOpw
Tou voos pou. Aristen. Ep. ii. 1.
°-Avtitaccy, f. Ew, act. to range an
army in battle-array against, or to oppose
some persons to others, Thuc. iv. 55; me-
taph. to oppose, as Jos. Ant. iii. 1, 2, tw
BraQouéevw THS advayKns avTitatat TO
avooetov. InN. T. mid. @vtitaccopat,
met. to set oneself against, to resist, oppose,
either with dat. or absol. Acts xviii. 6.
Rom. xiii. 2. Ja. iv. 6. v. 6. Prov. iii. 34.
Xen. Mem. iii. 5, 4.
°AvTituTos, ov, 6, 7, adj. lit. ‘formed
after a type or model;’ hence by a metaph.
taken from coining, correspondent in form,
similar to. So Nonnus, avtituta 70n,
“similar manners.” Hence in N. T. it de-
notes (agreeably to the adjectival significa-
tion in the neut. to avTituTov, used
subst.) that which corresponds to a type,
an antitype, Heb. ix. 24. 1 Pet. iii. 21, and
in the early Fathers.
*Avtixptetos, ov, 6, an opposer of
Christ, i. e. any one who denies that Jesus
-is the Messiah, and that the Messiah is
come in the flesh, 1 John ii. 18, 22. iv. 3.
2 John 7.
"Avtréw, f. jow, (avTAos, a ship’s
pump,) zo draw forth from a vessel (by
means of some machine for that purpose)
water, wine, or other liquors, either trans.
or abso]. John ii. 8,9. iv. 7,15. Sept.
and Xen. (ic. vii. 4.
"AvtAynpma, atos, TO, prop. what ts
drawn up; but in N. T. that vessel in
which the water drawn up is contained,
a bucket, John iv. 11.
-Avtoplakpéw, f. now, to look at
in the face, to face, Barnab. Epist. c. 5,
and Chrysost. In N. T. used metaph. of
a ship, to face, i.e. bear up against, resist,
the wind, Acts xxvii. 15. Wisd. xii. 14.
Pol. xxviii. 17, 18, ui) ddvacbat avt. Tots
Xenuacwy.
“Avudgos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a, towo,) dry,
(lit. waterless,) Matt. xii. 43. Lu. xi. 24,
avudgot TOT, barren, desert. See Is.
xli. 19. Hos. ii. 3. 2 Mace. i. 19. In
2 Pet. ii. 17, wyyai &vvdpor, and Ju. 12,
veé\ar avvd. are fig. said of specious
seducers, as being like those fountains or
clouds which promise water, but deceive
those who rely upon them.
9 ue s a
AvuTOKpLTOS, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a, vrd-
1 Pet. i. 22. Wisd. v. I8.
°"AvutToTakTOsS, ov, 6, 1, adj. (a, v7re-
tacow,) unsuljected, 1. of things, not
made subject, or put under one’s controul,
Heb. ii. 8.—IL. of persons, not sulyected,
or not to be subjected, refractory, 1 Tim.
1 9 te: 2
“Avw, adv. up or above, denoting, I.
place where, Acts ii. 19. Rev. v. 3, év
Tw ovpavw ayw. Hence 0, 4, TO Gvw as
adj. what ts above (referred to heaven),
and therefore heavenly. So ta avw, the
things of heaven, John viii. 23. comp.
iii. 13, 31. vi. 38; but in the sense hea-
venly things, Col. iti. 1, 2. Gal. iv. 26, 7
dvw ‘Iepovoadyjmu. Phil. iii. 14, 4 ave
KA Hots, equiv. to 2ovpauios in Heb. iii. 1.
Sept. and Class.—IJ. motion to a higher
place, wpwards, John xi. 41. Heb. xii. 15.
Sept. and Class. John ii. 7, Ews avw, to
the very top. Sept. in 2 Chr. xxvi. 8.
"Avwyeon, ov, TO, same as ayayatov,
which see.
”“AvwOev, adv. (avw,) I. of place,
t
from above, Matt. xxvii. 51. Mk. xv. 38.”
John xix. 23, and Class. Hence said of
whatever is from heaven; and because
God dwells in heaven, it means from
God, or in @ divine manner, John ii. dl.
xix. Ll. Ja. i. 17. ii. 17, (4 avobev co-
gia, ‘heavenly wisdom,’) Sept. and Class.
—II. of time, from the first, i. e. the very
beginning, Lu. i. 3. Acts xxvi. 5, and
Class. On the sense of @vwGev in John
iii. 3,7, yevvnOjvar advw0ev, and Gal. iv.
9, see my notes.
"AvwTEeOLKOs, 1, OV,
adj. upper,
higher, Acts xix. 1, &. wépn, ‘inland parts.’ -
*"Av@Tepos, a, ov, adj. higher, used in
neut. as the compar. of avw, Lu. xiv. 10,
to a higher place, Heb. x. 8, av. Kéywu,
above, i. e. ‘in the former part of the
quotation.’
"Avawderdis, gos, 6, 7, adj. (a, we-
Aéw,) 1) useless, unprofitable, Heb. vii.
18,70 dvweXés, ‘ uselessness.’ Sept. and
Class. 2) by impl. imjurious, Tit. iii. 9,
said of uayar vourkat, and so Proy. xxviii.
3, vetos av. Thue. vi. 33. Plato, p. 334.
"A ET vn, ns, 1, (ayvume, inf. cEar,) an
axe, Matt. iii. 10. Lu. iii. 9. Sept. and
Class.
"A Evos, ta, tov, adj. worthy, lit. ‘what
draws the balance,’ and makes the scales
weigh down. Hence said metaph. I. of
equal worth or value, i. e. worthy of being
compared with,’ Rom. viii. 18, otx &£ta Ta
Ta0juata, &c. So Sept. and Class.—II.
gener. worthy, i. e. ‘deserving of,’ whether
of good, or evil; 1) of good, absol. and of
persons worthy of, i. e. of benefit, Matt. x.
11. Lu. vii. 4. Rev. iii. 4. foll. by gen. of
thing, Matt. x. 10, & oft. 2) of evel, ‘ de-
serving of, either absol. Rev. xvi. 6, or foll.
by gen. wAnyav, Lu. xii. 48. Savatouv, | f
Rom. i. 32, & oft —III. by impl. szztable,
or corresponding to, with gen. as Kap7rovs
atious THs meTavoias, Matt. iii. 8. Lu. ili.
8,etal. Hence a£idv éorr, at is surtable,
or proper, 1 Cor. xvi. 4. 2 Th. i. 3, and
Class.
"A Evdw, f. wow, (dELos,) to account as
deserving, or worthy of any thing, 1) prop.
and gener. with acc. of person, and gen. of
paeee ens. 11 i Tim. v.17. Heb. in.
3. x. 29,and Class. 2) spec. to regard as
suitable, think good, Acts xv. 38, and Class.
"A Fiws, adv. suitably, becomingly, with
_ gen. Rom. xvi. 2. Eph. iv. 1. Phil. i. 27.
1 Th. ii. 12, and Class.
°"Adpatos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a, dpaw,)
anseen, or that cannot be seen, Rom. i. 20.
Sreettcget) Yum; i. 17. Heb. xi. 27.
Sept. and Class.
’"AmayyédAw, (f. edo, aor. 1.
amnyyétra, aor. 2. pass. amnyyédny,)
with dat. of pers. and acc. of thing, or
qeoi with gen. or 671, wws, &c. or infin.
I. to bring word, convey intelligence to any
person, from any person or place, concern-
ing any person or thing. 1) éo relate, tell,
what has happened, with dat. of pers., or
zis and acc. Matt. viii. 33, & oft. 2) to
make known, announce what is done, or to
be done, Matt. xii. 18. Lu. xviii. 37, & oft.
Heb. ii. 12, drrayyeX@ TO Gvoud cov Tots
adeAqois pov.—ll. to bring back word
from any one, to report, foll. by dat. of
pers. with or without acc. of thing, Matt.
mee i vat. 22. xiv. 21. Acts v.
22. Sept. and Class.
°-Amrdyxe, f. c¢yEw, to strangle ; but
gener. as in N. T. mid. awdyyxopat, to
strangle oneself, namely, by hanging, to
hang oneself, Matt. xxvii. 5. Sept. and
Class. On Acts i. 18, see my Note.
°-Amayw, f. Ew, aor. 2. drjyayov,
aor. 1. pass. amnyxOnv, to lead or conduct
away, 1) gener. Lu. xiii. 15. foll. by
aoos, Acts xxiii. 17. Sept. and Class. In
N. T. said chiefly in a judicial sense, to
lead away or bring,i.e. either before a
judge, or to prison, Matt. xxvi. 57. Mk.
xiv. 44, 53. xv. 16, al., or to punishment,
Matt. xxvii. 31. Lu. xxiii. 26. John xix.
16. Hence absol. drayOjvat, to be led
off to death, Acts xii. 19, and Sept. 2)
used of a way which J/eads (i. e. points or
tends) to, foll. by eis, Matt. vii. 13, sq.
Jos. Ant. iv. 6,10, aa. eis pwetavoray.
3) mid. émrdéyopuat, lit. to take oneself off,
to go away, also metaph. to go astray, be
seduced to evil, | Cor. xii. 2, am. moos Ta
ei0wka Ta adwva. ;
’"AmatdeuTos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a, Tai-
31
ATTA
devw,) prop. uninstructed, Xen. Mem. iv.
1. 4. Hence, zgnorant, said both of per-
sons, as Sept. and Jos., and of things,
oolish, 2 Tim. ii. 23, &. CntHoers. So
Plut. vi. 143, 5, @waidevtor drabécers.
’"Amaipw, f. apa, prop. trans. to take
away, remove, Hdot. viii. 57; intrans. to
go away, depart, Sept. often, and Class.
In N. T. occ. only in aor. 1. pass. aarnp-
Onv, to be taken away, Matt. ix. 15. Mk.
Hie 20; Diu. v.30.
-Amattéw, f. now, to demand back
from any one, to require at his hands, trans.
with a@aoé tivos, Lu. vi. 30. xii. 20, tiv
Wuxi cov &TatTOVGLY ATO Gov.
"Amway éw, f. How, in Class. to grieve
out, i.e. to cease from grieving, Thue. ii.
61. In N. T. to cease to feel, whether
grief, shame, or other passions, to be un-
feeling, esp. without sense of shame, Eph.
iv. 19 .
°"AmarAdocow, f. a&w, to remove
from, trans. foll. by +i, dao twos, Class.
and “sept.i ;Elenee, im. Nj) aide
aTwathdooomuat, to remove oneself from, to
depart, leave, with dio, Acts xix. 12.
Sept. and Class. 2) pass. by impl. to be
set free, or dismissed, Lu. xii. 58, emnd-
AdxGar dro avtou, to be let go, i.e. by
some private adjustment of the demand ;
metaph. to berate from; Heb. 11. 15, in
act. to free from fear; so the Class. use
the phrase, amradhayyvat vooov, and am.
dO OovAocvvNS.
°"AmarXoT pow, f. wow, to estrange,
alienate ; pass. to be estranged, or alzenated,
from any one, either foll. by gen. Eph. i1.
12. iv. 18, or absol. Col. i. 21. Sept., Jos.,
Pol., and Diod. Sic.
‘AmaXos, 7, ov, adj. prop. yielding to
the touch, but gener. soft, tender, said of
the young shoot of a tree, Matt. xxiv. 32.
ME. xiii. 28. So Lev. ii. 14, Aq. aarada
AaXava.
"Amwauvtdw,f. how or joopat, prop.
to meet from opposite directions, to fall im
with, meet with, foll. by dat. Matt. xxviii.
9. Mk. v. 2. John iv. 51, al. Sept. and
Class. Said of a hostile rencounter, Lu.
xiv. 3l. also in Jud. viii. 21. 2 Sam. i. 15.
°"AmavrTycts, ews, 7, (a7avtTaw,) «
meeting or rencounter, Sept. often and lat.
Class. In N. T. occ. only in the phrase
els atravTno, put by Heb. for the infin.
atravtav, to meet with, foll. by gen. Matt.
xxve i): 6) kobe tven17 3 by rdarsyeActs
xxviii. 15.
"“Aqwaé, adv. 1) prop. once, 2 Cor. xi.
25. Heb. ix. 7, al. Sept. & Class. So
admae Kat dis, once and again, i. e. several
times, Phil. iv. 16. 1 Th. ii. 18, & Sept.
2) metaph. once for all, Heb. vi. 4. ix. 27.
x. 2. Joseph. & Sept.
C 4
A IIA
"AtapaBaTos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, ra-
paPBatvw,) used in later Class. either act.
not passing over, or transgressing a law,
Joseph. Ant. xviii. 8, 2; or pass. not vio-
lated, i. e. inviolate, as said of alaw. In
N. T. said of Christ’s priesthood, Heb. vii.
24, as being not transeent, or passing to a
successor, but perpetual.
"AwapackevacTos, ov, 6, 1, adj.
(a, wapackevaGw,) unprepared, 2 Cor.
ix. 4, & Class.
"Amapvéouar, f. oouat, depon.
(though the first fut. pass. amapvnO7-
go“at occ. ina pass. sense, Lu. xii. 9.)
prop. to deny, foll. by infin. Lu. xxii. 34,
Tol i] TOs aTApVIACY pat) Eloevat pe. He-
rod. vill. 69. Hence metaph. of persons, to
disown. 1) as said of Christ and his reli-
gion, Matt. xxvi. 34, 35, 75. Mk. xiv. 30.
John xiii. 38, al. ; 2) of persons disowned
by Christ, Lu. xii. 9. Sept. & Class. 3) foll.
by eautov, to deny and renounce self, all
personal interests of one’s own, Matt. xvi.
24. Mk. viii. 34. Lu. ix. 23.
"Aqap7i,sometimes printed dr’ dort,
adv. of time, from this time, 1) henceforth,
hereafter, Matt. xxiii. 39. John i. 52. 2)
nearly equiv. to geTz, but stronger, at this
very tyme, even now, John xiii. 19. xiv. 7,
Rey. xiv. 13. Aristoph. Plut. 388.
"AmapTicmos, ov, 6, (édtapTti~w, to
complete,) completion, Lu. xiv. 28, awpds
ataotiopov, for completion, i.e. of the
building. Dion. Hal.
°"Awaoxt, ns, 1, (adtwapyouar, to
offer first-fruits in sacrifice, 2 Chron. xxx.
24.) prop. an offering of first-fruits ; then
an offering gener. InN. T. prop. the first-
Fruits of any thing, which were usually
consecrated to God ; and hence, I. as said
of things, the first part, or earnest of any
thing, Rom. xi. 16, awapyy scil. muvoea-
faatos, meaning, ‘ the first portion, taken
out of the mass, said metaph. of the
Jewish Patriarchs. In Rom. viii. 23, tiv
atwaoyxiy tou Wvevuatos is used fig., to
denote the first gifts of the Holy Spirit,
considered as the earnest and pledge of
still higher gifts hereafter.—II. of per-
sons, first mm time, as to any thing, i.e.
the first of whom any thing may be pre-
dicated, a firstling, Rom. xvi. 5, 0s éotuv
awaoxn tTHS’Acias sis Xptorov, ‘ the
first who embraced the Gospel.’ 1 Cor. xv.
20,23, (of Christ,) dmaoyi) TeV KEKot-
anuevwy, ‘the first who had arisen from
the .dead.”. 1 Cor. xvi. 15: Ja. i. 18, aq.
TOV AVTOU KTLONATWD.
"“Aqas, acu, av, adj. (a&ua, qas,)
nearly the same as was, but stronger in
sense, the whole, every, all together, Matt.
sive vod. Mi k.tiocwi., LO.8c OFt,
o2
RE
ATLE
Eph. v. 6. 1 Tim. ii. 14. Ja. i. 26. Sept.
and Class.
"Awan, ns, 1, (amratdw,) deception,
deceit, said both of persons, a making false-
hood pass for truth, 2 Pet. ii. 13, and, as
mostly in Class., of any thing deceptive or
seductive ; and so Matt. xiii. 22. Mk. iv.
19. Col. 11.8. Heb. ii, Ve Bip age
? Q , -~ ’ / , ,
emiUuulas THs atwaTys, for dwaTtn\ias.
"Amatwo, ovos, 6, adj. (a, warijo,)
without father, prop. one who has lost his
Sather, but in N. T. ‘one whose father is
not reckoned in the genealogies,’ Heb. vii.
3. See, however, my note.
"Amwatyaoua, atos, TO, (a0, ayn,
splendour,) lit. of shining, prop. the light
refiected from any lucid body, any reflected
brightness ; but in Heb.i. 3, aa. ths O0ENs
Tov Qezou, (as said of Christ,) fig. for ‘in
whom the Divine majesty is conspicuous,
the effulgence of His glory,’ implying his
Divine nature. The term is equiv. to
eixwy in Col. i. 15.
’Awetooy, (aor. 2. subj. awidw,) used
as aor. of apoodw, which see, prop. to
look off from one object, and by impl.
upon another, foll. by mods or eis, and -
metaph. to look at, or regard with attention.
Also in N. T. from the adjunct, to per-
ceive and know any thing fully, after due
consideration, Phil. ii. 23, ws av amicw
Ta Teol éué. So Jon. iv. 5, Ews ov am-
ion TL éoTat TH WCAEL.
"Ameidera, as, 4, (dwerOis,) prop. @
resistance to persuasion by contumacy. In
N. T. said of the want of the obedience of
faith, by unbelief, Rom. xi. 30, 32. Eph.
ili. 2. v. 6. Heb: tv. 6,112 Cola, ates:
Ant. iii. 15, 2. & Fathers. It is a stronger
term than amictia, denoting obstinacy of
anbelzef. :
"AmetOéw, f. now, (a7ecbrjs,) prop.
not to suffer oneself to be persuaded, to
refuse belief, to disbelteve, or be disobedient.
In N. T. it is used 1) absol. of unbelzevers
in’ Christ,” Acts: xiv.” 2. mate one et
Rom, xv. 31. 1 Pet. it. 7; aad an iiese
who are disobedient to God, Heb. ii. 18.
I Pet. it. 20. Rom. xii ST) x2 seme
Joseph. 2) foll. by dat. of pers. or thing,
e. or. TH Yiw, Johniii. 36. rw Gew, Rom.
xi. 30. TH é\nOeia, Rom. ii. 8. Tw AOyw,
] Pet. ii. 8. tw evayyedriow, 1 Pet. iv. 17.
"Awe Ons, gos, 6, 7, adj. (a, wei0w,)
unwilling to be persuaded, refusing belief,
and consequently obedience ; absol. Lu.
i. 17. Tit.i. 16. im. 3. foll. by dat. of pers.
or thing, Acts xxvi. 19. Rom. i. 30. 2 Tim.
iii. 2. Sept. and Class.
"Amerréa, f. How, (the etymology is
variously deduced, but with little success,
I suspect it to be the same word with e@z-
"Aratdw, f. tow, to deceive, trans. | eehgw, which prop. means, to hem a, hem,
ATE 38
or drive into a corner, Hdot. ix. 9, and
metaph. to drive into straits. See Hdot. i.
24. ii. 141. viii. 109.) Thence it came to
mean gener. to threaten, i.e. to compel to
do any action, or ¢o desist from any action.
Xen. Symp. iv. 31, odKkéte amretAoumar,
‘deterred by threats.’ The constr. is acc.
of thing, or a verb in infin, and dat. of pers. ;
so Acts iv. 17, amstA\y atettynowpusda
avtots unKkétt XaXetp, where the lit. sense
is, ‘minis deterreamus ne,’ &c. the full
sense, ‘strictly charge them, under me-
nace of punishment, not to speak,’ &c. a
sense of aw. very rare, but of which I
can cite two examples. Joseph. Ant. x.
7, 4,6 O& ameiX\et (ai’Tots) mods Tos
qosuious puyetv. Theocr. Id. xxiv. 16,
atetAnoaca duysiv Bozpos Hoakhja.
In the only other passage where the word
occurs in N. T. it is used absol. in the
sense, to use threatening language, reproach,
1 Pet. ii. 23, waoywv ovK nweider: asin
Demosth. p. 42, ameiter. Udot. iii. 77,
Toto. 7. ameiizeov. Keclus. xix.. 17,
ZXeyfov tov wAnociov cov wow ii at-
EtAnoat.
"Aqetdi), 7s, 1, prop. a threat, Acts iv.
17, 29. ix. 1, and hence, reproach, up-
braidings, Eph. vi. 9, a@viévtes TH at.,
and so aqeAéw, | Pet. ii. 23, and often
in Sept., but see my note.
"Aq etpmi, f. écomat, to be absent, 1 Cor.
v. o. 2 Cor. x. 1, 11, and Class.
"Aqmetqop, aor. 2. fr. obsol. arémw;
which prim. meant, asin Hom. to speak out,
(equiv. to €€eimw,) as in putting forth a
message, but afterwards to speak OFF, i. e.
recall one’s words, and metaph. renounce
any purposed action, and gener. to reject
any proposal, refuse or interdict, forbid
any thing proposed to be done. Thue. v.
23, 32, 43. vi. 89. vii. 60, & oft. in Class.
In N. T. it occurs only in mid. which ht.
means, to speak oneself off from any thing,
i.e. to renounce or disown, and gener. to
have nothing to do with; and is often.
used both as regards persons and things ;
the latter alone occ. in N. T. 2 Cor. iv. 2,
amv. Ta KpuTTA THS aicxuvyns, ‘to have
nothing to do with, renounce the practice
of,’
"AmeipacTos, ov, 6, 7, dj. (a, wet-
pa Cw,) either pass. untried, untempted ; or
act. that has not tried or experienced. In
each of these two senses the word has been
taken by one or other of the Commenta-
tors at Ja. i. 13, 6 Oeds aq. tote Kak@v:
but though the latter is quite agreeable to
the usus loquendi, the former is more
suitable to the context; and in the sense
‘is untempted, there seems implied that
of ‘ is not to be tempted.’
"Aqetpos, ov, 0, 1, adj. (a, mwetpa,)
prop. uxexperrenced, from not having made
ATLE
trial of, and conseq. wuinstructed, ignorant,
Sept., Joseph., and Class. And so the
word is gener. explained at Heb. v. 13.
But I prefer the interpr. ‘unfit for, un-
equal to, unable to comprehend’ the doc-
trines of the Gospel.
"Amexdéxopmat, f. Eouar, depon. lit.
to wait out the time of any one’s absence,
i.e. to wait long for, to awaif or expect
ardently, trans. Rom. viii. 19, 23, 25.
lL Cor. 1.7. Gal. v.35. (Phil? iin 20.° Hen.
I. 2s 6 Petes) iu .
"AdmeKxdvopmat, f. Voouat, depon. mid.
1) prop. to strip off and lay aside, as one’s
clothes; 2) fig. to divest oneself of, and
renounce any habit or practice, Col. iii. 9,
an. Tov Tada.ov avbowmor, i.e. the cor-
rupt nature we derived from our father
Adam. Simil. Hesychius. Philo, p. 59,
Xadetov o\ocXepas éExdvvat Tov av0ow-
qov, ‘ the man,’ i.e. the disposition of man,
also p. 1081, éxdvduevor Ta AuapTHmata,
and Joseph. Ant. xili. 7, 1, a@mexéd. tijy
U7roKolowy, in allusion to actors putting off
the dress and mask of one character, and
assuming that of another. 3) ¢o strip,
i. e. devest of power or authority, Col. 1.
15, am. tas apyas, ‘having despoiled
them of their power; by an allusion to
stripping vanquished foes of their armour.
and arms, and thereby making them
powerless.
"Améxduvols, ews, 4, (aaméKxcvpt,)
prop. a putting off of garments, and metaph.
renunciation or abandonment of habits and
practices, Col. ii. 11, @a. tov cwuatos
THs capKos, * by a renouncing of the sins
to which the body and flesh are prone.’
Comp. Col. ii. 9, darexd. Tov wadatdy
av0pwrov civ Tals woaEEow avToODU.
"AweNavvw, aor. l. amydaca, to
drive off, or away from, Acts xviii. 16.
Sept. and Class.
2A 4 — € bd ,
Aqmehey mos, ov, 0, (amedéyyonuat,
to be confuted,) prop. a beng convicted of
error, and by impl. the disrepute thence
resulting, Acts xix. 27, where eis a@are-
Aeymov edGety is equiv. to ameéyyeo-
Oar, and that parallel to cis ovdév Aoyr-
oOnvat.
"AaeNev0egos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (479,
éXevVepos,) lit. one who has ceased to be
(amo) a slave, and become a freeman, «
Sreedman, 1 Cor, vii. 22, and oft. in Class,
"Ameri w, f. tow, (amo, eArivw,
prop. to hope out, i.e. to have done with
hoping, to be hopeless, lose all hope, to
despair. Sept. and Class. oft. In Lu. vi.
30, OavelCeTe, undévy atredTiCovTes, the
sense is, ‘ expecting nothing in return.”
See my note in loco.
"AgévavTt, adv. (aro, zvavtt,) lit.
Jrom over against, as in Class. opposite to,
C5
AE
over against ; but in Sept. and N. T. 1)
prop. over against, in the presence of, as
said both of persons, Matt. xxi. 2. xxvii.
24, aw. Tov oxNov. Acts iii. 16, & Sept. ;
and things, as places, Matt. xxvii. 61, az.
Tov tadov, and Sept. 2) fig. by Hebr.
as said of what is before the mind, Rom.
ui. 18, aw. Tov 6P0atpov aitay. 3) by
Hebr. over against, in the sense contrary
to, Acts xvil./, aw. T@y dOoypatwv Kai-
oapos, and Sept.
"AqméoavTos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a, wépas,
limit,) unlimited, imterminable, 1 Tim. i.
4, yeveadoyiat at. Sept. and Class.
"Ameptomactws, adv. (a, qwepi-
omTaw, to draw round, i.e. in another di-
rection,) lit. without being pulled in a dif-
Jerent direction ; and met. without distrac-
tion, or solicitude about earthly things,
1 Cor. vii. 35, and Class. The adj. dare-
oia7aoTos often occurs in the sense, ‘un-
distracted by cares or business,’ in Polyb.
and Porphyr.
"Aqmeoitmntos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (a,
TeOLTEMVW,) prop. uncircumcised, Gen.
xvii. 14, et al. in Sept. In N.T. metaph.
Acts vil. 1, aw. TH Kapéia Kal Tots wol,
as said of those who, from carnal éxoo-
Buvotia, turn a deaf ear to all calls to
repentance, Ezek. xliv. 7, 9. Jer. vi. 10,
hence obdurate, perverse.
"Améoyxyomat, f. edevooma, (amo,
zoxouat,) to go away from one place to
another. Hence, I. gener. to depart,
abso]. and prop. of persons, Matt. viii. 21,
et al. or foll. by ao, Mk. v. 17, et al.;
but fig. of things which pass away, cease,
or perish, Mk. i. 42. Lu. v. 13. Rev. ix.
]2. xi. 14. xxi. 1,4. Cant: ii. 11.—IL. spec.
to go away to a place, to set off thither, &c.
used 1) prop. and foll. by prepositions or
adverbs of motion, Matt. ii. 22. viii. 19,
et al. and Class. 2) metaph. of things,
which go forth, or are spread abroad, as a
report, Matt. iv. 24, including the idea of
arrival at, as well as travelling towards,
im, xxiii.405. , Gen. xin... 2V.— UL. by
Hebr. with case, déaéoy. dmiow Tivos,
to go after, follow, as a disciple, Mk. i. 20.
Lu. xvii. 23. John xii. 19; or as a lover,
Ju. 7.—IV. in the sense to withdraw, go
apart, Matt. xxvi. 36. Acts iv. 15; or turn
back, return, (foll. by eis,) Matt. ix. 7.
Lu. i. 23, al. also Sept. and Class.
"Améxyw, f. apéEw, (ao, zxw,) I. to
hold off from, as ae from aie Fe
Hom. Od. xv. 33; and hence, to avert,
restrain, Hom. and Hdot. InN. T. 1)
mid. améyonuat, to hold back oneself from,
( App. ii. 82, ) i. e. to abstain from, with gen.,
or foll. by dao, Acts xv. 20, 29. 1 Th. iv.
3. v. 22. | Tim. iv. 3. 1 Pet. ii. 11. Sept. |
and Class. 2) intrans. to be distant from,
be absent from, suppl. éavrov, Lu. vii. 6. |
4
ATiO
xv. 20. xxiv. 13. Sept. and Class. Also
fig. said of the heart, Matt. xv. 8. Mk. vii.
6, Woppw améyxe. dw zpuov, ‘has no re-
gard or reverence for me.’—II. lit. to have
out or away, i. e. all that is one’s due, and
then to receive in full, said 1) of persons, to
have, as we say, ‘ for good and all,’ Philem.
15. Gen. xliii, 23. Num. xxx. 19) Jos:
and Class. 2) of things, as reward or
wages, Matt. vi. 2, 5; satisfaction, Lu. vi.
24; or gener, Phil. iv. 18. Hence the
idiom améyet, ‘it is enough,’ equiv. to
ixavov éott, Mk. xiv. 4l.
"Amtotéw, f. ow, (a4mioros,) 1)
gener. to withhold or be devoid of belief, to
doubt, distrust, absol. Acts xxvii. 24. Mk.
xvi. 11. Lu. xxiv. 41. with dat. xxiv. 11.
Sept. and Philo. Hence, 2) spec. to dis-
believe, be unbelieving, without faith in
God or Christ, Mk. xvi. 16. Rom. iii. 3.
Wisd. x. 7, and by impl. ‘to break one’s |
faith to God or Christ, prove false, 2 Tim.
ii. 13.
’"Am.otia, as, 1, (amictos,) want of
faith, or belief, in the doctrines of the
Gospel, Matt. xiii. 58. xvii. 20, & oft.
Sometimes used of wilful disbelief and
apostasy, as Heb. iii. 12,19; at others of -
ignorant unbelief, 1 Tim. i. 13. i. €. a
state of unbelief, before knowing or em-
bracing the Gospel.
*Aq.ioctos, ov, 0,11, adj. (a, WisTos,
credible,) 1) pass. as said of things, zzere-
dible, Acts xxvi. 8. Joseph. and Class.
2) act. as said of persons, withholding be-
lief, incredulous, Matt. xvii. 17. Mk. ix.
19. Lu. ix. 41, al. 2 Cor. iv. 4, of belief
in Christ. Hence by impl. @ heathen, one
who does not believe in and worship the
true God, 1 Cor. vi. 6, & oft.; so with
the idea of zmpiety, Tit.i.15. Farther by
impl. as said of apostates, faithless, false, —
Lu. xii. 46. Rev. xxi. 8.
‘AmN dos, ous, dy, dov, adj. lit. wncom-
plex, also simple, sincere, sound, as said of
the eye, Matt. vi. 22. Lu. xi. 34,
‘AmrXorns, Tos, 7), (amAoos,) ane
simplicity, but mostly used metaph. 1)
gener. sincerity, probity, 2 Cor. i. 12. Eph.
vi. 5. Col. iii. 22. Sept., Jos., and Class..
2) spec. of Christian s¢mplicity, i.e. frank-
ness and fidelity, or as showing itself in
liberality, Rom. xii. 8. 2 Cor. viii. 2. ix.
11, 13. Joseph. Ant. vii. 13, 4.
‘Aawd@s, adv. (azAdos,) lit. semply,
as opposed to doubly. InN. T. wm sem-
plicity or reality, as opposed to duplicity,
Ja. i. 5.
"Aqo, prep. gov. the genit. denoting
the going forth, or proceeding, of one
object FROM another, and used of such
objects as before were on, by, or with
another, but are now separated from and
: ATLO
stand apart from it; either of place, time,
and origin, or source ; its general meaning
being from, away from, of, &c. I. of
PLACE, 1) asimplying motion, from, away
From, both gener. and put after words de-
noting either departure from a place, pers.,
&c. prop. as Matt. viii. 34, & oft. or fig.
as Mk. i. 42, & oft. Also, after words
implying any kind of motion away from a
place or pers.; and sometimes with the
accessory idea of down from, after verbs
of motion, Matt. viii. 1, et al. Also, as
indicating the place whence any thing
comes or proceeds, Acts xii. 20. xv. 33.
1 Th. iii. 6; after verbs of coming or
going off, Matt. ii. 1, et al.; or of order,
succession, €oxYouat aro Tivos, ‘ to begin,’
Matt. xx. 8. 2) implying the separation
or removal of one thing from another, and
put after words that denote this, in what-
ever way, e. gr. after verbs implying sepa-
ration, Matt. xxv. 32. Rom. viii. 35, 39,
and Class.; after verbs of depriving, re-
moving, or taking away, Matt. ix. 15. Lu.
x. 42, or where that idea is implied in the
context, as after verbs of concealing, Matt.
xi. 25. Lu. ix. 45. Sept. and Class. ; after
verbs of demanding, desisting, or restrain-
ing, as amractetv, Lu. vi. 30. éx@nrety, xi.
ol. dpictavar, Acts v.38. adréyecba,
xv. 20. xatamavew, Heb.iv.4. éxédrxeiv,
Rey. vi. 10 ; after verbs of losing, as Ave
and amoX., katapyety; also after verbs of
freeing, purifying, &c. as redeeming ; after
verbs implying fear, caution, &c. 3) in
verbs implying distance of one object from
another, Rev. xii. 14, et al.—II. of Timez,
viz. from any time onwards, since any
time, 1) before a noun, as Matt. ix. 22.
xi. 12. Lu. i.70, et al. 2) before a pron.
as a@ 7s scil. quéoas, ‘since,’ Lu. vii. 45.
2 Pet. iii. 4, or ad’ ov scil. ypdvov,
‘since,’ Lu. xiii. 25. Rev. xvi. 18. Sept.
and Class. 3) before adverbs of time,
with or without tov, as amo tov viv, an’
apTl, ATO TWéEpUGL, ATO TPWL, ATO TOTE.
—Ill. of the orieGin, or souRCcE, of any
thing; where azo marks the secondary,
indirect, mediate origin, while éx denotes
the primary, direct, ultimate source, and
u7ro the immediate efficient agent. 1) said
of the place whence any one is derived,
and where he belongs, with the art. Matt.
xxi. 11. Mk. xv. 43. Acts vi. 9, or with-
out it, Lu. ix. 38. John i. 45, and Class.
2) of the source, i.e. the person or thing
Jrom which any thing proceeds, or is de-
rived, Matt. xxiv. 32, ao THs cuK7s.
2 Tim. i. 3, dzo rpoydvwv, ‘inherited
from my ancestors;’ said of persons from
whom any one hears, learns, or asks any
thing, Matt. xi. 29. Col. i. 7; before the
inciting cause or motive, Matt. xiii. 44, et
al.; or before the secondary efficient cause,
or that which produces or bestows any
35
A ILO
thing, Matt. xii. 38. Gal. i. 1; after verbs
of having or receiving any thing from an-
other, &c. 1 Cor. vi. 19; put after neut.
pass. verbs, to mark the author and source
of the action, but not where the author is
to be conceived of as personally and im-
mediately active, (this latter idea being
expressed by v7o and qaea,) Matt. xvi.
al Acton 22. Jaci 13a. oe sad: lof
the manner or mode in which any thing
is done, &c. e. gr. Matt. xviii. 35, to
forgive amo Tay Kapdi@v bua@y, Lu. xiv.
18, & Class. 4) said of the enstrument, or
instrumental source, from, by means of,
with, Lu. viii. 3. xv. 16. Rev. xviii. 15, &
Class. 5) of the material, i. e. from, of,
Matt. iil.4, 2vduua ato TpLy@v KkapyXou,
& Class. 6) said of dependence from or on
any person or thing, i.e. attachment to or
connexion with any one, Acts xii. 1. xv.
5, and Class. 7) implying a part in rela-
tion to the whole, a part from a whole, in
the sense, from, of; so after éc0iw and
qivw, or other verbs where an acc. would
imply the whole, Mk. vi. 43, et al.; said
of a class or number of persons, from
which any one is selected, and of which he
forms a part, Matt. xxvii. 9. Lu. xvi. 30.
Heb. vii. 2, and Class. In composition,
avo implies, 1) separation, from, off, as
aToNUw, atoTtéenvw. 2) removal, away,
as aTroBahAw, ad7ayw. 3) abatement or
cessation, as awadyéw. 4) completion,
wm full, as améxw, &toOvickw. 5) in-
tens. as In amolauualw, amoTto\uaw.
6) restitution, requital, as dmodidwpt.
7) like a priv. it removes the force of the
simple word, as a@modokipa lw, a@oKe-
AUT TW. .
"AmoBaiva, f. Bicouar, aor. 2. ez-
éBnv. 1) prop. to go away, depart from,
any place, gener.; but often to descend
Jrom, as from horseback to the ground, or
from a vessel to land, to disembark, Lu. v.
2. John xxi. 9, and Class. 2) metaph.
to turn out, result, happen, like Lat.
evenire, foll. by dat. of pers. and some-
times acc. of thing preceded by eis, de-
noting the end of action, as Artemid. iii.
67, eis Kakov awéCyoav yxpicTa pea-
vetoar éXqides. So we may account for
the expression in Phil. i. 19, tovvé pot
avwoByceta eis cwTNpLav, With which
comp. Job xiii. 16, Alex. kal TouToé por
awoPicetar eis cwrnpiav.
"AmoPBarro, f. Badr, aor. 2. at-
éCBadov. I. prop. to cast away any thing
as arms or utensils; also; to cast off a gar-
ment, Mk-x.: 50:18. 13:30. ASL Oy SE
xil. 38.—II. metaph. to lay aside, aban-
don, at. Tiv Tappynoiav vuwv, Heb. x.
39. Philo, Joseph. and Class.
"AmoBXémrw, f. ww, I. prop. to look
off (do) from any thing, and towards
C6
A ILO 36 ATI O
(ets) another, Polyb. vi. 50, 3.—II. fo | deixvuvta éavtov Ott éoti Ozeos, where
regard, have respect to, rationem habere, | the action is put for the endeavour.
= 6) , \ , ; pi
le xi. 26, aw. sis tip uroGamodociay, "AmoderEts, ews, 1, (amrodeixvupt,)
iad regard to the reward he hoped for. manifestation, proof, | Cor. ii. 4, & Class.
So Philo p. 852, sis to Tov Osov péyelos
; ; "Adodexatow, f. wow, 1) to take
awoBNeTwv.
tithes of any one, Heb. vii. 5. Sept. in 1
Sam. vill. 15,17. 2) to pay or give tithes
of, Matt. xxiii. 23. - Lu. xi.42.) xvi: 125,
and Sept.
‘AmwoBXAnros, ov, 6, 1, adj. (aro-
BadXw,) prop. what ts fit to he cast away
or rejected, despicable, so oft. in Class.
In Sept. it is often used of what is abo-
minable, as being interdicted by the Mosaic
law, Hos. ix. 3. Andso 1 Tim. iv. 4, wav
KTiopa Oeou Kadov, Kat ovdév at. Lu-
cian Tim. § 37, oto. awdBAyTa ésict
0woa Ta Tapa Tou Atos.
‘AqmoBoXt, 4s, 9, (a@moBadw,) 1)
prop. @ casting off or away, as of arms, or
articles of dress. 2) the loss (jactura) of
any goods, or the deprivation of persons
dear to us, as children, Joseph. Ant. iv. 8,
46, et al. or of life itself, as Acts xxvii.
22, droBodh Wuyjs ovdeuia. 3) metaph.
rejection, as opp. to reception into favour.
"AmodeKkTos, ov, 0, 1, adj. (amodé-
xouat,) 1) of persons, admisszble, worthy
of admission or approbation, Plut. x. 380.
2) of things, acceptable, worthy of appro-
bation or praise, 1 Tim. ii. 3. v. 4.
"Amodéxomat, f. d&Eouat, mid. de-
pon. prop. to take from another, and to
oneself; and gener. to receive, admit, trans.
in N. T. used in various shades of sense.
| I. said of persons, to receive any one kindly,
i.e. as a friend or guest, to bed welcome,
Lu. viii. 40. Acts xv. 4. xviii. 27. xxviii. -
30, and so Class. oft.—II. of things, me-
taph. 1) to accept, applaud an action,
Acts xxiv. 3, amodeyoue0a sc. TOUTO: SO
Joseph. Ant. vi. 4, 4, a@ar. to gpyov. 2)
to admit, embrace, as said of a doctrine,
Acts ii. 41. Joseph. Ant. ix. 8, 5. Pol. 11.
‘Amoyivomat, aor. 2. areyevouny,
prop. to be absent from a place where any
thing has happened; also, to be removed
or to remove oneself from, to depurt. | 39 5,
Hence, in a fig. sense, to depart from life, ‘Acro con f aete locos eanelel
to die, as Thue. ii. 34, 51, and often in on. Class: ¥o. Beweboene eee nainanics
Class. Hence, “in N. T. metaph. foll. by | P™OP: 28 Ck ee sie aes
>. ah en 9 i try. 2) in N. T. to go
dat. to die to any thing, to renounce it, | 0" ECP? OF COumny: ee J
1 P Od y ORCS Fite , | abroad, travel in foreign countries, Matt.
C ee R, ”, ride TEES CMAOTIGIS. | xxi, 33. xxv. 14) eb ale dios Haney eee
Mae earn o. Xen. Cyr. viii. 5. I.
‘Aroyoady, js, 1, (awoyeada, to
write off, enter in writing,) az enrolment,
or regzster, as of citizens, their names, pro-
perty, &c. for the purpose of taxation, &c.
Lu. ii. 2. Acts v. 37. The former passage is
supposed to refer to an enumeration of| ‘Amodidwypt, (f. dwow, aor. 1. awé-
persons, and the latter to @ census, i.e. | Owxa, aor. 2. awédwv, opt. amocwrv.)
of persons and property. I. to give away from one’s self, i. e. to de-—
liver over, give up, bestow, trans. or absol.
Teed ite
off or out, and hence, to enrol, or tnxscribe =| gener. Matt. =vil OG, Sea
Bie SSL Neer Re >| owmua. 2 Tim. iv. 8 Sept. and Class. ;
as ina register, Hdot. vii. 100. Pol. xxx.
10, 7, and Heb. xii. 23, where Christians metaph. of euidese a ae
: Fr ee hls Orddvat AOvyov, ‘to give account, render
are said to be amoyeypaupévor év ollpa-
a BN Ue ‘ | account,’ Matt. xii. 36. Lu: xvi. 2. Acts
vots, with allusion to the book of life, Ps. xix. 40. Heb. xiii. 17. 1 Pet. iv.. 2)
lxix. 29. The mid. form evoyoadonat,
‘ to enrol oneself, occurs in Lu. ii. 1, 3, 5,
and sometimes in Class.
"Aqodnpmos, ov, 0, 1, adj. (azo,
Ojos, people,) absent from home, abroad
in foreign countries, Mk. xiii. 34. Arte-
mid. ii. 8.
"Amoypagpw, f. Ww, prop. to write
said in reference to obligation of any kind,
to give in full, to render, pay over or off,
e. gr. wages, Matt. xx. 8. Sept. & Class. ;
‘Aqodsixvumt, f. defEw, I. prop. to | of rent, tribute, expenses, Matt. xxi. 41.
poimt out any person or thing to notice; | xxii. 21. Lu. x. 35. Sept. & Class.; of
hence, to potnt out any one as fit for any | vows or oaths, Matt. v. 33; of duties in
office, to nominate; also by impl. to ap-| general, 1 Cor. vii. 3. 3) said of trees,
point, as often in Class. So in 1 Cor. iv. | fruits, &c. fo yield, Rey. xxii. 2; metaph.
9,0 Osos nuas Tovs dtrocToNous zox. | Heb. xii. 11. 4) mid. fo deliver over for
aqwece.€ev, * effecit, constituit.—II. met. | one’s self, i. e. to dispose of by sale, to sell,
to point out, or show, any thing to be so or | trans. Acts v. 8. vii. 9. Heb. xii. 16.
so, to prove, as often in Class. So Acts | Sept., Jos., Philo, and Class.—II. Zo give
xxv. 7, @ovK ioxvov atodetEac. ii. 22, | back again, restore, trans. or abso]. 1)
amrodedetyuevos Ouvvauect, ‘proved to be | gener. Lu. iv. 20. ix. 42; spoken of debts,
the Messiah by miracles.’ 2 Th. ii. 4, azro- | obligations, &c. to repay, refund, Matt. v.
pa
AIIO
26, al. Sept. and Class. 2) spec. in the
sense of to render back, requite, retaliate,
either good or evil, Matt. vi. 4, al. oft. &
Sept. Eur. Med. 130.
"Adodtooifa, f. iow, (amo, diopiw,
to bound,) prop. of things, to set or divide
off, any thing by bounds, from something
else. In N. T. of persons, to set oneself
off, separate oneself from another, Ju. 19,
OUTOE éiow of aTrodLopiCovTeES EauToOUs.
*"AmodoKkimatw, f. dow, (ato, doxt-
uaCw, to approve of,) to disapprove of,
reject, trans. whether things, Matt. xxi.
42. Mk. xii. 10. Ln. xx. 17; or persons,
Mk. viii. 31. Lu. ix. 22. xvii. 25.
"Adodoxi}, 7s, 1, (amodéyoua:, to
receive, admit, approve,) prop. reception,
admission, as said of a guest or friend ; and
metaph. approbation or praise, | Tim. i.
15. iv. 9. Joseph. and Class.
*"AmoGeots, ews, 7, (admoTidnmt,)
prop. @ putting off, laying aside, as of clothes
or arms; and metaph. @ putting off of the
tabernacle of the body by death, 2 Pet.
i. 14, aq. tov cxnvwpatos pov, where
- (as in 2 Cor. v. 2, To oixntijp.ov—étev-
dvoacUar) there is a double allusion ; viz.
to the body, as a garment fo, and a taber-
nacle or habitation of, thesoul. In 1 Pet.
lil. 21, caoKos d7O8scts puTov, there is an
allusion to the getting rid of vicious habits
which defile the soul, (Matt. xv. 18,) the
temple of God, (i Cor. iii. 17,) with refe-
rence to the true spiritual baptism, that of
the soul, by the being washed from our
sins in the blood of Jesus: the same
double allusion exists at Heb. x. 22.
“Amobyxn, ns, 7, (émoribnpt,) lit.
a@ place where articles of every kind are
laid wp, whether arms, or treasure, or, as
in N. T. grain; a barn or granary, Matt.
eee oe. xi 30. Liu. iii, 17. xii.
18, 24.
‘Amolncavpilw, f. icw, prop. to
treasure up, lay by. In N. T. fig. 1 Tim.
vi. 19. Lucian Lap. § 15.
‘AwoGXt' Bw, f. Www, (azo intens.
OAiBw,) to press or crowd from (amo)
every side, Lu. viil. 45.
‘"AqobunoKkw, (f. Savotmat, aor. 2.
améQavov,) to die, intrans. lit. tc die off,
]) said prop. and phys. of the death of
animate creatures, esp. men, whether ¢o
die, Matt. ix. 24. Mk. v. 35, & oft.; or
te be put to death, Matt. xxvi. 35. Acts
xxi. 13. Rom. v. 6. Heb. xi. 37. Rev. viii.
9; of animals, io perish, Matt. viii. 32.
Rev. xvi. 3; of trees or vegetables, John
xii, 24. 1 Cor. xv. 36; metaph. Ju. 12.
In an inchoative sense, to be dying, i. e.
near to death, 1 Cor. xv. 3]. 2 Cor. vi. 9;
to be sulyect to death, Rom. v. 15. 1 Cor.
37
AITO
xv. 22. Heb. vii. 8.—II. metaph. of spz-
ritual and eternal death, the perishing of
the soul, involved in exclusion from the
Messiah’s kingdom, and including eternal
punishment for sin; equiv. to ‘the second
death, (Rev. xx. 14.) John vi. 50. viii. 21,
24, xi. 26. Rom. vii. 10. viii. 13. Also
said of the eatinction of faith, works, &c.
by their ceasing to exist, Rev. ili. 2, azro-
OyijcKkev TLvl, OY amo Tivos, ‘to die to or
from’ any thing, to renounce, forsake its
use or practice. Col. ii. 20, amo tav
oTolyeiwy Tov Kodopov. Gal, ii. 19, vo-
aw. Rom. vi. 2, t7 aduaptia, and Col.
lil. 3, Tots emi THS ys, ‘ earthly things.’
"Amokxabicotnpm., f. Katactiow, to
bring back into a former state, replace, re-
store, and by impl. to amend, said 1) as
regards persons, of restoration to health
from sickness, (see Foésii Gicon. Hipp.
in v.) Matt. xi. 13. Mk. iii. 5. vill. 25.
Lu. vi. 10. Sept. and Class. 2) of resto-
ration to liberty, home, or country, &e.
from prison, Heb. xiii. 19. Sept. & Class.
2) as regards things, (a kingdom or govern-
ment,) to re-establish, or restore, what has
been abrogated, or disarranged, Diod. Sic.
xx.io2.- Pol iv. 25. 7.. in, No. said oe
the Jewish kingdom, or government, which
the Messiah was expected to restore and
enlarge, Matt. xvii. 11. Mk. ix. 12. Acts
i.6. So Pol. ix. 30, to wavtpiov aor.
jo\itevua, implying some improvement
thereon.
"Amoxadtamta, f. Ww, prop. to un-
cover, unveil, Sept. & Class. : also metaph.
to reveal, disclose, what was secret, or un-
known, trans. Class. Sept. and N. T.
where it is used, JI. gener. Matt. x. 26.
Luke xii. 2; espec. of things which be-
come known by their effects, Lu. ii. 35.
John. xi. ‘oo: ° Rom. 1. 7. Tac ving sta:
1 Pet. i. 5. v. 1; also of things tried and
proved, and thus made known, | Cor. iii.
13, év wupl adtroxahtmterar. Gal. iii. 23.
—II. said of things revealed, 1) from
God to man, and made known by the
Holy Spirit, Matt. xi. 25. Lu. x. 21. 1 Cor.
i. 10. Eph. 1.5: Plain, los 2) pon.
things revealed from God through Christ,
Matt. xi. 27. Lu. x. 22.—III. said of per-
sons, in the pass. fo be revealed, i.e. to
appear, Lu. xvii. 30, cf Christ’s appearing
from heaven; of Antichrist, 2 Th. 11. 3, 6,
8. Sept. in 1 Sam. iii. 21. 2 Ksdr. xiii. 32.
"Amokaduwis, ews, 7, prop. the un-
covering of any thing that was covered up;
but mostly metaph. the disclosure of any
thing secret or unknown. InN. T. it is
used, 1) of the removal of the veil of
ignorance, by the communication of know-
ledge, instruction, &c. Lu. ii. 32. 2) in
the sense manifestation, Rom. il. 5, nuéoa
amokahvWews, ‘when it will be made
A ILO
known,’ Rom. viii. 19. So of that which
before was concealed, as the Divine mys-
teries, purposes, doctrines, &c. Rom. xvi.
25. 1 Cor. xiv. 6, 26; of revelations from
God or Christ, 2 Cor. xii. 1, 7. Gal. i. 12.
ii. 2. Eph. iii. 3. 3) appearance, said of
Christ’s appearance from heaven, 2 Th. i.
(out Corse fel Pet asd. dove de.
"Atmokapacokta, as, 1, (atoKapa-
dokew, fr. atrd, Kapa, OoKéw, to look for,
prop. to look at any thing, with the head
bent forward, and, of course, attentively,
and hence, to await or expect anxiously, )
prop. thrusting forward the head; and
metaph. earnest expectation, Rom. viii. 19.
Phil. i. 20.
"AmoxatadXaoow, f. Ew, (ae,
kata, aX\iaoow, to change,) lit. to change
or alter a person from one state of feeling,
or disposition, to another, e. gr. from
enmity to friendship, to reconcile him to
another, Eph. ii. 16. Col. i. 20, sq.
"Amokatadctacts, ews, 1, (ato-
KaQiornpe,) restoration to a former [and
better] state; prop. said of the restoration
of a city or state, Joseph. Ant. xi. 3, 8.
Pol. iv. 23, 1, and metaph. of the restitu-
tion of all things in the Messiah’s king-
dom, Acts iii. 21.
"AqmoKxetpat, f. eicouat, (amo, Ket-
pat,) 1) prop. to be laid up, for future
use, Lu. xix. 20. Sept. and Class. 2)
metaph. to be laid up in store for, reserved
Jor, to await any one, as rewards, or the
hope thereof, Col. i. 5. 2 Tim. iv. 8. Jos.
and Class. ; of death, ix. 27. D. Hal. v. 8.
"AtmoKkepariCw, f. icw, (amo, Ke-
@ari;,) to take off the head, behead, trans.
Nac. save TO Milka 26,27.) lu at 9;
Sept. and later Class.
"AqmokiXstw, f. stow, to shut to, as TH
Svpav, Lu. xiii. 25. Sept. and Class.
"AmoKxotTw, f. Ww, to cut off, am-
putate, trans. Mk. ix. 43, 45. John xviii.
10, 26. Acts xxvii. 32. Sept. and Class.
On the sense in the obscure expr. Gal. v.
12, OpeXov atroxoWovTat, see my note.
°"AmoKotipa, atos, TO, (amoKxpivouat,)
an answer, also a judicial response or sen-
tence. Soin Class. In N. T. 70 atroKker-
fLa Tov Javarou, 2 Cor. i. 9, fig. denotes
utter despair of life.
"Aqokxptvopat, rid. form fr. act.
atroxoivw, to sift off, winnow out, separate.
Hence 1) to judge off; and in mid. to yudge
of for oneself, i.e. in reply to a question,
to answer, whether to a simple question,
Matt. xi. 4, et al. oft., or to a judicial
interrogation, Matt. xxvi.62. xxvii. 14. Mk.
xiv. 61, or to an implied question in an en-
treaty or proposal, Matt. iv. 4, & oft. or
to an accusation, by denial, Matt. i. 15,
et al. oft. 2) by Hebr., fo proceed to
08
Allo
speak, either in continuation of a previ-
ously commenced discourse, to continue
discourse, Matt. xi. 25. xii. 38, & Sept. ;
or in commencement thereof, to begin to
speak, and occasionally with reference to
something that has been said. So aaro-
Ko.eis cite or atrexpiOn Kai eime, Matt.
xvii. 4, et al. oft. and Sept.
"AmoKptcts, ews, 7, (atoxpivopat,)
an answer, Lu. ii. 47. xx. 26. John i.
22. xix. 9. Sept. and Class.
"Amoxptata, f. rw, (amo, off or
away, Kov@Tw,) 1) prop. to conceal any
pers. or thing owt of sight, Matt. xxv. 18,
TO apyvo.ov. 2) metaph. to conceal from
any one’s knowledge, foll. by amo with
gen. of pers. Matt. xi. 25. Lu. x. 21.
1 Cor. ii. 7. Eph. iii. 9. Col. i. 26. Sept.
and Class.
"Aadxpugos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (dézo-
Kpv7Tw,) prop. hidden away from sight.
In N. T. metaph. 1) concealed from
knowledge, Mk. iv. 22. Lu. viii. 17. Sept.
and Class. 2) by impl. laid up m store,
Col. ii. 3, and Sept.
"Aqontetvya, f. eva, to kill off, put to
death, 1)in a physical sense, Matt. xiv.
5. xvi. 21, & oft. al. Sept. and Class.
2) in a moral sense, to kill eternally, occa-
sion the death of the soul by eternal
punishment in hell, Matt. x. 28. Rom.
vii. 11. 2 Cor. iii. 6. 3) metaph. of things,
to ae abolish, aw. tiv €x8oav, Eph.
ii. 16.
"Amoxviw, f. now, (azo, off, and
Kuéw, to be pregnant,) lit. to finish being
pregnant with, and, from the adjunct, zo
bring forth, metaph. Ja. i. 15, 18, where
see my note.
>A coxuALlvéw, or -iw, f. tow, to roll
from or away, trans. Matt. xxviii. 2. Mk. -
xvi. 3,4. Lu. xxiv. 2. Sept., Jos., and
Class.
"AqodauBave, f. Anpouat, aor. 2.
dméhaBov, to take or obtain from any one,
i.e. I. to receive, and hence, as said of
things, to obtain, Lu. xvi. 25, amedaBes
Ta dyabd cov. Gal. iv. 5, am. rip viobe-
ciav : also to receive from any one some-
thing due, as debts, Lu. vi. 84. xv. 27, et
Class. ; or merited in requital, Lu. xvii.
30. xxiii. 41. Rom. i. 27. Col. iii. 24.
2 John 8, and Class.——II. in mid. and said
of persons, to take to oneself from another
person or place, to take aside with oneself,
Mk. vii. 33, awokaBouevos avtTov aro
tov dydov Kat’ idiav. So 2 Mace. vi.
21, dtrohaBovtes avtov Kat’ idiay Tap-
ex@Xovv, and so Jos. and the later Class.
In 3 John 8, dod. signifies “to receive
any one as a guest,’ for vTodexeoOat.
"AroXaucis, ews, 1, (a7roXabw,) en-
joyment, i.e. 1) the act of enjoying, ] Tim.
AITO
vi. 17, eis améXavow, ‘for enjoyment,’
i. e. to enjoy, Jos. Ant. ii. 4, 4, and Class.
2) the source of enjoyment, in the pleasure
or profit of the thing, Heb. xi. 25, guao-
vias at. Sept., Jos., and Class.
"AqwoXseinw, f. vw, gener. fo leave away
From oneself, I. to leave any one behind,
2 Tim. iv. 13, 20. Jos. and Class. Pass.
to be left behind, remain, Exod. xiv. 28.
Met. evodcimerat, ‘there remains,’ Heb.
iv. 6,9. x. 26. Wisd. xiv. 6, and Class.—
Il. to forsake, renounce, Jude 6, am. To
idtov oikntyo.tov. Sept. and Class.
"Amoksixa, f. ci—w, to lick, lick o
or clean, belick. Lu. xvi. 21, ot Kives atré-
Astyov Ta EAKN aUTOU.
"AqwodAv me, (f. aroXéow, perf. a7ro-
_ A@Xexa, perf. 2. aro\wXa, mid. f. azo-
Aovmat, aor. 2. awAdunp,) lit. to destroy
or perish off. I. act. form, 1) to destroy,
cause to perish, used both of things, | Cor.
i. 19, and Class. and persons; and said
both of physical death, Matt. ii. 13. xii.
14. xxi. 4J, & oft. Sept. and Class., and
of moral or spiritual, involved in everlast-
ing exclusion from the Messiah’s kingdom,
together with positive punishments eternal
in their duration, (see on v. avo0vijicKw,)
Maree, 20. Mi. i. 24. Lu. iv. 54. ix.
25, 56. Rom. xiv. 15. 2) to lose, be de-
prived. of any thing, as an article of pro-
perty, reward, or one’s life, Matt. x. 42.
Mk. ix. 41, & oft.—II. mid. and pass.
forms d7o\Xvpat, 2 perf. dmohwda, 1)
to be destroyed, to perish, 1) said of things,
Matt. v.29, seq. ot doxoi atroX. Matt. ix.
17. Mk. ii. 22, et al. 2) of persons, both
of physical death, Matt. viii. 25. xvii. 14,
& oft. Class.; and of moral and spiritual
death, to perish eternally, be deprived of
eternal life, Lu. xiii. 3. John ‘iii. 15, sq.
x. 28. xvii. 12. Rom. ii. 12. 1 Cor. viii.
Piepxe 16,-2 Pet. wi. 9. Also said of
things, to be lost, as strayed sheep, Lu. xv.
4,6, or to come to nought, as Seif, Lu.
xxi. 18; or of persons, Lu. xv. 24; also
metaph. Matt. x. 6. xv. 24. xviii. 11. Lu.
xix. 10, and Sept.
"AqmoXoyéopmat, f. noopat, dep. mid.
lit. to speak oneself off of any charge, i. e.
to plead for oneself before a tribunal, or
simply in justification of any thing; used
either absol. Lu. xxi. 14. Acts xxv. 8.
Rom. ii. 15, or foll. by dat. of pers. to or
agaist whom, Acts xix. 33, or éai with
gen. Acts xxvi. 2, or with an accus. of
manner, ti, Lu. xii. 11, al.
"AgoXoytia, as, 7, (amohoyéopuat,) a
defence before a tribunal or elsewhere,
Acts xxii. 1. 2 Tim. iv. 16, al. So of de-
fence gener. 2 Cor. vii. 11. Phil.i.17, rou
evayyeXiov. | Cor. ix. 3, et al.
"Amohotw, f. ovow, trans. 1) prop.
to wash off dirt from any person or thing,
39
A ILO
(constr. Tuva T1,) mid. amoAovopmat, to
wash oneself clean. 2) met. to cleanse any
one from the moral pollution of vice or
sin, and, as used of things, in mid. to re-
nounce the sins in their guilt and punish-
ment, Acts xxii. 16, dar. Tas duapTias,
and absol. 1 Cor. vi. 11, avreXovcacte, ‘ye
have washed yourselves clean from sin,’
Sept. and Philo, p. 1051, ta xataputrai-
vovta Thy Wuxi ato\ovcacba.
"AmoXvTowats, ews, 4, (aoXu-
Tpow,) gener. redemption of a captive or
slave by payment of his Avtpov, or ran-
som. So often in Class. InN. T. it is
used I. fig. of delzverance from the penalty
and also the power of sin, Rom. vi. 14, on
account of the ransom paid by Christ of
his own life. Comp. Matt. xx. 28. Rom.
iii. 24. Eph. i.7, 14. Col. i. 14. Hebr. ix.
15.—II. by meton. to denote the author
of the deliverance, the Redeemer, | Cor.
i. 30.—III. said of deliverance simply, the
idea of ransom being dropped, ex. gr. from
calamities and death, Lu. xxi. 28. Heb.
xi. 35; of the soul from the body as its
prison, Rom. viii. 23. Eph. iv. 30.
"Ado Xv'w, f. vow, to unbind, let loose,
release from, trans. and foll. by gen. of
person or thing, prop. Hom. Od. xxi. 46,
et al. in Class. In N. T. metaph. 1) to
release from bonds or imprisonment, Matt.
xvi. 27. Mk. xv. 6. Lu. xxii. 68, et al:
oft.; to release from disease, which was,
like death, considered as a bond, Lu. xiii.
12, dtrodédXvcat THs aoOevetas cov, and
16, jv gonoev 6 S., ovK FdEt AvOHVaL;
comp. Acts ii.24. 2) to let go, send away,
dismiss, Matt. xiv. 15. xv. 32, et al. oft.
and Ciass. So mid. amodvouat, to send
oneself away, take oneself off, go away,
Acts xv. 33. xxviii. 25. Sept. and Class. ;
to dismiss from life, to let die, Lu. ii. 29.
Sept., Apocr., Adlian, Diod. Sic., and the
heathen Philosophers, as Porphyry, Marc.
Anton. Indeed the word signif. prop. to let
go from any place, or fig. from any state
which implies restraint, to any other place,
as home, or state, as freedom instead of
bondage ; and sometimes it is employed
metaph., and by euphem., of death, either
with the addition of Tov cwuatos, Tov
Guv, as gener. in the Class. writers, or
without them, as here and elsewhere in
the Scriptures. In short, the term was
used partly of liberation from confinement,
and partly of release from disease, or
labours and anxieties, not only by the
being eased of pain and troubles, but by
removal from them by death. 3) to dis-
miss, as said of a husband divorcing a wife,
Matt. i. 19. v. 31. xix. 3, or a wife a hus-
band, Mk. x. 12, and Class.
"Amwouadoow, f. Ew, to wipe off or
away, act. as tears from the eyes, Pol. xv.
AO
26,3; mid. to wipe off from oneself, as
dust, Lu. x. LI.
"Aqwovéepmw, f. uw, prop. to apportion
off, divide out, assign to,as in Sept. and
Class. In N. T. to allot, bestow, assign,
d Pet. ili. 7, aa. tTiuyjv. Jos. Ant. i. 7, 1.
’"Arovitta, f. Ww, to wash off, cleanse
by washing, as Homer and Sept. In mid.
atovitTomat, to wash oneself, sometimes
foll. by an acc. noting the part of the body
washed, as Tas xeloas, Matt. xxviii. 24.
"Arowinty, to fall off, intrans., foll.
by azo with gen. Acts ix. 18. Sept. and
Class.
"Aqmomiavaw, f. now, 1) prop. to
cause to wander from, i.e. from the right
road. 2) metaph. to mzslead, seduce from
the truth, deceive, trans. Mk. xiii. 22.
Pass. metaph. to be drawn away, go astray
Srom, swerve from, 1 Tim. vi. 10, am.
ato THS Wiotews. Sept. and Apocr. Pol.
iii. 57, 4. Prop. Xen. Eph. p. 50, 13.
"Aqothéw, f. wrevooua, to sail
away, intrans. Acts xiii. 4. xiv. 20. xx.
15, and Class.
"Amor dv vw, f. vv@, to wash off,
cleanse, trans. said of nets, Lu. v. 2. Sept.
and Class.
"Amomviy», f. Ew, prop. to choke, as
by drowning, Lu. viii. 33. Metaph. said of
plants, to choke, by exclusion of air, Matt.
xiii. 7. Lu. viii. 7, and Class.
"A trooéw, f. how, (&ropos, fr. a, Wo-
pos, way or exit,) Jos. and Class. act.; in
N. T. mid. azropézouat, to be at a loss
which way to go, be without resource, foll.
by weoi with gen. John xiii. 22; by eis
70, Acts xxv. 20. by impl. to be perplexed,
anxious, 2 Cor. iv. 8 Gal. iv. 20. Sept.
and Class.
"Aqopia, as, 7, (amopéw,) lit. Sa not
knowing which course to take,’ perplexity,
Lu. xxi. 25. Sept. and Class.
"Atwoppinata, f. Ww, prop. and in
Class. to cast off, throw aside, as dress,
arms, &c. In N. T. with a reflex. pron.
implied, Acts xxvii. 43, ar. éauTous, ‘cast-
ing ourselves off from the deep into the
water.” Sept. and Class.
"Amoppavi Cw, f. icw, (emo, 6ppa-
vos,) to bereave of, prop. of parents, Ausch.
Choeph. 246. In N. T. it occurs only in
the Pass., fo be bereaved of, foll. by azo;
metaph. to be deprived of, as parents are
deprived of their children by death; also
said of a teacher separated from his dis-
ciples, 1 Th. ii. 17.
‘Amookeva lw, f. &ow, and mid.
atooKkevacouat, lit. to rid oneself of heavy
baggage, and hence to remove any incum-
brance out of the way, Sept. and Class.
40
A ILO
? , > € Cus A
aveBatvouev sis ‘Leo. ‘ridding ourselves
of our baggage,” viz. by leaving part of it
behind ; or rather, ‘having packed up our
baggage :’ a signif., however rare, deriva-
able from a@zrocxevi, ‘baggage, and found
in Dion. Hal. Ant. ix. 28.
« , A ? A
TooKiacma, atos, TO, (amo, cKi-
;
aCw,) a casting of a shadow, metaph. an
adumbration, or faint appearance of change,
Ja. i. 17, where see my note.
‘Arooraw, f.adow, of things, to draw
From, as a sword from its scabbard, Matt.
xxvi. 51; but gener. to drag or tear of:
also of persons, to draw from another to
oneself, Acts xx. 30. Jos. and Class. In
aor. 1. pass. in a mid. sense to withdraw
oneself, go away from, Lu. xxii. 41. Acts
xxi. 1, Yet see my notes there.
"Atwootacia, as, 7, apostasy, defec-
tion ; a term of later Greek for amdoTa-
ots, Acts xxi. 21. 2 Thess. ii. 3. Sept. and
Plut.
"Atooctactoy, tov, Td, (adicrnut,)
defection, desertion, as of a freedman. from
his patron, Demosth. In N. T. repudia-
tion, divorce, as BiBAtov atoctaciou, * a
bill of divorce, Matt. xix. 7. Mk. x. 4,
and Sept.
"Aqmootseyalw, f. dow, to unroof a
building, Mk. ii. 4. Strabo p. 304. 542.
"AmootédXw, f. creda, to send off
or away, or forth and out. Constr. as to
the pers. to whom, with dat., or acc. with
moos or eis; as to the place whither, with
els or vy; and as to the person- or place
whence, with amo or wapa with gen.. of
pers. I. prop. said of PERSONS sent forth
or out from men, as messengers or agents.
Matt. x. 5, 16. xi. 10); xe iGereriGsan
persons sent from Gop, as angels, prophets,
or teachers, Matt. x. 40. xiii. 41, et al. oft.
In this sense the acc. of pers. is often
omitted, as John v. 33, ameoTa\KeTe
moos “lwavynv, esp. adtooteiias before
an act. verb, as Matt. ii. 16, ada. avetXe
aavras. Mk. vi. 17. Acts vii. 14, and
Sept. and Class——II. metaph. said of
THINGS, to send forth, i. e. to proclaim,
promulgate, and thereby bestow, as o-
yov, Acts x. 36. xiii. 20. To cwTnpLor,
Xxvill. 28. vijv éwayyedtav, Lu. xxiv.
49. Sept. and Class. Also, to send forth,
of things, Acts xi. 30, aa. tiv draxoviav,
Class. tiv éartetoAjy. Mk. iv.29, avoot.
TO Opéwavov. So éEatoor. Sept. in Joel
iv. 9. ili. 13.—IITI. to send away, dismiss,
Mk. viii. 26. Matt. viii. $1..Mk. xi. 3.
Lu. iv. 18, and Class.
"Aqootepéw, f. how, to deprive or
defraud of, constr. with acc. of person, and
acc. or gen. of thing. I. said of PERSONS,
foll. by ace. 1 Cor. vi. 6. absol. Mkx:
In N. T. Acts xxi. 15, dwooxevacapevor | 19, where I have remarked that droo7vep.
A ILO 4}
signifies ‘to deprive any one of his pro-
perty, whether by actual and open rob-
bery, or by secret fraud, as denying a
debt, cheating in the quality of goods sold,
or overreaching in a bargain; also with re-
ference to the conjugal intercourse, 1 Cor.
vii. 5. So mid. to suffer oneself to be
defrauded, | Cor. vi. 7. Il. of THINGS,
foll. by acc. tov juroOdv, and in the Pass.
constr. by nom. 0 wiolds, Ja. v. 4,0 uo-
Qos ameotepynmévos, ‘fraudulently held
back.” So Sept. and Class.
"AqoctoA\}, ns, 7, (am@ooré\Xw,) in
Class. any thing sent off; as a present, or
an expedition ; in N. T. the office of apo-
stle, apostleship, Actsi. 25. Rom. i. 5.
1 Cor. ix. 2. Gal. i. 8.
*"AdootoXos, ov, 6, (atoote\X\w,)
one sent forth, whether as a messenger, or
ambassador. I. gener. a messenger, John
xiii. 16. Phil. ii. 25. Sept. and Class.—
Il. spec. said of messengers or ambassa-
dors from Gop, and joined with zpo-
7yra:, 1 Cor. xii. 29. Eph. iii. 5. Heb.
m. tl. Rev. i. 2. xviii. 20.—III. of the
apostles of Christ, 1) prop. of the Twelve
Apostles, Matt. x. 2. Lu. vi. 13, & oft.
2) in a wider sense, of the companions
and colleagues of the Twelve, in raising
up Churches, 2 Cor. viii. 23. Acts xiv. 4,
a hem. Xvi. 7. ~
"AmoctomatiCw, f. icw, (azo,
oTopua,) a rhetorical term equiv. to a7o
otomatos Néyw, to speak from mouth, or
memory, also to cause others (as pupils) to
repeat by heart. Aud as a70 oTomarTos,
ex tempore, involved the idea of what is
unpremeditated, hence it came to mean,
“to cause any one to answer questions off-
hand’ and without forethought, and also
metaph. ‘to answer any one’ by such
questions, Lu. xi. 53, jeEavto atrocTo-
martiCew autor.
"Atosctpeda, f. Ww, act. to turn any
person or thing away from any other per-
son or thing, 1) act. prop. amootp. tiv
akony ato THS aX. to turn away the ears
from the truth, 2 Tim.iv. 4. So Sept.
and Class. Fig. Acts iii. 25, to reform.
Lu. xxiii. 14, aa. tov adv, i. e. amo
Kaicapos : also, to put away from, remove,
Rom. xi. 26, aa. doeBeias ato LaxwP. 2)
mid. amocTeédpopuat, to turn oneself away
Jrom, i. e. to forsake, 2 Tim. i. 15, or to
reject, Matt. v. 42. Tit. i. 14. Heb. xii.
25. Sept. and Class. 3) act. to turn back,
i. €. return, Matt. xxvii. 3, amoo. Ta
apyvpla Tots tepevor: said of a sword, to
return it to its scabbard, Matt. xxvi. 52.
"Atmootuyéw, f. wow, (azo, intens.
atuvyéw,) lit. to thoroughly detest, trans.
ftom. xii. 9, and Class.
7 , € € ° ,
AtTocvvaywyos, ov, 0, 7, adj. ea-
ATO
cluded from the synagogue, excommunicated ,
John ix. 22. xii, 42. xvi. 2.
"Amotaoow, f. Ew, prop. and lit. to
range off, i.e. to appoint certain persons to
particular places, or set apart certain
things to particular purposes, Jer. xx. 2.
] Macc. xi. 3. Pass. in Joseph. Bell. iii.
4,2, odK av aTOTAOCOLVTO TOU MaXLjmoU.
Mid. atrotdocopuar, prop. to range one-
self off; separate oneself from. But as
parting from suggests the idea of taking
leave of, so it came to mean, take leave of,
bid farewell to, foll. by dat. 1) prop. as
Enea, 6) Acts: xvinito dos 12 ole © onmare
13. Joseph. Ant. viii. 13, 7. Charit. ii. 1.
and by impl. ¢o dismiss, send away, Mk.
vi. 46. Jos. Ant. xi. 8,6, tots &. aze-
taéato. 2) fig. of things, to renounce,
forsake, abandon the use of, Lu. xiv. 33,
aT. Taot Tos EavTOU UTapYovow. Jos.
Ant. xi. 6, 8. Philo, p. 87 & 274. Jambl.
VaR. ensoyHusebsls Bovine oaaauce
? ~ =~ 7 ,
a. Tats Tov Piov Poovticiy.
"AqmoteNéw, f. gow, to finish off, com-
plete, accomplish any action, or fulfil any
duty. Xen. Hist. ii. 2, 10; & oftj) and
Apocrypha. In N. T. pass. to be grown
up, have attained complete growth and
full stature, but metaph. Ja. i. 15, duao-
tia awoteX\eobeica, ‘adulta.” So Xen.
de Mag. Eq. vii. 4, dvijo atrote Teh eo pmévos,
* consummate, and Cicon, xiii. 3.
"AgotiOypmt, f. Siow, to put off, lay
aside, Sept. Ex. xvi. 33. trans., but in N.T.
and Class. the mid. form, a@rorifeuat, is
more common, to put off from oneself, and
thereby /ay aside, both prop. as Acts vii. 58,
aw. Ta iuatia, 2 Mace. viii. 35, & Class.
and metaph. fo renounce, Rom. xiii. 12,
amt. Te Epya Tov oxoTous. Eph. iv. 22.
Col. mi. G. Heb: xis ke Jan dived eee
ii. 1, and oft. in Class.
"Aqmotivacaow, f. Ew, to shake off,
trans. Lu. ix. 5, Tov kovioptov. Acts
XXvll. 5, To Onpiov. Sept. and Class., as
Kur. Bacch. az. xiooov.
"Aqott vw,or -iw, f.icw, to payoff, re-
pay, Philem. 19, arotiow. Sept. & Class.
"AtvotoApaw, f. 0, lit. to dare out,
i. e. to come forth boldly to do an action,
Rom. x. 20, dmotoApa kat NéEyes, for
atrotoApws Néyet. AEschin. p.521 & 547,
amweToO\pa Oe Neyer, et al. in Class.
"Atotouta, as, 1, (awoTéuvw,) prop.
a cutting off, and metaph. a cutting seve-
rity, sharpness, Rom. xi. 22. Plut. de
Kdue. c. 18, tiv awotouiav TH Wpeac-
THTL MLyVvUVat.
"Aqotopws, adv. (amoTouos, rug-
ged, and metaph. harsh, severe,) metaph.
sharply, severely, 2 Cor. xiii, 10. Tit. 1. 18,
and Class.
"Atrotpéitw, f. Ww, act. to turn any
Allo
one away from; mid. atoteéTopuat, to
turn oneself away from any person or thing,
to shun or avoid, 2 Tim. iii. 5, Tovrous
amotpétrou, and Class.
"Aqmougcia, as, 7, (@meut,) absence,
Phil. ii. 12, and Class.
"Amogépw, (aor. 1. arijveyxa, aor. 2.
annveyKov, aor. 1. pass. amwnvexOnv,) to
bear off and carry away from one person
or place to another, Mk. xv. 1. Lu. xvi.
Zo Cor xv. 3. Revi xvil..3.. xxi, 10:
Sept. and Class.
"Amrogetya, f. Ew, to flee away from,
escape, trans. In N. T. metaph. 2 Pet. i.
A, ii. 18, 20, and Class.
"Amopleyyouat, f. Eouat, to utter
forth, speak out, declare, absol., Acts ii. 4.
trans. xxvi. 25. ii. 14. Sept. & Class. ;
espec. used of deeply sententious, and of
prophetic speech, by oracular responses.
"AmogdopTtiCopatr, f. icoua, (ao,
poprtos,) to disburden, unlade, as said of
a ship, whether in port, or at sea, Acts
eXxi. 3, a7. TOV youov, and Class.
"Aqmoxpnets, ews, 1, (étroxypaouat,
to use up,) prop. a using up, also consump-
tion by use; but in Col. ii. 22, is denoted
simply ‘use,’ as Dion. Hal. Ant. 1. 58, év
aTOXpNcE TE YAS moloas.
"Amtoxwoéw, f. jow, to depart from,
go away, Matt. vii. 23. Lu. ix. 39. Acts
xili. 13. Sept. and Class.
"Amoxwpitw, f. iow, to part of,
separate, pass. Rev. vi. 14, 6 otpavos atre-
Xwptcln, ‘was separated and rent off ;
mid. to separate oneself from, Acts xv. 39,
Gore atoywpiclnvar aw adAndwv.
"Amowv' yw, f. Ew, to breathe out, ex-
pire, as said prop. of the dying, but also
fig. of those who faint away, Joseph. Ant.
xix. 1, (so éxOvijoxKw,) and also of those
who are ready to die away through fear,
Hom. Od. xxiv. 347, tov 6: wooti oi Ei-
Nev atowvyovta tToNUTXas Otos ’Oduc-
oevs. Lu. xxi. 26. Comp. Matt. xxviii. 4.
"Am pootTos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a, modc-
ett, to approach,) wxapproachable, | Tim.
vi. 16, @ws dm. Comp. Ps. civ. 1—3.
Hzek. i. 4, and Class.
"AmpdocKkotos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a,
aoocKxontw,) lit. not stumbling. I. act.
not causing to stumble, either prop. as said
of a road, level, Ecclus. xxxv. 2]; or
metaph. occasioning no stumbling, not
causing to sin, 1 Cor. x. 32.—II. pass. not
stumbling, i.e. metaph. ‘not falling into
sin, Acts xxiv. 16,d@. cuveidnow. Phil. i.
10.
‘ArpocwtoAntTws, adv. (a, tpoo-
wroAnmTos,) without respect of persons,
impartially, 1 Pet. i. 17.
(ATTELG TAS. ov, 0, tH, adj, oo (a,
42
wTTaiw,) prop. not stumbling, as said of a’
APA
horse, Xen. Eq.i.6; but in N. T. metaph.
not falling into sin, blameless, Ju.24. So
Lucian, ii. 449, 60 amcraiotov Kai akXt-
vous Biov avis eis ynpas OdeUcat.
“Aato,f. Ww, to put one thing to an-
other, to adjoin or apply one to the other,
Hom. Od. xxi. 408. Hence, I. in act.
said of fire, applied to material substances,
to put or set fire to, kindle. So with X\ty-
vov, Lu. viii. 16. xi. 33. xv. 8. qrug,
Lu. xx. 55, and Class.—II. mid. depon.
amTopuat, to apply oneself to any person or
thing, i.e. to towch, with gen. 1) gener.
Matt. viii. 3. 1x.20. Mk i141 Zee
vii. 14, & oft. Sept. and Class.
Levitical sense, (comp. Lev. v. 2, 3. vii.
2) in the.
18, et al.) Col. ii. 21, ut) Gen. 2 Cor. vi.
17. 3) fig.and by euphemism, érreoOac
yuvatkos, to denote ‘carnal intercourse,’
1 Cor. vii. 1. Sept. and Class. 4) by
impl. to hurt or harm, 1 John v. 18, (but
see my note,) Sept. and Class.
"Amwléw, f. dtwow, (aro, &0éw,)
to push away from any one, cast off, Sept.
and Class. In mid. amw0éouar, to push
away from oneself, cast off, or repel with
disgust, trans. Acts vii. 27, da. avtov.
Sept. and Class. Hence, to reject, refuse,
Acts vii. 39. xiii. 46. Rom. xi. 1,2. 1 Tim.
i. 192 Sept. and Class.
"Amwheta, as, 1, (€woAXvme,) gener.
severe loss, destruction, or ruin. j
THINGS, waste or loss, Matt. xxvi. 8. Mk.
xiv. 4. Lev. vi. 3, sqq., @ /oss, lit. some-
thing lost.—II. of PERSONS, destruction,
1) in this world, death, Acts xxv. 16.
Prov. vi. 15. Is. xXxxivija@) gue | laren
Class. 2) in the world to come, by the
second death spoken of in Rey., perdition,
consisting in everlasting exclusion from the
Messiah’s kingdom, together with certain
positive torments, eternal in their duration,
Matt. vii. 13. Rom. ix. 22. Phil. i. 28.
iii. 19. 1 Tim. vi. 9. Heb. x. 39; or what
tends to produce that ruin, aipéoeis atrw-
Asias, 2 Pet. ii. 1. iii. 7. In John xvii.
12. 2 Thess. ii. 3, 6 vids tas aa. ‘ one
devoted to perdition.’ See in v. vids, and
my note in loc.
"Aoa, as, 7, in Class. earnest prayer,
couched in supplication, sometimes for
good, but mostly for evil, to the person
forming the subject thereof, by zmpreea-
tion. Andsoin N. T. Rom. iii. 14, where
see my note, and Sept.
”Apoa, or dpa, an illative and interro-
gative particle; as alatwe, it stands after
other words in a clause, and is accented
aoa: as imterr. it stands first in a clause,
and is accented goa. In N, T. I. as
ILLATIVE, épa means, therefore, then, or
consequently, and serves to introduce atrans-
ition, 1) according to its proper force, and
I. said of
a PT 43
agreeably to Classic usage, Rom. vii. 21,
evolokw dpa Tov vouoy, ‘I find then the
law,’ &c. viii. 1. 1 Cor. xv. 14. Gal. iii. 7.
Wisd. vi. 20, and Class. So éqei aoa, since
then, in that case, 1 Cor. v. 10. vii. 14;
and so in Class. 2) where it does not
directly answer to any thing expressed,
but still the idea ‘according to nature or
custom,’ &c. suggests itself, then, now, &c.
| as tis @oa, ‘who then?’ Matt. xviii. 1.
xix. 25, et al.; vi @oa, ‘what then?
Mattie, 2f, and Class.; <i doa, ‘if
then, Mk. xi. 18; eteo gpa, ‘if indeed,’
1 Cor. xv. 15. Soot« &pa, Acts xxi. 38;
wnt. aoa, 2Cor.i. 17. 3) where, con-
trary to Class. usage, apa is employed in
N. T. as dlative, at the beginning of a sen-
tence, and without interrogation, in the
sense therefore, or consequently, Lu. xi. 48.
Rom. x. 17. 2 Cor. vii. 12. Gal. iv. 31.
Heb. iv. 9, rarely in Class. When «i
precedes @oa in the apodosis, we may
render, ‘it follows that.’ So Matt. xii.
28, et al. In this use @oa is sometimes
strengthened by the addition of other
particles, as ovv, ‘so then’ or ‘ wherefore.’
—II. as INTERROGATIVE, dpa, at the be-
ginning of a clause, merely serves (like
the Latin nwm) to denote a question, and
cannot be expressed in English. It re-
quires the answer to be in the negative,
Lu. xviii. 8. Gal. ii. 17. Sept. and Class.
Sometimes it is strengthened by ye, as
aoa ye, ‘whether indeed,’ Acts viii. 30.
Sept. and Class.
"Apyéw, f. iow, (apyos,) prop. not to
labour, metaph. to be inactive, to linger, be
delayed, 2 Pet. ii. 3, 76 kpiua ovK covet.
"A oy os, 1%}, ov, adj. (for éepyos, fr. a,
eoyov,) gener. not at work, unemployed,
I. prop. Matt. xx. 3, 6, inactive or idle,
1 Tim. v. 13, & Class.—II. by impl. z-
délent, slothful, prop. Tit. i. 12, yaoréoes
apyai. Wisd. xv. 15, aodédes gpyot, and
Sept. Metaph. ‘sluggish in the perform-
ance of Christian duty, 2 Pet. i. 8.—
Ili. by impl. vain, ineffectual, for xevov,
Matt. xii. 36. Comp, Stob. Serm. c. 34,
Noyos apyés.
"Apyuoeos, éa, cov, adj. (Zoyvoos,)
made of silver, Acts xix. 24. 2'Tim. ii. 20.
Rev. ix. 20. Sept. and Class.
"A pytotoy, iov, To, (épyupos,) silver,
1) prop. Acts iii. 6. vii. 16. xx. 33. 1 Pet.
i. 16, & Class. 2) meton. for money in
general, Matt. xxv. 18,27. Mk. xiv. 11. |
Lu. ix. 3. xix. 15, 23, & Class. 3) meton.
in sing. for a piece of money, a certain coin
so called, the Jewish shekel, (on which see
Calmet,) Matt. xxvi. 15. xxvii. 5. Acts
xix. 19. In short, the word denotes, 1)
silver in bullion ; 2) silver coined, in which
sense it is chiefly used to the singular;
3) silver coins; but chiefly the stater,
APE
tetradrachma, or shekel, in which sense it
is generally used in the plural, mostly
accompanied with numerals, or words that
imply number, as many, few, &c. 4) in
the plural, money, as here.
"Aopyuvookomos, ov, 0, (apyugos,
KoTTw,) a worker in silver, Acts xix. 24.
Sept. and Class.
"A oyvuopos, ov, 6,(apyos, white, ) silver,
or by meton. the metal worked up, either
into images, plate, &c. Acts xvii. 29. 1 Cor.
iii, 12. Ja. v. 3. Rev. xviii. 12. Class.; or
coined into money, Matt. x. 9, and Class.
"Apeltomayt T1Ss, ov, 6, a judge of
the court of the Areopagus, Acts xvii. 34.
"A pécKketa, as, 1, (apeckw,) a desire
to please others. In the Class. gener. in a
bad sense, of ingratiating oneself into the
favour of others by undue compliances ;
but in N. T. in a good sense, as referred to
God, Col. 1.10, eis waoav dp. ‘so that ye
may wholly please God.’ Simil. Philo, p.
33, says of Adam, els apéokeray Tov
TATOOS Kal Baci\ews.
"Aoéokw, f. dpécw, aor. 1. Hpeoa,
(dow, to adapt,) to please, be pleasiny to,
intrans. and with dat. case. I. to be pleas-
ing, or acceptable to, Matt. xiv. 6. Mk. vi.
22. 1 Cor. vii. 83. Gal. i. 10, Cnt@ av-
Qowmos dpéeokev. 2 Tim. ii. 4. So
Oew, Rom. viii. 8. 1 Cor. vii. 32, al. Sept.
and Class. By Heb. avéokeww évwaiov
tT .vos, to be acceptable to any one, Acts vi.
5. & Sept.—lIl. to seek to please, or to ac-
commodate oneself to any one, Rom. xv.
1,2, 3. 1 Cor. x. 83. Galli.10. 1 Th. ii. 4.
"Aopeotos, 4, ov, adj. pleasing, ac-
ceptable, foll. by dat. John viii. 29, te
dpecta Tw Oew. Sept. and Class. By
Heb. Ta aoseota& tvywmiov tov Oszov,
] John iii. 22. Sept. Hence, doecrov
eotiv, ‘placet, it is good,’ Acts vi. 2.
also foll. by dat. of person, ‘it is pleasing
to,’ Acts xii. 3.
"Apevia, 78, 71.
supposed to be from ”Apns, Mars; but it
is better derived from apw, ‘to adapt,” de-
noting 1) prop. ‘the fitness of any thing
to any particular purpose ;? 2) the good
quality therein involved; and 3) espec.
the good quality of moral virtue. After
all, however, it may best be derived from
apéokw, {as that from a@ow,) being, it
would seem, immediately from doeoT?,
and thus denoting ‘that which approves
itself to, is acceptable to,’ man or God, by
its intrinsic excellence of whatever kind,
whether physical or moral. Accordingly
it is applied to qualities inherent, not only
in things, animate and inanimate, but also
persons, both man and God. In the Classic
poets (espec. Homer) it usually denotes
valour, courage, but in the prose writers
Its etymon is gener.
AvP iH
(espec. the philosophers) it usually denotes
moral virtue in general; asin Thue. ii. 45,
et al. Diod. Sic. v. 71. In N. T. it occurs
only five times; and in all these in nearly
the same general sense, that of moral excel-
lence... A. that of Gop, as.2 Pet. 1.3, Ora
oo&€ns kat apeTns. | Pet. ii. 9, Tas aoe-
+Tas. And so in Joseph. Ant. xvii. 5, 6,
apeT? Tov Oeiou, andi. 3, 1. Hab. iii. 3.
et al. it is used to denote the glorious per-
fections and attributes of God.—lIlI. that
of man, as Phil. iv. 8, e¢ Tis doeT7) Kai ef
Tis mawvos. 2 Pet. i. 5; also Wisd. iv. 1.
viii. 7, & Sept.
°"Ao7y, 0, (nom. absol.) gen. dovds, by
syne. for goevos, a lamb, Hom. Od. 6, 85.
metaph. in Lu. x. 3, ws aevas, ‘ lamb-like.’
’"ApiOuew, f. how, to reckon up by
number, trans. Rev. vii. 9. pass. Matt. x.
30. Lu. xii. 7. Sept. and Class.
*"AotOmos, ov, 0, number, denoting a
multitude composed of units. Usnally
said in N. T. of a definite number, Lu.
xxii. 3. John vi. 10, et al., though some-
times of an indefinite, Acts vi. 7. xi. 21.
Raw ROM Ix 27) eV. IGX. 0:
"Aptotaw, f. now, (aotcTov,) to take
un do.orov, any meal before’ the chief
meal, swpper, intrans. Lu. xi. 37. John
xxi. 12, 15, and Class.
*"Aotateoos, a, ov, adj. levus, left,
Matt. vi. 3, gororepa, scil. yeio. Plur. in
Lu. xxiii. 38, ¢£ aptotepwy, scil. peowv.
2 Corvin si:
“A ptotoy, ov, To, a meal correspond-
ing partly to our breakfast, and partly to
our /uncheon, or early dinner, about noon.
See more in my note on John xxi. 12.
Tiioce: Inn. jsar oo. xiv: 12, ‘etal:
"A pKeTos, 7), ov, adj. (apxéw,) suffi-
cient, enough, Matt. vi. 34, apketov (éo71)
TH Huzoa, Sc. Matt. x. 25. I Pet. iv. 3,
and Class.
"AoKkéw, f. now, to hold back from,
ward off, trans. Hom. Il. vi. 16. InN.
T. 1) to assist, foll. by dat. of person, 2
Cor. xii. 9, apxet cor 1 yaors pov, and
Class. 2) by impl. fo be strong and able,
i. e. to assist any one: hence fo suffice, be
enough for, foll. by dat. of person, Matt.
xxv. 9. John vi. 7. Sept. and Class.
Hence impers. @oxet tivi, ‘it is enough,’
John xiv. 8. mid. gexéoua, to suffice one- |
self with, be satisfied with, foll. by dat. of
thing, &c. Lu. iii. 14. 1 Tim. vi. 8. Heb.
xiii. 5. Joseph. and later Class. So with |
prep. em: Tovtous, 3 John 1V.
“ApKTos, ov, 0, 7, bear, Rev. xiii. 2.
“Apua, atos, 70, (4ow,) a chariot,
Acts vili. 28. Rev. ix. 9. Sept. and Class.
‘Aopo lw, f. dow, (aopos,) to adjust,
adapt, join fitly together, trans. foll. by
acc. and dat. Hom. Od. v. 247. Jos. Ant.
>
=
c
Se
44
APO
vi. 9,5. Hence, dp. tivt, to join in wed-
lock, marry to another, trans. mid. dopno-—
Gouat, in Class. to marry to oneself, Hdot. |
v. 32; but in N. T. as depon. to marry to |
another, fig. 2 Cor. xi. 2, at least according
to the general interpret. ; but see my note.
‘Apmos, ov, 6, (4om,) prop. a joint,
Kcclus. xxvii. 2; espec. a joint, or articu-
lation of the bones of the human body,
Heb. iv. 12. Test. XT) Pate ps Go.008
agouot Tov cwuatos. Xen. Ven. v. 29.
"Apvéonat, f. jHoouat, to deny, I. to
affirm a thing not to be, as opp. to opoXo-
yetv, absol. Lu. viii. 45. John i. 20. Acts
iv. 16, et al. also Sept. and Class. ; foll. —
by acc. Lu. xxii. 57, Hpv. abrov (Jesus,
his Messiahship). Tit. 1. 16, aov. Qeov,
‘deny his existence.” ] John ii. 22, 6 gov.
tov Ilatéoa kat Tov Yiov, i. e. ‘denying
God to be the Father of Christ, and Christ
to be the Son of God.’—II. to refuse, foll.
by inf. Heb. xi. 24, jov. AéyecOar. Hdot.
vi. 13. Jos. and Apocr.—III. to renounce,
reject, said with reference to Christ, or the
Christian faith ; also reciprocally of Christ,
as rejecting men, Matt. x. 33. 2 Tim. ii. 12,
& oft. Fig. Lu. ix. 23, dov. (or amapv.)
éauToun, is said of selfdenial ; but in 2 Tim.
ii. 13, it means ‘ to renounce one’s charae-
ter’ by inconsistency ; in Tit. ii. 12, @. rip
acéBeav, of repelling all solicitations te
sin. In2 Tim. i. 5, Ti de OUvapLW avTAS
HOVNwEVOL, SC. Exev, the sense is, ‘but de-
clining to show tts power in their deeds.
’"Aoviov, ov, To, (dim. from dojy,
apvos,) & lamb, Sept. and Joseph. In
N. T. fig., either of the followers of Christ,
John xxi. 15, or of Christ himself, as Rev.
v. 6, and freq.
’"Aovos, see App.
’"Apotpiaw, f. dow, (&potpov,) to
plough, intrans. Lu. xvii. 7. 1 Cor. ix. 10.
Sept. and Theophr.
"Apotpouv, ov, Td, (dodw,) a plough,
Lu. ix. 62. Sept. and Class.
‘Aomwayii, 7s, 1, (a4omdCw,) 1) prop.
of the act of plundering, pillage, Heb. x.
34, Sept. and Class. 2) metaph. of the dzs-
position to plunder, rapacity, Matt. xxiii.
25. Lu. xi. 39. and Class.
‘Aowaypos, ov, 6, (aomatw,) 1)
prop. the act of plundering, robbery, Plut.
de Educ. c. 15; 2) fig. the object of ra-
pine, something coveted, Phil. ii. 6, accord.
to common interp.; but see my note in loc.
‘AowaGw, f. dow, (obsol. cp7w,) to
snatch, or seize, and carry forcibly away ;
said both of things and persons: I. of beasts
seizing their prey, John x. 12. Sept. and
Class. ; also metaph. of persons seizing any
thing with avidity, Matt. xi. 12, a. THY
Bao.r. tov oipavev, implying the eager-
ness with which the Gospel is embraced.—
and Rev. xii. 5, jo7wao8n mods Tov Vedv)
AP Il 45 AP Xx
Il. doz. in Class. and ‘accipere’ in Latin ; Venetians Artemon ; or a small sail near
are used of persons suddenly snatching any | the prow calied dolon, answering to our
thing, or person, away from any other per- jib. See Juven. Sat. xii. 68. Acts xxvii. 40.
Peer 0. 19, apwater TO on 2 | =6"Aprs, adv. of time, now: 1) of time
See te Kapdia avtov. Ju. 23, éx just past, even now, Matt. ix. 18. Rev. xii.
tou muods dom. (comp. Amos iv. 11. Zech. | 19 and mostly used in the Attic writers ;
ili. 2.) Sept. and Class. ; also, of forcibly 2) of time present, now, Matt. iil. 15, apes
thd another of any thing, John *- | dott, ‘for the present,’ xxvi. 53. John ix.
28, 29, obx domdoer Tis alta EK THS| 19 a5 opposed to words or phrases denot-
hi pov. Sept. and Class.—III. to foret- | ing time past, oft. in N. T. and Class.
bly ee ee John vi. 15, | Sometimes used adjectively, as 7 Gore
domatew aitov. Acts xxiii. 10. The oa, 1 Cor. iv. 11. ws dott, Matt. xi. 12.
other passages referred to this head (Acts ét al. an’ dort, Sc. See “Amaprrt.
viii. 389, IIvevua Kuoiov jotace tov ®. ;
2 Cor. xii. 2, 4, dowayévta & pTayy
sis tov maoadecov, | Th. iv. 17, ao-
Tayynooucla eis aTavTyoL TOV Kuolou,
"AotLyévvyTos, ov, 0, 1, adj. (€oTt,
yevyntos,) 1) prop. lately born, Lucian.
D. Deor. Mar. xii. 1, Boépos dor. 2)
metaph. used of ‘ one who has recently em-
braced the Christian faith,’ 1 Pet. ii. 2.
”*A oT Los, ov, 6, 4, adj. 1) prop. whole,
i. e. sound in body; 2) fig. sound in
mind; 3) metaph. fitted to any work;
equiv. to KaTypTismevos, or EENoTICpéE-
vos, see 2 Tim. iii. 17. Perhaps, however,
the primary sense of @otios may be that
found in Hom. Il. E. 326, and &. 92, (from
aow,) suitable, fitted to the purpose ori-
ginally intended, and hence, complete, and
perfect. Comp. Eph. ii. 10, where Christ-
jans are said to be kticVévTes él Epye:s
ayalors.
“Aotos, ov, 0, bread. I. gener. and
prop. BREAD, or rather a loaf, or cake, like
our biscuit, Matt. iv. 3,.4. vii. 9, and oft. ;
said of the shew-bread, Matt. xii. 4. Heb.
ix. 2; of the bread in the Lord’s Supper,
Matt. xxvi. 26. Mk. xiv. 22. Lu. xxi. 19.
] Cor. x. 16; et al. Metaph. 0 aotos éx
Tov ovpavov, as applied to Christ, ‘the
Bread of life, who. was typified by the
manna which fell from heaven in the wil-
derness, and who, by his Spirit, sustains
the spiritual life of believers here unto
eternal life, John vi. 31, 58.—II. from the
Heb. FooD, gener. all the necessaries of
life, Matt. vi. Jl. Mkowio6. Ui, x <3:
2 Cor. ix. 10, et al. as also in the phrase
aotoyv zo0ie.v, ‘to take food, eat a meal,’
Matt. xv. 2. Mk. vii. 5, and Sept. ; also
aoToV payetvy Tapa Tivos, ‘to be main-
tained by any one,’ 2 Th. iii. 8. (comp. 2
Sam. ix. 7, 10.) and tov éavta@v aoTov
éoQie.v, ‘to support oneself, 2 Th. iii. 12.
ought to be kept distinct, as belonging to
the same common subject; (comp. Judg.
xxi. 21. Ps. vii. 2.) namely, that of the in-
fluence of the Holy Spirit.
"“Aowaé, ayos, 6, 7, adj. (domalw)
1) prop. ravenous, said of wild beasts, as
symbols of violent and wicked men, Matt.
vii. 15, and Class. 2) metaph. rapacious ;
or subst. @ plunderer, Lu. xviii. 11. 1 Cor.
vy. 10, sq. vi. 10, and Class. N.B. &omaé
denotes one who injures another by vio-
lence; a@éixos, one who injures him by
fraud. Itisa stronger term than m)eovéx-
Tns, though a weaker one than kAérrys.
"AppaBwv, vos, o, prop. something
given as a pledge or earnest to ratify an
agreement; a part of any price first agreed
on for any object, and then paid down to
ratify the agreement; so Class. InN. T.
said metaph. of the gifts of the Holy Spi-
rit, as being a pledge of the future privi-
leges and blessings of the Messiah’s king-
dom, 2 Cor. i. 22. v. 5. Eph. i. 14.
"Appagos, ov, 6, 11, adj. (a, parTw,)
wnsewed, i. e. * having no seam,” but woven
whole, John xix. 23, yiTwv @.
"Appnv, evos, and &ppev, Td, adj.
male, i.e. ‘of the male sex,’ Rom. i. 27.
Rey. xii. 5, 13. Sept. and Class.
"AppnTos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a, pnTOs.)
in Class. either wnspoken, or not to be
spoken ; in N. T. unspeakable, 2 Cor. xii.
4, dp. pjuata.
"Ap pworTos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, pwvyu-
ft) Mfirm, i. e. wanting strength of mind
or body: espec. said of the sick, Matt. xiv.
14. Mk. vi. 5, 13. xvi. 18. 1 Cor. xi. 30.
Sept. and Class.
‘Apoevokoitrns, ov, 0, (éponv, Koi-
7,) a sodomite, 1 Cor. vi. 9. 1 Tim. i. 10.
“A pony, evos, 6, a male, one of the
°"Aotitw, f. tow, (aew,) prop. to fit,
prepare, adjust, as often in Homer and
the other early Class.; in later Class. fo
prepare food, including all the arts of
cookery: hence, in N. T. to season, (as
cooks do food,) Mk. ix. 50. Lu. xiv. 34;
and so in later Class. Also metaph. Col.
male)sex, Matt. xix. 4. Mk. x. 6, et al. iv. 6, Aoyos HoTUmEVvos GaT1,i. e. ‘both
ApTtépwy, ovos, 0, (aoTaw, to hoist, ) appropriate and salutary.” _
either the large sail of the prow, answering| “ApxayyeXos, ov, 0, (apxwv, ay-
to our mizen-sail, and still called by the | yeXos,) an archangel, 1 Th. iv. 16. Ju. 9.
I
Ss ne sss
A POX 46 APS
"Apyxatos, aia, ov, (dpyi,) adj. , iv. 6, 2x yévous dpxtepatixou, ‘ of High-
ancient, of old time, Matt. v. 21, 27, 33, et
al. oft. Sept. and Class.
"Apxi, ns, 1, the beginning, or first
part of any thing, espec. action. I. said
of TIME, the beginning, Matt. xxiv. 8. Mk.
i. 1. Heb. vii. 3. Sept. and Class. Hence
aoxiv AaBetv, ‘to begin, Heb. ii. 3; also
Philo and later Class. tiv aoxiv Tap
onueiwy, ‘first miracle, John ii. ll. ta
STOLXELa THS aoXNS, for TA oT. TA TOB-
va, Heb. v. 12. So also in the phrases
am apx7s, ‘from the beginning,’ either of
all things, ‘from everlasting,’ Matt. xix.
4, 8. John viii. 44. 1 John iii. 8; or of
any particular thing, as the Gospel dispen-
sation, ‘from the first,’ Lu. i. 2. John xv.
27, and oft.; ev a@ox7, ‘in the beginning,’
either of the world, John i. 1, 2, or of the
Gospel dispensation, ‘at the first,’ Acts x1.
15. Phil. iv. 15; 2& dpy7s, ‘from the be-
ginning, i.e. of Christ’s ministry, John
vi. 64. xvi. 4; Kav’ adpxas, ‘at the be-
ginning,’ i. e. of all things, Heb. i. 10.
Sept. and Class.; accus. tTyHv epxijv, ad-
verbially, ‘from the very beginning,’ 1. e.
throughout, wholly, John viii. 25; but see
my note.—II. said, by meton. of abstr. for
concrete, of PERSONS, &c. the first, Col. i.
18, ds éorw doxy. So Gen. xlix. 3.
Deut. xxi. 17, doyy Téxvwv. So epxn
iMmeemreNes, . CY. 1 oO. | Sex 0.0) ex.
13. ii. 14, 4 doy ths KTicews.—III.
said of PLACE, 1) prop. the angular ex-
tremity or corner of any thing, e. gr. of a
sheet, Acts x. ll. xi. 5. Diod. Sic. i. 35.
Phil. p. 638. 2) metaph. of dignity, the
first place, i. e. power or dominion, Lu.
xx. 20. Sept. Joseph. and Class.; or pre-
eminence, Ju. 6. Sept. and Apocr. By
metaph. of abstr. for concrete, princes,
rulers, Lu. xii. 11. Tit. iii. 1; said of the
chiefs among angels, Eph. i. 21. iii. 10;
among demons, vi. 12; and gener. the
powers of the other world, Rom. viii. 38.
"Apxnydos, ov, 0, (dpxn, ayw,) one
who makes a beginning of any thing, 1) as
the author and cause of it; 2) as leader
of the agents therein. Thus it denotes,
1) @ chieftain, as in Sept. and Class. In
the first sense it occ. Acts iii. 15, 6 doyn-
yos THs Cwis, of Christ; Heb. ii. 10, 6
aoX. THS cwTypias avT@y, and xii. 2, 6
aox. THS Wiorews. And so oft. in Sept.
and Class. any one is said to be apynyos
of any thing, whether evil or good. 2) @
leader, chief, Acts v. 31, rovrov doxnyov
Kat cwTHoa UWwwoe. Sept. and Class.
“Ae Xr- an inseparable particle, derived
from g¢ox7), and prefixed to names of office
and dignity, in the sense of our Arch-, de-
rived from thence.
"AoxXlegpatiKos, 1%, ov, ‘adj. (doxee-
pevs,) belonging to the High Priest, Acts
priestly descent.” So Joseph. xv. 3, 1,
calls a person €& aoxLepaTiKou yévous.
"Apxrepeds, éws, 6, (apxt-, Lepeds,)
a High Priest, more usually called o tegets
O méyas, as oft. in Sept. and sometimes in
Class. In N. T. it denotes I. the High
Priest of the Jews, Matt. xxvi. 3, 63, 65. —
Mk. ii. 26, et al._Il. a@ chief priest, one
of the heads of the 24 classes of priests
mentioned at 1 Chron. ch. xxiv. and in |
Joseph. Ant. xx. 8, 8. Bell.iv. 3, 6. Matt. .
ii. 4, and oft.
Sanhedrim ; and indeed the expressions oz
aoXlEepels Kal yoaumatets, Matt. i. 4,
and of épxteoets Kai ot Paoicaior, John
vii. 52, et al. seem put, by way of circumlo-
cution, for To cuvedprov, ‘the Sanhedrim.’
—IIl. said of Christ, compared with the
High Priest of the Jews, as having offered
himself up a sacrifice for sin, Heb. ii. 17,
and elsewhere.
"AoxiTotuny, évos, 6, prop. a chief
shepherd ; said metaph. of Christ, as Head
of the Church, Eph. v. 23. Col. i. 10:
with allusion to his office both as Head-
teacher, and espec. Lord of the Church;
there being a double allusion, inasmuch as
anciently both princes and interpreters of
the Divine will were called ‘ shepherds,’
from the similarity of their office and du-
ties to the pastoral ones, | Pet. v. 4, pave-
ow0évtos Tov dpxXiToipévos : comp. |
Pet. ii. 25, where we have Christ desig-
nated also in a two-fold capacity, as a
‘ Shepherd and Care-taker (éariocxo7res) of
their souls.’
"A pXltovvaywyos, ov, 6, a ruler, or
moderator, of the synagogue; equiv. to
dpywv THs cuv. Lu. viil. 41, one of those
Elders, of whom there were several in
every synagogue, whose duty it was to pre-
serve order, and make choice of persons to
read or speak in the assembly; see Acts
xiii. 15. The presiding elder was called
6 aoxtovvaywryos: of the others each
was called aoxovv. without the article,
Mk, v. 22, 35, 36, 38. Tia. van. 43.) ac
14. Acts xiii. 15, et al.
"AoxXtTéeKTwv, ovos, 0, & master-
builder, architect, one who presides over
the building of edifices, 1 Cor. iii. 10, and
Class.
"AoxiTed wns, ov, 6, a chief farmer,
or collector, of the taxes, Lu. xix. 2. Sept.
and Class.
"AoxtTpixArtvos,
ov, 6, magister
convivii, the director of an entertainment, .
who had the direction of the whole of the
previous arrangements for, and the manage- ,
ment thereof; see Ecclus. xxxy. 1. He is
to be distinguished from the cupu7rociag-
xis, or, Bacrdevds, of the Greeks, and the
‘rex convivii’ of the Romans; the latter
They were members of the
, APX
being one of the guests, who presided at
table; whereas the former was a domestic,
answering to the toameo7ro.ds of the
Greeks, and the TZ’ricliniarches of the
Romans.
"Apxw, f. Ew, (dexi,) in Class. to
begin, take the lead in any thing, Xen.
Symp. vii. l. InN. T. ¢o be first in rank,
dignity, &c. to rule over, foll. by gen. Mk.
x. 42. Rom. xv. 12. Sept. in Gen. i. 18,
etal. Mid. aoyouat, to begin, intrans. and
foll. by infin. expr. or impl. 1) gener.
Matt. iv. 17, joEato Knptcooev, xi. 7,
and oft. Sept. and Class. Lu. iii. 23, 7
éT@V TO. AoXOuEVos, ‘ was beginning, en-
tering upon his 30th year. By Hebr. to
attempt, venture wpon, implying difficulty,
meted. Mik. vi. 7. x. 28, 32. Lu. iii. 8,
and Sept. 2) part. aoEauevos with inf.
and azro, foll. by gen. in the sense begin-
ning from, expressing ‘the point of depar-
ture. So Matt. xx. 8, amodos aiTots,
aptauevos ao Tay écxaTwr, ‘ begin-
fae at the last, Lu. xxii. 5. xxiv. 27.
John viii. 9. Actsi. 22. viii. 35. x. 37.
I Pet. iv. 17. Sept. Gen. liv. 12, and some-
times in Class.
"“AopXwv, ovtos, 6, (part. pres. of
a@pXw,) one first in power or dominion, @
ruler, or magistrate, gener. Matt. xx. 25.
Acts iv. 26. Rom. xiii. 3. 1 Cor. ii. 6, 8,
and oft. Sept. and Class.
“Aowma, aTos, TO, an aromatic, or
spice, such as myrrh and aloes, John xix.
40. Mk. xvi.l. Lu. xxiii. 56. xxiv. 1.
Sept. and Class.
"AaoadhevTos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (a, oa-
Aevw,) prop. not to be shaken, immoveable,
Acts xxvii. 41; metaph. firm, enduring,
Heb. xii. 28. Diod. Sic. ii. 48, éXev0epiav
OtaduAaTTovTes.
"AaBeoTos, ov, 6 7, adj. (a, cBévvv-
pat,) not extinguished, or not to be extin-
guished. In N.'T. unquenchable, as said
of fire, i.e. eternal, Matt. iii. 12. Mk. ix.
45,45. Lu. iii. 17. Comp. Hom. Od. iv.
58, iv’ GoBeotov KNéos ein.
"AcéBeia, as, 7, (adoeBijs,} 1) gener.
impiety or ungodliness, either in thought,
word, or deed, Rom. i. 18. 2) spec. wick-
edness, consisting in a violation of our duty
to God, our neighbour, or ourselves; and
considered as springing from the source of
ungodliness, ‘the carnal mind that isenmity
against God,’ (spoken of Rom. i. 28. viii.
7.) 2 Tim. ii. 16. Tit. ii. 12. Jude 15, 18.
Sept. and Class.
AceBiw, f. now, (doeBijs,) to be un-
godly. act impiously, intrans. 2 Pet. ii. 6.
Jude 15. Sept. and Class.
oe S, €os, 0, 7, adj. (a, ofBomuat,)
9. 1 Pet. iv. 18. 2) wicked, from impiety,
47
ungodly, impious, trreligious, 1 Tim. i. |
AZO
(synon. with é&zaoTwdds,) Rom. iy. dD. V.
6. 2 Pet. ii. 5. iii. 7. Jude 4,15. Sept. and
Class.
"Acéryeta, as, 7), prop. excess or in-
temperance in the use of even permitted
pleasures, from a@oedyrjs* which, that it
primarily means ewcessive, is plain from
/Elian ap. Suid., where it is said of a wind
molvs Kal doedyijs TikteTar éxet0e.
Hence it denotes unbridled insolence,
either 1) in language, as Jos. Ant. iv. 6,
12, do. tav NOywv, and Mk. vii. 22; or
2) in conduct, licentiousness, 2 Pet. ii. 23
or 8) spec. lasciviousness, Rom. xiii. 13.
2 Cor. xi; 21-Gak. vo 195 2.Pet nei 185
or, in a wider sense, dissoluteness im gene-
ral, Eph. iv. 19. 1 Pet. iv. 3. Ju.4.
"Aonos, ov, 0, 1, adj. (a, ojua,) 1)
prop. wethout mark or stamp, opp. to émi-
onuos. So Gen. xxx. 42, rodCata aon-
ma—etrionua. Also of money, goyupos
aonuos, opp. to émionuos, Hdot. ix. 41.
Thuc. ii. 13, where see my Note. 2)
metaph. zgnoble, obscure, Acts xxi. 39, obx
acyuov woAews. And so Eurip. Jon 8,
mow ovK donor, and oft. in Class.
"AoQéveca, eias, 4, (ao0evis,) want
of strength, i.e. infirmity of body or feeble-
ness) of mind. PT. .gener., Rom.) vi. glo.
LiCorex, 43.0 Gal iv. 13. et) al Said
espec. of the weakness of human nature,
Za© or, xiao, Hebi. Va. ve Daal ot Pe
spec. znfirmity, 1) of body, by disease,
Matt. viii. 17. Lu. v. 15, viii. 2. xiii. 12.
John v. 5, et al. and Class. 2) of mind,
by depression of spirits, 1 Cor. ii. 3. Xen.
Ag. ix. 3; also, by impl. affizction, as pro-
ducing depression, Rom. viii. 26. 2 Cor.
Mino, Os 10.
"AoOeviw, f. how, (aobevijs,) to be
destitute of strength, 1. gener. as mostly
in Class., but metaph. Rom. viii. 3, gv wo
haGéver, ‘was [too] weak’ to. answer the
proposed end, 2 Cor. xiii. 3. Sept. and
Class. ; also to be accounted weak, 2 Cor.
xi. 4, 9.—IT. spec. to be infirm in body,
to labour under disease, Matt. x. 8. Mk.
vi. 56. Lu. iv. 40, et al.—IIL. fig. of the
mind, to be faint-hearted, depressed, 2 Cor.
xi. 21; also, by Hebr. to be weak in mind,
vacillating, and easily perturbed, Rom. xiv.
2, 21. 1 Cor. viii. 9. xi. 12. So dc@evetv
7H Wioret, ‘to be unsettled in the faith,
Rom. iv. i9, or in opinion, Rom. xiv. 1.
See, however, my note there.—IV. by
impl. to be afflected or distressed by op-
pression or calamity, Acts xx. 35. 2 Cor.
xi. 29. xii. 10, and Sept.
"AcQévynpa, atos, TO, (ac0evéw,) in-
firmity, prop. of body, but also metaph. of
mind, and producing doubts and scruples,
Rom. xv. |
‘AoGevis, gos, 0, 4, adj. (a, cOévos,)
without strength, feeble, I. gener. Matt.
AXI
xxvi. 41, 7 capE aobevis écvi, ‘is too
weak for the task,’ Mk. xiv. 38. 1 Pet. iii.
7. Sept. and Class. Including the idea of
imperfection, 1 Cor. xii. 22. Gal. iv. 9.
L @orsi-.25:, Heb,, yu. 18.—U1.spec....1)
enfirm in body, sick, Matt. xxv. 39, 43, 44.
fie 9, Acts iv.9,,et. al... 2) figur,,of |
the mind, depressed or faint-hearted, 2 Cor. |
x10. also, as implying a want of decision
or firmness of mind, dubious and vacil-
lating in faith or opinion, | Cor. viii. 7, 10.
ix. 22.1 Th. v. 14. 3) by impl. afflicted
or distressed, | Cor. iv. 10; or, in a moral
hans the body of sin, Rom. v. 6
’Acitia, as, n, te cttos,) abstinence
From food, fasting, Acts xxvii. 21. Jos.
Ant. xii. 7, and Class.
"A GLEOS,.0U, 0, 1, adj., (a, GtTos,)
Jasting, Acts xxvii. 33. Joseph. and Class.
"AoKéw, f. now, prop. to work up with
skill, as the raw materials of any handi-
craft, (Hom. I]. iii. 388, eZora ao.); also |
to exercise or practise any art, either of |
body or mind. Hence gener. with the
reflex pron. understood, to exercise oneself
In any thing, implying endeavour and
striving, Acts xxiv. 16, gv tovTw dé ad-
TOS ACKW.
"Aoxos, ov, 0, @ skin-botile, sewed up,
like a bladder, to hold liquid; such as
were anciently used, and are to this day in
use, in the East, Matt. ix. 17. Mk. ii. 22.
Lu. v. 37. Sept. and Class.
“Aopévws, adv. (jomévos, part. perf.
pass. of 70opat,) gladly, Acts il. 41. xxi.
17, and Class.
”"Acogos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a, codos,)
unwise, Eph. v. 15, as applied to true wis-
dom, that, which is in Christ Jesus.
"AocwaCopan, f. acouat, depon. mid.
(o7raw,) lit. to draw to oneself, Hom. Od.
ili. 85. Hence, to embrace ; and as that
was a form of salutation at meeting or part-
ing, so it came to mean salute. In N. T.
it is said, I. of those who meet, fo salute,
welcome, "Matt. x. 12. Mk. ix. 15. Lu. i.
40. x. 4, Sept. and Class. Including the
idea of paying one’s respects, Mk. xv. 18.
Acts xviii. 22. xxi. 7. Jos. Ant. vi. if be
foll. by év @tAyjpart, Rom. xvi. 16. 1 Cor.
xvi. 20.—II. of those who separate, fo
take leave of, Acts xx. 1. xxi.6,and Class.
—III. of salutations sent by letter, Rom.
xvi. d—23, & oft.—IV. by impl., as said
both of persons, fo love and cherish, Matt.
v. 47, and Class.; and of things, to wel-
come, receive gladly, Heb. xi. 13, aon.
Tas émayyenias. Jos. Ant. vi. 5, 3, ao7.
THY EUVOLQaD.
"AocTacmos, ov, 0, (dome Conan, ) sa-
lutation, whether oral, or by letter, Matt.
xxii. 7. Mk, xii. 38.
|
48
|
sense, diseased and wretched, ‘by bearing
AZT
"Aomtros, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, omihos,
prop. without ilemish, (as said of a victim, }
or without stun gener. Fig. of Christ,
] Pet. 1.19, and Class. ; metaph. wnble
mished, pure, as said of doctrine, | Tim.
vi. 14, or conduct, Ja. i. 27. 2 Pet. iii. 14)
"Aoqis, idos, 1, a2 asp, a species of
most venomous serpent, Rom. iii. 13. Sept
fElian H. An. i, 54.
"A omoveos, ou, 0, 7, adj. (a, e7rovey
compact after libation,) 1) without treaty,
Thue. i. 37. v. 382. 2) not making, or not’
observing treaties, trreconcilably hostile, +
placable, Rom. i. 3l. 2 Tim. iii. 3, and
Class.
“Acodptov, ov, TO, dimin. of Lat. a
A brass coin, equiv. to one-tenth of the
Opaxpt, or denarius, and half of the as,
Used in N. T., like our farthing, to denote
the most trifling value, Matt. x. 29. Lu.
xii. 6, and Dionys. Hal.
|
'
|
“A oooy, adv. (compar. of @yxz, near,)
prop. zearer, next to,and without comp. very
near to ; also, in a nautical sense, close in-
shore. So Gocov mapahiyecOar, “to coast
along close inshore,’ Acts xxvii. 13, and}
Homer, Eurip., Herodot., and Class.
"Acvtatéw, f. iow, (4oTaTos, unsta-
ble, fr. a & tornut,) 1) prop. to be un
fixed, unsettled, always in motion, said of
‘the troubled sea which cannot’rest.’
Appian, Bell. Sym. p. 221, detatotcy
Xetu@ve Sahacons. 2) metaph. to be wn
settled, i. e. without any settled abode,
1 Cor. iv. 11.
"AoTeios, ov, 0, 7, adj. (@oTv,) prop
of or belonging to a erty, and, by impl.
civilized, and polished in manners. I
NEE elegant, and, as said of external form
fair or handsome, Heb. xi. 23. Acts vii
20, aoretos, exceeding fair. Comp. Ex
ii. 2. Jos. Ant. ii. 9, 6.
"Aor, éo0s, 6, a star, said as well o
fixed stars as of planets and comets, and
even meteors, Matt. ii. 2, 7, 9, 10. 1 Cor.
xv. 41. Rev. vi. 13. viii. 12. xii. 1, 4. Septs
and Class. It is sometimes used symbol.
of Jesus, as ‘the morning-star, ushering
in the Gospel day of knowledge, grace, and.
glory,’ Rev. ii. 28. xxii. 16; and of the
angels, Rey. i. 16, 20. i. 1. iii. 1.
‘A cataneee ou, 0, 11, adj. (4, orn
picw,) unestablished, unstable ; met. 7cou~_
stant ; said of those ‘who have no firm per-
suasion of Christian doctrine to guide
them, 2 Pet. ii. 14. iii. 16. Longin. de ¢
Subl. ii. 2.
"A oToOYOS, ov, 0, 7], adj. (a, seoyhi :
without the natural affection of man, devoid §
of a sense of humanity, Rom.i. dl. 2 Tim. |
ili. 38, and Class. oT
‘AotToxXxé éw, f. no
o70xos, mark,) prop.
as
aoToxos, fr. a & | |
miss the mark in |
ple
AXT 49
shooting; fig. fo err or swerve from know-
ledge, truth, &c. foll. by genit. of thing,
1 Tim. i. 6, dv aoroxijcavtes, and Plut.
t. ii. 414, aoroxovor Tou peTtpiov Kai
WotTovTos : or an acc. with zrepi, 1 Tim.
vi. 21, wepi tijy mwiotw horoynoap.
2 Tim. ii. 18, and Plut. de Audit. mepi
TAS TWOLOTNTAS GOTOXOUUTES. —
"Aotoat?, 7s, 1, lightning, I. prop.
Rev. iv. 5. vill, 5. xi. 19. xvi. 18. Sept.
& Class.; put as the symbol of speed,
celerity, &c. Matt. xxiv. 27. Lu. x. 18.
xvii. 24. Nah. ii. 4.—II. by impl. bright-
ness, splendour, Matt. xxviii. 3. Lu. xi.
36, and Sept. Deut. xxxii. 4].
"Actpartw, f. Ww, (aorpat,) 1)
prop. to lighten, flash, as lightning, Lu.
‘xvii. 24. Sept. & Class. 2) by impl. to
shine, be bright, Lu. xxiv. 4.
"“AovT pov, ov, TO, prop. & constellation,
Xen. Mem. iv. 3, 4, but in N. T. and
sometimes in Class. (as Pind. Ol. i. 9.
fisch. Soer. Dial. iii. 7,) @ star, equiv. to
actijo, Lu. xxi. 25. Heb. xi. 12, al. In
Acts vii. 43, the ‘ Star-god,’ an image of
Saturn in the form of a star.
"Acuppwvos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, cvp-
qwvos,) 1) prop. dissonant, as said of
the absence of musical harmony, Wisd.
xviii. 10, do. éyPp@v Bory. Dion. Hal. de
Comp. V. xi. yopdjy ac.: in N. 7. fig.
of persons, discordant, Acts xxviii. 25,
acvuugwyvor ovtes Toos &AArjAovs. Diod.
Sic. iv. 1, dovudwvous eivar wods adAn-
Aovus.
"ActveTos, ov, 6,7, adj. (a, cvveTos,)
I. prop. devoid of understanding, dull of
comprehension, Matt. xv. 16. Mk. vii. 18.
Sept. Thuc. ii. 24.—II. from the Heb.
with the accessory idea of impiety, impious,
ungodly, Rom. i. 21, 31. x. 19, and Sept.
See however my note on Rom. i. 21.
‘AauvGertos, ov, 6,1, (a, cvvtibemat, )
1) prop. qué componi non potest, one who
cannot be brought together with others ;
2) ‘ one who will enter into no covenant,’ or
breaks it when made, faithless, Rom. i. 31.
Jer. iii. 7—11.
_ AcoaXe ra, as, 4, (aopadis,) I.
prop. firmness or fixedness of a body, imply-
ing security from slipping or falling. Thuc.
li. 22, Tov dororepov Oda povoy bTo-
Ozdeuévol, dopadzias Evexa THs Tods
Tov mhrov. Gener. security, Acts v. 23.
fig. certainty, Lu. i. 4.—II. metaph. and
by impl. security from peril, safety, 1 Th.
v. 3. Sept. and Class.
"AcpaXijs, gos, adj. (a, opaéddw,)
not slipping or falling, firm, fixed, immov-
able ; 1. prop. as said of an anchor, Heb.
wi. 19. Prov. viii. 28. Wisd. iv. 3. Xen.
An. iii. 2, 19.—II. fig. r6 aoanés, cer-
AXQ
Class.—III. metaph. secure from peril,
safe, i. e. ‘affording safety, Phil. iii. 1,
and Class.
"AcdadiCw, f. iow, and mid. depon.
acpadiCouat, (dogadis,) to make fust,
firm, or sure, trans. 1) prop. as tovs
mooas eis TO EvAov, Acts xvi. 24. Wisd.
xiii. 15, aepadtoapuevos oidyjpw. Pol. vi.
22, 4, 6 Supeds, dra TO GLONoOUY cia-
Awpua, doparilerar, &c. 2) metaph. to
secure, make safe against enemies, &c. Tov
tadov, Matt. xxvii. 65. Jos. Ant. xiii. 1,
tiv “lovdaiavy gpovpats dod. Pass. in
aor. 1. aogmaXdioOjvar, ‘ muniri custodia,’
Matt. xxvii. 64. Joseph. and Class.
"Acgpadwos, adv. (depadis,) 1) prop.
jirmly, i. e. without falling or slipping,
Xen. Mag. Kg. vill. 3, eiftouevoi—ag’
unrA@y dopmar@s KatTiévar. 2) fig.
securely, safely, viz. against enemies, &c.
Mk. xiv. 44, awayeyete (aitov). a. So
Pol. xiv. 44, evayayov a. tiv dvvapuy,
and oft. in later Class., also Acts xvi. 23,
d. Tnpety abtovs. Others understand,
diligently and cautiously, that none may
escape. Indeed, in those passages there
seems a blending of the two idioms, that
of security as the object, and diligent care
as the means. Also metaph. certaimly,
assuredly, securely from all danger of error,
&c. Acts ii. 36, aod. yrvwoKeTtw. So
Wisd. xviii. 6, dom. eiddores. Eunap.
Proer. eiddTt aod. .
"Acxnpovéw, f. jow, (asxhpwv,)
1) prop. to be without form, shapeless, in-
trans. Aélian V. H. xi. 4. 2) metaph. to
behave oneself unbecomingly, 1 Cor. xiii. 5.
(where see my note,) Sept. and Class.
3) to suffer disgrace, | Cor. vii. 36, ei dé
TIS doXnmovEely Et THY TapVEvov av’ToU
voices, ‘incurs disgrace on account of his
unmarried daughter.’ So Deut. xxv. 3,
aoxnpovice. Eurip. Hec. 407, doynpo-
vycat. Diod. Sic. xiv. 10, arynpovetv
éTolnoe AUTOY,
"Acxnpoctyvyn, 7s, 1, (acxnuwv,)
1) prop. deformity or ugliness, Plato ap.
Steph. Thes. 2) metaph. zxdecorum, and
hence, by impl. obscenity, Rom. i. 27.
Comp. Ecclus. xxvi. 8. Joseph. Ant. xvi.
7,6; by euphemism, nakedness, pudenda,
Rev. xvi. 15, and Sept.
"ACX Nw, OVOS, 6, 7, adj. (a, oXAMEe,
form, or figure,) prop. w2thout form, Hdian.
v. 6, 24; metaph. zmdecorous, Plato and
Hdian. ap. Steph. Thes. 1 Cor. xii. 23,
Ta doxrpova nua. Sept., Xen., & Plut.
’"AcwTia, as, 7, (&cwTos, lit. unsave-
able, incorrigible, dissolute, Pol. xiv. 12,
3,) dissoluteness, debauchery, Eph. v. 18.
Tit. 1.6. 1 Pet.iv. 4. dvadyvois THs AG,
‘sink of debauchery.” Prov. xxviii. 7
tainty, Acts xxi. 34. xxii. 30. xxv. 26, and | 2 Mace. vi. 4. Hdian. ii. 5, 2. oh AR es
D j
AZO
"Acwtws, adv. (dowros,) dissolutely,
Lu. xv. 13, (av d. Jos. Ant. xii. 4, 8.
’"Ataktéw, f. now, (&taxtos,) 1)
prop. to behave oneself disorderly, as sol-
diers who do not keep their ranks, Xen.
Cyr. vii. 2,6. 2) metaph. and spec. fo
desert one’s post, or in any way neglect
one’s duties. (Comp. Hor. Epist. i. 16, 67.
Xen. ic. v. 15, 2.) 2 Th. iii. 7, ob ATaK-
THoauev év vutv. So Plut. Apophth.
ap. Steph. Thes. in voc. ataxtijcas THs
TATPLoV aywyi7s.
"AT akTOS, ov, 6,7, ad]. (a, TAoo0ouat, )
1) prop. by a military figure, xot keeping
one’s ranks, as said of soldiers; 2) metaph.
neglectful of one’s duties, and gener. dis-
orderly, | Th. v. 14, rovs at. Plut. de
Educ. § 7, &taKxtoe joovat.
‘Arakrws, adv. (&tTuxTos,) prop.
without order, and metaph. zrregular, dis-
orderly, 2 Th. ii. 6, 11, av. wepitarety,
to live a disorderly life. Comp. Isocr. ad
Nic. araxtws Civ.
"ATekvos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (a, Téxvov,)
childless, Lu. xx. 28, seqq. Sept. & Class.
‘“AreviCw, f.icw,(atevis, fr. a,Teivw,)
prop. to fix oneself, and then, by use, Zo
fix one’s eyes upon any person or thing ;
also, to look fixedly at the object, atevws
opav, or adopav. In fact, there is an
ellipsis of tots 6@0adpots, or Oupact,
sometimes expressed, as in two passages of
Philostr. and Themist. cited by Schleusner.
The word is construed either with eis and
ace. of object, or its equiv. a dat. without
prep. In one or other of these construc-
tions it occurs ten times in the Acts, as
also in the later Class. writers, in both the
sense to look at and to gaze fixedly, as said
of the person, but never, as in Lu. iv. 20,
applied to the eyes, of d6p0adpoi tjcav
ateviCovtes attw. With the phrase at
Acts 1.10, ateviGovTes joav eis Tov ov-
oavov, we may compare the Virgilian (Ain.
ii. 405,) ‘ad celum tendens ardentia lu-
mina frustra.”
"Arep, adv. or prep. without, governing
the gen. & chiefly occ. in the poets, though
sometimes in the prose writers, as Dion.
Hal. and Plutarch, also 2 Mace. xii. Lo.
InN.T. at Lu. xxii.6,a@t29 6yAou, * with-
out tumult and annoyance ;) quite agree-
ably to the Classic usage, (so Hom. Od.
atTzo Kauatoto TéXeooay, and Il. atep
woképou eionAOe, and Hesiod Opp. 113,
aTED TE TOVwWY Kati OLGvos,) but in Lu.
xxl. 35, atee BadXavtiovu, without, as said
of possession, is unsupported by Classical
authority.
"Atipmatw, f. dow, (&timos,) 1) to
dishonour, disgrace, trans. John viii. 49. | slays with his own hand, whether himself, ©
2) to treat | or others; and hence fig. the actual or.
with indignity and abuse, as said of persons, | virtual doer of any thing; also, one who
Rom. ii. 23. Sept. -& Class.
00
ee
AYO
Lu. xx. 1]. Acts v.41. Ja. 1.6; of things,
Rom. i. 24, at. Ta cwpata. Sept. & Class. —
"Aripmta, as, 4, (&tuos,) dishonour. —
I. prop. 2 Cor. vi. 8. xi. 21. Rom. 1. 26.9
Sept. and Class. ; ixdecorum, 1 Cor. xi. 14.
—II. in the sense of vileness, meanness,
] Cor. xv. 43. So eis a@tupiav, ‘for a
mean use,” Rom. ix. 21. 2 Tim. ii. 20.
Sept. and Class.
"ATimos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, ruuy,) 1) %
prop. wnhonoured, also dishonoured, Class. —
In N. T. contemned, despised, 1 Cor. iv.
10, and Class. 2) by impl. mean, of no
estimation, Matt. xiii. 57. Mk. vi. 4. 1 Cor.
xii. 23, and Sept.
"Agripow, f. wow, (&Tios,) to dis- ©
honour, disgrace, Sept. and Class. In
N. T. to treat with indignity, abuse, Mk.
xii. 4, yTtuwpevov. Sept. and Class.
"Acpmtis, idos, 71, a vapour or exhalation,
Ja. iv. 14. comp. Wisd. ii. 2, 4; also said,
per catachresin, of a cloud of smoke, Acts —
li. 19, &tpis Katrvov, (cited from Joel ii. ©
30,) also in Sept. and Class. |
"AvTopmos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, Touh,) >
uncut, also not to be cut or divided; and —
by impl. very minute. In N. T. said of ©
time, év @TOuw 8c. Kpovw, ‘in a moment, —
instantly, 1 Cor. .xv..52.° .
"A Toros, ov, 6; 7, adj. (a, Toros.) in
Class. out of place, misplaced, and by impl.
incongruous, absurd. In N. 'T. unbecom-_
img, improper, and gener. evil or wicked,
as said both of persons, 2 Thess. iii. 2, and
of things, as conduct, Lu. xxiii. 41. Sept.
& Class. Also evil, in the sense zoxtous,
Acts xxviii. 6, undév @. ‘no harm.’ Thue.
11. 49, and oft. in the Medical writers.
Abyaw, f. aow, (avy,) 1) prop. to —
shine upon, give light to, Lev. xiii. 24, 25,
26, 28, & Class. 2) metaph. to enlighten,
2 Cor. iv. 4, foll. by dat. ;
Abyn, as, 7, a beam of light, gener.
that of the sun, and esp. at his rising above
the horizon, the dawning of day, Acts xx.
ll. Polyen. p. 386, xaTa thy mpwTny
a. THS NEOaS.
Avdaéns, E08, 6, 7, adj. (ad’Tds, 400-
pat,) lit. self-complacent, and by impl. self
sufficient, self-willed, arrogant, Tit. i. 7.
2 Pet. ii. 10. Sept. and Class.
Ab@Oatoetos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (avrds,
aioéopat,) self-chosen, voluntary, of one’s
own accord; said both of persons and
things, 2 Cor. viii. 3, baie dvvauw avé.
scil. cuvéepov, and ver. 17, avO. e&yX0e
moos Uuas, Where it is used adverbially,
as Lucian, Cataplus § 4, eizreTo av0. por. |
AvOevréw, f. How, from avdévrys,
for atvtoévtys, which means lit. oxe who,
AYA
exercises authority in any matter, Eurip.
Suppl. 442, one who ‘ pro auctoritate agit,’
avTodtkos, or E€ouvctacts. Hence av-
Sevréw came to mean, as in N. T. (1 Tim.
ii. 12.) to usurp authority over, for eEouvcer-
aw, kuotevw. So Diod. Sic. i. 27, «u-
plevely THY yuvatka Tavdods. And as it
bears the sense of Kvorevw, it carries its
syntax, a genit.; as indeed all verbs that
have the idea of ruling.
Av’Xéa, f. iow, to play on the abdos,
or jiute, (see in voce,) Matt. xi. 17. Lu.
vii. 32. 1 Cor. xiv. 7, and Class.
A vA, Hs, 1, (atw, fr. dw, to blow,) I.
a couri-yard, any inclosed but open and airy
spot before a house, Athen. v. 2. Used
in N. T. I. of a@ sheepfold, John x. 1, 16.
Hom. Il. iv. 433. Joseph. Ant. i. 11, 2.—
IL. of the court of an Oriental edifice,
whether, 1) znnzer, around which the
house was bnilt, Matt. xxvi. 58. Mk. xiv.
54, 66. xv. 16. Lu. xxii. 55. John xviii.
15. Sept., Joseph., AH]. V. H. iii. 48;
or, 2) the outer or eaterior court, before
the vestibule of a dwelling-house, Hom.
I]. xxiv. 452, or other edifice, as Rev. xi.
2, of the Temple.—III. by synecd. of part
for whole, @ mansion having such an ex-
terior court; which accordingly was the
name given to the residences of monarchs,
or supreme governors, or great men gene-
rally, answering to our palace or mansion.
AuvdnTriIis, ov, 6, a player on the
avXos, or flute, Matt. ix. 23. Rey. xviii.
22. Joseph. and Class.
Abdifouat, f. icoua:, depon. mid.
(avX},) to pass the time, whether day or
night, 7 an abA%, court, encampment, &c.
espec. the night. Hence, gener. to pass the
might or lodge in any place, intrans. Matt.
meg i xxi. os. oept. Jos. i. 19, 1.
AvXos, ov, 6, (aw, to blow,) a wind
instrument, corresponding to the tibza of
the Romans, and our flute, or rather fla-
geolet, 1 Cor. xiv. 7. Sept. and Class.
AvEava, (a later form fr. avEw,) f.
avéncw, to increase, trans. and intrans.
I. trans. to cause to increase, to enlarge,
whether in size, 1 Cor. iii. 6, 7, or number,
2 Cor. ix. 10. Sept. Joseph. and Class.—
II. intrans. avێvw, mid. avFavouat, (f.
yoona:, aor. 1. pass. with mid. signif.
nvAnOnv,) to receive increase, to grow up.
1) mid. either prop. Matt. xiii. 32. 1 Pet.
ii. 2, or metaph. 2 Cor. x. 15. Col. i. 10.
Sept. and Class. 2) act. or trans. Matt. vi.
28. Mk. iv. 8. Lu. i. 80, and oft. al.
AvEnots, ews, 4, (avEavw,) prop.
growth, or wmcrease gener. InN. T. occ.
only metaph. of spiritual enlargement, be-
stowed by God through the influences of
the Holy Spirit, Eph. iv. 16. Col. ii. 19,
avéec THv av&now Tov Ozov.
Avéw, see AVEdvw.
51
AY 7
Avotov, adv. (avoa, ‘the breezy call
of incense-breathing morn,’) to-morrow,
Matt. vi. 30. Lu. xii. 28, et al. Sept. and
Class. Sometimes accompanied by the
art. 77 avpuov, scil. 7uépa, Matt. vi. 34, et
al. and Class.
Avotyoos, &, ov, adj. (atw,) I. prop.
1) as applied to the feeling, dry, harsh ;
2) as applied to the taste, harsh, or sowr.—
Il. metaph. of the disposition, severe and
harsh, Lu. xix. 21, seq. or as the following
context requires, churlish, in the sense
griping, covetous:
Auvtaoxeta, as, 4, (attaoxns,) lit.
self-sufficiency, i. e. sufficiency within one-
self. 1) said of a mind contented with its
lot, self-contentedness, 1 Tim. vi. 6, and
Class. 2) of the having sufficiency jor
one’s wants, competency, 2 Cor. ix. 8.
Attvapxns, eos, 6, 7, adj. (avTos,
aoxéw,) 1) prop. selfsufficient ; i. e. to
satisfy one’s own wants; so Class. 2) me-
taph. ‘ contented with one’s own lot,’ Phil.
iv. 1], év ots eiut, avtadoxns. So Kcclus.
xl. 18, wi) avtaoxous épyatou yAuKap-
O@ncetrar. Diog. Laert. ii. 24; of Socrates,
Pol. vi. 48. Thuc. iii. 36.
Abtoxat&kplttTos, ov, 0, 1, adj.
(avtos, KataKxoivw,) self-condemned, Tit.
iii, 11, where see my note.
A’tépatos, n, ov, adj. 1) prop.
self-moved, (as certain machines, called
automatons,) Hom, U1. 376. Thusin Acts
xii. 10, adtouatyn 4 wiry AvotxOn, i. e.
‘without any foreign aid.” Plut. Timol.
12, ws of Tov ve® TuAwVES AUT. OLaVvoLX-
Qetev. 2) metaph. spontaneous, as said of
land yielding its produce without cultiva-
tion, Mk. iv. 28, attoudtn 7 yn Kao-
mopopet. Arrian, E. A. vii. 4, 8, ot
AElu@ves VaOOoV a’TOMaToL EKPéEpovGt.
Hes. Opp. 117, 118, xapwov © epece
Ceidwoos dpovpa AuTouaTn.
Atctorrns, ov, 6, (avtos, orTopat,)
prop. an adj. selfbeholding ; but used as a
subst. an eye-witness, Lu. i. 2, and Class.
Avtos, 7, 0, pron. used in three ways ;
1) in the sense self; 2) in the oblique case,
him, her, tt; 3) with the art. the same.
I. sELF, in all the persons, as ‘myself,
thyself, himself.t. jozned with a noun, or
pron. as if in apposition, and put either
after the noun, or before it, and its article.
1) self, emphatic, and apart from every
thing not self, e. gr. with proper name,
Mk. xii. 36, adtos yao Aavid. Lu. xx.
42. John iv. 2, "Incovs aitos, ‘ Jesus
himself, in distinction from his disciples.
2 Cor. x. 1, aités d& éyw TWavAos. Mk.
vi. (17, et. al~ oft: in (N. Ts and Glass: -
with other nouns, Rom, viii. 26, avto +o
IIvevua. 1 Cor. xv. 28, aitos 6 Yios.
Gal. vi. 13. Rev. xxi. 3; with personal
pronouns, as avtos éyw, KaywW avTos,
D2
Se
AY ®
busts avo, &c. in N. T. and Class. and
sometimes other pronouns, as avTot ov Tou,
Acts xxiv. 15. 0s kai avtos, Matt. xxvii.
57. Sept. and Class. 2) in the sense even,
implying comparison and distinction, 1 Cor.
xi. 14, 4% ovde abth 7 iors didackel;
2 Cor. xi. 14, attos yap 6 Sart. al. and
Class. 3) as marking the strongest em-
phasis, the very, John v. 36, atta Ta
goya. Heb. ix. 24, eis avtov Tov otoa-
vov. 4) as marking the exclusion of all
else, self alone, 2 Cor. xii. 13, avtos éyo,
‘I alone, exclusive of the other apostles.
Rev. xix. 12, ei ui) avtos, ‘except himself
alone;? with wovos subjoined, John vi. 15,
et Class. 5)in the sense of oneself, of one’s
own accord, apart from all external im-
pulse, John xvi. 27, avtos yao o Wari
@itet vuas. | Pet. ii. 24, and Class.—t11.
used alone, the pers. pron. being under-
stood, chiefly in nomin. for Z myself, he
himself, with various degrees of emphasis,
1) gener. and often with xat, Lu. vi. 42.
Mave 24. sohn ix. 21." Phil. i DAS cat
autos Taxéws éhevoomat, et al.sepe. 2)
put emphat. for a person distinguished
from all others. So often of Jesus, autos,
fe, i. e. the Lord and Master, Matt. viii.
24, Mk. iv. 38, et al. So of God, Heb.
xiii. 5. Compare the avtos épa of the
disciples of Pythagoras, as said of their
master.—III. where several words inter-
vene between the subject and the verb,
avtos is put emphatically, instead of re-
peating the subject itself, 1) in the sense
of ot Tos or éxetvos, this, that, Matt. i. 21;
autos yao (for He, and no other) cwoer
tov Naov avTou. v. 4, wakaouol ol TEv-
Gouvtes, dT avTot (for they, of all others)
awaoak\yOnoovta. xi. 14, avtos éotiv
"AX. ‘this is Elias,’ etal. sepe in N. T. and
Sept. and sometimes in Class. 2) with
ordinals, avtos denotes one’s own self,
with the others included in the number,
Rey. xvii. 11. 2. Pet. ii. 5, et Class.—IT.
PUT INSTEAD OF THE PERS. PRON. of
3rd pers. him, her, tt, but only in the
oblique cases, and not at the beginning of
a construction.—t. as referring to a definite
subject or antecedent expressed ; viz. gener.
and simply, Matt. ii. 16, cai idov, ave-
wyX8ncay av’tw ol ovpavol, Kai eide TO
vevua Tov Ozov KaTtaBaivoy woe
TeploTepav, Kal ~0XOmEVOY ET’ AUTOV.
wi. 20, yin. DT. xi. 25. et tak oft.—=ar.
where no definite subject, or antecedent, is
directly expressed, but avtov, &c. stands
in the constructio ad sensum, 1) as refer-
ring to names of places, (countries, cities,
&c.) in which is included the collective
idea of “their zxhabitants, Matt. iv. 23,
Vedtdkaiav—aytov. Lu. iv. 15. Acts viii.
5, avtots, i. e. the Samaritans. xx. 2.
2 Cor. ii. 13. 1 Thess. i. 9. Thuc. i. 136,
7 > / nn 3 - 3 La
evyet—is Keoxuvpav, av avT@y evEecye-
52
Ao
gTys, and oft. al. ap. Class. 2) as referring
to an abstract noun implied in a preceding
concrete, and vice versa, John viii. 44,
WevoTIS ECTL, KAL O WaTi0 avTou, scil.
Tou Wevdous: vice versa, Rom. ii. 26.
Lu. v. 17. 3) as referring to an ante-
cedent implied in a preceding verb, Acts
xii. 21, 6 ‘Howédns édnunydoet mpos
autos, scil. Tov djpuov. | Pet. iii. 13, 14,
poBov avTav, i.e. Tav KakobvTwY buas.
4) where there is no grammatical refer-
ence whatever to the preceding context,
but the antecedent is merely pre-supposed,
Lu. i. 17, wpoeXstoetat avtov, namely,
the Messiah. 1 John ii. 12. 2 John 6.
Lu. ii. 22, ca0aptouov avT@y, i. e. the
mother and her child. xxiii. 51, 77
moaee: avt@yv, the Sanhedrim. Acts iv.
5, av’ta@y (i.e. the Jews). Matt. xi. I.
xii. 9. Heb. viii. 8, autots Neyer, and
sometimes in Class. 5) avtov, avTov,
&c. is sometimes found where one might
expect the reflexive éavrov, &c. Matt.
xxi. 45. John i. 48, et al. and Class.—
Ill. WITH THE ARTICLE, 6 avtos, 7]
avTyn, To auto, the same.—t. gener. the
same, i. e. not different, objectively, Mk.
xiv. 39. Lu. vi. 38, Tw aitw meTow..
Rom. ix, 2]... x. 12, etal. \Mencemne
adverbial phrases TO avto, ‘in the same
manner;’ vl TO avo, ‘in one and the
same place,’ or, ‘at one and the same
time;? kaT& TO avTo, ‘at the same time,
together. —1I. put szlyectively, in the
sense always the same, unchanging, Heb.
i.12, od 62 6 abros et. Heb. xii. 8. Thuc.
ii. 26, 6 abrdés eime.—tI. as constr. with
a dative, the same with, the same as, 1 Cor.
xi. 5, €v yao éote Kal To avTo TH eEupN-
pévy. | Pet. v. 9, and Class.
Avrou, adv. of place, here, there, Matt.
xxvi. 36. Acts xv. 34. xviii. 19.
Awbtov, is, ov, Attic contr. for Eavtou,
&c. himself, herself, Matt. i. 21, and oft, in
N. T. and Class.
AvToOgdwpos, ov, 6, 17, adj. (avtos,
gwe, fur,) prop. taken in the very theft,
and gener. taken in the very act of commit-
ting any crime, Thuc. vi. 38, KoXaQwv
avTtopwoous, Jos. Ant. xvi. 8, 4, espec.
adultery, as John viii. 4, cateAnpOy er’
avTOPwWOW pmoryevouévy, Where é7 aut.
is an adverbiat phrase, formed from the
neuter avTomweov.
Adréyetp, pos, 6, 7, adj. (avros,
Xelp,) domg any thing with one’s own
hands, equiv. to avtoveryos, Acts XxXvil.
19, avr. é6sivapuev. Aristoph. Av. 1155.
Hdian. vii. 2, 17. .
AUX pmnoos, &, ov, adj. (avxuos, dirt, or
—
dust,) prop. dusty, dirty ; and as the idea |
of squalidness in a place suggests that of ©
dimness or duskiness, hence the word —
comes to have that sense, as in Aristot.
AMA
cited by Wets. where to otitBov kat
AauTpov is opposed to Tw avXuNnow Kal
ad\autet. Such, too, is the sense, how-
ever disputed, at 2 Pet. i. 19, ws AVXvw
PaivoyvTe &v avxunow Tow, such being
demanded by the context; thongh there
may also be included an under sense, by
way of allusion to the world as a dark and
dreary abode.
"A @matpéw, f. how, to take away, re-
move. I. gener. as To dverdus, Lu. i. 20.
Rev. xxii. 19, text. rec. Sept. and Class.
In Rom. xi. 27. Heb. x. 4, apacportv
_@uaptiav or duaptias means to take
away the [consequences of} sez, by remov-
ing its punishment and procuring its for-
giveness; and so oft. in Sept. and some-
times in Apocr. The mid. form occ. in Lu.
xvi. 3; the pass. in Lu. x. 42, and Sept. &
Class.—II. spec. to cut off; as we say ‘to
take off; e. gr. To wTiov, To ovs, Matt.
ova Ol) Mk. xiv. 47. Du. xxii. 50.
Sept. and later Class.
"A davis, ~os, 6, 7, adj. (a, paivw,)
not apparent, unseen, Heb. iv. 138. Apocr.
and Class.
"A havitw, f. icw, (epavijs,) to cause
to disappear, to put out of sight,Class. \Pass.
to be out of sight, disappear, Joseph. Ant.
iv. 8,48. In N. T. it is used in two senses,
I prop. to disappear, vanish, Ja. iv. 14,
atuis ad. Philo, p. 714, +6 cxdtos dd.
Also metaph. ‘to faint away from fear,’
Acts xiii. 41. Ez. xxx. 9.—II. by impl.
to destroy, Matt. vi. 19, sq. answering to
dta@pUeiow in Lu. xii. 33. And so in Sept.
and Class.—III. fig. ‘to deprive of a
goodly appearance, to deform, disfigure,
Ta TpdcwTa, Matt. vi. 16.
"Agpavicpos, ov, 6, (apaviGw,) prop.
a putiing out of the way, making away
with, and metaph. destruction ; also fig. a
making away with a law or covenant by
abolishing it, Heb. viii. 13, zyyts aga-
VLO}LOU.
"A davtos, ov, 0, 1, adj. (a, wéav-
Tat, fr. paivowar,) same as adavys, not
apparent, or seen. Hence in Lu. xxiv. 3l,
ap. yevio8ar, ‘to disappear or vanish.’
So dpavys yevécbar, 2 Macc. iii. 34, of
the disappearance of angels.
_ Apedpay, avos, 0, (dro, apart, and
20pa, a stool,) a privy, Matt. xv. 17. Mk.
vil. 19. A later Greek word.
"A @etdia, as, 7, (apedys, fr. a, and
eidouar,) prop. wasparingness, as said of
the body, by fasting, or other austerity. In
this sense the word does not occ. elsewhere
in N. T.; but in the Class. writers, as
Thuc. ii. 43,51, and Lucian ii. 915, the cog-
nate verb aqeiceiv foll. by cwpartos,
Riou, or opay avTay, is used in the sense
53 A®l
of ‘neglecting the care of the body,’ by not
attending to its safety.
"A meXOrns, TnTOS, 0, (aperns, sim-
ple, sincere,) s¢mplicity, sincerity, Acts il.
46. The Class. use for it apéXera.
"Agects, ews, 7, (dpinut,) prop. @
letting go, in various views: 1) désmissrox
rom, service, or deliverunce from captivity,
Lu. iv. 18. Sept. and later Class. 2) re-
mission of debts, &c. Deut. xv. 3. Esth. ii.
18. 1 Macc. xiii. 834; or of sims, as in
N. T. either absol. Mk. iii. 29. Heb. ix.
22. x. 18, or foll. by auaoetiav, Matt.
xxvii i28. Mlk 104. dba. 13°77,cet al:otte
So, with éyxAnuatwv or Tipwpias, in
Diod. Sic.
‘Agi, 7s, 1, (&rTw, necto,) prop. the
sense of touch, or the act of touching ; but
as that implies close communion, thus
the word came to mean ‘vinculum’ in
gener. and espec. any ‘ligature’ by which
the different members of the body are con-
nected, @ yjowt. So, though metaph.
Eph. iv. 16, amy ths éwrxopyyias, Col.
ii. 19, 2€ ob Wav TO cHma dLa TOV APwy
Kat cuvdécpwv, &c. this sense of aq7) is
rare, only occurring elsewhere in Plnut.
Anton. c. 27, and Orig. contra Cels. vii. 4.
"A gd0apcia, as, 7, (4p0aptos,) 1)
prop. wézcorruptebrlity, i. e. incapability of
decay; 2) metaph. as said of the future
bodies of the saints, zmmortality, 1 Cor.
xv. 42, 50, 53, 54. Plut. Aristid. c. 6. Se
also of their future life and felrcity, 2'Tim.
i. 10, Cwyv kai dpVapciav, by hendiad.
(for Gwyv apbaptov, as év apOapcia is
at 1 Cor. xv. 42, and Wisd. ii. 23, put for
&p§aotos.) Also in Rom. ii. 7. Comp.
1 Cor, ix. 25. 1 Pet. v. 4. But as the
sense incorruptibility naturally involves
that of perpetuity, so ap¥. came to denote
perpetuity, as said of things. So Eph. vi.
24, év &p0apoia, though there it is an
adverbial phrase, for aplaptws, ‘ per-
petually, unceasingly.’
"A@0aptTos, “ov, 0, 7, adj. (a, and
pbaertos, fr. P0eiow,) prop. zncorruptible,
I. as said of persons, zmmortal, Rom. i. 23.
1 Tim. i. 17. 1 Cor. xv, 52,—I1_-as said of
things, zmperzshable, 1 Cor. ix. 25, oré.
ap. Comp. Wisd. xviii. 4. 1 Pet. i. 4,
KAnpovopiav apd. (so Hom. Il. xv. 498,
KAynpos akypatos,) and 23, iii. 4, Jos.
Ant. iii. 5, 3.
"Agdinut, (dd, tinut,) f. adjow,
aor. 1, apyxa, aor. 1. pass. apéOnyv, fut. 1.
pass. dpeOrjcouar, (anomalous forms, 2
p. pres. agets, fr. dpéw, Rev. ii. 20. Impf.
np.ov, fr. apiw, Mk. i. 34. xi. 16, and
Philo. Perf. pass. 3 pl. a@éwvtar, Matt.
ix. 2,5. Mk. ii. 5, 9, et al. from a form of
the perf. act. dpéwka,) to send forth or
away, or to let go from oneself. I. prop.
to dismiss, as Beas Matt. xiii. 36, and
A@I
Class. to put away, as a wife, 1 Cor. vii.
D2 Lal doseph: wants xv, Vee co
give up, lit. letting go, the spirit or life, to
jTvevua or THY Wuxyv, Matt. xxvii. 50.
Sept., Jos., and later Class.; to utter, lit.
sending forth, a shout or outcry, Mk. xv.
37. Sept., Joseph., and sometimes Class. —
Il. to let go, prop. from one’s power, &c.
to let escape, Matt. xxiv. 40, 41. Lu. xvii.
a4. Sept. and later Class.; fig. to let go
from obligation, to remit, as a debt or of-
fence, Matt. xvill. 27, 32, 35. Mk. xi. 25.
Sept. and Class. So of sins, to remit the
penalty, forgive, foll. by dat. of person,
Mattovieel2. ix2b..6., cn 3b, and: oft:
al. in Sept. and Class.—III. to let go from
further notice, care, &c. to let alone, 1)
prop. to quit, forsake, as said both of per-
sons and things; so éo leave, or let remain,
in any place or state, Matt. v. 24. xviii. 12.
Mk.i. 20, &c.; also fo leave to any one, let
him have or take any thing, Matt. v. 40,
apes avTw Kal TO iuatiov: to leave behind
at death, Matt. xxii. 25. Mk. xii. 19, sq.
and Sept.; so to leave remaining, Heb. ii.
8, et al. 2) metaph. ¢o Jeave, in the sense
quit or desert, Rom. i. 27. Rev. ii. 4; or
omit, pass by, Heb. vi. 1, and Class.; or
neglect, Mk. vii. 8. Lu. xi. 42.—IV. to let
go, i. e. to let pass, permit, suffer, foll. by
accus. with infin. expressed or implied,
Mani wilt. 22.) xis dU. 2 xix. LAL MKT.
o4, et al.
"A pmikvéouat., f. iEouar, depon. (a7ro,
iKvéoual,) prop. to come or go away toa
place, i. e. fo arrive at, foll. by eis; but
in N. T. mé@taph. as said of a report, fo go
forth, or abroad, Rom. xvi. 19. So in
Keclus. xlvii. 16. Aul. V. H. ii. 41.
’Agirayabos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, Pi-
Los, ayabds,) unfriendly to good men or
goodness, 2 Tim. iii. 3.
"A@mihkapyupos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a,
Piros, &oyvoos,) not fond of money, libe-
Toll Vimesyi.. 3d. Elebini.
"AgprEis, ews, 4, (&pixvéouar,) in
Class. mostly arrival ; in N. T. departure,
Acts xx. 29. And so in Jos., and ctca-
sionally in the Class.
"Agdiotype, f. wow, trans. and intr.
I. TRANS. in the pres. imperf. fut. and Ist
aor. tenses, to put away or apart from,
separate, cause to depart, foll. by acc. of
pers. and gen. of pers. or thing, Sept. and
Class. In N. T. zo dead or draw away, as
a people from their allegiance, Acts v. 37,
atjéactTynoe adv ikavov oTicw avTou.
And so Sept., Herodot. i. 154. Thue. iv.
81. vil. 35, & oft. and elsewh. in the best
Class.—II. INTRANS. in the act. perf. plu-
perf. and aor. 2; and in mid. to separate
oneself from, to depart. 1) gener. to go
away from, or leave, either foll. by aio
and gen. (Lu. ii. 37. iv. 138. Acts xii. 10,
54
A®O
xix. 9. Lu. xiii. 27, and Sept.) or by gen.
without prep., as in Class.; spec. to with-
draw from, avoid, as said either of per-
sons, and prop. 1 Tim. vi. 5. 2 Tim. ii. 19,
(with which | would compare Thuc. vi. 88,
3, ol ToAXol aectikecay, ‘ kept off or
aloof, and Eurip. Iph. T. 1295, é£éveve’
aTooTHvar Toocw, ‘to stand off at a dis-
tance ;’) or of persons and things; in the
former case to refrain from, let alone, Lu.
iv. 13, aaéoty am’ avtov. Comp. 2 Cor.
xii. 8, va atwootH am’ éuov. Acts Vv.
00, aTOoTYHTE ATO THY avQowTwY TOU-
Tw. XXli. 29, awéctyncav am avTou ot
médXovtes avTov aveTaCew: or of things,
metaph. to desist from, to abandon, as Jos.
Ant. i. 19,10, @arocrHvat THs éoedbvns.
Thue. ii. 47, avt@v améctycay, and vii.
7, Tt apeotHKet Tov ToAémou, and often
in Polyb., but always without d7o. 2)
In act. & mid. metaph. to revolt from, ab-
sol. Lu. viii. 13. foll. by gen. 1 Tim. iv.
1; by avo, Heb. iii. 12. Sept. and Class.
"“Agvw, adv. (contr. from eépavas,)
lit. év pimy ép8aruov, suddenly, unex-
pectedly, Acts li. 2. xvi. 26. xxviii. 6.
Sept. and Class.
"A doBws, adv. (a, poos,) fearlessly,
boldly, Lu. i.74. 1 Cor. xvi. 10. Phil. i. 14.
Jude 12. Sept. and Class.
"A dopotdw, f. wow, (amd, dporos,)
to render or make like, i. e. ‘from (amo)
being unlike,’ and gener. to liken; also
pass. to be likened unto, or to be like unto,
Heb. vii. 3, apwmowwpévos Tw Yiw Tov
Ozcov. The pass. form is thought rare,
being only cited from Epist. Jerem. v. 63,
71; but it occurs often in Plato, and gener. '
in a mid. sense, to be like unto, so as to
admit of a comparison with.
"A hoodw, f. droWouat, aor. 2. amet
éov, (ato, d6vadw,) 1) prop. to look off or
away from an object, and turn the face to
a distant one, fixing it thereon. 2) metaph.
of mental survey, by forcing the mina
intently upon any object of consideration,
whether a person or thing, espec. for imi-
tation. So Heb. xii. 2, a@@. sis “In-
couv. 4 Macc. xvii. 10, ad. eis Tov Geor.
Jos. Ant. vii. 12, 1, am. mpos tov Ceov.
Arrian Diss. Epict. iv. 1, eis Tavta a@o-
oa Ta Tapadsiyuata: but also as an
object for reflection, Jos. Ant. vii. 5, 4,
moos THY adnberav apopwv.
"A popiCa,f. icw or 1@, (amo, opifw,)
]) prop. to mark or limit off, by setting
bounds; 2) met. to set off or apart, sepa-
rate, Matt. xiii. 49. xxv. 32. Acts xix. 9.
2 Cor. vi. 17. Gal. ii. 12. Sept. and Class.
3) metaph. to put apart or separate, for
the purpose of rejection, to excommunicate,
Lu. vi. 22, drav addopicwow twas. En-
rip. Hec. 931. 4) to set apart, as an ob-
ject of choice, to select for any purpose, ta
A®O i)
Jappornt, Acts xiii. 2, ad. wor Tov Bapv.
Jat tov IlavXop eis To Eoyov. Rom. i. 1,
apworcpévos eis evayyédwov Oeov. Gal.
1. 15, ag. jae Ex KotNias pnTpds pov.
‘A doopi, 7s, 2, (ao, oppi,) 1) the
place from which any person issues, or any
thing originates; 2) the means whereby
the action is accomplished; 3) the occa-
ston or opportunity of undertaking the
thing, Rom. vii. 8, 11, cpopuiv AaBovca
7) Quaptia, dua THs EvToAs. 2 Cor. v. 12,
a. O.dovTes buty Kavxynjpatos. Gal. v. 13,
eis acooury TH oapKi, | Tim. v. 14.
"A ppiCw, f. icw, (édpos,) to froth or
foam, Mk. ix. 18, 20, and Class.
“A doos, ov, 6, froth, foam, Lu. ix. 39,
and Class.
"A hooctvn, ns, 1, (a4powv,) want of
wisdom or prudence, 1) gener. 2 Cor. x1.
1, 17. Sept. and Class. 2) from the Hebr.
want of true and spiritual wisdom, zmprety,
Mk. vii. 22. Sept.
“A Pew, ovos, 6, 7, adj. unwise, fool-
ash, 1. gener. Lu. xi. 40. xii. 20. 1 Cor.
xv. 36. 2Cor. xi. 16. xii. 6,11. Sept. and
Class.—II. spec. uninstructed, i.e. ignorant
of true religion, Rom. ii. 20. Eph. v. 17.
1 Pet. ii. 15, and Sept.
‘Agdutvow, f. wow, (aduTvos, fr.
amo, Uxvos,) prop. and in the earlier
writers, to cease from sleep, to awake from
sleep. In N.T. and later writers, to sleep
out or away, as said of deep and lengthened
sleep, Lu. viii. 23, for which the earlier
writers use kaluTrvow.
“A gwvos, ou, 6, 11, adj. (a, pwvi,)
speechless, in two senses : I. prop. dumb,i.e.
devoid of the power of speech, as beasts,
2 Pet. ii. 16; idols, 1 Cor. xii. 2. Comp.
Hab. ii. 18, sq.—IJ. mute, silent, i.e. in
patient suffering, Atl. V. H. xii. 41; me-
taph. znarticulate in expression, not having
TiV Ovvayiv THS Pwv7s, | Cor. xiv. 10.
"Ax aptotos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (a, yagi-
fopuar,) unthankful, ungrateful, Lu. vi. 35,
Tous 4X. Kal Movyoovs. 2 Tim. iii. 2, cx.,
VOC LOL.
"Axetpotointos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a,
Xeip, Tovéw,) not made with human hands,
not the work of men, tov vaov touToy
Tov Xetporointov. 2 Cor. v. 1, oixiav
@xeipovointoy. Col. ii. 11, weprtouy
aXELp0T.
"Axrus, vos, 7, a thick mist or cloud,
such as shrouds objects from the view,
Hom. Od. vii. 41. In N. T. said of the
eyes, in the sense a mist before the sight,
Acts xiii. 11, ayAv’s kai oxoTos. Jos. Ant.
ix. 4, 3, ayAby tais dWais abta@y ét-
Barwv. Hippocr. and Galen.
"AX peétos, ia, ov, adj. (a, ypsta,) I.
prop. wxprofitable, i.e. good for nothing,
5 Ae
2 Sam. vi. 22. In N. T. by impl. evil and
harmful, Matt. xxv. 30. And so a@ypn-
o7os in Philem. 11.—I1. metaph. wameri-
tortous, by having only done one’s duty,
Lu. xvii. 10, dovAor aypetoi Eopev.
"A xoerow, f. wow, (aypetos,) prop. to
render useless, mar. In N. T. pass. me-
taph, to be spodled for use, become corrupt,
Rom, iii. 12.
"AXpnoTos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a, xpn-
otos,) 1) prop. wxprofitable, useless, Sept.
and Class. 2) metaph. and by impl. evzl
and detrimental, foll. by dat. of pers. Phi-
lem. 11. Sept. and Class.
"AX pt, or adypis before a vowel, 1)
prop. an adverb of time, and sometimes of
place, marking duration, continuity, but
also used as a prep. with gen. continuedly,
until, during. 2) with verbs as a con-
junction, so long as, until, foll. in N. T.
only by the subj. mood, implying uncer-
tainty. I. as a PREPOS. with the gen.
1) with nouns of time, as @yor Kkat-
gou, ‘during a season, Lu. iv. 13. Acts
xed. [ise 1 ay pis avyas, Sc ort
also Gyou Javatov, Acts xxii. 4. Rev. ii.
10. xii. 11. 2) with nouns of place, Acts
xiii. 6, @ypr Taqpov. xx. 4. xxviii. 15.
2 Cor. x. 13. Rev. xiv. 20. 3) with a
relat. pron. either with a noun of time, as
axXpt js jmépas, until the day or tume (i. e.
until) Matt. xxiv. 38. Lu. i. 20. xvii. 27.
Acts i. 2; or foll. by ob, for @ypu xoovou
ov, ‘until the time when,’ i. e. until, Acts
vii. 18. xxvii. 33. Rom. xi. 25. 1 Cor. xi.
DBalxvs) 20:4 Galati. 198 ave 195 Rev ais
25. vii. 3, and Class. With a verb in the
pres. &xyors o0 means so long as, while,
Heb. iii. 13, dypis 08 TO ohpepov KaXéet-
vat. 2 Macc. xiv.10. 4) before particles,
Rom. i. 13, &you Tov devpo. vill. 22, ayo
tov vuv, Phil. i. 5. Jos. and Philo.—II.
as a CONJUNCTION before verbs in the sub-
junct., Lu. xxi. 24. Rev. xv. 6. xvu. 17.
xx. 3. Jos. and later Class.
"A yvocy, ov, T0, prop. chaff, Sept. and
Class. In N. T. the broken straw left after
the sheaves of corn have been trodden
out, Matt. iii. 12. Lu. ui. 17.
"AWeuv0rs, gos, 0, 1, adj. (a, Wevdrs, )
incapable of falsehood or deceit, Tit. i. 2, 6
aw. Ozos, an appellation of God, found
also in the Classical writers. So Eurip.
Or. 364, aWevdns Oeos.
“AwtvOos, ov, 1, wormwood, as the
emblem of poisonous bitterness, Rev. vill.
11 Comp: Jertix. 15: 'xxiil lo:
"AWuxXos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (a, Wuxn,)
inanimate, devoid of life or sense, 1 Cor.
xiv.7,Ta aw. sc. dpyava. Sept. & Class.
D4
BA®O
BD
BaOpos, ov, 6, (Gaivw,) I. prop. a
step, whether of a staircase, or as leading
up to a door; also any degree of ascent.
So of the degrees of the hours in a sun-
dial) 2 Kanes,xx./9: Jos. Ant. x. 2. 2,
II. metaph. a degree of ascent in honour
or dignity, 1 Tim. iii. 13, and later Class.
Bados, eos, 76, (Babds,) depth, I. prop.
Matt. xiii. 5. Mk. iv. 5. Rom. viii. 39. Eph.
il. 18. Lu. v. 4, eis To BaQos, scil. THs Sa-
Aaoons, the deep water, the sea, Sept. and
Class.—II. metaph. 1) greatness, abun-
dance, Rom. xi. 33, Ba8os wovTov. Al.
V. H. iii. 18, wAovTos Babs. 2 Cor. viii.
2,1 kata Babos (for Babbs) rrwyeia,
“extreme poverty. 2) ta Ba0n, the
depths, i. e. the secret purposes of any one.
] Cor. ii. 10, tov Ozov. Rev. ii. 24, rod
Datava.
Badu'vw, f. wwe, (Babis,) to deepen,
Lu. vi. 48, goxawe kai éBa0uve, equiv. to
Babéws tcxawe.
Baddvs, eta, v, adj. deep, 1) prop. as said
of a well, John iv. 11, and oft. in Sept. &
Class. 2) metaph. Lu. xxiv. 1, dp8pou
Babéos, ‘deep twilight,’ or earliest dawn.
Indeed, the word is often used with words
denoting time, as evening, night, or dawn
of day. It is equiv. to Aiav mpwit, Mk.
xvi. 2. Joseph. and Class.
Batov, ov, To, (Cards, slender, taper-
ing,) pl. ta Baia, branches of the palm-
tree, John xii. 13. 1 Mace. xiii. 51. Test.
X11. Patr. p. 668.
Badaytiov, ov, TO, (BaAAw, to put
a) wepurse, Wau. x: 4S xi, Gol eXRN BO,
36. Sept. and Class.
BaéAXdw, f. Baro, to cast or throw,
trans. and foll. by dat. or acc. with prep.
TI. gener. and foll. by kAHpov, ‘to cast
lots,’ i.e. into the vessel which contained
them, Matt. xxvii. 35. Mk. xv. 24. Lu.
xxiii. 34, al. and Sept. Joseph. Ant. vi. 3,
4, Comp. Virg. Ain. v. 491. Said of a
tree, ‘to cast [off] its fruit, Rev. vi. 13.
BadXsiv éavrov, ‘to throw or cast oneself
down, Matt. iv. 6. Lu. iv. 9. John xxi. 7.
Poll. by dat. ‘to cast down to any one,’
and by impl. put the thing into his hands,
Matt. xv. 26, Badsety (tov eptov) Tots
Kuvaptous. Mk. vii.27. So Matt. xxv. 27,
B. TO apyvelov pov Tots TeaTEeCiTals,
‘to put it into the hands of.’ As con-
strued with different prepositions and par-
ticles, the signification is variously modi-
fied, though the notion of throwing is
always fundamental: 1) foll. by ga, to
throw from one, to cast away, Matt. v. 29.
Xviil. 8, et al. and Class. 2) foll. by éx,
to cast out of, as the mouth, Rev. xii. 15,
sq. 3) foll. by 2€w, to cast out, to throw
56
away, reject, Matt. v. 13. xiii. 48. Lu. xiv. |
BATI
35. John xv. 6; fig. in 1 John iv. 18, £.
tov PoBov. A) foll. by eis with acc. of
2 one
e |
§
place whither, to cast into, as eis mvp, —
Matt. ii. 10, & oft. ; or eis THv OaXaccav,
Matt. xxi. 21, et al.; of nets, ‘to cast ©
into,’ Matt. iv. 16, et al.; sis @udaKiy, —
Matt. xviii. 30, et al.; ‘to cast into,’ as
money, put into a treasury, Mk. xii. 41;
of a sword, ‘ to put into’ its scabbard, John
xviii. 11; ‘to put into,’ as bridles into ©
horses’ mouths, Ja. iii. 3, or as liquid into
a vessel, Matt. ix..17,) et al.) Metagh:
PadXew thy kapdiav, John xiii.2. Simi-
larly the Classical writers use the phrase,
BadXew or BadAeoOar or EuBaXXey Tivi
eis vouv or év Juuw or ppect, but never,
I believe, cis kapdiav : foll. by Zumpoobev
or éywatdv Twos, to cast before any one,
or at his feet, Rev. ii. 14. iv. 10; foil. by
émi, to cast upon, or over, as seed sown on
the ground, Mk. iv. 26; of casting stones
at any one, John viii. 7. Sept.; PBadety
elonvny emi tiv ynv, ‘to send forth
peace on earth, Matt. x. 34; also of cast-
ing or putting a burden upon any one,
Rey. ii. 24.—II. pass. perf. and pluperf.
BeBAnpuar, to be cast or laid, to lie, as.
upon a bed, Matt. viii. 6. Mk. vii. 30. Lu.
xvi. 20. Rev. ii. 22.—IIT. foll. by acc. of
person, to throw at, i. e. pelt any one,
either with missiles, as oft. in Sept. and
Class., or with blows, Mk. xiv. 65, pa-
Ticnwacw avtov éBadov.—lV. intrans. or
with éavtov underst. to cast oneself, rush
forward, as said of wind, to blow with
force, Acts xxvii. 14. Hom. Il. xi. 72%,
ToTamos eis dha Badrwv.
BatwtiCw, f. iow, (Bamrw,) to m-
merse, or sink any thing, in water, or other
liquid ; said both of persons (also animals)
and things, Class. In N. T. it occurs only
in the following senses, I., from the ad-
junct of immersion, to wasn, or cleanse by
washing, trans. mid. and aor. l. pass. in
mid. sense, to wash oneself, bathe, Mk. vii.
4, gay pi BatrTicwvtar, equiv. to vi-
Wwvrar at ver. 3. Lu. xi. 38, 20atuacev
OTL ov TWowTov éeBatTicby Meo ToL
doictov. Sept. and Apocr.—Il. to bap-
tize, administer the rite of baptism, either
that of John, or of Christ ; and in pass. and
mid. ta be baptized, or cause oneself to be
baptized, i. e. gener. to recewe baptism ;
which in the primitive churches was, ac-
cording to Oriental habits, usually, thongh
not necessarily, performed by immersion.
—I. prop. and 1) simply, Matt. iii. 6, 13,
14,16. Mk. i. 4, 5, & oft.; then with a
dative of instrument or material employed,
Udatr, ‘ with water, as Mk. and John, év
UdaTt, or eis and accus. Mk. i. 9. Joseph.
Ant. iv. 4,6. 2) with adjuncts marking
the object and effect, chiefly eis with acc.
of thing, ‘unto any thing, i.e. unto the
BAIL
thing, Matt. iii. 11, B. eis petavorav.
Acts ii. 38, eis @eoiv duaoTtiov. xix, 3.
1] Cor. xii. 13, eis Ey oma, ‘ that we
may become one body.’ So with eis and
an acc. of person, to baptize, or be bap-
tized into, 1. e. a profession of faith in
any one, and obedience to him, Rom. vi. 3.
Gal. iii. 27, eis Xororov. 1 Cor. x. 2, eis
tov Mwianv. So eis To dvoa Tivos, ‘into
or unto the name of any one,’ in the same
sense, Matt. xxviii. 19. Acts viii. 16. xix.
5. 1 Cor. i. 18, 15; also éari or év Tw ovd-
mati tives, Acts ii. 388 ; with varéo, | Cor.
xy. 29, of BawriGouevor UTE THY vE-
Kkp@v, ‘baptized on account of the dead,
i.e. a belief of the resurrection of the
dead. See more in my note in loc.—t11.
metaph. and 1) in direct allusion to the
sacred rite, BamviCew év Ivevuarte ayiw
Kat qupi, Matt. iii. 11. Lu. iii. 16, fo
overwhelm (richly furnish) with all spi-
ritual gifts, or with év IIvevmare alone,
Mi 1.6. John i. 33. Acts i. 5. xi. 16.
2) gener. and by zmdirect allusion to the
rite, to baptize with calamities, i. e. to
overwhelm with sufferings, Matt. xx. 22,
sq. Mk. x. 38, sq. TO Bamtioua, 0 éyw
Bamrifouar, BatreoOqvar, Lu. xii. 50.
Jomp. Is. xxi. 4, 7 dvouia pe BaTriCer.
Joseph. Bell. iv. 3, 3, of 64) Vorepov éBa-
WTicav Tv TWOAty, ‘ filled the city with
calamity.” Plut. de Educ. xiii. 3, Wuy7
TOLS meV CUMpeTOOIS avEETAL TovoLs,
Tots 0& UmepBadAovow PBamTiCeTar.
Heliod. Atth. ii. 3, 77 cuuqdopa BeBar-
tigpéevov. Perhaps, however, in those pas-
sages, adduced by the Commentators and
Lexicographers, the sense may be utterly
rumed, like a sunken ship, by a nautical
allusion, for Bawti(eiw oxados or vaup,
*to sink a vessel,’ a use of the word fre-
quent in the best writers. With the nau-
tical figure comp. the noble allegory in
Hor. Carm. i. 14, ‘ O navis,’ &c.
Bawticmua, atos, To, (Barri~vw,)
I. prop. something immersed in liquid,
and thereby washed. In N. T. the rite
of baptism, whether that of John or of
Jesus Christ.—II. metaph. baptism into
calamity, a being plunged into and over-
whelmed by afflictions, Matt. xx. 22, sq.
Mk. x. 38, sq. Lu. xii. 50. See on Ba-
wTiCw, I. 2.
Bartiomos, ov, 6, (Bawri~w,) the
act of washing, or ablution, of vessels, &c.
Mk. vii. 4, 8. Heb. ix. 10. Comp. Lev. xi.
32. 2) spec. and metaph. a religious rite,
which directs immersion into, or washing
with, water, as the symbol of spiritual
ablution and purification, 1) as applied
to John’s baptism, Joseph. Ant. xviii. 5, 2.
2) to the Christian rite, Heb. vi. 2.
Bartiotis, ov, 6, (Ramrrivw,) lit.
57
belief, profession, or observance of any | @ baptizer.
BAP
Hence 6 Bam. used as a
cognomen of John the Baptist, the fore-
runner of Christ, Matt. iii, 1. xi. Ll, &
oft., also Joseph. Ant. xviii. 5, 2.
Barto, f. Ww, to dip or immerse,
trans. 1) prop. foll. by eis and aceus.
John xiii. 26, B. 7d Wwpiov scil. cis TO
tTpuBXiov, expressed in Levit. iv. 6. xiv.
6. Num. xix. 18, though the more Class.
constr. is gy Tui. The gen. without prep.
occurs in Lu. xvi. 24, tva Baby To
akoov Tov OaktvAtov vdatos. Comp.
-Il. vi. 508, NovecVar woTapoto, though in
Luke the use of the gen. is rather partitive.
2) by impl. to tinge or dye, with dat. of
means, Rev. xix. 13, BeBaupévov aipate.
The sense and constr. alike Classical.
BépBaopos, ov, 6, a barbarian, denot-
ing, according to ancient usage, simply @
Jorewgner, ‘one who speaks another lan-
guage;’ with, however, two modifications,
suggested by the context, 1) one who
uses a language diferent from some other
in question, | Cor. xiv. ll. Sept. 2 Mace.
li. 21. Hot. ii. 158, BapBanous mavtTas ot
Aiyvtmciot kahéovot Tovs wy opior Opo-
yAwooous, et al. Class. 2) one who does
not speak Greek, not, at least, as the
natives, Acts xxviii.2,4, of the inhabitants
of Malta, who spoke a dialect of the Phe-
nician. oe however, my note there.)
Rom. i. 14,”°EAAnoi te kai BapBaoors,
‘non-Greeks.’ Joseph. Ant. iv. 2,1. B. v.
1,3. Joseph. Bell. proem. 5, “EAAnce
Kat BaoBapo.is, meaning by Bao®. all the
nations of the Roman empire who did not
speak Greek, as the Jews, Romans, Span-
iards, Gauls, &c.
Bapéw, f. how, (Baoos,) equiv. to
Baovivw, to load; pass. Bapéouar, to be
loaded, oppressed with. So Lu. ix. 32,
B. Uavw, and Matt. xxvi. 43. Mk. xiv.
4), and Class. ; also metaph. Lu. xxi. 34,
pntote Bapnl@ow alt Kapdiar vua@p, be
oppressed, * become dull andstupid.” Comp.
Hom. Od. xix. 122, otvyw BeBapnora.
Also, to be weighed or borne down, as by
evils, as grief, calamities, 2 Cor. i. 8 v. 4,
and Class.; to be burdened, by expense,
1 Tim. v. 16, un BapeicOw 4 éxxAyoia.
Bapéws, adv. (Gapus,) prop. heavily,
and by impl. wth difficulty, Matt. xiii. 15.
Beaeos, eos, to, weight, both prop. and
metaph. In N. T. occ. only in the latter
sense. I. wezght, in reference to its pres-
sure, as @ burden, prop. Xen. Cécon.
xvii. 9; metaph. Matt. xx. 12, Bacraeiv
To Bapos tHs Tw. ‘the heavy labour of
the day ;? said of precepts, the observance
of which is burdensome, Acts xv. 28. Rev.
i. 24, Plato p. 971, vouwy B. Said of sin,
in reference to its consequences in this
world, both to ourselves and others, and
in the next, ae trouble, Gal. vi. 2,
o
pA
ah\AnAwy tra Bapn B.; in a pecuniary
sense, | Thess. ii. 6, év Baper eivar, ‘to
be burdensome.’—II. weight, in reference
to its cause, greatness, abundance, 2 Cor.
iv. 17, aiwviov Bapos dons, for Bdpos
aiwviou 6.
Baptve, f. vv®, (Bapis,) in N. T.
only aor. 1. pass. 2BaptvOnv, to be heavy,
Lu. xxi. 34, in text. rec. where lat. Edd.
Papnaoc.
Bapvs, eta, v, adj. (Bdpos,) heavy, I.
prop. Matt. xxiii.4, poptia B.; also metaph.
of burdensome precepts. So Ps. xxxviii.
9, and of a yoke, 2 Chron. x. 4, II.
Ecclus. x]. 1.—I]. fig. wezghty, i. e. im-
portant, Matt. xxili.23, ra BaguTeoa Tou
vomou. Acts xxv.7, aitimuata B. severe.
Sept. & Class. ; said of an epistle, weighty,
and ‘not to be made light of,’ 2 Cor. x.
10.—III. metaph. of things, grievous, op-
pressive ; of precepts, 1 John v. 3. Wisd.
li. 15, Ecclus. xxix. 28; of persons, af-
fictive, violent, Acts xx. 29, XUKot Bagets.
Comp. 3 Macc. vi. 5, 0 Bapts ’Accugiwy
Pactrevs.
Baovtipos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (Bapts,
Tiun,) of great price, highly precious, Matt.
xxvi. 7; so Asch. Suppi. 25, et al. ap.
Class. The more usual term is 770A U0Tipos.
BacaviCw, f.icw, (Bacavos,) 1) prop.
to apply the Bdoavos or touch-stone; 2)
metaph. to examine, either by words, or by
torture, into the truth of certain alleged
facts. So Thuc. and others of the best
writers. Hence in N. T. to torment, af-
flict with pain, I. said prop. of disease,
Matt. viii. 6, dewv@s BacaviCousvos, Rev.
ix. 5. Sept.; of the pains of parturition,
Rev. xii. 2. Sept.; of punishment, Matt.
Mio Mico vf, at Wille 20. Eve. 7<4-
10. Sept., Joseph. Ant. ii. 14, 4.—IT. fig.
to harass or oppress, whether physically
with toil, Mk. vi. 48, BacaviGouévous év
Two éavvew, or morally, 2 Pet. ii. 8, £.
Wuxi dixaiay ; also fig. of a vessel tossed
by the waves, Matt. xiv. 24. Soin Polyb.
i. 46, a stormy wind is said wupyous Ba-
caviCet.
Bacaviopos, ov, 6, (BacaviGw,)
prop. examination, namely, by touch-stone,
torture. In N. T. torment, Rev. xiv. 11,
KaTvos Tov Bacavicnou avtwy, ‘ the
smoke [of the fire] in which they are tor-
mented, Rey. ix. 5.. xvi. 7, 10,715.
4 Mace. ix. 6.
Bacavictis, ov, 6, (Bacavifw,)
prop. oze who applies the torture ; but as
jailors were occasionally permitted to use
the torture to their prisoners, so the term
was sometimes used simply for yazlor. So
Matt. xviii. 34. Thus Bacaviorijp.or,
Jer. xx. 2, Symm. in the sense ‘ jail,’ and
the Latin ‘ cruciatus corporis’ is sometimes
used of a prison.
5)
a
Oo
8 BAX
Baoavos, ov, 7, prop. a touch-stone,
the ancient lapis Lydius for trying metals,
by rubbing them upon it. Comp. Pind.
Pyth. x. 106. Hence it came to mean
examination, or trial gener., and also spec.
Py ny
Oe a —
Ay
® «~! Mgnoesns
that by torture; also, torment or pain, —
whether from disease, Matt. iv. 24. Ezek.
xii. 16, and Class. ; or punishment, Lu.
xvi. 23, 28. So Jambl. de Vit. Pyth. c. xvi.
teovecias Bacavous kat Ko\acets.
Bactdeia, as, 7, (Baotreds,) king-
dom, in various applications and modifica-
tions, I. kingship, the exercise of kingly
dominion, Matt. vi. 13. Lu. i. 33. xix. 12,
15. Heb. i. 8, &c. and Sept. and Class.—-
Il. kingdom, meaning a land and people
under kingly rule, Matt. iv.8. Mk. vi. 28.
Lu. iv. 5, & oft. and also Sept. and Class.
—III. in the phrase 7) BactXeia Tov Beov,
or Tov XpioTov, or THY ov’pava@v, and
simply 7 BaorXeia, Matt. viii. 12. ix. 35, et
al. ; all of them synonymous expressions,
and denoting the divine spiritual king-
dom and glorious reign of the Messiah ;
an idea formed on the phrases of the O. T.
which were to be understood spiritually,
though by the Jews at large understood
temporally.
the expression kingdom of heaven, &c.
in the N. T. as designating, in its Kvan-
gelical sense, the Christian Dispensation,
or the community of those who receive
Jesus as the Messiah, and who, united by
lis Spirit, under Him as their Head, lead
a holy life, in communion with Him, and
love unto their brethren. This spiritual
kingdom has both an internal and an ex-
ternalform. As internal, it already exists
in the hearts of all true Christians, and is
therefore present. As external, it is either
embodied in the visible Church of Christ,
and, so far, is present and progressive, or
it is to be perfected at the advent of the
Messiah. Sometimes, however, the ex-
pression embraces both the internal and
external sense, referring alike to the com-
mencement of this kingdom in this world,
and its completion in the world to come.
Hence in N. T. it is employed, I. in the
Jewish temporal sense, Matt. xviii. 1. xx.
21. Lu. xvii. 20. xix. 11. Acts i. 6.—II.
in the Evangelical sense, as that announced
by Jesus Christ and the Apostles, Matt.
iv. 17, 23. ix. 35. x. 7, etabwene -laee
internal and spiritual sense, Rom. xiv. 17.
Matt. vi. 33. Mk. x. 15. Lu. xvi. 21.
xviii. 17. John iii. 3,5. In the external
sense, Matt. vi. 10. xii. 28. xiii. 24, 31,
33, 41, 47. xvi. 28..Mk. iv. 30. xi. 10. Lu.
xili. 18, 20, & oft. In this view, it denotes
espec. the bliss of heaven, to be enjoyed in
the Redeemer’s kingdom, equiv. to eternal
life, Matt. viii. 11. xxv. 34. Thus it is
said gener. of the privileges and rewards
of the heavenly kingdom, both here and
Accordingly, we may regard -
BAS
hereafter, Matt. v. 3, 10, 20. vii. 21. xviii.
3. Col. i. 18. 1 Th. ii. 12.
BaciXétos, ov, 6, 1), adj. (BaotXevds,)
regal, royal, not unfrequent in the Class.
writers with substantives, denoting what
belongs to royalty. In N. T. it occurs
only in 1 Pet. ii. 9, B. igoparevma. Asa
substantive, ro Bacide.ov, sub. dwma, ‘a
royal palace,’ Lu. vii. 25. Sept. & Class. oft.
BaciXsds, gws, 6, @ king, one who
exercises royal dominion, but with some
modification of sense according to the con-
text. I. prop. and gener. of Aimgs in the
widest sense, Matt. i.6. Acts xiii. 22. vii.
10, 18. Heb. xi. 23, 27. John xix. 15.
Lu. x. 24, and oft. in Class. Also said of
the Messiah, as King of Israel, Matt. ii. 2.
xxi. 5. xxv. 34,40. Lu. xix. 38. John i.
80. xii. 13, 15, et al. also in Sept. Said
of God, Matt. v. 35, aos Tou weyadou
Baothéws, ‘the King supreme.’ Comp.
1 Tim. vi. 15, and Rev. xvii. 14, ‘ King
of kings, and Lord of lords,’ i.e. King and
Sovereign supreme. See also | Tim.i. 17.
Rey. xv. 3.—II. in a more extended, and
consequently lower, sense, wiceroy or
rince, as said of Herod and his successors ;
also prince or chieftain, as Aretas, king of
Arabia Petrea, 2 Cor. xi. 32; also when
joined with 7yeuoves, Matt. x. 16. Mk.
xiii. 9.. Lu. xxi. 12. Acts iv. 26. Gener.
T Pet. 11. 13, 17. 1 Tim. ii. 2. Matt. xvii. 25.
xviii. 23. Actsix. 15. Rev. ix. 11, & Class.
Basidetw, f. etow, (Bacirevs,) to
rule as a king, intrans. I. gener. and foll.
by é7ri with genit. of country, or accus. of
person, to rezgn over, Matt. ii. 22. Lu. xix.
14,27. 1 Tim. vi. 15, 6 BaciAXedwv. Sept.
and Class. Said of Messiah, Lu. i. 33.
1 Cor. xv. 25. Rev. xi. 15.—II. absol. and
prop. to reign, i.e. ‘to possess and exer-
cise dominion ;? said of Gop, Rev. xi. 17.
xix. 6. Sept.; or figur. of Christians,
who are to reign with Christ in heaven,
i. e. ‘to partake in the honour and felicity
of the Messiah’s kingdom,’ Rom. v. 17.
Rev. v. 10. xx. 4, 6. xxii. 5, or on earth,
“to enjoy the prosperity of kings,’ 1 Cor.
iv. 8. Comp. Hor. Epist. i. 10, 8, ‘vivo
et regno.’ Metaph. to have dominion, hold
prevalence over, as said of death, Rom. v.
14, 17; of sin and grace, v. 21. vi. 12.
BactXtikos, 7, dv, adj. (Bactdevs,)
regal, royal, 1) prop. belonging to «a king,
Acts xii. 20, 21. Sept. and Class.
Used subst. with avijo underst. of a re-
tainer of a court, @ courtier or nobleman,
John iv. 46, 49. Jos. Ant. xvii. 10, 3.
Pol. iv. 76, 2.—II. fig. noble, i.e. excel-
lent, Ja. ii. 8, vduosB. Andso later Class.
Baciktoca, ns, 7, (Bacrdevs,) later
Gr. for Baoidis, a queen, Matt. xii. 42.
Lu. xi. 31, Acts viii. 27. Rev. xviii. 7.
Sept. and Class.
59
BAT
Bacts, ews, 7, (Baivw,) 1) the act of
walking; 2) the effect thereof in the step
taken. 3) the part whereon we go in
taking it, the foot, Acts iii. 7. Jos. Ant.
vii. 3, 5, & 11, 3, and elsewhere in later
Greek writers.
Backaiva, f. ava, (Backw, equiv. to
Ba Gw,) prop. & lit. to babble respecting any
one, intrans. and by impl. (see Prov. x.
19) to slander, trans. Plut. Periel. 12;
also, as we vulgarly say, ‘to talk any one
over,’ cast a spell on his judgment, and
mislead it, as it were, by fascination or
witchcraft, Gal. iii. 1, ris buas EBaoKave ;
In the literal sense, of fascinating and be-
witching, it occurs not unfreq. in the later
Greek writers, and hence the Latin /as-
cino. There is an allusion to the mutter-
ing and frequent repetition of certain forms
of incantation. So Milton: ‘ And back-
ward mutters of dissevering power.’
BactaGwo, f. dow, I. to TAKE or LIFT
UP; also by impl. to bear, carry, 1) to
take up and hold in the hands, trans. John
x.d31, £Baoraov AiGous. Jos. Ant. vii. 11,
7,8. Thy padyatoav amo THs vis: to take
up any one from the ground, and carry
him, Acts xxi. 35. So to take up and bear
off, i.e. to take or remove away, John xx.
15. Jos. and Polyb.; also fig. to take upox
oneself and bear, Matt. viii. 17, B. ras
vocovs.—II. to BEAR or CARRY in the
hands, as any article of dress or furniture,
Matt. iii. 11. Mk. xiv. 13. Lu. xxn. 40);
or on the shoulders, as tov otavpov, Lu.
vii. 14, & oft. al. Fig. Acts ix. 15, cxevos
Tov Bactacat TO OvoLa pov evwTLOV
é6vav, ‘to carry forth and make known.’
In the sense to bear up, support, Rom. xi,
18, ob ob tiv pifav Bactra ers: also
metaph. to bear up under labours, &e.
Matt. xx. 12, and gener. ‘to bear or en-
dure sufferings, Rev. ii. 3, or punish-
ments, Gal. v. 10, and Sept. So ‘to bear
patiently, Rom. xv. 1. Gal. vi. 2. Rev.
ii. 2, and later Class. Metaph. ‘to bear
up under with the mind, to understand,
John xvi. 12, woAXa—ov dtvacbe Bacora-
Cewv a@ott. Arrian Epict. iii. 15; to bear or
carry about, as attached to one’s person,
Gal. vi. 17, B. otiypata tv TH CwpaTL,
where see my note. Ps. lxxxix. 51. Lu.
xi. 27, koikia 47 Baotacaca oz. Lu. x.
4, ui) BaotaGeTe Badadvtiov, Class. do-
péw, and perhaps John xii. 6, ra Baddo-
peva E@adoTacev, or similarly as ‘ferre’ in
Lat. for ‘auferre, embezzled: a sense
arising from that of taking off or away,
found at John xx. 15. Diog. Laért. iv. 59,
where Menag. quotes Lucil. ap. Anthol.
Gr. un. B. eis kNémTas.
Badtos, ov, 11, @ thorn-bush or bramble,
Lu. vi. 44. xx. 37. Acts vii. 30,35. Sept.
D 6
| and Class.
BAT
Batos, ov, 6, a bath. A Jewish mea-
sure of liquids, equal to the ephah for dry
measure, Lu. xvi.6. It is = 8 or 9 gallons,
though some recent estimates extend it to
ll.
Batpayos, ov, 6, @ frog, Rev. xvi.
13. Sept. a Class. fee
BattoXoyéw, f. iow, prop. to stam-
mer, then to babble or prate; hence in
N. T. to use needless words, espec. by vain
repetitions, intrans. Matt. vi. 7. Comp.
Keclus. vii. 14. Simplic. in Epict. p. 212,
Teo KabynKovTwr 6 B.
BoéAvyma, atos, To, (BdeXiocw,)
prop. any thing abominated, an abominable
action. 1. gener. Lu. xvi. 15, Bd. gvwareov
tou Geou, opp. to To év avowmos bWn-
Aov. So Sept. in Prov. xi. 1. Deut. xxiv.
4, et al—lIL. spec. said of what was un-
clean in the Jewish acceptation, esp. zdol-
worship ; hence zdolatry and its constant
concomitant, licentiousness of morals. And
as idolatry was one of the foulest sins, the
term was used to denote any great sin, as
Rey. xvii. 4, 5. xxi. 27, and oft. in Sept.
On the same principle we may explain
the phrase To Boekuypa THs EonuwoEWS,
Matt. xxiv. 15, taken from Dan, ix. 27,
which denotes prop. ax abomination causing
desolation, and is applied by Christ to what
was to take place at the destruction of
Jerusalem by the Romans, (comp. Lu.
xxi. 20, and see Jos. Ant. x.11,7,) and is
prob. to be referred to the pollution of the
Temple by setting up idols. Comp. 2 Th.
ii.4. The phrase occurs also at | Macc.
i. 54, where it refers to the like pollution
of the Temple by Antiochus Epiphanes,
who set up in it the statue of the Olympian
Jove.
BéeXuKTos, 7, ov, adj. (BEeXLuccw,)
abominable, detestable, Tit. i. 16, & Sept.
BéeXtoow,f. Ew, (Sdéw, pedo,) prop.
to emit & stench, and fig. by meton. to cause
disgust. So Exod. v. 21, £@deXvEate tiv
Oopiyv ue@v, ‘ye have caused disgust to
be felt at us.” And so Gen. xxxiv. 30, ‘ye
have made me tostink;’ wh. Sept. usontov
pe TetroinKkate. Mid. BdeXtocomuat, as
trans. to feel disgust at, turn away from
with loathing, as froma bad smell, Aris-
toph. Plut. 700, oé, da Tout’, evObs éBde-
AutTTeto. So Rom. ii. 22, BdeXucco-
uevos Ta eidwta, though probably the
sense is there ‘to declare a thing detest-
able, as would appear from the words o
Aéywv wh poryeverv. The pass. occurs
in Sept. and Rev. xxi. 8, EGdeAuypeévors,
“detestable, polluted with crimes.’
BéBatos, aia, ov, adj. (GéBaa, perf.
ind. act. fr. Baivw,) prop. stable, firm ; and
fig. stedfast, sure, as said of peace, good
fortune, reputation, faith, friendship, &c.
60
ee het
Bie
In N. T. said of hope, 2 Cor. i.7. Heb.
vi. 19; of promise, Rom. iv. 16; of the
Mosaic law, Heb. ii. 2; of a covenant, ix.
17; of confidence, iii. 6.
BeParow, f. wow, (BéBaos,) to make
sure, assure, confirm, as said, 1) of per-
sons, 1 Cor. i. 8. 2 Cor. i. 21.) Col. 057.
Heb. xiii. 9. 2) of things, fo establish,
ratify, by arguments, proofs, &c. Mk. xvi.
20. Rom. xv. 8. 1 Cor. i. 6, Heb. ii. 3.
Joseph. and Class.
BeBaiwors, ews, 7, (BeBarow,) con-
jirmation, lit. making sure, Phil. i. 7, Heb.
vi. 16. Thue. iv. 87.
BéGBnXos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (Bnros, fr.
Baivw, or rather ByAos, fr. BeBndAos, Dor.
BePaXdos, fr. BéBaa,) I. prop. said of
places, ‘what is gone upon by all, ac-
cessible to all, Soph. Ged. Col. 10; hence,
met. common or profane, opp. to holy,
Thue. iv. 97, et Sept. Hence said in 1 Tim.
iv. 7. vi. 20. 2 Tim. ii. 16, of disputes, wz-
holy.—I1. of persons, profane, impious, |
Tim., i. '9, * HebJ xi “i, ie ee
3 Mace. ii. 14.
BeBnrXow, f. wow, (PERnros,) to pre-
jane, trans. Matt. xi. 5. Acts xxiv. 6.
Sept. and later Class.
BeeACeBodn, o, indecl. Beelzebul, the
prince of the evil angels, eq. to Satan, Matt.
x. 25. xii, 24, 27. Mike mi. 22) Wao
18, 19. |
BeXiad, or -ao, fr. Heb. Belial, wick-
edness, used as an appellative of Satan,
2 Cor. vi. 15.
BeXovn, ns, 1, prop. the point of ax
arrow, or dart, but gener, and in N. T. @
needle, Lu. xviii. 25, in some MSS. for
the textual padis.
BéXos, eos, TO, (BéBoAa, fr. BaX\Xw,)
lit. and prop. something hurled (BaXXope-
vov) either by the hand, or by a bow, e. gr.
a dart, arrow, or javelin ; fig. in Eph. vi.
16, rots BéXeor qetrvpwpévors. Comp.
Apoll. Bibl. ii. 4, wup@oea Ben.
BeAtiwyv, ovos, compar. of ayabos.
The neut. occ. in an adverbial sense, 2
Tim. i. 16, B. yevwoxets.
Bima, atos, Td, (BEBnpat, fr. Baivw,)
a step, 1) @ pace, or step, of the foot, Acts
vii. 5, ovdé 8. odds, ‘ not a foot-breadth,”
Deut. ii. 5, and Class. 2) by impl. az
elevated place, to which there is ascent by
steps, as a pulpit for a speaker, or an ele-
vated seat, like a throne, on which kings
or supreme magistrates sat, Acts xii. 2],
KkaSicas émlt rou Ryuates. So Joseph.
Ant. vii. 15, 9, otras 2g’ tWndAoTaTov
Bipertos: more usually, however, of the
seat for judgment of a magistrate or judge,
Matt. xxvii. 19. John xix. 13, et al. and
Class.
BrjouvdXos, ov, 6, 7, beryl ; a precious
BIA 61
stone of a sea-green colour, Rev. xxi. 20.
Sept. and Jos,
Bia, as, 7, prop. strength of body ; but
gener. there is implied an unjust and vio-
lent exercise of it, i. e. force, violence, com-
ulsion, &c. Acts v. 26. xxi. 35. xxiv.
/. xxvii. 41. Sept., Jos., and Class.
Bia lw, f. aow, (Bia,) to compel, or
strongly urge, Hom. Od. xii. 297. In N.
T. only Brafouac as dep. mid. to use force,
to force, and pass. to be forced, to suffer
violence. I. mid. to force oneself, force
one’s way; fig. Lu. xvi. 16, eis avi
Bia@ferar, ‘uses violence to enter into it,
presses violently and eagerly into it.” So
prop. Philo, p. 618, cis Ta évtos Bid erau.
Thue. vii. 69, B. és TO éEw Brdcucbar,
_and fig. Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 69, B. sis Tiv
apxnv.—tll. pass. and fig. Matt. xi. 12, 4
Bactrsia THY ovoavay B.idCeTat, ‘suffers
force,’ i. e. ‘is eagerly sought and forcibly
snatched at, vz e¢ impetu eatorquetur,
Biaiws koatettar. Prop. Thuc.i.77, aoc-
Kovpevor ot Av0owTor paddov opyiCov-
Tat 7 Braouevor. Xen. Hist. v. 2, 23,
Toes Tas BeBracpévas.
Biatos, ia, ov, adj. (Bia,) violent, ve-
hement, said of a wind, Acts ii. 2. And so
Exod. xiv. 21, gv dvéuw @. Arrian, E.
A. ii, 63, émvyiverar amvevpa Biacov.
Philo, Biata mvetmarta.
Biactijs, ov, 0, (Bia,) prop. one who
uses violence in effecting his purpose ; fig.
one who forcibly presses forward, through
vehement desire of any thing, and pursues
it eagerly. Not found in Class. (who use
Bia.os,) but occ. in Philo, p. 314; also, in
a fig. sense, as applied to the headstrong
passions, Matt. xi. 12.
BiBAXapidorov, ov, to, (dim. fr. Bi-
BXos,) a small roll or scroll, a little book,
eizey, x. 2, 5, 9, 10. ~ Pollux On. vii. 110.
BiBXtov, ov, To, (dim. in form, but
not in force, of BiBXos,) a roll or scroll,
such being the form of the books of anti-
quity, Lu. iv. 17, 20. John xx. 30. xxi.
25, et sepe al. Said of letters, which
were also rolled up, Rev. i. 11. 2 Tim. iv.
13. 2 Sam. xi. 14; or other written docu-
ments, e. gr. a Jewish bill of divorce,
Matt. xix. 7. Mk. x. 4.
BiBXos, ov, 7, prop. the inner rind, or
bark, and part of the stalk of the Egyptian
papyrus, of which the paper of the ancients
was made, Hdot. ii. 38. Joseph. Ant. ii.
10, 2, but gener. and in N. T. a roll or
volume, a book in the ancient roll-like
form, Mik. xii. 26. Lu. iii. 4. xx, 42.
Acts i. 20. vii. 42. xix. 19, et Sept. Also
said of a genealogical table or catalogue
occupying a roll, Matt. i. 1. Remarkable
is the phrase 7 BiBAos THs Cwis, eq. to
BiBros Cevrwy, Ps. lxix. 29, where God
is fig. represented as having the names of
1 pass the time of one’s life.’
BAA
the righteous, who are to inherit eternal
life, inscribed in a book, Phil. iv. 3. Rev.
li, 5. xiii, 8. xx. 15. Different from
this is the book in which God is repre-
seuted as having from eternity written
the destinies of men, Ps. cxxxix. 6; and
also the books (ra BiBA:a) of judgment,
in which are recorded the actions of, men,
IRoveeceen be
BiBpwokw, f. Bowow, to eat, John vi.
13. Sept. and Class,
Bios, ov, o, life, I. the present scene
of existence, Lu. viii. 14. 1 Tim. ii. 2.
2 Tim. ii. 4. 1 Pet. iv. 3. Sept. & Class.
—II. by meton. the means of life, i. e. of
obtaining sustenance, Mk. xii. 44. Lu. viii.
43. xv. 12,30. xxi. 4. Sept. and Class. ;
also things necessary to furnish that suste-
nance, possessions, property, 1 John ii. 16,
il. 17. Hdot. i. 31.
Brow, f. wow, (Bios,) to live, to pass
one’s life, 1 Pet, iv. 2, Bi@oar xoovoyr, ‘to
So Job xxix.
18, qoddv xpdvey Biwow.
Biwous, ews, 7, (Brdw,) life, i. e. mode
of life, Acts xxvi. 4. Prol. to Ecclus. due
THS EVVOMOU BLWOEWS. é
BiwteKos, 7, ov, adj. (Biwors,) per-
taining to this life, Lu. xxi. 34, wrote .
Baovv0aoty Uuay ai Kapdial ev mEpipvars
B. So Diod. 8. ii. 29, aeorc7racbeis vo
B. xgetas. Pol, iv. 73, 8, yosias B. 1 Cor.
vi. 3, Biwrixa, ‘things of this life’ only.
Plut. viii. 704, &Xaq@pot tots B. 1 Cor.
vi. 4, B. kpttT7ora. So Polyb. xiii. 1, 3, B.
ouvahAay Mata.
BrXaBepos, a, ov, adj. (BAXarTw,) in-
jurious, 1 Tim. vi. 9. Sept. and Class.
Brarcrw, f. Ww, prop. to hinder a
thing’s being done; also, to enpede the
agent for the action, Hom. Od. xin. 22;
but gener. to hurt or injure, Mk. xvi. 18.
Lu. iv. 35, and Class.
Brtactrave, f. ow, (BrAdoTOS, a
germ,) to germinate, to put forth, intrans.
and trans. I. intrans. to shoot or oe
orth, spring up as a plant, Matt. xiii. 26.
Atk. ee, Heb. ix. 4. Sept. and Class.
—II. trans. to cause to spring up, to pro-
duce, or yield, as said of the earth, Ja. v.
18. Gen. i. 11. Num. xvii. 8. <Apocer.
Philo, and Adsch. ©
Brxacgypéw, f. iow, (BAaopnuos,)
prop. and gener. said both of men and
things, to speak evil of, espec. respecting
the Deity, or to speak what is of evil
omen. In N. T. said I. GENER. of both
persons and things, to speak evil of, slander,
defame, either absol. as Acts xiii. 46.
xviii. 6. 1 Tim. i. 20. 1 Pet. iv. 4. Apocr.
and Class. or with acc. of person or thing ;
trans: Acts xix..37. .. Tit. 13-2.” Jasiie7,
BAA 6
2 Pet. ii. 10. Jud. 8, 105: pass. Rom. iii.
Oarxive OSL) Cori avid ey. 50s 02 Pet.
ii. 2. Sept. and Class.—II. spxc. as said of
God and the Holy Spirit, or of Divine
things revealed thereby, ¢o revile, set at
nought, foll. either by accus. Rom. ii. 24.
Anta.) Pet. iv. 14. Rev: xin-26. devi.
9; of a heathen god, Acts xix. 37. Sept.:
or by eis withacc. Mk. iii. 29. Lu. xii. 10.
Apocr., Jos.,and Class. Absol. Matt. ix. 3.
xxvi. 65. John x. 36.
BAracgnuia, as, 7, (Saognpos,)
evil speaking. I. GENER. as said of men,
and sometimes of things, slander, reviling,
Matt. xii. 31. xv. 19. Mk. iii. 28. vii. 22.
Hph. iv. 31]. Col. iii. 8. 1 Tim. vi. 4. Rev.
li. 9. Sept., Joseph., and later Class.—II.
SPEC. said of God and his Spirit, or of divine
things, vevilzg, or at least zrreverence and
contumely, Lu. v. 21. John x. 33. Rev.
xii. 5, 6.
BrXa4oqg pos, ov, 0, 4, (BrAaTTH,
pnun,) I. as ADI. blasphemous, of words
uttered 1) against God and divine things,
Acts vi. 11, 138; or, 2) against man,
slanderous, or contumelious, 2 Pet. ii. 11,
and later Gr. writers.—II. as SUBST. a
blasphemer, 1) in respect of God, 1 Tim.
ila. sWisd.wi. O. °Mcelus. ant. LG. te)
as regards men, @ slanderer, or reviler, 2
Tim. ii. 2. 2 Macc. x. 36.
BrXéupa, atos, Td, (BAéww,) prop.
and gener. something seen; also the aspect
or sight of any person or thing. So
Demosth. tw oynjuati, To BEumaTt,
77H pwvy. So 2 Pet. i. 8, BAEumate Kal
akon, ‘at sight and report,’ i. e. at what he
saw and heard of their conduct.
Brea, f. Ww, prop. to possess and use
the faculty of sight, or to look at, intrans. and
trans. I. ¢o see, gener. i.e. to be able to see,
to have the fuculty of sight, and, as said of the
blind, zo recover sight, intrans. Matt. xii.
22, Gore TOV TUpAdcyv Brérrevv. Acts ix.
9, wt) BNérwv, blind, Rev. iii. 18. ix. 20.
Sept. and Class. So vo PNé7ew as a
subst. szght, the faculty of seeing, Lu.
vil. 21; fig. John ix. 39, 41, of mental and
spiritual discernment. 2) spec. in the sense
dispicere, to discern, descry, trans. Matt.
vii. 3, and oft. al. Sept. and Class. Intrans.
as absol. Matt. vi. 4, 6, 18. By impl. ¢o
have before the eyes, said of what is present,
Rom. villi. 24, éAais BXewouévn ovK
got édwis' O Péter Tis, TE Kal
éedmi€er; So ta PBrevOueva and Ta
jan) BAer. 2 Cor. iv. 18. Heb. xi. 1, 3, 7.
3) metaph. ‘to perceive with the mind,’
find, observe, Rom. vii. 23, BXéww ~EtTEpOv
yowov éy Tols péAeot pou, Heb. x. 25, et
al. Joseph. Ant. vi. 10, 2.—II. éo look,
i. e. at or upon, behold, trans. and intrans.
1) prop. as said chiefly of persons, either
foll. by acc. Matt. v. 28, was 6 BXérwv
)
ed
BOO
yuvaixa, and xviii. 10. Rev. v. 3, 4. Sept..
and later Class.; or by eis with acc. Acts)
iii. 4. John xiii. 22. Sept. and Class. Also:
of places, to look towards, be situate, Acts)
xxvii. 12, Auuéva THS Koritys BAETOVTA:
kata AiBa. Sept. and Class. 2) metaph..
to direct the intellectual sight upon, const-
der, reflect upon, mind, foll. by acc. 1 Cor.,
1,26, GAXeweTe THY KAO Uuwy, and X..
18. Joseph. Ant. vi. 6, 1. (Col) m1. ie
Phil. iii. 2, BAéqete Tovs Kivas, *mind,,
keep an eye to; foll. by eis with ace.
Matt. xxii. 16, ob BXémreLs Eis TpdcwToD:
av0owmwyv, ‘heedest not.’ Pol. xxxix. 2.
10; foll. by vé and wws, Mk. iv. 24. Lu.
viii. 18. 1 Cor. iii. 10. Eph. v.15; by wa,
1 Cor. xvi. 10. Col. iv. 17. 2 John oe
Said by way of caution, in the imperative,
Brétrete, ‘look toit, take heed, Mk. xiii.
20, et al.
BX Zos, a, ov, (Baw,) a verbal adj.
implying what must or ought to be done,
to be cast or put out, Mk. ii. 22. Lu. v. 38.
Boaw, f. %30w, (Bo7,) to ery aloud,
shout, gen. and absol. Lu. xvii. 38; foll.
by ri; Acts xxi. 34, or 671, Acts xvii- 6.
Sept. and Class. Said both of exclama- |
tions of joy and of terror or pain, or crying
for help; also of shouting, by way of com-
mand, and as a herald, Matt. 11.3. Mk. i.
3. Lu. iii. 4. John i. 23. Sept. and Class.
Bow, 4s, 71, (onomat.) az outcry, for
various purposes, as for help, Ja. v. 4.
Sept. and Class.
Bon deca, as, 11, (Bonféw,) aed, suc-—
cour, Heb. iv. 16, eis et¥xarpov BojPeav, |
‘for opportune succour,” ‘that we may be
aided opportunely, in time of need. So
Xen. Mem. ii. 8, 6, 77 azrogia BojVerav
evoetv. In Acts xxvii. 17, BonOeiars
éxo@vTo, we may take Bonf. by meton.
for the means of help in ropes and chains ;
but rather, props and stays.
Bontéw, f. iow, (Con, Séw,) prop. to
run up, on hearing a cry for help; to ad-
vance in aid of any one. In N. T. gener. |
to succour, help any one, foll. by dat. Matt.
xv. 20, al. sepe. Sept. and Class.
BonOos, ov, 6, a helper, Heb. xiii. 6.
Sept. and Class.
BoOuvos, ov, 6, @ pit dug to receive
water, Matt. xv. 14. Lu. vi. 39, where the
word is used as an emblem of destruction. |
Sept. and Class.; also @ ezstern, Matt. xii.
ll. The word is not derived, as the lexi-
cographers say, from PoGpos, but from
Botivw, to deepen, and that from the old
word Bolus, eq. to Balls. It was prim. :
an adj. but at length, by ellips. of ywpos,
became a subst. And as BaGvvw comes ‘
from Babds, so does Bobvvw from the old -
Bo0vs, of the same meaning; and they
come, one from Béw, the other from Bow.
BOA
\ It therefore means @ teep hole or pit, for
‘Jany purpose, espec. @ pool. Of the same
form with BoOuvos is evOuvos from evOdvw,
Yand doxuvos from dpKive.
Boi, ais, 7, (Ba\Aw,) the act of
‘S throwing, and the thing thrown, whether a
Jstone or any other missile, Thuc. v. 65,
J wéxor AiPov Rodrys Exwpnoav: also, a
east or throw, said of distance, Lu. xxii.
41, woei AiBov BorArjv. Comp. Gen. xxi.
16,-@oei TOEOv Bodrv, either expression
} meaning, @ short distance.
BodiCw, f. iow, to heave the BoXts or
lead, to sound, intrans. Acts xxvii. 28.
BoNXis, idos, 7, (B&\Aw,) prop. some-
thing thrown, as the lead in sounding, @
missile, weapon, javelin, or dart, Heb. xii.
20. Sept. and Class.
Boo Bopos, ov, 6, dirt, mire, filth, such
as accumulates where animals are kept up
im stalls or sties, 2 Pet. ii. 22, Us Aovca-
“pevn eis KUAtcua PooPopov, sc. ém-
oTperaca.
Boppas, a, 6, (contr. fr. Bopéas,) prop.
the N. or N. N. £2. wind ; but sometimes
y meton. the northern quarter of the
“heaven, Lu. xiii. 29. Rev. xxi. 13. Sept.
and Thue. ii. 4.
Bocokw, f. ow, to pasture, (supply
with grass,) and by impl. to tend while
grazing, trans. also mid. Boockxoua, to
feed or graze, Matt. viii. 30, 33. Mk. v.
11, 14. Lu. viii. 32, 34. xv. 15. Sept. and
Class.; metaph. said of a Christian teacher,
to wmstruct, to nourish up in the words of
‘faith and sound doctrine, (1 Tim. iv. 6.)
John xxi. 15, 17, where see my note. And
so in Sept.
_ Botdvy, ns, 1, (Bdcxw,) prop. pas-
“turage, also herbave, grass, or even green
corn, Heb. vi. 7. Sept. and Class.
_ Boropuvus, vos, 6, a cluster of any thing,
espec. grapes, Rev. xiv. 18. Sept. and
Class.
BovXevrijs, ov, 6, a counsellor or
Wsenator, in Class. In N.T. said of a
Member of the Jewish Sanhedrim, Mk.
xy. 45. Lu. xxiii. 50.
Bovidsevao, f. evow, (Bovd7,) act. to
mere counsel to another, to deliberate, coun-
sel; also, to advise, intrans. mid. Bovdev-
Guat, to consult or deliberate with oneself,
or with one another; also, ‘to determine
decide for oneself.” In N. T. occ. only
1 mid. in two senses, I. ¢o take counsel,
consult, deliberate, foll. by <i, Lu. xiv. 31.
And so in Xen. Cyr. ii. 1, 7.—II. to re-
lwe, determine, i. e. after deliberation;
é oll. by accus. 2 Cor. i. 17, tovTo B. Sept.
and Class.; foll. by fva, John xii. 10,
2
_efovXevoavto iva Tov A. atroKtelvwow.
BovXi, js, 4, counsel, gener. and with
Various modifications. In N. T. it de-
,
'
“
4
me.
7
63
BPA
notes, I. the effect of counse! in deter-
mination or decision, whether as said of
God, Lu. vii. 30. Acts ii. 23. xiii. 36. xx.
2¢. Eph. i. 11. Heb. vi. 17; or of ‘men,
Liu. xxili. 51. Acts xxvii. 12. Sept. and
Class.—II. by impl. purpose, plan, Acts
iv. 28. v. 38. xxvii. 42. Sept. and Class.
Said of the secret counsels and purposes of
the mind, | Cor. iv. 5, ai BovAai Twy Kao-
diwv. Sept. oft.
Bovina, atos, TO, (BovAouat,) prop.
what ts willed or purposed, i.e. will, pur-
pose, Acts xxvii. 43, éxwducev avtovs
tov BovrX. Rom. ix. 19. Joseph. & Class.
BovXopat, gener. to will or be willing ;
to wish, desire. InN. T. foll. by an infin.
expr. or impl. According to Buttm. the
distinction between PBovAouar and JSé\w
is, that the latter expresses an active voli-
tion and purpose, the former a mere passive
desire or willingness. I. as said of MEN,
to be willing, disposed, induced, Mk. xv. 15,
B. Tw 0XXw TO ikavorv, et sepe al. Sept.
and Class. In the sense, to have in mind,
intend, Matt. i. 19, £8. XaQpa amoNUcat
autyy. Acts v. 26. xi. 4. 2 Cor. i. 15.
also Sept. and Class. ; to desire, 1 Tim. vi.
9, ot BovXomevoe wrovutetv. Ja. iv. 4.
Joseph. Ant. v. 8, 3. Xen. An. ii. 6, 21;
in the sense, to choose, please, John xviii.
09, BovAecUe Atro\voa, &c. Acts xviii.
15. xxv. 20. Ja. iii. 4. Sept. and Class. ;
as implying command or direction, to will,
direct, foll. by acc. and inf. Phil. i. 12,
BovXAopat, ‘it is my will.” See 1 Tim. ii.
Ginv. Ait, nind: ude oxen. Aneel ale
—II. said of Gop, and equiv. to éAw, to
wil, or to please, appoint, Lu. xxii. 42.
Heb. vi. 17. Ja. i. 18. 2 Pet. iii. 9; of the
Son of God, Matt. xi. 27. Lu. x. 22; of
the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. xii. 11.
Bouvos, ov, 6, @ rising ground or hil-
lock, Lu. iii. 5. xxiii. 80. Sept. and later
writers.
Bous, oos, 6, 7, an animal of the o#
kind, whether bull or cow, Lu. xiii. 15.
xiva 10, 195 Johnin al, sq.al Cons 1x9:
1 Tim. v. 18. Sept. and Class.
BpaBetov, ov, te, 1) prop. a prize,
such as was bestowed on victors in the
Grecian public games by the BoafPevs, or
arbiter; and consisted of a crown, wreath,
or chaplet, &c. 1 Cor. ix. 24. 2) said
metaph. of the prize of the Christian
calling, the unfading crown of glory, Phil.
ii. 14.
BpaBevw, f. evow, 1) to be a Boa-
Bevs, director or arbiter in the public games.
2) to exercise that office by awarding the
prize Wasds x. 12, and .Class=.iny Nw Te
gener. metaph. fo rule, i.e. prevail, Col.
iil. 15, 1 eiojvn Tou Xototov BoaBevétTw
év Tals Kapdlais Uua@y, i.e. ‘be the rule
BPA
and law of all your feelings and actions.’
Comp. Phil. iv.7. So Arist. Rhet. i. 56,
Tov OiKatov BoaBEeuTIs EGTLY O OLKACTHS.
Bp adv vw, f. vve, (Coadds,) to be slow,
be tardy, delay, intrans. 1 Tim. ii. 15, «i
dé Boaduvw. 2 Pet. ill. 9, ov Bpadvver o
Kupuos tip é7r., * will not be tardy in ful-
filling his promise.”
BoadutXoéw, f. now, (Boadds,
mous,) to sail slowly, Acts xxvii. 7.
Artem. iv. 30.
Bpoadds, eta, v, adj. 1) prop. slow of
action; as Thuc. i. 80, where we have op-
posed Boadets to d&ets, Joseph. Ant. i.
1,4. And so Ja. i. 19, Bp. eis ro Aa-
Ajoat. 2) metaph. slow in understanding,
as opp. to éyxivous, stupid, Lat. tardus,
Lu. xxiv. 25, Boadets TH Kapdia. So
Dion. Hal. de Rhet. Att. Boad’s tov
vouv, as Polyb. iv. 8, 7, opposes Boadus
to cuvetos, and Aristoph. Nub. 129, ye-
cwy ov, KaTiAnopwy, Kal Boadds,
stupid. Hence the Latin bardus.
Boadutns, 7Tos, 7, 1) prop. slow-
ness in accomplishing any action, or slug-
gishness in setting about it, Hom. Il. Lr.
411, 2) in N. T. tardiness in carrying
intention into action, or promise into per-
formance, 2 Pet. iii. 9, &s Tives Bpadv-
THTa WyouvTa. Hdian. ili. 4,15, wédr-
Anos Kai Bor
Bpayxt' wy, ovos, 6, 1) prop. the arm.
2) metaph. by meton. (such being the
principal organ whereby strength is ex-
erted) strength, power, Lu. i.51. John xii,
38. Acts xii. 17. Sept.
Boaxds, eta, v, adj. short, whether in
size or number, place or time. In N. T.
used 1) of time, Lu. xxii. 58, ueTa Boayxy,
‘a little time after.’ Actsv. 34. Sept. and
Class. 2) of place, prop. Acts xxvii. 28,
oaxd dOvacticavtes, * having gone a
little further.’ Sept. & Class. ; fig. as re-
gards dignity, Heb. ii.7,9, Boaxd Te Tap’
dyyédous. 3) of quantity, or number,
small, few, John vi. 7, Boeaxv Te, ‘a lit-
tle.” Sept. and Class. Heb. xiii, 22, dra
Boayéwv, ‘few, scil. Noywv, Sept. and
Class.
Bpé dos, cos, 70, a child, (for tpépos,
prop. anurseling,) 1) said of a child un-
born, 2u@ovov, by Homer. 2) and usually
a new-born child, or one who yet sucks
the mother, a babe. In N. T. 1) prop.
Brae 2? Gv | 15. Acts; vai
2 Tim. iii. 15, awd Boépovs, ‘from in-
fancy. 2) metaph. of those who have
recently embraced the Christian religion,
Pet. ii. 2:
Boéxw, f. Ew, I. to wet or moisten,
trans. Lu. vii. 38, 44, B. Tods aodas.
Comp. Ps. vi. 6. Rev. xi. 6, tva pj beTos
Boéxn scil. rHv yqv. Sept. and Class.—
64
BPQ
Il. to rain or shower wpon, Arrian Ep. ix
6; also, cause to rain, to rain, equiv. to
very, and by an ellipsis of vetov, Joel ii.
23. Is. v. 6. Soin N.'T. 1) absol. Matt.
v.45, 0 Ozos Boéxer, and so Sept. and’
later Class. 2) to pour down, as rain, to:
rain, foll. by acc. Lu. xvii. 29, 6 Oeos:
éBoeee Tuo kal Vetovat ovpavov. Thus)
Sept. Gen. xix.24. Ezek. xxxviii. 22, andi
so Milton, P. L. ‘God rained from heaven;
manna.” Impers. (the subject being im--
plied, Bogyer, as we say, ‘it rains,’) Ja. v..
17, tov un BoéEat, sc. Tov Geov.
Boovtn, js, 1, (quasi Bpoumry, fr.
BéBooua, perf. mid. of Boéuw,) thunder,
Mk. iii, 17, & oft. also Sept. and Class.
Bpoxt, as, 7, (Beéxw,) @ wetting
or wet, but in later Gr. razz, as Matt. vii.
25, 21.
Booxos, prop. a cord, and fig. a snare,
as 1 Cor. vii. 35. Prov, xxu./25, Xeu
Vensvot2.
Bovypzes, ov, 0, (Bovyw,) a grinding
or gnashing, i.e. of the teeth, Matt. viii,
12. xiii, 42. xxi 13: ac a ee
Lu. xii. 26, an image derived from a per-
son in a paroxysm of pain, (comp. Acts
vii. 54,) and transferred from the feelings
of the body to the affections of the mind.
It is highly expressive of the sensations of
bitter grief, indignation, and regret.
Bovyw, f. Ew, to grind or gnash, i. e.
the teeth, trans. Acts vil. 54. Sept. and
Class.
Bptw, f. tow, prop. to be full to over-
flowing, intrans.; by-impl. trans. but me-
taph. to pour forth abundantly, said of a
fountain, Ja. iii. 11; so in Class.
Bo@pa, atos, To, (BiBpwoKw,) lit.
what is eaten, food, esp. kat’ éEoxijv, the
solid food of meat or grain, as opposed
to milk or vegetables. See 1 Cor. iii.
2. I. prop. ‘Matt. xiv. 15. Mko wis 133
Lu. ii. 11. ix. 13. 1 Com wis) eevee
Sept. and Class.—II. metaph. aliment,
nourishment, John iv. 34, éuev Bp. éote,
‘that by which I live, in which I delight,’
1 Cor. x. 3, Bo. mveup.
Bpwotpos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (Bewors,)
eatable, Lu. xxiv. 41, gxyeTvé Te Bp.; Sept.
Boacrs, ews, 7, (BiBewcKxw,) cating,
I. said of the act of eating, 1) prop. 1 Cor.
viii. 4. 2 Cor. ix. 10, apros zis Bpwouv.
Sept. and Class. 2) fig. corrosion, Matt.
vi. 19, 20, o7s Kat Bowers, ‘ corroding
rust. —II. of ‘that which is eaten, food,
equiv. to Bowpa, 1) prop. John vi. 27,
Heb. xii. 16. Rom. xiv. 17. Sept. and Class,
2) metaph. xowrishment, i. e. spiritual,
John iv. 32. vi. 27, 55.
Bowckw, f. wow, to eat, John vi. 13.
Sept. and Class. 7
®
BYO 65
Bubive, f. iow, (BuOds,) to case to
simak, and pass. to be sunk, to sink ; intrans.
1) prop. Lu. v. 7. 2 Mace. xii. 4, & Class.
2) metaph. 1 Tim. vi. 9, eis 6X EP pov.
Bufos, ov, 0, a depth, or the deep,
2 Cor. xi. 25, of the sea, Sept. & Class.
Buoceds, éws, 6, (Bveca, hide,) a
tunner, leather-dresser, Acts ix. 43. x. 6,
32. Artemid. iv. 56,
Biuccuivos, n, ov, 2dj. (BUacos,) made
of byssus or fine cotton. So otoXdi B. in
Sept. In N. T. Bioowov sc. evdvua,
Rey. xviii. 12, 16. xix. 8,14. Diod. Sic.
i, 85.
Biccos, ov, 7, a sort of fine cotton,
highly prized by the ancients, and of vari-
ous kinds, as Egyptian, Syrian, Indian,
Grecian, &c. Lu. xvi. 19. Rev. xviii. 12.
These varied in colour, some being white,
Rey. xix. 8, 14; some, as the Syrian or
Hebraic, yellow; and others, purple or
crimson.
Bwos, ov, 6, (Baw, Baivw,) prop. a
step, or a pedestal, but gener. an altar, as
that to which ascent was made by steps,
Acts xvii. 23. Sept. and Class.
as
Tayyoa.va, ns, 1, (by redupl. from
yeoaw, yeaivw, to corrode, eat away,) gan-
grené, i.e. a mortification of the flesh,
arising from high inflammation, and spread-
mg over the whole body, 2 Tim. ii. 17.
Ta Ca, ns, 4, a treasury, Acts viii. 27.
Ta QopuXakuioy, ov, To, (yala, pr-
Aaxn,) a treasury, or place where the
public treasure was deposited. ~ Among
the Jews this was in one of the courts of
the Temple, Mk. xii. 41, 43. Lu. xxi. 1.
Said of the whole court in which this
sacred treasury stood, John viii. 20.
VaXa, axtos, 76, milk, 1) prop. 1 Cor.
ix. 7. Sept. and Class. 2) by a Jewish
metaphor, used to denote the rudiments of
Christian doctrine meant for babes in
mncist, | Cor. ii. 2, Heb. v. 12,13. In
1 Pet. ii. 2, milk is used as the emblem of
pure spiritual nourishment, as regards
Christian doctrine generally, by which
believers grow in grace, and are nourished
unto life eternal. Comp. Is. lv. 1.
Tadynvn, ns, 4, (fr. yaiw, gaudeo,) a
freedom from storms, a calm, whether by
sea or land, but esp. the former, when, in
the words of Dryden, ‘the storm is hush’d,
the dimpled ocean smiles, Matt. viii, 26.
Mk. iv. 39. Lu. viii. 24.
Tapéw, f. ow, to marry, trans. &
neuter, I. trans. of MEN, to take as a wyfe,
Mitte. of. xix. 9. Mk, vi. 17. x. ll.
A Se
Lu. xiv. 20. xvi. 18, and Class. Neut. &
absol. to take a wife, enter into the mar-
reage state, Matt. xix. 10. xxii. 25, et al. ;
of WOMEN, absol. 1 Cor. vii. 28, 34, 36.
I Tim.'v. 11, 14, and Class.—TII., aor. 1.
pass. éyau70ynv, as mid. to marry, neut.
& absol. 1 Cor. vii. 39; foll. by dat. Mk.
x. 12. Jos. Ant. iv. 7, 5, and later Class.
Tayi lw, f.\iow, (yauos,) to gwe im
marriage, | Cor. vii. 28. Griesb. & Scholz,
for vulg. exyauifw: but see my note.
Tapiokw, equiv. to yauiGw, pass.
Mk, xii. 25.
Tdpos, ov, 6, a wedding, meaning the
nuptial solemnities. 1) prop. as zvduye
yapuou, Matt. xxii. 11, 12. éetarvov Tov
yapou, Rev. xix. 9. Often used in plur.
with reference to the repetition of the ori-
ginal banquet, for seven days, Matt. xxii.
2, et al. Sept. and Class. By meton. ‘the
apartment where the nuptial feast was
held,’ Matt. xxii. 10. 2) in the language
of common life, any great entertainment,
Lu. xii. 36. xiv. 8. Esth. ix. 22. 3) by
meton. the marriage state, Heb. xiii. 4.
Wisd. xiv. 24. Jos. Ant. vi. 1i, 2. Hdian.
iii. 10, 10.
I'ao, a causative particle, standing after
one or more words in a clause, and ex-
pressing, directly or indirectly, the reason
of what has been previously asserted, or
at least implied, for, or because. I. put
SIMPLY, i. e. ALONE, 1) after an antecedent
sentence expressed, Matt. i. 20, 21. Mk.
i, 22, et al. freq.; put after two words in
a clause, Matt. ii. 6. Mk. i. 38; in two
consecutive clauses, i.e. where the same
idea is expressed twice, i. e. affirm. and
negat. or gener. and spec. John viii. 42.
1 Cor. ‘xvi. 7. 2 Cor. xi. 19; or where the
latter clause is dependent on the former,
Matt. x. 20. Mk. vi. 52. John v. 21, sq.
Acts ii. 15; or where two different causes
are assigned, Matt. vi. 32; also in three
consecutive clauses, Mk.ix.39, sqq. Matt.
xvi. 25, et al. 2) elliptically, where the
clause to which it refers is omitted, and to
be mentally supplied, in which case it
serves merely to assign the ground for an
opinion, Matt. ii, 2. xxvii. 23. Mk. viii.
38. xii. 23. Lu. xxii, 37. John iv. 44. Lu.
iv. 16. Acts xiii. 36. xxi. 13. Rom. ii. 25.
viii. 18; in a quotation, where the pre-
ceding clause is omitted, Acts xvii. 26, al.
3) elliptically, and in common usage, yap
is simply ztensive, like our then, truly, &c.
in questions where a preceding zo may be
supplied, Matt. xxvii. 23. John vii. 41.
Acts vill. 31. xix. 35. Rom. iii. 3. Phil.
i.18. 1 Cor. xi. 22; in a strong affirmation
or negation, John ix. 30. 1 Pet. iv. 15.
Acts xvi. 3/7; in exclamations, as of wish-
ing, with the opt. 2 Tim. ii. 7. 4) put by
way of explanation, or demonstratively,
———
Li ded a,
where it takes up a preceding annunciation,
and continues or explains it, as our namely,
that ts to say, Matt.i. 18; also in a less
strict sense, where it introduces, by way
of explanation, the ground or motive of
what precedes, for, sence, &c. Matt. vi. 7,
IGrex oo) eva xin 2.) Core x26
al. and Class. in which sense it serves to
introduce parenthetic clauses, Mk. v. 42.
Viewi4.vixav. 40. xvi. 4. Johniiv.e, etal:
oft.—I1. WITH OTHER PARTICLES, where,
however, each retains its own force, e. gr.
éay yap, ei yap, ‘forif; idov yao, ‘for
lo? kai yao, ‘for even. So yao «at,
for also, Acts xvii. 28. 2 Cor. ii. 9. Kai
yao ovx«, ‘for neither, ] Cor. xi. 9. ev
yao, foll. by dé, ‘for indeed,’ Acts xiii.
36, and sometimes without the dé. Foll.
by a\Aa, Acts iv. 16. ui) yap and ov yap,
‘for not; ovdé yap and ovtTe yap, ‘for
neither.’
Taotip, zpos, 7, the belly, gener. but
sometimes put, by synecdoche, only of the
parts thereof; e. gr. I. the stomach, either
prop. Hom. Od. xx. 25. Job xv. 2. xx.
23; or fig. for ‘excess in eating,’ 3 Macc.
vil. 1], and also Hom. Od. xviii. 2, and
elsewh. in Class. Hence in N. T. by a
meton. of abstr. for concr. a glutton, Tit.
i. 12, yaorépes adpyai, ‘lazy gorman-
dizers.. And so Hesiod Th. 26.—II. the
womb, Lu. i. dl. Sept. and later Class.
Hence év yaorpi éxeuv, ‘ to be with child,
Mait. i. 18, et al. and Class.
Yé, an enclitic particle, serving to
strengthen the word to which it is sub-
joined, by placing it in opposition to other
words, e. gr. a part in reference to the
whole, a single object in reference to
many, a less in reference to a greater, and
vice versa. Its general meaning is at least,
andeed, even, 1. USED ALONE, |) as marking
a less in reference to a greater, at least,
Lu. xi. 8. xviii. 5. ] Cor. iv. 8. Class.
2) as marking a greater in reference to a
less, &c. even, deed, Rom. viii. 32. Sept.
& Class.—I]. 1N CONNEXION WITH OTHER
PARTICLES, 1) a\A@ ye,‘ yet surely, 1 Cor. |
ix. 2. ‘but indeed, moreover,’ Lu. xxiv.
21; doayse, adpaye, eye, ‘if indeed, if
so be, Eph. iii. 2. iv. 21. Col. i. 23. Sept.
and Class. ; also efye «at, ‘if indeed also,
since, although,’ Gal. iii. 4. 2 Cor. v. 3;
ei O& pnys, ‘if otherwise indeed,’ and
serving to annul the preceding proposition,
whether affirmative, ‘ but if not, otherwise,’
Matt. vi. 1. Lu. x. 6. xiii. 9; or negative,
where it consequently affirms, 2/ otherwise,
cise Matin ix Nfs Sue vs, O05) XING tec.
2 Cor. xi. 16; Kai ye, ‘and although,’
Lu. xix. 42, ‘and even, yea even,’ Acts
ii. 18. :
Iéevva, ns, 7, Gehenna, i.e. the place
of punishment in Hades, equiv. to Tap-
66
Is |
tapos, 2 Pet. ii.4; or 4 Aiuvyn Tov wupos,
Rev. xx. 14, sq. To wu 76 aiwviov, Matt.
xxv. 41. See on dds. Simply yéevva,
Matt. v. 29, sq. x. 28)) Limexi Si) Saeamn-
6, or y. tou qupds, Matt. v. 22. Mk. ix.
47. Hence it is a place of eternal fire and
everlasting punishment. See more in my
note on Matt. v. 22.
Deity, ovos, 0, 4, prop. anadject. but
often put as a subst. in the sense @ neigh-
bour, Lu. xiv. 12. xv. 6,90 Sohne: a.
Sept. and Class.
_ Teddo, f. dow, to laugh, whether in
joy, or triumph, or in derision, intrans.
hu. vi. 21; 25. Sept. and Class:
TéXws, wos, 6, (yeAaw,) laughter,
esp. In joy or triumph, Ja. iv. 9. Sept.
and Class.
TeuiCo, f. iow, (yéuw,) to make full,
fil up, trans. and foll. by gen. of thing,
Mk. xv. 36. John i. 7. vi 13: so with
amo, Lu. xv. 16, or éx, Rev. viii. 5. Ab-
sol. in Mk. iv. 37. Lu. xiv. 23.
Téuw, to be full, intrans. foll. by gen.
of thing, Matt. xxiii. 27, & oft. sometimes
preceded by éx, Matt. xxiii. 25.
Tevead, as, 1, (yivouat,) prop. berth,
but in N. T. and sometimes in later Class.
generation, in the following senses, 1)
offspring, both gener. and fig. Acts viii. 33 ;
posterity, Sept. and Class. 2) a descent,
i. e. a degree in a genealogical line, Matt.
i. 17. Sept. and Class. 3) said of the
period of time from one descent to another,
i.e. the average duration of human life,
reckoned at 334 years each. Hence in
N. T. of a less definite period, an age,
time, period, times of old, &c. Acts xiv.
16. xv. 21. Eph. ine) 5)@oleei oa nee
future ages, Eph. iii. 21. Lu.i. 50. On Ln. -
xvi. 8, see my note in loc. 4) said by
meton. of pers. of any generation or age,
a race, &. gr. yevea avTn, ‘the present
generation, Matt. xi. 16. xii. 39. & off.
also Sept. and Class.
TeveaXoyéw, f. now, to trace one’s
genealogy, (tiv yeveay heyerv.) In N.T.
only pass. yeveaAoyéouar, to be mscribed
in a@ genealogy, i.e. by impl. ‘to be rec-
koned by descent, to derive one’s origin,’
Heb. vii. 6, and Sept.
Tevea\oyla, as, 4, «@ genealogical
table, 1 Tim. i. 4. Tit. ii. 9, where see my
notes.
Tevécora, wy, Ta, (fr. adj. yeveouos, na-
tal,) in the earlier writers the ferz@ dent-
cales, or solemn rites for the dead, Hdot.
iv. 26; in the later ones, and in N. T. the
celebration of a birth-day festival, or the
festival itself, Matt. xiv. 6. Mk. vi. 21.
In this sense the earlier writers used ta
yeve0ALa.
TEN
Téveccs, ews, 1), (yivouat,) prim. gene-
ration or procreation, and thence by me-
“ton. birth, both in Class. and N. T., where
it is used, I. prop. birth, Matt. i. 18. Lu.
i. 14, in lat. Ed. Ja. i. 23, 76 wodcw7rov
Tis yevécews, ‘his native or natural face.’
Comp. Gen. xxxii. 9, 7) yq THs yEevécews
cov. Judith xii. 18, ai ugpar THs yevicews
pov,i.e. ad’ ov éyevnnv. 2) fig. Ja. ili. 6,
0 TEOXOs THS yeEvecews, to denote liter.
the wheel of birth, i.e. wheel as put in
motion at birth, and which rolls on through
life, equiv. to ‘course of life. So Anacr.
iv. 7, TedXos Hpuatos yao oia, Biotos
‘roéxer KvALoOeis. Comp. Wisd. vii. 5.—
Il. in the sense genus, descent, lineage. So
BiBXos yevécews, to denote ‘a genealo-
gical table” Matt.i.1. So Sept. in Gen.
mee. v. 1. x. 1,32.
Tevet), ns, 0, (yeves,) birth, John ix.
], x yeverns, and so in Class.
Tévynpa, atos, To, (yeyévnuat, perf.
pass. of yivoua:,) produce, fruit; lit.
what is produced, both the fruit of the
womb in animals, and the fruit yielded by
the earth, Lu. xii. 18, and often in Class.
In 2 Cor. ix. 10, Ta y. THs Oixatoctuys
means ‘the rewards of Christian virtue.’
Comp. Hos. x. 1. In both passages the
text. rec. however has yévyyu.
Tevvaw, f. jow, (yévva, poet. for
Yevos,) trans. to beget, as said of men ; also,
though more rarely, to bear, bring forth,
as said of women: pass. ¢o be beyotten, or
born, 1. act. and 1) as said of men, fo be-
get, Matt. i. 2—16. Acts vii. 8,29. Sept.
oft, ; fig. to generate, i. e. occasion or pro-
duce, 2 Tim. ii. 23, y. wayas. And so in
Class. as Plato, Epist. BA@Byv téovy Kal
Avtryv yevva. Also metaph. said of men,
and denoting, in Jewish phraseology, the
relation between a teacher and his disci-
ples,—to beget, in a spiritual sense, to be
any one’s spiritual father, by being the
instrument of his conversion from a carnal
to a spiritual life, 1 Cor. iv. 15. Philem.
10. And so Philo and the Rabbins. 2) as
said of God, to beget, in a spiritual sense,
i.e. ‘to impart a new and spiritual life,’ by
invigorating, ennobling, and sanctifying the
powers of the natural man, and imparting
to him a new life and a newspirit in Christ
Jesus, 1 John v. 1. Hence Christians are
‘said to be ‘born of God, and to be ‘sons
of God,’ Rom. viii. 14. Gal. iii. 26. iv. 6;
also used to express the relation between
God and the Messiah, who, as the vice-
gerent of God, is fig. called his ‘ Son,’ and
whence accordingly God is fig. said to be-
get, i. e. appoint or declare, as a king, &c.
Acts xiii. 33. Heb. i. 5. v.5. 3) said of
women, to bear, bring forth, both prop. Lu.
1. 13, 57. xxiii. 29. John xvi. 21, & Class.
and fig. Gal. iv. 24, y. eis dovNefav.—II.
67
PEP
pass. yevvdouat, and 1) to be begotten or
conceived, Matt. i. 20, To év abtH yevvn-
Biv, ‘conceived in her womb,’ i. e. the
foetus, Heb. xi. 12. 2) to be born, gener.
Matt. ii. 1, 4. xix. 12, and oft.; also with
adjuncts, eis Tov KOopov and KaTa odoKa,
‘in the course of nature; also foll. by eis
final, denoting destination, John xviii. 37.
2 Pet. ii. 12, or by é« with gen. or év with
dat. of place or condition: metaph. é«
Ocov, or Ivevuatos yevv. in the sense
‘to have received from God, or the Holy
Spirit, a new and spiritual life,’ John i. 13.
Mi. oy 07 Of! | John i: 290i. 9. ve geew ie
iv. 18. So also yevynOyvar avwOev, equiv.
to éx Oeou yevv. John iii. 3, 7.
Tévyyjua, atos, To, (yevvaw,) lit.
what ts born or produced, phys. 1) said of
the animate creation, offspring, or progeny,
Matto: %) xii 34. Sax, 33) ula
Sept. but rarely in Class. except Plato.
2) of the inanimate creation, the produce
of the ground, whether grain or the fruits
of trees, Matt. xxvi. 29. Mk. xiv. 25. Lu.
xxii. 18. 3) metaph. said of the rewards
of Christian virtue, 2 Cor. ix. 10, in text.
"ec:
Tévvynors, ews, 1, (yevvaw,) birth,
nativity, Matt. i. 18. Lu. i. 14, m text.
rec. al, yéveous.
Tevyyntos, 4, ov, adj. brought forth,
born, Matt. xi. 1]. Lu. vii. 28, év yevvy-
Tots yuvatk@y, ‘those born of women.’
Kecelus. x. 19, yevvijuact yuvaixav. Sept.
in Job xiv. 1. xy. 4. xxv. 4
T'évos, eos, TO, (yivopat,) genus, race,
I. said of men, 1) offspring, posterity,
Acts xvii. 28, sq. Rev. xxii. 16. Sept. and
Class. 2) descent, lineage, Acts iv. 6. Vii.
13. xiii. 26. Phil. iii. 5. Sept. and Class.
3) nation, people, Mk. vii. 26. Acts iv. 36.
vii. 19, and oft. Sept. and Class.—II. of
animals, species, kind, Matt. xiii. 47. xvii.
21. Mike a 29) 7 Cor: saa 10. 26 xiv Le
Sept. and Class.
Tepovcia, as, 7, (fr. adj. yepovctos,
senilis, occurring in Homer,) gener. az
assembly of elders, i. e. counsellors, Lat.
senatus. Soin Sept. it denotes the elders
of the Jews, either of the whole people,
Exod. iii. 16, 18, or of particular cities,
Deut. xix. 12. xxi. 2, et al.; and in later
times it denoted the Sanhedrim, or great
council of the nation, as oft. in the Apocr.
In N. T. it occurs only in Acts v. 21, zo
CUVéOOLOV Kal Tacayv THY YEpoUciayv THY
viay ’Iooa7X, i.e. either ‘ the Sanhedrim,
even the whole senate of Israel,’ or rather
it denotes the elders of Israel in general,
i. e. persons who, from age and influence,
were invited to sit with the Sanhedrim,
equiv. to ol mpecBiTepor Tov “IoparAr,
Acts iv. 8. xxv. 15.
DEP
Téo wv, ovtos, 6, an old man, John iii.
4, Sept. and Class.
Tevw, f. evow, trans. to cause to taste,
give to taste, Gen. xxv. 30. Hdot. vii. 46.
Eur. Cycl. 149. Plut. i. 302. In N. T. as
also in the Class. gener. the mid. yevouac,
alone occ. in the sense to taste, depon. or
trans. 1) prop. and absol. Matt. xxvii. 34.
Col. ii. 21, or foll. by acc. John ii. 9, and
Sept.; in the sense to partake of, to eat,
either absol. Acts x. 10. xx. 11, or foll. by
gen. Lu. xiv. 24. Acts xxiii. 14. Sept. and
Class. 2) metaph. to experience, try any
thing by use, y. prua Oeov, Heb. vi. 5.
y. Javatov, Matt. xvi. 28. Mk. ix. 1.
Lu. ix. 27. John viii. 52. Heb. ii. 9. vi. 4,
Y- THS Owoeas. | Pet. ii. 3. Sept., Philo,
Joseph., and Class.
Tewoyéw, f. ow, (yewoyes,) to till
the earth ; whence the pass. yewoyeto@at,
Heb. vi. 7. Sept. and Class.
Tewoyrov, ov, To, prop. @ plot of
arable land, Prov. xxiv. 30, and Class. In
N..T. metaph. said of Christians, 1 Cor.
iii. 9, where itis used like our field.
Tewpyos, ov, 6, (yéa, whence yq and
eworya, perf. mid. of obsol: goyw, to work,)
1) a tiller of the ground, a husbandman,
2 Tim. ii. 6. Ja. v. 7. Sept. and Class. 2)
a timedresser, Matt. xxi. 33—41. Mk, xii.
J—9. Lu. xx. 9, sq. 14,16. Metaph. of
God, as taking care of the Church, con-
sidered as the spiritual vine, (see Is. v. 1,
sqq.-} John xv. 1. Rare in Class., yet
occ. in /Klian H. A. p. 419. Philostr. p.
87, and yewpyety in Plato.
I'n, yns, 1, (contr. from obs. yéa, cog-
nate with yata,) earth or land, i.e. one of
the four elements, said I. in reference to
its vegetative power, earth, soil, Matt. xiii.
a0, Zo. MKS iw), 8520! Tn xiv. B5.
John xii. 24, al. Sept. and Class.—II. as
that whereon we tread, the ground, Matt.
x. 29. xv. 35. Lu. vi. 49, et al. Sept. and
Class.—ITI. as distinguished from the sea,
or a lake, the land, ‘terra firma,’ Mk. iv.
1. vi. 47. John vi. 21, et al. Sept. and
Class.—IV. of a country or region, as yj
‘IopanA, Matt. ii. 20. Xavadv, Acts xiii.
19. Aiytavov, Acts vii. 11; espec. as said
absol. of the land of Judea, Matt. xxiii.
do, et al. and sometimes simply tiv yiy.
By meton. put for the imhabitants of a
country, Matt. x. 15. xi. 24, et al. So
Dryden: ‘ These answers, in the silent
night received, The king himself divulged,
the land believed. —V. the earth, 1) the
terraqueous globe of earth, as distinct from
0 ovpavos, Matt. v. 18, 35. vi. 10, 19, et
al. oft, Sept. and Class. Hence the phrase
Ta ETL Yij$ Kal Ta Ev TOLS OvOavots, to
denote the universe, Col. i. 16, 20; also
yy Kain, 2 Pet. iii. 13. Rev. xxi. 1. 2)
as said of the habitable earth, 7) oixoupévn,
68
TIN
Lu. xi. 31. . xxi. 35, Acts x12 Genet
al. oft. Sept. and Class. Hence ra éai
THs yis, ‘ earthly things,’ i. e. things per-
taining to this life, as opp. to Ta évw, Col.
iii. 2. By synecd. put for the inhabitants
of the earth, men, Rom. ix. 17. x. 18.
Rev. vi. 8. xi. 6, et al. and Sept. So
where things are said to be done, or to
take place on earth, which have reference
chiefly to men, Matt. v. 13. vi. 10. x. 34.
Lu. xii. 49. John xvii. 4, al. So John
ill. 51,6 ay ék THs yas, ‘he who is of
human origin.’
TDijpas, aos or eos, To, old age, Lu. i
36. Sept. and Class.
Tynpackaw, or -aw,f. dow, (ynoas,) to
grow or become old, to be old, intrans. John
xxi. 18. Heb. viii. 13. Sept. and Class.
Tivopa., f.yevjoouat, (earlier and At-
tic form yiyvoua:,) mid. depon. intrans.
with the primary signif. to begin to be, i. e.
to come into existence in any state ; aud
then in the aor. and perf. to have come into
existence, or simply to be. I. to begin to be,
to come into existence, as implying origin,
either from natural causes or through
special agency, result, and also change of
state, place, &c. 1) as implying origin in
the ordinary course of nature, both as said
of persons, to be born, John viii. 58; foll.
by €« Tivos, Rom. i. 3. Gal. iv. 4. 1 Pet.
ii. 6. Sept. and Class.; and of things, as
plants, fruits, &c. to be produced, to grow,
Matt. xxi. 19. 1 Cor. xv. 37, and Class. ;
or as said of the phenomena of nature, zo
arise, occur, e. gr. ceceuos, Matt. viii.
24. NaitaW, Mk. iv. 37. yartnvy, Matt.
viii. 26, et al. oxovres, Matt. xxvu. 40.
vepédAn, Lu. ix. 34. Boovtn, John xii.
29; also of a voice or cry, @wv7), John
xii. 30. Koavy7, Matt. xxv. 6; or what
implies it, as JoouBos, Matt. xxvi. 5.
orao.s, Lu. xxiii. 19. cxioua, John vii.
43. Cutnots, John iii. 25; or the absence -
thereof, as ovy7, Acts xxi. 40. Rev. viii.
1. So of emotions generally, Lu. xv. 10,
or the affliction accompanying them, Matt.
xiii. 21. 2) as implying origin through
an agency specially exerted, to be made,
or created, as said of things, the work of
creation, Johni. 3,10, 1 Cor. xv. 15. Heb.
iv. 3. xi. 3, and Sept.; or the works of
art, Acts xix. 26, dia yerowy: of mira-
cles, to be wrought or performed, Matt. xi.
20, et al.-; of a promise made, Acts xxvi.
6; or plot formed, xx. 3; or waste made,
Mk. xiv. 4; of the will or desire of an
thing, to be accomplished or fulfilled, Jé-
Anua, Matt. vi. 10. aitnua, Lu. xxiii.
24; of a repast, to be made ready, John
xiii. 2; of judicial proceedings, to be made |
or set on foot, Acts xxv. 26; of festivals,
to be made or celebrated ; of persons, e. gr.
made, i. e. appointed, to fill any office,
TIN
Col. i. 23, 25. Heb. v. 5, or what is done
or takes place to or in any one, Lu. xxiii.
31, ¢v tw Enpw Ti yévyntac; Gal. ili. 13,
y. UTép ua@yv KaTapa. 3) as implying
result, event, &c. to come to pass, occur,
&c. both absol. as Matt. i. 22, & oft. and
foll. by dat. of person, to happen to any
one, Mk. ix. 21; or it is equivalent to an
accus. governed of some prep. as éis or
emi. Hence the phrase kat éyéveto or
éyéveto oe, ‘and it came to pass that,’
always with a notation of time, introduced
by Ove, ws, év, or gen. absol. &c. and foll.
by a finite verb with or without «ai, Matt.
ix. 10,and elsewh. 4) as implying a change
of state, condition, &c. or transition from
one to another; said of persons or things
that receive any new character or form,
Matt. v.45, and elsewh. As construed with
prepositions or adverbs implying motion,
it denotes change to another place, &c. to
come, and is followed by various preposi-
tions denoting the beginning or end of
motion.—II. in the aor. & perf. to have
begun to be, to have come into existence, &c.
or simply to eatst, to be. 1) gener. to be,
John 1.6, Rom. xi. 5. 1 John ii. 18, et
al. 2) as copula connecting a subject and
predicate, Lu.i. 2. ii. 2, et al. So witha
dat. of profit, to be any thing to, or for,
e. gr. odnyos, Acts i. 16. onmetov, Lu. xi.
30. tapnyopia, Col. iv. 11. rio, 1 Th.
i. 7, and Class. ; with gen. of age, Lu. ii.
42, ray Owoexa, 1 Tim. v. 9; implying
property, &c. Matt. xi. 26. Lu. x. 21.
Joined with the participle of another verb,
it forms, like eiva:, a periphrasis for a
finifé tense of that verb, Mk. i. 4, éyévero
BamriCwy, ix. 3,7. Heb. v. 12, etal. 3)
joined with prepositions, it implies locality,
Matt. xxvi. 6. Mk. ix. 33, et al. or state
and condition, Lu. xxii. 44, y. év aywvia.
Acts xxii. 17, év éxotace, &c. Foll. by
meta with gen. of person, ‘ to be with any
one, Acts ix. 19. xx. 18, or ctv and dat.
Lu. ii. 13, or by zpos and acc. ‘ to be dis-
posed towards any one,’ | Cor. ii. 3. xvi. 10.
Tivacky, f. yvwoouat, to know, both
in an inchoative and completive sense. I. in
the former, to come to know, to attain know-
ledge of, where the perf. implies complete
action, and is often equiv. to pres. to know,
pass. to become known, 1) gener. and foll.
by acc. of thing, Matt. xii. 7. John viii.
32, et al. sometimes implied, Mk. vi. 38.
1 Cor. xiii. 9; foll. by 2 twos, ‘by any
thing,’ Matt. xii. 33. Lu. vi. 44, et al. or
its equiv. vy tim, or d0ev, 1 John ii. 18.
kata ti, Lu. i. 18. Foll. by acc. of per-
son, John xiv. 7. Lu. xxiv. 35. xix. 15.
Rom. i. 21. 2 Cor. v.16. Gal. iv. 9. 1 John
u. 3. ili, 1, etal. Foll. by 6-r:, instead of
an acc. and infin. John vi. 69, éyvmxapev
ott ot ei 6 Xpioros. Vii. 26, et al. seepe.
2) in a forensic sense, to know by inquiry
69
TAQ
or examination, to examine, Tijv aitiav,
Acts xxiii. 28, 3) to know by information
from others, to learn or find out, Matt. x.
26. Acts ix. 24; foll. by acc. of thing,
expr. or impl. Mk. v. 43. Acts xxi. 34.
Collviyon8, ¢ Matt. ix::30, et-all- or ore
John iv. 1, or ao Tivos, Mk. xv. 45. 4)
to know by perception or observation, fo
perceive, observe, foll. by acc. expr. or
Impl. Matt. xxii. 18. xvi. 8. xxvi. 10, or
by 671, John iy. 53. vi. 15; by acc. and
partic. for infin. Lu. viii. 46, éyw éyvewv
Ovvamw 2E€z\Oovcayv aw épov. 5) toknow
by intellectual disquisition, to understand,
comprehend, foll. by acc. expr. or impl.
Matt. xii. ll,y. 7a wuvoriore. Mk. iv. 13,
TwapaPohas. Lu. xviii. 34. John vii. 49, tov
vonov. 6) by euphemism, to have [carnal]
knowledge of, Lu.i.34. Sept. & Class.—II.
to know in a completive sense, to have ob-
tained and to possess a knowledge of, 1)
gener. and foll. by acc. both of thing expr.
or implied, or acc. and 671, by attraction
or by adv. ; and of person in acc. to know
any one by sight, John i. 49. 2 Cor.
v. 16, or ‘to know any one’s character
and disposition, John 1.10, etal. 2) to
know, as being what one is, or professes to
be, to acknowledge, foll. by acc. Matt. vii.
23. 1 Cor. viii. 3. Gal. iv. 9, and Sept.
3) from the Hebr. with the adjunct idea
of well-wishing, to know and approve of,
io love and care for, foll. by acc. both of
person, as 2 Tim. ii. 19. John x. 14, 15,
27. Sept.; and of thing, Rom. vii. 15, 6
yao KaTepyaCouat, ov yiuwoKw, (and
so Sept. Ps.i. 6.) but see my note.
[evKos, eos, TO, (yAuKvs,) prop.
must, or new wine, but sometimes sweet
wine, whether new, and consequently
sweet, or of which, though old, the sweet-
ness is preserved by art, as Acts ii. 13.
Job xxxii. 19. Athen. p. 176. See more
in my note.
TAuvkvs, eta, v, adj. sweet, Rev. x. 9,
10; of honey, Ja. iii. 11, sq. 3; of water,
meaning, ‘ fit for drinking,’ potable, as opp.
to brackish. So in Lucian i. 295, Reitz.
we have yAukv petoQoop, as opp. to what
is mixed with sea-water, and conseq.
brackish.
TAa@oca, ns, 7, the tongue, I. PROP. as
a part of the body, Rev. xvi. 10, as the
organ of speech, Mk. vii. 33, 35. Lu. i.
64. 1 Cor. xiv. 9. Ja. iii. 5, sq. Personi-
fied, Rom. xiv. 1]. Phil. ii.11. waca ya.
‘every person,’ Acts ii. 26. So ‘to bridle
the tongue, &c. : Ja. i. 26. iii. &. 1 Pet.
iii. 10. Comp. Ecclus. xxviii. 18, sq.—IL.
By METON. speech, language, 1) gener.
1 John iii. 18, wy ayara@pev oyw
noe yAwoon, ‘in speech or talk [only].’
Comp. Theogn. 63. 138, yAwaoon gidos.
So Sept. & Class. 2) spec. of a particu-
Pao
10
ERNG
Jar language or dzalect, Acts ii. 11. 1 Cor. | facthfully, Phil. ii. 20, do71s yu. ra Tepl |
xiil, 1. Sept. and Class. Put for the peo-
ple who use a language, e. gr. dudal,
Kat aol, Kal yA@ooa, Rev.v. 9. vii. 9.
ae iOS xm 7s ixiv. Oo xvinw lo sand
Sept. In the phrases yAwooats éTépats,
or Ka.vats, NaXetv, ‘to speak in new
tongues’ not previously known, and other
than those known, Acts ii. 4, (see my
note,) Mk. xvi. 17, yAwooars AaXEtp, ‘ to
speak with tongues miraculously; wpocev-
Xeo0ar yAwoon, ‘to speak in an unknown
tongue,’ 1 Cor. xiv. 14. And so must be
understood the expression ] Cor. xiv.
19, Aoyou é€v yAwoon, or simply yAwo-
eat, 1 Cori xy LOS 26: xi. G.) x1vio22,
26. See more in my note on Acts ii. 4.—
ill. mMETAPH. put for any thing resembling
a tongue in shape, Acts ii. 8, where see my
note.
TAwoocdKopoy, ov, TO, (yA\wooa,
the tongue, mouth-piece (like our reed)
of a wind-instrument, and kouéw, to take
care of,) prop. @ case or box to keep the
tongues of musical wind-imstruments i,
but afterwards any bow for preserving uten-
sils, books, or other valuables. Thus it is
used by Jos. Ant. vi. 2, 6, to express the
little chest, in which the Philistines put the
golden mice and emerods, | Sam. vi. 11,
and by Sept. in 2 Chron. xxiv. 8, used to
express the Ark: it also occurs in Lon-
ginus, Plutarch, and other later writers.
In N.T. it only occ. John xii. 6. xiii. 29,
where it denotes @ casket to put money in,
and so Plutarch Galb. § 16. The early
and correct spelling was yAwoookometov.
Tvageds, éws, 6, (yvados, a card, or
teazle, used by wool-combers, ) @ fuller, one
who fulled and dressed new clothes, or
scoured and cleansed old ones, raising the
nap by means of the teazle; and also, by
the use of fullers’ earth and alkali, restored
the colour to its original whiteness. Mk. ix.
0, Ola yvadevs etl THS yas ov OUVaTaL
ANevKavat. Xenoph. Theoph. Plut. & Sept.
Tvyotos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (yevéoros or
yevno.os, fr. yévos,) of genuine birth,
prop. as said of legitimate children, opposed
to bastards, Hom. Il. xi. 102. In N. T.
applied te-express the relation of a disciple
to his teacher, 1 Tim. i. 2, yu. Téxvw év
awiore. Tit.1.4,yu.7. KaTa Koti Tio TL.
Hence of things, (as moral qualities,)
genuine, as opp. to spurious, Pind. Ol. ii.
» Xap aywv Tvycias er’ apetats.
Also by impl. as said of persons, szncere,
true, faithful, Phil. iv. 3, cvGuye yviote.
Polyb. iv. 30, 4, of yutiovot THY avdpar,
‘truly just and upright.” So to yvijouop,
‘sincerity, 2 Cor. viil. 8, To a&yamns yv.
3 Mace. iii. 19, obd&v yujorov BovAovTat
PEpELv.
Tynoiws, adv. (yviotos,) sincerely,
Uuav pepiuvioe. 2 Macc. xiv. 8, baep
Tov avnKovTwY TH Bacirel yv. ppo-
vov. 3 Mace. iii. 23, rods apes juas yv.
Olakelpmevous.
T'vogos, ov, 6. This, and the rarer
term dvoqos, were old and rough forms,
afterwards softened to védos and véqos,
though both came from vévoga, perf. mid.
of védw, cogn. with védw, ‘to snow. —
The original word was vevogos, part. neut.
corrupted into dvoqos or yvdgos, signify-
ing prim. szow-clowd, and then subst. @
dense cloud, such as that around Mt. Sinai,
when Jehovah appeared there. See Ex.
so, oe
Pvapun, ys, 1, (yeyv@oKe, to perceive,
conceive, acquire knowledge of, and by
impl. to exercise it in judging and decid-
ing,) prop. and gener. the MIND, or sentient
principle, the Wux7) in man, Xen. Cyr. viii.
8, 10; also in Class. the faculty of judgment
or will, and its result, in knowledge of, or
cudgment respecting, any thing; also pur-
pose, and even simply volition, &c. In
N. T. it is used in various modes and
diversified shades of sense; 1) as import-.
ing opznzon or judgment, either in reference
to oneself, 1 Cor. vii. 40, kat& thy éuny
yvwunv, or to others, counsel, 1 Cor. vii.
25, yuwunv didwur. 2 Cor. viii. 10, and
Class. 2) as denoting volition, in refe-
rence to the bent of the mind on any
object ; (so the phrase éxe.v yuwpunv moos
twa or Ti, Thue. v. 13. iii. 25,) and that
in various modes, whether simply znelena-
téon, or desire, 1 Cor. i. 10, gv TH abrH
yvwun, ‘same mind or will,’ (so Thue. ii.
9, itcot yvwpn, also v. 38,) or, as merely
implying will, in the sense accord or consent,
Philem. 14, ob ywois THs ons yuouns—
qwoinoat, (for which a Class. writer would
have said ovx avev,)or finally, as the effect
of inclination and will, in the sense purpose,
design, Acts xx. 3, éyéveto yvwpn, scil.
av’Tw, TOU UTooTpémerv. So Thue. i.
62, 3, nv O& 4 yuwopun Tov ’A. émiTnpety,
&c. Rev. xvii. 17, wowjoar tiv yvounv
auTou. Joseph. and Class.
TywoiGw, f. icw, to make known,
trans. foll. by ace. of thing and dat. of
pers., or acc. with zpos, I. to others,
1) gener. to reveal, declare, Rom. ix. 22,
sq. Lu. ii. 15. Acts ii, 28. Eph. mi. 5, 10.
Col. i. 27. Gal. 7. 11. Ph-iv: G2 Sepriand
Class. 2) spec. in the sense, to narrate,
tell, Eph. vi. 21. Col. iv. 7, 9. 2 Cor. viii. 1.
1 Macc. xiv. 28. 3) said of a Divine
teacher, who unfolds divine revelations,
John xv. 15. xvii. 26. Rom. xvi. 26.
Eph. i. 9, vi. 19. 2 Pet: 1. 16: faeh Gor
xil. 3, yvuweiw vuiv, xv. 1, and per-
haps Gal. i. 11, it seems to stand for
avayvweitw, by recalling to the mind
rnqQ’
truths which, though taught, had not been
sufficiently laid to heart.—II. to oneself,
in the sense, to put tx mind of, impress,
Phil. i. 22, ov yvwoifw, ‘non video,
nescio.’ Sept. and later Class.
Tyaots, ews, 1), (yivworw,) knowledge,
i.e. 1) the faculty of knowing, as evinced
in discernment, or penetration, Eph. iii. 19,
Tv UTEpBa\XAOVCAaY THs YUwoTEWS AYA-
anv tov Xo.otov, ‘which surpasses all
comprehension,’ or is superior to all other
knowledge. 2) subjectively, said of ‘ what
one knows,’ knowledge, Lu.i.77. Phil. iii.
S. Rom. xi. 33, yy@o.s Ozeov. Sept. and
Class. So of a knowledge of the Christian
religion gener. Rom. xv. 14. 1 Cor. i. 5.
vill. 1. 2 Pet. iii. 18, or spec. of a deeper
knowledge thereof, both theoretical and
experimental, 1 Cor. viii. 7, 10, 11. 2 Cor.
xi. 6. Said of a practical knowledge of
what is to be done, or not done, discretion,
prudence, 2 Cor. vi. 6. 1 Pet. iii. 7. 2 Pet.
i. 5, 6. and Sept. 3) said of what is
known objectively, either gener. know-
ledge, science, doctrine, 2 Cor. ii. 14. iv. 6
Col. ii. 3: Sept. or spec. religious know-
ledge, or religzon gener. Lu. xi. 52. Rom.
ii. 20. 1 Tim. vi. 20; also the deepest kind
of it, 1 Cor. xii. 8. Novos yvwoews, where
see my note, and compare Lu. xi. 52,
i KXEts THS yvwoews, | Cor. xiii. 2, 8.
xiv. 6. 2 Cor. viii. 7. x. 5.
Tvwotns, ov, 6, (ywvaockw,) gnarus,
one who thoroughly knows any thing, Acts
xxvi.3. Susan. ver.42. Said of God, tTav
KpuTTo@V yuwotns. Sept. | Sam. xxviii. 3.
Tvwotods, %, ov, adj. (yiveokw,) I.
as an ADJ. 1) in the sense known, gener. as
said both of persons and things, and foll.
by dat. Joh. xviii. 15, 16. Acts i. 19. xv.
18. xix. 17; by «ata with gen. of place,
Acts ix. 42. Sept. So yvwotov éorw
foll. by dat. ‘be it known to,’ Acts ii. 14.
iv. 10, et al. and Sept. In an emphatic
sense, notable, i. e. known of all, Acts iv.
16, yuwotov onpetov. So Ps. Ixxvi. 1,
yyvwortos 0 Geos, ‘known and magnified.’
2) in the sense knowable, td yv. Tov
G<ou, * what may be known of God,’ Rom.
meee. bist. oo, 18.—II. As ‘a
SUBST. an acquaintance, or ordinary friend,
Lu. ii. 44. xxiii. 49. Sept.
Toyyv Co, f. vow, (a word formed from
the sound, derived from the noise of
doves) to mutter or murmur; 1) to mutter,
i. e. utter in a low voice, and aside, Joh.
vil. 82. 2) with the notion of complaint,
to murmur, absol. 1 Cor. x. 10. foll. by
Kata with gen. Matt. xx. 11, or rep,
John vi. 41, 61, or woods with acc. Lu. v.
30; by wet’ adXArjAwv, John vi. 43. Sept.
and Class.
Poyyvopos, ov, 6, (yoyytGw,) gener.
@ muiter or murmur, 1) a muttering, arising
cia
iP x
from latent discontent; and dictated by cau-
tion, or apprehension, rather than resent-
ment. So @povs in Thucyd. and the best
writers, John vii. 12. 2) murmuring, de-
noting the expresszon of discontent, or dis-
satisfaction, Acts vi. 1; foll. by apes and
ace. of person, Lu. v. 30, éyéyyuGov meds
Tous wabytras abtouv. Sept. & later Class.
Toyyuvotijs, ov, 0, (yoyytGw,) «@
murmurer, Jude 16, Prov. xxvi. 21, Theod.
Tons, ntos, 0, 1) prop. a juggler, con-
jurer, or diviner ; prob. derived from yéos,
‘a low murmur: and indeed in Aéschy]l.
Choéph. 809, we have yons in the sense
plorator, KpéKTOV yonTwy vomov peOnco-
fev; such being the tone in which the
ancient conjurors uttered their incanta-
tions. So Milton: ‘ Without his rod re-
versed, And backward mutters of dissever-
ing power.’ Soph. Aj. 582, Goosty érrw-
Oas Tpos TOM@VTL THuaTe. 2) by impl.
an impostor or cheat, 2 Tim. iii. 15. and
Class.
To mos, ov, 0, (yéyoue fr. yéuw) iit.
‘that of which any vessel yémez, is full,’
Exod. xxiii. 5. esp. 1) the lading or freight
of a ship, Acts xxi. 3. and Class. 2) by
impl. the merchandise with which it is
freighted, Rev. xviii. 11, sq.
Tovevs, éws, 0, (yéyova, fr. yivouat,)
prop. generator, a father. In N. T. occurs
only in the plur. denoting both father and
mother, parents, Matt.x. 21. Mk. xiii. 12.
Lu. ii. 27. et al. Sept. and Class.
Tovu, yovatos, To, the knee, ta yo-
vata, ‘the knees,’ Heb. xii. 12. Sept. and
Class. Hence, in the phrases Ti€eva: ta
yovata, ‘to kneel in prayer and supplic.’
Mk. xv. .19. Lu. xxu. 41. Acts: wii.60:
ix. 40. xx. 56. xxl. 5. Kaumrew yovu, or
yovata tit, ‘to kneel in homage or
adoration, Rom. xi. 4. xiv. ll. Phil. ii.
10 ; in supplic. Eph. iii. 14.
Tovutmetéw, f. how, (yovutertis, fr.
the phrase eis youu tecetv,) to fall on
one’s knees, to kneel, whether in supplica-
tion, Matt. xvii. 14. Mk. i. 40; or rever-
ence, Mk. x. 17; or mock homage, Mk.
xxvii. 29. Class.
Toaupa, atos, To, (yoadw,) gener.
any thing written, (see on yoadw,) as I.
an alphabetical character, or characters,
marked on writing-boards, or engraven on
stone or metal, Lu. xxiii. 38, y. “EAAnu-
kots. 2 Cor. iii. 7, év yoaumacu évts-
TuTwuevyn ev AiPots. Gal. vi. 11, wnXé-
kois yo. ‘at how great length; and so
Class.—I1. any thing written, a writing,
1 Esd. iii. 9, 18, and Class. In N.T. 1)
a letter, Acts xxviii. 21. Gal. vi. 11, and
Class. 2) @ bill, bond, Lu. xvi. 6, 7. Jos.
Ant. xviii. 6, 3. Class. in the sense ac-
counts of expenses, &c. 3) yodupata,
PA
said of the wrztings composing any book,
as of Moses, John v. 47, or of the O. T.
(the Scriptures) 2 Tim. iii. 15. Jos. Ant.
vo U7 xs 10, 4. 4) fig. to yoduua,
‘the written, verbal, or literal mcaning,’
as opp. to the spirit, or spiritual one, to
Tvevua, and applied to the Mosaic law,
opp. to the Gospel, Rom. ii. 27, 29. 2 Cor.
il. 6, 7.—III. letters, or learning, as con-
tained in written books, Acts xxvi. 24,
TOAKa yeeuuata. John vii. 15, ypau-
pata eidevat, ‘to be learned,’ namely, in
Jewish knowledge, Dan. i. 4. Class.
Tpappateds, éws, 0,(yoadw,) prop.
a writer, but, by use, a public writer, or
notary, &c. 1) in the Greek sense, a pub-
lic officer, like our custos rotulorum, or
public secretary, whose office it was to en-
rol and recite, also to keep the public laws
and decrees, &c. Acts xix. 35, where see
my note. 2) in the Jewish sense, a kind
of secretary of state, whether civil, 2 Sam.
viii. 17. xx. 25, or military, 2 Kings xxv.
19. 2 Chr. xxvi. 11. Liter. in Sept. and
N.T.a@ scribe, one skilled in the know-
ledge of the Jewish yoaupata, or Scrip-
tures, a@ scripturist. Thus, there may be
an allusion to their transcribing the copies
of the Scriptures; at any rate, that they
were transcribed under their superintend-
ence is very probable, Matt. ii. 4. v. 20, et
ai. Hence, by impl. onze instructed, a
scholar, one able to teach others, Matt.
xiii. 52. xxii. 34. 1 Cor. i. 20.
Teamtos, n, ov, adj. (ypépw,) 1)
prop. written or engraved, as applied to
Aoyos, &c. 2) fig. Rom. ii. 15, To zpyov
TOU vOoMOoU YpaTTOV évy Tais Kapdiats
vua@pv, ‘deeply imprinted,’ with allusion to
the characters traced with the iron stylus
on the waxed tablets of the ancients, al-
luded to in AMschyl. Prom. 814.
Toagn, js, 7, (yeado,) prop. and in
Class. a writing, as oft. in Sept. and Class.
In N. T. 7 yoady and ai yeadai, the
Scripture, or Scriptures, i.e. of the Jews,
the O. T. Matt. xxi. 42. John v. 39.
Acts viii. 32. Rom. ix. 17, et, al... By
synecd. put for ‘the contents of the Scrip-
tures,’ whether declarations or promises,
Matt. xxii. 29. Mk. xii. 24. John x. 35.
Acts i. 16, &c.; or ‘prophecies, Matt.
xxvi. 54, 56. Lu. iv. 21. Rom. xvi. 26, al.
Teague, f. ww, I. prop. and prim. To
SCRATCH, or score, Hom. Il. xvii. 599,
ypawe o£ of o6etéov aypis Aiyun
TlovAvdduavtos. Aiso, to grave, or cut
im, Hom. Il. vi. 169. Hence, to carve
figures, as | Kings vi. 29. Sept. rofyous—
év KohaTToLs EyoawWe: or engrave them
on metal or wood, like our etching; also
to form alphabetical characters with the
stylus, (whereby the characters were cut
or graven in,) to wrete, absol. John viii. 6,
72
YM
8, yo. eis THY ynv.—tl. TO WRITE, i. e.
eapress by writing, foll. by acc. of thing,
expr. or impl. John xix. 22, 6 véypaga,
véyeada, xx. 30, sq. xxi. 24,'sq. Lu. i.
63. xvi. 6,sq. Rom. xvi. 22, et al. Sept.
and Class. Said of what is written, i. e.
contaimed in Scripture, Mk. i. 2. John
vii. 17. Lu. iii. 4, al. So yéypamran, or
TO Yéyoaupévov, as a form of citation,
Matt. iv. 4, and oft.; also constr. with
prepositions and a noun or pron. as é:a@
TlWOS, éTi TVA, TLL, OY TLVOS, or a dat.
of pers. without prep. ; also foll. by ace. of
pers. to write about, or describe, John i.
46.—III. TO WRITH, i. e. to commit to
writing, Mk. x. 4, ye. BiBAtov aao-
otactov. Lu. xxiii. 38, éwrvyopapiyv. Acts
XXlil. 25, erro ToAny, 2 Pet. iti. 1. Sept. &
Class.—IV..to write to, ADDRESS any one,
foll. by acc. of thing, and dat. of pers. 2 Cor.
i. 13, ob} yao &A\A@ yoaqdouev wuiv, Phil.
ii. 1; by dat. Rom. xv. 15. 2 Cor. ii. 4.
2 John 12. Rev. ii. 1; by dat. and 671, 1
John ii. 12, sq. So of written communt-
cations, either for information or instruc-
tion, Acts xv. 23. xvi. 27 eevee oe
Cor. v. 9.. vii. 1. _-xiw. 37) 2 ee
1 Thess. iv. 9. v. 1. Hence yoedew
évtoAjny ti, ‘to write a precept or
command to any one, Mk. x. 5. 1 John
ll. 7. So yéypamrar, ‘it is directed,
i.e. in ‘the law, Lu. ii. 23, and Sept. and
Class.—V. for éyypadev, to write any
one’s name 27 a register or book, TO REGIS-
TER, Lu. x. 20, Rev. xiii. 8, al. and Sept.
Teawdns, eos, 0, 7, adj. (ypaus,)
anile, foolish, 1 Tim. iv. 7, and Class.
Tonyopéw,f. jow, (éyenyoea, 2 perf.
of éveiow,) gener. to be wakeful, to watch,
intrans. (a later Greek word,) 1) prop. to
be wakeful, keep awake, Matt. xxiv. 43.
xxvi. 38, 40, sq. Mk. xiii. 34. xiv. 34, 37,
sq. Lu. xii. 37, 39. Sept. and Class. 2)
fig. to be watchful, attentive, Matt. xxiv.
42. xxv. 13. Mk. xiii. 35, 37. Acts xx.
ol. 1 Cor. xvi. 13. Col. iv. 25 1 ae
1 Pet. v. 8. Rev. iii. 2, sq. Sept. and
Class. 3) metaph. to be awake, i. e. alive,
as opp. to the sleep of our bodies in death,
1 Th. v. 10. Comp. iv.15. Rom. xiv. 8, 9.
Tupva lw, f. dow, (yupvos,) 1) prop.
to practise gymnastic exercises, as one of
the athlete, Thuc. i. 6. Arr. Epict. iv. 4,
ll. 2) metaph. fo exercise oneself in any
pursuit, to train or accustom oneself, 1 Tim.
iv. 7, yuuvale ceavTov Tpos evoEPELav.
Athen. p. 25, D. y. woos dépveo8nvevti-
kyv. Arr. Epict. i. 26, 3, yuuvafovew
nuas ol mitdcopo: éwi THS Jewpias.
Heb. v. 14, aicbytHova yeyuuvacuéeva
éxovtwy, ‘exercised by use,’ and thereby
accustomed. xii. ll, cots 62 autzs
yeyupvacpéevos. 2 Pet. ii. 14, Kkapdiav
|
f
LY, M 73
yeyuuvacnéivny mAeovetias, ‘practised
in covetousness.”
Tupvacia, as, 4, (yupvatw,) 1)
prop. gymnastic exercise, espec. as taken in
the palestra; 2) the exercise, or trial, of
the bodily powers attendant thereon. In
N. T. exercise, or training, gener. 1 Tim.
iv. 8, cwuatiKi) y. where, as being in an-
tithesis with ver. 7, many eminent Com-
mentators explain ascetic training, mortifi-
cation of bodily appetites, &c. as described
at ver. 3; comp. Col. ii. 23. And an ex-
ample has been adduced from Arr. Epict.
i. 7, 12; but it rather refers to the first, or
active, training: see my note.
Tupvyteta, f. evow, (yuuvnrns, fr.
yupvos,) prop. to be naked ; also fig. to be,
as we say, half-naked, i.e. poorly clad, |
Cor. iv. 11.
Tupvos, 7, ov, adj. naked, I. PROP. as
regards the body, viz. 1) lit. naked, with-
out any clothing, prop. Mk. xiv. 51, sq.
meoeitey. xvi. 15. xvii. 16. Sept. and
Class. 2) said of one who is ‘without an
outer garment,’ and is clad only in his
tunic, (x:Twv,) John xxi. 7. Acts xix. 16.
Sept. and Class. 3) ‘poorly clad, desti-
tute of necessary clothes,’ implying ex-
treme want, Matt. xxv. 36, 38, 43. Ja. ii.
15. Sept. ; fig. destetute, i. e. of spiritual
good, Rey. iii. 17, ‘ not clothed in the robe
of Christ’s righteousness,’ and thereby ex-
posed to the wrath of God.—II. FG. said of
the sowl, as disengaged from the body, in
which it had been clothed, 2 Cor. v. 3, ov
yuuvot evpeOicopue0a, i. e. ‘our souls
will not strictly be found naked, but our
bodies will be glorified, &c. Comp. v. 4,
and 1 Cor. xv. 51, sq. So the ancient
Fathers, and also Plato, Cratyl. 20, Wu-
Xv younv Tov cwpuatos. The ellips.
is very rare; yetit is found also in Areteus,
P- 17, yupun ty Wx yivovtar pavties
aT pEKées. ies
Tupvorns, tyT0s, 7, nakedness, gener.
In N. T. said 1) of the being destitute of
necessary clothing, Rom. viii. 35. 2 Cor.
xi. 27. So Sept. in Deut. xxviii. 48. 2)
put, as in Gen. ix. 22, cide yiprwou,
for ‘the parts of shame.’ Rev. iii. 18, iva
Bn pavepwly 1 aicxtvyn THs yupy. cov,
where the word denotes fig. ‘the being
destitute of spiritual clothing,’ i. e. of the
righteousness which is by faith.
Tuvackapioy, ov, 70, (dim. of yuvn,)
prop. a little woman, but fig. as muliercula
in Latin, a paltry weak woman, 2 Tim. iii.
6. Marc. Anton. and Arrian.
_ Pvvatketos, éia, etov, adj. of or per-
taining to woman, Esth. ii. 11, cata tHv
abdyy tH yuvaikeiav. Thue. ii. 45, y.
apeTyns. Hom. Od. A. 436, yuvarxetas
Ota BovAds. Also of female dress, orna-
AAT
ments, &c. InN. T. occ. also in 1 Pet.
iii. 7, GuvoiKovvTes KaTa Yyvwow, ws
aolevestéiow oKEevel TW YUVatKkeiw aTrO-
vémovTes Tuy, Where Tw ‘yuv. is dat.
neut. of td yuvatketov, scil. yévos, the
woman-kind, the female sex. Thé word is
expressed in Plato, p. 620, A. pice: Tov
yuvatkeiov yevous. And so yuvy in
Hdot. vii. 39.
Tuvy, atkos, 4, voc. w yvtvar, a
woman, one of the female sex, as distinct
from the male. I. GENER. Matt. ‘xiv. 21.
xv. 36, and oft. Said of a young woman
or damsel, Lu. xxii. 57. Gal. iv. 4. Sept.
in Esth. ii. 4; of an adult female, Matt.
v.28, ix. 205122. xi. Pl) and ‘oft.
SPEC. with a gen. or exe, or the adj.
Umravopos, Rom. vii. 2, as denoting rela-
tion to some man, viz. 1) as one betrothed,
but not yet married, Matt. i. 20, 24. Lu.
ii. 5. So Sept. and Class. Fig. of the
Church, as the bride of Christ, Rev. xix.
7. xxi. 9. 2) a married woman, wife,
Matt. v. 31, sq. xiv. 3. Mk. vi. 18, et al.
sepe. Sept. and Class. 3) a widow, xrpa
being understood, Matt. xxii. 24. Mk. xii.
19. Lu. xx. 29; expr. in Lu. iv. 26.—III.
in the VOCATIVE w yvuvat, in direct ad-
dress, Matt. xv. 28. Lu. xiii. 12. John ii. 4.
iv. 21. xx. 13,15. 1 Cor. vii. 16; where it
is far from implying disrespect, (any more
than évdoes as applied to men,) but rather
the contrary, as in the best Classical
writers, from Homer downwards; so that
it differs little from the use of our lady, or
madam, in the voc.
Twvia, as, n, prop. an angle, also a
corner, gener. I. an exterior projecting
corner, Matt. vi. 5, €v Tats ywviais Tav
TaTELWY, 1. €. Where several streets meet,
Matt, xxi.-42: (Mk xii. 10, Du? xx: 17.
Actsiiv. 1. 1 Peto 72 Beviwiti dl. xx os
ai Técoapes ywviat, ‘the four corners (or
quarters) of the earth.” Sept. and Class.
And so Johnson, Dict. in v. corner, ex-
plains.—II. an interior angle, an znner
corner, and by impl. a dark corner, Acts
xxvi. 26, év ywvia mwetoaypmevov. Arr.
Epict. ii. 12, 17, év ywvia trovetv.
A.
Aatpovifopman, f. icouar, (daiuwy,)
equiv. to Caipoviov exw, to have ademon,
to be possessed by an evil spirit, ‘to be a
demoniac,’ Matt. iv. 24. viii. 16, 28, 33.
1x. O20 xe Doe xe DIM, 132) wero,
16,18. Lu. viii. 36. John x. 21. Comp.
v.20. On the true view respecting the
Scripture demoniacs, see my note on the
above passages, espec. Matt. iv. 24.
Aatpoviov, ov, To, (neut. of adj.
Oatpovos,) prop. by an ellips. of avev-
pa, @ spirit caning from o daipwy,
AAI
a demon, or good spirit. Hence, 1)
gener. an inferior deity, as said of the
heathen gods oft. in the Class.; and so
Acts xvil. 18, Eévwv darpoviwy, ‘ foreign
deities ;’ sometimes in Class. of the Deity
himself. 2) said of a tutelary or guardian
spirit, e. g. that of Socrates, Xen. Mem. iv.
6. Apol. Socr. 4. 3) of an evil spirit ; for as
the Jews regarded the gods of the heathen
as, if at all real beings, devils or unclean spi-
tits, WvevuaTa Caruoviwy, Rev. xvi. 14,
so they used the terms daiuwy and daipo-
vioy of the evil spirits, (fallen angels, ) sub-
ject to Satan as their head, Matt. ix. 34,
and wandering up and down in the world
to do his behests, and consequently work
evil of every kind, both physical and moral,
on the human race ; in the former case, by
rendering men demoniacs, and afflicting
them with various diseases; in the latter,
by tempting them to all manner of evil, 1]
Tim. iv. 1. Ja. ii. 19; comp. Eph. vi. 12.
It often occ. in the phrases datudviov
éxev, ‘to be a demoniac;’ éxBaANew Ta
6. ‘to eject demons; é£épyecbar éx
Tivos, ‘to depart from, cease to vex ;’ and
elogoxXeoQar eis Twa, ‘ to enter into,’ and
make their abode.
Aatpoviwons, eos, 0, 7, adj. (darpo-
viov,) demon-like, devilish, Ja. iii. 15, ovx
éoTiv altyn 4 copia advwley KaTEoXo-
evn, GAN’ étrityecos—Oatpmoviwons, with
which I would compare a similar senti-
ment of Plut. vii. 241, H. vo év tiv
@oyov kai &TakTov Kat Biatov, ov Setov
aha datmovixoyv : the same writer in his
Pericles speaks of @Odvoy as datmovikdv.'
And, indeed, datpovixes is the Class. term,
whereas datuoviwons is so rare, that it has:
only been found elsewhere in Symmachus’.
version of Ps. xci. 3, and Etym. Mag. 336,
Aatpwrv, ovos, 6, 7, (dajnuwv, know-
ing,) prop. and in Class. writers, @ deity, a
divine and omniscient intelligence, a ge-,
nius. In N. T. ademon, or evil spirit, Matt.
vill. 31. Mk. v.12. Lu. viii. 29. Rev. xviii. 2.'
Aakvwo, f. djEouat, 1) prop. to bite
or tear with the teeth, Class. In N. T. 2)
metaph. to vex, annoy, harass, Gal. v. 15,
ei Oe ANAjAous OakveTe, i.e. ‘annoy each
other by abuse or calumny.’ So Arr. Epict.
li, 22, daxvery &ANAHAOUS Kal oLdovEto-
Gar.
Aakov, vos, To, and Aakovoy, ov, Td,
a tear, Lu. vii. 38, 44, et al. and tra
daxpua, tears, weeping. So dud or pete
daxkpvwv, Acts xx. 19, 31. 2 Cor. ii. 4,
and év daxovot, as denoting the tenderest
affection.
Aaxpiw, f. tow, (daxov,) to shed
tears, intrans. John xi. 35, and Class.
AaxtitXLos, ov, 6, (daxTuXos,) @
Jinger-ring, Lu. xv. 22, given as a mark of
i
AE
honour ; comp. Gen. xli. 43. Esth. viii. 2,
and Class.
AdktuXos, ov, 6, (not from éaxw, as
Lennep supposes, but from deixw, ‘to point
out,’ as Heb. yass, ‘finger,’ fr. yay, ‘to
point out,’ so called fr. one of its chief uses.
It is, indeed, a dimin. in form fr. dexKTos,
(as Lat. digitus fr. dexeTos,) q. Oeixtudos,
the pointer, of which a vestige remains in
the name given to the forefinger, dekT1Kos, )
a finger, Matt. xxiii. 4. Mk. vii. 33. Lu. xi.
46, et al. & Sept. In Matt. xxiii. 4, and
Lu. xi. 46, the phrase ‘ not to touch with a
finger, or the tip of the finger,” is said pro-
verbially of these, who do not make the
slightest effort to accomplish any purpose
they profess to seek. It occ. also in the
later Class. By meton. 6 dak. tov Ozov,
(the finger being considered as the chief
instrument of work, so our finger from.
A.-S. fengan, capere, prehendere,) ‘the
power of God,’ Lu. xi. 20.
Aaualw, f. dow, to tame, subdue, trans.
1) prop. of taming ew2ld animals, (as Hom.
Tl. xxiii. 655, and Ja. iii. 7,) but also
of coercing wild and brutal men, Mk. v. 4,
ovéeis avTtov ioxve Oapaoa. 2) fig. to
subdue, both as said of conquering ene-
mies, and of repressing unruly passions,
Hom. Il. ix. 492, and Joseph. Ant. iii. 5, 3,
ppovnua. Hence Jas. ii, 8, 6. rHv
yAoooap. | hc eee
Adpaxts, ews, 7, (Oaualw,) a, herfer,
so called as being of fit age to be tamed by
the yoke, Heb. ix. 13. Sept. and Class.
AaveiCw, f. ciow, (davetov,) 1)tolend
money, whether at or without interest ; but
in N. T. only the latter, Lu. vi. 34, sq.
2) mid. daveiGouar, to cause any one to
lend money to oneself, i. e. to borrow
money, Matt. v. 42. Sept. and Class.
Aavetov, ov, To, neut. of ddveros, fr.
Oavos, a debt, i. e. ‘something due for
(money lent,’ Matt. xviii. 27. Sept. and
Class.
AavetoTns, ov, 6, (daveiGw,) a lender,
a creditor, Lu. vii. 41. Sept. and Class.
Aatavaw, f. jow, (Oamavy,) 1) in
a good sense, to expend money, to be at ex-
pense, trans. Mk. v. 26, 6. Ta wap’ EavTAs
qavra: absol. 2 Cor. xii. 15, davravjcw,
Acts xxi. 24, 6. éa’ attots. Thuc. vii. 29.
2) in a bad sense, to spend, i. e. waste, —
trans. -Lu. xv. 14, 6. wavta: absol. Ja.
iv. 3, 2v Tals NOovats bua Oo. Thue. iv.
3. vii. 47. viil. 45.
Aatavn, ns, 1, (6ar7Tw, to consume, )
expense, Lu. xiv. 28. Sept. and Class.
Aé, a particle standing after one or two
words in a clause, strictly adversative, but.
oftener transitive, and serving (like our
but) to introduce something else, whether
AEH 7
opposite to what has been said, or in addi-
tion thereto, or in explanation thereof.
Hence it denotes gener. but, and, also,
namely, &c. 1. ADVERSATIVE, but, i. e. ‘on
the contrary,’ 1) simply or alone, Matt. vi.
6, ov 2, and Lu. xii. 14. xiii. 8, and oft.
2) in the formula piv—oe, ‘indeed—but,’
Acts ix. 7, et al—IT. coNTINUATIVE, but,
now, and, also, &c. 1) gener. and intro-
ducing a new paragraph or sentence, Matt.
i. 18. ii. 9. iii. 1, et al. sepe. In this use
it is sometimes emphatic, espec. in interro-
gative clauses, as 2 Cor. vi. 14, 15, 16.
Gal. iv. 20, 78eXov dé. 2,) where it re-
sumes a thought interrupted, in the sense
then, therefore, &c. Matt. vi. 7, moocev-
XOuevoe O€. John xv. 26. Rom. v. 8.
2 Cor. x. 2. Ja. ii. 15. So in an apodosis
after ei for éaret, Acts xi. 17, éyw dé Tis
“nv; 3) as marking something added by
way of explanation, or example, &c. but,
and, namely, &c. Mk. iv. 37, 7Ta de
Kumara éwéBadev, xvi. 8, Etye Oe a’Tas
Tpopos. John vi. 10, zjv 62 xopTos odds
év TH TOTw. Acts xxiii. 13. ix. 8. Rom.
ii. 22. 1 Cor. x. 11. xv.56. 4) Kai dz,
(where «ai always has the sense also,) and
also, Mk. iv. 36, kai &\XNa@ OE TWAOtAa HY
wer avtov. John xv. 27. Acts v. 32.
Agynots, ews, 7, (dZ0ua1,) prop. and
prim. want, need of any thing, as in
Aristot. and Antiph. ap. Steph. Thes.
#Eschin. Socr. Dial. ii. 39, 40. Ps. xxi.
24. Hence, as the expression of need ana
the desire of removing it, petition or sup-
plication, considered as the deprecation of
evil and entreaty for good, either for one-
eee ie vehi ivy. 6: Heb. v. 7.
1 Pet. iii. 12, and Sept., or for others,
Rom. x.1. 2 Cor. i. 11. ix. 14. Eph. vi.
Ell i, 19. 1 Tims. 1. Ja. v. 16;
or gener. as said of earnest prayer gener.
Lu. ii. 37. v. 33. Actsi.J4. 1 Tim. v. 5.
2 Tim. i. 3. Sept. and later Class.; though
there it is merely entreaty, earnest request.
Act, impf. gde1, f. dejoer, impers. 2
as necessary, there 1s need of, i. e. some-
thing that is absent and wanting; foll.
by genit. In N. T. occ. only with an
infin. pres. or aor., expr. or impl., and with
or without an acc. ‘ it is necessary,’ I. PROP.
from the nature of the case, a sense of
duty and obligation, one must, Matt. xvi.
21, Ore Ost avTov aweNOetv zis ‘I. xxvi.
a0. Mk. xiv. 31. Lu. ii. 49. iv. 48. John iii.
7, 30. Acts xxi. 22. Heb. ix. 26, and Class.
—IlI. spxc. said of what is made necessary
by Divine appointment, Johniii. 14. xx. 9;
of what is right and proper in itself, or is
prescribed by law, or custom, 2 7s right,
one must, tt ought, &c. Lu. xiii. 14, 16.
Mk. xiii. 14. John iv. 20. Acts v. 29.
2 Tim. ii. 6, et al. Sept. and Class. ; also
‘of what prudence would dictate, as a neces-
5 A ETI
sary means to an end, Acts xxvii. 21, Edex
pi) avayeo8ar. Of things unavoidable,
‘one must needs,’ Matt. xxiv. 6. Mk.
xili, 7. Acts i. 16.
AeTypa, atos, TO, (deikvums,) 1)
prop. what ts shown, espec. as a sample of
any merchandise to be sold. So Class.
often. 2) in N. T. an example, held out
to others, for warning, Jude 7. Comp.
2 Pet. ii. 6. 3 Macc. ii. 5. Sometimes
also occ. in later Class.
AsiypatiCw, f. iow, (detypa,) 1)
prop. to make a public example of, to ex-
pose to public shame. 2) equiv. to
TapaderypatiCw, absol. Col. ii. 15, Tas
é€oucias édevypuaTicer, ‘triumphed over
the powers, triumphantly conquered,’ with
allusion to the public eaposwre of con-
quered enemies, in the triumphal proces-
sion.
Acixvupmr and Azixviw, f. deiEw, to
show, trans. I. to point out, show to the
sight, cause any one to see, Matt. iv. 8.
Lu. iv. 5, 6. aitw Tacas Tas Bacideias
Tov Koopov. John v. 20. xiv. 6, 9. Matt.
vill. 4, detEov ceavTov Tw tepet, *pre-
sent thyself for inspection.” Mk. i. 44.
Lu. v. 14. Sept. and Class. So of what
is shown in viston, Rev. i. 1. iv. 1. xvii. 1.
xa. 9, 10) xxi, 1, 6, 8:—II- tocoferito
view, to display, John xx. 20, edevEev avu-
Tots Tas Xetoas avTov. Heb. vill. 5. Sept.
So of deeds, &c. John ii. 18. x. 32. 1 Tim.
vi. 15. Sept. Of internal things, to manz-
Jest, prove, Ja. ii. 18. iii. 18. Sept. and
Class.—III. to show, for use, and, by
impl. éo assign to, Mk. xiv. 15. Lu. xxii.
12.—IV. to show by words, to teach, de-
clare, Matt. xvi. 21. Acts vii. 3. x. 28.
1 Cor. xii. 31. Sept. and Class.
Acthia, as, 7, (detAds,) timidity,
2 Tim. i. 7, wvevua detdias, equiv. to
avevpa Oetdov, Sept. and Class.
Azitidadw, f. dow, (dedos,) to be timid,
or afraid, absol. John xiv. 27, and Sept.
AztXos, 1}, ov, adj. (Ow, deidw,) for-
merly déedos, timorous, fearful, Matt.
viii. 26. Mk. iv. 40. Rev. xxi. 8. Sept.
and Class.
Actva, 0,7, To, gen. detvos, dat. deivi,
acc. 6eftva; an idiom used in speaking of
a person, or thing, whose name we do
not know, or at least remember, or do
not choose to mention, Matt. xxvi. 18,
UTayeTe eis THY TWOALY TES TOV OElvaA.
So the Spaniards use fwllano, the French
tel, and the English Mr. Such-a-one, or
What-@ ye-call-him, and the Latin nescio
quis.
Aetvas, adv. from adj. deuvos, which
signifies not only terrible, but great, vehe-
ment, excessive, espec. as said of the saffer-
ings of life, (so oe cuudopat,) and
A EI
the passions of men, espec. fear, grief, indig-
nation. In this latter manner the adv. is
chiefly used, having the sense vehementer.
So Matt. vili. 6, dervas BacaiGopevos,
‘grievously tortured, and Lu. xi. 53, 6.
évéxe (for éyxoTretv) avTw, meaning
‘hard, bitter indignation against,’ as Hom.
Il. v. 439, dea 6 6uoxAHoas Toocédn,
‘addressed him in sharp rebuke.’ Herodot.
1X. 3D, EdéovTO OeLv@s TOY Trypdvou.
Aeitvéew, f. how, (detrvov,) to take
the detmvov, or evening meal, (see detr-
vov,) intrans. Lu. xvii. 8. Sept. and Class.
Said of the Paschal supper, Lu. xxii. 20.
1 Cor. xi. 25. In Rev. iii. 20, 6. wer
QUTOU, Kal avTos meT’ éuov, symb. of
admission into the Messiah’s kingdom.
See v. yapos.
Aciqamvov, ov, To; in Hom. and the
early writers the morning meal, as opp. to’
Odprov, the evening meal, but in the Attic
and later writers the evening meal, whe-
ther termed dznner or supper. And so in
N. T. I. prop. the date meal of the Jews,
and also of the Greeks and Romans, taken
at or towards evening; and, from this
being the chief meal, the term is one em-
ployed to denote a banquet or entertain-
ment, both in N. T. (as Matt. xxiii. 6.
Mis ivini Zl xi) 39: tu. xive 12 cet al:
John xii. 2.) and the Class. . Also a figure
to denote the felicity of the Messiah’s
kingdom, Rev. xix. 9, 17.—II. said of the
Paschal supper, John xiii. 2,4. xxi. 20; of
the Lord’s Supper, 1 Cor. xi. 20.—III. by
meton. the food taken at supper, | Cor.
xi. 21, to tdiov 6. mpodauBaver. So
Dan. i. 16. Hom. I. ii. 383, et al. He-
siod. Op. i. 207.
Aztotdaipwy, ovos, 0, 7, adj. (deidw,
Oaiuwy,) prop. god-fearimg, and in the
Class. used both in a good sense, to signify
religiously disposed, and in a bad one,
superstitious. In N. T. occ. only in the
former sense, as said of the Athenians,
Acts xvii. 22, decoidatpovertégous, 1. €. 7]
a&\Xovs, ‘more than the other nations.’
See my note in loc.
Astordatmovia, as, 1, (derodai-
pwy,) occ. in the Class. writers in a bad
sense, superstitiousness, but sometimes in
a good one, for religiousness, or religion,
esp. in the later Class. and Joseph. and
so in Acts xxv. 19.
Aéxa, ol, ai, Ta, so called, because it
contains (déyeTtar, Ion. déxerar) all the
units under it (as ten from tengo). Some-
times put for any specific number, Matt.
xxv. 1, 28. Lu. xv. 8, et al., or standing
for a short time, Rev. ii. 10.
Aexadvo, twelve, more usually dwdexa,
Acts xix. xxiv. 11.
76
AES
AtkxatévTe, (more usually révre kat
déxa,) fifteen, John xi. 18, et al.
re
Aexatéicoapes, wy, ol, ai, fourteen,
Matt. i. 17. 2:Cor. xiv2) Gal at
Aexatyn, nS, 7, (dékaTos,) scil. wotpa,
a tenth part of any thing, e. gr. of the
spoils in war, Heb. vii. 2, 4. Gen. xiv. 20.
Also of the fruits of the earth and the in-
crease of the flocks; which, by the Jewish
law, was paid to the’priesthood, tithe, Heb.
vii. 8,
AéxatTos, n, ov, adj. the tenth, John i.
40. Rev. xxi. 20. Hence to 6. scil. zpos,
the tenth part, Rev. xi. 13, and Sept.
Aexatow, f. wow, (dexarn,) for the
Class. dexatevw, to tithe, trans. i. e. to
receive tithes from, Heb. vii. 6. v. 9.
Pass. to be tithed, or to pay tithes, Heb.
vii. 9.
Aexv os, 4, ov, (verbal from third pers.
perf. of déyouat,) 1) prop. accepted, i. e.
pleasing, acceptable, for dpeotos, Lu. iv.
24, ovdels TMpop.dexToséoTiv. Acts x. 35,
0. autw éott. Phil. iv. 18, Oucia 6. and
Sept. 2) by impl. favourable, propitious,
as said of a time or season for doing any
thing, Lu. iv. 19. 2 Cor. vi. 2, catpos 6. -
Asrea lw, f. dow, (dedeap, a bait,) 1)
prop. to bait, i.e. put meat on a hook,
with which to tempt fish or animals, and
thereby catch or entrap them. 2) like
our word ‘to decoy,’ to allure, entice, Ja. i.
14, bro THs idias éwibupias deheaCous-
vos. 2 Pet. ii. 14, 6. Wuyas, et Class.
seepe.
Aévéoov, ov, To, a tree, Matt. iii, 10,
vil. 17, and oft. Sometimes @ shrub, as
Matt. xiii. O2. War, same ee
AzgEvoXaBos, ov, 6, (deEr0s, Nau-
Bavw,) lit. one who takes place on the right
hand of any person; a term to denote a
sort of light-armed soldiers, who (like the
‘lancearii’ of the Romans) covered the
right flank of the phalanx of heavy-armed
soldiery, and prob. acted, in turn, as body-
guards and sentinels, in attendance on the
principal officers, Acts xxiii. 23. Not
found in the Class., but occ. in the Byzan-
tine historians.
Az&tos, &, ov,adj. right, as opp. to left,
I. with a subst. expr. esp. yelp, Matt. v. 30.
Lu. vi. 6, et al.; qrouvs, Rev. x. 2; dp@ad-.
mos, Matt. v. 29; ots, Lu. xxii. 50; o1e-
you, Matt. v. 39; méon, John xxi. 6;
oma Ta O&£1a Kal dorotepa, 2 Cor. Vi.
7. Sept. and Class.—II. wethout a subst.
expr. 1) 7 de&a, scil. yeip, Matt. vi. 3.
xxvii. 29. , Rey. 1. 20. 1.8 ya 7 sep
and Class. The phrase deEtas d:ddvar Tivi
in Gal. ii. 9, and sometimes in Class. sig-
nif. like the Lat. ‘dextram dare,’ ‘to make} :
a covenant,’ the right hand being a sign of
AEO
faith, as well as charity and love. Put for
the right hand or side in general, Heb. i.
3. vii. 1. xii. 2,et al. So rH deEia Tov
@cov, Acts ii. 33, et al. 2) ta deEia,
scil. uéon, ‘the right parts’ of any thing,
“the right’ in general. So éx deEvwy, ‘ on
the right, Matt. xxvii. 38, et al. év tots
deEvots, Mk. xvi. 5. Sept. and Class. xaé-
Hoa or éotyKévar Ek O&EL@y TOU Oeov
or tov Xpiorou, ‘to be next in rank, to
have the highest seat in heaven.’ Also éx«
OeEr@p Tivos eivat, ‘to be at any one’s right
hand, (i. e. his wnguarded side,) i. e. to
be his protector, Acts ii. 25. Ps. xvi. 8.
Agopman, f. derjoopuat, dep. pass. (aor.
1. pass. with mid. signif. éde0yv, imp.
edeounv, ed€eTo,) 1) prop. to need,
stand in need of, as oft. in Class. though
not in N. T. where it is used in a sense
very rarely found in the Class. writers,
i.e. to make known one’s need by en-
treaty, to beseech, ask, pray, &c. as our
verb fo want is, in the language of com-
mon life, used to signify deste, and
also, from the adjunct, to express that
desire by entreaty. Thus it is used in the
N.T. 1) gener. and absol. to make re-
quest, Rom. i. 10. 2 Cor. v. 20, foll. by
gen. of pron. pers. and accus. of thing,
sometimes governed by kata, Matt. ix. 30,
& oft. 2) as said of praying to God, foll.
either by gen. of pers. Acts viii. 22. x. 2.
Sept. or acc. and apos.
Aézov, ovtTos, part. impers. of det (wh.
see, ) meaning either ‘ what is zecessary and
proper, from the nature of the case, as
I Pet. i. 6, or in accordance with ‘ what is
right and proper, Acts xix. 36. Ta déov-
ta, | Tim. v. 13, and Class.
Azppa, atos, TO, (déow,) the skin of a
flayed animal, Heb. xi.3/. Sept. & Class.
or rather @ garment of skin, such as was
worn by the prophets. See Zech. xiii. 4.
Azppativos, 7, ov, adj. made of skin,
leathern, Matt. iii. 4. Mk.i.6. Sept. and
later Class.
Agpow, f. dep@, (cogn. with tTZow, or
Teipw, tero, to rub [off], see my note on
Thue. ii. 11.) 1) to flay, excoriate, Hom.
11.1. 459, and elsewh. in the Class. writers.
In N. T. like the Lat. ‘ excorio,’ to beat
or scourge severely. So foll. by acc. Matt.
xxi. 35. Mk. xii. 3, 5. Lu. xx. 10,sq. Acts
xvi. 37. xxii. 19. John xviii. 23. With ace.
underst. Lu. xxii. 63. Acts v. 40. Pass.
with acc. of manner, qro\Aas, or dXiyas,
sub. wAnyas, Lu. xii. 47, sq. and Class.
Acopmeva, f. evow, (decpos,) to bind,
trans. 1) prop. to hold any thing or per-
son fast with a band, espec. as a prisoner,
with cords or chains, Acts xxii. 4. Sept.
and Class. 2) to bend up articles together
so as to form a bundle, as said of sheaves,
Gen. xxxvii. 7. Judith viii. 3. So Matt. |
77
AEY
xxill. 4, 6. @optia, a metaphor taken
from loading a packhorse or a porter.
Aecpéw, f. How, to bind with chains,
&e. Lu. viij. 29, and later Class. for dec-
MEVO.,
Agout, 7s, 7, (déw,) & bundle, Matt.
xiii. 380. Sept. and Class.
Aéopmtos, tou, 6, (decpéw,) one bound,
a prisoner, Matt. xxvii. 15. Mk. xv. 6,
& oft. The phrases 6. tov Xprotov,
Kuoiov, or év Kupiw, signify ‘one in
durance for Christ’s sake,’ or his religion,
Eph. iii. 1. iv. 1. 2 Tim. i. 8, et al. Comp.
Zech. ix. 11. Lament. iii. 34.
Azeopmos, ov, 0, (d@w,) band or bond,
such as prisoners were bound with, I. in
sing. 1) prop. any ligament by which one
thing is bound to another, as Xen. An. iii.
5,6. Hence said of a ligament by which
the use of some member of the body is
impeded, e. gr. the tongue, Mk. vii. 35;
the limbs, Lu. xiii. 16. Sept. and Class.—
IT. plur. ot decmot, and Attic Ta dcopa,
bands or bonds; of which the former occ.
in St. Paul’s epistles, as Phil. i. 13, & oft.
but not in the Class.; the latter, in St.
Luke’s writings, as Lu. viii. 29, & oft.
Aecuopiiaé, axos, 0, (decpos, pi-
Aaé,) a prison-keeper, jatlor, Acts xvi. 23,
27, 36. Jos. and Sept. It is supposed
not to occur in the Class. but I find it in
Lucian ii. 509, 589. iii. 335.
Atcuwtinorov, tov, TO, (decudw,) &
prison, Matt. xi. 2. Acts v. 21, 23. xvi.
26. Sept. and Class.
Aeouwrns, ov, 6, (decuow,) & pr
soner, Acts xxvii. 1, 42. Sept. and Class.
AéomoTns, ov, 6, (Oeomow, fr. old
déoTrw or détaw, subigo, premo,) one who
rules or is at the head of any thing, 1)
a master of a family, opp. to the rest of the
family, including the servants, | Tim. vi.
T2 Timi 2 aie 11 a eb aia:
Apocr., Joseph., & Class. 2) by impl. as
denoting supreme authority, Lorp, whe-
ther as said of God, as Lu. ii. 29. Acts vi.
24, Rev. vi. 10, or Christ, 2 Pet. ii. 1.
Jude 4. Sept. in Gen. xv. 2, 8. Job v. 8.
Prov. xxix. 26. In the Class. it is often
applied to kings, or supreme rulers, though
sometimes to the heathen gods.
Acvoo, adv. here or hither, as used both
of place and time, I. of PLACE, here,
hither, espec. with verbs of motion, as ¢o-
xeoa:, often in Class. In N. T. only
used as an exclamation, by an ellips. of
goxov, as John xi. 43, dsvpo Ew. Acts
vii. 3, devpo eis yav. With an impera-
tive, Matt. xix. 21, deve0, dkoNovGer joc.
Mk. x. 21. Lu. xviii. 22. Sept. “With
fut. indic. Acts vii. 34. Rev. xvii. 1. xxi.
9. Sept. & Class.—II. of TIME, aypu tov
devpo, sc. xodovov, Rom. i. 13, until now.
K 3
AEY
Class. oft. both with @ypor and péyor.
Thue. ii. 64.
Asute, adv. formed from devp” tre,
come hither, and consequently, only used
of the piur. Matt. xxii. 4. Mk. vi. 31, and
often either by itself, foll. by arods or eis,
or with an imper. as deute, idete, Matt.
XXvili. 6. deve, dtroxTeivwuev, Matt. xxi.
38.
Azuteoatos, aia, atov, adj. (devtéoa,
scil. 74€0a,) an adj. marking succession of
days, and used only in an adverbial sense,
on the second day, Acts xxviii. 13, & Class.
AgevTepoTpwrTos, ov, 0, 1, adj. prop.
& lit. the second-first, occ. only in Lu. vi.
1, ca48Barov ro 6. where it is a sort of
proper name for the festival of unleavened
bread connected with the Passover.
AevTeoos, a, ov, ordinal adj. meaning,
gener. second, in any way, whether in num-
ber, Matt. xxii. 26. John iv. 54. Tit. iii.
10; or order, Matt. xxii. 39. Acts xiii. 33.
1 Cor. xv. 47; in place, Acts xii. 10. Heb.
ix. 3; or time, Acts vii. 13. So neuter
adv. TO OevTegov, again, 2 Cor. xiii. 2;
or devTepov, John iii. 4; or secondly,
1 Cor. xii. 28. So é« deuTépov, aguin,
Mk. xiv. 72, et al.
Aégyomat, f. Eoua, (fr. obs. déyw,
whence our fake, through the Goth. tecan,)
dep. mid. lit. 4o TAKE to oneself what is
offered by another, zo recezve, trans. I. prop.
of THINGS, in various acceptations, 1)
to take into one’s hands, to receive, where a
genit. of person sometimes with prep. is
either expr. or impl. So Lu. xvi. 6, sq.
OgEar cov TO yoaupma, scil. wap’ zou.
xxii. 17, 6eEauevos trotHovov. Eph. vi. 17.
Sept. and Class. 2) gener. to receive, as
éemiotoNas, Acts xxii. 5. xxviii. 21. rip
Xap, 2 Cor. vill. 4. ra trap’ buawv, Phil.
iv. 18. Sept. and Class. 3) metaph. tiv
BaciXeiav Tov Oeov, Mk. x. 15. Lu. xviii.
17. Aéyta GavTa, Acts vii. 38. yépuy,
2 Cor. vi. 1. xi. 4.—II. of PERSONS, to
receive, admit, 1) to receive kindly, to
welcome, as a teacher, friend, or guest,
e. gr. 6. eis Tov oixov, Lu. xvi. 4, 9, and
Class. So gener. Matt. x. 14, 40, sq. et
al. sepe, & Class. So of reception or
admission into heaven, Acts iii. 21; or
znto any one’s presence, Lu. xi. 11. Hence
by impl. to bear with, 2 Cor. xi. 16, ws
agoova déEacbé ws. 2) metaph. of things,
to receive or admit with the mind and
heart, i.e. by impl. to approve, embrace,
absol. Matt. xi. 14, ei Séretve b€EacGai.
with tov Aoyov, Lu. viii. 13. Acts viii.
tae xt VS xvi dd. |; Thess, 162) ans.
78
AHM
Aéw, to want ; see det and déopat.
Aéw, f. iow, to bind, TIH, trans. I. of
THINGS, to bind things together, or one thing
to another, Thuc. iii. 104, aX\voer 6. arpos
tiv AnXov. Matt. xiii. 30. xxi. 2. Mk.
xi. 2,4. Lu. xix. 30. Acts x. 11. Sept.
and Class.; of dead bodies bound, or
wound around, with grave-clothes, Jobn
xi. 44, xix. 40. Matt. xvi. 19. xvii. 18,
where see my note.—II. of PERSONS, to
bind, as the hands or feet, to put wto
bonds, foll. by dXtoeor, Mk. v. 3, 4. Acts
xii. 6, xxi. 33. Wisd. xvii. 16. So gener.
déw Tiva, Matt. xii. 29. xiv. 3. xxii. 13,
0. avtou wodas. Matt. xxvii. 2. Mk. iii.
2/7. vi. 17, 6. év muXaxKn, et al. Pass.
déouat, to be in bonds, or prison, Mk. xv.
7, and oft. Sept. and Class. Fig. in Lu.
xiil. 16, jv Ednoev 6 B. i. e. has deprived
of the use of her limbs; see my note;
2 Tim. ii. 9, 2AX’ 6 Adyos Tov Geod ov
OédeTar, ‘is not hindered or restrained
because J am bound.’—IJII. PERF. PASS.
dédemar to be bound, which often occurs
in the Class. in its proper sense; but in
N. T. only in the metaph. one. 1) as said
of the conjugal bond, Rom. vii. 2. 1 Cor.
vii. 27, 39, and later Class. 2) Acts xx. -
22, dedeuévos tw Tvetpati, impelled
or compelled in mind, i. e. ‘ under a strong
impulse of my mind,’ equiv. to cvvexope-
vos Tw Tv. Acts xviii. 5.
A7, a particle which imparts to a clause
or sentence a notion of reality or certainty,
in opposition to mere opinion; and thus
serves to strengthen affirmation: adeed,
truly, really, Matt. xiii. 23. 2 Cor. xii. 1.
Sept. and Class. Also in a hortative sense,
come now, then, Lu. ii. 15, duéXMOwpev OF
ews B. Acts xiii. 2. xv. 36. 1 Cor. vi. 20,
dofacate 61) Tov Oedv. Sept. and Class.
But even here, it merely strengthens the
exhortation expressed in the other words
of the passage. In fact, its almost sole
force is that of strengthening an assertion.
AjXos, n, ov, adj. manifest, evident,
Matt. xxvi. 73. So d7Aov scil. govt, |
Cor. xv. 27. Gal. iti. 11. 1 Tim. vi. 7, and
Class.
Anrow, f. wow, {dnXos,) to make
manifest, evident, or known, trans. as said
I. of THINGS, 1) past, to relate or tell, 1
Cor. i. Il. Col. i. 8. Sept. and Class.
2) future, or hidden, fo reveal or show,
teach, 1 Cor. iii. 13. Heb. ix. 8. 1 Pet. i.
ll. 2 Pet. i. 14. Sept. and Class.—II. or
WORDS, fo signify, Heb. xii. 27, ro 02, 2re
amak, Snot. Joseph. Ant. iii. 7,1, BovXA<-
tac oe (scil. Mavayachy) cvvextypa
Ja. i. 21. ta rod Wvevuatos, 1 Cor. ii. | MEY OnAovv.
14. thy wapaxkXyouv, 2 Cor. vill. 17. tiv
ayarny THs adnGeias, 2 Th. ii, 10, Sept.
and Class. So Thuc. ii. 10, Ta waoayyed-
Aoueva 6.
Anpnyooew, f. naw, (djuos, ayo- |
pew,) to address the people in a public as-
sembly, foll. by apos and ace. Acts xii. 21.
| Sept, and Class.
AHM
Anpmtoupyds, ov, 6, (djmos, Eoyor,)
prop. one who works for the public benefit ;
also, one who follows a public calling, of
whatever kind, (Hom. Od. xvii. 383,)
espec. that of an artisan. Hence it came
79
|
|
AIA
tion, through, or throughout, and governing
the genit. or accus. I. with the GENIT.
through, &c. as said, 1) of place, implying
motion through a place, and put after verbs
of motion, ‘as going, coming, &c. as Matt.
to mean artifex, a master-builder, or ar- | ii. 12. Heb. xi. 29, and oft. or with words
chitect. Accordingly, it is by the philoso-
phers, espec. Plato, often applied to God
as the Maker and Creator of the world.
So Xen. Mem. i. 4,7 & 9, where the world
is called copov dnurovpyou Tréxvnpua.
Aristotle, too, calls God tov Synpioveyov
Tay Odwy, ‘the Artificer or Framer of the
universe.’ So Heb. xi. 10, it is applied to
God, as the Architect and Framer of that
“continuing city’ which Abraham looked
for,
_ A7pmos, ov, 6, (déw, to bind, collect,
aggregate,) the people at large, as distin-
guished from the principal persons, (Hom.
and Thuc.) or, the people or community
of a country or city, espec. when brought
together in a public assembly. The latter
is the sense wherever it occurs in N. T.
PaNctse xt. 22. Xwi. 5. xix. 30: for
in the first passage it does not merely
mean the bystanders, but the people
assembled for the occasion; and in the
rest it does not mean, as Schleusner and
others suppose, the forum, or place of pub-
lic meeting, but the people there assembled ;
equiv. to 7 éxxAnoia, espec. in the phrase
ayayetv tivas cis Tov Onuoyv, Acts xvii.
5, and eicépyeobar zis Tov djpmov, Acts
xix.30. They both occ. in the Class. writers,
espec. Thuc. &yw moos tov dipov, ‘ to
conduct to an audience with the public as-
sembly, and eicedOety zis tov Onpoy, ‘to
be so introduced, which occurs in Xen.,
Thuce., and Polyb. iii. 44, 10, and xxiv. 3, 1.
Anpocia, adv. formed from dat. sing.
fem. of dyudcuos, with ellips. of ywoa,
publicly, Acts xvi. 37. xviii. 28. xx. 20,
and Class. See my notes on Thuc. (Index.)
Anpoozos, ia, ov, adj. (Ojpos,) belong-
ing to the public, public, Acts v. 18, év
<nonjoe ©. Joseph. and Class.
Anvaptov, tov, To, a word adopted
into Greek from the Latin denarius, equiv.
to the Greek dpaypi, which is equiv. to
seven pence half-penny, Matt. xviii. 28, et
seepe al.
Anmote, adv. (07, wote,) prop.
demum, once for all; but also subjoined
to relative words to strengthen the idea
of generality and comprehensiveness, and
equiv. to the Lat. cunque and the Eng.
ever or soever, John v. 4, w Omote voon-
Matt,
Aymou, adv. (64, mou,) indeed, verily,
Heb. ii. 16, and Class. See my note on
Thue. vol. i. 137, 196. 208.
Ava, prep. with the primary significa-
implying motion, as 2 Cor, viii. 18. 1 Cor.
xiii. 12, Mk. xi. 16. Acts xiii. 49. Lu. v.
19. 2 Cor. xi. 33, ws 61a aupos, ‘as if pass-
ing through the fire.’ ] Cor. iii. 15, and
Class. 2) of téme, either continued time,
how long, through, throughout, during,
Lu. v. 5. Acts i. 3. Heb. ii. 15; or of an
indefinite period, during a longer interval,
as da vuKTos, ‘by night,’ Acts v. 19. xvi.
9; or of time elapsed, i. e. after, Acts
xxiv. 17, 6’ éta@v sarAeiovwy. Gal. ii. 1,
Ova Osx. ér@v. Mk. ii. 1, dc’ 7jmeomy, scil.
Tivwv. Sept. and Class. 3) of the mstru-
ment, or intermediate cause, between the
act of the will and the effect, and through
which the effect proceeds, through, by
means of; said partly of things, as Mk.
xvi. 20, dca onpeiwv. John xi. 4, xvii. 20.
Metsu TOO ZN cv. V2) vill, 16.11 Aosee
al. sepiss.; or of persons, through whose
hands any thing as it were passes, through
whose agency the effect is produced, Matt.
i. 22, ro pnbév dia Tov TpoPntov. il. 5,
15. Lu. xviii. 31. John i. 17, et al. sepiss.
4) of the mode, state, or circumstances
through which any thing passes or takes
place, both of manner, Lu. viii. 4. Acts
MY. 21.) WOM Vill. 20. XIVe 20.) 2 Core x
1]. Gal. v. 13. Eph. vi. 18. Heb. xii. 1,
et al.; and of state, or circumstances,
Rom.) xiv. V4. ux) 323 tory gant
2Cor, va (4 villi, Os -Eleb. gixe comes
al. sepe.—II. with the accus. through, by
means of, or on account of. 1) of the im-
strument, the intermediate or efficient
cause, through, by means of, both as said of
things, John xv. 3, d:a tov Aoyov. Heb.
v. 14. Rev. xii. 1]. xiii. 14. 2 Pet. iii.
12, and Class. ; and of persons, John vi.
57. Rom. viii. 11. Heb. vi. 7; also of emo-
tions, through or from which any one is
led to do any thing, Matt. xxvii. 18. Mk.
xv. 10, dia @0ovov. Lu. i. 78. Eph. ii. 4,
Ova ayamny. Phil. i. 15, and Class. 2) of
the ground or motive, the moving or im-
pelling cause, of any thing, on account
of, because of, and that both gener. as
Matt. x. 22. oon 20 eG.) Ean. Ville 44 Ce
al. and spec. in the sense for the sake of,
im behalf of, as marking the purpose of
an action, Mk. xiv. 3. xxiv. 22. John
xi. 15. Acts xvi. 3, and oft. ; also, as mark-
ing the occasion of any thing, on account
of which it takes place, Matt. xxvii.
19. John vii. 43. x. 19. Rom. ii. 4. xv.
15. °2) Pet. i; ‘2, and ‘Class. -73)) of" the’
manner or state through which any thing
takes place, Gal. iv. 13, dv’ doQéverav THs
capkos, ‘through or during bodily weak-
KA4
AIA
So Aristot. Mir. Ausce. 68, dia
Tov Xetu@va. In composition dia mostly
retains its signification, and refers, 1) to
space and time, through, throughout, im-
plying transition, continuance, &c. as
OtaBaivw, dvaTréw, Orayivomat, Orayw :
also trop. through, to the end, marking com-
pleteness, and thus becoming intensive, as
OraBréTw, OraytwwoKw. 2) to distribu-
tion, diffusion, &c. throughout, among,
every where, as duayyéAXw. 3) to mutual
or alternate effects or endeavours, through,
between, among, scil. one another, to and
Jro, as Ovaxpivouat, diauayouat. 4) to
separation, equiv. to Latin dis, im two, in
preces, apart, &c.
AtaBaivw, f. Bicouat, to pass
through or over, foll. by acc. of thing, as
a country, or a sea or river, Heb. xi. 29,
(tiv @dXaccav,) Sept. and Class. ; foll.
by eis or mpos, denoting the end of ac-
tion, Acts xvi. 9. Lu. xvi. 26, and Class,
AtaBarDw, f. Baro, prop. trajicio, (dra-
qetpw,) to pass or thrust any thing through
another, to transpierce. So Diosc. iv. 76,
cited by Steph. Thes. 6 @dAotds dtaBAn-
Beis Aivw. Diog. Laert. i. 118, cited by
Schleus. Lex. duaBadovta tis QUpas Tov
daxtuAov. Also Jos. Ant. xiv. 67, m7
Ouvauevos OraBadety a’Ttou Tov cidnpov.
Hence, by the same figure as that in the
Lat. traduco, to defame any one, lit. to
thrust through, and thereby destroy any
one’s reputation, there being (as in the
phrase wpoonX\woas auto, i.e. the en-
mity, Tw otavpw, by his cross, Col. ii.
14) an allusion to the ancient custom of
annulling covenants, by driving a nail
through them. In this sense the word
often occurs in Thuc. and other of the
best writers. And so in the pass. foll. by
dat. Lu. xvi. 1, 6se@A70n avtw for wpos
avTtov, as in Sept. and Hdot. v. 35. Yet
with this difference in sense, that in the
Class. writers it is almost always used of a
false, not a true charge; though in the
latter it occurs in Aristot. Plut. iii. 15,
Philostr. Vit. Ap. iii. 38. App. i. 420.
AtaBeBarow, f. wow, to strengthen
thoroughly, render quite firm, as any thing
implying a compact, as laws, government,
peace, &c.; but in N. T. and almost
always in Class. used only in the mid.
dvaBeBaroouar, metaph. to strengthen one-
self in affirmation, to affirm strongly, as-
severate, assure, foll. by meot with gen.
1 Tim. i. 7, uy) wept Tivwy 6. Tit. ii.
8, weol TovTwy O. and later Class. and
Philo.
AtaBXétw, f. Ww, 1) prop. to look or
see through any thing, and 2) like the Lat.
dispicere, by impl. to view tt attentively and
see it clearly, Matt. vii. 5, Lu. vi. 42, and
later Class.
ness.”
80
AIA
A:aBoXos, ov, 6, 1, (draBedXrw,
which see,) prop. an adj. as in Plut. Op.
vi. 225, 13, To duéBodov kai axons,
and Gloss. dué@BoAos, ‘ criminosus.’ Hence
subst. a@ traducer, calumniator, accuser,
1) gener. 1 Tim. 1. Ui2))2 00am ae
Tit. ii. 3. Sept. and Class. 2) with
the art. 0 AraéBoXos, the Accuser, by way
of eminence, equiv. to Heb. Satan, adver-
sary ; both designations highly appropri-
ate, since the Devil is in Scripture repre-
sented as the constant adversary both of
God and man; of the former, by withstand-
ing all His plans for the good of men; of
the latter, by acting as their accuser and
calumniator before God (Job i. 7, 12.
Zech. iii. 1, 2,) and their .seducer to sin,
1 Chron. xxi. 1; and, in short, as being,
in a great measure, the author of all evil,
physical and moral, to the human race.
Such is the representation of the devil in
the O. T.; and in the N. T. he appears as
the constant enemy of God and Christ, and
also of the Gospel and its followers, full of
falsehood and malice, and exciting men to
evil in every possible way, Matt. iv. 1, 5,
&. xii. 39. xxv. 4]. Du iv. 23, 5, ee
vii. 12. John xiii. 2. Acts x. 38. Eph. -
iv. 2/7. vis LV. 1 Pim. te fe
26. Heb. ii. 14.. Ja. iy, 7. Pet. were:
Jude 9. Rev. ii. 10. xii. 9, 20. Hence the
phrases ék Tov diaB. or vios Tov 6. etvat,
‘to be like Satan,’ in disposition and qua-
lities, John viii. 44. Acts xiii. 10. 1 John
iii. 8, 10. In John vi. 70, dt@BoXos is
either equiv. to vids vou 6. ‘an enemy of
God and man,’ or ‘one disaffected to any
person,’ @ betrayer or enemy.
AtayyédAXw, f. yedrto, (dia, ay-
yzAXw,) lit. to announce throughout, i. e.
to disseminate thoroughly, as a report, or
tidings. Also, to announce by messengers
any edict or proclamation. So in Class.
In N. T. itis used I. of: proclaiming every-
where the glad tidings of salvation in the
Gospel, (Lu. ix. 60, duayyeAAe THv Baor-
Aeiav tov Oeov,) or disseminating the
glory and majesty of God, Rom. ix. 17,
dtws Orayyedn To dvoud pov. So also
in Herodian, é.aTpéyxw is used of a report
disseminated far and wide, i. 15, 2. ii. 2, 5.
iv. 11, 2.—II. it is used of fully announe-
img, or giving notice of any thing, Acts
xxi. 26, 6. tiv éxTrAjowow THY NMLEOwD,
(where see my note,) Sept. and Class.
Atayivomat, aor. 2. dveyevouny, lit.
to be throughout, or always, as said of ex-
istence, Thuc. v. 16. Xen. Mem. ii. 8, 5.
& al. and denoting permanency. More
frequently used of time, to be throughout,
i.e. past, or elapsed, Mk. xvi. 1, 6. tov
caBBaTou, ‘past.’ Acts xxv. 13, 7pepmv
6. ‘having elapsed or intervened.” And so
in the best Class. writers.
AIA
Atayivacka, f. yvwooua, to know
throughout, or thoroughly. Also, by meton.
to examine carefully, in order to distin-
guish. Hence in N. T. in a judicial
sense, to examine and inquire into any
matter; and, by impl. ¢o decide or deter-
mine concerning it, Acts xxiii. 15, 6.
axo.BéoTeoov Ta Tepi avToU. XXiv. 22,
Ta Kal’ tuas. So Thue. iii. 53,
dueyvwopuévyny Kpiow, iv. 46, vi. 29, and
often in Class.
Atayvwpitw, f. iow, to make known
throughout, or every where, to tell abroad,
divulgare, Lu. ii. 17, dveyvwpicay rept,
&e. for dvedrjuroav, in Mark.
Atadyvwors, ews, 7, (dtayryywoKw, )
prop. exact knowledge, Eurip. Hipp. 921;
but also, in a judicial sense, such a full
cognizance or examination, as produces
determination, judgment, Acts xxv. 21,
Tnpetoba zis Tv Tov LeBactov dua-
yvworv, and the best Class.
Atayoyyv wo, f. tow, lit. to murmur
throughout, to keep murmuring ; implying
an idea of sullen discontent, absol. Lu. xv.
2. xix. 7: Sept. Eccl. xxxiv. 24. Heliod.
vii. 27.
Atayonyoeéw, f. now, prop. to keep
awake throughout the night, Hdian. iii.
4,8 In N.T. to be thoroughly awake,
Lu. ix. 32.
Atayw, f. Ew, (d:a, &yw,) prop. to
lead or bring any person or thing through
any place, to another place. But also,
like the Lat. traduco, transigo, used of
time, and words implying time, as day,
night, life, &c. which we are said to bring
or carry ourselves through, i. e. to pass,
spend. So 1 Tim. ii. 2, novyov Biov 6.
And so Xen. Hier. vii. 10, evdauovws
tov Biov 6. Comp. Xen. Ephes. v. 15,
], avtoit, tovdotrov, diyyov, éoativ
efovTes, Tov pet GAAjAwY Biov. So
the passage should be pointed; and for ¢£.
read @fovres, for ws d&yovTat, ‘as if cele-
brating.’ See in dyw, II.
Atadéxopat, f. Eouat, to receive any
thing through the medium of others, espec.
as an tnheritance, whether sovereignty or
property. Hence Acts vii. 45, fv (scil.
eKnviyy) dOvadeEauevor (avTiv) of ra-
tépes. So Philo, p. 634, rapa waréowy
Thy Cutynow aduTov dtadeEauevor.
Avadnpa, atos, To, (dtadéw, to bind
quite round, Hdot. ii. 29,) @ diadem, or
tiara, a symbol of royal dignity, Rev. xii.
d. xiii. 1. xix. 12. Sept. and Class.
Atadidwyt, f. dwow, 1) to deliver any
thing, through various hands, in succes-
sion. So Plato de Rep. i. 328, Aauadéda
éXovTes Stadwoovew addAhAols. Thue.
1. 76, doxrjv diadidouévynv 26e¥dueba.
Rev. xvii. 13, in text. rec. rv é£ouciav
81
ATA
éavTav Two Anopiw diadwoovow. Other
copies have duddaciv. 2) to deal out, dis-
tribute, trans. or absol. Lu. xi. 22. xviii.
22. John vi. ll. Acts iv. 35. Xen. and
Demosth.
A.addoxos, ov, (from d:adédoxa, perf.
mid. of duadéxouat,) prop. an adj. as
Eurip. Troad. 304, goya 6. Thue. i. 110,
Tpinoets 6.; but almost always a subst.
a successor, Acts xxiv. 27, and often in
Class.
AtaQwvvumt, fut. (wow, to gird quite
round, i.e. firmly, trans. John xiii. 4. mid.
to gird any thing round oneself, xxi. 7.
perf. pass. xiii. 5. Sept. and Class.
Acadixn, ns, 4, (from 6z6nxa, aor. 1. of
dvatiOnuc,) gener. a disposition or arrange-
ment of any thing; and said, I. of a testa-
mentary disposition, @ testament or wil,
Heb. ix. 16,17. Jos. and Class.—II. of a
covenant, as effected by mutual arrange-
ment and disposition, @ mutual agreement
on mutual promises or mutual conditions,
Gal. iii, 15, 6. Kexvowpuévnv. So Sept.
oft. and sometimes the Class. In N.
1) of the Abrahamic covenant, confirmed
also to the other patriarchs, of which cir-
cumcision was the sign, (see Gen. xv. i—
18. xvii. l—19.) Lu. i. 72. Acts iii. 25.
Gal. iii. 17, and termed 4 d:a@yKyn wrepi-
touns, Acts vii. 8. Sept. and 2 Macc. viii.
15. 2) of the Mosaze covenant, entered
into at Mount Sinai, Exod. xxiv. 3—12.
Heb. ix. 4, tyv KiBwrov THs 6. Rev. xi.
19. Since the old covenant is contained
in the Mosaic books, é:a07jxn is put by
meton. for the book of the covenant, the
Mosaic writings, the law, 2 Cor. iii. 14,
avayvwos THs Tadaas 6. Sept. 3) of
the new covenant, sanctioned by the blood
of Christ, the Gospel dispensation, Heb.
viii. 10. x. 16, et al.
Ataipecis, ews, 1, (dtarpéw,) 1)
prop. the act of dividing, division, as Xen.
Cyr. iv. 5,55. 2) as a consequent there-
on, partition, or separation. 3) by impl.
the distinction, or difference, between the
things so kept apart, 1 Cor. xii..4, 5, 4,
Olalpécets xapioudTwy, ‘ different classes
of gifts;> for when, in this sense, it is
joined with a substantive it makes a peri-
phrasis for the adj. different. This use of
the word is rare in the Class. Besides
two examples, adduced by Steph. Thes.
and Wahl from Theophr. and Diod. Sic.
I have noted the following from Plato;
Craty]. 424, B. Phil. 15, A. Protag. 348,
A. Soph. 267, B. tiva peiGov’ dtaipeow
ayvwoias TE Kal yuwoews Oyjoouen.
_Atacoéw, aor. 2. drethov, (dea, apart,
atpéw,) prop. to take and put apart, to se-
parate into parts, Sept. and Class. In
N. T. to divide out, distribute, trans. Lu.
xv. 12, dcetAer a ae tov Piov. 1 Cor.
5
ALEX 8
xii. 12, +6 TIvetua drarpovv idia éxac-
tw. Sept. and Class.
Ataxabapigw, f. 1, to cleanse
throughout, i. e. thoroughly, intrans. Matt.
ii. 12. Lu. iii. 17, 6. thy ddwva, ‘his
corn, i. e. by ventilation with a fan.
Hence Arkuayv thy &dwva, Ruth iii. 2,
and dvaxabaipew tiv &. Alciph. ii. 26.
Ataxatediyxouar, ff. eyEouar,
(cra, thoroughly, and cat.) to utterly con-
Sute nr argument. The term has a stronger
sense than kateXéyxw in Hesiod, or
OvehéyxX@ in Plato, would have alone; as
in diaxataBadddw, Craxatadapbéw, d1a-
KaTaxpaoma., Olaxatéxw. So Acts xviii.
28, (where alone it occurs,) tots *Iov-
Oaiows draxaTnAeyxXeTto. Lucian i. 481,
LwKoatTys éxet wWeorépyeTar OrehéyxXwv
atavtas. WValckn. indeed, and the re-
cent Commentators, contend that the dre
denotes ‘ contention,’ as in dla7rivw, d.a-
To£evouar, OLtopyéomat, ‘to vie in drink-
ing,’ &c. Thus it would be equiv. to d:a-
Aeyouevos kateX. That, however, would
be too refined an idiom for the plain style
of Scripture. The Commentators in gene-
ral would have been better employed in
clearing the construction, which is, from
brevity, far from obvious. Expressed at
full length, the passage would run thus:
Evtovws yap Tots ’lovdaious dtaxatTn-
AeyXeTto Onuocia, éwierkvds avTots Ore
Tav yoapan, eit. T. X.’1.
Atakovéiw, f. 710m, (didKovos,) prop.
and lit. to bustle through the dust, in the
duty of running footman, as éyxKovety is
‘to run amidst the dust.” (See Etymolog.
and Phavor. in v. éyxovety, perhaps al-
luded to in a passage of Aristoph. Av.
1233, ws BXakik@s Otakovets ov VaTTov
eyxovyjcers;) Thus it came to mean, fo
bustle about any business, espec. that. of
personal attendance on any one, and is
used, I. of persons, foll. by dat. expressed
or impl. 1) gener. as master or guest,
Matt. vill. 15, kai diyKdvec avTots. xxvii.
oo. Mk. i. 31. xv.41. Lu. iv. 39. xxii. 26,
et al. and Class. ; espec. said of those who
wait at table, Lu. x. 40. xii. 37. xvii. 8.
xxil. 27. John xii. 2. Class. 2) by impl.
to minister to the wants of any one, by pro-
curing and supplying the necessaries of
life, Matt. iv. 11. xxv. 44, Mk. i. 13. Lu.
vii. 3, al. 3) to be the attendant on, or
assistant to, any one, as Timothy and
Eratosthenes are said to be étaxovotvTes
za IlatAw, Acts xix. 22. 4) to fill the
office of a deacon, 1 Tim. iii. 10, 18.
1 Pet. iv. 11; part of which consisted in
attending to the collecting and distri-
buting of the alms for the poor, 2 Cor.
viii. 19, 20. Heb. vi. 10.—II. of things,
foll. by acc. of manner, and dat. expr. or
impl, to minister any thing to any one, fo
)
=
AIA
administer, provide, 2 Tim. i. 18, dca év
"E@éow Oiykovnoe. So Anacr. ix. 14,
’AvakpéovtTt Otaxov@® tocavTa. 2 Cor.
lili. 3, émtoTOAH Xprotov diaxovynleioa
up’ 7uav, ‘written by our instrumental-
ity. By impl. to minister any thing to
any one’s wants, to supply, 1 Pet. iv. 10,
gis gauTovs avTo ©. i. e. spiritual wants. ©
So of the alms collected by the churches,
to administer and distribute, pass. 2 Cor.
viii. 19, sq. Said: of prophets, &c. who
minister to the spiritual good of Christians
by announcing the will of God, | Pet. i. 12,
nutv Oinkovouv avta. Acts vi. 2, 6. Tpa-
méCaus, ‘to have the charge of.’ So ‘ mi-
nistrare velis,” Virg. Ain. x. 218.
Ataxovia, as, 1, (dtaKovos,) service,
attendance, ministry. 1. gener. Heb. i. 14,
NELlTOVeylKa WvevpaTta, eis OvaKkoviav
atwoore\NOueva. Joseph. Ant. iv. 6, 3. as
performed towards a master, or a guest, at
table, Lu. x. 40. 1 Cor. xvi. 15, eis dra-
Koviav Tots a@yiow éetakay <éavTovs.
Xen. Cc. vii. 41.—IT. spec. as said 1) in
the sense of aid or relzef, in respect to
alms, contributions, &c. Acts xi. 29, sis
dtakoviay jwémwar, Rom. xv. dl. 2 Cor.
vill. 4. ix. 1) 13.030) (6) ewe ee
2) said of the minzstration, i. e. distribution,
of the alms so collected, Acts vi. 1. xii.
25. 2 Cor. ix. 12.—IIT. ministry, or minis-
tration, i. e. the office of ministering in
divine things, said chiefly of apostles and
teachers, Acts i. 17, 25. vi. 4, 9.6. Tov
Aoyou. xx. 24. xxi. 19: Rom. x1. 13.
1 Cor. xii. 5. 2 Cor. iii. 7—9. iv. 1. v. 18.
vi. 3. Eph. iv. 12. Col. iv. 17. 1 Tim. i.
12. 2 Tim. iv. 5,11; of the office of a
deacon, Rom. xii. 7. Indeed, the words
OtaKovos, Orakovety, and dvaxovia, though
general terms, and used even of the Apos-
tles themselves, are often in N. T. taken
of some certain specific office, undertaken
in the cause of the Christian religion,
(comp. 1 Cor. *xii. 5. 2 Cor. ix. 1.) and
exercised by those who did not so much
employ themselves in explaining the doc-
trines of the Gospel, as in managing the
external and temporal affairs of the
Church; see my note on | Cor. xii. 4, 30.
Atdxovos, ov, 6, 7, (dva, Kovis,) prop.
a personal attendant on any one, as run-
ning footman, bustling through the dust;
and hence an active diligent attendant on
any one, in any service whatever; one
who is busily engaged therein. 1. GENER.
and with gen. of person served, Matt. xx.
26. xxii, Ll. Wkoin. 35.5 x5 4. ee
espec. of those who wait at table, (so
Kurip. Cycl. 31, KikAwri dzimvwv
dtax.) but also of the servants or attend-
ants on a king, Matt. xxii. 13; and fig.
of an attendant on any one, as @ disciple,
John xii. 26.—II. spzc. of mzsters or
AIA
teachers of divine things, who act for
God and Christ, with genitive of person
served, Rom. xiii. 4, Ozov diax. 1] Cor.
imeov) 2Cor. iii. 6. vi. 4. 1 Th. iii. 2.
Xotorov, 2 Cor. xi. 23. Eph. vi. 21. Col.
i. 7. iv. 7. THs éxkAnoias, Col. i. 25.
—III. with a gen. of the thing done by
the service and ministry, Rom. xv. 8, 6.
qweottouns, ‘of Judaism,’ i.e. to the Jews.
2 Cor. xi. 15, 6. dtxatoctvns. Gal. ii. 17.
Eph. iii. 7. Col. i. 23.—IV. a particular
kind of minister in Christ’s church, a dea-
con, one who, among other practical du-
ties, as assistant to the presbyter, had es-
pecial charge of the sick and poor of the
church, acting as its almoner, (see Bing-
ham’s Antiq. and Notes on 1 Cor. xii. 4,
ee ete Po im, iii. 3, 12. iv. 6.
Also of a female dsaxovos, a deaconess,
who had charge of the sick and needy,
Rom. xvi. 1; see Bingham, vol. ii. p. 22,
and Suicer’s Thes. in v. dtaxdvicca :
these were consecrated by the laying on
of hands; though their offices were not
priestly, but were merely to assist at the
baptism of women, to instruct female cate-
chumens, attend the female sick, the mar-
tyrs in prison, and to govern the women at
church.
Atakéctot, at, a, (dis, ExaTov,) two
hundred, Mk. vi. 37. John vi. 7, et al.
Ataxotve, f. ovcopat, (dra, akovw,)
to hear through, i. e. throughout, or fully,
Xen. Hier. vii. 1]. Hence, in a forensic
sense, to hear a cause out, to take full cog-
nizance of tt, Acts xxiii. 35, dtaxovcouai
cov, i. e. ‘this cause.’ Sept. and Class.
Ataxopiva, f. va, (did, dis, apart, and
Koivw,) prop. to separate, put asunder,
whether persons or things, Hom. [1. ii.
474. Hdot. viii. 34, and in the pass. fo be
separated, and go contrary ways, Thue.
i. 105 & 18. iii. 9, and mid. to separate
oneself from, and by impl. contend with,
any one. But it is more freq. used in
various metaph. senses. In N. T. as fol-
lows, I.in Act. and 1) by impl. éo dis-
tinguish, make a distinction, cause to differ,
Acts xv. 9, ovdév dtéxpive peTakd pov.
Athen. p. 239, odyi duéxpivas thy Tev-
Xpav 7% mwAouciav. Xen. Cyr. vii. 5, 14,
Otakpivavtes Toociecay avi. Thuc.i. 49,
OLEKEKOLTO OOEY ETL, ‘ there was no differ-
ence made between friends and enemies.’
1 Cor. xi. 29, ui) Otaxpivwv TO cma TOU
Kuoiov, i. e. ‘not distinguishing it from
common food.’ Mid. Jude 22, ots mév
eAeeltTe OLraxpivomevot, ‘making a distinc-
tion.” Pass. in mid. sense, Ja. il. 4, Kal ov
OvexpiOnre év EauTots; ‘do ye not make a
distinction in yourselves ?’ i. e. are ye not
partial? Hdian. iv. 6,12, ot« 271 dvexpi-
vouto Tives noav, &c.; with the adjunct
notion of preference, 1 Cor. iv. 7, tis yao
83
ATA
oe draxoiver; 2) fig. to distinguish, or dis-
cern clearly, note accurately, Matt. xvi. 3,
OLako. TO TEOCwTOY TOU ovipavov. | Cor.
xiv. 29, ot dX\XNOL CLaxpivéTwoay, ‘ try, or
examine, what is said ;’ (comp. doxiua Cer
Ta tTvevmata, 1 John iv. 2 Sept. and
Class.) or rather, ‘decide, determine, on
what is said.” So Hdot. ix. 58. vii. 54,
med. Demosth. 1301, ta dixkata dtaxpt-
vac: also Plato, Hesiod, and Sept. And
so 1 Cor. vi. 5, dtaxpivar ava pmécov
vTwos.—II. MID. Ovaxpivouae and aor.
1. pass. OvexoiOnv, with mid. signif. lit. to
separate oneself from, Thue. vii. 34. viii.
1], and by impl. to be at hostility with, to
contend with, prop. in battle, or at variance,
Class. In N. T. metaph. 1) to contend
or strive with in disputation, Jude 9, tw
draBorXw 6. aeot. Acts xi. 2, absol. 6.
moos avtov. Sept. and Appian, i. 767, 33.
2) to be at strife with oneself, as said of
doubt or wavering, to hesitate, Matt. xxi.
21. Mk. xi. 23. Rom. iv. 20. xiv. 23. Ja.
1.6. ii. 4, kai od OrexoiOnte év EavTots,
‘if ye do this without hesitation.” So
mydev Orakolvopevos, ‘without hesitation,’
Mets x 20. xi i 2) fa. 1. OF
Atakpiots, ews, 7, (Ocaxpivw,) l)a
distinguishing, or discerning clearly, said of
the action or faculty thereof, Heb. v. 14,
6. kaXov Kat Kkaxov. | Cor. xii. 10, dta-
Kpioets Tay TWvevmaTtwv. 2) by impl. the
dijudication, Rom. xiv. 1, uy eis draxol-
oes Oradoyrope@v, ‘not for the dijudica-
tion of his thoughts and reasonings.” But
see my note.
AtaxwXv'w, f. tow. The dra is not,
as many suppose, emphatic; but it is highly
significant, and intensive of the sense of
kwdvw. In fact, the term signifies to hin-
der the accomplishment of any meditated
action by imterposing some impediment,
which shall keep the intention and the
action apart (dva@); and that either in
deeds, to hinder, with an acc. of thing or
person, or in words, to forbid, with an acc.
of person, as Matt. iii, 14, dvexwAvev
attov. Plato de Rep. ii. p. 240, Tov oxu-
TOTOMOY CLakwdvousy YEworeEtv.
A.tahadéa, f. ow, (dra, to and fro,
one with another, and AaAéw,) 1) to inter-
change mutual converse, converse with, intr.
Polyb. xxiii. 9, 6, 6. awpds &AAjAous, and
oft. in Class. 2) to speak of throughout,
every where, divulge, tell abroad, trans. ;
equiv. to dtad@npifw, Ps. 1. 16, Symm.
OraXadyjor 7 yA@ood cou Tilv éXEenmo-
cuvnv cov. Pass. in Lu. i. 65, dueAad etre
TWAavTa.
Atadrtéyo, f. Ew, (dca, to and fro,
one with another, and Aéyouaz, to talk,)
prop. to lay out, cull out, gather apart,
select, Xen. icon. viii. 9. In N. T. only
as deponent ene : dradéyoua, f.
AIA
Eouat, used of mutual converse, both in
Class. and N.T. and in various shades of
meaning, 1. as said of disputation, to dispute
or hold disputation with, intrans. foll. by
dat. Jude 9, tw dtaBordw drakpiwope-
vos OveXeyeto, and Class. Mk. ix. 34,
apos a\AnXous 6. and Sept.—IlI. of pub-
lic teaching, to discuss, reason, argue, in-
trans. & absol. Acts xviii. 4. xix. 8, sq.
xx. 9, foll. by wods with acc. Acts xxiv.
12; fig. of exhortation, &c. to address,
speak to, with dat. Heb. xii. 5, and Class.
Avakeizrw, f. Ww, (dra, through, be-
tween, and Aéizmw,) prop. to leave a space
of time between one action and another.
Hence by impl. to intermit, cease any ac-
tion ; gener. preceded by ov, and foll. by
partic. of some verb of action, as Lu. vii.
45, ov dvéXiTre KaTAdLAOVCG, and Class.
Avadextos, ov, 7, (dtadéyw,) prop.
speech, language ; or spec. as spoken by a
particular nation, or province, dialect, Acts
al:
AvatAadoow, f. Ew, (dd, to and fro,
mutually, and a&\A.) permuto, commuto,
to change any thing for another, to wter-
change, exchange. So Class. Hence fig.
to change any one’s feelings towards an-
other, to reconcile with him, Class. In
N.'T. only mid. dsaAXdooomuar, and aor.
pass. with mid. signif. to change one’s own
Jeelings towards any one, to be reconciled
to him, Matt. v. 24, dvadkAaynti Tw
ade dw. Sept. and Class.
AtadoytCopat,f. icouar, I. prop. to
reckon through, i.e. completely reckon up
and balance an account with any one,
Demosth. p. 1236, and fig. to reckon or
account, cogitare. In N. T. to mentally
reckon, reason, consider, either with others
or oneself, 1) gener. and foll. either by év
Tats Kapdlars avTo@v, Mk. i. 6, 8. Lu. iii.
15. v. 22, or év éautw, Lu. xii. 17, or év
eautors, Mk. ii. 8, or wap’ éavtots, Matt.
xxi. ]5. Sept. and Class.—II. in a reci-
procal sense, to consider together, foll. by
év éauTots, Matt. xvi. 7, 8. woos &\XAT-
Aous, Mk. viii. 16. rods éautots, Lu. xx.
14. Also to debate one with another, and
by impl. ¢o dispute, Mk. ix. 33, pos éav-
tous 0. Xen. Mem. iii. 5, 1. AXlian V. H.
Xiv. 493.
Avahoytomos, ov, 0, (Oraroyifouat, )
1) prop. a reckoning up of accounts, De-
mosth. p. 951, 20. R. 2) fig. reasoning,
thought, either with others or oneself. So in
N.T. I. Gener. Lu. ii.35. v.22. ix. 47. Ja.
ii. 4. Sept. and later Class. reckoning, i. e.
reasoning, or opinion, Rom. i. 21. 1 Cor.
iii. 20. Rom. xiv. lL. device, purpose, gener.
evil, Lu. vi. 8. Matt. xv. 19. Mk. vii. 21.
Sept. In Lu. ii. 35, 6aws av daoKa-
AuPlaow Ek ToAwY Kapdi@v dLado-
yiouot, it seems to mean disposition of
84
ATs
mind, whether for good or evil.—II. sPxc.
of thought or cogitation, i. e. internal dis-
coursing, Lu. ix. 46, sionAOe 6& duado-
ytouos éy avtots. Hence, as cogitation
suggests the idea of care, (so Shakspeare,
* The native hue of resolution is sicklied
o’er With the pale cast of thought,’) the
plur. dvaXoyropol is used to denote, as
H. Steph. expresses it, cnterne discepta-
teones, 1.e. varie et perpetue ambages,
quales solent in mentem venire, cum ali-
quid novum et parum per se probabile oc-
currit. So Lu. xxiv. 38, ri tTerapaypé-
vou éoTé, Kal OLtaTi 0. advaBatvovow év
Tats Kapolats Uuwy; i. e. ‘ thoughts fluc-
tuating between affiance and distrust ;’ and
so in Phil. ii. 14, wévra roetre ywois
yoyyvopuav kai dtadtoytopoyr, (comp.
Judg. v. 16, €Eeracuol Kaodias,) * with-
out hesitation, or distrust in God’s provi-
dence.” And so | Tim. ii. 8, wpocev-
xec0ai—ywpis diadkoytopmov, ‘with en-
tire affiance. Comp. Ja. v. 15, 4 etx
THS Tiorews, and i. 6, aivety ey WioTeL.
Atadv'w, f. vow, (dra, apart, and Avw,)
1) prop. of things, to dissolve, lit. ‘to re-
solve any thing into the parts of which it
is composed.” So | K. xix. 11, we read -
of a strong wind, dvadvov py. 2) metaph.
to separate persons who have been united
(e. gr. to discharge troops, Polyb. xxxi.
25, 7,) or break up an assembly. ~ Pass. to
be separated and scattered abroad, Acts v.
36, wavTes—OreNvOncap. ,
Atapaptipomat, f. ovmat, depon.
mid. in Class. to call any one solemnly
to witness, whether gods or men, and by
impl. to affirm with solemn obtestations.
In N. T. to testify thoroughly, bear full
witness, as expressive of asseveration,
admonition, and entreaty. I. to PROVE
like a witness, and to set forth fully and
freely, to teach, enforce, Acts viii. 25. x.
42. xvii. 5.. xx. 21. xo) eso.
Sept., Jos., and Class.—II. to call to wit-
ness, i. €. to make a strong appeal to the
reason or conscience, and, from the ad-
junct, to admonish, solemnly charge, enjoum
to do this or that, Lu. xvi. 28. absol. in
Acts ii. 40. 1 Th. iv. 6. strengthened by
the adjunct éywaov tov Geov, | Tim.
v. 21. 2 Tim. ii. 14. iv. 1, and thus equiv.
to our verb to conjure, solemnly enjoim.
Sept. and Class.
Atapaxopmat, f. Hoouar, depon. mid.
1) prop. to fight through or out, to combat
in deed, Thuc. vii. 63. v. 41. 2) metaph.
to contend in words, to dispute warmly.
So Acts xxili. 9, dteuayovto, NEvovTes,
&e. Thuc. iii. 42, and oft. in Class.
However it rather means zsisted, con-
tended, as often in Plato, and so Thue. iii.
AQ, 2, dlapayouar wi) meTayvo@var vuas
Ta WOOTKEOOY MEVA.
ATA
Atapévw, f. v®, gener. and in Class.
to remain, or continue throughout, i. e.
permanently, in the same place, state, con-
dition, or circumstances, &c. Class. In
N. T. to remain the same in state or con-
dition, Heb. i. 11, od dtapévers, scil. 6
autos, as opp. to the changing adverted to
in next ver. So 2 Pet. iii. 4, wavta otTw
Otauéver, ‘continue as they have been,’
Sept. and Class. With adjuncts, as xw-
gos, Lu. i. 22. mods Ttiva, ‘ remain unto,
be preserved unto, continue with, (apud)
any one, Gal. ii. 5. Also 6. wera Tivos,
of persons, ‘Zo continue with, be constant
towards any one,’ Lu. xxii. 28.
ArcapeoiCw, f. iow, lit. to dispart any
thing, separate it into portions, with the
implied notion of dividing them among
others, or sharing them with others. I. PROP.
Mk. xv. 24, dseuéorfov Ta iuatia avtov.
Pass. Acts ii. 3, drameorGouevar yA@ooat,
‘divided out to each person from one com-
mon source. Mid. in a reciprocal sense,
to divide out for oneself, Matt. xxvii. 35,
OvemeoicavtTo Ta imatiad pov. Lu. xxiii.
34. John xix. 24. and Sept. or among one
another, Lu. xxii. 17, to distribute to others,
Acts li. 45, dueuéoiGov aita mao. Sept.
and Class.—II. Fic. as said of discord and
dissension, pass. to be separated into par-
ties; foll. by éai and an acc. or by dat.
Lu. xi. 17, Baotdeia i’ EauTiv ta-
peptoUsioa, and 18. xii. 52, 53, dvape-
ptoicetat etd’ viw.
Atapeptouos, ov, 6, (dtauepifw,) 1)
prop. @ partition, and by impl. apportion-
ment of any thing, Ezek. xlviii. 29, and
Class. 2) in N. T. metaph. dissension,
disagreement, dispartitio, opp. to sipjvny,
Ln. xii. 51. Comp. Lu. xi. 17
Atavipo, f. ua, (dra, denoting apart,
and véuw,) 1) prop. to divide into portions,
and distribute to others; Xen., Plato, and
other Class. 2) fig. to divulge, spread
abroad, and in pass. to be spread abroad,
divulged, Acts iv. 17, dtavennOy eis Tov
Aaov, ‘serpat in populum.’ So the simple
vewecOar has often the sense serpere ; nay,
there may be here a medical metaphor,
such as we should expect in St. Luke the
physician, with allusion to those ulcers call-
ed épmvortixa, (comp. Virg.Georg. iii. 469, )
which are said véueoOar, érrivéneobar, and
Tpo0cw véewecQar,and conseq. dravépec bar.
Atavetw,f. evow, lit. to make signs by
the hand, eyes, or otherwise, and thereby
express one’s meaning, when not commu-
nicable by words; equiv. to dva vevmatos
OnAow, Lu, i. 22, and so in Plut. Arat. 20.
Thus it is opp. to AaXéw, e. gr. in Athen.
ap. Steph. Thes. éuot AaA@y dua Kat dca-
vevwy. The word occurs in Sept. and
later Class. The earlier ones use vevuate
xpejo8ar. See my note on Thue. i. 134, 1.
85
AIA
Atavonpa, atos, To, (dtavoéopuat,
to pass any thing through the mind, turn
in one’s mind,) the object or result of
thought, i. e. cogitation, sentiment, opinion,
Lu. xi. 17, eidws Ta 6. adTav. Sept. and
Class.
Avdvota,as,7, (da, vous, ) prop. a pass-
ing any thing through the mind, but gener.
and in N. T. the power of thought in various
shades of signif. I. by meton. the think-
ing faculty, THE MIND or intellect, as
opp. to the body, Matt. xxii. 37. Mk. xii.
o0:) Lu. x5 27. phous. iv. 18. 2teb.
viii. 10. x. 16. 1 Pet. i.13. Sept. & Class.
In 1 John v. 20, dédwkev tyitv dravoray,
it means the power of understanding,
as Xen. Mem. iii. 12,6. iv. 8, 1.—IL
MIND, as denoting not so much the
thoughts, as the feelings, affections, and dis-
positions of the mind. Lu. i. 51, varepn-
gavot d.avoia Kapdias avte@v. Col. i.
21, éyGpot TH Sravoia, ‘ mind and heart.’
Eph. ii. 3, worovvtes ta SeAjpaTa
THS GaoKos Kal T@Y dLavoiwy, ‘ the
affections or passions of the mind.’ 2 Pet.
iii. 1, dueyeiow Uu@y tiv eid. Oravorav,
‘your pure and uncorrupt disposition of
mind.’ So Plato Phed. p. 66, A. eidu-
Kplwel TH OLavola Xpwmevos.
Atavoiyw, f. Ew, (d:4, thoroughly,
and dvoiyw,) gener. and in Class. to open
fully what had before been closed, In
N. T. I. PROP. pitpav, to open the
womb, as said of the first-born, Lu. ii. 23.
Also étav. Tas axods, to open the ears, i.e.
restore the hearing, Mk. vii. 34, sq.—
II. METAPH. dav. To's O6dIadpovs, to
restore the sight, Lu. xxiv. 31. 2 Kings
wi, 17 =’ or the ‘heart, “i este ymake
one able or willing to understand, or re-
ceive, moral truths, Lu. xxiv. 45. Acts
xvi. 14. 2 Macc. i. 4. Themist. p. 29. So
also Hos. ii. 15, 6. ctvecwv attHs. Hence
—III. spec. to open ovuT the sense of
what had before been closed to the un-
derstanding, Lu. xxiv. 32, 6. Tas yoagas.
Acts xvii. 3.
Atavuxteoeto, f. stow, (did &
vuxt.) to pass through the night, intrans.
foll. by a dat. of place, and gen. by év; as
Sept., Jos., and later Class. So Lu. vi.
12, jv dvavuKTepevwv Ev TH TOOTEVXT
Tov Qezouv.
Atavio, f. tow, (dra, dviw,) to bring
a thing through to an end, complete any
action, e. gr. that of travelling, Acts xxi.
7, 0. Tov mAouv. Jos. and Class.
Atataytos, adv. from the phrase dre
mavtos xpdvov, lit. through all time,
always, continually, 1) prop. Mk. v. 5.
Acts 11. 25, xxiv. 16. Rom. xi. 10. 2 Th.
iii. 16. Heb. xiii. 15. 2) in a lower or
popular sense, of what is done at all proper
AIA
or stated times, Lu. xxiv. 53. Acts x. 2.
Heb. ix. 6. Sept. and Class.
Atatapatpti, ns, 1, violent dis-
pute, 1 Tim. vi. 5, in several MSS. and the
Kdd. of Griesb. and Scholz for the text.
rec. TagadvatpiBai, where see my note.
Aiatepaw, f. dow, to pass through or
over, as a lake, Matt. ix. ]. xiv. 34. Mk.
v. 2]. vi. 53; foll. by apos and acc. Lu.
xvi. 26: the sea, by eis, Acts xxi. 2. Sept.
and Class. :
AtatXéw, f. ebow, to sail through or
over ; e. gr. TO Wéedayos, Acts xxvii. 5,
and Class,
Atatrovéw, f. jaw, lit. to bring any
thing through, i. e. to perfection, by much
labour, and in pass. of persons, to be exer-
cised with labour, Eccl. x. 9; also to be
wearred out therewith. Hence, from the
adjunct, to feel aggrieved, bear with im-
patience, be indignant, Acts iv. 2, dre-
TOVOUMEVOL OLA TO OLOacKELY AUTOUS TOV
Aaov. xvi. 18, é:atrovnVeis, molesté ferens,
Avan Peis.
Atawooevopat, f. evcouat, depon.
to go or pass through a place, Acts xvi. 4.
Lu. xiii. 22. xviii. 36. Rom. xv. 24. Sept.
and Class.
Atatwopéw, f. how, (dca intens. and
amopéiw,) to be thoroughly in perplexity
what to da; liu. ix. 7. Acts i. 12. x17 5
foll. by aept and gen. Lu. xxiv. 4. Acts
v. 24, and Class.
A:atvoaymuatevopal, f. evocouat,
(from 6a, through or out, and wpaypa-
tevouat, which signifies to do any busz-
ness, esp. mercantile, to trade, and moay-
pateuTijs, a merchant, as the term is used
several times in Plutarch.) Thus dvamo.
signifies zo carry through or accomplish a
business. So Lu. xix. 15, iva yvw, Tis
TL OleToayuaTevoato, ‘what any one
had effected, or, as we say, done, in busi-
hess,’ gained by traffic.
Atatolw, f. icw, to saw through.
Aristoph. and others of the best writers
use woiw and dvampiw tols dddvTas, to
saw, grate, or gnash the teeth, and also,
as descriptive of rage, Lucian Calumn. 24,
tous ddovtTas Cratpis:t. In N. T. only
the Pass. occurs, and in a met. sense, fo be
enraged, Acts v. 33, &kovcavTes OLlEeTTpl-
ovTo, sub. Tals Kapdiars av. which is ex-
pressed infra vii, 54, dcemrpiovto Tats Kap-
Slats avT@v, and with the addition of the
words kat EBovxov Tovs dddvTas ET ad-
Tov, prob. in order to unite the outward
expression of rage with the inward feeling.
Atapwa Gw, f. dow, prop. (like the
Latin divellico,) to snatch or tear different
ways, (dis,) and thence, as a graphic de-
scription of plundering, to ravage, plunder,
spol, as said of a city or house, or the pro-
86
ATA
perty therein. So Sept. and Class. So
Matt. xii. 29, Ta oxevn a’Tou dvapTra-
oat, and Polyb. iv. 18, 6. rovs Bious av-
a a ese iv4 € 3
vav. Thuc. villi, 31, doa vmeteKerto
O.jpTacap.
Atvappnyvipe, & Arappioow, f..Ew,
(dca, apart, and pay.) prop. to rend asun-
der, as Oeopa, Lu. vill. 29. Judg. xvi. 9,
Alex. vevpas: also to tear through, rend,
said of @ garment, Matt. xxvi. 65. Mk. xiv.
63. Acts xiv. 14, as denoting grief, &c.; also
of a net, Lu. v. 6. Not found elsewhere,
though there is perhaps an allusion to it
in Hos, xiii. 8, dvappjEm ouvyKNetopov
Kkapdias avtey, ‘the caul of their heart,’
meaning that fine piece of net-work, the
omentum, or integument, wrapped around
the heart and bowels, and which wild beasts
delight to tear and glut themselves withal.
Atacagdén, f. how, (da, thoroughly,
and caqzjs, clear,) to make fully manifest,
i.e. to make known, narrate, tell, Matt.
xviii. 31, deecagycav TW KUpiw av’T@YV
aavra, 2 Mace. i. 18, 20, ws d& dtecagdn-
cav mutv. Polyb. i. 46, 4.
Atacetw, f. ciow, prop. to shake tho-
roughly, i. e. vehemently, as said of things, -
Diod. Sic. xx. 87, to cause to shake with
terror. Job iv. 14, nov Ta doT| OléceicE :
also 2) fig. to intimidate, Polyb. x. 26, 4.
3) metaph. to eatort money of any one by
intimidation, Lu. ii. 14, undeva dracei-
oyte.. And so in various passages of the
Class. adduced by Wets. all with accus.
of person. And so dtdoerors in the
Greek law-books, and concussto in the
Latin. The passive is found in 3 Mace.
vil. 21, boro pnéevos StacerobEvTEes THY
UTapXovTwy, lit. ‘shaken out of their pro-
perty.’
Atackxopti¢w, f. tow, to scatter
throughout or abroad, I. PROP. as grass
to be made into hay, or corn to be dried
and browned. So the simple verb in Matt.
xii. 30, 6 ui) Cuvadywv pet Emov cKop-
mi¢er: also said of corn, when thrown.
against the wind, and scattered abroad, in
the process of winnowing (see on the word
Atkpaw,) Matt. xxv. 24, 26, cuveywy
30ev ov OteckdoTLcas. Hence to dis-
perse, scatter, as said of men or animals,
Matt. xxvi. 31. Mk. xiv. 27. John xi. 52.
Acts v. 37. Sept. and Class. Hence said
of utterly discomfiting an enemy, Lu. i.
51, Crecxopticey vmepndpavovs. So
fflian V. H. xiii. 1, 6, Tots piv dteckop-
Ties, TOUS O& amwekTewe, and Sept.—ll.
METAPH. ¢o dissipate or squander property
that had been got together by others, Lu.
xv. 13, dtecxoomice THY OVoiav avTou,
and xvi. 1, 6. ra twapyovta avtov. So
Dan. xi. 24, UrrapEw attots drackopT tet.
A.acwéw,f. dow, prop. to pull asun-
AIA 87
der, and by impl. to tear tz pieces, Mk. v.
4, Acts xxiii. 10. Sept. and Class.
Atacteipw, f. eo, prop. to scatter up
and down, as seed; fig. to scatter abroad and
disperse, as said of persons, Acts viii. l,
4, xi. 19. Sept. and Class.
Atactopa, as, 1, (cvecmopa, pret.
middle of é:acmeiow, to disperse,) prop.
a subst. denoting dzsperszon, as in Class. ;
but in ‘the Sept. Jer. xxxiv. 17. Judith
vy. 19. used of the state of dispersion, in
which many of the Jews were, after the
Babylonian captivity, scattered up and
down in Chaldea, Persia, Egypt, Syria,
and Asia Minor. See Jos. Bell. vil. 3.
In N. T. the word is used by meton. as a
partic. or adj. to denote the oi dvecwap-
_pévot “Tovdaton, ‘ the Jews living in dis-
persion, Ja. i. 1, tats dwdexa dudais
Tais ty tH diaotopa. | Pet.i. 1, dia-
otopas Ilevrov. So of Israel, Deut.
xxviii. 25, gon dvactopa. Comp. Ps.
exlvii.2. Sept. grrovva£e: Tas OlacTopas
tov IoparnAX. 2 Macc.i. 27, emriouvayaye
Thy O.actopayv jpov. In Jo. vii. 35, pi
eis Thy O.vactopavy Tav ‘EXX. wédder
qwoosvecGar; the meaning is, ‘the Jews
dwelling in dispersion among the Gentiles,’
espec. those using the Greek language, and
so equiv. to the Hellenists. A similar use
of the genit. is found in Paralip. Jerem.
cited by Wets. in loc. etzrate Tots viots
‘Iopanh: ‘O Baoovy améoretXev eis Thy
dtactropav Tav 20vmv. j
AtactéXXw, f. eX@, to send or put
apart, to separate, and metaph. to distin-
guish differences, and determine doubts.
Also in mid. to state distinctly and clearly.
Hence, as in N. T., to distinctly enjoin,
expressly charge, Acts xv. 24, foll. by dat.
and absol. Heb. xii. 20. Foil. by a nega-
tive clause, to forbid, Matt. xvi. 20. Mk.
v.43. vii. 36. viii. 15. ix. 9. Sept. & Class.
Atadortynpa, atos, To, (dtiorype,)
distance, i.e. interval, whether of time,
Acts v. 7, and Class. or of place, 2 Macc.
xiv. 44, and Class.
AtactoX%, 7s, 1, (OractéA\XNw,) dis-
tinction, difference, Rom. iii. 22. x. 12.
1 Cor. xiv. 7.
~ Atactpéidao, f. Ww, (da and orp.)
1) prop. to distort, and fig. to pervert ; said
in N. T. of persons, to turn away, seduce,
Lu. xxiii. 2. Acts xiii. 8. Sept. and Class.
2) of things, to wrest, pervert, corrupt,
Acts xiii. 10, tas odovs Kupiov, i. e.
Divine truth, Sept. and Class. Pass.
perf. part. dvectoaupeévos, perverse, cor-
rupt, Matt. xvii. 17. Lu. ix. 41, @ariatos
Kal Gueotpappevyn. Acts xx. 30, XaXouv-
Tes OvecTpaupéva, ‘things erroneous.’
So Arrian opposes doypata doba to
OveoTpaupéva Kal oToEBXa.
Atacw w, f. wow, to save, i. e. bring
AlA
safely through danger, preserve, trans.
So 1 Pet. iii. 20, dtecwOnoav dv’ VdarTos.
Acts xxvii. 43. Sept. and Class. With
the idea of motion, to bring safely to any
place or person, or pass. to be brought to,
& reach safely, Acts xxiii. 24, tva—IIav-
ov Oracwaowar woos Pydixa. Pass. Acts
xxvii. 44, éai tiv ynv. Sept. and Class.
Of the sick, to bring them through, i. e.
from sickness to health, Matt. xiv. 36.
Lu. vii. 3. Polyzn. ii. 33, 3.
Atatayi, 7s, 1, (dvatétaya, perf.
mid. of d:tataocw, dis-pono, to dispose,
arrange,) a disposing in order, disposition,
arrangement. The word occurs in N. T.
only twice, 1) prop. Acts vil. 53, 2XadBeTe
TOV vopov sis OlaTayas ayyédwv, where
the sense seems to be, ‘ye have received
the law at (i. e. conformably to) the ap-
pointment of angels,’ (see my note there).
2) in the sense ordinance, Rom. xiii. 2, 77
tou Geou O.atayy. Ezra iv. 11.
Aratay a, atos, TO, ordimance, man-
date, Heb. xi. 23, 6. Tov. Bacir. Sept. and
Class.
Atvatapacow, f. Ew, (dra intens.
and rao.) as said of the mind, to perturb,
disturb, agitate; but almost confined to the
pass. So Lu. i. 29, duetaoayOn, & Class.
Atataoocw, f. Ew, prop. to range m
order, arrange, as trees, or troops. In
N. T. fig. to set 22 order, arrange, appoint,
ordain, 1) gener. Gal. iii. 19. See on
dtatayy. 2) spec. to direct, prescribe,
order, what is to be done, Matt. xi.-1, 6.
Tots Owdeka pad. Lu. viii. 55. Acts
xviii. 2. 1 Cor. ix. 14, duérvaks, for éia-
Taya évoinoe, and xvi. l. So to éta-
TeTaypevov, ‘what is appointed,’ as of
enactments by law, Lu. iii. 13. Acts xxiii.
dl, and ta dtataySévTa, Lu, xvii. 9.
Sept. and Class. Hence mid. dtatacco-
frac in the same sense, Acts vii. 44. xxiv.
Zoe. L Cor, wat, 17 oxi, 4 Mite ie oe ai
Acts xx. 13, o§tw yap jv dvateTaypé-
vos WaudXos, ‘so Paul had directed.’ The
perf. pass. has the mid. signif,
Artatedéw, f. ow, 1) to bring through,
i.e. to an end, to fully complete, trans.
as said of any work or occupation ; and 2)
of time, with ypovoy or Biov, to pass
through it, peragere, transigere. So often
in Class. Hence, to continue through, re-
main, intrans. foll. by nomin. of adject. or
partic. Acts xxvii. 35, @ovTou OvaTeXetTe.
2 Mace. v. 27, thy yooTwdn Teodiy
oiTovUmevor OretéAovy. Atlian, V. H.
x. 6, dceTéXeoe Gvocos, and oft. in Class.
Atatnopéw, f. now, to keep one’s eye
thoroughly or continually fixed on any
thing. Hence, to watch it carefully, keep
it with care. So in Class. In N. T. fig. in
two senses, 1) to guard with care, care-
fully lay up, or retain, Lu. ii. 51. 2) -
AIA
88
ATA
with gauvrdv, &c. to guard or keep one- | ii. 6, obdéy mor drapéoer. ASlian, V. H.
self from any thing, wholly abstain from |i. 25, éuot ovdéy 6. and also in lat. Class.
it, Acts xv. 29,
Acatidnut, f. O7c0w, to place apart,
and by impl. to set out i order, arrange,
dispose. In N. T. it occ. only in mid. to
arrange or dispose any thing, trans. ¢o
make a disposition of, 1. gener. to ap-
point, make over, commit to, as Bact-
Asiav, Lu. xxii. 29, foll. by dat. Xen.
Cyr. v. 2, 7, 6. tiv Ovyatépa. So of
a testamentary disposition, to bequeath.
Hence 0 é:aTibépmevos, the testator, Heb.
ix. 16, sq. and Class.—II. spec. of a cove-
nant, to make an arrangement with another
party. So drativenae drabixny, to make
a covenant with, foll. by dat. Heb. viii. 10,
or wpos with acc. Acts iii. 25. Heb. x. 16.
Sept. and Aristoph. Av. 439, jv um dua-
Owvtai y’ ofde drabyKnv Epot.
AcatpB wo, f. Wo, lit. and prop. to rub
through, and by impl. to wear away by
rubbing, Herod. vii. 120. Hence, zo con-
sume, expend, waste, and, as said of time,
to spend or pass it, Acts xvi. 12, 6. nué-
pas. xx. 6. xxv. 6 & 14. Sept. So ab-
sol. with ypovov, &c. understood, to re-
main tn a place, with an adv. or other
adjunct of place, John iii. 22. xi. o4.
Acts xii, ]9. xv. 35. Sept. and Class.
Atatoopy, js, 17, (CtatTpég~w,) nou-
rishment, food, | 'Tim. vi. 8.
Atavya tw, f. aow, prop. to shine
through ; and, as said of daylight, to shine
forth, dawn, 2 Pet. i. 19.
Atavyis, gos, 6, 1, adj. (dvd and
av'y?,) lit. shining through, pellucid, trans-
parent, Rev. xxi. 21, in later Edd. for
text. rec. dradavns. Sept. Jos. & Class.
Atapanvijs, eos, 0, 7, adj. (dradaivw,
to make any object visible through any
medium,) pelluced, transparent, Rev. xxi.
21, in text. rec. Others have dvavyzs.
Sept. and Class.
Avagpépa, f. oicw, I. to bear or carry
any thing through a place, &c. Mk. xi. 16,
iva Tis Oleve KN GkKEVOS OLa TOU LEpoV.—
II. to bear asunder, carry different ways,
differo, 1) trans. but in N. T. only deferrz,
to be published abroad, Acts xiii. 49, dve-
épeto 0 NOyos Tov Kupiov. Said of a
ship, to be borne to and fro, to be driven
up and down, Acts xxvii. 27, 6. gv Tw
’Adpia. So Luc. Herm. 28, aX’ dvayKn
év TW TWEAGYW OlapévecOar. 2) intrans.
(or reflex. with eavrov unders.) to bear
oneself apart, separate oneself from others.
Hence gener. to differ, Sept. and Class.
In N. T. it is used in three ways; 1) in
the phrase ta drapépovTa, ‘ things that
are different,’ Rom. ii. 18. Phil. i. 10, and
Class. 2) impers. dsapéoe:, tt differs,
3) foll. by gen. to differ from, i. e. to be
other than; usually, and always in N. T.
implying a difference of superiority, to be
supertor, surpass, Matt. vi. 26. x. 51. Lu.
xil. 7, et al. Sept. Jos. and Class.
Atagdetyw, f. Ew, to flee through, es-
cape by flight, absol. Acts xxvii. 42. Sept.
and Class.
Atagdnmui o,f. iow, to rumour abroad,
trans. 1) prop. of a thing, 6. rdv Aoyor,
Matt. xxviii. 15. Mk. i. 45, and Class.
2) of a person, to spread abroad his fame ;
what is strictly applicable to the thing
being applied to the person, Matt. ix. 31,
Orepyucoayv avTov év OAY-TH Y7-
AtagpJbeiow, f. com, (dua, intrans. and
pO.) to wholly corrupt and destroy ; and
in pass. to utterly perish. I. gener. and
PROP. Lu. xii. 33, ovdé ons draPpOeioer.
2 Cor. iv. 16, 6 2&w advOo. diapVeiperat.
Rev. viii. 9. xi. 18. Sept. and Class.—II.
METAPH. to deteriorate, vitiate, spoil. 1)
as said of things, 6. ta woayuata, to
spoil the business. 2) of persons, éo wholly
corrupt, seduce, Rev. xi. 18, rovs dta-
PUeipovtas tiv yv, i.e. ‘the men of
the earth.’ Hdian. i. 6, 2. Hdot. v. 51.
Also 1 Tim. vi. 5, dte@@apuévor tov.
vouv. Comp. Isoer. Paneg. c. 41, dre-
P0appévos Thy Pict : and so Xen. often
uses the word of perverting the mind, or
corrupting the morals, or both, and that
both by false doctrine and evil example :
sometimes with adjuncts, as yuwuars, &e.
In the passage of ] Tim. it is implied, not
only that the mind is perverted, but the
conscience corrupted.
Ata bopa, as, 7, (dtapOeiow,) prop.
corruption ; and metaph. destruction. In
N. T. corruption in a phys. sense, putre-
faction, i. e. of flesh in the grave, Acts ii.
27, 31. xiii. 35, sq. In xi ot ene
UTootpépew eis StapOopav, there is a
fig. mode of expression, (like a similar one,
Job xxxiii. 28, 2dOetv eis duapPopar,)
meaning zo more to die.
Atadopos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (dvapépw,)
gener. different. In N. T. 1) diverse,
various, Rom. xii. 6. Heb. ix. 10. Sept.
and Class. 2) compar. (as in dladéow,
see in v. IT.) better, &c. Heb. i. 4. viii. 6.
AtaduiXacow, f. Ew, lit. to guard
through, i. e. amidst danger, protect, Lu. iv.
10, 6. oe. Sept. and Class.
Ataxerpiw, f. iow, to have pass
through one’s hands, to handle, or admanis-
ter. In mid. dvayerpiGouae in a depon.
sense, to thoroughly manage, despatch buse-
ness. Hence in N. T. as Acts v. 30, and |
xxvi. 21, and the later writers, like our
verb to despatch, in the sense make away
makes a difference, with dat. of pers. Gal. j wath, kell.
AIA 89
AtayXgsvd lw, f. aow, (dia intens.
and xX.) to utterly scoff at, deride, absol.
Acts ii. 13; in later edd. for text. rec.
xAevalw.
Acaxwoiw, f. iow, (dia intens. and
xwo.) to wholly separate any persons or
things, Sept. and Class. In N. T. mid.
OraywoiCouar, in a reciprocal sense, to
separate oneself wholly from, depart from,
Lu. ix. 33. Sept. and Class.
Avdaxtikos, 1}, ov, adj. apt, or fit to
teach, 1 Tim. iii. 2. 2 Tim. ii. 24.
Ardaxtos,1, ov, adj. (didackw,) taught,
foll. by gen. of the agent, and used in
N. T. I. of persons, taught, instructed,
John vi. 45, wavtes Oidaxtoi Ozeov: a
phrase formed on that at Is. liv. 13.
Hence, as an adj. learned or skilful, |
Mace. iv. 7, ovtot didaxtoi moXémou.
—II. of things, taught, communicated by
instruction, 1 Cor. ii. 138, év didaxrois
av0owmivys codpias Noyors. Pind. Olymp.
ix. 153, wodXol 62 didakTats avOpwrwv
apetats KAéos Wpovcay, ‘virtues taught
by men”
A.tdackaX ta, as, 11, (ddacKw, ) teach-
wg, instruction, said 1) of the art or man-
ner of teaching, Rom. xii. 7. 1 Tim. iv.
13, 16. v. 17. Tit. ii. 7, and Class. 2) of
the znformation conveyed by teaching, the
wstruction it contains, Rom. xv. 4. 2 Tim.
mi. 16. Comp. 1 Cor. x. 11. 3) of the
things taught, precept, doctrine, Matt. xv.
9. Mk. vii. 7. Eph. iv. 14. Col. ii. 22.
Pre eiyc et, vi. 1.5. 2 Tim.
iii. 10. iv.3. Tit.i.9. ii.1, 10. Sept. & Class.
A.védacKkados, ov, 6, (dtdoKw,) a
teacher, muster, gener. Rom. ii. 20. Heb.
v. 12; of the Jewish doctors, Matt. ix. 11.
x. 24, et al.; of Jesus Christ, Matt. viii.
19, and oft.; of St. Paul, 1 Tim. ii. 7; of
other Christian teachers, 1 Cor. xii. 28,
et al.
A.dackw, f. Ew, I. GENER. fo teach,
1) gener. and absol. Matt. iv. 23. ix. 35.
Mk. i. 21, et al. sepe. Constr. with acc.
of person or thing, or both, Matt. xv. 9.
John xiv. 26. 1 Tim. iv. 1l, etal. In-
stead of acc. of thing, infin. as Matt. xxviii.
20. Lu. xi. 1, et al.; or 671, as Mk. viii.
31. Sept. and Class.; or aepi, with gen.
of thing, 1 John ii. 27.—II. spxc. in the
sense to counsel, admonish, &c. Mait.
xxvii. 15. John ix. 34. Acts xxi. 21.
Heb. viii. 1]. Rev. ii. 20,,and Class.
Avdaxn, qs, 7, (from the perf. mid. of
Ol0acKkw,) prop. instruction, and equiv. to
dloackahia: but usedin N. T. 1) of the
art of teaching, Mk. iv. 2. xii. 38. 1 Cor.
xiv. 6, 26. Tit.i.9. 2) of the manner or
character of any one’s teaching, Matt. vii.
Pomedines. Mk 1.22, 27. Lu! iv. 32.
3) of the thing taught, precept, doctrine,
Ale
&c. Matt. xvi. 12. John vii. 16, sq. Acts
xvil. 19, Rom. vi. 17.. Heb. vi..2, etal.
Aidpayxpmoy, ov, To, (dis, apart, and
doayut,) the double drachma, an Attic
silver coin equal to two drachmas Attic ;
used in Matt. xvii. 24, of the yearly tri-
bute to the temple paid by every Jew,
Exod. xxx. 13, sq.
Aidwyt, f. dwow, prim. to divide and
distribute, and by impl. to make over any
thing to any person, denoting voluntary
action; but in use it signif. J. GENER.
to give, i. e. bestow upon. I. gener.
Matt. iv. 9, TavtTa qwavTa cor dwow.
xii. 12. xxv. 6, Mk. ii. 26, et al. sxpe.
—ilI. said of sacrifice, homage, &c. ¢o
offer, present, Lu. ii. 24. Rey. iv. 9, and
Class. 3) said of a person who does any
thing to or for another, from whom he
receives any thing; the source, author, or
cause of a favour; to give, grant, &c. 1)
gener. Matt. xxi. 23, Tis cor 20wKEe Tijv
éEovoiay TavTnv; John iv. 12. 1 Cor.
vu. 25. 2 Cor. viii. 10, et al. and Class.
Hence the phrase d:ddvar tézrov, to give
place, i.e. ‘make way, yield,’ Lu. xiv. 9.
Rom. xii. 19. Eph. iv. 27. 2 Thess. iii. 9,
and Class. So with an acc. where the
idea may often be expressed by the verb
cognate with the noun, e. gr. diddvar
aivov, to praise, Lu. xviii. 43, Paleph. 43.
0.0. amoKptoww, to answer, Jchn i. 22.
610. dogav Gew, to glorify, Lu. xvii. 18.
John ix. 24. Acts xii. 23. 0:6. éyxomnp,
1 Cor. ix. 12. 6. gvtoAnv, John xi. 57. 6.
moooxoT vy, 2 Cor. vi. 3. 6. pamioua,
John xviii. 22. 6. yaoayma, Rev. xiii. 16,
2) said of God or of Christ, as the author
or source of what one has, receives, &c. to
giwe, grant, &c. Matt. vi. 11. ix. 8. xii,
39, et al. sepe. So dovvar yaeuv, to con-
Jer grace or favour, Ja. iv. 6. Rom. xii.
3, etal. Used in various constructions ;
viz. foll. by gen. of part. and by @« tuvos
in the same sense ; sometimes by eis: oft.
with the dat. and an infin. as neut. subst.
instead of an accus.; though sometimes
the infin. is zmplied, as Matt. xix. 11, ois
O€OoTat Sc. Kwpetv: with tva instead of
the infin. Mk. x. 37. So with an acc. and
infin. to permit, suffer, grant, Acts ii. 27.
Xlil. 35, ov0E OWOELS TOV BoLoV cov idetv
dtapPopav. x. 40. xiv. 3, and Class. As
said of evil or punishment, to inflict, 2
Thess. i. 8, éxdixnow. Rev. xviii. 7,
Bacavicpov. 2 Cor. xii. 7, oxddow:
metaph. of ¢hzngs, which are the cause or
occasion of any thing, to impart, cause,
Acts ili. 16, 4 qwioris éOwxevy aite tip
édokAnpiav. And so in Class.—II. spxc,
to gwe up, deliver over, i. &. put into
the hands of any one, 1) gener. Matt.
xix. 7. Ln. vii. 15, et al. sepe. 2) in the
sense to commut, or entrust, namely, to the
AIE
charge of any one, and said both of things,
Matt. xvi. 19. xxv. 15. Mk. xii. 9. Lu.
xii. 48, al. Sept. and Class.; and persons
delivered over to one’s charge, for instruc-
tion, &c. John x. 29. xvii. 6, 9, 22, 24.
Heb. ii. 13. 3) to give, i.e. deliver one-
self, devote oneself, to any one, 2 Cor. viii.
5; or for any one, bép or wept Tivos, in
the sense to encounter death for; or as a
ransom (dévtidutpov) for, Gal. i. 4. 1 Tim.
ii. 6. Tit. ii. 14; see Lu. xx. 19. John vi.
Ol. So also dotvar tiv Wuyxiv abou
Auteov avti, Matt. xx. 28. Mk. x. 45.
Jos. and Class. 3) to give forth, to render,
yield, said both of persons, Rev. xx. 13, 2dw-
Kev 7) OaXacoa Tovs veKpovs TOUS Ev AUTH,
and things, Lu. vi. 38; and also metaph. of
rendering an account. to any one, Rom.
xiv. 12, and Class.; also spec. of what is
given as a recompense for labour, to pay,
Matt. xx. 4,14, Mk. xiv. 1]. Rev. xi. 18,
et ai. and Class.; likewise said of the earth,
as yielding its fruits, Matt. xiii. 8. Mk. iv.
7,8. Sept. & Class. 4) by Hebraism, used
for TiOypuct, to put or place, and that both
prop. to put any thing upon any thing, Lu.
xix. 23. Rev. viii. 3; and metaph. in the
sense Zo apply, in the Latinism, dovvar
épyaciav, dare operam, to use one’s efforts
to effect any thing, Lu. xii. 58; also of
miracles, to exhibit, Matt. xxiv. 24. Acts
ii. 19, and Sept. Finally, with a double
acc. of person and thing, as office, to ap-
pornt, constitute, Eph. i. 22, attrov edwke
Kemariy vumio mavta, and Sept. ; or, as
said of a law, or ordinance, to ordain, John
vii. 19 & 22. Gal. iii. 21. 6. dtaOyxny
Tweortouns, Acts vil. 8, and Sept.
Ateyetow, f. e9@, to rouse up, 1)
prop. of awakening persons from sleep,
Matt. i. 24. Mk. iv. 38, sq. Lu. viii. 24.
Jos. and Class. 2) fig. of things, e. gr. the
sea, to agitate, John vi. 18; or, as said of
the mind, zo stir up, incite, 2 Pet. i. 13.
iii, 1. 2 Mace. vii. 21. xv. 10.
AvevOupéouat, to thoroughly revolve
in mind, to consider carefully, Acts x. 19.
in rec. Edd. for év@up.
A.éEodos, ov, 7, a free passage through
any place, @ pass. InN. T. @ thorough-
fare where several streets meet, and many
persons have to pass through. Matt. xxii. 9.
AvtepunvevTis, ov, 6, (drepunvedea,)
an interpreter, 1 Cor. xiv. 28.
Ateounvets,f. evow, to fully imterpret,
or expound any thing, trans. Lu. xxiv. 27.
absol. ix. 36. 1 Cor. xii. 30. xiv. 5, 13,
27, and Class.
Avépxyomar, f. eXevoouar, gener. fo
come or go through, to pass through or
along, to traverse. In N.T. itis used IL.
Prop. foll. either by da with gen. of place,
Matt. xii. 43. Lu. xi. 24, 6. dv’ advidowy
90
AEO
ToTwy,and iv. 30. xvii. 11. Johniv.4. Mk.
iv. 35. Lu. viii. 22, to pass over a sea, et al.;
or by acc. of place, as Lu. xix. 1, 6. rh
‘Teoryw. Acts xii. 10, et al. Heb. iv. 14,
0. ToUs oveavods, ‘has passed throughout
[all] the heavens, so as to reach the throne
of God.’ So also Sept. and Class. Absol.
but with an acc. underst. as yqv, xwoar,
or the like, Acts viii. 4, 40, drepyopmevos
evnyyeriCeTo Tas TWOAELS Taoas. X. 30.
xvii. 23. xx. 20. Hom. Il. vi. 392, drep-
Xomevos pmiya aorv. Foll. by gen. of
lace, to go through the country as far as,
oe xi. 19, 22 a hence ee pass
through a place as far as, Lu. ii. 15.
Acts ix. 38.—II. Fig. 1) of persons, zis
TavTas avOowmous 0 Stvatos OindGe,
Rom. v. 12. 2) of things, as a sword, to
pass through, perce, Lu. ii. 35; or fig. as
said of a rumour, to pass through a coun-
try, to spread abroad, Lu. v. 15, éuipyeto
6 AOyos wept avtov. So Thue. vi. 46.
Xen. An. i. 4, 7, 617A Gev 6 Noyes.
Atsowtaw, f. jow, lit. to imaquire
through, so as to find out any place, person,
or thing, Acts x. 17, 6. tiv oikiav.
Atetis, é0s, 6, 7, adj. (dis, bis, and
ay 7 a2 > x
étos,) two years old, Matt. ii. 16, azo
OteTous, scil. qaLdos, Kal KaTWTépw.
Avetia, as, 7, (dveTys,) a period of
two years, Acts xxiv. 27. xxviii. 30.
Acnyéopmat, f. joouar, dep. mid. (dra
& iy.) prop. to lead or conduct throughout.
Hence fig. to go through with any narra-
tion, to recount or relate any thing fully:
a term appropriate to historical narrations ;
e. gr. Thue, vi. 54. trans. and foll. by acc.
of thing, and dat. of pers. with other ad-
juncts, as 7s, doov, wept, Mk. v. 16. ix.
9, va _pnoevi OrnyniowvTar & eidov. Lu.
viii. 39, 6. Goa éaoincé cor Oo Geos.
Sometimes it has the sense of encomzastic
narration, as Lu. viii. 39, (see Ps. xviii.
13.) and ix. 10. Acts vill. 33. ix. 27. xii.
17. Heb. xi. 32.
Ainynets, ews, 1, (Oinyéopat,) & nar-
rative or history, Lu.i.1. Sept. & Class.
Atnveki)s, gos, 0, 4, adj. (dra & Hve-
Kis, prop. carried through, i. e. extended
in length, as said of space, Hom. Il. xii.
134.) but sometimes protracted, as said
of time, and that even to the utmost
length. So Luc. Ver. Hist. i. 19, vuxri
Oinvexet waca Kateixyeto. In N. T.
used only of time, in the adverb. phrase
eis TO dinvexés, for adv. continually, per-
petually, Heb. x. 1, for ever, and x. 12,
14, Sept. and later Class.
A.@dXaccos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (dis, bis, |
and Sda\acca,) situated between two seas,
as bimaris, the term applied to Corinth,
Hor. Od. i. 7,2. In N. T. said of ashoal or
sand-bank, raised by two opposite currents,
a ae 91
and situate at their confluence, Acts xxvii.
41. So Dio Chrys. v. p. 83, Toaxéa Kat
6.6aXatrTa.
Atixvéopat, f. Eouar, prop. to go or
pass through, traverse, but in N. T. to
penetrate, i. e. pierce through, Heb. iv. 12,
6. @Xol meptouou Wuyx7s TE Kal Tvedua-
Tos, i.e. ‘the inmost recesses of the heart.’
So Galen ad Glaucum: «eis Ba0os aitay
Oet duixvetobar tiv Ovvaptv.
Avior me, prop. to separate or divide,
put asunder, Sept. and Class.; but also
used in a reciprocal sense, to separate one-
self, be separated, foll. by aao, Lu. xxiv.
51. Acts xxvii. 28, Boayd dé dractjcav-
Tes, SC. éauTovs: also of time, fo pass
away, elapse, Lu. xxii. 59, dvacraons
WoEL Woas MLAS.
Aticxvoi Conary, f. icouat, dep. mid.
to thoroughly affirm, strongly assert, Lu.
xxii. 59. Acts xii. 15. Jos. and Class.
Atxatoxpicta, as, 7, (dikatos &
Kptots,) just or right judgment, Rom. ii. 5.
Comp. 2 Thess. i. 5.
Aixatos, aia, ov, adj. right, just, lit.
‘that which is agreeable to dixn, i.e. ‘what
is laid down as a rule of action.’ Such, at
least, is the moral sense of the word, accord-
ing to-its general acceptation in the N.T.
& Class. That, however, is founded on the
primary physical sense, namely, what is fit,
right, and just. 'Thus it is said of numbers,
wl, or measures, complete. So Herodot.
ii. 147, dixator dpyurai: also of a chariot
that runs evenly, without swerving to one
side or the other in its course. Thus the
Hebr. term PX to which Oixazos gener.
corresponds in the Sept. means prop. equal,
as said of weights and measures, or even
as said of a balance; or rather straight,
rectus, as opp. to what is crooked. Whence,
in the moral sense, right, as opposed to
wrong. But the term is almost always
used in a moral sense, I. of one who
deals out even-handed justice, acting alike
to all, or empartial, as said of a judge, 2 Tim.
iv. 8,0 0. KpiTys. Rev. xvi. 5. just, of a
judgment or decision, John v. 30, xpiots
6. vil. 24. Lu. xii. 57. 2 Th. i. 5, 6. Rev.
Vig. xix. 2, Sept. and Class.—II. of
character or conduct, upright, virtuous, lit.
“just as it should be; also gener. good :
but 6 dixatos is strictly ‘one who does
what is right;’ while 6 dyads is ‘one
who does good.’ In this sense the term is
used both of things, as 1 John iii. 12, Zoya
6. Rom. vii. 12, gvtod7y 6. and Matt. xx.
Pedy. © ph. vi. 1, Phil. i. 7.
2 Pet. i. 13, ro dixacov, ‘ what is right and
just to be done or rendered ;’ and of per-
sons, e. gr. Matt. v. 45. Lu. v. 32, et al.
Sept. and Class. But it is espec. used of
those whose ‘hearts are right with God,
At Ee
righteous, pious, godly, Matt. xiii. 43, 49
xxiii. 29. xxv. 46. Mk. vi. 20, et al. Rom.
i. 17, dikavos éx wiorews, equiv. to d:-
Ka.wQels dca mw. Sept. oft. Finally, it is
used par excellence of God, John xvii. 25.
Rom. iii. 26. 1 John ii. 29, or Christ,
Acts iii. 14. vii. 52. xxii. 14. 1 John ii. 1.
iii. 7, and Sept.
Atxatoctyvn, ns, 17, (dikatos,) prop.
‘the doing or being what is right and just,’
viz. I. ‘the doing alike to all,’ preserving
even-handed justice, as said of a@ judge,
Acts xvii. 31. Rev. xix. 11. Heb. xi. 33,
eipyacavTo Oikaoctvyyv. Rom. ix. 28, and
Sept.—II. of character, or conduct, as re-
gards persons, i. e. ‘the being just as we
should be,’ vectztude, righteousness, virtue.
So of actions, equiv. to To dikatov, Matt.
ili. 15, wAno@oar wacav O.: also of dis-
position, &c. 1) ina popular sense, Eph.
Vou: be fim v1. MW. 2 Tim. 1622.4 ee:
i. 9, and Sept.; also including the idea of
kindness, or benignity, 2 Cor. ix. 9. 2 Pet.
i. 1, and in later edd. Matt. vi. 1. Sept.
2) said of that righteousness which has re-
gard to God and the Divine law; and that
whether merely eaternal, and consisting in
the observance of outward precepts, Phil.
lii. 6, 9, dix. 4) év vodwuw, or EK VvOuov, OF
mternal and spiritual, when the heart is
right with God, righteousness, prety, godli-
ness, Matt. v. 6, 10, 20. vi. 33. xxi. 32:
Lu. i. 75. Acts x. 35. xxiv. 25. Rom. vi.
16, 18, and oft. Sept. and Joseph. Hence,
H OK. 4 &K OY Ola Tiotews, scil. év
Xpo.otw, ‘where faith is counted or im-
puted as righteousness,’ Rom. ix. 30. x. 6.
Phil. iii. 9. 4 kata wiotw, Heb. xi.7,al.;
and by meton. CHRIST, as the source or
author of righteousness, 1 Cor. i. 30.
Hence, too, 6. tou Geou objectively, i. e.
‘the righteousness which God approves or
bestows, Rom.i.17. iii. 21, 25, 26; and
by meton. d:x. Geou is equiv. to dixaor
Taoa Oew, 2 Cor. v.21. Finally, as said
in the highest sense of God subjectively,
i. e. as an attribute of his character, Rom.
iii. 5; and perhaps of Christ, John xvi. 8,
10.—III. by meton. in the sense of the
being regarded as just, i. e. the imputation
of righteousness, justification, equiv. to
Orkaiwors, Rom. v. 17, 21. x. 4, 5. 2 Cor.
ite 9; Gak na 2 ati oe Patio
the mode of justification, Rom. x. 3.
Atxatoa, f. wow, (dixatos,) to justify,
1. e. to regard, or declare as just, trans.
I. as a matter of right, justice, &c. to ab-
solve or acquit of any charge, as opp. to
being condemned, Matt. xii. 387. 1 Cor.
iv. 4; foll. by dao with gen. of thing,
Acts xiii. 39. Rom. vi. 7, aad aduaptias.
and Sept. So dixatovy éavtov, to justify,
i, e. excuse, oneself, Lu. x. 29. So Gen.
xliv. 16. Ecclus. x. 29.—II. as said of
Se eee
AIK
character, &c. to declare to be just as it
should be, i. e. to pronounce right, &c. and
used both of things, to regard as right and
proper, eq. to a€.ow, Herodot. i. 89. Jos.
Ant. ix. 9, 1, and of persons, as alone in
N. T. to recognise or declare any one as
righteous, virtuous, &c. Hence, 1) by
impl. to vindicate, approve, honour ; and
in pass. to receive honour, Lu. vii. 29, 6.
cov Ocov. So Matt. xi. 19. Lu. vii. 35,
édikatwm0n 1) copia amo TwY TEKVWY
autyjs. On | Tim. iii. 16, see my note.
2) in relation to God and the Divine law,
to declare righteous, regard as pious, Ln.
xvi. 15, of O.KatouvTes EauTOUS EVvwWTTLOV
tav avdowrwv. Said espec. of the jusétz-
fication bestowed on men through Christ,
in which he is said to regard and treat
them as righteous, absolving them from
the guilt of sin, and admitting them to
the Divine favour, Rom. iii. 26, du«avouv-
Ta TOV &k Tiotews Inoou. iv. 5. Viii.
30, 33. Gal. iii. 8. So pass. of men, éo be
justified, e. gr. wioret or ek TioTEews, Rom.
iii. 28. v. 1. Gal. ii. 16. iii, 24. €& goyov
or ovK 2& zpywv, Rom. iii. 20. iv. 2.
Gal. ii. 16. ovK év vouw, Gal. iii. 11, et
al,—III. in the sense to make or cause any
one to be upright, &c. And in mid. to
make oneself upright, i.e. to be upright,
virtuous, &c. aor. 1. pass. in mid. sense,
Rey. xxii. 11, 6 dixavos Otkarw0jTw ete.
Atkatwpa, atos, TO, (dikardw,) prop.
“any thing justly or rightly done;’ hence,
right, justice, equity, 1) as said of a ‘ doing
any one right’ or justice in a judicial sen-
tence, whether favourable, justification,
acquittal, Rom. v. 16, or unfavourable,
condemnation, judgment, Rev. xv. 4.
Hence, 2) @ decree, as laying down what
is right and just, an ordinance, law, pre-
cept, Lu. i. 6. Rom. i. 32. ii. 26. vill. 4.
Heb. ix. 1, 10. Sept. Jos. and Class. 3)
as said of character, &c. righteousness,
piety towards God, and the virtue agree-
able thereto; used of the saints, Rev. xix.
8; of Christ, as manifested in his obedi-.
ence to God the Father, Rom. v. 18.
Atkaiws, adv. (dixatos,) justly, rightly,
1) as regards strict justice, Lu. xxii. 41.
1 Pet. ii. 23. Sept. and Class. 2) as to
what is ‘right and proper,’ 1 Cor. xv. 34.
Sept. and Class. 3) as to what respects
duty to God, righteously, piously, | Thess.
ii, 10, Tit.:ii: 12.
Atkatwots, ews, 7, (duKardw,) prop.
‘the act of doing justice on any one,’
espec. in trial, and that whether by ac-
quittal, or as gener. by condemnation and
punishment. In N. T. only used in the
former sense, as said of the justzfication,
i. e. acquittal or pardon, which God grants
to man, through Christ. Rom. iv. 26. v.
92
AIO
18. So Jos. Ant. xviii. 1, 3, ducatwmoets
EVAL, OLS AOETHS ETLTHOEVOLS YEVOVE.
AtxacTis, ov, 0, (duxalw,) a judge
Lu. xii. 14. Acts vii. 27, a en ae
Class.
Aik, ns, 1, prop. right or justice,
espec. in a judicial process; or gener.
what is lard down (dixw, jacio) as right for
men to do; so Qeouds and GOéucs, from
TiOnur, to lay down, vemos, from véuw,
law, from lecyan, to lay down, as a rule of
conduct. Hence, the sentence passed, whe-
ther for acquittal or for condemnation, as
often in Class. So in N. T. it denotes
gener. punitive justice, I. in the sense yudg-
ment, such implying punishment, Acts
xxv. 15, kat’ avtov odikny, and gener.
punishment, vengeance, 2 Th. i. 9. Jude 7.
Sept. and Class.—II. as the name of the
heathen goddess of justice, Nemesis, Venge-
ance, Acts xxviii. 4, and Class.
Aixtvov, ov, TO, (dikw, to cast,) @
casting-net, in opp. to a large drag-net,
whether for hunting or fishing, espec. the
latter, as Matt. iv. 20, sq. Mk. i. 18, sq.
Lu. v. 2—6, John xxi. 6, 8, 11, and .
Class.
Airoyos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (dls, bis,
and Aéyw,) prop. ‘uttering the same
speech twice.” Class. In N. T.- double-
tongued, deceitful, i. e. saying one thing
and meaning another, | Tim. ii. 8.
Ato, conj. equiv. to d:’ 6, on which ac-
count, wherefore, therefore, Matt. xxvii. 8.
Lu. i. 35, et seepe al.
Avodetyo, f. evow, (dra and ddetw,) to
travel through any country, traverse it; foll.
by acc. of place, Acts xvii. 1, or kaT& with
acc. Lu. viii. 1. Sept. and Class. ;
Atomep, (dco, strengthened by zrep,)
on which very account, | Cor. viii. 13. x.
14. xiv. 13, and Class.
Atomwetiys, é08, 0, 7, adj. (Atos, gen. of
Zevs, and wétw, equiv. to wimtw,) fallen
from Jove, i. e. ‘the heaven-descended,’
Acts xix. 35, Tou dvomretous, sub. dyaA- —
satos, which word is eapressed in Hero-
dian i. 11, 2. See my note in loc.
AvopQweors, ews, 7, (Ovop8dw, to tho-
roughly rectify,) a reformation, thorough
emprovement, Heb. ix. 10, katpos dropbw-
cews, meaning ‘the time of a better dis-
pensation under the Messiah.’ Jos. and
Class.
Atoptcaw, f. Ew, to dig through any
thing, espec. the walls of houses, Matt. vi.
19, sq. xxiv. 43. Lu. xii. 39. Sept. and
Class.
Acdru, conj. for dv’ St, equiv. to ove
TouTo, OTL, on account of this that, for
this reason that, i.e. simply because, or
All
»or, Lu. ii. 7. xxi. 28. Acts xvii. 3]. Rom.
i. 19. Gal. ii. 16. Sept. and Class.
Atmos ous, 6n 7%, dov ovv, adj. (dis
and mAgw, an obsol. form, whence wAé-
kw,) prop. double; but in N. T. and also
in Sept. and Class. meaning not simply
double, but great, or ecreased, both as
regards what is good, as reward, 1 Tim. v.
AZ, durdjs Tiujs G@é. or evil, as punish-
ment, Rey. xviii. 6, durAwoete avTy
durAa. Sept.and Class. Comparative, 6:-
aOTEo0v, as adv. twofold-more, Matt.
xxiii, 15.
A.mrow, f. dow, (dcardos,) to double,
Rey. xviii. 6, éirAwoate avtn oiTXa,
lit. ‘double to her doubly,’ render to her a
_ twofold punishment.
Ais, numer. ady. bis, twice, Mk. xiv.
30, 72. Lu. xviii. 12. Jude 12, dis éazro-
Gavovta, utterly dead. So the phrase
ataé Kai dis, once and again, aliquoties,
somewhat requently. So the Class. dis
Kal Tpis.
Atcta uw, f. cow, (dis, oraw,) 1)
prop. ‘to stand where two ways meet,’
and by impl. to be in doubt which to
choose. 2) metaph. ‘ to be im doubt as to any
course of action, Matt. xiv. 3l, eis Ti
é0iotacas ; xxvill. 17, oi 0& édioTacav.
Plut., Diod. Sic., and Synes.
Aicovropmos, ov, 0, n, (dls, ordua,)
prop. double-mouthed, gener. and as the
edge of a sword or axe is fig. called its
mouth, so dicrouos is used for two-edged,
both in N. T. Heb. iv. 12. Rev. i. 16. ii.
12. Sept. and Class.
Atcyirtor, at, a, ordin. adj. 2000.
Mk. v. 13.
AvvriGa, f. icw, (dra, tAiGw,) prop.
to pass any liquid through a strainer, (so
Diose. iii. 9, vAiCeTar dv’ 6Poviov,) in
order to separate from it the JA, or mate-
rial particles, in order that they be strained
off and out, and so to strain out or off,
Matt. xxiii. 24, 6. tov xwvwia. Sept.
Plut. Artemid.
Arya lw, f. dow, (dixa,) prop. fo cut in
two, dwide into two parts. Sept. and Class.
But in N. T. metaph. to set one at vari-
ance with another, d:ya@ew twa Kata
Tivos, Matt. x. 35, equiv. to diya movety
in Class.
Atxooracta, as, 7, (diya, ordcrs,)
prop. a division into two parts, or a stand-
ing at two, and metaph. dissension, or dis-
cord, Rom. xvi. 17. 1 Cor. iii. 3. Gal. v.
20, and Class.
AtxoTtopuéw, f. iow, (dtya, Tour)
prop. to cut im two, Jos. Ant. viii. 2, 2.
Polyb. vi. 28, 2, or to cut in pieces, Polyb.
x. 15, 5, denoting a horrible mode of put-.
ting to death in use among the Hebrews
93 AOK
and other ancient nations. In N. T. the
word is used gener. and fig. in the sense,
to inflict severe punishment, to as it were
cut asunder by scourging, Matt. xxiv. 51,
Lu. xii..46. So Hist. Susan. ver. 55,
oxioe: oe peoov. Arrian Epict. iii. 22,
éXtoas ETeuev (avTov), also scindere and
discindere in Latin.
Aiwdaw, f. now, to thirst, to be athirst,
1) prop. and intrans. Matt. xxv. 35, 37, 42,
44. Joh. iv. 13, 15. xix. 28. Rom. xii. 20.
1 Cor. iv. 11. Rev. vii. 16. Sept. and
Class. 2) metaph. and trans. to thirst after,
long for, Matt. v. 6, 6. tiv dixaroctynpy,
meaning piety towards God, and its attend-
ant spiritual privileges, Wisd. xi. 14. Jos.
B.i. 32,2. Hence absol. to thirst, i. e. after
the dispositions and privileges of the chil-
dren of God, John iv. 14. vi. 35. vii. 37.
Rev. wat 16") xx 6, xe 17, Psa
and Class.
AiwWos, eos, To, thirst, 2 Cor. xi. 27.
Sept. and Class.
Aiwuyos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (dis, Wuy7n,)
double-minded, wavering, Ja. i. 8. iv. 8.
Clem. Alex. but not in Class.
Atwy os, ov, 6, (dtwKw,) prop. an
eager pursuit of any one; and as that
often implies hostility, so the word came
to mean persecution, as Matt. xiii. 21.
Mk. iv. 17, et sepe al. Sept. and rarely in
later Class.
Alt@KTNn¢, ov, 0, (dtwWKw,) a persecutor,
1 Tim. i. 13.
AtwKw, f. Ew, prop. to cause to flee;
hence gener. to pursue after fleeing ene-
mies. Sept. and Class. Hence in N. T.
1) to pursue with malignity, to persecute ;
foll. by acc. expr. or impl. Matt. x. 23.
xxiii. 84. Acts xxvi. 11. Rev. xii. 13, and
Class. So gener. fo persecute, harass,
Matt. v.10, sq. Lu. xxi. 12. John v. 16,
Acts vii. 52. Rom. xii. 14. Gal. i. 13, 23.
vi. 12, and Sept. 2) to pursue, follow, in
order to overtake persons, Lu. xvii. 23,
and Class. also metaph. of things, to follow
after, pursue earnestly, in order to attain,
Rom. ix. 30, sq. 1 Cor. xiv. 1. 1 Tim. vi.
1]. Heb. xii. 14, absol. to fellow, press
a ha after, Phil. iii. 12,14. Sept. and
ass.
Aoypa, atos, 76, (Ookéw,) a@ decree,
ordinance, e. gr. of a prince, Lu. ii. 1.
Acts xvii. 7; of the Mosaic law, Eph. ii.
15. Col. ii. 14; of the apostles, Acts xvi.
4, Sept. and Class.
AoypatiCa, f. icw, to make a decree,
equiv. to Class. déyua tiGévar. In N. T. °
mid. doyuatifoua, to suffer a law to be
prescribed to oneself, to be subject to tts.
ordinances, Col. ii. 20.
Aoxéw,f. Ew, to seem, or appear, neut.
AOK
expr. or impl. denoting SELF, doxk® éuav-
tw, ‘I seem to myself, am of opinion,
suppose,’ foll. by infin. pres. Acts xxvi. 9.
Hence gener. as an act. intrans. verb, in
the above sense, the reflex. dat. being sup-
pressed, i. e. to be of opinion that, 1) foll.
by infin. with the same subject, e. gr. with
infin, pres. expressing continued action,
Matt. 11.9, ui OdEntre Névyew év EavTots.
Qo. van. 13. xxiv. 3/. John,v. 39. xvi. 2,
60£n Aatosiav Toocpépey TH OE.
Acts xii. 9, and Class. With infin. perf.
implying action completed, Acts xxvii. 13,
Oo-avtes THS ToolEcEWS KEKOATHKEVAL.
1 Cor. viii. 2. Phil. iii. 4, and Class. 2)
foll. by infin. with a different subject in the
acc. Mk. vi. 49, gdoEav pavtacpa seivat.
1 Cor. xii. 23. 2 Cor. xi. 16. Sept. and lat.
Class. 3) foll. by dv: and infin. Matt. vi.
7, Ooxovot yao O71, &c. xxvi. 53. Lu.
xil. Ol, et al. sepe. 4) absol. Lu. xvii. 9,
ov doxa. Matt. xxiv. 44. Lu. xii. 40, 7
apa ov dokette. Heb. x. 29.—II. used in
reference to OTHERS, to seem, or appear,
foll. by dat. and infin. Lu. x. 36, tis otv
awAyotoy OoKet cor yeyovevar; without
dat. but with infin. of the same subject,
which then takes the adjuncts in the
nomin. Acts xvii. 18, Eévwyv datpoviwy
Ookel KaTayyedevs eivac. | Cor. xii. 22.
Pr Oo x0. ae. lh. and Class,
Said also, with modest delicacy, of what is
veal and certain, Mk. x. 42, oi doxouytes
aoxew. Lu. xxii. 44. 1 Cor. xi. 16. Gal.
li. 9. Heb. iv. 1. Jos. and Class. Yet see
my note on Mk. x. 42. At Gal. ii. 2, 6,
ol OokouvTes eivat, and oft Oox. the sense
is, ‘those who were esteemed something,
persons of consequence.’ See my note
there, 1 Cor. iii. 18. & xiv. 37.—III. 1m-
PERS. doxet pot, 1) as equiv. to person. fo
think or suppose, either interrog. Ti doKet
ool, or nutv, or vuty; Matt. xvii. 25.
xviii, 12. xxi. 28, al. or without interrog.
Acts xxv. 27, dNoyov yap mor Ooxet, and
Class. 2) i seems good to me, equiv. to
pers. ZL determine, resolve, Lu. i. 3. Acts
xv. 22—34. Jos. and Class. So partic.
neut. To doxouvv pot, denoting one’s will
or pleasure, Heb. xii. 10, kata 76 doxetv
avTtots, and Class.
Aokipaty, f. dow, (doxipmos,) I. PROP.
& GEN. fo try, prove, put to proof, the ge-
nuineness of any article, espec. metals, &c.
by fire, ringing, or the touchstone, | Pet.i.
7. 1 Cor. iii. 13. Sept. and Class. So of
other things, tried by using, Lu. xiv. 19,
or gener. and fig. zz any way, Rom. xii. 2.
1 Cor. xi. 28. Gal. vi. 4. Eph. v.10. 1 Th.
li. 4, tas Kapdias huey. v. 21. Sept.
Jos. and Class. Also of persons, ‘to try or
put to the proof, as to the genuineness or
reality of any alleged quality, 2 Cor. viii.
8, yunovov 6. and ver. 22, xili. 5, Eavtovs
94
and intrans. I. as used with a reflex. pron. , 6. 1 Tim. iii. 10. 1 John iv. 1.
ANOUK
Said of —
God, to put to the proof his moral attri-
butes, equiv. to aepaCew, Heb. iii. 9. ©
From this sense of proving arises by impl.
that of examining, judging of, estimating,
distinguishing, Lu. xii. 56, To wpoowrov
THS Yns Kal Tov oboavou oidaTte 6. Rom.
ii. 18. Phil. i. 10.—II. spc. in the sense
to regard as proved or tried, and conseq.
to approve, judge proper ; said of persons,
Cor. xvi. 3, ots égav dOokimsaonrte.
1 Thess. ii. 4, dedoxuunaopeOa. Jos. Ant. iii.
4,1. Diod. Sic. iv. 7; of things, Rom. i.
28, ovK é0okKimacay Tov Ozdv Exe ev
émuyvwoe. Jos. Ant.i.7,1. ii. 7,4. Sept.
Aoki, 78,1, prop. proof, trial, gener.
In N.T. 1) the state of beimg tried, a
trying, as of faith by affliction, 2 Cor. viii.
2, év woAAy Coxipy SAiWews, ‘trial by
affliction.’ 2) the having been tried and ap-
proved, tried probity, approved integrity,
Rom. v. 4, 7 6& dokipn éAaida, scil. kaT-
epyacetat. 2 Cor. ii. 9. ix. 13, THs Ook.
THs OLakovias, ‘tried probity, as exhibited
in this ministry. Phil. 1. 22, tyy doxiuypy
avTou yivwoxeTte, ‘ye know his excellent
or approved disposition.’
Aoxiptov, ov, TO, (OoKtmos,) prop.
proof, test, that by which any thing is
tried, Hdian ii. 10,12. In N. T. equiv.
to doxiuy, proof, trial, gener. either act.
a trying, Ja.i. 3, 6. tuav THs WioTews,
or pass. tried probity or approved faith,
LePetaia(:
Adktipmos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (déyouat,)
prop. said of money that, having passed
the assay, is current and receivable, or is
approved by the king or state, and received
as current by the people. Hence metaph.
tried, approved as genuine, Rom. xvi. 10.
1 Cor. xi. 19. 2:Cor. x. tes ein 72 fies
ii. 15. Ja. i. 12, and Class. ; also by impl.
acceptable, well reported of, Rom. xiv. 18,
6. Tots &vOQpwrors, and Class.
Aokos, ov, 4, (Oéyouat,) prop. a beam
or rafter, Sept. and Class.; but in N. T.
Matt. vii. 3. Lu. vi. 41, sq. as opp. to
Kkaogos, it rather denotes @ solid piece of
wood. Sept. and Class.
AoXtos, ta, ov, adj. (ddXos,) deceitful,
2 Cor. xi. 13. Sept. and Class.
Aoktow, f. wow, (d0Xdos,) to use de-
ceit, intrans. Rom. iii. 18, rats yAwooazs ©
avT@y é0o\Lovcap.
AdXos, ov, 6, (d¢gdw, to take with a
bait, whence déXeap, a bait,) prop. a batt,
Hom. Od. xii. 252. Hence metaph. de-—
cett, guile, Matt. xxvi. 4. Mk. vii. 22, & ©
oft. Sept. and Class.
Aodow, f. wow, (dddos,) in early «
Class. to deceive, but in later, to falsify, |
i.e. to adulterate, corrupt, by foreign ad-
mixture, espec. wine or money. So 2 Cor. |
iv. 2, 6. Tov Adyov Tov Geov, equiv. to
Adéa, ns, 1), (Soxéw, to seem,) prop. a
seeming or appearance, Jos. Ant. i. 11, 2,
oi 6: O0Eav a’Tw Tapécyxov EcbiovTwD:
also @ notion or idea, Luc. ii. 287, ws pr}
do~av ayvoias 7) duabias jwapadocywpuat.
Thus it came to denote opinion, either
that which one has of any thing, Herodot.
i. 79. Xen. Mem. iv. 8, 10, or that which
others have of us, espec. a favourable one.
Hence the sense honour, glory, which is
_ often found in the Class. and the N. T.
with some modifications however, I. as said
of honour paid or done to any laudable
action, Lu. xiv. 10, Tore tora cor doka
évwirov, &c. John viii. 54. 2 Cor. vi. 8.
John v. 41, 44, NauRavew ddEav mapa
av8pHaT7wy. John xii. 43. 1 Th. ii. 6, al.
So in the phrase eis tiv d6Eav Tov Ozou,
* to the honour and glory of God,’ i. e. ‘that
God may be glorified, Rom. iii. 7. xv. 7.
Phil. i. 11. And so apds d0£av tov
Geov, 2 Cor. i. 20, and bie tis d0Ens
tov Qeov, John xi. 4. So AaBetv tiv
dd£av, ‘to be extolled in praises,’ &c. Rev.
iv. ll. So in ascriptions, Lu. ii. 14, dd6£av
ev WWiotos Oew. Rom. xi. 36. Gal. i. 5.
] Pet. iv. 11, al.; also said, like Lat. de-
cus, by meton. of the ground, or source
of honour and glory, 1 Cor. xi. 15. 2 Cor.
me cop. wi. 135.1 Th. ii. 20.—IT. as
used of that which excites admiration, and
to which honour is ascribed, and that in
various views, 1) said of eaternal con-
DITION, i. e. dignity, glory, 1 Pet. i. 24,
Taca 0. THS cavKds ws avOos. Heb. ii.
7. So by meton. of that which reflects
or exhibits this dignity, 1 Cor. xi. 7, yuvi
dz 00£a avdpdséotiv. Apocr. & Jos. Said
of kings and regal majesty or splendour,
Matt. xix. 28. xxiv. 30. Mk. x. 37. xiii.
26. Lu. ix. 26, et al.; also of the accom-
paniments of royalty, as splendid apparel,
Matt. vi. 29. Lu. xii. 27; or wealth, Matt.
iv. 8. Lu. iv. 6, al. Said in plur. by me-
ton. for persons in high honour, ddo£at,
dignities, i. e. princes and magistrates,
2 Pet. ii. 10. Jude 8. 2) of external
APPEARANCE, i. e. lustre or brightness,
prop. and gener. Acts xxii.11, ox évéBXe-
Tov amo THs OOENs TOU mwros. | Pet. v.
4; of the sun, stars, &c. 1 Cor. xv. 40;
of Moses’ face, 2 Cor. iii. 7; or of the
celestial light which surrounds angels, Rev.
xviii. 1, or glorified saints, Lu. ix. 3], et
al. Said espec. of the celestial splendour
and effulgence in which God sits en-
throned, 2 Th. i. 9. 2 Pet. i. 17. Rev. xv.
8. xxi. 11, but sometimes visible to mor-
KamyAEvovTes TOV NOYov ToU Veov at il.
17; i. e. ‘adulterating the Gospel by the
impure admixture of Jewish tradition.’ z
Aodpma, atos, TO, (dédouar perf. pass.
of didwut,) a gift, Matt. vii. 11. Phil. iv.
17. Eph. iv. 8. Sept. and Plut.
AOM 95 AOQZz
tals, Lu. ii. 9. John xii. 41; and also as
manifested in Christ’s second coming,
Matt. xvi. 27. Mk. viii. 38, So often
ept. 3) of imternal CHARACTER, im-
plying glorious moral attributes, and to
be rendered by eacellence or perfection, as
said both of God, John xi, 40. Acts vii.
2. Rom, 1. 20. viet. Eph i 17. Coty,
Mee. iy a. oP els doo, ake Eee
Christ, as the amatyacua of the divine
perfections, John i. 14. ii. 11; also of the
Holy Spirit, 1 Pet. iv. 14. Just. Mart. de
Resur. p. 284; also said of things, in the
genit. or dat., thus supplying the place of
the cognate adject. glorious, excellent, &c.
2 Cor. iii. 7—9. Eph. i. 6, eis eaavov
OdEns THS xapLTOs abou. 4) used of that
exalted state of blissful perfection, reserved
for those who dwell with God in heaven,
whether as said of Christ, and including
the idea of his regal majesty, as king Mes-
siah, Lu. xxiv. 26. John xvii. 5, 22, 24.
2 Th. ii. 14, 1 Tim. iii. 16; or of glorified
saints, and denoting salvation, eternal life,
&c. Rom. ii.7, 10. viii. 18. 1 Cor. ii. 7. 2 Cor.
iv, LZ. 2 The. 12> 2 Wim. 10. Eek:
ii. 10. 1 Pet. v. 1. 7 60Ea tov Oeov, the
glory which God will bestow, Rom. v. 2.
Also by meton. the author of this glory
or salvation to any one, Lu. ii. 32. 1 Cor.
li. 8, Tov Kuorov THs O0€ns.
Aok aw, f. dow, (d0Ea,) in the Class.
to form an opinion, think, suppose; also
to estemate or yudge. Hence, like our verb
to esteem, to think favourably of, ascribe
orate to. In N. T. its general sense is
to glorify, with, however, some modifica-
tions, as foll. I. to ASCRIBE GLORY TO, to
laud, celebrate, Matt. vi. 2, dmws doEacbw-
ow UT Tov av0owmwy. Lu. iv. 15. John
vill. 54. Rom. xi. 13. Acts xiii. 48. Heb.
v. 5. Rev. xviii. 7. Polyb. vi. 53, 10, de-
Oogacuévot ém’ apety. Diod. Sic. vol. vii.
196, dvijp év waidsia OsdoEacpéevos, and
74, dedoEacpévos év doTpodoyia. i. 242.
iii. 153, and Sept. So doEa ew tov Gzdv,
‘to celebrate God with praise and worship,’
adore, Matt. v. 16. ix. 8, & oft.—II. to
HONOUR, i.e. bestow honour upon, exalt,
render glorious, 1) gener. 1 Cor. xii. 26,
eite Oo€aCerar Ev médos. 2 Th. iii. 1.
Sept. Diod. Sic. xii.36. Pass. to be glorious
or excellent, 2 Cor. ii. 10, od deddEacTat
TO Osdo-acpévov. | Pet. i. 8, yaoe - de-
dofacuévy. 2) said of Gop and CuRisT,
to glorify, i. e. ‘render conspicuous and
glorious’ the Divine character and attri-
butes, e. gr. of God as glorified by the
Son, John xii. 28. xiii. 31, sq. xiv. 13.
xv. 8 xvii. 1, 4, or by Christians, John
xxi. 19; of Christ as glorified by the
Father, John viii. 54. xiii. 32, or by Chris-
tians, John xvii. 10, al. 3) to advance to
that state of bliss and glory, which is the
portion of those who dwell with God in
AO 2
heaven, e. gr. of Christ as the Messiah,
John vii. 39. xii. 16, 23, or Christians,
Rom. viii. 30, rovrous é00Zace.
A das, ews, 7), (Oidwyt,) prop. @ giving,
but also by meton. the thing given, git,
Jas. 1. 17. Ecclus. xi. 17; also, in the
sense of giving out, expenditure, Phil. iv.
15, sis Noyou ddcews Kal AjWews, expen-
diture and receipt, or, as we say, debt and
credit, Kcclus. xli. 19, are oxopakicmov
AnWews kal ddcews. xiii. 7.
Aowrns, ov, 6, (Oidwut,) a giver, 2 Cor.
ix. 7. Sept. for the Class. dorjp.
Aovraywyéw,f. iow, (dovrAos, &yw,)
1) to carry off as a slave, to make a slave
of; 2) to treat as a slave; 3) by impl. fo
bring into and hold in subjection, 1 Cor. ix.
27, 0. TO CHa pov.
AovXsia, as, 7, (OovrAetw,) prop. a
state of slavery, Sept. and Class.; but in
N. T. only said fig. of spiritual bondage,
Rom. viii. 15, wvevua dovXstas, ‘a slavish
spirit,’ as opp. to the spirit of adoption ; of
the condition of those who are under the
Mosaic law, Gal. iv. 24. v. 1; also of the
condition of those who are subject to
death, Rom. viii. 21, or its fear, Heb. ii. 15.
AovXeve, f. e¥ow, (dovdos,) to be a
slave or hired servant, foll. by a dat. of
pers. expr. or impl. I. prop. said of z-
voluntary service, 1) of individuals, Matt.
wi 24.” fia? xvi. 13... Eph. vi: 7.) 1 Pim:,
vi. 2. Sept. and Class. 2) of nations,
denoting political subjection, John viii.
30. Acts vil. 7. Rom. ix. 12. Sept. and
Class.; metaph. of ‘those subject to the
Mosaic law,’ Gal. iv. 25.—II. of voluntary
service, and that fig. to obey, Lu. xv. 29.
Phils dig e2aiGeak va lox fom, sai. Land
Sept. In a moral sense, said of obedience
to God, Matt. vi. 24. Lu. xvi. 13. Acts
xx. 19. Rom. vii. 6. 1 Th. i. 9; or Christ,
Rom. vii.25. Sept. ; or to false gods, Gal.
iv. 8. Ex. xxiii. 338; also of things, to be
devoted to, indulge in, Matt. vi. 24. Lu.
xvi. 138, pauwva. Rom. vi. 6, auaprtia.
Rom. vil. 25, voxw auaotias, and xvi.
18, tq Kothia. Gal. iv. 9, tots orol-
xetors. Tit. iil. 3, ém:Oumiars. Jos. and
Class.
AovX, ns, 7, (OovXos,) prop. a female
slave, or maid-servant, Acts ii. 18. Sept.
and Class.; but used, in the Oriental
style, by a female addressing any one
greatly superior in rank, instead of the
pers. pron. éyw, Lu. i. 38, 46, and Sept.
AotXos, (déoXos, fr. déw, to bind,) I.
prop. as an ADJ. dovAos, 7, ov, held in
bondage, bound to serve ; foll. by dat. Rom.
vi. 19, wapact. Ta médy Vuwy dovra TH
duc. Wisd. xv. 7, and Class.—II. as a
SUBST. (&v0ow7os understood,) a slave or
servant, 1) prop. said of znvoluntary ser-
96
all’ Rom. vi. 22, 6. ro Oza.
APA
vice, as that of a slave, opp. toa free person,
] Cor. vii. 21. Gal. iii. 28. Col. iii. 11. Rev.
vi. 15; or even of @ servant, opp. to a mas-
ter, Matt. xiii. 27, sq. Johniv. 51. Acts ii.
18. Eph. vi. 5. 1 Tim. vi. 1. 2) fig. said of
voluntary service, a servant, implying obe-
dience, fidelity, and devotedness, John xv.
15. Rom. vi. 16. 1 Cor, vii. 23. Gal. iv.
7. So used in modesty of ministers of the
Word, dovAos vuav, Matt. xx. 27. Said -
of the faithful followers and devoted ser-
vants of God, either as ambassadors and
legates from God, as Moses, Rev. xv. 3, (so
Joshua i. 1. Joseph. Ant. v. 1, 13;) or as
the prophets, Rev. x. 7. xi. 18, and Sept. ;
or simply as worsheppers of God, Rev. 1i.
20. vii. 3. xix. 5, al_—Used in the Ori-
ental style, on addressing a person greatly
superior, Lu. ii. 29. Acts iv. 29, and Sept.
Said of the faithful followers of Christ,
OovAot Tou Xototov, Eph. vi. 6. 2 Tim.
li. 24; espec. of the apostles, &c. Rom. i.
Ll. Gal.i. 10. Col. tv. 12. Jaci. 192 Pet
Jude l. Rev. xxii. 3. Also used with refer.
to things, to denote one who is addicted to
(as we say, enslaved to,) any action or prac-
tice, foll. by gen. ts auaptias, John
vill. 34. Rom. vi. 16, and trys Pbopas, 2
Pet. ii: 19. (So) Aly Vea ae
qivew ¢. and Eurip. Autol. frag. 3, yva-
Gov toonpuévos.—III. in the sense of
MINISTER, said of the officers of an Ori-
ental court, Matt. xviii. 23—32. xxii.
d—10, al. and Class.
Aovd ow, f. wow, to enslave, trans. pass.
perf. dedovAwpar, to be a@ slave, equiv.
to dovAevw. I. PROP. of the enforced ser-
vice of a slave, to make a slave of any one, |
Acts vii. 6. 2 Pet. ii. 19. Sept. and Class.
Metaph. dedovAwpar, to be held bound, or
subject, 1 Cor. vii. 15; absol. to be im
bondage, Gal. iv. 3, 6. bo Ta oToOLXEte
Tou Koomouv.—lI. F1G. of voluntary ser-
vice, to make devoted to any one, and pass.
to become devoted, 1) act. said of persons,
1 Cor. ix. 19, waow éuauvtov é6ovAwoa,
‘IT have devoted myself to the service of
| 2) pass. of
things, as 0. TH Otxavoctvy, Rom. vi. 18.
oivw toddAw, Tit. ii. 3. So dovAevery
oivw, Liban. Ep. 319.
Aox?, 78, 1, (Oéxouar,) prop. recep-
tion or entertainment of guests.. Hence, @
banquet or feast, Lu. vy. 29. xiv. 13. Sept.
and later Class.
AodKw, ovtos, 0, (e6paxov, 2 aor. of
Oépxw, with allusion to its piercing sight,)
a dragon, or larger kind of serpent, Sept.
and Class. In N. T. put symbol. for 6
Satavas, Rev. xii. d—17. xiii. 2, 4, 11.
xvi. 13; xx. 2. Comp. Gen. in: Eo sae
Apacow, f. Ew, prop. to grasp with the
hand, take fast hold of. Hence, to sezze,
catch, any person or thing. InN. T. fig.
APA
] Cor, iii. 19, 6. rods codods, taken from
Job v. 13, where Sept. has kcataXauBavwv.
Apaxpi, js, 1, (dodocoua,) an
Attic silver coin, = 6 oboli, 63d.
Aovépw, see Tpéxw.
Apémavoy, ov, Td, (dpérrw, to pluck
off,) a sickle, or crooked knife, for reaping
corn, or gathering grapes, Mk. iv. 29.
Sept. and later Class. |
Apomos, ov, 6, (dozuw, to run,) prop. a
running ; also, the race run; and sometimes
the race-course. In N.T. fig. cowrse of life
or action, Acts xiii. 25, wAnpouv Tov Oo.
xx. 24,7TeAXerwoar 0. 2 Tim. iv.7/, TeXetv do.
Atvvapai, f. joomar, depon. to be able,
_ both in a physical and a moral sense, and
as depending either on the disposition or
facuities of mind, the degree of strength or
skill, the nature and circumstances of the
case, &c. Always foll. by an infin. expr.
er impl., belonging to the same subject.
I. foll. by an infin. expressed, either of the
pres. as denoting continued action, Matt.
vi. 24, ov dvvacle SovAzvev Oew. vii. 18.
Mk. ii. 7, et al.; or more commonly of
the aorist, implying transient or moment-
ary action, either past or present, Mk. i.
45. Lu. viii. 19, obk AOWvavTO cuYTUYXEtY
avTw. Matt. iii. 9. Mk. vi. 5. Lu. v. 12,
et al.; or of the perf. to express completed
action in reference to the present time,
Acts xxvi. 32, amrohéXvo0ar HdvvaTo oO
av0owTros, ei, &c.—I1. with an infin. zm-
plied, suggested by the context, Matt. xvi.
3, ov OuvacGe sc. dLaxpivery. Mk. vi. 19.
Lu. ix. 40, et al. Constr. with ace. vi
depending on zrorety impl., or as acc. of
manner, Mk. ix. 22, ei ti dvvacat. 2 Cor.
xii. 8, and Class.
Avvapts, ews, 7, (Ovvapmar,) prop. the
being able, ability, power, corporeal & men-
tal. J. said of INTRINSIC power, whether
physical or moral,and 1) of the body, Heb.
xi. 1], duvapw eis KaTaBoXdiy oTéppatos
étaPe. 1 Cor. xv. 43, TO cama éyeioe-
Tat é¢y Ovvaépuet, for dOvvatov. 2) gener.
Matt. xxv. 15, exaotTw kata Tip idiav 6.
Acts vi. 8. 1 Cor. xv. 56. 2 Tim. i. 7, wvev-
pa Ovvapmews, vigour, courage, opp. to mvev-
pa oetNias. Heb. i. 3, To pyya THs uv.
avtou, ‘his powerful word.’ vii. 16. xi. 34.
Reyv.i.16. Sept. &Class. Soinsuch phrases
as Kata oOvvapw, ‘according to one’s
power,’ 2 Cor. viii. 3, and Class. u7rép 6.
‘beyond one’s power, 2 Cor. i. 8, & Class.
év Ouvapel, with power, i.e.adv. mightily,
Col. i. 11,29. 2 Th. i. 11; and without
ev, Acts iv. 33. Eph. iii. 16. 3) said of
God, Christ, or the Holy Spirit, e. gr. 7
Ovvauis Tov Ocov, meaning his Almighty
energy, &c. gener. Matt. xxii. 29. Mk. xii.
24, et al. sepe; joined with dda, it im-
plies the majesty of God, Rev. xv. 8; and
97
AY N
hence, abstr. for concr. 77 dvvapus, the ‘om-
nipotence,’ the Ommnipotent, the Almighty,
Matt. xxvi. 64. Mk. xiv. 62. Lu. xxii. 69,
éx OeEL@y THS Ovv. TOU Oeov. Meton. said
of a person or thing wherein the power of
God is manifested, viz. the manifestation of
the power of God, Acts viii. 10, otros tori
4 Ouvaps Tov Oeov. Rom. i. 16. 1 Cor. i.
18, 24. Elsewhere the gen. Ozou expresses
the source, i. e. power imparted by God, 1
Cor. ii. 5. 2 Cor. vi. 7. xii. 9, 7 Ouvapus
tov Xpiotou: in the sense of omnipotent
majesty, Matt. xxiv. 30. Lu. xxi. 27, wera
Ouvduews Kal d0Ens. Mk. ix. 1. xiii. 26.
2Th.i.7, wet’ adyyédwv dvvayews avTou.
Also said of the Holy Spirit, 7 dvvayis
rou IIvevparos, the power imparted by
the Spirit, Lu. iv. 14. Rom. xv. 13, 19;
also of prophets aud apostles, as inspired
by the Holy Spirit, Lu. i. 17. xxiv. 49.
Acis i. 8. 4) said of mzraculous power,
OUvapuls onpeiwy Kal TepaTwn, the power
of working miracles, imparted by the Holy
Spirit, Rom. xv. 19. Acts x. 33. 1 Cor. ii.
4, 2 Th. ii. 9. By meton. of effect for
cause, plur. duvdmecs is put for meracles,
Matt. vii. 22. xi. 20, and oft. and Sept.
Hence, as abstr. for concr. a worker of
miracles, 1 Cor. xii. 28, sq. duvdmers. 5)
said of the essential power, true nature,
efficacy, or reality of any thing, Phil. iii.
]0, yv@var tiv dOvvau THS avacT.
avtov. 2 Tim. iii. 5. So, as opp. to Aoyos,
speech merely, | Cor. iv. ]9, sq. Metaph.
said of language, the force, i. e. the mean-
ing, of a word, 1 Cor. xiv. 11, tiv dvva-
suv THS Pwvys. Dio Cass. lv. 3, 0. Tov
dovopatos. So Latin potestas.—II. said of
power as resulting from EXTRINSIC sources,
viz. 1) power, authority, Lu. iv. 36. ix.
1.- Acts i, 12.°2 Pet. 1. 1 Rey. xin 2:
xvii. 18, and Class. Said of omnzpotent
sovereignty, as due to God; e. gr. in
ascriptions, Matt. vi. 13. Rev.iv. ll. v.
12: vit.,l2e. xi V7. xi 100 xi 1. Mieten!
abstr.. for concr. put for 0 év Ouvdmer ov,
Eph. i. 21. 1 Cor. xv. 24; plur. in Rom.
vii. 38. 1 Pet. iii. 22. So Lat. potestates,
and Eng. authorities. 2) in the sense of
number, or quantity, Rev. ii. 8, prxgav
gyewv Ovvauwy : also by impl.a great quan-
tity, abundance, Rev. xviii. 3, x THs Ouva-
EWS TOU OTPHVOUS aUTHS. 3) of war-like
power, like the Eng. force or forces, host,
or army, Lu. x. 19, éari macay tiv duva-
pv avtou. Sept. and lat. Class. By Heb.
ai Ovvapets T@V oveavar, ‘the hosts of
heaven, i.e. the sun, moon, and stars, Matt.
xxiv. 29. Mk. xiii. 25. Lu. xxi. 26. Sept,
Avvapow, f. wow, (duvvapuis,) to
strengthen, pass. Col. i. 11, gv waon dvva-
pet Ovvapovpevot. Sept. and lat. Class.
Avvaotns, ov, 6, (dvvapar,) one in
great power, or influence. 1) a potentate,
F
& TN
prince, Lu. i. 52. 1 Tim. vi. 15; of God,
the supreme Potentate, 6 udvos duvacTns,
called in 2 Mace. iii. 24, 6 maons é£ov-
cias 6. 2) one invested with political
power, espec. under a prince, @ minister of
court, Acts viii. 27, 6. Kavéaxns. Gen. |.
4, oi duvactat Papaw, and Class.
Avvatéw, f. how, (Ouvatos,) prop. to
be able, intrans. Rom. xiv. 4, in some MSS.
Hence to show oneself able, 2 Cor. xiii. 3,
Os oUK aoVevel, &X\NG@ OuvaTEl év Dutv.
Avvatos, 1}, ov, adj. (OUvapat,) prop.
able to do any thing. Hence, strong, power-
Ful 1. GENER. and 1) of things, 2 Cor. x.
4, omXLa—Ouvata TH Bew Tpos, &c. So
Xen. Ee. vii. 20, c@ua 6. weds Tt. 2) of
persons, 6 duvatos, the mighty; and, said
of God, Lu. i. 49, the Almighty, Ps. xxiv.
&. Hence, duvatos eius, equiv. to dvva-
wat, foll. by infin. both pres. Tit. i. 9.
Heb. xi. 19; and aor. Lu. xiv. 31. Rom.
iv. 21, et al. Metaph. duvatos, strong,
Rom. xv. 1, oi duvvaroi, scil. év wioret.
So duvatos eivat, without infin. 2 Cor.
xii. 10. xiii. 9.—II. spEc. in phrases, as
duvaros év TLv1, able, i. e. eminent in any
thing, Lu. xxiv. 19, 6. gv goyw Kai Aoyw.
Acts vii. 22, 6. €v Adyois Kai év Epyors.
Comp. Thue. i. 139, Xéyew te Kai modo-
serv 0. Acts xviii. 24, 6. gv tats yoa-
pats, ‘eminent in Scrip. learning.’—III.
ot Ouvvatol, the powerful, the great, said of
persons in authority, 1 Cor. i. 26. Rev. vi.
15; of the Sanhedrim, Acts xxv. 5, and
Class. espec. Thuc.—IV. neut. duvatov,
possible, (lit. able to be done,) in the
phrase <i duvatov, absol. or with gor, ‘if
possible, Matt. xxiv. 24. xxvi. 39, et al.
and Class. Foll. by dat. of pers. ‘ possi-
ble for, or with, any one, Mk. ix. 23.
xiv. 36. Acts xx. 16, et al. and Class.
Hence 76 duvarov as subst. equiv. to ov-
vauts, Rom. ix. 22,
Atvw, aor. 2. éduv, (dw, Ovut, to im-
merse,) to go down, sink ; said of the sun,
Mk. i. 32. Lu. iv. 40. Sept. and Class.
Avo, oi, ai, Ta, two, indecl. in Attic
writ. and N. T. except that the irregular
and later duvoi occ. in Matt. vi. 24. xxii.
40. Lu. xii. 52, et al. Note—the phrases
Ovo 7 ToEts, some, a few, Matt. xviii. 20.
1 Cor. xiv. 29. ava dvo, kata dvo, in two
(parts), duo duo, two and two.
Avs-, an inseparable partic. importing,
like the English wz-, a-, mis-, 1) contra-
riety, or adversity of any kind; 2) diffi-
culty, pain, &c.
AvoBaotaxkTos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (dus,
difficult, and BacraWw,) hard to be borne,
gootia oO. Matt. xxiii. 4. Lu. xi. 46.
Sept. and Class,
Avoevtepia, as, 7, (dvs, bad, and
98
AQP
evTeoov, intestine,) dysentery, plur. Acts
xxviii. 6, and Class.
AvoeounveuTos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (dus
and épunyvevw,) prop. difficult of explana-
tion, and by impl. hard to be understood,
Heb. v. 11, and lat. Class.
AvokoNXos, ov, 0, 4, adj. (dvs, koXov,
food,) prop. ‘difficult about one’s food.’
Hence, gener. of persons, hard to please,
peevish ; and of things, hard to be pleased
with, disagreeable, Xen. Mem. ii. 2, 2.
In N. T. hard to be accomplished, difficult,
Mk. x. 24. Joseph. and Class.
Avoxoédws,adv. (dveKoXos,) with diffi-
culty, hardly, Matt. xix. 23. Mk. x. 23.
Lu. xviii. 24, and Class. ~
Avopi), 78, 7, (OUvw,) but more usually
plur. ducuai, the going down of the sun. —
In N. T. by impl. the West, Matt. viii.
11, et al. Sept. and Class.
AvovonrTos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (dvs, von-
tos,) hard to be understood, 2 Pet. iii. 16,
gov. Ovoventa twa. Diog. Laért. ix. 13,
0. TE Kal OuceEnYyNHTOV.
Avogypéw, f. now, (dds, pipun,)
prop. to utter words of wl omen against
any one, Eurip. Hec. 183; and by impl.
maledicere. In N. T. to revile, defame,
1 Cor. iv. 13, in some Edd. Sept. & Class.
Avo pyuia, as, 4, (dvepnuew,) prop.
all-omened language; also, injurious lan-
guage, malediction; further, by impl. re-
proach, calumny, 2 Cor. vi. 8, and Class.
AwédeKka, ol, ai, ta, indec. twelve,
Matt. ix. 20, et al. sepe. So oi dwdexa,
the Twelve, i.e. apostles, Matt. xxvi. 14,
20, et al.
Awééixatos, n, ov, adj. the twelfth,
Rev. xxi. 20.
AwdexagpuXorp, ov, TO, (dwdexa, gu-
A7),) a subst. formed, by ellipse of E@vos,
from the adj. dwoexagudAos, ‘ consisting of
twelve tribes,’ found in Orac. Sibyll. iii,
p. 365, Gall. and also Acts xxvi. 7, de-
noting, like ro ‘EAAnyixov in Thuc. the —
whole Jewish nation.
Ama, aTos, TO, (Séuw,) prop. a build-
ing, house, as often in Homer; but gener.
a chamber or room, Hom. I. i. 600. In
N. T. only in phr. éari tov dwuatos, * up-
on the house,’ i. e. the house-top, which
in the East is flat, Matt. xxiv. 17. Mk. xiii.
15. Lu.v.19; or éai 76 d@pua, Lu. xvii.
ol. Acts x. 9. So Hdian vii. 12, 11, eis
TO O@pa. Matt. x. 27. peg os os
Tov OwuaTwv, i.e. by impl. acly.
Comp. 2 Sam. xvi. 22. aes a
Awpea, as, 7, (didwut,) a gift, John
iv. 10.’ Acts viii. bo oon) seh v. 15.
2 Cor. ix. 15. Heb. vi. 4. Eph. iv.. 7.
Foll. by gen. of that in which the gift
consists, Acts ii. 88. x. 45, 7.6. Tov ay.
AQP
TIvevuaros. Rom. v.17, Tis duxacocvvns.
Eph. iii. 7, THs xapiros Tov Oeov. Sept.
and Class.
Awpedy, ady. formed from accus. of
Owpea, by ellip. of kata, gratuitously. In
N.T. it denotes, 1) freely, gratis, with-
out requital, Matt. x. 8. Rom. iii. 24.
2 Cor. xi. 7. 2 Th. iii. 8, et al. Sept. and
Class. 2) groundlessly, causelessly, John
xv. 25, éuionoav pe 0. Gal. ii. 21, doa
Xo. 6. awéfave. Sept. in Ps. xxxv. 7.
See Jos. Ant. xvi. 4, 2.
Awoéw, or more usually Awpgouay, f.
yoouat, depon. mid. (dwoea,) to make a
present of any thing, trans. Mk. xv. 46,
0woncato TO cwpa THT. 2 Pet. i. 3,
TavTa dedOwonpmevns, and 4,7Ta péeyiota
émayyéAuata d2dwpyTat.
Awonua, atos, TO, (Cwpew,) lit.
‘something given to any one,’ a gzft, Rom.
we PGs dank AZ.
Awpov, ov, To, a gift, Matt. ii. 11.
Eph. ii. 8. Rev. xi. 10. Sept. and Class.
Said of gifts dedicated to God, an offer-
ing, sacrifice, Matt. v. 23, sq. viii. 4. xxiii.
Se sq seb. v. |. viii. 3,4. ix. 9. xi. 4.
See my Note on Heb. v. 1. In Matt. xv.
5. Mk. vii. 11, é@pov, scil. 2071, the sense
is, ‘it-is a gift to, i. e. consecrated to,
God. So also of money contributed to
sacred uses in the Temple, Lu. xxi. l,
4, eBadov zis Ta dwea Tov Geou. Sept.
and Class,
E.
“Ea, an interj. expressive of wonder or
complaint, Mk. i. 24. Lu. iv. 34. Sept. &
Class.
"Eady, conjunct. (for <i av,) 2f, contr. also
into @v. It differs from <i, inasmuch as «i
expresses a condition merely hypothetical,
i. e. a swlyective possibility ; while gay im-
plies a condition which experience must
determine, i. e. an objective possibility, and
accordingly always refers to something
future. “Eay is usually construed with
the subjunct. in later writers; also with
the indic. and very rarely in Class. with
the optat. It is used in two ways: 1)
alone; 2) in connexicn with other particles.
I. USED ALONE, and 1. with the subjunct.
and implying uncertainty, with the pros-
pect of decision; 1) with the subj. pres.
and in the apodosis foll. by indic. fut.
Matt. vi. 22, sq. Lu. x. 6, et al. Sept. and
Class. The future of the apodosis, or the
whole of the apod. is sometimes to be
supplied, John vi. 62, gav otv Sewpnre,
&e. i.e. ‘how much more will this
offend’ you ?”
15. Instead of the fut. indic. is put
the aor. subj. after ov pa, Acts xiii. 41,
99
Acts xxvi. 5. 1 Cor. iv..-
EAY
Zoyov w ov pi) TWioTEvaNTE, EdV TLS EK-
dunyntac vutv. 2) foll. by imper. pres.
John vii. 37. Rom. xii. 20, or aor. Matt.
x. 13. Mk. ix. 43. 3) foll. by indic. pres.
John viii. 16, et al. sepe. 4) with the subj.
aor. and in the apod. Also foll. by indic.
fut. Matt. iv. 9, etal. seepe. Sept. & Class.
With the apodosis or the fut. implied,
Mk. xi. 82, GAN’ éay eimwpuev, KE avOow-
qwv, i. e. ‘ye know what will follow.’
Fut. forimper. Matt. xxi. 3. 1 John v. 16;
foll. by imper. pres. Matt. xviii. 17, ‘or
aor. Matt. xviii. 15, 17; foll. by indie.
pres. Matt. xviii. 13, et al.; by aor.
subj. 1 Cor. vii. 28. Ja. iv. 15. Some-
times with both subj. pres. and aor. in the
same clause, 1 Cor. xiv. 23, 24. Ja. ii. 15.
1 John i. 6.—11. with the zndic. but only
in later Gr. writers. 1 John v. 15, éav
oldamev—oldapev OTL, &Kc.—I. used in
respect to things certain as if they were
uncertain, and hence equiv. to d7av with
subj. John xii. 32, av vWowlw ex THs yns.
xiv. 3. 1 John iii. 2, and Sept.—i1v. used
instead of dv, in the N. T. and later Gr.
writers, found in relative clauses and with
rel. words, whereby they become more
general, implying mere possibility, and so
equiv. to our ever, soever, Lat. cunque,
taking the subj. only; e. gr. os éav, who-
soever, whatsoever, Matt. v. 19. vii. 9, et
al. sepe. doTis éav, Col. iii. 23. dos zap,
whosoever, as many as, Matt. xviii. 18.
Otov zav, wheresoever, Matt. viii. 19. ob
éav, wheresoever ; ws éav, as if, as when,
Mk. iv. 26, et al. xa00 éav, according to,
whatsoever.—I1. IN CONNEXION WITH
OTHER PARTICLES and with subj. only;
where however, each usually retains its
own power, e. gr. éav O& Kal, but ¥f also,
Matt. xviii. 17. 1 Cor. vii. 11, 28. 2 Tim.
ii. 5. éav pn, if not, i.e. unless, except,
Matt. v. 20. xxvi. 42. Mk. iv. 22.
x. 30. éaviep, if indeed, if now, Heb.
iii. 6,14. vi. 38, and Class. éav te, if tt
be, be wt that, 2 Cor. x. 8. Rom. xiv. 8.
Sept. and Class.
‘Eau tou,t7s, Tov, refi. pron. third pers.
of oneself, of rtself, contr. avrov, THS, TOU,
I. prop. of the third pers. sing. and plur.
Matt. viii. 22, et al. seepiss.—II. as @ gene-
ral reflexive pron. standing also for the
first and second persons, Rom. viii. 23.
1 Cor. xi. 31, et al. sepe, and Class.—III.
plur. iz a reciprocal sense, for 4X7} wv,
e. or. A€yovtes pos éauTovs, for aX.
Mk. x. 26. John xii. 19, and Class.—IV.
with prepositions, as a’ éauvTov, Ou’ éav-
Tou, by uself, in tts own nature, Rom. xiv.
14. gy éavtw, in himself, Matt. xiii. 21.
Mk. v. 30, et al. Sept. In the phrase
yiveoOar or Zpyec8ar év eavTw, to come
to oneself, recover one’s senses, Acts Xii.
ll. 2£ éavtov, of or by oneself, alone,
2 Cor. iii. 5. vei pi by himself,
KA Q
Acts xxviii. 16. Ja. ii. 17. we@ éavrou,
along with, Matt. xii. 45. wap’ éauto, by
himself, 1 Cor. xvi. 2. meds éautov, to
one’s house, home, Jo. xx. 10, and perhaps
Lu. xxiv. 12.
"Eaw, f. aow, gener. to let, either to
let happen, i. e. to suffer, or to let be, let
alone. In N. T. I. prop. to let happen,
permit, foll. by acc. and infin. Matt. xxiv.
43. Lu. iv. 41. Acts xiv. 16. xxvii. 32.
xxviii. 4. 1 Cor. x. 13, et al. and Class.—
II. to let be, or alone, foll. by acc. of pers.
Acts v. 38, édo0aTte avtovs. Sept. in Job
vii. 19, and Class. as Thuc. vii. 63, 4;
said of things, to let alone, and absol. to
desist, Lu. xxii. 51, ate Ews TovUTOV.—
III. to leave to, commit fo, 1) of pers. to
leave in charge, Acts xxiii. 32, éa&cavtes
Tovs imqmets TopevecOar. So Jos. Ant.
li. 9, 4, siacav él tw Osw owTnpiav
autou, or leave behind, suffer to remain,
as Soph. Trach. 329. 2) of things, to let
go, Acts xxvii. 40, eiwy eis tiv OaXNaccay.
‘EBdounKkovta, ol, ai, Ta, indecl.
seventy, Acts vii. 14. xxiii. 23. xxvii. 37.
Iu. x. 1. 17, ot &80. the Seventy disciples,
sent out by Christ as teachers.
‘EBdounkovtTakis, adv. — seventy-
times, Matt. xviii. 22, £80. éewta, a high
certain, for an uncertain and unlimited
number, as Gen. iv. 24.
“EBodomos, 1, ov, ord. adj. seventh, John
iv. 52. Heb.iv. 4, et al.
"Eyyi wo, f. iow, (éyyvs,) prop. act.
to bring near, cause to approach to, Gen.
xlviii. 10. Polyb. viii. 6, 7, eyy. tH ya
Tas vavs, but gener. in neut. sense (like
Badivw and éAmiGw), to draw near, ap-
proach to, foll. by dat. and sometimes eis
or 27, said both of persons, Matt. xxvi. 46.
Mk. xiv. 42, et sepe al. or foll. by acc. with
eis or mods; and of things, Matt. ii. 2,
ayytxev 1 BactX\sia THY ovpavan. iv.17,
etal. Also éyyiGew Tw Oew in Sept. to
offer sacrifice; but in N. T. to approach
to God, in acts of worship, Heb. vii. 19.
Ja. iv. 8. And, on the other hand, God
is said éyyiferv Tots adv0owrrots, to draw
near to believers by the aids of the Holy
Spirit, and grace given from on high.
"E apw, (&v, ypapw,) prop. -
ete . ad Hadot. iv. 19; also,
with allusion to the waxed writing-tablets
of the ancients, to write any thing wm a
letter, or.¢o inscribe it in a list or written
document. In N. T. metaph. to wfix im
the heart, 2 Cor. iii. 2, 3, émioroAn
zyyeypaupévyn év Tais Kaodiars nuav.
Jos. and Class.
"Ey yvos, ov, 6, 7, prop. adj. (from
éyyvn, buil,) yielding a pledge, 2 Mace. x.
23. In N. T. subst. masc. 6 eyyuos, a
surety, metaph. Heb. vii. 22.
100
|
ELK
"Ey yus, adv. near, said both of place
and time ; but gener. the latter. In N.T.
I. of place absol. John xix. 42; foll. by
gen. John iii. 23. vi. 19, et al. Sept. and
Class.; foll. by dat. Acts ix. 38. xxvii. 8.
Fig. near for azd, Phil. iv. 5, 6 Kuépzos ©
eyyus; foll. by gen. Heb. vi. 8. viii. 13:
Rom. x. 8. So ot eyyus, scil. dutes,
those who are near, i. e. the Jews as
having the knowledge and worship of the
true God, opp. to oi uaxeav, the Gentiles,
Eph. ii. 17. Is. lvii. 19. So éyyus
yiveoc8ar, to become near to God, i. e. by
embracing the Gospel, Eph. ii. 13.—II. of
time, éyyls to UYépos, Matt. xxiv. 32.
Mk. xiii. 28. Lu. xxi. 30, et al. & Class.
"Eyyvctegov, adv. compar. of éyyus,
nearer, said of time, Rom. xiii. 11.
"Eyetow, f. com, to wake up, cause to
arise, arouse, I. prop. TO ROUSE from
sleep, with allusion to its recumbent pos-
ture, Matt. viii. 25. Acts xii. 7. Mk. iv.
27. Sept. and Class. Fig. to rouse from
sluggishness, Rom. xiil. 11. So metaph.
from death, of which sleep is the emblem.
Thus éyeipew tots vexpovs, to raise
the dead, Matt.' x“ 6) */ Jem tyat2is
Acts xxvi. 8. 1 Cor. xv. 15. 2 Cor. i. 9.
Also éy. éx vexp@v, John xii. 1, et al.—
II. the idea of sleep being dropped, To
CAUSE TO RISE UP, and mid. fo raise
oneself up, rise up, 1) prop. of persons, as
sitting, Acts iii. 7, reclining at table, John
xiii. 4, &c. and so of sick persons, Matt.
viii. 15. Mk. i. 31. Also, with the notion
of convalescence, to set up again, to heal,
Ja. v. 15. 2) by.an Oriental pleonasm,
prefixed to verbs of going, or going about
any thing, Matt. ii. 13, sq. éyepUeis tapa-
NaBe TO Tardiov, ii. 20. John xi. 29, et
al. 3) fig. of persons, mid. fo rise up
against as an adversary, Matt. xxiv. 7.
Mk. xiii. 8. Lu. xxi. 10. Sept. Jos. Ant.
viii. 7, 6; of things, to raise up, as out of
a pit, Matt. xii. 11; also to buzld, lit. razse
a building, John ii. 19, 20. Jos. Ant. Iv.
6, 5. Hdian. viii. 1, 12, and n. 12.—IIT.
metaph. to raise up, cause to arise or
exist, and mid. to arise, appear, Lu. i. 69.
Acts xili. 22. Matt. xi. 11, et al. to cause
to be born, Matt. iii. 9. Lu. iii. 6.—LV. in-
trans. with éavtov, &c. implied, to awake,
arise, either prop. or fig. Eph. v. 14,
(where see my note,) also fo rise from a
recumbent posture, Mk. ii. 9, 11. iii. 3.
v. 41, et al.
"Eyepots, ews, 7, (éyveiow,) prop. a
waking up from sleep, but in N. T. from .
the dead, a resurrection, Matt. xxvii. 53.
"Ey Ka0eTos, ov, 6, 7, prop. an adject. -
(from éyxa0ynpaz, to sit in ambush,) sz-
ting in ambush, lying in watt, Polyb. v. 70. —
Sept. Job xix. 12. xxxi. 9, but gener. as
a subst. And so in N. T. Lu. xx. 20,
Erk
améoret\av éyKxabétous, ‘suborned emis-
saries,’ or spies. So Jos. Bell. ii. 5, and vi.
5, 2. Demosth. 1483, 2. Polyb. xiii. 5, 1.
"Eykaivia, iwv, ra, (év, Kawvos,)
prop. an zmztation or handselling of any
thing new. Sept. In N. T. the feast at
the consecration of something new; and
ae the festival of dedication, John x.
2, €yéveTo TA éyKaina.
"EyKatviCw, f. iow, (&v, Kawvifw,)
sie to renew, 2 Chron. xv. 8, or znztate,
eut. xx. 5. In N. T. fig. to initiate,
Heb. x. 20, évexaivicev Oddy, i. e. Katvijpy
émroinos, for kateckevace, and ix. 18, to
consecrate, and by impl. to sanction, éyKe-
Kaiviotra., ‘ was consecrated or sanction-
ed’ (of the first covenant). So 1 Sam. xi.
14, éyxauviGeww tiv Bacireiav.
"Eyxahéw, f. éow, (év, kadéw,) prop.
to cail in or into, a forensic term, to call a
person into a court of justice, to call upon
him to answer to a charge. Hence, Zo
accuse, or bring a charge against, foll. either
by dat. of pers. Acts xix. 38. Jos. & Class.
or by acc. of pers. or in pass. with gen. of
thing, Acts xix. 40. xxiii. 29. xxvi. 7, or
by kata with gen. of pers. Rom. viii. 33.
"EyKxatadczinw, f. Ww, (év, Kata-
Aeitw,) to leave behind in any place or
state, or gener. to leave. In N. T. 1)
prop. Acts li. 27, obx éyK. thy Wuynv
pou eis Gdov. Demosth. 1326, 25. 2)
spec. in the sense to leave remaining, Rom.
ix. 29, <i pij—éyKatédite, and Class.
3) by impl. to leave unsuccoured, forsake,
abandon, with acc. of pers. Matt. xxvii. 46.
Mk. xv. 34. 2 Cor. iv. 9. 2 Tim. iv. 10,
16. Heb. x. 25. xiii. 5. Sept. and Class.
"EyK«atotkéw, f. how, (év, KaTor-
Kéw,) to dwell, or reside among, 2 Pet. ii.
8. Sept. and Class.
"Ey KkevtpiCa, f. iow, (év, kevtp.) to
prick in,i.e. put spurs into. Also to msert,
by making a puncture, (the notch made
into the stick in grafting,) to engraft, as
trees, Theophr. H. Pl. ii. 3. Marc. Ant.
xi. 8. Geopon. x. 76. Athen. 653.
"Evy kAMa, atos, TO, (éyKadtéw,) an
accusation, Acts xxiii. 29. xxv. 16, & Class.
"Ey «xouPoomat, f. woopat, (év, Kop-
Bos, a string, loop, &c. to tie up a gar-
ment ; hence éyxouSwya, a kind of apron
fastened with strings, Pollux iv. 119,) mid.
to clothe oneself with an éyxouBwya. In
N.T. gener. to put on, clothe oneself in ;
foll. by acc. of thing, metaph. 1 Pet. v. 5,
Thy TaTEWoppoovyyy eyKkouswoacdbs.
*Eyxorn, 7s, 1, (éyxomTw,) an ob-
stacle, hindrance, by which the means for
effecting any thing are cut off, 1 Cor. ix.
12. Diod. Sic. i. 32.
"Ey xéarce, f. Ww, (év, xOmTw,) prop.
to cut m, indent. Hence, to cut a ditch,
101
Era
and, by impl. ¢o separate one plot of
ground from another, and also to cut
off any one’s course, by digging trenches
in his way : and metaph. to wmpede, hinder
any one in what he is about, Rom. xv. 22,
610 Kal évexom@rTomnv. Gal. v. 7, Tis buas
evexowe; 1 Thess. ii. 18, évéxoWev tas
o >. Farther, in the sense to retard, Acts
xxiv. 4, ui) él wWEtov oe EYKOTTTW.
"Ey Kxpareca, as, 7, (&yKpatns,) self-
controul, temperance, Acts xxiv. 25. Gal.
v. 23. 2 Pet. i. 6, and Class.
"Eyxoatevopat, f. evoouar, dep.
mid. lit. to be éyxpatys, 1. e€. €v KpaTeL,
‘in the possession of power of any kind,
espec. self-controul. Hence, to be conti-
nent, abstinent, 1 Cor. vii. 9. ix. 25. Gen.
xliii. 31. Not found in Class.
"Ey«patins, éos, 6, 7, adj. (for phrase’
6 év KOaTEL TLVOS BY OY EXwY,) prop. one
in possession of power over any thing, also
having mastery over, foli. by gen. Class.
oft. Hence, as in N. T., metaph. pessesseng
self-command, having mastery over the
passions and appetites, temperate, conti-
nent, abstinent, ‘Tit. i. 8, cw@pova, di-
KQ@LOV, OoLlov, éyKoaTH, a sense freq. in
Class. but almost always foll. by gen. of
thing or éavtov. This absol. use is very
rare, but occ. in Xenoph. Mem. iv. 8, 11,
where it is distinguished from etvcefijs
and 6ixazos, also from cwppwy, iii. 9,4. So
also, but of continency of tongue, in Ec-
clus. xxvi. 15, where yuvy aioyuytyoa is
opp. to éyxoaTijs Wuxn, as in Xen. Symp.
vill. 27, it is opp. to aidovpevos.
"Eyxotva, f. wa, (év, kpivw,) the
opp. to éxxpivw, lit. ‘so to discriminate, as
to admit wm or into a certain number.
Hence, to reckon among, foll. by dat.
2 Cor. x. 12, ob yao ToApa@pev éyxoivar
q} ouykptvar éavTovs TLot THY EaUTOVS
cuvioTavovTwy : and so oft. in Class.
"EyKxpirra, f. thw, (év, Kpiatw,)
to hide any person 7m any place, or to hide
any thing in another thing; as Diod. Sic.
iii, 62. Hom. Od. v. 488. Hence, to mix
one substance in another, to mia zn, knead
tn, as leaven with flour, Matt. xiii. 33.
Lu. xiii. 21, jv AaBovca yuvy évixpuWev
eis a@Xevpov cata Tpia. So Sept. in
Ezek. iv. 12, éyxougiav xoibwov daye-
cat avta, ev BoAPito.s KéTpOU avbpw-
mivys éeyKpu wes adTa.
"Eykvos, ov, 7, adj. equiv. to éyxv-
pwv, pregnant, Lu. ii. 5. Sept. and Class,
"Evy xo w,f. iow, (év, ypiw,) to rub in,
as Tob. xi. 8, tiv xoAny eis Tovs Opbad-
pous éyyx. Jer. iv. 30, av éyyoion oTiPe
tous opladpots cov. So Rey. ii. 18,
KoAXovpiov éyxpicoar Tovs O*pladpors:
with 60. Philo, 589.
"Ey &, pron. of geet ek f, plur. qmets.
EAA
Sometimes used with emphasis, Matt. iii.
1], 14. v. 22. John iv. 26, et al. sepe.
Occasionally employed by St. Paul, when
the speaker puts himself as the representa-
tive of all, or vice versa, e. gr. éyw for
juets, Rom. vii. 9—20, 24, 25. 1 Cor. x.
30. quests for éya, 1 Cor. i. 2, 3. ii. 10.
The genit. uov and #uev are often used
instead of the possess, éuds, &c.
"Héagifvw, £. icw, (gdados,) to level
with the ground, destroy, trans. Lu. xix.
44, edagiovci ce (of Jerusalem). Sept.
and Class.
"Eda dos, eos, 70, (Edos, seat,) the base,
or bottom of any thing, on which it rests ;
e. gr. of a ship, Hom. Od. v. 249; of a
room, the floor, Sept. In N. T. the ground,
Acts xxii. 7, émrecov eis To 2. Sept. and
Class.
‘Edo atos, aia, atov, adj. (gdpa, seat, for
€00s,) prop. seated, sedentary, Xen. Lac.
i. 3, but gener. metaph. stable, immovable,
as said of things. In N. T. of persons, fixed,
jirm, stedfast, in mind and purpose, as a
column on its base, | Cor. vii. 37, go77-
Kev e0patos év TH Kaodia. xv. 58, Edoaior
yiveoOe. Col. i. 23, TeGeuediwuévor Kat
éOcato. TH Tiote. So Ignat. Epist.
to Ephes. § 10, édpatov tH iets. Plato,
p. 98, and so édoaiws, Hdian. iii. 14, 10.
< 7 A e 7
@w TOS, TO OW
_, Edpai La, ATOS, TO, (Edpatow, from
edoatos,) foundation, 1 Tim. iii. 15.
"EGeXo8onockeia, as, 4, (é0ér\w,
Qonckeia,) voluntury, or supererogatory
worship, beyond what God requires, an
affected worship, Col. ii. 23, év 20. kai Ta-
Tewopoocvvy. Comp. ébeodikarocvun.
"EG édXw, see Oédw.
"E@igw, f. isw, (€00s,) of persons, to
accustom, and pass. to be accustomed ; of
things, to be customary, Xen. Eq. vii. 7.
Mem. iii. 14,6. In N. T. 76 ei€ionévov,
what ts customary, a custom or rite, Lu.
ii. 27.
"E@vadpxns, ov, 6, (8vos, doxw,) a
ruler of a people, a prefect, 2 Cor, xi. 32.
Jos. and lat. Gr. writ.
"E@veiKoés, 7, ov, adj. (€8vos,) in Class.
prop. national, popular. In N. T. in the
Jewish sense, gentile, heathen, not Jewish,
Matt. vi. 7. xviii. 17.
"E@vixars, adv. (é0vixds,) in the man-
ner of Gentiles, Gal. ii. 14.
"E@vos, eos, TO, (contr. fr. eO.wos, fr.
eos, mos,) gener. a multitude, or people,
implying zntercommunity, or the being
102
EI
—III. in the Jewish sense, ta 20v1, the
Gentile nations, the Gentiles, i. e. non-Jews,
Matt. iv. 15. x. 5. Mk. x. 33, et sepe.
"E@os, eos, TO, (€0w,) a custom, usage,
whether by law, or otherwise, Lu. i. 9.
il. 42. xxii. 39, et al. Apocr. and Class.
"EKO@w, occ. only in perf. 2. eiw0a, with
pres. signif. to be accustomed. Hence,
pluperf. eiwferv, as imperf. Matt. xxvii.
15. Mk. x. 1, and Class. Partic. eiwGds,
Lu. iv. 16. Acts xvii. 2, kata TO eiwfds
avt@. Soin Numb. xxiv. l.
Ki, a conditional conjunction, if) ex-
pressing a condition merely hypothetical,
and separate from all experience; i. e. a
mere subjective possibility, and accordingly
differing from éav. It is sometimes con-
strued with the opt., but more usually
with the subjunct. It has two leading
uses, 1) as aconditional particle; 2) as an
interrogative particle. I. as a CONDIT.
PARTIC. used ALONE, without other parti-
cles, 1. with the opt. implying that the
thing in question is possible, but uncer-
tain, though assumed as probable. In
N. T. it is foll. only by the indic. in the
apodosis, affirming something definite; e.
gr. foll. by pres. 1 Pet. iii. 14, ei Kai
mwaoxo.te, ‘even if, as it is probable, ye
should suffer;? by perf. Acts xxiv. 19,
os e0ee él Gov TapEetval, Kal KaTHYO-
Oty, ef TL EXorevy TWpos pe, “if they had
had any thing to urge against me.’ LElse-
where in parenth. Acts xxvii. 39, «i
Ovvawto. 1 Pet. iii. 17, et GédXow.
Tuxot, tt may be, perhaps, | Cor. xiv. 10.
—II. with the zdic. implying possibility
without the expression of uncertainty, a
condition, or contingency, as to which
there is no doubt, 1) with the indic. pres.
and in the apod. foll. by pres. Matt. xix,
10, ei oUTws gor 7) aitia—ov cup-
péoet, &c. Acts v.39. Rom. viii. 25. 1 Cor.
ix. 17; by imper. Matt. iv. 3, ei vids et Tov
Ocou, cite, &e. xix. 17. xxvii. 42, John vii.
4, 1 Cor. vii. 9. Class.; byindic. fut. Mk. xi.
26, i 6& Uuets OUK adieTte, OvdE 6 IlaTHp
vuov apijoes. Acts xix. 39. Rom, viii. 11.
Heb. ix. 13, and Class.; by indic. aor.
Matt. xii. 26, 28. Gal. ii. 21; -by perf.
1 Cor. xv. 13, 16, ei vexgot oix éyeipov-
Tat, ovde Xorotos eynyeoTtar. Rom. iv,
14, 1 Cor. xi. 17. Class. 2) with the
indic. fut. and in the apodosis foll. either
by pres. 1 Pet. ii. 21, or perf. as pres. Ja.
ii. 11, or by fut. Matt. xxvi. 35. 3) with
the indic. perfect, and in the apodosis by
pres. Acts xxv. ll. 1 Cor. xv. 14, 17,
19. 2 Cor. v. 16, and Class. ; or by im-
wonted to each other. In N. T. it is used, |
I. gener. for the people or inhabitants of a | per. Acts xvi. 15; by fut. John xi. 12.
country, Acts vill. 9, To @. THs Day. and | Rom. vi. 5; by perf. 2 Cor. ii. 5. 4) with
Xvll. 26, wav 2. av0owrwv. | Pet. ii. 9, | the indic. aorist, and in the apod. foll. by
al.—II. in the sense nation, as distinct | pres. Rom. iv. 2, ei A. €& gpywv éd:-
from others, Matt. xx. 25. Mk. x. 42, et al. | calw6y, Zyee Kkavxnua. xy, 27. | John iv,
EI
11; by imper. John xviii. 23; by fut.
John xiii. 32; by aor. Rom. v. 10, 5)
with the indic. of the historte tenses, and
in the apod. a similar tense with av, ex-
pressing a previous condition on which de-
pended a certain result, but implying that
neither has taken place. Foll. by imperf.
in the sense would be, would do, &c. after
imperf. with ei, Lu. vii. 39, otros ei Hv
woop. éyivwoxevy av. John v. 46. ix.
4). xv. 19. 1 Cor. xi. 31; after aor. with
ei, Heb. iv. 8. Gal. iii. 21; by aor. in the
sense would have been, would have done,
&c. after imperf. with <i, John xiv. 28, «i
Hyawaré we, txaonte av. xviii. 30.
Acts xviii. 14; by pluperf. in the sense
would have been, &c. after imperf. with <i,
John xi. 21, ei 7s Woe,6 adeX os pov ovK
av éreOvyjxer. 1 John ii. 19, and Class.
6) with the indic. sometimes where the
opt. would rather be expected, viz. where
a thing is uncertain, though assumed as
probable, Acts xx. 16, éoweuvde yap, ei
Ovvatov jv ai’tw, yevéobar, &c. and
Class. And even where there is no pro-
bability nor even assumed possibility, Mk.
Xiv. 35, <i dvvatoév tort. Mk. xiv. 35, «i
Ovvatov zo7t, Tape\On 7 Hpa. Matt.
xxiv. 24. Mk. xiii. 22. 7) in the urbanity
of Greek discourse, ei with the indic. is
said of things not merely probable, but
certain, and dependent on no condition.
Thus after Qavua{w and other similar
verbs; where it is equiv. to é7z, Mk. xv.
44, 20avmacev zi On Té0vyKe. | John
i. 13, and Class. Acts xxvi. 8, Ti
atiotov Kpiverar ci, &c. 2 Cor. xi. 15.
Also as equiv. to é7rei, since, inasmuch as,
both with indic. pres. Matt. vi. 30. John
vii. 23, and aor. John xiii. 14, 32. Also
in <i Tis, et TL, 7f any one, Kc. used em-
phat. for doris, and either with indic.
pres. Lu. xiv. 26. Mk. ix. 35, &c. or
indic. fut. 1 Cor. iii. 14, 15, or perf.
2 Cor. vii. 14. x. 7.—111.: with the sly.
rarely both in N. T. and early Greek
writers, and only where an action, &c.
depends upon something future, 2/, 2f so
be, and with a neg. unless, except, Lu.
ix. 13, ei pte trop. hpets ayopdow-
pev. 1 Cor. xiv. 5, éxtTos ei pt Oveppn-
vevy. Phil. iii. 12. Rev. xi. 5.—II. as
an INTERROGATIVE PARTICLE, whether,
Lat. an, 1) prop. in an indirect question,
after verbs implying question, doubt, &c.
with the opt. andindic. With the opt. Acts
xvii. ll, avaxpivovtes Tas ypadas, ei
yor TavtTa otTws. xxv. 20; also zi
apaye, Acts xvii. 27. With the idic.
both pres. & fut. and aorist often. 2) ina
direct question, num, ne ; where it implies
some doubt or uncertainty, though not to
be expressed in Engl. Lu. xiii. 23, eiaé
O& Tis aitw’ Kipue, ci ddivyor ol owl;
Lu, xxii. 49, ei wardEouev. Actsi,6, So
103
EIA
Matt. xii. 10. xix. 3. Lu. xiv. 3. Acts
vii. 1. xxi. 37. xxii.25, and often in Sept.
but not in Class. Greek.—III. in con-
NEXION WITH OTHER PARTICLES, where,
however, each usually retains its power,
asin el Goa, et ye, ei O&, Matt. xii. 7, &
oft. ei O& pr), but 2f not, always standing
elliptically, prop. only after an affirmative
clause, of which it then expresses the con-
trary, John xiv. 2, 11. Rev. ii. 5,16. Sept.
and Class. ; sometimes also after a negative
clause, of which it then expresses the con-
trary, if otherwise, else, Mk. ii. 21, obdeis
éeTmiBAXnua éewippawrer emt iuatiw Ta-
Aaiw’ si O& mij, aiper, &c. And so in
Class. Ei «at, where xai either refers to
the subsequent clause, 2f also, or to the
condition expressed by «i, if even, i. e.
though, although. So oft. in N.T. Ei
un, ¢ not, i.e. unless, except; expressing
a negative condition, supposition, &c. in
which the m7 refers to the whole clause ;
thus differing from «i ov, where the ov
refers only to some particular word with
which it expresses one idea, 1) before
finite verbs with the indic. Matt. xxiv. 22,
el un exoAoBwOnoar ai juéoar. Mk. xiii.
20. John ix. 33, et al. 2) gener. and
without a following finite verb, Matt. xi.
27, et al. sepe. So éxros ei mij, unless,
except, 1 Cor. xiv. 5. xv. 2. 1 Tim. v. 19,
el unt, unless, perhaps, Lu. ix. 13. 1 Cor.
vii. 5. 2 Cor. xii. 5. Et awep, tf indeed,
if so be, assuming the proposition as true,
whether justly or not, Rom. viii. 9, ezareo
IIvevpa Oeou oixet év tyutv. 1 Cor. xv.
15. 1 Pet. ii. 3, and Class. Ez aws, if
by any means, if possibly, with the opt.
Acts xxvii. 12, or ind. fut. Rom. i. 10.
xi. 14. Phil. iii. 11. eire—eire, whether—
or, as including several particulars, either
foll. by a verb, 1 Cor. xii. 26, 2 Cor. i. 6,
and Class.; or without a verb, Rom. xii.
6—8. 1] Cor. iii. 22, et al.
Eidos, eos ous, 70, (obsol. eZdw,) prop.
any thing seen, but gener. eaternal appear-
ance. InN. T. 1) prop. the form, figure,
or appearance of any thing, Lu. iii. 22,
cwuaTiK@ ede. ix. 29. John v. 37.
2Cor. v. 7. Sept. and Class. 2) fig. man-
ner, kind, species, 1 Th. v. 22, amo tav-
TOs eldous Tovnoov. Jer. xv. 3. Ecclus.
xxy. 2. Jos. Ant. x. 3,1, aay Eidos zro-
vnelas, and Class.
Eidw, to see, obsol. in pres. act. for
which opaw was used. The tenses from
etow form two classes, one having the sig-
nification to see, the other to know. I. To
SEE, ViZ. aor. 2. eidov, opt. idorur, subj.
tow, infin. idetv, part. idwyv, I saw, imply-
ing not the mere act of seeing, but the
perception of some object, 1) prop. foll.
by acc. of person or thing, Matt. ii. 2,
eldouevy ‘Yao avTou Tov aotépa. v. |,
EIA
xxi. 19. Mk. ix. 9. xi. 13,20. John i. 48,
et al. sepe. Sept. and Class. Foll. by
acc. with partic. Matt. iii. 7, idwy dé arod-
Aovs épXomévovus. viii. 24. xxiv. 15. Mk.
vi. 33. By Hebr. with partic. of the same
verb, by way of emphasis, idwy eidov,
Acts vii. 34; also in various modifications
of sense, as to look upon, contemplate,
Matt. ix. 36. xxviii. 6, et al. sepe; ‘to
see in order to know,’ to look at or into, to
examine, Mk. v. 14. vi. 38. xii. 15. Lu. viii.
35; to see face to face, talk with, Lu. viii.
20. ix. 9. John xii. 21. Acts xvi. 40.
Rom. i. ll. 1 Cor. xvi. 7, al. ; to see, i.e.
spy out, watch to see, observe, Matt. xxvi.
56. xxvii. 49. Mk. xv. 36, and Class. ; to
see, to live to see, witness, Matt. xiii. 17.
xxiv. do. Mk. iii... 12.. Luy xvii. 22:2)
fig. said of the mind, to perceive, Matt.
ix. 2, idwy thy wiotw abt@y. Lu. xvii.
15. John vii. 52. Rom. xi. 22, and often
foll. by dvv. And so Sept. oft. 3) by
Hebr. to see, i. e. to experience, viz. either
good, to enjoy, or evil, to suffer, Lu. ii. 26,
id. Javatov. Heb. xi. 5. Acts ii. 27, 31,
dia@Oopav. Rev. xviii. 7, wévOos. 1 Pet.
iii. 16, nuéoas ay. John iii. 3, tHv Bao.
tov Qeou, ‘to enjoy the privileges of the
divine kingdom.’—II. to KNow, perf. 2.
oida, subj. eidw, infin. eidévar, partic. ei-
Ows, pluperf. 7éderv. Oda is strictly ‘1
have seen or perceived; hence it takes
the present signif. to know, and the plu-
perf. becomes an imperf. 1) prop. and
gener. to be acquainted with, foll. by acc.
both of thing, as Matt. xxv. 13, & oft. ;
and of person, Matt. xxv. 12. Mk. i. 34.
John vi. 42. Acts vii. ]8, et al. 2) in the
sense to perceive, understand, foll. by acc.
of thing, Matt. xii. 25, tas évOuunoers.
Mk. xii. 15, tardkpicw aita@v. Lu. Xi.
17, dtavonpata, et al. 3) to know how
to do a thing, and by impl. to be able to do
it, and to do it, Matt. vii. 12. Lu. xii. 56.
Phil. iv. 12. 1 Th. iv. 4. 1 Tim. iii. 5. Ja.
iv. 17. 2 Pet. ii. 9. 4) by Hebraism, ‘to
know and approve, to love. Hence, as
said of men, to care for, 1 Thess. v. 12,
eldévat TOUS KOTLwMYTEGS EV Uvuty, as said
of God, to acknowledge and adore. Gal. iv.
on by Bht iv. 52 Th. id. ‘Tit. 1. 16. Heb.
viii. 11, and Sept.
Eidwdetov, ov, TO, (eidwdov,) an
idol-temple, 1 Cor. viii. 10. 1 Mace. i. 47.
x. 83; of the same form with THoceidw-
vetov, Tautetov, and many other substan-
tives in etov, which are properly adjectives
neuter with an ellip. of some subst. suit-
able to the occasion, as here tego.
EidéwXo0utTov, ov, TO, (etdwdov,
Siw,) idol-service, ‘any thing sacrificed to
idols,’ i. e. in the N. T. the flesh of victims
offered to idols, which remained over, and
104
EIK
1 Cor. viii. 1, sqq. where see my note,
x. 19; 28. Revs it, 14,28.
HKidwroXarToeia, as, 7, (eidwrtov &
Aatpeia,) tdol-worship, idolatry, 1) prop.
and gener. as said of eating meats offered
to idols, and other actions approaching to
idolatry, Gal. v. 20. 1 Cor. x. 14. So in
1 Pet. iv. 3, it is said of the vices usually
connected with idolatry, wemopevurtvous
év aUeuitors cidwXoXaTpeias. 2) fig. of
covetousness, Col. iii. 5. .
EidwhoXadTtoens, ov, 6, (eidwAor,
AaTprs,) lit. an idol-worshipper, 1) prop.
and gener. | Cor. v. 10: vi09, Reve x1.
8. xxii. 15; also said of one who partakes
of meats offered to idols, 1 Cor. v. ll. x.
7. 2) fig. of a covetous person, Eph. v. 5.
KidwXov, ov, +0, (etdos,) prop. an
emage, in figure or representation, whether
corporeal or mental, of some other thing,
esp. the statues of men, particularly of the
dead, Hom. Od. xi. 476, Bpotay eidwra
Kkayuovtwy. Xen. Mem.i. 4,4. In N. T.
an idol, i.e. 1) an tdol-IMAGE, Acts Vii.
4], Suciav tw eidwrw. 1 Cor. xii. 2,
mpos Ta £0. Ta A*bwva. Rev. ix. 20.
Sept. and later Class. 2) by meton. an
tdol-GoD, a heathen deity, 1 Cor. viii. 4, 7.
x. 19, Sept. By impl. in plur. 2zdols, for
tdol-worship, Rom. ii. 22. 2 Cor. vi. 16.
1 Th. i. 9. 1 John v. 21. Spec. things
offered to idols, Acts xv. 20.
Kixy, adv. (eixkatos, without order,)
prop. disorderly, confusedly. Hence 1) by
impl. cnxconsiderately, rashly, causelessly,
Matt. v. 22, doyuG. tive eixy. Col. ii. 18,
eiky puctovmevos. So Class. 2) mm vain,
to no purpose, Rom. xiii. 4, 00 yap el. THY
paxatoav opet. 1 Cor. xv. 2, éxtos ei
un él. érriotTevoate. Gal. iii. 4, gad. cix7.
iv. ll, unmmws ei. kexowiaxa, and Class.
Eixoct, ol, al, Ta, indecl. twenty, Lu.
xiv. 31, et al.
Kika, f. Ew, to give way, to yield, foll.
by dat. of pers. Gal. ii. 5, ois obd& apds
woav eigauev. Sept. & Class.
Eixw, obsol. form, whence perf. 2.
Zouka, with pres. signif. to be like, foll. by
dat. of pers. or thing, Ja. i. 6, gouxe KAU-
Owvt Jadkasons, and 23, et. avdot, &c.
Sept., Jos., and Class.
Kika, dvos, 7, (eikw,) I. GENER. @
likeness of any person or thing, and spec.
an image or effigy of a man, &c. as a sta-
tue, picture, or coin, Matt. xxii. 20. Mk.
xii. 16. Lu. xx. 24. Rom. i. 23. Said of
an idol-image (of some heathen deity)
Rev. xiii. 14, sq. xiv. 9, 11. xv. 2. xvi, 2.
xix. 20. xx. 40. Sept. and Class. In the
sense representation or copy, 1 Cor. xi. 7. -
2 Cor. iv. 4. Col. i. 15. So*Heby x. Fy |
avTH 7 eikwy TOY ToayuaTwy, Meaning
was eaten or sold, Acts xv. 29. xxi, 25. |‘ the full and complete image of a thing,’
EIA
as opp. to oxa, a shadowy and imperfect
one. Wisd. ii. 23. vii. 26. Luc. Imag. 28.
—II. asstr. ltkeness to any one, resem-
blance, Rom. viii. 29. 1 Cor. xv. 49. 2 Cor.
iii. 18. Col. iii. 10. Sept.
Eid cxepiveca, as, , (eidcxpevis,) 1)
prop. clearness, ‘such awhiteness and purity
as will bear the closest examination,’ like
that of an article inspected in the full light
of the sun. 2) metaph. purity, sincerity.
1 Cor. v. 8, gv &@imuors. 2 Cor. i. 12, ¢idi-
Kpweta Ozov. ii. 17, ws é& eiArxpiveias.
EiXixpivijs, gos, 6, 7, adj. (efAn, the
‘sunshine, and «pivw, to examine, judge,)
lit. ‘found pure and white when examined
in sunshine ; and hence by impl. metaph.
pure, sincere, Phil. i. 10, ta re eide-
Koivets. 2 Pet. iii. 1, ciX. Oudvowav.
Eirticoow, f. Ew, (for the Attic édic-
ow,) to roll up, as a scroll, Rev. vi. 14,
and Class. Poet.
Hii, f. €oouar, has two uses: 1) as
the usual verb of existence, to be; 2) as
the logical copula, connecting the subject
and the predicate. I. as verb of existence,
TO BE, EXIST, to have existence, 1) prop.
and gener. in the metaphysical sense, John
i. 1, év adpxn jv 6 Adyos. viii. 50, 58.
Mk. xii. 32, et al.; of things, John xvii.
5. 2 Pet. iii. 5. Rev. iv. 1], and Class.
Said of life, to exist alive, Matt. ii. 18.
xxiii. 30. Jos. and Class.; to exist, be
Sound, both of persons, Lu. iv. 25, zroA-
Aai xjpar joav. Matt. xii. 1]. Jobn iii.
1, and Class. and things, to exist, Matt. vi.
00. xxii. 23, et al. sepe. Said of time gener.
Lu. xxiii. 44, jv 6 woei Goa Extn. John
i. 40. Acts ii. 15. 2 Tim. iv. 3. Mk. xi.
13, and Class. ; of festivals, Mk. xv. 42.
Acts xii. 3, and Class. 2) by impl. and
from the adjuncts, to come to be, come to,
come to pass: Matt. xxvii. 7, & oft. 3) éori
foll. by infin. a ts proper, licet, Heb. ix.
5, Wepi wy ovVK ZoTL vuv Aévewv, & Class.
4) partic. wv, ovca, dv, joined with noun
or pron. itis used in short parenthetical
clauses, to indicate an existent state or con-
dition, character, &c. in the sense being, as,
as Matt. vii. 11, ci oty iets, rovnpoi bv-
Tes, oloaTe, &c. John iii. 4. iv. 9. ix. 25.
Acts xvi. 21, et sepe al. With the artic. 6
@v, Ta Ovra, it denotes real and true exist-
ence, as in the phrase 6 ay Kal 6 7v Kat 6
é9XOuevos, prop. name of God, Rev. i. 4.
xi. 17. xvi. 5. Comp. Wisd. xiii. 1, voix
icxucay cidévat Tov dvtTa. So Ta bvTa
& Ta pi ovTa, prop. Rom. iv. 17. metaph.
1 Cor. i. 28, and Class.—II. as LoGIcaL
COPULA connecting the subject and predic.
TO BE, where the pred. specifies who or what |
a person or thing zs, in respect to nature,
origin, office, condition, circumstances, &c.
while the copula merely connects the pred.
with the subject. The pred. may be made
105
EIM
by various parts of speech. 1) with an
adj. Matt. ii. 6. xviii. 8, and Mk. i. 7, et
al. sepe. 2) with a suwbstant. as pred. in
the same case with the subject, both prop.
Matt. iii. 4, 17. xv. 14. Mk. ii. 28, et al.
sepe; and fig. and meton. when the subst.
of the pred. expresses not what the subj.
ts, but what it zs lke, or is accounted to
be, or signifies; viz. by comparison, sub-
stitution, &c. or as cause and effect; so
that eva: may be rendered to be accounted,
to be like, or to signify, Matt. v. 13, sq.
xii. 50, et al. sepiss. 3) with a pron. as
pred. in the same case with the subj. viz.
ovtos, Matt. x. 2, Ta dvéuaTa éort Tav-
va. John i. 19. xv. 12. xvii. 3, et al. So
also tis, vi indef. or interrog. aotos, qo-
Tamos, Gots, gos, aos. Fig. as with
nouns, the pred. often expresses not what
the subj. zs, but what it 2s accounted to be,
or signifies, Matt. ix. 13. Mk. ix. 10, &
oft. 4) with a genzt. of a noun or pron. as
pred. said of quality and character, Lu.
ix. 55, et al.; of age, Mk. v. 42, et al.; of
a whole, whereof the subject is part, Acts
Xxlii. 6; of possession, property, Matt.
v. 3, and oft. Also metaph. of persons or
things to whom the subject belongs, or on
whom it is dependent, 2 Cor. iv. 7. 1 Cor.
Iii, 22, sq. et al. sepe. 5) with the dat. of
a noun or pron. as pred. to be to any one,
implying possession or property, John xvii.
9, Ort coi sior. Lu. xus 20) et ale 16)
with a partic. of another verb as pred.
either with or without the article; and
then eiui often forms a periphrasis for a
finite tense of the same verb, expressing,
however, a continuance in or duration of
the action, Lu. v. 1, kat avros qv éorws.
Matt. xxiv. 9. Mk. ii. 6, et sepe al.; also
with the art. when the partic. may be re-
garded as equiv. to a noun, Matt. iii. 3,
ovTos yap tot 6 pnbeis bre ‘Hoaiov.
xiii. 19, Mk. vii. 15. John iv. 10. Acts
ii. 16. Rom. iii. 11, et al. sepe. 7) with
an adv. as pred. e. gr. of quality or cha-
racter, as oUtTws, John iii. 8, et al. raura,
Gu. xi, 30; et -al.ca@s,) Reve xxi 12,
womeo, Matt. vi. 5. xwpis, Heb. xii, 8.
éyyvs, Rom. x. 8. éxet, Matt. xviii. 20.
pakoav, Matt. xii. 34. mov, Matt. ii. 2.
woe, Matt. xii. 6. md@ev, Matt. xxi. 25.
8) with a preposition and its case as pre-
dicate, as a7ro, John i. 45; eis, denoting
direction, object, end, Lu. v. 17; éx,
with genitive implying origi, John i.
47, etal. Hence metaph. of a person on
whom any thing is dependent, to whom he
is devoted as a follower, John viii. 47, 2x
Tov Oeov ovk zoe. 1 John iii. 10. iv. 6.
vi. 19. So of things, as éx THs adnPEias,
John xviii. 37. 2& goywv, Gal. iii. 10, and
éx wiorews, ver. 12, Of a whole in re-
lation to a part, 1 Cor. xii. 15, sq. et al.
of the material, Rev. xxi. 21. ’Ev with
EIN
dat. implying a being zz a place, thing, or
person. ‘Evi foll. by gen. of place, wpon,
In. xvii. 31. John xx. 7. foll. by dat. of
place, wpon, in, at. Kard foll. by gen.
éivat Kata Tuvos, ‘to be against any one,’
Matt. xii. 30. Gal. v. 23. Mere foll. by
gen. elvar meta givos, ‘to be present
with, in company with any one, Matt.
xvii. 17, et al. or ‘on the side of any one,’
Matt. xii. 30, et al. Ilepa foll. by gen.
éivac Tjaod Tivos, ‘to be from any one,’
i, e. ‘sent by any one, John vi. 46. vii.
29. IIpo foll. by gen. of place, to be be-
fore, Acts xiv. 13. metaph. of dignity,
Col. i. 17. Woods foll. by ace. of place,
&c. eivar woos tt,‘ to be near to,’ Lu.
xxiv. 29. Mk. iv. 1. Suv foll. by dat.
eivat ovv rive, to be in company with any
one, Lu. xxiv. 44, Phil. i. 23. Coll. ii. 5,
et al. ‘Yaréo foll. by gen. eivar vaép
‘ivos, to be for any one, on his side, Mk.
ix. 40. barép tiva, above any one, fig. Lu.
vi. 40. ‘Yaro with acc. to be under, said
of place, John i. 49. 1 Cor. x. 1; of per-
son or thing, to be subject to, Rom. iii. 9.
Gal. iii, 10. 1 Tim. vi. 1.
Kivexa, see“ Kvexa.
Kia oy, inf. ciqetv, 1. GENER. to say or
speak, with an acc. of the thing said, Matt.
xxvi. 44, tov attov Adyoy eimwv, Lu.
xii. 3. John ii. 22. Acts i. 9, et al. Along
with the accus. expr. or implied, are fur-
ther constructions of the pers. to whom,
the manner by which, &c. 1) foll. by dat.
of pers. John xvi. 4. Lu. vil. 22. 2) by
eis and acc. of pers. ‘to speak against,’
Tu. xii. 10. 3) by cava and gen. of pers.
Matt. v. 11. 4) by weoi with gen. of pers.
or thing, ‘to speak of, John vii. 39. x. 41.
xi. 13. 5) by argos and acc. of pers. or
thing, ‘to say to,’ Lu. xi. 1, or with re-
ference to, Mk. xii. 12. 6) by adv. or a
prep. with its noun, implying manner, e. gr.
opoiws, Matt. xxvi. 35, et al. Metaph.
by Hebr. <cimetv év kaodia, to cogitate,
think, Matt. xxiv. 48. Lu. xii. 55. Rom.
x. 6, and Sept. 7) by infin. with acc.
Rom. iv. 6, or with sivac impl. John x.
30. 8) by drt, Matt. v. 31, et al.—ll.
as modified by the conteat, where the sense
often lies chiefly in the adjuncts, e. gr. 1)
said before interrog. to ask, inquire, Matt.
ix. 4. xi. 3, et al. 2) before replies, zo
answer to a question, whether direct, or
indirect, Matt. xv. 34, et al. 3) of nar-
ration, teaching, &c. to tell, declare, Matt.
vill. 4. xvi. 20, et al. sepe. 4) of predic-
tions, to foretel, Matt. xxviii. 6. Mk. xiv.
16, et al. espec. in the pass. 5) of what is
said with authority, to dvrect, command,
Matt. viii. 8. Mk. v. 43, et al. sepe. Sept.
Ex. xxxv. 1. Lev, ix. 6. Xen. Eph. ii. 5,
Kionvetw, f. evow, (eionvn,) prop. to
to be at peace, as opp. to war; but in N. T.
106
EIP
metaph. to live im peace and harmony, as
opp. to discord, &c. absol, 2 Cor. xiii. 11,
elonvevete. | Th. v. 13, elpnvetere ev
éavtors. Mk. ix. 50, cionvevere év &XXH-
Los. Rom. xii. 18, ueva wavtwv avOpa-
Twy eionvevoyres. Apocr. and Class.
Kionvn, us, n, (etow, jungo. See Eph. —
ii. 14—17, and ‘so Liv. i. 1, ‘ Latinum
pacem cum Ainea—junaisse,) 1) prop.
in a czvil or political sense, as the opposite
to war or intestine broils, Lu. xiv. 32.
Acts xii. 20. Rev. vi. 4, al. and Class. 2)
in a private sense, as regards ¢wdividuals,
peace and concord, Matt. x. 34. Lu. xii.
51. Acts vii. 26. Rom. xiv, 19), Colm,
15. Heb. vii. 2. 3) fig. peace of mind,
spiritual peace with God and our own
conscience through Christ, arising from
reconciliation with God, and a _ sense
of the Divine favour, Rom. ii. 10. v. 1.
xv. 13. John xiv. 27. Phil. iv. 7. Comp.
Is, lili. 5. 4) by impl. @ state of peace,
quietness, and security, Lu. xi. 21, év ¢i-
envy éotl Ta Umapyxovta abTou. ii. 29.
John xvi. 33. Acts ix. 31. xxiv. 3. 1 Cor.
xiv. 33. 1. Th. ¥...3, and Sepia jaluby
Hebr, well-being or external prosperity of .
every kind, Lu. i. 79, odds siornuns. ii.
14, xix. 42. Rom. ii. 10. Ja. iii, 18, et al.
Hence it is used asa wish of welfare in
salutations, either at meeting or parting ;
at meeting, Lu. xxiv. 36. John xx. 19.
Lu. x. 5, siojvn tw oikw TovTw : also in
letters, Rom. i. 7. ii. 10, et al. sionvy
vuty: at parting, Urrays zis elonvyv, Mk.
v. 34, or aopevou eis elorvny or év cion-
vy, Lu. vii. 50, et al. So in the phrases
met elonvys, Acts xv. 33. Heb. xi. 13, &
év eionvy, 1 Car. xvi. 11. See my note
on Heb. xi. 31. There are, however, some
passages where it is difficult to say whether
the temporal or the spiritual sense of the
word has place; and others where, though
expositors adopt one or the other, both
may have place. So Eph. vi. 15, 76 evay-
yéXtov THs eionvyns. 2 Thess. ii. 16, o
Kueuos tis sipjvys. So also the phrase 6
Oz<ds THS eionuvns, Rom. xv. 33. xvi. 20.
Phil. iv. 9, 1 Th.» 28. Heb) sau 2G;
Comp. Is. ix. 6, Zoywv siojvns : also Goxeuv
THs slonvns, Xen. Eph. p. 92. At Eph.
ii. 14, autos ydo éotw 7 eipnvyn nuwy,
the sense is, ‘he is the author of recon-
ciliation of differences.’ So Col. i. 20, eé-
envotoijoas WwavrTa eis avToV OLa TOV
aiuatros Tov oraupou avTou, (as in the
phrase siojvnv qmoreto0ar: and so sioy-
vyv Ovdovat, John xiv. 27,) there is an
allusion to the title of Christ, Is. ix. 6,
‘ Prince of peace,’ i. e. the great Author of |
reconciliation with God, and thereby the |
Giver of peace of conscience, the Author
of, and enjoiner to peace, 1 Cor. xiv. 33; the |
Author to believers of all peace both from
EIP 107
without and within, God being considered
as in ‘Christ reconciling the world unto
himself, and thereby becoming their
Peace.
Eipnvexds, }), dv, adj. (siprvn,) peace-
able, peaceful, prop. relating to political
peace, as opp. to war, Xen. Cicon. i. 17,
elpnvikat éviotynmar. In N. T. 1) pa-
cific, i. e. disposed to peace, Ja. iii. 17, and
Sept. and Plato often. 2) from the Hebr.
salutary, productive of happiness, Heb.
xii. 11, kapaés zip. at least according to
the general interpretation. See, however,
my note there, where I have shown that
tue sense is prob. peace-bearing ; of course
including the other sense.
Eipnvotoréa, f. wow, to make peace,
equiv. to elpjvnv toréw, Col. i. 20. Prov.
x. 10. Stob. Phys. 984,
Eionvom o1ds, ov, 6, prop. a pacificator,
one sent to treat of peace. In N. T. one
who studies to preserve or promote peuce
among others, and consequently with
others, Matt. v. 9.
Kis, a prep. governing the accus. with
the primary idea of motion éno any place
or thing, and then of motion or direction
to, towards, unto, upon any place, thing, or
pers. I. of PLACE, into, to, 1) after verbs
implying motion of any kind into, or also
to, towards, upon any place or object:
e. gr. verbs of coming or going, leading or
following, sending, throwing, delivering
over, &c. Matt. ii. 12, adveywonoay eis
THY Xweav avTav. iv. 8. v. 1. vi. 6, et
sepiss. But a few peculiar usages may be
noted. With an acc. of pers. but referring
to the place where the person dwells or is,
and implying to, among, &c. Lu. x. 36,
eumeocwy eis Tos AyoTds. Acts xx. 29,
eioeXevoovTat AuvKOL eis Duas, and xxii.
21, etal. Said also of persons into whom
demons have entered, Mk. ix. 25. Lu.
viii. 30. 2) after verbs implying direction
upon or towards any place or object, e. gr.
verbs of hearing, calling, announcing,
showing, &c. Matt. x. 27. Acts xi. 22,
axovew cis Ta wea. Lu. vii. 1. Matt.
xxii. 3. Mk. v. 14. xi. 8, et al.; espec.
after verbs of looking, Acts i. 10, atevi-
Covtes cis Tov ovpavonv. iii. 4. 3) metaph.
of a state or condition into which any one
comes, after verbs of motion or direction,
Matt. xxv. 46, arreXecticovtTar sis KoAaoL
aiwviov. Mk. v. 26, eis TO yetpov éd-
Govca, et al. sepe. So taraye or mopevou
tis eipjvnv. So in the construct. preg-
nans Barrie eis Tiva, oY eis TO OvoUa
Tivos, ‘ to baptize into, or unto, the obli-
gations incumbent on any one’s disciple,’
Matt. xxviii. 19. Acts viii. 16. Rom. vi.
3, 4, al.—I1. of Time, viz. 1) time when,
implying a term or limit, to, wp to, until,
_ Acts iv. 3, cis tiv avprov, till the morrow,
EI
Matt. x. 22, eis réXNos. Phil. i. 10, eis
juépav Xprotov, ‘against the day of
Christ ;’ and ii. 16. 2 Pet. iii, 7. Acts
xiii, 42. 1 Thess. iv. 15. 2 Thess, ii. 6.
2 Pet. ii. 4, al. 2) of time how long,
marking duration, for, &c. Matt. xxi. 19,
sis Tov ai@va, for ever. Mk. iii. 29.
John viii. 35. Lu. 1, 50, eis yeveds yeve-
@py. xii. 19, eis rn wodXa, et al.—III.
TROPICALLY, as marking the object or
point ¢o or towards which any thing tends,
aims, &c.: said 1) of a result, or effect,
marking that to which any person or thing
tends to, or becomes, Matt. xiii. 80, dnoate
avtovs eis déopas. xxvii. 51, Exxioby eis
dvo, sc. méoy. John xvii. 23. Acts ii. 20.
Rev. xi. 6, et al. sepe. Thus AoyiGouac
(Twa, Ti) sis TL, to reckon or count for,
or as any thing, Acts xix. 27. Rom. ii. 26.
ix. 8. Also, AoyiGouai Tin sis TL, to
reckon or impute to any oné FOR, or as,
Rom. iv. 3, eis dtcatoctvyy. y. 5, 9, 22.
Gal. iii, 6, al. So after verbs of conste-
tuting, making, becoming, &c. Acts xiii. 22,
Hyeipev avtots Tov Aavid sis Bacrhéa,
and v. 27. With eiva: or yivecOa, to be
one, Matt. xix. 5. Mk. x. 8. Lu. xiii. 19,
and oft. 2) of measure, degree, exient,
chiefly by periph. for an adv. Lu. xiii. 11,
eis TO wavteXés, entirely. 2 Cor. iv. 17,
eis vepBoAnv. 2 Cor. x. 13, sis Ta
a@metoa, and xiii. 2, eis TO waXhuv, and
vi. 1, eis Kevov. 3) of a direction of mind,
as marking an object of desire, towards,
for, in behalf of, Rom. i. 27. x. 1. Ju.
21, et al. sepe; including the con-
struction of 2A\wifw and mictetw with
eis implying confidence in ; or of aversion
against, as Matt. xviii. 6. 1 Cor. vi. 18,
auaotavery eis. Lu. xii. 10, pet Noyou
eis twa. Mk. iii. 29, et al. and Class.
4) of an intention, purpose, aim, end, viz.
eis final, either in the sense of unto, or 72
order to, or for, i. e. ‘for the purpose or
sake of,’ Matt. viii. 4, et al. sepe; or in
the sense ¢o or for, implying use, advan-
tage, &c. and equiv. to the datzvus com-
modi et incommodi, but more emphatic,
Matt. x. 10. Mk. viii. 19, sq. Lu. ix. 13,
et sepiss. 5) gener. as marking the object
of any reference, relation, or allusion, zzio,
unto, towards, either prop. in the sense
conformably to, in accordance with, Matt.
x. 41, sq. xii. 4]. Lu. xi. 32. Acts vii. 53,
or gener. in the sense as to, 2m respect to,
as concerning, Acts ii. 25. Lu. xii. 21.
Rom. iv. 20, xiii. 14. xvi. 5. Heb. vii. 14,
et al. sepe. Note—In composition ¢is
denotes, 1) motion zvto, as sicdéyouar,
eloetul, eloéoxouat, elodépw, Ke. 2)
motion or direction to, towards, as sic-
aKOUW.
> , n ok _- C2 Jk
Eis, ula, év, gen. évds, mias, evos, the
first cardinal numeral, one, 1) prop. and
F 6
EIS
gener. e. gr. with a subst. Lu. xviii. 19,
ovdzis ayabos, si iy) eis, 6 Oeds, 1 Cor.
ix. 24. Gal. iii, 20, al.; with a subst.
Matt. vi. 27. John xi. 50; with a negat.
equiv. to not one, none, Matt. v. 18. Rom.
iil, 12. So ovd eis, more emphatic than
ovoscis, Matt. xxvii. 14. John i. 3. Acts
iv. ae. om. ii, 10; 1 Cor. va. Sal. 33)
used distributively, viz. eis —- eis, one—
the other, Matt. xx. 2]. xxiv. 4], et al.
tis ExaoTos, each, every one, Acts ii. 6.
xx. 3l. Col. iv. 6, al. cad’ Eva, one by
one, singly, for eis kal’ Eva. So Ev kal’
ev, one by one, Rev. iv. 8. Hence the
anomalous form eis xaQ’ eis, one by one,
Mk. xiv. 19. John viii. 9, and 6 6é Ka’
eis, Rom. xii. 5. 3) emphatic, one, i. e.
one only, or even one, Matt. v. 36. xxi.
24, et al. or ‘one and the same,’ Rom. iii.
30. 1 Cor. iii. 8. Gal. iii. 28. Phil. ii. 2.
Heb, 11. 11. Rev. xvii. 13. 4) indefin.
some or any one, a certain, equiv. to Tis,
Matt, viii. 19. xix. 16. Mk. xii. 42, pia
xnoa. John vi. 9. Rom. ix. 10, et al. 5)
from the Hebr. as an ordinal, the first,
espec. of the first day of the week, Matt.
xxvill. 1. Mk. xvi. 2, e¢ al.
Hicayw, f. a&w, to lead or bring in
or zvto, trans. and foll. by eis with acc. of
place. I. of person, Lu. xxii. 54, €. avtov
eis TOV OlKov TOU aoyXLEpews, and ii. 27.
Acts. ix. 8. xxi. 28, 29, 37. Also «io-
aye Twa eis Thy oikoupévyy, ‘to intro-
duce into the world, implying the formal
introduction of one vested with ample au-
thority, to those whom he is to govern,
Heb. i. 6. foll. by woe, Lu. xiv. 21. Sept.
and Class.—II. of things, Acts vii. 45, tv
(oxnviv Tov paptugiov) eionyayov ot
Tatépes tyuay. And so in the Class.
espec. of the introduction of merchandise,
as often in Plato, Xen., and Thuc.
Hicaxovw, f. ovcouat, 1) to perceive
by the ear, fo hear, as Hom. II. viii. 97.
Thue. iv. 34. v. 45. Soph. Trach. 351.
2) to give ear to, hearken, Thue. v. 17;
and by impl. to give heed to, to hear fa-
vourably, as petitions or prayers, Matt. vi.
7. Lu. i. 13. Acts x. 31. Heb. v. 7. Sept.
but not Class. 3) to give heed to, OBEY,
foll. by gen. of person, 1 Cor. xiv. 21,
ovd oUTws sicaKovcovTai pov. Sept.
Eeelus.ni.- 62; Thue. it" 126. v.45, and
often in Class.
HKiodéxopmar, f. Eouar, depon. mid.
to receive into, i. e. into one’s house, city,
or country, or wnto oneself, namely, in
hospitality, or kindness and favour. The
word often occurs in Sept., where God is
108
Ei
Zech. x. 8. Hos. viii. 10; q. d. ‘I will
receive you into my especial communion
and favour.’ ;
Kioecuc, imperf. eiovev, to go into,
enter, foll. by eis with acc. 1) of place,
Acts iii, 3. xxi. 26. Heb. ix. 6. 2): by
apos with acc. of pers. Acts xxi. 18.
Sept. and Class.
Kicéopyouat, f. eXevoouat, to go or
come in, enter; said I. of PERSONS, and
1) prop. foll. by sis with acc. of place,
Matt. vi. 6. xxiv. 38, et al. seepe; by eis _
with acc. of pers. Acts xvi. 40, eis tHv
Avéiav, and xix. 36. xx. 29. -Mk. ix. 25.
Lu. viii. 30, et al.; also foll. by wapa
with dat. of pers. Lu. xix. 7, and ods
with acc. of pers. Mk. xv. 43. Acts x. 3.
xvii. 2. Rev. iii. 20; foll. by vad with
acc. of place, Matt. viii. 8. Hither may
be referred the idiom, formed from the
Hebrew, eicgpxouar Kai e£€eoxouar, to
goin and out, to perform one’s daily du-
ties, Acts i. 2]. Fig. John x. 9. So
elomop. Kal éxaop. Acts ix. 28, and
Sept. 2) metaphorically, followed by eis
with acc. of state or condition, Matt. xviii.
8, eis tHv Conv. Mk. ix. 47, eis THv
Baortsiay tov Ozov, et al. —II. of
THINGS, to enter in or into, equiv. to
slapépouar, espec. food, eis TO oToua,
Matt. xv. 1]. Acts xi. 8; also metaph.
Lu. ix. 46, siomAOe StaXoyiopos ev av-
tots. Ja. v. 4. Heb. vi. 19.
Ricxadéw, f. gow, to call tn, invite
into a house, or to hospitality, Xen. Cyr.
viii. 8, and oft. in Class. In N. T. mid.
stoxa\éouat, to invite mto one’s own
house, Acts x. 23.
Eicodos, ov, 1, (is, 666s,) prop. @
way ito any place, an entrance, Hom.
Od.x.90, and in Thuc. ii.9, the act of enter-
ing; but in N. T. entrance, i. e. the power
of entering, admission. Foll. by eis with
acc. of place, 2 Pet. i. 1], 7 «. eis Typ
aiwvioy Bactdziav Tov Kvpiov: by gen.
Heb. x. 19, tyv &. Tav adyiwyv: by mpos
with acc. of pers. 1 Thess. i. 9, coming to,
approach, oTjotav .s. ZoXxomev WpOs UGS,
and ii. 1, tay «. ipa@v eis buas. Absol.
Acts xiii, 24. |
EKicrndaw, f. now, to leap or rush
into a place, or upon a person. In N. T.
é. eis TOv OxAov, ‘to rush in among the
people,’ Acts xiv. 14, and absol. xvi. 29.
Eiotropevopmat, f. evoouat, depon.
to go into, enter, 1. of FERSONS, foll. by eis
with ace. of place, Mk. i, 21. vi. 56. xi. 2.
Acts iii. 2; with eis underst. Lu. viii. 16.
said ‘to gather and collect the exiles of | xi. 33. xix. 30, or woos with acc. of pers.
Israel into their own land.’
N. T. 2 Cor. vi. 17, we have, xayw eio-
deEouat vuas, where a reception into
communion is meant. See v. 16, and
|
Hence in | to enter into any one, i. e. into his house,
xxviii. 30.—IIL. of THINGS, to enter m or
into, as food, foll. by eis, Matt. xv. 17.
Mk. vii. 15. Metaph. ¢o arise, enter into
EI 3
the mind, Mk. iv. 19.—III. from the
Heb. eiom. kal éxop. to go in and out,
i. e. ‘to perform the daily duties of life,’
Acts ix. 28.
Hiotoé xa, f. OpeEw, a. 2. sicédpapor,
to run into any place, as a house, Acts xii.
14, absol. but with eis oixiay impl. in cont.
Hic oépw,(f. tEoiow, aor. 2. eionvey-
kov, aor. 1. cionveyKa,) to bear, or bring
into, trans. and foll. by eis with acc. of
place, 1 Tim. vi. 7, otd&v eionvéyKapuenv
eis Tov koopov. Heb. xiii. 11; with eis
Tov olxov underst. Lu. v. 19, sq. Sept.
and Class. Said of persons, foll. by eis
with ace. of state or condition, to lead into,
Matt. vi. 13, sq. Lu. xi. 4, €. eis mes-
pacuov. Those passages, indeed, are usu-
ally rendered, ‘Suffer us not to be led;’
but, as Mr. Rose remarks, ‘the arguments
for that version are rather of a metaphy-
sical, than a philological nature.’ Fig.
eiopépew Tt eis Tas akoas TLVOS, ‘to
bring unto the ears of any one,’ i. e. fo
announce to him, Acts xvii. 20. So Eur.
Dan, 55, sis w@Ta pépev, and elsewhere
in Class.
Kiva, an adverb, 1) of TIME, after
that, then, Mk. viii. 25. Lu. viii. 12.
Wom xine). xix. 2/. xx. 2/7. Ja. i. 15,
and Class. 2) of ORDER and suwccession,
as mo@tov, eita, | Tim. ii. 13. ii. 10.
Mk. iv. 28. 1 Cor. xii. 28, and Class. 3)
as a PARTIC. of continuation, then, so then,
consequently, Heb. xii. 9, and Class.
"Ex, (before a vowel ’E€,) a prep. go-
* verning the genit. with the prim. significa-
tion out of, from, of, used of such objects
as were before 27 another, but are now
separated from it, either in respect of
place, time, source, origin. J. of PLACE,
which is the prim. and most frequent use,
out of, from, 1) after verbs implying mo-
tion of any kind owt of or from any place
or object, e. gr. verbs of comiug or going,
sending, throwing, falling, gathering, or
separating, removing, and such like, Mk.
v. 2. vii. 5. John ii. 15. Lu. ii. 4, et al.
sepiss. With a gen. of pers. out of, i. e.
from whose presence, number, &c. any
person or thing proceeds, John viii. 42.
Acts iii. 22, sq. xx. 20. 1 Cor. v. 13.
Heb. v. 1. 1 John ii. 19, al. 2) after
verbs implying direction, out of, or from
any place, &c.; thus marking the termi-
nus de quo, the point from which the direc-
tion issues or tends, Lu. v. 3, édidackev
ék tov mdAotov. John xix. 23, 2x tay
avw0ev vpavtds. Mk. xi. 20, cuxnv
eEnoaupéivny éx pi(wy. Acts xxviii. 4,
Kpeuaduevoy TO Onpiov ék THs XELPOS
avtov, and Class. So, by Hebr. in the
constr. pregnans, Rev. xviii. 20. xix. 2,
é€edikyoe TO Aina THY OovUAwY AUTON éx
109
EK
Yetpos ab’tys, ‘God hath avenged, or
taken vengeance, of or from her.’ So
in the constr. preg. of a different sense,
Rev. xv. 2, Tos vix@vTas éx Tov Onpiov,
&c.—As ne the direction in which
any one is placed fvom or in respect to a
person or thing, as Ka@icat, iotavat, or
Elva, éx Oekias, ex OeErwv, && evwviuwn,
Matt. xx. 2]. xxii. 44. xxv. 33. xxvi. 64,
et al. Sept. and Class. 3) metaph. of @
state, condition, &c. out of which any one
comes or tends, after verbs of motion,
direction, &c. John x. 39, 2EnAOev ex
TiS Xetoos avtawv. Rom. xiii. ll. ryéo-
0 ék vexowy. vi. 4. Acts xvii. 3, ava-
oTjvat ék vexowy. Rom. vi. 13, Gwvtas
éx vexowy. Col. i. 18, awpwrtotoKkos ék
vexpwv, et al. sepe.—II. of TIME, viz. as
said of the beginning of a period of time, a
point FROM which onward any thing takes
place. So é« xothias wnteds, Matt. xix.
12. Lu. i. 15, al. et Sept. &« veornTos,
Matt. xix. 20. é« yodvwy ikavwy, Lu.
vii. 27. 2& doxns, John vi. 64. é« yeve-
Tis, ix. l. é« tov aiwvos, ix. 32, and
Class. Hence it may sometimes be ren-
dered ater, as Rom. i. 4, 2& advactacews
vexowv. Rey. xvii. 11, ék Twev extad
govt, ‘is after the seven, i. e. as their
successor. So, by Hebr., 2 Pet. ii. 8,
jmépav && hpeoas, lit. day from day, i. e.
‘day after day.” With an adj. or pron. it
sometimes forms an adv. of time, e. gr. é&
autis scil. woas, from this time, immedt-
ately, Mk. vi. 25, @& ixavov, of a long
tume, of old, Lu. xxiii. 8, éx tovTov scil.
xyodvov.—Ill. of the ORIGIN and source
of any thing, i. e. the primary, direct, im-
mediate source; in distinction from azo,
which represents the secondary, indirect,
mediate origin. It is said, 1) of persons,
viz. of the place, stock, family, condition,
&c. out of which one is derived, or to
which he belongs; place, Lu. viii. 27,
dvip Tis ék THS WOoAEws. Xxiii.7. Johni.
47, al.; family, Lu.i. 5, iepevs Tis €F E@n-
méoias ’ABia. li. 4. Acts iv. 6. xni. 21,
et sepe; condition or state, John viii. 41,
Nets EK TOpVElas OV yeyevvypeba.
Acts x. 45, et al. of éx awepitours. 2) of
the sowrce, whether pers. or thing, owt of
or from which any thing proceeds, is de-
rived, or to which it pertains, and that
both gener. Mk. xi. 30, é& ovpavou.
Matt. xxi. 19, punxéte ék cov Kaprros
yevytar.. Lu. i. 78, avatoXy && tous,
and oft.; and spec. as marking not only
the source and origin, but also the cha-
racter of any person or thing, as derived
from that source, implying connexion, de-
pendence, adherence, devotedness, like-
ness, &c. John vii. 17, é« tov Qeov. viii.
47, et al. sepe; also fig. of the source of
character, quality, &c. implying adherence
to, connexion with, &c. John xviii. 37,
EKA
Tas 0 wy éK THS a\yGeias. 1 John ii. 21.
iii. 9, et al. Hence éx with gen. forms a
periphr. for an adv. or partic. as 6 éx
qwiotews, Rom. iv. 16. Gal. iii. 7, 9. 6 éx«
vouov, Rom. iv. 14. ot é& épiSeias, ii. | Acts ii. 6.
110
EKB
verbs, where it is in apposition with a plur.
noun implied, Matt. xviii. 35, av pm
ap7nte Exactos Tw adeX\ Ow, &Kc. John
| xvi. 32. Heb. viii. 11, al. So eis Exaotos,
In apposition with a plur.
8. 7 éx hicews akooBvotia, 27. 3) of | noun or pron. expressed, Lu. ii. 3, éro-
the motive, ground, or occasion whence
any thing proceeds, the incidental cause
of it, from, out of, i.e. by reason of, in
consequence of, &c. John iv. 6, Kexo-
WlAKWS EK TIS OCoLTropias. Ja. iv. 1.
Rev. viii. 1]. 2 Cor. xiii. 4. 1 Tim. vi. 4.
Heb. vii. 12, et al. So dcxkatovv or o-
KaiwOyjvat Ex TiaTtews, out of, from, by,
on account of, faith, and duc. é«k Tey ~p-
ywv. A) of the efficzent cause, agent, Kc.
that from which any action or thing is
produced or effected, from, by, Rom. ix.
ll. Gal. v. 8, €« tov KaXovvTos. 1 Cor.
vill. 6. 2 Cor. i. 11. John xii. 49, and oft.
2) of the manner or mode in which any
thing is done, Mk. xii. 30, ayamav 2&
ddyns THs xapdias. So ék Wuyxys, &e.
6) of the means, instrument, instrumental
cause, from, i.e. by means of, by, through,
with, &c. Lu. xvi. 9, qwoiujcate EauTots
@itous ék TOU MaLwYa Tis GOLKias,
‘by means of.’ John iii. 5, 2& wédatos.
1 Cor. ix. 14, é« Tou edayyeXiou, and oft.
Hence with verbs of filling, Matt. xxiii.
25. John xii. 3, and also of the price paid
down, as a meaus of acquiring any thing,
Matt. xx. 2, 2x Oyvapiov. 7) of the ma-
terial, viz. of, out of, from, Matt. xxvii.
29, ctéemavoy é— axavlav. John ii. 15,
do. éx sxo.viwv. Rom. ix. 21. 1 Cor. xi.
8. Eph. v. 30. Heb. xi. 30. 8) of a whole
in relation to a part, a whole from which
a part is spoken of, i. e. partitively, 1 Cor.
xii. 15, ovK EoTiv Ex TOU cwuaTos. So
after verbs of eating or drinking, 1 Cor. ix.
7. xi. 28. Lu. xxii. 16. John vi. 26, et al.
Said of a class or number owt of which any
one is separated, of which he forms a part,
&ec. John i. 24, of dmectadpévor ijcav
zx twy ®ao. Mk. xiv. 69. Lu. xxii. 3.
Acts xxi. 8. 2 Tim. iii. 6. Phil. iv. 22, of
éx THs Kaioapos oixias. Finally, after
a numeral or pron. as eis, Matt. x. 29.
Mk. ix. 17, et al. sepe——N.B. in com-
position 2x implies, 1) removal, out, from,
off, away, as exBaivw, exBartro, expéow.
2) continuance, as ExTeivw, ExTQéhw. 3)
completion, as éxOatavaw. 4) intensity,
as exOnXos, €LaTaTaw, éxOaTavaw.
“Exaotos, 4, ov, adj. (superl. from
éxas, separate,) each, every one, i.e. of
any number separately. 1) gener. Matt.
Xvi. 27, dqodwoe, ExadoTwW KaTAa Ty
qwoakw avtov. Lu. vi. 44. John vii. 53,
etal. This idea of separation, or sizgling
out, is expressed yet more strongly by eis
¢xactos, Acts xx. 3l, vovlerav Eva
éxaotov. Eph. iv. 16. Rev. xxi. 21, al.
2) distributively, in constr. with plural
| pevovTo TavtTes, ExacTos eis THY, KC.
Acts ii. 6. Eph. v. 33.
‘“Exadotote, adv. (gxkactos,) each
time, always, continually, 2 Pet. i. 15, and
Class.
‘Exatoy, ol, at, ré, num. adj. a hun-
dred, Matt. xviii. 12. John xix. 39, al.
Adverb. a hundred-fold, Matt. xii. 8.
Mk, iv. 8, al.
‘“Exatovtaétyns, ov, 6, 7, adj. &
hundred years old, Rom. iv. 19.
‘“ExatovtratAaciwv, ovos, 6, 7,
adj. a hundred-fold, Lu. viii. 8, kaptrov é.
Matt. xix. 29. Mk. x. 30. Sept. & Class.
‘Exatovtapxns, ov, & —os, ov, ,
(éxaTov, Goxw,) a centurion, Matt. viii. 5,
and oft. Sept. and Class.
"ExBaXrXw, f. Barto, to throw from
or out of, to cast out. I. GENER. and with
the idea of force employed, Matt. xv. 17,
sis apedpwva éxPadXeTar. Acts XXvil.
38. Matt. viii. 12. xxv. 30. Foll. by Ew
with gen. of place, Matt. xxi. 39; some-
times implied, Lu. xx. 12. John ix. 34.
xii. 31. In the sense of to force, thrust
out, Mk. ix. 47, 2. rov 6p8adpov. to urge
or drive out, Mk i. 12, ro Ilvevupa avtov
éxBaAXer eis Thy zonuov. John x. 4,
modBata éxBady. Foll. by é« with gen.
of place, either expr. John ii. 15. 3 John -
10. Lu. iv. 29. or impl. Lu. viii. 54. John
vi. 37. xii. 31. Said of demons, fo cast
out, expel, Matt. vii. 22. Mk. vii. 26. xvi.
9, et al. Metaph. in the sense fo cast
out, i.e. with scorn and reproach, reject as
vile, Lu. vi. 22, 6Tav éxBadXwot TO Ov.
Uua@v ws Tovxnpov. Thus itis used by Mlian
and Demosth. of rejected actors, and so
exBAnTOs, vile.—IL1. spxc. the idea of force
being dropped, to remove, draw forth,
Matt. vii. 4, é«8. Td Kagdos amo TOU
6p~0. In Matt. xii. 35, éxBadAer Ta
aya0a, and Lu. x. 35, éxBadwy dvo dn-
vao.a, there is a signif. pregnans, i. e.
two senses are blended in the compound
verb; one suggested by the prep. the other
expressed by the verb. In the former case
the full sense is, ‘draws forth and utters;
(so Pindar, Pyth. ii. 148, éaros éxBadetv,)
in the latter, ‘ having drawn forth and put
down,’ as we should say disbursed. On
the sense in Matt. xii. 20, see my note
there. In Rey. xi. 2, tiv avAnv—exBare
z&w, ‘put it out of your measurement,’
do not include it in your measuring.
"ExBacts, ews, 7, (ékBaivw,) prop. @
going out, egress, Hom. Od. v. 410. In
EKB
N. T. fig. of egress from life, eazt, end,
Heb. xiii. 7, €. ths avaotpodys. Wisd.
ii. 17. Also metaph. the tsswe of any
thing, i. e. the result, event, 1] Cor. x. 13,
TONTEL, OUV TW TWEIPATMW, Kal THY EK-
Bacwy, ‘ will guide the issue or result,’ as
Wisd, viii. 8, exBacers xarowy, or ‘ will
cause or bring about a way out of the
temptation.’
"Ex Bor}, fs, 7, (ExBaAAW,) @ casting
out, as of the lading of a ship, to lighten
her, Acts xxvii. 18, €. érocovvto, and
Class.
"ExyapiCa, f. iow, lit. to marry out,
i.e. to give in marriage, | Cor. vil. 38.
Pass. Matt. xxii. 30. xxiv. 38. Lu. xvii.
27, to become a wife. The word only
occurs elsewhere in the Greek Pandects.
"Exyapiokxw, same as éxyauilw,
pass. in Lu. xx. 34, sq. Aristot. Polit. p. 22.
"Exyovos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (éxyéyova,
2 perf. of éxyivomuat,) prop. adj. sprung
Jrom, born of, as often in Plato. Hence
subst. @ descendunt of any kind, whether
son or grandson. In N.T. in nent. ra
éxyova, descendants, espec. grandchildren,
1 Tim. v. 4, téxva 7 éxyova. And so in
Sept. and occas. Class.
"Exdataveaa, f. now, to expend, (lit.
spend out,) utterly consume, and pass. to
be quite spent, utterly exhausted, as said of
the vital powers, 2 Cor. xii. 15, éxdama-
vnOncouar rep, &c. Polyb. xxv. 8, 4.
xxi. 8, 9. xvii. 11, 10. phys. as said of
pecuniary resources.
"Exdéyopmat, f. Eouar, prop. to recewve
any thing from any person. In N.T. in-
choatively, to be ready to recewe from any
quarter, to receive by anticipation, wazt for,
expect, John v. 3, éxd. THY TOU VdaTos
Kkivyow. Acts xvii. 16. 1 Cor. xi. 33. xvi.
il, Heb. xi. 10. Ja. v. 7. absol. Heb. x.
13. 1 Pet. iii. 20, and Class. .
"ExO7X0s, ov, 0, 4, adj. (éx, O7Xes,)
quite plain, conspicuous, 2 Tim. iii. 9.
& Mace. vi. 5. Hom. Il. v. 2. Pol. iii. 2, 6.
‘"Exdnpéw, f. now, (Exdnuos,) prop.
and in Class. to be absent from one’s peo-
ple or country, by travelling abroad. In
N. T. gener. to be absent from any place
or person, 2 Cor. v. 6, 8, xd. éxk TOU ow.
"Exdidwpmti, f. éxdwow, prop. to give
out any thing, or fo give up any person,
espec. to place owt in marriage, to give in
marriage; also to give owt or let owt any
property, lian V. H. xiv. 15. In N.T.
mid. éxdidouar, to let out for one’s own
benefit, as dumeA@va, Matt. xxi. 33, 41.
Mk. xii. 1. Lu. xx. 9.
"Exdinyéopmat, f. joouan, to tell out,
relate at large any narration, Acts xiii. 41.
xy. 3. Sept. @os. Ant. xiii. 5, 7. Ecclus..
Xxxili. 8.
111
EKA
"Exdck éw, f. now, (Exdixos,) gener. ‘ to
execute right and justice.” 1) to do jus-
tice to any one, by maintaining his right,
Lu. xviii. 3, 5. Sept. in Ps. xxxvii. 28.
1 Mace. vi. 22. xiii. 6. 2) to avenge,
i.e. to take personal satisfaction, Rom. xii.
19, uw) eautods éxd. So to take venge-
ance on, to punish, as TO aipa, i. e.
crime of bloodshed, amo Tivos, Rev. vi.
10. xix. 2. So 2 Cor. x. 6, éxé. mwacav
qjapaxony. So Sept. and later Class. and
sometimes Engl. avenge.
"Exdixnecs, ews, 7, (éxdrxéw,) gener.
the execution of right and justice, viz. I.
avengement, in the sense of maintaining
any one’s right. So aoety éxd. equiv. to
exdikety, to maintain one’s right, defend
one’s cause, foll. by gen. of pers. for whom,
Lu. xviii. 7, 8; by dat. of pers. against
whom, Acts vii. 24, and Sept.—IL. venge-
ance, penal retribution, Rom. xii. 19. Heb.
x. 30, and Sept. In the sense of vin-
dictive justice, punishment, Lu. xxi. 22,
NoEoat Exdtkyjoews. 2 Cor, vii. 11. 2 Th.
i. 8. 1 Pet. ii. 14, and Sept.
"ExO-Kkos, ov, 6, 7, (ex, Oixn,) prop.
adj. executing right and justice, Soph. CEd.
Col. 920; in N. T. a subst. vetrebutor,
avenger, punisher, Rom. xiii. 4. | Th. iv.
6. Sept. and later Class.
"ExdiwKka, f. Ew, (éx & diwKw,) to
drive out from a place, to chase off, to
cause to flee away, Sept. and Class. Hence
in N. T. by impl. to pursue with malignity,
to persecute, Lu. xi. 49. 1 Th. ii. 15; m
the latter of which passages the simple
idea of persecution is intended; in the
former, as appears from a comparison with
Matt. xxiii. 34, sq. the various forms
thereof, both active and passive, espec. the
being chased from place to place by acts
of persevering enmity, are intimated.
"Exdoros, ov, 0, 7, adj. (éxdidwyt,)
delivered up, Acts ii. 23, toutov %. a-
Bovres. So Jos. Ant. vi. 13, 9, éxéorov
AaBwv. In the later Class. Exdorov dov-
vat or ANauB. signifies to give up, or to
receive, any one to be treated at discretion.
The earlier writers have éxdoTov zrovetv.
"EK 00X%, HS, 1, (ExdEXomar,) & waiting
Sor, expectation, Heb. x. 27.
"Exdu'w, f. v’ow, prim. intrans. to go
or come out of, Hom. Od. xxii. 334, éx-
dvs weydpo.o. Eur. Iph. Taur. 602, exo.
kakwy. Hence trans. to cause fo come out
of, as in the putting off of armour or
clothes, to unclothe, Matt. xxvii. 3], and
Mk. xv. 20, 2Eéducav abtov Ti ToePd-
pay, ‘stripped him as to his clothes.” Hom.
Od. xiv. 341. Alschyl. Ag. 13842. With
the ace. of person only, Matt. xxvii. 26.
Lu. x. 30, and Sept. Mid. éxdvouar, to
put off one’s clothes, 2 Cor. v. 4, ob Sédo-
EKE
pev exdvoaobar, scil. Td oxyvos, Meaning
the mortal body. So serpents are said
éxOveLv TO yijoas, when they have cast
off their old skin. See Virg. Ain. ii. 473.
"Exet, adv. of place. 1) of place
where, there, in that place, Matt. ii. 13. v.
24. vi. 21. xii. 45,et al. By Hebr. joined
with ozrov, as oOmov éxet, where, Mk. vi.
55. Rev. xii. 6, 14, and Sept. 2) by at-
traction, of place whither, thzther, to that
place, after verbs of motion, instead of
éxetoe, Matt. ii. 22. Mk. vi. 33, et al.
Sept. and Class.
"Exet@ev, adv. thence, from that place,
Matt. iv. 21, wooBas éxet@ev, and vy. 26. ix.
9, etal. So oi éxet@ev, those from thence,
‘those who belong there, as Eurip. Hec.
719. Sept. and Class.
“Exetvos, 7, 0, pron. demonstr. (éxe?,
lit. ‘that one there, plur. ‘ those there,’)
equiv. to our emphatic he, she, or 7#. When
put in antithesis, it usually refers to the
person or thing more remote or absent, or
otherwise to the next preceding, which it
thus renders more definite and emphatic.
I. tz antithesis, and referring to the more
remote subject, e. gr. with otros, Lu.
xviii. 14. Ja.iv.15; or gener. Matt. xiii. 11.
Mk. xvi. 20, et al. sepe, and Class.—II.
without antithesis, referring to the pers. or
thing immediately preceding, or just men-
tioned, 1) gener. Matt. xvii. 27. Acts iii.
13. Mk. iii. 21, and oft. and Class. 2)
emphatic, like the Engl. that, Mk. vii. 15.
John's 16. ve. 11. tx. 37. x. 1. xii. 48, et
al. and in the case of persons well known
or celebrated.
"Exetos, adv. (éxet,) prop. thither, to
that place. In N. T. by attraction, for
zxet, there, Acts xxi. 3. xxii. 5. Sept. &
later writers.
"Ex (ntéw, f. iow, prop. to seek out, in
order to find, any thing or person lost.
Sept. and Class. In N.T. 1) to enquire
diligently, scrutinize, 1 Pet.i. 10, «xf. weoi
tTivos, parallel with 2Eepevvaw, Sept. 2)
to seek after any thing, i. e. endeavour to
gain, Heb. xii. 17, weta dOaxpvwv é. av-
tiv, and Sept. By Hebr. to require, de-
mand, e. gr. éx{. TO aiua Tivos amé
Tivos, ‘to avenge or punish the crime of
any one’s blood,’ Lu. x1. 50, sq.; and Sept.
in Ezek. iii. 18, 20. 2Sam. iv. 1]. Gen.
ix. 5. 3) from the Hebr. éx(ntetv tov
Gov, to seek out God, i. e. ‘to seek to
know his will, with a full determination
to follow and obey it, Acts xv. 17. Rom.
iii. 11. Heb. xi. 6, and Sept. often.
"ExOauBéw, f. now, (exPauPos,) ge-
ner. to utterly amaze, quite astonish, Job
maxx f, Aq. Keelus: xxx..9. In. ND.
pass. to be greatly astonished, whether
from admiration, Mk. ix. 15, or terror,
112
EKK
Mk. xvi. 5, sq. or perturbation, Mk. xiv.
30.
"ExOauBos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (éx, Sapu-
Bos,) quite astonished, Acts ii. 11. Polyb.
xx. 10, 9, and Sept. .
"ExOetos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (éxribnmr,)
prop. put away, cast aside; but used
espec. of an infant, in the sense eaposed
or abandoned. So Acts vii. 19, qroety
exQeta ta Boépy. The verb éxtiOnyutc is
freq. in the Class. in this sense,
"Exxa@aipw, f. apw, to purge out,
cleanse thoroughly, prop. as furniture or
utensils, Xen. Anab.i. 2,16. Deut. xxvi. 13.
In N. T. metaph. with acc. of pers. éxk.
éautov aod tivos, 2 Tim. ii. 21. Plato
Kuth. p. 3, tuas éxxaQaipe: Tovs Tav
vewy Tas PAaortas Ora@UerpovTas. Xen.
Conv. 1, 4, advéoaow éxxexabagpevors
Tas Wuxas., With acc. of thing, to cleanse
out, i. e. put away, | Cor. v. 7, &. THv aa-
Aatav Cuunv. Dinarch. c. Aristog. p. 67,
ékK. THY Onpodokiav,
"Exxaia, f. catow, to cause to burn, or
flame out, to kindle, Hdot. iv. 134, and
Sept. In N.T. pass. or mid. to burn or
fiame out, metaph. év doéEer, Rom. i. 27;
of passion oft. in Sept. and Class.
"Exxakéw, f. how, (ék, KaKos,) prop.
to give way, despond, lose courage under
danger, as a soldier who abandons his
post: butin N. T. gener. to despond, lose
courage under trials and difficulties, Eph.
iii. 13, aivovmat wh éxkakety év Tats
SriWveci pou brio buwv. 2 Cor. iv. 1,
16, and also to give way under labours, and
gener. to be remiss or careless in the dis-
charge of any duty, Lu. xviii. 1, wavtoTe
ToocevxXeoUaL, Kai pr exkaketv. Gal. vi.
9, to 6& KaXOv ToLlovyTES pi EKKAKO-
pev. 2 Thess. iii. 13. Polyb. iv. 19,10. —
"Exkevtéa, f. jow, (é« intens. & Kev-
Téw,) prop. to quite pierce the surface of
any body, to transfixz, John xix. 37, dWov-
Ta. sis Ov é€exévtTynoav. Rev.i. 7, and
Sept. and later Gr. writers. The earlier
writers use the simple xevTéw.
"ExxA ao, f. dow, to break off, as a
branch, Rom. xi. 17, 19, 20, 2&exXaoOn-
oav. Lev. i. 17. Plato Pol. x. 611, D.
"ExxXetw, f. ciow, prop. to shut any
one out, as of a house, ora city. In N.T.
fig. to exclude from intercourse with any
one; foll. by ace. Gal. iv. 17, éxxAztoas
Uuas SéXovct. Pass. to be excluded, have
no place, Rom. iii. 27, €EexXeioOn 7 Kad-
Xi ots.
"ExkAnola, as, 4, (exxAnTos, fr. éx-
Kah éw,)aconvocation. This word is used in
N. T. in two ways: I. IN THE CLASSICAL
SENSE, and 1) of az assembly of the people,
either lawfully called out byghe civil magis-
trate, Acts xix. 39, & Class. writers, or of a
EKK
tumultuary assembly, not legal, Acts xix.
32, 40. 2) in the Jewish sense, a congre-
gation, or assembly of the people, as often
m Sept.; espec. for public worship in a
synagogue, Matt. xviii. 17, or gener. of
the whole people, Acts vii. 38, yevouevos
év TH ExkAnoia év TH Eorjuw. Heb. ii. 12.
1 Mace. ii. 56. iv. 59. Ecelus. xiii, 20.—
Il. IN THE CHRISTIAN SENSE, @ assem-
bly or society of faithful Christian persons,
called out of the world at large by the
word of God, and given, out of the world,
by God unto Christ, (see John xvii. 6 &
14,) that they may be sanctified through
the truth of God, ‘ whose word is truth,’
John xvii. 17.—1. the universal and visible
Church, militant here on earth, i.e. the
whole society of Christians dispersed
throughout the world, Matt. xvi. 18.
© Core, =. a2. x1. 22. xii. 28. Col.
f foeeeeone 1. 22. v. 23, 25, 27.
—il. the universal Church triumphant
and glorified, Eph. v. 27. Comp. Heb. xii.
23.—11. a particular Church, though
composed of several congregations, as the
Church in Jerusalem, Antioch, Corinth,
Galatia, Thessalonica, &c. Acts viii. 1]. xi.
eet Ger 1. 2. Col. iv. 16. Rev. i. 4, 11,
20. ii. 1, 18, et al_—iv. @ particulur or
single congregation of Christians, or those
believers who were wont to assemble in
any particular house for Divine worship,
Rom. xvi. 5. 1 Cor. xvi. 19, Col. iv. 15.
Philem. 2, and in the plur. Acts xiv. 23.
mute oe) Wor. xi. 16. xiv. 54. xv. 9. xvi.
1, 19. 1 Th. ii. 14. Gal. i. 2.—vV. the place
where such congregation is assembled,
Acts xi. 26, 1 Cor. xi. 18, 22.
"ExkXt vw, f. iv@, prop. to bend any
thing owt of the straight course, trans. and
also to bend from any course, Mal. ii. 8,
e€ekhivate éx THS Odov. InN. T. me-
taph. of turning aside and swerving from
the straight road of piety and virtue, Rom.
ii. 12, mavtes eێxAwav. So Sept.
Numb. xxii. 23. Job xxxiv. 27. Also of
turning aside from by avozding any person
or thing, to shun, Rom. xvi. 17, éxxX. arr’
avta@y. 1 Pet. iii. Ll, éxxAwatw ao
Kkakouv. So Ps. xxxvii. 27, éxxAwvov a7o
Kakou, and Prov. iii. 7.
"ExkoAupPBaw, f. iow, to swim out
or of, as from a sinking vessel to land,
Acts xxvii. 42. Dion. Hal. iv. 24, éxk. cis
ayy ynv. Thue. iv. 25, amroxoX. absol. as
here.
"ExkopiCw, f. isw, to carry out or
forth, as a dead body for burial, Lu. vii.
-12, and oft. in Class.
°"Exkometw,f.dw, 1) prop. to cut off; as
a branch, Rom. xi. 24, et al., or a limb,
Matt. v. 30, rij deEvav. xviii. 8. Also,
to cut down, as said of a tree, Matt. iii. 10.
vii. 19, Lu. iii. 9. xiii. 7, 9, and Class.
113
EKA
2) metaph. fo cut off an occasion, by re-
moving it, 2 Cor. xi. 12. So Hieroel. é.
apopmas: also to hinder, render ineffectual,
1 Pet. iii. 7, eis TO wt ExkOmTec0a Tas
TOOTEVXAS UUBD.
’"Exkpémapar, mid. form intrans. of
ékkoeuavvune, prop. to hang from, by
clinging hold of any thing, (as Lucian, t. ii.
513, éxxpemavudmevor THY TIHOadiw»y,) OF
person, as Thue. vii. 75, tav Evoxjvev
éxkpeuavvvmevor. But it is often used
fig. of that on which we depend, as hope,
&c. Also said of those who listen atten-
tively to a person speaking, and are said
to hang on him, i. e. on his lips. (So Pope,
‘And wond’ring senates hung on all he
spoke,’) and Virg. Ain. iv. 79, pendetque
iterum narrantis ab ore. So Lu. xix. 46,
Oo Nads EEEKPEMATO AUTOU aKovwD.
"EkAadéw, f. fow, to speak out, dis-
close, trans. with dat. of pers. Acts xxiii.
22, unoevi éxAXaAnoat, and Class.
"ExA auto, f. Ww, to shine out or forth,
to be resplendent, Matt. xiii. 43, éxAduwou-
oi. ws o Atos, in allusion to Dan. xii. 3.
The word occurs in the Class.
"ExAav0avw, f. Anow, to make to
quite forget, Hom. Il. ii. 600. In N. T.
mid. éxXavbavouat, lit. to lose out of (éx)
mind, to forget, Heb. xii. 5, exhéXyno0e,
‘have forgotten.’ Jos. and Class.
"ExAéyw, f. AeEw, prop. to lay out,
i. e. put aside certain persons or things out
of a larger number proposed or offered, to
choose out, whether for others or oneself, |
Joseph. Bell. i1..8, 6. Xen. Hist. i. 6, 13.
Plato 536, C. 458, C. et al. In N. T.
only mid. éxXéyouat, to choose out FOR
ONESELF, and gener. ¢o choose or select any
thing or person, I. GENER. and 1) of
things, Lu. x. 42, tiv ayabiy pepida
efehéEaro. xiv. 7. 1 Cor. i. 27, sq. Sept.
and Class. 2) of persons, foll. by ace.
simply, John vi. 70. xv. 16. Acts i. 2, 24.
vi. 5. xv. 22, 25, etal. Ja. ii. 5. Sept. and
Class. Foll. by é« with gen. John xv.
19, or azo with gen. Lu. vi. 13.—II. spxc.
and by impl. ¢o choose out for special privi-
leges, &c. with the accessory idea of favour
or love, Mk. xiii. 20. John xiii. 18. Acts
xiii. 17. Eph. i. 4, and Sept.
"Exdsime, f. Ww, prop. & in Class. to
leave out or omit any person or thing from
any number ; also ¢o leave off any action or
practice; but in N. T. and sometimes in
Class. intrans. to leave off, cease, or fail,
as said of any commenced action, or
course of action, Lu. xxii. 32, 4 qwiotis,
‘to fail.’ Heb. i. 12, ern, ‘to fail.’ Sept.
& Class. By impl. ‘to cease fo live,’i. e. to
die, Lu. xvi. 9. Joseph. Bell. iv. 1, 9,
Apollod. iii. 4,3, and Sept.. In the Class.
Biov or To Gv is generally added; yet in
Plato it often occurs without addition.
“
EKA
"ExXEkTOs,7, ov, adj. (2xAEyeoOan,)
chosen, elect ; 1) of things, select, chotce, ex-
cellent, | Pet. ii. 4,6, XiGos é. 2) of persons,
chosen, distinguished, 1 Pet. ii. 9, yévos é.
1 Tim. v.21, 7a@v 2.ayyéAwv. Seemy note.
3) by impl. chosen, with the accessory idea
of favour, love, &c. beloved, Lu. xxiii. 35,
6 Xptotos 6 Tov Geou 2. Rom. xvi. 13.
Sept. in Is. xlii. 1. Ps. cv. 6. 1 Chron.
xvi. 13. Hence the expression of éxex-
tol, the elect, ‘those chosen by God unto
salvation, or to peculiar privileges and
blessings, as members of the kingdom of
heaven; and accordingly those enjoying
his favour, and leading a holy life in com-
munion with Him; ‘true and faithful
Christians.” Comp. Rev. xvii. 14, ot kAn-
Tol Kal €KAEKTOL Kal TioTol, Where there
is an allusion to chosen men picked out for
soldiers, as oft. in Sept.; e. gr. Judg. xx.
16, 34. 1 Sam. xxiv. 3. xxvi. 2, et al.
So Clemens, 1 Cor. § 2,‘ Ye contended
day and night for the whole brotherhood,’
eis TO owleoGar wet eA~oUS Kal GUVvEL-
Oncews Tov ao.Oucv Tey EkXEKT@DV al-
tov. And in the Martyrdom of Polycarp,
§ 16, we have ta&v éxXexT@p opp. to Tav
awiotwy, ‘the unbelieving heathen.’ In
this sense of €xXexTol Tov Geov occurs in
Matt. xxiv. 31. Mk. xiii. 27. Lu. xviii.
7. Rom. viii. 33. Col. iii. 12. Tit. i. 1,
and without Oeov, Matt. xx. 16. xxii. 14.
xxiv. 22,24. Mk. xiii. 20, 22. 2 Tim. ii. 10.
"ExXoyt, as, 1, (éxXéyw,) election,
selection, I. gener. Acts ix. 15, ckevos
éxAoy7s, i. e. a chosen vessel, Class.—II.
spec. in the sense election, i. e. the bene-
volent purpose of God, whereby any are
chosen unto salvation, so that they are led
to embrace and persevere in the Gospel,
to the enjoyments of its privileges and
blessings both here and hereafter, Rom.
xi, 5, kat’ éxAoyiv xaprtos, (where see
my note,) 1 Thess. i. 4. 2 Pet.1.10. By
meton, of abstract for concrete, equiv. to
of éxXextol, Rom. xi. 7.—I1]. by impl.
Free choice, free will, Rom. ix: 11, 4 Kat’
éxAoyijv mydbecrs, i.e. ‘the free spon-
taneous purpose of God,’ uninfluenced by
external motives, Joseph. Bell. ii. 8, 14,
tr’ avOpwTwv ékNoyn TO TE KaXOv Kat
TO Kaxov TpoxeiTat. Psalt. Salom. ix. 7,
Ta toya Nuawv év éxroyy Kat éEoucia
THS WuXIS Nov.
"ExkX0'w, f. tow, prop. and trans. Zo
loosen or disengage from any thing which
binds or holds fast, either animals (as
horses, Hom. Od. iv. 35,) or men, as
Xenoph. ; also metaph. to set free from any
thing that shackles the mind, as captivity,
or adversity, (see Gray's Ode to Ad-
versity, ) also to quite Joosen the strength,
(lit. that which stringeth up a man,)
Polyb. xvi. 6,12. Diod. Sic. xiii. 77, et al.
114
EK II
See Foésii Gicon. Hippocr. In N. T.
pass. €x\vUouar, to be wearied out, utterly
exhausted, as said of the body, Matt. ix.
36 ; to be weary, Gal. vi. 9, wy ExXudpevor,
with allusion to reapers, ézred out, and so
Sept. Also as said of the mind, to fait,
despond, Heb. xii. 3, Wuxats tuwy éxdv-
Omevot, and Class.
"Expuaccw, f. Ew, to wipe out, or off,
wipe dry, Lu. vii. 38, 44. John xi. 2.
xii. 3. xiii. 5, and later Class. The earlier
ones have é£oudpyvupt.
"EkuuktnpiCa, f. iow, (ék, wuxTno,)
lit. to turn up the nose at, to utterly deride,
scoff at, Lu. xvi. 14. xxiii. 35. Sept.
"Exvetw, f. evow, to bend the head
aside (ex) or away, to avoid a blow.
Hence, to turn aside out of the way. So
Plut. t. ii. p. 577, B, éxvevoas THs Odov.
Hence in N. T. to turn aside or away,
John v. 13, ێvevoev, Oxo OvTos Ev TH
TOTw, at least, as most Expésitors under-
stand; but the best interpreters are, with
reason, agreed that the word is to be
derived from éxvéw, fo swim off or away,
as in Thuc. ii. 90, though that term also,
like the Latin enatare, signifies fig. to glide
off unobservedly, a sense far more agreeable
to the context.
"Exvigda, f. ww, prop. to become sober
From (éx) being drunken, as often in later
Class. In N. T. metaph. to awaken or
rouse up, i.e. from a state of ignorance and
mental delusion, by returning, through
sincere repentance, to a right mind, | Cor.
xv. 34, ixvyWate Oikaiws. So also, in
the same spiritual sense, Joel i. 5, éxv7-
Wate ot peGtovtes, and Ps. lxxviii. 65.
Sept.
‘Exovotos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (éxwv,) will-
ing, voluntary, Philem. 14, kaTa@ éxovo.ov,
adv. phrase for the adv. éxouciws, Nehem.
xv. 3. Xen. Mem. ii. 1, 18.
‘Exouciws, adv. (éxovatos, ) willingly,
voluntarily, Heb. x. 26. 1 Pet. v. 2. Sept.
and Class.
"Extadat, adv, of old, long since,
2 Pet. ii. 3. iii. 5, and later Class.
"Extetpa lw, f. dow, lit. to try out,
put to the utmost test by temptation, Matt.
iv. 7. Lu. iv. 12. x. 25. 1 Cor. x. 9. Sept.
"Exréptw, f. Ww, to send out or
forth, Acts xiii. 4. xvii. 10. Sept. & Class.
"Exretavvunte, f. dow, to spread out,
stretch forth the hands, as in supplication,
Rom. x. 21. Sept. and later Class.
"Exayeaa, f. now, to leap, rush forth,
intrans. Acts xiv. 14, é€emndnoap eis Tov
dxXov, in many MSS., Versions, and later
Edd. for text. recept. eicemr. See my note
there.
"Exrincwy, f. wecovuat, to fall from,
EK I
i. e. out of or off, intrans. I. PROP. as
said of things which fall from or out of
their place, as the stars from heaven, Mk.
xiii. 25, and Class.; chains from off a
prisoner, Acts xii. 7; or as said of a boat
falling from a ship down into the sea,
Acts xxvii. 32; of flowers falling away,
Ja. i. 11. 1 Pet. i. 24; said of a ship, to
fall (i. e. be driven) out of its course;
usually foll. by eis with acc. of place, éo
be driven upon, Acts xxvii. 17, po. m1
eis tiv Lvoetw éxréowor. So Diod. Sic.
ii. 60, TO wWAoLrdptov—éKecety eis Gu-
yous, and elsewh. in Class. Also fig. foll.
by gen. to full from any state or condition,
by abandoning one’s part or interest in it,
Gal. v.4, éxa. tHs xapitos, fall away
from, namely, by apostasy. See Lu. viii.
13. And so 2 Pet. iii. 17, éxa. Tov idiou
oTnovypmou. Rey. i. 5, wolev Exit TH-
kas.—lIl. METAPH. to fall to the ground,
fail, become ineffectual, Rom. ix. 6, o
Aéyos Tov Geov. And so Pind. Pyth. vi.
37, Xauaitwetés eros, and Plut. vi. 140,
ANOyos Uaynvepios ExwimTwv. Plato p. 13,
D, 6 Aoyos Hiv Extecwy olxnceTat.
"Exar éw, f. evcopar, to sail from or
out of a port, foll. by «eis with acc. of
place, Acts xv. 39. xvili. 18; by azo with
gen. of place, xx. 6. Class.
"ExtiA1Npdw, f. ow, prop. to fill out
or up, i.e. fully complete any number or
measure. In N. T. metaph. to fulfil, as a
promise, Acts xiii. 832. Polyb. i. 67, 1.
"ExmAyjoweots, ews, 7, prop. as in
Class. a fulfilling or completing of any
thing. InN. T. said of time, fulfilment,
Acts xxi. 26, diayyéAXwv Thy Ext. THY
Huzow@y T. a. ‘announcing the fulfilment,
or full observance, of the days of purifi-
cation, i.e. that he was about to fully
keep them. So éxmAnpow in Diod. Sic.
ii. 57.
"ExtAnocw, f. Ew, prop. to strike off,
i. e. to strike off any one by a blow, as in
Theophr. ap. Steph. Thes, ; but elsewhere
only in a fig. sense, fo strike any one out
of his self-possession, by exciting terror,
astonishment, admiration. So Thuc. ii.
87, poBos yao wyjpny extrAncoe. The
word sometimes occurs in the act. but
gener. in the pass. fo be, as we say struck
with astonishment and admiration. And
so often in N. T. either absol. or foll. by
émi with dat. Matt. xix. 25. Mk, x. 26,
and oft.
’"Exavéw, f. evow, prop. to breathe out
or forth, emit the breath, Wvynv being
underst. which is expressed in Eurip. Orest.
1163; but it gener. signifies to breathe
cut the last breath, to expire, Mk. xv. 37,
39. Lu. xxiii. 46, and often in Class.
"Exmopetopuat, f. evcouat, to go out
115
EK'T
o; to go or come forth, and used in N, T.
. of PERSONS, foll. by é« or a@mod with
gen. of place whence, Mk. x. 46. xiii. 1,
or jwapa with gen. of pers. from whom,
John xv. 26; also foll. by eis, éai, or
apos with ace. of place whither, Mk. x.
17. John v. 29, et al. and Class. So in
the phrase eloqwopevouar Kat éxtrop.
meaning ‘to perform one’s daily duty.’—
II. of THINGS, to go forth, proceed out of,
foll. by ék or dao with gen. of pers. or
thing, as Matt. xv. 11,18. Mk. vii. 20, sq.
et al.; by eis with ace. of place whither,
Lu. iv. 37. Mk, vii. 19.
"Extopvetw, f. evow, to practise for-
nication, be given up to lewdness, Jude 7.
Sept.
"Exar, f. vow, prop. to spit out of
the mouth, as Hom. Od. v. 322, cropuatos
6 2ێntucev aduyp Wixpny: butin N.T.
metaph. to reject with disgust or scorn,
respuere, Gal. iv. 14, Tov wetpacmov jou
TOV év TH GaoKi pou OvUK EEEeTTUCATE.
"Exo ow, f. wow, to uproot, as trees,
Lu. xvii.6. Jude 12, or plants, Matt. xiii.
29. xv. 13, and Sept.
"Exotaccs, ews, 4, (e£iornput,) prop.
a removal of any thing out of any former
place or situation to another, (so Plut. ix.
727, 728,) but in N. T. (and almost always
in Class.) it is used I. metaph. of mental
state, removal, i. e. from an ordinary to an
extraordinary one, prop. the ecstasy of mental
alienation, as in Hippocr., Plut. vi. 136,
and Artemid. ii. 37, but gener. in a milder
sense of the excited state of mind arising
from any strong emotion, whether wonder,
Mk. v. 42. Lu. v. 26. Acts iii. 10, or terror,
Mk. xvi. 8. Sept. & Class.—IT. A TRANCE,
or a state in which the soul is unconscious
of present objects, being carried out of
itself, and rapt into visions of distant or
future things; a state wherein is revealed
something in a peculiar manner, as to the
prophets or apostles, Acts x. 10. xi. 5.
xxi. 17. Comp. 2 Cor. xii. 2, sq. Ez. i, 1.
"Exotoéda, f. Ww, prop. to turn any
thing inside out, as an old garment. See
Aristoph. Plut. 721. Also metaph. fo
totally change any thing, as one’s conduct,
and gener. by impl. for the better; (so
Aristoph. Nub. 88, exotpeWov tovds cav-
Tov TpoTous,) but sometimes for the
worse. Hence to utterly pervert, and in
pass. Tit. iii, 11, cidws O71 eEEoTPaTTAL,
to be utterly perverted or turned out of the
right course, Deut. xxxii. 20. So adv.
éeLeoTpaupévws, ‘more eorum que é£é-
oTpamTat, inversa sunt,’ H. Steph. and
éxoTpo@) TOU Adyou, ‘the destruction of
reason,’ Plut. x. 422, 5.
"Extapadoow, f. Ew, 1) prop. to stir
up any liquid from the bottom, as water in
a pool. See John v. 4,7. 2) fig. to per-
EKT
turd, sor agitate, as said of persons,
Acts xvi. 20, 2. tiv modu. So Andoc.
de Myst. tiv wodw OdrAnv ExTaoaéas.
Plut. Coriol. tov djmov exrapaccerv
Tols Onuaywyots.
"Exteive, f. eva, to stretch out, as any
member of the body, espec. the hand. So
often in N. T. both gener. and partic. for
healing or aiding, and sometimes simply
in the way of entreaty, John xxi. 18; or
to point out any object, Matt. xii. 49. In
Lu. xxi. 53, ovx é€eTelvaTe Tas YEIpas
ém éue, it signif. to lay hands upon, for
apprehension, as sometimes in Sept., and
so in 1 Macc. xii. 39, 42. It is equiv. to
emiBadrEw Tas xeipas at Acts xii. Ll.
Also of an anchor, to let go, to stretch out,
Acts xxvii. 30.
"Extedéw, f. gow, to finish off; com-
plete, Lu. xiv. 29, sq. un ioyvovtos éExTE-
Aéoan, scil. Tov tvpyov.
"Extéveca, as, 7,(éxteivw,) 1) prop.
extension, Hdian. vii. 2, 8. 2) fig. zztense-
ness, assiduity, Acts xxvi.7, év éx7. which
is adv. phrase for adv. éxtevas, intently,
assiduously, 2 Macc. xiv. 38. Phal. Ep. 68.
"EKTEViS, é0s, 6, 7, adj. (ExTEivw,)
1) prop. of things stretched out, extended,
as a rope at full tension; or gener. length-
ened. 2) fig. of persons, intent wpon, at-
tentive to, diligent in. So Anom. ap.
Suid. cuvaywvictis é. and later Gr.
writers, as Polyb. and Hdian. In N. T.
as said of things, actions and dispositions,
persevering, earnest, fervent, Acts xii. 5,
moocevxi) ekT. | Pet. iv. 8, ay. €. Lu.
xx. 44, Extevéoteoor, said of prayer.
"Extev@s, adv. (éxrevijs,) assidueé,
perseveringly, earnestly, 1 Pet. i. 22, adya-
amnoate é. Sept. and later Gr. writers.
"ExtiOnu, f. éxOyow, I. act. exponere,
to place out, or put forth, 1) as said of an
infant, to expose, that it may perish, Acts
vii. 21, éxteGévtTa 6é ai’tov, and so later
Class.—II. mid. éxtieuar, to set forth,
declare, Acts xi. 4, expound, instruct in,
Acts xviii, 26, 2. tiv tov QOeov odov.
Sept. Jos. Ant. ii. 13, 2. i. 12, 7, wavra
Tov Noyov éxPjoouat, and later Class.
"Extivadoow, f. Ew, to shake out or
off of any thing, as dust from one’s shoes,
Matt. x. 14. Acts xiii. 51, or one’s clothes,
Mk. vi. 11. Acts xviii. 6.
“ExTos, 7, ov, ordin. numer. (2£,) the
sixth, as said of the sixth hour of the day,
i. e. according to the Jewish reckoning,
noon, Matt. xx. 5, and oft. also Sept. and
Class.
"Extos, adv. (éx,) out of, without, as
opposed to within, Hom. Od. xv. 11.
Kurip. Iph. Aul. 1117, ype: 2. In N. T.
116
EK ®
To éxTos, the outside of any thing, Matt.
xxlll. 26, TO & att@v. So Ta éxTos
occurs in the Class.; but not To éxTos.
As a prep. with gen. out of, 2 Cor. xii. 2,
3, €. TOU cwuaTos, and metaph. 1 Cor. vi.
18, wav GuapTtnma ExTOS TOU GwUaATOS
éoTwv, i. e€. ‘does as it were not pertain to
the body, is, strictly speaking, not phy-
sical. —IT. Fic. without, ie. except, be-
sides, as prep. with gen. Acts xxvi. 22,
ovdevy éxtos Kéywv wv, &e. 1 Cor. xv.
27. Sept. and Class. By pleonasm pre-
fixed to ei ij, as éxTos ei py, without,
unless, except, 1 Cor. xiv. 5, éxros ei py
Oveopunvedy. xv. 2. 1 Tim. v. 19, and
sometimes in Lucian and Plutarch.
"Extpémw, f. Ww, to turn any thing
or person owt of a course, &c. So Thuc.
v. 65, TO tdwp 飀étpeTe: also in mid.
éxToeTrouat, to turn oneself away from
any way or course, fo turn aside from i,
gener. foll. by THs ddov, or ZEw THs Odov,
but sometimes absol., as in Xen. Anab. iv.
5, 15. Hence in N. T. mid. metaph. to
turn away from, 1. from the right course,
as said of those who abandon truth and
virtue, and embrace error and vice, 1 Tim.
i. 6, €€eTpamycay eis paTaodoyiav. So
Polyb. vi. 4, 9, éxtpémecOar zis 0Auyag-
xiav. Foll. by éai, 2 Tim. iv. 4, é. éari
tovs pudous: by omiow, 1 Tim. v. 15.
Absol. in Heb. xii. 13, a pu TO ywXov
éxtpamn, where see my note.—lIl. foll.
by acc. of pers. or thing, to turn away
Jrom, avoid, | Tim. vi. 20, €. tas BeP7-
ous Kevopwvias, and Class. ms
"Extoégdao, f. éxboidw, to nourish
from infancy to maturity, bring up to
maturity; prop. said of the nurture of
children, as in Class. and Sept.; but also
including the educating of them, espec. by
instruction in letters, Eph. vi. 4, exrpe-
pete avta évy Tadeia, &e. Pol. i. 65, 7,
é. éy mwadeiats Kat vouos. In Eph. v.
29, xt. Kal Sadarer Tiy EavTOV capKa,
it denotes gener. xourishing and cherish-
ing. Comp. Ja. ii. 16. So also, bunt fig.,
Plut. vi. 116, 12, exrpéew Kai avEeuv.
"EKTpWMa, aTos, TO, (ékTLTPMOKW,
to cause or to suffer abortion ; lit. to ea-
ceedingly pierce or wound ; with allusion
to the physical effect of abortion.) prop.
an abortion, a child born prematurely.
Occ. only in the later writers and the
Sept. The Attic writers use éuBAX\wyua.
Occ. in N. T., fig. 1 Cor. xv. 8. And so
in Ignat. Epist. ad Rom. and Simeon
Styl. Ep. ad Basil.
"Exoépa, f. é€0iew, aor. 1. zEjveyxa,
to bear or carry out, to bring forth, 1)
prop. to briny out of a place, Lu. xy. 22, ~
é. THY otoAnyv. Acts v. 15, @ Tovs
aoQevets, ‘the sick out of their houses.’
it is used, I. pRop, of place, with the art.| 1 Tim. vi. 7, ovd2 é£eveyxeiv Te duva-
EK ® 117
meOa, ‘take away out of it.’ Sept. and
Class. ; to carry forth, as a dead body for
burial, Acts v. 6, 9, 10, and Class. 2)
said of the earth, to bring forth, yield,
Heb. vi. 8, 2. @kav@as. Sept. and Class.,
and so Latin eferre.
"Exgetyao, f. Eouar, to flee out of a
place, 1) intrans. Acts xix. 16, é. é« Tov
otkov. absol. xvi. 27. 2) trans. to flee from,
escape ; foll. by acc. of thing, Lu. xxi. 36,
é. TavTa wavTa, ‘all these evils.” Rom.
ii. 3, €. TO Kpiua Tov Geov. 2 Macc. vii.
99, Keio. : with acc. impl. | Thess. v. 3,
ov py exvywow. Heb. ii. 3, was nets
éxpeveoueia ; Sept. and Class. In 2 Cor.
xi. 33, 2. Tas yeloas Tivos, the sense is,
to escape out of any one’s power, as Susann.
22. 2 Macc. vi. 26. It is, however, not
Hellenistic, since it occurs in Hom. II. vi.
57, putis vmexpvyo aimiv oX<0oor,
Xetopas J nuetéepas.
"Ex@oBéw, f. now, to frighten any
one out of his senses, i. e. to exceedingly
terryyy, 2 Cor. x. 9. Sept. and Class.
"Ex@oBos, ov, 6, 1, adj. frightened
out of his senses, greatly terrified, Mk. ix.
6. Heb. xii. 21. Deut. ix. 19.
‘Ex@iw, f. vow, prop. to engender,
generate, produce; also to put forth, asa
branch does leaves, Matt. xxiv. 32. Mk.
xiii. 26, 6Tav 6 KAddos—Tta gdiddra
éx@vy, subj. pres. others read éxqbun, subj.
of eEepuny, a later form of aor. 2. for
éEepmuv. Jos. Ant. ii. 3, 5, orayvas
éxvevTas.
"Exxew and “Exyotva, f. éxyetcw, to
pour out, 1. prop. Matt. ix.17. Mk. ii. 22,
6 Olivos éxxetTat, ‘is spilled,’ Lu. v. 37.
John 11. 15, 2£€éyee°r0 Kéoua, ‘scattered
upon the ground.’ So of ashes and dust,
Ley. iv. 12. xiv. 41. Actsi. 18, 2€zyv0n va
omhayxva aitov. Comp. 2 Sam. xx. 10,
é£exv0n 7 Kowia av’tov. Note the phrase
aiwa exxéw, to shed blood, to kill, Acts
xxii. 20. Rom. iii. 15. Rev. xvi. 6, et al.
and often in Sept. By meton. of the con-
tainer for the contents, éxy. Tas dicdXas,
Rey. xvi. 1, seqq.—IJ. METAPH. to pour
out, give largely, foll. by 2v, Rom. v. 5, 4
ayann Tov Oso éxkéxuTai év Tals Kao-
Oiars bua@v: by éi with acc. of pers., as
IIveuua, Acts ii. 17, 18. x. 45. Tit. iii. 6,
and Sept.—III. Fic. in pass. or mid. ¢o be
poured out, as in Engl. to pour forth, i. e.
to rush tumultuously, Hom. Od. viii. 515.
Plut. iii. 761, 2. cis tHv oddv. InN. T.
and later writers, it is used metaph. of an
impulse or passion for any thing, to rush
snto, give oneself up to, Jude 11, 2. 77
ahavy tov B. So Test. xii. Patr. p. 520,
Topveta, ev 4 e&exvOnv éyw, where the
dat. is for accus. and cis, Plut. Anton. 21,
eis akoXaoTov Biov éxKkexXupévos.
EAA
"Exywoéw, f. tow, to depart out of a
place, flee away, Lu. xxi. 21. Sept. and
Class.
"ExwWv xw, f. Ew, prop. to breathe out,
and gener. the breath of life, to expire, Acts
v. 5, 10. xii. 23, for Classic. a1oWvxw.
‘Exa@v, ovoa, ov, adj. primarily a par-
tic. of the old verb xw, (whence the later
one #jxkw, fo come,) as our now obsolete
adj., but formerly a particip. coming, 1. e.
forward, ready to come, willing, voluntary,
Rom. viii. 20. 1 Cor. ix. 17. Sept. and
Class.
"EX aia, as, 4, an olive-tree, as often in
N. T. in the expression To dpos Twy
éXLarwv, Matt. xxi. 1, and oft. In Rom.
xi. 17, 24. Rev. xi. 4, it is used symbol.
and in Ja. iii. 12, it stands for the fruit,
an olive, and so occurs in Class.
"EX atov, ov, TO, (éAaia,) olive-oil. In
Judea it was of various qualities, and put
to various uses, as for lamps, Matt. xxv.
3d, 4, 8; for embrocating wounds, or
anointing the sick, Mk. vi. 13. Lu. x. 34.
Ja. v. 14; also mixed with spices, for
anointing the head or body, Lu. vii. 46.
In Heb. i. 9, EXaov ayaddracews de-
notes the unction of the Spirit, anciently
typified by oil; by which unction Jesus
was appointed to the offices of prophet,
priest, and king, 2 Kings ix. 6. 1] Sam. x.
ti ; See Glass, Phil. Sacr. p. 416 and
g.
"EX. aiwy, @vos, 6, prop. an olive-yard,
but in Acts i, 12, the name of the Mount
of Olives.
"EXdoowv, ovos, 6, 7, adj. prop. a
compar. of éX\axvs, ‘little, but, in use, a
compar. of uixpos, in the sense less, both
prop. smaller, and fig. i. e. worse in qua-
lity, as wine, John ii. 10, or inferior in
age, younger, Rom. ix. 12, (as Gen. xxv.
23,) or dignity, Heb. vii. 7. Hdian. v. 1, 14.
Neut. adv. less than, 1 Tim. v. 9. Diod.
Sic. i. 32.
"EXattTovéw, f. how, (2aTTwYr,)
prop. to make less, diminish, trans. as in
Sept. and later Gr. writers. In N. T. in-
trans. to be less, in respect of quantity, i.e.
to fall short, 2 Cor. viii. 15, 6 tO éXiyov,
oUK 7NATTOVIGE.
"EXatTOw, f. wow, (2aTTwv,) to
lessen, or diminish, prop. in size, and fig.
in dignity; to make lower than, Heb. ii. 7
9. Sept. and later Gr. writers. Pass. or
mid. to become less, or lower in dignity,
John iii. 30. Sept. and Class.
"EXadtva, f. eXdow, perf. 2XjAaxa, to
umpel, urge forward. InN. T. used, 1)
prop. of ships impelled by oars, to row,
Mk. vi. 48. John vi. 19. Sept. and Class.
or clouds driven about by winds, Ja. iii, 4.
EAA
2 Pet. ii. 17. Jos. Ant. v. 5, 3, rov verov
Hrauvev aveuos. 2) metaph. of a person
urged forward or impelled by resistless
force, as demoniacal influence, Lu. viii.
29, #AavveTo UTO TOU Oaiuovos. The
nearest approach to which is that Class.
idiom by which persons under the influ-
ence of maniacal feelings, or unbridled
passions, are said éXavvecbar Thy Wuxi,
or THY youn.
"EXagpia, as, 7, (é\appos,) prop.
lightness as to weight. In N. T. metaph.
of mind, levity, inconstancy, 2 Cor. i. 17,
and later Gr. writers, as Plut. vi. 239, 14,
where the flatterer is called éXadpos, as
compared with a true friend.
"EAXagpos, a, ov, adj. 1) prop. light,
easy to bear, Matt. xi. 30, poptiov éXa-
oov, and Class. 2) metaph. easy to be
endured, 2 Cor. iv. 17, To éXadpov tis
JrLvEws tuwv, ‘ our light aftliction.” So
Plato, 934, A. dixnv éXadootéoav.
"EXaXLOTOS, n, ov, adj. (prop. superl.
of the old word éXayds, ‘ little, but used as
superl. of urxoos), least, whether in magni-
tude, Ja. iii. 4; number and quantity, Lu.
xvi. 10. xix. 17; rank or dignity, Matt. ii.
6. v. 19. xxv. 40, 45. 1 Cor. xv. 9; or im-
portance, Matt. v. 19, gyroXai éX. Lu.
sai. 26. 1 Cor. ‘iv. 3. vi. 2. Sept. and
Class. a
"EXaxXtoToTepos, 7, ov, adj. (comp.
from éX\axioros,) far less, far wmferior,
Eph. iii. 8 Such double comparatives
occur only in lat. Gr.
"EXevE cs, ews, 7, (eléyxw,) convic-
tion, 2 Pet. ii. 16, eXeyEw exe, equiv.
to éXéyxeoVa.
"EXeyxXos, ov, 6, (é\éyxw,) prop.
convincing argument, proof. In N. T.
conviction, Meaning a certain persuasion
of any thing, Heb. xi. 1. Also refutation,
or confutation, as of gainsayers, 2 Tim. iii.
16. Sept. Longin. frag. iii. 11, and often
in Plato.
"EX Ey Xo, f. Ew, originally to put to
shame, to disgrace ; but afterwards, and in
N. T., ¢o convict any one of error, prove
him to be wrong, and thus put him to
shame, f. PROP. to convict, show to be
wrong, John viii. 9, bro THS TUVELOHTEwWS
éLeyxomevor: foll. by weol, John viii. 46.
xvi. ¢. 1 Cor. xiv: 24. Ja. ii. 9. Sept. and
later Class. Hence, to convince of error,
conqutes Vit, 1° 9, Lae u., 15:. Sept. and
Class.—II. BY IMPLIc. to reprove, admo-
nish, Lu. iii. 19, éXeyyxopmevos vr’ avTou
wept ‘Ho. Matt. xviii. 15. I Tim. v. 20.
2 Tim. iv.2. Sept. and later Class. Hence,
from the Heb., in the sense ¢o reprove by
chastisement, to chastise in a moral sense,
Rev. iii. 19, éXéyyw Kai maidevw, and
Sept.—III. by zmpl., said of things hidden,
118
ee
EAE
to detect, make manifest, John iii. 20. Eph.
v. 11, 13, and later Class., as Pol., Hdian.
and Atlian, cited by the Commentators.
I add Artemid. i. 154, ta xouvmtTa
éheyXEl.
"EXeervos, i, ov, adj. (2Xeos,) prop.
moving pity, as Hom., Plato, and other
earlier writers. And such may be the
sense in 1 Cor. xv. 19, éXeervorepor wav-
twv av0owmwv,and Rev. iii. 17, raXairw-
pos kat éX. though some of the best ex-
positors make it wretched, miserable.
"EXeéw, f. now, (eXeE0s,) to commise-
rate, have compassion on, trans., and pass.
to be pitied, to obtain mercy.; implying, as
Tittm. shows, not merely a fellow feeling
for the miseries of others, (oixTipmds,)
but also an active desire of removing
them. In N. T. it is used, I. gener.
Matt. v. 7. xv. 22. xvi. 15. xvii. Sayet
al. sepe. Sept. and Class. 11. spec. 1) in
the sense to have mercy on, to pardon, to
spare, and in pass. to obtain mercy, to be
pardoned or spared, | Tim. i. 13, 16, and
Sept. 2) by impl. and from the Hebr., fo
be propitious towards, to bestow kindness —
on, Rom. ix. 15, 16, 18, éXejow ov av
éXe@. Hence, 3) by impl. as said of the
mercy of God through Christ, to bestow
salvation on, and in pass. to obtain salva-
tion by, Rom. xi. 80, 7AEnOynTe, and 31,
éhenOwor. 1 Cor. vii. 25, &s 7AEnmEévos
uto Kupiov. 2 Cor. iv. 1, kafws mAEH-
Onuev. 1 Pet. ii. 10, of ov HAEnmEvOL,
vuv O& éenVévres.
"EX enMocvryn, ns, 1, (éXEnmwy, ) prop.
compassion, mercy, as in Sept. and Class. ;
but in N. T. by meton. of effect for cause,
and joined with zo.ety or dudovar, alms,
money given to the poor, Matt. vi. 2—4.
Lu. xi. 41, et al. Sept. in Dan. iv. 27.
Keclus, iii. 14. xii. 3, obk eorw aya0a—
Tw éennocvyny ur) XaotCouevw. Diog.
Laert. v. 17, qwovnow dvOpwmw éXen--
MocuVHY EdwKeED.
"EXenjpwv, ovos, 0, 1, adj. (XEos,)
compassionate, merciful, i. e. actively so,
Matt. v. 7. Sept. and Class..
"EX E08, ov, 6; compassion, mercy, i. e.
active pity, Matt. xxiii. 23. Tit. iii. 5.
Heb. iv. 16, and Class. From the Hebr., .
goodness in general, espec. pity, Matt. ix.
13. xii. 7. Besides this masc. there is a
neut. form,
"EXeos, gous, To, (found only in the
Sept., N. T., and Eccles. writers,) mercy,
compassion, i.e. active piety, I. gener. Lu.
i. 50, 78. Rom. ix. 23. xv. 9. Eph. ii. 4.
] Pet. i. 3. Ja. iii. 17. Sept. oft. Notethe
phrases qrovety éXeos peta Twos, by
Hebr. to show mercy to, Lu, i. 72. x. 37.
Ja. ii. 18, and often in Sept. aynoOyvat
ééous, Lu. i. 54, ‘to give a fresh proof of
4
EAE
mercy.’ Also said of mercy, as shown in
the remission of deserved punishment, Ja.
ii. 13.—II. spec. said of the mercy of God
through Christ, meaning salvation, in the
evangelical sense, i. e. both from sin and
from misery, the punishment of sin, Jude
21, To €Xe0s Tov Kvgiov. Rom. xi. 31. So
espec. in benedictions, including the idea
of mercies and blessings of every kind,
e. gr. 2 Tim. i. 16, 18, dwn édeE0s 6 Kv-
ptos, et al,
"EXev0epia, as, 4, (eev0eos,)
leberty, i. e. freedom from restraint of any
kind, either gener. or spec. ‘the power of
doing or of forbearing any particular ac-
tion, 1 Cor. x. 29, ivati yao 4 2d. mov
Kpiverat m0 &\Ans ouverojoews; Diog.
Laért. vii. 121. This may be either ex-
ternal or internal. I. EXTERNAL, i. e.
Freedom, opp. to slavery, either as regards
individuals, (comp. Lev. xix. 22. xxv.
10. Ecclus. vii. 21,) or the public at
large, political freedom, exemption from
tyranny, or inordinate government, 1 Macc.
xiv. 26, and Class. Again, in the N. T.
only, as regards the law of God, as con-
tained in religion and the worship of God,
Jreedom from the curse of the moral, or
the servitude of the ceremonial law, Gal. ii.
Peete, 2 Cor. ii. 17, éxet éAev-
Gepia, i.e. freedom or release from the
oke of external ordinances in general,
I Pet. ii. 16. 2 Pet. ii. 19. Simply /ree-
dom, or deliverance, from all temporal evils,
misery, sin, and death, Rom. viii. 21.—II.
INTERNAL, ‘ deliverance from the dominion
of corrupt appetites and sinful passions,’
Ja. i. 25. ii. 12, where see my notes, and
Xen. Mem. iv. 5, 2.
"EXevGepos, gpa, ov, adj. (from
- éhetOw, equiv. to Zoxoual,) prop. ware-
stramed, ‘the being able to go where one
will.” Hence, free, ‘at liberty to do what
one will, I. in a cIviL or political sense,
and 1) free by birth, 1 Cor. xii. 13. Gal.
ii. 28. iv. 22, 23, 30, 31. Eph. vi. 8. Col.
ii. 11. Rey. vi. 15, et al. Fig. said of the
heavenly Jerusalem, Gal. iv. 26. Sept.
and Class. 2) freed by law, manumission,
John viii. 33. 1 Cor. vii. 21. 3) free by
law, i. e. ‘exempt from obligation by
law,’ Matt. xvii. 26. Rom. vii. 3. 1 Cor.
vii. 39. Sept. and Class. Also free,
either from external obligation in general,
so as to act as one pleases, 1 Cor. ix. 1,
19, and Class., or from internal, in re-
spect to the exercise of piety, 1 Pet. ii. 16.
Iso metaph. free from the slavery of sin,
John viii. 36. So, free from passions,
Arrian Epict. iii. 24. iv. 1—II. Gener.
Sree from, destitute of, Rom. vi. 20, 2d20-
Veoo. TH Otkatocuvy, ‘destitute us to
righteousness,’ i. e. without righteousness.
‘So Denham cited by Johnson Dict. in v.
119
EAA
Free, ‘Who fears not to do ill, yet fears
the name, And, free from conscience, is a
slave to fame.’
"EXev0eodw, f. wow, (édev0epos,)
prop. and gener. to set free or ut liberty,
either from slavery, or any political obli-
gation, Class. In N. T. metaph. to make
Sree, either from the power and penalty of
sin, John viii. 32, 7 a@Aj0era éXevOepmoet
Uuuas. Rom. vi. 18, 22, éAev0eow0evtes
amo THS auaoTtias: or from the yoke of
the Mosaic law, Gal. v. 1, or its condem-
natory power, Rom. viii. 2; or from a
state of calamity and death, Rom. viii. 2].
Comp. 2 Mace. i. 27. ii. 22.
"EXeuvocs, ews, 1, (éhevOw,) a coming,
or going. In N.'T. the coming, advent, of
the Messiah into the world, Acts vii. 52.
"HAepaverivos, 4, ov, adj. made of
wory, édépas, lit. elephant’s tusk, Rev.
xvill. 12. Sept. and Class.
‘EXioow, f.Ew, (XE, eiAew,) prop.
to whirl round, to roll ; also to roll or wind
any thing wp. Hence, to roll or fold up @
garment, in order to be laid away, and fig.
of the heavens, Heb. i. 12, woet wept Bo-
Aatov ehi€ets avtovs, ‘thou shalt make
them vanish, destroy them.’ So Is. xxxiv.
4, éX\rynoeTat 6 ovpaves ws BiBAiov, ‘as
a roll of a book.’
“EXkos, sos ous, TO, (ZAKw,) prim.
and prop. @ wound, but in N. T. and later
writers an ulcer or sore, Lu. xvi. 21. Rev.
xvie2, 1
“EX Kow, f. wow, (EAKos,) to ulcerate ;
and pass. to be full of ulcers, Lu. xvi. 20,
and Class.
"EdX«wow, f. eAXxtow, (from éXxidw,) to
draw or drag any thing or person; 1) of
things, to draw or drag a net, John xxi.
6,11; draw a sword, John xviii. 10. Sept.
and Class. 2) of persons, to drag, force
away, either to go before a magistrate,
Actsxvi. 19; or from one place to another,
Acts xxi. 30, and Class. ; or metaph. said of
the compulsion of strong moral inducements
to embrace the Gospel, John vi. 44. xii.
32, i.e. by the evidence of its truth in
miracles: yet far more is meant; for
God not only inclines the wnderstanding
to acknowledge the truth of the Gospel
by the miraculous evidences of the Mes-
siahship of Jesus, but he inclines the will
to embrace and obey the Gospel, by the
supply of all fit moral motives to obe-
dience, in the rewards and punishments
of the next life; enforced, too, on the soul
by the secret and powerful, though not
irresistible, influences of the Holy Spirit.
‘See more in my note on John vi. 37.
"EAAnv, nvos, 0, a Greek, I. prop. ot
"EXA. as opp. to ot BapBaoor, meaning
EAA
‘those not Greeks, Rom. i. 14, (where by oi
codoiare meant the polished Greeks,) and
Acts xviii. 17, & Class.—II. as opp. to of
’Tovéator, it denotes the Greeks in the widest
sense, i. e. ‘all those who used the Greek
language and customs,’ whether in Greece
and Asia Minor, or in the other countries.
And as this was the then prevailing lan-
guage, the name G'reek was often used to
designate all those who were zot Jews, and
thus became equiv. to Gentiles, John vii.
ee wActs xveids 3: xxy 10, 17 jjxx. 21.
mt. 26. Rom:3: 16. 5..9,.10. iii..9, x. 12.
BGlor. 65/22.) 24.24 0x: 32. xu. 13. Gali
ii. 3. ii. 28. Col. iii. 11, also in Acts xi.
20, in later edd. f. “EAAnvictas in text.
rec. Is. ix. 11. 1 Mace. viii. 18. 2 Macc.
iv. 36. Joseph. Ant. xii. 5, 1.—III. as
said of a Gentile convert to Judaism, a
Greek proselyte, John xii. 20. Acts xiv.
1. xvii. 4. xviii. 4.
‘“EAAnviKos, 7, ov, adj. Grecian, Lu.
xxiii. 38. Rev. ix. 11. Sept. Jos. & Class.
“EAAnvis, ios, 7, (fem. of adj. “EX-
Anv,) a female Greek Gentile, Mk. vii. 26.
Acts xvii. 12.
‘“EXAnvictijs, ov, 6, (EA\AnviGw, to
speak Greek, Thuc. ii. 68,) an Hellenist,
meaning a Jew by birth or religion, but
who speaks Greek ; used chiefly of foreign
Jews and Jewish proselytes, whether con-
verted to Christianity or not, Acts vi. 1.
ix. 29. xi. 20, in text. rec. where later
edd. have “EAAnvas. See more in my
note on the passage.
‘“EXAn vic TL, adv. (EAAHVICw,) Greceé,
in the Greek language, John xix. 20. Acts
xxi. 37, and Class.
"EdAoyéw, f. ow, (gv, Noyos,) 1)
prop. and lit. to reckon in, i.e. to enter or
put any thing to any one’s account, as a
debt, Philem. 18, totro égyuci éX\XOyeu.
2) metaph. said of sin, to zmpute, Rom. v.
13, auaptia ovK éA\XoyetTat, i.e. ‘is
not entered to our account,’ laid to our
charge.
"EAT iG, f. iow, (éX7Is,) to hope for,
expect, trans. and absol. I. prop. & ahsol.
Lu. vi. 34. Acts xxvi. 7. Rom. xv. 24.
1 Cor xv. 7. “2. Core viii. 5. Phil ne 19,
23, & oft.; foll. by acc. of thing, to hope
for, Rom. viii. 24. 1 Cor. xiii. 7, and
pass. Ta éA7riComeva, Heb. xi. 1. Class.
—II. in the oblique constr. and foll. by dat.
of pers. or thing, with or without év or é7ri,
or its equiv. an acc. of pers. with eis or
émi, to hope in, or confide on, any one, Matt.
xii. 21. John v. 45. Rom. xv. 12. 1 Cor.
oy 39. 2 Cora) 10. 'L Tim, re, Tv 5:
vi. 17. 1 Pet. i. 13. iii. 5. Sept.
"EA Tis, i6os, 7, in Class. wr., espec. the
Attic ones, simply eapectation, whether of
good or evil; though more freq. the former,
120
EMB
and always so in Homer and Pindar. In
N. T. only the former, namely, az eaxpect-
ation of some good, on which the mind
dwells with pleasure, inasmuch as hope is
the desire of some good, with the expect-
ation of attaining it. Christzan hope is a
firm expectation of all promised blessings,
as far as they may be for God’s glory and
our own good, but espec. eternal salvation
in heaven; a hope founded on the
mighty power, unchangeable truth, and
abundant mercy of God, which is from
everlasting to everlasting, and the grace,
blood, righteousness, and intercession of
Christ; and attested by the earnest of the
Holy Spirit in our hearts. In N. T. it is
used I. GENER. Rom. viii. 24. 2 Cor. x.
15. Phil. i. 20; with gen. of the thing
hoped for, Acts xvi. 19. xxiii. 6. xxvi. 6,
sq. xxvii. 20; or of the person hoping,
Acts xxviii. 20. 2 Cor. i. 7. Sept. and
Class. By meton. said of the olyect of
hope, Rom. viii. 24, eAais d& BAe. obK
éotiv éA7ris. Sept. Job vi. 8. Callim. Ep.
20. Note the phrases éa’ éX7id., mm hope,
Acts ii. 26. Rom. iv. 18. viii. 20. 1 Cor.
ix. 10, and wap’ éX\7ida, beyond or agamst
hope, Rom. iv. 16.—I]. spEc. as said of
the Christian’s hope, i. e. the hope of sal-
vation through Christ, namely, of -eternal
happiness in heaven, Rom. v. 2, éa’ éAq.
THs O0—ns Tov Ozov. v. 4, sq. xii. 12.
xv. 4, 13. 1 Cor, xii. 13. 2 Cor pnd
Eph. i. 18. ii. 12. iv. 4. 1 Th. iv. 13. v. 8.
2 Th. ii. 16. Tit. 1.2. m. 7> Ben mie
vi. 11.) x. 23.9] Pet.oi.93.aim) Boge
meton. of the olyect of this hope, salvation,
Col. i. 5. Gal. v. 5, é« wiorews éXd7ida
6ux. i. e. ‘the hope, or salvation, resulting
from justification by faith. Tit. ii. 13.
Heb. vi. 18. vii. 19; meton. also of the
source, ground, and author of this hope,
i. e. Curist, Col. i. 27. 1 Timeimls
gener. 1 Th. ii. 19.—III. of a hope re-
posed in or upon any one, 1. e, trust or con-
fidence, foll. by eis, Acts xxiv. 15, éA7rida
éxwy eis Tov Oedv. | Pet. i. 21; foll. by
emi tivi, 1 John iii. 3.
"Eau tou, as, ov, reflex. pron. of 1.
pers. found only in gen. dat. and ace. sing.
of myself, to myself, myself, Lu. vii. 7.
John v. 31, et al. sepe. Sometimes for
the simple guov, Matt. viii. 9. Lu. vi. 8,
et al.
"EuBaivw, f. Bioouat, (év, Baivw,)
to go in, enter into, John v. 4, é. scil. eis
70 Udwp: also to step to, mount a car-
riage, or ascend or embark on board a ship,
eis TO Rotov, Matt. vill. 23, ix. 1. xiii.
2, etal. Soin N. T. oft. and Class.
"EuBaddXa, f. Baro, (ev, BarrAw,) to
cast in, i. e. to cast any thing or person
into any place. So Lu. xii. 5, euBadetv
sis THy yéevvav. Sept. and Class;
EMB
"EpBarro, f. Ww, (ev, Bawtw,) to
dip any substance into any liquid, John
xili. 26, €. TO Wwyior, i.e. into the liquid
in the dish. And so Matt. xxvi. 23, 6 éu8.
THY XEtoa Ev TH TOUBAiw. Mk. xiv. 20.
"EuBatevs, f. evow, prop. to set foot
on or wpor any thing, to enter nto a place
for any purpose, whether good or evil.
Poll. by an acc. of place with or without a
prep. of motion, or its equiv. a dat. without
prep. ; but it is sometimes used metaph.
in the sense to go into, enter upon, inves-
tigate any matter, with the adjunct idea
of care, diligence, and study. So Philo
p. 225, éaimAéov éuBatetovtes abTats,
sc. ériotyuars. 2 Macc. ii. 31, TO EuBa-
TEVvELV, KaL TWoAUTTOAYyMOVELY KaTa ME-
pos. Xen. Symp. iv. 27, of searching for
any thing in a book. But the above may also
imply a notion of busy, prying, and intru-
Sive curiosity; as in Aristid. de Socr. p.
240, éuBatevwv eis Ta THY ‘ENAHvwr
woayuata, ‘busily prying into.” And so
in Col. ii. 18, & pt ewpaxev éuBaTevwv,
where see my note.
"Ep BiB aw, f. dow, (év, BiBaGw,) to
cause to go or enter into any place, espec. a
higher one, to mount any one on horseback,
or into a chariot; but gener. to embark or
put on’ ship-board, Acts xxvii. 6, é. muas
eis avTo, scil. To wKotov, & oft. in Class.
"Ee BréEmw, f. Ww, (év, BXémw,) gener.
to look any person in the face, or fix the eyes
stedfastly upon, look attentively at any ob-
ject. The proper constr. of the word is
a dat. of pers. or an acc. of thing preceded
by eis. The former constr. is found in
Mae xix 26. MK. x. 2). xiv. 67. Lu.
xx. 17. xxii. 61. John i. 36,43, & Class. ;
the latter, in Matt. vi. 26, é. cis Ta qet.
gov ove. Acts i. ll, é. eis Tov ovp. ‘to
look at mentally, consider, Sept. Also by
impl. dispicere, to discern, see clearly, trans.
Mk. viii. 25. absol. Acts xxii. 11.
"EuBotucopmar, f. oouat, depon.
mid. (év, Boiudopuat,) in Class. to feel
and express indignation at any one, foll.
by dat. In N.T. the word occurs I. in
the sense to murmur against, censure any
_one, Mk. xiv. 5.—II. by impl. to admo-
nish sternly, charge strictly, from indigna-
tion at previous disobedience, to order
under a threat, Matt. ix. 30, éveBouurnoato
avtots. Mk. i. 43.—III. by Hebr. used
_ Of great perturbation of mind, Zo be greatly
agitated, foll. by dat. of manner, John xi.
_o0, éveBp. TH TvevmaTi, parallel with
_ étavazev eavtov just after, ‘he was
- greatly troubled in his spirit.’
_ . "Epéw, f. ow, prop. to spew out, eject
_ from the stomach, foll. by acc. and fig. to
_ reject with loathing, Rev. iii. 16, wéd\rw
oe éuéoar. Sept. Lev. xviii. 28, Symm.
| e€nuecen, ‘ ejected with abhorrence.’
121
‘to fill in, fill up, make full.
EM II
Eunaivopar, f. pavovpat, (éupa-
vijs,) to be mad or infuriate at or against
any person, Acts xxvi. ll, géupavomevos
avtots. Jos. Ant. xvii. 6, 5, éupatvo-
fevov Tact TOU Baciiews Ouolws.
"Eumévo, f. evo, in Class. prop. to
remain in any place; or metaph. Zo con-
tinue tm any action or practice; to abide by
any engagement, keep any faith, or to ob-
serve any oath, implied therein. In N.
T. only metaph. ‘ to continue, persevere in
any thing directed to be done,’ Gal. iii. 10,
TAS OS OUK EupmévEerl EV Wact TOLS YEYO.-
Heb. viii. 9, 2. €v tH dtaOyKkn pov. Acts
xiv. 22, é. tq wiorer. And so Sept. Deut.
Xxvil. 26, and oft. in Class.
"Epos, 7, ov, possess. adj. of the first
pers. my, mine. I. prop. subjectively, or
actively, as marking possession or property,
Matt. xviii. 20. John iii. 29. iv. 34. Rom.
x. 1, et al. sepe. Implying power or
office, oUK zoTLV éuodv Covvat, ‘is not mine
to give, Matt. xx. 23. Mk. x. 40. Said
of things which proceed from any one, as
the source, agent, &c. Mk. viii. 38, robs
guovs Néyous. Lu. ix. 26. John vi. 38,
et al. sxpe.—lII. objectively or passively,
said of what is appoznted or destined for a
person, as 0 Kapos o éuos, John vil. 6, 8. 7
nuépa 4 éuy, John vili. 56. 6 kaipos THS
éuns avahvoews, 2 Tim. iv. 6; or what
is done to, or in respect to, a person, as sis
THp éuty avauvynow, ‘in memory of me,’
Lu. xxii. 19. 1 Cor. xi. 24, sq. 7 dyaawn 7
éun, ‘love to me, John xv. 9; also in
Class.
"Euxmarypovy, 7s, 1, (éuraitw, il-
ludo,) scofjfing at, derision, in later Edd.
at 2 Pet. iil. 3, é€v eutrarypovy EmTatkTaL,
intens. for shameless scoffers.
’"Eutary mos, ov, 0, (éumaiCw,) scoff
ing at, derision, Heb. xi. 36. Sept. and
Alexand. writers.
"EuraiCw, f. aiEw, 1) prop. to sport
at or with, to jest, scoff at any one; foll.
by dat. Matt. xxvii. 29. Mk. x. 34, et al.
also absol. Matt. xx. 19, et al. Sept. and
later Class. 2) like the Latin cludere, by
impl. to delude, deceive, Matt. 11. 16, ev-
etatxy0y vTe THY Mayo.
"Epratkrns, ov, 0, (éumaifw,) pro-
perly @ jester or mocker, and by impl. a
deceiver or impostor, said in N. T. of false
prophets and teachers, 2 Pet. iii. 3. Jude 18.
"Eprepitatéa, f. jow, prop. to walk
about in a place, Jobi. 7. ii. 2. Wisd. xix.
21. In N. T. fig. to live among, to be
habitually conversant with a people, 2 Cor.
vi. 16.
"Eprimrnpe, f. ZumAnjow, in Class.
Sept. and
Class. In N. T. either prop. to fill, or
fully satiate, with food, John vi. 12, ws
G
EM Il
6é évewTAncOnoav. Sept. and Class. ; or
fig. to satiate one’s desires with any
good, Lu. i. 53. vi. 25. Acts xiv. 17,
and Sept.; also metaph. pass. to be filled
with any person, i. e. ‘to have one’s desire
of his society gratified,’ Rom. xv. 24, éav
Uuav éutAnow. So Susann. 32, daws
éuTAync0w@ot tov Ka&AXous avTys, and
fflian, of the peacock, 2@ éumAnoOjvat
THs Seas (the sight of her) tov qwapec-
TWTQd. ’
‘Eutiacy, f. recovpat, (év, wirtw, )
foll. by eis, 1) with acc. of place, to fall
onto, Matt. xii. 11, cis BoOuvov. Lu. xiv.
5, eis ppéap. Sept. and Class. 2) of
pers. to fall im with, or among, Lu. x. 36,
eis ToUs Anorads. Arrian Epict. iii. 13, 3,
oTav eis \noTas EuTrégwpev. 3) metaph.
to fall into any state or condition, 1 Tim.
ili. 6, eis kpiva. ver. 7, eis dverdtopon,
and vi. 9. Sept. & Class. Note the phrase
zum. els xetoas Oeou, i.e. into his power,
for punishment, Heb. x.31. Comp. 2Sam.
xxiv. 14. 1 Chron. xxi. 13. Ececlus. ii. 18.
"Eumréxa, f. Ew, (év, wAExw,) prop.
and in Class. to interlace, braid in, inter-
weave, FAlian V. H. xiii. 1, évem@Néxovto
OL KLTTOL padakots dévdpois. In N. T.
metaph. fo entangle, or mvolve in, mid. to
entangle oneself in affairs, &c. 2'Tim. ii. 4.
2 Pet. ii. 20. Arrian Ep. iii. 22. Plutarch
ii. 787, and so amplicari negotis in Lat. wr.
"Eutrokh, qs, 11, (éumwrAéKw,) a braid-
wg or plaiting of the hair, by way of orna-
ment, | Pet. iii. 3. See my note.
"Eptrvéw, f. evow, (év, mvéw,) prop.
to inhale breath by the nostrils, and by
impl. to exhale it, to breathe; and as breath-
ing with vehemence implies the emotion
of strong passion, so wvéw is used in the
sense to be full of, intrans. with a gen.
and sometimes acc. of subst. denoting the
kind of passion or emotion, espec. love,
as Ach. Tat. ii. p. 65, gowros awvet, or
anger, as Aristen. Epist. i. 5, mvéwy Su-
pou. EKurip. Rhes. 786, Suuov wv. Hom.
I]. ii. 536, wévea trveiovtes. Schol. Supov
mv.; and not only with passions, but the
result of passions, in certain actions or
vices, as Aristoph. Eq. 435, xaxias vet.
Theocr. Idyll. xxii. 82, pévov dA\AaAoLow
amveovtTes. So Acts ix. 1, éumvéwv atec-
Ajs Kal povov.
‘Eptrooevouat, f. evoouar, depon.
mid. prop. and in early Class. to travel
about in any country; in N. T. and later
writers, to travel about as a merchant or
trader, to trade or traffic, 1) gener. and
absol. Ja. iv. 13, gumropevowpyeba kai
Keponowmev. Sept.and Class. 2) foll. by
acc. to traffic in, make a gain by, 2 Pet. ii.
3, UMASS EMTPOOEVGOVTAL, 1. e. ‘ will deceive
you for their own gain.’ Elsewhere only
122
EM®@
with acc. of thing, Themist. p. 298, zu-
mopevec0ar pidocodiav.
"Kutopia, as, 7, prop. @ journey for
traffic, Arr. Epict. ii o4, 80, es vane
trade, traffic, as Matt. xxii.5. Sept. & Class.
"Eumoptoy, ov, Td, an emporium, or
mart for the sale of goods, John ii. 16,
oikov éutropiov, a market-house. Sept. and
Class.
"Eptopos, ou, 6, (év, wopos,) lit. and
prim. a passenger from one place to ano-
ther by sea, who pays fare, Hom. Odyss.
ii. 319. xxiv. 299; or a traveller gener.
Soph. Cid. Col. 25, 303. Usually, how-
ever, a travelling merchant, one who trades
to foreign countries by sea and land, im-
porting and exporting the commodities of
each. Thus from the Hebr. 1p, cor-
responding to éu7ropos in the Sept. comes
the verb 1D, to go about. Hence it is
distinguished from the ckamnXes, who pur-
chased his wares of the éu7ropos, and sold
them by retail. So the word often occurs
in the Class. and also in Matt. xiii. 45, and
Rev. xviii. 3, 11, 15, 23.
"Extrondw, f. yow, prop. to put fire
in, set fire to, and by impl. to burn up, de-
stroy by fire, Matt. xxii. 7, €. tiv mwohw.
Sept. and Class.
"Kutpooev, adv. & prep. before. I.
as ADVERB OF PLACE, after verbs of
motion forwards, Lu. xix. 28; or before
an implied person, xix. 4, and Class. So
va &. things before, Phil. iii. 14, and Class. ;
of the body before, in front, Rev. iv. 6,
and Sept. and Class.—II. as PREPOS. with
gen. used 1) of place, before, with gen. of
pers. after verbs of motion, &c. Matt. vi.
2. xi. 10. Lu. vii. 27. John iii. 28. x. 4,
Sept. and Class. ; or gener. before, in pre-
sence of, Matt. v. 16. vi. 1. x. 32, & oft.
In Matt. xxiii. 13, xAeiete THv Baoik.
TOV olpavav zuTrpoc8ev THY avOowTwr,
lit. ‘ye shut the door, &c. in the face of.”
Hence, and from Heb. gum. tov Geo,
‘in the sight of God, God being witness,’
i.e. knowing and approving, | Th. i. 3.
iii. 9,13. So Matt. xi. 26. Lu. x. 21.
2) of time, before, foll. by gen. of pers.
John i, 15, 27, 30. Sept. and Herodot. vii.
144,
"Euro, f. tow, to spit in, on, or at,
foll. by eis, as eis TO To0agwmov, Matt.
xxvi. 67; gener. xxvii. 30. Sept. & Plut.
vi. 715, 14, gure Twi eis TO TWpOTw-
mov: foll. by dat. (equiv. to acc. and éis,)
Mk. x. 34. xiv. 65. xv. 19. Lu. xviii. 32,
and later Class.
"Eugavys, gos, 6, 7, adj. (fr. guat-
veoOar, to appear, as in a mirror, Xen.
Conv. vii. 4; or in the sight of any per-
sons,) prop. appearing im ; or gener. appa-
rent; and éudavis yiveo8at, equiv. to
EM®
éugdavitecbar, to appear, be seen, openly,
Acts x. 40, and Class. Also metaph. gud.
yiv. to become manifest, or known, &c.
Rom. x. 20. Exod. ii. 14. Pol. xx. 15, 7.
"Ex gavitw, f. icw, (éudavijs,) to
make apparent, cause to be seen plainly,
show clearly, trans. and pass. to appear
clearly, be seen openly, 1) prop. Matt.
xxvii. 53. Heb. ix. 24, where see my
note. 2) fig. to make known, shew, foll.
by acc. of thing and dat. of person, or its
equiv. acc. with mpos, Acts xxiii. 15, 22;
by o7z, Heb. xi. 14. Sept. and Class. In
a forensic sense, with dat. and kata with
gen. to shew up, mform against, accuse,
Acts xxiv. 1, évedavicavy Tw nyenovr
kata T. II. lit. ‘ have appeared before the
governor to give information against Paul;’
and xxy. 2,15, and Joseph. Of a person,
EugaviCe eavtov Ti, to manifest one-
self to any one, ‘to let oneself be inti-
mately known to;’ of God, John xiv. 21],
sq. Ex. xxxiii. 13. Joseph. Ant. i. 13, i.
"Eu gofos, ov, 6, 7, adj. for phrase év
poBw, usually, and always in N. T. ac-
companied by yiveo@ar, Lu. xxiv. 5, 37.
mci 4.) xx. 9. xxiv. 29. Rev. xi. 13.
In the Class. as Soph. Cid. Col. 39.
Theophr. Char. xxv. 1, it is used simply
for moBeods : and so in 1 Mace. xiii. 2.
"Eugvodw, f. jow, (év, hvodw,)
prop. Zo breathe in or into, as in blowing up
a bladder, or playing on a wind instru-
ment; also, to breathe on, ‘to pour forth
the breath on,’ John xx. 22, zvehionoev
autois. Sol Kings xvii. 21, tvepionce
Tw TaLoapiw Tpis. Job iv. 21, tvemuon-
Gey auTots, Kat EnpavOyncapv.
"E“@uToOS, ov, 6, 7, adj. (Eudvw,)
| prop. zzborn, (lit. implanted by nature,)
Wisd. xii. 10. Pol. ix. 11,2. Xen. Mem.
ill. 7,5; but in N. T. implanted, engrafted,
Jas. i, 21, tov zugdutov Adyov, where
the Gentile is represented under the figure
of a shoot implanted or engrafted on the
original stock, as elsewhere by a seedling
sown. Comp. Barnab. Epist. ix. 4 Zug.
dwpex THS OLdayis TOU Gezov.
"Ev, prep. governing the dat. with the
prim. idea of rest in any place, or thing;
as also on, at, or by any thing. It is used
I, of PLACE, and employed of every thing
_ that is conceived as being, remaining, or
taking place, within some definite space or
limits, i, on, at, by, &c. 1) prop. in,
within, Matt. viii..6. Lu. xi. 1. xxii. 55.
Acts ii. 46, et al. sepe and Class. ;
’ with the names of countries, cities, towns,
or places, gen. Lu. ii. 43, év ‘Ieoouc.
| Matt. ii. 1, év BnOXeéu, et al. Matt. iii.
vd, év tH épnuw tis “lovéaias. Lu. xvi.
|) 23, épv Tw a0y. Matt. vi. 10, et al. év Tw
ovpave. Soalso év 77 yi, ‘on earth,’ év
123
EN
TH Jataoon, ev TH KOopw, &c. Also
used of the body or any of its members,
Rom. vi. 12, et al. Likewise in phrases,
as éy yaorpl exe, Matt. i. 18. év cH
cowNla, Lu. i. 44; and fig. ev +H Kaodia,
Matt. v. 28, et al. €v Tw oTOuaTt, | Pet.
li. 22. 2) said of elevated objects, 2m, i. e.
on, upon, as ev TH OoeL, Lu. vill. 32. John
iv. 20. Heb. viii. 5, et al. and Class. ép
auvry, on tt, (afig-tree,) Mk. xi. 13. gv to
Joovw, Rev. iii. 21. So also ev TH yn, ev
7H Jadkacon, &c. 3) in a somewhat wider
sense, implying simply contact, or close
proximity, i. e. at, on, by, near, with, e. er.
év Os&ta Tivos, Heb. i. 3, et al. év tats
Yywviars tay wraTELwv, Matt. vi. 5. év
Tw ovoavw, ‘im or on the sky,’ Acts il.
19. gv tm SrAwayw, Lu. xiii. 4. ev 7H ap-
Tew, ‘attached to the vine, John xv. 4.
Fig. with dat. of pers. and said of those
with whom any one is in near connexion,
intimate union of mind and heart, espec. of
the union of Christians by faith with
Christ, as a branch is united with the
stock or trunk of a tree, John xv. 2, 4, 5,
et al. sepe.- So oft vexpot tv XpioTo,
‘those who have died in union by faith
with Christ,’ 1 Cor. xv. 18. 1 Thess. iv.
16. Rev. xiv. 13. Hence oi év Xo. equiv.
to of Xorotiavot. Also gener. ‘zn con-
nexion with Christ,’ by the profession of
the Christian faith, Rom. xii. 5. Gal. i.
28. v. 6. vi. 15, et al.; and vice versa of
the union of Christ with Christians, in
consequence of their faith in him, John vi.
56. xiv. 20. xv. 4, 5; also of a like union
with God, and vice versa, 1 Thess. i. 1.
I John ii. 24, ii. 6, 24. iv. 13, 15, 16, et
al.; of the Holy Spirit with Christians,
John xiv. 17. Rom. viii. 9, 11. 1 Cor. iii.
16. wi. 19: 1 Pet.1. 1T,,.et al2; of those 7;
with, in whom (i. e. in whose person or
character) any thing exists or is done, i. e.
in their conduct, John xviii. 38. xix. 4, 6.
NCIS) XXIV.) (200 Xx Oe MODE vs 2a
Jobn ii. 10. So gener. of any power or
influence from God, the Holy Spirit, &c.
Matt. xiv. 2, ai duvduers évepyovo.y év
avtw. Johni. 4. xiv. 13 & 30, gy épot
ovK exer ovdev, &Kc.: of those zz or with
whom (i. e. in whose mind, soul, or
heart) any thing exists or takes place, as |
virtues, vices, faculties, &c. John i. 48. iv.
14, et al. 4) of a NUMBER, or multitude,
as indicating PLACE, zn, among, with, Matt.
li. 6, éeXaxletn ei Ev Tots yeuoow 'J.
xi. 11, et-al. sepiss. 5) of persons, by impl.
before, in the presence of, Mk. viii. 38,
Os yao av éwatoxuvOy pe Ev TH yeEvEee
TavTy. Lu.i. 25, Acts vi. 8. xxiv. 21, et
al. Hence metaph. 7 the sight or judg-
ment of any one, he being judge, Lu. xvi.
15, To év dvGowtos UWndov. | Cor. xiv.
ll. So év é@0arpots nuwv, Matt. xxi.
42. Mk. xii. 11. 6) said of that by which
G2
EN
any one is surrounded, zz which he is en-
veloped, &c. tn, with, Matt. xvi. 27, Zo-
yeo0ar év TH OOENn, xxv. 31. év vedédn,
Lu. xxi. 27. év @Xoyi aueds, Acts vii.
30; of clothing, &c. Matt. xi. 8, év wada-
Kots tuatiow, &c. So év caoxi, clothed
with flesh, | John iv. 2. (qv év caoxi, Gal.
ii. 20, et al. Hence of that wth which
any one is furnished, which he carries
with him, &c. 1 Cor. iv. 21, év paBdw
z\0w. Heb. ix. 25. Metaph. Lu. i.17, év
Tvevpmate kal Ouvaper. Rom. xv. 29. Eph.
vi. 2. Sept.—II. of Time, 1) of time
when, i. e. a definite point or period, 27,
during, on, at which any thing takes place,
Matt. ii. 1, gv 7uépars “Howdov. iii. 1, et
al. sepiss. 2) of time how long, i.e. a
space, or period, within which any thing
takes place, 2, wthin, as év Tptolv nué-
pars, Matt. xxvii. 40. Mk. xv. 20, et al.
Sept. and Class.—III. METAPH. of the
state, condition, or manner, in which one is,
moves, or acts; or of the occasion, means,
on, mn, by, through, which one is affected,
moved, acted upon, &c. 1) of the state,
condition, or circumstances, 7 which a
person or thing is, and that whether eater-
gal or ¢nternal, as a state of mind and feel-
ing, é€v ExoTadoel, Ev Yaoa, év acbeveia
Kat év Pow, év atmokadiwWel, Ev adoo-
ovvy, &c. In this usage gv with its dat.
is often equiv. to an adj. or an adv. 2) of
the business, employment, or action, 7
which any one is engaged, Matt. xxi. 22,
év wpocevyn. Mk. iv. 2, gv TH dtdayn
autou, ‘as he taught.’ Lu. xxiv. 35. xvi.
10. John viii. 3. Acts vi. 1. xxiv. 16.
Rom~1- 94 xiv. 10.'xv. 06: 1Coroxmt.
mori 2: Colsicl0. t Tim. iv. 1d; et
al. sepe. So with dat. of person, i. e. ‘in
the work or cause of any one,’ Rom. xvi.
12, nTis TWoANG ExoTriacey ev K. Rom.
vi. 3. 1 Cor. iv. 17. Eph. vi. 21, et al. Also
imply. in the power of any one, Actsiv. 12,
ovuK totivy Ev GAXw OvdEVL 1) TwTNOLA.
v. 4. So gv mvevmate, ‘under the influ-
ence of the Spirit, in a state of inspira-
tion, Matt. xxii. 43. Mk. xii. 36. Lu. ii.
27. iv. 1. ix. 1, et al. Also of demonzacs,
gy TvevpaTte axalaotw, Mk. i. 23. v. 2.
3) of the manner or mode, i. e. the state or
circumstances, external or internal, by
which any action is accompanied, zn refer-
ence to which it is performed, whether of
manner gener. whereby an action is done,
or of a rule, law, or standard, zn, by, ac-
cording to, as Matt. vii. 2, év w Koiwate
Kpivete, KoLOjoecOe. Lu. i. 8. Phil. i. 8.
1 Thess. iv: 15. 1 Tim. i. 18. Heb. iv. 11,
et al. sepe: in the sense as to, im respect
to, Lu. i. 7,18, mwpoBeBnkévar év tuéoats.
Gal. iv. 20, Ste dtropovmat év buitv. Eph.
ii. 11. Tit. 1.13. Ja. ii. 10. iii. 25 also after
words signifying plenty, or want, Rom. xv.
13, wepiooeve év TH éAtrids. Eph. ii. 4,
124
ENA
movowos év edéer, et al. 4) of the
ground, occaston, in or on which any thing
rests, exists, or takes place, and that both
of a person or thing in or on which any
thing rests, (1 Cor. ii. 5. 2 Cor. iv. 10.
Gal. vi. 17, et sepiss.) and espec. of the
motive, in consequence of which any action
is performed, in, on, at, by, Matt. vi. 7.
Acts vii. 29. 1 Cor, xi. 2." 2)Comsyart2.
1 Pet. iv. 16. Also of the grownd, or oc-
casion, of an emotion of mind after words
expressing joy, wonder, hope, confidence,
&c. Lu.i. 21, 0atvualov gv Tw ypovifew
avtov. Lu. x. 20. Acts vii. 41. Rom. ii.
23. Eph. iii. 138, et al. 5) of the means
whereby any thing takes place, 2, i. e. by
means of, with dat. both of person, by
whose aid or intervention any thing is
done, Matt. ix. 34. Acts iv. 9. xvii. 28.
1 Cor. xv. 22, et al. ; or of thangs, used of
such means as imply that the object affect-
ed is actually 22 and among them, Matt. .-
viii. 32, aaéVavov gv Tots Udace, ‘in and
by the waters.” 1 Cor. iii. 13, év aupi
awokanunretat. Rev. xiv. 10, et ‘al.
From the Hebr. as said of price or ex-
change, Rev. v. 9. In composition év im- ~
ports, 1. a being or resting zi, as Evert,
éumévw: 2. into, with verbs of motion, as
éuBaivw: 3. conformity, &c. as évdeKos,
évvomos: 4. participation, as evoxos.
"EvayxaNiGouar, f. icouar, (év,
a&yKakn,) to take into one’s arms, Matt. ix.
30. x. 16. Sept. and Class.
"EvaXtos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (2v, a@Xs,) be-
longing to the sea, Ja, ill. 7, eoweTwY Kat
évaNiwy, SC. (ww.
"Evavtt, adv. prop. over agazst, and
hence zn the presence of, before, Lu. i. 8,
and Sept.
"Evavtiov, adv. (neut. of adj. évapv-
tlos,) prop. over against ; hence, before,
in the presence of, foll. by gen. of pers.
Mk. ii. 12. Acts viii. 32. Sept. and Class.
From the Hebr. iz the sight of, Acts vii.
10, é6wkev aitT@ yaow—é. Papaw, with
him. Lu. xxiv. 19, dvvatros €. Tou Geou,
i.e. ‘God being judge, Sept. Gen. xxi.
1], et al.
’"Evavtios, a, ov, adj. (avtuos for
dvtl,) over against, opposite to. 1) prop.
of persons and things, Hom. II. ix. 190, ot
—évavtios jaoto. So é& évavtias as adv.
with gen. over against, Mk. xv. 39. Ofa
wind, adverse, contrary, Matt. xiv. 24.
Acts xxvii. 4. 2) metaph. of persons, —
adverse, hostile, Acts xxviii. 17. 1 Thess.
ii. 15. Sept. and Class. So 6 2& évav-.
tTias equiv. to 6 évavtios, an enemy, Tit.
ii. 8. :
"Evéoyomar, f. Fouar, (4pxouat,)
lit. to make a beginning im, i. e. to heroes
ENA 125
absol. Gal. iii. 3; foll. by acc. Phil. i. 6.
Sept. and Class.
"Evocis, e€0s ovs, 0, 1, adj. (évdéw,)
in want, indigent, destitute, Acts iv. 34.
Sept. and Class.
"Evoeryua, atos, TO, (évdeixvumt,)
wndication, token, proof, 2 Th.i.5, & Class.
"Evocixvipmt, f. eiEw, prop. to point
out, as it were with the finger, any person
or thing exposed to view, see Polyb. iii.
54, 3, showing what it is in itself; also, to
show any thing to be ina place, by with-
drawing what hides it from view ; and also
fig. to show any quality to be inherent i
any person or thing, and thus to disclose
its nature and properties. So Plato, p.
278, D. évdsckvivar Thy abtiy époroTnTa
Kal @vow év adudotépats ovcav. But
in N. T. and mostly in Class. the middle
form is alone found, évdsixvumar, 1) to
show forth, or manifest publicly, prop. any
thing relating to or depending upon one-
self, but often on others, Rom. ii. 15, évd.
TO Epyov Tov vosxov yoaTTOV év Tals
Kapolats avt@y. ix. 17, thy dvvapiv
pov. 2 Cor. viii. 24. Eph. ii. 7. 1 Tim.
1.16. Tit. ii. 10, riot évo. iii. 2. Heb.
vi. 10, sq. Sept. and Class. 2) by impl.
to manifest oneself to any one, by evincing
certain qualities to them. So Thuc. iv.
126. Diod. Sic. vol. x. 171, Bip. ueya-
Anv UBow TH TWoecBela évedeiEaTo. And
hence, like prestare and exhibere in Latin,
it comes to mean patrare, facere, as said
of things evil, 2 Tim. iv. 14, moda pou
Kaka evedetEaTto. So Sept. Gen. 1. 15,
17, kaka & évederEGue0a eis avTov.
"Evderéts, ews, 4, (évdeixvume,) prop.
a pointing out of any object, Polyb. iii. 38,
5; in N. T. fig. 1) manifestation, declara-
tion, Rom. iii. 25, sq. sis gvdecEw THs
eixarocvvys avtov. Philo, t.i. p. 9, 50.
2) indication, plain proof, token, equiv. to
evoerypa, 2 Cor. viii. 24, tiv evd. THs
ayamns buoy. Phil. i. 28, &. dwwdXzias.
“Evoeka, ot, at, ra, card. num. eleven ;
in N. T. only of the eleven apostles, Matt.
xxviii. 16. Mk. xvi. 14, etal. ©
‘Evoékatos, n, ov, ordin. eleventh,
Matt. xx. 6, 9. Rev. xxi. 20.
’"Evdéxopmar, f. Eouat, prop. to take
or receive 27, i. e. among any persons or
things, to admit, Thue. iti. 31. In N. T.
occ. only in the impers. form, évdéyeT az,
lit. ‘admissible, or occurrible, Lu. xiii.
338, and ovK évd. equiv. to avevdexTov
éort, xvii. 1, ‘it can scarcely happen,’
Thue, i. 121. Demosth. ov« évd. Kc.
"Evdynpéw, f. iow, (Evdnmos,) prop.
to be among one’s own people, to be at
Lome, a8 opp. to éxd. or aod. Jos. Ant.
ENA
iii. 11, 38. Theod. Hist. E. iv. kat évdn-
fouvte Kal éxOnuovvte ouvyv. In N. T.
fig. to be resident in any place, with any
person, 2 Cor. v. 6, 2vd. év TH cwpmaTt,
to live; and v. 8, évd. wpos Tov Kupuon,
to dwell, be with. Comp. Phil. i. 23, ovv
Xplorw eivat.
"EvédrdtvcoKka, (equiv. to évduw or év-
dvvw,) to clothe any one in a garment, and
mid. to clothe oneself therewith, to wear ;
foll. by acc. Lu. viii. 27, iwatiov ovK é.
and xvi. 19, éved. woppvpav. Sept. and
Judith ix. 1.
"Kv dckos, ov, 0, 7, adj. lit. ‘agreeable
to right and justice, o év dikyn wy, ‘right
and just.’ Anon. ap. Suid. évéduxos nv Ba-
cihews, opp. to éxdrkos, Soph. Aj. 1282.
Anthol. Gr. i. 216, Tad pavduca. In
N. T. applied only to punishments, Rom.
ili, 8, ov TO Kpiua evd. éott. Heb. ii. 2,
évé. ptoQamodociav. Comp. Pollux, év-
Oikos Kohaors: and Epigr. Aaodikn Naots
EVOLKA TLUVUMEVY.
"Evoddmnocs, ews, 1, (evdouéw,) prop.
something built in, an interior structure, as
opp. to an exterior one. In N. T. said of
a structure gener. Rev. xxi. 18, 7 évddéun-
ols Tou Telxous, at least according to the
interpretation of Commentators. The
term, however, signifies, not structure, but
superstructure, as built upon another that
forms the foundation. So Jos. Ant. xv.
9, 6, speaking of the mole, or superstruc-
ture, built in forming the artificial harbour
of Cesarea, says, 7 6& évdounots bony
éveBadseto Kata tHS Bartatens. This
évOounots, indeed, was the superstructure
raised on a lower structure, which formed
the foundation of the lofty and vast walls
of the edifice, and was indeed the wall
itself, as is here implied. So Herodot. i.
179, describing the mode of building the
city wall of Babylon, says, that ‘after dig-
ging the ditch, they made bricks of the
earth thrown up, and burnt them in fur-
naces, and laying three courses of brick-
work, demuav TWewWTA pev THS TaPpOU
Ta xeitea, &c. The term évddunors is
well adapted to express the above sense,
since évdguw and évdeiuacOar are terms
used of the building of walls themselves ;
and the év has reference to the ditch on
the bank of which the wall was erected.
See Thue. iv. 90, 2.
"EvooEaGw, f. aow, (2vdo0Eos,) to
glorify, lit. ‘to cause to be in glory or
honour ;’ occ. in pass. or mid. 2 Thess. i.
]0, 12, where observe the formula évéo-
EacOnvacev Tiwi: signifying, ‘ to get glory
from another’s good or evil,’ so that one
may be praised as its author; but here de-
noting, ‘that God may gain glory by the
eternal happiness to Bee he will raise’
G
ENA
believers.”
xxviii. 22,
"Evdo£€os, ov, 6, n, adj. (év, d0£&a,) prop.
for é€v d0&y wv, and used, I. of PERSONS
honoured, 1 Cor. iv. 10. Sept. and Class.
—II. of THINGS, e. gr. deeds, Ta évdo0Ea,
glorious, memorable, Lu. xiii. 17. Sept.
also of apparel, splendid, Lu. vii. 25. Sept.
and Class. Fig. éxc\yoia @. Eph. v. 27,
of ‘the Church adorned in pure and
splendid raiment,’ a bride. Comp. v. 20,
and Rev. xix. 7, 8. xxi. 9, sq.
"Kvdupa, atos, To, prop. clothing,
Matt. vi. 25, 28. xxviii. 3. Lu. xii. 23.
Sept. and later Class. Said of the outer
garment, a cloak of camel’s hair, such as
the ancient prophets wore, in contempt of
earthly grandeur, Matt. iii. 4. Also @
robe, such as was presented at feasts to
guests, (see Gen. xlv. 22. Judg. xiv. 12.
2 Kings v. 5, 22,) Matt. xxii. ll, sq.
metaph. Matt. vil. 15, év évdvpace meo0-
Batov.
"Evduvapow, f. wow, prop. to inv-
gorate, impart strength to, trans. and pass.
or mid. ¢o acquire strength, become strong.
Said prop. of the body, Heb. xi. 34, and
fig. of the mind and soul, Acts ix. 22.
Rom. iv. 20. Eph. vi. 10. Phil. iv. 13.
PP yk. 2 Pim, i. /1. iv. Li wand
Sept.
’EKvéu vw, or ’Evov’w, f. bow, (dvw, to
go in, or into; also to cause to go into, to
envelope,) I. to go m, or into, 2 Tim.
iii. 6, €. eis Tas oixias. Hdot. ii. 12], 2,
évduvtos scil, és TO olkynua.—ll. to put
on, lit. to cause to go into, to clothe or
dress, trans. and foll. by double acc. of
pers. and thing, pass. or mid. fo be
clothed, ox to clothe oneself, 1) prop. Matt.
vi. 25, ti évdvonoGe. xxii. 11. xxvii. 31,
and oft. and Sept. and Class. Said of
armour, &c. Rom. xiii. 12. Eph. vi. 11,
14, | Thess. v. 8. Sept. and Class. 2)
metaph. both of the soul, as clothed with
the body, 2 Cor. v. 3, eiye Kat évduca-
pevor: and also of a person, as ‘ clothed,’
i, e. endued, with any power or quality,
&c. Lu. xxiv. 49. 1 Cor. xv. 53, sq. évo.
omhayxva oiktiouov, Col. iii. 12, and
Sept. Also of one who assumes a new
character, é. Tov Ka.vov &v0pw7rov, Eph.
iv. 24. Col. iii. 10. évd. Tov Kip. ‘to be
endued with a spirit like his,’ Rom. xiii.
14, Gal. iii. 27, and Class.
"Kvdvoers, ews, 7, (evddw,) a putting
on, or wearing of clothes, | Pet. iii. 3.
"Evédoa, as, 7, (év, dpa,) a lying-in-
wait, prop. in war, an ambuscade, Sept.
and Class. In N. T. a lying-in-wait to
kill any one, Acts xxv. 3. 1 Mace. i. 36.
"Evedpevo, f. evow, (évedoa,) prop.
to lie in ambuscade, Sept. and Class. ; in
126
Comp. Exod. xiv. 4. Ezek. | N. T. to lie-tn-wait to kill any one, Acts
ENE
xxili. 21; also by impl. to le in wait for,
or in order to ensnare any one in his
words, Lu. xi. 54. Sept. and Class.
"Evedgov, ov, TO, equiv. to évédpa,
Acts xxiii. 16, in later Edd. for the vulg.
évedoa.
"EvetrXéw, f. ow, to roll up in, or
wrap up m; foll. by acc. and dat. Mk.
xv. 46, éveiinoe, scil. a’tov, TH ow-
dove: said by Lexicographers not to be
elsewhere so applied, but it occurs in
Artem. i. 13, of amoOvicKkovtes éxyic-
MévoLs evethouvTat pakéow. *Evehioow
occurs in Plato, p. 220, B. éverAuypuevwv
Tovs ToOas eis Tidous.
"Evetur, prop. to be in any place, and
fig. to be im or with, in the same place
with, any person, Xen. Mem, i. 2, 28.
In N. T. it oce. in the impers. form éveort,
or contr. 21, ‘there is with or among,’
Gal. iii. 28, ox eve scil. gv buty. Coll. iil.
1], darov otk évut. Ja.i. 17, wap’ & ovK
évt. Thus ta évovta, prop. things within,
‘what is within any thing,’ -as a vessel,
1 Macc. v. 5, and Class. In N. T. Lu.
xi. 41, fig. ra évdvrTa déte éXNenporbyyp,
q. d. ‘Give that within the cup as alms.’
“Eveka or” Evexev, prep. governing the
genit. for, on account of, because of, by
reason of, Matt. v. 10. x. 18, and oft. In
2 Cor. vii. 12, it occurs with artic. and in-
fin. etvexey Tou paveowOjvat.
"Evéopyera, as, 4, (évepyns,) prop.
energy, efficacy, lit. the being at work, Eph.
1.19, kava Tiv evépyetav TOU KpZToUS.
iii. 7. Iv. 16. Col. i. 29% espec. | as ex-
hibited in miracles, Phil. ii. 21. Col. ii.
12, or false and pretended miracles,
2 Thess. ii. 9; also, by meton. put for the |
works themselves, 2 Thess. ii. 11, évéo-
yerav waVNS.
"Evepyéw, f. now, (évepyis,) to be
effective or operative. It occurs in N. T.
in two uses, I. INTRANS. as said of things,
to be active, or effective, to work, Matt.
xiv. 2. Mk. vi. 14, ai duvépets éveo-
youow év avtw, ‘the power of miracles
works in him,’ i. e. miracles are wrought
by him, Eph. i. 20. ii. 2. Phil. ii. 13, +o
éveoyety: with dat. of person, Gal. ii. 8,
o evepynoas Ilétpw, i. e. * effected in the
case of Peter.” So Prov. xxxi. 12, yuv7
avopeia évepyet Tw avdpl eis ayaba,
and Class.—II. Trans. foll. by acc. of
thing, but said of persons, 1 Cor. xii. 6, 0
évegy@u Ta wavta. Gal. iii. 5. Eph. i.
11. Phil. ii. 13, 6 évepyav év nyiv ro
Jéiew, &c. Jos. B. iv: 6, V. Died. Sic.
xiii. 95.—III. m1. to show oneself active,
to operate, be active, said only of things,
Rom. vii. 5, évnpyetto év tots péAeow
juov. 2 Cor. i.6, iv. 12. Gal. v. 6. Eph.
ENE
ii. 20. Col. i. 29. 1 Thess. ii. 13. 2 Thess.
ii. 7, and later Class. Partic. évepyov-
pevos for adj. évepyijs, or partic. act.
évepyouoa (as Wisd. xv. 1], Wux7) éEveo-
youca). Ja. v. 16, dénous évepyoupuévn.
"Evépynua, atos, TO, (évepyéw,)
prop. something wrought, ‘ some effect pro- |
duced or operation worked out,’ 1 Cor.
xii. 6,10, tvepyrjuata duvapéwy, ‘ effects
wrought by the gift of working miracles.’
See my note.
"Evepyiis, gos, 6, 7, adj. (év, Epryov,) |
active, effective, Thue. iii. 17, vjes évepyoil. |
Heb. iv. 12, Adyos &. 1 Cor. xvi. 9,
Supa é. i.e. ‘presenting opportunity for
great effects.’
"Eve for éveote, see "Everue.
"EvevAoyéw, f. now, prop. to praise
or bless in or through any one. InN. T.
only in pass. to be blessed, or made happy,
Acts iii. 25, gv Tw omégpati cou évev-
Aoy. waca ai Tatorai. Gal. iii. 8. Sept.
"Evéxw, f. Ew, gener. = érréxw, to have
é any person or thing, or to keep hold of any
person or thing, I. act. to have in oneself,
foll. by dat. of pers. implying a disposition
o: mind ¢owards a person or action, whe-
ther favourable, (as Jambl. Vit. Pyth. 6,
zvEXwWY vouv pos TO pavOdvetyv,) or un-
favourable, as in N. T. Mk. vi. 19, ‘Ho.
evetyev (scil. ydXov) a’tw. Lu. xi. 53,
Ozwas évexerv. Sept. in Gen. xlix. 23,
éVEtXov aUTwH KUOLOL TOLEUMaTwY. The
ellipsis is supplied in Herodot. i. 118,
KpvTTwY TOV oi évelxee YoXov, and
vi. 119, évetxyé ogi dewov yorov. Thus
it is equiv. to éyxotetv, to bear a grudge
against any one.—II. PAss. évéyouat, to
be held in by any thing, as ropes, nets, &c.
Pausan. Lacon. 75, 2. tais wodats. He-
rodot. ii. 121, 2, ty mwayn évéyecOa:
but gener. metaph. to be entangled in any
thing which hampers the mind, and impedes
the course of action. Thus it is applied
to laws, ordinances, &c. to which men are
subject, whether political, as Plut. viii.
518, év. ddypuact, or religious, as Gal.
v. 1, Giyw dovXzias évéxecbar.
‘Ev@ade, adv. of place, a lengthened
form from zv@a, and intended, from the
force of the 6é, (which is equiv. to our
termination ward,) to modify the sense of
év0a. Thus the meaning is either, as said
of place WHITHER, there-ward, i. e. there-
abouts, whither, or hither, John iv. 15, sq.
Acts xxv. 17, and Class.; or 2) of place
WHERE, here-ward, hereabouts, Lu. xxiv.
Al. Acts x..18. xvi. 28, et al. and Class.
__“Ev@ev, adv. demonstr. hence, from
this place, Lu. xvi. 26, and Class.
‘Ev@Ovuéouar, f. joouar, dep. mid.
(ev, Supos,) to take into and have in the
mind, to think upon, trans. Matt. i. 20.
127
ENN
ix. 4. Thuc. v. 32. Xen. Mem. i. 7, 2;
foll. by wepi and gen. Wisd. vi. 15.
"EvOvpunocs, ews, 4, (évOuuéopnar,)
1) ‘the act of taking any thing in mind,
i. e. thought, cogitation, Matt. ix. 4. xii. 25,
Heb. iv. 12. Thuc. i. 182. 2) by impl.,
as the effect of cogitation, znvention, device,
&c. Acts xvii. 29, yxapayua téxvns Kat
évOuunoews.
"EviauTos, ov, 6, @ year; so called
because in that period the system of
things goes or returns upon itself: in the
words of Virg. Georg. ii. 402, Atque zn se
sua per vesiigia volvitur annus. John xi.
49, 51]. xviii. 13, et al. sepe, in N. T. and
Class.; also, by Hebr., put for any defi-
nite time, as we say era, Lu. iv. 19,
éviauTov Kupiovu dextov.
"Eviornpmt, prop. to stand im or upon.
In N. T. fig. to stand near, be at hand,
impend, 2 Th. ii. 2. 2 Tim. iii. 1. 2 Mace.
iv. 43, and Class. Part. perf. éveorws,
present, Rom. vill. 38, oUTe év. oOUTE ped-
Aovta. | Cor. iii. 22. vii. 26. Gal. i. 4.
Heb. ix. 9, and Class.
"Evicyvw, f.v' ow, prop. to be strong m.
In N. T. ‘to z-strengthen;’ 1) intrans.
to be mvigorated, become strong, Acts ix.
19. Sept. and Class. 2) trans. in Sept.
and N. T. to cause to strengthen, invi-
gorate ; foll. by acc. of pers. Lu. xxii. 43,
and Sept.
"Evvatos, 4, ov, ordin. adj. ninth,
Matt. xx. 5, et al.
°Evvéa, ol, ai, Ta, card. num. nine, Lu.
aie We
"Evvevykovtatvven, ol, at, Ta,
card. num. ninety-nine, Matt. xviii. 12, sq.
Lu. xv. 4, 7.
"Evveds, a, ov, (or ’Eveds,) prop. dumb
by nature, incapabie of speech. So Plato
p- 206, 6 i) éveds, 1 Kwoos am’ acyns.
Also deaf and dumé, Is. lvi. 10. Ep. Jer.
41. Joseph. Ant. iv. 8, 32. Xen. Anab.
iv. 6, 23. And fig. speechless, i. e. ‘de-
prived of the power of speech,’ from some
strong passion, as fear, wopder, &c. Acts
ix. 7, EloTHKEioavy Evveol.
"Evvetw, f. etow, imnuo, to nod, or
make signs (év) by the head, eyes, or hands,
Lu. i. 62, évévevoy Tw TWaTol, i.e. *inti-
midated by nods or signs.’
"Kvvoia, as, 7, (2, vous,) prop. what
passes in the mind, the image or idea
formed in the mind by the act of thinking,
a mental conception or notion, Xen. Cyr. i.
1,1. Diog. Laért. iti. 79, 2. kaXou : also
the thinking faculty. In N. T. I. by me-
ton. of effect for cause, THOUGHT, in the
sense purpose, counsel, Heb. iv. 12, corte-
KOs évvoiwy Kapdias. Prov. iii. 21; and
G4
ENN
128
ENT
so vonuata in 2 Cor. ii. 11. x. 5.—II.| wixpias évoydn, give trouble. So Xen.
with refer. to the prim. sense, MIND, i.e.
mode of thinking and feeling, disposition and
manners (mores), inasmuch as they proceed
from the thoughts and feelings of the mind.
See Matt. xii. 34, sq. xv. 18, 19. Sol Pet.
iv. 1, thv ad’tiv evvoray omXicacdl: :
also Wisd. ii. 14, éyévero Uutv eis Ehey-
XOV EVVOLWY T]MLQV.
"Kvvopos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (év, vouos,)
prop. within law, I. legitimate, appointed
or sanctioned by law ; and, like wapavopos,
used both of persons and things, but espec.
the latter. So Acts xix. 39, év Ty év-
vouw exkAnoia. Luc. Conc. Deor. 14,
éxkAyolas ayouévys. Plato 413, E. zo-
Aiteia ev. Polyb. ii. 47, 3, Bacirera z.
But the sense in the passage of Luke is
rather, ‘the regular assembly,’ i. e. some
one of the assemblies fixed for transacting
public business.—II. as said of a person
only, sublex (as opp. to ealex), under the
law, 1 Cor. ix. 21, gyvoywos Xpiotw,
* bound to obedience unto Christ.’
"Evvuyxos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (év, vvE,) by
night, nightly, Homer and other Ciass. ; in
N. T. only neut. gvvvyxov with ellip. of
Kata, asin the adv. by night, Mk. 1. 35,
Tpowi evv. Aiav, ‘ very early, while yet in
the night.’ 3 Mace. v. 5.
"Evotkéw, f. now, prop. to dwell im, in-
habit any place, whether country or city,
Xen. Gic.iv. 13. In N. T. metaph. to dwell
in or with any one, to be in, said of the in-
dwelling of the Holy Spirit in Christians,
Rom. viii. 11. 2 Tim. i. 14. So in Jos.
Bell. vi. 1, 6, évwKer Tis Howtkyn Wuyi
AetTw cwuatt. Also said of the Dwine
presence, aid, and blessing, 2 Cor. vi. 16,
évoikyow év avtots. Compare | Cor.
m16. Lev.. xxvi. 12. Hzek. xxxvn.
27. And so Plato, 549, B, says of God,
OS povos GWT apeTHS EvolKel TH
éxovtt. Also, applied to the ‘word of
Christ,’ the Gospel, Col. iii. 6, which may
be said ‘ to dwell in a person,’ when it is
suffered to sink deep into the heart, so as
to be diligently studied, and carefully
practised. So Test. x11. Patr. 539, ovx
évoiknoen év avTw Ovdev Tovypov. Lastly,
of faithin the Gospel, 2 Tim. i. 5, wriotus
HTis Evwknoe ev, &c., which, it is thus
intimated, is deep-rooted in the heart, as
a principle of action.
‘Evotns, tyTOos, 7, (eis,) lit. oneness,
unity, Eph. iv. 3, 13, 4 év. THs TicTEws,
agreement as to the doctrines of the faith.
So Clem. Alex. Str. vi. 13, év. tT7s Ti-
OTEWS.
"Evoyréaw, f. now, (dxAéw fr. 6yXos,)
prop. to excite tumult im or among any per-
sons ; and hence gener. to perturb, disturb
them. Absol. Heb. xii. 15, ay tis piGa
Cyr. viii. 3, 9, éqratov, et Tis Evoxoin.
"Evoxos, ov, 6,7,adj. (évéxomat, ) equiv.
to part. évexouevos, held fast by, bound
to, any thing, as Anthol. Gr.i.p. 179, éar’
aykvons évoxov Bapos. In N. T. metaph. -
subject to, liable to, e. g. judgment, &c. in
various modifications, IL. prop. foll. by
dat. of the tribunal, for thé punishment
denounced by that tribunal, Matt. v. 21,
sq. 2v. TH Kolcel, TW TUVEdpiw: also 22,
z. eis tHv yéevvav, scil. BadXAeoOar, as
Numb. xxxv. 31, zy. dvatpe0jvar. The
dat. occ. in Gen. xxv. ll, év. JavaTw:
also in Class. with vouw, Koicer, ypapn.-
Also with gen. Heb. ii. 15, gvoxor dov-
Asias, subjects of bondage. So, too, of
punishment, evoxos Savatou, ‘a subject
‘of death,’ guilty of (crime which is ob-
noxious to) death, Matt. xxvi. 66. Mk. xiv.
64, iii. 29, gv. aiwviov Kkpicews. Dem.
229, 11.—IT. in the sense chargeable with,
guilty of, foll. by gen. of that mm, or in
respect of, which the crime is committed,
1 Cor. xi. 27, @v. Tov cwpmaTos Kal aipua-
tos tou Kupiov. Ja. ii. 10, wavTwv =z.
Sept. and later Class.
"Evrtadpa, tos, To, (évTéAXOpmat,)
equiv. to évtoA7, @ mandate or ordinance,
Matt. xv. 9. Mk. vii.7. Col. ii. 22, & Sept.
"Evradia la, f. dow, (évtageos, fr.
év, tagos, plur. ta évtadia,) * to make
all due preparation for burying a corpse,’
as washing, laying out, anointing, embalm-
ing, decorating, clothing, &c. in the man-
ner of the ancients, trans. Matt. xxvi. 12.
John xix. 40. Sept. Gen. 1. 2, 3. Plut. x.
138. Anthol. Gr. iv. p. 1387.
"Evtagdtacpos, ov, 6, preparation
for burial, by washing, laying out, em-
balming, &c. Mk. xiv. 8. John xii. 7.
"Evtéd\Xopat, f. reXovpar, dep. mid.
to enjoin on, charge with; foll. by acc. of
thing, and dat. of pers. or both, sometimes
left underst. Matt. xxviii. 20, d0@ éve-
Tethauny butv, and xv. 4. xvii. 9. Mk.
x. 3. xi. 6. John viii. 5, et al. Sept. oft.
Joseph. and Class.
"EvrevOey, adv. lit. and prop. from
here, or there, hence, or thence, Matt. xvii.
20. Lu. iv. 9, et al. Jos. and Class. So
évT. Kal évT.‘on this side and that, or
‘on every side, John xix. 18. Rev. xxii.
2. Fig. of the cause or source of action,
hence, Ja. iv. 1. Jos. and Class.
"Evtevérs, ews, 1, (évTvyXavw,)
prop. and in Class. @ falling in with, meet-
ing with, any one ; also, accosting, address, -
conference ; espec. for the purpose of soli-
citation or petition. In N. T. entreaty or
supplication, made from man to God in
prayer, 1 Tim. ii. 1, qovetoOar derjeers.
ENT
So Plut. Num. 14, rovetoBar tas mpds
TO Setov évtevEecs. 1 Tim. iv. 5.
"Evtipsos, ov, 6, %, adj. (for vy Timn
@v,) used both of pres and things, 1)
of persons, estimable, dear, Lu. vii. 2. xiv.
3. Phil. ii. 29. Sept. and Class. 2) of
things, precious, valuable, 1 Pet. ii. 4, 6;
said of a stone, but fig. of a pers. Sept. and
Class. e. gr. Dem. p. 1285, cttov é.
"EvtoXi, Hs, 1, (gvTéAXNopar,) gener.
precept, command, I. injunction, direction,
John x. 18, évt. éXaBov maga Tov Ia-
Todos mov, & xii. 49, sq. etal. Sept. & Class.
Also, charge, or edict, from magistrates,
John xi. 57, duddvac 2. Sept. 2 Chron.
xxxv. 16.—II. precept, or law, said 1) of
the traditions of the Rabbins, Tit. i. 14.
2) of the precepts and doctrines of Jesus,
John xiii. 34. xv. 12. 1 Cor. xiv. 37, et
al. 3) of the precepts and commandments
of God, 1 Cor. vii. 19. 1 John iii. 22, sq.
et al., and Sept. oft. 4) of the precepts
of the Mosaic law, in whole or part, Matt.
v. 19, xix. 17. xxii. 36, et al. sepe, and
Sept. 5) of any precepts given to Christ-
ians as to doctrine or duty, 1 Tim. vi. 14.
2 Pet. ii. 21. iii. 2.
"Evtomos, ov, 6, 7, prop. adj. for 6
Ev TOTw wv, denoting indigenous or native,
as opp. to new-coming or foreign; but in
the later writers it signifies resedent in,
and is with the article a subst., to denote
an inhabitant of a place, Acts xxi. 12. Occ.
also in Soph. Gad. Col. 843, & Plato 848, D.
’Ev tos, prop. an adv. (év) within, as
often in Homer; and it is gener. used as a
prep. with gen. as Lu. xv. 21, gyros vuwn,
‘seated in your heart and affections.” The
phrase To évtos, the inside, occurs in Matt.
xxiii. 26. Sept. and Class.
"Evtpéeta, f. Ww, prop. to invert, turn
any one back; and fig. to turn any one
back upon himself by bringing him to
reflection, and hence to make him repent of
what he has done amiss, or at least to make
him ashamed thereof. In N. T. I. act.
1 Cor. iv. 14, ov« gvtoémwv ipuas yoaow
vtauta. Pass. 2 Thess. iii. 14. Tit. ii. 8.
Sept., Apocr., Plato Crit. 14.—II. mid. év-
tpétrouat, to shame oneself before any one,
i. e. to feel reverence, respect, towards.
In N. T. and later writers foll. by acc.
Matt. xxi. 37. Mk. xii. 6. Lu. xviii. 2.
xx. 13. Heb. xii. 9; in earlier writers
with gen.
"Evtpigdwa, f. v0pévw, to nourish or
' train up in any pursuit; and pass. to be
trained up in; and by impl. to be well um-
_ bued with, skilled in, 1 Tim. iv. 6, évroe-
| ouevos tois Adyous. So Philo, p. 855,
€vT. vopois.
“EVT 900s, ov, 0, 7), adj. lit. a a tre-
129
ANY
mour, i. e. trembling with fear; hence évt.
yivecOac or etvac, Acts vii. 32. Heb. xii. 21.
"Evtpow?, Hs, 4, (évtTpétww,) a put-
ting to shame, | Cor. vi. 5, mods évtpo-
why vuty A\Eyw. xv. 34, and Sept.
"Evtpugaw, f. now, to live lua-
uriously, and by impl. to revel zn, 2 Pet. ii.
13, €. €v Tats awatats a., Meaning, either
‘revelling, exulting in their own deceits,
feeling pleasure from deceiving others,’
(as évtp. is used in Is. lv. 2. lvii. 4, and
Herodian, iii. 5, 4,) or, ‘who by means
of their deceits live luxuriously.” Thus
évtp. is for év Tpup@y OrayovTes, the ori-
ginal sense of éytpu@dw, and though
comparatively rare, yet found in Xen.
Hist. iv. 1, 13, yoydv0n étvtpupjoat.
Dio Cass. 1074, 83, Tov év attw (sc. 7ra-
Aatiw) évtpupijcavTa.
"Evtvy xavao, f. evEouat, prop. to fall
in with, or to light upon, any one; foll. by
dat. Xen. Anab. iv. 5, 19; also, to come to
the speech of any one, and talk with him,
Xen. Mem. iii. 2, 1, et al. In N. T. to
address oneself, or apply to any one, usu-
ally in the way of request or petition,
Acts xxv. 24, mwepi ot wav TO wAHVos—
évétuxov pot. So Joseph. Ant. xvi.
6, 5, evéTuXov mot vuv, ws Ud TWeV
cukopavTwy émnoeacowTo. Philo, p. 629.
2 Mace. iv. 36. Wisd. viii. 21, and later
Class. Hence, to address oneself in the
way of interposition, or wntercession for any
one with another; foll. by dat. expr. or
impl., and tao or kata (sometimes
omitted) with gen. ; for though it is gener.
implied that the interposition is 7 favour
of the person mentioned to the other, as
Rom. viii. 27, 34, . rw Oew trip ayiwv,
vmép muav. Heb. vii. 25. Joseph. Ant.
xiv. 10, 138; yet sometimes against, as
Rom. xi. 2, @. tw Oew Kata tov ’Io-
oar. | Mace. vill. 32. x. 61. xi. 25. ABI.
Viele is 2b) Paly paiva oOo
"EvtuXiooa, f. Ew, (év, rUAN, cover-
lid,) to enwrap or swathe, trans, with dat.
of thing, Matt. xxvii. 59. Lu. xxiii. 53,
é. givOove : a funereal term; so Hesych.
explains kelovar by ériOavatia évtetu-
Avypéva. Also to fold, wrap up, or to+
gether, John xx. 7.
"Evtutow, f. wow, (év, TUITos,) to
enstamp, imprint, impress, engrave. Pass.
2 Cor. iii. 7, gvtetuTwpévyn év éiBors,
and later Class.
"EvuBpita, f. iow, (év, tBors,) prop.
‘ to show tnsolence, or insult, in the case of
a person, i.e. to him. Consequently, the
proper constr. of the verb is a dat. of pers.
to insult over, as always in the Class. In
_N. T.it occ. only at Heb. x. 29, 76 vevwa
THS Xap. evuBpicas, insulted, contemned ;
as also in Joseph. Ant. i. 8, 1. v. 8, 12.
Gs
ENY
"Evutvia lw, f. dow, as -ouat, depon.
(éviT@vo0v,) prop. to dream, as often in
Plutarch, intrans.; said of visions in
dreams, Acts ii. 17, évvmma évumvia-
cljoovra. Fig. évutvia¥ouevor, dream-
ers, persons holding vain opinions, as we
say viszonaries, Jude 8.
"Evimviov, ov, To, insomnium, lit.
Opama, eldos TO év barvw; for évvtviov
is prop. acc. neut. of the adj. évvmuvios,
occ. in Eurip. Hec. 702, and equiv. to
evumrvos. So Plut. de Superst. 166, év.
pavracua, by ellips. of eidos, as a subst.
a dream, but said in N. T. of visions in
dreams, Acts ii. 17, where see my note.
"Eva tov, prop. neut. of adj. évwrses,
(ev, dWy,) but, in use, a prep. gov. the gen.
an the presence of, before ; found only in
later Greek, and almost entirely in the
Sept. and N.T., where itis used I. PROP.
mostly of persons, Lu.i. 17, 19. iv. 7. Rev.
iii. 9. iv. 10. v. 8. xv. 4, et al. ; but some-
times of things, as évwimiov Tov Spovou,
Rev. i. 4, et al. Sept. in Jos. vi. 4. 1 Sam.
v. 3.—Hither, too, we may refer the pe-
culiar use, whereby it marks the manner,
and espec. the sincerity, in which any thing
is done, évwiiov tou Oeov, God being
thus regarded as present, and a witness to
what is said, Rom. xiv. 22. 2 Cor. iv. 2.
vil. 12, and Sept. So in obtestations,
before God, God being a witness, Gal. i.
20. 1 Tim. v. 21. vi. 13. 2 Tim. ii. 14. iv.
1,—I]J. mEeTAapH. tm the sight of, i.e. ‘in
the mind, will, or judgment of’ any one,
Lu. i. 6, dixatoe évwariov Tov Qeou, and
15, wéyas évwiiov Kvpiov. Indeed the
phrase necessarily implies reality, since
whoever is, in the sight of God, what he
professes to be to man, cannot but be really
such as he professes. Lu. xvi. 15. Acts
vill. 21. Rom. xii. 17. 2 Cor. viii. 21, et
al. and Sept. From the Hebr. eywarov
Tivos is used where, in Class. Greek, a
dat. is employed, Lu. xv. 10, yapa yive-
Tat é. Tov ayyédwy, * there is joy to the
angels,’ they eels, and xxiv. ll. Acts vi.
5, and so in Sept. Such, at least, is the
interpretation of recent Lexicographers ;
but there the usual sense, ‘in the judg-
ment or estimation of, seems preferable.
Nay, perhaps, the still more Hebraic phrase
evoloKely Yao évwov Tivos, (occurring
in Acts vii. 46. Exod. xxxiii. 17. Num.
xi. 11, et al.) may be so explained, and not
be regarded, with most recent interpreters,
as simply for the dat.
"EvwtiCopat, f. icouar, dep. mid.
(2v, ovs,) prop. to recewve into the ear, (see
Hesych.) and by impl. to give ear to, listen
to, foll. by acc. Actsii. 14. Sept. and later
Greek writers.
“EE, ot, ai, Ta, six, Matt. xvii. 1. Mk.
ta!
130
EZA
"KEayyérAw, f. Ao, (Ex, ayyéd-
Aw,) lit. to give out intelligence from one
person to another, Xen. Anab. ii. 4, 24;
also gener. to tell or declare abroad, make ~
known, celebrate, | Pet. ii. 9, 2. ras doe-
Tas Tov Ozov, and Sept.
"EE ayooa lw, f. dow, (éx, dyopalw,)
lit. to buy up any thing from the posses-
sion of another by paying the price, Plut.
Crass. 2; and, as said of a person, fo diber-
ate any one from the possession or power
of another, by paying his ransom. Thus in
N. T. it signifies I. acr. and prop. to 7e-
deem, or set free from bondage, Gal. iii. 13,
EK THS KaTapas TOU vouov, and iv. 5.—II.
MID. & fig. Eph. v. 16, & Col. iv. 5, 2Eayo-
paCouevoe Tov Karpor, i. e. ‘rescuing the
time from abuse,’ by zmproving every
opportunity to do good. This sense arises
naturally from the proper import, ‘to
redeem any thing to any one’s use,’ by
rescuing it from abuse. .
"EEaya, f. d&w, (2x, &yw,) to lead or
bring forth, conduct out of one place to
another ; foll. by acc. of pers. and gen. of
place, with éx, or its equiv. 2&w, simply,
Mk. viii. 23, usually denoting out of con-
Jinement to astate of liberty, Acts v. 19. vii.
36,40. xii.17. xiii. 17. Heb. viii. 9, & Sept.
as Gen. xv. 9. Sometimes simply to lead
forth for any purpose, expr. or impl. Mk.
xv. 20, eEay. aitov, va ctavpwowow
avrov. Lu. xxiv. 50, 2&. abtovs Ew Ews
eis Bn. Acts xxi. 38. Hence of a shep-
herd leading forth his flock from the fold
to pasturage, John x. 3, ¢£ayer ava.
"KEatpéw, f. iow, (2x, aioéw,) gener.
and in Class. to remove, take out, trans.
in N.T. I. to remove forcibly, pluck out,
as an eye, Matt. v. 29. xviii. 9, and Class. _
—II. to take out from any number, and by
impl. to select for oneself, to chuse, Acts
xxvi. 17. Sept. and Class.—III. mid. fig.
‘to take out of the power of any one, and
into one’s protection, fo rescue, deliver,
foll. by acc. and éx, Acts xii. 1], 2£eiNeTo
me ék Xewpos ‘Hop. and vii. 10, 34. xxiii.
27. Gal. i. 4. Sept. oft. & Class.
"EEaipw, f. apw, (éx, atpw,) prop.
to take up or lift any person or thing owt
of any place. In N. T. like ¢ollo in Latin,
to take away out of or from, to remove,
with acc. of pers. and éx with gen. of
pers. 1 Cor. v. 2,13, €&. tov arovypov é2&
UU@Y avTa@av, expel, excommunicate. Sept.
and later Class.
"EZaitéa, f. jow, (x, aitéw,) lit. to
ask out or from, to seek to have, and mid. to
ask for oneself, demand any thing or per-
son to be delivered up to us, whether for
good, e. gr. pardon, &c. as gener. in the
Class.; or for evel, as punishment, Lu.
xxii. 31,6 Lar. éEnticato vuas, * desires
EZA
that you should be delivered to him,’ i.e.
to have you in his power.
"EEaigvns, adv. (éx, aldvrs, equiv.
to @pvws or advw,) suddenly, unexpect-
edly, Mk. xiii. 36. Lu. ii. 13. ix. 39. Acts
ix. 3. xxii. 6. Sept. and Class.
"E€axoXovbéw, f. now, (ex, akon.)
prop. zo follow out, i.e. ‘to follow any per-
son or thing,’ to the abandonment of all
others. Hence fig. fo conform to any sen-
timent, by embracing and acting upon it,
2 Pet.i. 16, 2E. uv@ors, (so Jos. Ant. prom.
tots pmvGos éEaxoXovOjoavtes,) or to
any practice, by zmitating it, 2 Pet. ii. 2,
é&. doeAyeias, and 15, tH 06w tou B.
And so Is. lvi. 11, wdvtes tats ddots
avtay éEnxkoAovOnoav. Pol. xvii. 10, 7.
‘“EEaxkoc rot, at, a, num, adj. six hun-
dred, Rev. xiii. 18. xiv. 20.
"EEakzigo, f. Ww, (&k, adrteipw,)
prop. Zo wipe off or out from any thing, or
to wipe off gener. as Rev. vii. 17. xxi. 4,
éfaX. wav daxovoy aro Tav dplatuav
auTa@v: ‘to wipe off,’ i.e. as we say, blot out,
characters traced on a writing-board; also
to obliterate any writing, whether on waxed
tablets, by wzpeng out, or on parchment by
seratching out. So Rev. iii. 5, 2&. 76 dvoua
autou ék T1s BiBAou THs Cwijs. Sept. &
Class. Hence in the sense to abrogate, as
said of a law, as often in the Greek Orators.
And so Col. ii. 14, 2&. 76 xetpdypador,
i. e. ‘the written law of Moses.’ And as
crossing out accounts in a ledger implies
that the debts are paid, so it is fig. used at
Acts iii. 19, of cancelling spiritual debts,
(i. e. trespasses and sins,) by pardoning
them. And so Sept. in Ps. li. 1,9. Is. xliii.
25. Jer. xviii. 23. Lysias 106, 35.
"EEaXXAopar, prop. to leap, spring,
rush out of any place. In N. T. to spring
forth, rush from any place where one sate,
or was, Acts iii. 8, é€adNdpevos Eorn.
Sept. and Class. So at least the Lexx.
in general explain; but the expression
rather means leaping up, as to denote the
eagerness of incipient action, and the joy
accompanying it.
"E€avaortacts, ews,7,(éEavicryme,)
arising up from a recumbent posture, Pol.
ili. 55, 4; also a rising up from any secret
place, as Thue. iii. 107. Polyen. p. 483.
Procop. p. 57,62. Hence it is used of the
rising up from the secret chambers of the
grave (see Job xiv. 13,) by a resurrection
from the dead, Phil. iii. 11.
‘E€avaréddw, f. eX@, prop. to rise
up from any place, as said espec. of the
springing forth of light, whether of the
sun and moon, or stars. In N.T. it is
used of the springing forth out of the
ground of corn, to shoot forth, intrans.
Matt. xiii. 5. Mk. iv. 5, ev0éws tEavérerne.
131
EZE
The word occurs thrice in the Sept. but
in the trans. sense to cause to grow, as said
of grass. And so Apoll. Rhod. iv. 1423,
xX9oves éEavétetdayv LLoiny.
"EEaviornmt, f. orjow, trans. to
cause to rise up or out of, to raise; in-
trans. to rise up out of, to rise, or stand
forth, I. TRANS. and 1) prop. to raise
up, rouse to action; 2) in N. T. aor. 1.
act. fig. fo raise up, cause to arise, or exist,
out of, as offspring from the womb, Mk.
xii. 19, Lu. xx. 28, é&. omépua Tw adeh-
gw a. Sept. in Gen. iv. 25. xix. 32, 34.—
II. INTRANS. in aor. 2. act. to rise up out
of a place, stand forth, for speech or action,
Acts xy. 5, éEavéotycav, NévyorTes, &e.
"EEatataw, f. jow, lit. to lead out
of the right way into error, to decevve,
seduce, Rom. vii. 11. xvi. 18. 1 Cor. iii. 18.
2 Cor. xi. 3. 2 Thess. ii. 3. Jos. & Class.
"EEaaiva, adv. and later form for
éEamrivns or é€aidvys, suddenly, unex-
pectedly, Mk. ix. 8.
"EEatwopéiopat, ovmat, f. yoopar, to
be utterly at a loss what to do, absol. 2 Cor.
iv. 8, aqopovmevor, aX’ otk z&. Ps,
Ixxxvii. 16, & later Class. Hence by imp].
to despair, 2 Cor. i. 8, 2&. Tou Cy, of lite.
"EEatwootéddAw, f. edo, lit. to send
away out of any place where one now is;
also gener. to send forth. I. to send away,
dismiss, Acts xvii. 14. Sept. and Class.
Also to dismiss any one, with the implied
notion of not having obtained his purpose,
Lu. i. 53, wouTeuvTas 飀. Kevovs. Xx.
10, sq. 2&. avrov xevov. So Sept. in
Gen. xxxi. 42. Deut. xv. 13. Job xxii. 9.
"EEaotiCw, f. iow, (éx, doTiw, fr.
aptuos,) prop. to fully complete, as said of
things, e. gr. a business; or of time, Zo
bring to an end, Acts xxi. 5, é. Tas 7pé-
pas. And as business is said to be com-
pleted when accomplished, so a person is
said to be accomplished for any purpose
when he is furnished with all the aids for
bringing it about, 2 Tim. iii. 17, (of the
minister of the Gospel,) wpds awav zoyov
ayalov 2Enoticpévos. So Jos. Ant. iii.
2, 2, woXemety meds avOowmovs Tots
étact Kahws éEnoTispévovs.
"EEactpamtw, f. Ww, prop. to flash
forth, as lightning, Ez.i. 4, wvo ¢£acTpa-
atrov: also of burnished metal, Ezek. i.7,
ws €£&. xaXkos, espec. when worked up
into armour, Nah. iii. 3. In N. T. used
of raiment, dazzling, or glittering from ex-
treme whiteness, Lu. ix.29, inat. NeuKos
éEaor.
"EEautys, adv. lit. from this time,
emmediately, Mk. vi. 25. Acts x. 33. xi.
1. xxi. 32. Phil. ii. 23, and later Class.
"EEeyeipw, f. ep@, prop. to wake or
arouse out of sleep, implying a raising up
G6
EGE
from the posture of sleep, Gen. xxviii. 16,
and Class. Hence in N. T. I. ¢o razse
up from death, equiv. to éyetpew éx Twr
vexowv, 1 Cor. vi. 14. Dan. xii. 2.—II. to
raise up out of nothing into existence, to
cause to exist, Rom. ix. 17, as Comm. ex-
plain, but see my note.
"HéEecue, (2£, eur, to g0,) to go out of
a place, intrans. foll. by éx, Acts xiii. 42,
ek THS cuvaywyns, to escape from, to go
away, depart from a place, absol. Acts
xvii. 15. xx. 7. Jos. and Class.
"EEerpr, see "KEeote.
"EEehéy xa, f. Ew, to thoroughly con-
vect, show to be quite wrong, Class. Also
by impl. to condemn and punish, Jude 15,
é&. mavtas Tovs doePets, and so in Class.
"HEcAKw, f. Ew, prop. to draw of
from any place. Sept. in Gen. xxxvii. 28.
Hdian. viii. 8, 14. In N. T. fig. to draw
out of the:right course into vice or error,
to seduce, hurry away, Ja.i. 14, varo tis
idias émibupias éEehXkomevos. HI. H.
An. vi. 31, Uae THs HOovns EXKOmeEvot.
"HE épama, atos, TO, (éEeoaw, to eject
from the stomach, Diose. viii. 9,) lit. what
as vomited from the stomach, a vomit, 2 Pet.
ii. 22, (see Prov. xxvi. 11, where Sept. has
guetov,) Diose. vi. 19.
"EEeoevvaw, f. now, to search out,
explore diligently, 1 Pet. i. 10, é. aepi vt-
vos. Sept. and Class.
"HE épyxomat, f. eXevoouat, to go or
come out of any place, or from any person.
In N.T. used I. of PERSONS, and that
1) prop. to go or come forth, either with
adjuncts denoting the place out of which,
foll. by gen. as Matt. x. 14. Acts xvi. 39,
et al. or with an adjunct of pers. out of
or from whom, &c. as of those from whom
demons departed, Mk. i. 25, sq. Lu. iv.
29, al.; or of those from whom any one
goes forth with authority, John xiii. 3,
e&. amo Osov. John xvi. 27, and Sept.
So also to depart, go away, Matt. ix.
ol. Mk. ii. 12, et al.; or ¢o depart from,
as one in disfavour, Lu. v. 6. Also,
with an adjunct of place whither, foll. by
eis, mi, or moos with accus, of place or
person. 2) metaph. in the sense to go
forth or abroad from, to proceed from,
Matt. ii. 6, &« cov é€eXeboeTat TyoUmE-
vos.. Acts xv. 24. 1 John iv. 2. Also
eEepyecQar ék THS Oadvos TiVOS, ‘to
come forth out of the loins of any one,’
to descend from, Heb. vii. 5, and Sept.
Also é&. x THs xeLoos, ‘to depart out of
aliv one’s hands or power,’ John x. 39.—
Il. of THINGS, to go or come forth, as a
voice, report, doctrine, 1 Cor. xiv. 36.
Rev. xvi.17. xix. 5, foll. by eis with accus.
or év with dat.; or as thoughts, from the
heart, Matt. xv. 18, or words from the
mouth, Ja. ini. 10: of an edict, to be pro-
152
Ez
mulgated, Lu. ii. 1; of a hope, to pass
away, Acts xvi. 19.
"EEeore, impers. (from e£erus, not
otherwise in use,) 2 2s possible, with refer-
ence to moral possibility or propriety, 2 zs
lawful, permitted, &c. Matt. xiv. 4. Mk.
vi. 18, et al.; also é£dév, sc. gore, for 2£-
eott, 2 Cor. xii. 4, et al.
"EEsTaQw, f. dow, to search out,
fully examine, as to the reality or truth of
any thing. In N. T. 1) gener. to zm-
quire out, foll. by wept and gen. Matt. ii.
8; by tis interrog. x. 11. Sept. and Class.
2) by impl. to question or ask a person,
John xxi. 12.
"EEnyéomat., f. noowat, depon. mid.
(2&, oo prop. to lead out or forth,
i. e. to take the lead, be the leader, Class.
In N. T. to lead, bring out any narration,
to make known, declare. 1. GENER. of
things, to recount, narrate, Lu. xxiv. 39,
é&. Ta €v TH GOW. Simil. Xen. Eph. iii,
1, 2Enyettar ta kat’ aitov. Acts x. 8.
xv. 12, 14. xxi. 19. Sept. and Class.—Ii.
SPEC. of persons, to make known, reveal,
John i. 18, 2&. tov Ozdv, ‘hath revealed
God,’ or disclosed his nature, attributes, .
will, &c. Comp. Matt. xi. 27. So Sept. in
Levit. xiv. 57. Xen. Mem. xiv. 7, 6, ras
Tov Oswv pnxavas éEnyetoOat,
‘EEjxovta, oi, ai, Ta, NUM. adj. in-
decl. staty, Matt. xiii. 8, et al.
‘EE 7s, adv. (prop. agen. fem. gov. with
xaQ’ understood, of the adj. 0s fr. exw,
#£w, adhereo, in ordine sequor,) 2 order,
successively, Sept. and Class. In N. T.
only used with article as adj. 7 es scil.
hucoa, expressed in Lu. ix. 37, & Joseph.
Ant. iv. 8, 44; impl. in Lu. vii. 11. Acts
xxi 1. xxw. 17.) xxl plo
"EEnxéw, f. now, (éx, AX EW, ) to
sound out, forth, or abroad, Sept. and later
Class. In N. T. pass. to be sounded
abroad ; said fig. of the Gospel, &c. to be
proclaimed, 1 Thess. i. 8.
"Eécs, ews, 1, (2€, fr. xw,) prop. @
habit (i. e. constitution), whether of body,
Hippocr. de Victu, Xen. ic. vii. 2. Plato
167, A. et al.; or of mind, (as often in Plato
and Aristotle) and the /aeulty obtained by
its use, Ecclus. prol. év rovtots ixavny
é£.v wepimoinoapuevos. Hence, by impl.
habit, i.e. habitual use or practice, Heb. v.
14, tav did thy t€w Ta aicOyTHpLa
yeyvuvacueva eXOvTMWDV.
"ELiornpmy, f. éxotHow, prop. & trans.
to move or put out of place, to displace,
also intrans. to be out of place. In N. T.
only used fig. 1) ¢rans. in pres. aor. 1.
and later perf. to put any one out of him-
self, i.e. out of his mind, Lu. xxiv. 22,
éLéaotnoay nas, (scil. tou poverty, ex-
pressed in Xen. Mem. i. 3, 12, or kitwv,
expressed in Demosth. p. 537.) 2) mmtrans.
EZ I
133
E =O
in perf. and aor. 2. act. and mid. to be be- | a mixture of two senses, it means, ‘ having
side oneself, out of one’s mind, Mk. iii. 21,
eféorn. 2 Cor. v. 13, eEeornmev. Sept.
Joseph. and Class. ; where, however, tay
gpevar is gener. expressed. Hence said,
by a sort of popular exaggeration, in the
sense to be amazed, Matt. xii. 23, eFio-
tTavto wavtes ot Gyo. Mk. ii. 12. v.
42. vi. 51. Lu. ii. 47. viii. 56. Acts ii. 7,
et al. Sept. and Class.
"EEiocyv'w, f. vow, to be m full
strength, to be quite able, foll. by some
verb in infin. Eph. iii. 18, €&. catadaBéo-
Gar. Alian, Strabo, and other late writers.
*EEodos, ov, 1, (ek, odds,) prop. like
Latin eaxitus, an outlet, or way out, as
Thue. i. 106, cai ovx av eEodos. In N. T.
used 1) prop. of journeying out, de-
parture from, Heb. xi. 22. Sept., Joseph.,
and Class. 2) fig. of departure from life,
decease, Lu. ix. 31. 2 Pet. i.15. Wisd. vii.
6. Jos. Ant. iv. 8,2, ga’ e€0dou Tov Cnv.
"EEodoOpevw, f. evow, to utterly
destroy, pass. foll. by ék tov Aaov, Acts
iii. 23. Sept. and Joseph.
"EEouodoyéw, f. now, prim. & prop.
io speak out the same things as another;
which, as in Latin confiteor, (lit. ‘to say
with,’) implies a full acknowledgment of
any thing (so, by use, a confession of
fault). So Plut. Ant. 59, e& tiv adn-
Qecav. In N. T. used I. in acr. and MypD.
and 1) éo freely acknowledge, fully con-
fess; €. oT. Tas aduaotias a’twv, Matt.
moo. Miki. 5, Acts xix. 18. Ja. v. J6.
Sept. oft, Jos. Ant. viii. 4,6. Bell. v. 10,
5. 2) in the prim. sense, to acknowledge,
Pim mt Rey. mi. 5. Hence 3) to
make acknowledgment for benefits, i. e. to
give thanks, praise ; foll. by dat. of pers.
Milattio x 29. Im. x. 21. Rom. xiv. 11.
xv. 9, and oft. in Sept.; also Philo, p.
1105.—II. act. fr. the prim. sense, to say
the same thing with another, fully assent,
agree to what he proposes, Lu. xxii. 6,
zEwmodoynoe, (so OuoAoyew in Thue. i.
101. Xen. Hist. ii. 2, 16, & 3, 8,) or, by
impl. to promise, as ouoX. in Joseph. Ant.
vi. 3,5 & 8, & 4, 3. Xen. Anab. vii. 4, 13.
"EE ov, see *"HEeort.
"EEooKi wa, f. icw, to put any one to
an oath, to bind him by oath, or exact an
oath from him, Matt. xxvi. 63. Sept. in
Gen. xxiv. 3, and Class.
"EEopKicTtijs, ov, 6, (2EopKi@w,) an
exorcist, lit. ‘one who binds another by
_ oath ;’ but, in use, ‘one who by adjuration
' and incantation professes to expel demons,’
, Acts xix. 13, where see my note.
"EEoptacw, f. Ew, prop. to dig out, as
. earth from a ditch; also, to remove by, as
it were, digging, to scoop out. So Mk. ii. 4,
. e€oevEavtes scil. THY otéynv, where, by
dug through and scooped out the roofing.’
Joseph. Ant. xiv. 15, 12, rods dpdqous
T@Y olkwy advackaTTwv. So also Gal. iv.
15, &. robs OcpOadpods vuwr, a strong ex-
pression, found in the best Class. writers,
for pluck out.
"EEovdevow, f. wow, (éx intens. and
ovd.) to set utterly at nought, quite con-
temn ; also, by impl. to reject with con-
tempt, Mk. ix. 12. Sept. Apocr. and later
Greek writers.
"EEov0evéw, f. now, (é£, 000.) to set
quite at nought, contemn, treat with despite,
trans. Tu) xvinil 9. xxiisll) Romepavasso,
10. 1 Cor. vi. 4. xvi. 11. Gal.iv. 14. 1 Thess.
v. 20. Hence, | Cor. i. 28, & 2 Cor. x. 10,
éEovlevynpévos, contemptible, vile, Sept.
Also, by impl. to reject with scorn, Acts iv.
11. Sept. 1 Sam. viii. 7, and Apocr.
"EE oucia, as, 1, (e£eor,) power, i.e.
I. ‘the power of doing any thing,” abzlity,
faculty, Matt. ix. 8. John xix. ll. Acts
viii. 19. Rev. xiii. 12; sometimes foll. by
gen. of thing to be done, in the infin. pres.
or aor. Lu. x. 19, et al. and Class. In the
sense strength, efficacy, Rev. ix. 3, 19.
So éy é£ovcia, for adj. powerful, Lu. iv.
o2, &c.—Il. power, self-derived, i.e. of
doing or not doing any thing, lzcense,
liberty, free choice, Actsi.7. v. 4. Rom.
ix. 21. 1 Cor. vii. 37. et al. and Class.
—III. power, entrusted from another,
commission, authority, Matt. xxi. 23, ev
Tota ¢&. tavta moets; Mk. iii. 15. xi,
28; sq. ‘Lu. xxy 2.1 John. 1Z,ett all
Jos. and later Class.—IV. power, over
persons and things, dominion, authority,
1) prop. and gener. Matt. xxviii. 18, 2d00n
pot waca é€ovaia. Lu. vii. 8, bao eEov-
oiav. Mk. xiii. 34, thy e&. Jude 25.
Rey. xiii. 2, 4, et al. Sept. and later Class.
So also when foll. by gen. of pers. to whom
the power belongs, Lu. xx. 20, 4) 2&. Tov
nyepovos. Rey. xii. 20, 7 €&. tou Xp. av.
Acts xxvi. 18. Col. i. 13. Sometimes pre-
ceded by éai, power over, Rev. ii. 26, é&.
emt Tov é0v@v. xi.6. xiv. 18. xx.63 or éqé
with acc. in the same sense, Lu. ix. 1. Rev.
vi. 8. xiii. 7. xvi.9,al. 2) meton. put either
for what is subject to rule, domznion, Lu.
iv. 6. xxiii. 7, €x THs €E. ‘Howdov. Sept.
and later Class.; or in the plur. (collect.)
denoting ‘ those invested with power,’ as in
Latin potestates, and in English the powers:
for rulers, magistrates, Lu. xii. 11. Rom.
xiii. 1, seqq. Tit. iii. 1. Also for poten-
tates, both celestial (angels and archangels,
Eph. i..21. ii. 10; Col. 1.16it. 105 Pet.
iii. 22.) and wfernal, Eph. vi. 12. Col. ii.
15. Eph. i. 2. Soat 1 Cor. xi. 10, deiner
He yuvn &&. exe etl THs Ke. it seems to
denote a veil or kerchief for the head, so
called. See more in my note in loc.
E =O
"E€overa (wu, f. dow, (2£ovctia,) in
Class. to possess power, privilege, or au-
thority ; also, to exercise tt. In N. T. it is
used 1) in the sense to have leave, to be
permitted, 1 Cor. vii. 4, tov idiov cHma-
Tos ovK éEovorater. 2) to exercise autho-
rity, to rule, Lu. xxii. 25, of 2&. ‘ their
rulers,’ and Sept. Pass. to be ruled over by,
i. e. to be under the power of, fig. 1 Cor.
vi. 12.
"EEoyn, 7s, 1, (€EExw, to jut out, rise
above,) 1) prop. promznence, or projection
to a point, Job xxix. 28. 2) metaph. em-
nence, distinction, Acts xxv. 23, dvdpes of
Kat é£oxiv ovTes, ‘men of distinction,’
as ol e£oxor Gvopes, as Hom. I1. ii. 188.
"EEvutviCw, f. iow, (€£, tarvos,) prop.
to awaken out of sleep, trans. as in Sept.
and later Class. for the earlier dg@umv. In
N. T. only fig. to razse from the dead,
John xi. 11.
"Kéumvos, ov, 6, 17, adj. lit. out of
sleep, awake, Acts xvi. 27. The word
only occurs elsewhere in Marc. Ant. vi.
ol. x. 13, and Test. xm. Patr.
"KéEw, adv. of place, (é&,) also prep.
with gen. out, without, and used in N. T.
I. of place WHERE, without, out of doors,
after verbs implying motion, as éoravat,
&c. John xviii. 16, elornxer 2Ew. Matt.
xii. 46, sq. xxvi.69. Mk. iii. 3l,sq. So
gener. ‘outside of any city or place,
abroad, Mk. i. 45, Ew év zpjpots To-
qo. Lu. i. 10. Rev. xxii. 15. Sept. and
Class. So with the art. for adj. eternal,
Soreign, Acts xxvi. 11, eis Tas EEw Td-
Agcs. Sept. and Class. Also fig. of those
out of one’s society, &c. e. gr. in N. T. out
of the Church, i. e. non-Christians, 1 Cor.
v. 12, sq. Col. iv. 5. 1 Thess. iv. 12; or
not of the apostles, Mk.iv. 11. Further,
6 &&w huav avlpwros, ‘our outward per-
son, ‘the body,’ 2 Cor. iv. 16; as a prep.
with gen. outside of, Lu. xiii. 33. Heb. xiii.
11, seqq. and Class.—II. of place wui-
THER, out, out of doors, after verbs imply-
ing motion or direction, as ayw, uéAAw,
Epxopnar, &c. Matt. v. 13. xiii. 48. Lu.
xiv. 35. John xix. 4, et al. sepe and
Class. Also as prep. with gen. Matt. xxi.
17, €EndAOev ZEw THs TOAEWS, et al.
"EKEwO@ev, adv. of place, (ew, obev,)
from without, outwards, outwardly, 1. as
adv. Matt. xxiii. 27,sq. Lu. xi. 39. 2 Cor.
vii. 5. Sept. and Class. So with art. o,
7, T0, for adj. outward, | Pet. ili. 3. Rev.
xi. 2. TO eEwUev, the outsede, Matt. xxiii.
25. Lu. xi. 40. of 2&. non-Christians, 1
Tim. iii. 7. Class.—II. as prep. with gen.
equiv. to 2£w, out of, without, Mk. vii. 15,
Sept. and Class.
"EEwOéEw, f. now, to thrust out, drive
out from a place. 1) prop. as said of per-
154
EIA
| sons, to expel from any society; or of a
nation, to banish out of their country, Acts
vii. 45. Sept. in Dent. xiii. 5. Jer. viii. 3,
and Class. 2) spec. of things, to drive a
ship from seaward on shore, to strand it,
a xxvii. 39, ¢& To awAotov. Thuc. ii.
"EE@T egos, a, ov, adj. compar. fr. €Ew,
outer, Ezek. x. 5. xl. 20, al. for superl.
outermost, Exod. xxvi. 4, and oft., or ut-
most, like our uttermost for utmost, Matt.
viii. 12, 76 okdTos TO EEWTepo?, i. e. ‘the
farthest remote from the light and splen-
dour of the feast within ;’ with allusion to
the Tartarus or Gehenna, the dark abode
assigned to those excluded from heaven.
‘“Eopt aw, f. dow, (g0p7%,) to keep a
festival, keep holiday, 1 Cor. v. 8. Sept. &
Class.
‘Eoot, ns, 7, 1) gener. a festival,
holiday, Col. ii. 16, Eoptis % vovsynvias.
Acts xviii. 21. John v. 1. Sept. and Class.
2) spec. said of the Passover, and the feast
of unleavened bread connected with it, the
paschal festival, either simply, Matt. xxvi.
5, et al. sepe, or by the addition of tov
TaoXa, Or Tov aCvpwv, Lu. ii. 41, and -
xxii. 1. John ii. 23. xiii. 1.
"ErayyséAta, as, 7, (émayyéAdw,)
an announcement, notification. In N. T.
I. prop. 1 John i. 5. Sept. and Class.
—II. BY IMPLICATION, mandate, edict,
Acts xxiii. 21. Pol. ix. 38, 2.—III. by
implication, promise, in two senses: 1)
a promising, or declaration, assuring the
promisee of some benefit to be conferred
upon him, and as it were letting it go
(Lat. mzttens) beforehand (pro), and that
either gener. as 2 Cor. i. 20. Eph. vi. 2.
1 Tim. iv. 8. 2 Pet. iii. 4, 9. Sept. and
Class. ; or of special promise, Acts vii. 17.
Rom. iv. 20. Heb. vi. 15. vii. 6. Rom. ix.
9, et sepe al. Note the peculiar phrases
by Hebr., Eph. i. 18, tw Ilvetpate tips
evayyeAias, ‘the Spirit promised,’ and
Heb. xi. 9,77 yn THs éwayyedias, ‘the
promised land.’ 2) meton. for the thing
promised, like the Latin promissum, Acts
li. 33, THv ém. tov IIv. ‘the promised
effusion of the Spirit ;;' and i. 4. Gal. iii. 14.
Heb. iv. 1. vi. 12. x. SGigasta gaan:
"EqmayryéAXa, f. eXw, (és, ayyéd-
Aw,) lit. to bring word to, to announce,
make known, notify, declare, or in the
way of injunction, to order. In N. T.
as deponent mid. émrayyé\Aouae with
perf. pass. in mid. signification, Rom.
iv. 21, to promise, lit. to declare to any
one, as to any thing, to promise it to him;
a promise being a declaration with assur-
ance of something thereby engaged to be ©
done. In N.T. itis used I. GENER. to
promise, with acc. of thing or action, and
dat. of pers. either expr. or imp]. Rom. iv.
ETA 135
21. Tit. i. 2. Heb. vi. 13. Jas. i. 12. ii. 5.
2 Pet. ii. 19. 1 John ii. 25, et al. Sept.
and Class. Also pass. impers. with dat.
Gal. iii. 19, & émnyyedTat, ‘to whom the
promise was made.’—II. spPEc. in the sense
to profess, i. e. make profession of; foll.
by ace. as SeooeBerav, 1 Tim. ii. 10. yve-
ov, vi. 21. So Wisd. ii. 13, Emiyv@ow
éxew Ocov. Xen. Mem. i. 2,7, aperiv
em. Diog. Laért. xii. proem. cw@po-
ovvnv. Phot. Epist. 97, ésixerav Kat
piriavlowtiav.
"Emayyedpma, atos, TO, a promise,
2 Pet. i. 4. iii. 13, and Class.
"Erayw, f. Ew, 1) to lead up toa
place, as said of persons ; 2) to bring upon,
as said of things, with reference to pers.
The 2d signif. is alone found in the N. T.
1) gener. as 2 Pet. ii. 1, éa. Eautots atw-
ANerav, and v. 5, é. katakNucpov Koouw
aceBav. Sept. Gen. vi. 17. Exod. xi. 1.
Ley. xxvi. 25. Philo 1018, xivéduvov éa.
aud Class. 2) spec. foll. by éari and acc.
Acts v. 28, éa. eg as TO aipa, ‘to
bring upon.us, to impute to us the guilt
of this slaughter.’ Sept. Gen. xx. 9. Exod.
xxxiv. 7. Demosth. 275, 4.
"Emaywvifouat, f. ioouiar, to con-
tend about or for any thing, Jude 3, é7. 77
tTioret. So Plut. Num. 8, éw. tH codia.
"Emalooifw, f. oisw, to collect to-
gether, Lu. xi. 29, rav 62 6xAwv étralpor-
Conevwy. It only occurs elsewhere in
Plut. Mare. Ant. 44, wodv mX&zioves érn-
Qpo0iGovro. It is not, as the Lexx. and
Expositors say, put for the simple a9po0i@w,
any more than évavyeipw is for ayeiow,
though H. Steph. affirms it. Suffice it to
refer to Hom. Od. xi. 631, "A\Aa@ mpiv
emi t0ve ayeipeTo pipia vexpav, and
Pind. Pyth. ix. 92, éqri AXadv ayeioas Na-
oiwtav oxylov zs Aug. The full sense of
the verb is ‘to collect together persons from
-yarious quarters to one place.’
"Eqmavéw, f. gow, (emi & aivos,) to
bestow praise upon, ascribe praise unto,
commend, any one, Lu. xvi. 8. 1 Cor. xi.
2, 17, 22; but in the two last passages we
are to notice the idiom whereby ov« é7a:-
v@ is said, by a mild mode of expression,
for J blame, as often in the best Greek
writers. In Rom. xv. ll, éqawéocare
avrov, the expression, as said of God,
is to be regarded as an ascription of praise,
‘celebrate ye his praise,’ such as is found
in many passages of the O. T.
“Em atvos, ov, 6,(émi, aivos,) 1) prop.
praise, Eph.i.6,12,14. 2Cor. viii. 18. Phil.
i. 1]. 1 Pet.i. 7. 2) meton. object of praise,
*something praiseworthy,’ Phil. iv. 8; also
Sept. and Class. In Rom. ii. 29, ot 6 a.
oux €& avOp. and xiii. 3, it is said of God,
as Wisd. xv. 19: in such case, it seems to
denote the reward as well as praise of vir-
EIA
tue, as at 1 Pet. ii. 14, eis Zraivov adyabo-
qjo.wy, and sometimes in the Class. So
also the verb éqrawvéw. In 1 Cor, iv. 5,
© Emavos yevnoeTar ExaoTw, it means
(as being a word of middle signification)
retribution, whether for good or evil.
"Emaipw, f. apa, (émi, aipw,) gener.
to raise up in any way, trans. In N. T.
itis used, I. acr. and 1) prop. ofa sail,
to hoist up, Acts xxvii. 40, & Class. Pass,
to be taken up, borne upward, Acts i. 9;
also of the hands, to lift up, as in prayer
and praise, Lu. xxiv. 30. IMs; i, -@.
Sept. and Class. 2) fig. to lift up, as
said of the eyes, to look upon, Matt. xvii.
8. Lu. vi. 20, et al. sepe, and Sept.; of
the voice, to cry out, Lu. xi. 27. Acts ii.
14. xiv. 1]. xxii. 22. Sept. Demosth.
and Philostr.; of the head, to take cou-
rage, Lu. xxi. 28. Also éa. tiv wréovav
emi Tiva, i. e. in the way of attack, John
xiii, 16.—II. MipD. évaioouar, 1) prop. to
lift up oneself, to rise up, foll. by kata, 2
Cor. x. 5, éw. kata THS yuwWoEwWS TOU
Ozov. Sept. 2) metaph. to be lifted up,
elated, 2 Cor. xi. 20. Sept. and Class.
"Ematoxtvopar, f. ovuar, to be
ashamed of or at, foll. by acc. Mk. viii. 38.
Lu. ix. 20. Rom. i. 16. 2 Tim. i. 8, 16.
Heb. xi. 16. 2 Tim. i. 12. Sept. & Class. ;
by é7ri with dat. Rom. vi. 21.
"Emartéw, f. jow, prop. to ask fur-
ther, i.e. more, or to ask at any one’s
hands. Hence to ask alms, Lu. xvi. 3,
and so Ps. cix. 10. Ecclus. xl. 28. Hom.
Il. xxiii. 593. ;
"EmakoXovbéw, f. jow, I. PROP. to
follow upon or after; also to accompany,
Mk. xvi. 20, dca Tey em. onpeiwv. With
dat. 1 Tim. v. 24, trot O& émakoXovGou-
ov, scil. ai duaptia: a. i. e. ‘are mani-
fest only afterwards.’ Sept. and Class.—
Il. merarH. | Pet. ii. 21, wa éa. Tots
ixveow abou, ‘follow his example.’ Philo
p. 385, 44. 1 Tim. v.10, wavti zépyw ay.
em. ‘has followed up, been studious of.’
So Luc. Paras. 3, éa. Tats Téxvats.
"Emakovw, f. ovow, lit. to hear to,
listen, hearken ; the é7i denoting that the
hearer turns his ear towards the speaker ;
and that, again, implies a granting of the
request. Soin N. T. ‘to hear and answer
prayer, with gen. of pers. 2 Cor. vi. 2,
éem@Pkovoa cov. So Sept. oft. & Class. as
Luc. Cont. 14, 6 Zevs tatvta érjxovcé
cou. Timon, 9, éw. Tv evya@v. Prom. 20,
eT. THY EVX@DV.
"Ev akpodopat, depon. mid. to hear,
listen to, foll. by gen. Acts xvi. 25.
"Emay, conj. for évret av, whenever as,
as soon as, Matt. ii. 8, éwav 6& etpnte.
Lu. xi. 22, 34. Jos. and Class.
"Emavaykes, adv. (from nom. neuter
ENA
of obsol. adj. éraveéyxys, and that for
ém’ and avaykys, ‘by need,’) necessarily,
as in the best Class. ; but with the art. it
takes, by an ellips. of the partic. of eit,
the meaning of the adj. Thus ré éara-
vayKes, sc. ovta, Acts xvi. 11, and some-
times in Class. means ‘ things which are of
necessity,’ necessary.
‘Eravaéyw, f. déw, JI. Prop. and gen.
to bring back towards, cause to return, trans.
Hdian. vi.6, 4. vii. 6, 7. In N. T. intrans.
to return to, e. gr. eis THv wou, Matt.
xxi. 18. 2 Macc. ix. 21, and later Greek
writers.—IT. spxc. used as a nautical term,
to take [a ship] off to [sea], Lu. v. 3, dao
THS ys éTravayayety, scil. vavy, and 4,
tm. eis TO Balos. Xen. Hist. i. 6, 40.
See at dvayw.
"Eravauipyynokw, f. how, (ave,
atu.) prop. to call back [the mind] to any
subject of previous thought, to remind any
one, Rom. xv. 15, éa. tuas. Demosth. p.
74, Exactov buav émavay. PBotdomat.
Plato, p. 688.
"Evavaravw, f. avew, prop. to cause
to rest upon, mid. to rest oneself upon, lean
upon, Sept. in 2 K. vii. 2, 17, éar. éari th
Xétoa and vq x. Hdian. ii. 1, 3, éaave-
Tavovto Tats xevoi. In N. T. only me-
taph. 1) to rest upon,-abide with, Lu. x. 6,
éeTavaTavoeTal ém@ abvTtov 4 elon
vuav. So Sept. Num. xi. 25. 2 K. ii. 15.
2) to rest in,i. e. confide in, rely upon; foll.
by dat. Rom. ii. 17, éravatraty tw vd-
pew. | Mace. viii. 12, ga. airots. Arr.
Hpict. i. 9,9, @AXows Sappovvta Kat éq.
with éri tTiwva, Mic. iii. 11.
"Emavépxomar, aor. 2. éravndbov,
to come back to, return to, any place one
had left, Thuc. iv. 135,as one’s own house,
or any place of sojourn. Sept. and Class. ;
gener. foll. by prep. with acc. of place,
sometimes a proper name. In N. T. ab-
sol.; the place being implied in the con-
textos x.) 35. xax 1b:
"‘Emaviotynpmt, f. now, to raise up,
excite to opposition. In N.T. only mid.
evTaviotauat, f. ornsouar, to rise up
against one in the way of hostility, Matt.
x. 21. Mk. xiii. 12. Sept. and Class.
"Emavoo8wors, ews, 4, (émavoo-
Odw, to revert,) prop. a setting upright what
was overthrown, or a straightening what was
crooked; and fig. a setting to rights what
was wrong, either by reform of laws and
political institutions, (Jos. Ant. i. 11, 5.
Demosth. 707, érrav. Tov vouwy,) or by
correction and reformation of what is wrong
in private life between man and man, by
redress of injury, and amendment of life
and conduct, 2 Tim. ili. 16, @pédX. mods
évravoo§wo. So Xen. Epist. i. 5, eis
émavoo0wav, ‘ad emendandos mores.’
Luc. Herm. 3. Polyb. i. 35,1, wpds éarav-
136
EIDE
6p8wo Tov av8owmwy Biov. Arr. Diss,
Ep. iii. 21, 15. Philo, p. 319, B. 2a. tov
Biov. Plato 101, A. éwi rq THs Wuy7s
émavopwage taxVetcar UTO Sewy TE
KQL vVOMWwD.
"Emavw, prop. an ady. (él, dvw,) but
in use a prep. with gen. in the sense up
above, i. e. over above, on high ; sometimes
upon. In N. T.itis used, I. as an apv.
either of place, above, over, Matt. ii. 9.
Lu. xi. 44, or number, more than, Mk.
xiv. 5. ] Cor. xv. 6. Sept. and Class.—II.
as PREP. with gen. of place, 1) above,
over, Matt. xxvii. 37. &. T7s Kemadys. Lu.
iv. 89. Rev. xx. 3, and Sept. 2) upon,
Matt. v. 14, écravw doous Ketmévyn. XXi.
7. xxiii. 18, al. Sept. and Class.; said of
dignity, over, Lu. xix. 17, 19, yivou éar.
wévte ToNEwv. John iii. 3l, gx. TWavTwv.
"EmaoKkéw,f. dow, (éml, doKéw,) prop.
to hold back, or ward off [evil coming upon
any one] by interposing an hindrance ; foll.
by acc. and dat. Hom. I]. ii. 873. In
N. T. by impl. to azd, relieve, foll. by dat.
1 Tim. v. 10, éar. SArBouévors, and 16,
and so Class.
’"Evapyxia, as, 7,(emwapyxos, prefectus, )
Acts xxiil. 34. xxv. 1. Prefecture was
the name given to the larger provinces of
the Roman empire, to which Proconsuls,
or Propretors, were sent; while the smaller
ones were termed émitpomai, and their
governors é7itpomrot.
"EtravuXts, ews, 1, (érravAiGouar, to
pitch a tent, to tent, contr. fr. émavAr-
o.s,) prim. and prop. @ tent, or hut, for
temporary abode, Num. xxxii. 16, or shep-
herd’s tent; also a cottage or rustic dwell-
ing, as in later Gr. writers. In N. T. a@
habitation gener. Acts i. 20. So Judith
iil. 3. Prov. ili. 33.
"Emavpuov, adv. of time, (é7i, av-
otov,) on the morrow. Hence in N. T. 7
émravp.ov, scil. nuéoa, ‘the next day,
Matt. xxvii. 62, et sepe al. and Sept.
"EragdoiCw, f. icw, to foam up,
Mosch. Id. v.5, ei 6& SdXNacoa KupTov
(curvedly) érragpeigy. So Jude 13, xv-
pata &ypia Sadaoons érapeiCovta,
&c. ‘foaming up upon [the shore].’ See
Valckn. on Callim. 269. Jacobs on An-
thol. Gr. ix. 223.
"Eweyeiow, f. eo9@. This verb has
two distinct senses, according to the force
assigned to the éai. I. prop. to rouse any
one from sleep to watchfulness, as Homer,
Aristoph. Xen. et al.; or fig. from inac-
tivity to action; Lucian de Salt. 65, éae-
yeiopovca Ti Oiavoiay mpos Exacta
Tay dpwuévwv : also, with an implied no- |
tion of hostility, to excete against any one,
of course foll. by subst. of pers. with prep.
espec. acc. of pers. with é7, as oft. in
Sept. e. gr. Is. xiii. 17, éveyeipw vptv —
EILE
rovs M. xix. 2, érreyepOjoovtar Aiyir-
qi. én’ Alyurr. So Acts xiv. 2, éarn-
elpay Kal Exdkwoav Tas WuxXas THY ao.
Bony Diod. Sic. xiv. 52, ényetpovto
Tats Wvxais. Nor is this idiom confined
to the Alexandrian writers, it being found
in Homer, Il. iv. 352, Towoiv ed’ immo-
Oauotow eyeipouev O€dv ’Ao7a. Plato,
p. 657, D. tuas eis tiv vedTnTa eETE-
yeioev. Nor is it unexampled in our cor-
respondent term ¢o rouse: so Shakspeare
says, ‘Good things of day begin to droop
and drowse, While night’s black agents to
their prey do rouse.’ In Acts xiii. 50, éarn-
yetpav diwypov éri Tov HavXop, there is
an allusion to dormant ill-will being roused
to active enmity. Comp. Soph. Gid.C. 510,
TO WaNat Keipevoy eTweyEioeLy KAKOV.
’"Eqrei, conjunct. (é7i,) as, said both of
time, and cause or motive, 1) of TIME, as,
when, after that, foll. by aor. indic. Lu.
vii. 1, garei 6& érAtjpwoe. Sept. & Class.
2) of CAUSE, or motive, as, sence, because,
inasmuch as, Matt. xviii. 32, éwet wape-
KdAeoads we. Mk. xv. 42. Lu. i. 84, et al.
*Ezret ovv, since then, or in that case, 1 Cor.
v.10. Heb. iv. 6. Hence, before ques-
tions implying a negat. and before similar
hypothetical clauses, it signif. for, i. e. by
impl. for then, for otherwise, Rom. iii. 6,
émelL TS KOlWEl O Oeds TOV KOCpOV;
Saeor xiv. 16. xv. 29. Heb. x. 2. So
Rom. xi. 6, rei 7) xaos ovKETL yiveTat
xaous.. Heb. ix. 26. Sept. and Class.
*Emeoi}, conjunct., prop. and in Class.
as indeed, as now, but in N. T. used of a
ground or motive, sizce now, inasmuch as,
Matt. xxi. 46. Lu. xi. 6, and oft.
"Eq eojmep, conjunct. (7107), 7ep, )
since now, or however, tnasmuch as, Lu. i. 1.
"Em etooyp, (used as aor. from édopdw, )
prop. to behold, but in N. T. like Lat. respi-
cere, & our regard, to behold for good, view
with kindness, Lu. i. 25, év yuépats ais
émetoey (sc. we) adeXetv, &Kc.; and so
Exod. ii. 25. Ps. xxxi. 7, égareides tiv Ta-
qeivwoiv mov, and xxv. 18. Comp. Ps.
exix. 132, éaiBAeWov ém’ éEué, Kal édé-
noov pe: also for evil (with disfavour)
foll. by ézari with acc. Acts iv. 29, éaride
eml Tas amei\as avTwy: an expression
formed on those passages of the O. T.
where God is said to look on, when injury
is done or meditated, in order to ward it
off from the aggrieved party, and turn it
on the injurer. This is gener. left to be
understood, as here, and at Gen. xxxi. 49.
Exod. y. 21; but sometimes expressed, as
1 Chron. xii. 17, idor 6 Oeds Kai EhevyEa.
"Emetme (éi, eiuc, to come, or go,)
to come on ; said of persons, to approach,
or attack; of things, to come to pass, as
said of events; also of time, fo come on,
approach. And so in N. T. the part.
137
ELE
em.ovca, from ém.wy, is said of the follow-
ing day, Acts vii. 26. xvi. ll. xx. 15. xxi.
18, or night, Acts xxiii. 11. Sept. & Class.
"Eqeimep, conj. (et, meo,) since
indeed, since now, Rom. iii. 30, and Class.
"Emetocaywy?), ns, 1, lit. a bringing
in of something 22 addition to what before
existed, whether a thing, Thuc. viii. 92,
étetoaywyas Tay moX. or pers. Jos.
Ant. xi. 6, 2, érépas, i. e. wife, évretoay.
InN. TS fie of things, “Heb.” wisi.
éqelo. KpeltTTovos éAtloos.
"Emecta, ady. (é7i, eita,) marking
succession of time and order, thereupon,
thereafter, next. As said of time, thereupon,
Mk. vii. 5. Lu. xvi. 7, ar. Evéow eimev.
Gal. i. 21. Ja. iv. 14. Sept. and Class.
So, along with a more precise notation of
time, John xi. 7, é7. eta ToUTO. Gal. i.
18. Also, in enwmerations, when the fore-
going clause contains likewise a notation
of time, and that both gener. as 1 Cor. xii.
28. xv. 6, 7, 23. Heb. vii. 27, and spec. as
in the formula tp@tov—éreita, &e. first
—then, or neat, &c. 1 Cor.xv.46. 1 Thess.
iv. 17. Heb. vii. 2. Ja. iii. 17, and Class.
"Eméxetva, prop. adv. (ém’ éxetva,
scil. wéon,) but, in use, a prep. with gen.
suspended on péon understood, beyond,
Acts vii. 43, éwi Ba. Sept. and Class.
°"EmexTeivw, f. ev, to stretch oué
towards ; mid. to stretch oneself, reach
forth towards; foll. by dat. Phil. iii. 14,
Tots éumpoabev er. ; Where, by a metaph.
taken from a@ charioteer, is denoted great
earnestness & ardour: so Max. Tyr. viii. 2,
evOU TovVovpavou avaTEewomnevouTyH WuXy.
"EmevduTns, ov, 0, (emevdvw,) the up-
per garment, tunic, Attic x:Twr, so called
in distinction from the inner one, the b2ro-
OuTnS, OF XtTwvicKos, John xxi. 7, & Sept.
"Eqmevduw, or vyw, f. vow, to put on
over, trans. Jos, Ant. v. 1, 12, éarevduvtTes
oakkous tats otoAats. Plut. Pelop. 21.
In N. T. in mid. to put on over one’s other
garments; said fig. of the spiritual body
destined for the blessed in heaven, 2 Cor.
v. 2,4, érrevdUoac0ar érito8ourtes.
"Eméoxomat, f. eXevoouae, prim. to
go or come upon or over any place, as
aypov, Hom. Od. xvi. 27. In N. T. to
come on, upon, to any place or person. I.
of PLACE, to come to, arrive, Acts xiv. 19.
Sept. and Class.—II. of PERS. to come
upon, attack, Lu. xi. 22. Sept. and Class.
oft. So of evils, fig. to come upon, befall ;
foll. by éarz with acc. Lu. xxi. 35. Acts
vill. 24. xiii. 40. Sept. and Class. Also
said of the illapse of the Holy Spirit, as
resting upon, and operating in a person,
Bal t.,.35. Acts i. 87 Sams xie(s andere. :
in Sept.—III. part. évrepxouevos, said of
TIME, &c. coming on, impending, Eph. ii.
EITE
7, &y Tots aiwor éw. Lu. xxi. 26. Ja.v. 1.
Sept. and Class.
"Etepwtaw, f. now, to ask at, mquire
of, 1. GENER, and with acc. of pers. and
thing, Mk. xi. 29, érreowtijow vuas éva
Adyov. Lu. xx. 40. Sept. and Class. or
ace. of pers. with gen. of thing, and rept,
Mk. vii. 17, and Class. or acc. of pers. and
éywv, Matt. xii. 10. Mk. v. 9. Lu. i. 10,
al. Sept. and Class. So also, in a judiczal
sense, to interrogate, with acc. of pers. and
thing, John xviii. 21, or acc. of pers. and
Azywv, Matt. xxvii. 11]. Lu. xxii. 6.
Acts v.27. From the Heb. évepwraw
tov Geov, to ask after God, to seek God,
Rom. x. 20.—II. spc. in the sense to ask
or desire, with acc. of pers. and infin.
Matt. xvi. 1, éarnowTnoap (‘ requested of’)
QuTOV OnMétoy EeTLOELEaL AUTOLS.
"EmepwTnua, TOS, TO, gener. @ ques-
tion, inquiry, lit. ‘something asked.’ In
N. T. used in a peculiar sense, | Pet. iii.
21, Bawricpa, cuvedycews ay. éemep.
eis Ocov, where, though Expositors are not
agreed on the exact sense, the term is best
explained an answer, lit. the profession, or
engagement, made in answer to a question.
Said with allusion to the questions and
answers used at baptism, which Tertullian
calls sponsionem salutis ; & in ref. to the
present passage, says, ‘the soul is conse-
crated not by washing, but by answering.’
"Ewéxw, f. ¢péEw, prop. to have or
hold any thing wpon, to hold out any thing
towards. In N.T. it is used, I. FIG. as said
of the mnd, to hold or fix the mind upon,
to attend to, by a metaph. taken from
archery. So Pind. Ol. ii. 160, roEov
oxomw éméxew: foll. by dat. and vovuy
impl. Acts ni. 5, 6 6& émetyev avTots.
1 Tim. iv. 16; foll. by was, Lu. xiv. 7,
and Class. The ellip. is expressed at
Lucian Alex. 4, Tots meyioros éméxety
tov vovv.—Ill. as éméxew Tiva signifies
in the best Class. e. gr. Thuc. i. 9. Hdian.
vi. 5, 18, to hold back, detain any one; so
in N.T. Acts xix. 22, aitos éwécye
xXgovov zis tiv’ Aciav, it means, by an
ellip. of éauvtdov, to hold oneself back, to
remain, as in Sept. 2 Chr. xviii. 5, 14.
Gen. viii. 10. 2 Mace. v. 25. Philo, p.
1029: Thue. iit. 101. Xen, Cyr. iv. 2, 6.
v. 4, 38; and so Plut. vi. 574, 3, od zro-
Av yodvoy émicxwv: a sense which
springs from the primary one éo hold, or
keep on or by any thing. At Phil. ii. 16,
Aoyov Cwys éméxyovTes, some eminent
Expositors suppose the sense to be, ‘ per-
severing in the knowledge and practice of
the word of life.” But although supported
by Heb. iv. 14. x. 23, it is against the
context; which rather requires the sense
generally assigned, ‘holding forth,’ or
raiher ‘ out,’ i. e. towards, like Lat. por-
138
EI
rigere. This use of érréyeww for mapéexew,
however rare, is found in Hom. Od. xvi.
444, xpéas dmtov Ev yeipecou e0nkev,
éMTeaXE TE Olvoy éov0porv : and something
like it in the phrase pa Cov éaricyxetv,
which occ. in Hom. Pausan. & others, also
évTéXw Tietv Aristoph. Nub. 1382, et al.
"Eqnoea a, f. dow, (érnpeca, insult
or threat; see my note on Thue. i. 26,)
gener. to maltreat, either by deeds, to im-
sult, trans. Matt. v. 44. Lu. vi. 28; with
dat. Philo, p. 972. Xen. Mem. iii. 5, 16;
or by words, to traduce, calumniate, with
acc. 1 Pet. iii. 16, and Class.
"Eri, prep. governing the genit. dat.
and accus. with the primary signif. om or
upon. I, with the GENIT. and I. of place,
in a great variety of relations, compre-
hended under the two leading ideas, of
REST wpon, on, or iv, and of MOTION wpon,
to, towards, 1) of place where, after words
implying rest wpon, on, mm, &c. and that
both gener. with gen. of place, as Matt.
iv. 6, él yero@v aoovci oz, and ix. 2, 6.
xvi. 19, et al. seepe; also fig. Matt. xviii. 16,
iva éTl oTOMATOS OVO MapTUPWY 7] TPLwY
ora0y may pymua, ‘on the testimony, Mk.
xii. 26, éri THS BaTou, i.e. ‘at the section
called the bush, Acts xxi. 23, evyyv
éxovtes é*’ EauTwy, and spec. in a judi-
cial sense, coram, apud, in the presence of,
Matt. xxvii. 14. Acts xix. 20, oravtos
fou él Tov cuvedptov. xxvi. 2, azro-
Noyetobar emt cov. 1 Cor. vi. 1, 6.
1 Tim. vi. 13, and sometimes without a
judicial allusion, 2 Cor. vii. 14, 7 Kavyn-
ois 7 él Titov, also in Class. 2) of place
whither, after words implying motion or
direction wpon, to, towards, &c. with sub-
sequent rest upon, Matt. xxvi. 12. Mk.
iv. 26. ix. 20. xiv. 35. Lu. viii. 16. xxii.
40. John vi. 2, et al. sepe, and Class.—11.
of TIME when, i.e. on, at, or during, Heb.
i. 2. 2 Pet. iii. 3; of time, as marked by
contemporary events, at, Matt. i. 11, éarz
THS peToiKecias BaB. Acts xi. 28, ‘un-
der, éai KXavéiov. Mk. ii. 26. Lu. iii. 2.
iv. 27. So of actions as specifying time,
€. gr. él TwY TpocEeVYwY mov, ‘during,
or in, my prayers,’ Rom. i. 10. Eph. i. 16.
Philem. 4.—111. fig. as said 1) of dzgntt
or authority, wpon, over, Matt. i. 22,
Baotrever él THs “lovdaias. Rom. ix.
5. Eph. iv. 6, 6 @v émi mwavtTwy Qeds.
Acts viii. 27. xii. 20. Rev. ii. 26. ix. 11,
and Class. 2) of a subject of discourse,
ON, of, only after verbs of speaking,
writing, &c. Gal. iii. 16, ob Aéyer ws emt
Toop, and Class. 3) of manner, where
é7t with gen. forms a phrase for an adv.
e. gr. ém’ dAnGzias, ‘ of a truth, in truth,
truly, Mk. xii. 14, 32. Lu. iv. 25. Acts
iv. 27. x. 34, and Sept. So in the Class.
ép novxias for 7ovxws, &c.—I1. with.
EI!
the DATIVE, and 1. of place, in the same
sense as é7ri with gen. 1) of place where,
after words implying rest wpon, on, 7n, Kc.
and that both prop. as Matt. xiv. 8, 11.
Mk. ii. 4. iv. 38, & oft. ; and as implying
also proximity, at, close by, Matt. xxiv. 33.
John iv. 6. v. 2. Acts ii. 10. v. 9. Rev.
xxi. 12; also, as said of pers, wth, among,
Acts xxviii. 14, éq’ attots émipetvat.
2 Cor. vii. 7, and Class. 2) of place
whither, after verbs implying motion, or
direction upon, to, towards ; and that both
ener. & prop. as Matt. ix. 16. Mk. ii.
21. John viii. 7. Acts viii. 16, and fig. Heb.
x. 16, didods. véuous pou Emi Tats Kao-
diats a. Also as implying direction of mind
towards any one, either friendly, 2 Cor. ix.
14, civ Kaew Tov Oo ep vutv. Lu. xviii.
7, or hostile, Lu. xii. 52, watip éd’ viw,
Kal vids émi marpi. Rev. xii. 17, and
Class.—11. of time WHEN, upon, at, in, 1)
gener. Heb. ix. 26, évi cuvtedeia Tav
aiwvwy. 2 Cor. iii. 14. vii. 4. Eph. iv.
26. Phil. i. 3. Heb. ix. 15. Sept. and
Class. 2) spec. in the sense after, lit.
immediately upon, Acts xi. 9, THs SAtWeEws
THS yEevonevyns ETL UTemavw. John iv.
27, ari TovTw, thereupon, and Class.—I1I.
and 1) fig. as said of power, authority over,
Matt. xxiv. 47. Lu. xii. 44, & Class. 2)
as marking accession to something already
mentioned, or implied, wpon, unto, besides,
Matt. xxv. 20, 22, dh\Aa TaédavTa éxép-
Onoa ém avtots. Lu. iii. 20. xvi. 26.
Eph. vi. 16. Col. iii. 14. Phil. ii. 27.
Heb. viii. 1, and Class. 3) as that upon
which any thing rests as a foundation or
support, in various specifications, both gener.
Matt. iv. 4. Lu. iv. 4, & after words imply-
ing hope, trust, or confidence upon or in
any person or thing, Mk. x. 24, Lu. xi. 22.
Rom. xv. 12. 1 Tim. vi. 17, et al.; also
in the phrase katackny. ém’ éXaridi, Acts
ii. 26, et al. évri Tw OvopaTi Tivos, ‘on
the ground of his name,’ &e. Acts iv. 17.
v. 28. Lu. xxiv. 17, et al. and Class. Also
of the subject of an action, or discourse, 7
reference to, or concerning, Mk. vi. 52.
Lu. xxiii. 38. John xii. 16. Heb. xi. 4.
Rey. x. 1], and Class. ; of a condition or
sanctton, under which any thing takes
place, 1 Cor. ix. 10, ga’ éXrid: dpotpiav.
Heb. vii. 11. viii. 6, éai xpeittoow
éwayyeNias. ix. 17. x. 28, and Class.
Of the ground or motive of any action,
upon, at, i.e. on account of, because of,
Matt. xix. 9, uy gai wooveia. Lu. ii. 20,
aivowvtes Tov Oeov imi Tacw. v. 5.
Acts iii. 16. iv. 21, et al. and Class.; of
the occasion UPON which any thing takes
place, upon, at, over, after words denoting
an emotion of the mind, as joy, sorrow,
surprise, &c. Matt. xviii. 13, yaioes ér’
avuTw. Lu. i. 14, 47, et al. sepe and
Class.; of the object or purpose of any
139
EILT
action, wpon, unto, for, Gal. v. 13, éa’
éAevOepia exr0nre. 1 Thess. iv. 7.
Eph. ii. 1. 2 Tim. ii. 14. Phil. iii. 12, et
al. and Class.—III. with the accus. I. of
place, and 1) as implying rest and motion
combined, in which case it marks a spread-
ing out upon or over any thing, in various
directions. Hence prop. along upon, along
over, throughout, or simply upon, over, at,
among ; and that both gener.as Matt. xxvii.
45, oxoTos éyéveTo ETL TWAaCaY THY YHY,
and x. 34, xiv. 19, 26. xv. 35. xviii. 12.
xxii. 9. xxiv. 16, et al. sepe; and spec.
where the motion is directed to a higher
place, wp upon, up to, Matt. iv. 5, tornow
auTov ETL TO TTEPVYLOV TOV LEpOU. Xiil.
48, avaBiB. emi Tov aiytadov, & xxi. 5,
eT@riBEeBynKws él dvov, etal. sepe & Class.
So of a yoke or burden taken up, or placed
upon any one, Matt. xi. 29. xxiii. 4.
Acts xv. 10; and metaph. said of fear,
guilt, or punishment, which come upon
any one as a burden laid upon him to
bear, Matt. xxiii. 35, sq. Lu. i, 12. xxi.
34, sq. John iii. 36, et al.; also of good,
&e; Matty x13. diutx65 Gallows
&c.; where the motion is to a lower place,
Matt. x. 29, ev é& aita@y ob mecertar
éml Thy ynv: and xiii. 5, 7. xxi. 44.
Acts ii. 3. Rev. viii. 10. xvi. 2, and Class.
Fig. of the Holy Spirit descending and
abiding upon any one, Matt. iii. 16. xii.
18. 2) of place whither, implying motion
upon, to, towards, any place or object, as a
limit, aim, end, prop. and gen. e. gr. after
wintw and éxminrTw, Matt. xxvi. 39,
Lu. v. 12, etal. So after verbs of going,
coming, conducting, &c. equiv. to mpos
with an ace. Matt. iii. 13. xii. 28, et al.
Fig. of measure, extent, upon, unto, i. e.
up to, about, Rev. xxi. 16, guétoynoe THhv
Toh emi oTadious Owd. XLA. and Class.
So also é@’ cov, in so far as, inasmuch
as, Matt. xxv. 40. Rom. xi. 13, éai
awetov, further, the more, Acts iv. 17.
2 Tim 1. 16) 1,9) ’and Class “me vat
time, 1) time how long, during, for, Lu.
iv. 25, éxAeioOy 6 o’pavds étrl ETH TIA,
and xiii. 31. xviii. 20. xix. 8, 10. Heb.
xi. 30, and Class. So also éari ypovop, for
atime, Lu. xviii. 4. Ed’ boov, sc. yedvon,
so long as, Matt. xix. 15. é@’ ixavoy scil.
yoovov, a long while, Acts xx. ll, and
adverbs éal moXv and éai amdetov, Acts
XXvill. 6. xx. 9. 2) implying a term or
limit of time, upon the coming of which
any thing is done, upon, at, about, Mk.
xv. 1, éwi to wpwi. Lu, x. 35, éri TH
avovov. Acts iii. 1, grt tiv woav THs
moocevx7ys, and Class.; joined with an
adv. in later usage, éai Tpis, Acts x. 16.
xi. ]0, and Class.—111. fig. as said of
power or authority over, or care over,
upon, over, Lu. i. 33, BactXevoer EL TOV
oixov Tax. and ix. 1. x. 19. Acts vii. 10.
EIT!
Rom. v. 14, et al. and Class.; as said of
an object, or ground upon, over, or im re-
spect of which any thing is done, or felt,
) of the subject of an action, over, in re-
spect to, Mk. xv. 24, BaddXovTes Kijpov :
or of discourse, &c. concerning, Mk. ix. 12.
Rom: iy, 9:1 Tim. iz 18..- Heb. wii. \Ya:
Sept. and later Class. 2) of that on which
the mind and heart are set, either in kind-
ness towards, wpon, over, Matt. xiv. 14,
éomAayxvicbn én avtots. xv. 32. Lu.
vi. 35. Rom. ix, 23. xi, 22. Eph. ii. 7; or
hostility, agaist, Matt. xii. 20, ep’ éav-
Tiv épeoicOn. Mk. iii. 26. Lu. xi, 17.
Acts vii. 54, and Class. Hence also as
the object of hope and trust, Matt. xxvii.
43, wétrolev évri TOv Oeov. Acts ix. 42,
et al. Also of the occasion or object, on or
over which joy or sorrow is felt, Rev.
xvii. 20, evppaivov én’ abthv. Lu.
Xxiil. 28, uy KNaiere ew’ Eme. Rev. i. 7,
KoWovtarét avtov. Also as denoting pur-
pose of action, upon, for, Matt. iii. 7, éox.
etl TO BatTticpa av. ‘to be baptized ;’ &
XxXvi. 50, eri Anotyjv. Lu. vii. 44. xv. 4.
xxiii. 48,and Class. Incomposition, éi im-
plies, 1) motion upon, towards, against, as
emayw, eweoxouat, &c. 2) rest upon,
over, at, aS EeTeXwW, ETAVaTTAVW, KC.
3) accession, as émiouvayw, éTarTéw.
4) succession, as éreuut, éritacow. 5)
repetition or renewal, as évravopOwors.
"EmiPaivw, f. 7joouat, prop. to go
apon, tread, walk on, as Deut. i. 36, and
elsewhere in Sept. and Xen. Cyr. iii. 3,
27. Indeed, from such passages as Eurip.
Elect. 94, reryéwv—évTos ob Baivw 1o00a,
it is plain that the primary signification
was, to set foot upon. Thus in N. T. it
signif. I. to set foot on, to come into, arrive
in a country, Acts xx. 18, eis THv ’“Aciay,
and xxv. 1, 77 émrapyxia.—ll. to set foot
UPON, and by impl. to mount, either on
the back of a horse, or ass, Matt. xxi. 5;
or on board ship, to embark, Acts xxi. 6,
eis +o mXotov, and xxvii. 2, aAoiw,
absol. xxi. 2. Sept. and Class.
"EmiBardro, f. Bara, to cast, throw,
or Jay any thing upon another thing, or
person. In N. T. it is used, I. TRANS.
prop. and foll. by dat. Mk. xi. 7, ear. avTw
Ta imatia, oft. in Class. 1 Cor. vii. 35,
Bpoxov butv é. So Xenoph. Venat. x. 7,
2qiBadkdovta Tovs Bodxous éMl aTro-
cyahiO@uata. See more in my note on
1 Cor. In the sense to clap on, as said of
a patch, Matt. ix. 16. Lu. v. 36. In the
phrase éwifadew THY Xetoa, or Tas
xetoas, foll. by éai Tuva, or a dat. to lay
hands upon, in two senses, 1) to seize, as
said of a person, Matt. xxvi. 50. Mk. xiv.
46. Lu. xx. 19. xxi. 12. John vii. 30, 44.
Acts v. 18. xxi. 27. Sept. and Class. 2)
to lay hold of, undertake ; as said of a
140
EIT!
thing, Lu. ix. 62, éar. rijv yeTpa abou err’
apotpov. Sept. in Deut. xii. 7, 18.—IL.
INTRANS. with eavtov implied, to cast
oneself upon, foll. by eis and acc. Mk. iv.
3/7,7Ta KUuaTa éTéBadXev eis TO WHotov.
absol. xiv. 72, kal émuBadwv, ‘ rushing
out of the hall, é«Xace. Hence, impers.
to fall towards, to fall to, pertain to any
one, Lu. xv. 12, +d émiBadXdov (mor)
péoos. 1 Macc. x. 30, and Class, oft.
"EmrBapéw, f. iow, prop. to be a bur-
den upon, weigh down. In N. T. only
metaph. to be burdensome to, in a pecu-
niary sense, to be chargeable to, 1 Thess.
ii. 9. 2 Thess. ili. 6, woos TO pH em-
Bapjoai tia. So Dion. Hal. 658, 9.
1688, 3. In 2 Cor. ii. 5, va uy émiBapa,
the words may either be’ construed with
what follows, meaning ‘that I may not
bear too hard on you all’ in my censure ;
or be taken as parenthetic, in the sense,
‘that I may not be too severe,’ where
vuty may be supplied from vuas; as in
Appian, vol. ii. p.415, 71. Schw. ay éa-
Bapetv.
"EmiPrBa tw, f. dow, to cause to
mount, trans. as a beast for riding, Lu. x.
d4, émiB. avTov éwl TO iOLov KTHVOS:.
with éai imp]. Lu. xix. 35. Acts xxiii. 24.
Sept. and Class.
"EmiBréEmw, f. Www, prop. to cast the
eyes upon, look upon, Luc. i. 197, éw. To
Tpocwtov Tov vocovytos, and elsewh.
with acc.; but in Sept. foll. with acc. and
émt. In N.T. only fig. to look upon, i. e.
by impl. with respect, Ja. ii. 3, émuB. Et
TOV movourTa, &c.; or gener. with favour
and kindness, Lu. i. 48, éréBAeWev eri
Tov vidv wou: and so oft. in Sept.
"EmiPBrXynpma, atos, TO, (ériBadrw,)
lit. any thing put on, as a patch, Matt. ix.
16. ‘Mk. ii. 21. Lu. v. 36. In Josh. ix. 5,
Symm. the shoes of the Gibeonites, which
had various pieces of hide sewed to them,
are said to have éwiBAnuara. The word
also occurs in Is. iii. 20. Sept. and Arrian
Vit. AEl. vi. 29, 8, but only of tapestry,
with reference to the figures wrought upon
the ground.
"EmiBodw, f. how, to cry aloud to,
foll. by ru, Thue. v. 65. iv. 28. vii. 70.
Pol. x. 12, 5. The word occurs absol. (as
in Thue. viii. 92,) at Acts xxv. 24, éar-
Bowvres ut Oetv Cav avo, crying out to,
inclamantes : ot is to be repeated from
the preceding. Comp. Thuc. viii. 92, éar.
My aToNéoat THY TaTeloa.
"EruBovAdn, 7s, 1, & project or design
against any one, a plot, Acts ix. 24, xx.
3, 19. xxiii. 30. Sept. and Class. oft.
"EmiyauBpeva, f. evow, (eri, yap-
Bpevw,) prop. to contruct affinity with by
marriage, to itermarry with - but in N.T. |
op ny ta
to marry any woman by right of affinity,
Matt. xxii. 24, as said of the marriage of
a brother’s widow, according to the Jewish
law, Deut. xxv. 5.
"Emiyecros, ov, 6, 7, adj. for the
phrase éi yijs, (yetas,) earthly, belong-
ing to the earth, as cwuata émriyeca,
1 Cor. xv. 40. 2 Cor. v. 1; of persons,
Phil. ii. 10. Lucian Icar.2. Diod. Sic. i. 13,
init.; also of things, Ta éaiy. ‘ things
eae to this life,’ [i. e. only,] and so
evel to human capacities, John iii. 12.
Phil. iii. 19. copia éwiyecos, earthly, and
by impl. imperfect, mean, Ja. iii. 15.
"Emciyiyvopat, to arise upon, come
on; said of a wind, to spring up, Acts
xxviii. 13, éareyevopévou voTtov. So Thue.
iv 30, wvevmatos émruyevopéevov, and iii.
74.
"Emiyivwckw, f. yvwooua. The
peny sense seems to be that of the
atin agnosco (adgnosco), lit. to know at,
i. e. ‘ to know by looking at’ any person or
thing, Hom. Od. xviii. 30. Hence easily
arise the various senses, to ascertain, (i. e.
by observation,) perceive, recognise ; and
also by impl. to acknowledge as true.
These all occur in N. T., and are so closely
connected, that it is sometimes difficult to
fix the exact sense to one in particular.
Moreover, the action (of knowing) is some-
times represented as znchoative, or in pro-
ression; and at others as completed by
full knowledge. I. INCHOATIVE, and 1)
gener. to come to know, ‘become acquainted
with,’ from observation of things, Lu. i. 4,
iva erivyvws Ty adopadeav. Acts XXii.
24, al. Sept. & Class.; with acc. of pers.
Matt. xi. 27, éar. Tov Yiov—rov Iaréoa.
So with azo twvos, ‘ to know from or by
a thing, Matt. vii. 16. 2) to ascertain
from observation, foll.. by 671, Lu. vii. 37,
émuyvovoca Ott avakertat, and xxiii. 7.
Acts xix. 34. xxii. 29; absol. ix. 30.
3) in the sense to perceive, be well aware
Y, with acc. Lu. v. 22, émiyvots tods
tadoyiopovsav. Mk. v.30: foll. by d7z,
Mk. ii. 8. Lu. i. 22. 4) to recognise, i.e.
to know by sight, and perceive a person or
thing to be one whom we have before seen ;
of persons, Matt. xxiv. 35. Mk. vi. 33, 54.
ia xxiv, 16, 51. Acts iii. 10. iv. 13; of
things, Acts xii. 14, éar. tiv Pwr Tivos,
and xxvii. 39, tiv yyv. Sept. and Class.
—I]. inacoMPLETIVE sense, to have a
JSull knowledge of, &c. 1) gener. and foll.
by acc. of thing, Rom. i. 32, To dixaiwpa
tou Qzov éemiyvovtes. Col. i. 6; by acc.
of pers. 2 Cor. xiii. 5; absol. Acts xxv.
10; pass. 1 Cor. xiii. 12, kai éreyvHoOny.
2) spec. in the sense to acknowledge, as
being what one is or professes to be, Matt.
xvii. 12, ’HXias Hon HAGE, Kal ovK émré-
yvwoav avtov. 2 Cor. i. 14; so of things,
141
ETT!
doctrines, an epistle, &c. v.13. 3) from
the Hebr., & with the idea of good-will, to
know and APPROVE, acknowledge and care
for, cherish, foll. by acc. 1 Cor. xvi. 18,
ewLyLwoKETE OUY TOUS ToLOvTOUS, and
Sept. Numb. xvi. 5.
"Emiyvwots, ews, 7, corresponds to
Lat. cognitio, denoting I. SUBJECTIVELY,
the act of coming to a full knowledge of
any thing, and its results, acknowledgment,
e. or. THS aAnPeias, 1 Tim. ii. 4. 2 Tim.
ii. 25. ii. 7. Tit. i. 15 &ya@ou, Philem. 6;
tou Kupiouv, 2 Pet.i.3. ii. 20; duaprias,
Rom. iii. 20, & Class.—II. OBJECTIVELY,
the knowledge so acquired, full know-
ledge ; said in N. T. of what is known
in Scripture of God, Christ, divine things,
&c. Rom. i. 26, tov Oedv tyew év émi-
yvwoet, and x. 2. Eph. i. 17. iv. 13. Phil.
to. Col. i 9 2. a. OS 2 Beta acs
"Emcypaon, js, 1, (émrypadw,) a su-
perscription or imscription, €. gr. on a coin,
Matt. xxii. 20. Mk. xii. 16. Lu. xx. 24.
Also that placed on the breast, or over the
head of a criminal about to be executed,
stating his name and crime, Mk. xv. 26.
Lu. xxviii. 38.
"Emiypada, f. Ww, I. prop. to graze,
wound slightly, as Hom. Il. xi. 388, to
make a mark on, as vii. 187, to grave upon,
inscribe with a stilus; espec. said of a
public inscription, Mk. xv. 26. Acts xvii.
38. Rev. xxi. 12. Sept. and Class.—II.
fig. to impress deeply on the heart,
Heb. viii. 10, éari Kapdias abtav éa-
yoaWw [vouous pov], and x. 16. So Prov.
vil. 3, éiypaov [Adyous] emt to
Tatos THS Kapdias cov. Aschyl. Prom.
791, iv éyyeadou cov pyijpocw oéATOLS
Ppevov.
"Emcudcixvupmt, f. deiEw, to show to
any one, exhibit, I. PROP. to show for ob-
servation, Matt. xxii. 19, émideiEaté por
TO vouiowa. Lu. xx.24. Mid. Acts ix.
o9, éemioetKvUMEvar yiT@vas. Lu. xvii.
14, éaid. eavtods Tots ieoevor, & Class,
So of deeds, as miracles, &c. to show forth,
Matt. xvi. 1, and Class. Also, to point
out to any one, for observation, Matt. xxiv.
1, é7. avTw Tas oikodouas, and Class.—
Il. Fic. to show, and by impl. make ap-
pear, by arguments, &c., to prove to be so
or so, Heb. vi. ]7. Acts xviii. 28, & Class.
"Eqidéxouar, f. d&Eouar, depon.
mid. to recewve to oneself; and by impl. to
admit to hospitality, &c. trans. 1) prop.
2 John 10. 1 Mace. xii. 8, ga. rods aded-
govs. Pol. xxii. 1,3. 2) fig. of a teacher,
to admit, assent to, approve, 3 John 9, ob«
émloexXeTtar nuas: of things, admit, em-
brace, Ecclus. li. 26. Pol. vi. 24, 7.
"Emidnpéw, f. iow, (emi, O7jpos,)
prop. and in Class, to reszde among one’s
Oa 0
own people, or at home, as opp. to a7ro-
Onuéew. Xen. Cyr. vii. 5,7. Thuc. 1.1, 30;
in N. T. to come among any people as a
stranger, to sojourn among them; intrans.
Acts ii. 10, ot éaridnpouvtes “Pwyator,
‘the Romans resident at Jerusalem,’ and
xvii. 21, of éaridnuovvtes Eégvor, * the
sojourning foreigners’ in Athens. So Xen.
Mem. i. 2, 61, tTovds émidnpouvtas év
Aaxed. Eévovs. So Theophr. Eth. Ch. 3,
says of Athens, woAXoi érriOnpuovor Eévor.
"Emidtataccopmat, f. Eouat, prop.
to arrange further, ‘to issue other and
further directions ;’ fig. Gal. iii. 15, where
see my note.
°"Emvdidwput, f. dwow, in Class. to
giwe to, in addition, Hom. Il. xxiii. 559.
In N. T. ¢o give or reach forth any thing,
to deliver over, put into any one’s hands,
J. prop. & GENER. Matt. vii. 9, ui) ALBov
émidwoee avtTw; Lu. xi. 11, sqq. iv. 17,
emedo0n at’tw BiBXdiov, et al. In Class.
to deliver, as said of a letter.—II. Fic. to
give over, commit, as a ship to the wind,
Acts xxvii. 15, émridovtes (76 WAOtov TH
avéuw) épepoucda.
"Emcérop0ow, f. dow, prop. ‘ to put
further to rights what has been wrong,’
but partly righted. In N. T. only mid.
in Tit. i.5, ta Neitwovta émidiopPwacn.
And so Philo, t. ii. 534, weol THs THV
AcitrovTwy émio.opPwoews.
"Emcdtw, f. dtow, (dtw, or ddvw,) to
go down, as said of the sun, ¢o set upon or
during any thing, é7i tiv, Eph. iv. 26.
Sept. Deut. xxiv. 17, gaidvceTar 6 Hri0s
ém auto scil. probs, i. e. unpaid. Ex.
xxii. 3, égav 6& dvateity 6 HdLos ET’
avtw. Philo, t. ii. 324, ui émidvéTw O
HALOS TOs avecKoNOTLOMEVOLS.
"Emceixeca, as, 1, (émverkys,) prop.
moderation, propriety. In N.T.and later
writers, clemency, humanity, Acts xxiv. 1.
2 Cor. x. 1, at least as the word is there
explained by the Commentators. See,
however, my notes.
"Emceckijs, é0s, 6, 4, adj. fr. éari and
eikw, to yield. The primary signification
is 1) yielding to any person or feeling,
pliable, mild, gentle, forbearing,asin | Tim.
iso. Lit. 2. Jai. 17-1 Pet. ii. 18. Sept:
& Class. So Aristot. defines +6 éarveckés,
as TO OiKaLov ov Kata TOV vouov, dA\a
eTavop0wua Tov vouiuou Oikaiov. 2) by
a metaphor taken from a garment, which
yrelds to the shape of the body, and, as we
say, fits it; it means, fitting, suitable, and
proper, as said of things; and decorous,
respectable, as said of persons. See my
note on Thue. viii. 93. In like manner,
émiTnois (from évi & Taw, to stretch,)
means lit. stretched over, so as to fit any
thing, and fig. fitting, meet, suitable, &c.
142
ETI
Hence To é7etkis, propriety and probity,
Phil. iv. 5. Such, at least, is the sense
assigned by the recent Commentators in
general. But though this be a sense found
in the purest writers, yet it does not suit
the context; which, as I have shown in
my note there, rather requires that of
nodestia, meaning what the Greek philo-
sophers denote by metoomrafera’ which,
of course, includes the sense gentleness, or
forbearance, on which latter see my note
on Thue. i. 76.
"EqmiCntéw, f. wow, in Class. to seek
after, look for; in N. T. I. to seek for
any person lost, Acts xii. 19, éaiG@ytioas
avUTOV, Kal wy evowv, &c. Sept. Ecclus.
vil. 28, and Class. ; in the sense fo seek at
the hands of any one, to require, Matt. xii.
39, onuetoy za. and xvi. 4. Mk. viii. 12.
Lu. xi. 29. Phil. iv. 17, 76 dome. Acts
xix. 39, Ti mept ETEpwv, and later Greek
writers.—II. to seek after any thing,
to long for it, Matt. vi. 32, rauTa Ta eOuy
emiCntet. Lu. xii, 30. Rom. xi. 7. Phil.
iv. 17. Heb. xi. 14, al.
"Ez tLOavarios, ov, 6, 7, adj. doomed
to death, as condemned criminals, 1 Cor.
iv. 9, where see my note. Dion. Hal. Ant.
vii. 35.
"Emideors, ews, 7, (émetiOnut,) a lay-
ing hands on any pers. or thing, for any pur-
pose, good or evil. In N. T. applied only
to the imposition of hands, as a rite used
among the Jews, when blessing was be-
stowed, and divine assistance imparted ;
(see Gen. xlviii. 14. 2 K. v. 11,) and em-
ployed by the Apostles in ordaining
ministers to the Church, or impariing the
extraordinary graces of the Holy Spirit,
Acts viii. 18. 1 Tim. iv. 14.2 Tim/1. 6.-
Heb. vi. 2.
"Ex .Ovpéw, f. ow, (ei, Oupds,) ge-
ner. & in Class. fo set one’s heart upon, desire
earnestly, trans. in N. T., and denoting, I.
to desire, ina good sense, Matt. xiii. 17. Lu.
xxii. 15. 1 Tim. i. 1. Hebiwe Pi eee
12; and Class.—II. to desire, in a middle
or indifferent sense, to crave, Lu. xvi. 21.
xvii. 22. Gal. v. 17. Rev. ix. 6. Theoer.
xiv. 57.—III. to desire, in a bad sense, to
covet, Matt. v. 28. Rom. vii. 7. xiii. 9.
1 Cor. x. 6. Ja. iv. 2, and Class.
"Er .Gupntis, ov, 6, one who eagerly
longs after any thing, 1 Cor. x. 6, éariOu-
puntal Kako. Sept., Jos., and lat. Class.
"Eqw.bupia, as, n, eager desire, long-
ing, 1. gener. and in a good sense, Lu.
xxii. 15. Phil. i. 23. 1 Thess. ii. 17. (Ina
middle sense, Rev. xviii. 14. Sept. & Class.)
—II. in a bad sense, znordinate desire, lust,
espec. on sensual objects, pleaswre gener.
&c. 1) gener. Mk.iv. 19. Rom. vi. 12. vii.
7. Col, iii. 5.'1 Tim. wi. 95 2 Sima
EIII
iv. 3. Tit. iii. 3. Ja.i. 14. 2 Pet. iii. 3. Jude
16, 18. So éaiBumiac caoKds, carnal
lusts, Gal. v. 16, 24. Eph. ii. 3. 2 Pet. ii.
18. 1 John ii. 16. éa. capxixat, 1 Pet. ii.
Ll. éq. koopmixal, Tit. ii. 12. ear. Taev
op0arpav, 1 John ii. 16. ga. pracpor,
polluted desires, 2 Pet.ii. 10. ai émibupiac
THs atwaTtns, deceitful lusts, Eph. iv. 22.
ai ew. vewT., youthful lusts, 2 Tim. ii. 22,
and Class. 2) said of impure desire,
lewdness, Rom. i. 24. 1 Th. iv. 5; or by
meton. the object thus lusted after, John
viii. 44. 1 Johnii. 17. Sept. in Dan. xi.37.
‘"Emixabifw, f. iow, to cause to sit
upon, to seat upon, trans. Matt. xxi. 7, in
text. rec.; though other copies have é7re-
xaQioev, intrans. sate on, as Sept. Gen.
xxxi. 34. Lev. xv. 20.
"Emcixadréw, f. gow, gener. in Class.
to call upon in any way, or for any pur-
pose. InN. T. only used in mid. I. To
CALL UPON to oneself, to call upon for azd
in one’s behalf, to znvoke, trans. 1) prop.
of znvocation addressed in prayer to Christ
for aid, Acts vii. 59, Sv. éaixaXovpevov
{tov Kupiov] kai évyovta, Sept. 1 Sam.
mibwdy,.sq. 2 Sam. xxii. 7, and so in
Class. éa. tov Ozov, or Tots Oeots.
Hence, gener. to pray to, as said of God,
Rom. x. 12, 14. 2 Tim. ii. 22; or +6 dvoua
Kvpiov, Acts ii. 21. ix. 14. Rom. x. 13,
& oft. in Sept. As said of Christ, 1 Cor. i.
2. Acts ix. 2]. xxii. 16; espec. in adjura-
tions, imprecations, &c., to invoke as a wit-
ness, 2 Cor. i. 23, and Class. 2) in a ju-
dicial sense, to invoke by appeal to an-
other and higher tribunal or judge, Acts
Puen 21a; Xxvi, 32. XXvili.
19. Plut. Marc. 2. Cas. 4.—II. to call or
name in addition, TO SURNAME, Matt. x.
25. Sept. Num. xxi. 3. Judg. vi. 32. So
mid. |] Pet. i. 17. Elsewhere only pass.
to be surnamed, 1) prop. Matt. x. 3, 6
émikAnGers O. Lu. xxii. 3, et al. sepe.
Sept. and Class. 2) from the Heb. Ja. ii.
7, and Acts xv. 17, iq’ oUs éarikéxAnTar
TO Ovoud pou, i. e. ‘who are called (or
surnamed) by my name; implying pro-
perty, relation, &c. Baruch ii. 15.
"Emcxaduppma, atos, TO, (érikadvr-
Tw,) pr. a covering thrown over any thing;
and fig. a cloak to hide one’s real designs,
a pretext, | Pet. ii. 16, 2. r7s Kaxias. So
Menand. frag. p. 30, wAovTos 6é TokA@y
émikddupp éotiv. But the Class. elsewh.
use 7rpoka\uppma, or Tapakad\upma.
‘Emtkadiara, f. Www, prop. and lit.
to cover up by placing any thing upon. In
N. T. fig. to cover over ; as said of sins, to
put out of sight, pardon, Rom. iv. 7.
"Emtkata@' patos, ov, 6, 7, adj. prop.
one upon whom a curse rests, accursed,
_ abominable, John vii. 49. Gal. iii. 10, 13.
| Wisd. iii. 13. xiv. 8.
143
E ILI
’"Emixecmas, f. ceicouac, gener. to lie
or be laid upon, to rest upon, in any way.
In N. T. used I. prop. foll. by éari tiv,
John xi. 38, AiBos éqéKetto éT”’ aiTo,
absol. John xxi. 9, and Class. Metaph. Zo
be imposed upon, as necessity, | Cor. ix. 16.
Thue. viii. 15; or as & law, Heb. ix. 10.—
Ii. by mmpL. to lie heavy upon, to press
upon, Lu. v. 1, oxAov émtk. abtw: of a
tempest, Acts xxvii. 20, and Plut. yewuo-
vos émuxetmévou. So incumbo in Latin, as
Virg. Georg. ii. 311, tempestas incubuit sil-
vis; fig. to press, to be urgent on, (i.e. with
entreaties, &c.) Lu. xxiii. 23. Jos. Ant.
xviii. 6,6. xx. 5, 3, and Class.
"Emikovpia, as, 1, (émikovpos,) as-
sistance, help, Acts xxvi. 22, éaixouvpias
tuxwv. The phrase is oft. used by Polyb.
"Eqixotvmw, f. ve, prop. to judge
upon, i.e. to confirm or ratify by a later
judgment, Class. In N. T. to give judg-
ment upon, to adjudge, decree, Lu. xxiii.
24, é. yeveoOar TO aitynpa aiTov.
°"EmircauPavwo, f. AjWvomat, gener. to
lay or take hold of in any way, or for any
purpose ; lit. to take to oneself, equiv. to
ToochauBavew and Latin adsumo. InN.
T. it occurs only in mid. éwiAapBavouat,
which means prop. to take to oneself, and
appropriate to one’s own use; but in N.T.
the word has chiefly the sense to lay or take
hold of, both prop. and fig. and with various
shades of meaning. I. GENER. foll. by
THs XELoos, to take hold of by the hand,
Mk. viii. 23. Acts xxiii. 19. (fig. Heb.
vili. 9.) Sept. and Class. With gen. of
pers. expr. or impl. denoting that some
part is laid hold of, either in order to lead or
conduct, Lu. ix. 47. Acts xvii.19. absol. ix.
27; or in order to succour, Matt. xiv. 3l.
Heb. ii. 16; espec. to heal, Lu. xiv. 4. Sept.
& Class.—II. spc. with the idea of vio-
lence, to lay hold of in order to detai,
1) prop. fo apprehend, as a prisoner, Lu.
xxiii. 26, Acts xxi. 30, 33. absol..xvi. 19.
xviii. 17. Sept. and Class. 2) fig. as said
of language uttered, to lay hold of any
one’s words, in order to censure, Lu. xx.
20, tva éair. ab’tov oyouv. Isocr. 223,
émid. Tov sionuévwv.—l1I. to get hold of,
make oneself master of, Test. x11. Patr.
p. 595, trav vWnrt@v éemehaBouela, nan- |
ciscor, 1 Tim. vi. 12, 19. Plato, p. 273,
yarns emir. 425, rou Bedtiotov. 954,
pn é€éotw TolovTov KTHpaTos émi\a-
BéocOat.
"Evirav0avwa, f. Ajow, to cause an-
other to be forgetful of, mid. émtNavbavo-
pat, to make oneself forgetful of any person
or thing. In N. T. it is used I. PROP. to
forget, Matt. xvi. 5. Mk. xviii. 14, éareda-
Yovto aotous AaPBetv. Ja. i, 24, ear.
omotos nv. Sept. and Class. foll. by gen.
—Ill. rig. not to mind or care for; foll.
EL
by gen. Heb. vi. 10, gard. tov égpyou
vuav. xiii. 2,16; by acc. Phil. iii. 14, ra
owiow émiX. Both constructions occur in
the Sept. and Class. Pass. perf. part. Lu.
xii. 6, em@vAeAnopévov. Is. xxiii. 16. Wisd.
li. 4.
"Eaidéyw, f. Ew, prop. and gener. ‘ to
say any thing in addition’ to what has been
already said, Herodot. ii. 156. In N. T.
it signifies, I. to utter upon, or over, any
one a name, ¢o call or name, John v. 2, 7
émieyouevn Eo. Bybecda, a Hebraism,
with which I would compare (as coming
near to it) the expression in Gen. ii. 20, éxa-
Acoevy Addu Ovom“aTa TAG TOISKTHVECL,
lit. ‘ called names over,’ graphicé, where
émézeEev would have as well expressed
the sense; comp. Acts xix. 13, dvoua eu
é@l TOUS EXoVTAS Ta TvEvMaTA TA TO-
vnpa. How often A€yeu and AéyeoOar
are in N. T. used for xaXety and xaXseio-
Gar, espec. in proper names of persons, it
is needless to remark. So Matt. ii. 23,
sis woAw Asyouevnvy Na. This graphic
use seems to have given rise to the idiom in
question.—II. from é7i, for, & AEyw, to
choose, arises é7riAéyw, and in mid. é-
Aéyomuat, to choose unto, for oneself, Acts
xv. 40, émikeEduevos =. So Sept. and
Herodot. iii. 157.
"Emcrtciaw, f. Ww, prop. to leave one
at or during any thing, as we say, ‘to leave
any one 27 the lurch, and hence, by impl.
to fail any one, by being wanting to him
in doing any thing, Hdot. vii. 21, wivdpe-
vov piv Vowp ovK éaéXuTre, and ii. 205.
So Heb. xi. 32, émirtciWer pe diny. o
Xpovos. |
°-Emirnopovn, rs, 4, (émiAnopwy,)
Sorgetfulness, Ja. i. 25, akpoatis emedyo-
poovys, for ako. émiAnouwy. Kecclus. xi.
27. Dio Cass. and elsewhere.
"EmriXormos, ov, 6, 7, adj. lit. remain-
ing over and above to any one, | Pet. iv. 2,
of time. So Isocr. p. 39, Tov éa. xgovov.
"Emirvots, ews, 1, (é€rdXvw,) prop.
an untying of any knot, and metaph. solution
of any difficulty, by explication, 2 Pet. i.
20, idtas éariNicews, where see my note.
Comp. Heliod.i. 18, dverpatwu ewidvars,
and iv. 9, Trav xonoévTwp et.
"Emirvw, f. vow, prop. to untie a knot,
lit. Zo loosen the strings at the knot; so
Hdn. iv. 12,14, @AXos ériAveT ar ETrLaTO-
Aas,i.e. by untying the strings which bound
them around. So Plut. Alex. 18, tov
"AX. aunxavouvta AvoaL, diaTEmety TH
paxaipa tO ctvaupa. In N. T: fig. to
solve a difficulty, by removing that which
causes it, to explain, interpret, Mk. iv. 34.
Sept. Gen. xli. 12, & Class. Also, fr. the
adjunct, to determine upon, decide a doubt-
ful question, Acts xix. 39, éaAvOyceTat.
144
E Ill
"Eriuaotupéw, f. how, to testify to,
adtestor, with acc. and infin. 1 Pet. v. 12,
‘to call upon God to witness the truth of
any assertion ;’ see my note on Thue. i.
74, 2
"EmcipmérXeca, as, 4, (émipéedomat,)
gener. attention to any thing, or attendance
on any person,.espec. by care of his body,
as to nursing, or even medical attendance.
Thus Pollux, iv. 177, inserts among medi-
cal terms éaiuéAeta, Kourdy. And so
Galen has the expression éwiuedera oo-
hatos. Inthe former sense the word is
to be taken at Acts xxvii. 3, éarimedsias
tuxetv, (with which compare Xen. Mem.
iv. 8,10, 2ariumeAsias TevEomar,) ‘to re-
ceive the care and attention of his friends;’
having probably suffered from sea-sickness,
&c. So Schel. on Apollon. ii. 399, cited
by Wetstein, vavaynoavtes ETUXOV ETL-
meXElas Tapa Tav ‘Hp.
"EmipédXopmat, or éomat, f. noouat,
to have care over, to take care of, foll. by
gen. of pers.; as, for instance, of the sick,
Lu. x. 34, sq.; the Church, 1 Tim. iii. 5.
Sept. and Class.
"Emimedo@s, adv. (éamedis,) care-_
fully, assiduously, Lu. xv. 8. Sept. and
Class.
"Emipévw, f. v@, in Class. to remain
upon or at, i.e. to remain at any- place or
state, or to continue [intent] on any action;
in N. T. itis used JI. PRop. of place, to
continue here or there, foll. by at-rov, Acts
xv. 34. xxi. 4; or with dat. 1 Cor. xvi. 8.
Phil. i. 24; by acc. of time how long,
Acts x. 48. xxi. 10. xxviii. 12, 14, et
Class. : of person, in dat. Acts xxviii. 14;
or pos with acc. 1 Cor. xvi. 7. Gal. i. 18,
and Class.—II. Fic. ‘to continue in any
state of life or course of action, to perse-
vere in, foll. by dat. as TH qioret, Col. i.
23. TH xapiT1, Acts xiii. 43. TH auaoTia,
Rom. vi. 1. xi. 22, sq. So 1 Tim. iy. 16,
evipmeve auTots, i. e. in one’s duties, Jos.
and Class.; foll. by partic. pres. to con-
tinue in any action, Acts xii. 16, éaikpob-
wy. John vill. 7, é7. gowtwytes. Philo,
p. 197, adarevB@y én.
"Eqivetw, f. vevow, prop. to nod or
beckon to, Hom. Il. ix. 616; also, by impl.
to assent by a nod, Hom. Il. ix. 528. In
N. T. gener. to assent, consent, absol. Acts
xvili. 20, ob« éaévevoev. 2 Mace. iv. 10,
émiwevoavTos 62 Tov Baotdkéws. Lucian,
cited by Parkh. éauvevers 0& duws.
"Evivota, as, 1, (émivoéw, to turn
the mind upon, to reflect,) prop. the act
of thinking upon any thing; also, the men-
tal image so formed in the mind, concep-
tion, cogitation, idea, as in Thue. iii. 46.
iv. 92, és eqrivoray 2AOetv: also, from the
adjunct, the counsel or purpose then adopt-
‘
E ITI
ed, Acts viii. 22, ei doa apeOnoetai oor
7 éTivota THS Kapdlias cov. So Thue. v.
8, Thy émivoavy doaca. Eurip. Phen.
419. Joseph. Ant. v. 6, 2. The term is
rarely used, as here, without adjunct, of an
evil purpose; yet an example occurs in
Jos. de Vit. § 44. Wisd. xiv. 12. And so
in our language we have ¢o think on, for to
devise. So Swift: ‘Still the work was
not complete, When Venus thought on a
deceit.’
"EmriooKxéw, f. row, (ériopKos,) to
Jorswear oneself, to swear falsely ; or to
violate one’s oath, to commit perjury, Matt.
v. 33, and Class.
"Emiopxos, ov, 6, 1, -(émi, SpKos,)
prop. an adj. meaning ‘frequently swear-
ing, and by impl. with levity and falsely.
Hence, perjured, as here and Arist. Ran.
50, ériopxov Opxov wyuoce. Generally,
however, it is used as a subst. @ perjurer.
So Hesiod, D. 40, tTéxe why’ emropxors,
and other writers downwards. So in 1
Tim. i. 10, Wevorais, éridpKors.
"Ertovatos, ov,.6, 7, adj. A word
found only in N. T. Matt. vi. 11. Lu. xi.
3, TOV GpTOV u@y Tov é7. and meaning
either (deriving the word from érovca,
part. pres. of é7rezur,) to-morrow’s bread,
“bread for the coming day ;’ or rather, from
émi and ovcia, existence, bread, (food,) for
sustaining life, and by impl. sufficient
food, sustenance.
‘Eqimiztw, f. mwecovua:, prop. to
fall upon in any way, as when things fall
foul of each other, Aésch. Pers. 512,
é. © ém a)AnXorot: or when persons
fall upon, attuck each other ; also, fig. of
things, to fall upon any one, to befal. In
N. T. it is used I. prop. 1) to throw
oneself upon, Acts xx. 10, éméecev
avTw, i. e. his body; comp. | K. xvii. 21.
2 K. iv. 34, seq. Lu. xv. 20, gvéqecev
él TOV TPaXNAOV avUToU, i.e. to embrace
him, Acts xx. 37. Sept. Gen. xlvi. 30. 1.
1. John xiii. 25, gairecwv imi TO oTH-
Gos Tov "I. 2) inthe sense éo rush against,
to press upon, Mk. iii. 10, ore éritince
avtw: as Thue. vii. 84, 3, émémimtov
a@\Anros, Kal KaTeTwaTovv, sc. addH-
Aovs.—II. Fic. 1) of the dlapse of the
Holy Spirit, Acts x. 44, éaemece TO
Hyevue. viii. 16. xi. 15. Ezek. xi. 5,
emweoe em gue av. Kupiov. 2) to fall
upon, come over any one, foll. by éari with
acc. of pers. as @oBos, Lu. i. 12. Acts
xix. 17. Ex. xv. 16. gxorao.s, Acts x.
10. Dan. x. 7. ayAvs, Acts xiii. 11. dve-
drouolt, Rom. xv. 3. And so in the Class.
' writers, disease, and whatever is calami-
tous in general, is said to full upon any
one, as in Thue. iii. 82, éwémeoe toda
_ Kat XaXerra Tails woAEct.
145
EIT!
"Emimrroow, f. Ew, prop. to strike
i. e. to give blows, wpon any person or
thing, fo beat, Hom. Il. x. 500, tarrous
T0E&w éTiTAHGowY. Hence, as reprehen-
sions are the verlera lingue, ‘to chastise
with words, to rebuke ; in which sense the
word sometimes carries the ace. asin Hom.
Il. xxiii. 580, and Plato, 269, B. 327, A. ;
but usually the dat. and sol Tim. v. 1,
TpecBuTépw pi) ErrimANENS.
"Emuimobéw, f. now, (émi, wobew, fr.
qolos,) prop. to desire, or wish for above
or besides, Hdot. v. 93; but gener. to de-
stre earnestly, long for any thing absent;
and in N. T. where it is used of ear-
nestly desiring, gener. both of things, as
v0 yaXa, | Pet. ii. 2. Rom. i. 11. 2 Cor.
vig 2a.dloThess,. 11.0.6. 2 Timi. 4 and ok
persons, to long after, to ardently love,
2 Cor. ix. 14. Phil. i. 8. ii. 26. Diod. Sic.
xvii. 101. The word often occurs in Sept.,
where it denotes vehement desire of, love
for, any thing. Foll. by acc. of thing,
governed by ads, Ja. iv. 5, moos Pbovoy
emimolet TO IIvevpwa O Kat. év nt;
where, though the construction is harsh,
it is not unprecedented. So Ps. lxxxiii. 2.
Sept. éariqro0et 7 Wuy7 pou eis Tas av-
Aas Tov Kupiov, and 1xi. |, év Tedtov ém-
molst 4 tXagos émi Tas WHyas THY LO.
oUTw éemimover 4 Wuxi pou TPs CE, O
Geos. and lxi. ]0, évi GoTaypa mi) eTre-
mwolstte. Deut. xiii. 8, ovK émitroljoets
ét’ avtw. I conj. avtov. In all these
passages 1t is not vehement desire for any
thing present that is meant, but strong
inclination towards any absent object ; and
in the passage of James, the inclination or
tendency of the desire towards any thing;
what in Latin is expressed by ferrz ad.
Comp. supra ili. 14—16, and the passage
of Plutarch cited at daipovimédns.
"Eqimobno rs, ews, 4, fervent desire,
strong affection for, 2 Cor. vii. 7, 11. Ezek.
mi, tle Aas
"EqimoOntos, ou, 6, 7, adj. fervently
desired, longed for, Phil. iv. 1
"Emimodia, as, n, earnest desire,
Rom. xv. 23.
3 , ?
Ea.itmopevopat, f. evcouar, prop.
to go or come to any place. In N. T. of
persons, Lu. viii. 4, Tov Kata WodW éETL-
Topevomévwy IWpos avTov, as in Polyb.
iv. 9,2, aBoorcBévTwv d& Twy év HALKiaLs
eis Tv M. kat Tov M. érutopev0évtTwy
émi TO mAHPos. In each passage the sense
is accedere ad, to repair or resort unto ;-
and in that of St, Luke, as we have not
mopevlévtwy, but topevopévwy, I would
render, ‘ were resorting to him.’ So, by a
similar mode of expression, Mk. ii. 13.
John x. 4]. and 2 Chr. xi. 13, Kat ob
ieoets—ovuvijx0noav meds a’Tov eK Tav-
| Tey T@V Opiwy. |
EIll
°Emippamcreo, f. Ww, to sew any ma-
terial wpon another, Mk. ii. 21, éréiBAnpea
—éTippamter él iuatiw wad. Comp.
Job xvi. 16, caxkouv z6paWav (I conj.
gppawa) émit Bipons pov. Read, from
the Alex. and other MSS. Bvoon: and
render, ‘I have sewed sackcloth on my
hide.’
"Eqippimtw, f. Ww, prop. to cast or
throw upon, Lu. xix. 35, é7. &. Ta ivatia
éTt TOV THAOY. Sept. Joseph. Bell. Jud.
iv. 5, 3, KOviy ETLPPLTTOUY Tots TWMACL.
Fig. said of care, ‘ thrown upon’ or reposed
on any one in full confidence, 1 Pet. v. 7,
Twacay THY PLEOLLVAY Vw eTippiyavTes
em’ adTov.
"Har ion mos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (él, onua,)
1) lit. bearing a@ mark upon, signatus,
something whereby any person or thing is
distinguished from another. So the word
is used of the zmszgnza on a shield, or the
imsigne, ensign, on the head of a ship;
also of the stamp or image of the sovereign
on money. But in N. T. used only of
persons, 1) notabilis,in a good sense, dis-
tinguished, eminent, Rom. xvi. 7. 3 Macc.
vi. 1. Joseph. Bell. vi. 1, 8. Hdot. ii. 20.
Thucyd. ii. 43. 2) notabslis, in a bad
sense, notorious, Matt. xxvii. 16, déo0p.ov
ém. Joseph. Ant. v. 7, 1, and later Class.
"Emioitic “os, ov, 6, (emiortiCouar,
to previde oneself with eatables, Hdot. vii.
176. Thue. vi. 94,) prep. the providing
oneself with food, Xen. An. i. 5, 9, but
gener. the provisions themselves, Lu. ix.
12, and Class.
"Emctoxémwtomuat, f. wouat, depon.
mid. gener. to look upon or at, for the pur-
pose of observation or inspection. In N. T.
used in two senses, I. to look at, in order
to select, to look at for chozce, as of per-
sons for an office, Acts vi. 3, émicxéeWacb:
avooas, &c. So Sept. in Judg. xv. 1. Xen.
Cyr. v. 4, 10. Diod. Sic. 295.—II. to look
upon or after, visit, for the purpose of
comfort and aid, Matt. xxv. 36, 43. Ja. i.
27; as said of the sick and poor, Kcclus.
vii. 35, and Class. Also applied, by Hebr.,
to God, who is said to visit men, to en-
quire into their condition, in order to
afford them relief and aid; foll. by acc.
either expr. as Lu. i. 68, 78. vii. 16. Heb.
ii.6; or impl. Acts xv. 14, 0 Geos éae-
oxéWato (scil. Ta €0vn) Xa Bety, Kc. and
Keclus. xlvi. 14.
"Emvokeva tw, f. aow, (emi, oKev-
a(w,) the primary signif. of the word is,
‘to put all things in readiness unto,’ or
for any purpose ; to furnish out every thing
for it. Hence it is used of furnishing out
or forth a feast, equipping and fitting-out
a ship; also, of equipping horses, as, for
146
El
émiskevacamsvor. émiCuyra. Also, to
load carts, Xen. Cyr. vii. 3, 1. And this,
it may be observed, affords much coun-
tenance to the reading of not a few ancient
MSS. and the Ed. Princ. in Acts xxi. 15,
éeTLoOKEvacdmevor aveBaivouev eis ‘Lep.,
where the sense is, ‘having made prepa-
ration for our journey,’ lit. ‘ having loaded
horses or carriages for our journey.’ So
Hesych. émisxevacdmevor’ evTeetia0év-
es.
"Eqickyvow, f. wow, lit. to pitch tent
upon, or at a place, and gener. to take one’s
abode or sojourn there, Polyb. iv. 18, 8,
72,1. In N.T. fig. of a spiritual infiu-
ence descending from on high, and resting
or abiding on any one, 2 Cor. xii. 9, écr.
em Eué. ;
"EmioKxid lw, f. aow, (éi, cxiaGw,)
I. prop. to cast a shadow upon, to over-
shadow ; foll. by acc. Matt. xvii. 5. Lu.
ix. 34; and dat. Mk. ix. 7.) Ais wo:
Sept. Ps. xci. 4.—II. Fic. said of a Divine
power and influence, to as it were over-
shadow, by resteng wpon, and exerting its
influence in, Lu.i.35. Comp. éwisxnvow
in 2Cor, xii. 9.
"EqicKkowéw, f. now, (zt, oxotréw,)
prop. to look upon, visit, as the sick; to m-
spect, examine what is done by others,
to overlook, see that any thing is done.
Hence in N. T. to look after, take care of,
1 Pet. v. 2, éaioxotrovuvtes, scil. Té Troi-
pviov. Also, with neg. un tis, to see to,
take heed lest, Heb. xii. 15, éwiuckotrouvtes ~
uy Tis VoTepav, &c. Xen. Lac. ii. 2.
"ErioKkomwy, 7s, 1, gener. visitation or
care over, and ispection or charge of.
In N. T. the-word is used I. of the act
of being visited or taken care of; and fig.
said of God’s gracious care and favour,
Lu. xix. 44, tov Kaipov THs éTLOKOTTAS
cou, i.e. ‘the time when God was present
to save and bless thee.’ See Job xxix. 4.
xxxiv. 9. Prov. xxix: 13.7.3 Mace wo.
And so | Pet. ii. 12, év juéoa emicxomns.
Though some there explain, ‘ visitation for
evil, avengement,’ as often in Sept. and
Apocr. So Synes. ap. St. Thes. éaricxo77]
Ozov, and Eurip. Iph. Taur. 1414, éau-
oKomrety, ‘to avenge.’—II. of the duty or
charge of visiting and imspecting gener.,
Acts i. 20, thy éaicxorriy avtov aBor
éTepos, (so often in Sept.); and spec. of
the office of an éqioxomros, i Tim. ii. 1,
ef TLs érrtoKoTAS OpEeyeTat, KC.
"Eq toKomos, ov, 6, (émicxeTTTOMAaL, )
in Class. an overseer, guardian, prefect, ov.
governor, in various capacities, civil, but
not military or religious; but in the Sept. an
overseer, guardian, or governor, in civil,
military, and espec. religious affairs. Hence
instance, with saddles, bridles, &c., espec. | it was used by the N. T. writers to desig-
beasts of burden. So Xen. Hist. vii. 2, 18, | nate an ecclesiastical functionary, who had
EIII
the spiritual oversight, either of a congrega-
tion of Christians worshipping in any place,
or of aChurch gener., consisting of several
or many congregations: the pastors of
which were, it would seem, originally called
indifferently rpeocBvrTepor, (aterm derived
from the Jewish polity,) or éaicKxo7oz,
(from the Grecian, ) i.e. overseers and care-
takers of their flocks; espec. as the term
émiok. was well adapted to designate the
pastoral duties. But soon afterwards,
when it became necessary that one pres-
byter in each Church should take the
charge of general inspection and govern-
ment over the whole, the term éaioxomros
was selected, as best adapted to designate
the nature of the duties of such an officer;
while wpeocB. was confined to denote
pastors generally. And not only was the
term more appropriate, but as it was prob.
borrowed immediately from the use in the
Sept., so, in appropriating it as above, there
might be allusion to a passage of Isaiah, lx.
17, Sept., where the prophet, foretelling
the glory and felicity of the Church by
the admission of the Gentiles, says, Kai
Owow TOUS aoXovTas cov év eionvy, Kal
TOUS éMioKOTTOUS Gou éy OlkaLocvyy.
Here the idea of ruling is prominent. Be-
fore the term was so appropriated, the
ae presbyter was, as we find from
Tim. v. 17, called 6 mpoeotws TpecBu-
Tepos. See my note there, and those on
mem pv.gxx. tf. Phil. i. 1. Eph. iv.
ll. In the first of the above senses, i. e.
for pastor, it is used at Acts xx. 28, and
Phil. i. 1; in the second, superintendent
or bishop, at 1 Tim. iii. 2. Tit. i. 7. It is
used fig. at 1 Pet. ii. 25, of Jesus Christ,
as the great Care-taker of souls, who
‘careth for us, 1 Pet. v. 7.
"Eqtomaw, f. dow, prop. to draw to,
_asqa@door in shutting it, Xen. Hist. vi. 4,
26, InN. T. mid. te draw upon or over,
1 Cor. vii. 18, wip éaicmactw, ‘let him
become uncircumcised.’ See my note.
"Emiotapat, f. orijcouat, mid. form
to Epictypt, with 7 for d. Tonic, and used
to express the particular sense of édiot-
dvat Tov vouv. Hence prop. to fix one’s
mind upon any thing or pers. ; and hence,
by impl., to understand, know about it.
In N.T. I. to have knowledge of, To KNow
a thing or person; the former, Acts xviii.
25, émiotadpevos povoy To BaTticue I.
paiw 14) the latter in Acts xix. 15,
IlavAov émiotapac: foll. by accus. and
partic. Acts xxiv. 10, ovta ce KpiTipy
em. Foll. by mwepi tovtTwy, Acts xxvi.
_ 26, and also by ws, O71, mas, OY Tod,
Sept. and Class.—II. to understand ; foll.
. by acc. obk éq. Ti ot Nevers, Mk. xiv. 68.
1 Tim. vi. 4. Jude 10. Sept. and Class.
3 ma 4 ;
Ew.iotatys, ov, 0, (épiorapar, to
|
147
EI
set over,) prop. ‘one set over others,’ in
the discharge of any business, civil or
military. In N.T. master, for teacher, in
Engl.; and applied only to Christ as a
title of respect, and acknowledgment of
authority, like that of Rabbz, Lu. v. 5.
vill. 24. ix. 33, 49. xvii. 13.
"Extotétirw, f. X@, ‘to send word
to any one,’ whether verbally, by message,
or in writing, Thue. vii. 14. In N. T. it
means, J. ‘to send word in writing,’ to
write a letter to, Heb. xiii. 22. Atlian, V.
H. x. 20.—II. to send word (i. e. make
one’s will known) by letter, give direction
to by letter, Acts xv. 20, éaiotetXar av-
Tots Tov awéexXeoVar, &c. And so Joseph.
Ant. viii. 2,7. Xen. Hist. i. 5,2. Hdian.
11 Oy 2.
"EmictTHmwy, ovos, 0, n, (émicra-
fat,) adj. prop. knowing, i. e. endued with
knowledge, skilful in any art or science;
mostly foll. by gen. of thing, but also
absol. and gener. intelligent, and by impl.
prudent, discreet, Ja. ili. 13, Tis codes
Kat éemiothuwy év vary; Kcclus. x. 25,
avo eTLoTHMwY ov yoyyuce. The word
often occurs in the Sept. united with
coos or ouvetos, and in Plato and
Xenophon.
"EriotnoiCw, f. isw, to fix a thing
jirmly upon its basis, or as leaning against
something else, (nearly equiv. to éarepeiow,)
and in the pass. er mid. to be supported, or
to rest upon another. In N. T. the act.
alone occurs in a fig. sense, to confirm,
establish, Acts xiv. 22, Tas Wuyds Tey
ualnray éw. xv. 32, 41. xviii. 23; and
o7TnoiCw often in N. T. signifies to confirm
believers in their adherence to the Gos-
pel, notwithstanding persecution and afflic-
tion.
"EqtotoXt, 7s, 7, (émiotéddw,)
prop. ‘intelligence sent, or orders commu-
nicated by letter ;> and also the letter
itself, as Acts xv. 30, and often in N. T.
and sometimes in Sept. and Class. In
Acts 1x. 3, it signifies @ letter of authority,
a dispatch, and in 2 Cor. iii. 2, a letter of
recommendation.
"E la , 2 A ?
TrotomiCw, f. iow, (émi, ordua,)
lit. to put any thing wpon the mouth, asa
bit in a horse’s mouth, or a muzzle upon
a dog; and fig. in N. T. to put to silence,
Tit. i. ll, ous dst émioropiGev. So
Dem. 85, 4, éwriotoutety Tovs AUTH avTE-
Aéyovtas. Aristoph. Eq. 845, éxQoobs
émioTomiCety.
"Eqiotpégda, f. Ww, gener. act. with
mid. signif. prop. to turn upon, or towards,
Hom. Il. ii. 370. Soph. Tr. 566, or fig.
to turn one’s attention to any subject. Also
-act. with act, signif. to turn any one back
H 2
EILL
From one course to another, Thue. ii. 90. |
Xen. Hist. vi. 4, 9, and Sept.; and fig.
from error to truth, Lucian, Timon ii. 7,
qwokXovs avtay ém. Plut. Alcib. vious
TO NExVev éwéotpede. Hence in N. T.
I. TRANS. fo convert, in a spiritual sense,
to turn to the service of the Lord, Lu. i.
16, woAdXol’s émiotoeéWer eri Kuprov
tov 9. Sept. Ezra vi. 22, or ‘ to turn from
error to truth, Ja. v. 19, sq. émictpé rar
autrov scil. émi thy a&AnVerav.—ll. IN-
TRANS. with éavtov understood; and also
in mid. to turn oneself towards or unto,
1) act. intrans. prop. Acts ix. 40, éqr.
moos TO cwua. Polyb. vii. ll, 4, and
fig. émiotpégew émi Tov Osdv or Kv-
ptov, ‘to turn to the service of the true
God,’ from paganism and idolatry, Acts ix.
Semi xiv 19. xve, 196 xxi TES 20:
BeCor rin 16.) Thess: 1, (95 271) ae
wowreva, | Pet. ii. 25. Sept. 2) by
impl. to abut upon or towards, Acts xvi.
‘18. Rev. i. 12. Sept. and Class. Hence,
3) to turn [back] upon, fo return unto,
prop. and with daiow, Mk. xiii. 16. Lu.
xvii. 31. han, V. H. i. 6; without
étricw, Lu. viii. 55. With eis or éai and
acc. Matt. xii. 44. Lu. xvii. 4. Acts xv.
36. 2 Pet. ii. 22. Fig. as said of a return
to good, to return, to be converted, absol.
Matt. xiii. 15. Mk. iv. 12. Lu. xxii. 32.
Acts iii, 19. xxviii. 27. Also, as said of
a return to evd/, ‘to turn back to the coin-
mission of sin,’ Gal. iv. 9, ga. aadev emi
TaA—TTWKXA oTOLXELa. 2 Pet. ii. 21, err.
ék THS évToAns, scil. éri tiv Plopav.
—III. MID. INTRANS. with aor. 2. pass.
1) to turn about upon or towards, Matt.
ix. 22. ériotpadeis, Mk. viii. 33. John
xxi. 20. Sept. Apocr. and Class. 2) to
turn back upon, to return unto, Matt. x. 13,
7 eipyvy UU. TWeOS Vuas ETLoTOAPITwW.
Sept. and Plut. de Educ. 17, med. Fig.
‘to return to the right path, ¢o be con-
verted, John xii. 40, erriotpapact.
"Emtotpogpt, is, 7, prop. and in
Class. a@ turning back from one thing to
another, Pol. v. 72, 8. Thuc. ii. 90. iii. 71.
In N. T. fig. conversion, by a turning back
from paganism, or Judaism, to Christ-
ianity, Acts xv. 3; from paganism to
Judaism, Ecclus. xviii. 21. Jos. Ant. ii.
14, 1.
‘Emicuvayw, f. d&w, prop. to lead or
bring toyether, upon or to a place, to gather
together to, trans. Matt. xxiii. 37. Mk. i.
33, et al. Sept. and Class.
‘Ericvvaywyt, ns, 1, (emrcuvayw, )
a being gathered together, 2 Thess. ii. 1;
an assembling together at one place, Heb.
x. 25. In 2 Mace. ii. 7, ‘an assembly.’
"Eqtcvvtoéxw, to run together to
any scene of action, or towards any person,
Mk. ix. 25.
148
ELI
"Erictotacts, ews, 4, (éricuvieta-
ofa, to come together to any place,) Acts
xxiv. 12, éar. qaroustv dxAov, to make a
concourse, raise a tumult. So 1 Esdr. v.
73, emicveTacers Trotobmevor. The word
also occurs in Num. xvi. 40. Jos. C. Ap.
i, 20. Sext. Emp. Eth. 127, 1m 2 Cor:
xi. 28, 4 éa. pov 4 Kad’ tpuépav, the
meaning is either, ‘ the concourse of cares
continually resting upon me,’ or, ‘the con-
course of persons perpetually resorting to
me.’ So Cicero pro Archia, c. 6, has, in
the same sense, the expression quotedianos
hominum impetus. See, however, my note
on the above passage.
"Eriogandijs, éos, 6, 1, (él, opad-
AeoOar,) prop. and lit. ‘near upon falling,’
i. e. ready to fall, or slip from the hold;
and metaph. zsecure, dangerous, Acts
xxvii. 9, éaioqadous Tov amAods. De-
mosth. and the later writers.
"Emicxuw, f. vow, (émi, icxdw,)
I. TRANS. to strengthen, lit. to put strength
upon. So Ps. Ixxxviii. 19, Sept. we have
eVéunv BonOerav émi dOvvatov. Xen. Che.
xi, 13, éa¢. tHv mod\w.—II, INTRANS. to
receive strength, be strong, Ecclus. xxix. 1,
ETLOXUWY TH XEtpt avTov. 1 Mace. vi. 6.
Hence, fig. to grow more vehement, Lu.
XXlll. 5, ériaxuov, NéyovTes.
"Eariowoetw, f. evow, prop. to heap
up upon, i.e. more and more, trans. Plut.
Pyrrh. 22, éa. tovs vexoovs. Athen. p.
123; metaph. to acewmulute upon, as said
of things, Artem. iii. 66, UaobijKas apes
Tots sionuévots éTicwosevew. Plut. de
Vit. Air. Al. 6. In N. T. only used of
persons, 2 Tim. iv. 3, é. O1dacKadXdous,
‘accumulating teachers upon teachers.’
"Emitayi, ns, 1, (émitacow,) an
order or injunction, whether of God, as
2 Cor. viii. 8, or of Christ, 1 Cor. vii. 6,
25. And, as injunction implies earnest-
ness and strictness, so in Tit. ii. 15,
eleyXe peta Taons éewitayys, the
meaning is, ‘ with strictness and severity.’
At Rom. xvi. 26, and 1 Tim. i. 1, the
term signifies decree, appointment, as also
at Wisd. xiv. 16, and ordin. Polyb. xiii.
4,3. In Tit. i. 3, commanding authority.
"Emiracow, f. Ew, (émi, Téoow,
which see, ) prop. to range in order, one row
upon another, and in military affairs one
rank of soldiers upon another, to range
in ranks, by placing each in his station.
Hence, from the adjunct, to gzve order to,
to enjoin upon, charge, with dat. of pers. _
So in N. T. Mk. i. 27. ix. 25. Lu. iv. 36.
Sept. and Class. Also foll. by dat. and _
infin. Mk. vi. 39. Lu. viii. 31, and Class. ; ;
by accus. and infin. Mk. vi. 27, ewétagev
évexOjvar Ti Ke. avtov. Sept. & Class.
E ITI
Emitedéaw, f. gow, to bring any thing
fo an end, to finish, accomplish. I. PROP.
in act. sense, as said of any work, business,
or course of action, Lu. xiii. 82. Rom. xv.
Gane Oor. vie Ly vill, 6, 11. Phil. i. 6.
Heb. viii. 5. ix. 6. Sept. and Class. In
mid. to come to an end, finish, with dat. of
manner, Gal. iii. 3, évapEauevot mvev-
mati, vuY cape EmiteXetobe s—II. FIG.
said of sufferings, &c. to go through,
endure, in pass. 1 Pet. v. 9, éaritedei-
ofar, scil. ta walyjuata, with dat. of
pers.
"Emityoetos, a, ov, adj. (from the
gen. émitijoeus of the old adj. emit7ons,
fitting,) prop. swted to, sutable, proper,
Wisd. iv. 5. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 17. Hence
in N. T. by impl. needful, necessary, Ja.
ii. 16, ra éqit. TOV cwyuatos, ‘the ne-
cessaries of life, food and _ clothing,
Xenoph. Theophr. and Atsch.
"EmitiOnmt, f. Onow, to place, lay
upon, trans. I. AcT. prop. and 1) gen. toll.
by é7ri and acc. Matt. xxiii. 4, poptia ér.
émi Tous wyous. Lu. xv. 5. Acts xv. 10,
émiletvar Cuyov éri tov Toax. Matt.
xxvil. 29. Mk. iv.2]. John ix.15. Acts
xv. 26, éq. uuty Bapos. Lu. xxiii. 26,
John xix. 2. Fig. of giving a name to,
Mion. 16,17. Sept. in Dan. i. 7. v. 13.
Jos. and Class. 2) spec. in the phrase
emiTilévat TV XEloa, or Tas XEtpas, to
lay hands wpon, as a symbol of healing
power, foll. by éai with acc. Matt. ix. 18.
Mk. viii. 25, al.; foll. by dat. Mk. v. 23.
vi. 5, al.; or for benediction, inangura-
tion, &c. foll. by éari with acc. Acts. viii.
17; by dat. Acts vi. 6, where see my note,
eee xi, Sax. 6, 1 Tim. v. 22; al.
3) said of stripes, to lay on, inflict, whyyas
ém@. Lu. x. 30. Acts xvi. 23. And so
plagas imponere in Latin. 4) fig. of gifts,
to load with, Acts xxviii. 10, dvayopévors
eméVevTO Ta Mods THv Ypeiav. See
Ruth iii. 15. Xen. Cyr. viii. 2, 4.—II.
MID. fo set oneself upon any one, to set
upon, attack, with dat. Acts xviii. 10,
ovdels émLOjoeTai oor. Sept. Jos. and
Class.—III. to put upon, add, foll. by
moos with acc. Rev. xxii. 18, éav tis
(Aoyos) érite0G awpds TadTa. Hom. Il.
vii. 364. Dem. 165, 2.
‘Eritiuaw, f. iow, prop. to put a
Tin, value or price (see next word)
upon any thing; and as that estimate is
either favourable or the contrary, so
eTLTiMaw may signify either to prize and
nour, or to censure, criminate, and
punish. The original and complete phrase
was émiTiuay Ti TLL, which often occurs
in Plato, Xenophon, and other of the best
writers. See Steph. Thes. and Lex. Plat.
and Xen. From the notion of criminating
and censuring springs that of rebuking,
149
EDI
found with the dat. only in Isocrat, and
other writers, and often in the N. T.;
e. gr. Mk. viii. 382, sq. x. 13. Lu. ix. 55.
xvii. 3, et al. and Sept. Thus it is used
for érrimAnoow. And as that word signi-
fies both to rebuke or blame, and to punish,
so émiTimaw means to punish, lit. trro-
gare peenum alicui, at Jude 9, émitipn-
oat cot Kuguos, sub. dixny or Timwpiav.
So Hdot. iv. 43, aveckoAdmice avon,
Thy apxXainv dixnv (av’tTw) émiTLMon,
and Jos. Ant. xviii. 4,6, Tupwplas & 7 t-
Tima tots adovow. From the proper
sense of rebuking springs a fig. one, found
only in the Scriptural writers, and alone
with dat. of thing, by which the inanimate
object, as the wind, waves, Matt. viii.
26. Mk. iv. 39. Lu. viii. 24, the sea, Nah.
i. 4, Ps. cvi. 9, is as it were personified,
and its violence checked, since reproof and
correction are supposed to check an evil
doer. Comp. 2 Pet. ii. 16. Lastly, from
the sense of rebuking springs that found,
foll. by dat. in Matt. xvii. 186. Mk. i. 25.
ix. 20.) Wu. ive do. 4 land voftepinaiNell:
by which, together with the notion of re-
buking, is united, and chiefly to be under-
stood, that of strictly charging, whether to
do or to forbear, any action.
"Eairipmia, as, n, (émeTiuaw,) in
Class. the ti% or political honour per-
taining to a citizen; but in N. T. said of
the Ti or estemate fixed by a judge, in
the way of retribution, upon any wrong,
i. e. penalty, punishment, 2 Cor. ii. 6.
Wisd. iii. 10. The Class. writers use
ETLTLLLOV.
"Emitoétw, f. Ww, prop. to turn any
thing wpon or to any one; and hence by
impl. to gwve it over to him, Hom. Od. ii.
226 Xen. An vizle ol dap Nee
permit to any one the doing of any thing,
Matt. viii. 21. Mk. v. 13, and oft.
"Emitpom), ys, 7, (éreToETW,) a
commission, charge, Acts xxvi. 12, and Lat.
Class.
"Emitpotmos, ov, 0, (émitpéw,)
prop. one to whom a charge is committed,
as steward, agent, &c. In N. T. it is
used, 1) prop. Matt. xx. 8. Lu. viii. 3,
émiTpotrou Hp. ‘ Herod’s house-steward.’
So Jos, Ant. xviii, 6,6, mention is made
of one Thaumastus as Agrippa’s é7itpo-
qos THs ovcias. See Ps. cv. 21. See,
however, my note on Lu. viii. 3. 2)
equiv. to 0 Tailaywyos, a private tutor,
or guardian of the morals of boys, Gal. iv.
2, and Class.
"EmitrvyxXadvw, prop. to light upon,
chance to meet with, Thue. viii. 14. Also
in archery, to hit a mark, and fig. to attain
onesaim. InN. T. to obtain an object
of desire, Heb. vi. 15, éwétuye tis
H 3
EIT
erayyeAias, and xi. 33, and Class. Ab-
sol. Rom. xi. 7. Ja. iv. 2. Thue. vi. 38.
"Eqidaiva, f. pave, prop. to cause to
appear to, to show to any one; and fig. ¢o
display, evince, 3 Macc. ii. 19, éqigavov
TO éXe0s cov. Theogn. 359. Plut. Mare.
1. In N. T. we find both the act. form with
éauTov understood, and the pass. or mid.
to show oneself to, appear to ; and as said
of light, to shine upon, intrans. I. prop. in
act. pres. absol. Acts xxvii. 20, mite
aoTtowy émipaivovTwv: aor. 1. with dat.
Lu. i. 79, avatodt 2E tous, éripavar
tots év oxoTet. Adlian. V.H. xiii.1, azo.
éemepyve, woTeo dot —II. fig. in aor. 2.
pass. to be conspicuous, manifest, to become
known, Tit. ii. 11, éwedavn 1 xadous Tov
Oeou, and ill. 4, piAkavOowmia évredavy.
"Emigaveta, as, 4, (émidaivw,)
prop. an appearing, or appearance ; espec.
as said of the sun, moon, and stars; and,
accordingly, suggesting the idea of splen-
‘did appearance. The word is used in
2 Mace. 11. 24. v. 4, et al. of splendid
celestial appearances in aid of Israel; and
in Jos. Ant. ui. 14, 4, of the pillar of fire.
So, too, the Class. writers often use it of
the appearance, on earth, in splendour, of
some deity. Hence we see the fitness of
its use in N. T. to denote the advent, or
manifestation, of Christ (God-man) in the
flesh, 2 Tim. i. 10; also, of his future
advent in glory to judgment, 2 Thess.
nyo Laima 142 ie saves Los Tit:
ii. 13.
"Exidarvijs, éos, 6, 7, adj. prop. ap-
parent, visible to, Thue. vii. 19, or clear,
manifest, Xen. Mem, iii. 1, 10, and fig.
splendid, illustrious, as said botlr of per-
sons, Jos. Ant. v. 8,2. Xen. Ag. iii. 2.
fflian V.H. iti. 19, and things, as Pol. i.
30, 3. 1.78, 11. So Acts ii. 20, tiv uéoav
Kupiou ti pey. Kal éwipavy.
"Exidaty or ’Emidaioky, f. atow,
(pavw, padw,) prop. fo give light to, as
said of the rising and giving light of the
heavenly luminaries, Sept. in Job xxv. 5..
mxdo0. XO. (Orph. beymn: oxiixe) 39)
In N. T. fig. foll. by dat. of pers. to en-
lighten, i. e. to save and bless, Eph. v. 14,
éem@LpavoeL Gol 6 Xprotos. Comp. Is.
]x. 1—3, and espec. Ps. xviii. 27, 28, where,
in antithesis with the words ‘thou wilt
save the afflicted people,’ we have, ‘thou
wilt light my candle ; the Lord my God
will enlighten my darkness, make my
darkness light, i. e. convert my affliction
into gladness, will save and bless me;
darkness being a frequent emblem of sor-
row and death, (comp. Ps. xiii. 3,) as light
is of life and joy.
‘Er péow, f. oicw, gener. to bring to,
er bring wpon any one. In N, T. it is
150
El!
used JI. prop. in the sense éo bring to any
person, foll. by é7ri and accus. Acts xix.
12. Jos. Ant. iv. 8, 22. Thuc. iv. 37.—II.
to superadd, Phil. i. 16, oidwevor Sridew
émipéoe Tots decors pov. So Philo,
p. 1009, mvp émipépwv mupi. Aristot.
Rhet. iii. 6, fin. ék Tov oTepnoewv yao
atropépover.—lIl. to bring upon (i. e.
against) in a judicial sense, as @ charge, or
accusation, Acts xxv. 18, aiviav. Thue.
ili. 46. v.75. Jos. Ant. i. 672 Suder?,
koto. Jos. Ant. iv. 8, 23. Hdian. iii. 8,
13. So of wrath or punishment, Rom. iii ~
5, érripéowy dpynv. And so émiéoey
TIv mTotvnv, Jos. Ant. iii. 13. émiépev
TAnyny Tit, ii. 14, 2.
"Erigwvéw, f. 4ow, prop. fo ery out
upon, i. e. thereupon, Lu. xxiii. 21, or to
shout at, applaud, absol. Acts xii. 22, 07-
pos émeqwvet. Esdr. ix. 47. 2 Mace. i.
23. Philo de Herod. Malig. 34. Foll. by
dat. of pers. upon, for (i. e. against) whom
the outcry is made, Acts xxii. 24, oTws
émedwvouv avTw, ‘so exclaimed against
him.’
"ErigdwoKa, to dawn upon, (lit. to
grow light upon,) intrans. Matt. xxvii. 1,
, TH etipwoKovon, scil. tpéoa. Lu.
xxill. 54, oaBG8. éréigmwoxe. Diod. Sic.
xiii. 18.
"Erryetozéw, f. you, prop. to lay hands
upon, Hom. Od. xxiv. 386. Now that may
be either in the way of laying hold of and
seizing any thing, or putting the hand fo
any thing, and fig. of andertaking it. So,
foll. by infin. Lu. i.1l, érexetoyoav ava-
tdEac8a Oujynow. And so Class.
"Em iyxéa, f. evow, to pour upon any
thing or person, as water for washing,
Hom. Od. i. 1386. In N.T. of wine and _
oil upon wounds, Lu. x. 34.
"Emtxopnyéw, f. }ow, (ei, xoo.
fron. yoonyos, the person who supplied
the expenses of the theatrical entertain-
ments,) fo supply or furnish to, trans...
2 Cor. ix. 10, 6 émryoonya@y cmépua TH
omzioovTt, Gal, ili. 5. 2 Pet. a. 5, VE
Mid. in a recipr. sense, to supply aid to
one another, furnish mutual aid, Col. ii.
19, 76 cwpa ETLyOOHYyobMEVOY Kal TUL-
BiBaGouevov. Comp. Eph. iv. 16, where
see my note.
"Exryopnyia, as, 1, (erryopnyéw, }
supply, aid, Phil.i. 19. Eph. iv. 16, ova
Taons apns THs ewLyoonyias, * through
all the joints of supply, i. e. which afford
mutual aid.
"Erixol a, f. iow, to smear over ; said
espec. of oil, but also as used of paint, Zo
daub, and likewise as applied to any simi-
lar substance, as whitening, mud, or mor-
| tar, John ix. 6, éwréyouce tov wnAov Emre
ETLO
rovs od0ahuods, namely, as meant to
suggest the idea of collyrium, or eye-salve.
’"Emorxodopméw, f. how, (Eri, oixodo-
péw,) prop. to build wpon any thing, as a
foundation. In N.T. only fig. to build
‘upon, said of Christian faith and life, as
built upon the only foundation, Jesus
Christ. So pass. foll. by ¢ ¢ with dat.
Eph. ii. 20, éarocxodomnbévtes ext Tw
Seu. &c. Col. ii. 7, ‘resting on Christ for
better knowledge.’ Act. foll. by acc. and
gai with acc. 1 Cor, iii. 12, 14. By impl.
to build any one up further, i.e. in the
faith, and upon Christ, Acts xx. 32, Tw
Ovvamévw érrorkodomyjoar, sc. yuas. Jude
20, éqro.xodcm. eauTovs.
"EqoxéddXw, f. eho, (él, dxéAXw,
equiv. to KéAAw,) to drive any thing upon,
as a ship upon a shoal, when run aground,
Acts xxvii. 4], ar. tiv vavv, and Class.
"Erovepatw, f. dow, (érl, dvomaca,)
lit. to name upon, i. e. with allusion to
some other name or circumstance, Sept.
in Gen. iv. 17, 24, 25, al. In N. T. pass.
to be named so or so in addition to some
other name, to be also called, Rom. ii. 17,
sv “Iovdatos érovouaty. Pol. i. 29, 2.
Xen. (icon. vi. 17.
"Erortevw, f. cw, (from érorrns,
whicu see,) to look at or behold attentively,
contemplate closely, 1 Pet. ii. 12, éromrev-
cavtes, for zav éromTevowe., scil. Ta
Kaha Uue@y épya, denoting the full know-
ledge derived from close observation. The
term is used foll. by Ta gpya in Hom.
Od. xvi. 140. Hesiod, Op. 765. And so
1 Pet. iii. 2, émomtetoavtes THY ayvny
avactpopiy uuov.
"Eromtys, ov, 0, (éroWouat, f. to
Epopaw,) prop. @ looker-on or spectator of
what is passing, 2 Macc. vii. 35. 3 Macc.
ii. 21. A%sch. Prom. 299, wovwy—érro-
a7ys. Plato, p. 105, rots éromrrais Tov
avOowrivwv. Thus it becomes equiv. to
avutomtTys. So Plut. iii. 647, éaomras
Kal paptupas. And such may be the
import at 2 Pet. i. 16, gordmran yevnOév-
Tes THS ékeivou peyadeoTyTos. But
some stronger sense seems intended; and
as those, who were admitted to a sight of
the more secret mysteries of the pagan
religion by the last initiation, were called
émonrat, as distinguished from the pu-
ovat, whether lower or higher, so the sense
here is, ‘admitted to the most intimate view
and acquaintance with His majesty ;’ prob.
with allusion to the august scene of the
Transfiguration, Matt. xv. 5. Nor is this
metaphorical sense unexampled: so Synes.
says, vous didocodos, éwomTNs WY Ta4-
Anfous: and Gregor. de Theolog. tovto
eidetey av ob éy'yuTépw Ozov, Kal TAY
aveEryyiaoTwy aiTov KoiMaTwY éTo-
Tat Kal Sewpoi, |
151
BoPap
"Eos, €0s, Td, (ei7rov, 7w,) prop.
something spoken, a word, or speech; in
N. T. occ. only in Heb. vii. 9, ws ezros
eltety, ‘so to speak :’ a form of expression
frequent in the best Greek writers, (prob.
founded on the phrase évros eiqety, occ.
in Homer,) where any thing is about to be
said which might sound too bold, and re-
quire to be thus softened down.
"Erovpavios, iov, 6, 7, adj. for
phrase 6 ém’ ovpava, prop. connected with
heaven, heavenly; in N. T. said I. of
PERSONS, 1) ‘those who dwell in heaven,
Matt. xviii. 35, 6 HWatip 6 éa. Phil. i.
10, of gar. the angels. 2 Macc. iii. 39, and
Class. 1) of those who come from heaven,
1 Cor. xv. 48, sq.—II. of THiNGs, 1 Cor.
xv. 40, cwpata éemovpavia, meaning
the heavenly bodies, as the sun, moon,
and stars. 1) as neut. plur. without subst.
Ta étovpavia, the upper heavens, the
abode of God and the angels, Eph. i. 20.
ii. 6. iii. 10; also the lower heavens, the
sky, the seat of evil spirits, Eph. vi. 12.
2) as said of the kimgdom of heaven
and whatever pertains to it, 2 Tim. iv. 18,
or the calling thereto, Heb. iii. 1. vi. 4.
Wile 9.0 1x! Zo x1. WO." xi 22 SO nate
éqroupavia, ‘ things pertaining to the king-
dom of God, Eph. i. 3, or gener. ‘ things
spiritual,’ John iii. 12.
‘Era, ol, ai, Ta, indecl. seven, Matt.
xv. 34. Acts xx. 6,et al. The number
seven was often used by the Jews as a
round number, Matt. xii. 45. Lu. xi. 26,
al. and oft. in O. T. Also as a sacred
number of good omen, Acts vi. 3. Rev.
14 26 Sal: and ‘ott. mi OF, hea Anne
so among the Egyptians, Persians, and
Arabians.
‘“Eqcvaxkes, num. adv. seven times, put
for an indef. round number, Matt. xviii.
21. Lu. xvii. 4, and Sept.
‘“Eatakicyxtdrcor, a, a, 7000, Rom.
xi. 4. .
‘Eoya omar, f. aoouat, dep. mid.
(with pert. pass. efoeyaouar as depon. in
2 John 8, but pass. in John iii. 21,) gener. to
work, both intrans. and trans. J. INTRANS.
and 1) prop. to work, labour, whether at
one’s trade, Matt. xxi. 28. Acts xviii. 3.
lor, ive ea 9S ih eon
gener. as Lu. xiii. 14. John ix. 4. ] Cor. ix.
6. Th) iv 2 Vieni, 10. 2S Sepa
and Class. 2) fig. to do business, i. e. ‘to
trade or traffic, Matt. xxv. 16, sioyaoato
év avtots. Dem. 957, 27, @. Tu. 3) met.
to be active, exert one’s powers and facul-
ties, John v. 17, 0 Ilatijo épya eran.
Rom. iv. 4, tw d& épyaCouevw, and 5,
Tw Oe wi Epy.—Il. TRANS. to work, work
out, produce, effect, 1) gener. of things
wrought or performed, as miracles, John
vi, 80, Ti Ep yan; oe onuetov, Acts xiii,
t
Pa:
Al, Zoyov: of sacred rites, T& leod Zoy.
1 Cor. ix. 13, ‘to be employed about.’
Comp. Hom. Od. v. 101, ot te Seotor
isod Te péCovor. So gener. of goya Tou
Qeou, or tov Kuoiov, John vi. 28. ix. 4.
Eph. iv. 28. Col. iii. 23, al. or éy Ku-
piw, i. e. in conformity to his will, John
iii. 21. Sept. and Class. Also épya@Gouae
zoyov KaN\ov eis Twa or ev TL, Matt.
xxvi. 10. Mk. xiv. 6. 3 John 5; or xa-
Kov tivt, Rom. xiii. 10. Class. Fig. to
work, i. e. habitually, practise good or
evil, Matt. vii. 23. Acts x. 35. Rom. ii.
10. Ja. ii. 9. In Sept. and Class. it is
only used of what is evi/. 2) to work, i.e.
to till, as said of ground, in Sept. Gen. ii. 5.
Xen. CEcon. i. 8. Thue. ii. 71, et al. In
N. T. only fig. of the sea, as Rev. xviii. 17,
oi £oyaCouevar THY SaXaccay, to ply it,
i.e. follow nautical pursuits as an occu-
pation. So Aristot. Probl. § 38, 2, rots
Tiv Ja\accav épyaCouévous: also in
Arrian, Appian, Plutarch, and other later
writers. 3) used, by meton. of effect for
cause, in the sense fo work for and earn,
John vi. 27, tiv Bowow épy. Sept. and
Class. e. gr. Hes. Oper. 43, Biov épy.
Hdot. 1.24, yonuata éoy. Aor. 1. gener.
2 John 8.
"Eoyacia, as, 7, (épyaouat,) I. prop.
‘any labour undergone, either in agricul-
ture, Thuc. i. 139, or in the exercise of
any handicraft, Hdot. Vit. Hom. 3; also,
of any trade or occupation ; but sometimes
fig. ‘labour or effort’ gener. So Jos. Ant.
iii. 1, 7, uy oiv Tovw pnd Eepyacia.
Hence it occurs in the phrase éoyaciav
dcdovar, Lu. xii. 58, corresponding to Lat.
dare operam, ‘to do one’s best’ to bring
any thing about.—II. ‘the effect of any
labour,’ i.e. the practice or performance,
whether of good, Plato, p. 404, et al. or of
evil, Eph. iv. 19, eis goyaciav axabap-
cias waons. Sept. 1 Chron. vi. 49, al.
fEschin. Dial. ii. 36, wods épyacias
Teaynatwyv wox8no@y. Plato, p. 404.—
III. work, i. e. a trade or craft, Acts xix.
25. Sept. and Class—IV. by meton. the
gain accruing therefrom, Acts xvi. 16, 19.
xix. 24, oft. in Class. Xen. Mem. iii. 10, 1.
? 7, c > /
Koyarns, ov, 0, (épyaGoua:,) a la-
bourer or workman ; prop. in agriculture,
but also in trade. JI. gener. and prop. @
labourer, i. e. an agricultural labourer,
Matt. ix 37, 6 wev Depromos troNds, ot 6é
épyatat dNiyo, & ver. 38. x. 10. xx. 1,
2G. awe. oo vio, Lim. vi hesgaae wy
4, and Class.; fig. of labourers in the
work of the Gospel, teachers in the Church,
2 Tim. ii. 15, goyatynv aver. So, with
censure, 2 Cor. xi. 13. Phil. iii. 2. Hence,
with gen. of thing, a worker, i. e. habitual
doer, of any thing, Lu. xiii. 27, Zoyataz
THS adixias. | Mace. iii. 6. In Class. the
15
2 EPYT
word is used exclusively of good deeds,
except in Menand. Hist. p. 145, zoywv
avociwy #.—Il. a workman, or artisan,
Acts xix. 25, and oft. in Class. ; gener. with
a genit. denoting the kind of employment.
"Epyov, ov, To, (not of Gr. origin,
but I believe from the Gothic weorcan,
whence the Dutch werken, operarz, agere,
to DO,) lit. ‘ something done or to be done,
work in various senses, |. LABOUR, BUSI-
NESS, Mk. xiii. 34, dols exaoTw TO Zoyov
avtou. Eph. iv. 12, eis goyov O:axovias.
1 Tim. iii. 1. Sept. and Class.; of the
work which Jesus Christ was sent to ac-
complish, John iv. 34. v. 20. ix. 4. xvii.
4. Soo épyov tov Kupiov, the Gospel-
work, 1 Cor. xv. 58. xvi. 10. .Phil. ii. 30.
Also of this work as committed to apostles
and teachers, 2 Tim. iv. 5, go-yov woincoy
evayysAtotou. Acts xiii. 2. xiv. 26; and
fulfilled by them, Acts xv. 38. Phil. i. 22.
It is likewise designated as TO Zoyov Tov
Ozov, i.e. ‘which God requires, ‘duty
towards God, John vi. 28, sq. In the
sense of undertaking, lit. ‘ work set about,’
Acts v. 38. 2 Tim. iv. 18. Sept. in Deut.
xv. 19. Job xxxiv. 21. Wisd. ii. 12.—I1.
work, i. @. DEED, ACTION ; implying .
something already done, 1) gener. as
goyov épyaCeo0a, todo a deed, Acts xiii.
1; and so in the Class. 2) spec. of the
‘mighty works’ of Jesus, mzracles, Matt.
xi. 2. John vii. 3 & 21; or of God, Heb.
iii. 9, eidov Ta Zoya pov. 3) where dd-
vos and épyov are opposed, Lu. xxiv. 19,
OuvaTos év éoyw kai év Noyw. Acts Vii.
22. Rom. xv. 18, et al. Keel. iit. 8, and
Class. 4) of the work of men, in refer-
ence to right and wrong, whether as judged
by the moral law, or by the precepts of the
Gospel; and that, either gener. as Matt.
xxii. 3, 5. John iii. 20, sq. Rom. ii. 6. -
iii. 27, et al. Sept.; or speczally, either of
good works gener. Rom. ii. 7. xiii. 3.
Eph. ii. 10. 2 Thess. ii. 17, et al., or of
evil works, John iii. 19. Col. i. 21. Heb.
vi. 1, et al. Moreover, there are found
two phrases placed in contrast, Ta éoya
Tov vomou, ‘the works required by the
Mosaic moral law,’ Rom. ti. 15, where
see my note, and goyov vomov, ‘con-
formable to the law,’ Rom. iii. 20. Gal. ii.
16, though tév vopov is often implied,
Rom. iv. 2, et al. Ta coya THs TicTEws,
‘works springing from faith, combined
with faith,’ 1 Thess. i. 3, where see my
note, 2 Thess. i. 11; or with 77s aio.
impl. Heb. vi. 10. Ja. ii. 14, 17.—Ii1.
work, i. e. A THING WROUGHT, something
made, as said of man, Acts vii. 41, év Tots
Zoyous Tay Xetowp (idols), 1 Cor. ii. 13,
seqq. ix. 1. Sept. and Class.; or created,
as said of God, both gener. Acts xv. 18,
yuwota TH Oew TavTa Ta ENYA GUTOU.
Rom. xiv. 20. Phil. i. 6. Heb.i. 10, et al.
EPE
Sept. and Hom. Il. xix. 22; and spec. of
work implying power, and put for power,
might, John ix. 3, va pavepwty Ta Epya
Tov Qeou Ev avTo.
"Epe8ifw, f. iow, (go¢0w, fr. the
obsol. gp¢w, to move or ply, whence éoéo-
ow, lit. to move, as Eurip. Iph. A. 188,
toeooew Tov Toda, and espec. to move
the oars of a vessel, and fig. ¢o excite.)
The prim. idea seems to be, ‘to excite to
motion’ any quiescent object; and some-
times it is used of ‘ urging forward’ horses,
Eurip. Rhes. 373; but chiefly of movzng the
passions of men, whether to sor7ow, Hom.
Od. iv. 813, or anger, TO EXASPERATE,
rapoctvw, as oft. in the Class. So Col.
iii. 21, wh epeOiGere TA Téxva vpov.
From the primary idea to excite to motion,
springs that of exciting to actzon, found in
2 Cor. ix. 2, 6 2 tuwy Cydros Apébice
rTovs wXsiovas, ‘ hath impelled very many
to contribute.” So Arr. Diss. Ep. ii. 23,
13, and Hom. Od. xix. 45, 6ppa k’ éte
duwas Kal pntéog cijy €p20i Cw.
"Epeiow, f. cicw, prop. to fix firmly,
place, or rest any thing or person upon
something else, which may support it,
Hom. Il. xxii. 112. In N. T. with eautov
und. to hecome fixed to any thing, to stick
fast, as.a ship on a sand bank, Acts xxvii.
41, gpticaca Emewev doadevTos.
"Epevyomat, f. Eouat, dep. mid. prop.
to eject wind or matter from the stomach ;
or, as said of water, from a reservoir, to
pour forth, gush; or fig. to eect loud
sounds from the lungs, to bellow or roar,
Theocr. Id. xiii. 58. Hom. Il. xx. 403.
and Sept. 1 Mace. iii. 4. Hence, in N.T.
and Alexandrian Greek, to utter forth, to
speak out, trans. Matt. xiii. 35, goevEouar
Kexouupeva. Sept. in Ps. xix. 2.
‘"Epsuvaw, f. now, (sipéw,) prop. to
search for any one by tracking or tracing
his footsteps. So Hom. Od. xix. 4386,
ixyn épevv@vtes KUves ticav, et al.
Hence, to seek diligently for any thing,
Hom. Od. xxii. 18, tev ye’ éoevva, or per-
son, Eurip. Med. 1315. Xen. Cyr. i. 2,
12. Hence, as said of a thing, to make an
exact scrutiny after, Pind. Nem. iii. 42, to
investigate or explore it, espec. as to its
nature, properties, &c. which are supposed
to be hidden or obscure, Hdian. vii. 6, 12,
Th aToppnta Hozvva. So, fig. in John v.
39, 20. Tas ypadas. vii. 52. Ep. Tas Kag-
dias, Rom. viii. 27. ta Ban tov Geou,
1 Cor. ii. 10, where, however, it denotes,
as in Rey. ii. 23, by meton. to be tho-
- roughly acquainted with, as the result of
' full serutiny, 1 Pet. i. 11, et Sept.
"Eonpia, B55, Tt, (€onjmos,) prop. a
- desert, or uncultivated and uninhabited
tract of land, Matt. xv. 33. Mk. vii. 4.
153
EPI
2 Cor. xi. 26. Heb. xi. 38. Sept. Joseph.
and Class.
"E21 mos, ov, 6, 7, adj. in Class. desert ;
and by impl. vast, &c. In N. T. I. as an
ADJ. and used 1) of a region uninhabited
and uncultivated, Matt. xiv. 13, eis gon-
pov totov. Mk. i. 35, et al. Sept. and
Class. 2) in the sense desolate, laid waste,
deserted, Matt. xxiii. 38. Lu. xiii. 35, 6
olkos tu@y zonuos. Actsi. 20. viii. 26.
Sept. and Class. (of a city.) 3) of a fe-
male, destitute, i. e. of a husband, soltary,
Gal. iv. 27, woAXa Ta Téxva THS Eonpor,
Is. liv. 1. And so Hdot. viii. 65, forsaken,
abandoned by. Eurip. Suppl. 1143, and
Soph. Gd. Col. 1719, bereft of. Plut. Ces.
63, living alone.—I1. as SUBST. 1) Eonpos,
SC. xwoa, equiv. to gonuia, * the desert,
meaning gener. an uninhabited and uncul-
tivated tract of country, Matt. iii. 3. Mk.
i. 3. Lu. iii. 4. John i. 23; also ai gon-
got, Lu. v. 16, et al. Also said of the
Desert of Judea, situate in the 8. E. part
of it, from the Jordan along the Dead Sea,
Matt. aii. ). Mke is 4. Tau. i. 80; nk
In the above passages, however, it does not
signify a country absolutely desert and un-
cultivated, but only one /zttle cultivated, and.
thinly inhabited ; comp. Josh. xv. 61, sq.
and my Gr. Test. vol. i. p. 12. Of the
desert, or mountainous region, where Christ
was tempted, Matt. iv. 1. Mk. i. 12, sq.
Lu. iv. 1; of a desert between the Mount
of Olives and Jericho, Acts xxi. 38. John
xi. 54; of the Arabian desert, between
Mount Sinai and Palestine, John iii. 14.
vi. 31, 49. Acts vii. 30, and seqq. 1 Cor.
x. 0. Heb. iii. 8.
"Epnuow, f. wow, (Zonuos,) to lay
waste, make desolate, trans. Sept. ass.
In N. T. only in pass. to be laid waste,
made desolate, said both of things, as Ba-
othsia, Matt. xii. 25. Lu. xi. 17; aéAts,
Rev. xviii. 19. Sept. sepe and Class.
m)ouTos, to be destreyed, come to nought,
Rev. xviii. 16; and of a person, Rev. xvii.
16, Honmwuevyny ToLncovelt Ti WéoVHy,
‘shall make her desolate, despoil her of
her riches and power. So in Sept. foll.
by BactXsts, 2 Kings xix. 17. Is. xxxvii.
18. Plut. Vit. Alex. ceauvrov égonpots}
‘become bereft of friends.’
"Epnipwors, ews, 7, (épnuow,) a lay-
ing waste, desolation, Matt. xxiv. 15. Lu.
xxi. 20. Mk. xiii. 14, 7d GdéAUymMa Tis
ép. Sept. Jer. iv. 7. vii. 34. Arrian, E.
24 di Panes Bue
"Eoi Cw, f. iow, (gors,) 1) to dispute,
wrangle, Class. and Apocr. 2) by impl.
to cry out, vociferate, as do persons when
quarrelling, intrans. Matt. xii. 19, odx
éploel, ovdE Koauyaoet. So at least the
‘recent Expositors and Lexx. interpret, to
make the sense correspond to the Hebr.
EPI
poy’? and Sept. xexpa£era.
more probable that the Evangelist here
chose to render freely, in order the better
to characterize the Pharisees, whose dispu-
tatious spirit, in the words of a great poet,
* Loquacious, brawling, ever in the wrong,’
is well known. Indeed, the best version
will be, ‘ He shall not brawl, nor shall he
even raise his voice.’
"Ep.0cia, as, 1, (zo.0evw, to wrangle,
fr. €0€0w, cogn. with goiGw,) in the Class.
writers, zeal in the service of a party, by
solicitation, &c.; but in N. T. gener.
party-strife, rivalry, Phil. i. 16. ii. 3. Ja.
lil. 14, 16. Rom. ii. 8. plu. 2 Cor. xii. 20.
Gal. v. 20. And so Aristot. Polit. v. 2 &
3, meTaBaddrovor © ai mohitetar Kat
avev oTacews, O1a Tas éouleias.
- "Eptov, ov, 70, (dimin. fr. pos, eioos, )
wool, Heb. ix. 19. Rev. i. 14. Sept. and
Class.
“Eps, coos, 7, (see supra at éoe0i@w,)
1) prop. strife, contention, 1 Cor. i. 11.
tie. 2 Cor ai. 20. 'Galiv. 20. 1 Tim:
vi. 4. Tit. iti. 9, and Class. 2) meton.
love of strife, equiv. to @iXoverkia, Rom.
i29s Phil isto) Hdian!m. 2,13. On the
distinction between this term, (jAos, and
OrXxootacia, see my note on ] Cor. ii. 3.
"Epidtoy, ov, To, (dim. of gor@os,) a
kidling, Matt. xxv. 33. Athenion ap.
Athen. xiv. sub fin. p. 661, B. épiqiov
EVTAKEOOV, EMMVLKTOV.
"Eordos, ov, 0, 7, a kid, prop. Lu. xv.
29. Sept. and Class. In Matt. xxv. 32,
a&mopiet avto’s—WoTrEep O ToLimiy ap-
ooiCe, Ta TECBaTa ATO TwV EpiPwy, it
must signify, from the antithesis, a goat ;
young goats, of course, being meant. That
the word may have this sense, is plain from
the circumstance that this was (as we learn
from Hesychius) an appellation of Bac-
chus. Moreover, it is, I would say, re-
quired by the antithesis there with sheep,
as in Ex. xii. 5. Lev. i. 10. So also in
Hom. Il. xxiv. 262, we have dpvav 70
Z0ipwv ETLONMLOL AOTAKTIOES.
‘Eppnveia, as, 1, (epunvedw,) prop.
interpretation or explanation, as | Cor.
xiv. 26; but in | Cor. xii. 10, put meton.
for the faculty of interpretation, considered
as a spiritual gift. See my note in loc.
‘“Epunvetw, f. evow, prop. to zter-
pret, i. e. explain what is obscure. In
N. T. ¢o translate from one language to
another ; lit. to make intelligible, by trans-
lation, what would otherwise be unintelli-
gible, John i. 39, 43. Sept. Ezra iv. 7.
Xen. An. v. 4, 4.
‘Eometov, ov, To, prop. neut. of adj.
‘éotetos, fr. Zomw, to creep, which occ.
in Hom. Od. iv. 418; but, in use, a subst.
neut. denoting ‘a creeping animal, @ rep-
154
Patoat zal tile, Acts:x. 12. x1. 6. Rom: 2239732.
EPs
7. Sept. and Class.
"EpvOpos, &, ov, adj. (2o2t0w, to red-
den,) red. In N. T. only used of the Red
Sea, Acts vii. 36. Heb. xi. 29; where see
my notes.
"Epxopmat, f. 2ievocouat, to come or
go, move or pass along, intrans. in any di-
rection whatever, as indicated by adjuncts,
or suggested by the context. I. To Go,
with adjuncts implying motion from a
place or person to another, John vi. 17,
NoXovTo Téipav THs Sadaoons zis K.
xxi. 3. Heb. xi. 8; foll. by 6éddv, to go
one’s way, Acts ix. 17. Xen: Ani ne?
10; by 6dddv téoas, accus. of distance,
Lu. ii. 44. Xen. Anab. iii. 1, 5.—IL. To
COME, with adjuncts implying motion fo
or towards any persou or place, 1) prop.
said of pers. both absol. as Matt. viii. 9.
Mk. iv. 4. vi. 31. Johni. 40. Acts v. 15,
et seepe, (on the phrase 6 é0x0pevos, to
denote the Messiah, see my note on Matt.
xi. 3, and on the pleonasm of é\@wy pre-
fixed to verbs of motion, see on Matt. ii.
23,) and with adjuncts marking object or
purpose, as Matt. ii. 2, 7AGouev moocku- ©
vnoat auto. Mk.ii. 17. Lu. iv. 34. John
x. 10. xii. 9. Acts wii, 27, etal ee
dat. of pers. either pleonastic, 2m respect to,
for, or directly, for wpds tia, Matt. xxi.
5. Rev. ii. 5, 16; also with dat. of thing,
as manner or instrument, John xxi. 8;
with adv. of place, Matt. viii. 29. Mk. v.
2/7. Lu. x. I. John ty, Te vetgeleaeee
constr. with prep. as amo with gen. of
place or person, eis with acc. of place or
purpose, é« with gen. of place whenee, émi
with gen. of thing; or with acc. of place,
upon or to which one comes, Mk. vi. 58.
Lu. xix. 5. xxiv. 1; with acc. of object or
purpose, Matt. iii. 7. Acts xxiv. 8; kata
with accus. of object; wera with acc. of
person, after ; dmiow with gen. of person
or of time; waoa with gen. of person or
acc. of place; apos with acc. of person or
of thing. 2) in the sense to come forth,
make one’s appearance publicly, Matt. x1.
14,19. Mk. ix. 11, sq. Gal. ii. 19. 2 Pet.
ili. 5, et al. 3) in the sense to come agaim
or back, to return, absol. Lu. xv. 30. xix.
13. John ix. 7. xxi 225 inom 2
Thess. i. 10. Heb. xiii. 23. 4) metaph.
of pers. foll. by dua, as dv’ datos Kai
aiuatos, 1 John v. 6; by éis, as eis
éautov é\Owv, ‘recovering his right mind,’
Lu.xv.17; eis TO yetpov Ee Oovca, ‘grow-
ing worse, Mk. v. 26; eis amedevypon,
Acts xix. 27; sis xpiow, ‘to be con-
demned,’ John v. 24; eis ériyvwou, |
Tim. ii. 4. 2) Cor.’ sai 1 cia age
wpav TavrTnv, Jolin xii. 27. 5) fig. said
of things, as of time, éXevcovTar Tmépat,
Matt. ix. 15; Stay €XOn 7 Wea, John xvi.
EPQ
4, et al.: of the kingdom of God as to
come, or to be established, Matt. vi. 10.
1 Cor. xiii. 10; of things, good or evil,
which come wpon men, as peace or war,
wrath or punishment, Matt. x. 13. John
xviii. 4. Eph. v. 6, et al. Also of natural
phenomena which occur, Matt. vii. 25, et
al. So ofa law which is said to come, i.e.
to be announced ; and of fwith, to come
abroad, be manzfested, Gal. iii. 23.
"Eowtaw,_ f. ow, (cogn. with goo-
mat,) to ask or question, gener. foll. by
ace. of pers. and also of thing, or other
adjuncts. In N. T. it bears two accepta-
tions, I. to ask, i. e. INTERROGATE, 7-
quire of, with acc. of pers. Matt. xvi. 13,
RowtTa tovs pwalytas avTtov, éEywv.
_ John i. 19. xvi. 5. Sept. and Class. ; foll.
by acc. of person and thing, Matt. xxi. 24,
éowticw tbuas—ddyov Eva. Mk. iv. 10.
Lu. xx. 3. Sept. and Class.; foll. by acc.
of person and zrepi with gen. of thing, Lu.
ix. 45. Sept. and Class. fo propose ques-
tions. Absol. Lu. xxii. 68. Deut. xiii. 14,
2 Mace. vii. 2, and Class.—II. From the
Hebr. to ask, i. e. TO REQUEST, entreat,
beseech ; foll. by acc. of pers. Matt. xv. 23,
Apatwv avtov, Néyovtes. Lu. xiv. 18,
19. John xii. 21. Phil. iv. 3. Joseph. Ant.
v. 1, 14; by ace. of thing, 0. Ta weds Tip
eiopnvnv, Lu. xiv. 32. Ps. cxxii. 6. Sept. ;
by acc. of pers. and prep. mregi or zpos, to
ask for, Lu. iv. 38. John xvi. 26. 2 Th.
ii. 1; by acc. of pers. and iva or d7rws,
Mk. vii. 26. Lu. vii. 36; or infin. aor. Lu.
v. o.
"EoO7s, nTos, 7, (Evvups, EcOyv,) a
garment, clothing, Lu. xxiii. 11.
"EoOnots, ews, 7, & garment, raiment,
Lu. xxiv. 4, gv écOynoceow adotpaTTov-
cats. The word is rare, and, I believe,
found no where else in the plural, since it
only means clothing. A Classical writer
would have written Zc0juacr.
"EoOiw, (200m, fr. 26w,) to take food,
eat, 1. gener. and absol. of persons, Matt.
xii. 1. xiv. 21, et sepe al. Sept. & Class. ;
foll. by wera with gen. to take a@ meal
with, Lu. vii. 36,and Sept.; with évwaidy
_ivos, Lu. xxiv. 43. Sept. 2 Sam. xi. 13.
—Il. with an adjunct of the object, i. e.
the thing eaten. 1) foll. by gen. Lu. xv.
16, kegatiwy wv jobiov ol yotpa. 2) by
é« with gen. to eat of, i. e. part of, Lu.
meio. John vi. 26, 50. 1 Cor. xi. 28.
Rey. ii. 7. Sept. 3) foll. by dao and gen.
to eat of, i. e. a part of, Matt. xv. 27. Mk.
vil. 28. Rev. ii. 7; foll. by acc. of the
thing eaten both gener. Matt. xxvi. 17.
Mk. xi. 14, and xiv. 12, 14, et al. sepe,
(prop. and fig. as 1 Cor. xi. 20. Rev.
_ xvii. 16,) and spec. as in the phrase gerov
éoQiew or dayety: to take food, or a
155
E2O
meal, Matt. xv. 2, et al. and Sept.; and
fig. in Lu. xiv. 15; also, to eat, i. e. use as
ordinary food, dive upon, Mk. i. 6, écOiwv
axpidas Kat péde &yprov, John vi. dl.
Rom. xiv. 2, et al.—lII. from the Hebr.
in the phrase éo@iew or payety Kal T-
vetv, used either absol. or with acc. in
three senses, 1) simply to take a meal,
Lu. x. 7. xvii. 8. Sept. ‘2) ¢o live in the
usual manner, Matt. xi. 18, write eobiwv
entre aivwv. Lu. vii. 33. 1 Cor. ix. 4.
3) by impl. to feast, Lu. xii. 19, paye,
aie, seumpaivov. | Cor. x. 7. xv. 32;
with the idea of revelling, Matt. xxiv. 49.
Eu xii 45.. xvii. 27, sq: V' Cor. xi 22:
Sept. 4) foll. by évwaridv Twos, and fig.
denoting acquaintance ; while éoView Kat
Tively ETL THS TpaTeCns Tevos denotes
the closest social intercourse and intimacy,
Lu. xxii. 30.—IV. ric. to devour, i. e.
consume, as said of fire, Heb. x. 27; to eat
imto, as said of rust, Ja. v. 3.
"Eocor7povp,ov, TO, (és, at, orrecOat,
to look,) occ. only twice in the N. T. Ja.i.
23, gorkey QvOOL KaTaVvooUYTL—éV 2coT-
tpw, and 1 Cor. xiii. 12, BXEmopev dV
égomToou év aiviyuwate: in the former
of which passages it means @ mzrror, such
as those of the ancients, which were made
of highly polished metal; see Exod.
Xxxvill. 8. Job xxxvii. 18, and espec. Jos.
Ant. xii. 2, 9, ot & aoyuvpeo (kpaTnpes)
TOV ECOTTPWY THY Kau“TrOOTHTA TOAD
OlavyéoTepor yeyOvEeloav, WS TeAVOTE-
oas Ota ToUTwWY Tas THY TpocPEpOpPE-
vov owes opac0at. In the latter passage
the sense has been not a little disputed.
Most expositors assign the same sense
(‘mirror’), and either imagine an allusion
to be made to the spots and rust, which
would sometimes be found in such metal-
lic mirrors; or, as that might seem to in-
volve an absurdity, they suppose the sense’
to be, ‘But now we have only a reflected
image, obscurely, and not face to face, as
we shall hereafter.” Yet, how this sense
can be elicited, I see not. Zhat would
require év éoomtpw. It is, therefore, bet-
ter, with Bos, Wolf, Schoettgen, Schleus.
Wahl, and Bretschn. to suppose, that the
allusion is not to a speculum or mirror,
but to specula, window-glass, 1. e. @ win-
dow, filled up with some imperfectly-trans-
parent substance in lieu of glass, such as
transparent stone, lapis specularis ; see
Oldermann, de Specularibus Veterum, who
has ably illustrated this seeing through a
specular. And Buxtorf, Schoettg. and
Webster have shown that the Jewish |
writers often use the expressions wdere
per specular lucidum, and videre per specu-
lar obscurum, of clear and of imperfect
knowledge. So of Moses, they say that he
saw per spec. em i the rest of the pre-
Ex
phets, per spec. obscurum; for of the
transparent stones used for windows, and
called by Strabo diomtpat, some, as we
find from Pliny, Hist. Nat. were as clear
as crystal; others dusky. So Philo, 1042,
D. mpootatter tas gv KiKXW Supidas
avahnpOnvar (I conj. avappayxqvac)
Tos Vadw NEuKy dtadavéot TWapaTAn-
ciws Bor, ‘ with stones, in plates, like
unto white amber or crystal.’ It is true
that no other example has been found of
this use of écomtpov, which may perhaps
be numbered among the Latinisms of later
Greek, and regarded as one of the peculiar
idioms occurring in St. Panl’s writings.
Yet «katomTpop is so used in Philo, de
Decal. p. 198, 34, in a similar sentiment :
ws yap Ola KaToTTp0U PavTiouvTai TE
vous Qeov dowvTa Kal KooMoTOLOUVTG.
‘Eomwépa, as, 7, prop. fem. of adj.
eaTrepos, (fr. Eomomat,) evening, Lu. xxiv.
29. Actsiv. 3. xxvili. 23. Sept. and Class.
"Eo xatos, 1, ov, adj. (eoxecOue for
exeoVar,) furthermost, or uttermost, last ;
used both of placeandtime. I. of PLACE,
1) prop. remotest, eatreme, and neut. Td
eo xatov as subst. the eatremity, Acts i. 8.
xl. 47, €ws Eo yatou THs ys. Sept. and
Class. 2) fig. of rank or dignity, the
lowest, lust, Lu. xiv. 9, tov éoxaTov
toTov. So gener. of persons, EcxaTou, as
opp. to zpwTor, Matt. xix. 80. Mk. ix. 36.
x. dl, etal. 3) of order or number, ut-
most, Matt. v.26, tov eoy. Kodpavtnp.
Lu. xii. 59.— I. of Tr kz, the latest or last,
only in the later Gr. writers; 1) of per-
sons, Matt. xx. 8, 12, ot 2cyatou, ‘those
last hired.” So Anon. in Phryn. Ecl. Lo-
beck, 135, waptupa wapéxeu scil. Eoxa-
tov, ‘to bring forward the last witness.’
1 Cor. xv. 26, 45, 6 écyatos Addu. In
an adverbial sense, Mk. xii. 6, 22, goyatn
—a7ébave. 2) of things, the last; or, in
reference to two, the latter. So Ta écya-
Ta Twos, the lutter state of any one, Matt.
xii. 45. Lu. xi. 26. 2 Pet. ii. 20, al. and
Sept. 3) with a noun of time, as 7uépa,
Katpos, or xoovos, John vii. 37, and oft.
See my note on | Johnii. 18. On the
phrase 6 woe@Tos Kai 6 eayaTos, applied
to the Messiah in glory, to denote eternal,
and occurring in Rev. i. 11, 17. ii. 8. xxii.
13, see my note on Rev. i. 11.
"Eoyatws, adv. extremely, occ. in
the phrase éoyatws exe, like the Latin
wn extremis esse, to be m great extremity,
at the point of death, Mk. v. 23, and often
in the later Greek writers, as zrovynpas
éxewv in the earlier ones.
"Eow, or Eica, (fr. eis,) prop. a prep.
and a lengthened form of eis, into, m,
within, in the inmost place, as opposed to
é&w. In N. T. it is used as an adverb.
I. of place whither, implying motzon
156
ETE
into or inwards, Matt. xxvi. 58, Kai eic-
ehOwy &. Mk. xiv. 54. Sept. and Class. ;
with gen. Mk. xv. 16, tow THs aidns.
Xen. Hier. ii. 10, and oft. m Class.—
Il. of place where, WITHIN, John xx. 26.
Acts v. 23.—III. with art. 6, 7, To gow as
adj., 0 €ow avOpwrros, the inner man, i.e.
the mind, soul, Rom. vii. 22. Eph. iii. 16.
ot €ow scil. Tys ExkAnoias, Christians, as
opp. to heathens, | Cor. v. 12.
"EowOev, adv. of place, (gow,) from
within ; prop. implying motion from with-
in, Mk. vii. 21, Zow0ev ex THs Kapdias,
&c. Lu. xi. 7, and Class. By impl. m-
ternally, of pers. Matt. vii. 15, go. dé eice
NUKot &o7r., and xxiii. 25, 27, 28. 2 Cor.
vii.5. Rev. iv. 8. v. 1. Sept.and Class. Also,
with art. 6, 7, To, as adj. Lu. xi. 39, sq.,
70 éowler scil. wépos, i.e. the mind, soul,
2 Cor. iv. 16, 6 ZowVev scil. avOpw7os.
"EowTepos, a, ov, adj. (compar. from
éow,) inner, interior, Acts xvi. 24. Heb.
vi. 19
‘Etatoos, ov, 6, (éTns, socius,) «
companion, friend, Matt. xi. 16. Sept. and
Class. In Matt. =x 13.) xae2 eee
50, évaipe is, like the Class. w ayaé or
pire, bone vir, and Engl. my friend, a —
familiar form of address, and consequently
chiefly used to inferiors; and sometimes
in the Classical writers, to persons little
known, and wholly indifferent to one.
‘EtTe90yXAwooos, ov, 6, 71, adj. (ETE~
pos, yAwooa,) lit. other-tongued, i. e. of
another language, 1 Cor. xiv. 21, év éte-
poyAwooors scil. Aoyos, or rather neut-
for yAwooars éTépats, with allusion to Is.
xxviii. 21. The word occ. in Aquila, Ps.
exiv. 1. Pol. xxiv. 9, 5, wAXeiotors ad\Xo-
Purols Kal ETEQDYAWOCOLS aVOpact XeEr-
oAMLEVOS. :
‘Etepodréackahéiw, (ETEp0s, O1-
dack.) f. yaw, equiv. to etTépa 6:0., to
teach otherwise ; i.e. other doctrines than
those taught by the Apostles, 1 Tim. i. 3.
Vi. 3.
‘EtepoCuyéw, f. now, (evepofuyos,
having a different yoke; so Phocyl. 13,
ota0uds ér. ‘an unequal balance,’) Zo
bear a different yoke; and by impl. to be
yoked unequally, or heterogeneously. In
N. T. only fig. of Christians living in
familiar intercourse with heathen idolaters,
2 Cor. vi. 14, where see my note.
"Etepos, a, ov, corre}. pron. the other,
other, 1. PRoP. & DEFIN. 0 éetegos, the
other, i. e. of two already mentioned, Matt.
vi. 24. Lu. v. 7. vii. 41, et al.; or implied,
as Lu. iv. 43, tats érépais moet,
‘the other cities,’ viz. where the Gospel
has not been preached. In distinction
from oneself, another person; equiv. to
6 wAyciov, Rom. ii. 1. } Cor. iy. 6, xiv.
ETE 157 ETO
17. Gal. vi. 4. Ja. iv. 12, and Class. So | xxiii. 23; horses for war, Rev. ix.7; a
4 évépa scil. ijuéoa, the other (i. e. next) | bride, eautiy, Rev. xix. 7. xxi. 2; a
day, Acts xx. 15. xxvii. 3. Xen. Cyr. iv. | servant, éautov, Rev. viii. 6. ix. 15. Lu.
6, 10.—I1. 1NDEFIN. and without the art., | xii. 47; pass. part. 7Toimacpévos, pre-
other, another, equiv. to &\Xos, strange. | pared, fitted, fit, 2 Tim. ii. 21, cxevos—
1) prop. Matt. viii. 21, Erepos O& Tar | Eis TaV Epyov ay. TTOLM. Comp. Rom.
pabytav. Lu. viii. 3. John xix. 37, et al. | ix. 23, woontoiuacer eis d6€av.—lIII. in
Class. Also, joined with T:s, indef., some | the sense to provide, as necessaries for pre-
other one, any other, Acts viii. 84. xxvii. 1. | sent use, Lu. xxiti. 56, aowuara, or snb-
Rom. viii. 39. 1 Tim. i. 10. 2) spec. of | sidia for future use, Lu. xii. 20, aya@a.
another kind, i. e. another, different ; equiv. | So Sept. & Class. Fig. of God, as having,
to a\XNoios, Mk. xvi. 12, év é pop@y. | in his counsels, prepared good or evil for
Rom. vii. 23, €. voyuos. Ja. ii. 2 men, i. e. to destine, appoint, Matt. xx. 23.
25, odds.
Gal. i.-6, evayyéduov. Heb. vii. 11, is-
pevs. Acts vii. 18, Baoidevs. In the sense
foreign, strange, and by impl. wonderful,
Jude 7. Sept. in Ex. xxx. 9.
‘Etépws, adv. (27epos,) otherwise,
Phil. iii. 15, and Class.
"E71, adv. yet, still, I. implying puRA-
TION, and said 1) of present time, either
simply yet, still, hitherto, Matt. xii. 46, érv
AaXdouvtos, and xxvii. 63. Lu. ix. 42, &
Class. ; or of the pres. in allusion to the past,
even now, as before, Mk. viii. 17. Lu. xxiv.
4]. Acts ix. 1. Rom. iii. 7. Gal. i. 10, et
al. In the sense even, Lu. i. 15, er: 2x
KotNias wytpos av. Heb. vii. 10. 2) of
Suture time, yet, still, i.e. still further or
longer, Lu. xvi. 2, ob yap duvijon ett
oikovouetv. Mk. v. 35. John iv. 35. vii.
oo, et al. and Class., as ete Cyv: espec.
with a negat. od« or ode ETL, not further,
no more. So Matt.v. 13, cis ovdév ioyvec
+ 271. Lu. xx. 40. John xiv. 30. Gal. iv.
7, al. and Class.—II. implying AccEssIon
or addition, yet more, further, besides, 1)
gener. Matt. xviii. 16, wapadaBe peta
cou ett Eva 7 Ovo, and xxvi. 65. Heb. xi.
o2, al. and Class. So érz 62 Kai, and
JSurther also, moreover, Lu. xiv. 26. Acts
ii. 26, xxi. 28, and Class. 2) with compar.
intens. yet, much, far, Phil. i. 9, ér1 wad-
Lov. Heb. vii. 15, aeprocotepov ete
KaTaonXov.
i
——
xxv. 34, 41. Mk. x. 40. Lu. ii. 31. 1 Cor.
ii. 9, and perhaps Heb. xi. 16. Rev. ix. 15.
Sept. in Gen. xxiv. 14, Ex. xxiii. 20. Is.
xi. 21. Lob, wit 17:
‘Eto.ipacia, as, 7, (eTotuos,) prop.
the act of preparing or getting ready any
thing for any purpose. So Sept. Ps. lxv. 9,
OTL OUTws 4 EToLuacia. Nah. ii. 3, év
néoa eToimacias avtov. Wisd. xiii. 12,
eis éEToLuaciav tpopys. The term is
also susceptible of other senses, as founda-
tion, or basis, (lit. ‘something prepared,
as a support to build on,) and @ support
gener., Dan. xi. 7, 20, 21. Ezra ii. 68.
iii. 3. Zach. v. 10; also dzsposition, or
form in which any materials for building are
laid down, ground-plan. So Ezek. xliii. 11,
Sept. Alex. dtaypaWets Tov oixov kat
THY éeTouaciav avtov. Also, fig. a dis-
position of mind, and by impl. znclenation,
desire. So Ps. x. 17, Sept. tyv évOv-
piay TwVY TEevyiTwY EeiajnKovce Kvovos?
Tijy eTolmaciay THs Kapdlas avT@V
TooctaXe TO OVS Gou, Where read avTou,
from Alexand., also TH eTo1wacia, even
without MSS., such being absolutely re-
quired by the construction of woocéyxeuy,
and by the parallelism. As illustrative of
the above may be noticed the signif. found
in éTotuwoTys, and our term readiness for
action, i. e. promptitude and alacrity.
Moreover, the above discussion may afford
; materials for judgment as to the sense (ob-
‘Etoipa lw, f. 2ow, (ETomos,) gener. | scure and disputed) of the word at Eph.
to prepare, or get ready, and keep in readi-
ness, as said of things, Hom. Il. i. 118,
eToymacate por yepas. Thuc. vii. 18,
zoyaXéla iT. eis EMLTELXLOMOY, i. €. ‘to
et in readiness ; also of pers. Polyb. oft.
nN.T. it is said I. of thengs,as tiv odov,
‘road, Rev. xvi. 12; fig. of the Messiah,
Matt. ii. 3. Mk. i. 3. Lu. i. 76. iii. 4.
See my notes. Ofa meal, or banquet, &c.
Matt. xxii. 4. Lu. xvii. 8. To wacya,
Matt. xxvi. 17,19. Mk. xiv. 12, et al.
So Hom. Il. x. 571, ioov (sacrifice) ér.
"AOnvy, and Il. xix. 197, kampov ér.; of
an abode, é. tozrov, John xiv. 2. 1 Chron. |
xv. 3. Rev. xii. 6. woXAuv, Heb. xi. 16. |
Ps. evii. 36. Eeviav, Philem. 22. Lu. ix.
52.—I1. of PERSONS, to put in readiness
vi. 15, barodnodmevor Tovs TOOaS EV ETOL-
pacia Tou evayyediou, where many, from
Byneus to Parkh., think that constancy in
the profession of Christianity is inculcated.
But however that may be supported by
one of the physical senses, it is forbidden
by the context. And as to the interpre-
tation propounded by Schleus., ‘the being
ready at hand, i.e. prompt to help, this,
however agreeable to the original force of
the word, is feeble and frigid. That of
Wahl and Bretschn., readiness of mind,
alacrity, (q. d. shod as to your feet with
alacrity in behalf of the Gospel ; let your
feet be ever ready to go forth and preach
the Gospel,) it is also jejune and too
limited ; the words not regarding the
for some service or office, as soldiers, Acts | preachers only, but the professors of the
ee
Gospel generally; and the Apostle having
here in view not merely constancy in the
faith of the Gospel, but perseverance in
its practice. So Theophyl. Biouvtes kata
TO evayyéXuov, the feet being a symbol
of life and conduct. So, just before, it is
said, ‘See that ye walk circumspectly.’
Yet Byneus was right in tracing a military
allusion: indeed, the air of the context,
presenting a succession of military meta-
phors, demands this. There is undoubtedly
a reference to the military U7rodnpe of the
Greeks, or the caliga of the Romans,
which, by means of the clavz, or hob-nails,
with which the heels were well armed,
afforded a great security against the rough-
ness or slipperiness of any road. So
Thucyd. iii. 29, yoav dé evoTtaXdets TE
TH OWAigEL, KAL TOV AECLOTEQOY TOCa
fLOVOV UTOOECEMEVOL, aAodarelas EvEKa
THs Toos Tov wHAOV. Thus the sense is,
‘ And [like as soldiers have their feet shod
with sandals armed with iron, asa defence
against the roughness, and a_ security
against the slipperiness, of the roads,] so
do ye arm yourselves against the rough or
slippery temptations of your Christian
course, by being, as it were, shod with the
preparation and defence supplied by the
Gospel of peace, (i.e. which alone gives
peace with God, Rom. v.1. xiv. 7, and our
own consciences,) even the strong motives
to constancy in religion and a holy life
supplied by the Gospel.’
“ETotmos, 1, ov, adj. ready, as applied
both to things and persons.
ready, i. e. ‘prepared for any purpose,
ready furnished,’ and not to seek. So
Hom. Od. xiv. 453, én’ dveia®’ evotua
Tookeiueva Xetpas taddXov. Thue. vi. 65.
So of a banquet, Matt. xxii. 4, 8. Lu. xiv.
17 ; of a chamber, Mk. xiv. 15; ofa con-
tribution, 2 Cor. ix. 5; of time, at hand,
John vii. 6, katpos ETo:pos. So of an
event, zmménent, Plato 715, D. popav
ét. Hom. I]. xviii. 96, wotpos #7. And
so Job xv. 23, ‘the way of darkness is
ready at hand.’ Of things done to our
hands, and therefore ready, i. e. obtained
for us, 2 Cor. x. 16, eis Ta Er. Kauyn-
cac8at. So Thuc.i. 70, érotua, and i.
20, éwi Ta ET. TpETOVTat. Foll. by infin.
of accomplishment, veady to be done, | Pet.
i. 5, cis cwrtyoiavy ét. atoKxadkupbi-
vat, and often in Class.—II. of PERSONS,
ready to act, prepared for any design, so
that there shall be no delay; and foll. either
by a simple infin. expr. or impl. or an in-
fin. with apos or eis, or its equiv. a noun
subst.; foll. by infin. ready to do, Lu. xxii.
oo, or to be done, 1 Pet. i. 5. Acts xxiii.
15; withinf. impl. ver. 21, and Matt. xxv.
10, ai er. (scil. eicéoxes0ar) eiondOov,
Matt. xxiv. 44. Lu. xii. 40, yiveoQe Evor-
jtot, ‘be ye in readiness. So Ex. xix.
158
I. of THINGS,:
EYA
15; foll. by wpés vo, Tit. ii. 1. 1 Pet. iii.
15, €r. wpos amoXoyiav. Besides these
may be noticed the phrases €€ étoipov
éxew and éy étoiuw AaPeiv or Zyxewv, of
which the last occurs only in N. T. to be
in readiness, foll. by infin. 2 Cor. x. 6.
Pol. ii. 34, 2.
‘Etoiuws, adv. (2romos,) readily ;
but chiefly for phrase év éroiuw, and used
in the form of expression éroiuws eyxeww,
to be ready, Acts xxi. 13. 2 Cor. xii. 14.
1 Pet. iv. 5. Sept. and Class.
"Eos, eos, T6, a year, Lu. iii. 1. Acts
vii. 30. Heb. i. 12, et al. Sept. and Class.
oft. In N. T. are to be noted the follow-
ing peculiar idioms: in dat. plur. éteo:,
marking a period in or during which any
thing is done, John ii. 20. Acts xiii. 20.
Accus. plur. of time, how long, Matt. ix.
20. Lu. ii. 36. John v. 5, et al.; in the
phrase eivar or yiveoOar érw@v, ‘to be of
such or such an age.’ Mk. v. 42. Lu. ii. 37,
42. Acts iv. 22, al. Sept. and Class. ; also
John viii. 57, wevtijKkovtTa ery ovTw
éxers, ‘thou art not yet 50 years old.
So the Latin habere as said of time, ‘to
pass, or have spent.’ .
Ei, adv. (prop. neut. of éts,) well or
good. I. prop. with a verb, Eph. vi. 3, iva
ev co. yevntat. Sept. Gen. xi. 13. Deut.
iv. 40. Arr. Epict. ii. 5, 30. Mk. xiv. 7,
ev woijoai TW, to benefit any one. Sept.
and Class. Acts xv. 29, et aoacce, to
do right, act well, Sept. in 1 K. vii. 18.
2K. x. 30. Jos. Ant iv. @ oo. Autom
Epict. iv. 6. Xen. Mem. iii. 9, 14.—IL
without a verb, in commendations like
Latin euge, well! Class. evye, Matt. xxv.
21, ed, dovAe ayabz, Lu. xix. 17. In
comp. besides the above senses, it has the
force of intenseness, as in evapoaedpos,
evTovws, &C.
EvayysAi Co, f. iow, (evayyedos, a
messenger of good,) to bring glad tidings.
announce good news. In N. T. it is used
I. act. with acc. of pers. and acc. of thing
impl. Rev. xiv. 6, evayy. Tovs kaOnpé-
vous, and x. 7. Sept. with dat. as also in
Dio Cass. lxi. 13. Polyen. v.7. The act.
form not found in the earlier writers.—Il.
MIDD. in the N.T. and also in the Class.
to announce, publish, as glad tidings, 1)
gener. with acc. of thing, Acts x. 36. Rom.
x. 15, ¢. siojvny: foll. by acc. of thing
and dat. of pers. (the more usual con-
struction,) Lu. i. 19, adwecradny svay-
yeXicac8at cor tavta, and il. 10. Eph.
ii. 17. 1 Th. iii. 6. Sept. Jos. and Class.
With acc. of thing impl. Lu. iv. 18, éxpu-
cf pe evayyeAicac8ar tTwyxXors. Dem.
332, 9. 2) spec. as said of the amnunci-
ation of the Gospel of Christ, and all that
pertains to it, to proclaim or preach ; the
idea of glad tidings being, of course, every
EY A
where implied; and that in various phrases,
as evayy. Tiv Baoi\eiav Tov Oeou, Lu.
viii. 1, or absol. with Bao. implied, Lu. ix.
6. xx.1l. 3) evayy. Incovv Xp. or tov
Kiuptov “Inoovv, Acts vy. 42. xi. 20. xvii.
18, or with evayy. Tov Adyov, Thy TiaTLy,
&e. Acts viii. 4. xv. 35. Gal. i. 23, et al.
—III. pass. to be announced or published
as glad tidings, 1) with a nomin. of the
thing announced, Lu. xvi. 16, 7) BaoiXela
tov Qeov. Gal. i. 11, TO evayyéduov,
1 Pet. i. 25; with dat. of pers. 1 Pet. iv. 6.
2) with nom. of pers. Heb. iv. 2, cat yao
éouev evnyy. KaVatep Kaxetvor. Sept.
in 2 Sam. xviii. 31. Soin respect to the
Gospel, to have it preached, Matt. xi. 5.
Lu. vii. 22, wrwyoi cvayyediCovtat.
a ely
EvayyeAX.ov, ov, TO, (evayyenos,)
prop. the reward for good news, Hom. Od.
xiy. 152. Aristoph. Eq. 661, and several
times in Sept. In fact the word is no
other than neut. of the adj. evayyéAuos
(on which see Steph. Thes.) with dapov
underst. but sometimes signif. the glad
tidings themselves, as Sept. in 2 Sam.
xviii. 20. Aristoph. Plut. 765. Appian,
vol. ti. p. 523, 84. 557, 33. 677, 77. Jos.
B. iv. 11,5. In N.T. it is said only of
the glad tidings of God’s erecting that spi-
ritual and eternal kingdom foretold in
Dan. ii. 44. vii. 13, sq. by the coming of
the Messiah in the flesh, or the glad
tidings in the Gospel, of the redemption of
man from sin and death, through the
merits and intercession of Jesus Christ our
Saviour.—I. PROP. in the sense of glad
tidings, viz. of salvation, every where ex-
cept in the Epistles of St. Paul, e. gr. vo
evayy. THs BactXzias (Tov Geov) Matt.
pees. xxiv. 140 Mk.i. 14, et al.
or meton. annunciation of the Gospel
through Christ, Mk. i.1. Also evayy.
THS XaOLTOS TOU Geou, i. e. as manifested
in Christ, Acts xx. 24. Also the Gospel
or glad tidings of salvation by Christ, Mk.
wie, 29. xvi. to. Acts xv. 7. | Pet.
iv. 17.—LI. in the writings of St. Paul, the
Gospel, i.e. 1) gener. the Gospel scheme,
its doctrines, precepts, promises, &c. Rom.
ii. 16, kata TO evayy. pou, ‘the Gospel
which I preach,’ and, xi. 28. xvi. 25. 1 Cor.
ix. 14, 18. xv. 1, et sepe al.—III. by me-
ton. the Gospel work, i. e. the preaching of
the Gospel and the labour therein, Rom. i.
Pee tox 16, I Cor. iv. 15. ix. 14. 2 Cor.
fom wie. to. Gal. i. 7. Eph. vi. 15.
Simei, t2..ivy. 2,10. 27h. ii. 14. 2 Tim.
i.8. Philem. 13.
EKiayyeriorins, ov, 6, (20, ayye-
AiGouat,) prop. a messenger of good
tidings. In N.T. an evangelist, preacher
of the Gospel, meaning probably not a
regular pastor in any particular place, but
one of a sort of travelling preachers sent
159
EY A
out as assistants to the Apostles, to preach
the Gospel and found churches, or exe-
cute some particular commissions con-
nected therewith, Acts xxi. 8. Eph. iv. 1]
(where see my note), 2 Tim. iv. 5.
Eiaopeotéw, f. how, (evapecros, ac-
ceptable,) placeo, to please well, be well
pleasing, with dat. Heb. xi. 5,6, &. tw
Oew. Sept. in Gen. v. 22,24. Ecclus. xliv.
16. Diod. Sic. xiv. 4. Mid. to be pleased
with, take pleasure in, Heb. xii. 16, t+.
Suciars evageoTtet tat 0 Oe0s.
HKidpeortos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (ev, apé-
oxw,) well-pleasing, acceptable ; with dat.
expr. or impl. Rom. xii. 1, &. Tw Oew,
and xiv. 18. 2 Cor. v. 9. Eph. v. 10. Phil.
iv. 18. Tit. ii. 9; foll. by évwaidv Tivos
instead of dat. Heb. xiii. 21. By ev with
dat. of pers. gv Kugiw, Col. iii. 20. Wisd.
ix. 10, ¢. mapa cot.
Kvapéotws, adv. (evapeotos,) ac-
ceptably, so as to please, Heb. xii. 28, and
later Class.
Hiyevis, os, 6, 7, adj. (ev, yévos,)
I. prop. well-born, of good family, 1 Cor.
i. 26, evyevets, and oft. in Class. Also
honourable, as said of a person of rank and
distinction, Lu. xix. 12. 1 Cor. i. 26. Job
i, 3, & Class.—U1. merapu. noble-minded,
entellegent, candid, equiv. to yevvatos, Acts
xvii. ll, evyevéorepo1.. And so 4 Mace.
vi. 5, weyadodewy kat evyevys. Joseph.
Ant. xii. 5,4, of Goktuwtator Kai Tas
Wuxas evyevets, and sometimes in Class.
as Plato 413, B. evyevous HUous.
Evdia, as, 7), (evdsos, fr. eb, Ards gen.
of Zeus, the air or sky,) fair weather, (lit.
fair sky,) Matt. xvi. 2, evdia, scil. gorau.
So Xen. Hist. vi. 2, 17, we have <i eivdia
ein, &C.
Kidoxéw, f. wow, (et, doxéw,) prop.
to seem good, and by impl. to THINK good.
Found only in later Gr. Hence with dat.
to be well disposed towards any person, to
favour him, Diod. Sic. xvii. 47. xiv. 61,
or thing, to embrace and assent to it, 1 Macc.
1.43. Diod. Sic. iv. 23. xiv. 110, or to
consent to it, Pol. ii. 38, 7, et sepe al. In
N. T. to think good, and take pleasure in
any person. JI. to view with approbation,
to like, foll. by év and dat. of pers. Matt.
i 7) xvi Oo a Miksei i ieee
1 Cor. x. 5. Heb. x. 38. By év and dat.
of thing, 2 Cor. xii. 10, 206. 2v adoBeveiars.
2 Th. ii. 12, evd. év TH aduxia. Sept. and
Apocr. Pol. ii. 12, 3, qotetrar cuvOjKas.
éy ais evdoxnoe. Diod. Sic. vol. iii. p. 72,
evooKnoe TH ouvOyKy, and iv. 184. vi.
313. Foll. by eis with acc. of pers. Matt.
xil. 18, eis Ov evddxnoev 4 Wuyn pov.
2 Pet.i.17. Foll. by acc. of thing, Heb.
x. 6, 8, OAokavTmpatTa—ouUK «vd. Sept.
—II. in the sense to will or desire, foll. by
infin. expr. or impl. and in two shades of
EYA
sense, 1) gener. to be willing or ready to
do a thing, 2 Cor. v. 8, evdoxotpev pad-
Aov éxdnunoa éx Tot cwuaTos. | Th. ii.
» & petadouvac vu. Ecclus. xxv. 16.
] Mace. vi. 23. Pol. i. 8,4, et sepe. 2)
by impl. to determine, resolve, the idea of
spontaneous bouuty being implied, Rom.
xv. 26, evdoxnoav M. xat ’A. | Th. iii.
1, evd. Katadyn pbyjvar. Said of God, Lu.
xii. 32, evddKyoev o Ilatijo tua@y dovuvac
uuiv tiv Bao. | Cor. i. 21. Gal. i. 15.
Col. i. 19. 1 Macc. xiv. 46, sq.
Etdoxia, as, n, (etdoxéw,) prop. ‘a
being well pleased with a thing;’ implying
approbation and good-will. In N. T. it
denotes, I. prop. delight im any person,
and hence favour, Lu. ii. 14, év avbew-
qos €v0. favour, i. e. on the part of God.
So in Sept. and Ecclus. xi. 17. Of men,
good-will, kind intention, Phil. i. 15, dv
svdoxiav. And so Epigr. Adesp. 612,
ed. Jacobs. By impl. destre, Rom. x. ],
7 ev0oKia—kapoias.—II, spEc. in the
sense of good pleasure, in which are in-
cluded the ideas of purpose and benevo-
lence, Eph. i. 5, 9, kata Tijy evdoKkiav
Tov Se\njuatos avtov. Phil. ui. 13.
2 Thess. 1. 11. And so Matt. xi. 26.
Iu. x. 21, ovtws éyéveto evdokia Ep-
Tooter cov.
Evepyecia, as, 7, (eveoyérns,) the
primary sense of the word is that found in
Hom. Od. xxii. 374, well-doing: ‘Qs
KaKosoyins evepyecin pméey auEelvwv.
But elsewhere in Class. it denotes @ be-
ncfiting any one, or a benefit done to any
one. And so Acts iv. 9, émi evenyecia
avlowmou acbevous: also 2 Macc. vi. 13,
and Ps, lxxvii. 14. The word only occurs
elsewhere in N. T. at 1 Tim. vi. 2, tis
evepyéecias avTikapPavouevor; where,
if referred, as it is by some Expositors,
ancient and modern, to the masters, it will
mean, ‘those who are kind to them.’ So
frigid, however, is the sense thus arising,
that it is better, with Bretschn. Rose, and
others, to explain, ‘ those who partake of
the benefits and blessings [of the Christian
faith]... Yet this involves an ellipsis so
harsh, that, after all, it is best to refer
THS Evepy. to the servants, in this sense:
‘ Let them serve them the better, because
those who possess the benefit [of their ser-
vice] are believers and beloved [brethren].
This subaudition from the context is, in-
deed, suggested by the use of the article,
which in the singular has always the force
of reference.
Kvcoyetéw, f. ow, (evepyérns,) to
do good, to benefit, absol. Acts x. 33,
ounAGev eveoyeta@v. Sept. Jos. and Class.
Evepyétns, ov, 6, (et, absol. Zoyw,)
prop. a verbal adj. as in Xen. Cyr, v. 3, 8,
160
Ey kK
avoot evepyéTn: but, in use, a subst.
benefactor, as often in Class. In N. T. it
is a title of honour, benefactor, correspond-
ing to the Latin pater patria, Lu. xxii.
25, ot éEovctalovTes avT@Y EvEpyETaL
KaXouvTat.
Ei@eros, ov, 6, 7, adj. (€0, TiOnpe,) ©
prop. well situated, convenient for any pur-
pose; foll. either by eis and acc. or its
equiv. a dat. Diod. Sic. ii. 57, awyyas eis
Aoutoa sv0érous. In N. T. fig. fit,
proper, for any purpose, Lu. ix. 62, ov«
v0. 2. eis tiv Bac. Tt. O. So Nicolaus ap.
Stob. xiv. p. 87, otuar 0° Euavtov eveTov
tots Toaypuact. Also of things, Lu. xiv.
35, oTe eis KoTrpiav evVOeTOv eat. So
Diose. ii. 65, evOeTos eis amo0eow. Also,
useful to any person, Heb. vi. 7, Botavny
ev0. éxeivois, Ke.
EvtOéws, adv. (etv0ds,) straightway,
immediutely, Matt. viii. 3. Mk. i. 3], et
al. sepe. Sept. and Class.
Ev€uvdoopéw, f. now, (ev8vdpopos,
running straightforward,) prop. to run
straight, take a straight course ; in N.T.
said of @ ship, Acts xvi. 11. xxi. 1; foll.
by eis and acc. of place, and so Philo, p.
102, 213.
Evdupéw, f. ow, (ev8upos,) to be
cheerful, in good spirits, Acts xxvii. 22,
25. Ja. v.13, Plut. de Tran. 2 & 9. The
earlier Class. use the mid. form.
Ei6upos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (ed, Supos,)
prop. well-disposed, kind-hearted. In
N. T. cheerful, Acts xxiv. 10. xxvii. 36.
2 Macc. xi. 26. Xen. Ag. viii. 2. Cyr. ii.
2, 27.
Ev0u'vw, f. va, (<v0ds,) to make
straight, trans. 1) prop. of a way, to make
straight and level, John i. 23. 2) gener. ~
to guide any thing a straight way; also,
to steer a vessel struight, Lucian Dial.
Mort. x. 10, ev@uve, & topB8uev, TO 7WHda-
Avov. Eurip. Hec. 39. Hence in Ja. iii.
4, 6 ei tivwy, the steersman.
Evtos, eta, b, adj. 1) prop. straight,
Matt. iii, 3. Mk. i. 3. Lu. ii. :
where see my notes. Sept. and Class. 2)
fig. of the heart and life, upright, sincere,
Acts vili. 21) 7 xapéia. xiii. 10, Tas odovs
Kupiou tas ev@eias. 2 Pet. ii. 15. Sept.
As adv. of time, for ed@éws, Matt. ui. 16.
xiii. 20, et al. and Class.
Evétrns, tyros, 7, (ev0ds,) prop.
straightness, fig. rectitude, Heb. i. 8, pap-
dos evQUTNTOS, equiv. to paBdos ev0erTa.
Evxatoéw, f. now, (evKarpos,) prop.
to have lezsure, lit. good time for doing any
thing, 1) gener. Mk. vi. 31, ovdé Payetv
nukKaipouv. Lucian ii. 433, nuKaioouv
éTlvoety TL THY KOELTTOVwY. Absol.
1 Cor. xvi. 12, éXcdceTar 02 OTaV evKat-
EY K
phon. Pol. xx. 9, 4, ovK EPaoKsEy evKaL-
oeiv. 2) spec. with els final, to have lei-
sure for, and by impl. to spend one’s time
in, any thing, Acts xvii. 21, "AQ. eis ovdev
€repov evKaipouv, 1) Aéyerv, Ke. So
Philo, p. 969, wA7n80s 8 éotw éEvevKat-
pour duaBoXals Kai BAaodnpmiacs.
Evxarpia, as, 1, (ev«arpos,) a fit
time, opportunity, Mk. xxvi. 16. Lu. xxii.
6, and Class.
Evkxacoos, ov, 6, 7, adj. well-timed,
opportune, Mk. vi. 21, 7uéoas evx. Heb.
iv. 16, and Class.
Evxaiows, adv. opportunely, Mk. xiv.
1]. 2 Tim. iv. 2, and Class.
Evxomos, ov, 6, 1, adj. easy to be
done ; lit. ‘of easy labour,’ Pol. xviii. 1,
2, rovtTo O& evKoTrov, opp. to advvaTon,
Peels. xxi. 15. | Macc. iii. 18. In N.T.
occ. only in compar. neut. easzer, Matt. ix.
Seen. x. 20. Lu. v. 23. xvi. 17,
et al.
EvAadBera, as, 7, (evAaBiys,) prop.
and in Class. circumspection, caution, lit.
“fear of handling’ any thing ; and fig. caw-
tion, as to taking any thing in hand, Soph.
Cid. Col. 115, ¢. Trav motovpévwv: also by
impl. the avozding of it, Arist. Eth. iv. «.
Ttav aicypwr : the fear of any thing, Jos.
Ant. xi. 6, 9. Hdian. v. 2, 3, 60’ evAa-
Bevav jovxatovtTwy, timidity, Wisd. xvii.
&. Prov. xxviii. 14. Hence the sense,
‘fear of offending God, prety ;- found only
in the later Class. and even there with an
adjunct, as Diod. Sic. vol. v. 215, 7 apos
To Oetov eviaBera. Plut. Cam. 21, thy
woos TO Oetov evr. Philo, p. 113, evA.
Ozov peta aidovs Kai evAaBeias. In
the N. T. the word is used without ad-
junct; as Heb. v. 7. xii. 28.
KiudaBéopan, f. yoopar, depon. pass.
(evAaBrjs,) in the earlier Class. the term
signifies to be circumspect, or cautious, to
beware of any thing, and avozd it: in the
later ones, as Polyb. and Diod. Sic. to be
afraid of any thing or person, as Plut.
Peric]l. 7. Also with infin. as Soph. Cid.
Tyr. 616, €. wecetv. Sept. Jos.and Apocr.
Also foll. by 7) and subj. 1 Mace. iii. 30,
evAaBnOn wy ovx zxn, &c. So Acts xxiii.
10, evAaByGeis wy Ovactrachy. And so, as
the words are understood by many, Heb.
xi. 7, evAaBnOels KateoKxevace KiBw-
tov. But the meaning there appears to be,
not ‘fear of the deluge, but ‘fear of God,
and reverence to his word; a sense of the
word often found in the Sept. but rare in
the Class.; though an example occurs in
Plato, p. 879, Oedv evAaBovpeves : and
fEschin. ap. Steph. Thes. evAaBetobar.
EvAaBijs, éos, 6, n, adj. (20, \aBetv,)
prop. taking well hold of any thing, so as
161
EY A
not to Jet it slip from one’s grasp, /Elian
An. iii. 13. Hence fig. cauteous, wary of
undertaking any thing, and circumspect in
carrying it on, Arrian, Epict. ii. 1, 2;
Hdian. vi.9,2; & thence temzd, fearful, ab-
sol. So in Aristot. Demosth. Philo, & Plut.
ap. Steph. Thes. Hence the term came to
mean, as in N. T: ‘Lu. ii. ‘25. Acts i. 5.
vili. 2, par excellence, ‘ one who fears God,
a pious person ;’ a sense derived from the
Hebrew idiom, and the character of the
Mosaic law, in which the fear of God
stands for the whole of: the worship and
service of God, see Ps. xxxiv. 11, as love
does under the Gospel.
KiXoyéw, f. 70, prop. and in Class.
to speak well of, commend: but in N. T.
to bless, trans. and said I. of men towards
God, to bless, i. e. praise and celebrate,
with ascriptions of praise and thanksgiving.
Lu. i. 64, evAoywv tov Oeov, and ii. 28.
xxiv: Oot 1iC@or xiv 16.%daem 9) ee
often in Sept. and Apocr.; and so in Jos.
Ant. vii. 14, 11.—IL. of men an respect to
men, and sometimes things, ¢o bless, i. e.
to invoke God's blessing upon, 1) with ace.
of pers. expr. or impl. to pray for any
one’s welfare, Matt. v. 44, evhoyette Tods
Katapwpevous vmas. Mk. x. 16, nbAdyer
auta, scil. Ta qratoia. Lu. il. 34. vi. 28.
xxiv. 50, et al. Sept. and Jos. Bell. vi. 5,
3. 2) with acc. of thing expr. or impl. in
N. T. only used of food, or a meal, to
bless, i. e. to ask the Divine blessing upon
its use, Matt. xiv. 19. Mk. vi. 41. viii. 7.
Lu. ix. 16. So of the Lord’s Supper,
Matt. xxv. 26). Mik. xiveg22o) nt occa
30. 1 Cor. x. 16.—III. of God or Christ
in respect to men, Zo bless, i. e. to favour,
prosper, and make happy, Eph. i. 3. Acts
li. 26. Heb. vi. 14. Sept. as Gen. xxiv. 1,
30. Pass. as in Philo, to be blessed, viz. of
God, Gal. iii. 8, 9, and Sept. Pass. part.
perf. evAoynuévos, ‘blessed and favoured
of God, happy. So it is said in joyful
salutations, &c. espec. of the Messiah and
his reign, evl\oynumevos 0 é0xouevos ev
dvomate Kupiov, Matt. xxi. 9. Mk, xi. 9,
sq; Luvox. Soe Jeohnt xn ls. ala se
Matt. xxv. 34, of evAoynpuévor tov Ila-
topos gov. Lu. i. 28, and Sept.
KuvXoyntos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (evAoyéw,)
prop. of men, blessed. In N. T. used only
of God, to signify worthy of praise, adora-
ble, Mk. xiv. 61. Lu. i. 68, et al. Sept.
EvAoyia, as, 7, (evAoyéw,) prop. and
in Class. commendation, in N. T. blessing,
I. from men towards God, blessing or
praise, as expressed in ascriptions, imply-
ing also thanksgiving, Rev. vii. 12, 4
evloyia—tw Ow, and v. 12, sq. Ecelus.
ili, 9.) JOR: Ant. x04. 2 = Ul) commen
in respect to men and things, blessing, i. e.
benediction, or invocation of good, viz. from
EKEYM
God, upon certain persons, Heb. xii. 17. Ja.
iii. 10. Sept. in Gen. xxvii. 12,35. Ecclus.
i, 8, 9. Jos. Ant. iv. 8, 44. Also upon
things, 1 Cor. x. 16,76 wot. THs evNOyias
0 evAoyoupen, ‘the cup of blessing,’ i. e.
consecration, drunk at the paschal supper.
—III. by meton. blessing, i. e. favour con-
ferred, benefit, bounty, 1) from God to
men, Rom. xv. 29, gv wXnowmage evdo-
yias Tov evayy. Tov Xp. Gal. iii. 14, 7
evhoyia Tov APoadm, ‘ the blessing pro-
mised of. God to Abraham’ and his seed.
Bynes ool, Pet, 16.9. | sept. im. Gen:
xix. 20. Heb. wi. 7. 2) from man, to
God, gift, present, 2 Cor. ix. 5, tiv mpok.
evAoyiay vuawy. Sept. in Gen. xxxii. 11,
etal. Hence, by impl. liberality, sponta-
neous bounty, 2 Cor. ix. 5, ws evAoyiap,
Kal py ws Teoveciav, & ver. 6, ea’ evAo-
yiacs, as adv. liberally, bounteously.
Evmetadootos, ov, 0, 1, adj. (ev,
uETAOLOwmL,) ready to impart, liberal,
bountiful, 1 Tim. vi. 18. Mare. Ant. iii.
14, To evmeTaOoTov Kal EVTOLNTLKOV.
Evvoéw, f: iow, (<0, vovs,) prop. to
be well-minded, or well-disposed to, to be
on friendly terms with, Hdian. viii. 8, 11.
MenssOyra vii. 2, 1, Cie. exit i.o. | At
Matt. v. 25, to001 evvomy To avTLOikw, it
rather signifies, as we say, to be friends
with, meaning, to be reconciled to.
Kivota, as, 7, (evvoéw,) prop. good-
will, a willing mind, as in Eph. vi. 7, wet’
euvolas OovA. But in 1 Cor. vii. 3, the
word is used per euphem. as xaov is in
the Classical writers. Though evvore is
found int Jos. Amt) vit 1204. xvaili7, 3.
xvii. 3, 1, and Dio Chrys. p. 52, and
@tdo7ns in Hesiod, Theog. 126, 306.
Evvovyitw, f. isw, (sdvovyos,) to
make any one an eunuch ; prop. Matt. xix.
12, Jos, Ant. x.2,/2; fig. Matt. xix. 12.
Evvovyxos, ov, 6, (evvi), a sleeping-
place, and éyw,) prop. keeper of the bed-
chamber ; and hence, ewnuch, one who has
been emasculated ; such persons alone
being employed as the keepers of Oriental
harems. In N. T. the term denotes, 1)
prop. eunuch, Matt. xix. 12, as often in
Sept. and Class. 2) fig. Matt. xix. ]2,
twice, of those impotent from birth, and
also of those who live in voluntary absti-
nence. 38) by impl. @ minister of state,
Acts viii. 27, 34, 36, seqq. See my note
on ver. 27.
Kvodow, f. wow, (evodos, well on a
road,) prop. to lead any one well on his
way, direct his course, Sept. Gen. xxiv.
2/7, éué T svmOwKkev K. eis otkov, KC.
Theophr. de Caus. Plant. v. 6. Fig. to
prosper one’s journey; and gener. to give
one success, Sept. Gen. xxiv. 21, 40.
Nehem, ii, 20. In N, T. it occurs only
162
EY i
in pass. fo be led in a good way, i.e. I.
prop. to have @ prosperous journey, Rom.
1. 10, etarws—evodwijoouar éhOetv meds
uuas.—lIlI. fig. to be prospered, i. e. to ob-
tain a happy issue in any undertaking,
1 Cor. xvi. 2, SnoaveiGwy 6 tT evod@rat.
3 John 2. Sept. and Hdot. vi. 73, evwdwOn
Tw KdEouéver TO TeHypma.
EKvmapedpos, ov, 0, 4, adj. prop. sit-
ting by, in close attention on, i.e. assiduous,
1 Cor. vii. 35, in some Edd. weds to evt.
Tw Kuoiw, equiv. to asseduety, devoted-
mess to.
HiaerOijs, gos, 6, 4, adj. (20, weiBo-
pat,) easily persuaded, Ja. iii. 17, & Class.
Kimepiotatos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (ev,
Tepl, ioTamat,) lit. ‘standing or stationed
well around,’ i. e. by impl. and fig. easily
besetting, Heb. xii. 1, evar. duapriav.
Kiwocta, as, n, (evtoréw,) lit. well-
doing, doing good, beneficence, Heb. xiii.
16. Jos. and later Class.
EKivooéw, f. now, prop. and lit. to be
well off, as to the means for effecting any.
projected purpose, Thuc. vi. 34, 44,
Plato de Leg. vii. 791. Frequently, how-
ever, the term signifies ‘to be well off as |
to (arepi) any possession,’ food, clothing,
goods, &c. & espec. money; in which case
the genit. is usually expressed; though
sometimes implied, as Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 10.
Mem. ii. 7, 4. Cicon. xx. 2, evaropety, as
opp. to aqropetv. So also, in the absolute
constr. but in the passive form and depon.
sense, Acts xi. 29, KaQas nvtogetto Tis,
where, as often, the sense is, ‘to have the
means [of doing it], to be able to afford it;
for the idea of wealth is not necessarily to
be supposed. So Musonius ap. Stob. Serm.
p. 476, distinguishes between e¥7ropos and
mAovotos, observing, that ‘some men,-
when they cannot pretend poverty, @AX’
EUTOPOL KONMAaTWY OvTES, TWes O& Kal
movo.o, yet go so far as not to educate
their younger children, tva Ta mpoyevo-
féva svtropy adXov, that the elder may
be the better provided for.’ This depon.
use of the word, though rare, is found in
Lev. xxv. 26, 49. Pol. i. 66,5. Lue. Bis
Ace. 27. Aristot. Gicon. 2, and Theo-
pomp. ap. Athen. 275.
Kivopia, as, 7, prop. ‘the means for
effecting any purpose, espec. acquired
wealth ; as Acts xix. 25, and Class.
_ Ev’woémeca, as, yn, (evaperijs, of
becoming presence,) comeliness, personal
beauty, Ja. i. 11. Sept. Pol. i. 4,8. Arr.
Kpict. i. 8.
KimwpoodexTos, ov, 0, 4, adj. (ed,
moocdéxomat,) I. and lit. well-received,
i. e. approved, acceptable, with dat. Rom.
xv. 31. 1 Pet.ii. 5; absolt Romsey. te.
2 Cor. viii. 12. Plut. ix. 196.—IL. by
EY II
6-168
EY %
impl. favourable, as kaipds evap. 2 Cor. | which is usual in the Mediterranean with
vi, 2, ‘a time of favour.’
Evwpocedoos, ov, 6, 7, adj. synonym.
with evarapedpos, assiduous. Hence 7d
eum. assiduity, devotedness, 1 Cor. vii. 35,
where see my note.
Evtoocwmiw, f. ow, (evmpoo-
w7ros, prop. well-faced, handsome ; and fig.
specious, Hdot. vii. 168,) fig. to make a
fair show, Gal. vi. 12. So popular and
plausible arguments are by the rhetoricians
styled evrpdcwma.
Evoicka, f. now, to find, trans. I.
gener. to find without seeking, to light
upon, meet uith, 1) prop. and with acc. of
pers. Matt. xviii. 28. John i. 42, sqq. et
al.; with acc. of thing, Matt. xiii. 44. Lu.
iv. 17, sq. et al. Sept. and Class. 2) fig.
to find, i. e. percerve, or learn by expe-
rience, Matt. xii. 44. Lu. viii. 35, et al.
seepe, and in Class. frequently.—II. to find,
i. e. find out, viz. by search or inquiry, to
discover, prop. and absol. Matt. vii. 7,
Qnteits, kai evonoete. Also with acc. of
pers. or thing, Mk.i. 37. Lu. ii. 45. John
vil. 34. Acts v. 22, et al. spe, and Sept.
and Class.—III. fig. in various serses, 1)
eupickew Ocov, i. e. ‘so to find out the
way of pleasing God as to be accepted by
him.’ (See é«¢yn7éw, III.) Acts xvii. 27,
Qntew tov Gedy, ci doaye Wn. adTov
Kai evporev. Pass. in Rom. x. 20, eveé0nv
Tots éue wy) GnTovow. 2) to find or make
out ; as said of the result of mensuration
or computation, Acts xix. 19, edjpov aoyu-
ptov mupidoas trévte, and xxvii. 28. Xen.
Oyen 2 16. Hist. in. 2, 10. 3) to
find out mentally, to invent, contrive, Lu.
v. 19. xix. 48. Acts iv. 21.—III. mid. ¢o
find for oneself, to acquire, obtain, Heb. ix.
12, aiwviay hitowow evoduevos. Jos.
Ant. i. 19, 1, do€av dpetys cipapmevos,
and Class. The act. in this sense often
occurs in N. T. as Matt. x. 39, 6 ebpwy
THY Wuxi ad. xi. 29. Lu. ix. 12, cio.
émioitiomov. John xxi. 6. Acts vii. 45.
ime.) Heb. xu. 17. Rev. ix. 6.
Sept. and Class. By Hebr. in the phrase
£UpicKELy XaLY Tapa TH Qew, ‘to ob-
tain favour and acceptance with God,’
Lu. i. 30. Acts vii. 46. So evoety éXe0s
maoa Kvpiov, 2 Tim. i. 18; absol. Heb.
iv. 16. Sept.
EveokXtdwy, wvos, 6, Huroclydon, a
tempestuous wind prevailing in the Le-
vant, and so called from etpos and xhv-
Owv, an obsolete adj. from xXvGw, mean-
ing lit. an Hast-souser, or wave-stirring
Haster, the tua of the ancients, and
the Tuffone of the moderns; so called
from its two peculiar properties, 1) as
coming principally from the East; 2) as
exciting the waves to a great height;
Kasters. Acts xxvii. 14. See more in my
note in loc,
Kvptxwoos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (etpds,
X@oos,) prop. broad-spaced, broad, spa-
ceous, as 4 odds, Matt. vii. 13. Sept. and
Joseph.
KicéBera, as, 7, (evoePijs,) in Class.
‘a dutiful reverence’ both towards God and
our parents; in N. T. it is confined to the
former, and may be rendered godliness,
Acts iii. 12. 1 Tim. ii. 2, et al. seepe, also
in Sept. & Apocr. and Jos. Ant. iii. 2, 3,
and oft. in Class. In 1 Tim. iii. 16, uéya
éEoTL TO THS EVoEB. LUST OLOV, the sense
is, ‘the doctrine of piety in the Gospel,
i.e. by meton. ‘the Gospel scheme,’ so
named because piety towards God is the
foundation of it. Thus Jos. c. Ap.i. 12, 7
KaTa TOUS VOMOUS TAapadEdopévy EUCE-
Bera, meaning, ‘the form of religion.’ Ant.
xvii. 5, 3, fin. ovdé GAA Tis AXKI) TOV
év avOowmots éTwiTETEVY MEVWY, OLXa THY
Tpos TO Oetov evoePer@y, meaning, * the
varions forms of religion in the world,’
HKuceBew, f. now, (evoeBrs,) prop. to
be evceGijs, ‘to entertain a reverential and
dutiful feeling’ towards any one, trans. I.
as regards God, to reverence, worship, Acts
Xvil. 25, ov evoeBette. Xen. Hist. i. 7,
10. Jos. Ant. x. 3, 2, evo. tov Osov.—
II. as respects parents, 1 Tim. v. 4, evo.
Tov idtoyv oikov. And so in Class., where,
however, the acc. is governed of mpés,
Wepi, or Eis.
KuvceBis, gos, 6,11, ad}. (su, céBeoOae,
which prop. signifies ‘ to agitate oneself, to
tremble,’ and when foll. by an acc. ‘ to
tremble at any one’s presence,’ and, like
the Latin tremo, ‘to dread, and then again
by impl. ‘to reverence,’ as in our law
phrase, ‘the king’s dread majesty,’) the
primary sense of this word is ‘the quality of
feeling reverence’ for those to whom it is
due, asGod, or one’s parents; but in N.T.
it is used only of the former mode, lit. sig-
nifying, pious, devout, Acts x. 2, 7. xxii.
12. 2 Pet. ii. 9. Sept., Apocr., and Class.
EvoeBas, adv. prously, religiously,
2 Tim. iii. 12. Tit. ii, 12. Jos. and Class.
Hionpos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (ev, onua,)
lit. well-marked, or ‘ easy to be distin-
guished by certain marks ;’ & hence, ‘ easy
to be recognised and known,’ Pol. x. 44, 3.
Theoph. C. Pl. iit. 8,2. In N. T. said fig.
of speech, dzstect, ‘ easy to be understood,”
1 Cor. xiv. 9, etonuov Aéoyov. So Por-
phyr. de Abstin. iii. 4. Sext. Emp. adv.
Arithm. 18, and in the physical sense,
Plut. p. 564, pwvas donjmouvs.
EvomXayyxvos, ov, 6, n, adj. (sv,
omhayxvov,) tender-hearted, compasston-
ate, Eph. iv. 32. 1 Pet. iii, 8, and Apoer.
EY
The word occurs in Class., but in a very
different sense.
Evoxynuovas, adv. (evoyjuwv,) in
Class. decorously, becomingly, so as not to
violate modesty or propriety in any way.
In N. T. it is used, 1 Cor. xiv. 40, of the
mode of conducting public worship, de-
cently, decorously, and also Rom. xii. 13,
creditably, as Xen. Mem. iii. 12,4. At
i Th. iv. 12, it is used of life and conduct,
such as becometh those professing godliness.
There is nothing that exactly corresponds
to this inthe Class. The nearest approach
to it isin Stob. Eclog. Phys. vol. ii. 144,
Heer. kav Léeywpuev adiadopa Ta cwpma-
TLKAa Wpos TO EVOXHMOVWS CHV, Ev w
TAVETTL TO EVOALMOVOS.
Evocynpocvyn, ns, 1, (evoynpwv,)
prop. becomingness as to dress or general
appearance; and sometimes used of deco-
rum of manners. InN. T. | Cor. xii. 23,
it is used of the decorous dressing of thie
body.
Kicxnpwv, ovos, 6, 1, adj. (0,
ox7nua,) prop. and lit. well off as to the
oXnua, or to external figure, form, and
general appearance. Hence, comely, as
applied both to persons and things, I.
prop. as said of the former; in N. T. it is
used prop. 1 Cor. xii. 24, Ta evoyrmova
méeAn. Xen. Cyr. i. 17.—IL. metaph. to
evoynuov, decorum, propriety, 1 Cor. vii.
35, and Class.—III. of persons, fig. ‘ of
good oxya, i. e. rank, condition, and the
figure one makes (see Xen. CXcon. ii. 4) ;
hence, honourable, noble, &c. Mk. xv. 43,
é. BovAeuT7s. Acts xiii. 50, yuvatkas Tas
evox. and xvii. 12, yuvarxwyv Tay evox.
Eitovws, adv. (sttovos, fr. et, Teivw,
to stretch a cord,) ztensely, i.e. strenu-
ously, vehemently, Lu. xxiii. 10. Acts xviii.
28. Sept. and Class.
EKutpateXia, as, n, fr. evtTpateXos,
prop. well-turned, and fig. facetious, witty,
‘who can readily turn his discourse’ to a
present occasion, for the purpose of ex-
citing merriment. See Aristot. Eth. iv. 8,
and Aristoph. Vesp. 467. As, however,
such may be done either to a good or an
evil purpose, so the thing itself, evtpa-
aehia, according as it kept within due
bounds or not, admits of a good or a bad
sense. Hence in the Class. it is used I.
in a good sense, to denote wet, pleasantry,
as Plato p. 563, suvtoumehias Te Kal
XaplevTiomou euTeTTAQvTat. Soin Arist.
Eth. ii. it is said, mreot TO 700 TO év Trat-
Ola, 6 pév pécos (he who keeps in due
medium) evtpamedos, Kal 7 Orabects,
evtoaTreNia’ 7) 02 UTTEpBoAH, Bwuoroyia’
Kal 0 Exwy auTiv, Bwudcdoxos’ oO dé
éeAXEltwy ayocikos Tis, ‘a boorish per-
son. —Also Il. in @ bad sense, for scur-
relity, buffoonery, coarse and even obscene
164
EYX
jesting. So Isocr. Areop. 18, rods evtoa-
mTéXNous Kal okwaTELW OvVamEVvOUS, OUS
vuv evduels TWeocayopevovowy. Aristot.
Eth. i. 31. Endem. iii. ot Bwuodoxor
euUToaTENOL TWoocayopevovTar, namely,
by an Attic Uzroxopiopos, or calling bad
things by good names. See my note on”
Thue. iii. 82, 4. Soin N.T. at Eph. v. 4,
we have kai aioxpotys Kat uwooroyia,
7) eUTpaTeNia.
Evdonpia, as, 7, (ev¥pnuos,) in Class.
the using of words of good omen; but in
N. T. good report, good fame, 2 Cor. vi. 8,
Ola Ovodnpias Kat evpnuias. And so
fBlian V. H. iii. 47, 1 evpynpia 7 Kadovca
auTov Xpno7dv,oudzv @PeAdnoev. Alciph.
Ep. i. 39. Hdian. i. 7, 11: Plut. vi. 462.
Evonuos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (ed, pnun,)
prop. well-spoken. Hence, by impl. of
Javourable import ; also, of words, lauda-
tory, as Pol. xxxi. 14,1, Aoyos «. In
N. T. (of actions) of good report, laudable,
jand so Anthol. Gr. iv. p. 183, aisxpav
em eupnpors OdEav éveykapéevy.
Kv dooéaw, f. iow, (evqopos, fertile,)
to bear well, yield abundantly, as said of
ground, Lu. xii. 16, eupdpycev xwoa.
Jos. Bell. ii. 2], 2, et al.
Evgpaiva, f. ave, (e¥powv, cheer-
ful,) to gladden, cause to rejoice, trans.,
also mid. and aor. |. pass. in mid. signif.
to be glad, rejoice, intrans. I. gener. in
act. 2 Cor. ii. 2, tis éotiv 0 evhoaivwy
pe; Sept. and Class. Mid. Lu. xv. 32,
evpoavOnvar 6& Kal yaonvat ede. Acts
ii. 26. Rom. xv. 10. Rev. xi. 10. xii. 12,
et al. Sept. and Class.—II. spee. as con-
nected with feasting, mid. to rejoice, make
merry, Lu. xii. 19, pays, wie, evppaivov,
and xv. 23, 24. Sept. and Class. Hence,
by impl. simply to feast, Lu. xv. 29, where
see my note.
EKvgdoocitvn, ns, 7, (evmowv,) glad-
ness, joy, Acts ii. 28. xiv. 17. Sept. and
Class.
Evxaorctéw, f. tow, (ev yapioros, )
prop. and in earlier writers, to show oneself
grateful, i.e. to requite a favour; equiv.
to dvdovar yap.v: but in later Gr. and
N. T. to give thanks, to thank, equiv. to
eidevat xaowv, ‘to feel and express one’s
gratitude to any one,’ Lu. xvii. 16, evya-
oloTt@y avtw. Rom. xvi. 4. Jos. Ant.
xiv. 10, 7. Plut. de Garr. 7, fin.; else-
where in N. T. only used in reference to
God, 1) in the sense to gwve thanks to
Him, usually foll. by tw Qew, &e., and
also other adjuncts, as prepositions, or con-
junctions, &c. Lu. xvii. 11. John xi. 41.
Rom. i. 8. vii. 25, et al. sepe; but some-
times abso]. as in Eph. i. 16. 1 Thess. v. |
18. Pass. with aec. 2 Cor. i. 11, wa—
evxaotoTnOn TO Yaor.rua. Apocrypha, —
Philo, Joseph., and later Class. 2) as
EY X
said of giving God thanks before meals,
&c. foll. by To Oew, Actsxxvii.35. Rom.
xiv. 6; absol. Matt. xv. 36. Mk. viii. 6.
xiv. 23. John vi. 11, 23. 1 Cor. x. 30, et
al. By impl. to praise or worship, for
evroyetv, Rom. i. 21. 1 Cor. xiv. 17.
Evxapiotia, as, 1, (evxaptoros,)
prop. gratitude, thankfulness, Acts xxiv. 3.
Philo p. 231, 65]. Pol. viii. 14, 8. Joseph.
Ant. iv. 8,25. In St. Paul’s Epistles and
Apocalypse, thanksgiving, thanks, i. e. ‘ the
expression of gratitude to God,’ 1 Cor. xiv.
foe eewoew ivelo. 1x. Ll, sq. Phil. iv. 6.
ele aye tbs. 9. 1 Tin. ii, I.
iv. 3,.4. On the sense at Eph. v. 4, see
my note there.
Evydorotos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (ed, Xa-
oiComat,) prop. and in Class. grateful, 1. e.
pleasing and acceptable, Xen. Cyr. ii. 2, 1.
In N. T. grateful, i.e. thankful, to God,
Col. iii. 15, see my note. Jos, Ant. xvi.
6, 2. Xen. Cyr. viii. 3, 19.
Ev x72), 73, 7, (e¥xouat,) I. prayer, to
God, Ja. v.15. Sept. in Job xvi. 17. Prov.
xv. 9, and Class.—If. a@ vow, as said in
N. T. of the vow of a Nazarite, Acts xxi.
23, where see my note. So Sept.in Num.
vi. 2,21. Acts xviii. 18, Ketpapuevos Tip
KedaXip év K. eixe yap evxiv, meaning
votum civile, on which see my note in loc.
Evyopmatn, f. Eouar, dep. mid. This
word bears, in the Class. writers, various
senses, though closely connected together;
of which the primary one seems to be that
assigned by Hemsterhuis, who traces its
origin from the obsolete e¥yw, which he
says meant peto, postulo, in the mid. ev-
xouac; and in the latter of those senses,
sibt postulo, arrogo, (whence gloriarz,) and
also to solemnly aver or affirm, claiming
belief to one’s words; whence to promise :
in the former, ‘to seek for oneself,’ long for,
‘anxiously wish for, any thing ; whence, to
pray for any thing. The two last senses,
viz. to pray for, and to earnestly wish for,
are alone found inthe N. T. I. to pray
to God, foll. by dat. rw Oew, Acts xxvi.
29, by woods Tov Oeov, 2 Cor. xiii. 7, ab-
sol. and by tarép Tivos, Ja. v.16. Sept. &
Class.—II. to wish for, desire earnestly,
with acc. and infin, Acts xxvii. 29, nv-
xovto jptoav yevécOar. Rom. ix. 3.
3 John 2; with acc. Touro, 2 Cor. xiii. 9.
Sept. and Class., espec. Plato.
EKixyonortos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (ev intens.
Xoaouar,) very useful, 2 Tim. ii. 21. iv.
11. Philem. 11. Sept. and Class.
KuwWvyéw, f. now, (evWuyxos,) prop.
to be bold or brave, and fig. to be in good
sports, Phil. ii. 19. Anthol. Gr. iv. 275.
Evwoia, as, n, (evwdns, fr. ow, pf.
60w0a,) prop. good odour, fragrance, Ec-
clus. xxiv. 15. Xen. Conv. ii. 3. In N. T.
165
E@I \
only fig. of persons or things, ‘wel/-pleasing,
or acceptable to God,’ 2 Cor. ii. 15, Xpr-
oTOU EvWOia éouev, Where see note. Eph.
v. 2, eis dopiy evwoias. Phil. iv. 18,
dopijy evwoias, Suciav 6. Hebr. for fra-
grant odour. Sept. Lev. i. 9, 13, 17.
Num. xxviii. 13, and oft.
Evavupos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (ed, dvoua,)
prop. of good name, honoured, renowned,
Hes. Theog. 409. Pird. Ol. ii. 3, and oft.
Or, having an auspicious name. Hence,
of good omen, used by euphem. instead of
aptoteoos, the left, which was a word of
ill omen; all omens on the left being
sinister, or regarded as unlucky. InN. T.
the left, said chiefly of the left hand, opp.
to the right, Matt. xx: 2], 23) Mki"x:
37, 40. xv. 27; of the left foot, Rev. x. 2.
—Adverbially, Acts xxi. 3, katvaXutov-
Tes auTIY evwvupor, ‘on the left hand.
Sept. and Class.
"E@addAopmat, f. adovmar, (27, a&d-
ouar,) to leap upon, or against, foll. by
émt with acc. Acts xix. 16, épaAXouevos
ém@ avtovs, ‘springing upon.’ In Pind.
Nem. vi. 85, eis Ai€iomas éradto, &
Homer often; foll. by dat. of pers. And
so Plut. vi. 526.
"Eqamwaé, adv. (él, &raé,) lit. at
once, i.e. 1) ‘once for all,’ Rom. vi. 10.
Heb. wii. 2/.1x. 425 x, 100s 2 ner ence:
i.e. not at several times, 1 Cor. xv. 6.
"Eqevpetis, ov, 6, (épevpioxw, to
find out any thing,) an znvention or device,
Rom. i. 30, ép. kax@v. So Philo, p. 968,
KQK@V EvpETQAL.
"Eqgnpepia, as, 4, (Epruepos,) not
found in Class. In Sept. it is used prop.
of the dazly service of the priests in the
Temple, 2 Chron. xiii. 10. 1 Esd. i. 16.
In N. T. meton. a course or class, into
which the priests were divided for the daily
service of the Temple, each continuing for
a week at a time, Lu. i. 5, 8, éy wy
Taker THS Ep. where see my note.
"E@imepos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (é7i, npée-
pa,) prop. for a day, 0 tp tmepav ov,
‘ephemeral.’ In N. T. dazly, ‘ sufficient for
the day,’ Ja. ii. 15, t1/s Epnuéoov Teogyns.
Diod. Sic. iii. 32, ras Epnuépous TeoPas.
"Egixvéopmat, f. iEouat, to come to,
arrive at, foll. by &xpe with gen. 2 Cor. x.
13; by eis with acc. 2 Cor. x. 14, et Class.
"Eqiotymt, f. éeriotyjow, trans. to
place upon or over, to set over. InN. T.
the word occurs only in the intrans. form,
(act. aor. 2, évréornv: perf. part. epecTws:
and mid. épiorapaz,) I. prop. to place one-
self upon or near, to stand by or near. 1)
gener. Lu, li. 38, kai attyn abty TH boa
ertotaca. Acts xxii. 13, 20; with dat. of
pers. Acts xxiii. 11; with é7ri ti, Acts x.
17, xi. 11; with éwdvw Tivos, to stand by
EXO
and over, Lu. iv. 39. Sept. and Class.
2) as implying also approach, to come and
stand by, to come to or wpon, any person
or place, Lu. xx. 1, éréornoav ot aey-
teoets, and x. 40, and Class. So also, with
the idea of sudden appearance, Acts xii. 7,
ayyédos Kupiov érréotyn: with dat. Lu.
ii. 9. xxiv. 4. Class. In a hostile sense, to
come upon; gener. Acts vi. 12. xxiii. 27;
with dat. Acts iv. 1. Jos. Ant. vii. 1], 1.
—II. fig. 1) of persons, to stand fast by,
i.e. be instant, pressing, 2 Tim. iv. 2, é7ri-
o7Tn0r evKainws adkaiows scil. Knovocwy
tov Noyov. Demosth. 70, 16, ésa tour’
eypnyoorv, épéeotykev. 2) of things, as
evils, to come upon, befall, Lu. xxi. 34.
] Th. v. 3; of a tempest, Acts xxviii. 2.
Jos. Ant. ii. 4, 3. Wisd. vi. 5,8; Gogos,
Pol. xviii. 3,7. In the sense, to zmpend,
‘be close at hand,’ 2 Tim. iv. 6, 6 Kaipos
éeméotyxe. Demosth. 287, 5.
"Ex Opa, as, 7, (prop. fem. of adj. éy-
Opds,) enmity, hatred, Lu. xxiii. 12. Gal.
v. 20. Eph. ii. 15, 17. Ja. iv. 4. Sept. &
Class. In Rom. viii. 7, gx@oa «eis Oeov
means, ‘is in a state of enmity against God.’
"EyO@pos, a, ov, (€x0os, fr. ExecOar,
to stick close to, q. d. ‘ deeply-seated ill-
will”) 1) pass. hated, hateful, an object
of enmity, Rom. xi. 28, éx9ool Ov’ buas.
Class. 2) act. hating, hostile, I. as adj.
Matt. xiii. 28, éypos avfpwaos. Rom.
v. 10, €yQoo0i ovtes. Col. i. 21. Sept. and
Class.—I1. as subst. 6-éx0pos, an enemy,
1) gener. and foll. by gen. of pers. Matt.
v. 43, sq. x. 36, et al. sepe. Sept. & Class. ;
with gen. of thing, Acts xiii. 10. Sept. oft.
and Class. 2) spec. of the adversaries of
the Messiah, Matt. xxii. 44. Mk. xii. 36.
Lu. xx. 43. Actsii. 35. 1 Cor. xv. 25, e¢ al.
or of God, Jas. iv. 4. Also, o éy8pos, said
Kat 飀o0xiv of Satan, Lu. x. 19. Matt.
xiii. 39
"Exedva, ns, 7, (ex-us & Kidva fr.
Kiovos, small,) @ viper; lit. a little ser-
pent, Acts xxviii. 3, and Class.; fig. of
wicked men, yevvnpata éxiovav, Matt.
i. 7. xu. 34. xxii. 33. Lu. iii. 7, Class.
"Ex w, f. Ew, to have or hold, implying
continued possession, I. PROP. and PRIM.
to have or hold in the hands, Rev. i. 16,
éxywy év TH O&ELa avUTOU YXELOL aoTEpas
é,. vio, & 25 xvi 4. Hom, U1. 1.14, 2p
Xeoolv ~xwv, et al. sepe, and sometimes
in the other Class. So, by impl. Matt.
xxvinid. Heb: vill’ o.) kev. ii. 9) et ale
II. GEN. and most freq. to have, i. e. pos-
sess, 1) with the accus. of the ¢hzngs in
one’s possession, power, charge, &c. and
that whether gener. as property, Matt. xiii.
12. xix. 21, et al. (sometimes left underst.
as €yelv or mi) EXeLv) Or spec. as estates,
or inheritances, produce, or personal pro-
perty, as clothes, arms, furniture, provi-
166
EXQ
sions, &c., and also of the members of
the body; also of power, faculty, dignity,
John iv. 44. vi. 68, &e. or any advantage,
benefit, &c. Matt. v. 46; favour with,
Acts il. 47; faith as a gift, Rom. xiv. 22;
eternal life, as a free gift, John iii. 36. vi.
40), et al.; of a law, John xix. 7. 1 Cor. -
vii. 25; of age, or years, John viii. 57. ix.
21; of a ground of complaint against any
one, Matt. v. 23. Acts ix. 38. xxiv. 19,
et al.; or of reply, 2 Cor. v. 12. By impl.
with the idea of charge, trust, &c. Rev. i.
18, Exyw Tas KNETs TOU Savatov, and xii.
12, gy. Suuov pw. and xv. 1,6, 2. wAnyas.
Dem. 1153, 4. In the sense to have at
hand, ‘ready,’ 1 Cor. xiv. 26, with acc. of
pers. implying some special rélation or
connexion, 1) gener. and simply, as of
husband or wife, Matt. xiv. 4, et al. ; bro-
thers, Lu. xvi. 28; children, Tit. i. 6;
widows, | Tim. v. 16,et al. 2) where the
subject is a thing, to have, implying the
existence of something zm, i. e. in con-
nexion with, the subject, Matt. xiii. 5, dua
TO pt) Exetv Babos ys. Lu. xi. 36. xx.
24. Actsi. 12. 1 Cor. xi. 23, I Timeaine
&. 2'Tim. 1. 17. Heb. uc 6) das 124 ee
iv. 7.—III. used of what any one is said to
have zi, or on, by, or with, himself, i. e.
of any condition cr state external or in-
ternal, in which any one is, 1) gener. of
any obligation, duty, Acts xxi. 23, evxiy
éxovtes ep EauTw@y, and xviii. 18. Rom.
xii. 4, 2. woaEu. 2 Cor. iv. i, @. draKxo-
viav. Phil. i. 30, & Col. ii. 1, 2. ayave.
Lu. xii. 50, €. Bawricpa. Of sin, guilt,
&c. auaptiav ¢xev, John ix. 41. @yxAn-
aa, Acts xxiii. 29. xpiua, 1 Tim. v.12. Of
effects or results, dependent on the subject,
as a cause or antecedent, Heb. x. 35, 771s
éxyer utolamrodociay, ‘ has, or brings with
it, reward.” 2) of any condition or affec- ~
tion of body or mind, where one is said ¢o
have, i. e. sustain or bear, such or such an
affection, &c. whether of the body, as in
the case of disease or infirmity, so zx.
paotiyas or aobeveias, Mk. iii. 10, Acts
xxvili. 9. Heb. vii. 28. da:povrov zy. ‘to
have a devil,’ namely, inflicting disease,
Matt. xi. 18. Mk. 11.22; 305ae £7 ieee
ll. Acts xvi. 16. xix. 13; or of the mind,
as Ti ayamny Tou O. éxew, John v. 42.
xiii. 35. avayxnv, Lu. xiv. 18. xxiii. 17.
So yoelav exe, to be in want of, Matt.
vi. 8. Lu. v. 31, et al. sepe; yapw zy.
Tiwi, gratias habere, to thank, Lu. xvii. 9.
1 Tim. i. 12, and Class. By an inversion
of subject and predicate, such an affection
is in the Class. often said to have or pos-
sess a person, Hom. I. xviii. 247, and oft.
Hdot. iv. 115, @eRos. And so Mk. xvi.
8, elxe 0 al’Tads Tpdmos Kal ExoTacrs.
3) of things which any one has zm, on, or
about himself, involving the idea of carry-
in oneself, as gy yaotpi exer, Matt. i.
EX Q
167
EQS
18. Rev. xii. 2, and fig. 2 Cor. i. 9. iv. | wevos, n, ov, ‘next in place,’ adjacent, Mk.
7. Phil. i. 7. So on oneself, as garments,
arms, ‘to wear, or bear,’ Matt. iii. 4, €. év-
duua. John xii. 6,76 yNwoooxouor, and
xviii. 10, wayaipav. Rev. ix. 17, Swoa-
kas. Fig. of persons, wearing an appear-
ance, Col. ii. 23. 2 Tim. iii. 5. Rev. iii. 1.
4) in the sense fo contain, i.e. to have
within itself, Heb. ix. 4. Rev. xxi. Il.
Fig. pi{av év eavtw, Matt. xiii. 21. Mk.
iv. 17.—IV. fig. and intens. to have firmly,
i.e. in mind, to hold to, to hold fast, 1)
gener. of things, John xiv. 21, 6 éywv
Tas éyto\as pov. 1 Cor. xi. 16. Phil.
iii. 9, et al.; also of persons, as yew Oxdv,
zov Llatéga, tov Yiov, to hold fast to
them, ‘ hold them in devoted affection,’
Eb John m. 25. v. 12. 2 John 9. 2) by
impl. o hold or ‘regard as,’ account ; with
acc. of pers. and noun in appos. Matt. xiv.
5, ws Teo. avTov eixov, and xxi. 26, 46.
Mk. xi. 32. Isocr. p. 259, tivas otv Exw
TeTaoevmevous.—V. foll. by infin. with
an acc. as Tl, ovdév, &c. namely, Exw—TL
@ore eitety or Woijoat, i.e. by impl. ‘I
am able to say or do something, I cAN,
implying only an objective or external
ability, and so differing from dvvauar:
usually with infin. aor. Lu. vii. 40, exw
oot Ti citrety, and xii. 4, uty EXOvTWY—TL
moumoat. Actsiv. 14. xxiii. 17, sq. xxv.
26. xxviii. 19; with infin. pres. 2 John
12. And so in Class. More direct is the
sense to be able, I can, where the acc. is
suppressed, Matt. xviii. 25, ui) ExovTos ce
@UTOU atodouvar, ‘not having where-
withal to pay, pres. John viii. 6, va exwou
KaTyyopety autou. 2 Pet. i. 15. So in
Class. as Xen. Mem. ii. 7, 1], ovx FEw
amodouvat. Sometimes the infin. is sup-
pressed, as Mk. xiv. 8, 0 écyev airy
(woijoat), évroince. Acts iii. 6, & Class.
—VI. intrans. or with éavrov, &c. im-
plied, always with an adv. or adverb. phrase,
to have oneself, i. e. to be circumstanced so
or so, to be; e. gr. Etoiuws exe, to be
ready, Acts xxi. 13. 2 Cor. xii. 14. /Klian
V. H. iv. 13. écyatws éyevv, to be in ex-
tremity, Mk. v. 25. kaxws zxev, to be
sick, Matt. iv. 24. Lu. vii. 2. Xen. Gcon.
iii. ll. Kad@s zxew, to be well, namely,
after being ill, Mk. xvi. 18. John iv. 52.
oUTws exeLv, to be so, Acts vii. 1.»aés,
xv. 36. ad\iws, 1 Tim. v. 25, and so Class.
Acts xxiv. 25, 70 vuy éxov (‘for the pre-
sent’) wogevou: and so in Class. ; foll. by
év and dat. adverbially, John v. 5, 6, év
ao¥eveia éxew. 2 Cor. x. 6. So of place,
éxewv éy,‘to be ina place,’ John xi. 17, zy.
év TH puynpetw. Jos. Ant. vii. 1, 1.—VII.
mid. €youa, to hold oneself upon, or to
hold by, adhere to a person or thing, Hom.
Od. xi. 346; also to he contiguous to any
place, foll. by gen. Hdot. iv. 169. Thuc.
v.67. InN. T. only occ. in partic. éx0-
a
i. 38. sis Tas Exouévas KwpoTOXELs. Jos.
Antewi, 11: “Xen. Mem. ii. 5, 1." Or
time, TH EXopevy, suppl. uéoa, expr. Acts
xxi. 26. tw O& éxy. ca BB. xiii. 44, et al.
Sept. Apocr. Jos. and Pol. iii, 112,1. Fig.
Heb. vi. 9, 7a éxoueva owrnoias, ‘things
closely connected with salvation.” So
Lucian, Herm.69, ravv’ éXaidos éxoueva
Aéyes.
“Ews, prop. and prim. adv. but in the
later writers also prepos. with gen. In
N. T. J. apv. in two senses: 1) until, i. e.
so long as, until, i. e. ‘ unto such a time,’
marking the continuance of an action up
to the time of another action, and foll. by
the indic. subj. or opt. according as the
latter action is certain or uncertain. It is
foll. ezther by indic. of a past action, as
Matt. ii. 9, Ews éX\O0wv Eo7H, and xxiv. 39,
in a future action, or foll. by subj. aor.
with dv, where the latter action is only
probable, Matt. ii. 13, Zws dv simw co,
and v. 18, et sepe; also Sept. and Class.
2) by impl. so long as, while, i. e. during
the continuance of another action, until it
ends, &c. John ix. 4, ws tuéoa éoriv,
and xii. 85, and so in Class.—I1. as PREP.
gov. the genit. until, unto ; marking a ter-
minus ad quem, and ‘used both of tzme and
place. 1%. of time, and 1) foll. by gen. of
a noun of time, Matt. xxvi. 29, Zws tijs
nucoas éxeivns. Lu. i. 80, et al.; or by
gen. of pers. or event, Matt. i. 17, ws
Aavid, ews THS peToikecias BaB., Ews
tov Xo.oTou, et al. and Class. as Diod.
Sic. 1.4, Ews THs ’AAEEAvOpou TEdEUTHs.
2) foll. by gen. of a@ pron. e. gr. ws, scil.
xpovou, lit. until what time, until when,
1. e. simply wntz/, with indic. or subj. ; with
indic. Matt. i. 25, €ws ob éreKke Tov
viov. xiii. 33. Paleph. iv. 2; with subj.
acr. without dv, Matt. xiv. 22, gws ot
atTohtan tovs dxXAous, and oft.; also in
Sept. Eccl. ‘xa. 2) Jos) Ant. vo 1.3. So
éws OTov, scil. ypovov, until when, until,
either with indic. as John ix. 18, fws
oTou epwvycar, et al. or with subj. Lu.
xi. 8, €. 3. cxaww. 3) foll. by adv. of
time, with or without tov. So gws Tov
yuv, until now, Matt. xxiv. 21. gws
o7juepov, 2 Cor. iii. 15. So gener. with-
out Tov, more usually in later writers, Zws
aott, until now, Matt. xi. 12. ws awéte ;
until when? i. e. how long? xvii. 17.
Mk. ix. 19.—11. of PLACE, as far as to,
until, unto. 1) prop. in various construc-
tions, e. gr. foll. by gen. of place, Matt. xi.
23, ws Tov ovoavou, ‘as far as, up to
heaven.” xxvi. 58, gws THs avAns Tov
apx-. Lu. ii. 15, ws Bné. iv. 29. Acts
i. 6. xi. 22. xxvi. 11, Ews Kal eis Tas ZEw
moNes, ‘as far as and even unto foreign
cities.” So with gen. of pers. as marking
ZLAQ
a place, Lu. iv. 42. Foll. by adv. of place,
as Ews avw, ‘to the very brim,’ John ii. 7.
éws KatTw, ‘to the very bottom,’ Matt.
xxvii. 51. Ews Eow, ‘as far as the interior.’
Mk. xiv. 54. ws wos, ‘unto this place,’
Lu. xxiii. 5; foll. by prep. and its case,
€. gr. Ews eis B. ‘as far as unto Bethany,
Lu. xxiv. 50.. Diod. Sic. i. 27, Ews is
TOUS aoLKH TOUS TOTTOUS. So Ews EEw TIS
joAews, ‘as far as to the outside of the
city, Acts xxi. 5.—111. FIG. foll. by gen.
either of a term or limit, marking extent,
Matt. xxvi. 38, ws Savatov.. Lu. xxii.
51, ééte Ews TovTov : or of pers. in a like
sense, Matt. xx. 8, Ewes TwY TEwWTWY.
Dion. Hal. vi. 37, tws éxyovwy. John
viii. 9. Acts viii. 10. Rom. iii. 12, otk
Z0TLY Ews Evos, ‘not so much as one.’
LZ.
Law, (Cus, Cn, inf. Cyv, fut. (iow and
later Cjicomar,) gener. TO LIVE, intrans. ;
but employed in various shades of sense
in N. T. as follows, I. to live, have life, as
said of physical life, or existence, as opp.
to death, or non-existence, and implying
always some duration. It is used, 1)
gener. of human life, &c. Acts xvii. 28, év
avTw Copev, and xxii. 22. Rom. vii. 1,
etal. So Ca@ytes kal vexpot, Acts x. 42,
et al. Sept. and Class. Also ro Cy»,
subst. ze, Phil. i. 21, sq. 2 Cor. i. 8. Jos.
Ant. ii. 3, 1, and Class. Of persons raised
from the dead, Matt. ix. 18, dete éveXev-
TyHoEVv G\Aa 2AOwv—Kal Cnoerat, et al.
Sept. in 2 Kings xiii. 21. Said likewise
of persons restored to health from sick-
ness, not to die, i. e. by impl. to mend, be
well, Johniv. 50, 6 vids cov Gy, and Sept.
in 2 Kings viii. 8, sq. 2) spec. in the
sense to exist, absol. now and hereafter, Zo
live for ever ; of human beings, Matt. xxii.
32, ovk éoTL O Oeds, Oeds vexp@v, AAA
Cwvrwv. John xi. 25; of Jesus, John vi.
o7 ; of God, vi. 57, o Cav ILatip, equiv.
to 6 Exwy Cwiy év EavTw, V. 20; also, in
an oath, by Hebr. Rom. xiv. ll, (@ éya,
Agvet Kupuos, ‘I live, saith the, Lord.’
So Sept. Numb. xiv. 21, et al. Partic.
Gav, ever-living, eternal, 6 Oeds 0 Cav,
Matt. xvi. 16. "Rom. ix. 26, et al.; and_as
opp. to zdols, which are dead, non-existing,
Acts xiv. 15. 2 Cor. vi. 16. 1 Thess. i. 9,
and Sept. 3) fig. of things, only in par-
ticip. (av, aoa, Cav, living, i.e. lively,
active, and also enduring, as opp. to what
is dead or inactive; likewise transient, e. gr.
1 Pet. i. 3, 2Aqis G@oa, ‘ lively and endur-
ing.” Rom. xii. 1, Svcia Ceca, ‘ enduring
aud constant,’ opp. to the zzterrupted sacri-
fice of slaughtered victims. Heb. iv. 12,
168
ZLAQ
Gav o Adyos Tou Geo, ‘is lively, active,
and enduring.’ | Pet. i. 23, Xéyos Ca@uros
Qeou, ‘ living, efficient, enduring ;’ and ii.
4, NiBos Cav, of Christ as the corner-stone
of the Church, ‘ not inactive, but efficzent ;?
of Christians, v.5. So tdwp Cav, living
water, i. e. the water of running streams,
opp. to that of stagnant waters, as pools or
cisterns, John iv. 10. vii. 38. Rev. vii. 17,
and Sept. in Gen. xxvi. 19, et al. By
impl. and by Hebr. particip. (av, life-
gwing, John vi. 51, 6 &ptos 0 Gav, ‘which
imparts eternal life.” Acts vii. 38, Adyra
Gavra. Heb. x. 20, odds (aca. And so
sometimes in Sept.—lII. zo live, i. e. sus-
tain life, to deve on or by any thing, Matt.
iv. 4, ok ém@ G&pTw povw Cioerat.
1 Cor. ix. 14, and Class. ; as Demosth. i.
309, 26; with dua, Xen. Mem. iii. 3, 11.—
III. to deve in any way, to pass one’s life in
any manner, Lu. xv. 13, (av aowtws.
Acts xxvi. 5, e(noa Papicaios. Gal. ii.
14, é6rKa@s Cyv. 2 Tim. iii. 12, ebosBas
Gnv. Tit. ii. 12, ¢. cwpedvws, &c. Rom.
vii. 9, ECwy Ywois vouov. Apocr. Jos.
and Class. Lu. ii. 86, Cjoaca ern peta
avopos. Hence the phrase. (yy tiv, ev
Til, KaTa tla, to live to, m, according
to any one, i. e. ‘ to be devoted to, to live |
conformably to the will, purpose, precepts,
or example of any person or thing; e. gr.
of a person, ¢. Tw Oew, Lu. xx. 38. Rom.
vi. ]0. Gal. ii. 19. | And se ietssages
¢. Kata, Gedv mvevpatt, i. e. ‘to live
spiritually according to the will of God.’
Also Gal. v. 25, ¢ wvetmats, ‘to live ™
under His influences.’ 1 Pet. ii. 24, ¢. 7H
Otkatoovvy. Rom. xiv. 7. 2 Cor. v. 15,
¢. éauTw, ‘to live agreeably to one’s own
corrupt inclinations.” Demosth. p, 80, 26,
Oiiinmww CaveTes, Kal ov TH EauT@V—
watpid.. Of a thing, Civ év amaptia, -
‘to live under the dominion of sin,’ Rom.
vi. 2; év wiove, ‘under the power of faith,’
Gal.ii.20; év coop, i. e. ‘in conformity to
the world, Col. ii. 20. iii. 7. So AXhan,
V. 4H. iii. 18, ¢. év otvw. kata capka
Cnv, ‘to live conformably to the flesh,”
Rom. viii. 138. Jos. Ant. iv. 8, 44, uy
Kata Tovs vomous F.—IV. by impl. to live
and PROSPER, be blessed, 1) gener. and
prop. Rom. x. 5. Gal. iii. 12, 6 qwoimoas
auTa Cjoetac év avtots. 1 Thess. iii. 8,
vuv Cwuev, ‘we live, feel ourselves happy.”
So Sept. in Deut. viii. 1. 1 Sam. x. 24, al.
and Demosth. 434. 2) metaph. to be
exempt from death, temporal, Lev. xviii.
5, or spiritual, ‘to enjoy eternal life, and
be admitted to the blessings and privileges
of Christ’s kingdom, Lu. x. 28, toute
Tote, Kat Cjyoy. John vi. 51. Rom. i.
17. 1 Thess. v. 10, Wa Gua cuv avTw
Ciowmev. 1 John iv. 9, iva Gicwpev ov
avtov. Heb. xii. 9, kai Gicouey, for tva
Ciowpev Ov’ abou, et al.
ZEX
Zeoros, 1, ov, adj. (Céw,) prop. botled,
or boing, Diosc. f. tdwo. In N. T. fer-
vent in zeal, (like tw wvevuati Céovtes,
Rom. xii. 11, and (éwy tw wv. Acts xviii.
25,) as opp. to Wuyoods, ‘frigid, indifferent.’
Zevyos, eos, TO, (Cevyvupt,) prop. a
yoke tor joining together two beasts of
draught, and sometimes a carriage or wain
drawn by them; but in N. T. the pair
of animals thus yoked together, Lu. xiv.
19, Gevyn Bo@v nydpaca tévte. Sept.
eee ee, to. Is v. 10. Aol. V. H. ix.
25. Xen. Mem. ii. 4, 5; and gener. a pair,
or couple, of any animals, as turtle-doves,
Lu. ii. 24. Sept. Lev. v. 11.
Zevxtipia, as, 7, (Cevxtio, Cevyvu-
pu,) @ band, or fastening of any thing to
another, Acts xxvii, 40, Tas ¢. Ta@v wnoa-
Aiwy, zudder-bunds, called by Eurip. Hel.
#552, CevyAal, see my note.
Zéw, f. Céow, (Onomatop. like our
hiss,) prop. of water, to bozl, be boiling hot.
In N. T. only fig. of the ardour of the
affection, ‘to be fervent, Acts xviii. 25.
Rom. xii. ll, (. tw avevmati. Anthol.
Gr. iii. 169. v. 218, 219.
Zn Xos, ov, o, (fr. Cé-w and the termin.
eos, contr. to (jos, as in BryAds, &e.
formed as teXos, wvedos, wvedos, &c.)
prop. heat, produced by the action of fire
or water. Hence it is applied to every
kind of heat or fervour of the mind and
affections; and so admits both of a good
and a bad sense. I. in a GOOD sense,
ardour for a person, or a cause, and foll.
by gen. of that for whom or which it. is
felt, John ii. 17, 6 ¢. Tov otkov cov.
Rom. x. 2, GyAov Geou Exovow: by
vaio with gen. 2 Cor. vii. 7; absol. 2 Cor.
xi. 2, CnA@ vuas Geou Gijdw, * I am zeal-
ous for you with a zeal proceeding from,
i.e. inspired by, God.’ Sept. and later
Class.—IT. in a BAD sense, 1) heart-burn-
ing, envy, Acts xiii. 45. Rom. xiii. 13.
1 Cor. mi. 3. Ja. ni. 14. Plur. GyAo1,
2 Cor. xii. 20. Gal. v. 20, and later Class.
2) anger, indignation, Acts v. 17. Heb. x.
247, Kai mugos CyAXos, fiery wrath. Sce
Ps. xxi. 9. Mal. iv. 1, and Blomf. on
féschyl. Ag. 449.
Znrow, f. wow, (CyXos,) to be zealous
towards, i. e. for or against, any person or
thing, trans. I. gener. FOR a person or
thing, and usually in a good sense, e. gr.
of things, to desire ardently, be eager for,
1 Cor. xii. 31, GnAouTe 6 Ta YapiopaTa
7. k. and xiv. 1, 39. Sept. and Class.
e. gr. Demosth. p. 500, 2, ¢. apeTrnv: of
persons, in a good sense, to bear an ardent
affection for, to love, Gal. iv. 18. Sept. in
2 Sam. xxi. 2. Prov. xxiv. 1. Soph. Aj.
552, and Elect. 1027. In a bad sense, to
make a show of zeal or affection for any
169
Fes hh
one, in order to gain him as a follower,
Gal. iv. 17.—II. aGarnstT a person, to be
jealous of, to envy, Acts vii. 9, %. rov
‘Iword, and xvii. 5. Ja. iv. 2, movevete
Kai (nAXoute, ‘ye have heart-burnings
even to meditate the murder of one
another.’
ZiXwtis, ov, 6, (Cnr\éw,) 1) one
zealous for, eagerly desirous of any thing,
1 Cor. xiv. 12, (nAwrai gore tvevpa-
twv. Tit. ii. 14, and later Class. So also,
in a bad sense, of zealots for the ancient
Jewish law, Acts xxi. 20.
Znpia, as, 7, Schl. after Spanheim
supposes the primary sense of the term to
be the mulct or penalty for any crime,
whether in person or purse. But though
such be a sense frequent in the best
writers, even the early ones,—that is, I
apprehend, the primary one, which is laid
down by him as_ secondary,—namely,
damage, or injury, loss, as opposed to gain
or advantage. Now this arises naturally
out of the other, inasmuch as, by a meto-
nymy of antecedent for consequent, pecu-
niary penalty is a payment, to make up
the damage occasioned or injury inflicted
by a person. Asense of the word found
at Acts xxvil. 10, & 21, Kspdyjoar thy
Cnuiav, ‘this damage.’ In Phil. iii. 7,
TavTa Hynmar, dia Tov Xowotov, Cr-
piav, the term signifies, as opp. to Képdn,
what occasions loss, and in the next verse,
what is mjurious, mere noxa. So Test.
xu. Patr. p. 651, Cnuia 7 amwXera. With
the phrase Cynuiav 7jryetobar, ‘to count as
loss,’ comp. a similar one, Xen. de Vect.
iv. 5, Cyutav AoyiCecGar, and Kéodos Ty.
huc. 1. 44, where see my note.
Znpurow, f. wow, (Cyuia,) to occasion
loss to any one, prop. with double accus.
In N. T. only pass. or mid. to suffer loss or
damage, 1 Cor. iii. 15. 2 Cor. vii. 9.
Ph. ii. 8, ra wavta eCyprwOnyv, ‘I have
suffered the loss of all things.’ Class.
Aor. 1. pass. €¢nprwO nv, in mid. signif. to
bring loss upon oneself, i. e. to lose, riv
Wuxi avtov, Matt. xvi. 26, gavtdv, Lu.
ix. 25.
Znréw, f. now, to seek, trans. I. PROP.
to seek after, look for, strive to find, find
out, or know, 1) gener. e. gr. absol. in the
proverbial phrase, Matt. vii. 7, 8, (ntetre,
Kal evonoeTe : foll. by acc. of pers. Matt.
ii, 13, Cntety to madiov. Mk. iii. 32.
Lu. ii. 45, et al. Sept. and Class. So in
the phrase formed on Hebr. (yvrety tov
Geov, i. e. ‘to turn to God in humble and
hearty obedience, & (ntetv tov Kiprov,
Rom. x. 20. Acts xvii. 27. Foll. by ace.
of thing, prop. ‘ something lost,’ Matt.
xviii. 12, (ntetv TO 7WaVwpeEvov. Lu. ii.
45, and xix. 10, with ace. impl. xv. 8,
gener. as an object ee desire and endea-
Foil igi
vour, Matt. xii. 48, dvamavow. xxvi. 59,
Wevdomaptupiav. Rev. ix. 6, Tov Sava-
Tov: or of striving, as to buy, wapyapi-
tas, Matt. xiii. 45. Theophr. Char. 23
Xen. Cyr. ii. 2, 26. Hence from the
Hebr. Cntetv tiv Wuyi twos, ‘to seek
the life of any one,’ i. e. to endeavour to
kill him, Matt. ii. 20, and often in Sept.
Note the construction (ntetv was, ‘to seek
how to do any thing, Mk. xi. 18. 2) to seek
what was not before lost, in the sense to
strive after, try to gain any thing, Matt. vi.
D3, ¢. THY BaciNeiav Tov Oeov. Lu. xii.
29, uy Cytette Ti Paynts. John v. 44,
et al. Sept. and Class. So gener. ¢o
endeavour, strive; foll. by iva and subj.
1 Cor. xiv. 12; by infin. aor. Matt. xxi.
46, ¢. avtov Kpatyjoa, Lu. v. 18, et al.
or infin. pres. Lu. vi. 19. Gal. i. 10; infin.
impl. John v. 30, ob Gytw TO FéAnpa TO
éuoy, scil. wrovety. Sept. and Class. 3) by
impl. to desire, wish, foll. by infin. aor.
Matt. xii. 46, ¢. attw AaAyoa. Lu. ix.
9, eCyter idety avtov. xi. 54. John vii.
4; with acc. John i, 38. iv. 27, 7i (nets;
2 Cor. xii. 14, ob Gyt@ Ta Vuwv. 1 Cor.
vii. 27, & Class.—II. metaph. to seek for,
require, demand, expect, with acc. of thing,
1 Cor. i. 22, copiav Cntovew. 2 Cor. xiil.
3. Heb. viii. 7; foll. by wapa tos, Mk.
viii. 11, {. wag’ avrov onpetov. Lu. xi.
16; by ev tiv, 1 Cor. iv. 2; with accus.
of pers. John iv. 23.—III. by impl. to m-
quire, ask; foll. by arepi and gen. John
xvi. 19, wepi tovTov (ntetre. And so
in Class.
ZntTnwa, atos, To, (Cntéw,) prop.
something sought or inquired about, an
object of search; also fig. an object of
research, a question, Acts xv. 2. xviii. 15.
ZLitTnors, ews, n, (Cntéw,) prop. the
act of seeking, Thuc. viii. 57, or the search
for any thing lost or wanting, Eurip. Cycl.
14, Thuc. i. 20. vi. 53; also, fig. the pro-
cess of enquiry concerning it, discussion,
debate, Plut. Coriol. (atnow érroijoavto
Tov mwoaymatos. And so John iii. 25,
éyéveto Citynows. Acts xxv. 20, eis ry
Tepl TOUTwWY CHTHoLW, and so oft. in the
Philosophers, espec. Plato. In 1 Tim.i. 4.
vi. 4. 2 Tim. ii. 23, it means @ question, or
topic of discussion, as often in Plato.
ZC aviov, ov, To, prop. a general name
for weeds among grain, like our cockle,
darnel, &c., but in N. T. a weed common
in Palestine, which infests fields of grain,
and resembles wheat, but is worthless,
Matt. xiii. 25, sqq.
Zé qos, ov, 6, darkness, thick obscurity,
Hom. Od. xx. 353; espec. as said of the
infernal regions, Hom. Od. xi. 57. Il. xx.
191, & xxi. 56. Soin N. T. of the dark-
ness of Tartarus, or Gehenna, 2 Pet. ii. 4,
cetpats Comov Ttaptaoweas, ‘ thrusting
170
ZQT
them down to Tartarus, and consigning
them to chains of darkness,’ i.e. where
darkness encompasses them like chains,
and holds them fast. So Wisd. xvii. 17,
of the wicked, adXvcet oxdTovs 2d¢0noav.
Luc. Contemp. 1, wapadols tw Coda,
‘infernal darkness.’ Intens. 0 (. Tou oxo-
tous, ‘thickest darkness,’ 2 Pet. ii. 17.
Jude 13.
Zuy os, ov, 0, (Cevyvupt,) prop. a yoke,
so called as coupling two things together,
e.gr. draught cattle. In N.T. only used fig.
I. of a yoke, either as an emblem of servi-
tude, 1 Tim. vi. 1, and Class.; or, as de-
noting moral bondage, e. gr. of the Mosaic
Law, Acts xv. 10. Gal. v. 1. Hence, by
antith. the precepts of Christ, Matt. xi.
29. And so Lucian says of necessity,
that it puts Bapiv Kat’ abyéva Cuyov
njutv.—\|1. from its resemblance thereto,
the beam of a balance which unites the
two scales; hence, by synecd. @ pair of —
scales, Rev. vi. 5, 2xwv Cuyov év TH XELpt
avtov. Sept. and Class.
Zipun, ns, 1, (Cow, cogn. with Céw,
ferveo,) fermentum (for fervimentum), id
quod ferveat, /eaven, Matt. xiii. 33. Hence,
as leaven causes the dough to ferment and
turn sour, it is said proverb. Gal. v. 9,
piKoa Cuuy OAoy TO Pipaua Cumotr, 1. e.
‘a few bad men corrupt a multitude.’
Also fig. for corruptness of heart, life, &c.
Matt. xvi. 6. Mk. vine 15. Ia, xi he
I Cor..-v. (380 + it
Zu mow, f. wow, (Cipun,) to leaven, make
to ferment, trans. Matt. xiii. 33. Lu. xiii.
Al. 1 Cor. wv. 65\Galsva?
Zwypéw, f. now, (Cwos for swos,
a&ypevw,) prop. to take alive, Hom. Ii. vi.
46. Hdot. i.'86; or to take prisoner, Thuc.
vii. 23, sq. But the word seems to have
been by the later Greek writers used of
catching or taking game, as beasts, birds,
or fishes in a net or snare; as we may
infer from the phrase, xvptos 0 (wypn-
vT.Kkos, for ‘a fishing-net;? and Cwypeton,
‘an aviary.” In N. T. the word only oc-
curs twice, 1) in Lu. v.10, of Peter, azo
Tou vuy avlpwious ton Cwypav, where
the latter sense is alluded to, q. d. ‘ hence-
forth thou shalt catch, i.e. win over to
the truth and hold fast, mez ;’ as applied
spiritually to the taking or catching of
men by the preaching of the Gespel;
terms of hunting and fishing being by the
ancients often used of those who attach
men to themselves. 2) in 2 Tim. ii. 26,
of sinners, (wyonmévor ba’ abou (the
Devil), where the allusion (as appears fr.
the next words, eis To éxeivov JéAnpa)is*
to the former sense, i.e. of taking and hold-*
ing captive; and therefore the meaning is.
not, as the recent Commentators explain, :
ensnared or seduced, but held captive.
|
ZQOH 171 H
Zw, 7s, 1, (Caw,) life, 1. GENER. as said
of physical life or existence, opp. to death,
or non-existence, 1) prop. and gener. of
human life, &c. Lu. xvi. 25. Acts xvii. 25,
Ovdovs Tact (wv. Heb. vii. 3. Ja. iv. 14,
and Sept. and Class. ; also of life after
rising from the dead, only of Christ, Rom.
v. 10. 2 Cor. iv. 10; fig. of the Jewish
people, Rom. xi. 15, wh. see my note. 2) in
the sense of eaxzstence, absol. & without end,
Heb. vii. 16, (w?) akata&\utos. Soto Ev-
Aov T7/s Cw7js, ‘which preserves from death,’
Rev. ii. 7. TO Udwe THs Cwrs, Xxi. 6.6 ao-
Tos THs Cwijs, John vi. 35. Meton. of God
and his Son Jesus Christ, life, i.e. source
of life, John i. 4.—II. life, i.e. manner of
life, conduct, Rom. vi. 4, év KkawoTntTe
wis wep. Eph. iv. 18, tijs Gwijs tov
Qzov, ‘a godly life.—III. life, i. e. a
happy life, happiness, 1) gener. Lu. xii. 15.
John vi. 51, utp THs TOU KOGpMOU Cwijs.
2 Cor. ii. 16, 6op.7) Gwijs, ‘salutary.’ Acts
ii. 28, odovs Cus, ‘life and happiness.’
1 Pet. ii. 10, Gwiv ayamav. 2) spec. in
the Evangelical sense, of eternal life,
that life of bliss in the kingdom of God,
which awaits the true followers of Christ,
after the resurrection. So ¢. aiwmos,
Matt. xix. 16, al. 4 ovtws ¢. 1 Tim. vi.
19; absol. Matt. vii. 14, 7 (w2. Acts v.20,
Ta pyuata THS Cwns TavTs, 1. e. ‘ the
doctrine of eternal life.’ Rom. v.17, et al.
sepe. So o otédavos tis Cwiys, ‘ the re-
ward of eternal life, Ja.i. 12. yapus Cwizs,
1 Pet. iii. 7. Meton. for the author or giver
of eternal life, John xi. 25; the cause
thereof, John v. 39.
Zavn, ns, 7, (Cevvupt,) prop. a belt or
girdle, such as was worn by both sexes,
among the ancients, Gr. and Lat., espec.
the Orientals, because of their long flowing
vestments, Matt. iii.4. As, however, this
* girdle was often hollow, it served as a@
purse to hold money, Mk. vi. 8, by a cus-
tom still subsisting in the East.
Zewvvupr, or Zwvviw, f. Qaow, to
gird, or bind with a girdle, put on a girdle,
John xxi. 18. Sept. and Class.
Zwoyovéw, f. iow, (Cwoyovos, from
Gwos and obsol. yévw,) prop. to bring
forth alive, and pass. to be born alive, as in
the later Class. In N. T. to preserve alive,
Lu. xvii. 33. Acts vii. 19. Sept. and
Fathers.
Z@ov, ov, To, prop. neut. of adj. Cwos,
meaning, @ living thing, i.e. an animal,
Heb. xiii. 11. 2 Pet. ii. 12. Sept. & Class.
Symb. Rev. iv. 6, and often in that book.
Zwotortw, f. jow, (Gwos, roréw,)
prop. and in Class. to make alive, i.e. en-
gender; also, to vivify, or reanimate, by
restoring lost animation. In N.T. 1)
prop. to make alive, endue with life, 1 Tim.
vi. 13, Tov Ozeov Tov Cwor. Ta TavTa.
Sept. Act. Thom. 10, 6 Oeds Tov Kocpov
Gwotror@v. Of the dead, to recall to life,
reanimate, John v. 21. Rom. iv. 17. viii.
ll. 1 Cor. xv. 22. 1 Pet. iii. 18. Of seeds,
to quicken, like reanimation in animals,
] Cor. xv. 36, 6 o7reipers ob Cwotroret Tat.
2) metaph. and by impl. to make alive,
cause to be alive, happy tor ever in Christ’s
kingdom, John vi. 63, To mvevua éort
TO Cwotro.ouv. 1 Cor. xy. 45, eis Tvevpa
Gwotro.ouv. 2 Cor. iii. 6, TO O& TWvEvMa
Gwotroret. Gal. iii. 21, 6 duvamevos Gwo-
Touoat. Sept. and Fathers.
EH,
“H, a particle, disjunct., wterrog., and
comparat. I, DISJUNCT. aut, or, 1) ge-
ner. Matt. v. 17, tov voyov 4 Tots To.
2) m—wi, repeated, ezther—or, Matt. vi. 24,
7] TOV Eva plojoet—t evos avléeEeTar.—
II. INTERROG., where, however, the pri-
mary force is strictly retained, or whether,
uf perhaps, 1) prop. zndzrect, in the lat-
ter clause of a double interrog., after ao-
Teoov, whether—or, Johnvii. 17, yvwoetar
—TOTEoOV Ek TOU Qeou éoTLW, eyo aT
éuautou Aah@. So gener. where 7d6Tepov
or something equiv. is implied, Matt. ix. 5.
2) gener. and in a direct question, where
the interrogation implies a negation of
something preceding, Matt. vii. 9, 7% tis
éotiv é& duwv avbowmoes; xx. 15. Rom.
ili, 29.—II]. comparat. than; e. gr. 1)
after comparatives, and words implying
comparison, Matt. x. 15, dvextotepov—i}
TH TONE éxeivy. Johniv. 1. uaddAov F,
more than, rather than, iii. 19. apiv #,
sooner than, before, Matt. 1.18. So after
Jéhw, 1 Cor. xiv. 19. 2) after &dXos,
eteoos, and the like, Acts xvii. 21, éis
ovdey ETEQOY EvKaloouyv % Aéyev, &e.;
with a@dAos, &c. impl. John xiii. 10, 6
AzAoupévos ov xpeiav [aAAnV] xe, 7}
Tous Todas vily. Acts xxiv. 20, 21, ri aédi-
Knua [ado] Ff wept wras TavTHS Pwr.
3) after the positive, where it may be ren-
dered rather than, more than, wadXov 4h,
so that the positive with 7 is equiv. to the
compar. Matt. xviii. 8, kaXov coi éortiw
eiceh ety eis tiv Cwijy xwrOov 4 KuAXOv,
4 Ovo Xétopas—eyxovta, BAYOHvaL eis Td
mvo v0 aiwv. Lu. xvii. 2. xviii. 14.—IV.
with other particles ; viz. 1) @XX’ 41, unless,
except. 2) % Kat, or also, or even, Lu.
xviil. 1], ob« eiui Goweo of Nortroi—F
Kal ws ovTos: interrog.xi.ll. 3) treo,
than perhaps, than indeed, after wadXov,
John xil.43. 4) 77o0:=7%, or, but stronger;
in N. T. only 1}ro:—i}, whether indeed—or,
Rom. vi. 16.
"H, a particle of affirmation, truly, as-
suredly, certainly; in N. T. only in the
connection 7 py, He peut intensive form
HE
of oaths, most certainly, most surely, Heb.
vi. 14,
‘Hyemovetw, f. evow, (nyeudv,)
prop. to go first, Hom. Od. iii. 806. Hence,
to lead or point out the way, Hom. Od.
xxiv.225. And hence, in the later writers,
to lead an army, also, to command or
govern men, Hdot. vii. 99; foll. by gen.
Thue. iii. 61. In N. T. to be governor of
a Roman province, Lu. ii. 2. iii. 1
‘“Hyepovia, as, 7, (ayeuwv,) reign,
Lu. vi. t. ° In Class. as Hdot. vii.
Thue. iv. 91, it means chief command, do-
minron.
‘Hy ema, ovos, 6, (7yéomat,) prop. a
guide, one who goes first and directs the
way, Hom. Od. xi. 505. Hdot. v. 14, also,
a chief or leader, whether military (as oft.
in Class.) or civil. So Matt. ii. 6, év Tots
nyenoo 'Lovea, ‘heads of families,’ (see
my note). And so in Sept. and Joseph.
Hence, also, @ political chief, as Thuc. i. 4,
also a governor of a Roman province,
whether proconsul, legate, or procurator,
as often in later Class. Hence in N. T.
it is used 1) gener. of a proconsul, legate,
&c. Matt. x. 18. 2) spec. of the procu-
rator of Judea, Matt. xxvii. 2. Acts xxiii.
24, xxvi. 30. The usual and more exact
term is éaritoo7ros. But 7jy. occurs in
Hdian. iv. 6, 8.
‘Hyégopar, f. foouat, depon. mid.
(@yw,) prop. and prim. fo go first, lead the
way, Hom. Od. x. 263. Joseph. Ant. vi.
5, 2; then, to be a leader or chief, whether
in war, or in civil government, Diod. Sic.
i. 4, or in the management of affairs in
general. Hencein N. T. I. prop. to be
leader in any business, Acts xiv. 12, 6
nyoumevos Tov Nodyou, ‘chief speaker.’
Jambl. de Myst. init. Seds 6 Tav Ndyav
nyenowv o ‘K. Said gener. of those who
have authority, Lu. xxii. 26. Acts xv. 22;
of officers in the churches, Heb. xiii. 7.
xiii. 24; of a chief magistrate, as Joseph
in Egypt, Acts vii. 10; of the Messiah, as
fiuler, Matt. ii. 6, and often in Sept.—
IT. by a peculiar idiom, 7jyovuar and perf.
nynuac signif. fig. (like the Latin ducere)
‘to lead out before the mind, i. e. to view,
regard as being so or so, to esteem, count,
reckon ; said of THINGS, with acc. 2 Pet.
ili. 9, ws twis BoadutATa tyovuvTat:
with acc. and infin. Phil. iii. 8, 7yovmeac
TavTa Cymiay eivar: with acc. and eivar
impl. 2 Cor. ix. 5, dvayKatov hynodpny
wTapakadéoat. Phil. ii. 25. 2 Pet. i. 13. Ja.
i. 2; with double acc. and eivaz impl. to
think to be such and such, to esteem as any
thing, Phil. ii. 7, rata hynpar Cymlav.
Sept. and Class. So, of PERSONS, ¢o hold
or esteem one as such or such; with double
172
HOO
éx8pov, 2 Thess. iii. 15. Sept. & Class. ;
with acc. and adv. | Thess. v.13, nyetoGar
avtTovs UmEepEeKTEpLocoU év 2yaTrn, ‘to
regard them as very highly deserving of
love.’
‘Hdéws, adv. (700s,) lit. sweetly, i. e.
‘with pleasure, Mk. vi. 20. xii. 37.
"Hon, adv. now, even now, already ;
often used with particles of time, and ap-
plied to time past, pres., and fut. I. said
in reference to time present and past, Matt.
ili. 10, On 6& Kat 4 a&Eivy (jam vero)
KetTat, ‘is being laid.’ Lu. iii.9. And so
Hom, II. i. 260, #6y aroré wuidynoa, and
with vuv, 1 John iv. 3, vuy éoriv 40n, ‘ is
now already [in the world].’ Plato Apol.
Socr. 33, 76n pa [gor] amiévar. Thue.
ii. 85, 2, 70n Kal émiotovowy : with past,
marking the action as completed, Matt. v.
28, 70n émoiyevoev avvynv. Lu. vii. 6.
John iii. 18. iv. 35, et al. Synes. ap. Steph.
Thes. 70n 0 Kal Tots @XXOLs TO TEP. Hp.
So with worvz, Phil. iv. 10, now at length.
Dion. Hal. Ant. vii. 51.—IL. by impl. of —
the immediate future, now, presently, soon,
Rom. i. 10, eirws 40n awoté svodwh7-
couat, ‘if perhaps I may ere long be pres-
pered.” Aud sometimes in Class., espec.
Dion. Hal.
“Hétora, adv. (76vs,) prop. most
sweetly, with high relish, as said of eating
and drinking; in N. T. fig. most gladly,
2 Cor. xii. 9, 15, and so in Xen. Mem. ii.
7,10.
“Hdovi, 7s, 1, (yoouar, as auTrexyovy
fr. dumréxomuat, ay oun fr. ayxouat, &c.)
prop. ‘that by which we are pleased,’ plea-
sure, enjoyment, of every kind, whether ef
the mind or of the senses, and both in a
good and a bad sense. In N. T. only in
the latter acceptation, as. said either of
sensual pleasure, or of that which closely
resembles it, the carnal gratification
of luxury, in dress, sights, &c. Lu. viii.
14, bao 7dovev Tov PBiov, where the ex-
pression is equiv. to é7rcOup. in the passage
of Mark. Tit. ili. 3, éaiOupiars Kai m6o-
vats, ‘sensual lusts.’ 2 Pet. ii. 13, ndovqv
ny. ‘regarding it as a matter of gratifica-
tion.” In Ja. iv. 1, by é&« trav ndovav
vuwv, &c. are meant not only sensual lusts,
the desire of sensual pleasure, but also the
carnal passions of our corrupt nature. See
my note there.
‘“Hdvocpuov, ov, TO, (neut. of adj.
70vV0o os, sweet-scented, ) spearmint, Matt.
xxiii. 23. Lu. xi. 42, strewed by the Jews
on the floors of their houses or synagogues.
H 80s, eos, Td, (Ion. for e0os, fr. Efo-
prat,) prop. ‘the accustomed seat, haunt,
or abode’ of animals or men, as often in
acc. and givaz impl. Acts xxvi. 2, 7ynuar | Homer, Hesiod, and Hdot.; or fig. accus-
éuavTov pakado.ov. Phil. ii. 3, ui) ws
| tomed action, habit, behaviour, conduct;
HK QO
173
HME
and in the plur. morals, Hdot. ii. 35. | xlix. 10, on which the expression in Rev.
Thue. vi. 18. Menand. in a passage quoted
at 1 Cor. xv. 33.
“Hr, (f. 7&w, later aor. 1. HEa,) to
come, i. e. to have come, to be here, in the
sense of pret. Gen. of pers. foll. by azo
with gen. of place whence, Matt. viii. 11,
amo avato\wy Heovor. Mk. viii. 33; by
ex, John iy. 47; and in the sense of to
come forth, arise, Rom. xi. 26; by apos
with acc. of pers. Acts xxviii. 23, #Kov
mpos avrov. Sept. and Class. Fig. John
vi. 37; with éari tiva, to come upon one,
in a hostile sense, Rev. iii. 3. Sept. and
Class. absol. Matt. xxiv. 50, 7£ee o Kv-
evos Tov OovXov éxeivov. Lu. xii. 46. xv.
27. John viii. 42, x tov Oeov é&HAVov
Kal yxw, for €EshOwv jxw. Heb. x. 7, 9.
Sept. and Class. Fig. of things, e. gr. of
time, John ii. 4, 7 wea HKet. Lu. xiii 35.
2 Pet. iii. 10; of the end or consumma-
tion of any thing, Matt. xxiv. 14; of evils,
Rev. xviii. 8. So foll. by évi twva, to
come upon any one, i. e. as said of evil
times, Lu. xix. 43; of guilt and its punish-
ment, to be laid upon, Matt. xxiii. 36.
‘“HAtxia, as, 7, (#Arz, adult,) adult-
ness, maturity of life in mind, person, &c.
1) age, i. e. full age for any purpose, John
ix. 2], nAuxiav éxer. Lu. ii. 52. Heb.
xi. 1]. Jos. and Class. 2) stature, size, 77H
mAikia puxkoos, Matt. vi. 27. Lu. xii. 25.
Sept. and Class. Fig. Eph. iv. 13, eis pé-
Teov 7\tkias.
“HX ixos, n, ov, (4AéE,) corr. pron. like
Lat. gquantus, how great, Col. ii. 1. Ja. i.
}. Jos. and Class.
“HX2L0s, ov, 6, prop. the sun, (edn or
éhos, beam of light ; whence adj. déXu0s,
a for dua, & Ed1os splendidus, and subst.
splendidus, by an ellip. of orbis, par excel-
lence, asa designation of the sun. From
aéXsos came the Doric &dtos and the
common %os, not only the ord or sphere
of the sun, but the dzght thence proceed-
ing. So Mimnerm. dcov 7 imi yiv
«idvatar HédLos: and Clem. Al. cited by
Suicer, says, ‘God hath poured forth,
é£éxeev, the sun, the father of light ;’ also
the heat thereby produced, Theocr. Id. x.
56, €v ddiw.) Thus in N. T. itis 1) for
the sun, meaning the orb; 2) for the
light of day, Acts xiii. 11, uj BXétrwv Tov
4X. what Milton, Sams. Ag. 82, beautifully
expresses by ‘ total eclipse to whom the
sun is dark.’ 3) the heat of the sun, Rev.
vii. 16, 00d py} wicy 2m’ adTtods 6 ijXLOS,
or rather the swn-stroke thence resulting,
as in Polyen. viii. 10, 2, and often in the
plur. with reference to the rays of the sun,
as Ml. V. H. xiii. 1, wedoivixto bre tw
jhiwv avtTy TO Toedcwrov, and Thue.
vi. 87,1, where see my note. This is
placed beyond doubt by a passage of Is.
was doubtless formed: ov tjemvadcoucty,
ove: Oufjoovow® ovde Tatager abTovs
6 Kavowy, ovde O HALos, Where 0 HALos is
explanatory of 0 Kavowp. .
“Hos, ov, 6, (from édAw, to drive, as
our peg fr. mynyviw, and nail fr. A.-S.
nexglian, to fix,) a zad, John xx. 25. Sept.
and Class.
‘Huépa, as, 7, prop. fem. of adj. iue-
eos, blandus, jucundus. Thus it lit. signif.
the pleasant time, namely, nuépa, (of which
it is said, Eccles. xi. 7, yAuxt To pas,
Kal ayaQov tots 6pOadpors Tov BAETELY
TOv ij\Lov, as Opp. to the time of nzght, which
suggests the contrary idea, being an em-
blem of sorrow, (see Is. xxi. 12, and comp.
Rev. xxi. 25,) day-time, meaning either
the natural day, or the time from one sun-
rise to the next, or the artificial, from sun-
rise to sun-set. In N. T. the word is used
in two leading senses,—day and time. I.
DAY, i.e. I. the artificial day, the time
from one sun-rise or sun-set to the next,
equiv. to vuxOyueoov, 1) gener. Matt. vi.
34, doxeTOv TH Nm. 4 Kakia avTHs. John
xi. 9, Opar THs Huéoas. Ja. v. 5, ws év
nugoa shayns. So with gen. of a fes-
tival, &c. 7 jpépa Twv cabBaTwv, or
Tov caBBarou, ‘the sabbath-day,’ Lu. iv.
16. John xix. 31. Sept. Jer. xvii. 24, 27.
"yu. Tov aCvuwyr, ‘day or days of unlea-
vened bread,’ the passover, Acts xi. 3. Xx.
6. 7) Nuépa THS TevTHnKOGTHS, day of pen-
tecost, Acts ii. 1. xx. 16. In specifications
of time, viz. in the genztive, of time when,
i. e. indefinite, e. gr. THs Nuépas, im a day,
‘every day,’ Lu. xvii. 4. Xen. An. i. 7,
18. In the dative, of time when, i. e. de-
finite, Matt. xvi. 21, t7 Tpitn pepe
éyeoOnvar. Mk. ix. 31. Lu. ix. 22. John
ii. 1. By Hebr. 2 Cor. iv. 16, quépa Kaz
nuépa, day by day, ‘every day, daily.’
Sept. 7juéeav kal’ quzpav. In the ace.
of time how long, implying duration, Matt.
xx. 6, dAnv Thy hueoav apyol. xxviii. 20,
Taoas Tas nuzoas, i. e. always. Mk. i.
13... John 4,405 etal. Ser Matty x2.
cuugpwvicas—ék Onvapiouv Tiyv Eoav,
Jor a denarius per day. Acts v. 42, wacav
TE tuéoav, every day, i. e. the whole
time. 2 Pet. ii. 8, nuépav é€& jépas. In
these and similar specifications of time,
nuépa is often constr. with a prep. viz. in
gen. after a7r0, &yot, ua, Ews, WoO: in dat.
after éy: in ace. after eis, él, KaTa, me-
Ta, 7eos: for which see those prepositions
respectively. 2) spec. nuéoa Tov Kupiov,
the day of the Lord, when the Saviour
will return to judge the world, and fully
establish his- kingdom, 1 Cor. i. 5, 8.
2 Cor. i. 14. 1 Thess. v. 2, 4. 2 Pet. iii. 10.
al. Lu. xvii. 24, 6 Yids tov avOp. év TH
ipépa avtov. Comp. ver. 30, 4 1uépa o
13
HME
Yios tov avOpwmov amoxadinrrera.
absol. 1 Cor. iii. 13. So éxeivn 4 tuéoa,
that day, the great day of judgment, Matt.
vii. 22. Mk. xiii. 32. 2 Thess. i. 10. With
a gen. of what is then to take place, e. gr.
nuéoa Kpicews, Matt. x. 15, xi. 22. ny.
ooyns, Rom. ii. 5. Rev. vi. 17. tu. &zro-
Autowoews, Eph. iv. 30. 4 nuéoa rov
Ozu, ‘the day of God, by whose autho-
rity Christ sits as judge, 2 Pet. ii. 12.—n1.
day, daylight, from sunrise to sunset, e. gr.
as opp. to v¥&, as in the gen. of time when,
[LEAS KAL VUKTOS OF VUKTOS Kal 7épas,
by day and by night, Lu. xviii. 7. Mk. v.
5. Acts ix. 24, al. Xen. Cyr. i. 3, 235 or
in acc. of time how long, Matt. iv. 2. So
viKTa Kat tpepav, night and day, i. e.
continually, Mk. iv. 27. Lu. ii. 37. Acts
xeoly ab’ Xen! An. vi 1,14... Gener;
Rev. viii. 12, 7) ti. uh patvn—Kai 4 vwE
omoiws. Simply e. gr. tas nuépas, the
days, i.e. ‘the day-time,’ ‘every day,’
Lu. xxi. 37. Xen. Cyr. i. 3,12. So nué-
pas peons, at mid-day, Acts xxvi. 13. ay.
yevouevys, ‘day being come, Lu. iv. 42.
Acts xii. 18. Xen. An. vii. 2, 34. 7 nuéoa
KAiver, ‘the day declines,’ Lu. iv. 42.
John ix. 4, ws jpéoa zor, ‘so long as
itis day. Fig. for the daylight of true
knowledge, moral light, Rom. xiii. 12.
1 Th. v. 5, 8. 2 Pet. i. 19.—IL. TIMz in
general, nearly equiv. to ypovos. I. sing.
of a point or period of time, Matt. xiii.
1, év 0& TH Hwtpa éxeivy E€ehOwv oT.
John xiy. 20. Eph. vi. 13, gv ty np. Tn
movnpa. Xen. H.G. ii. 4,17. Foll. by
gen. of pers. Lu. xix. 42, ev TH nmépa
gov TavTy, ‘in this thy time,’ whilst thou
yet livest. So John vili. 56, tva tdy Thy
nugoav éurv, my time, ‘the time of my
manifestation ; by gen. of thing, e. gr.
Zws Tuzpas avadetEews, Lu. i. 80. cwr1-
pias, 2 Cor. vi. 2. wetpacpov, Heb. iii. 8.
émiokom7s, 1 Pet. ii. 12. 2 Pet. iii. 18,
iy. ai@vos, equiv. to aiwvuos, * time eter-
nal,’ for ever—t. from the Hebr. plur.
jpepat, days, i.e. time, 1) gener. Matt.
ix. 15, éXevcovtae 62 Huépar. Mk. ii. 20.
Lu. xvii. 22; with adj. Acts xv. 7, ag’
Husp@v apxaiwv. Acts ii.17, & Ja. v. 3,
éy tats écxatais jméoars. Acts ili. 24,
KaTayy. Tas Nuépas TavTas. Xi. 27, al.
Foll. by gen. of pers. Matt. xi. 12. Lu.
iv. 25, gv tats 7u.’HXiov. Acts vil. 40,
ws tov nu. Aavid: by gen. of an event,
e. gt. Lu. ii. 6, ai ty. Tou TeKety avTH.
Acts v. 37, al. and Sept. 2) spec. ‘the
time of one’s life,’ i. e. one’s days, years,
age, life, e. gr. fully, Lu. i. 75, macas Tas
iyéoas THs Cwas. Absol. Lu. i. 7, mpo-
BeBnKotes év Tals Tuépats avTwr, ‘ ad-
vanced in years,’ and ii. 36. gener. Heb.
vii. 3, and Sept. and Heb.
‘Hétepos, a, ov, (jmets,) poss. pron.
of 1 pers. plur. owr, our own, Acts ii. 11.
174
Hz Y
‘HyrGavijs, gos, 6, 4, adj. (from
jutov, Svjokw,) half-dead, Lu. x. 30,
lat. Class.
"“Hutous, eva, v, adj. dimidius, half.
In N. T. oce. only in neut. 7d Husou, as
subst. half, Mk. vi. 23. pl. Ta nuion, Lu.
xix. 8. (both forms of later Grecism) Rev. |
xi,
‘H utworov, ov, TO, (Hue for Hurov,
woa,) &@ half-hour, prop. neut. of adj.
nutwo.os, dimidius, with an ellip. of pé-
oos, ‘a half-hour’s space,’ Rey. viii. 1.
‘Hvixa, correl. adv. when, whenever,
with indic. 2 Cor. iii. 15. Sept. and Class.
with subj. & av, ver. 16. Jos. Ant. v. 1, 2.
"Harvos, ov, 0, 4, adj. mild, gentle, in-
dulgent, 1 Th. ii. 7, éyevnOnuer Atriot.
2 Tim. ii. 24, jartov eivar, as opp. to wa-
xeo0a, as in Class. The word is almost
always used of those superior in some way
or other to the persons who are the eb-
jects of this indulgence; and hence it is
best derived from é7ros, eimretv, the prim.
sense being affabilis, which word similarly
signifies likewise, from ad and farz, 1)
easy of access; 2) gentle, mild, 1 Th. ii.
7. 2 Tim. ii. 24.
"Hoepmos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (formed by
transp. from ypepos, tame or gentle, as
opp. to wild or fierce,) gzwzet, tranquil,
1 Tim. ii. 2, 7p. Kai novyx.ov Biov.
‘Hovya tw, f. aow, (Hovxos,) ‘ to
cease from any commenced action,’ to be
quiet, still, tranquil, either by cessation
from labour, or freedom from disturbance
of any kind. In N. T. the word is used
1) of rest from labour, Lu. xxiii. 56, To
péev caBBatov novxacav. In the Class.
writers it is, not dissimilarly, used of ces-
sation from any action that has been car- -
rying on, as Xen. Anab.v. 4, 8. Thuc.iv.
4, vi. 44. vii. 1]. Hdian vii. 5, 5. 2) of
freedom from disturbance, 1 Th. iv. II,
pirotimetoVar novya tev, for novyxiav
aye, asin Thuc.i. 12. vi. 38, jovyaGer,
as opp. to ordoers advaipetTat. 3) of ces-
sation from speaking, to hold one’s peace,
Lu. xiv. 4. Eurip. Cycl. 620. Thue. vii.
86, and often in Class. Also by impl. Zo
tacitly acquiesce in what has been said,
Acts xi. 18. xxi. 14, as qovyxiav éxetv in
Class.
‘Hovyia, as, 7, (“avyxos,) quiet, by
cessation from motion, Eurip. Hipp. 205,
esp. rest from labour, Hom. Od. xviii. 22.
Hdot. vi. 185; freedom from disturbance,
by the stillness of a quiet life, 2 Th. iii. 12,
eta Yovylas épyaCouevor, (so Class.
e. gr. Eurip. Hipp. 205, wera S novyxias,)
or by cessation from speaking, stzllness,
silence, Acts xxii. 2, mapéoyov jovyXiav,
for jo. &yew. | Tim. ii. 11, sq. Sept. and
Class. as Hdot. i. 89.
H ZY
‘“Hovyxtos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (equiv. to
Hovxos,) quiet, tranquil, by freedom from
disturbance, 1 Tim. ii. 2, 770. Biov dia-
yew, namely, by public peace and tran-
quillity. See Pind. Pyth. viii. 1—6. In
the Class. it is used only of persons ; at
least I remember nothing like the expres-
sion in | Pet. iii. 4, yo00xL0v Tvevma, with
which Bretsch. aptly compares Psalt. Sa-
lom. xii. 6, puAaEar Kvoros Wuyxnv hov-
Xtov, Kai Katev0var avdpa ToLovvTa
eipyvnv év oiKkw.
‘“Ht7TGopaz, f. oopat, depon. pass.
(ai7Twv,) prop. to be worse off than ano-
ther, to be inferior to him. So 2 Cor. xii.
13, ti—6 ArTHOnTe, Kc. and also in
later Class.; though in them the word
carries after it a dat. or something equiv.
Hence to be worsted by any one, either in
war, or in any contest, as often in Class.
And so 2 Pet. ii. 19, & yao Tis HTTHTAL,
where fig. as Jos. Ant. i. 19, 4, Eowre 77-
ayQeis. Absol. 2 Pet. ii. 20, y77T@yTat.
Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 5, « Tov A#TTaA08at.
“HTT a, atos, TO, (7TTaopuat,) prop.
a being in a worse state than any former
one, or that of some other person. So
Rom. xi. 12, yrTyywa avt@y: and as 77-
Taopuat signifies to come short, be worsted,
so 7T7Tnwa in | Cor. vi. 7, HTTHpa év
vuty éotiv, signifies, ‘there is a falling
short of your duty,’ @ failure, a fault.
“HTT, ovos, 6, 7, adj. irreg. compar.
to kaxos, worse, mferior. In N.T. the
word occurs only in neut. | Cor. xi. 17,
zis To 47TOv, ‘for the worse,’ and Class.
Adverb. 2 Cor., xii. 15, 47 7Tov éyaTomat,
and Class.
‘“Hxéw, f. now, (yxos,) to sound, re-
sound, clang, trans. | Cor. xiii..1, yad-
Kos nX@v. Hes. Th. 42. Of the sea, to
roar, Lu. xxi. 25. Sept. and Hom. I]. i.
157.
*"Hxos, ov, 6, prop. sound, noise, Acts
ii. 2. Heb. xii. 19. Sept. and Jos. metaph.
Same, rumour, Lu. iv. 37.
0.
Oaracca, ns, 7, (ads, wh. éXacoa,)
the sea, or a sea, 1) gener. Matt. xiii. 47,
saynvyn Br(nVeion eis THv SaX. and xviii.
6. Rev. v. 13. vii. 1. xx. 13. 2) spec. of
particular sins, as specified by adjuncts,
Acts x. 6, 32. vii. 36. 1 Cor. x. 1, et al.
Oariw, f. Ww, prop. to make warm,
either by fire, Hom. Od. xxi. 179, or by
warmth imparted from the body, Jos. Ant.
175
OAN
téxva. (See my note.) Eph. v. 29, and
Class.
OauBéw, f. How, (SauBos,) to be m
amazement, intrans. Acts ix. 6, Tpéuwy
kal SauBa@v. Hom. Od. i. 328, and Sept.
Hence pass. to be astonished, Mk. i. 27. x.
32, and later Class.
OaufBos, eos, TO, (Saw,) prop. ad-
miration mixed with terror, as Pind. Nem.
i. 85, and elsewh. but sometimes ‘ amaze-
ment from admiration, or a mixed feeling
of admiration and awe, Lu. iv. 36. v. 9.
Acts iii. 10, and so Hom. II. iii. 342. iv. 79.
Thuc. vi. 31.
Oavaco.ipmos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (Pavaros,)
causing death, deadly; in N. T. applied
to death by pozson, Mk. xvi. 18, kav 6.
Tt Wiwotv, where sub. d@apyaKov, which
is expressed in Eurip. lon 616, paopa-
kwy §, and Jos. Antiq. iv. 8, 84. Artem.
ii. 64. v. 33.
Oavatnpopos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (Odva-
Tos, péow,) deadly, (lit. death-bringing, )
Ja. iil. 8, ueor7 tov Gay. And so in later
Class.
Oavaros, ov, 6, (Pavetv,) death, i. e.
the extinction of life, whether naturally,
or by violence. I. said of natural death,
John xi. 4, 13. Rom. viii. 38, et al. sepe.
Rev. xiii. 3, % wAnyy tov OYavarov,
‘deadly wound.’ Plur. @a@vatou, ‘ exposures
to death, 2Cor. xi. 23. Artem. iv. 83.
Hence meton. for pestilence, Rev. vi. 8.—
II. said of vzolent death, espec. as a punish-
ment, Matt. xx. 18. xxvi. 66. Phil. ii. 8,
0. cravpov: gener. Matt. x. 21; of the
death of Jesus as piacular, Rom. v. 10.—
Ill. in O. T. death often has the sense of
utter destruction, or perdition, implying
both physical dissolution and exclusion
from the presence and favour of God, in
consequence of sin; in N. T. this sense is
applied with more definiteness to the Gos-
pel-scheme; and as (w7 is used to denote
the bliss and glory of the kingdom of God,
including the idea of a joyful resurrection,
so Oavatos is put for the opposite, namely,
‘exclusion from the kingdom of God,’ in-
cluding the idea of physical death as ag-
gravated by eternal damnation and punish-
ment, John viii. 51, @@vatov ov pi Oew-
enon eis Tov atwva. Rom. vi. 16, dovAor
auaotias eis Oavatov. ver. 21,76 TéXos
éxetvwy Qavatos. 2 Tim. i. 10, Katap-
ynoavTos fev TOV Vavatov, pwticavtTos
0& Cwiv—dla Tov evayy., called ‘the
second death’ in Rev. ii. 11. But besides
this death eternal, in another world, there
is adverted to, John v. 24. 1 John iii. 14,
a death spiritual in thzs, a present exclu-
sion from the favour of God; for, as spi-
ritual /2fe consists in constant communica-
vil. 14,8. In N.T. fig. to cherish, 1 Th. | tion with the Divine light and spirit, which
li. 7, ws av todos Jakry Ta EavTHs | constitute life, (see under (wi, III.) so
tee
OAN
spiritual death is the being separated from
their blessed influence—IV. 6 @dévatos
personified, DEATH, as the King of Hades,
Rev. vi. 8, meton. for adns itself. Matt.
iv. 16, év xwpa Kal oxra Vavarou, ‘ death-
shade, i. e. the thickest darkness.
Oavatow, f. wow, (Gdvatos,) to
put to death; in N. T. by the interven-
tion of others; i. e. to cause to be put to
death, to deliver over to death, trans. 1)
prop. Matt. x. 21, Gavatwoovcw avTods,
sepe. 2) fig. to mortify, subdue evil de-
sires, &c. Rom. viii. 13; pass. to become
dead to any thing, be freed from its power,
with dat. vii. 4.
Carty, f. Ww, (prob. fr. Paw, obruo,) to
cover over or up with any thing, and there-
by remove out of sight ; also to bury, which
was done either by simply covering over
the corpse with heaps of earth or stones, wh.
was called évrapac0at, éréyev, emiBad-
Aew tiv yay, or by digging a grave, and
interring the corpse; of which modes,
whichever were the most ancient, ezther was
designated by 0a7rtTw. When, however,
burning the dead was introduced, as it was
at an early period, the same term was re-
tained in use, espec. as the bones at least
were often interred; see Hom. Od. xi. 52.
Yet, to make the meaning more distinct,
quot was often added, as Atl. H. An. x.
22. Philostr. Heroic. 721. Vit. Soph. 601.
The word @amrw came, however, at
length, to denote the performing of the
funeral rites of every kind, whether pre-
liminary, as embalmment, or at the time
of the burial, whether by burning or inter-
ment, Hom. Od. xii. 12. In N. T. it sig-
nifies gener. to znter, trans. Matt. viii. 21,
et al. Sept. and Class.
Oappéiw, f. how, (Oapcos,) prop. and
in Class. ‘ to have courage to perform any
action ;> or, ‘to take courage as to any
thing.” InN. T. it bears the latter sense ;
imper. signifying absol. ‘to be full of con-
fidence,’ as to any evil, 2 Cor. v. 6, Qap-
oouvtes ovuv wavtote. Heb. xiii. 6. Sept.
and Class.; also foll. by év Tu, * to have
hope or confidence in any one,’ 2 Cor. vii.
16. Sept. in Prov. xxxi. 11. Pol. v. 29, 4,
and elsewhere in Class.; or by its equiv.
eis tTiwa, ‘to use boldness towards any
one, 2 Cor. x. l.
Oapcéw, f. iow, same as Jappew. In
N. T. only imperat. Oapoce:, Oaposite,
‘be of good cheer, Matt. ix. 22. xiv. 27.
Odocos, e0s, TO, courage, as in the
phrase AauBaverw Dap. to take courage,
equiv. to Gapoéw, Acts xxviii. 15. Apocr.
Joseph. and Class.
O ava, atos, TO, prim. and prop. ‘an
object of admiration or astonishment,’ a
wonder, i. e. cause of wonder, as oft. in
176
Hom. and Hes. ; but gener. in succeeding
writers, the effect produced on the mind
thereby, admiration, wonder, Thue. viii.
14. Hdot. and others. And so in Rev.
xvii. 6, 20avpaca Cavupa péya, a Hebra-
ism for ‘ 1 wondered exceedingly.’ )
Oavuatw, f. dow, (Gavua,) to won-
der, I. INTRANS. ‘to be astonished,’ to be
amazed ; absol. Matt. vil. 10, 6 ’Incous
éOavuace Kat elite, and 27, ix. 8,33. Xv.
31, et al.; with adjuncts, to wonder at any
thing; e. gr. with acc. of pers. as remote
object, John v. 28, uy Gauy. tovro. Lu.
xxiv. 12. Thue. vi. 33, 6 qwavi Qaupua-
Gere: with dv@ v1, Mk. vi. 6. John vii.
21. gy tun, Lu. i. 21. gat ron, Lu. ii.
30. iv. 22, et al.; by aweoi tuvos, Lu. ii.
18: foll. by 671, to wonder that, because,
&c. Lu. xi. 38. John iii. 7. iv. 27. Gal. i.
6; by «ei, to wonder if, whether, Mk. xv.
44, | John iii. 13.—IL. by impl. TRANS.
to wonder at, 1. e. ‘to admire,’ with acc. of
pers. Lu. vii. 9, 6 ’Incovs 20atmacev —
avtov. Acts vii. 31. Diod. Sic. iv. 31,
tiv aoeTiv, and oft. in Class.; from the
Hebr. Jude 16, @aunafovtes modcwra,
admirers of persons, i. e. * having respect
to persons,’ partial. So Sept. Is. ix. 15. _
Job xiii. 10. In constr. pregn. Rev, xiii.
3, Dauua ery Omriow Tov Onpiov, to won-
der after the beast, i. e. ‘to admire and
follow him, to become his worshippers;
comp. v. 4.
Oauuaclos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (Gavuavw,)
admirable, as said of persons ; wonderful,
as said of thongs. In N. T. neut. ro Gav-
paciov, as subst. a wonder or miracle,
Matt. xxi. 15, and Sept.
OavuaoTos, i, ov, prop. a verbal adj.
signif. admirandus, admirable or excellent,
as said of persons ; wonderful, as said of
things. In N. T. only the latter, 1) gener.
as | Pet. i. 9, eis TO Oaupacroyv abtov
pas. Matt. xxi. 42. Sept. and Class. 2)
spec. in the sense strange, unusual, 2 Cor.
xi. 14, kat ob OJavpactov, ‘no wonder,
John ix. 30.. So Xen” Cyr iwiea ee
ovdév av ein 9. et sepe al.
Ged, as, 4, (fem. of Osds,) a goddess,
Acts xix. 27, 35, and Class.
Ocdopat, f. &couat, dep. mid. (Ged,
fr. Odzouat,) to see, look at, behold, &c. 1.
prim. and simply, ¢o see, 1. e. “ to perceive’
with the eyes, equiv. to idety, foll. by ace.
John viii. 10, undéva Csacduevos. Acts
xxi. 27, et al.; with acc. and partic. Mk.
xvi. 14. Lu. v. 27, é0eacato TeXwynv
KkaOyjuevov. John i. 32. Acts i. I]; in
Class. by O72, as John vi. 5. Acts viii.
18.—II. including the notion of pleasure
in seeing, Matt. xi. 7, vi 2&7Gete Oea-
sacar ;
OcatpiCw, f. iow, (PéaTeov,) to be an
BEA ot
actor tn the theatre, to bring upon the the-
atre, * present asa spectacle,’ trans. Hence
in N. T. gener. ‘to make a public specta-
cle of, expose to public scorn,’ pass. Heb.
x. 33. Criminals were sometimes exposed
and punished in the theatre.
QOéatporv, ov, Td, (Pedouar,) prop. a
theatre, i. e. the place where dramatic and
other public spectacles were exhibited,
ger. V. Home. "Xen. H. G. iv. 4, 3,
where, too, the people were convened, in
order to hear harangues, hold public con-
sultations, &c.; see Xen. Hist. vi. 5, 7.
And so in Acts xix. 29, 31, meton. @ spec-
tacle, public show; fig. 1 Cor. iv. 9.
Comp. Heb. x. 33. AXsch. Dial. Socr. iii.
20, GgaTea TomnTav.
Getov, ov, TO, prop. neut. of adj. Gezos,
but used subst. for szlphur, called Oetov,
scil. qvp, as being, the ancients thought,
fire from heaven, such as lightning: and
since lightning leaves a sulphurous smell,
—and as sulphur was used in lustrations,—
from this notion of its affinity to lightning,
so it obtained the name of @etov, Lu. xvii.
29, ZBoeEe wup kai Oetov (‘ sulphurous
flames’) am’ ovpavov. Rev. ix. 17, 18, al.
Sept. and Class.
@ elos, a, ov,adj.(Ozds,) divine, pertain-
ing toGod,2 Pet. i.3, sq. Sept. & Class. ;
neut. +o Qetov, ‘the Divine nature,’ the
Deity, Acts xvii. 29, and Class.
GerdoTns, nTos, 7, (Oeds,) Deity, God-
head, i. e. the Divine nature and perfec-
tions, Rom. i. 20. Lucian iii. 149, and
Tsocr.
Oe1woys, £08, 6, 4, adj. (Getov,) sul-
phurous, i.e. made of sulphur, Rev. ix.
17, @@paKxas twupivovs—Kai 8. Philostr.
Imag. i. 27.
Ozrnpa, atos, TO, (perf. Te8éAnKe,
fr. Gé\w,) will, i. e. active volition, the
faculty by which we will any thing. The
word does not occur in Attic Greek. In
N. T. it denotes, I. prop. the result of
the exercise of this faculty, wll, wish,
good pleasure, Matt. xxvi. 42, yevnOiTw
70 OéX. cov. "a moaate, | Cor. xvi: 12,
ov iv 0. Eph. v. 17. 1 Pet. ii. 15. iv. 2,
sq. 1 John v. 14, al. And so in John i.
13, 0X. capKes, ‘carnal desire,’ or rather
‘that to which we are led by natural instinct.’
Sept. Ps. i. 2, and Ecclus. viii. 15.—II.
METON. will, the thing willed, ‘ what one
wills to do, or to be done,’ Matt. vii. 21,
ah’ 6 wotwy TO JéX. Tov ILatpos, and
xii. 50, al. sepe. Eph. ii. 3, Ta SeAjpata
THs capkos, ‘the desires of the flesh,’ i. e.
those to which a body making us prone to
sin inclines us. The plural also occurs in
Sept. 2 Chron. ix. 12, et al. and Theodor.
y. 958. And so in our own language; as
Shakspeare : ‘The wills above be done!
In Lu. xxiii. 25, wapidwxe Tw Jed.
OEA
avTa@y, it means, ‘their will and pleasure,’
what they willed to be done. Hence, by
impl. will, i. e. purpose, decree, Matt.
xvili. 14, ok tore J. Eutrpoc0ev Tov
Ilatpos. John vi. 39, Acts xxii. 14. Heb.
x. 7, seqq. So collect. tro 3. rou Osov,
i. e. ‘the counsels, eternal purposes of
God,’ Matt. vi. 10. Lu. xi. 2.—JII. meton.
will, meaning the faculty of willing, free
wil ; of man, | Cor. vii. 37, éE0uciav dz
EXEL Weol Tov idiov J. 2 Pet. i. 21; of
God, Eph. i. 5, 11. 1 Pet. iii. 17, ei Sérex
TO JEN. TOU Qeou.
OérXno LS, ews, 1, (SéAw,) will, ‘the
good pleasure of God,’ Heb. ii. 4. Sept.
Kzek. xviii. 23. 2 Macc. xii. 16. Stobzi
Kel. Phys. vol. ii. 162.
0 édXw,(f. SeANHow), to will, wish, desire ;
implying active volition, and thus differing
from BovAouat, which denotes passive. 1.
prop. to will, i.e. to purpose, wntend, choose,
to doa thing, or not; 1) of God & Christ,
foll. by infin. aor. Rom. ix. 22, <i SéAwv
0 Beds évdsiEacOar Thy dpynv. Col.i. 27;
by infin. and acc. 1 Tim. ii. 4; absol. with
inf. impl. John v. 21. 2) of men, foll. by
inf, aor. Matt. v.40, Tw SédovTi cor Kpi-
Ojvar. John i. 44; pres. Matt. xix. 21, ei
SéXets TéXevos eivar. John vi. 67; by
inf. and aor. Lu. i. 62; absol. with inf.
impl. Matt. vili.2, av SéAns. Mk. iii. 13.
So with neg. od SéAw, not to will or have
in mind, and by impl. to will not, to deter-
mine NOT to do this or that, &c.; foll. by
inf. aor. Matt. ii. 18, ok 40eXe mapa-
kAnOyvar. Mk. vi. 26; pres. John vii. 1;
absol. with inf. impl. Matt. xviii. 30. In
antith. e. gr. to wall and to do, Rom. vii.
18. Phil. ii. 13. In Matt.i.19, ny S2Awv
avuTiy jwapaderypatioar, and Lu. xviii.
13, otk H0eXev ovdE TOs 6badpovs—
émaoat, the recent Commentators and
Lexicographers take SéA. as standing for
dvvauat, (by a use freq. in the Class.)
i.e. ‘could not bring himself, dared not.
But in the former passage the sense is
simply, as we say, not caring, not being
disposed ; and in the latter much the
same; as also in Matt. ii. 18, odk 70eXe
mapakAnoynvat. 3) fig. of the wind, John
lil. 8, Ovouv JéXer, vet: an expression
not to be paralleled by those passages of
the Classical writers (as Xen. Cyr. ii. 4,
i9,) where volition is ascribed to anzmals.
The Commentators might more aptly have
adduced from Hdot. ii. 11, 4, <i wv 6%
éVeAjoe ExteéWar TO Pée0oov 6 NetXos,
&c. Xen. ic. iv. 13, dtroca 4 yn pépew
£0éXet.—I1. to wish, destre, choose ; foll.
by infin., either aor. Lu. viii. 20, or pres.
John xvi. 19. Gal. iv. 20; foll. by inf.
and acc. Mk. vii.24; absol. with infin.
impl. Matt. xv. 28, yevnbiytw cor ws
véhers. Mk. ix. 13. So with neg. ov
I
OEM
Sérw, be unwilling, choose Nov; foll. by
inf. aor. Lu. xix. 14, ob SéXouev TouTov
178
|
QO EO
Sept. and Class. 2) metaph. to ground,
establish, confirm, Eph. iii. 17. Col. i. 23,
Baotdevoa. | Cor. x. 20; pres. ver. 1. | ty wiote: Tefeuedtwpevor. 1 Pet. v. 10.
Rom. i. 13; absol. with inf. impl. John
xxi. 16. Foll. by ei, Lu. xii. 49, ti Sédw,
ei 40n avngpiy; foll. by tva with subj.
Matt. vii. 12, dca dv SédyTe tva Torwow
vutv ot av0. Mk. vi. 25. So in interrog.
foll. by fut. ind., or more properly aor.
subj. pres. with iva implied, Matt. xx. 52,
vi SéXeTte [iva] jwoujow viv, and xxvi.
17, oft. and Class. Once with 7, in the
sense to choose rather, to prefer, 1 Cor.
xiv. 19. Sometimes é0éXe.w, when fol-
lowed by an infin., is to be rendered as an
adv. before a finite verb, wellingly, gladly,
John vi. 21, 70eXov AaBetv avTov eis TO
toto, lit. ‘ they desired to receive him.’
—III. TO BE DISPOSED, znelined, or prone
to any thing; and by impl. to like to do it,
(nearly equiv. to mAéw,) foll. by infin.
Lu. xx. 46, tov SeXOvTwY TEOLTTATELD
év otoAats (as Hdot. i. 74. vii. 50, 2.
viii. 60,3). So, by.Hebr., with acc. Matt.
xxvii. 48, ef SéXec avTov. ix. 13, zXEov
Séhw. Foll. by gv tiv, to delight in any
thing, Col. ii. 16, SéX\wv év Tam. And so
in Sept.—IV. by impl. to be so or so
MINDED, to be of opinion, affirm, 2 Pet. iii.
5, Aavlaver avtovs TouTO Jédovtas. So
Hdian. v. 3, 11, eixova te Hrwov avio-
yaorov eivat JéNovow, and v. 6, 10; so
also volo in Latin.—V. Sé\w with infin.
is sometimes nearly equiv. to uéA\dw, to
be about to, giving to the infin. a fut.
sense, (but only of inanimate objects,)
Acts ii. 12, ti adv JédXot TouTo eivar;
Hdot. i. 78, et al. Artemid. iv. 80, azro-
o@y Ti Tote SéeL onpaivery O GveEtgos.
OeuéeX Los, ov, 6, 7, prop. adj. (Séua,
something laid,) meaning, ‘ placed or laid
as a foundation,’ fundamental ; but almost
always used as a subst. foundation; some-
times YeuéAvov inneut. I. masc. 6 Seuéd.
scil. Aifos, prop. fouwndation-stone, Heb.
xi. 10, tiv tols Seu. Exovcav aohw.
Rev. xxi. 14, 19, bis. Sept. and Class.
Fig. of elementary doctrine and instruc-
tion, the foundation, 1 Cor. iii. 10, Sepé-
Acov Té0ecka. Rom. xv. 20. Eph. ii. 20.
Heb. vi. 1; of a fundamental doctrine or
principle, e. gr. CHRIST, 1 Cor. iii. 11, 12.
1 Tim. vi. 19, SenéArov kadov, a good
foundation, one on which hope of salva-
tion may rest. Meton. 2 Tim. ii. 19, o
Seuédtos tou Geov, ‘that which God
hath founded,’ God’s building, the Gospel-
scheme.—II. neut. TO Seuédtov, foun-
dation, Acts xvi. 26, 7a Seuedra. Lu. vi.
48, 49. xiv. 29. Sept. and Class.
Oeueriow, f. wow, (Seuzdtos,) 1)
prop. to lay the foundation of any building,
trans. Matt. vii. 25. Lu. vi. 48, rvTe@epe-
Aiwto yao émt tiv weTpav. Heb. i. 10.
Diod. Sic. xi. 68, kaX@s Senehiwetoa,
and xv. 1, nyeuovia TeVemediwpEevn.
€ s A
OzeodidakTos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (Oeds,
d.acKkw,) taught of God, | Thess. iv. 9.
OedXoyos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (Geds, Adyos,
discourse,) in Class. theologus, a divine,
i.e. one who treats of God and divine
things, as did Epimenides, Diod. Sic. v. 80.
Pherecydes, Plut. Syll. 36. In N. T, it
stands only as a title to the book of Reve-
lation, signifying @ theologian or divine,
and is applied to St. John in an eminent
sense, because in his Gospel, Epistles, and
book of Revelation, he handled the sub-
limest doctrines of Christian theology;
particularly by asserting the Divine Word,
proving Him to be God. Thus he is
called by Athanasius, SedXoyos avijp, and
by Theophylact, SeoAoyiKwTaTos.
Ozcounayxéw, f. jyow, (Seduayxos,) to
contend against God, Acts xxiii. 9. 2 Mace.
vii. 19, and often in Class. .
Ozduaxos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (Ozds, uaxo-
pat,) contending agamst God, Acts v. 39.
Prov. ix. 18, Symm.
OedmveveTos, ov, 0,7, adj. (Oeds,
avéw,) inspired from God, 2'Tim. iti. 16,
Twaca yoapy J. Phocyl. 121. tys Seo-
jvevaTou copias NOyos éoTiv GpioTos.
And Plut. ix. 583, applies the word to
dreams sent from God.
Oeds, ov, 06, God. I. gener. Gop, the
supreme Lord and Father ofall, JEHOVAH,
o Geos, Matt. i. 23, and oft.; without the
art. vi. 24; Kupros 6 Oeds, Mk. xii. 29,
oft. and Sept. In construction, 1) before
agen. of person, 0 eds Tivos, ‘the God
of any one,’ i. e. his protector, benefactor,
the object of his worship,’ Matt. xxii. 32,
o Beds ’ABpaau, Mk. xii. 26. Lu. i. 68.
Acts v. 30, et al. So voc. Matt. xxvii. 46,
Oe wov. Mk. xv. 34, 0 Oe0s jou: of thing,
when God is considered as the author and
giver, the source of any thing, e. gr. Oeds
THS UTOMovAS Kal THS TWapakAroews,
Rom. xv. 5. tHs éXidos, ver. 13. ts
elonvns, xvi. 20. waons xapitos, 1 Pet.
v. 10, al. 2) gener. Ozov after other
nouns, e. gr. both as active or subjective,
(denoting what comes forth, is sent, given,
appointed from God, Matt. 11.16, rd avev-
wa tou ©. Lu. xi. 49, 7 copia tov O.
ili. 38, (Yids) rou O. ix. 20, 6 KXouorés
tou Qeov. Acts xxill. 4, Tov adoyrepéa
Tou Qzov. Matt. vi. 33, 7 Bactdeia Tov |
Gcov. 2 Tim. iii. 17, 6 avOpwios tov
Qeou, the man of God, i.e. ‘taught, fur- -
nished of God.’ 1 Thess. iv. 16, o&A-
muyE Osov, the trump of God, * which —
sounds by his command,’ see | Cor. xv.
8 EO
§2;) and also as passive or objective ; e. gr.
Lu. xi. 42, 1) dyamn tov Oeouv, ‘ love to
God,’ (see ayaa 2,) and vi. 12, 1) to00-
eux?) Tou OQeov, prayer to God. Mk. xi.
22, wiotis Qeou, faith in God. So 6 oikos
rou Qeou, i. e. ‘ consecrated to God,’ Lu.
vi. 4, et al. Rev. xv. 2, c.Qapar Tov Geou,
‘harps for the praise of God.’ Further,
Ta Tov Veo, the things of God, e. gr. his
counsels and purposes, 1 Cor. ii. J1, or
‘things agreeable to him,’ Matt. xvi. 23,
or pertaining to him, xxii. 21, in which
sense we also find r& mods Qeov, i.e.
‘his service and worship,’ Rom. xv. 17.
Heb. ii. 17. v, 1. 3) dat. Oew, e. gr. after
adjectives, as dorseios Tw O. Acts vii. 20.
Ovvata Tw O. 2 Cor. x. 4, as an intensive,
from the Heb., exceedingly, (see acTetos
and duvatés:) elsewh. after verbs, &c.
to or for God, Rom. vi. 10, G7jv Tw Sew,
i.e. ‘to his honour and glory,’ in accord-
ance with his will.—II. it is applied to
Curist, the Son, who is declared to be
© Oeds, John i. 1. xx. 28. Rom. ix. 5.
Phil. ii. 6. 1 Tim. iii. 16. Heb. i. 8. 1 John
v. 20. Rev. xix. 17. comp. ver. 7. xxii.
6. In like manner He is called 6 Osds
in very many passages of the early Fa-
thers, adduced in Dr. Burton’s Testimo-
nies of the Ante-Nicene Fathers.—III. in
the Greek sense, Yeds, a god, 6 Geos,
the Deity, and ot Jeoi, the gods, i. e.
the heathen gods, Acts vii. 43, @ eds.
xiv. 1], of Seot. So Satan is called, 6
Je0s Tov aimvos TovTov, the god of this
world, as being its leader, &c. 2 Cor. iv. 4.
Once fem. 7 Seds, a goddess, Diana, Acts
zi. 3/. Meton. an image, idol, Acts vii.
OcocéPeta, as, 7, (JeocePijs, ) reve-
rence for God, piety, godliness, | Tim. ii.
10, (where see my note,) Sept. and Class.
GeoceBijs, é0s, 0, 77, adj. (Oeds, vé-
Bouat,) reverencing God, godly, namely,
by worship and obedience, John ix. 31.
Sept. and Class.
QOeootvyis, é0s, 6, 7, adj. (Oeds,
oTuvyéw,) prop. as in Class. pass. hated by
the gods, Eurip. Tr. 1243. In N. T. act.
hating God, impious, Rom. i. 30. Eurip.
Cycl. 395.
OedTns, (same as SecdTys,) nTOs, 7,
the Deity, or Godhead, i.e. the Divine
nature, Col. ii. 9. Luc. Icarom. 9, but
only in the sense dezty, godship.
Gepamteia, as, 7, (Seoamevw,) service
or attendance of any kind, by impl. volun-
tary, whether of servants or their masters,
or of nurses, or medical attendants, on the
sick. In N. T. used 1) of care of the
sick, and by impl. the relzef imparted, &c.
Lu. ix. 1]. Rev. xxii. 2. Jos. and Class.
2) meton. and collect. attendants, retinue,
179
OEQ
Matt. xxiv. 45. Lu. xii. 42. Sept. and
Class.
Ocpawetw, f. evVow, (Sepamwr,) in
Class. to wait upon, minister unto, pay court
to; to honour, venerute, seck to please ;
also, to worship. In N. T. the word is
used in two senses, 1) prop. and gener. to
minister to, wait on, Acts xvii. 25, obdé (06
Ozds) bwd yepov avOpwrwy Jepar.
2) spec. to take care of, tend, the sick,
Class. In N. T. by impl. to relieve, or
heal, Matt. iv. 24. xii, 10. Mk. i. 34, Lu.
vi. 7. x. 9,al. And so in Thuc. ii. 47,
where see my note.
Ozoadtwv, ovTos, 6, (Sépw, to che-
rish,) az attendant; implying voluntary
service, and therefore differing from dov-
Aos, Heb. iii. 5, where see my note.
OepiCw, f. iow, (Séoos,) ‘to gather
the fruits of the summer,’ to reap or har-
vest. 1) prop. and absol. Matt. vi. 26.
Ja. v. 4, ot Sepioavtes, the reapers, Matt.
xxv. 24. John iv. 37. 2 Cor. ix. 6. Gal.
vi. 7. 2) fig. to reap the fruits of one’s
labours, i Cor. ix. 11, ra capxixé. John
iv. 06, 38. Gal. vi. 8,9. Sept. and Class.
3) by impl. to cut down, destroy, Rev. xiv.
15, 16, 20epicOn 17 y7, i. e. ‘the iniquity
of men is fully ripe, and is cut off,’ (comp.
Joel iii. 13,) i. e. the bad are cut off, as
corn by the reaper.
Oeptopos, ov, 0, (Seeifw,) prop.
harvest, harvesting, John iv. 35, 6 Jepic-
mos g0xeTar. Matt. xiii. 30,39. Sept. and
Class. Meton. the harvest to be gathered,
produce of the harvest. In N. T. fig. for
the converts to be gathered into Christ’s
kingdom, Matt. ix. 37. Lu. x. 2; also of
those whoge iniquity is fully ripe for
punishment, Rev. xiv. 15.
OeproTis, ov, 0, (SepiGw,) & reaper,
harvest-man, Matt. xiii. 30, 39. Sept. and
Class.
Oeppaivy, f. ave, (Sepucs,) to warm.
In N. T. mid. Seouaivouar, to warm one-
self, Mk. xiv. 54, 67; at the fire, Ja. ii. 16;
‘to become warm with clothing,’ Sept. and
Class.
Oézpun, ns, 1, (Sepucs fr. Séow,)
warmth, heat, Acts xxviii. 3. Sept. and
Thue. ii. 49. .
Oépos, eos, TO, (Sépw, to warm,)
summer, i.e. ‘ the warm season,’ Matt.
xxiv. 32. Mk. xiii. 28. Lu. xxi. 30: Sept.
and Class,
Oewoew, f. jow, (Sewpos, spectator, )
prop. to le a spectator of, to behold, view
any thing, espec. a public spectacle, or
person, I. prop. including the notion of
attention, wonder, &c. See Schol. on
Eurip. Hec. 342. 1) gener. with acc. of
thing, Lu. xxiii. 48, Sewoouvtes Ta ye-
voueva. John ii. 23. ae vili. 13; of pers.
BEQ
Rey. xi. 11, 12; foll. by was, Mk. xii. 41,
and qov, xv. 47; absol. Lu. xiv. 29, al.
Sept. and Class. 2) to look at, ‘view with
attention,” Matt. xxviii. 1, 3. tov taqov.
Ceb. Tab. 1. Fig. to consider attentively,
Heb. vii.4, Sewoetre 62, wnyXikos ovTos,
and Class. 3) to look at, i. e. by impl. to
comprehend, recognise, acknowledge, with
acc. of pers. John vi. 40, was 6 Jewowy
tov Yiov, and xii. 45. xiv. 17. Wisd. xiii.
5. Diod. Sic. xix. 52, rods Adyous.—II.
simply to see, perceive with the eyes, behold,
nearly equiv. to idetv, 1) gener. foll. by
acc. of pers. Mk. iii. 11. John ix. 8, etal.;
with part. added, Lu. x. 18, é@ewoouv
Tov LaTavav—meocovTa. xxiv. 39. Mk.v.
15. John vi. 19. Foll. by acc. of thing,
Lu. xxi. 6, rauta &@ Sewpette. John vii.
3; with partic. added, John x. 12, 3. tov
AUKov épxXouevov. xx. 6, al. Sept. and
Class. 2) to perceive, mark, note, foll. by
ott, Mk. xvi. 4; by wooos, Acts xxi. 20;
by acc. of thing, Mk. v. 38, kal Sewpet
JopuBov. 2 Macc. ix. 238. Diod. Sic. xiii.
28. 3) from the Hebr. fo see, i.e. eaxpe-
reence, e. gr. Tov Javatoyv, John viii. ol.
Gewpla, as, 7,(Sewpods,) prop. the act
of viewing any thing, Jos. Ant. ii. 9, 5,
Kata Sewpiav. Dan. v. 7, Cod. Chisl.
Also the szght of what is viewed, 2 Macc.
xv. 12; but chiefly that of public spec-
tacles, as games, &c. Thuc. vi. 16. Xen.
Hier. i. 12, espec. a religious one, as Ku-
rip. Bacch. 1000, Matth. And so 2 Mace.
xv. 26, robs é£eMOdvtTas emi Tv Jew-
otav. In N.T. of the spectacle of public
execution, Lu. xxiii. 48, of cuutapaye-
VOMEVOL OXAOL ETL TV Jewpiay TAVTHDY.
Simil. 3 Macc. v. 24, ra 6& wAHOn cuvt-
QootoTo Tpds Ty OiKTpOTAaTHY Jéewpiap,
and of a@ sad spectacle, gen. in /Xsch.
Prom. 827, @\Anv & &koveov ducxep7
Sewpiav. And so spectaculum in Latin,
and spectacle in Engl.
Onkn, ns, 1, (TiOnut,) repository, or
receptacle to put any thing in, as a coffer
or chest, cell or chamber ; likewise a sheath
or scabbard for a sword, John xviii. ]1, as
in Engl. case is sometimes used for @
sheath.
Onra Cw, f. dow, (S7An,) 1) prop.
causative, for SyAyv éméxyw, papillam
prebeo, to suckle; absol. Matt. xxiv. 19.
Mk. xiii. 17. Lu. xxi. 23. Sept. & Class.
but foll. by acc. 2) immed. éo suck at the
breast, more usually SynAaGouar. Foll.
by acc. Lu. xi. 27, waoroi ovs e0yXacas.
So Job iii. 12, pactods é67jXaca. Cantic.
viii. 1, and Class. Partic. JnX\dCwv, a
suckling, Matt. xxi. 16.
OyXAUvs, Era,v,adj. gen. female, applied,
as mostly in Class. to the female of any
animals whatever. In N. T. 1) 7 SX ea,
180
OH
man, Rom. i. 26, sq. Sept. Lev. xxvii. 4,
and sometimes, though rarely, in Class.
2) to JHXuv, scil. yévos, as in the phrase
aoocev Kat SyAv, Matt. xix. 4. Mk. x. 6.
Gal. iii. 28. Sept. and sometimes Class. as
Hdot. ii. 85, To. 3. yévos.
Oxoa, as, 7, (Sip,) prop. the chase of
wild animals, hunting, Hom. Il. v. 49. Od.
i. 429, or meton. the fruit of the chase,
the prey or game, Hom. Od. ix. 158.
Xen. Ven. vi. 13. In N.T. meton. cap-
ture or destruction, i. e. cause of destruc-
tion, Rom. xi. 9. So, too, Plut. Alcib.
Myxavi) Sjoas avOowrewr.
Onpetvw, f. evow, (Snoa,) prop. to
hunt, take wild animals, as often in Class.
In N. T. fig. to hunt, i.e. eatch at, lay hold
of, any one’s words, Lu. xi. 54, (ntouvTes
Jnoevoal TL EK TOV OTOMATOS AUTOU.
Onoropayxéo, f. now, (Snptov, pa-
Xouar,) to fight with wild beasts, as con-
demned persons in the public spectacles,
Artem. ii. 54. Absol. 1 Cor. xv. 32,
Kata avOowtov é0npiomaxnoa ev ‘Ed.
and probably fig. in allusion to what is
recorded, Acts xix. 29, where see my note.
Onptov, ov, To, (equiv. to Syp,) LL.
prop. a wild beast, Mk. i. 13, & oft. Sept.
and Class.—II. fig. of brutal savage men,
Tit. i. 12, and sometimes in Class.
OnoavpiCw, f. icw, (Snoavods,) I.
prop. to treasure up, lay m store for one’s ©
use; foll. by acc. of thing and dat. of
pers. expr. or impl. as Matt. vi. 19, sq.
Lu. xii. 21, al. Sept. and Class.—II. fig.
to lay wp, as said of evil, punishment, &c.
Rom. ii. 5, doyiv. Ja. v. 3. Sept. in
Prov. i. 18; also in pass. reserved, by the
providence of God, for, 2 Pet. iti. 7, ot
ovpavol Kal ) y7—TEOnoavpLopévor ict.
Onoavods, ov, 6, der. from tiOnme
and avoov: or rather, as there is no trace
of the existence of avpov in the Greek,
from Heb. 7 )x from 3x, fo lay up. The
word has two senses: 1) ‘something laid
up in store;’ and 2) the place where it is
reposited ; of which significations the for-
mer is the earlier, being found in Hesiod
and Pindar. The latter, however, is as
ancient as the time of Herodotus, by whom
it is often used. In N.T.it means [L. @
treasure, i.e. any thing laid up in store,
wealth, 1) prop. temporal, in this life,
Matt. vi. 19. xiii. 44. Lu. xii. 34. Heb.
xi. 26. Sept. and Class. 2) fig. spiritual,
pertaining to the soul and eternal life,
Matt. vi. 20. Mk. x. 21. Lu. xii. 33, al.
Said in 2 Cor. iv. 7, of the Gospel of Christ
considered asa precious deposi to be im-
proved. See Matt. xiii. 44. Of the trea-
sures of divine knowledge, which are laid
up in Christ, and in the scheme of our
as subst. to denote a female, i.e. a wo- ‘redemption by him, Col. ii. 3, of Snoaupot
ie a
THS copias, intimating the plenteousness
as well as preciousness thereof. So Plato,
Phil. 15, E. ws tia codias evonkws Jn-
savpov. Xen. Mem. iv. 2, 9, Sycaveods
—oodias. Julian. Or. iv. copias Jyoav-
pots. —II. a treasury, or place where
stores or treasures are reposited to be
drawn forth and distributed as, occasion
may require, Matt. xiii. 52, é«BadXee ex
Tov Inoaveod avtov Kawa, &c. So Iso-
crates tells Demonicus, § 20, that he had
laid down such and such rules for his con-
duct, that he might draw them forth
womep sk Taueiov. And Lucian, Rhet.
Precep. tells his pupil to read the modern
writers so as occasionally to make use of
them xaQdamep ék Tapmlelcv TeOCalpwr.
In Matt. ii. 11, avoigavtes Tovs Syoav-
oovs avtay, it simply signifies a chest or
casket, in which valuables are kept. So
Jos. Ant. ix. 8, 2, EvAwov J. Fig. of the
storehouse of the mind, or heart, where
the thoughts, feelings, and counsels are as
it were laid up, to be drawn forth by the
daily exigencies of life, Matt. xii. 35, o
ayalos avVowmos ék Tov ay. Sno. TIS
Kapoias éxBa\Ner Ta Ayala where éxf.
is simply for moo@éoer, as used of words
spoken; and in the term there is merely
an allusion to the dzsbursement of money
or valuables from a treasury. So Lu. x.
00, ékBadwv Ovo Onvaola.
Oryyave, f. Si€ouar, aor. 2. eOryor,
{a lengthened form of the pres. for Siyw,)
1) gener. to towch, prop. with the hand or
foot, Col. ii. 21. 2) with gen. to touch by
coming to, to reach, Heb. xii. 20, kav Sn-
ptov Jiyy Tov dpovs. 3) with an idea of
force, to smite, harm, Heb. xi. 28, tva an o f
? rd \ 4 , De ic
dhoPoetwy TA TWOwWTOTOKA Siyy avT@v.
OriBw, f. Ww, gener. fo press, com-
press, depress, oppress. In N. T. I. prop.
of a person in a crowd, Mk. iii. 9, ve uy
SiBwouw avtov. Ecclus. xvi. 28. Ar-
temid. ii. 37. Luc. Nigr. 13, SAiBwv Kai
oTEvoOXwpwVv ToUs aTavTwuTas. So also
Arrian, Epict. i. 25, conjoins SAiBew and
ctevoxywoztv : also SAiBec8ar, Lue.
Pseud. vii. 6, to be crowded upon, as said
of a person; also fo be narrow, as said of
a place, Pollux ix. 23, moAts SAcBouevn,
and Theocr. Id. xxi. 18, SA.Bopévav Ka-
AuvBav. In N.T. said of a road hemmed
in, and by impl. narrow, Matt. vii. 14,
TeOAtupevy 1] 0008, 1. &. TTEVOYWPOS, AS
opp. to Ty OOw evpvywow.—ll. FIG. to
oppress with evils, affect, 2 Th. i. 6, tots
ShiBovow vuas: pass. 2 Cor. i. 6. iv. 8,
and Sept. and Class.; espec. to be afflicted
with poverty, 1 Tim. v. 10, i SA Bopué-
vous, distressed. Heb. xi. 37, totepovpe-
vot, SALBouevor. The full expression oc-
curs in Artemid. iii. 66, SAsBouevos bro
181
OPA
éekaortou TeEOAtupevwy TwV Biwy, * their
fortunes being narrow,’
OriWcs, ews, 7, (SAiBw,) prop. in act,
sense, compression, & fig. pressure fr. evils,
affliction, distress, whether from trouble of
mind, as 2 Cor. ii. 4, @« woAAjs SX. Kal
cuvoxns Kapdlas éypawa, Phil.i. 16; or
pain of body, John xvi. 21; where said of
a woman in travail; as also in Sept. and
Apocr. Oft. however, it is used, pass. by
meton., of evils by which any one 2s pressed,
affliction, distress, Matt. xii. 21, yevoue-
vys 6¢ J. Acts vii. 10, al. So with syno-
nymes, as SA. kal orevoywpia, Rom. ii. 9.
2 Cor. vi. 4. 1 Th. iii. 7. Sept. and Apocr.
Ovnokw, (f. Savovmar, aor. 2. e0a-
vov, perf. Té0vnka, inf. re0vavar,) to die.
In N. T. only perf. ré0vnka, to have died,
i. e. to be dead, in a pres. sense, Mk. xv.
44, ci H0n TEOVyKe. Lu. viii. 49. 1 Tim. v.
6, C@oa Té0vnKe, *is as good as dead.’
Sept. and Class.
OvyTos, 7}, ov, adj. (Svnckw,) mortal ;
compa, Rom. vi. 12. viii. Ll. cap£, 2 Cor.
iv. Ll. rd Svytrov, ‘ mortal nature, mor-
tality, 1 Cor. xv. 53, sq. 2 Cor. v. 4. Sept.
and Class.
“OopuvBéw, f. row, (SdovBos,) to
make a noise or uproar, said of a multi-
tude, gener. whether as a mark of appro-
bation or disapprobation. Class. In N. T.
1) mid. and intrans. said of loud lamenta-
tion, to make a nose together, to wail
together, Matt. ix. 23, idwy OxXov -Sopu-
Bovpmevov. Mk. v.39. Acts xx. 10. 2)
trans. to set in an uproar, to excite tumult
in a place, as THv TWodw, Acts xvii. 5.
Dion. Hat. ix. 68, €80pt0Bnoav tHv TWodwy.
OdpuBos, ov, 6, noise, uproar, of a
multitude, viz. 1) gener. Matt. xxvii. 24,
JoouBos yiverar, and oft.; of loud la-
mentation, watling, Mk. v. 38. 2) spec.
of popular commotion, tumult, Matt. xxvi.
5. Mk. xiv. 2. Acts xx. ], and Class,
Opava, f. cw, p. pass. TEApavopmar, 1)
prop. to break in pieces, crush, Pol. vi. 23,
11. Artem. iii. 30, but 2) almost always
used metaph. in the sense fo crush any
one’s strength, to destroy his power, Pind.
Ol. vi. 164. Plut. Alcib. 3. dvvamuy, or
to crush his hopes, Hdian. iii. 2, 4, or his
courage, Diod. Sic. v. 240, ré@oavorar 6
Sumos. Plut. Ces. 19. ere00aveTo THs
To\pys, or his mind altogether, Plut.
Anton. 17, Spavépevos tov Noytomon,
animo fractus, * broken down in mind, opp.
to é6owuevos. Hence in Lu. iv. 18, éo-
otethar TtePpavopévous, the sense is,
‘broken down in mind and spirits,’ like
prisoners in hopeless captivity; as Deut.
xx. 3, un poBetabe pdt Spavecbe: or
bruised, i. e. oppressed by nnjust imprison-
ment, as Deut. xxviii. 33, adéiKovmevos
THs wevias. Dion. Hal. Ant. p. 1688; 2, | kal Te0pauopévos.
OPE
182
OY FE
Opéiuma, atos, +6,(Teépw,) prop. a | of the worship of God, and hence religion,
nursling, ‘any animal bred up,’ used espec.
of came animals reared by the care of man,
cattle, flocks, and herds. So John iv. 12,
ol viol aUTOU Kal Ta Spéupata avTou,
where, however, Kypke, Tittman, and
Schleusner render domestics, household ;
appealing to two passages of ancient in-
scriptions, where, after the husband, wife,
and children, the domestics are mentioned.
Yet those, being merely inscriptions, afford
no direct proof of the existence of this
sense of Spgupara. And the usus lingue
is quite adverse, since Yo. in the plural
always, 1 apprehend, (except in two or
three passages of Jambl. and Liban. where
men are, in the rhetorical style of those
writers, fig. termed Spéupara, in imita-
tion of the poetic usage of Spéupa in the
singular for an alwmnus, almost always in
a bad sense,) denotes cattle, such as are
bred, reared, and nourished by the care of
man, as often in Joseph. and not unfre-
quently in the Class. as Xen. CXcon. xx.
23. Pol. ii. 26, 5. iv. 75,2, cmuata Kai
Spéuparta, ‘slaves and cattle.” Hdian. iii.
Oy. Al. V. Hi. xi. 56, where > zav
Speupatwy are opposed to Tav waidwv.
Diod. Sic. t. i. 221. And the mention of
the cattle is not, as Kypke says, irrelevant
to the purpose in view; which was to inti-
mate the great copiousness of the water ;
cattle, in the East, requiring to be watered
at the wells. As to the alleged zndecorum
of mentioning the cattle to the exclusion
of the domestics, the latter are not ex-
cluded ; verne, or household servants born
and bred in the house (who are, in Gen.
xiv. 14, Eccles. ii. 7, termed oixoyevets)
being considered as part of the family; and
so in the latter passage they are in the
Heb. called ‘ sons of my house.’ Finally,
the mention of the cattle is quite agreeable
to the simplicity of ancient times, espec.
in a rural country like Samaria.
Opnvéiw, f. now, (Opivos,) to weep
aloud, wail, mourn, viz. 1) intrans. John
xvi. 20, kNavceTe Kal Sonvyncere: of
hired mourners wailing for the dead,
Matt. xi. 17. Lu. vii. 32. Sept. & Hom. Il.
xxiv. 722. 2) trans. in later usage, zo be-
wail, Lu. xxiii. 27. Sept. and Hdian. iii.
14, 3.
Oonvos, ov, 0, (Spéw, to wail,) loud
weeping, wailing, Matt. ii. 18. Sept. and
Class.
OoncKketa, as, 7, (SonoKevw,) a wor-
shipping, religious worship ; oft. in Class.
with the idea of superstition. And so
Spyocksia Tov ayyedwy, Col. ii. 18; also
of a severe ascetic mode of worship, such
as Judaism, Acts xxvi. 5. Wisd. xiv. 27.
Luc. Sacrif. 10. Hdian. v. 3, 12; gener.
piety, Ja. i. 26. Jos. Ant. i. 13, 1.
OpioKkos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (Spéw, to
speak in a low voice and humbly,) lit.
Giod-fearing, equiv. to derotdainwy, and
gener. pious, religious, Ja. i. 26. See my
note.
OprauBevw, f. cw, (SoiauPos,) to tri-
umph, ‘to hold a triumph,’ Plut. Marcell.
4, Hdian.i. 6,16. In N. T. 1) trans. Zo
lead in triumph, to triumph over, with ace.
Col. ii. 15. 2) causat. to cause to triumph,
with acc. 2 Cor. ii. 14.
Oolts, Tprxos, 7, (plur. Tetxes, dat.
plur. SprEi,) a hair, plur. the harr, i. e.
of the head; sing. Matt. v. 36, et al. ;
plur. x. 30, and oft. in Sept. and Class. ; of
the hair of animals, Matt. iii. 4. Mk. i, 6.
Rev. ix. 8. Sept. and Class. ~
8 poéw, f. now, (Jpdos, Joéw,) to make
a clamour or tumult. In later Greek, and
in N. T. trans. to perturb, disturb, terrify ;
pass. Matt. xxiv. 6, ui) Spoeto be.
OpopuBos, ov, 6, a drop or clot of
coagulated matter, espec. blood, as in Plato,
&schyl. and oft. in Galen and Diosc. Lu.
xxii. 44,
0 pdvos, ov, 0, (Oodw, cogn. with 0oow,
to mount, prop. a high seat ascended bya
foot-stool, Hom.Od.i.145. In lat. Gr. and
in N. T. a throne, as the emblem of regal
authority. 1) prop. as attributed to kings,
Lu. i. 52. Acts ii. 30. Sept. & Class.; also
to God, as the Sovereign of the universe,
Matt. v. 34. Acts vii. 49. Heb. iv. 16, al.
Sept. ; to Jesus, as the Messiah, Matt. xix.
28, al.; to the Apostles in the kingdom of
God, Matt. xix. 28. Lu. xxii. 30. Rev. xx.
4; also symbol. to the elders around God’s
throne, Rev. iv. 4; further, to Satan, ii.
13; symbol. to the beast, xvi. 10. 2)
meton. for dominion, Lu. i. 32, dwoet
avTw Tov Joovov Aavid. Heb. i. 8; also
for a potentate, higher power, Col. i. 16,
elite Spovor, &c. where Seovor is spoken |
gener. whether of earthly or of celestial
potentates. See more in my note.
Ouvyatnp, Tépos Tpos, 7, a daughter,
I. prop. and gener. Matt. ix. 18. x. 35.
Mk. v. 35, et sepiss. in N. T. and Sept.
as also in Class.; fig. as expressing, like
filtola in Latin, and daughter in English, a
relation of kindness and affection, 2 Cor.
vi. 18, eis viols Kai Suy. i. e. Ozou;
comp. Jer. xxxi. 1,9; also voc. in a direct
address, Matt. ix. 22, Sépoe1, J. Lu. viii.
48. Sept. in Ruth ii. 8. ii. 10; and also
in Homer and the Greek dramatists.—IT.
SPEC., from the Heb., daughter, i.e. a fe-
male descendant, however remote, Lu.
xiii. 16, Suy. “ABpadu, and i. 5. Sept.
Gen. xxxvi. 2, ‘daughter of Canaan,’ and
oft.—III. from the Heb., prefixed to names
eYTvt
of cities, by which the city is personzfied,
and its female inhabitants, born and living
in her, are regarded as her offspring, e. gr.
Lu. xxiii. 28, Suyatépes ‘lepovocadnu.
So Sept. in Cant. ii. 7. iii. 5. Is. iii. 16.
iv. 4, and oft. Hence, in sing. Suy. Xuwy,
for the inhabitants. This form of expres-
sion in the corresponding Hebrew term
Ma is very common in the O. T.; and
though almost wholly confined to the
poetic books, is occasionally found in the
lainest prose narrations ; e. gr. Gen. xxiv.
13, ‘the daughters of the city came out to
draw water ;’ with which may be compared
a similar expression in Pind. Pyth. ix. 31,
év wotse—N ais—ttixtev, Tatas Svya-
+yo. How common among the ancients
was this personification, may be imagined
- from the fact, that in sculptures and coins,
cities and countries are not unfrequently
represented as women. Thus, for instance,
on the reverse of some medals of Vespa-
sian and Titus, Judea is exhibited as a
woman sitting sorrowful on the ground
under a palm-tree, with the inscription
JUDZHA CAPTA. |
Ovyatovoy, ov, TO, (dimin. of Suya-
anp,) @ little daughter, Mk. v. 23. vii. 25.
Athen. p. 581. Long. p. 6. Anon. ap.
Suid. in Aypévos.
OvedXa, ns, 7, (fr. Sw, to rush, as
@e\Xa@ fr. @w and <eiXewv, to whirl; thus
in Hes. Theog. 874, it is said of the winds,
Kaky Svovow aédXn,) a whirlwind, hurri-
cane, Hom. Od. v. 317, divi) pioyouevwv
aveuwy é\fovca Jve\da. Arist. de
Mundo 4. In N.T. the word occurs only
in Heb. xii. 18, yvuod@w Kali oxdTw Kai
SvéAXy, a mode of expression formed on
the Sept. version of Deut. iv. 11, where
Své\hy corresponds to the Hebr. Sw
though it does not represent its sense,
thick darkness, but was adopted by the
Sept. translator with reference to the vio-
lent tempest that accompanied the cloud,
the thunder, and lightning of Sinai, Exod.
xix. 16,18. xx. 18; perhaps reading My
and supposing the expression to come from
‘py, ‘to break the neck of,’ and ‘ utterly
destroy,’ Hos. x. 2, a not unapt designa-
tion of a hurricane. So Job ix. 17, it is
said, ‘ He breaketh me with a tempest.’
Ovivos, n, ov, adj. (Svia,) thyine, Rev.
xviii. 12, EvAov S. ‘thyine wood.” The
Jvia, or Sia, Lat. citrus, was an ever-
green African tree, with aromatic wood,
from which statues and costly vessels
were made.
Ovuiapua, atos, To, (Suutaw,) in-
cense, any substance burnt in religious wor-
ship, Rev. v. 8; meton. Lu. i. 10, dé0a Tov
Supiauatos, and ver. 11, +ré Suctacry-
ptov Tov Suu. ‘for burning incense.’
183
SSS sss sushi sss oes sss SSS =
a
OuvptatiHorov, ov, Td, (Supuidw,) @
censer, for burning incense, Heb. ix. 4;
others, altar of incense.
Ouputaw, f. dows (Siua, Fiw,) to
burn incense, absol. Lu. i. 9, eXaye Tov
JUMLACAL.
Ouuopayxén, f. ow, (Supuds, uayo-
wat,) in Class. to fight fiercely, (for Siuw
mayxeoOar,) or ‘to carry on war with ob-
stinate animosity,’ even with little chance
of success, as in Polyb. Diod. Sic. and
Dion. Hal. In N. T. the word occurs
only once, Acts xii. 20, Suuouayayv To-
otors: where, as there is no reason to
think that Herod was at war with the
Tyrians, the sense is supposed to be, ‘ was
greatly offended with,’ as in Polyb. xxvii.
8, 4, 3. gai Tots yeyovda., and ix. 40, 3.
Plut. Demetr. 22, e0uuoudyer apods
auTovs, O71, &c. See more in my note.
Oupos, ov, 0, (Siw,) prop. the heart or
soul, considered as the seat of life, Hom.
Il. iv. 470; also the soul or mind, as the
seat of the well or desire, Il. vi. 439; or
of the emotions and passions, Hom. II.
i. 196. Hence gener. and in N. T. pas-
SION, i. e. ‘violent commotion of mind,’
indignation or wrath, differing from doy1)
in the mode of conception rather than in
the thing signified, Lu. iv. 28, éarA7jo8n-
cay wavtTes Supov. Acts xix. 28. Eph.
iv. dl. Col. iii. 8. Heb. xi. 27. Rev. xii.
12. Sept. and Class.; plur. Sumoi, bursts
of anger, Gal. v. 20; spoken of God, and
including the idea of punishment, punztive
judgments, Rev. xv. 1. Rom. ii. 8, Supés
Kat doy%, ‘the direst judgments.’ Fur-
ther, .in/O. Ts.as Jeroxxv. 15.9 ie. ae
Jehovah is represented as giving to the
nations in his wrath an intoxicating cup,
so that they reel and stagger to destruc-
tion. Hence, also, in N. T. 6 oivos tov
Suuou Tov Geov, ‘wine of the wrath of
God,” Rev, xiv. 10, and with oivos impl.
xv. 7. By asimilar figure, 7 Anvos Tov
Jupuiov tov Qeov, Rev. xiv. 19, and xix.
15, ‘the wine-press of the wrath of God,’
in allusion to Is. Ixiii. 3.
Ouvpow, f. dow, (Supds,) to provoke to
anger, and pass. to be angry, Matt. ii. 16.
Sept. and Class.
Ovoa, as, 7, a door, and plur. ai
Juoat, doors, perhaps double doors. I,
PROP. and GENER. Matt. vi. 6. Acts xii.
13, tiv Sieav TOU TuAGVoS, i. e. a small
door, or wicket, within a larger; so the
door of a prison, v. 19. xii. 6; of the
Temple, ii. 2; of a fold, John x. 1;
symbol. Rev. iii. 20, go7ynxa él rip
Jvoav Kat kpovw, i. e. ‘at the door of the
heart.” So Svpa Wvyijs in Class. Hence
Ta TOS Tijy Jveav, equiv. to To 1pd-
Oupon, vestibule, porch, Mk. ii. 2. ra wpd-
Qupa, Xen. Cyr. vii. 5,22. So émi Si-
Oy P
pats elvat, to be at the door, i. e. ‘ near at
hand,’ Matt. xxiv. 33; also Ja. v. 9, woo T.
Juowy éotynkev.—tl. By IMPL. entrance,
e. gr. of a cave or sepulchre, mouth, Matt.
xxvii. 60. Mk. xv. 46. Hom. Od. ix. 243,
and oft. Indeed, there is reason to think
that this sense of Svpa was the primary
one, i. e. passage or outlet; whence our
prep. through. Thus, in Philostr. 946, it
is put for oculus, which word, being a
dimin. of ocus, and found in its original
form in the Russian oko, means prim. ‘ the
orifice through which we see; as in Stob.
007, 42, it is put for the orifice of the
podex: metaph. access, opportunity, as
avoiyew tiv Svoav, to set open a door,
1. e. ‘to give access,’ ‘ present opportunity,’
Acts xiv. 27, avoiy. Stvoav Tictews:
see Rev. iii. 8, Svea avewypévn, ‘ free ac-
cess to one;’ meton. ‘one who is the me-
dium of access to any thing, John x. 7,
eyw eiuc 7 JSvoa TwY TooBaTwyv. So
Christ is said by Ignat. ad Phil. § 9, to be
i Jvpa Tou ILatpos.
Ouvpeds, ov, 0, (Svoa,) prop. & prim.
a door ; lit. ‘something to close the Suoa,’
or entrance to an apartment. The word
seems to have been prim. an adj. with the
ellips. of wétoos. In lat. Gr. it came to
mean a shield, from the resemblance to @
door. And so in N. T. Eph. vi. 16, fig.
TOV J. THS TITTEWS.
Oupis, idos, 4, (dim. of Svea, a pas-
sage,) a little door or aperture, Pol. xii.
25, 3; see on Supa (2). In N. T. Acts
xx. 9, kaOypevos emt THS Sueioos, it sig-
nifies a kind of open casement projecting in
front, like the Turkish kiosh, or bay win-
dow, shut or opened by a lattice, 2 Cor.
xi. 33, dua Supidos, a window, or rather
windore, i. e. an orifice to let in wind; as
fenestra in Latin means a light-hole. The
word freq. occ. in the later Class. in this
sense.
Ouvpwoods, ov, 6, 7,(Svpa, ovpos,) a
door-keeper, Mk. xiii. 34, 0 Svo. John
xviii. 16, 7 Sup.; of a shepherd keeping
watch at the door of a fold, John x. 3.
Sept. and Class.
Ouvcia; as, 4, (Svw,) sacrifice, i.e. I.
PROP. the act of sacrificing, Matt. ix. 13.
xii. 7, gXeov SéXw Kai ov Suciav. Heb.
ix. 26, dua THs Sucias abTou. xi. 4, al.
and Class. Said of an expiatory sacrifice
for sin, Eph. v. 2. Heb. v. 1, et al.—II.
by METON. ‘the thing sacrificed, the vic-
tim, ‘ the flesh of the victim, Mk. ix. 49.
1 Cor. x. 18, of éo0iovtes Tas Sucias,
‘who eat of the victims,’ as was done by the
priests and persons offering the sacrifice.
Sept. and Class.; metaph. 1 Pet. ii. 5, wvev-
patikal Svoiar. Rom. xii. 1, tapacty-
cal TA CwHMAaTA Uuay Juciay Cacav.—
III. ricur. of ‘the service of obedience
184
IAS
or praise’ offered to God, offering, oblation,
Phil. ii. 17, 4 Sucia THs TwioTews. iv. 18.
So S. aivécews, ‘ offering of devout
thanks,’ Heb. xiii. 15, sq. and Sept.
Ovoclactiptoy, ov, TO, (Svcd Gw,)
an altar, gener. Matt. v. 23, and oft. Sept. |
Jos. and Philo; spec. of the altar for
burnt-offerings in the Temple, Matt. xxiii.
a0. Lu. xi. 51. So 1 Cor. ix. 13, bis, and
x. 18, Kotvwvot Tou Suc. and Heb. xiii.
10, payety éx Tov Svuo. ‘of the victims
laid upon the altar;’ symb. in heaven, Rev.
vi. 9. xvi. 7, HKOvcCa TOU Suc. héyorTos,
‘a voice from the altar, Sept.; of the
altar of incense in the temple, made of
gold, prop. Lu. i. 11; symbol. in heaven,
Rev. viii. 3, 5. ix. 13.
Ovw, f. Su'ow, perf. pass. TéEOuuaz,
aor. 1. pass. étuOyv, to sacrifice, kill and
offer in sacrifice, immolate, absol. Acts
xiv. 13, #72eXe Sve, with dat. ver. 18,
with acc. and dat. 1 Cor. x. 20. Sept. and
Class. So ro waéoxya Svew, ‘TO KILL
the paschal lamb,’ i. e. as a species of sa-
-crifice, Mk. xiv. 12. 1 Cor. v. 7. Hence,
as sacrifices were connected with feasting,
Jvew was sometimes simply to hill,
slaughter, i. e. animals for a feast, Matt. -
xxl. 4. Lu. xv. 23, rTov pooyov Tov
o.revtoy Svoate. Acts x. 13. xi. 7;
gener. John x. 10, and Sept.
Owoak, axos, 6,a breast-plate, cutrass,
Lat. dortca, armour covering the body
from the neck to the thighs; prop. Rev.
ix. 9,17. Sept. and Class. ; fig. Eph. vi.
14, tov Swp. THs Sikarocvvns. | Th. v.
8. Comp. Sept. Is. lix. 17. Wisd. v. 19.
I.
"Lapa, atos, TO, (tama, ) healing, cure,
as Yaoiouata iawatwv, | Cor. xii. 9, 28,
30. Sept. and Class.
"Tdopat, f. doouat, (fr. iaw, cognate
with ia\Aw and iaivw, foveo, Jepa-
qevw,) deponent mid. to heal, cure, trans.
(The pres. imperf. iwnv, and aor. 1. mid.
iaoauyny, have the active signification ;
while perf. pass. Zaman, aor. 1. pass. iaOnv,
and f. 1. pass. ia@4oouar, retain the pass.
sense.) So with acc. Lu. v. 17, eis ro
iacOat aitovs. vi. 19. ix. 2,11, 42. John
jiv. 47. Acts x. 38, al. ; pass. Matt. viii. 8,
Kal laOyoetar 6 wats pov. Lu. vii. 7, al.
foll. by a7rd, to be healed from or of any
thing, Mk. v. 29. Lu. vi. 17. Sept. and
Class.; metaph. of moral diseases, to heal,
i. e. save, from the consequences of sin,
Matt. xiii. 15, piwotre—emioteéWwor
Kal idowpmar avtovs. John xii. 40.
"laos, ews, 7, (idopat,) healing, cure,
TAS
Lu. xiii. 32. Acts iv. 22,
Class.
"laos, woos, 1, jasper, % precious
stone of various colours, as purple, ceru-
lean, green, &c. Rey. iv. 3. xxi. 11, 18,
19, Sept.
"Tatpos, ov, 6, (idouat,) a physician,
Mk. ii. J7. v. 26, et al. and Sept. and
Class.
"Ide, lat. form for id2, imper. aor. 2. of
eldov, see. In N.T. often partic. of ex-
clamation, lo, behold! e. gr. as calling at-
tention to something present, Matt. xxv.
20, 22, 25. Mk. xi. 21. John i. 48. Ad-
dressed apparently to several, but directed
to one, Mk. iii. 34. John i. 29. vii. 26, al.
In the sense of observe, consider, Mk. xv.
4, John v. 14. Gal. v. 2, at least as the
Editors and Lexicog. direct. But, in
fact, there is in those passages no ex-
clamation at all; nor, indeed, is ide, in
that case,a particle at all, but the imperat.
of eidov: and, therefore, it ought to be
accented ide, as is done by Griesb. and
Scholz at the passage of Galat.; and ought,
in consistency, to have been done at the
two others.
30. Sept. and
"Tdéa, as, 1, (eidw,) species, aspect, ex-
ternal appearance, Matt. xxviii. 3, and in
Class. as Thue. vi. 4. Eur. Bacch. 463.
"I dos, ia, ov, adj. (fr. idos for eidos,
species.) ‘The word, as Lennep observes,
denotes prop. specialis, (though id.Kcds is
the more usual term to convey that idea,)
and thence privus, proprius, privatus, I.
as pertaining to a private person, and not
to the public, PRIVATE, PARTICULAR, opp.
to djuros, Hom. Od. iii. 82; or dnuocros,
Xen. Vect. iv. 2]. Jos. Bell. Jud. iv. 4, 1.
Hence in N. T. in two adverbial expres-
sions: 1) idia, zndividually, severally, (opp.
to dymocia, Xen. Hist. xi. 9, and oft. in
Class.) 1 Cor. xii. 11, dtatpovy idia exa-
stw Kalws PBotr\eTar. 2) Kat’ idiap,
privately, by oneself, apart from others,
as said of an individual, alone, Matt. xiv.
13, 23, avéBn eis TO Gpos Kat’ idiay.
xvii. 1. Mk. vi. 31, al.; of several, as apart
from all others, Matt. xvii. 19. Mk. iv.
34, ix. 2, al. and Class.—II. as belonging
to oneself, and not to another, OWN, pro-
per, peculiar, viz. 1) denoting ownership,
that of which one is himself the propri-
etor, my own, thy own, his own, &c. Used
of THINGS, Matt. xxii. 5, eis Tov idrov
ayoov. xxv. 15, id. dvvayi. Mk. xv. 20,
imatia Ta tora. John v.40, €v Tw dvopati
Tw idiw. vii. 18. Rom. x. 3, tTHv idiav
Oikatocvyynv. xiv. 5. 2 Pet. i. 20, idias
émtducews. So eis tiv idiav woduy,
“where one resides, Matt. ix. 1, or ‘the
seat of one’s family, Lu. ii. 3. év 77 idia
matpior, John iv. 44. Pleonast. with a
185
IAI
gen. of person in addition, John x. 12, ob
ovK eiot Ta WedBaTa ida. 2 Pet. iii.
3, 16. Sept. and Class. Hence vé id:a,
gener. possessions, property, Lu. xviii. 28,
in MSS. Xen. Hist. x. 5; and spec. one’s
own house, home, John xix. 27, éhaPev
avtiy Oo mantis eis ta idta. xvi. 32.
Acts xxi. 6. Sept. Esth. v. 10. vi. 12, and
Class. ; or own nation, people, John i. 11,
nAVev eis Ta idta. Also woaooew Ta
idva, to transact one’s own affairs, 1 Thess.
iv. ll. NaXrety Ek THV idiwv, to speak
out of one’s own heart, i.e. disposition,
character, John viii. 44. As said of PER-
SONS, e. gr. idios adeX dos, John i. 42.
avijp, 1 Cor. vii. 2. dscaotys, | Tim. vi.
1. dovAos, Matt. xxv. 14. Kuoros, Rom.
xiv. 4. watio, John v. 18. vids, Rom.
Vill. 32. cunqvAéTan, countrymen, | Thess.
li. 14. 16. wrpopyrat, i. e. ‘of their own
country, 1 Thess. ii. 15. idvos attap
toopntns, Tit. i. 12, and Class. Hence
ot tdtor, one’s own household, family,
1 Tim. v. 8. own friends, companions,
John xiii. 1. Acts iv. 23. xxiv. 23. own
people, countrymen, John i. 11. Collect.
To tovov, John xv. 19. 2 Mace. xii. 22.
Jos. B. J. iv. 4, 6. Diod. Sic. xiii. 92. 2)
in the sense of peculiar, particular, said of
things, distinguishing one person from
others, e. gr. idia dud exros, Actsi. 19. ii. 6,
8. derotdatpovia, xxv. 19. yapioua, 1 Cor.
vii. 7, and Class. 3) as denoting that
which, in its own nature, or by appoint-
ment, pertaims in any way to a person or
thing, e. gr. Acts xii. 36, Aaviéd pév
yao idta yevea vanpetioas, his own
generation, in which he lived. 1 Cor. iii.
8, Tov id.toy ursdv—Kotrov, and xv. 23.
Jude 6. Actsi. 25, eis Tov TOToV TOV idLov,
to his own place, i. e. proper and appointed
for him. So Kazpds idtos, or Karooi téd:ot,
own time, i. e. due, proper time, as de-
termined of God, Gal. vi. 9. 1 Tim. ii. 6.
vi. J5. Tit. i. 38. 4) sometimes Zdz0¢s is
put instead of a possess. pron. without any
emphasis, e. gr. Matt. xxii. 5. xxv. 14.
] Pet. iii. 1,5. Also equiv. to éavrou,
1 Cor. vil. 2, exacros tiv éavtTou
Yyuvaika éXéTw, Kal éEkdoTH TOV tdLoV
avopa. Johni. 41, tov added ov Tov téiov.
"ITér@778, ov, 0, (tdvos,) 1) prop. and
often in Class. @ private person, as dis-
ting. from one in a public station, hold-
ing any office civil or ecclesiastical; 2)
from one who practises an art profes-
sionally, compared with one who is merely,
as we say, an amateur. So in Xen. Mem.
il. 7,7, we have id.@tau opp. to doxyral,
as in Thue. ii. 48, 3, iatpds to idtwrns,
and in Plato Pol. p. 433, iatpot to idt@tat.
3) ‘one who is wnexercised in an art, opp.
to ‘ one who is exercised in it,’ Thue. vi.
PCy aR ve ’ :
(2, idtwras—yxetpotéxvars. Soin N. T.
TAO
Acts iv. 13, G00. dyeaupator Kai
idc@rar. 1 Cor. xiv. 16, 23, 24, as in
Athen. 176, idtwrys Kal dvatpaRntos.
Artem. iv. 59, tovs atraoet Tous idtwras.
So 2 Cor. xi. 6, id. Tw AOyw, ‘ one devoid
of eloquence,’ or excellency of speech,
(see 1 Cor. ii. 1, 4,) whose language and
address is plain and unpolished, as at Ex.
iv. 10, Moses says, ‘I am not a man of
words, or, as Jos. renders it, iduwTns, Sc.
Tw Noyw: and simil. Xenoph. de Venat.
xili. 4, calls himself idiwrys, as opp. to
the cogdiotal, Tots piv dvopacty ov cE-
codispévws AEyw' wy de OéovTar zis
G@OETHVY OL KaX@s TeTTaldevpevor CEUs
eyvwoueva (nto Aéyerv. At 1 Cor. xiv.
16, 23, it means, ‘ one not endued with the
gift of tongues.”
*"[dov, a demonstr. particle, lo! behold!
(prop. for idov, imperat. of aor. mid. zidd-
myv,) serving to call attention to some-
thing beyond oneself; usually put at the
beginning of a clause, or only with kai be-
fore it; but sometimes in the mzddle, before
words which are to be particularly noted,
e. gr. Lu. xiii. 16; constr. 1) with a nom.
and finite verb, Matt. i. 20, idod, @yyeXos
Kupiouv épavy avtw. Sept. and Class.
2) from the Heb. with a nom. simply,
where the verb of existence is implied,
Matt. iii. 17, idov, pwvi) Ex THY OVEavar.
Acts vill. 36, ido’ Udwp. Foll. by éyo,
or its equiv. expressing obedience, Lu. 1.
28. Acts ix. 10. Heb. ii. 13, and Sept.
‘Tdoas, @ToS, 6, (idos,) sweat, Lu.
xxii. 44.
‘Te , e (i ’ ) ae t-
pareia, as, 1, (igoaTetw,) pries
hood, i. e. ‘the priests’ office,’ Lu. i. 9.
‘leoatTevpa, atos, TO, (iepaTevw,)
priesthood, meton. and collect. for priests,
i.e. Christians, who are said aveveyKar
Tvevpatikas Suoias, | Pet. ii. 5, and are
called BaciNesov ieoadteupa, ver. 9.
‘Tepatevw, f. evow, (izpeds,) to be a
priest, to officiate as priest, Lu. i. 8. Sept.
and Class.
‘Tepets, éws, 6, (tepds,) a priest, one
who performs the sacred rites; said of
heathen priests, 6 isoevs tou Aros, Acts
xiv. 13. Sept. and Class.; of the Jewish
priests, gener. Matt. vii. 4; of the High-
priest, Acts v. 24, and oft.; of Melchise-
dec, Heb. vii. 1; of Jesus, as a spiritual
High-priest for ever, v.6. Fig. of Chris-
tians, who are called izoets Tw Oew, priests
unto God, as rendering to him spiritual
sacrifices, acceptable through Jesus Christ,
Rev1.10;, v. LON x 6,
‘Tepov, ov, Td, (iepds,) a temple, i. e.
a consecrated place, whether of the true
God, Matt. xii. 6, et al. sepe, (including
the temple proper, or fane ES and all
its courts, &c.) or of a heathen temple,
186
IEP
as the term is used, Acts xix. 27. Else-
where in N. T. only said of the Jewish
temple in Jerusalem, and always in re-
ference to it as rebuilt by Herod the
Great. According to Jos. Ant. xv. 11,
d. Bell. v. 5, 1, who minutely describes
it, the whole circuit of the temple (76
tepov) consisted of three parts, or en-
closures, viz. the Temple proper (vads)
in the midst, and two circular courts, or
areas, around it. The first, or outer court,
(which was also the lowest, and surround-
ed the whole temple, ) was open for all, and
contained the piazzas, where the people
collected, and where things and animals
pertaining to the sacrifices were bought
and sold, as well as money exchanged. It
is often called by Christian writers, ‘ the
court of the Gentiles.’ From this to the
second or inner court, (To dev Tepon Lepov,)
was an ascent of fourteen steps, and then
of five more. This was divided into the
court, or separate place, of the women,
and the court of Israel, or of the priests;
and none but such as were ceremonially
clean were permitted to enter it. Here,
too, the sacrifices were prepared and offer-
ed, for here stood the altar of burnt-offer-
ings before the entrance of the vags.
Comp. Matt. xxiii. 35. The third and
highest enclosure was the temple itself,
(vads, TO isodv TO TpiTov,) into which
the priests alone might enter, (comp. Lu.
i. 9, 10,) and which was divided into two
parts, the sanctuary (70 éyzov) and the
holy of holies (+0 dy.ov ayiwv). The
whole temple, therefore, consisted strictly
of two parts, 0 vads, and To mpdvaoy, or
the courts, &c. Hence to tepov is put for
the whole, and also for the zpovaov, but
not for the vads; e. gr. 1) gener. and for
the whole, Matt. xxiv. 1, Tas oikodopas
ov tsoou. Mk. xm. 13. ts ee
of the courts, wpovaov, Matt. xii. 5, of
Lepets év TH Leow TO caBBaTov PEeSn-
Novot. Mk. xi. 11. 3) of the outer court,
where things were bought and sold, Matt.
xxi. 12; where also our Lord disputed
and taught, ver. 23, as also the apostles,
Acts v. 20, et al.
TepompeTNs, éos, 0, 11, adj. (iepds,
Toe w,) prop. ‘suitable to a sacred place,”
Lucian i, 537, i. kviooa, or purpose, Jos.
Ant. xi. 8, 5, igo. vaavtyow, or ‘be-
coming to a sacred place,’ as Tit. i. 3, éy
KaTACTHUATL LepoTroEeTrets, “in deport-
ment such as becomes holy persons,’
august. So Xen. Sympos. viii. 40, ev 77
é0pTn tepompeT@éctatos OoKels eivar
Tov mooyeyevnuevwv. Dio Cass. 843,
24, igoomperets ovTes, sacrosanctt. Philo,
t. ii. 457, Sepatrevtai Oeov yeyovact,
ov (ma Katavovtes, aXX’ tepotpeTrets
(scil. dvtes), Tas EauT@v OLlavoias KaTa-
. EP
oxevatew aktvouvtes. Plut. vi. 37, 12,
igo. sanctum et pium, decens.
‘Tepos, &, ov, adj. (fr. téw, to give up,)
prop. and in Class. sacred, i. e. ‘ conse-
/ erated to God or divine worship; also
said of utensils se¢ apart for sacred pur-
poses, or rites and ceremonies appropriated
to divine worship. In N. T. the word oc-
curs only in neut. plur. ta iepa, 1) in
the sense sacred rites, as 1 Cor. ix. 13, oi
Ta tepa EpyaCouevor, ‘those performing
the sacred rites.’ So Hom. Od. v. 101, of
ve Geotor ieoa Te peCovor. Lucian Pseu-
dol. 12, 6rav pyre Ta Leod LepoupynTat.
- Plato, 394, det we THY Leo@y EripednO7j-
| vat, et al.;
of sacred rites of every kind,
Thuc. i. 25.
‘TepocuXéa, f. ow, (igpdovdos,) 1)
_ prop. as in Class. to rob temples, or, in any
2) as in
pro-
other way, fo commit sacrilege.
Rom. ii, 22, tgo0cvAets: metaph. to
Jane the temple, by withholding from it the
support, in tithes, oblations, &c. appro-
priated to it by God.
‘TepdcuXos, ov, 6, 71, (tepov, cvAaw,)
prop. a temple-robber, or, like sacrilegus in
Latin, a profane person, Acts xix. 37, one
who offers contempt to the worship of any
deity, as the words following, ovTe BAacd.
zyv Qeov, more clearly express, i. e. by
denying her deity.
‘Tepovpyéw, f. iow, (tzooupyos, fr.
iegov, and obsol. goyw,) equiv. to Ta izoa
éoyaCouat, to perform sacred rites, espec.
sacrifice, to officiate as a priest, Jos. Ant.
vi. 6, 2. Hdian. v. 3,16. In N. T. fig. in
the Christian sense, Rom. xv. 16, iepovo-
youvta TO evayyéXuov, ‘ ministering as a
priest in respect to the Gospel.’ 4 Macc.
vii. 8, vTovs LepoupyouvTas TOV vopmov
idiw aiwatt. Greg. Naz. teo. Thy jump
cwTnpiav.
‘Teowovtvn, ns, 1, (teo0s,) priesthood,
Heb. vii. 11, seqq. Class.
‘Tkavos, 4, ov, adj. (ixw, ixavw,)
prop. ‘coming to, reaching unto,’ and
hence szfficing, as applied both to quan-
tity and number. I. as said of QUANTITY,
sufficient, and 1) of things, enough, 2 Cor.
li. 6, ixavov Tw ToLlovTwW 4 éETTLTIMIa
atry. Lu. xxii. 38, ixavoy, ‘it is enough,
desist.’ Sept. and Class. Hence 70 ixa-
vov, satisfaction, €. gr. TO LKavov ToLety
tit, to make satisfaction, to satisfy, Mk.
xv. 15, and Class. To ixavov AaPBetv, ‘to
take satisfaction,’ i. e. security, (by Latin-
ism,) Acts xvii. 9. 2) of persons, compe-
tent to do any thing, Eurip. Phen. 564,
Hdot. viii. 35, 5. Thuc. oft. So, foll. by
moos Ti, 2 Cor. ii. 16, mods TavTa Tis
ixavos; and Class. by inf. aor. 2 Cor. iii.
5, 2 Tim. ii. 2, and Class. Also, in the
sense of competent, worthy, foll. by inf. |
187
IAA
aor. Matt. iii. 11, 00 ovK cimi ixavos Ta
uw. Baoracar. Mk. i. 7. Lu. iii. 16;
pres. 1 Cor. xv. 9. Hdot. viii. 36. Xen.
Mem. i. 2, 27, ik. wabynrrjs. Plut. ix. 4,
3, Yuviy ixkavi TO eléos. Hdot. iii. 4—IT.
said of NUMBER or magnitude, abundant,
great, much, plur. many, Matt. xxviii. 12,
apyvo.a ixave. Mk. x. 46, 6xAovu ika-
vou. Sept. and Class. So of time, ixavat
nuéoat, ‘many days, Acts ix. 23, 43, al.
ixkavos Xoovos, ‘a long time,’ genit. Acts
xxvii. 9. viii. 11, & Class. acc. ypdvous
ixavovs, Lu. xx. 9. So é« yodvwy ixa-
vev, ‘of a long time, Lu. viii. 27. 2&
txavov, id. Lu. xxiii. 8. ep’ ixavov, Sa
long while,’ Acts xx. 11, and Class.
‘Ixavorns, ntos, 7, (ikavos,) fitness
Jor any purpose, also competency, or ability
to do any thing, 2 Cor. iii. 5, 4 ixavorns
nav eK Tov Veo, ‘ability to reason out
any thing.” Plato, Lys. frag. xxvii. 35,
‘ability to speak.’ Plato, 215, 930.
‘Ikavow, f. wow, (ixavos,) to make
sufficient, render competent, or fit; foll. by
ace. 2 Cor. iii. 6. Col. i. 12, And so in
Class. but only in pass.
‘Tketnpia, as, 7, (fem. of adj. ixer7-
ptos, by an ellip. of paBdos,) 1) prop.
‘the suppliant branch of olive,’ which
suppliants held forth, by way of depre-
cation; so Hdot. v. 51, and often in Class.
2) metaph. the supplication, or petition,
thus implied, Polyb. wreoBadXecbar ixe-
tyotav. Isocr. p. 46, ixetynolas Kat 6e7)-
gets Totovmevot. So Heb. v. 7, denoers
Kat ixeTynpias TpoonvéyKas.
"Ikuas, aoos, 7), (ixkw, vento. So Hom.
Il. xvii. 392, ixuas €Bn,) moisture, vapour,
Lu. viii. 6. Sept. and Class.
_ TXapos, a, ov, adj. (tAaos,) cheerful,
joyous, 2 Cor. ix. 7, it. ddétns, alacris.
Sept. and Class.
‘IXaporns, ntos, 7, (ihagds,) cheer-
Julness, alacrity, Rom. xii. 8, év id. for
iiapws. Sept. and Class.
‘TX acKkopman, f. dcomuat, (tXaos,) mid.
v. without an act. form, to reconcile to
oneself, (i. e. by expiation, to propitiate,) sc.
Tov Qeov, Jos. Ant. vi. 6, 5, or Tods Seovs,
Xen. Gc. v. 20. In N. T. with acc. tds
auaptias, ‘to propitiate, as to sins,’ to
make propitiation for sins, Heb. ii. 17.
Sept. with dat. Aor. 1. imperat. iAdoOyre
in pass. sense, Be propitious, be merciful !
with dat. of pers. Lu. xviii. 13. Sept. Ps.
xxv. 1]. Dan. ix. 19, The Classical form
is tAnOz, or tAaOe.
‘IXKacpos, ov, 6, (iikdoxouat,) pro-
pitiation, expiation, abstr. for concr. ‘ pro-
pitiator,’ 1 John ii. 2, iv. 10, and Sept.
‘ITXaortiocos, a, ov,adj. (ikdéoxopua,)
propitiatory, expiatory, Jos. Ant. xvi. 7,
IAE
1, iAaort. uvjpa. In N. T. 1) mase. 6
ihaotTHo.os, &@ propitiator, ‘one who
makes propitiation,’ Rom. iii. 25. 2) neut.
TO iNaoTioLov, mercy-seat, Heb. ix. 5;
prop. the lid or cover of the ark of the
covenant. And so in Sept.
"TX ews, w, 6, 7, adj. (Attic. for tXaos,
from. iia@w,) in Class. used chiefly of the
gods appeased or propitiated, propitious,
gracious, as often in Hom. Pind. and the
Greek Tragedians; though sometimes, of
men, placable, or gentle. In N. T. only
of God, propitious, merciful, with dat.
Heb. viii. 12, tXews Ecopar Tals adiKiats
avuTa@y, where the thing is put for the per-
son, q. d. autots adixos over. Indeed,
in the Class. the dat. is always of pers. as
strict propriety requires. Yet that of thing
occurs in Sept. at Jer. xxxvi. 3. 1 Kings
viii. 34, 36, 50. 2 Chron. vi. 25, 27, 39.
vii. 14. Found only elsewhere in N. T.
in the phrase, formed on Heb. fAews coz,
scil. EoTw Oeds, lit. God be merciful to
thee! God forgive thee! equiv. to ‘God
forbid that thou shouldest do so, jy
yévorro !an exclamation of aversion, Matt.
xvi. 22, and often in Sept.
‘Tuas, avtos, 6, (fr. tw, input, ‘to send
forth, let fall, as said of a well-rope,)
prop. a thong, leathern strap ; and hence,
the leathern strap with which the sandals
of the ancients were fastened to the foot.
Plut. Symp. iv. 2, ta@v UvrodnuaTtwv
Tous iuavtas. Xen. An. iv. 5, 14. And
so in Lu. iii. 16. John i. 27, and Sept. ;
also, a leathern rope, such as was used by
the ancients for various purposes where
strength was requisite ; as well-ropes, nau-
tical ropes to raise up the main yards and
sails; also ropes which were used for tying
up horses, (as Hom. oft.) or securing pri-
soners, Hom. I]. xxi. 30, dyj0¢ 0° Omrioow
Xetoas 2. iuaowv. Pind. Nem. vi. 60, iuav-
TL Xetoas O<Beis. Accordingly, at Acts
xxii. 25, wpoétervav avTov Tols Luaow,
the sense may be, as Bretschn. supposes,
‘the thongs, or leathern ropes,’ with which
the hands of malefactors were bound, in
order to be scourged; but, as I have
shown in my note in loc. there is refer-
ence rather to the leathern belts attached
to the whipping-post, and thence drawn and
buckled around the body of the criminal
to hold him fast. So 4 Macc. ix. Ll, kai
6. avaponEavtes Tov XLTwVA, OLEOnoay
Tas XEloas avTOU Kul Tovs Boaxtovas
imac éExaTéowlen.
‘TuativCa, f. iow, (tuatuov,) to clothe.
In N. T. only pass. perf. part. iwatiope-
vos, clothed, Mk. v. 15.
‘[uatov,ov,7é, (dim. of ive for eine, )
a garment, 1. GENER. any garment, Matt.
ix. 16, grt imatiw madaiw. Mk. ii. 21.
Lu. v. 36. plur. 7a& imatia, garments,
188
INA
clothing, raiment, including both the outer
and inner garment (mantle & tunic), Matt.
Xvil. 2, Ta iuatia avToU éyéveTo NEuKa,
et al. spe. So in the phrase to rend the
clothes, xxvi. 65. Acts xiv. 14. xvi. 22, al.
Sept. and Class.—II. spc. the outer gar-
ment, mantle, pallium, different from the
tunic (x:Twv), and worn over it; comp.
Acts ix. 39. It seems to have been a
large piece of woollen cloth nearly square,
which was wrapped round the body, or
fastened about the shoulders, and served
also to wrap the wearer in at night.
Hence it might not be seized by a credi-
tor, though the tunic could be, Matt. v. 40.
Lu. vi. 29, et al. sepe. So Matt. ix. 20,
21, plur. Ta inatia, outer garments, which
were often laid aside, Acts vii. 58, al. Sept.
and Class. as Xen. Mem. ii. 7, 5.
‘I matiopmos, ov, 0, (iuativw,) cloth-
ing, raiment ; gener. clothes, Lu. vii. 25,
and ix. 29. Acts xx. 33, al. Sept. and
Class.
‘Imetoouat, depon. (iuepos,) to long
for any thing or person; and hence, zo
with gen. 1 Th. ii. 8, text. rec. where lat.
Edd. omeio. wh. see. Sept. and Class.
“Iva, conjunct. that, construed usually
with the snbj. seldom with the opt. often
with the indic. ; prop. TeAcK@s or final, as
marking the end, purpose, or cause for or on
account of which any thing is done, to the
end that, in order that it might or may be
so and so; but also éxGatiKws or eventual,
as marking simply the event or result of
any action, that in which it terminates,
‘SO THAT tt was, 1s, will be so and so. I.
PROP. TeAtkws, as marking the final end,
purpose, or cause, to the end that, in order
that ; and tva ui, a order that not, lest.
—I. with the swbjunctive, 1) preceded
by the pres. or an aor. of any mood except
the indic. or by the perf. in a pres. sense,
John vi. 38, where the subj. marks what
it is supposed will really take place, Matt.
ix. 6, tva eldnre—ToTe Eye, ‘to the
end that ye may know,” xviii. 16. xix. 16.
Lu. viii. 10. xii. 36. John i. 7, otros
nrAQev iva maptuvejon. Vv. 34, TavTa
Léyw tva busts owlnte, and vi. 38,
KaTaBéBnka ovx tva wow. Xi. 4. xvii.
21, tva 6 Koocpos muotevon. Acts xvi.
30. Rom. i. ll. Gal. vi. 13, sepiss. tve
aaj, Lu. viii. 12. Rom. xi. 25, and Class.
2) by the zmperat. the subjunct. as above
in 1; after imper. pres. Luke xxi. 36,
adyputvette iva KatTagéiwlyte. John vii.
3. 1 Cor. vii. 5. Eph. iv. 26. vi. 3, al.
iva py, Matt. vii. 1. John v. 14, al;
after imper. aor. Matt. xiv. 15, aaro\ucov
tovs 6xAous, tva ayopacwow Bowmara.
Mk. xv. 32. iva wy, Matt. xvii. 27. John
iv. 15. So after an exhortation, @ywuev,
a
have a strong affection for any person 3.
"PRR 8. oe
ENA
Mk. i. 38. Rom. iii. 8, al. ; after an imper.
impl. Matt. xxvi. 5.) John i. 22, and
Class.
in 1, Lu. xvi. 4, éyvwy Ti Toijcw, iva
OsEwvtai we. 1 Cor. xvi. 6; interrog.
Matt. xix. 16. tva wij, Lu. xviii. 5, and
Class. 4) by a past tense; where the
subj. strictly stands instead of the opt. and
marks an action which, in itself or its con-
sequences, is still continued, or which the
speaker regards as certain, either gener. as
Mk. iii. 14. Lu. i.3,4, edo€e—oor ypawan,
iva émryvws. Johni. dl. iii. 16, 17. viii.
6, oft. iva wi), Eph. ii. 9. Heb. xi. 28; or
in simple narrations, Matt. xxvii. 26,
"Incovv Tapedwkev tva otavowly. Mk.
vi. 4], édié0u Tots palynrats, iva wapa-
Owo.v avtots, al. tva pj, John xviil. 28.
xix. 31.—11. with the opt. preceded by the
pres. where the opt. marks what may pos-
sibly take place, Eph. i. 16, 17, cu aavo-
par evXapioT@v—iva o Veds Own, &e. iil.
16.—111. with the zdic. but in N. T. only
the fut. and pres. and not with a past
tense, as often in the Class. writers. 1)
with indic. fut. in the same sense as the
subj. and preceded only by the pres. 1 Cor.
xiii. 3, éav TWuopad® TO cBua pov iva
KavOjowua. | Pet. iii. 1. So fut. and
subj. together, Rev. xxii. 14, a éorar 77
‘(éEoucia avtT@v—kal eicehOwow eis THY
awokw. Eph. vi. 13. 2) with indic. pres.
in the same sense, preceded by the pres.
&e. Gal. iv. 17, (nXovow wvmuas, iva av-
tous Cyndoute. | Cor. iv. 6, iva wy v-
c.iovc0e. Not found in Classical Greek.—
Il. éxBatix@s, as marking simply the
event or result of an action, so that. In
N. T. only with the subj. implying some-
thing which really takes place; in Class.
writers oftener with the indic. of a past
tense. 1) preceded by the pres. Lu. xxii.
29,30, dratibenar butv—iva eobinte Kai
aivynre, &c. John vi. 7. Rom. iii. 19. vi.
1, al. tva pi, Acts ii. 25. Gal. v.17. 2)
by the zmperat. Acts viii. 19, dore kamot
thy e€ouvciay TavTnv, tva—auBavn,
&e. Ja.i.4 I Pet. iv. 13. wa py, Tit.
ii. 14. Rey. ii. 11. 3) by the fw. John
v.20, weiGova ToiTwy Ozi€EL aiTw zpya,
iva wuets Java yte. Lu. xi. 50. John
xvi. 24. 4) by a past tense, Lu. ix. 45,
HYyvoouv TO pnpa TovTo, iva pi aicbwv-
Tat auto. John ix. 2, Tis juaotev, iva
tudNos yevynOn; Rom. xi. 11], wh érrar-
sav, iva wéowor; and ver. dl. To this
_ is to be referred the frequent phrase iva
| aAnpwlh 7 yea), TO pnlev, &c. used
as a formula of quotation, and implying
that something took place, not in order
that a prophecy might be fulfilled, but so
) that it was fulfilled. Matt. i. 22, tovto
—III. m later Greek, iva, in various con-
_ structions, lest the power of marking either
x
,
4
189
dXov yéyovev tva TANPwWOG TO pyOey, al..
| el
purpose or event, and became simply a
demonstr. conjunct. like our that; i. e.
3) by the fut. the subj. asabove | merely pointing out that to which the
preceding words refer, or introducing
soniething already implied in the preced-
ing words. In this way tva with the
subjunct. came often to be employed
where earlier writers used the infin. or
other particles; e. gr. 1) used instead of
the construction with the infin. originally
perhaps because the infin. also often implies
purpose; e. gr. either after words and phrases
implying command and the like, Mk. xii.
04, TW Svowow EveTethaTo iva yYenyopn.-
John xi. 57. Acts xvii. 15, and oft.; with
some word of command implied, Eph. v.
do; or after verbs of entreating, persuad-
ing, &c. Lu. ix. 40, éde70nv tov palntav
cov iva ékBaXwow avTo, and xxii. 32;
or after verbs of desire, &c. Matt. vii. 12,
dca av Sédyte tva Torwow tv. XVviii.
14, Sédypa éote iva. John vi. 39. 2)
after qroréw in the sense to cause, to effect,
&c. John xi. 37, ovK 7OvvaTo ovTos ToLH-
cat iva Kat ovutos py atolavy; Col. iv.
16. Also after wordsimplying fitness, suffi-
ciency, need, &c. ob &ELOs eius iva AVow,
John i. 27. ixavos, Matt. viii. 8. x. 25.
John ii. 25, al. 3) instead of darws after
verbs of taking cure, endeavouring, &c.
Bretete iva apoBws yévntat, 1 Cor.
xvi. 10. GyAow, 1 Cor. xiv. 1; et al. 4)
instead of 671, Mk. ix. 12, yéyeamra:
iva ToAXKa TAOy: with dT1, Rom. iv. 23.
5) of time, for d7z, John xii. 23, al. only
in St. John. j
‘Ivavi or iva vi, as an interrog. par-
ticle, ellipt. for tva ti yévntat, in order
that what, i.e. may take place? equiv. to
‘to what end?’ why? wherefore? Matt.
ix. 4. xxvii. 46. Lu. xiii. 7.
"Los, ov, 6, (tnt) prop. ‘something
sent out or emitted. Hence, a massile
weapon, arrow, Hom. Il. xv. 45]. In
N.T. 1) rust, as being emitted on metals,
Ja. v. 3, and Class. 2) powson, venom, as
emitted by serpents, &c. Rom. iii. 13. Ja.
iii. 8, and later Class.
"Tovdat Gu, f. tow, (lovdatos,) to Ju-
daize, i.e. to live like the Jews, follow
their mauners, customs, rites, Gal. ii. 14,
equiv. to Iovdatkws Cnv.
‘Tovdatkos, %, ov, adj. Jewish, cur-
rent among the Jews, uu@o., Tit. i. 14.
Jos.
"Tovdatka@s, adv. Jewishly, in the
Jewish manner, Gal. ii. 14, and Jos.
’Tovdatos, a, ov, (lovéas,) prop. adj.
Jewish. In N.T. 1) fem. prop. 7 ’Iov-
Oaia xwpa or yn, the land of Judea,
Mk. i. 5. John iii. 22. yuvi) Iovdaia,
a’ Jewess, Acts xvi. I. xxiv. 24. 2)
masc. 0 Iovdatos, as subst. a Jew, prop.
SHORY 190 i ear
‘one of the tribe of Judah,’ but in later
usage applied to all the inhabitants of
Judza or Palestine, John iv. 9. Usually
plur. ot "Iovdator, the Jews, xix. 21,
oft. *Iovdator kat“ EXAnves, Acts xiv. |.
By synecd. ot Iovdator is put for the chief
men, leaders of the Jews, John i. 19. v.
15, and oft. As adj. joined with a noun,
e. gt. dvijo Jovdatos, Acts x. 28. plur. ii.
14, Wevdorpoditns, Xili. 6. doxzepeds,
xix. 14. Sept. and Class.
*lovdataopos, ov, 0, Judaism, the
Jewish religion opp. to heathenism, 2 Macc.
ii. 21. xiv. 38. In N.T. opp. to Chris-
tianity, Gal. i. 13, sq.
‘Iaqmevs, éws, 0, (ta7os,) a horseman,
plur. imvrets, cavalry, Acts xxiii. 23, 32.
Sept. and Class. opp. to me{ukot, Xen.
Cyr. ii. 4, 18.
‘IamceKkos, 7], ov, adj. (Zaaos,) eques-
trian ; by impl. skalled in riding. In N.T.
neut. To imakov, i.e. Taypa: collect.
the horsemen, cavalry, as in Engl. the horse,
Rev. ix. 16, and Class.
“Laos, ov, 0, a horse, Ja. iii. 3.
"Tous, woos, 7, @ rainbow, ris, Rev. iv.
3. x. 1, and Class. :
"Tloayyedos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (Tcos, &y-
yeros,) angel-hke, Lu. xx. 36. Comp.
the Homeric iodG<os.
"Ioos, n, ov, adj. like, alike, equal,
used of measure, quantity, condition, na-
ture, and the like, Matt. xx. 12, tcous
Hpatv avtovs étoincas. Lu. vi. 34, tva
atTokGBwot ta ioa. John v. 18, icov
éautov tjoiwv two Osw. Phil. ii. 6, ro
éivat toa Oew, with which comp. ica
Seots, Hom. Od. xi. 303, and ica ots
Kadots ppovicet, Aristoph. Concion. 630.
’Ioorns, nos, 1, (icos,) likeness, equa-
lity, as said of equal state or propor-
tion, 2 Cor. viii. 18, 2& isdtntos. Plut.
vi. 367, 2, ovdé OrKatocivyn ovd’ icorTns.
"lodripmos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (isos, TLu7,)
in Class. and Jos. alike honoured, alrke
prized, i.e. of equal honour; in N. 7.
‘alike precious, of like value,’ 2 Pet. 1.
], rots icdtipov tyutv Aaxover TioTLD,
or rather ico is not to be referred to the
preciousness, but to St. Peter, as @ like
partaker in it.
"loowWvyos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (ioos, Wu-
x7,) like-minded, Phil. ii. 20. Sept. Ps.
lv. 13. Asch. Ag. 1479.
"lornpt, f. oTyow, aor. 1. éor1 00,
aor. 2. Zoryp, perf. ZoryKa, pluperf. eorn-
Kew and eloryKeu, 3 pers. pl. Att. eor7-
xecav, perf. infin. eoryKevar contr. ear a-
vat, perf. part. eoTykws, contr. éoT@s,
@oa, @s, aor. 1. pass. éora0nv, fut. I.
pass. craOycouat. The significations of
this verb are divided between the trans.
to cause to stand, to place, and the intrans.
to stand. I. TRANS. in the pres. imperf.
fut. and aor. l. of the active, to cause to
stand, to set, to place, 1) with acc. and
adjunct implying place where, Acts xxii.
20, IlavAov éornoev zis avtovs, ‘ before
them.’ Matt. iv. 5, ternow avtoy éri TO
TTepvylov Tov teoov. Lu. iv. 9. So éqi
or ék OeEi@v, Matt. xxv. 33. év péow,
xvill. 2; gener. to cause to stand forth,
Acts i. 23, éornoav dvo. vi. 13. opp. to
falling, Rom. xiv. 4, and Sept. 2) o esta-
blish, confirm, Rom. iii. 31, vouov. x. 3.
So of time, to fix, appoint, nuzgpav, Acts
xvii. dl, and Sept. 3) to place,i. e. ina
balance, to wezgh, with acc. and dat. of
pers. Matt. xxvi. 15, éorncav avtw Tet-
axovta aoyvora. Sept. Ezra viii. 25. Is.
xlvi. 6,and Class. Metaph. to impute, rivi
THY auaoTtiav, Acts vii.60.—I]. INTRANS.
in the perf. pluperf. and aor. 2. act. in the
midd. and by impl. in aor. 1. and fut. 1.
of the pass. to stand; and so perf. act.
éoTyKa as pres. whence plup. éoryKewy as
imperf. 1) prop. and absol. 1 Cor. x. 12,
0 dok@y éoravat, BAeTETH ut) Teo. In
sacrifice or prayer, Matt. vi. 5. Heb. x. 11.
With an adjunct implying place where,
Matt. xii.46. €&w, Mk. xi. 5. xiii. 14. John
xx. 19, al. ’Esi with gen. of place, Zorn
éml TOTOU TedLWoU, Lu.vi. 17; in the sense_
of before, Acts xxv. 10, érri Tov.Biparos. *
xxiv. 20, émt tov cuvedgiov. Mk. xiii.
9; with acc. of place, Matt. xiii. 2; also
éml Tous qodas, to stand upon the feet,
Acts xxvi. 16. Without an adjunct of
place expr. but in the sense to stand by,
be present, Matt. xxvi. 73, mpooehfovtes
ol eoTwtes eitov Tw IlévTow. Lu. xix.
8; joined ‘with an adj. or partic. Acts
ix. 7, elotjkecocav évveoi. Eph. vi. 14.
So of persons standing before a judge,
either as accusers, Lu. xxiii. 10; or as
accused, Acts xxvi.6, oT7Ka KpLvOpmeEvos.
Matt. xxvii. ll. Lu. xxi. 36. Spoken of
fishing-boats, to stand, be stationed, in Engl.
to lie, v. 2. 2) fig. to stand fast, endure ;
of things, Paotdeia, Matt. xii. 25. Sepé-
Auos, 2 Tim. ii. 19, to persist ; of persons,
Acts xxvi. 22, @yot THs Tméoas TavTHS
éotyKa. John viii. 44. Rom.v.2. 1 Cor. vii.
37. 1 Pet.v.12,and Sept. So ¢o stand fast
against an enemy, Eph. vi. 13; with apos
v1, ver. 11. Sept. and Class. So against
evils, to withstand, Rev. vi. 17; to be esta-
blished, confirmed, Matt. xviii. 16, tva eat
oTomaros Ovo papTUpwy 7] ToLav otal;
Tav pyya. 8) eornv and eortabny, to
stand still, stop; of persons, Matt. xx. 32,
otras 0 Inoous: of things, ii. 9; to cease, .
Lu. viii. 44. Sept. and Ciass.
.
‘Iotopéw, f. jow, (taTwo, ‘one who
has knowledge of’ any thing or person from .
personal experience, Eurip. Iph. T. 1434.
|
I=xX
fr. eidévat,) prop. to seek to know any
thing, by inquiry, or personal investiga-
tion, Eurip. Hel. 423; also to know, i.e.
to have seen any one personally, Jos.
Ant. viii. 2,5, iordonoa tiva ‘EX. viii.
moe, 11,7, eb al. In N. T. Zo see,
(Hesych. ioropet’ Opa,) i. e. to vesit
a person, in order to become acquainted
with him, Gal. i. 18, a@vyj\Oov eis ‘leo.
iotopjoa: Ilérpov. So the Latin veszzo,
i. e. coram cognosco, and Engl. to go
to see. Of this sense, probably con-
fined to the common dialect, and arising
from Latinism, I know no other example;
yet something very like it occurs in Jos.
Bell. vi. 1, 8, avip, dv éyw Kat’ éxetvov
iotdpnca ToAEpov, ‘whom I had become
acquainted with ;? not seex, as Whiston
renders. And such is nearly the sense in
Esch. Eum. 433.
"loxupos, a, ov, adj. (icxvw,) strong,
mighty, 1. of PERSONS, with reference to
the powers both of body and mind, 1)
physical, Matt. iii. 11. Mk. 1.7, 0 icxupo-
tTepos pou zotiv. Heb. xi. 34, ioxupor év
qoXkéuw : with art. o icxupos, &c. Matt.
xii. 29. 1 Cor. i. 25. 2) moral, 1 John
ii. 14, strong, i. e. firm, in faith; said of
angels, Rev. v. 2; of God, xviii. 8, & Sept.
Fig. strong in influence and authority,
mighty, honourable, 1 Cor. iv. 10. i. 27, 7a
isxvpa for concr. ot ioxvpoi.—tl. of
THINGS, strong, fortified, said of a city,
Rey. xviii. 10; vehement, great, as applied
to a@veuos, Matt. xiv. 30. Boovrat, Rev.
xix. 6. Aiuos, Lu. xv. 14. coavy7, Heb.
v. 7; also firm, sure, said of wapaxAnors,
vi. 18; severe, éwiotoAai, 2 Cor. x. 10.
Xen. Cyr. iii. 48.
"loys, vos, 7, (toxw,) strength, might,
spoken of the powers both of body and of
mind, (physical and moral;) the former, in
Rev. xviii. 2, 2xpaEev év io x01, 1. e. might-
ily, vehemently, Sept. & Class. ; the latter,
power, might, in Mk. xii. 30, €& OAns THs
isxvos cov, ‘withall thy might,’ & ver. 33.
Lu. x. 27. 1 Pet. iv. 11; also gener. power,
pre-eminence, 2 Pet. ii. 11, ayyedor ioxvr
Kat Ovvauer petCoves OvTes. Eph. i. 19,
TO KoaTOS THS icXVos avTouU, equiv. to
Kpatos ioxupov, ‘mighty power.’ So in
ascriptions to God, Rev. v. 12. vi. 12
Toye, f. tow, (icxs,) valere, to be
strong, i. e. ‘to have strength or ability,’
whether physical or moral, 1) physical,
to be strong, robust, Matt. ix. 12, ot ioxv-
ovtes, the strong,i. e. the well, as opp. to the
weak and sick, and gener. to be able, foll.
by infin. Matt. viii. 28, GoTe py toxvew
Twa TapedUerv. xxvi. 40; with inf. impl.
Mk. ix. 18. Lu. xiii. 24. Phil. iv. 13,
aTavTa ioxvw, i.e. ‘I can do, or endure,
all things.’ 2) moral, to have efficacy, avail,
Gal. v.6, oUre WeptTouy TL ioxver, and
191
‘
KAO
vi. 15. Heb. ix. 17. Ja. v.16, Matt. v.
13, eis ovdév ioyver, ‘it has no value,’ is
worthless. 3) for pre-valeo, to prevail,
foll. by kata Tivos, ‘against or over any
one, Acts xix. 16. absol. Rev. xii. 8, and
fig. to acquire strength and efficacy, Acts
xix. 20, 0 Aoyos tov Kupiov—icyvev.
"Lows, ady. (icos,) prop. and in Class.
equally, alike. In N.T. perhaps, doubt-
less, Lu. xx. 13. Sept. and sometimes in
Class. as Xen. Cyr. ii. 1, 13.
Ty 8vdrov, ov, To, (ixOds,) a small
jish, Matt. xv. 34. Mk. viii. 7, and Class.
"Tx Gus, vos, 6, a fish, Matt. xv. 36, &
oft.
"Ix vos, e0s, TO, (ikw, to go,) prop. the
planta pedis, that cn which one goes in
walking, Eurip. Bacch. 1132; but more
freq. the mark, or impress left by the foot,
and gener. the step thus taken. Some-
times, however, like vestzgzwm in Lat. it is
used metaph. as Soph. Cid. T. 109, and
espec. in the phrases (formed on the phy-
sical kav’ or é7’ txvos Baivew,) occurring
in Rom. iv. 12, otorxety tots tyveci
twos. 2 Cor. xii. 18, weormatety tots
avTots ixvect. 1 Pet. ii. 21, éaraxoXov-
Qety rots ixveot Tivos, ‘to follow any
one’s example.” And so in Class. e. gr.
Lucian i. 770, éxeivors Ey kata Ta Xpv-
oimmou ixvyn TWoociwy.
‘lata, TO, indec. zota, Heb. yodth, the
smallest Hebrew letter; fig. for the mi-
nutest part, Matt. v. 18.
K.
Kaya, crasis for kat éyw, dat. Kayol,
acc. Kaus, and I, &c. the cai every where
retaining its own power, just as if written
separately, Matt. ii. 8, and oft.; dat. Lu.
i, 3. acc. John vii. 28.
K afa, adv. (xad’ &,) lit. ‘according to
what,’ i. e. according as, or simply as,
Matt. xxvii. 10. Sept. and Class.
Kadaiopects, ews, 1, (kabaroéw,)
prop. a putting down what has been raised,
and espec. demolishing of a building. So
Thue. v. 42, x. Ilavaxrov. Arrian E. Al.
i. 9, 4. Pol. xxan.s7, 6.7 Xen, Hist. ao:
15, a sense freq. found in the verb ka@ar-
pew. In this manner, too, the word is
used at 2 Cor. x. 4, wpos kalaioscw
oXupwmaTwv: said fig. of pulling down
the ratiocinations of human pride. So
Aoytopovs KaBatpetv, 2 Cor. x.5. Comp.
Plato p. 254, 58, 7 kK. Tav OyKwy, and
Dio Cass. 927, tijs ioxvos. Also fig.
2 Cor. x. 8. xiii. 10, otk eis Kkabaipeow
Uua@y, Where it means, ‘destruction of
religious knowledge,’ as opp. to edification,
oixkodoujv. The nearest approach to this
KAO
sense in the Class. is destruction or ruin.
Simil. in 1 Macc. iii. 43, the word is used
of meschief done to any person or thing.
See on KaTaoTpogpy.
Kadacoéw, f. yow, aor. 2. cabetrov,
(kava, aioéw,) to take down from a higher
place to a lower, e. gr. from the cross, Mk.
Xv. 36, ei ZoyeTar HXlas kabeXetv avTou,
and ver. 46, al. Sept. and Class. With
the idea of force, violence, e. gr. fo PULL
down, demolish, as buildings, xabeX@ pov
tas awoOjKas, Lu. xii. 18, and Class.; a
people, to overthrow, conquer, KkabeXwv
£0un éewre, Acts xiii. 19. Sept. & Class.; of
princes, potentates, to cast down from their
thrones, dethrone, Lu. i. 52, and Class.
Fig. to subvert, destroy, tiv peyadero-
TnTa, Acts xix. 27. Aoyiopots, 2 Cor.
aa
K a8aiow, f. ape, (kabapods,) prop. to
cleanse from filth, purify, trans. In N.T.
to cleanse a tree or vine from useless
branches, to prune, John xv. 2. Sept., Jos.,
Philo, and Class. So purgare in Latin.
Kadamep, adv. (kala, wéo,) accord-
img as, equiv. to as, even as, Rom. iv. 6,
KaQatep kai Aavid Néyer, & oft. Foll.
by oUTws, so, xii. 4.
Kaelartwo, fut. bw, (kata, &7Tw,)
to bind down, or fasten upon any thing,
trans. In N. T. intrans. or with éautov
impl. Mid. xa@amrtopuat, to fix oneself
upon, to fasten on, foll. by gen. Acts xxviii.
3, €xldva KabyWe THs XELlods AUTO.
Kaéapi ay, f. iow, (kaQapos,) a later
form, not found in Class., of kaBaiow, to
make clean, cleanse, trans. I. PRoP. Matt.
xxiii. 25, xaBapi{erar TO eEwbev Tov
qotnotov, ver. 26. Lu. xi. 39. Spoken
of lepers afflicted with a filthy disease, and
accounted as unclean, to cleanse, i.e. to
heal, Lu. iv. 27, & oft. ; pregn. Matt. viii.
3, éxa0apic0n aitov 1 XéETea, ‘his
leprosy was cleansed and removed,’ i. e.
was healed. Comp. Lu. v. 13.—II. Fic. to
cleanse, ina moral sense, 1)rspec. from sin
or pollution, i. e. by expiaiion, to purify,
Heb. ix. 22; foll. by amo tivos, 1 John
i. 7, TO aia “Inocov ka0apiCer pas amo
Taons auaoTtias, ‘from the guilt of sin
and its consequences, ver. 9. So Tit. ii.
14, tva xkalapion eavtw Naov. 2) gener.
and without expiation, to cleanse, purify,
free from moral uncleanness, with azo
twos, 2 Cor. vii. 1, KaBapiowpev eav-
Tovs aTO WavTos podkvopouv caoKos:
without dao, Acts xv. 9.—III. caus-
ATIVE, in the sense of, to declare clean,
viz. Levitically, i.e. to make lawful, trans.
Acts x. 15, @ 6 Ods Exabdpice, od pr}
Koivov. xi. 9. Sept. So Mk. vi. 19,
Kabapi~ov wavTa Ta PBowuaTa, i. e.
‘making lawful all meats,’ showing them
to be permissible.
192
KAO
KaGapiopos, ov, 6, (kabapigw,) a
cleansing, purification, J. PROP. e. gr. of
the Jewish washings before meals, John
i.6. Fig. of the ceremonial purification
of lepers, Mk. i. 44. Lu. vi 14: of a
woman after child-birth, Lu. ii. 22, and
Sept. So of baptesm, as a rite of purifi-
cation, John iii. 25.—II. METAPH. purifi-
cation from sin, eapiation, Heb. i. 3. 2 Pet.
i. 9. So Class. ca8appos.
Ka@apos, @, ov,adj. in a natural sense,
free from dirt, clean; in a fig. spotless,
pure. Jl. Prop. clean, Matt. xxvii. 59,
éveTv\iEev avTo owddov. Kalapa. Hom.
Od. iv. 750, ciuara x. Heb. x. 22, téare
Kka0apw, al. and Class. Fig. in the Leviti-
cal sense, John xiii. 10, éo7vi kabapos
OA\ws. Soin Class. of those who approached
to the gods with the requisite previous
ceremonies. Hom. Od. iv. 759, sq. By
impl. lawful, to be used, not forbidden,
Lu. xi. 41. Rom. xiv. 20. Tit. i. 15, wavre
kaSaoa.—I]. METAPH. in a moral or spi-
ritual sense, 1) free from the guilt of sin,
guiltless, free from blood-guiltiness, Acts
XVill. 6, ka8apds éyw, &e.: foll. by aaro g1-
vos, xx. 26. Sept. & Class. 2) sencere, single- -
hearted, upright, Matt. v. 8, ot kaBapot TH
kaocia. In John xiii. 10, duets Kabapoi
éoTe, the sense symbol. is ‘ washed from sins
in the blood of Jesus.’ Comp. Ps. li. 2, 7.
1 Tim. i. 5. 2 Tim. 1.22) 1 Pera 22 oe
xkaVaoas xapoias. 1 Tim. ii. 9. 2 Tim. i. 3,
évy ka0apa ouverdjoet. Ja. i. 27, K. Son-
oxeia,i. e. from error, untainted by base
motives, as hypocrisy, selfishness, avarice,
vain-glory ; so equiv. to the definition
i Tim. i. 5, @yamn éx kalapads Kkagdias,
Kal auveloyjcews ayabis, Kal Wiorews
avutroxoitov. In Tit. i. 15, Tots Kaba-
oots, the sense is, ‘whose hearts are purified
by faith. In John xv. 3, U. xaBapoi
éove, (by a figure taken from the vine,)
the meaning is, cleansed, lit. ‘ pruned’ of
evil affections. :
Kafdaporns, ntos, 4, (kafaeds,) in
Class. cleanness, purity. In N. T. clean-
ness, pureness, legal or ceremonial, Heb.
ix. 13.
Kalédpa, as, 7, (kabéGouar,) @ seat,
Matt. xxi. 12. xxiii. 2, ea@iew éqi THs
Kkalédoas Mwucéws, * to sit in Moses’
seat,” fig. ‘to occupy his place.’
KaGéouat, (kata, ECouar,) prop. to
seat oneself, i. e. to sit down, to sit, Lu. ii.
46. John iy. 6. xi. 20, év Tw oikw éxaOé-
Ceo, i. e. ‘continued sitting.’ Acts vi. 15.
Kadcifs, adv. (kata, 飀7s,) lit. ‘ac-
cording to the order or succession of,’ i. e.
successively, consecutively, in connected
order, Lu. i. 3, kabeEns cor ypawat, * to
write a connected narrative, Acts xi. 4.
KAO
xviii, 23, and Class.; with the art. 6 xa@-
eENs, successive, i, e. subsequent, follow-
ing; spoken of order, iii. 24, Kal Tay
KabeEns scil. moomyntav: of time, Lu.
viii. 1
Kacidw, (kata, etdw,) in Class. fo
lie down to sleep. In N.'T. gener. to go to
sleep, to sleep, and imperf. to be asleep, in-
trans. Matt. viii. 24. xiii. 25, et seepe al.
Sept. and sometimes Class. By impl. to
be tn a deep sleep, in a state of uncon-
sciousness like one dead, Matt. ix. 24, ox
atéfavev, aha kabevder. Mk. v. 39. Lu.
vili. 52. Hence spoken of those really
dead, 1 Thess. v. 10, eive yonyoompmen,
eite kaVevowuev, and Sept. Fig. to be
slothful, not vigilant, Eph. v. 14, eyecoe,
6 kaQevowyv. Xen. An. i. 3, 11.
Kadnyntis, ov, 6, (kabynyéouat,) in
Class. a leader, guide. In N. T. teacher,
master, Matt. xxiii. 8, 10, and so in Plut.
viii. 511,
K a0} xw, prop. to come or reach down
from a higher place to a lower, as moun-
tains to the sea (so oft. in Class.), pertingo :
also, pertineo, as said both of place, Xen.
Mem. iii. 5,25, and persons, Pol. i. 66,
convenio, to be becoming, suitable, Xen.
Cyr. viii. 1, 1. Hipp. ix. 5, in which sense
it is gener. used impersonally, kaOyjKer
wor, foll. by infin. ‘it is fit or right to do
soandso. Thus in N. T. Acts xxii. 22,
ov Kkabijkev abtov Cnv, a very rare con-
struction, with which may be compared
from Ecclus. x. 23, ot kabijKe doEacat
avopa aduaotwrov. Also partic. neut.
To KaOyjKov, ° what is fit and right to be
done,’ more frequently ta kaOyjKovra, as
Xen. Cyr. i. 2,5. So Rom. i. 28, qrovety
Ta ui KaO. as 2 Mace. vi. 4, Ta pt Kab7-
KovTa évdov pepovTwy, meaning, ‘ things
that profaned it.’ In each case there is a
litotes, or a mild expression for a strong one.
K é6npat, (2 pers. cdé0n, imper. cd8ou,
like ti€y, Ti8ov, infin. kaOijc0ar,) prop.
to sit down, but in common usage equiv.
to jar, to sit, intrans. 1) prop. to
sit down, Matt. xv. 29, avaBas eis Td
Opos éxadOyTo éxet. John vi. 3. Sept. in
Gen. xxi. 16. Hom. I]. xxii. 569. 2) gener.
to sit, absol., i.e. to sit there, to sit by,
Lu. v. 17, yoav Kabijpevor Papicaiou.
With an adjunct of place, Matt. ix.9. Mk.
ii. 6. Acts 11. 2, & oft. Sept. and Class.
3) said of any dignitary who sz¢s in public,
ajudge, Matt. xxvii. 19; aqueen, Rev. xviii.
7. Sept. Ex. xviii. 14. Philostr. Vit. Ap.
vi. 2. 4) in the sense of to abide, dwell,
be, Matt. iv. 16, tots Kaipévors év ywoa
Kal oxia Savatov. Lu. i. 79. Acts xiv. 8,
and Sept. Foll. by é7i with gen. of place,
Rev. xiv. 6; with acc. Lu. xxi. 35.
Ka€npmepivos, 4, ov, adj. (kara, |
193
KAO
néoa,) daily, Acts vi. 1, gv TH diakovica
TH Ka0ynpmeouvy, i.e. of alms. Jos. and lat.
Ciass.
Kadi¢w, (kata, ifw,) f. ca0ie or
KaQiow, aor. 1. éxaOioa, trans. to cause
to sit down, to seat ; intrans. to sit down,
to stt. I. TRANS. to cause to sit down, to
seat, with év of place, Eph. i. 20, ékaOicev
[avtov] év deEra avTov. Sept. and Class.
So to cause to sit, to set, scil. as judges,
1 Cor. vi. 4, TrovTous KkabiGere sc. KoiTas
or dukacTas: gen. expressed in Class.—
II. INTRANS. or with éavtov impl., and
also mid. to seat oneself, i.e. to sit down,
to sit, 1) prop. & gener. Matt. v. 1, xa@i-
savtos avtou. Mk. ix. 35. Lu. iv. 20. v.
3, et sepiss. Sept. and Class. With an
adjunct of place, avrov, here, Matt. xxvi.
36. woe, Mk. xiv. 32; with prepositions,
Matt. xx. 21, & oft. Sept. and Class.—
Ill. by impL. to abide, take up one’s
abode, vty mode, Lu. xxiv. 49; absol.
Acts xviii. 11. Sept. Exod. xvi. 29. Jer.
xlix. 52. Test. x11. Patr. 644, ca¥ioceoOe
év £0veor. So also sedeo in Latin.
Ka@inns, (f. KaOjow, inf. Karévar,
part. KaQteis, aor. 1. kaOijKa,) gener. am-
muttere, to let down, as food or drink into
the stomach, Hom. II. xxiv. 642; or to
let any thing or person down by a cord, as
an anchor, Hdot. vii. 36, or plummet, ora
fishing-line or net. So Hom. 1]. xxi. 152,
év Olyynot kaDieTe pwvuyas ious. Lu.
v. 19, xaOyjkav aitov—sis TO pécov.
Jos. Ant. ii. 3,4, xaOizcay eis Tov AGKKoD.
Acts ix. 25, avrov kaOyKkay 61a Tou Téi-
yous. Simil. Jos. Ant. vi. 11, 4, caOcun-
caca Oia Jupidos avtov. Pass. part. kabi-
émevos, Acts x. 11, oxevos k. emi THS Ys,
for emi tiv yy, as often in Eurip.
K aGiornpe, (also xabiotdw, f. KaTa-
oTjow, aor. 1. Katéotyoa,) gener. to set
down, i.e. to set or place. InN. T. for
the most part used only in the trans.
forms; pass. or mid. to be set, to be, &c.
1) of persons and things, to set wp, to cause
to stand, Sept. and Class. ; pass. to stand ;
fig. kaBictapat, to stand, to be set, to be,
Ja. iii. 6, 9 yA@ooa kabiotata: év Tots
pédrzow. iv. 4. Hence also act. xadi-
orn, to cause to be, to render, make,
2 Pet. i. 8, tavta ovx dpryovs [vmas]
kaViornow: pass. to be made, become,
Rom. v. 19, duaotwroi Kkateotabynoav
oi wodXot. Jos. and Class. 2) of persons,
to set, constitute, foll. by accus. and éai
with gen. to set one over any thing, Matt.
xxiv. 45, Ov KaTéoTHoEV O KUPLOS alToOU
ém@l THS Sepatreias avTov. xxv. 21. Acts
vi. 3; with dat. Matt. xxiv, 473 with ace.
Heb. ii. 7; foll. by double acc. of pers. &
station, to constitute, muke, Lu. xii. 14,
Tis fe KaTéoTHGE OiKaCTIY Ed vuas;
So with acc, of pers. omitted, Tit. i. 5.
K
KAO
Sept. and Class. Pass. with acc. of man-
ner, Heb..v.-1* ‘with eis\r7z, vill. 3.
3) as in English, to set one down on a
journey, i. e. to accompany, conduct, out
of respect, or for security, Acts xvii. 15,
ot kaliota@ytes Tov IlavXov. Sept. and
Class., as Homer and Thucyd.
Kaéo, adv. (xaé’ 6,) lit. ‘according to
what,’ equiv. to xa@a, as, according as,
Rom. vill. 26, xa0o det. 2 Cor. viii. 12,
bis, kao éav Eyn Tis, &c. ‘in proportion
ask Petsiv. US.
Ka@€dXov, adv. (ka6’ dXdov,) prop.
‘throughout the whole,’ i. e. wholly, en-
tirely ; kalorXov pa, not at all, Acts iv.
18. Comp. Sept. in Ezek. xiii. 22, rou
KaTLoXUoaL XYeloas avouou TO Kabddou
pi) adTootpéWat ao OdoU Trovypas, and
xvii. 14, +d KaOodov pi érraipec@at.
Pol.i.20, 3, odd kafoXou utKkoov TAXotov.
KalotXiGw, f. icw, to arm com-
pletely ; and pass. to be fully armed, Lu.
xi. 21. Sept. and Class.
Kalopdw, (kata, opaw,) 1) prop.
dispicio, to look down wpon any thing. So
Plut. Popl. 2& twWous éravta kalopa.
2) by impl. perspicio, to descry, behold,
Hdot. u. 138. Thuc. i. 48. But gener.
used fig. for mente perspicio, to perceive,
as Rom. i. 20, Ta dopata Tov Gzov Kab-
opatar. So 3 Mace. iii. 11, od Kabopmy
TO Tov Qzou Kp4&Tos, and often in Class.
Kado, adv. (ka@’ 671,) lit. ‘accord-
ing to what,’ i.e. 1) according as, as, Acts
li. 45. iv. 35, waldte av tis yoeiav
zixe. Sept. & Class. 2) for that, because
that, inasmuch as, Lu. i. 7, Kabdti—ijv
oretpa. Sept. and Class.
Kaas, adv. (kata, ws,) a later form
for kaa, prop. according as, equiv. to
simple ws, as. I. PROP. implying MAN-
NER, |) gener. Matt. xxi. 6, ka0as mpoc-
éetakéey avtots Oo “Incous, et sepiss.
Preon. Mk. xv. 8, joEato aitetoba
Kabws dei éroier ators, ‘ began to de-
mand [that he should do] according as he
had ever done to them ;’ with eiui, equiv.
to such as, 1 Thess. ii. 13. 1 John ii. 2.
So with ows corresponding, Johniii. 14.
2 Cor. i. 5; and époiws, Lu. vi. 31. Sept.
Hence the formula kafws kai, even as, freq.
in the Epistles of St. Paul, which is ellipti-
cal for kalms—ottTw Kai. 2) after verbs of
speaking, &c. how, Acts xv. 14, Suuewv
eEnynoato Kalws moew@tov. 3 John 3.
3) in the sense of proportion, comparison,
Mk. iv. 33, kab ms AOvvavTo akovew. John
v. 30. Acts xi. 29..1 Pet. iv. 10. Sept.
and Class.—II. in a CAUSAL sense, as, i.e.
even as, inasmuch as, John xvii. 2, cabws
zdwkas avTw é€ouciav. Rom. i. 28. 1 Cor.
i. 6. Eph. i. 4 Ph. i. 7.—IIL. of Timez,
194
KAT
equiv. to when, Acts vii. 17, xabas hyyr
Cev 6 xoovos. 2 Mace. i. 31.
Kat, copul. conj. and, prob. derived
from the imperat. of the obsol. verb caw,
to join, add, (as dé from déw, to join, and
our and from A.-Sax. anan, to join.)
From this obsol. kéw came the word
which has so puzzled the Etymologists,
Kaous, @ brother, or sister, lit. * one joined
by birth, (as adeX@os, * fellow-wombed,’
cuyyovos); and also the word xdooa,
meretrix, which originally, like éraioa,
meant a female friend, and thence, like
that word, a@ concubine or courtezan.
Kavos, 7), ov, adj. (a word, I con-
ceive, derived, though the Etymologists
have failed to see it, from-the obsol. kaw,
to join or add, on which see in v. kai init.
as the Latin gue, (xe,) from the cogn. kéw,)
the general signification is new, something
that has been added to what before exist-
ed, I.-PRoP. newly made, not impaired
by time or use; doxoi, Matt. ix. 17.
punpetov, Xxvii. 60. iuarov, Lu. v. 36.
Matt. xiii. 52, xawd Kat wadaa. TO
ka.wov, Mk. ii. 21, and Class.—Il. Fie.
new, i. e. not before known or current,
newly introduced ; 610axy, Mk. i. 27. év-
ToA7}, John xiii. 34. d6vona, Rev. ii. 17.
iii. 12, and Class. Also in the sense of
other, foreign, Mk. xvi. 17, yAwooars
Aadyoovcr Kawats, ‘ with new, i.e. other,
tongues,’ new, to them, which they had
never learnt, Xen. Mem. i. 15.—II1. new,
as opp. to old or former, TO wadatov, TO
aowTov, and by impl. also better, e. gr. 4
Katvy 6ra07jKn, ‘the new and better cove-
nant,’ Matt. xxvi. 28. So oivov qwivew
Katvov, ‘to drink wine new,’ ver. 29. w07
Katv7, ‘a new song,’ i. e. a nobler, loftier
strain, Rev. v. 9. xiv. 3. So Ps. xxxii. 3.
xl. 3. Is. xlii. 10. Also for renewed, made
new, and therefore swperior, more splen-
did, e. gr. Kawvol ovpavoi Kai YH Kawi,
2 Pet. iii. 13. Rev. xxi. Iie bee
Rey. iii. 12. xxi. 5. Metaph. of Christ-
ians, as renewed and changed from evil to
good by the Holy Spirit of God, 2 Cor. v.
17. Kawy Ktiots, Gal. vi. 15. Katvos
avOowos, Eph. ii. 15. iv. 24. Ez. xviii.
dl, kagdia kan.
Karvérns, ntos, 4, (Kkawos,) prop.
and in Class. newness, in a physical sense :
in a moral, Rom. vi. 4, év x. Gwys, for ev
Kawy Cw, & vil. 6.
Keaiqmep, conjunct. (kai and 7reg,)
although. Foll. by particip. Phil. ii. 4.
Heb. v. 8. vii. 5. xu. If) 2) Bete
Foll. by fin. verb, Rev. xvii. 8, xaiqrep
TWAaPECTal.
Kazoos, ov, 6, a word of which the:
derivation has been exceedingly disputed. }
It is, I conceive, from kaw, to join, q. d. }
Kaegos, formed like taxepos from Takw,
KAT
Dor. for tTiKkw, yAuK-eods fr. yAuKds,
Sadepos fr. St\Xw, madepos fr. wards,
opaXepos fr. cpadiw, dodepos fr. doXos,
Hyuepos fr. tua, sedeo, iuepos fr. eipe,
tpomeoods fr. Tpdmos, plovepds fr. pUo-
vos, &c. Its primary sense is the potné of
junction formed by two lines meeting at
an angle, and then the angle or point thus
made; also point gener. as denoting the
sharp end of any instrument. The only
vestige I can find of this primary sense is in
Hesych. who explains kaiow by powddw,
meaning, I presume, membro virili, for in
that sense the word occurs in the Anthol.
Gr. As supplying another proof of the
above sense of kaéw, fo join, it may suffice
to adduce the gloss of Hesych. Kaiowouv’
TOU oTipmoves TOUS cuvdécpous. In N.T.
the word has only two senses, d2me and
season.. I, TIME, meaning fit tome, proper
season, 1) gener. opportunity, occasion,
Acts xxiv. 25, katoov petadaBwv. 2 Cor.
vi. 2, karow 0. Gal. vi. 10. Eph. v. 16.
Col. iv. 5. (See éEayopafw.) Heb. xi.
15. John vii. 6, karpds buéetepos. 2) set
time, certain season, i. e. a fixed and defi-
nite time; foll. by gen. of thing, Matt.
xiii. 30, gv katow ToU Jepicpov. Kaoos
cuxwy, Mk. xi. 13. Acts iii. 20, Karol
dvaWuEews, ‘times of refreshing,’ i. e.
appointed of God. Lu. xix. 44. 2 Tim. iv.
6. Heb. ix, 10. Sept. and Class. By gen.
of pers. or a pron. 6 Kaigds pov, or 6
Zpuos, my time, as appointed of God, e. gr.
“in which I am to suffer, Matt. xxvi. 18,
er accomplish any duty, John vii. 6, 8.
Lu. xxi. 24, caipol 20v@v. So idtos Kat-
pos, ‘one’s own due time,’ Gal. vi. 9.
With a demonstr. art. or pron. o vu»,
ouTos, éketvos, ‘this present time,’ that
time, definitely marked out and expressed,
Mage oO Mk. x. 30. Rom. iii. 26, et
al.; also katpos eoyatos, | Pet. i. 5.
toteoor, | Tim. iv. l. eveotyKws, Heb.
ix. 9. Gener. Acts xvii. 26, mpotetay-
mévous Katpovs. 2 Tim. iv. 3, gatas
kKa.oos, i. €. appointed of God. Rev. xii.
12; dat. Tw Katpw, ‘at the proper season,’
Mk. xii. 2. With prepositions, ayol Kat-
pou, ‘for or during a certain season,’ Lu.
iv. 13. gv karow, ‘in due time,’ xx. 10.
Acts vii. 20. xata& katpov, ‘at the set
time,’ Rom. v. 6. ix. 9. mo Karpov,
‘before the proper time,’ 1 Cor. iv. 5.
fAschyl. Ag. 356. mpcs Karoov, ‘for a
season,’ Lu. viii. 13. awoos kK. woas, i. e.
‘for a short time,’ 1 Thess. u. 17. So, in
allusion to the set time for the coming of
the Messiah in his kingdom, or for judg-
Mcote Man. vil. 29. xvi. 3, oft. Plur.
xatpot, absol. times, circumstances, ap-
pointed of God, 2 Tim. iii. 1.—II. gener.
time, SEASON, equiv. to xpdvos, 1) prop.
Lu. xxi. 36, éy wavti katpw dedpevor.
Eph. vi. 18. 2) a season of the year, as
AT
195
flaming fire.
KAK
KatooL Kaptodopor, ‘ fruitful seasons,’
Acts xiv. 17. 3) in the prophetic style,
put for a year, Rev. xii. 14, katpos Kai
Katpot Kal Hutov Karpov, i. e. ‘three
years and a half,’ comp. ver. 6, in allusion
to Dan. vii. 25, where karooi stands, in
Sept. as here, for the dual, two years.
Kaitou, and yet, nevertheless, though
truly, Heb. iv. 3, Kaito: T@v é_pywv aro
KataBodjs Kdopouv yevnbévtTwv, ‘ the
works, nevertheless, having been finished
at the foundation of the world. Keitror
ye, though truly, Jonn iv. 2. Acts xiv. 17.
xvii. 27.
Kaio, (f. catvow, f. mid. kavoovpar,
2 Pet. iii. 10. 1 aor. pass. ExavOnv,) gener.
to burn, in the two senses of the English
word, to set on fire, and to be on fire, 1. to
set on fire, MAKE TO BURN, as a fire, lamp,
&c. pass. part. karouevos, burning, flaming,
Matt. v. 15, ov6é Kaiovat AVxvov. Lu.
xii. 35. Heb. xii. 18, xexaupévw ruvopi,
Class. and Sept. Fig. Avy-
vos KaLopevos Kat paivwy, ‘a burning and
shining light,’ i. e. a distinguished teacher,
John v. 35. Metaph. xaionar, to burn;
said of the heart, i.e. to be greatly moved,
Lu. xxiv. 32.—II. trans. fo burn, i.e. to
consume with fire, John xv. 6, Kat Kaie-
vat, scil. Ta kAnuata. Matt. xiii. 40.
1 Cor. xiii. 3. Sept. and Class.
K @xet, crasis for kai éxet, Matt. v. 23.
Kaxet0ey, crasis for kat éxet0ev, Mk.
x. 1, and oft. Sept. and Class.
Kadketvos, crasis for kat éketvos,
Matt. xv. 18, and oft. Sept. and Class.
Kakia, as, 7, (kakxos,) prop. badness,
or defect in general, as to any persona
quality or property, whether physical (Jos.
Ant. ii. 1 & 2, of bad water) or moral ;
and thus denoting either faultiness or im-
perfection, whether from frailty, Pol. vi. 10,
2. vii. 6, 48, or some settled purpose of evil,
espec. of doing injury to others, expressed
by Lat. vitiositas. So in Asch. Soer. ii. 37,
it is opp. to dpe77), also in Aristot. Eth. vii.
In N. T. it is used only in the last-mention-
ed senses, 1. of depravity of heart, life, and
character, Acts viii. 22, wetTavonooyv ato
THS Kakias cov. James i. 2], repioceiay
kakias. 1 Pet. ii. 16, éaruxaduppa Tis
kakias. | Cor. xiv: 20, Ty K. vymidCeTe.
Sept. and Class. as Xen. Mem. i. 2, 28,
THS OUK évovens av’Tw Kakias.—lII. in an
active sense, malitia, malignity, the desire
of doing mischief to others, Rom. i. 29.
1 Cor. v. 8. Eph. iv. 31. ‘Col. iii. 8. Tit.
iii. 3. Sept. and Class. as Thuc. i. 32.
Pol <iv,..20;°F9 Glos... Ants ee a end
KaxoT1s in Herodot. viii. 168.—IIT. ina
milder sense, evil, i. e. trouble, affliction,
Matt. vi. 34, apkeTov TH Hméoa 71 K.
avTys. Sept. and Apocr. but not Class.
K 2
KAK
Kaxon@era, as, 7, from KkaxonOns,
(kaxos and 70os,) evil-disposed, meaning
either gener. of evil habits, character, and
conduct, (xakotpotos, as Hesych. ex-
plains it,) or evil-inclined towards others,
malignant, ill-natured, Plato, p. 360, C.
In Herodot. vii. 3, 11, twas TeV Kako-
n0wy kat pavr@y, both senses seem con-
joined, as also in Aristoph. Pac. 822., And
so Isocrates joins kakojGera and trovypia.
In like manner, the subst. kaxonGera has
the two senses, morum pravitas, and male-
volence, for both which good authority
exists. At Rom. i. 29, weototbs zpsdos,
dcXov, kak. the latter is justly preferred,
and, besides many other examples which
might be adduced, occurs in Jos. Ant. vi.
13, 2.
Kaxoldoyéw, f. how, (KaxoA\dyos,)
to speak evil of, revile, with acc. Mk. ix.
39. Acts xix. 9, and Class. as opp. to
Tiuaw, by impl. to dishonour, contemn,
Matt. xv. 4, 6 Kako\oy@v watépa 7
pntépa, also Sept.
Kakxormadbeca, as, 7, (kaxotrabéw,) ‘a
suffering of evil, i. e. gener. suffering,
affiiction, Ja. v. 10. Sept. and Class. as
Thue. vii. 77.
Kaxoraléw, f. jow, (kaxoTrabis,
fr. kaxos, wafos,) to suffer evil, be afflict-
ed, intrans. 2 Tim. ii. 9. Ja. v. 13, and
Class. espec. of soldiers and others, ¢o
endure hardships, fig. 2 Tim. ii. 3, Kako-
aabnoov ws Kahos sTpaTiwTns, and iv.
5. Sept. and Class.
Kakototéw, f. yow, (kakotrotos,) to
do evil, i.e. 1) to others, equiv. to injure,
harm, absol. Mk. iii. 4. Lu. vi. 9. Sept.
and Class. 2) gener. and absol. equiv. to
commit sin, | Pet. iii. 17. 3 John 11, and
Class.
K axomotods, ov, 0, 4, (Kakos, Totew, )
an evil-doer, 1 Pet. ii. 12, 14. iii. 16. iv.
15; malefactor, John xviii. 380, and Class.
Kakos, 7, ov, adj. a word of very ex-
tensive signification, inasmuch as, like the
Latin malus, and the English bad, it is a
general term used to denote what is not
good, by either physical defect, or moral
fault. It is used either of things or per-
sons; of course varying widely in sense,
according to the circumstances of the ob-
ject to which it is applied; but always
containing a negation of any quality re-
garded as good, which should be inherent
therein. Consequently, there is always a
tacit opposition thereto, and generally to
kaXos in one or other of its senses.
Hence, as applied to things, it denotes
what is unfit for use, bad, in its conse-
quences evil: to persons, what is faulty or
complete in any required moral pro-
perty—wgly, base, cowardly, ignoble, inex-
196
KAK
pert, bad, i. e. evil-disposed, wicked. And
the qualities ascribed to persons are like-
wise applied to things, when implying
agency, as actions or contrivance. Thus
the leading senses are bad, evil, all, wicked.
In N. T. the general sense of the word is
evtl both in a moral and physical sense, ©
I. in a MORAL, of persons, wicked, bad, in
heart, conduct, character, Matt. xxi. 41,
Kakovs Kakws GioNéoeL avToUs. XXiv.
48, 0 kakos OovAos. Phil. iii. 2. Rev. ii. 2,
Kaxous, 1. €. impostors. So also of things,
implying moral agency, as contrivances or
actions, Mk. vii. 21, duaXoytopol of Kakol.
Rom. xiii. 3, Tay kakwv, scil. goywv.
1 Cor. xv. 33, é6utdiar Kaxai. Col. iii. 5.
Sept. and Class.; e. gr. Hesiod, Opp. i.
238, qmoAAaK. Kal Evpmraca aoXts
Kakov avopos émavpet. Neut. kaxov or
TO Kakov, plur. kaka or Ta Kaxa, evil,
evil things, i. e. wickedness, fault, crime,
Matt. xxvii. 23, Ti yao xaxov étroinesp ;
et sepiss. Sept. 1 Kings iii. 9. Prov. iii. 7.
Xen. Mem. ii. 6, 4.—II. in a PHYSICAL
sense, of things, act. causing evil, i. €.
hurtful, baneful, Rom. xiv. 20, déAXa
Kakov Tw av0opwmw, Ke. Rev. xvi. 2,.
éXxos Kakov, where see my note. Tit. i.
12, kaka Snoia, ‘ravenous beasts.’ Sept.
Am. vi. 3. Prov. xvi. 5. Xen. Mem. iv.
1,4. Neut. 76 kaxov, evil, i. e. ‘ cause or
source of evil,’ Ja. iii. 8, evil done to any
one, harm, injury, whether in deeds, as
Acts xvi. 23. Rom. xi. 17, jam 1:
1 Cor. xiii. 5. 1 Thess. v.53 Wen
9,11, or in words, evil-speaking, | Pet.
ili. 10. Sept. Mic. vii. 3. Plur. ta xaxa,
evils, i. e. troubles, afflictions, Lu. xvi. 25,
Ad Capos éuoiws Ta Kaka, scil. aréaBe.
Acts ix. 13. 2 Tim. iv. 14. Sept. and
Class. espec. Homer.
Kaxovpyos, ov, 6, 4, (kakov, obsol.
éoyw,) prop. an adj. doing evil, injury, as
in Hom. Eurip. Soph. Plato, and Xen. ;
but in use a subst. in the sense ‘an evil-
doer.. And so in N.T. 1) gener. an
evil-doer, 2 Tim. ii. 9. Sept. and Class.
2) spec. a robber, Lu. xxiii. 32, seqq. and
often in Class.
Kakxovyéw, f. now, (Kkaxos, txw,)
male habeo, to ill treat, Diod. Sic. xix. 11,
et al. Stob. 522, but gener. in pass.
Kakouxeta0a, as Heb. xi. 37. xiii. 3.
Kaxow, f. ow, (Kakds,) prop. equiv.
to Kakdv Trottw, physicé vitio, to ma
bad, deteriorate, Theophr. Hist. Pl. i. 15,
TO WHhyavoy KakouTa Kal &é\\aTTETAL.
Of pers. to bring to a low state, Hom. I.
xi. 689. Od. xvi. 212. Also gener. to wl
treat or harm any one, as often in Hdot. '
and Thuc. And so in a physical sense,
i Pet. iii. 13, tis 6 Kakwowv bpas; Acts
xviii. 10; also ¢o afflict, oppress, vii. 6, 19,
EKAKWOE TOUS TAT. HU@V. Xii. 1, K. Twas
KAK
tTav ard THS EKKAnoias. And so Hom.
Od. iv. 754, and elsewhere in Class. Ina
moral sense, to make evil-affected, Acts
xiv. 2, éxakwoav Tas Wuyas tov 20.
Jos. Ant. xvi. 1,2, &7,3, & 8,6. An idiom
‘formed on that sense of xaxovo8a by
which it means to be made ill or sick,
Xen. An. iv. 5, 24, dediws par) aro8avn’
éxakwto yao v0 qopsias. Epigr. in
Anthol. kexakwpévos Ek TugETOLO.
Kax@s, adv. (xakos,) badly, al, evilly,
¥. PHYSICALLY, in the phrases xaxws
éxew, to be sick, Matt. iv. 24, et sepiss.
and Class. kaxa@s maoyecv, ‘to suffer ill,
i.e. grievously, xvii. 15, and Class. kakovs
Kaxws atro\gcat, malos malé perdere,
i. e. to destroy utterly, xxi. 41, and Class.
oft.; gener. in the sense of grievously, xv.
(22, kaxa@s OaimoviveTar.—II. MORALLY;
Kax@s épetv, to speak evil of any one, to
revile, Acts xxiii. 5; gener. kax@s NaXetp,
absol. to speak evil, i. e. amiss, John xviii.
23. So Ja. iv. 3, kax@s aitetobe, ‘ye
ask amiss.’
Kakwots, ews, 7, (kaxow,) prop. &
in Class. a] treatment or injury to others,
and the damage ; but in N. T. the state
of the injured, affliction, Acts vii. 34,
€l00v Tiv Kak. Tov Naov, and sometimes
in Class. as Thue. ii. 43. vii. 82. Hdian.
wm. 6511,
Kaka@pun, ns, 7, prop. and in Class.
the stalk of grain: in N. T. stubble or
straw, after the ears are removed, 1 Cor.
iii. 12. Sept. and sometimes in Class. as
Theocr. Id. v. 7. Xen. Ven. v. 18.
KdXapos, ov, 6, the reed or cane, a
plant with a jointed hollow stalk, I. prop.
the plant itself, Matt. xi. 7. xii. 20, kaXa-
pov ovyTetpiupmevov. Sept. and Class.—
il. the stalk, as cut for use, a reed, as
a mock sceptre, Matt. xxvii. 29; a rod, or
staff, ver. 48; a@ measuring reed, Sept. in
Hz. xl. 3; a reed for writing with, 3 John
13. Sept. and Class.
Kakéw, (f. éow, aor. 1. éxddeca, perf.
KexAnka, aor. 1. pass. €xA70nyv,) I. to call
TO any one to come or go any where. 1)
prop. with the voice, as a shepherd his
flock, John x. 3, Ta idta wWodRata KaXet
Kav ovoua. Lu. xix. 13, kadéoas 62 déka
OovXovs éauTtov. Matt. iv. 21. Mk. i. 20,
éxaXecev ai’Tous, i. e. ‘to follow him and
become his disciples.’ 1 Macc. i. 6. Hdian.
iii. 11, 20. . Xen. Conv. ii. 12. 2) gener.
to call in any way, to send for, to direct
to come. Matt.ii. 7, A\a4@pa kadécas Tods
Mayovus, and 15, €& Aiyuarov. Heb. xi.
8. 3) to call upon with the idea of autho-
rity, to call FORTH, to summon, e. gr. before
a judge, &c. Acts iv. 18. xxiv. 2. Hdian.
vil. 3,5. Xen. Apol. Soc. i. eis tiv dixnv.
Fig. of God, Rom. iv. 17, xaXovvtos Ta
uy OvTa ws ovTa, ‘calling forth and dis-.
197
KA’
posing of things that are not, even as
though they were,’ i.e. calling them into
existence, &c. Sept. and Philo. 4) in the
sense to invite, prop. to a banquet, Matt.
xxii. 3, 9. John ii. 2. absol. Matt. xxii. 8,
al. and Class. Metaph. ¢o call, to mvite,
i. e. fo any thing, e. gr. said of Jesus, x.
els petavorav, to call to repentance, to
exhort, Matt. ix. 13. impl. Mk. ii. 17. Of
God, Rev. xix. 9, eis TO detarvov Tov ya-
fou Tov apviov KekAnpévor, see in Va-
gos 1. 1 Tim. vi. 12, eis Gwyv aiwvov.
bh@or: i..9. 2:Th: i: 14.) Betas 9.iyvdt
So xaXetv eis tTHv BactXeiav Tov Veou,
to the duties, privileges, and final bliss of
the Christian life here and hereafter, 1 Th.
ii. 12, and so by impl. Rom. ix. 24, et
sepelal. /liCor. vii. 15): 17,sq. .Galliveee,
13.2 Tims i) 9.) Heb, ix. 15.) Pet ng2k
al. sepe. 5) in the sense of to call any one
to any station, equiv. to appoint, to choose.
Heb. v. 4, aoyreoebs—kadovpevos bro
tou Qzou. Gal.i. 15.—II. to call over, with
allusion to the posture of the action, i. e.
to name, to give name to any person or
thing. I. prop. and 1) of a proper name
or surname ; of persons, foll. by to dvopa
and the name in apposit. Matt. i. 21, xa-
Evers TO 6voua avToU Incour, thou shalt
call his name Jesus. Pass. with ti, se.
dvoua, Lu. i. 62, and Sept. Foll. by acc.
of pers. and the name in apposit. Matt. x.
25, ei Tov oixodsoTréTHv BeedCeBovr
éxaXeoav. In the Pass. constr. Lu. i. 60,
aha KAnOnocetat “Iwavyys. Acts i. 23.
Rev. xii. 9. So of places, Matt. xxvii. 8.
Lu. ii. 4, et al. Sept. and Class. With
éTl TH OvOuaTe added, i. e. after the name
of any one, Lu. i. 59. Pass. with dat. rw
dvomati, by name, Lu. i. 61. xix. 2. So
with év, Rom. ix. 7, év "loadk KAXnO7joe-
Tat oo. omépua, i.e. ‘7m and through
Tsaac, in his line,’ shall thy seed bear
name.—til. of az epithet or appellation,
e. g. of persons, Matt. ii. 23, Na@wpatos
K\nOnceTtac. xxii. 43. xxiii. 7,8. Ofthings,
Acts x. 1, & Class. Hence 2) pass. in the
sense of to be regarded, accounted, = to be,
Matt. v. 9,19, bis, ZXayeotos KAnONcETaL
év TH Bac. T@v ovo. K.T.A. Lu. i. 32.
KadXréXatos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (ka\Xos
& é\auov,) prop. ‘ yielding fine oil;’ hence
1 Ka\X.éXazos, i.e. EXaia, a good olive-
tree, i.e. cultivated as opposed to dypu-
éXatos, Rom. xi. 24, Aristot. de Plant.
and yielding fine oil.
Kad Xiwy, ovos, 6, 7, (compar. of ka-
dos, ) better, Acts xxv. 10, ws kai sv Kad-
tov émruyivwoKers, ‘as thou also better
knowest,” i. e. than I can tell.
Kakood:dadcKxaXdos, ov, 6, %, adj.
(kaXds and ésdackados,) teaching what zs
good, and as subst. teacher of good, Tit. ii.
A good,
K 3
KAA
KaNdomotréa, f. now, to do weil, to live
virtuously, 2 Th. iii. 18; or to do good to
others.
Kaos, 1}, ov, adj. handsome, beautiful.
A term of very extensive sense, though
its uses may be distributed into éwo classes,
1) as to external form or appearance; 2)
as to intrinsic value; namely, either good
as to intellectual or moral excellence, as
said of persens, TO KaXoOv, abstract beauty
as Opp. to TO aicxpov ; also moral excel-
lence, as opp. to TO Kakov, aioypov, or
Tovyooyv: or good in-respect to what is
useful or profitable, as said of things. In
N.T. the word is only used in the latter
mode, and with less extensive application
than in the Classical writers, signifying,
I. good, as regards quality, and also of
such things as express the actions of per-
sons; and as xados is said of persons,
like ckados xayafos, so, by comparison, it
is used, as Kay otpateia, | Tim. i. 18;
of land, Matt. xiii. 8, 23; a tree, Matt.
xii. 33, et al. So pétpov xcadov, Lu. vi.
38, handsome measure, such as a fair-
dealing person would use. And so of other
things, by comparison, as Kap7os, otvos,
wapyaottat, Aidor, ouodoyia.—lII. good
or excellent, as to effect, useful, profitable,
e. gr. Gas, Mk. ix. 50. epyov, Matt.
xxvi. 10. So also at 1 Tim. i. 8. iv. 4.
Hence kaXov éott, tt ts good, profitable,
foll. by acc. and infin. Matt. xvii. 4; by
dat. of pers. and inf. as subj. Matt. xviii.
8,9; by ei, Matt. xxvi. 24. Mk. ix. 42.
xiv. 21; by éav, 1 Cor. vii. 8.—III1. good
in amoral sense, virtuous, spoken 1) of
things, as thoughts, feelings, actions, e. gr.
K. suvelonots, a good conscience, Heb. xiii.
18. «x. dvactpop?), Ja. iii. 13. 1 Pet. ii.
12. 1 Tim. vi. 12, x. aywv. 2 Tim. iv. 7.
1 Tim. ii. 3. v. 4, rouTo yao KaXdov évaw-
aiov Tov Oeov. Once kadds kai ayabds
is spoken of 7 Kkapdia, where ayalds
refers to the disposition of the heart itself,
and kaXos to the external manifestation,
Lu. viii. 15. So goyov kadov, éoya Kaha,
Ta Kaha épya, a good deed, good works,
Matt. v. 16. 1 Pet. ii. 12; with goya.
impl. Rom. xii. 17. 2 Cor. viii. 21. Tit.
iii. 8, Ta Kata. Neut. To KaXdov, prop.
that which 1s handsome, good, right, Rom.
vii. 18. So td KaXdv Tovetv, ‘to do
good,’ i. e. to do well, to act virtuously,
Rom. vii. 21. Hence xadév éori, tt ts
good, wt is right, foll. by inf. Matt. xv. 26.
Mk. vii. 27. Rom. xiv. 21. Gal. iv. 18.
Heb. xiii. 9. 2) of persons, in reference
to the performance of duty, e. gr. 6 qozpiyy
o xaXos, John x. 11 bis, 14. dzaxovos,
] Tim. iv. 6. ctpatimtys, 2 Tim. ii. 3.
oixovomot, 1 Pet. iv. 10. Xen. Mem. i. 6,
13.—N.B. In the senses which fall under
the second head, «adds is synonymous
with aya@ds. The difference between
oe LR
198
KAM
the terms is, that xaXos denotes rather
eaternal qualities, personal or mental, and
some moral; dyads, rather internal,
(what is morally good, virtuous, &c.) and
when external, what is useful to the com-
munity, as bravery in the field, talent in
the council, cleverness in the dispatch of
business, or dexterity and skill in the ex-_
ercise of any art.
Ka@Xupuea, atos, TO, (Kkadtiarrw,)
1) @ covering, thrown over any thing,
fEschyl. Ch. 487, espec. a ved, 2 Cor. iii,
13. Hom. and Asciyl. 2) fig. an zm-
pediment, (lit. something interposed be-
tween,) 2 Cor. ii. 14, sqq. xaéAXupma emi
Thy Kapdiav KetTar. Act. Thom. § 34,
ov TO Ka\. TponyEetTal CKOTOS.
KaXturcro, f. Ww, (kindr. with xpv-
aTw,) to cover over or around, to envelope,
trans. 1) Matt. viii. 24. Lu. viii. 16, xa-
AU@TEL av’Tov oKever. xxiii. 30. Sept. &
Class. 2) by impl. to hide, Matt. x. 26,
ovdevy Kekahuppevov. 2 Cor. iv. 3, bis.
So James v. 20, and 1 Pet. iv. 8, cadtwee
awAH00s aduapTtimv. Comp. Soph. Cid.
Col. 282.
Kad@s, adv. (kaXos,) prop. hand-
somely, in N. T. well, good, im various .
connections and shades of sense. I. as to
manner and external character, well, i. e.
right, suitably, properly, John xviii. 23, sé
dé KaXos, i. e. EXaAnoa. Acts x.-33, and
oft. So ov kad@s, ‘ not well, Gal. iv. 17.
Of office or duty, well, faithfully, 1 Tim.
iii. 4, 12. v. 17, and Class. With emph.
very well, excellently, Mk. vii. 37. Gal. v.
7, évtpéxete kaos. Ironically, in the
sense of the Latin probé, Mark vii. 9,
Kahows aQervette Tijv évto\yy Tt. Qeov.
2 Cor. xi. 4) Athan Vepee ee
the sense of conveniently, James ii. 3, ov
KaQov wde katos.— II. as to effect,-
tendency, &c. WELL, i. e. justly, aptly, as
of declarations, &c. Matt. xv. 7, xad@s
Tooepytrevoee Teol vw. Mk. vii. 6. xii.
28, OTe Kah@s amexoiOn. ver. 32. Lu. xx.
39. John iv. 1/7. viii. 46. xiii. 13. Acts
xxvill. 25. Rom. xi. 20, and Class.—II1.
in phrases, e. gr. 1) kadw@s eimretv, to
speak well of, to praise, with ace. Lu. vi.
26. 2) kaos éxeuv, to be well, to recover,
i.e. from sickness, Mk. xvi. 18.. Comp.
Xen. Cyr. vii. 5,47. 3) kad@s qrotecy
with acc. or dat. to do well to any one, to
benefit, Matt. v. 44. Lu. vi. 27; absol.
Matt. xu. 12.
K ape, seein Kayo.
K &pndos, ov, 6, 7, a camel, Matt. iii.
4, Mk. i. 6, and Class. In proverbs, e. gr.
Matt. xix. 24. Mk. x. 25. Lu. xvii. 25,
EUKOTWTEDOY EoTL KauNAOV CLA THUTA-
patos padioos ciceOety, applied to that
which is extremely difficult, or impossible.
So Matt. xxiii. 24, of d:vAiGovtes Tov
KAM
KMVWTaA, TiY Of K4unov KaTaTivoyTes,
as said of those who are diligent in the
observance of lesser duties, but negligent
in the discharge of higher ones.
Kapmtvos, ov, 1%, an oven or furnace
for smelting metals, burning pottery, &c.
Matt. xiii. 42, 50, eis tiv Kauvov tov
aupos, i.e. ‘a burning furnace.’ Sept. and
Class.
Kayupia, f. vow, (contr. fr. catantw,
as kaupopos fr. katamopos,) to shut down
the eyelids, (i. e. close the eyes. So Xen.
Cynag. x. tT. BAEpapov,) Matt. xiii. 15.
Acts xxviii. 27, tobs 60. attTav éxau-
puoar, ‘have closed their eyes.’ So Philo,
p. 589, kauu. TO THS Wuxns dupa: and
so Mare. Anton. iv. 29, ru@Xoés 6 KaTa-
_ pb@v TH VOEOwW Oupatt, ‘ with his mind’s
eye.’ In the Class. writers, however, the
acc. is left understood, as Lucian Tim. 9,
where it means ‘conniveo, dissimulo.’
Kauvw,(f. cau, aor. 2. Exapor, perf.
Kéxunka,) 1. prop. act. ‘to work out any
thing,’ i.e. obtain any thing by hard labour,
as oft. in Hom. ; and so daboro in Latin.
Most frequently, however, neut. to labour
hard ; and—Il. from the adjunct, to be
weary or faint, Rev. ii. 3, Kexotiaxas,
Kal ov Kéxunxas, ‘hast not fainted under
it.’ So Thuc. vi. 34, Kexunkoow, weary,
fatigued. So also at Heb. xii. 3, we have x.
tats Wuyats. Job x. l,xaduvwv TH Wyn
prov: also Joseph. Philo, and Class.—ILI.
from the sense of faintness from labour
arises another, that from weakness or ill-
ness, to be sick, Jas. v. 15, 4 ev THs
TisTews GWoEL TOV K&uvovTa, ‘the sick
person ;’ and so oft. in Class.; as laboro
in Latin, though always with some ad-
junct.
Kaurrtw, f. Ww, to bend, gener. or to
make crooked any thing straight, as Hom.
Il. iv. 486, «. ituv: mostly, however, used
of bending a limb, espec. the knee, either
through weariness, or in supplication, or
worship. So always in N. T. I. trans.
foll. by +o yovu, to bend the knee, as in
homage, with dat. Rom. xi. 4; by oos
with acc. Eph. iii. 14.—IT. intrans. wav
yovu Kkauwer, every knee shall bow; i. e.
bend itself in homage, worship; with dat.
Rom. xiv. 11.
Kéay», (crasis for cai éav,) and 7, also
of. 1. and 7f, with subj. aor. or perf. and
in the apod. the fut. or ob ui with subj.
Miz, 15. Jas. v. 15, and Class.—Il.
also if, even if, although, with subj. 1)
gener. with subj. aor. and fut. in the apod.
Matt. xxi. 21, kav Tw Oper TOUTW K. T.
AX. John xi. 25, xav admo8dvy, Gicerac.
Heb. xii. 20; also with subj. pres. and the
apod. with pres. or fut. or subj. aor. Matt.
xXvi. 80. John viii. 14, x. 38, and Class.
io
K A Il
2) of even, if but, at least, where kat is
intens. by way of diminution; foll. by
subj. aor. and in the apod. the fut. Mk. v.
28, kav Tov ivatiwy aitov dWwpat,
cwOjcouat. Ellipt. wethout apod. Mk. vi.
56. Acts v. 15. 2 Cor. xi. 16.
Kavwy, ovos, 0, (fr. kavn, a reed, this
word being of the same form as kwowy fr.
Kwon, ayKkov fr. &y«n,) prop. a straight
ptece of wood, usually cane, employed for
the purpose of adjusting and regulating the
straightness of other things required to be
straight. Thus the term was employed to
denote a mason or carpenter’s rule or
square, to which allusion is made in
Eurip. Herc. Fur. 945, oivixe Kavove
nopxooueva, mason’s plummet. Eurip.
Tr. 6. Also, a measuring pole, and some-
times a measuring-line, plumb-line, re-
quired to be exactly straight. Thus the
word came to denote a measure, ‘that by
which any thing is measured,’ as to its
straightness or perpendicularity. So Soph.
inom. frag. i. 5, wate TExTOVvos Tapa
ota0uny (the plumb-line, Hom. Il. xv.
410. Od. xxiii. 197.) iddvtos dp8ouTat
kavwv. Also metaph. a standard or rule
of morals, or conduct, by which any one’s
judgment or actions are regulated. So
Phil. ii, 16, tw ait@ ororxety Kavou.
Gal. vi. 16, dc001 Tw Kavovt TovTH
oTotynooverv, with which comp. Pind.
Pyth. vi. 45, ora@unv (for kavova) apes
Tatowav €Bn, ‘walked in the straight way
of his father’s footsteps.” This sense is
found also in the Class. e. gr. Eurip. Hee.
606, oidevy TO xy’ aicypov Kavove tov
Kkahovu pwabwy. Plut. vi. 90, Kxavdves
aoeTns. So in 2 Cor. x. 13, 15, 16, xara
TO PETOOV TOU KAVOVOS, OU éméptoe, KC.
it may denote (with allusion to the dine set
out on either hand, which defined the space
within which the racers were to run at the
games, Pollux On. iii. 151.) limits, i.e.
sphere of action, or duty assigned to any
one. Or rather, wétpov Tov Kavovos
means the space measured out by rule, the
allotment assigned, of action or duty. So
métreov is used at Rom. xii. 3, for the
portion measured off of any thing. So
Ps. xxxix. 4, ‘Lord, make me to know
the measure of my days,’ i. e. the space.
KamnXevo, f. evow, fr. Kamndos, a
retail dealer or huckster, espec. of wine
and provisions. See Luc. Herm. 59.
Hence, kamnevw meant prop. to exercise
a petty retail traffic, as Herodot. i. 155.
So ischyl. Theb. 541; but metaph.
éXOav & gorkev ov Kamrndevcewv, ‘will
not fight by retail,’ i. e. in a peddling way. ©
Metaph. to make a traffic or gain of any
action, Herodot. iii, 89, éxamnreEv_e
TavTa Ta TOHYuaTa. And as the com-
modities in which these kamn)oz chiefly
K 4
KAT
trafficked, drinkables and eatables, were
easily susceptible of adulteration, and, in
fact, were proverbially adulterated by
them (see Ecclus. xxvi. 29); hence xamn-
Azvw, in its metaphorical sense, came
almost always to mean, ‘to turn any ac-
tion or pursuit to a fraudulent account,’
as Ka7yAevew Tas Oixas, so Eurip. Hipp.
957. 0 aWtxouv Bopas citors kaT7ev’.
Hence it was applied to the Greek So-
piste, who made a gain of their doctrines
and wisdom, (hawking them about to all
who would, see Plato Prot. p. 219,) and
that often a fraudulent gain, by corrupting
the truth to suit the taste of their auditors,
So Clem. Alex. 66, ot kamyeveTar 7
aknGera. Thus karyAXevw came to mean
to corrupt or adulterate any thing, both
prop. and also metaph. as 2 Cor, ii. 17,
KamnAevovtes Tov AOyov Tov QMeou,
equiv. to dodouvtes Tov Oyov T. O.
2 Cor. iv. 2. Comp. Anthol. Gr. iii. 130,
Tvxyn KatyXevovca TavtTa Tov Biop.
See more in Bentley’s Sermon on Popery,
2.
p. 2.
Kavos, ov, 0, (fr. ka7rw, to breathe,
espec. to exhale the breath,) prop. ‘ the
breath exhaled by the mouth,’ and then,
from the resemblance, smoke, Acts ii. 19,
and often in N. T. and Class. It is of the
same form with iavos from imw, dettvos
(pr. datrvos fr. daiw), Saavos fr. Sad-
Tw, oTidtvos fr. cTiiBw, TeoTvos fr.
TéEpTTW, KC.
Kapodia, as, 4, (cogn. with xéap and
Kno.) the heart, as the seat and centre of
the circulation of the blood, and therefore
of life, in the human system, Hom. II.
motor xi coe, kn NT: only fe. T.
as the seat of the desires, feelings, affec-
tions, passions, impulses, &c. the HEART,
1) generally, Matt. v. 8, of xa¥apot TH
xapdia. vi. 21. Lu. i. 17. 1 Cor. iv. 5,
Tas Bouhkds THv Kaporwy, and oft. Sept.
and Class. 2) in phrases, as é« or amo
xaodlas, from the heart, i.e. willingly,
Matt. xvii. 35. Rom. vi. 17, and Class.
é& OAns THS K. and éy 6An TH Kapdia,
‘with the whole heart, Matt. xxi. 37.
Mk. xii. 30. Sept. and Class. 77 Kapdia
Kat 4 Wuxi) pia, ‘one heart and one soul,
denoting entire unanimity, Acts iv. 32.
évOumetoGar, or dtadoyiCecbar ev TH
Kagol@ avTou, ‘to consider with oneself,
to reflect, Matt. ix. 4. Lu. iii. 15. cup-
Baddew év TH K. to ponder in mind, Lu.
ii. 19. dvaBaivery év TH K. OF éTL THY K.
to come up tn or into one’s heart, Lu. xxiv.
38. Acts vil. 23, and Sept. PadXeuv eis
viv kK. ‘to put into one’s mind,’ to suggest,
John xiii. 2. drddvar émt Kapodias, ‘to
place upon the hearts,’ i. e. put into them,
Heb. x. 16. Comp. viii. 10. exer év Kap-
dia, ‘to have in one’s heart,’ 1. e. to love,
200
AY
to cherish, Phil. 1.7. eivac év TH kK. Tivds, -
‘to be in one’s heart,’ to be the object of
his love, 2 Cor. vii. 3. avijo kata Thy
KapOtav Tivos, *a man after one’s own
heart,’ i. e. like-minded, and therefore ap-
proved and beloved, Acts xiii. 22. 6 xouzr-
TOS THS Kapolas avOpwros, i.e. 0 ow
avQowtros, 1 Pet. iii. 4. 3) by synecd.
put for the person himself, in cases where
various affections, passions, &c. are attri-
buted to the heart or mind, John xvi. 22,
Xapicetar vuwy 4 Kapdia. Acts ii. 26,
evpoavln 4 K. pou. xiv. 17. Col. ii. 2, al.
So in eimeiy or Aéyev tv TH Kapoia, ‘ to
say in one’s heart,’ i.e. to think, Matt.
xxiv. 48. Rom. x. 6. Rev. xviii. 7.—II.
as the seat of the zntellect, according to the
Hebr. views, the heart, or mind, UNDER-
STANDING. Matt. xiii. 15, bis, kat TH
Kapoia oupiwor. Mk. vi. 52, et al. and
Sept. and Class. In the sense of con-
science, Rom. ii. 15. 1 John ii. 20, bis,
21.—III. fig. the heart of any thing for the
middle, midst, the central part, e. g. 7 kK.
THs yns, Matt. xii. 40, and Sept.
Kapdroyvmotns, ov, o, (kapdia, yt-
vwoKkw,) heart-knower, searcher of hearts,
Acts i. 24. xv. 6. Found only in N. T.
Kap7ros, ov, 0, fr. keipw, to pluck,
crop ; being of the same form as oaezros,
a dust-box, fr. caipw, and ddparos fr.
Soémw, that being derived from the pret.
mid. édpom7a, whence it became ddoz7ros,
by metath. for dpo7res. Thus the word
signifies ‘ what is gathered from any thing,’
whether prop. or met. in fruzt or advan-.
tage ; see John iv. 56; fruzt, produce, of
trees and plants, and of the earth. I.
PROP. Matt. ii. 10. xiii. 8, & oft. ; allegor.
John xv. 2, and 8. So also amodidovas
KapTrous, to pay over the fruits, i. e. a por--
tion of them, as rent, Matt. xxi. 41. Sept.
and Class. By Heb. said of children,
offspring, aS 6 Kaptros THs Kothias, Ln. i.
42. x. THS Gogvos, Acts 11. 30, and Sept.
—IJ. merapuH. fruit, i.e. 1) for deeds,
works, conduct, Matt. iii. 8, qoimoate
KaoTov at.ov THS péeTavotas. Vil. 16.
Lu. iii. 6, al. and Sept. 2) for effect, re-
sult, Rom. xv. 28. Gal. v. 22, 6 kaomos
Tov Tvevpatos. Eph. v. 9. Heb. xii. 11.
Ja. iii. 17. Sept. Jer wit ieee eae
13. 3) by impl. for profit, advantage,
good, John iv. 36, kat ovvaye: Kap7rov
eis Cwijy aiwyiov. Rom. i. 13. vi. 21, 22.
Ja. iii. 18, al. Sept. and Class. 4) xapzros
Xevéwv, fruit of the lips, i. e. praise,
Heb. xiii. 15.
Kaptogdopéw, f. now, (xaptrodo-
pos,) to bear fruit, intrans. I. prop. Mk.
iv. 28, adtomaTyn yap 1 YH Kaptwodopet.
Sept. and Class.—Il. medaph. of life and
conduct, gener. Col. i. 10, xkapmrod@opour-
Tes év TavTi epyw ayalw. Matt. xii.
27s
AW
23. Mk. iv. 20. Lu. viii. 15; foll. by dat.
commodi et incomm.e. gr. Ta Oew, Rom.
vil. 4. tw Oavatw, ver. 5, i. e. to live
worthy of God or of death. Also in mid,
to bear fruit to oneself, i. e. to propagate
oneself, to increase, Col. i. 6, evayyéArov
EOTL KapTOMooovmEvoy Kal avVEavomEvor.
Kaptogopos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (kap7os,
mepopa, fr. péow, to bear,) 1) prop.
Frutt-bearing, as said of trees, Theophr.
ee none. mo, 1. Xen. Cyr. vi. 2,
8, and Sept. 2) fruztful, as said of land,
Ps. cvii. 34. Diod. Sic. i. 74. Xen. Cyr.
vi. 2,22. So Acts xiv. 17, xa:poi kapr.
with which comp. Eustath. on Hom. Od.
Tovs x. uyvas, ‘ fruit-producing months.’
Kaptepéw, f. now, (kaoteods, fr.
KapTos, equiv. to KpaTtos,) to be strong,
Sirm, to endure, to persevere, intrans. Heb.
xi. 27.
K ado dos, eos ous, TO, (from part. pret.
xexapgos, fr. kaogmw, to dry up,) lit.
“something dried up and withered ;’ any
light substance, such as straw, chaff, or
any minute particle of wood, Polyb. vi.
36, 3; used as the emblem of lesser faults,
in oppes. to doxes, Matt. vii. 3, seqq. Lu.
vi. 41, seaq. with allusion to a Hebrew
proverb; such as Horace calls tubera et
verruce.
Kata, prep. gov. the genit. and the
accus. with the prim. signif. DOWN, i. e.
down from, down upon, down in. 1. with
the GEN. e. g.—I. of PLACE, 1) as said of
motion down from a higher to a lower
place, e.g. KaTa Tov Konpvou zis THY
0aX. ‘down from a precipice into the sea,’
Matt. viii. 32. Mk. v. 13. Lu. viii. 33. So
Kata Kedakns éxew, ‘ to have depending
from the head,’ | Cor. xi. 4; see in”Eyw,
HII. 3. Joseph. and Class. 2) of motion
down upon a lower place, upon, Mk. xiv.
3, KatTeXeev AUTOV KaTa THs KEepadas,
and Class. ; fig. 7 kata Balous tTwyeia,
lit. ‘poverty down to the very depths,’i.e.
deepest poverty, 2 Cor. viii. 2. 3) gener.
of motion or direction upon, towards,
through, any place or object, both prop. in
the sense of upon, against, Acts xxvii. 14,
éBade Kat avTHsS avew“os TUdwuiKos,
and spec. in the sense of through, through-
out, Lu. iv. 14, piun zEndXOe Kal? Orns
THS WeptXwoov. Xxiil. 5, diddoxkwy Kal’
oAns THs “lovdaias. Acts ix. 31, 42. x.
37, and Class. Also after verbs of swear-
ing, i. e. to swear wpon or by any thing, at
the same time stretching out the hand
over, upon, towards it, Matt. xxvi. 63,
efopKilw oe Kata Tov Oeov. Heb. vi. 13
bis, @woce Kab’ EauTov. Sept. and Class.
—II. metaph. of the OBJECT towards or
upon which any thing tends, aims, &c.
upon, m respect to, 1 Cor. xv. 15. Jude
15, woijoar kpiow Kata TavTwr, and | one, Lu. ii.
201
i AYT
Class.; more usually in a hostile sense,
against, after terms of speaking, accusing,
warring, &c.; lit. ‘down upon.’ Matt. vy.
11, wav qrov. pyua Kad’ vuwv. ver. 23,
éyee TL Kata cov. X. 30. xii. 14, oup-
Bot\tov eX\aBov Kat’ avtov. ver. 30, 0
fl) @Y eT’ Euov, KaT’ mou EoTL. XXVi.
59. Mk. xi. 25. xiv. 55, sq. Lu. xxiii. 14,
@y KaTnyopette KaT avTou, oft. and
Class.—II. with the accus. where the
primary and general idea is down upon.—
1. of PLACE,i.e. 1) as said of motion,
expr. or impl. or of extension, through,
throughout a place, Lu. viii. 39, kaB’ oAnv
TV TOAL Knovaocwv. xv. 14, éyévEeTo
Aiwos KaTa Tiyv ywoav éxelvnv. Acts v.
15. viii. 1. xi. 1, dvtes Kata thy ‘lov-
Oaiav, ‘who were throughout Judea.’ xv.
23. xxiv. 12. So qwopevec0at kata THV
odov, ‘to travel through, i.e. along the
way, Acts vili. 36, & gener. kata T1v Odov,
‘along or By the way, while travelling
upon it, Lu. x. 4. Acts xxv. 3. xxvi. 13,
and Class. Hence, from the idea of mo-
tion throughout every part of a whole,
arises the distributive sense of Ka7@, e. g.
Matt. xxiv. 7, kata To7rovus, ‘ throughout
all places,’ in various parts. Lu. viii. 1,
Owwoeve KaTA TOALY Kal KwWny, ‘ through-
out city and village, i. e. every one, gener.
Acts ii. 46, kA\@yTés Te KaT Oikov
aovov, i. e. from house to house. Vill. 3.
xiv. 23, et al. And so Class. xaTa kwyuas.
2) of motion or situation upon, at, near to,
adjacent to, &c. Lu. x. 32, yevouevos Ka-
Ta TOV TOTOV. Ver. 33, 7)\0E KaT aUTOV.
Acts ii. 10, trys AuBins THs Kata Kup7-
vynv. xvi. 7. xxvil. 2, Tol’s KaTa THV
"Aciay tTomous, i.e. ‘the places on and
near the coast of Asia Minor.’ v. 7, and
Class. 3) of motion or DIRECTION up,
i. e. towards any place or object, Acts viii.
26, ropevou KaTa meonuPpiav. xxvii. 12,
Aipwéva—PréEtrovTa Kata AiBa. Phil. iii.
14, xata& oKxotov diwkw. Thue. vi. 6,
omreo Kal’ avrovs 7v=over against them.
Fig. kata Wedcwrov Tit avTioTHVaL,
‘to withstand one to his face,’ Gal. ii. 11. So
Class. kat’ dupa. 4) of place where, i.e.
of being at, in, within a place ; foll. by ace.
of place, Rom. xvi. 5, tiv kat’ olkoy
avta@y éxxk\yotav, ‘the church at or m
their house,’ i. e. accustomed to meet
there. Acts xiii. 1, joav kata Thy éxKAn-
ciav jwpopytar: by acc. of pers. imply-
ing place, iz, with, among. Acts xxi. 21,
Tous Kata Ta £0vn ‘loudaious, * the Jews
dispersed among (prop. throughout) the
Gentiles.’ xxvi. 3, Tav kata “Lovdaious
20av. xvii. 28, Ties Tov Kal’ bas Tol-
nt@y. Eph. i. 15, thy Kal’ bas wiotw.
And so in Class. Also foll. by acc. of
thing implying place, e. gr. Kata mpdc-
wov Tivos, in the presence of, before any
dl, Acts iii, 13. So Ket’
K5 ;
KAT
dpladpods, i.e. buay, Gal. iii. 1. Metaph.
of a state or condition im which any thing
is, or is done, thus implying also manner ;
€. gr. Kat’ ovao, in or by a dream, Matt.
i 20) ats V2 Ss) 2 Cor. 1.1, yAGowv ov
Kal’ vtrepoxiy Adyou, I came not in ex-
cellency of speech. Adverbially, kat’ 2&-
ovotav, Mk.i.27. kata xoatos, strongly,
vehemently, Acts xix. 20. Thuc.i. 64, kav’
idiav, 1 private. Kata povas, seein v. So
KaQ’ brepBoriv, exceedingly, Rom. vii.
13, or excellently, 1 Cor. xii. 31. Also oi
Kat’ é£oxiv, those mm distinction,=the dis-
tinguished, Acts xxv. 23.—1. of TIME,
i.e. of a period or point of time down wpon
which, i. e. 7, at, during which, any
thing takes place, e. gr. kata TO av’To, at
the same time, together, Acts xiv. 1. Rom.
v. 6, Kata Ka.oov, in due time. Acts xii.
1, kav’ éxetvov Tov Katpov, during that
iimie: VaayT 2b. xxwit.V 27.) Heb.) 4:10,
Kat apyas, m the beginning, of old. iii. 8.
So distributively, xa®’ tjuéoav, daily,
Matt. xxvi. 55. Mk. xiv. 49, al.; also +o
kad’ juéoav, Lu. xi. 3. xix. 47. Kat’
éT0S, KaT éviauTov, yearly, every year,
Papi v4" Hebiixe ‘2oyex. 1S. kere
éooTijv, ‘at each passover,’ Matt. xxvii.
15. Lu. xxiii. 17. ckat& Karpov, ‘at cer-
tain times,’ John v. 4. kata piav oap-
Barwv, ‘every first day of the week,’
1 Cor. xvi. 2. Also Acts xvii. 17, cata
Tacav jpépav. xvii. 4. Heb. in. 12d.
Rey. xxii. 2, k. pyva eva ekaorov, and
Class.—11I. in a distributive sense, derived
from the idea of pervading all the parts of
a whole. Also gener. of any parts, num-
ber, &c. e. gr. KaTa mépos, i.e. part for
part, particularly, Heb. ix. 5. Apocr. and
Class. kal’ gva, one by one, | Cor. xiv. 31.
Kata Ovo, two at each time, 1 Cor. xiv. 27.
—tiy. tropically, as expressing the relation
in which one thing stands towards another,
thus also every where implying manner.
Spoken 1) of accordance, or conformity ;
e. gr. of arule or standard of comparison,
&c. according to, conformably to, after,
secundum, Matt. ix. 29, kata tiv twiotw
vnav yerynOjiTw butv. xxiii. 3. Lu. ii. 22.
xxi. 56, John vii. 15. Acts xxii. dl.
xxvi. 5. Rom. ii. 2, 2ovixata &éd\y0erav=
éotiv adybns. ver. 5, 6,7. viii. 4, 5, kaTa
odoka, Kata mvevua. Eph. iv. 22. Col.
ii. 8, al. oft. Sept. and Class. So with
acc. of person, i. e. according to the will of
any one, Rom. vili. 27, cata Ceov. | Cor.
mit On Corea, 17." Gal. 1. 41; ov cone
Kata av0owrroyv, ‘is not human’ i. e. of
human origin, Apocr. and Class. With
the idea of proportion, Matt. ii. 16. xxv.
15, éxdoTw KaTa Tiy idiav Cvvapw.
Rom. xii. 6, and Class. Adverbially, Lu.
x. 31, kata ovyKupiay, ‘by chance, acci-
dentally.” John x. 3, kav’ dvoua. Acts
xvili. 14, cata oyov, ‘reasonably.’ Ph.
202
KAT
ili. 6, kata Cydov, zealously. 1 Pet. iii. 7,
Kata yvwou., discreetly. So kata ti,
how? Lu. i. 18. 2) of an occasion, i. e-
by virtue of, because of, for, by, through,
Matt. xix. 3, dmoXvoa: Ti yuvatka
a“UTOU KaTa Tacay aitiay, for any cause.
Acts i. 17, xata ayvorav, because of
agnorance, ignorantly. Rom. ii. 5. 2 Cor.
vill. 8 Gal. 1.4. i. 2, & oft. Apocer. and
Class. Of any general reference, allu-
sion, &¢. a respect to, as to, Rom. i. 3,
Kata oadoka. xi. 26. Phil. iii. 6, cara
Oikacoctuvnyv. Tit. i.4. Heb. ix. 9, cate
cuvetonow, and Class. Hence, foll. by
acc. with a preced. article, it forms a peri-
phrasis for the cognate adjective; e. gr.
Rom. xi. 21, oi kata iow, ‘the natural
branches.’ Col. iii. 22, tots kata oéoxa
kupio.s. So Ta kata Tov ILavidov, Paul’s
affairs, his cause, Acts xxv. 14. tad kat’
éue, my affairs, Eph. vi. 21. Apocr. and
Class. Also in phrases, as kava wavTa
TpOTrov, in every respect, every way, Rom.
iii. 2; with neg. 2 Thess. ii. 3. TO Kav’
éué, lit. ‘as to what concerns me,’ so far
as in me lies, Rom.i. 15. So Class. Ta
Kat eué.—v. of likeness, similitude, &c.
like, after the manner of, 2 Cor. 1. 17,
kata coxa, ‘ like a frail and feeble man.’
Heb. v. 6, 10, kata thy taEw Medrdyu-
ordéK, i. e, ‘of an order like that of Meél-
chisedec,’ and Class. So with acc. of
pers. Gal. iv. 28, kata Ioaak, like Isaac;
as Isaac. Rom. iil. 5, and Gal. im. 15,
Kata av0owrov héiyw, I speak as a mere
man, 1 Cor, iii. 3, & Class. Adverbially,
Kal’ ov TeOToVv, as, even as, Acts xv. ILI.
Kata tavta, thus, so, Lu. xvii. 30. cad’
omotoTyta, like, similarly, Heb. iv. 15.—
vi. of the end, azm, or purpose, towards
which any thing is directed, for, by way of,
&c. 2 Cor. xi. 21, kara atipiav [epny,
or Uue@Y, or avT@Y] Aéyw, L say tt by way
of disparagement, reproach. | Tim. vi. 3,
n Kav’ svoéBerav drdaxy. 2 Tim. i. 1.
Tit. i. 1—Nors. In composition kare
implies: 1) motion downwards, as kata-
Paivw, kaQaipiw, katatwintw, &e.. 2)
against, in a hostile sense, as KatTa-
ywwoKw, KaTIyopéw, KaTaharéw. 3)
distribution, as KaTax\ypodotéw. 4) in
a general sense, down, down upon, and
also throughout. 5) where it gives to an
intrans. verb a transitive sense, as KaT-
apyew.
KatapPaivo, f. Bicopat, aor. 2. kat-
éSnv, imper. kaTéPnOt and Kkata@Ba, to go
or come down, i.e. from a higher to a
lower place. I. as said of persons, &c.
foll. by amo with gen. of place whence.
Matt. viii. l,kataPavte 6& avTw a70 TOU
dpous. xvii. 9. Mk. ix. 9. Matt. xiv. 29,
amo Tov motov. Mk. xv. 30, kataBa
ajo tov otavpov. Foll. by eis with ace.
KAT
of place whither, Mk. xiii. 15, ua) Kata-
Batw zis tiv olxiav. Acts vill. 38. éart
ativ Oahaccav, down upon the seashore,
i.e. from the mountain, John vi. 16.
woos twa, Acts x. 21. xiv. 1l. Absol.
Matt. xxiv. 17, et al. Spoken of those
who go from a higher to a lower region,
e. gr. awd ‘Iepoco\ tuo, Mk. iii. 22; foll.
by eis, John ii, 12, eis Kamepvaovu.
Acts vii. 15, cis Ad’yuarrov. Absol. Acts
viii. 15. xxiv. 1, et al. Sept. and Class.
Spoken of those who descend, come down
From heaven, e. gr. God, as affording aid
to the oppressed, Acts vii. 34; of the Son
of Man, with éx, John vi. 38, 42; with
amo, 1 Thess. iv. 16, et al. and Class.—
Il. as said of things, e. gr. ‘ a way leading
down from a higher to a lower region,’
Acts viii. 26, odov tiv KkataB. ato ‘Te-
povoc. cis Tafav. Of things descending
From heaven, i. e. let down or sent down
from God, e. gr. a vessel, Acts x. 1]. xi.
5; spiritual gifts, foll. by amo, Ja. i. 17.
Se gener. from the heavens or the clouds,
to fall, e. gr. 7 Booxy, Matt. vii. 25, 27.
Aaitaw, Lu. viii. 23. avo aro Tov ovp.
Lu. ix. 54. ave éx Tov ovp. Rev. xiii. 13.
Also in the general sense of to fall, to drop,
Lu. xxii. 44.
KatraPad Xo, f. Barta, (Badrdrw,) to
cast down, trans. Rev..xii. 10, and Class.
In the sense to prostrate, 2 Cor. iv. 9.
Sept. and Class. Mid. to lay down, i. e.
a foundation, Heb. vi. 1, and Class.
KatrafPapéw, f. iow, prop. to weigh
down, by laying on a burden or weight, as
Luc. Deor. D. i. 21, and metaph. to be
burdensome to any one. So 2 Cor. xii. 16,
ov Kate. Das, and keTaBapvvw, 2 Sam.
xiii. 25.
KatréBacts, ews, 7, (kaTaBaivw,) a
going down, e. gr. towards the coast, Xen.
An. 7,8, 26. In N.T. descent, i.e. place
of descending, declivity, Luke xix. 37,
Kata. tov dpovs Tav édarav. Sept.
Josh. x. ll, évi trys Kk. BySwpwv. Mic. i.
4, and Class.
KataBiBalw, f. dow, (BiBalw,) to
cause to descend, Herodot. i. 87; also fo
bring down, e. gr. ws dOov, Matt. xi. 23.
Lu. x. 15. Sept. and Class.
KatafoX%, ns, 7, (kataBadrw,) a
casting down in any way whatever, but
espec. employed, (correspondently to the
architectural use of kataBatiw,) Heb. vi.
1, of a laying down the foundation of a
building, and also metaph. of political in-
stitution, Pind. Nem. ii. 5. And as foun-
dation implies the beginning of any thing,
so KataBoA7 is simply put for begenning,
as Pol. xxvi. 1,9. In N. T. it is frequently
ieeme ae Matt, xiii, 35. Lu. xi. 50, in
the phrase xataBodt Kdocpov, which
may thus be explained, as it is by the
203
be
Commentators, the beginning of the world,
as KaTaBdAXonat often in the Class. sig-
nifies to begin. But there rather seems an
allusion, agreeably to Jewish ideas, to the
world as a vast edifice erected on founda-
tions. Thus it signifies creation, as in
Plut. Aq. and Ign. Comp. 2, dua rH
TowTy KataBoAy Tov avOpwrwv. It is
also used at Heb. xi. 11, dvvauiw zaBev
eis KaTaBoXry oméouaTos, as a technical
expression, employed by physicians to
popularly denote the act of conception,
q. d. ‘strength for conception and procre-
ation.” So Arrian Epict. i. 13, 3, vids é«
TOY AUTWY OTEPUATWY KaL THS av’THS
avwlev KkataBodns, a kind of Hendiadys.
KatafoaBevy, f. evow, (kata, Boa-
Bevw,) prop. to give the BoaBetov or prize
against any one, and by impl. to deprive
him of the palm, Kuseb. Eccl. H. vi. 30, and
from the adjunct to beguile, tagadoyi-
CeoVan, to deprive of any thing by trickery.
So in N. T. gener. Col. ii. 18, undets tuas
katTaPpaBevetw, ‘let no one beguile you
of your reward,’ i.e. by drawing you off
from the true doctrine to a false one. Comp.
Rey. iii. 11, and see my note in loco. The
word is called by Jerome a Cilicism,
though it is used not only by Plut. and
Polyb. but by Demosth.
Katayyédevs, éws, 0, (Katayyén-
Aw,) an announcer, proclaimer, Acts xvii.
18.
KatayyéhdAw,(f. yedo, aor. 2. pass.
KatnyyéAny,) prop. to bring word, an-
nounce, make known to any one. So Xen.
An. ii. 5, ll, xathyyerav aite ci |
émtBovdyjv. Hence in N. T. 1) to an-
nounce, proclaim, publish, Acts xiii. 38,
Uuty abects duapTiov KaTayyéANETaL.
Thus in the Class. it is used of declaring
war, proclaiming a festival, &. 2) by
impl. ¢o set forth, teach, preach. Acts iv.
2, KaTayyédXEL THY avdotacw THy eK
veko@v. Xill. 5, al. said either of the Gos-
pel, or some expression designating it, or
its author, Jesus Christ. 3) from the sense
to announce, make known publicly, arises
that of to laud, Rom. i. 8, wiotis tm.
Katayyé\eTat. 1 Cor. xi. 26, Sdvarov
tou K. xatayyédXerte, celebrate, com-
memorate.
Katayedao,f. dow, (kata, yeddw,)
lit. to laugh down, utterly deride, foll. by
gen. Matt. ix. 24, kal xateyédwv aitov.
Mk. v. 40. Sept. and Class.
Keataywockw, f. yvwooua, (ye
vackw,) to form a judgment against any
one to his disadvantage. Aristoph. Eq. 46.
Xen. Mem. i. 3, 10. acc. of thing and
gen. of pers. In N.T. to think ill of, to
condemn, to blame, foll. by gen. 1 John iii.
20, sq. éav KaTayWwaoKy nua 4 Kapdia.
|e row.) xxvii LL, Bae ‘VONMWY KaATU-
; K
KAT
yuwoeta: abtov. Pass. Gal. ii. 11, dv:
Kateyvwopévos iv, because he was blame-
able. So Lucian de Salt. cited by Elsner,
éml pavia KaTeyvwopévos, ‘charged with
madness.” Sept. and Class.
Katayvinmt, (f. xavdEw, Anom. fut.
Att. kategEw, aor. 1. xatéa£a, aor. 2.
pass. kateayny,) to break down, break im
two. Matt. xii. 20, caéXapuov cuvt. ov
Katead&et. John xix. 3l, iva kaTeay@ow
au. Ta oxédy. Ver. 32, 33. Sept. & Class.
Katrayw, f. d&w,(aéyw,) to lead down,
trans. I. gener. to bring or bring down,
i. e.-from a higher to a lower place, foll.
by eis, Acts ix. 30, katnyayov a’tov
eis Katodperav. xxiii. 20, 26. foll. by
mpos Twa, xxiii. 15. absol. xxii. 30. Sept.
and Class. Hom. Il. v. 53. Od. xxiv. 10.
—II. spec. as a nautical term, to bring a
ship down, i. e. to land, Lu. v.11, kataya-
youtes Ta Wola él THY yhv. Xen.
Hist. iv. 8, 34. An. vi.6, 3. Sext. Empir.
Ady. Phys. ii. 68, vyjes eis ETép0us KaT-
ayovra: \iuwévas. Henceaor. 1. pass. kat-
nXOnv, foll. by eis, to come to land, to land
Gi) Acis xxv. 3. ‘Xxvil. ‘@. Xxvill. 12.> Jos.
Ant. xiv. 14, 3. Hdot. viii. 4.
KataywviGouat., f. icouar, depon.
mid. to contend against, and by impl. to
conyuer, subdue, e. gr. Baotrzias, Heb.
xi. 33. lat. Class.
Katadéw, f. dnow, (déw,) in Class.
to bind down; in N. T. to bind together,
to bind up, as wounds, Tpavuata, Lu. x.
34: asurgical term. Occ. also at Ecclus.
xxvii. 21.
KatradnXos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (kata in-
tens. dyjAos,) most evident, Heb. vii. 15.
Jos. and Class.
Katadixalw, f. dow, (duxalw,) to give
sentence against any one, condemn, in N. T.
foll. by acc. of pers. Matt. xii. 7, 37. ab-
sol. Lu. vi. 37, bis. Ja. v. 6, Sept. Jos.
and lat. Class.
Katradiwxw, f. Ew, lit. to pursue
down, as we say to hunt down, to pursue
closely, a flying foe. So often in Gr. Hist.
InN. T. to follow any one closely, in order
to find him. Mk. i. 36, kxatediwEav
avtov. So we say, to hunt out. In this
sense the word occurs at Ps. xxiii. 6, Sept.
TO ENEOS GOV KATAOLWEETAL pe.
Katraéoviow, f. wow, 1) prop. to
bring down, i.e. under bondage, to enslave,
trans.; as said both of persons and coun-
tries often in Class. 2) metaph. to treat
in @ slavish manner, domineer over, Viz.
by the imposition of ceremonial rites,
2 Cor. xi. 20, et Tis tuas KatadovdXot.
Gal. ii. 4, Wa has KatacovkwowrTat.
So Is. xhii. 23, ox édovAwoa oe év Sv-
ciats.
Kataduvacteva, f. evow, (xara,
204
KAT
duvactevw, fr. duvaorns,) to exercise
power against any one, to oppress or hold
wm sulyection, Diod. Sic. t.v. 858, 2daiGes
KaTQa0uvacTEvcELY THY TOMLT@Y. Exod.
i, 13, kateduvdoTevov ot Aiy. Tods viobs
‘Iop. Bra, and often in Sept. So Acts x.
38, iwuevos TavTas TOUS KaTaduVacTEDV-
omévous b7r0 Tov AraBoXov. Simil. Diod.
Sic. t. x. 180, rao aqéveime Tols KaTa-
OuvacTevopévors (oppressed) éarixou-
pilav. Metaph. to lord it over, domineer
over, Ja. ii. 6, obX of wrovotoL KaTadv-
vacTéevovolv vuwy; sim. Xen. Sympos.
v. 8, dédotxa TOV coy woUTOV, mH pe
KATQOUVaCTEVON.
Kataicyuvo, f. vv, lit. to bring ©
down to shame, bring down shame upon
any one, trans. I. prop. and 1) gener.
1 Cor. i. 27, iva Tobs copots KaTatcXbvn.
xi. 22, kaTatcyiveTe Tovs pi) EXoVTAS,
and oft. in Class. 2) spec. and in pass.
to be put to shame by being convicted of
falsehood, 2 Cor. vii. 14, od katnoxuvOnpy,
and ix. 4, 1 Pet. iii. 16, wa gv & Kata-
Aah@ow tuav, KkatarcxyuvyvQaow. 3)
from Heb. by meton. of cause for effect,
to disappoint, Rom. v. 5, 7 6& éAmis ob
Katavoxvvet. ix. 33. x. Ll. 1 Pet. ii. 6,
ov uy) KaTatoxuv9y. Sept. Ps. xxii. 5, al.
Kcclus. ii. 10.—I. metaph. to dishonour,
disgrace, | Cor. xi. 4, 5, KatTatoybver
Tiv KEepadiy av., where the full sense
is, ‘incurs disgrace on account of her
heaa,’ i. e. by being left uncovered. See
my note. So we have in Jos. Ant. xx. 4,
2, (though not in the metaph. sense,)
oTr00w Tiy Kepadiyy KaTatoXvvas.
Katakaiw, (f. Katvow, aor. 2. pass.
Kkatexany, fut. 1. pass. kaTakavOyjcouat,
and in later usage fut. 2. pass. kaTakan-
copuat,) to burn down, Angl. to burn up,
to consume utterly, trans. Matt. iii. 12, +d
@Xvoov KaTakavoet Tul ao PéoTw. Xiil. —
30, 40. 1 Cor. iii. 15, al. Sept. and Class.
Rev. viii. 7, bis.
Kataxadtirrw, f. Ww, prop. to cover
down or over, as with a veil. Hence fo
veil. In N. T. only pass. or mid. to be
veiled, wear a veil, absol. 1 Cor. xi. 6, bis.
foll. by tiv ke@adyy, ver. 7. Sept. and
Class.
Kataxavyaopat, f. yoouat, depon.
mid. to boast oneself against any person or
thing, to glory over, foll. by gen. Rom. xi.
18, x1) KaTaKkavy@ Tov K\aéwy K. T. X. ;
by xara, Ja. iii. 14. Hence Ja. ii. 13,
KaTakavyaTtae éXzos (for concr. 0 Xewv)
Kotoews, 1. e. ‘the merciful man glories
over judgment, fears not condemnation.
Sept. and rarely in Class.
Katraxsecpat., f. eicopat, (ketuat,) fo
lie down, i. e. to lie, to be recumbent, in-
trans. 1) said of the sick, foll. by part.
Mk. i. 30, katéxerTo Tupéccouca, she
KAT
lay sick of a fever. Acts xxviii. 8. So
Class. x. voowy or ao8evwv: foll. by eri
with dat. Mk. ii. 4. Lu. v. 25. <Acts ix.
33; by év John v. 3. absol. ver. 6, & Class.
2) to recline, i.e. at table in the oriental
manner, Mk. xiv. 3; with év, Mk. ii. 15.
1 Cor. viii. 10, and Class.
Kataxra'a, f. dow, (KX aw,) to break
down, or up, in preces, e. g. TOUS apToUS,
Mk. vi. 41. Lu. ix. 16, and Class.
KatakXéiw, f. eiow, prop. to shut
down, as the door of a cistern, or a subter-
ranean vault, or prison. Hence, fo shut
wp any place. But it is gener. used of
pers. in N. T. foll. by dat. of place with
or without év, Lu. iii. 20, katéxXeroe TOV
I. év tH puAaxy. Acts xxvi. 10. And so
Jer. xxxii. 3, év 7 (@uAaKy) kaTéxXEtoev
avtov. So also in Apocr. and Hdian. v.
8,12. In the earlier Class. it is foll. by
- eis and an accus.
KatakAnpodotéw, f. yow, to give
by lot to each, to distribute by lot, trans.
Acts xiii, 19, in text rec. Others xata-
KAnpovoy“Eew.
KatakAt vo, f. ve, prop. to make tn-
cline, or lie down. InN. T. used only of
the oriental posture at meals, to make re-
cline, trans. mid. to recline at a meal, Lu.
ix. 14, kxataxXivate attols KXucias.
mid. Lu. xiv. 8. xxiv. 30, and Class.
Kataxkr\0lw, f. tow, (kr\XiGw, to
dash,) to dash down upon with water, i. e.
to overflow, pass. 2 Pet. iii. 6.
KataxXvopos, ov, 0, (kataxX\tCw,)
a flood, deluge, Matt. xxiv. 38, 39. Lu.
xvii. 27. 2 Pet. ii. 5. Sept. and Class.
Katakodovééw, f. jow, (Kata in-
tens. adxohovGéw,) to follow closely, with
dat. Acts xvi. 17; absol. Lu. xxiii. 55,
and Class. i
Kataxomtw, f. Www, prop. to cut
down, or lop, as a tree; also, to cut or
wound severely, Mk. v. 5, Kk. éavtTov
AiGors. So Hdot. viii. 92, catakomrers.
Also in mid. xataxko7Toua, ‘to wound
and mangle the face in violent grief,’ often
in Class.
KataxoypviCw, f. iow, to cast down
Jrom @ precipice, to cast down headlong,
trans. Lu. iv. 29. Sept. and Class.
KatraéKkpipa, atos, 70, (kataxpivw,)
judgment against, condemnation, Rom. v.
16, 18. vin. 1. Dion. Hal. Ant. vi. 61,
Xpe@y amjoKkoTwas Kal KaTakoLlLaTwY
apecets aitelv.
Katakotvao, f. va, to give judgment
against, to condemn. In Class. construed
with gen. of pers. and acc. of punishment.
But in N. T. with other constructions, 1)
prop. foll. by acc. of pers. and dat. of
punishment, Matt. xx. 18, xatakp.ivovow
205
KALE
avtov OaveéTo, ‘ they shall condemn him
to death.’ 2 Pet. ii. 6: foll. by acc. of
pers. and infin. Mk. xiv. 64, Kavéxowov
auTov eivat evoxov Bavdtov. Foll. by
acc. of pers. the crime or punishment being
impl. John viii. 10, oddeis ce KaTéKpLeED 5
ver. 11. Rom. ii. 1; absol. Rom. viii. 34;
pass. Matt. xxvii. 3. James v. 9; of the
last judgment, Mk. xvi. 16. 2) jig. Rom.
Vili. 3, KaTéKpive THv aGuaptiay év TH
capki, i. e. ‘hath condemned, passed sen-
tence upon, all carnal lusts and passions,’
in antith. to ver. ]. 3) by impl. Zo con-
demn, i. e. to show any one’s guilt, by con-
trast, i.e. to show, by one’s good conduct,
that others are guilty of misconduct and
deserve condemnation; foll. by acc. Matt.
xii. 41. Heb. xi. 7. Pass. Rom. xiv. 23.
Katakpiocts, ews, 4, (KaTtakpivw,)
1) prop. condemnation, 2 Cor. iii. 9. In
the sense of censure, blame, vil. 3.
Katakvovevo, f. etow, 1) prop. to
prevail against, overpower any person.
take possession of any thing by subduing
its possessors. Both senses often occur in
Sept. The latter only in Class. The former
occurs in N. T. at Acts xix. 16, cataxv-
plevoas avt@v. Mk. x. 42. Sept. and
Keclus. xvii. 4. And so xkatTaxotpaviw,
in Hom. Il. v. 332, al. 3) in a bad sense,
to hold unlawful authority over, exercise
tyranny over, | Pet. v. 3, und’ ws K. Taev
kA7jpwy, ‘neither as lording it over, domi-
neering over the congregations.” So Ps. x.
10, Sept. kaTakvovevoar Twv TEevITwDV.
Katakak éw, f. 10, to speak against,
i. e. to speak evil of, slander, with gen.
Ja. iv. 11, ter, uy) KataXaXdetre &\jAwD,
Koa. A. 1 Pet. n. 12: mm, los Sepeaane
Class.
KatakaXia, as, y, (kKatadadéw,) a
speaking against, evil speaking, stander,
2 Cor. xiw20, ol yP et, io WWisde ieee
and lat. Gr.
KataXaXos, ov, 6, 7, (katadadéw,)
1) adj. speaking against, 2) as subst. «
slanderer, backhiter, Rom. i. 30
KatarauBaveo, f. AjWouat, aor. 2.
KaTé\aPopv, (kata intens. & A.) to take
hold of, i.e. with the idea of eagerness, &c.
trans. 1) prop. to lay hold of, to seize, as a
criminal, John vill. 4, atv 4 yur) Kat-
erdypby étravtopwpw porxevomevn, and
Class. So of an evil spirit seizing and
possessing a demoniac, Mark ix. 18. AE).
V. H. iii. 9. Fig. of darkness, or evil, or
the like, to come suddenly upon, John xii.
oo. | Thess. v. 4. Sept. and Class. 2)
spec. in allusion to the public games, see
Herodot.’vi. 39. Thuc. iii. 30, to obtain,
1. e. the prize, with the idea of eager and
strenuous exertion, to grasp, seize upon,
Rom. ix. 30. 1 Cor. 1x. 24, otrw tpéyete,
KAT
iva KatadaByte, i. e. TO BoaBetov. Phil.
iii. 12, bis, duwKw dé, ei Kal KaTada Bw
rene ~ f Pat bee \
[To BoafPetov, ver. 14], ép’ w Kal Kat-
ehnpOny bro Tov Xpiorov, i. e. ‘ for
which very end I also was won as a prize
by Christ.’ ver.13. 3) fig. to lay hold of,
grasp with the mind, to comprenend, John
1.5, 4 O& oKoTtia ov KatéhaBev avo.
Clem. Alex. Strom. i. 16, karadkapuPavew
TO peyelos THs aAnVetas. Hence mid.
to comprehend for oneself, perceive, find,
foll. by d71, Acts iv. 13, caTaXaBomevor
OT. GvMowmo: ayodupaTtoi eiot. x. 34;
with ace. and inf. xxv. 25. And so in
Class.
Katahzyw, f. Ew, 1) prop. to lay
down any thing, and by impl. owt or apart
from others, to select. 2) to lay down any
thing or person fo, or among others; and
thereby to reckon it or him under such a
number. Hence, to enrol or enlist, ina
military sense, and also, in a civil one, fo
put ona list as fit for any duty or office.
So 1 Tim. v. 9, yoga Katareyéctw
uy, &e.
KataXetppa, atos, To, (kataXei-
aww,) 1) prop. a residue of any number, of
which the rest have been removed, Ecclus.
xliv. 17, Noe éyevnOn xatédepa TH
yn. 1 Sam. xiii. 15, Sept. td Kk. Tov
Aaov avéByn, &c. 2) by impl. a small
part, few, Rom. ix. 27, Td kx. cwOhoeTat,
prob. with allusion to the leaven, called
TO KaTa\euupa, reserved for the next
bread-making.
KataXeirnw, f. we, aor. l. Kxat-
éAXetlsa, prop. to leave down to one’s
heirs, i. e. to leave behind, so as to descend
to them. Hence gener. and in N. T. to
LEAVE BEHIND, at one’s departure, trans.
I. prop. at death, Mk, xii. 19, kai xata-
Atay yuvaixa. Lu. xx. 3l. Sept. and
Class. Gener. in any place, trans. Mk.
xiv. 52, xatadimwy tiv owddva. John
viii. 9. Foll. by év with dat. of place,
Lu. xv. 4, o} kataXeime: Ta Evy. Ev TH
éonuw. | Thess. iii. 1, év’AOjvacrs. Tit.
i.5: by avtov, there, Acts xvii. 19: by
zis goov, Acts ii. 31. So with ace. and
predicate of condition, Acts xxiv. 27,
KatéAute Tov IlavXov OedEpevov. XXV.
14, Sept. and Class.—II. in the sense of
1) 208
to leave, quit wholly, FORSAKE.
place, Matt. iv. 18, katadimoyv Thy
Na Gapé0. Heb. xi. 27. So by impl.
Acts xxi. 3. Sept. and Class. Hence of
persons and things, to leave, forsake, i. e.
so as to have nothing more to do with
them. Matt. xix. 5, k. Tov qwatTépa Kal
viv pntépa. Matt. xvi. 4, xxi. 17. Mk. x.
7. Eph. v. 31. 2) of things, Lu. v. 28,
Katahitwy dmavta. Acts vi. 2. 2 Pet.
ii. 15. Sept. and Class.—III. to leave re-
maining, —= to HAVE LEFT, to reserve,
206
KAY
Rom. xi. 4, «. guavte érraxicy. dvdoas.
Pass. Heb. iv. 1. Xen. Ag. v. 1.
Katak.0aGw, f. dow, prop. to stone
down, i. e. to stone to death, trans. Lu. xx.
6. Sept. Ex. xvii. 4. Num. xiv. 10.
KatrakAayi, 7s, 1, (katTad\\aoow,)
prop. and in Class. exchange, i. e. of
money. In N. T. reconciliation, i. e.
restoration to the divine favour, Rom. v.
11. 2 Cor. v. 18, 19. Rom. xi. 15, karah-
Nay?) Koopou, i. e. ‘the means, occasion of
reconciling the world’ to God.
Katav\aéoow or tw, f. Ew. In
Class. ‘to change any thing agamst any
other thing, viz. by weighing it against,
to exchange FOR. In N. T. to change To-
WARDS, i. ¢. the disposition of one person
towards another, to reconcile to any one,
thus differing from d:aAAGoow, which im-
plies mutual change. With acc. and dat.
2 Cor. v. 18, 19, kocpov Kkatai\A\adoowv
éautw@. Pass. aor. 2. katnAhayyy, to be
or become reconciled to any one, with dat.
Rom. v. 10, bis, catn\Aaynpev TH Oew -
kK. TON. «1 (Cor. wit, Dep Gore
Xen. An. i. 6, 2. Eurip. Iph. A. 1157.
Soph. Aj. 744.
KataXormos, ov, 0,7, (Aortes,) left
over, remaining, plur. of kataéXo.rrot, the
rest, the residue, Acts xv. 17. Sept. and
Class. }
KatdéX\upa, atos, To, (kaTtadvo,)
prop. a place where one puts up, lodging-
place, inn, in the East, a khan, Lu. ii. 7,
OUK 1}y aUTOLS TOTOS Ev TH KAaTANUPATL.
By synecd. Lu. xxii. 11, wou gore To
KaTé&\upa; i. e. ‘a room where we may
sup and lodge.’ Sept. and later Class.
Katraduw, f. vow, lit. to loosen down,
i. e. 1) prop. to dissolve, disunite the
parts of any thing; hence spoken of build-
ings, éc«. to throw down, destroy, with acc.
Matt. xxvi. 61, KkaTadvcat Tov vaov.
xxvii. 40. Acts vi. 14, et al. So Matt.
xxiv. 2. 2 Cor, v. 12) Biggie
Sept. and later Class. Metaph. zo destroy,
put an end to, render vam, e. g. Tov
vopov, Matt. v. 17. goyov, Acts v. 38,
and Class. 2) to wnloose, to halt for rest,
put up for the night, with allusion to the
unloosing of beasts of burden, and unbind-
ing packages. In N. T. gener. to lodge,
take lodging, intrans. Lu. ix. 12. xix. 7,
cionN0e kaTaduoa. Sept. and Class.
Katapavéava, f. padjocouar. In
Class. prop. to learn thoroughly: in N. T.
to note accurately, observe, consider, with
acc. Matt. vi. 28, x. Ta Kpiva Tov aypou.
Sept. and Class.
Katapapetueéw, f. iow, to witness,
or testify agamst any one, with gen.
KAT
Matt. xxvi. 62. xxvii. 13, al. Sept. and
Class.
Katapéva, f. va, to remain fixedly,
abide, dwell, intrans. Acts i. 13. Sept. and
Class.
Katapovas, adv. (Kkata, jovos,)
alone, by oneself, Mk. iv. 10. Lu. ix. 18.
Sept. and Class.
Katavabepa,atos, TO, (kaTaintens.
& av.) @ curse against any one. Meton.
‘accursed thing, for concr. oxe accursed,
Rev. xxii. 3, in text. rec. See my note
on Matt. xxvi. 74.
Katavabeuativw, f. iow, (kata
intens. & av.) to utter curses against, 1. e. to
eurse, Matt. xxvi. 74, in text. rec. Later
edd. kataQenatifw, probably a corruption
of the above. See my note.
Katavarickw, f. A\wow, (Kata in-
tens. & av.) to consume down, i. e. wholly,
absol. Heb. xii. 29, wuo KkatavaNicxov.
Sept. and Class.
Katavaokadw,f. now, (Kata, vao-
Kaw, fr. vaoxi), torpor; so called from a
fish of that name, the torpedo, or electric
eel, having the power of affecting any one
with torpor by the touch,) prop. to affect
with torpor ; and also, by a harsh idiom of
the common Greek dialect, to lie heavy
upon any one, to weigh him down, thus
affecting him with torpor; also fig. to be
burdensome’ to any one, in a pecuniary
sense, 2 Cor. xi. 8, oJ Katevaoknoa
ovdevos. So we say, to lie a dead weight
upon any one.
Katavetw, f. evow, to nod or wink
towards any one, i. e. to make signs to any
one, with the head, eyes, &c. to beckon,
with dat. Lu. v. 7, and Class.
Katavoéw, f. ow, (Kata intens.
vozw,) to see or discern distincily, to per-
ceive clearly, trans. 1) prop. Lu. vi. 41.
Acts xxvii. 39. Fig. Lu. xx. 23, Kk. Ti
qTavoupyiav. Sept. and Class. 2) fig. fo
mind accurately, to observe, to consider,
Lu. xii. 24, Kk. Tovs Kkopaxas. ver. 27, Ta
koiva. Acts vii. 31, 32. xi. 6. Heb. iii.
1. Ja. i. 23, 24. Sept. and Class. 3) in
the sense to have respect to, to regard,
Rom. iv. 19, ob Kkatevonce TO éEauTOU
couak.tT.X. Heb. x. 24. Sept. Is. lvii.
1, Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 35.
Katavtaw, f. iow, (kata & dvTaw,)
to come down to or upon, to arrive at a
place, Acts xx. 15, katyvticapev ayTi-
Kov Xiov, we arrived over against Chios.
Elsewhere in N. T. always with eis and
acc. Acts xvi. 1, katyvtnce zis AzoBny,
at Derbe. xviii. 19, 24. xxi. 7, and later
Class. Of things, foll. by <is, to come or
be brought to any one, | Cor. xiv. 36, to
come upon, happen to, i. e. in the time of
any one, 1 Cor. x. 11. Fig. to attain to
207
KAT
any thing, i.e. obtain it, Acts xxvi. 7,
els ip (éwayyeNiav) — éAXmier Kat-
avtqoa. Eph. iv. 13. Phil. iii, 11. Pol.
iv. 34, 2.
Katévvéis, ews, 7, (katavicow,)
prop. a piercing down or through, and fig.
vehement pain, grief. So in Class.; but
Sept. has the verb katavucow for Heb.
‘to be silent, dumb,’ and ‘ to lie in a deep
sleep, stupor.’ Hence also Sept. xara-
vuEs for Heb. deep sleep, stupor, Is. xxix.
10, which Paul quotes in Rom. xi. 8,
gOwkev avTols 6 Oeds TEVA KATAVU-
Eews.
Katavicow, or tTw, f. Ew, (Kare in-
tens. & dv.) to prick through, pierce. Pass.
metaph. to be greatly pained, deeply moved.
Acts ii. 37, xateviynoav TH Kapdia.
This sense rarely occurs in Class. But it
is not unfrequently found in Sept., as
Gen. xxxiv. 7, Kateviynoay ot avdpes.
Ps. cix. 16, Sept. katevuymévoy TH Kap-~
dia. Ecclus. xiv. 1, ob Kateviyn év
vay duaptias, et al. Apocr. And so
the Latin pungo. By the same metaphor,
Plut. de Animi Tranq. p. 476, says that
‘the conscience of evil-doers always leaves
in the soul petauéderavy viooovcay,
which may remind one of a well-known
passage in Shakspeare.
Kataéiow, f. wow, to account as
worthy of any thing, Diod. Sic. ii. 60, we-
ya\ns avtov arodox7s KaTaki@oar.
Jos. Ant. xv. 3, 8. Though in the earlier
writers it is gener. used absol. in the sense
to esteem or honour, as also in the pass. ;
while in the later ones it is followed by
gen. In N.T. itis either foll. by gen., as —
2 Th. 1.5, cat. tuas THs Bac. T. Geou,
or by infin. Lu. xx. 35, xatafwwlévtes
TOU aiwvos 2. TUXELV. XXi. 386, K. Exqpu-
ystv Tavta. Acts v. 41, Kk. atynacbjvat.
And so Demosth. 13883, 11.
Katatvatéw, f. jow, (watéw,) to
tread or trample down, trans. Matt. v. 138.
vil. 6, pywote KatTaTaTicwow adTous
év Tots jwooty avutm@v. Lu. vill. 5. xii.
Sept. and Class. Metaph. as a mark of
scorn and contempt, Heb. x. 29, tov vidv
tov Qzov. And so often conculcare in
Latin.
KatTamwave es, ews, 1], prop. a resting,
rest. In N. T. from the Heb. a@ place of
rest, fixed abode, dwelling, Acts vii. 49,
Tis TOTOS THS KaTaT. pou; and what the
place of my rest, abode? i.e. of God, in
allusion toa temple. Also of the rest, or
fixed and quiet abode, of the Israelites in
the promised land after their wanderings,
Heb. iii. 11, 18. iv. 3,5. Hence fig. the
rest, quiet abode of those who shall dwell
with God in heaven, in allusion to the
rest of the sabbath, Heb. iv. 1, 3,10, 11.
Comp. Wisd. iv. 7. 4 Esd. viii. 51,
KAT
208
KRA®
Katanravy, f. cw, I. TRANS. 1) prop. | 6 Odvaros eis vixos, i.e. ‘is overcome
to cause to cease, to make desist, to restrain,
Acts xiv. 18, uodus Katéravoay Tovs
oxAous. Sept. and Class. 2) to cause to
rest, Xen. Ven. vii. 2, to give rest to, i. e.
to bring into the state of rest and happiness
of those who dwell with God, Heb. iv.8.—
II. inrRAns. from the Heb. to cease from,
to rest from, foll. by aro with gen. Heb.
iv. 4, katéqavoev 6 Geds ato T. T.
zpywy avtov. ver. 10, and Sept.
Katratvéitacpua, atos, TO, (kaTa-
TeTavvupt,) gener. a covering, veil, which
hangs down. InN. T. the veil, curtain,
i. e. of the tabernacle and Temple, of
which there were two. See Wets. N. T.
i. 539. Hence 7t6 Katatmétacua Tov
vaou may be either the outer or the inner
veil, Matt. xxvii. 51. But +d detrvepov
kat. the second or inner veil, Heb. ix. 3.
Fig. Heb. vi. 19, ro éowtepov Tov KaTa-
wetacpatos, that within the veil, i.e. the
inner sanctuary, holy of holies in the
heavenly temple, comp. ver. 20, and x. 19.
So Heb. x. 20, where it is emblematic of
the body and death of Jesus Christ.
Katamtvw, f. miowat, prop. as said
of liquids, to swallow down hastily, to gulp
down, and sometimes used of things as well
as persons, to absorb ; of liquids, Rev. xii. 16,
1 YH Kat. Tov Totapov: but more freq.
of solids, which are, as we say, bolted down,
(so diglutio in Latin,) Matt. xxiii. 24, viv
Kaundov Kkatamivoyvtes. And so Galen,
Katativew Ta cita,and Diod. Sic. ii. 58,
Toop KataTivopevyn. In this sense ob-
sorbere is used in Latin, as Hor. Serm. ii.
8, 24, ‘totas simul obsorbere placentas.’
But the word is also used not only of
bolting food, but of devouring persons
alive, as Hes. Theog. 457, tovs wev Katé-
wie. Eurip. Cycl. 218, ui pe katamins.
So 1 Pet. v. 8, (ytT@v tiva KaTaTin.
Also fig. of the sea, which swallows up
those who are drowned therein, Heb. xi.
29, xateTo0noav. So Athen. tov Te
vatiKAnpov AaPovca KaTaTéiTwK a’Two
oxaper. Again, by another metaphor,
2 Cor. ii. 7, a person destroyed by grief is
designated as vary KaTaTrobeis, con-
sumed. Moreover, at 2 Cor. v. 4, a thing
annihilated by another is said to be ab-
sorbed, va Kkatato§y TO SynTov vTO
77s Cwns, perhaps with allusion to a river
being swallowed up by being absorbed or
lost in the sea, or in marshes or sands.
See Diod. Sic. i. 32. Again, as a wild
animal worsted by his antagonist is usually
devoured by him in triumph, (so Jer. li.
34, KaTETTLE pe O OOaKwv,) so, with allu-
sion thereto, St. Paul, 1 Cor. xv. 54, ex-
presses the Christian’s triumph over the
last enemy, Death, by saying, katemo0y
9095559995 A
triumphantly.’
Katatvingw, f. wecovpat, to fall
down, e. gr. prostrate, eis Tiv yyv, Acts
xxvi. 14, vexpov, xxviii. 6. Sept. and
Xen. Cyr. iv. 5, 7, éwi THs yrs kK.
Katrarmdéiw, f. etvow, prop. to sail
down, i.e. to land-ward, in opp. to sea-
ward (ava). Also, to make the land, in
opp. to keeping to sea, Hom. Od. ix. 142,
évla xatatéouev. Thue. vi. 42, omws
éeTwLoTamevor KaTaTAEwot, and i. 5, and
espec. to make some port, Dem. 886, 60ev
e&emAevoe TO Totov, evTavla KaTa-
aw ety avto. Xen. Hist. v. 1, 20. But it
is more freq. followed by eis and ace. of
place, in the sense to come by ship to, to
arrive at. So Lu. viii. 26, catémevoav
els THY Xwoav Tov Tao. lit. ‘made land
at.’
Katatoviw, f. now, lit. to work
down, i.e. to wear down by labour or sick-
ness, (Dion. Hal. 1669, 3, taro koarov
KatatrovnGeis,) also to wear down by
trouble, affliction, Pol. xxix. 1], 11. AE).
V. H. ili. 27, tao mevias xatatovov-
pevos. 2 Mace. viii. 2. And so Acts vii.
24, émroincev éxdiknow Tw KaTaTroVvou-
fevw, “the aggrieved or injured party,’
or the person pene confecto; 2 Pet.
ii. 7, KaTatrovotmevoy vo THS—ava-
otpodis, * wearied or worn out,’ eneca-
tum, annoyed. So Theophr. Char. viii.
5, KaTatrovouvtes Tats wWevdodoyiars.
The sacred writer may have had in
mind Isa. xliii. 24, ‘Thou hast made me
to serve with thy sins, thou hast wearted
me (lit. worn me out) with thine iniqui-
ties.” The sense to be wearied is indeed
not frequent; but it is found in Plut.
Alex. 40, where warning his soldiers
against luxury and idleness, Alexander -
bids them remember 671 Twv KaTaTrovny-
éVTWY OL KaTaTrovncavTes HOLtov KaG-
evdovo.tv. Here, however, notwithstand-
ing what the Editors say, the sentiment
expressed by the words as they now stand,
is so harsh and little suitable to the scope
of the context, (which is to enjoin labour
in preference to idleness,) that the passage
is, I doubt not, corrupt; though easy to
be emended, by reading oT: Tay amro-
TovncoavtTwy ot KatTatovynfevTes JH. K.
‘those weary with labour sleep more
sweetly than those that have shrunk from
labour.’
KatatovtiCa, f. iow, (arovtiCw, fr.
mouTos, sea,) to plunge, immerge mto the
sea, to sink therein, trans. Class. often.
Pass. to be sunk, Matt. xviii. 6, cup@éoer
—iva katatovticOy év Tw TEA. So
Plut. Timol. 13, yuv) xatamovticbetoa
els To TéXayos, with allusion to drowning
in the sea; a frequent mode of capital
KAT
punishment among the Gentiles and Ro-
mans, and also the Egyptians, Syrians,
and other Orientals. In Matt. xiv. 30,
a@etausvos KatatrovTiCec8a, it simply
signifies, to be sunk, to senk, or rather to be
drowned, as in Diod. Sic. xviii. 20, tao
THs Vataoons KaTeTovTicbyncap.
Katéoa, as, 7, (kata, aoa,) lit. am-
precation against, i.e. 1) prop. and gener.
imprecation, cursing, Ja. iii. 10, éx 7. a.
oTomatos etépxeTar ev\oyia Kal KaT-
aoa. Sept. and later Class. 2) from the
Heb. ewrse, i. e. a devoting or dooming to
utter destruction ; hence by meton. con-
demnation, punishment, Gal. iii. 10, taro
Katéapayv eict, are subject to curse, equiv.
to émixataoatoi eiot. ver. 13 bis, éx Tis
KaTadpas TOU vouov, YEevo"evos UTEP
ua KaTaoa, i. e. ‘from the curse, doom,
which the law threatens, being himself
made a@ curse for us, i. e. meton. accursed
{see more in Bp. Pearson cited in my
note). So 2 Pet. ii. 14, katapas Téxva,
i.e. ‘on whom the curse abides,’ or ‘ per-
sons devoted to destruction.” Also said
of the earth, Heb. vi. 8, yi)... kaTapas
éyyvs, near to a curse, ‘almost accursed,’
i. e. doomed to sterility. So Sept. Gen. iii.
17, éarixaTdpatos.
Katraodopat, f. doopat, depon. mid.
{xaTa, dodouat,) prop. to wish or pray
against any one, i.e. to wish evil to, to ac-
curse, with acc. Matt. v. 44, tovs Kar.
vuas. Rom. xii. 14. Ja. iii. 9. Sept. and
Class., namely, as opp. to evAoyetv. So
Xen. An. v. 6, 3, moAXol éxecUe of érr-
a.wouvtes, wool eoecbe of KaTapw-
pevor: but mostly foll. by dat. From
the Heb. fo curse, i.e. ‘to devote to de-
struction; so of a fig-tree, Mk. xi. 21.
Pass. part. kaTnoapéevos, accursed, Matt.
xxy. 4]. Sept. and Apocr.
Katapyéw, f. jow, prop. and gener.
to render, aoyos, (i. €. depyos,) tmactive,
idle, useless. J. DIRECTLY, 1) prop. as
said of land, fo spoz/, make unproductive,
Lu. xili. 7, ivati Kai Thy yi KaTapyet;
Ezra iv. 21. And so aoyos often in Class.
of unproductive land. 2) fig. to make vain,
render ineffective or fruitless, e. gr. Tih
Twist tov Qeov, Rom. iii. 3. vouoy, iii.
ol. Eph. ii. 15. émayyediav, Rom. iv.
14, Gal. iii. 17. Hence, by impl. to abase,
1 Cor. i. 28.—II. BY IMPLICATION, to
cause to cease, do away, put an end to,
1 Cor. vi. 13. xiii. 11, ta Tov vyzriov’ to
abolish, destroy, Rom. vi. 6, tva katTao-
yn0yn To capa THs auaoTias, lit. * might
be deprived of its efficacy, and no longer
eause sin. 1 Cor. xv. 24, Stav KxaTao-
ynon macav avxjv. So Hos. i. 4. 2 K.
xxiii. 5. Also 2 Thess. ii. 8. 2 Tim. i.
10, «. tov Sadvatov, ‘ deprived death of
its power.’ Heb. ii. 14. Pass. to be done
209
ACL
away, to cease, 1 Cor. ii. 6. xiii. 8, apo-
pynretac KatapynOyocovtar. 2 Cor, iii.
7, 11, 13, 14. Gal. v.11. So also ckatap-
yeto0ar amo Tivos, to cease from, i. e. to
cease being in connection with any person
or thing. So x. amo Tov vouov, to be
Freed from the law, Rom. vii. 2, 6, equiv.
to éX\evVépa éoTlv ao TOU vomov at Ver.
3. Or rather there is an hypallage for
KaTHpynTat 0 vouos Tov avdpos, ‘the
law or right over her by her husband, is
annulled,’ has ceased, Gal. v. 4, KkatTnp-
ynOnte dao tov Xo.otov, ‘ye have
separated yourselves from Christ,’ have
apostatized from him, ceased to be Christ-
ians. A Hebraism, formed on the use of
j Sam, which often means ‘ to cease from
having connection with, or dependence
on, &c. Job xix. 14, ‘my kinsfolk have
ceased from me,’ i. e. ceased from connec-
tion with me; Is. il. 22, ‘cease ye from
man,’ i. e. have nothing to do with him.
Katao.6péw, f. iow, prop. to count
down to, to reckon under or among, Plut.
Sol. €8douov ev tots codots Kkatap.b-
over. And so Plato, Polit. p. 266. A.
Dion. Hal. p. 402, x. tTiva év Tots TewToLs.
In N.T. only in pass. Actsi. 17, xaTno.6yn-
pévos nv ovy nytv. 2 Chr. xxxi. 19, ravi
KaTao.Guoupevw ev T. Aevitais. Diod.
Sic. iv. 65, év Tots kat’ ovpeavov &oTeots
Katap.Ounbeis. The Class. constr. is
mera and gen., as Eurip. Tr. 865. Plut.
Solon, p. 84. Jambl. V. P. vi. 30.
KataptiCw, f. iow, (kata intens. &
aoTiCw, aoTtios,) to make quite ready, to
put m full order, to make complete, trans.
I. prop. and 1) espec. of what is broken,
injured, etc. to refit, to repair, e. gr. Ta
dixtva, Matt. iv. 21. Mk. i. 19. Sept. &
Class. Fig. of a person in error, to re-
store, to set right his judgment. Gal. vi.
1. Plut. Marcell.10. 2) by impl. to make
perfect, deficient in no part. Of persons,
Lu. vi. 40. 2 Cor. xiii. 11, katapti¢ecbe,
‘be ye perfect.” 1 Pet. v. 10. with év Ti,
‘in any thing,’ Heb. xiii. 21, katapTicae
Uuas ev Tm. epyw ayadw. 1 Cor. i. 10.
Pol. v. 2,11. Of things, e. gr. ta borTe-
onpata, to fill out, supply, 1 Th. iii. 10.—
Il. GENER. to prepare, set in order, consti-
tute. In N. 'T. only in pass. and mid.
Rom. ix. 22, cxevn doyns KaTHoTioMéva
els am@wecav. Matt. xxi. 16, xk. e«ivov.
Heb. x. 5, cma 0& KaTnoTicw pot, ‘a
body hast thou prepared for me,’ i. e. as a
sacrifice to thee. Heb. xi. 3, katnoticbat
TOUS aiw@vas pyuate Ozou, ‘ were created
and set in order.” Comp. Ps. Ixxiv. 16.
Ixxxix. 37. Sept. Diod. Sic. xi. 75. Pol.
i. 21, 4.
Kataoricis, ews, 4, (kaTaoTi~w,)
restoration to a right state, perfection, i. e.
the being made or becoming perfect, 2 Cor.
Waa
xiii. 9, Tiv K. Uuwv, i.e. ‘your being re-
stored to a perfect state’ in faith and
morals. Plut. iv. i6.
Kataotiopos, ov, 6, (katapTiCw, )
a perfecting, i.e. the act of making per-
fect, or whole, Eph. iv. 12, woos tov x.
TOV aylwv.
Kataceiw, f. sicw, prop. to shake
down, and, by use, to shake the hand down
to any one: a mode of enjoining silence
and attention, Acts xix. 33, K. Tiv yeloa.
xxi. 40, kx. TH yetpt Tw aw. xii. 17.
Philo, 1018. Jos. Ant. viii. 11, 2. Heliod.
iv. 16.
Katackartw, f. Ww, prop. to dig
down under a building, &c. to undermine,
and hence ¢o overthrow, to destroy, to rase,
as buildings or cities, &c. Rom. xi. 3, Ta
SuolactTyo1a@ cov Katéeckawav. Part.
pass. Acts xv. 16, Ta KaTeckappéeva,
ruims. Jos. and Class.
Katrackeva tw, f. dow, to prepare
fully, to put in readiness, trans. as a way
before an oriental monarch, Matt. xi. 10.
Lu. vii. 27. i. 17, Nadv KkaTeckevacpevon,
a people fully prepared, i.e. to receive
the Messiah: and so in Class. Said of
buildings, to build, construct, e. g. oikov,
Heb. iii. 3, 4. oxnvijv, ix. 2. KiBwror, xi.
7. 1 Pet. ii. 20. Jos. and Class. Of God,
to create, scil. ta mavtTa, Heb. iii. 4.
Sept. Is. xl. 28. xliii. 7.
Katacknvow, f. wow, prop. to pitch
a tent, Class. In N.T. gener. to sojourn,
dwell ; said of birds, to lodge or harbour,
éy Tots KAdoots, Matt. xiii. 832. bard Tip
oxiav, Mk. iv. 32, & Sept. Fig. to rest,
remain, Acts ii. 20, 7 cao& pov KaTa-
oKynVvwcEl én’ éioL.
Katackijyvwors, ews, 1, (KatTackn-
vow,) in Class. & Sept. the act of pitching
a tent, or atent pitched; in N.T. a dwelling-
place, abode ; and, spoken of birds, a haunt,
Matt. viii. 20. Lu. ix. 58. Sept. & Apocr.
Katackia la, f. dow, (cxralw,) to
shadow down upon, overshadow, Heb. ix.
5, and Class. ,
Katackotméw, f. ow, in Class. ¢
view accurately, carefully inspect; in N.T.
vith sinister intent, to spy out, explore,
trans. Gal. ii. 4, xatTacKkotryoar Ti éEv-
Gepiav nuav. Sept. 2 Sam. x. 3. 1 Chr.
MIKO
KatéoKomos, ov, 6, (kaTacKko7réw, )
a spy, Heb. xi. 31. Sept. and Class.
KatracogpiCopat, f. icouar, depon.
mid. prop. to be wise or crafty against any
one, i.e. to deal subtlely with, overreach
with deceit, foll. by acc. Acts vi. 19,
KaTacoPploaduEevos TO yévos Tyu@y. Sept.
Jos. and Class.
KataoctéXt)w,f. eho, 1) prop. to put
210
K AE
down, as said of the fasces, Dion. Hal.
Ant. vill. 44; or to let down, lower, by a
sense found in katactohy. 2) fig. to put
down or repress, as said of a tumult, Jos.
Ant. i. 1, 2. iv 4, 4) sciyarQee cence
And so Acts xix. 35, «. Tov 6xAov. Also
used pass. of persons, to put down, or re-
press them when making a tumult, Plut.
vill. 162, 11. Diod. Sic. Vit. x. 97, rods
avatoxuvtouvtas «x. AKlian H. An. iv.
29. 3 Macc. vi. 1, for xatactyaw. In
Acts xix. 36, kateotadpévovs has the
sense quiet, orderly, as Diod. Sic. Vit. i.
227, KaTeotadpévor Tots Oesu’ so
KaTaoToAy signifies quietness, composure,
in Plut. and Epict.
Katactnma, atos, To, (kabiornmt,)
prop. @ constitution or fixed state, whether
of body (habit of body) or mind; also of
visage, mzen, look, Plut. Marc. 23, ot tou
cuvynfous petraBartwv KaTacTHpatos,
“not altering from his accustomed mien.’
Athen. p. 38, 219. Jos. Ant. xv. 75, avpe-
aiw Tw KaTaotHwaTte. In N. T. the
word only occurs at Tit. ii. 5, €v katacTH-
fate Leoompetrets, Where the sense dress,
and even mzen, is too limited. It may be
supposed to denote, in a more general
sense, carriage or deportment, as in Por-
phyr. de Abstin. iv. 6, (speaking of the
Egyptian priests,) To ceuvoy kal 2x TOU
KaTacTimaTos éwoaTto. Simplic. in
Epict. p. 278, Bore TO K. pt) GEMVOV prev
oUTws ws Baod paivecOar, &e. Ignat.
Epist. ad Trall. p. 3, where he says of a
bishop, ob avTo TO k. peyadn pabyteia.
KatactoAn, 7s, 7, (katTactédrw,)
prop. a lowering, as said of sails, or a let-
ting down of a’'garment, so as to cover the
whole person; implying the adjustment of
it around the person. In N. T. | Tim.
ii. 9, €v katactoAy Koonin, it is used
simply for dress, as in Jos. B. i. 8, 4,
KaTacToNy Kal oynua cwpuatos. At
Is. lxi. 38, katTaoTtodiy doEns, it means
garment, as our raiment for garment. In
the Class. katactoAjy of itself meant
modesty, as said of dress. So Plut. Per.
5, commends Pericles for his wpoow7rov
GUOTAOLV, WoacdTHTa Tooeias, KaTa-
oTto\1y ameo.Bodyjs. And Hippocrates
admonishes the physician pepvyobar Kab-
é00Ns, Kal KaTacTOANs TepLBodHs, ava-
Kuotmoews, Boaxvdoyias. For so the
passage should be pointed, and not, as it is
generally edited, kaOédons Kat KaTtacTo-
As, TEeoreTOARs.
Katractopédao, f. yw, prop. to turn
down, or under ; also, to turn upside down,
Matt. xxi. 12, toaméCas x. Mk. xi. 15.
In Sept. and Class. to overturn, as said of
buildings, or fig. of thrones. Pint
Kataoctonvidw, f. dow, (kata &
ot. fr. or pyvos, self-willedness, lust, which
KAT
occurs in 2 K. xix. 28. Rev. xviii. 3,) éo
grow wanton against any person or thing,
as a law, &c. 1 Tim. v. ll, Stav Kata-
oTpnvidcwot Tov Xo.oTou, ‘lead a life
of luxury or disobedience to Christ’ and
his law.
Katactoo oy, iis, 1, (kaTactToédw, )
I. prop. & gener. ‘ the act of overturning’
what is set up; and fig. destruction, as said
of cities, 2 Pet. ii. 6, woAers—KataoTpo-
py Katexouvev. Sept. & Class.—II. spec.
destruction, 1) prop. as said of men car-
ried off by sudden death, Job xxi. 17.
2 Chron. xxii. 7, al. in Sept. Jos. Ant.
xv. 6,4. 2) metaph. sertows damage or
injury, as opp. to To xerjotuov, 2 Tim.
li. 14, él KaTactTooPpy T. akovevtTwy, at
least according to the interpretation of the
best Expositors. But there is, I appre-
hend, no such opposition intended to yo7-
cimov, and the sense thus assigned is too
vague and general. The true meaning of
the expression rather appears to be szb-
_wersion of faith, by a tacit opposition to
oikodomy, such as is alluded to at ver. 18,
avatpétTovew TyHy Twev Ticti. The
opposite is denoted, 2 Cor. x. 8. xiii. 10,
eis oikodounv, Kal ovK eis Kalaioecw
vue@yv. And so in Rom. xv. 2, woods oiko-
Coun.
Katactpwvvupt, f. cTowow, prop.
to spread down or over the surface of any
thing, to strew over ; (so Galen ap. Steph.
Thes. pddois Katactpwvvivat TO é6a-
gos. Diod. Sic. vol. i. 129,) and then, as
in the Latin sterno, prosterno, as said of
persons, to prostrate, and by impl. to kill,
Herodot. ix. 69, kateotopecay avTéwy
ée£axociouvs, and 76. Eurip. Herc. Fur.
1000. And so Numb. xiv. 16, ckatécTow-
wey auTous zv TH éonuw, perhaps with
allusion to mowing. So Hor. Od. iv. 14.
ol, ‘ primesque et extremos metendo stra-
vi humum; from which two passages it
is plain that there is an hypallage for to
strew the ground with dead persons. So
Diod. Sic. xv. 80, wavta tov ToTov
vekp@v KaTécTowoe: but more freq. in
plur. e. gr. Diod. Sic. xix. 108, was 6 To-
Tos veko@y Katectowty. So in | Cor.
x. 5, katectpwOynoay év Ti zZonuw, the
sense is not simply perished, as the recent
Commentators explain, but ‘were stretched
out dead,’ the desert was overspread with
their corpses; meant to represent death
graphically, in its most appalling form.
So Af]. H. A. vii. 2, Aouuos adtovs ovd-
AaBov, KaTéEcTOWCE.
Katacv ow, f. pa, prop. to drag down,
as a heavy stone or log cf wood, also Zo
drag, pull heavily along, as said ofa ship
in launching, or a net in fishing, but gener.
as used of persons forced to any place, to
haul along or away, Philo, p. 990, 1010. Lu.
211
KAT
xii. 58, wajqrote KaTactpn ot Weds T. Kpt-
tyHv. And so Latin detrahere in gudicium.
Katacgpa lw, f. Ew, (kara intens.
opatw,) to kill outright, to butcher, Diod.
Sic. xii. 76, wavtas 1Bnddv x. and often
in Class. So Lu. xix. 27, kataspatate
éutrpoo0éy pov.
KatacgoayiCw, f. iow, prop. to
seal down, as the orifice of any vessel, or
to seal up, as said of closing up any thing
by a seal; espec. said of a book or roll,
Rev. v. 1, x. BuBAiov. So Lucian, Pseud.
49, ei mote Seacaito TO PB. KaTecHpoa-
Ylopévov.
Katracyxecis, ews, 7, (katTéxyw,) in
Class. the act of taking possession of any
thing, or the holding it when possessed; but
in N. T. the theng so possessed, as house or
land, Acts vii. 5, dovvat attnv eis KaTa-
oxeouv, (so Gen. xvii. 6. xlvii. 11. xlviii.
4, and freq. in Sept. and Jos.) and Acts
vil. 45, é€v TH KaTaoyxéoel, for eis Tip K.
Katatidyut, f. Ojow, to put or lay
down, to deposit in any place, trans. 1)
prop. e. gr. in a tomb, Mark xv. 46,
KatTeOnkev avTov év puynpetw, and Class.
2) mid. to deposit for oneself, i.e. to lay
up for future use, gener. Xen. Cyr. vii.
5, 34. An. vii. 6,34. In N.T. fig. Acts
xxiv. 27, Séhwyv yaoitas Kxatabécbar
tots "loud. o ®7hLE, * wishing to lay up
favour with,’ i.e. to win the favour of,
the Jews, xxv. 9, and often in Class.
Katratopi, 7s, 1, (katTatéuvw,) con-
cision, i.e. a cutting off; mutilation. So
Phil. ii. 2, BXéaere TH kK. it is said con-
temptuously, for the Jewish circumcision,
in contrast with the true spzritual circum-
cision; or rather it signifies, abstr. for
concr. ‘those who maintained the neces-
sity of circumcision.’
Katatoێevao, f. evow, (ToEztw,) to
shoot down, Pass. with dat. Bodid:, Heb.
xii. 20, and Class.
Katatpéya, (aor. 2. catédpapoyr,)
to run down, Acts xxi. 32, xaTédoamev étt’
avgous, ‘ he ran down to them.’ Sept. and
Class.
Katragbayw, see Katecbiw.
Katagéow, (f. katoicw, aor. 1. pass.
KkatynvexOnv,) 1) to bear or carry any
thing or pers. down with violence, to throw
down. So Class. In N.T. pass. xkata-
péoecbar, to be borne or thrown down, to
fall. Acts xx. 9, kateveyQeis amo Tov
Umrvou étrece, i. e. ‘he sunk down, from
sleep,’ lost his balance and fell. And so in
Class. Fig. to be borne down, oppressed,
with sleep, taryvw, Acts xx. 9. Also in
Class. with 2q@’ tarvw or eis Uavov. 2)
Katapéow Woy, with kata intens. to
give a vote, to vote, equiv. to piow Whdor,
but stronger, implying alacrity, zeal, Acts
KAT
21
9
—_
KAT
xxvi. 10, kativeyxa Wigov, I gave, lit. | vjoas. And so in Class. as Plato Apol-
cast down, my vote, assented. So déow |S. § 16, k. kuvddvov.
wngov, Dem. p. 271, Plut. Coriol. p. 220.
Katagetyw, f. Eouar, to flee down
to any place, &c. i. e. to flee for refuge,
€. gr. eis Tas moAes, Acts xiv. 6. Fig.
with inf. Heb. vi. 18. Sept. and Class.
Katrapbcipw, f. eoa, prop. to quite
spoil, mar, corrupt, make useless, as said
of things ; and also by impl. of persons, to
destroy. In N. T. the word signifies, 1)
prop. in pass. to be destroyed, as said of per-
sons, to perish, 2 Pet. ii. 12, év TH POooa
auTav KatadbapnoovTat, ‘shall utterly
perish.” So Sept. and Diod. Sic. i. 78. 2)
fig. to corrupt, deprave, e. gr. Tov vouv.
Pass. 2 Tim. iii. 8, katepOaouévor. So
Gen. vi. 12, cide Kupuos tiv yqv, Kat Hv
Kateplappévn, OTL KaTéPUerpe Taca
sae& Ti Oddv avToU.
Katagixréw, f. iow, to kiss warmly,
' deosculor, Xen. Mem. ii. 6, 33, rods uev
Kahovs @iAroovtés pov, Tovs © ayabous
KatagiAyncovtos. And so gener. in Class.
as also in N. T. Matt. xxvi. 49. Mk.
xiv. 45. Lu. vii. 38. xv. 20. Acts xx. 37.
Though in the first two passages, Schl.
Wahl, and Bretsch. regard the cata as
pleonastic, urging that the LX X. render
the Hebr. pws indifferently by @sAgw and
Katagir. But that is no good argument ;
for kata@. is in the Sept. always used in
the full sense. And so in the Class. ; for
as to the passage of Aélian V. H. xiii. 34,
Katepiner kXaiwy, it is of the same cha-
racter as Lu. vii. 38, where the xkata& is
allowed to be significant. In Xen. Cyr.
vi. 4, 10, the kava& is not pleonastic. And
as to the passages of the N. T. where
those Critics contend that it is so, namely,
Matt. xxvi. 49, and Mk. xiv. 45, if the
kiss were really a mere kiss of salutation,
we might regard the kata as redundant,
espec. since @iAéw, to denote the kiss of
salutation, is used at Gen. xxvii. 26.
Exod. xviii. 7; but it is probably not
such. It would seem that the sacred
writers used the kata after the simple
@tréw, to intimate the baseness of Judas;
who was not content with the bare kiss of
salutation and respect, but, to conceal his
treachery, kissed his master more cordially
than usual.
Katagdpoviw, f. now, lit. to think
against any one, and by impl. to despise,
with gen. Matt. xviii. 10, uy Kat. évos
Tay utkpwy TovTwy. 1 Cor. xi. 22.
1 Tim. iv. 12. 2 Pet. ii. 10, and Class.
Tn the sense to neglect, not care for, Matt.
vi. 24. Lu. xvi. 13, rou érépouv Kk. as
opposed to dvtéxeobar. Appian, ii. 493,
x. éautou. Also to disregard, Rom. ii. 4.
1 Tim. iv. 12. vi. 2, pi) Katadpoveitw-
cav. Heb. xii. 2, atoyuvyns Kkatadpo-
Katagdoovntis, ov, 6, (katadpo-
véw,) a despiser, contemner, Acts xiii. 41,
and Class.
Katayxéw, f. evow, to pour down
upon, to pour upon, e. gr. emi Thy Keg.
Matt. xxvi. 7. kata ts Ked. Mk, xiv.
3. Sept. and Class.
Katax@ovios, tov, 6, 7, adj. (kara,
x9wv,) under-ground, Phil. ii. 10, put for
aons and its inhabitants, the souls of the
departed, as sometimes in Class.
Kavraxpaopear, f. rcouat, depon.
mid. to use over-much, and thereby misuse,
foll. by dat. 1 Cor. vii. 31, of yowpevor
TW KOTUW TOUTW, WS [fi] KATAXOWMEVOL. -
ix. 18, and Class.
KatawWu yw, f. Ew, to cool down from
being hot, i. e. to refresh by cooling, with
acc. viv yAwooav, Lu. xvi. 24. Sept.
and Class.
Katreidwdos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (kata
intens. eidwAov,) full of zdols, given to
‘idolatry, Acts xvii. 16, kateidéwXov otcav
wiv TOW. Comp. KaTadevdoos, KaTa-
gutos, &c. in Class.
Kavrévavti, adv. (kata, zvavtt,)
prop. down over agaist, i. e. at the point
over against, quite opposite to; foll. by
gen. Mk. xi. 2, kwunv Thy KaTévavte
vua@y. xii, 41. xiii. 3. Also, with art. as
adj. opposite, Lu. xix. 30, els Thy Karé-
vavtTt Kwuyy, and Sept.; also before, 2x
the sight of, Rom. iv. 17, katévavtt ob
éemiaotevoce Qeou.
Katevwreoy, adv. (kata, évwtoy,)
prop. down in the presence of, in the very
presence of, and hence gener. before, im
the sight of, foll. by gen. 2 Cor. ii. 17,
KaTevwmioy Tou Oeov. xii. 19. Eph. i. 4.
Col. i. 22. Jude 24, cat. ts do€ns
avtou, before, ‘in the presence of,’ and
Sept.
KateEovoia lwo, f. aow, (kata and
éfovotalw,) to exercise authority against,
i.e. over, with gen. Matt. xx. 25. Mk.
x. 42.
Katepya Comat, f. aoouar, depon.
mid, (aor, 1. pass. KkaTeroyaoOyv with
pass. signif.) lit. to work down, and that in
various views, according to the different
applications of the term; prop. as said of
breaking up food with the teeth, and
digesting it, Diod. Sic. and Theophr., or Zo
work up a block of stone into a statue,
Diod. Sic. vol. i. p. 291. Also fig. and
gener. to work out, i.e. bring about, ac-
complish any thing, Class. often; and, as
applied to persons, to work down, i. e. to
subdue, or to bring down, destroy. In
short, the use oi the word is much the
same as that of conficio in Latin. In
KAT
N. T. it signifies, I. to work out, effect,
produce, of THINGS, i. e. to be the cause
or author of, Rom. iv. 15, 6 vouos doy
Kateoya Cera. v. 3. vil. 8, 13. xv. 18.
oor-av. 17. vil. 10, sq. ix. ll. Ph. ii.
12. Ja. i. 3, 20, and Class. Nearly allied
to this is the sense fo work out, i. e. to
practise, as said of moral habits, Rom. i.
27, Ti aocxnuootuny kK. ii. 9, K. TO KaKov.
vii. 15, 17, 18, 20.. 1 Cor. v. 3, rouro x.
to perpetrate, as Rom. i. 27. 1 Pet. iv. 3.
Xen. Hier. i. 32. Plut. vi. 130, 7, wrAovTw
apetay Kategyacactw. Also of miracles,
to work, 2 Cor. xii. 12.—II. to work down,
i. e. as said of PERSONS, to vanquish, as
often in Class. And so Eph. vi. 13,
aétwavra Kateoyacapevol, i.e. * having
subdued not only all your spiritual ene-
mies, the world, the flesh, and the devil,
but all things, i.e. persons, hostile to
you. So Dionys. Hal. t.i. p. 99, Huds.
TavTa wotzura KaTepyacapuevor. At
2 Cor. v. 5, 6 6& KaTEepyacdmevos Tuas
eis auto TouTO, Oeds, the sense, though
disputed, is such as arises from the primary
one to work out or up, as said of a sta-
tuary, who works up his tAy into a statue
of the required form. So Plut. Pericl.
KaTepyacamevor THY UVAnv TEXVAL, i. €.
‘working up the materials into things
which are made.’ The expression may
therefore be rendered, ‘wrought us unto
this [state of immortality], or, as the
idiom of our language rather requires,
moulded us. So Miiton, Paradise Lost, x.
744, ‘ Did I request thee, Maker, from my
clay to mould me man,’ i. e. to mould me
intoman. Thus the Apostle, as Cameron
observes, expresses the force of Divine
grace, whereby we are brought from a life
the very reverse of heavenly, and are ren-
dered fit for immortality. Wherefore we
are called God’s building, 1 Cor. iii. 9;
his creation, 2 Cor. v. 17; his workman-
ship, Eph. ii. 10. After all, there may be
an hypallage, as Rom. vii. 24, tis me
ptoeTat 2K TOV GwWuaTOS TOV Savarou
toutou; for Tov cwuatos tovTov Tou
Sav. The Apostle may possibly have had
in mind the words of Ps. Ixviii. 28, Sept.
Compl. dvvauwoov, 6 Oeds, TovTO, 6
Katetpyaow zy (I conj. é@’, ‘for’) nutv.
Katéoxouat, aor. 2. KatndOor,
{kaTa, Zoxoua,) to go or come down, to
descend, as said, e. gr. of persons going
from a higher to a lower region, the sea-
coast, &c. foll. by eis with acc. of place,
Acts viii. 5; by amo with gen. of place,
xv. 1; by eis and amo, xi. 27; by mods
with acc. of pers. ix. 32; of persons coming
from the high sea down to land, with is,
xviii. 22. Fig. of divine gifts coming from
heaven, Ja. iii. 15, copia &vw0ev Katep-
Xouevy.
213
{
KAT
Kateoc@iw, aor. 2. xatéiparyov, to
swallow down, eat up entirely, diglutio,
to devour, Hom. ll. ii. 14, etal. J. PRop.
and 1) of animals, Matt. xiii. 4, Katvé-
payev aita. Mk. iv. 4. Lu. viii. 5. Rev.
xii. 4. Sept. and Class. 2) of men, Xen.
Diod. &c. Rev. x. 10, BuBAapicvov KaTa-
payetv, an image to denote perfect
knowledge of its contents. Comp. Ez. iii.
1,3. In Lu. xv. 30, k. Tov Piop fig. sig-
nifies to squander one’s substance, as in
Hom. and other Classical writers. And
so in Latin devorare patrimonium.—Il.
FIG. and 1) of persons, to, as we say, eat
any one up, consume his substance, by
plunder, extortion, or living upon him,
&e. So 2 Cor. xi. 20, 22 tis KateoOBier,
scil. buas. Comp. Ps. xiv. 4, ‘eating up
(kateoUiovres) my people as it were
bread.’ Matt. xxiii. 14. Mk. xii. 40.
Lu. xx. 47, Kk. Tas oikias Twv ynowr.
Comp. Od. ii. 237, katédovot Praiws
Oixov ’Odvco7jos. Somewhat different is
the sense at Gal. v. 15, @\AnjAous Kat-
eoQiere, ‘ye destroy one another; with
which passage Expositors compare Xen.
An. iv. 8, 14, roUTous wpots Ost KatTa-
gayety, formed on Hom. Il. iv. 34.
And'so” it) is.’saidi: Provs 1.12; \Slet ins
swallow them up alive.” But most to the
present purpose is a passage of Plut. adv.
Colot. t. ii. 1124, Frane. aoAXov dejoo-
ev a\ArAous KateoOierv, ‘to prey upon
each other, Kai Onoiwy Biov Cyv. Is. ix.
12, kateoViovtes tov “IopandX. 2) of
things, e. g. of fire, to consume, Rev. xi. 5.
xx. 9. Sept. Lev. x..2.. Is. xxix. 6, Joel
ii. 5. So of zeal, John ii. 17, 6 Gyros
TOU olKoV cov KaTépayé me, a form of
expression imitated in Test. x11. Patr. p.
624, 6 GjAXos avtov Kateobier. Jos. Ant.
vii. 8, 1, THs dduvys avtov KaTecOtov-
o7n°.
KatevOuvw, f. vve, (kata and
evJUvw,) prop. to guide m a straight
course towards any object, whether person
or thing, Plut. Alex. 33, init. évedzixvuTo
aetov KatevOivovTa Gpltov (I con}.
6pQ80v) gmt” tovs aoXéyous. And so
Katev0uvery TO okados. Or gener. to
guide, direct, any one’s course to a place,
1 Thess. iii. 1], 6 Kipuos katevOivar tiv
O00v tay mwpds vuas, and fig. Tovs
TOOaS Tip@y KaT. eis Odov sionvyns, Lu.
i. 79. kat. Kapdias eis tL, 2 Thess. iii. 5,
Both phrases are found in Sept. Comp.
Plut. vi. 71, x. rods véovs apos Ta
ReXtTiova.
Kategdiotypmt, f. orjow, in N. T.
only in aor. 2. katTeméoTHv, intrans. to
stand forth against, and by impl. in a hos-
tile sense, = to rush upon, assault, foll.
by dat. tw IlavAw, Acts xviii. 12.
Katéya, f. cabéEw, aor. 2. kaTéc ov,
ROAST
to hold down and hold fast, i. e. retain,
detain, to hold firmly, trans. I. GENER. in
various senses. 1) to retain, to detaina
person, Lu. iv. 42, xai Kkatetyov avTov
Tov pi) TooevecOar. Philem. 13. Sept.
and Class. often. Also, to hinder, and of
things, to repress, 2 Thess. ii. 6, 7, and
Class. 2) to possess, i. e. to hold i firm
and secure possession, 1 Cor. vii. 30, Kai
ol dyooaCovtes ws py KaTéxovtes. 2Cor.
vi. 10. Rom. i. 18, trav tyhv adyOEerav zy
aOLKi@a KaTEXYOVTwWY, 1. €. aS Many ex-
plain, ‘possessing a knowledge of the
truth, but living in unrighteousness.’ See,
however, my note there. Sept. Dan. vii.
18. 3) fig. of a thing, to hold fast in
one’s mind and heart, to keep in mind, &e.
e. g. Tov Adyov, Lu. viii. 15. (Dion. Hal.
Ant. iv. 29, Adyous,) Tas mTapadocets,
1 Cor. xi. 2. +6 xadov, 1 Thess. v. 21;
also Heb. ii. 6, 14. x. 23; in memory,
1 Cor. xv. 2. Theophr. Char. 26, tay
‘Oujpov émav tv povov KaTtéxew. 4)
pass. to be held fust, i. e. fig. to be bound
by a law, gv @ kateryoue8a, Rom. vii. 6.
Comp. Sept. Gen. xxxix. 20. Also of
disease, John v. 4, OjmwoTe KaTEelxeTo
vooijpati, “by whatever disease he was
held bound.’ Sept. and Class. 5) as a
nautical term, with reference to the helm,
Katéxew [THY vauv] eis TOV aiytado», to
hold a ship firm towards the land, i. e. to
steer her towards the land, Acts xxvii. 40.
Hdot. vii. 188, xkatécye ... é Tov
aiy.aXoy, and often in Class. Hom. Od.
xi. 455, és TaTpida yalav via KaTiCXéE-
pevar.—tll. by impl. to lay fast hold of, to
seize, occupare, Matt. xxi. 38, kaTacyw-
ev THY KAypovoy. In Lu. xiv. 9, K. Tov
EgXaTov To7ov, it simply signifies oceu-
pare, to fill, as Plut. vi. 554, tHv odov
ajTacay Kovioptos Kat JopuBos KatT-
ELX EV.
Katnyopéiw, f. now, (kata, ayo-
pevw,) to speak agaist, in public, espec.
before a court, to accuse, e.g. I. prop. in
a judicial sense, foll. by gen. of person,
expr. or impl. Matt. xii. 10, da xatnyo-
pjowow avtrov. Mk. iii. 2. Lu. xi. 54.
John viii. 6. Acts xxiv. 2, 19. Rev. xii.
10, and Class. Foll. by gen. of pers. and
acc. of thing, Mk. xv. 3, katynyopouv adv-
Tou jwo\Aa. Xen. H. G. i. 7, 14; or with
gen. of thing by attract. Acts xxiv. 8. xxv.
11; foll. by wepi with gen. of thing, Acts
xxiv. 13; foll. by cava with gen. of pers.,
also with gen. of thing by attract. bu.
xxiii. 14. Pass. where the subject is a
person, Acts xxv. 16, 0 katyyopovpevos :
by v7ro tivos, Matt. xxvii. 12. Hdot. vii.
205. Where the subject is @ thing, foll.
by wapé@ twos, Acts xxii. 30,70, Ti Kat-
nyoorttat Tapa Tay lovd. Thuc. i. 95,
214
KAT
cian i. 482, aura Kat. ToAAa.—II. ina
general sense, of extra-judicial accusation,
(like imcusare in Latin, as differing from
accusare,) 1) to complain of, foll. by gen.
of pers. John v. 45, py) doxette, OTL KaT-
nyopicw vuayv mpos tov ILatépa, and
not unfreq. in Class.; but rarely foll. by
moos, of which, indeed, not a single ex-
ample has been adduced by the N. T.
Commentators and Lexicographers. I
have, however, noted it in Hdot. ii. 113,
KaTynyooeov TavTa (avTov) mpds Tous
ipéas. Plato, 482,C. xatnydoer pds cz.
The sense is somewhat different at Rom.
li. 15, T&v AOyicpaV KaTHyopOtvTwY
(scil. avt@v) (for katayiwoKovTwy in
1 John iii. 20, av katTayiwoocky Hyav 7
Kagdia) 7) Kal adTo\oyoupévwy, incusan-
tibus, ‘blaming.’ Thus things are fig. said
to blame or condemn any one, when they
give occasion for his being blamed. So
Kurip. Hipp. 1061, 4 déAtos nde KaTyYyo-
pét cov miota, ‘afiords certain evidence
of thy guilt.’ Plato, Alcib. 118, B. 6 Adyos
Gov KaTHYyOVEL, Kal CV CaUTOU.
Katnyopia, as, f, -(KaTnyopew,)
accusation, either judicial, Lu. vi. 7. John
xviii. 29, and Class., or gener. complaint,
Tit. 1. 6, gv kaTnyooia a@owrTias.
Katinyoogos, ov, 6, (kaTnyopew,) an
accuser, John viii. 10. Acts xxix. 30, al.
and Class.
Katydera, as, 4, (katndijs, with
cast down eyes, fr. kata & obsol. man,
Kurip. Her. 633, katypés Oupa,) dejec-
tion, sorrow, as opp. to xaoa. So Hom.
Ll. iii. 51, duopeveow piv Xadoua, KaTH-
peinv 0€ cor ai’tw. Thue. vii. 75, and
other Class.
Katnyxéw, f. 4ow, prop. to sound
down, and espec. to sound into the ears of
any one. So Lucian Jup. Trag. 39, dva
TOUTO fLETPOLS TE KATAOOVGL Kal pUGoLs
KaTynXovcLt Tovs akovovTas, lit. ‘ sound
into them with fables,. make their ears
resound with fables. Hence fig. to teach
by oral instruction, and by impl. the ele-
ments of any science, Luc. ii. 616. In
N. T. the word is used, I. Prop. as said
of. the oral instruction, preaching, of the
Apostles and early Christian teachers, foll.
by acc. of pers. 1 Cor. xiv. 19, iva Kai
d\Xous KaTnXnow: by impl. Gal. vi. 6.
Pass. with acc. of thing, Acts xviii. 25,
KaTnXnmEvos THY OdOV TOU Kupiov. Gal.
vi. 6; foll. by wepi with gen. iu. i. 4; éx,
Rom. ii. 18.—I1. GENER. to mform, ap-
prise of ; pass. to be informed of, to hear
by report, foll. by arept with gen. Acts
xxi. 2], wepi Tivos. Plut. de Fluv. 10, .
KaTnxXnleis TEeol THY cuuPEBnKOTwDY.
Katiow, f. dow, (kata intens. iow,
fr. ios,) to cause to rust out, to corrode
KaTnyopetto avTou uydtopos, and Lu- | with rust ; pass. to rust out. be quite cor-
KAT
roded, hyperbol. Ja. v. 3, 6 xovoos bua
Kat 0 Gpyupos Katiwtat. Arrian. Diss.
| Kpict. iv. 6, ws omAdo.a emikeiusva
Katiwtar. Comp. Lam. iv. l.
Karticyxi'a, f. vow, (icxtw,) 1) to
be strong against any one, and by impl. to
prevail against, overcome, vanquish, with
gen. Matt. xvi. 18, and often in Class.
2) gener. to prevail, get the upper hand,
absol. Lu. xxiii. 23. Pol. vi. 51, 6.
Katorxéw, f. rjow, prop. to settle
down in a fixed dwelling, to dwell perma-
nently, viz. I. TRANS. to dwell fixedly in
a place, to inhabit. 1) prop. with acc. of
place, Acts i. 19, rots kaTotxovow ‘Tepov-
cad. ii. 9, et sepe al. Sept. & Class.
2) fig. of God, as manifesting his constant
resence in the temple, Matt. xxiii. 21.—
I. INTRANS. fo dwell fixedly, to reside,
1) prop. of mez; foll. by eis, Matt. ii. 28,
2Oav katTwKycev eis TOA NEyomEeVHDY
Na aoér. Acts vii. 4; by év with dat. Lu.
“xiii. 4, KaTotkouvtas év ‘legovcaAyp:
by éari with gen. Rev. iii. 10, et al.; with
acc. Acts xvii. 26; by zrov, d7rov, Rev. ii.
13, bis; éxet, Matt. xii. 45. 2) jig. of
Gop, with éy, Acts vii. 48; of Christ, as
being ever-present by his Spirit in the hearts
of Christians, Eph. ii. 17; of the wA7-
pwua tHs QerdTHTOs Which was in Jesus,
with év, Col. i. 19. ii. 9; of the spirit or
disposition of mind in men, Ja. iv. 5. So
in prosopop. 77 Ouxarocuun, 2 Pet. iii. 13.
Kavtoixyots, ews, 7, (KatoiKéw,)
dwelling, habitation, Mk. v.3. Sept. and
Class. ~
Katoixyntyetov, ov, to, (KaTol-
Kéw,) dwelling-place, dwelling, e. gr. Tov
Gzou, as being ever-present by his Spirit
in the hearts of Christians, Eph. ii. 22. x.
Oatpovwy, Rev. xviii. 2. Sept. and Class.
Karwotkia, as, 4, (katoxéw,) dwell-
img, habitation, Acts xvii. 26. Sept. and
Class.
KatorrpiCw, f. isw, (kétorTpoyv,)
in Class. to let look in or show in a mirror ;
mid. to look in a mirror, to behold in a
mirror. In N.T. mid. to behold as ina
glass, with acc. 2 Cor. iii. 18, tiv ddEav
Kupiov xatorrpiGopevet, i. e. ‘ beholding
the glory of the Lord as reflected and
yadiant in the Gospel; in antith. to ver.
15. So Philo 2 Alleg. p.79, unéé Kator-
Toelcaiuyy év G\\w Tivi TV atv idéav,
7) év Col TH Dew.
Kavrop9wua, atos, Td, (fr. Katoo-
Q6w, to set upright, or establish, 1 Chron.
xxvii. 7. 2 Chron. xxxiii. 16, and also
metaph. to direct successfully, to achieve
prosperously, AM]. V. H. xi.9. Xen. Mem.
ii. 1, 3. Or rather by a metaphor derived
from bowling, to take « straight course down
to the end of any given line; and metaph.
215
KRiAY
‘to bring any affair to a prosperous termi-
nation.” See Sext. Emp. vii. p. 158, cited
by me in Recens. Synop. Thus catop0déw
is opposed to 7Taiw, to miss one’s aim, in
Demosth. Epist. ad Phal., and to opdd-
AeoOar in Thue. ii. 65,) any thing brought
to a successful result, whether in war, or
government, or political institutions, Acts
xxiv. 3, KaTopfwuaTwv yivouévwr, at
least according to the sense usually there
assioned. But the term is rather to be
interpreted, affairs proceeding success-
fully. So in Thue. ii. 65, we have ckatop-
fovmeva opp. to cmadévta, ‘ missing of
success, and vi. 13.
Kata, adv. (xata,) downwards, down.
Compar. kxatwtépw. I. of PLAcE. 1) of
place whither,implying motion down, Matt.
iv. 6, Bade ceavtov kaTw. Acts xx. 9.
Sept. and Class. 2%) of place where,
below, underneath, Mk. xiv. 66, év 77
avAy Kato. Acts ii. 19. Sept. and Class. ;
with article as adj. ‘that ahzch zs below,
earthly, John viii. 23.—I1. of TIME, com-
par. Matt. ii. 16, dro Ouétous Kal KaTw-
Téow, of two years old and under that age.
Sept. and Class.
KatwTeoos, a, ov, adj. (compar. fr.
Katw,) lower down, lower, Eph. iv. 9,
KateBy eis TA KaTHTENA ENN THS YS,
l,e. as some explain, the grave, Hades,
(comp. Neh. iv. 18, eis Ta xatTwTaTa
Tov ToTou,) implying that Christ became
subject to death.
Kava, atos, 70, (Kkaiw,) burning,
heat, Rev. vii. 16. xvi. 9. Sept. & Class.
KavpatiCy, f. iow, (kavua,) to burn,
scorch, trans. Matt. xiii. 6. Rev. xvi. 8, 9,
and later Class.
Kavos, ews, 7, (Kalw,) a burning,
burning up, Heb. vi. 8. Sept. and later
Class.
Kavodopat, (kavois,) only pass. to
be set on fire, to burn, 2 Pet. iii. 10, 12;
fig. of a fever, Gal. and Dioscor.
Kavtvowp, wvos, 0, (kaiw, kaiow, and
of the same form with dwcwv, dwowr,
ceicwy, aEwv, pvewy, Ke.) lit. ‘the
Burner, 1) prop. ‘the burning wind’ so
called, Eurus, denoted in Heb. by D° 7, in
Arab. by Stmoom, Ja.i.11, avéretdev 6
nALos oly TH KavVowyr. 2) the burning
heat of the sun, Matt. xx. 12, Bacracacc
TO Badoos TIS Nuéoas Kat Tov K. In Lu.
Xl. 55, Kavowv ~oTaL, we have a com-
mon saying, of which the meaning is, ‘ It
will be fine weather,’ which is always the
case when the wind in question prevails.
And so kavowvos woa in Athen. 73, o7é-
pavos evwoys, Kal Kavowvos Woa WuKTI-
KwTaTos, means ‘when the kavowy blows.’
Kavtnera tea, f. aow, (Kkautijo.ov,
KAY
brand-iron, fr. kaiw,) to cauterize, to brand
weth a hot cron, pass. 1 Tim. iv. 2, Kexav-
TNPLATMEVOL THY Lotav cuvEetonouy, brand-
ed in their consciences, having the marks
of their guilt burnt in upon their con-
sciences ; or rather by impl. ‘ being seared,
hardened in their consciences ;’? with allu-
sion to the cauterising employed by sur-
geons on dead flesh. So Diod. Sic. xx.
54, Tats Wuxats Goweo Kavtq0a Twa
TOOCHYE.
Kavyaouan, (f. joouat, 2 pers. pres.
Kavyacat,) to boast oneself, to glory, to
exulé, both in a good and bad sense. E. gr.
absol. 1 Cor. i. 29, 31, 6 Kavywmevos. iv.
7. 2 Cor. x. 13, 17, al. Foll. by accus. of
thing as to which, or of which, one boasts,
2 Cor. ix. 2, jv—Kavy@pat Makeddoun.
xi. 80; with acc. of degree, xi. 16. Foll.
by év with dat. of that zz which one glo-
ries, e. gr. of things, Rom. ii. 23, ds éy
vouw Kavxaoat. v. 3. Gal. vi. 13, et al. ;
of persons, Rom. ii. 17, gv Oew. v. 11.
P@oracoleins2l,.et al... Koll. by: 2a
with dat. Rom. v. 2, é’ é\qide: Kata
with acc. as to any thing, 2 Cor. xi. 18;
qmeot with gen. 2 Cor. x. 8; twéo with
gen. 2 Cor. vii. 14. Sept. absol. or with
prep. and Class. with prep.
Katvynua, atos, To, (kavyaopuar,) a
boasting, glorying, exulting, i.e. I. prop.
the act of glorying or exulting in any
thing, with gen. Heb. iii. 6, To Katvynpea
THs éidos, i.e. ‘the hope in which we
glory.. So taéo tuivos, 2 Cor. v. 12. ix.
3. absol. 1 Cor. v. 6. Pind. Isth. v. 65.—
II. meton. the oBsEcT of boasting, ground
of glorying, exultation, Rom. iv. 2, exet
xavuxnua. | Cor. ix. 15, 16, al. and Sept.
Kavynouts, ews, 7, (kavyaouat,) a
boasting, glorying, exulting. 1. prop. the
act of glorying or exulting in any thing,
2 Cor. vii. 14, 4 Katvynots ua 7
emt Titov, and xi. 17. 1 Th. ii. 19, oé-
davos Kavynoews, i. e. ‘the crown in
which we glory, Ja. iv. 16, and Sept. So
uméo Tivos, 2 Cor. viii. 24.—II. meton.
the OBJECT of boasting, ground of glory-
eng, Rom. iii. 27, wou ovv 7 Kavxnots;
2 Cor. i. 12. gy Xoptorw, Rom. xv. 17.
ume tbuw@v, 2 Cor. vii. 4. So 1] Cor. xv.
31, vi} thy Uuetéoav (for vip vuwy)
Kavyynow hv exw. Sept. Jer. xii. 13.
Ketuat, f. ketcouat, to le, and also
to be luid. I. prop: To LIE, to recline, of
persons, Lu. ii. 12, keiuevov év Patvn.
xxiii. 53, ob ovK qv ovdels (scil. vexeds)
xeiuevos. Of things, Lu. xxiv. 12, va
éGova Keiueva pova. John xxi. 9. 2 Cor.
iii. 15.—IL. equiv. to perf. pass. of Ti@1 U1,
i. €. TO BE LAID, set, placed, e. gr. as a
foundation, 1 Cor. iii. 11; a throne, Rev.
iv. 2; vessels, John ii. 6. woos v1, to be
laid, or rather directed at, as a blow, Lu.
216
KEN
ili. 9. So to be laid up, reposited, Lu. xii.
i9. Ofa place, to lie, to be situated, Rev.
xxl. 16, qoAus TeTpa@ywvos KetTat. Matt.
v. 14. Fig. of persons, to be set, appointed,
with gis final, for any thing, Lu. ii. 34.
Phil. i. 17. 1 Th. mi. 3. OF laws, #0: be
given, made, (lit. laid down, so our word
faw means,) with dat. 1 Tim. i. 9.—III.
equiv. to ¢o be, i. e. in any state or con-
dition, with gv, 1 John v. 19, 6 Kkdopos
o\os KeitTat év Tw Tovynpw, ‘is wholly
given to wickedness.” 2 Macc. iii. 11. iv. 31.
Kectpia, as, 7, a band, bandage, for
swathing infants, or wrapping around dead
bodies. So Hesych. explains ceipvar by
emifavatia évteTuAtypéva. See in v.
évtuNiCw. In N.T. only in the latter
sense, John xi. 44.
Keiow, f. kep@, prop. to wear away,
eat away, i. e. by rubbing, gnawing, cut-
ting. Hence gener. and in N. T. TO SHEAR,
trans. e. gr. a sheep, Acts viii. 832; espec.
the head, to cut off the hair, Acts xviii. 18,
Ksloauevos tiv Kepadiy, having shorn
his head, 1 Cor. xi. 6, bis. Sept. & Class.
KédXevoua, atos, To, (KeXevw,) cry
of incitement, or urging on, (as of soldiers.
rushing to battle, Thuc. iii. 14; or sailors
at the oar, Lye. Capt. 19; or labourers
exciting themselves to any common work.
See my note on Thue. iii. 9, 2;) outery,
clamour, shout, 1 Th. iv. 16, év Kkedev-
OUAaTL.
KeXetvw, f. evow, prop. to set in mo-
tion, to urge on, Hom. Il. xxiii. 642. In
N. T. and gener. to command, order some-
thing to be done. Foll. by acc. and infin.
aor. Matt. xiv. 19, cehevoas Tovs oxXous
avak\.Oyjvar, and oft.; with acc. impl.
Matt. viii. 18. xiv. 9, al. Sept. and Class.
Foll. by acc. and inf. pres. Acts xxi. 34,
éxéeuc ev ayeoVar avTov: with acc. impl.
Acts xvi. 22. Foll. by dat. and infin. aor.
Matt. xv. 35, kal éxehevoe Tots dxXors
avatrecety. Absol. Acts xxv. 23, & Class.
Kevodo€ia, as, 1), (kevddoEos,) vain-
glory, empty pride, Phil. ii. 3, and Class.
Kevddo€os, ov, 6, 7, adj. (kevos, 00a, )
vain-glorious, full of empty pride and
ambition, Gal. v. 26, and Class.
K evos,7), ov,adj.empty, opp. to rons,
full. In N. T. I. prop. as avtov—err-
éoTéthay Kevov, i. e. with empty hands,
Mk. xii. 3. Lu. i. 53. Sept. and Class.—
II. METAPH. empty, vain,i.e. 1) fruitless,
without utility or success, Acts iv. 25, cat
Naol émeNeTyoav Keva. | Cor. xv. 10, 7 .
Xaous—ob Kev) Eyevyibn: eis Kevov, m
vain, 2 Cor. vi. l. Gal. ii. 2. Sept. and —
Class. 2) said of that in which there is
nothing of truth or reality, false, falla-_
cious, €. gr. Kevol Noyot, Eph. v. 6. x.
amwatn, Col. ii. 8. Sept. and Class.; of
KEN
ersons, empty, foolish, Ja. ii, 20. Arr.
pict. ii. 19, 8.
Kevodwvia, as, 1, (kevos & pawvt,)
lit. empty voice, i. e. vain words, fruitless
disputation, 1 Tim. vi. 20, equiv. to ue-
Taodoyia.
Kevow, f. wow, (Kevos,) to empty,
make empty, as oft. in Class. In N. T. fig.
I. in the sense Kevouv éavtov, to empty
oneself, * divest oneself of rightful dignity’
by descending to an inferior condition, ¢o
abase oneself, Phil. ii. 7, éxévwoev EauTov.
Sept. Nehem. v. 13.—II. to make empty,
vain, fruitless, pass. Rom. iv. 14, Kexé-
pwtar % Wior. 1 Cor. i. 17. Hence to
Jalsify, i. e. to show to be groundless, e. gr.
Kavynua, | Cor. ix. 15. 2 Cor. ix. 3.
Kévtpoy, ov, TO, (kevTéw,) a prick,
gener. any thing by which a puncture is
made, asa thorn, &c. Hencein N.T. I.
a sting, e. gr. of locusts, scorpions, Rev.
ix. 10. So AXlian H. An. i. 60, of bees.
Fig. as a ‘venomous weapon, ascribed to
Death, 1 Cor. xv. 55,56, 76 0& KévTOOY
Tov Javatou 7) duaptia. See my note.
—II. @ goad or staff with an iron point
for urging on horses, oxen, &c. Class. In
N. T. only in the adagial expression mpds
Kevtoa aktiCerv, to kick against the
goads, i. e. ‘to offer vain and rash _resist-
ance, Acts ix. 5. xxvi.14. Occ. often in
Class.
Kevtupiwy, wvos, 0, (Lat. centurio,)
“ centurion, originally the commander of
100 foot-seldiers, equiv. to éxaTovTaexos,
Mk. xv. 39, 44, 45.
Kevas, adv. (kevos,) vainly, in vain,
with no purpose or meaning, Ja. iv. 5.
Sept. Is. .xlix. 4. Arr. Epict. ii. 17, 6.
Kepaia, as, n, (kéoas,) prop. a little
horn, also a point, extremity of any thing,
as of a sail-yard, Luc. Navig.4. In N.T.
the apex, point of a letter, put for the least
particle, Matt. v. 18.
Kepapeuvs, éws, 6, (Képapos,) a pot-
der. Matt. xxvii. 7, 10. Rom. ix. 21. Sept.
and Class.
Kepapnixos, 4, ov, adj. of or be-
longing to a potter, Rev. ii. 27, oxetn Ta
kep. So Plut. viii. 327, xeoapixol tpo-
X0l, ‘ potter’s wheels’ (for turning). See
Fiom. Il. xviii. 600.
Kepapcoy, ov, 70, (prop. neut. of adj.
Kepapcos, earthen, with ellip. of cxevos,)
an earthen vessel of any kind to hold li-
quids, Mk. xiv. 13. Lu. xxii. 10, x. %éa-
Tos. Xen. kK. oivov. Jos. k. éAaiov.
Képapos, ov, 6, prop. potter’s earth,
Ep. Hom. 14. i 910: also any
earthen utensil formed of it, Hdot. vi. 6.
gener. @ vase, or amphora, but sometimes
@ tile for covering roofs, Lu. v. 19, ove
217
EE se eepneetssntenaneennncernersse
KEP
Tav Kepanwv. And so Class. as Xen.
Mem. iii.. 1,7, AiBot, Kat mAtivOou, Kai
EvAa, Kal kroapuos, where observe the use
of the sing. for plur. (as in our word tiling
for tiles,) often found in Thucyd. Indeed
no Class. writer uses the plur. which is
only found in Kepapioes.
Kepadvvumt, f. Keoaow, perf. pass.
Keképacpat, to mix, mingle, as wine with
water or spices, Sept. Is. v. 22. Xen. An.
i. 2,25. In N.T. by impl. to prepare a
draught, pour out, fill one’s cup, Rev. xiv.
10, Kexepaopévou akeatou év TW TOTH-
otw. xviii. 6, bis. Sept. and Thue. vi. 32,
KEpadoavTes KoaTtnoas. So also Hom. Od.
xxiv. 363, keo@vtas ailowa oivoyv. Or
rather, as others explain, ‘wine untem-
pered with water, but mixed with aro-
matics or bitters, (which formed, among
the Jews, the cup of malediction,) and
that to increase its potency; the above
passage of Rev. being espec. formed on Ps.
Ixxv. 8, wotioov (éo71) Ev XELtot Kupiou
oivov akoatov, mAnQES KEpaopaTos.
Thus the term xzo. is to be understood of
mixing by infusion, as in a similar passage
of Hom. Od. iv. 220—4.
Képas, atos, To, plur. Ta Képata, a
horn, I. prop. of a beast, Rev. v. 6. xii. 3.
and oft. Sept. and Class. From the Heb.
as the symbol. of strength, power, meton.
Lu. i. 69, kéoas cwtnpias, horn of dela-
verance, i.e. strong deliwerer.—lI. -fig. of
any eatremity, projecting point, resembling
a horn, e. g. upon the four corners of the
Jewish altars, Rev. ix. ]3.
Keoatuoy, ov, T0, (dimin. fr. cképas,)
prop. deéle horn; in N. T. pod, carob-pod,
Lu. xv. 16.
Kepdaivw, f. av, (Kéodos,) (later
fut. kepdjoouat, aor. |. Exéodnoa, fut. 1.
pass. kepdnOycouat,) to gain, to acquire
as gain, to wim, trans. I. PROP. of thangs,
€. gr. TOv KoOcpov GAov, ‘the wealth of
the whole world, Matt. xvi. 26. Mk. viii.
360. Lu. ix. 25. In trade, with acc. Matt.
xxv. 17. absol. Ja. iv. 13, and Class. Said
of any loss or evil, to so far gain, by being
saved from, or avoiding its loss. Acts
XXxvii. 21, kepdjoa (e0eL) THv URow Tav-
Tnhv kK. T. X. and so to have saved, avoided,
this loss. An idiom found also in the
Class. from whom many examples have
been adduced by Elsner and Kypke. So
Aristot. Eth. J], kat @ kata Noyov Cn-
fiav ein AaBEtv Tov TO ToLOUTO KEpoai-
vavTa evtvyx7n papev. And so Jos. Ant. ii.
3,2. Philemon, p. 352, révyns oy péyara
Keodaiver kaxa.—Il, FIG. of persons, to
gain, to win any one, i.e. 1) as a friend
or patron, e. gr. Xovotov, Phil. iii. 8. tév
acehqov, Matt. xviii. 15. 2) to gain over
to one’s side. In N.T. to win over to
Christ, and thus bring to salvation, 1 Cor.
KEP
ix. 19, 20, bis, 21, 22, where it is equiv.
to ow (w in ver. 22. 1 Pet. iii. 1, comp.
1 Cor. vii. 16.
‘Képoos, eos ous, 76, gain, profit, Phil.
i, 2]. iii. 7, Tit. i. 11, and Class.
Kéopa, atos, TO, (fr. kefpw, to clip,)
prop. something clipped off, and thence a
small coin, (Aristoph. Av. 1108. Plut.
379,) or rather, taken collectively, the
small money so called, because the most
ancient coins were of a square form, like
Spanish rials, so as to admit of being
clipped, as they were, to form the smaller
kind of money.
Keoppatiotis, ov, 6, (kepuariCw,
to change into smaller coin,) @ money-
changer, John ii. 14, tobs kepuatiotas,
persons who sat in the outer court of the
Temple, and furnished money to such
foreign Jews as needed it, to pay the half-
shekel of tribute money, in exchange for
Greek or Roman coin; also, to such as
wanted small coin, to purchase the petty
offerings, as turtle-doves, &c.
KegéXatov, ov, To, (neut. of adj.
Kedadatos,) prop. a head. In N. T. and
gener. fig. I. the chief thing, main point,
Heb. vii. 1, ke@aAawov de emt Tots
Aeyouévors, and Class.; as Thuc. vi. 6.
See my note.—II. swum, amount, in com-
puting, summing up. Class.
money, a@sum, capital, Acts xxii. 28,
mo\Xov Kepadaiov. Sept. Jos. Ant. xii.
2, 3, and lat. Class.
Kedadatow, f. wow, (kepadaiov,)
to sum up. In N. T. same as kepadiCo,
to wound on the head, trans. Mk. xii. 4,
Kaketvov NiWoBorAjcavtes éxedadai-
WOaV.
Kegakn, 7s, 7, the head, i. e. I.
prop. of persons, as of men, Matt. vi. 17,
and oft.; also of animals, Rev.ix.17. By
synecd. as the principal part, put for the
whole person, Acts xviii. 6, TO aipva
bua etl Thy Kepadriy tuav, * your blood,
i. e. destruction, be on your own heads,’
rest upon yourselves. So Rom. xii. 20.
Sept. 2 Sam. i. 16. 1 Kings ii. 33, and
Class. It is justly noticed by Mr. Rose,
on Parkhurst, as worthy of remark, that
the head is espec. mentioned, in speaking
of imprecations and guilt. See Josh. ii.
19. And he adverts to the putting of the
sins of the people on the head of the scape-
goat, Lev. xvi. 21. Fig. of things, the
head, top, summit, e.g. Kepady ywvias,
the head of the corner, i. e. the top-stone of
the corner, the cope-stone, Matt. xxi. 42.
Micwan 10, aug txx. 170 Aets ved.
Sept. and Class.—II. metaph. of PERSONS,
i. e. the head, the chief, one to whom
others are subordinate, e. g. a husband in
relation to a wife, 1 Cor. xi. 3, kepadn de
yuvatkos 6 avyp. Of Christ in relation
218
Hence of
publicly, Mk.
i te
to his Church, which is his body, cwpa,
and its members, his members, Eph. i. 22.
iv. 15, et al. Of God in relation to Christ,
Gor) exis a
KegdadXis, idos, 7, (ke@ady,) in Class.
a little head, e.g. bulb of garlic, or the
head, knob, of a column. In N. T. the
head or knob of the wooden rod on which
Hebrew manuscripts are rolled, and hence
meton. for a roll, volume. Heb. x. 7.
K yvocos, ov, 0, (Lat. census,) prop. and
in Class. an enumeration of the people
and valuation of property. In N. T. the
tribute, poll-taax, ( émuxedadarov,) paid by
each person whose name was taken in the
census, Matt. xxii. 17, dovvar Kyvoov
Kaioapt. Matt. xxii. 19, To voutepa tov
Kyvoou, the tribute-coin, equiv. to dnvapiov
in Mk. xii. 15.
K 770s, ov, 6, a garden, any place oc-
cupied with herbs and trees, Lu. xiii. 19,
et al. Sept. and Class. Not, however, a
jlower-garden, but an enclosure, planted
with fruit-trees and vegetables, q. d. a
garden, orchard, more usually called zrapa-
deccos. See Jos. Ant. ix. 10, 4; comp.
with x. 3, 2. .
Kynaovpcs, ov, 6, (Ky7es, ovpos,)
garden-keeper, gardener, John xx. 15, and
Class.
Kyptov, ov, +0, (knpos, wax,) @
honey-comb, i. e. full of honey, Lu. xxiv.
42. Sept. and Class. |
Kijpvypa, atos, to, (Knpveow,) in
Class. proclamation by a herald, or the
edict thus proclaimed... In N. T. annun-
ciation, preaching, said. I. of prophets, e. g.
the denunciation of Jonah against Nine-
veh, TO kipuvyua Iwva, Matt. xii. 41.
Lu. xi. 32.—II. of Christ and his apos-
tles, the preaching of the Gospel, 1 Cor. i.
21. Meton. for the Gospel thus preach-
ed, i.e. Christ crucified, Rom. xvi. 25.
2 Tim. iv. 17.
Kijové, vKos, 6, in Class. a herald,
public crier. In N. T. a preacher, public
instructor, of the Divine will and precepts,
as Noah, 2 Pet. ii. 5; of the Gospel, as
St. Paul, 1 Tim. ii. 7.
K novcow, or tT, f. Ew, (xnipvé,) in
Class. to be a herald, or to make proclama-
tion through a herald. In N. T. to pro-
claim, announce publicly, trans. 1. GENER.
Matt. x. 27, cnovEate emt Tov OwuaTwv.
Lu. xii. 3. Acts x. 42. Rev. v. 2. In the
sense of to noise or blazon abroad, laud
i. 45, ipEato Knpvocew
ToAAd, Kal dtag@nuiCew. vil. 36.—II. ©
spec. to preach, publish, announce, 1. €. Te- —
ligious truth, the Gospel with its attendant
privileges and obligations, the Gospel dis- .
pensation. 1) gener. e. g. of John the ©
Baptist, Matt. iii. 1, xnpdoown ev 7H
chest.
K HT
Zpjuw, Kal Aeywv. Acts x. 37. Of Jesus,
Matt. iv. 17, 23. Of apostles and teach-
ers, Matt. x.7. xxiv. 14. So tov Xpiotov
Knpvoocew, to preach Christ, i. e. to an-
nounce him as the Messiah, and exhort
men to the reception of his Gospel, Acts
viii. 5. ix. 20. xix. 13, et al. 2) in allu-
sion to the Mosaic and prophetic institu-
tions, to preach, teach, Acts xv. 2l,
Mwiojs. . . . Tovs KnpvoocovTas av’TOY
éxec. Rom. ii. 21, 6 knovoowy wy KXET-
vew. Gal. v. ll, ei meortomiy ete
Knopvoow. Lu. iv. 18, 19.
KyTos, eos ous, To, a large fish, Matt.
xii. 40, gv tH KowXia Tov KyToVs, with
reference to Jon. ii. 1, kyTer weyarAw. It
is now gener. admitted, that the term is to
be understood not of the whale, but another
large fish of the shark genus called Lamia,
or Carcharias. See more in my note
there.
KiBwros, ov, 4, an ark, i.e. a wooden
In N. T. used of the ark of the
covenant, Heb. ix. 4, and Sept. oft. Jos.
Ant. iv. 8, 44. Of Noah’s ark, Matt.
xxiv. 58, al. and Sept. Gen. vi. 14, sq.
vii. 1, sq.
Ki0 doa, as, 7, (ki8aors,) Lat. cthara;
Engl. guitar ; though the modern instru-
ment is different, the ancient cithara, or
lyre, being without a neck, and with the
strings open like the modern harp; hence
we may best render lyre at 1 Cor. xiv. 7.
Rev. v. 8. xiv. 2. xv. 2. Sept. and Class.
Kibapifw, f. iow, (xibaois,) to play
upon the cithara, or lyre, 1 Cor. xiv. 7.
Rev. xiv. 2. Sept. and Class.
Ki6apwoos, ov, 6, (Ki0aoa & ao.oos,
_woos,) @ lyrist, one who plays on the lyre,
and accompanies it with song, Rev. xiv. 2,
al. and Class.
Kivadpwpov, ov, to, cinnamon, the
aromatic bark of the Laurus cinnamomum,
which grows in Arabia and India, used by
the ancients in their incense and perfumes.
Rev. xviii. 13. Sept. and Class.
Kivouveta, f. evow, (xivduvos,) to be
im danger, intrans. as in war, or in stand-
ing one’s trial. It is used, 1) absol. Lu.
Vili. 23, Exevddvevov. 1 Cor. xv. 30, Kiv-
dOuvevouev. So Ecclus. xxxi. 12, and so
sometimes in Class. 2) foll. by case, with
reference to the kind of danger, espec. by
infin. Acts xix. 40, Kivduveter éyKa-
Asio8ar, and often in Class. In Acts
Xix. 27, Kwvduveder eis amedeypov
| eAGetv, the sense is somewhat different,
¥
namely, ‘is near being, or like to be, set
_ at nought: an idiom often found in Attic
writers, espec. Plato.
18, 3, kivduvevers OvcapectOTepos <ivat
‘Tav &ppwotovvTwy. Synes. ap. Steph.
So Xen. Mem. iii.
219
KZ x
Thes. kivduvevouor teiBew evious, prope
in eo sunt, ut, &c. Hdot. iv. 105, Kuvdu-
vevovot O& of avOowmot ovTOL yonTeES
elvat.
Kivodvuvos, ov, 6, danger, Rom. viii.
35. 2 Cor. xi. 26, al. Sept. and Class.
Kivéw, f. now, to move, put in motion,
as applied to objects both inanimate and
animate, I. of THINGS, Matt. xxiii. 4, ov
SéXovot Kiwyoa abta, scil. Ta popTia,
Sept. Job xiii. 25. Is. xli. 7. Xen. Conv.
ii. 22; espec. in the phrase Kivety TyHv
Kearny, to shake the head in derision,
Matt. xxvii. 39. Mk. xv. 29, and Sept.
In Class. gener. as a token of dissent or
displeasure. So x. kéoa, Hom. Od. xviii.
49]. Il. xviii. 200.—II. of PERSONS, to
move, act upon, Hom. Od. xxiv. 5, 77 p’
aye Kivynoas: or to remove, Rev. ii. 5, x.
Avxviav. But gener. metaph. to stir up,
excite, Acts xxiv. 5, x. otacwv. Class.
with wéXeuov or an acc. of pers. Mid. to
move oneself, Acts xvii. 28, Couey Kai
Kkiovme0a. And so often in Class. but
chiefly in the sense ¢o stzr ; while here the
meaning is simply to move, as an indica-
tion of life. So AH]. VY. H. i. 6, Kivov-
pévous 46n Tov’s veottovs. The only
other example known to me is Gen. vil.
21, probably in the mind of the Apostle,
Kal awéGave Tasca cape Kivouméevy
émi THs ys. Pass. prop. Rev. vi. 14, éx
Tov ToTwY a. ékiyOnoav. Hom. II.
xvi. 280, éxivynfev d& Padrayyes. But
gener. in neut. sense.
Kivynots, ews, 1, (Ktvéw,) motion,
John v. 3, tyv Tov Udatos Kivynow, and
Class.
Kixyonpe, f. xojow, (= xoaw,) to
lend, trans. Lu. xi. 5, xoqjoov pot Tots
aotous. Sept. and Class.
KAaoos, ov, 6, (kAdw,) a shoot, sprout,
branch, prop. young and easily broken off,
Matt. xxiv. 32, et al. Sept. and Class.
Fig. and allegor. oi kXadot, branches for
offspring, posterity, Rom. xi. 16—21.
KAatw, f. kAatoouar. InN. T. fut.
kAavow, to weep, wail, lament, implying
not only the shedding of tears, but every
other external expression of grief, I. in-
trans. and absol. Matt. xxvi. 75, ¢kXauoe
aixpws. Lu. vii. 13. Foll. by éari with dat.
to weep for or over any one, Lu. xix, 41;
émrit and acc. Lu. xxiii. 28, ua KAaierte
ém éue kK. T. A. With ddrada ev, Mk.
v. 38. JopuBetv, Mk. v. 39. Sprvetv,
John xvi. 20. komrecbar irr’ aity, Rev.
xviii. 9. dAoAVGerv, James v. 1. qwevOety
ém’ auty, Rev. xviii. 11.—II. foll. by acc.
to bewatl, lament for, e.g. the dead, Matt.
ii. 18, Sept. and Class.
KX aos, ews, ae, a breaking,
KAA 2
i, e. the act of breaking, Lu. xxiv. 35, al.
4K. Tov Gotov. Theophr. de Caus. Pl. iii.
19, kXadous autréXwv.
KA a@opa, atos, 76, (kXaw,) a frag-
ment, bit, e.g. of food, Matt. xiv. 20, al.
Sept. and Class.
KXav0uos, ov, 6, (kAXaiw,) weeping,
wailing, Matt. ii. 18. viii. 12, and oft.
and Sept.
Kiddo, f. crXaow, to break, i. e. to
break off or in two, Hom. II. xi. 584. In
N. T. only in the phrase xAdoat tov
aotov, to break bread, i. e. for distribution
at a meal; the Jewish bread being in the
form of thin cakes like biscuits. Also
gener. Matt. xiv. 19. xv. 36, et al. So in
the Lord’s supper, Matt. xxvi. 26. Acts ii.
46. Metaph. of the body of Christ, as
typically broken in the Eucharist, 1 Cor.
xi. 24, 70 c@ua TO bTeO Huey KNwmEVOD,
where the allusion is to the death of Christ
on the cross.
KX eis, dds, 4, acc. kXety and KAsiéa,
ace. plur. kXetéas and contr. KAsis, a
key, lit. a shutter. In N. T. as the symbol
of power and authority, Matt. xvi. 19,
OWow cot Tas KAEts THS BactdsElas THD
ovo. i. e. the power of opening or shut-
ting, of admitting to or excluding from
the kingdom of heaven. See more in my
note there. Rev. iii. 7, 6 Zxywv thy KXEtv
tov Aavid, in the same sense. Rev. i. 18,
Tas Kets Tov aoov. ix. 1. xx. 1. Me-
taph. Lu. xi. 52, tTyv KAETOa THS yuwoEws,
the key of knowledge, i. e. the means of at-
taining to true knowledge in respect to
ae kingdom of God. Comp. Matt. xxiii.
KX ei, f. ow, (perf. pass. KéxXerouan,
aor. 1. pass. éxXeicOnyv,) to shut, to close,.
trans. 1. prop. Matt. vi. 6, kXEioas Thy
Svpav cov. xxv. 10. Lu. xi. 7, et sepe al.
and Sept. Also of the heavens, i. e. the
windows of heaven, so that no rain can
fall, Lu. iv. 25.—II. metaph. Matt. xxiii.
13, KAelete THv Bac. THY ove. So of
authority to exclude or admit, Rev. iii. 7,
bis, 8. 2) 1 John iii. 17, KAetoar Ta
omayxva amo ctivos, to shut up one’s
bowels from any one, i. e. ‘not to let one’s
compassion flow out.’
KX éupa, atos, TO, (kAEwTW,) theft,
Rey. ix. 21, and Class.
KrAéos, gous, TO, (kAéw fr. Kadéw,)
prop. report, rumour, Hom. Il. ii. 486.
In N. T. and gener. fame, renown, glory,
1 Pet. ii. 20. Sept. and Class.
KrXémrrns, ov, 6, (kAzwTw,) a thief,
Matt. vi. 19, sepiss. Fig. of false teach-
ers, deceivers, who steal men away from
the truth, John x. 8, 10. Sept. in Hos.
Vil.
KXérrw, f. kédw and Kkrévvouan,
20
KAH
to steal, absol. Matt. vi. 19, 20, dioptc-
cove. kat KNEmToveL. Fut. ov kréWeus
as imperat. Matt. xix. 18. Rom. xiii.
9. In the sense of to steal away, take by
stealth, foll. by acc. as a dead body, Matt.
XXVil. 64, xxviii, 13. Hdian. ii. 1, 5.
KAyma, atos, TO, (kAdw,) a branch,
or twig, such as is easily broken off, equiv.
to kX ados, chiefly, and in N. T. only, of
the vine. And so @ shoot or tendril, John
xy. 2. Sept. Jos. and Class.
KA povopéw, f. now, (kAnpovéepos,)
prop. to receive by lot, i.e. a portion thus
distributed, Num. xxvi. 55. Josh. xvi. 4.
Hence, as an inheritance might also be
distributed by lot (Ecclus. xiv. 15), to im-
herit, to be hetr to any person or thing.
And so often in Class., espec. the Orators.
In N. T. gener. I. to inherit, to be heir,
absol. Gal. iv. 30, ob yao pi; KAngovo-
Anon O ULOs THS Tadiokns peTa K. T. AX.
& Sept.—lII. in later usage, in Sept., Jos.,
Diod. Sic., and Polyb., simply to obtain,
acquire, possess, foll. by acc. In N. T.
said only of the friends of God, as receiv-
ing admission to the kingdom of heaven
and its attendant privileges, Matt. v. 5,
KAnpovouncover Thy yny, they shall quiet-
ly possess the land, i. e. prim. the land of
Canaan, but in a spiritual sense, the Mes-
siah’s kingdom. So xX. tiv Bacideiav
(tuv Oeov), Matt. xxv. 34, et al. wy at-
wviov, Matt. xix. 29. apOapciav, 1 Cor.
xv. 50, also Heb. i. 4, 14. vi. 12. xii. 17.
Rev. xxi. 7, Sept. and lat. Class.
KAnpovopia, as, 1, (KAnpovopew,
which see,) ¢zherttance, i.e. I. prop. de-
rived from one’s ancestors, patrimony,
Matt. xxi. 38. Lu. xii. 13.—II. gener.
portion, possession, espec. the land of Ca-
naan, as the possession of the Israelites, |
Acts vii. 5. Heb. xi.8. Hence fig. of ad-
mission to the kingdom of God and its
attendant privileges, Acts xx. 32. Gal. iil.
18. Eph. i. 14, 18. v. 5, et al.
KAnpovopmos, ov, 6, adj. (KAgpos,
véuw,) prop. ‘ receiving by lot,’ namely, a
portion thus distributed. Hence in N. T.
and gener. subst. ax heir. I. prop. Matt.
xxi. 38. Lu. xx. 14. Gal. iv. 1, Sept. and
Class. Fig. xAnpovdéuos Qeov, her of
God, i.e. a partaker of the blessings which
God bestows upon his children, implying
admission to the kingdom of heaven and
its privileges, Rom. viii. 17, bis. Gal. iv.
7. So iii. 29, cAngovepmor i.e. Tov “ABpa-
au, ‘heirs of the blessings promised to
Abraham.’—II. gener. possessor, 1. e. of
any thing received as a possession, €. gr.
the kingdom of heaven, &c. Rom. iv. 13,
14. Tit. iii. 7. Heb. i. 2. Ja, ii. 5.
KAjoos, ov, 6, (kAdw, to break,) IL.
lit. a bit, i. e. of stone, wood, &c. used as
a lot or die in determining chances, Ps.
RASH ¢
Ixviii. 13. Eurip. Phen. 855. Homer
often, and Hdof. iii. 83. So in N. T. in
the phrase xAjeov BadXev, to cast lots,
Matt. xxvii. 35. Mk. xv. 24. Lu. xxiii.
34. John xix. 24. So émiBartrX. Hom.
Od. xiv. 209. Sept. Ez. xxiv. 6, with allu-
sion to the ancient custom, on which see
Potter’s Greek Antiquities; also d:dovar
«kAnoous, Acts i. 26.—II. meton. 1) the
part or portion assigned and obtained
by lot, J. Pollux and Epigr. in Anthol.
Xaiopw vi} Tov KAnoov ov EvexA\Honoas
ev @8XAos: also in Sept. In N. T. fig.
of a part or portion of duty pertaining
to any office, assigned to any one by lot,
Acts i. 17, 25, AaBetv tov KAHoov TIS
Ovakovias, ‘to receive the appointment of
this duty or office.’ Also Acts viii. 21,
OUK OTL ToL pepls OVdE KARPOS EV TH
AOyw TovTw, with allusion to Deut. x. 9.
xii. 12. 2) the possession or property of
any kind obtained by such allotment,
_ {which among the Jews was always heri-
table and unalienable,) Hom. Il. xv. 498,
KL Oikos Kai KA7Hpos akyoatos. Od. xiv.
63, edwKkev oikov Te KAHoOV Te. But
espec. landed property, estates (like the
Latin heredia). So Hdot. i. 76. ix. 94,
KAjpous. AXlian V. H. xii. 61, KXzjpos.
Jos. Ant. iv. 7, 5. In N. T. the word
occurs ‘both in sing. and plur.; but only
Jig. of the heavenly possession called a
heritage, or inheritance, to denote that it
is secured to the saints unalienably, Acts
xxvi. 18, XaPetv KAnpov év Tos Hytac-
mévors. And so Acts xx. 32, dovvar tutv
KAnpovomiay év Tots yLacpevols TacLy.
Col. i. 12, ixavwcavte jas eis tiv
Mepica Tov KAnpov Tay ayiwv, where
Thy “epioa Tov KAyoou signifies the allot-
ted portion, with allusion to a country
whose citizens have assigned to them a
territory divided into pepides, to be ap-
portioned to them severally by lot (év
«\npw). Comp. Wisd. v. 5, ras KkateXo-
yicln év viots Geov, Kai év ayiots 6 KAT-
pos avtov eotiv. So Thue. iii. 50, xAX7-
Pous ToitjoavTes THS yHS, TPaV ai’Tav
«kAnpovxous Tods NaXovTas aTéwep Way,
where «A. is simply for pepidas, (comp.
Acts viii. 21,) as epis for KA7joos, Gen.
xiv. 24. At 1 Pet. v. 3, wi) KaTaKupied-
ovtes Tay KAnow» scil. Oeou, the meaning
is, ‘the churches, or congregations,’ over
which the presbyters addressed, severally
presided; so termed. with allusion to the
division of Canaan into xAjpou, (as Lesbos
was among the Athenians,) which accord-
ingly formed so many separate heritages
or possessions,
KAnpow, f. wow, (KAnoos,) to cast
lots, Thuc. vi. 52 ; and mid. to acquire by
fot, Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 46. In N. T. only mid.
KkAnpoouar, gener. to obtain, to receive,
221°
| A gf
absol. Eph. i. Ll, év & kai éxAnpwOnpev
...8is TO elvat quas, K. T. A. * through
whom we have attained to be, i. e.
‘through whom it has been granted us,’
Elian H. An. i. 13. Alciphr. iii. ep. 49.
KAyous, ews, 7, (kadéw,) prop. the
act of calling, also its effect in a call, in-
vitation, espec. to a feast. In N. T. fig. &
spiritually @ call to the kingdom of God
and its privileges; i. e. that divine call by
which Christians are introduced into the
privileges of the Gospel, Rom. xi. 29, 7
kAynots Tou Oeov. Eph. iv. 1, et al. See
my note on Rom. viii. 380, and 2 Pet. i. 10.
So also Eph. iv. 4, gv pia édaids THs
KAjoews, i.e. ‘the hope which the Christ-
ian’s call permits him to cherish.” In
] Cor. i. 26, BXzwere Tiy KAHoWw Luar,
the sense is, ‘ the manner of your calling,
how ye were called ;’ and vii. 20, Exaoros
év TH KAjoEeL EKANON, év TAVTH pevé-
Tw, ‘as, i. e. in the same state as, he was
called, so let him remain.’
KAntos, 7, ov, adj. (kadtéw,) called,
wmvited, e. gr. to a banquet, Sept. 1 K. i.
41,49. Hom. I. xvii. 386. AMschin. 1. 1.
Hence in N. T. fig. called, invited, i. e. to
the kingdom of heaven and its privileges,
gener. Matt. xx. 16, (where see my note,)
and xxii. 14, woAXol yap eiot KANTOL,
Odiyo. 6& éxAXexToi. Also emphat. of
those who have obeyed this call,—saints,
Christians, Rom. i. 6, 7, kAntot Incov X.
—kAytots ayious. viii. 28. 1 Cor. i. 2, 24.
Jude 1. Rev. xvii. 14, kAntoi Kai éxAEk-
Tol Kat wrotot. In the sense of appointed,
chosen, i.‘e. to any office, (see in Kadéw,
no. I. 5,) Rom. i. 1. 1 Cor. i. 1, KAnzés
amootokos, comp. Gal. i. 15. So Hom.
Tl. ix. 165, ’AAX’ @yere, KAnTOUS (i. e.
éKKOLTOUS) OTOUVOMED.
KXiBavos, ov, 6, an oven, i.e. for
baking bread, Matt. vi. 30, et al. See
Calmet.
KAina, atos, 76, (kAivw,) prop. i-
clination, declivity, Pol. ii. 16, 3, xAXiue
tawv oowv. So of the supposed zxclination
of the heavens towards the poles in ancient
geography, whence the northern hemi-
sphere was divided into seven xXinara,
climates, by lines parallel to the equator.
Hence in N. T. and gener. climate, i.e.
clume, region, Gal. i. 21, eis Ta KAipata
THs Luvoias. Rom. xv. 23. 2 Cor. xi. 10,
and Class.
KAt'vy, ns, 7, (kXivw,) prop. a couch,
any thing on which one lies, reclines, &c.
In N. T. I. gener. and only of the sick,
Mk. vii. 30. Rev. ii. 22. Sept. and Class.
Of a bed in which the sick are borne,
Matt. 1x. 2.64 (Eau. v., (85 Acts vet
II. spec. @ couch, sofa, for sitting or re-
clining, Lu. xvii. 34, toovtTar dio émi
K Ad
or reclining together ;* comp. Matt. xxiv.
40, and see below. Mk. iv. 21. vii. 4. Ln.
vill. 16. Sept. Or, in all these passages,
KAivy may be taken in the sense of fyi-
clintum, i. e. the couch or sofa on which
the ancients reclined at meals. And so
it is often used in Sept. and Class.
KAcvidsov, ov, 7d, (kAXivn,) a Little
bed, Lu. v. 19, 24, and Class.
KAtvwo, f. v@, aor. 1. txAwa, perf.
Kek\tka, prop. and gener. to bend any
thing from a straight position, in whatever
direction ; used in various senses, (zzclino,
reclino, acclino, and declino,) of which in
N. T. there occur only the following: I.
TRANS. to bend downwards, used lit. in
Hom. Il. xix. 223, of one of the scales of
a balance: but in N. T. of the eyes or
head, to bow, in reverence, Lu. xxiv. 5, x.
TO TedcwToOP eis Ti ynv. John xix. 30,
K. Thy Ked., as one dying, or gener. to
recline the head for rest, Matt. viii. 20. Lu.
ix. 58. Sept. and Class. Also, in a mili-
tary sense, as said of the inclination of a
column of troops out of the straight line.
So Jos. Ant. xiv. 15, 4, kAiverar TO eb0-
vuuov Kepas THS Padrayyos, and Homer,
cited by Passow, xkAivew Padayyas.
And so Heb. xi. 34, wapeuBords exAwav
a\oTtpiwv, lit. ‘made the lines bend,’
i. e. routed the troops. And indeed the
term is in the Class. almost always applied
to the men, rather than the lines. So Hom.
Il. v. 37, Towas & éxA\.vav Aavaoci. Od.
ix. 59. Jos. Bell. vi. 2, 6.—II. InTRANS. to
tncline oneself, (so prop. Polyb. iii. 15, 9,
em actida KNivety, ‘ to bend to the left,’ )
as said of the day as declining, Lu. ix. 12.
xxiv. 29, KéxAikev 4 tyépa. So Sept.
Judg. xix. 6, 11. Jer. vi. 4. In the Class.
only used prop. of the sun and its declin-
ation to the horizon, though eis éo7répav
is sometimes added, as Arr. Ex. A. iii. 4.
KAtcia, as, %, (fr. perf. pass. KéxAroat,
fr. k\ivw,) prop. ‘a place where one may
recline.’
hut; but gener. a bed, or rather couch,
(triclinium, ) used for reclining at a meal,
Pind. Pyth. iv. 237; and also, by meton.,
the party sitting around it, Jos. Ant. xii. 2.
Hence in N. T. kducias, sub. xara, lit.
‘by table-parties, or companies, Lu. ix.
14, xataxXivate avdtovs KA\icias ava
WEVT.
KAo7n, Hs, 7,
or xéx\orra, fr. KAéTTw,) the act of steal-
ing, theft, Matt. xv. 19. Mk. vii. 22. Sept. | :
ithe inward part, the inner man, as in
and Class.
KAvdwy, wvos, 0, (fr. aor. 2. ZxXAvdov,
fr. kAXvGw, to dash,) prop. ‘a dashing of
water,’ espec. the sea, surge, Ln. viii. 24, Tw
kA\vOwvt Tou Ue. (as Jos. Ant. ix. 10, 2.)
222
kAivys jas, ‘two persons shall be sitting |
(fr. perf. mid. céxAoga |
KOI
there seems an allusion to the true force
of the term x\véwv, which, in use, meant
a short breaking wave, which curls back
before it dashes over: an apt image of an
unstable person, who from belief and hope
falls back into disbelief and despair, as he
is moved by every wind of doctrine. See
Eph. iv. 14. The term is one of frequent
occurrence in the Class. from Homer
downwards.
KAvéwvitouat, f. icoua., depon.
(x\vdwy,) prop. to be tossed with billows, as
the sea, or to and fro, as any thing tossed
by the waves of the sea; but almost
always used metaph. of mental fluctuation
or perturbation. See Is. lvii. 20. So Eph.
iv. 14, kAvdwyiGopevor TavTtl avéepw THS
d.oackadXias, i.e. ‘ agitated by doubts and
difficulties ; a sense frequent in the later
writers, as Josephus, Philo, Plutarch, and
Aristen., from whom see examples in my
note.
Kv70w, (kvaw,) f. kvjow, gener. to
rub or scratch ; and in mid. to scratch one-
self, (or as used with +6 ovs or ‘Ty Ke-
gaXnv,) but gener., in a special sense, to
tickle, as Anthol. Gr. iii. 86, 8, KvnGerv-
oidev vos tov ovov. In N. T. only in
pass. to be tickled, feel an itching; fig.
2 Tim. iv. 3, kvnfopuevor thy axony, lit.
* being tickled, itching, as to the ears,’ i. e.
having a desire to hear something pleasing.
So Julian p. 333, duvapevos Tas akoas
UUL@Y KUNGTIMoas Tapapvonoacbat, ‘ to
soothe, as our English Poet says, ‘Can
flattery soothe the dull cold ear of Death”
Kodgavtns, ov, 6, Latin quadrans,
the 4th part of an as, doodpiov, and a
small brass coin, = two AéwTa, Matt. v-
26. See aooapuov. :
Kod ia, as, 7,( fr. kotXos, hollow, ) prop.
any caviy, but confined to those of the hu-
man body, and almost exclusively to the
belly ; and denoting sometimes the venter
superior, Kekovdanos, as Judg. iii. 21. Pol.
Hence in Homer a tent, or a| xxxix. 2,7; but gener. the inferior or alvus.
And so alone it is used in N. T. where it
signif. I. gener. the belly, as the recep-
tacle of food, put, as often in Engl., for
the. stomach, either in men or animals,
Matt. xii. 40, 2» 7H Kowtia tov KHToUs.
Lu. xv. 16. 1 Cor. vi. 13, et al. Sept. and
| Class.—IT. from the Heb., by synecd., for
the womb, Matt. xix. 12, é« Koihias pay-
Tpos, et al. Lu. i. 42. As personified, put
for the woman herself, xi. 27. xxiii. 29,
and Sept. oft.—III. fig. from the Heb. for
Engl., the breast, the heart, John vii. 38,
| and Sept.
Koipeaa, f.now, to make sleep, to put to
sleep, as often in Homer. Hence in N.T.
Ja. i. 6, Zouxe KAUGwYL SadXadoons, where | and gener. pass. kotudopuar, with fut. mid.
KOI
yooua, to fall asleep, to sleep, intrans.
I. prop. Matt. xxviii. 18. Lu. xxii. 45,
Kolmwpevous amo THs AUTHs, al. Sept. &
Class.—II. as said of the sleep of death,
for to die, to be dead, Matt. xxvii. 52. John
xi. ll. Acts vii. 60, tovtTo eimwv éxol-
a0, et al. Sept. and Class.
Koiuncocs, ews, 7, (Kouuaw,) the act
of sleeping, or the state of sleep ; also meton.
rest, repose, John xi. 13. Ecclus. xlvi. 19.
xlviii. 14.
K o.vos, 4, év, adj. common, I. PROP.
what belongs alike to all, opp. to iduos, as
- Wisd. vii. 3, 6 Kowvds ano. Jos. Ant. v. 1,
27, Ozedv tov ‘“EBpaiors Kxowov. So in
N. T. Acts ii. 44, etyov &travta Kowa, in
reference to their being used év Ko.vw, or
2k kKo.vov, ‘as a common meal.’ See
Hesiod, Opp. 721. Diod. Sic. vol. i. 242.
Acts iv. 82. Tit. i. 4, «x. wiori, as Eur.
Or. 489, tov Kow.dv “EAXXjvwv vopor.
Jude 3, 7 Kk. cwTnpia, as 2 Macc. ix. 21, 7
-K. aopadera.—I1. BY METON. in the Levi-
tical sense, ‘not permitted by the Mosaic
precepts,’ and therefore common, not sacred
or holy; hence,=ceremonially unlawful,
profane, Mk. vii. 2, kow. yeopot, Tour’
éoTiv avirto.s, wh. see my note. Acts x.
14, ovdétrote Ehayov Tav KoLWOv 7 aKa-
Gaptov, see my note. ver. 28. xi. 8. Rom.
xiv. 14. 1 Macc. i. 47, 62. Jos. Ant.
xiii. 1,1, covey Biov, & sepeal. Fig. under
the Gospel dispensation, unholy, uncon-
secrated, Heb. x. 29, To aipa ts d1a-
OrKns KoLvov Hynoapevos, i. e. ‘ unconse-
crated, and therefore having no atoning
efficacy. So Just. Mart. Apol. ii. p. 98,
ou yap ws KoLVOV apToVv, ovde KoLVOV
moua tauta, (the bread and wine in the
Eucharist.) Rev. xxi. 27, ob pi cioéd On
wav «. (in lat. edd. for vulg. kowvovv,)
unholy ; others, polluted, profane, as Jos.
Ant. xii. 12, 3, Kowol avGowmo., pro-
Janum vulgus.
Korvoaw, f. ow, (Kowwds,) in Class. to
make common, to communicate, with others,
Thue. i. 39. iii. 96. In N. T. in the Lev.
sense, fo make common, i. e. to render
unlawful or unclean, to defile, ceremonially,
with acc. Matt. xv. 1], tovto Kowvot Tov
av0pwrrov. ver. 18, 20. Mk. vii. 15, 18,
20, 23. Heb. ix.13. So to regard as com-
mon, to call unclean, Acts x. 15. xi. 9.
Hence gener. to profane, desecrate, pollute,
Acts xxi. 28, tov &y.ov toTov. absol.
Rey. xxi. 27 in text. rec. This use is very
rare out of N. T., yet Philo, I think,
somewhere says, kaxws @(wv of av0pwiat
Kat &AXjAovus éxoivouv.
Ko.vwvéiw, f. jow, (Koiwwvds,) to
be partaker of or in any thing, with any
person, i.e. to share in common. I. of
THINGS, foll. by gen. to partake of any
thing, Heb. ii. 14, kexo.vwynke capKos
223
KOI
Kal aiuatos, and Class.; by dat. fo par-
take in any thing, Rom. xv. 27. 1 Tim. v.
22, unoé Kowwwver auaoTiars aAXoTpiats.
1 Pet. iv. 138. 2 John 11; fig. Rom. xii.
13, Tats xpeiars TaY ayiwy KoLvwvouD-
tes, sharing in the necessities of the saints,
i.e. by aiding them. Wisd. vi. 25, and lat.
Class.—II. of PERSONS, to partake with
any one, foll. by dat. and év, Gal. vi. 6,
KolWwvElTwW 0 KaTHXOvUMEVOS TOV Oyov
Tw KaTynXOUVTL év Taow ayaors, let
him share with his teacher, i.e. ‘communicate
to his teacher of his good things ;’ with eis
and acc. Phil. iv. 15; with dat. of pers.
and gen. Pol. ii. 42, 5. Atl. V. H. iii. 17.
Kotvwvia, as, 7, (kotvwvéw,) prop.
the act of partaking, sharing with others.
So Aristot. Eth. viii. 9, év kowwvia yao
gditia. In N.T. 1) participation, fel-
lowship with, communion in, Acts ii. 42.
] Cor. i. 9. x. 16, ovyxi Kotvwvia Tov
aiwatos—K. TOV cwuaTos Tov Xo. 2 Cor.
vi. 14, ris Kowwvia mwti Teds cKOToOS;
‘what of community? q. d. Ti kowov; I
would comp. Epich. ap. Stob. Sent. p. 501,
4, Tis yap kaTOTTEWw Kal TUPAW Kowww-
via; Eur. Iph. T. 254. Arist. Thesm. 137.
2 Cor. viii. 4, 77x. THs Ovaxovias, ‘part, share
in transmitting this alms.’ xiii. 13, 4 «. Tov
aytouv IIvetpartos, ‘the fellowship of the
Holy Ghost,’ meaning that communication
and indwelling of the Holy Ghost, the
Comforter, by which the blessings of God
the Father and the Son, the grace of
Christ, and the love of God, are bestowed
on man. If it mean, as the recent foreign
Commentators say, participation, it must,
at any rate, denote a participation in the gifts
of the Holy Ghost as @ person, the two
former being such. Gal. ii. 9, de€1a Kotvw-
vias, right hand of fellowship, ‘the pledge of
communion,’ &c. Eph. iii. 9, in text. rec.
Phil. i. 5, 7x. bua sis TO EvVayyéXuov,
i.e. ‘your participation in the Gospel,’
accession to it. ii. 1. iii. 10. Philem. 6.
] John i. 3, 6,7. Jos. and Class. 2) com-
munication, distribution, gener. Hdian. i.
10,3. In N. T. meton. for contribution,
collection of money in behalf of poorer
churches, Rom. xv. 26. 2 Cor. ix. 18.
Heb. xiii. 16.
Kotvwvikos, 4, ov, adj. (Kotvwves,)
communicative, i. e. tdoneus vel propensus
ad societutem, social, as Pol. ii. 41, 1, and
a writer in Cic. a@vOow7ros x. dicer. In
N. T. communicating, i. e. ready to give,
liberal, 1 Tim. vi.18. Lucian Tim. 56, arpes
avopa, olov ot, aT\oikov Kal T@Y OVTWY
kowwwyikov. M. Anton. vii. 52.
Kotvwvos, ov, 6, 1, (Kowvos,) & par-
taker, or a partner, companion, absol.
2 Cor. viii. 23, kotvwvds éuos, Philem. 17.
‘Hdian. ii. 8,5. Foll. by gen. of the pers. of
whom any one is the companion, with
L4
KOI.
whom he partakes in any thing, Matt.
xxiii. 30. 1 Cor. x. 20 Heb. x. 33. Sept.
and Class.; by dat. of pers. to or with |
whom one is partner, Lu. v. 10, Kotvwvoi
Tw Lipwvi: by gen. of thing partaken,
1 Cor. x. 18, Kowvwvol Tov OvctacTnpiov,
i. e. ‘of the victims sacrificed,’ 2 Cor. i. 7.
1 Pet. v. 1. 2 Pet. i. 4, and Class.
|
Koitn, ns, 7, (ketuat,) a lying down,
i.e. for rest or sleep, Hdot. i. 10, Gon THs
koitns. Hence gener. & in N. T. 1) place
of repose, bed, Lu. xi. 7, Ta Traidia pou
MET éuou eis Ti KoiTnv. Hom. Od. xix.
341, et al. Class. ; espec. the marriage-bed,
and meton. for marriage itself, Heb. xiii.
4, Jos. Ant. 11. 4,5, coitnv piaivar. Plut.
de Fluv. p. 18, uz) OéXwy praivew tiv
KoiTyy Tov yevvyncavtos. 2) a lying with
a woman, cohabitation, whether lawful or
unlawful, gener. the latter, Rom. xiii. 13,
TEPLTATHGWUEDV fai) KOLTaLs, ‘not in lewd-
ness.’ Sept. oft. and sometimes Class., but
only the poets. Pind. Pyth. xi. 39. Eurip.
Med. 154. Hippol. 154. Hence, from the
Heb., meton. semen, as necessary for con-
ception, Rom. ix. 10, é& évos Koitny
éxouoa, ‘having conceived by one, &c.
So Sept. oft., and sometimes the. fuller
phrase, Koity omréopuatos.
Kouitwy, vos, 6, (koitn,) lit. a sleep-
img-place, a bed-chamber, Acts xii. 20, 6
£1 TOU KOLT@VOS TOU BactAEwWS, 1. e. the
king’s chamber-attendant, chamberlain.
Sept. and Class.
K oxkuvos, n, ov, adj. (KéxxKos, a small
insect used by the ancients for dying pur-
ple,) coccus-dyed, crimson, Matt. xxvii. 28,
XAauvdoa Koxkivyny, for which in Mk. xv.
17, wropcpveav. Heb. ix. 19. Rev. xvii. 3,
4, xviii. 12, 16. Sept. Ex. xxv. 4. xxviii.
- Josh. ii. 18, 21. Plut. ed. R. vi. p. 546,
Koxkos, ov, 6, a kernel, grain, seed,
Matt. xiii. 31, kK. owva7rews. xvii, 20. John
xii. 24, et al. Hdot. iv. 143.
Kohaw, f. acomat, (KoXos, kodoBos,)
prop. éo lop or prune, as trees, Koh aCew Ta
dévdoa, Theophr. de Caus. Plant. v. 9, 11.
fig. to attemper, correct, moderate, /Al. V.
pects a.) Neu. ic, 4 xx.\12)\ tence in
N. T. and oft. in Class., espec. Thuc. and
the Traged., to correct, punish, with acc.
Acts iv. 21, was koX\dowvtat abtois.
2 Pet. ii. 9. KoXaGouevous THoEty, i. e.
‘to reserve as subject to punishment.’
KoNakeia, as, 7, (koa, fiatterer, )
flattery, adulation, 1 Th. ii. 5, and Class.
KoXacts, ews, 1, (KoAaGw,) prop.
the act of pruning, e. gr. Ko\aois TMV
dévdoowv, Theophr. de Caus. Plant. ii. 4, 4.
gener. in Class. restriction, castigation ; in
N.T. punishment, Matt. xxv. 46, eis Ko-
224
KOaA
Laci aiwviov. | John iv. 18, and lat.
Class.
Koradgi Cw, f. iow, (koXagos, fr. Ko-
AatTw,) to strike with the fist, buffet, with
acc. Matt. xxvi. 67, éxoX\agdicav abTov.
Mk. xiv. 65. Hence gener. to maltreat,
1 Cor. iv. ]1.-2:Cor, xu a erin
Kok dw, f. how, (koAXa, glue,) prop.
to glue together, make cohere. Diod. Sic. ii.
58, k. TL Ocatunbev, Lucian, Quom. Hist.
Conscr. 51. espec. to solder metals; also
to fasten closely, prop. Pind. Ol. v. 29.
fig. Plato 776, A. xoh\a@ woos wavta
40y. In N.T. mid. koAXAaopat, aor, 1.
pass. €xoAA7Onv, with mid. signif. to ad-
here, cleave to, prop. of things, foll. by dat.
Lu. x. 11, 76v kovoptov Tov KoAAnGEvTa
nutv. Rev. xviii. 5, in later edit. éxohAn-
Oncoav avtijs ai duaptiar (see my note).
Sept. Job xxix. 10. (Ps eit a) amenor
Gr. i. p. 231. Fig. of persons, to join
oneself unto, with dat. of thing, e. g. Tw
douatt, to follow, accompany, Acts viii.
29, and oft. in Sept. tw ayalw, to cleave
to, Rom. xii. 9. Sept. 2 Kings in. 3, al.
elsewhere by dkoXou8éw : of pers. to be-
come a servant to any one, Lu. xv. 15, to
follow, cleave to, Tq wopvy, 1 Cor. vi. 16.
Kcclus. xix. 2, koAXwpevos Topvais, an
appropriate term. So Nicharch. in Anthol.
éetaipa ko\\aTat, Kviter. The Class.
however rather use apookod\ac@at, wh.
also occ. in Sept. Gen. ii. 24. 1 Esdr. iv.
20, al. So Livy, ‘scortis implicite.” re
Kupiw, 1 Cor. vi. 17. Sept. 2 K. xviii. 6. to
follow the side or party of any one, to asso-
ciate with, Acts v. 13. ix. 26. x. 28. xvii.
34. Sept. and lat. Class.
KodXovptov or KoAXvptov, ov, To,
(dimin. of ko\Xv’pa, a cake,) prop. a small
cake. In N. T. collyrium, eye-salve, so
called es resembling the dough of the xoA-
Avoa, Rev. iti. 18. Arr. Epict. iii. 21, 21.
Luc. Alex. 21.
KoAXAuBiotiHs, ov, 0, (koAAVBos, a
small coin, and the profit on change,) @
money-changer, broker, equiv. to Keppma-
tLoTHs, Matt. xxi. 12. Mk. xi. 15. John
ii. 15. Lysias Fragm. 34, ult.
KoXoBow, f. ow, (KodoBds, muti-
lated, fr. kdXos,) prop. to mutilate, curtaal,
Sept. and espec. by cutting offa limb. In
N. T. fig. of time, to cut off, shorten, pass.
Matt. xxiv. 22. Mk. xiii. 20, codoBwOn-
covTat at yuéoat. So Malela, p. 237, tov
avTou pnvos Tas Nuzoas éko\oBwoap.
K oA7ros, ov, 6, the bosom. I. prop.
the front of the body between the arms ;
hence John xiii. 23, avaxeiuevos év TH
Kohirw tov “Inaov, reclining on Jesus’ «
bosom, i. €. sitting next to him on the tri- |
clinium at supper, so that his head was
| opposite to Jesus’ bosom. So Lat. im sinu
KOA
recumbo. Fig. to be in or on the bosom of
any one, to be cherished by him ; a bosom-
friend. John i. 18, 6 @y eis Tov KodTOV
tov Ilateds, equiv. to 6 povoyenvis vlos.
So Lu. xvi. 22, eis tov KéAmov ’ABoa-
au, and ver. 23, AdGagov ev Tots KOX-
Wows avTou, i.e. ‘in near and intimate
communion with Abraham,’ as one of his
beloved children. So Jos. de Mace. § 18,
[4 Mace. xiii. 16,] ot7Tw yao Savovtas,
nuas “ABoadu kat ‘loadk kai ‘laxw8
UTrodéEovTar eis Tobs KOATTOUS UTD.
Sept. 7 yuvi) év tw KoATw cov. Deut.
xiii. 7. xxviii. 54, 56, al. Ecclus. ix. 1.
Plut. Cato Min. 33, ult. TaBinov, éx
ta@v Uourniov KoATwv avbowmov. Cic.
ad Div. xiv. 4, ‘ tu vero sis in sinu semper
et complexu meo.’—II. spec. the bosom of
an oriental garment, which falls down
over the girdle, and is often used as a sort
of pocket for carrying small articles. Lu.
vi. 38, dwoovow eis Tov KOATTOV Um.
So Sept. Is. Ixv.6. Jer. xxxii. 18, and
’ sometimes Class. e. gr. Hom. Od. xv. 468,
Tol deca KataxkpiWac’ bo KoX\TW
"Exgegev.—lIII. fig. put for a bay, gulf,
inlet of the sea, Acts xxvii. 39. Jos. and
Class. and hence our gulf.
KodupBaw, f. ow, to swim, Acts
xxvii. 43, and lat. Class.
KoXvpPiboa, as, 7, (xohupBaw,)
prop. @ swimming-place, hence a pool,
pond, for any purpose whatever; e. gr.
gener. John ix. 7, 11; a healing bath or
- pool, ver. 2. Sept. Jos. and lat. Class.
KoXwvia, as, 7, Lat. colonia, i.e. a
Roman colony, Acts xvi. 12. On the con-
nexion of colonies with the Roman repub-
lic, see Kuinoel in loc.
Konda, f. now, (xdun,) to wear the
hair long, 1 Cor. xi. 14, sq. and Class. as
Hom. Hdot. Xen.
Kon, ns, 7, hair, head of hair, | Cor.
xi. 15. Sept. and Class.
Kopicw, f. iow, Att. f. 1, (Kouéw,)
prop. and gener. to take care of, provide
for ; so of one fallen in battle, to take up
and bear away, Hom. Il. xiii. 196: hence
gener. to take up, carry off,as booty, Hom.
i]. ii. 875, or a weapon in the body, xxii.
286. In N. T. gener. 1) act. to bear,
to bring, trans. Lu. vii. 37, kounicaca &d4-
Baorpov pupov. Arr. Alex. M. vii. 22, 8.
Xen. Cyr. iii. 3,2. 2) mid. couiGouar,
Att. f. kousovmar, to take for oneself, to
bear or bring to oneself, i.e. to acquire,
obtain, receive, trans. Matt. xxv. 27, éxo-
pitoaunv av To éuov. 2 Cor. v. 10. Col.
il. 25, KoutetTar 6 HAdikynoe. Heb. x. 36,
K. THY eTayyeXiav, etal. Apocr. & lat.
Class. In the sense of to receive again,
recover, trans. Heb. xi. 19. Sept. Gen.
xxxvili. 20. 2 Mace. x. 1. Jos. Ant. xiii.
4,1. Diod. Sic. xii. 80.
225
K OW
Kopworepov, adv. (compar. of Kéu-
Wws, belle, ‘ well, Xen. Cyr. i. 3, 8,) bet-
ter, in the phrase kopwworepov éxetv, se
melius habere, to be better, John iv. 52.
Arr. Epict. iii. 10, 13, kouwws exe.
Kovidw, f. aow, (kovia, dust, slacked
lime,) ¢o white-wash, 1. e. with lime, trans.
Matt. xxiii. 27, Ta&qois Kexoviapévots,
white-washed sepulchres. See my note.
Acts xxiii. 3, Totxe Kekoviapeve, * thou
whited wall, i. e. thou hypocrite, fair
without and foul within. Sept. and lat.
Class.
Koviop Tos, ov, 6, (kovia & Gpvumt,)
dust, prop. as raised up, flying, Matt. x. 14.
Lu. ix. 5. x. 11, et al. Sept. and Class.
Koma lw, f. dow, (xo7ros,) prop. ‘to
be beaten out, be weary,’ equiv. to Ko-
amtaw, hence gener. to relax, remit, cease,
as oft. in Class. Sept. and Apocr.; in N.P.
of the wind, ¢o dull, intrans. Matt. xiv.
o2. Mk. iv. 39. vi. 51. So Hdot. vii. 191,
éxoTracey O dvemos. Sept. in Gen. viii. I,
EKOTTUGE TO VOWS.
Kometos, ov, 6, (komtouat,) lamen-
tution, wailing, i. e. as accompanied with
beating the breast, &c. Acts viii. 2. Sept.
Gen. 1. 10. Dion. Hal. Ant. xi. 31.
Kom, 48, 7, (kowTw,) prop. the act of
cutting, or its effect, a@ cut or blow; also
slaughter, carnage, Heb. vii. 1, in allusion
to Gen. xiv. 17. Sept. in Josh. x. 20.
Judith xv. 7.
Komidw, f. dow, (xotia = kéTos,)
prop. in Class. to labour unto weariness,
to be weary, intrans. I. prop. to be weary
JSrom bodily labour. John iv. 6, x. ék THs
odo:topias. Jos. Ant. ii. 15, 3, K. bare
THs Odo.Tropias. Sept. in Is. xl. 31, dpa-
pouvTat Kal ov KoTtLacovct. Deut. xxv.
18, et al. in Sept. Also by impl. to faint
or tzve with labour, both prop. as Rey. ii.
0, EBaoTacas, Kat obK éxotiacas. Aris-
toph. Thesm. 795. Athen. p. 416, and fig.
Matt. xi. 28, devre mpds me TavTes of
KOTTLWUTES, 1. e. ‘are weary of the burden
of sin, (see Ps. xxxviii. 4. Heb. xii. 1,)
and the yoke of the ceremonial law. See
Gal. v. 1.—II. in N.T. to weary oneself
with labour, to labour, to tozl, absol. Lu.
v. 0, KomLacavTes ode 2haBouev. Matt.
vi. 28. Lu. xii. 27, ta xopiva—od koma
ovdé viOer. Acts xx. 35. 1 Cor. iv. 12.
Eph. iv. 28. 2 Tim. ii. 6. Fig. of spiritual
labour (see Ps. exxvii. 1) ofea teacher who
‘labours in the Gospel,’ John iv. 38, 6
ovX Umets KexoTiaxate. Josh. xxiv. 13,
eOwkev uly yHv &p iw ovK éqoKidoaTe.
1 Cor. xv. 10. xvi. 16. Foll. by év, to la-
bour in, ev Noyw, 1 Tim. v.17. év Kupiw,
i.e. ‘in the work of the Lord,’ Rom. xvi.
12. év vty, ‘among you, 1 Th. v.12. by
eis with acc. of pers. upon or for whom,
eis nuas, Rom. me e eis vuas, Gal. iv.
3
K OIl 2
1]. with <is final,as eis Touro dtu, 1 Tim.
iv. 10. eis 6, Col.i. 29. sis xevov, in vain,
EM WG. Sept, is. xv, De, Wer. ll. oo,
Koos, ov, 6, (kéwtw,) prop. a beat-
ing, Aschyl. Myrm. 119; also the being
beaten out with labour, utter weariness, Xen.
An. v. 8, 3. Hence in N. T. as gener. in
Class. toi, labowr, implying wearisome
effort, gener. John iv. 38, busts eis Tov
KoTov avTa@v sisednrvUaTe, i. e. the fruit
of it; also of labour in preaching the
Gospel, 1 Cor. iii. 8. xv. 58, 6 Kézros
vuav év’ Kupiw. 2 Cor. vi. 5. x. 15.
xi. 23, 27. 1 Thess. i. 3, 6 Koqos THs
ayanns, labour of love, i. e. work of bene-
ficence, as in Heb. vi. 10. See my note.
In the sense of trouble, vexation, in the
phrase xd7rous Twapéxew Tivi, = to trou-
ble, to vex any one, Matt. xxvi. 10. Mk.
mw. ous xi 7. xvi. 54 Galivis 17, and
later Greek writers. The earlier ones said
mTovov Tapéxew, Hdot. i. 177, or woay-
pata Tapexew, Hdot. i. 155, 175.
Kompia, as, 7, (Komgos, dung,) prop.
a dunghill. In N. T. dung, Lu. xiv. 35.
Sept. and lat. Class.
Komptov, ov, To, (neut. of adj. Ko-
moos,) dung, manure, plur. komp.a, Lu.
xiii, 8, in lat. edit. 1 Mace. ii. 62. An-
thol. Gr. iii. p. 85. Arr. Epict. ii. 4, 5.
Komtw, f. Ww, to beat or cut, by a
blow, as oft. in Hom.; also to chop. In
N. T. 1) prop. fo lop trees, to cut off
branches, Matt. xxi. 8. Mk. xi. 8. Sept.
Num. xiii. 24. Judg. ix. 48. Xen. An. iv.
8,2. 2) mid. kéarouat, to beat or cut
oneself, i.e. the breast, &c. in loud wailing;
hence to lament, wail, bewail, absol. Matt.
xi: 17:: Jos. Ant. vii. 1, 6, and Class. ;
with ace. Lu. viii. 52.
Kopaé, axos, 6, a raven, Lu. xii. 24.
Sept. and Class.
Kop actoy, iov, Td, (dimin. fr. con, )
girl, maiden, damsel, Matt. ix. 24, 25, et
al. Sept.
Kop ay», 6, indec. also kopBavas, a, 6,
Hebr. 27), corban, i.e. a gift, offering,
oblation, to God, Lev. ii. 1, 4, 12, 13. In
N. T. 1) prop. kopBav, ‘something de-
voted to God, Mk. vii. 11, kopBav, 6 éore
Owoov, K.T.A. See Jos. Ant. iv. 4,4. 2
KkopBavas, said of money offered in the
Temple, the sacred treasure, and by meton.
the treasury, yaCopuAdkiov, Matt.
xxv. 6 ‘see Jos. B.: J. i1..9,° 45) cop
ieQov Snoavpov, KadetTar Oe KopBavas.
Kooévvupt, (f. Kkopéow, perf. pass.
Kekopecpat, aor. 1. pass. exopésOnv,) to
satiate, satisfy, with food and drink, pass.
or mid. to be satiated or full ; foll. by gen.
of thing, pass. Acts xxvii. 38, kopec0évTes
dé tpops, and Class. Fig. absol. 1 Cor.
iv. 8, and Hdian. i. 13, 10.
—
—
es
26
ST
KO
Kopos, ov, 0, corus, Hebr. cor, the
largest Hebrew dry measure, equal to the
homer, i. e. to ten baths, or ephahs, and
also to ten Attic péd:uvor, Jos. Ant. Xv.
9,2. Lu. xvi. 7, éxatov Kopous citov.
Sept. 2 Chr. ii. 10. xxvii. 5. Ez. xlv. 18.
Koopnéw, f. now, (kéopos,) to order,
i. e. to put m order, e.g. an army, to draw
up, Hom. Il. xiv. 386, and oft.; to re-
gulate, Hes. Opp. 308; to adorn, Hes.
Opp. 72. Thuc. and Aéschyl. In N. T.
1) to adjust, e. g. lamps, to trim, Matt.
xxv. 7, ékoopycav tas Kaumadas av.
2) to decorate, adorn, e.g. Tov vikov, as if
for a new dweller, Matt. xii. 44. Lu. xi.
25, and so Class. ; a bride, voudnv, Rev.
xxi. 2; gener. Lu, 31, 2550 eimai e
Rev. xxi. 19. Sept. and Class. So Matt.
Xxili. 29, koowetTe TA uvymeta, ‘ye de-
corate the sepulchres, &c. i. e. with gar-
lands and flowers, or by adding columns or
other ornaments. See my Rec. Syn. in
loc. Fig. to honour, make honourable, or
respected, Tit. ii. 10, tiv dtdacKkadiav.
1 Pet. iii. 5, ai ayiat yuvatkes—éxoo-
pouv eautras. Theogn. v. 941. Hdian. vi.
3, 0. Xen. Conv. viii. 38. ~
Koopikos, 7, ov, adj. (koopmos, world,):
worldly, terrestrial, opp. to émroupavios.
Heb. ix. 1, &y.ov Kocpikdv’ comp. ver. 23,
and see my note. Plut. vi. 455, Kkoopuiky
d.ataéis. As highly illustrative of the
above passage of Heb. compare Joseph.
Bell. iv. 5, 2, of the Jewish priests, ot dé
700 ONLyou Thy Legav écOHTa TEOLKEiMeE-_
VOL, KAL TIS KooMLkHS Jonokeias kaTag-
XovTes—éppiupevor yupvol, Bopa kvvav
Kal Inoiwv, éBdémovTo. Fig. worldly,
as conformed to this world, belonging to
the men of this world, Tit. ii. 12, éariOv-
plac Koou.kal, worldly lusts.
Kodécpios, ov, 6, 1, adj. (Kocpos,)
well-ordered ; of things, decorous, modest,
in a moral respect, | Tim. ii. 9, év Katva- .
oTo\y Koouiw. So Xen. Mem. ii. 1],
14, rods deouévous UToutmvyjoKkos ws
KoouLwTaTy Opwthia: and Hdot. Vit.
Hom. 4, 7 0 wap’ aitw sipyaleTo,
To\hkw Koopiw ypwpuévn. The term is,
however, prop. used of persons who are
obedient to lawful authority, Xen. An. vi.
6, 17; but in 1 Tim. iii. 2, vy@artoy,
cwppova, Kocplov, it means of well-
ordered morals and habits, as very often
in Plato, ceuvomosmy, as Theophyl. ex-
plains. And so Epict. Ench. § 62, x. kai
aidnpmoves Ev cwPpoocvvy.
Kocpoxpatwp, opos, 6, (xocpos, kpa-
téw,) prop. lord of the world, Schol. in
Aristoph. Nub. 397, =. 0 Bacthevds Tov
Aiyurtiwy, KoopoxpaTwp Yyeyouws
x. tT. X. Orpheus, Hymn on the Sun, 11,
on Pan, 11. In N. T. of Satan as the
prince of this world, i. e. of worldly men,
KOs
plur. Eph. vi. 12, moos ToS KOoTMOKea-
A oa) ao. :
TOpas TOU GKOTOUS Tov aiw@vos ToOUTOU,
i. e. Satan and his angels. Comp. John
xii. dl. 2 Cor. iv. 4. Ignat. i. 1, dvaBo-
Xov, ov Kai KuopokpaTooa KaXovow.
K oopos, ov, 0, order, implying orderly
disposition, arrangement, Hom. Od. xiii.
77, Koopw Kabiver. Thuc. iii. 77; also
gener. regularity, Thuc. vii. 40. And as
orderly arrangement is in nothing more
necessary than in dress, (so our word ¢o
dress comes from Ital. drissare, fr. Lat.
dirigere, to put in order,) so x. came to
mean personal attire, espec. that of women,
Hom. Il. xiv. 187; and then, from the
adjunct, decorative attire, decoration, as in
eee | Metem-.o. In N. T. it has
two significations: 1) decoration, 1 Pet.
ill. 3, obx 6 eEwlev Koopos. Sept. Ex.
xxxiil. 4, 5,6. Jer. iv. 30. Hdian. 11. 6,
19. Xen. Cyr. viii. 4, 24; and 2) from
arrangement being implied, the order of
- the universe, THE WORLD, Lat. mundus,
first so used by Pythagoras, and then
adopted as a technical term of philosophy.
In N. T.it is used 1. gener. for the WORLD,
the universe, the heavens and earth, &c.
Matt. xiii. 35, dwo KataBoA7js Koopov.
xxiv. 2], et al. and Class. Meton. for the
inhabitants of the universe, | Cor. iv. 9,
Séatopov éyevylnuev TH KoOocpw, Kal
ayyétdos Kai avOpwros. Fig. and sym-
bol. asin Engl. @ world of any thing, for a
congeries. Ja.iii.6,7) yAwooa up, 0 Koc-
phos THS Adtkias, a world of imiquity.—i.
by synecd. the EARTH, this lower world as
the abode of'man. 1) prop. Mk. xvi. 15,
mopevlevtes eis TOV KOGMOV aTavTa.
So éoxecOar eis Tov Kocpmoy, ‘to come or
be sent into the world, to be born, John
i. 9; or ‘to go forth into the world,’ to
appear before men, John iii. 19. vi. 14, et
al.: hyperbolically, Matt. iv. 8, wacas
tas BaciXzias Tov Kocuov. Rom. i. 8.
Comp. Lucian de Astro]. 12. 2) meton.
the world for its inhabitants, mankind.
Matt. v. 14, vuets tote TO Pws Tov
Kocpmov. xiii. 38. John i. 29. ii. 16,
oUTwW yao HyaTyoEV O OEds TOV KOo-
prov, etal. So hyperb.' the world for the
multitude, every body, Fr. tout le monde.
John vii. 4, Q@avépwoov ceavtov Tw
KOogpw, opp. to ev kpuTTw. xii. 19. xiv.
Pe. yi, 20. 2.Cor. 1. 12. 2 Pet. ii. 5,
Kocpos aceBwv. Put also for the heathen
world, equiv. to ta e6vyn, Rom. xi. 12,
15.—111. with otros, in the Jewish mode
of speaking, the present world, or order
of things, as opposed to the kingdom of
Christ ; and hence always with the idea of
transientness, worthlessness, and evil both
physical and moral, the seat of cares,
temptations, &c.; and thus nearly equiv.
to o aiwy outros, 1) gener. with ovzos,
227
KPA
John xii. 25, 0 wrowy THY Wuyijy abou
gv T@ KOoNW TOUTH, Opp. to Eis GwHy
aiwv.ov. xviii. 36, bis, 7 Baorreia 7H éun
ovK éoTLW &K TOU KOGMOU TOUTOU kK. T. XK.
1 Cor. v. 10; without odros, 1 John ii.
15,17; spec. the wealth and enjoyments
of this world, this world’s goods, Matt.
xvi. 26, ti yao wpeXeitar avbowmos,
Eav Tov KOopov OXov Kepdjon; Mk. viii.
36) Gal. wie 14) Jal ives; et ab 2)
meton. for the MEN of this world, world-
lings, as opp. to those who seek the king-
dom of God, e. g. with ovtos, John xii.
dl, 7 Kpio.s Tou K. TovTov. | Cor. i.
20, copia tov Kk. TovTov. iii. 19. As
subject to Satan, Jchn xii. 31, 6 aoywv
Tou K. TovUTov. xiv. 30. xvi. 11. Without
ovtos, John vii. 7, ov dVvaTat 6 KOGpos
pucety vuas. xiv. 17, et al. sepiss.
Kou, Syro-Chald. imperat. fem. arise,
Mk. v. 41.
Kovotwoia, as, 7, Lat. custodia ; in
N. T. meton., abstr. for concr. watch,
guard, of soldiers, Matt. xxvii. 65.
Kouvdiw, f.icw, (xovdos, light,) to
laghten, as a ship by discharging its cargo,
Acts xxvii. 38, éxoddiGov TO 7Aotov.
Thuc. vi. 84; or preparing for battle, Thue.
vi. 34. So Jon. i. 5, (a passage probably
then had in view by St. Luke,) exBoAnv
ETOLNTAVTO THY GKEVwY, TOV KoupicO7-
vat an’ avtav. Pol. i. 39, 4, x. Tas
vaus. :
Ko@uvos, ov, 0, cophinus, a wicker-
basket, meaning the Jewish travelling-
baskets to carry provisions, Matt. xiv. 20,
6wdeka Kodivous mAnpets, where see my
note. Ps. lxxxi. 6. Judg. vi. 19. Aristoph.
Av. 1810. Xen. Mem. iii. 8, 6.
KpaBBartos, ov, 6, Lat. grabbatus, a
small portable couch, with only a skin or
rug spread over ; ora kind of stretcher used
for travelling or conveying sick persons,
called by the Class. ckiuarous, or oKxip76-
dvov, Mk. ii. 4, 9. vi. 55. John v. 8. Acts
v. 15, al. Arr. Epict. iii. 22. Used only
by very late writers.
Kpa Gu, (f. Kexoad~ouar, aor. 1.
expaéa, perf. 1. xéxoaya with signif. of
pres.) a word supposed to be formed from
the sound, and imitating the hoarse cry of
the raven, rook, &c. (see Aristoph. Nub.
258, 388,) and akin to kow@w and Ka Ww,
hence gener. and in N. T. to ery out,
vociferate, intrans. 1) as said of znarticu-
late cries, clamour, exclamation, e.g. from
fear, a0 Tov PoBov, Matt. xiv. 26 ; from
pain, Matt. xxvii. 50. Mk. xv. 39; abhor-
rence, Acts vii. 57. Of demoniacs, Mk. i.
26. v.5. Lu. ix. 39. Sept. So, in joy,
Lu. xix. 40, of AiBor KexpaEovTat, a pro-
verbial expression, to express that a thing
can by no means be concealed, of which
see examples in a ae Josh. vi. 16,
9
-_
KPA
and Class. 2) of any artculate outcry,
to exclaim, call aloud; in Class. almost
always absol. but in N. T. foll. by the
words uttered, Mk. x. 48, 0 0& woAhw
parXov éExpaev’ Yie Aavid x. T. A. Xv.
13, 14, al. Foll. by a tense or part. of
AEyw, &e. e. g. Expake NéEywv, Matt. xiv.
a0) Me aed. John i; 4153 and) oft;
Koa&éas ekevye, Mark ix. 24; of urgent
prayer, or entreaty, &c. Rom. viii. 15,
ev w KoaCouev’ “ABBa o Ilatip. Gal.
iv. 6; metaph. Ja. v. 4, 6 urobds Tav
SOLS Omi ie scil. apos Kuouop,
for vengeance. So Aristoph. Nub. 962,
KEKpayeé TOOS TOUS oikéTas : and so Sept.
in Is. xix. 20, kexoaEovtar moos Kipvov.
Ps. xxviii. 1, woos oe éxéxpata, 0 Oeds
pov. 2 Sam. xix. 28. Jer. xi. 11.
Koaitwadn, ns, 7, (so Lat. crapula,
from kod, caput, and maw, vibro, the
disorder being so called from its chief
symptom,) prop. sezzure of the head, and
hence zntemperance by gluttony or zntox-
cation, and its consequences, giddiness,
headache, &c. Lu. xxi. 34, gy Kkoarmady
Kat pé0n, i. e. ‘in constant revelry,
carousing.” Aristoph. Ach. 277. Hdian. i.
17, 7, al. in Class.
Kpaviov, ov, To, (dimin. of kpavor,)
a skull, Matt. xxvii. 33. Mk. xv. 22, al.
Sept. and lat. Class. . ‘
Koaomedov, ov, to, (kindr. with
Kpoccos,) prop. the edge, margin, skirt,
extremity of any thing, e.g. of a moun-
tain, Xen. Hist. iv. 6, 8; of a garment,
SWheoer. ii.o5. InN, T.. fringe, tassel,
Matt. ix. 20, et al. Sept. Num. xv. 38.
Kpataios, &, ov, adj. (Kedtos,)
strong, mighty, &. g. 1 K. Kelp Tov Oeou,
Pet. v. 6. So 1 Esdr. viii. 47, tiv x. yeToa
tou Kupiou 7ju@v, and sometimes in Sept.
and Class. espec. the poets, as Hom. Pind.
and the Tragedians.
Kpatatow, f. wow, (koatatos,) to
make strong, strengthen, trans. a form
found only in Sept. N. T. and later
writers, for the earlier koaTUvw, act. in
Sept 1. Sam: xxiti.16.,2 K. xv. 19.) io
N. T. only in pass. to be strong, to grow
strong, Lu. i. 80. ii. 40, éxpaTarouto
awvevpate. Eph. iii. 16, duvduer Kpa-
tatw0yvat. Also pass. in mid. sense, lit.
‘to string up one’s nerves,’ for any labo-
rious undertaking, 1 Cor. xvi. 13, avdpi-
Ceo8z, koataovobe, as Ps. xxxi. 24, av-
OpitecQs, Kal KoaTtaiovcbw 7 Kapdia
vuov. 1 Sam. iv. 9, kpatarovcbs kai
yiveobe eis dvdpas.
Koatéw, f. ow, (kpatos,) in Class.
to be strong, mighty, powerful, either absol.
as often in Homer, or with gen. of pers. to
have power, rule over; or with gen. of
thing, to get the better of, hold the mastery
28
ee
over. InN. T. either with gen. of thing,
or acc. of pers. or thing. I. foll. by gen.
of thing, to have power over, to be or
become master of, i.e to gain, to attain
to. In Class. gener. prop. as Demosth.
KOaTElLY TWY KONnMATWY, OY TwY Teay-
matwy. Thuc. iii. 47, kparety tTwv
omAwv: but in N. T. only fig. as in Acts
xxvii. 13, THs amoo8écews. The same
phrase occurs in Diod. Sic. xvi. 20. Galen
cited by Wet.; and kataxpatety T. 79.
Pol. v. 38, 9; & xpatetv Tou éyxXetpjpa-
tos, Dion. Hal.p.906, 1. Heb.iv.14,xpato-
ev THS OmoAOytas, ‘let us attain to the full
benefit of our profession in him,’ equiv.
to vi. 18, kopatyoar THs WpeokEpevys
éXaidos. Sept. Prov. xiv..18, ot wavovp-
yo. Koaticovow aicbicews. Hence
gener. KpaTeiy THS KeLoos Ttvos, to take
the hand of any one, Matt. ix. 25. Mk. i.
ol. v. 41. Lu. viii. 54, and so oft. in
Sept. but not in Class.—II. foll. by ace. of
pers. or thing. 1) to have power over, to
be or become master of. Hence gener. to
get mto one’s power, to lay hold of, seize,
take, e.g. a person, Matt. xiv. 3, 6 yap
‘“Howdns Kpatioas tov lwavvny, eonoev
avtov, Mk. iii. 21, and oft. ; also Paleph.
li, 7, 9: “xxx 2 Ache Tac
emweXeiog: we koaTtety. So of an animal,
Matt. xii. 11, and Sept. Apoer. Class.
Hence gener. kpatety Tiva THES XeELoOS,
to take any one by the hand, in order to
raise him, Mk. ix. 27. Also to hold im
one’s hands or arms, to embrace, Matt.
xxviii. 9, ékpatTynoav avTov Tous Todas,
‘they embraced his feet.” 2) to have mm
one’s power, be master of, i.e. to hold, hold
fast, e. g. things, Rev. ii. 1, 6 KpuTa@p
TOUS ETTA AGTEPAS Ev TH O&ELG AUTOU.
Comp. i. 16, where gywv. Comp. Athen.
p. 290, pomadov éxpater: and Achill.
Tat. BiBAiov Koatwyv. Rev. vii. 1, x. Tovs
Téoc. avémous. Pass. Lu. xxiv. 16, of
opbadpol avtwyv exoatovvto. Of per-
sons, to hold in subjection, pass. Acts il. 24,
KaQoTe ovk HY OvvaToV KpaTetalal avTOV
ut avTou, scil. Gavarou. Aristoph. Av.
419, Xen. An. v. 6, 7. So to hold one
Jast, i.e. to hold fast To him, cleave to him,
whether in person, Acts iii. 11, koatovv-
Tos 6& autou Tov Ilétpov x. T. X. or in
faith, Col. ii. 19, tiv Kkepmadyy, i. e.
Christ. Metaph. spoken of sins, to hold
Just, retain, not remit, John xx. 23. Also
to keep to oneself, e. g. Tov Koyov, Mk. ix.
10. So the Class. writers have xeaTetv
tl mpos éavtoy: and Test. xm. Patr. p.
683, év Wuym cov wy) Koatnoas OoXop.
Others explain, ‘ held fast in mind; and
so Athen. ap. Steph. Thess. in v. koevety
oluat THS AEEews, memoria tenere. Comp.
Esch. Choéph. 78. Gener. to hold fast in
mind, observe, Mk. vii. 3, kpatourtes
Tiy Tapddocw Tay TeecBuTEpwy. Ver.
KP A 2
4,8, 2 Thess. ii. 15. Rev. ii. 13, sqq. iii.
ll. Test. xu. Patr. p. 665, xkoatety To
GéXnua Tov Veou.
Kpatiotos, 7, ov, per superl. of
poetic Kpatvs, (Kpatos,) used also as
superl. of @yads,) most excellent, most
noble, used in addressing persons of rank
or authority, Lu. i. 3, xpatiotre OcopiXs.
Acts xxiii. 26, et al. Jos. and Class.
Koatos, eos ous, TO, strength, prop.
physical, Hom. Il. xvi. 524. xxiv. 293;
but oft. in Class., and also in N. T., said
of moral strength, might, power, &c. I.
gener. Acts xix. KaTa& KOaTOS,
mightily, vehemently, and so Class. oft. Eph.
i. 19, kara Ti évéoyetavy Tov KpaTous
THS ioxvos avTou, i.e. ‘of his mighty
_ power. (Comp. “Ioxvs.) Eph. vi. 10.
Col. i. Ll. Sept. Is. xl. 26, a@mro awoXddjs
OoEns, Kal éy KoaTEeL ioxvos auvTou.
Meton. mzght, collect. for mighty deeds,
in the phrase qovety xpatos, to exert
- strength, perform mighty deeds, Lu. i. 51,
éToinoe Koatos év Boayiou, &c. And
so Ps. exix. 16, qwovetvy dvvapiv.—lIl.
power, i. e. dominion, implying dignity, or
the authority attached thereto, and often
occurring in doxologies, as 1 Tim. vi. 16,
@ TiN Kal KopauTos aiwviov. | Pet. iv.
Mary. ¥1., Rev.;i..6.: Heb., ii. 14,. rév
TO KOaTOS eXovTa Tov SavaTou, ‘ the
Lord of death. And so in Class., as
Hdot. iii. 36, 76 Ileocéwv koatos zyov-
ta. Hom. Od. i. 359, tou yap Koatos
a évi oixw, et al. Hdot. vii. 187. ix.
42.
Koavya lw, f. dow, (kpavy?),) to ery
out, vosiferate, intrans. equiv. to KpaGw,
Matt. xii. 19, ov épioer, ovdE Koavydcet.
xv. 22. John xi. 43. Sept. and iater
Class.
Koavyn, js, 1, (koaQw,) cry, outcry,
€. gr. to intimate something to be done,
Matt. xxv. 6. Rev. xiv. 18, and Class. as
Xen. An. ii. 2, 17. Thue. vii. 44; of tumult,
clamour, Acts xxiii. 9. Eph. iv. 31. Pol.
il. 70, 6; of sorrow, wailing, Rev. xxi. 4.
Sept. and Class.; of supplication, Heb.
v. 7, and Sept. often.
Kpéas, atos aos, To, (plur. ta
KotaTa, contr. Koéa,) meat, flesh, Rom.
xiv. 21. i Cor. viii. 13. Sept. and Class.
Kpeicowy, or tTwv, ovos, 6, 1, (prop.
Koaioowv,) compar. of poetic KpaTvs,
used also as comparat. of dya@0ds, better.
The word properly signifies stronger, as
often in Homer and Hdot.; but generally
by impl. better, whether intrinsically or
2 KPI
fies, I. better, in value, more useful o1
profitable, and therefore preferable ; though
found only in the neut. To Kpetooov,
le Cone vii Oh mito fs xiiv 31. Phil. ise
et al. So also Sept. and Class.; as Xen,
(Econ. xx. 9; also Kpatet for Kpetooov
govt, Eurip. Hipp. 248.—II. better in
sped as said both of things, more excel-
ent, and of persons, swpertor, Heb. i. 4,
TOCOUTW KpEiTTWY YEVvomEvos : and vi. 9.
VAI 15 Ay 22. xs QOS xe aes, ell Os ee
1 Pet. iii. 17, and Class. ; as Hom. Il. iii.
71, omoTrepos O& kK. ViKHoN, KOELToWY TE
yévntat. In the passage of Heb. vii. 7,
rocovTw kK. the sense is, ‘ higher in dzg-
nity, as in Chrys. de Sacerd. iii. 6, é7i To
KoetTTov éxoounn, ‘was invested with
higher dignity.’
Kpepavvup., f. Kkpeudow, aor. |.
pass. éxpeuacbnp, to hang, suspend, trans.
mid. koguamar. after the form totapat,
to hang, to be suspended, intrans. 1) act.
with acc. impl. and foll. by éari with gen.
Acts v. 30, & x. 39, kpeucdoavtes (abTov)
emt EvXov. Gen. xl. 19, 22. Pass. foil.
by «is, Matt. xvii. 6; absol. Lu. xxiii.
39, and Class. 2) mid. Acts xxviii. 4,
Kpeuauevovy TO Onpiov ék THS KELPOS
avutou, hanging from his hand. So with
éx, Xen. Mem. iii. 10,13. Foll. by éari
EvXov, Gal. iii. 18. Fig. with év, Matt.
xxii. 40, év tavtTais—kpéuavtar. So
fig. with éx, Philo t. ii. p. 420, jv ai tov
éOvous édrrides éxpéuavtTo. Mid. oft. in
Sept. and Class.
Kpnpvos, ov, 0, (kpemavvupt,) a pre-
cipice, prop. an overhanging cliff, Matt.
vill. 32. Mk. v. 13. Lu. viii. 83. Sept. and
Class.
K 010%, 7s, 7, barley, Rev. vi. 6. Sept.
and Class.
K pibuvos, n, ov, (ko10%,) of barley, as
oto. Kpibivor, barley-loaves, John vi. 9,
13. Sept. 2 K. iv. 42, gprot ko. Xen. An.
iv. 5, 20, apros «Kp. Artemid. 1. 69;
apTot Ko.
Kpipa, eros, 70, (koivw,) judgment,
i.e. I. the ACT OF JUDGING, giving judg-
ment, equiv. to coicus. InN. T. only in
reference to future reward or punishment,
Johnix. 39, cis kpiua éyw eis Tov KOomoOV
Tovtov 1\0ov, for judgment am I come
into this world, i.e. in order that the
righteous may be approved and the wicked
condemned. Comp. | Pet. iv. 17. So, of
the judgment of the last day, Acts xxiv.
25. Heb. vi. 2. Meton. for the power of
judgment, Rev. xx. 4.—II. the JUDGMENT
given, decision, award, SENTENCE. 1)
extrinsically, and differing in sense, as ap- | gener. Matt. vii. 2, 2v @ yao Kpipate
plied to persons, or to things, chiefly quali-
ties. In the former case it denotes what is
Kolvete, KpiOnoecbe. Rom. v. 16. Plur.
Rom. xi. 338, Ta kKviuata aitov, the
better in dignity or quality ; in the latter, | judgments of God, ‘ his decrees.’ Sept. and
what is better in value. In N. T. it signi- | Class. as Ausch. Suppl. 392. 2) oftener,
Le ea |
sentence, i. e. of punishment, condemnation,
implying also the punishment itself as a
certain consequence, Matt. xxiii. 14, dia
touto AnWeobe mepiccotepov Kpina.
Mk. xii. 40, et sepe al. Sept. Deut. xxi.
22. Jer. iv. 12. Ecclus. xxi. 5, not in
Class.—III. from the Hebrew, lawsuit,
CAUSE, something to be judged, e. gr.
Koiuata exe, to have lawsuits, to go to
law, 1 Cor. vi. 7. So Sept. Job xxiii. 4.
weet to, Pols xxiv: 1,12:
Matt. vi. 28.
Kpivov, ov, 70, a lily,
Lu. xii. 27. Sept. and Class.
Kotvw, f. tv@, aor. 1. exeiva, perf.
Kéxoika, aor. |. pass. éxoi0nv, = Lat.
cerno, by transpos. of the vowel, prop. to
separate, put asunder, espec. (which was
probably the primary application of the
word) grain from the chaff, in the act of
winnowing. So Hom. Hl. v. 499—501,
e No 4 y , e \ 3
Os 0 Gvemos ayvas popéer Lepas KaT
adwas, “Avdoo@v AikuwytTwv, OTE TE
EavOy Anuntnp Kpivyn, émevyouevwv
3 7 \ 7
avéiuwy, KaoTov-Te kal axvas. Also, to
sift the flower from the bran, rejecting the
latter, in allusion to which Aristot. de
Probl. has xoiver thy wepitTwowy, ‘sifts
off the superfluity... The word was, how-
ever, used not of things only, but also of
persons, as Hom. II. ii. 362, xotv’ avdoas
kata pura. Also metaph. (like szfé in
English) in the sense ¢o szf¢ owt, discrimi-
nate between truth and falsehood, or good
and evil, (Xen. Mem. iii. 1,9. iv. 8, 11,)
also, to distinguish the good from the bad.
Thence, from the adjunct, it came to
signify select, choose out the good, Hdot.
vi. 129. Xen. An. i. 9, 20. Mem. iv. 4, 16.
fEsch. Eum. 465. Hom. often. Hence
gener. and in N. T. it signifies to judge,
(i. e. to form or give an opinion or decision,
after separating truth from falsehood, and
sifting all the particulars of a case,) and
that in various acceptations, as cerno, dis-
cerno, secerno, excerno, decerno, dijudico,
cognosco, existimo. In N.T. I. to judge
in one’s own mind as to what is right,
proper, expedient, i. e. to deem, decide, de-
termine, foll. by infin. Acts xv. 19, d:0
éyw Kpivw ui) TWapevoyAsty Tots K. T. Xr.
‘my decision is, &c. iii. 13, kpivayTos
éketvou amoNvew. xx. 16. 1 Cor. ii. 2.
v. 3. Tit. ii. 12; by rov with infin. Acts
xxvii. 1, ws d& éxoi6n Tov amomXetvy
Has K. tT. . 3 Macc. i. 6. Jos. Ant. vii. |
I, 5: Xen. Anz jii..1,7. By-ace. &infin.
Acts xxi. 25, kpivavtes pndev ToLrovToy
tThosty avtovs, and Class.; with infin.
eivar impl. Acts xiii. 46, kat ovK a&ious
KolveTe eauTovs TIS ail. Cwis, ‘ve deem
yourselves unworthy of eternal life.” xvi.
15. xxvi. 8, and Class. Rom. xiv. 5, bis,
230
| so Class.
| dispensation, to the judgment of the great
day, e. gr. of God as judging the world
KPa
deemeth one day to be above another;
another judgeth every day’ i. e. to be alike,
as we must supply from the force of-the
antith. Comp. Diod. Sic. xii. 13, thy
Ypapupatikiy tapa Tas add\Aas pabyoes
mpozkpiwvey Oo vouobétns. Foll. by ace.
of thing, to determine on, and by impl. to
decree, Rev. xvi. 5, 6Tt TavTa éxpuvas.
Acts xvi. 4, Ta d0ypata Tad Kexolméva.
Pol. iii. 6,7. Foll. by acc. Touro as in-
troducing the infin. with art. to, Rom.
xiv. 13, ad\Ad touTo Kpivate pwadXov,
TO py TLévar, &e. 1 Cor. vii. 37, Toute
KékOLKev, TOU THOELY K. T.A. So, TovTo
or, 2 Cor. ii. 1. v. 14.—II. to gudge, i. e.
to form and eapress a judgment or opinion,
favourable or unfavourable, but gener.
the latter, as to any person or thing; foll.
by acc. of pers. John viii. 15, eyw ov
Kpivw ovdéva. Rom. ii. 1, 3. iii. 7, al.; of
thing, 1 Cor. x. 15. Xen. Vect. v. 11;
absol.. Matt. vii. 1, 2: Lu. vi. 37, etal;
foll. by interrog. with ei, Acts iv. 19;
gener. 1 Cor. xi. 18. So, with an adjunct
of manner, e. gr. Kpivey Koiow, John vii.
24. +6 dixatov, Lu. xii. 57. dp0as, vii. 43.
Kat’ ous, John vii.24. kata Ti caoka,
viii. 15. By impl. to condemn, foll. by acc. ©
Rom. ii. 27, xorvet oe. xiv. 22. Ja. iv. 11,
12. Sept. Job x. 2.—III. to judge, in a
judicial sense, viz. 1) to si in gudgment
on any person, to try him, John xviii. 31,
KaTa& TOV vouov bu@v Kpivate avTor.
Acts xxiii. 3. xxiv. 6. 1 Cor. v. 12, and
Class. Pass. xoivouar, to be judged, be
tried, be on trial, Acts xxv. 10, o0 me det
kolvec@ar. Rom. iii. 4. Sept. Ps. li. 6;
foll. by qeoi tivos, for any thing, Acts
xxiii. 6. xxiv. 21. émi tun, for, Xxvi.
étri Tivos, before any one, xxv. 9, 20, and
Said in reference to the Gospel
through Christ, John v. 22. viii. 50. Acts
xvii. 31, Kpivew Tijyv oikouuevnv. Rom.
iii. 6, was Kpivet 6 Oeds TOv KOGuOY ; il.
16, 7a Kovmrda, etal. Of Jesus, as the
Messiah and Judge, John v. 30. xvi. 11.
2 Tim. iv. 1,’I. Xo. tou wéAAovTos Kpl-
vey C@vTas Kai vexpous. 1 Pet. iv. 5.
Rev. xix. 11. Fig. of the apostles, Matt.
xix. 28. Lu. xxii. 30° b@erswie 2s een
Uuty KoiveTat O KOcpos, | Cor. vi. 2, and
so in Class. 2) in the sense of fo pass
judgment upon, condemn, with ace. John
vii. 51, 21) 0 vopos tu@v Kolver Tov avOo.
Lu. xix. 22. Acts xiii. 27, and Class. As
implying also punishment, 1 Cor. xi. 31,
32. 1 Pet. iv.6. So of the condemnation
of the wicked, and including the idea of
punishment as a certain consequence, = to
punish, to take vengeance on, e. gr. of God
as judge, Acts vii. 7, cai To £0vos—xpiv
ds piv Kpiver juéoav [eivar] wap’ nme- | eyw. Rom. ii. 12. Heb. xiii. 4, etal. Of
pay, Os Of Koivel TWaCay Huéoay, ‘one Man
_ Jesus, John iii. 17, ot—iva xeivyn tov
K.P.I
Kkoomov, etal. 3) Once, from the Heb.,
= to vindicate, avenge, Heb. x. 30, Kv-
p.os Kptivet Tov ANadv avTou, the Lord
wil avenge his people, i.e. by punishing
their enemies, and so Sept. in Gen. xxx.
6, et al—lIV. mid. xpivouar, prop. to
let oneself be judged, i. e. to have a lawsuitt,
to go to law, foll. by dat. with any one,
Matt. v. 40; foll. by wera Tivos, with,
1 Cor. vi. 6; by é7ri Tivos, before any one,
vi. 1, 6. Sept. and Class.
Kpicts, ews, 1, (kpivw,) prop. sepa-
ration, and fig. diserimination, espec. as
shown in judgment or decision, and choice.
In N. T. judgment, i.e. I. gener. opinion
formed and expressed, John vii. 24, ty
Otkaiav Kpiow Kpivate. vill. 16. Jos. c¢.
Ap. i. 24, of vyiaivovtes TH Kpices.
Pol. xvii. 14, 10. Xen. Mem. iii. 5, 10.—
Il. judgment in a judicial sense, i. e. 1)
the act of judging, in reference to the final
judgment, e. gr. mépa Kpicews, day of
_ judgment, Matt. x. 15. xi. 22. 7 épa THs
Kpioews, Rev. xiv. 7. kolows wey ays Hé-
pas, Jude 6, and simply xoicus for koicots
ey. nu. Matt. xii. 4], 42, et al. So
John xii. 31, vuy kp.éoTi Tov Kdopou Tov-
Tov, ‘now is this world judged.’ John v. 27.
Jude 15, kpiow wovety = xpive: meton.
for the power of judgment, John v. 22.
Sept. and Class. 2) the judgment given,
or sentence pronounced, gener. John v. 30.
2 Pet. ii. 11, BAacpypov kpicow. Jude 9,
Kpists Bacpypias, and Class. Spec.
sentence of punishment, condemnation, Acts
vill. 38. Sept. and Class. ; usually imply-
ing also punishment, as a certain conse-
quence, e. gr. from God, dixarar ai Kpi-
merc! cou, Rey. xvi. 7. xix. 2. Sept.
Jer. i. 16. Of Christ, as Judge of the
world, condemning the wicked, judgment,
condemnation, e. gr. Matt. xxiii. 33, 7) Koi-
ous THS yeevyns. Mk. iii. 29. John v. 29,
dvacTacis Kpicews. 3) meton. court of
justice, tribunal, said of the smaller tri-
bunals established in the cities of Pa-
lestine, subordinate to the Sanhedrim,
Matt. v. 21, 22, gvoyos gorar TH Kp.
-——IiI. from the Heb. right, justice, equity,
Matt. xxiii. 23. Lu. xi. 42, wapéoyeobe
Tiv Kpiow. Sept. Gen. xviii. 25. Dent.
xxxil. 4. Jer. xxii. 15. Also for law,
statutes, i.e. the divine law, as developed
in the Gospel, Matt. xii. 18, 20.
KottHorov, ov, To, (KpiTys,) prop.
any instrument by which one judges of
any thing, as a square, plummet, or touch-
stone; also fig. the organ or faculty of
judgment, (comp. aic@ntHp10v, the organ
of sensation, the sensorium,) also, a ert-
terion or rule of judging, Arr. Epict. i. 11,
9, sq.; gudgment-seat, tribunal, Sept. xa-
Nuevor Eri KoiTnpiov, Judg. v.10. In
N. T. fig. court of justice, tribunal, Ja. ii.
231
K PY
6, EXxovow vuas eis KprTHora. 1 Cor. vi.
2, 4, where, however, it may mean causes.
Susann. 49, Pol. ix. 33, 12. xvi. 27, 2.
Sibyll. Or. i.
K puts, ov, 6, (kolvw,) a judge, i.e.
‘one who decides,’ or gives an opinion in
respect to any person or thing. 1) gener.
Ja.ii.4, korral Crahoytopav tov. judgers,
(see in AraXoytopuos 1) Matt. xii. 27; in
an unfavourable sense, Ja. iv, ll. Sept.
1 Sam. xxiv. 16. Wisd. xv.7. Pol. ix. 33,
12. Xen. Conv. v. 1, 9,10. 2) spec. ina
judicial sense, one who sits to dispense
justice, Matt. v. 25, & oft. Of Christ the
final Judge, Acts x. 42, et al.; of God,
Koity Sew wavtTwv, Heb. xii. 23. Sept.
and Class. 3) from the Heb. a leader,
ruler, chief; said of the Hebrew judges
from Joshua to Samuel, Acts xiii. 20.
Kpitekos, 7, ov, adj. (kpeTns,) skilled
in gudging, quick to discern and judge of
any thing, with gen. Heb. iv. 12, kortiKds
évOuuroewy, i. €. Ocakoivwy Noyiopovs.
Koovw, f. ow, to knock at a door for
entrance, with tyv Ovpav, Lu. xiii. 25.
Acts xii. 13. absol.. Lu. xi. 9, et al. Sept.
Judith xiv. 14, x. ryv Ovpav. Xen. Conv.
i. ll. The more Attic phrase was Ko7-
TEW TiV JUpav.
Kpvarrn, ns, 7, (prop. fem. of kou7-
Tos,) a crypt or vault, or rather a dark
hole or corner, in which things are stowed
away, Lu. xi. 33, eis kovmrny TiOnow in
some edd. In text. rec. sis KovmTiy, as
if by Hebraism for neut. eis kpumrov.
K pum Tos, 7), ov, adj. (kpvm7Tw,) prop.
hidden, concealed, as Hom. Il. xiv. 168,
KAnide KovTTH, i. e. as Eustath. explains,
KpuTTouEevy Tots eEwlev, namely unseen,
as opposed to maveoos. So Hdian. v. 6,
7, K. Kat dopatov. Xen. Mag. Eq. § 12,
k. puXaxads. Hence also, secret, as Matt.
x. 26, oGév éoTi—kouTTOV, 0 ‘ov yuw-
olnoeTal. Ev TH KOUTTH, mM Secret,* Where
we cannot be seen of others, Matt. vi. 4,
6. gv KouTTw, wm secret, * privately, John
vii. 4, 10. 1 Cor. iv. 5, ta xeuvmra tov
oxoTous, the secret works of darkness.
Sept. Jer. xlix. 9. Lucian iii. 673, «. ao-
vos. Fig. ta kpumra twos, the secrets of
one’s heart, secret thoughts, Rom. ii. 16.
Eeclus, 1.) 30) “iw. 16, Cor xiv
1 Pet. iii. 4, 0 KoumrTos THs Kapdias av-
Oowros, i.e. ‘the internal man,’ the mind
and heart. Rom. ii. 29, 6 év Tw KouTTw
(scil. t7s kapdias) *lovdatos, ‘a Jew at
heart.’
K pirtw, f. Ww, to hide, conceal, pass.
or mid., aor. 2. pass. Matt. v. 14. Lu. xix.
42, and with mid. signification, to hide
oneself, Matt. v. 14. xiii. 35. John viii. 59.
xii. oO. 1 Tim, 25, Heb. x Zee sol
Rev. ii. 17, the spiritual manna is called
K PY
232
KTI
KeKpupfevov, as being laid up in heaven { and possessed ;’ but espec. an estate ; and,
for the righteous. 2 Tim. iv. 8. Ps. xxxi.
19, ‘great is thy goodness, 7s gxouivas
tots mo. ce. And so the Latin secondo
means both to hide and to store up, as
Yiorat. vinum reconditum. Foll. by év
tit, Matt. xiii. 44, Syoavpw Kexkoup-
uévw ev TH ayow. Fig. Col. iii. 3, 1 Cw
UM@Y KEKpUTTTaL obY TH XoloTw Ev TH
OQzw, where the sense is, ‘ your felicity
(salvation) is laid up, is wholly at the dis-
posal of God, in or through Christ.” Comp.
2 Cor. v. 19, Oeds qv gv XotoTwH KoOcpov
«atahN\acowy eavtw. Comp. Heb. vii.
29; foll. by amo twos, to hide from, John
xi. 36, “Incous adme\0wv éExpvBn am’
avt@v, hid himself from them. Ln. xviii.
b4. xix. 42. Rev. vi. 16, and so Hom.
Od. xxiii. 110, and oft. in Sept. with the
a7o Twos underst. John viii. 59, Inoovs
dé éxpvByn, Kat éEnAOev EK TOV iegod,
1.e. Jesus hid himself and [afterwards]
went out of the temple ; and so oft., espec.
in this tense, in Sept., and kovawvreoOar in
Xen. Cyr. iv. 5,5. Perf. part. cexoup-
pévos, hidden, as adv. secretly, John xix.
38. Sept.
KovotadXiGw, f. iow, (KovoTad-
eo) to be as crystal, pellucid. Rev. xxi.
K puotaddXos, ov, 6, (Kptos & Kou-
oTaivw, to freeze,) crystal, prop. ‘ any
thing congealed’ and pellucid, e. gr. zce,
Hom. Hi. xxi. 152. Thuc. ii. 23. Hdet.
ii. 22. In N. T. rock-crystal, a sort of
precious stone, on which see Pliny, Rev.
iv. 6. xxii. 1. Diod. Sic. ii. 52, init.
Kov@y, adv. (kpt7Tw,) secretly, not
openly, Eph. v. 12. Sept. and Class.
Kta@opat, f. xtjoouat, depon. mid.
to get for oneself, acquire, procure, by
purchase or otherwise, perf. KéxTypac as
pres. to possess ; with acc. Matt. x. 9. Lu.
xvill. 12, wavta dca ktwpar. In] Th.
iv. 4, TO éguTov oKevos KTaca, the
sense, however disputed, is simply ‘ to
have in possession, hold, use, his body,’
for the purpose of sanctification. Nor is
this sense harsh ; since possession implies
use. And, indeed, there is an allusion to
the body asa precious wtenszl, to be used,
not abused, | Cor. vil. 31. With an ad-
junct of price in gen. Acts xxii. 28; dra
and gen. vill. 20; é« and gen. i. 18, odos
éEKTNTATO Xwptov ék Tou micbov k.T.D.
i. e. ‘was the occasion of its being pur-
chased ;’ foll. by év with dat. fig. Lu. xxi.
19, €v TH UTOouovy buwv KTicadbe Tas
wuyas vue@y, ‘through your patience pur-
chase your lives, procure your safety;
comp. Matt. x. 22, & xxiv. 13. Sept. and
Class.
Kvajpma, atos, TO, (kexTymat,) prop.
@ possession, property, ‘any thing acquired
in plur., the bona immobilia, lands and
houses, as distinguished from the bona
MOBILIA, furniture and other personal
property, vmdoFes, Matt. xix. 22, and
Mk. x. 22, jv yao txwyv KTHpata ToAXG.
Acts il. 45, 7a kTHpuaTa Kal Tas dbao-
fers. Acts v. 1, krqma, with which comp.
Xwotoy at ver. 3. Sept. and Class.
Kt7vos, eos ous, TO, (contr. fr. KTé-
avos, and that from xrdouat,) prop. =
KTH UA, & possession, a property ; but only
in plur. So Aéschyl. Ag. 197, & Gen.
xxvi. 14. It is, however, espec. used of
flocks and herds of every kind, in Homer,
Hdot. and Xen. InN. T. and the prose
writers gener., of objects of purchase or
possession, e. gr. @ beast, domestic animal,
1 Cor. xv. 39, as opposed to men; and
that whether for riding or burden, &c.
Lu. x. 34. Acts xxiii. 24. Sept. and Class.
Kt7Twe, opos, 0, (KTaouat,) pos-
sessor, owner, Acts iv. 34, kT7TOpEs Yw-
otwy, ‘owners of farms,’ i. e. landed pro-
perty. A rare word, but occurring in
Diod. Sic. x. p. 102, of wretctoL Twev
kTynTOpwy. Angl. landlords.
Ki wa, f. icw, fr. xriw, of which the
primary sense was domo, whence kTiXos,
tame, as said of persons, and tamed, as said
of ground reduced from wildness to culti-
vation; see Virg. Aun. ix. 608. Hence
kTiGw came to mean, to bring land into
cultivation, to plant or settle a country, to
found a city: whence, to found, in the
sense to originate, give birth to, condo:
and as condo in Latin meant prim. fo put
together, arrange what is out of order, so
KTiCw came to mean to create, as said of
the universe reduced from chaos to a state
such as to entitle it to be designated xdc-
feos, arrangement. Such, at least, was
the idea entertained of the work of creation
by the heathen philosophers; who, it
would seem, originated the term K7Ti{w as
well as kdomos, whence it was borrowed
by the writers of the Sept. and Apocr.,
and from them adopted by the N. T.
writers ; though they used it in the Christ-
tan acceptation, ‘to produce out of nothing,
to bring into being out of non-entity.” So
Mk. xiii. 19, ijs Exticev 6 Oeds. Rom. i.
25. 1 Cor. xi: 9. Ephi ae ines
of a moral creation, by regeneration or
spiritual renovation, Tit. iii. 5. Eph. ii. 10,
KTLoOévtes ev X.'1. Emi Epyots ayaborts,
and iv. 24, xrio@évta Ev OiKatocvvy Kat
ostoTntt. So Sept. Ps. li. 10, xapdiav
KkaQapav kticov év éuot. Thus spiritual
renovation and regeneration are conver-
tible terms.
K riots, ews, 4, (kTiGw,) in Class. a
founding of cities, or constructing any
thing. In N. T. creation, i.e. 1. the act
as
of creating, Rom. i. 20, amo KtTicews
Kkoopou. Psalt. Salom. viii. 7.—II. gener.
for xrispa, created thing, whatever exists
in rerum natura, and collect. created things,
Rom, i. 25, eXatpevoav TH KTicEL TAG
Tov KTicavTu. Vili. 89. Wisd. ii. 6. Ecclus.
xlix. 16. Collect. 1) creation in general,
the universe, world, e. gr. am’ aoxns KTI-
cews, Mk. x. 6. xiii. 19. 2 Pet. iti. 4. Col.
i. 15, towtoToKos Tacs KTicews. Rev.
iii. 14. Wisd. v. 17. xvi. 24. Used spec.
of the visible creation, Heb. ix. 11, ov
TaUTYHS THS KTicews, ‘not of this cre-
ation,’ but of heavenly fabric, (see viii. 2,)
namely, the visible creation of thzs world,
composed of ‘ the things which are seen,’
as opp. to the neat, ‘the things which are
not seen.’ Judith ix. 12. xvi. 14. 2) by
meton. for man, mankind, all intelligent
creatures, Mk. xvi. 15, xnovEate To
evayy. waoyn TH KTioe. Col. i. 23.
Heb. iv. 13. So Rom. viii. 19 — 22,
_ creation for human creatures, all mankind.
2 Cor. v. 17, and Gal. vi. 15, kaiviy KTicts,
@ new creature in a moral sense, equiv. to
Kavos avOowmros in Eph. iv. 24.—ITI. by
impl. ordznance, institution, by a use formed
on that of creo, to appoint, | Pet. ii. 13,
UToTayNTE ovv Taoy avOowTivy KTiCEL.
Ktioua, atos, TO, (kTiGw,) any
created thing, a creature, 1 Tim. iv. 4.
Rev. v. 13. viii. 9. Wisd. ix. 2. xiii. 5.
Metaph. Ja. i. 18, amaoy7 Tis THY adToU
KTLOU“aTWY, equiv. to Kavi) KTioLs, see
K iors, ii. 2.
Ktiotijs, ov, 6, (kTi{w,) in Class.
a founder of a city, or the framer or in-
ventor of any thing. In N. T. the Creator,
spoken of God, 1 Pet. iv. 19. Ecclus.
xxiv. 8. 2 Macc. i. 24.
Kufeia, as, 4, (xvBos, cube, die,)
prop. and in Class. a@ playing at dice; in
N. T. fig. gaming, gambling, with allusion
to its deceptiveness and trickery or leger-
demain, Eph. iv. 14, év ty KuBeia Tov av-
Sowmwy, ‘by the trickery of men;’ and so
cuPeverv in Arr. Epict. ti. 19, 28.
KuBépynots, ews, 4, (kuReovaw,)
prop. in Class. & Sept. a governing, direc-
tion ; in N.T. | Cor. xii. 28, put abstr. for
concr. for governor, director, i.e. in the
primitive churches. See my note.
KuBepvitns, ov, 6, (kuBepvaw, Lat.
guberno, to steer a ship,) a@ steersman,-
puot, so called by the ancients because he
had the sole direction of the ship, Acts
xxvii. 11, where see my note, Rev. xviii.
17. Sept. and Class.
KuxAo8ev, adv. (xtKXos,) from
around, round about, Rev. iv. 3, 8. v. 11.
Sept. and lat. Class.
_ KukXos, ov, 6, a circle, in N. T. onl
in dat. kvxAw as adv. around, Mk. iii. 34,
233
Le
meo.BreWapevos KikXw. vi. 6, 36. Lu.
ix. 12. Rom. xv. 19. Sept. and Class.
Foll. by gen. Rev. iv. 6, KixkXw Tov Spo-
vov. v. ll. vii. 11. Sept. and Class.
KuxAcw, f. arw, (KiKXos,) to encircle,
to surround, trans. John x. 24. Acts xiv.
20, and Class. Of besiegers, Lu. xxi. 20,
Kuk\oupmévyny UO oTpAaTOTEOwY Tip ‘TE-
oovo. Heb. xi. 30. Rev. xx. 9. Sept. and
Class.
KvAt'o, f. t'ew, (another, and indeed
the primitive, form for kuvAivdw,) to roll,
to move any heavy body, by volutation, as
a stone, or log of wood, trans. In N.T. mid.
to roll oneself, intrans. Mk. ix. 20, éxvu-
Nieto adoiCwy, ‘rolled himself about,
and foamed, even from agony. So in
Thue. ii. 52, 3, év tais odots éxuAu-
OovvTo tpcOvqTEs.
KuXAtopa, atos, To, (KuAiw,) prop.
‘something rolled,’ as a wheel, Symm. Ez.
x. 13. In N. T. wallowing-place, = kv-
Aioroa, which occ. in Xen. Eq. v. 3.
2 Pet. ii. 22, is—eis kvAtcua PBopBogov.
A proverbial expression, also alluded to in
Arr. Epict. iv. 11, 29, @mred8e kai yoipw
dtadéyou tv év BopBopw pt) Kuintae.
Diod. Sic. t. i. 256, ixvedmovas KudALo-
Mévous ev TH THAW.
KvAAos, 7, dv, adj. (kindr. with xot-
Aos, & KoXos,) prop. bent, crooked, e. gr. of
the hand as held out in begging, Aristoph.
Kq. 1083. Also of the limbs, avamnpos,
(so Hesych. explains it, xa@umrudos, club-
foot,) and hence gener. and in N. T.
crippled, lume, espec. in the hands, Matt.
xv. 30, (where see my note,) 31. xviii. 8.
Mk. ix. 43. Anthol. Gr. iii. p. 31. Ari-
stoph. Av. 1379. Hippocr. sepe.
Kupa, atos, 70, (ktw,) a wave, bil-
low, Matt. viii. 24. Mk. iv. 37, al. Sept.
and Class.
KuvpBaXroyv, ov, 70, (kduBos, bason,)
a cymbal, | Cor. xiii. 1. Sept. and Class.
K vptvoy, ov, to, cumin, the cuminum
sativum of modern botany, an umbelli-
ferous plant, with aromatic seeds of a
warm and bitterish taste, very similar to
caraway-seeds, and used by the ancients as
a condiment, Matt. xxiii. 23. Sept. and
lat. Class.
Kuvaptoyp, ov, To, (dimin. of kiwv,) a
little dog, a term of contempt, as our cur
for curtal, (see Johns. Dict.) Matt. xv.
26, 27. Mk. vii. 27, 28, and Class.
Kuda, f. Ww, to stoop, bend oneself
down, intrans. Mk. i. 7; absol. as Hom.
I]. iv. 468, and oft. in Sept. John viii. 6,8;
foll. by «kaé7w, as in Aristoph. Vesp. 279.
Theophr. Eth. Ch. 24.
Kuopia, as, 7, (fem. of kip.os,) prop.
Ks Yup
the mistress of a family, as in Sept., but
often used as an honorary title of address
to a female, as /ady in English, 2 John 1,
exert} Kuoia, and 5, éowT® oe, Kupia.
Comp. in Kupros 1.3. Epict. Ench. 40,
ai yuvatkes kupiat KaXovvTat ao TEG-
Gapeckaideka éT@v: gener. Sept. Gen.
xvi. 4. 2K.v. 3. Xen. H. G. iii. 1, 12.
Kvpiakos,%, ov,adj.(Kvpros,) in Class.
‘ ac 5 “4
pertaining toa master; but in N. T. and
the Fathers, ‘relating to the Lord, i.e.
the Lord Jesus Christ, as kuorakov Oetr-
voy, the Lord’s supper, 1 Cor. xi. 20. 7
Kuo. 7uéoa, ‘the Lord’s day,’ Rev.i. 10.
Kupzretvo, f. evow, (Kioros,) in Class.
to be lord over any person, or master of
any thing, as its proprietor, to have domi-
nion over, foll. by gen. In N. T. used
1) prop. of persons, Lu. xxii. 25, oi Baor-
Aelts Twv eévov Kuptevovcw adbTov.
Rom. xiv. 9. 2 Cor. i. 24. Part. o xu-
ptevwv, a potentate, 1 Tim. vi. 15, Kupros
Ta@v KuptevovtTwy, Lord of lords. 2) fig.
of things, to have power over, Rom. vi. 9,
14, duaptia yap vuwr ov KuplEevoet. Vii.
1, 6 vopos Kupiever TOU avOpwarov. And
so Law is said to be kvptos wavTwy, and
wavtTwy Bacirevs. Of this figurative use
of xuptevery no example has been adduced:
nor have I been able to find any except
the following, Ecclus. xxxvii. 18, riccapa
mépn avatédAeL, ayabov kai Kakov, Cw!
Kal Sévatos’ Kali (and yet) Kuprevovca
évdedeya@s avTav ywooe eat, ‘holds
the mastery over them, by awarding one
or the other. Now there avatedXeu has
the sense arises, i. e. occurs, yiveTat, as
exortor in Terent. Hee. iv. 4, 11, ‘ A Myr-
rhena hec sunt mea uxore exorta omnia.’
And such is the real meaning (though
with an elegant allusion, as at Lu. 1. 78, to
the dawning of day) in Ps. xevii. 11, Sept.
pas avetetle TH Orkaiw, ‘light (i. e.
joy, as in Esth. viii. 17) arises, is produced
to the righteous.’
Kvpzos, ov, 6, (Kv¥pos, power, autho-
rity,) prim. an adj., signifying, as used of
persons, ‘having power or authority’ (Ku-
pos éywy) to do, or not to do, any action ;
foll. by gen. of thing, or infin. with or
without the article. Of things (as laws,
ordinances, awards, &c.) having force,
valid, &c. And so it is often used in the
earlier writers; but espec. in the later
ones, as a subst. And so it is invariably
used in N. T. where it has two accepta-
tions, I. as said of private persons invested
with authority, as having property in any
thing or person; 1) in the sense owner,
proprietor, whether of things, as Matt. xx.
8, 6 Kbolos TOU auTreh@vos, and xxi. 40.
Gal. iv. 1. (with which compare Xen. Eph.
p. 68, 13, 6 Kipros Tov To7rov, the land-
234
KYP
plos Tou travpou, (as we say, a horse’s
master,) Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 44. Pol. iii. 98,
10; or persons, as slaves or servants, Matt.
x. 24. xxiv. 45, sqq., any one’s lord or
master, Sept. and Class. Also, as holding
authority over any persons, whether as
master of a family, Mk. xiii. 35, 6 «. THs -
oixkias, or husband, 1 Pet. iii. 6, where
Sarah is described as KUptov auTov Ka-
Aovoa, with reference to Gen. xviii. 12,
6 6& KUgLOs pou TeecB. A use of the
word very rare in the Class., but found in
Aristoph. Eq. 969, Surxin Kai 6 Kiptos,
i.e. ‘S. and her husband.’ Plut. vi. 32, 13.
And so dominus is used in Latin, as Virg.
/Bn. iv. 213. Fig. Matt. xii. 8. Mk. ii.
28, K. Tou caBBarou, ‘ master over it, by
having authority as to its observance or
non-observance. And so Matt. ix. 38, o
KUpLos TOU Sepiopouv. 2) of a supreme
lord, sovereign, e. gr. the Roman emperor,
Acts xxv. 26. Philo Leg. ad Cai. ii. p.
587, 42. Arr. Epict. iv. 1, 12. Plut. vi.
p. 673, 18. Of the heathen gods, 1 Cor.
viii. 5, &omep slot Seoi woXdXol Kal Kv-
ovoe ToAAOL, Meaning prob. gods superior
and inferior. Pind. Isth. v. 67, Zevs 6
mavtTwy KveLtos. 3) as an honorary title ©
of address, especially to superiors, as in
Engl. Sir, Fr. Sieur or Monsieur, Germ.
Herr, e. gr. from a servant to his master,
Matt. xiii. 27, Lu. xiii. 8; a son to his
father, Matt. xxi. 30 ; to a teacher, master,
Matt. viii. 25. Lu. ix. 54; toa person of
dignity or authority, Mk. vii. 28. John iv,
11; to the Roman procurator, Matt. xxvii.
63; also in the respectful intercourse of
common life, John xii. 21. xx. 15. Acts
xvi. 30. Sept. and lat. Class.—II. said of
Gop and Curist. 1. of God as the Su-
preme Lord and Sovereign of the universe;_
with the art. 6 Kiptos, Matt. i. 22. v. 33.
Mk. v. 19. Lu. i. 6, al. sepe; wzthout the
art. Mk. xiii. 20. Lu. i. 58, al. sepe, & Sept.
oft. with and sometimes without the art.
With adjuncts, without the art. e. gr. Ku-
plos 0 Osds cov, Matt. iv. 7. xxii. 37.
Lu. i. 16, al. K. caBaw6, Rom. ix. 29.
Ja. v. 4. Sept. 1 Sam. ava tee ose
Tavtokodtwp, 2 Cor. vi. 18, and K. o
Ozds 6 TavtoKeaTwp, Rev. iv. 8. xi. 17,
al. Sept. 2 Sam. vii. 8 Nah. ii. 14. K.
Tav KuptevdvtTwy, Lord of lords, | Tim.
vi. 15. K. otpavou cai yas, Acts xvii. 24;
and so, applied also to God as the Father
of our Lord Jesus Christ, Matt. xi. 25,
Ilatep, Kipre Tov ovpavou x. 7. X. Lu.
x. 21. Comp. Sept. Kvpuos 0 Oeos tov
ovpavou, 2 Chr. xxxvi. 23.—11. of the
Lord Jesus Christ, 1) in reference to his
abode on earth as a master and teacher,
where it is equiv. to pa@Bi, and émiora-
Tys, comp. Matt. xvii. 4 with Mk. ix. 5,
and Lu. ix. 33; comp. also John xiii. 13,
lord,) Sept. Exod. xxi. 28, et sqq. 6 xé-!14. So chiefly in the evangelists before
KY P 235
the resurrection of Christ, and with the
art. 6 Kve.os, THE Lord emphat. Matt.
xxi. 3, 0 K. avt@v xypeiav éyer, Lu. vii.
13. Johniy. 1, & oft. With adjuncts, e. gr.
© Kv@uos Kai 6 ddaokados, John xiii. 13,
14. 6 Kugcos ‘Incous, Lu. xxiv. 3. Acts
i. 21. iv. 33, al. 2) as the supreme Lord
of the gospel dispensation, Head over all
things to the church, Eph. i. 22, Lord of
all, o yap autos K. wavtwv, Rom. x. 12,
comp. ix. 5. 1 Cor. xv. 25, sq. Heb. ii. 8.
viii. 1. Rev. xvii. 14. With the art. 6
K, Mk. xvi. 19. Acts viii. 25, & oft. So,
with gen. of pers., o K. wou, &c. Matt.
xxii. 44. Eph. vi. 9. Heb. vii. 14. Rev. xi.
8; without the art. Lu.i. 76. 2 Cor. iii.
l7,al. With adjuncts, e. gr. with art. 6
_ Kdgtos “Inoous, or Incovs 6 K. Rom.
iv. 24. 1 Cor. v. 5. xi. 23. 6 K. tua
"Incous, Heb. xiii. 20. 6 K. iuawv Xor-
otos, once Rom. xvi. 18. o K. ’Incous
Xo.oTos, or I. Xo. 6 Kio. Acts xvi. 31.
Rom. xiii. 14, al. 6 K. jue ’I. Xo.
»1 Cor. i. 2, 10. Gal. vi. 18, al.-sepe. ’I.
Xp. 6 K. juav, Eph. iii. 1]. 1 Tim.i. 2.
2 Pet. i. 2. So, without the art., e. gr.
Kvpuos “Incous, Rom. x. 9. | Cor. xii. 3.
Phil. ii. 19, al. Xouoros K., i.e. the Mes-
siah, Lu. ii. 11. Ktovos "Incovs Xoiortos,
or I. Xp. Kupuos, Rom. i. 7. 2 Cor. i. 2.
iv. 5. Kuo.os yuav “I. Xo. Gal. i. 3.
We have yet to consider the frequent
phrase sometimes difficult of interpreta-
tion, év Kugiw, which varies in sense ac-
cording to the force ascribed to the év,
(1) as denoting proximity or contact, and
joined with wy, either expr. or impl. (2)
as denoting means or manner, and standing
alone. In the first case, 6 év Kupiw scil.
@v, denotes ‘one united to the Lord by
the mystical union which subsists between
Christ and his Church, the union, by
faith, of Christians with Christ, repre-
sented in John xv. 2, 4, 7, as that of the
branches of a vine with the trunk. See
in Ev, I. m1. 1. Accordingly, by 6 épy
Kvpiw is meant a Christian, Rom. xvi. 8,
ll, Tovs dvtas év Kupiw, & 13. Philem.
16. Im the second case, évy will mean
either through, by, as denoting the means
by which the action is done, through a
certain aid or influence, e. gr. 1 Cor. xv.
38. 2 Cor. ii. 12. Gal. v. 10. Eph. ii. 21.
Col. iv. 17; or, in virtue of an authority,
Eph. iv. 17. 1 Thess. iv. 1; also, after
verbs of trusting, Phil. ii. 19, or glorying,
i Cor. i. 31, also of rejoicing, (where év
denotes source or origin, Phil. iii. 1. iv. 4,
10. 1 Thess. v. 16. Comp. Ps. xxxiii. 1);
and perhaps of salutation, as Rom. xvi. 22.
] Cor. xvi. 19, domag. buds év Kupiw,
where it denotes manner, q. d. ‘a holy and
Christian salutation,’ as in 1 Cor. vii. 39,
povov év Kupiw.
the authority, injunction of the Lord, and
Also, ‘in deference to.
KQA
by impl. ‘as becomes those who are in the
Lord,’ Eph. vi. 1. Ph. ii. 29. Col. iii. 18,
ws avnkev tv Kupiw. In some other
passages év Kupiw means ‘in the work of
the Lord,’ i. e. the Gospel, as Rom. xvi.
12. 1 Cor. iv. 17. ix. 2. Eph. vi. 21. Phil.
ry gal’
Kvp.otns, tTyTos, 7, (kdp.os,) prob.
in abstr. lordship, dominion, as Theodor.
iv. 1255, kvoroTnta piav, of the Holy
and undivided Trinity. In N. T. abstr.
for concr. lords, princes, rulers, Eph. i. 21.
2 Pet.ii. 10. Jude 8. In plur. Col. i. 16,
joined with Spovo1, as denoting supreme
potentates, like the Roman emperor, or
king of Persia; while by adoxai Kal é£ov-
cia: are denoted the subordinate ones;
such as the Roman proconsuls, ruling over
provinces.
Kup oa, f. wow, lit.‘ to make strong,’ &
fig. ‘ to give authority’ (xupos) to any act,
‘establish as valid, confirm, 1) gener. as
in Plato, cited by Budzus, where he says
that astronomy, rhetoric, and other exact
sciences, confirm all things by reason ;
2) spec. of what is confirmed and decreed
by public authority, as Thue. iv. 125. viii.
69, and often in Hdot., A¢sch.,and Polyb.,
as also Sept. and Joseph. And so in
2 Cor. ii. 8, we have kvpw@oat eis abTov
ayarnv, where the full sense is ‘ to so
publicly confirm (i. e. by some public and
solemn act) your love to him, that he may
be assured of it.” See my note there.
Kiwy, kuvods, 6, 7, a dog, 1) prop.
Luke xvi, 21. 2 Pet. ii. 22. Sept. & Class.
2) fig. a person who resembles the dog in
disposition, ‘an impudent, shameless,
greedy person,’ Phil. ii. 2, where it is
spoken of Judaizing teachers, comp. Is.
Ivi. 11. (Hom. Il. vi. 344, 356. Od. xxii.
35.) Matt. vii. 6, um d@Te TO &ytov Tots
Kuol, lit. gzve not consecrated meat to dogs,
i.e. gener. ‘proffer not good and holy
things to those who will spurn and pervert
them.’ Also in plur. for catamites, Rev.
xxii. 15. So Sept. Deut. xxiii. 19.
K@Xov, ov, TO, prop. and in Class. a
limb, member, whether of the human body,
(Eurip. Pheniss. 1192 or 1201. Apollo-
dor. Bibl. iii. 5,) or of an animal, Diod.
Sic. iii.23. In N. T. plur. ta x@Xa for
carcass, corpse, (as in Engl. bones,) Heb.
ili. 17. So Sept. Lev. xxvi. 30. Num. xiv.
29, 32. Is. lxvi. 24.
Kwdv'w, f. v’ow, (kodos, a stump,
and kindr. with xoXa@w, koXovw,) prop.
‘to cut off, and hence gener. to hinder,
prevent, restrain, prop. with acc. of pers.
and gen. of thing, Acts xxvii. 43, exwAv-
oev avTovs Tov BovAjuatos. So Sept.
and Class. Foll. by acc. of pers. and
infin. Acts vill. 836, Ti kwAUver pe Bat-
a
Ei agen elt age
SR ES
|
|
KQM
tic8qvat; xvi. 6. So Plato, Theet. p.
143, TL kwAver Huas dre Oetv, al. sepe ;
with acc. tmpl. Matt. xix. 14. Lu. xxiii. 2.
1 Tim. iv. 3; with anf impl. Lu. ix. 49,
et al.; absol. ix. 50, and Class. in all the
constr. Foll. by acc. of thing, 1 Cor. xiv.
39, Kai To NaXety yAwWooals ui KwWAUVETE.
2 Pet. ii. 16; with vou and inf. Acts x.
47, and Class. Hdian. iti, 1, 13. Xen.
Mem. iv. 5,4, 5. By Hebr. with acc. of
thing and do with gen. of pers. Lu. vi.
29, ato TOU aipovTés cov To imation,
Kal Tov XitT@VAa pi) KwAvons. So Sept.
Gen. xxiil. 6.
Kwyun, ns, 7, a village or country-town,
as opp. to a walled town or city. See
Thue. i. 5. iv. 42. 1) prop. e. gr. Tas 7o-
Aets TWacas Kai Tas Kwuas, Matt. ix. 35.
Lu. vill. l. a@ypot cal k@uat, Mk. vi. 36.
K@uat ty jokes } ayoot, Mk. vi. 56. 7
KoOuy, at Kona, simply, Matt. xxi. 2, &
oft. Meton. villages for the inhabitants of
villages, Acts viii. 25. Sept. and Class.
Mk. vili. 27, ai k@uar Karoaoeias, the
villages of Cesarea, i. e. lying around and
dependent upon it. 2) apparently of a
large town or small city, kwuétroArs, with-
out walls, or disembattled, e. gr. Beth-
saida, prob. of Galilee, Mk. viii. 23, 26,
bis. Comp. ver. 22, and John i. 45. Sept.
deck. (xchay xvea 9. Aidian. in..6.:)9; of
Byzantium.
KwpodtoXts, ews, 7, (Kun, ToALs,)
lit. a village-city, i.e. a large village or
country-town like a city, but without
walls, Mk. i. 38. Strabo, Ptolemy, J.
Malela, Isidore.
Ka@pos, ov, 0, a feasting, revel, Lat.
comissatio, a carousing after supper, Rom.
xii, 13. Gal. v.21. J Pet. iv. 3. 2 Macc.
vi. 6. Eur. Cycl. 581. Diod. Sic. xvii. 72.
fl. V. H. xni. 1. Xen. Cyr. vii. 5, 25.
KawvwwW, wos, 0, 7, « gnat, culex,
found in acid wine and vinegar, Matt. xxiii.
24, Hdot. and Aristot.
Kw os, 7, ov, adj. fr. kéxogda, 2 perf.
xoTTw, to beat, pound, and also to chop
off any limb, Hom. II. xiii. 203, and Od.
xxii. 477, or knock off the edge or point of
a weapon, so as to make it blunt. So Hom.
Il. xi. 890, xw@ov Bédos. Thus the word
signifies prop. blunted, and fig. (as in our
words obtuse, dull, dolt,) stupzd, as in Soph.
Ag. OMS Pind: iP yth. ix. lol. Wbat the
term was generally applied to persons who
are deprived of one of the organs of sense,
by being deaf, dumb, or blind. The last-
mentioned use is, indeed, rare, but it is
found in Hippocrates. The other two are
frequent, but the former is the primary
sense; and the same term might well
serve for both, since those born deaf are
necessarily dumb; though the Latin and
English languages are provided with sepa-
236
AA®O
| rate terms foreach. And it is remarkable
that in all the words denoting deprivation
there is the same common idea of cutting
off or closing up. So our word dumb comes
from the A.-S. daman, to stop up, to darn
up, lit. stunned in the hearing, as the
German stumm, from stumpf, blunt. So
also our word blind, fr. A.-S. blinnan, to
stop up, means ‘one whose sense of sight
from Gr. uiw, to stop up. Thus Strabo
says, TUupA0ds Trotauos for a river stopped
wp at its mouth by bogs ; and other writers
have tuddos totyos for a wall which
shuts up access. ‘The other terms, indeed,
might change places, as-equally fitted to
express deprivation of sense. Sophocles
was aware of this when he made Cédipus
say to Tiresias, (Cid. Tyr. 371,) tupAds
Ta T WTA TOV TE VOUVY, TA T OupaT él.
And so Beaumont and Fletcher: ‘ You
that have stopt souls, that never knew
things gentle, as Adschyl. Ag. 462, dpe-
veav Kekoumévos. Milton, P. L. vii. 541,
‘senses obtuse. In N. T. of the senses
and faculties. 1) blunted as to the tongue
or speech, i. e. dumb, Matt. ix. 32, 33,
éXatnoev 6 Kwopos. xii. 22. xv. 30, 31.
Lu. i. 22. xi. 14, datmoviov Kwapov, comp.
in” AXaXos. Sept. and Class. 2) blunted,
dull, as to hearing, deaf, Matt. xi. 5, kai
Kwpot akovover. Mk, vii. 32, 37. ix. 25,
mvevua Kwopov. Lu. vii. 22. Sept. and
Class.
A.
Aayxavw, (fr. obsol. AXaxw or Aayw,
to lay, lay down,) f. AnEomar, aor. 2. EXa-
Xov, prim. and prop. with ckA7jpous under-
stood, to lay down, cast lots, Isocr. Areop.
8. Diod. Sic. iv. 63, éXayxov Kai, &ce.;
| also to cast lots upon any thing, but gener.
| to obtain by lot, foll. either by acc. or by
gen. of thing. In N. T. both construc-
tions occur, the Ist in Ln. i. 9, EXayxe Tov
Juptacat, with allusion to the different
portions being assigned by lot; the 2d, in
is blinned’ or stopt up, as the Latin mutus
tavtTns. In 2 Pet. i. 1, Tots icdTipov HM.
Aayovo. miotiw, the sense is obtained,
lit. ‘shared with us,’ in allusion to the
blessings of salvation being allotted to
them, as an inheritance, by the gracious
benignity of the Saviour. Also in Class.
from Homer downwards, though the genit.
is more usual. But éAXayxe KAHoov no
where occurs in Class., only éXaye xAnpa.
In John xix. 24, AXadxwuev epi avTou,
Tivos éotat, the primury sense has place.
A adOpa, adv. (Aabetv, Aavbavw,) se-
cretly, privately, Matt. i. 19. ii. 7, et al.
Sept. and Class.
—————— Le
of sense, in Greek and Latin, and Hebrew,
Acts i. 17, €X\aye Tov KAHpOv THS Olak.
AAI
AatXawW, amos, 7, (fr. Nat, very, and
Aaatw, Dor. for AnwTw, cogn. with Aaw
and A&Bw,) to take off; carry away, (as in
Aat-Wneds, Aat-crodias, of the same
form as Sépaw, yep, oikdotpiyy, &c.)
a whirlwind or hurricane, which carries
away all before it, Mk. iv. 37. Lu. viii. 23,
A. avéuov. 2 Pet. ii. 17, bard AaiXaTros
éhavvouevar. So Aristid. has SaXaTTa
éhatvveto Aaitatwe aypia. The word
is oft. found in the Sept. and Class. espec.
Homer, but no where the expression X.
aveémou, the term always elsewhere occur-
ring without avéuov. Something, however,
like this occurs in Hom. I]. xvii. 57, 2X0 av
O 2famivys aveyos ody Naihate TOAKT.
AaktiCw, f. icw, (adv. XaE,) to kick,
to strike with the heel, e. gr. moos Kév-
toa, Acts ix. 5. xxvi. 14, and Class.
Adkw, see Aackw.
Aaréw, f. now, to talk, prop. and
' mostly in Class. ‘to use the voice,’ speak,
without any necessary reference to the
words spoken, and thus differing from
simety and Aéyew. So Plut. Alcib. 13,
AaXstv AoLoTos, aduvaTwTaTos éEyeLy,
and Plut. Placit. Phil. v. 20, XaXovcr pep,
ov poatover. In N.T. gener. to speak,
sometimes fo talk. I. prop. of persons,
absol. Matt. ix. 33, é\aA\noev 0 Kwos.
Mk. v. 35, re avrov NaXourTos, al. sepe.
Sept. and Class. Foll. by adv. John xviii.
23, ei kaxws éXLadtnoa. Mk. vii. 35. Acts
vii. 6. 1 Cor. xiii. 11. Heb. vi. 9. ovo-
a Tpos otoua, mouth to mouth, i. e. face
to face, 2 John 12. Sept. and Class. With
other adjuncts of manner, e. gr. dat. as
wappnoia, boldly, openly, John vii. 26.
Acts ii. 6. idia duadéxtw, vi. 10. 1 Cor.
xiii. 1; gener. yAwooars AaXeiv, see
in TA@ooca, 1. 3. Also with prep. e. gr.
eis aépa, | Cor. xiv. 9. (in ’A7jp.) John
vill. 44, 2x Ta@v idiwy AaXet: év with dat.
1 Cor. xii. 3, ¢v wvevpati 8. Xadwv. In
various constructions designating the per-
son or thing Zo or of whom one speaks,
e. gr. 1) foll. by dat. of pers. to speak to
or with any one, Matt. xii. 47, CyTouvtés
cot Kadyoa. Lu. i. 22, al. Sept. and
Class. With adjunct of manner added,
e. gr. dat. wappynoia, John vii. 13. Eph.
v. 19, XaXovvTes EavTots Wudpots, i.e.
“singing tegether.’ Foll. by év with dat.
1 Cor. xiv. 6,21. aepi tivos, Lu. ii. 38.
Foll. by particip. Aéywv, giving definite-
ness to the idea of AaAety, Matt. xiv. 27,
al. Sept. 2) foll. by wera twos, to speak
with, John iv. 27. ix. 37. With Aéyw,
Mk. vi. 50. Rey. xxi. 9, and Sept. 3)
foll. by arpos tiva, to speak to, Acts iv. 1.
xxi. 39. Sept. & Class. 4) foll. by wepi
t.vos, to speak about or of any one, John
vili. 26. xii. 41. Sept. 5) foll. by ace. of
a kindred noun or of a pronoun, iu a gene-
237
SS — ——————————————————————— —————_ ———— ———————
AAA
ral or adverbial sense. Matt. xii. 34, aya-
Oa AaXety: John viii. 20, pjuata. Rom.
xv. 18, etal. So Mk. ii. 7, XaXet-BXao-
gyuias. Acts vi. 13, pinata Braco.
John viii. 44, to Weudos. Jude 15, 16.
Sept. and Class. With other adjuncts,
e. gr. acc. and dat. of pers. Matt. ix. 18.
John xiv. 25, xv. ll. Sept. Gen. xxviii.
15; with dat. of manner, &c. Mk. viii.
32, Tov AOyov wappyoia éXaXer. | Cor.
xiv, 2. dua with gen. of manner, 1 Cor.
xiv. 9. év with dat. of manner, 2 Cor. xi.
17. gv Xpiotw, i. e. ‘by his authority,’
2 Cor. xii. 19. ti kata Twva, 1. e. accord-
ing to, 2 Cor. xi. 17. ti weta Tivos, Eph.
iv. 25. Sept. Gen. xxxi. 29. +i wept ti-
vos, Lu. ii. 33. Ti wpds Tia, Acts xi. 14.
Lu. xxiv. 44. apds ro ots, Lu. xii. 3, &
Sept.—lI. as modified by the context, where
the sense lies not so much in Aadéty as
in the adjuncts, e. gr. 1) of one teaching,
to teach, preach, absol. Lu. v. 4. 1 Cor.
xiv. 34, 35. ] Pet. iv. 11; foll. by adv.
John xii. 50, al.; foll. by azo or é« with
gen. of source or occasion, John vii. 17,
18. xii. 49; by é« with gen. of manner,
John iii. 31; by dat. of manner, yAwo-
cats AaXetv, Mk. xvi. 17. Acts ii. 4, al.
With adjunct of pers. éo whom, e. gr. dat.
John xv. 22. 1 Cor. iii. 1; also with wap-
pnoia, John xviii. 20. év with dat. of man-
ner, Matt. xiii. 10, dvati év wapaPBoXats
Aa@Asis a’tots; xiii. 384, al. Foll. by acc.
of thing taught, comp. in I. 5, absol. John
iii. 11. viii. 30, 40. xviii. 20. Acts xvi.
14, xx. 30. Tit. ii. 1; and so, in reference
to the doctrines of Jesus, John viii. 28,
30. x1i:.50., Actsyv.20. xvi 19) Cor
ii. 6,7. AaXety Kal didackew, Acts Xviii.
25. With pers. to whom, e. gr. dat. Mk.
ii. 2, éX\aXer ad’tots Tov Aodyov. iv. 3d.
John vi. 63. Acts viii. 25; also foll. by év
with dat. of manner, John xvi. 25. Aéywr,
Matt. xiii. 3. ci awpoos Tiva, Acts ii. 22.
1 Th. ii. 2. 2) of those who tell, relate,
declare, announce any thing, John i. 37.
ampos twa and adv. Lu. ii, 20. wepi t-
vos, John ix. 21; foll. by acc. of thing,
comp. above in I. 5. Matt. xxvi. 13. Acts
iv. 20; by acc. and dat. of pers. Acts
xxiii. 18, and with Agywy impl. Matt.
xiii. 33; also with areoi Tivos, Lu. ii. 17.
Acts xxii. 10. ka® ov tpomropv, xxvii. 25.
jTaod Tivos, Lu. i. 45. 3) of prophecy,
predictions, &e. to foretell, declare, Acts
iii. 24, xxvi. 22. arpos tia, xxviii. 25;
foll. by acc. of thing. Lu. xxiv. 25, ois,
by attr. for & Acts iii. 21; by ace. and
dat. of pers. John xvi. 1, 4. So of a
divine promise, Lu. i. 55, 70. 4) of
what is said with authority, for to di-
rect, charge, prescribe, with dat. Mk.
xvi. 19; with acc. and dat. John xv. 11;
acc., eis, and aepi, Heb. vii. 14; for to
publish, promulgate, authoritatively, Heb.
ee a
——s ee
AAA
iii. 5. ix. 19. 5) fig. to speak by writing,
by letter, 2 Cor. xi. 17, bis. Heb. ii. 5.
2 Pet. iii 16. Of one dead who speaks,
exhorts, by his example, Heb. xi. 4.—
IIT. meton. of things, e. gr. 1) of a law,
equiv. to prescribe, Rom. iii. 19. - 2)
of the expiatory blood of Jesus, Heb.
xli. 24, koettTov NaXovvtT. Tapa Tov
"ABeX, speaking better than [the blood
of] Adel, since this latter cried only for
vengeance, Gen. iv. 10. 3) in the imagery
of the Apocalypse, spoken of @ voice,
Rev. i. 12. iv. 1. x.4; of thunders, which
are said XaXetv Tas EauT@Y mwas, Rev.
x. 3,4; of a beast, Rev. xiii. 5, 11, 15, al.
Aaria, as, 7, (Aadéw,) in Class. tatéle,
speech, gener. implying loquacity ; in N.T.
speech, utterance, 1) manner of speaking,
e. gr. a dialect, Matt. xxvi. 73, 7 X. cou 6n-
ov oe Toret. Mk. xiv. 70, & Sept. 2) me-
ton. ‘what is uttered,’ talk, speech, John
iv. 42, dca tTHv ony Nadav, ‘ by what you
have said.’ viii. 48, d:ati tiv Nadav T.
é. 00 yivwokeTe ; * why do ye not acknow-
ledge my doctrine [as divine] ?”
Aauaé or Xaupa, Heb. why? where-
Sore? Matt. xxvii. 46. Mk. xv. 34.
AapuBave, (f. AnWouat, aor. 2. EXa-
Bov, perf. eiAn@a,) to take, actively, and
also in the partially passive sense ¢o re-
cewe, trans. I. to TAKE, I. prop. with
the hand, foll. by acc. expr. or impl. 1)
gener. Matt. xiv. 19, kai NaBwy Tods
jwéevtTe aotous. xxv. 1, al. sepe; with éx
tivos, John xvi. 14. Rev. v. 7. Sept. &
Class. Fig. éautw tipijv, Heb. v. 4.
Ovvauiv, Rev. xi. 17. Part. AaBwv is
often used before other verbs by a sort of
pleonasm, in order to express the idea
more graphically. Comp. ’Aviornmt ii. 3.
Matt. xiii. 31, ov AaBav av0owTos
Zoqmeioev. ver. 3d. Lu. xxiv. 43. Acts
xvi. 3. Sept. and Class. 2) of taking
food or drink, with acc. John xix. 30.
Acts ix. 19, X\aBwv tpopny. 1 Tim. iv. 4.
absol. Mk. xv. 23. 3) in the sense of to
take’ with one, e. gr. Matt. xvi. 5,
ze a0ovTo apTtous NaBetv. ver. 7. XXV.
4, John xviii. 3. we Eauta@v, Matt. xxv.
3d. So AauBavery yuvatka, to take a
wife, take as a wife, Mk. xii. 19, seqq.
Lu. xx. 28, sq. Sept. and Class. 4) to
take upon oneself, to bear; fig. endure,
Matt. x. 38, Tov otraupov. viii. 17, Tas
aoQeveias Huw. 5) to take up, gather
up, Matt. xvi. 9, 10, wocous xodivous
éhaBere ; fig. NaBetv Thy Wuyijy, as opp.
to Tin, John x. 17, 18. Xen. Ce. viii.
2. ix. 10.—n. to take ouT from a num-
ber, fo choose, Acts xv. 14, XaBetv 2&
éQv@v Aaodv, Heb. v. 1. Sept. & Class.-—
111. to take, to lay hold of, seize. 1) prop.
Matt. xxi. 35, kai NaBovtes Tovs OovXous.
Mk. xii. 38, 8. John xix. 1; absol. 2 Cor.
238
AAM
xi. 20, and Class. So in hunting or fish-
ing, to take, catch, Lu. v. 5. Xen. Cyr. i.
4,9; fig. 2 Cor. xii. 16, doXw vas éda-
Bov. So Soph. Phil. 100, doAXw ir.
AaBetv. Virg. Ain. ii. 196, ‘capti dolis.’
2) metaph. of any strong emotion, fo sezze,
come or fall upon any one, e. gr. ExoTaGLS
thaBev &travtas, Lu. v. 26. moos, vii.
16. mwetoacuos, 1 Cor. x. i138. Sept. and
Class. So of an evil spirit, demon, Lu. ix.
39. Comp. Jos. Ant. iv. 6, 5.—1v. to
take AWay from any one by force, Matt.
v. 40, kai Tov xtT@Va cov NaPetv. Rev.
iii. 11. vi. 4. Sept. and Class.—v. to take
UP a person, i. e. to recezve him as a friend
or guest into one’s house, equiv. to
déxoua. 1) gener. John xix. 27, ehaBev
avtTiv 6 wabytis eis Ta tora. Jobin vi.
21, eis Td mAotov. 2 John 10. Hom. Od.
vii. 255. Fig. of a teacher, &c. éo receive,
acknowledge, ‘to embrace and follow his
instructions,’ John i. 12. v. 43, al. So of
doctrine, to embrace, admit, e. gr. Tov
Adyov. Matt. xiii. 20. Mk. iv. 16. viv
paptupiav, John iii. 11. 1 John v. 9. ta
pnuata, John xii. 48. xvii. 6. 2) from
the Hebr. AauBaver tpdcwirov Twos,
to receive the person of any one, prop. said
of a king, or judge, who recezves or admits”
the visits of those who bring him saluta-
tions and presents, and favours their cause.
See espec. Job xiii. 10; hence to favour
any one, both in a good and bad sense; in
N. T. only in a bad sense, fo accept one’s
person, equiv. to .be partial towards
him, with gen. Gal. ii. 6, apocw7rov
Ozds avOpwrov ob AauBaver. Sept. ;
absol. to show partiality, Lu. xx. 2].—
VI. fig. in phrases, where AauPavery with
its accus. is often equiv. to the verb cor-
responding to the accus. e. gr. a@oxjv
NauBaverv, equiv. to begin, Heb. il. 3,
and Class. apoounv AapuB. to take occa-
ston, Rom. vii. 8, 11. Saéecos Nau. to
take courage, = Jappéw, Acts xxviii. 15.
ixavov Nau. to take security, Acts xvii. 9.
ANnOnv A. to forget, 2 Pet. i. 9. Jos. and
Class. wopdny Tivos X. to take the likeness
or form of any one, to liken oneself to him,
Phil. ii. 7, uwoppiv dovAov AaBwv. So
Test. xit. Patr. p. 542, 0 Geos cHpa
AaBaov. Comp. Zech. vi. 13. Wisd. v. 19.
metoav NauB. to make trial of, i.e. to
attempt, Heb. xi. 29, and Class.; or also
equiv. to have trial of, to experience,
Heb. xi. 36. Xen. GE&c. xvii. 1, cupBov-
Atov AauB. to take counsel, equiv. to
consult, Matt. xii. 14. xxvii. 1, 7. xxviii.
12. bardderyna tTiva NauP. to take any
one as an example, Ja. v. 10. vrouvnow
Nau. to recollect, to remember, 2 Tim. i.
5. xapayuad tivos NauPavew, to take or
adopt the mark of any one, Rev. xiv. 11;
foll. by gai with gen. xiv. 9, xx. 4.—
II. fo RECEIVE what is given, imparted,
AAM
imposed, to obtain, partake of. 1) gener.
absol. Matt. vii. 8, was yap o aitay Aau-
Baver. x. 8. 1 Cor. iv. 7, al. with é« of
source, John i. 16; foll. by acc. Matt. xx.
9, EXaBov ava Snvagrov. ver. 10. xxv. 16,
mévTe Taavta KaBwv. Mk. x. 30, et
al. By &« twos partitively, Rev. xviii. 4,
éx TOv TAHY@Y avTAs iva py AaBNTE,
and Class. With an adjunct of the sowrce,
&c. e. gr. amo with gen. from, 1 John ii.
27; maoa with gen. from any one, Acts ii.
33, al.; spoken de conatu, John v. 34, 41,
dofav Tapa av0pwTov ob NauBavw. ver.
44; vmod with gen. 2 Cor. xi. 24. 2) of
those who recezve an office, station, or dig-
nity, either as committed or transmitted,
e. gr. émricxomiy, Acts i. 20. KAHoov, ver.
25. ispateiav, Heb. vii. 5. Bactdeian,
Lu. xix. 12,15; with mapa tivos, Acts
xx. 24, and Class. Also of a successor in
office, AaBety duadcoyov, Acts xxiv. 27.
3) of persons appointed to receive tribute,
rent, &c. to collect, Matt. xvii. 24, oi Ta
Oldpayma auPavovtes, i. e. the re-
ceivers, collectors, xxi. 34. Heb. vii. 8;
' with ao tivos, Matt. xvii. 25. 3 John
7. And so Class. 4) fig. to receive in-
struction, equiv. to be wmstructed, to
learn, Rev. iii. 3, pvnudveve ovv tras
etAngpas Kat jKovoas. Diod. Sic. ii. 29,
BeBaiws Exacta AapBavovor. 5) fig. in
phrases égytoAijv NauBaverv, to receive
commandment, twaga tivos, John x. 18.
_2John 4. regi twos, Col. iv. 10. apds
tia, Acts xvii. 15. kataddayiv AaB.
to be reconciled, Rom. v.11. kpiva Aap.
to receive condemnation, to be condemned,
Matt. xxii. 14. Ja. iii. 1: with dat.
reflex. Rom. xiii. 2. oixodopnv Aap. to
be edified, | Cor. xiv. 5. qwapayyeXiav
Xr. to recewe a charge, Acts xvi. 24. wepu-
Tounv apB. to be circumcised, John
vii. 23.
Napmas, ados, 4, (Adutw,) lit. a
light, e. gr. a torch, or lamp, &c.; the
first of which uses, occ. in Hdot. vi. 105.
Thue. iii. 24, et al. was the primary one,
called déryn by Homer. In N. T. too, the
word gener. means a@ torch, such as was
formed by a piece of iron wrapped round
with bandages of linen, and moistened
with oil, as Matt. xxv. 1, seqq. John
xviii. 3. Rev. viii. 10; but in Acts xx. 8,
and Rev. iv. 5, a lamp of the ancient
form, on which see Jahn, Arch. § 40.
Aapampos, @&, ov, adj. (Agutw,)
ener. shining, bright, radiant; but espec.
. as applied to the heavenly luminaries,
as the sun, moon, and stars. So of the
sun, Hom. Il. i. 605, éarei xatédu Aap-
moov paos Hediovo: of the moon, Thuc.
vii. 44, ceAyjvn X.: of the stars, Hom. I].
iv. 77, and so Rev. xxii. 16, 6 dornp 6
apa. 6 towives. Also of what reflects
239 AAN
back the light, as a bright mirror, Eurip.
Med. 1158, or burnished metal, which
glitters ; or any thing that is very white,
radiant. So of angels’ robes, Acts x. 30.
Rev. xv. 6. xix. 8, and later Class, as
Diod. Sic. t. i. 266. Of the robe put by
Herod upon Christ in mockery, as Pilate’s
soldiers afterwards put on him a purple
robe, Lu. xxiii. 11. Comp. Mk. xv. 17,
&c. There, however, we are to under-
stand, not white, but bright in colour, as
we say of such colours as purple, yellow,
&c. So Plut. vi. 546, of ampootdytes
éhéehaciw eabyta Naptoav ov AapPa-
vovol, ovdé douvikidas, and viii, 124,
éoOris A. Hence, by impl., splendid,
sumptuous, of dress, Ja. ii. 2, 3, éo-
Ons) A. Simil. Died! (Sich t.vixse pace.
apoehOwy év iuatiw haumow. So gener.
Rev. xviii. 14, ta ANaputpa, costly arte-
cles, Ecclus. xxix. 22, édéomata X.—II.
clear, limpid, Rev. xxii. 1, worapmov
Aaumpov ws KovotadAov. Xen. H. G.
v. 3, 19, data A. Hippocr. vdata X.
Kal NEvKa. .
Aapmwpeotns, TyHTos, 7, (AzpTpds,)
brightness, splendour, X\. tov nXtov, Acts
xxvi. 13. So of the heavenly bodies,
Sept. Is. Ix. 3. Dan. xii. 3. So in its
primary sense of light, Plut. viii. 477, tyv
ayav Kapute. Tov mwTos.
Aaptmows, adv. (Aaumopos,) splen-
didly, i. e. sumptuously, Lu. xvi. 19,
euppaivouevos X. And so Class. ; e. gr.
Comicus ap. Menand. and Phil. p. 208,
ed. Cler. X. yao Caouv.
ANduww, f. Ww, to shine, give light,
intrans. prop. with dat. Matt. v. 15, Nau-
Wet Tact Tols év TY oikia. absol. xvii. 2,
éhLauwWe TO TedcwTOV avTou. (Hom. II.
iv. 432, tevxyea tonid’ éAXapuwWe.) Lu.
xvii. 24. Acts xii. 7, ehauwev gv Tw
oikymart. (Xen. Mem. iii. 1, 9.) 2 Cor.
iv. 6, x oxoTous dws AauWat. Metaph.
Matt. v. 16, ottw AauWatw 7d das
vumwy, &c.° Let the light, i.e. fame, of
your example, shine forth, become mani-
fest.” So Pind. Ol. i. 36, Aduarer O2 of
kiéos. Eurip. Andr. 778, & aeeTa Kai
Savovet Nau7rer. Plato, Epist. 7, dua
Tavtwy avlporwv aupaca oo€a.
Sept. in Prov. iv. 18. Dan. xii. 3. In
2 Cor. iv. 6, ds zehauwWev év Tals Kapdiats
Uua@y, it has, I apprehend, an active sense,
(as in Eurip. Hel. 1142, dcdvov doréoa
Admpas, ‘lighting up, causing to shine,’)
supply @ws from the preceding context;
lit. “hath lighted up the light of the Gos-
pe a your hearts.” See my note on Lu.
in fu:
Aav@dvw, aor. 2. Z\a0ov, to lie hid,
concealed, to be unknown, absol. Mk. vii.
24, ovk HOvvnOn Aaveiv. Lu. viii. 47. ALL.
V. H. iv. 20, init. Foll. by ace. of pers.
AAS
‘to be hid AS TO any one,’ i. e. from him,
to escape his knowledge or notice, Acts
xxvil. 26, AavOaver avTov Tt TOVTWY Ov
meiVouar ovdév. 2 Pet. iii. 5, 8, & Class.
Joined with the partic. of another verb it
has the force of an adv., in the sense
secretly, unawares, Heb. xiii. 2, eXa0ov
Ties Eevioavtes ayyédous. Xen. An. i.
1, 9, and often in Class.
Aakeutos, 7, ov, adj. (AaEevw, fr.
Aas, Efw,) rock-hewn, i.e. hewn in the
rock, said of asepulchre, Lu. xxiii. 53.
Sept. Deut. iv. 49, et al.
Aaos, ov, 6, (Adw, whence A4Bw, to
hold, as it were in one’s grasp, to grasp,
collect ; so meaning ‘what is collected,
Lat. manipulus ; see v. tNaos.) Thus the
term is used to denote a people or multi-
tude, as 7wA7Vos from wAéw, to fill; and
with art., the multitude, or people, as opp.
to the sovereign or ruler, (Hom. Od. vi.
194, Hdot. v. 42,) and in plur. copie
{from capio), militares, troops, as opp. to
the chieftain. In N. T. its uses are as
follows: I. PROP. a@ people or nation,
meaning the mass of any people, and not,
like é#u0s, a community of free citizens.
1) gener. Lu. ii. 10, HTL Eotrat TavTi |
3
Tw raw. Acts iv. 25, Rev. v. 9, and Sept.
2) spec. of the Jews, as the people of
God’s choice, absol. or with tou Qeou,
&c. Matt. i. 21. ii. 4. Mk. vi. 6. Lu. i.
32, al. sepe. Sept. sepiss. Fig. of Chris-
tians, as God’s spiritual Israel, Tit. i. 14.
Heb. ii. 17. iv. 9, et al.—II. GENER. the
people, i.e. the many, the multitude, the
public, Lu. vii. 29, was 6 ads akovcas.
vill. 47. ix. 13. xxiii. 27, awA70os tov
Aaov. Acts iii. 9, et al. Hom. Il. xviii.
502, et al. Espec. the common people, the
populace, of any city or territory, e. gr.
Jerusalem, Acts ii. 47; of Galilee, Matt.
iv. 23. Sept. Gen. xix. 4. Hom. Od. xiii.
156. As distinguished from magistrates,
&c. Matt. xxvi. 5, iva pt) SopuBos yévn-
tatév Tw aw. Acts vi. 12, al. Sept. in
Ex. xviii. 22. Josh. vi. 8.
Aapvy&, vyyos, 6, the throat, from
Aaptoow, ‘to savour, enjoy, fr. Aagos,
‘savoury, pleasant,’ and that from Aaw,
volo. Thus A\douvyE means lit. ‘ that part
in which we especially enjoy meat or drink,
the upper part of the throat, the gullet, or
cesophagus.’ Thus it is considered, in the
words of H. Steph., as the cibi vehiculum
vel meatus. Soin Aristoph. Ran. 575. It
is, however, also and gener. considered as
vocis vehiculum, as Aristoph. Eq. 1363.
Also, as most Commentators explain the
word, in Rom. iii. 13, (compared with
Eeclus. vi. 5, XapvyE yAuKis wAnGuvet
gidovs,) but there the former sense is
preferable. See my note.
240
AET
Il. xiii. 616. xx. 277, to break with a
crash ; in N. T. and later Greek writers,
as said of things which burst with a noise
on being too much distended, to crack
open, to burst asunder, Acts i. 18, 2Xaxnoe
pécos. Act. Thom. § 33, 6 dé doakwv
puoneis éXLaxynoe. So dcataxjoaca in
Aristoph. Nub. 409, is explained by the
Schol. dvappayetoa.
Aatopéw, f. now, (AaTOuos, fr. Aas,
Téuvw,) to cut stone, hew in stone, e. gr.
pvynpetov, 0 t\aTOuncEY EV TH WETPA,
Matt. xxvii. 60. Mk. xv. 46. Sept., Jos.,
and Class.
Aatpeia, as, 7, (Aatpedw,) service,
prop. in Class. for hire, or as a slave.
Soph. Aj. 503. In N. T. only in respect
to God, religious service, worship, John
xvi. 2. Rom. 1x. 4, xu 19 alee
Sept. Ex. xii. 25, 26.” Josh: asec ne
1 Mace. i. 45. ;
Aatpetw, f. evow, (AaTpis, ‘one
hired,’) and in Class. prop. fo serve for
hire, or as a slave, equiv. to dovAeveuv.
In N. T. spoken in respect to God, to
serve, to worship. 1) gener. foll. by dat.
Matt. iv. 10. Lu. iv. 8, adt7w (Gew) povw
Aatoevoets. Lu. i. 74. ii. 37, et al. sepe. -
absol. Acts xxvi. 7. Sept. Once of idol- -
worship, Rom. i. 25, €\a@tTeevoav TH KTi-
oe. kK. T. X. Sept. Deut. iv. 28. Judg. ii.
1], 13. 2) spec. and of an external ritual
worship, to officiate as priest, Heb. viii. 5.
xiii. 10, and so in the celestial Temple,
Rey. vii. 15. Also gener. fo offer sacri-
fice, worship, Heb. ix. 9. x. 2.
A adxavov, ov, TO, (Aaxaivw, to dig,)
prop. a plant in dug, as opp. to ploughed,
ground; hence a garden-plant, as cabbage,
sinapt, (and so distinguished from ¢rees,)
Matt. xiii. 32, wetQov Tov Aaxyavwv.
Mk. iv. 32; also pot-herbs and roots,
or vegetables in general. (See my note on
Thue. iii. 111. No. 2.) Lu. xi. 42. Rom.
xiv. 2. Sept. and Class. as Plato 372, C.
Bod\Bous kai \axava.
Aeyewp, @vos, 6, Lat. legio, a legion,
prop. the largest body of troops in the
Roman army, varying in number at dif-
ferent periods, as 3000, 4200, 5000, but in
the time of Christ above 6200. In N. T.
put for an indefinitely great number, e. gr.
of angels, Matt. xxvi. 53; of demons,
Mk. v. 9, 15. Lu. viii. 30.
Aévyw, f. Ew, (not from ew, capio, as
Lennep supposes, but fr. the Gothic laggan,
whence the Germ. leg-en, and our Zo /ay,)
primarily To LAY, i. e. to lay or let le down
for sleep, Hom. Il. xxiv. 635, and mid. fo
lay oneself, to L1E down for sleep, Od. xvii.
102; also to lay together, collect, Il. xxiii.
239. Od. xxiv. 72. Thus our day some-
Adckw, f. X\akijow, in Class.,as Hom. | times means to put together; so in Is, v.
De a 241
8, ‘Woe to them that lay field to field.’
And further, to lay before, i. e. to relate, to
recount ; & hence the prevailing Attic and
lat. signif. to say, to speak, i. e. to utter arti-
culate words in connected and significant
discourse, = to discourse ; thus differing from
AaeXeiv, and also from eimeiv, inasmuch
as this latter refers only to words as spoken,
and not to their connected sense. In N.T.
I. to lay before the hearers, i. e. to RE-
LATE, e. gr. tapaBoXiy, to put forth, to
propound, with dat. of pers. Lu. xviii. 1,
eXeye 0: Kal jTapaBoXiy adtots. xiii. 6.
with wpds tTiva, Lu. xii. 41. So of events,
to narrate, tell, with acc. of thing and dat.
of person, Lu. ix. 21. And so Class.—II.
to SAY, speak, discourse, gener. and con-
strued, 1. with az adjunct of the object,
i. e. the words spoken, the thing or person
‘spoken of, &c. 1) foll. by the words ut-
tered, Matt. i. 20, @yyekos—epavn adv-
Tw, Aéywv, Iwond. viii. 2. Mk. vi. 2.
Lu. ii. 18. John i. 29, Xévyer "Tde 0 aves
tov Qzov, al. sepiss. Xen. Conv. iv. l.
_ Foll. by dt: before the words quoted,
Matt. ix. 18. Mk. ii. 12. iii. 21, al. sxpe,
and Class. esp. Hdot. Hence part. Xéywp,
Aéyovtes, saying, is often put after other
verbs or nouns implying speech, as intro-
ducing the exact words, equiv. to in these
words, Matt. v. 2, édidackev avtous, Xé-
yev Maxépuor, and oft. So Sept. perpet.
Paleph. vii. 7. 2) foll. by acc. of thing or
pers. e. gr. of the thing spoken of, Matt. xxi.
16, akovets Ti OVTOL AEyovow; Lu. viii.
8, TavtTa Aéywr, oft. So eXeEe Todds
freq. occ. in the historians, as introducing
a speech. Hence ta Neyoueva, Lu. xviii.
34. Acts vill. 6. 3) foll. by acc. and inf.
John xii. 29, eXeye BpovtTiy yevyovéevat.
Matt. xvi. 13, et al. and Class. 4) foll.
by ovz instead of the acc. and inf. Mk.
ix. 11. Lu. ix. 7. John iv. 20. So with
71 and the apodosis impl. in the phrase
ov Aévers, Matt. xxvii. 11.—11. as Mopi-
FIED BY THE CONTEXT, where the sense
lies not so much in Aéyw as in the ad-
juncts, e. gr. 1) before questions, for to ask,
imquire, foli. by the words spoken, Matt.
ix. 14. John vii. 1l, kai éXeyov" Ilov
éotw éxeivos; Rom. x. 19; with dat. of
pers. Mk. vi. 37; foll. by ei, whether, Acts
xxv. 20; with dat. of pers. xxi. 37. 2)
before replies, in the sense to answer, foll.
by the words spoken, e. gr. after a direct
question, Matt. xvii. 25; with dat. of
pers. xviii. 22; also with ove of citation,
Matt. xix. 8 prec. by azoxp.deis, Mk.
viii. 29. Lu. iii. 11. 3) in affirmations,
for to affirm, maintain, e. gr. with the
words or propositions uttered, Mk. xiv.
31,6 0& éx wWepiocou eye paddov’ Edy,
&e. Gal. iv. J. 1 John ii. 4; foll. by acc.
with inf. Matt. xxii. 23. Lu. xxiii. 2.
xxiv. 23, of Aéyoucw avtoy Cyv: foll.
AET
by 67x instead of acc. and inf. Matt. xvii.
10; with a dat. of pers. in the formulas
Aéyw cor or bulv, auijy AEyw vuiv, &e.
in solemn affirmations, gener. Matt. xi. 22.
Mk. xi. 24. Lu. iv. 25; with dui, Matt.
v. 18, al. 4) of teaching, for to teach, in-
culcate, e. gr. with the preposition taught,
Matt. xv. 5; with ace. Acts i.3; with
acc. and infin. xxi. 21; with acc. and dat.
of pers. Matt. x. 27. 5) of predictions,
to foretell, predict, with acc. and dat. Mk.
x. 32; with ace. Lu..ix. 31; with dat.
John xiii. ]9. 6) of what is spoken with
authority, to command, direct, charge,
absol. Matt. xxiii. 3, Agyouot yap, Kai
ov Totovor: with acc. Lu. vi. 46; with
acc. and dat. Mk. xiii. 37; with dat. of
pers. and imperat. Matt. v. 44; with
dat. and inf. Rev. xiii. 14; with inf. Rom.
ii. 22; foll. by tya, Acts xix. 4. So in
the sense of to charge, exhort, with dat.
Acts v. 38; with dat. and inf. Acts xxi. 4.
7) of calling out, equiv. to call, exclaim,
&c. Matt. xxv. ll, Aéyovcar Kuogie,
Kuore, GvorEov nuiv. 8) fig. to say or
speak by writing: e. gr. with the words
written, Lu. i. 63, éypawWe, Aéywv. Xx.
42; with acc. | Cor. vii. 6.—11I. METON.
of things, e.g. 1) a voice, pwvt Aéyouca,
Matt. iii. 17. Rev. vi. 6; with dat. Acts
ix. 4. Rev. xvi. 1; with dat. of manner,
Acts xxvi. 14. 2) a writing, Scripture, 7
yoag?, John xix. 3/7. Gal. iv. 30; impl. iii.
16. 3) alaw, 6 vomos, with ace. 1 Cor. ix. 8.
absol. ver. 10. 4) gener. 6 xpnmatiopmos,
Rom. xi. 4. 4 Arxkaroctvn, as personified,
x. 6.—Iv. FIG. for fo mean, have in mind,
foll. by imper. Gal. v. 16; with acc. of
thing, 1 Cor. x. 29, cuveidnow 6& EyH
K. 7. N.1, 124 Gal. in. 17, of pers. dorm
6.71, eXevye O& Tov “Tovdav. Jos. and
Class.—III. to CALL, to NAME, equiv. to
Kaew, prop. ‘to speak of as being, or
being called,’ so and so, foll. by acc. Matt.
xix. 17, vi pe Aévyers ayabov; Mk. xv.
12, ov Aéyere Bacitéa Tov lovdaiwv.
Acts: x, 26) al. Pass. Matt.-xil. 55. 7
untnp avtov AéyetTar Mapidy. Part.
o NEyouevos, called, named, Matt. ii. 23.
ix. 9, et sepe al. Also surnamed, Matt.
iv. 18, Stuwva tov Neyouevov ILétpov.
Jos. Apocr. & Class. al. With the idea
of translation into another language ; e. gr.
fully, John 1. 39, paBBi, 6 Néyerae Eoun-
vevomevov, OlodokadXs. xix. 17; simply,
John iv. 25, Meocias épxetat, 0 heyoue-
vos Xpiotos. xx. 16.
Agtupa, atos, TO, (Acitrw,) prop. a
remnant, lit. ‘ what is left,’ and by meton.
of pers. some remaining out of a large
number, the residue, by impl. small, Rom.
xi. 5, So Sept.’ Josh. xins 12. (2 ixaix.
4. In N. T. and Sept. used in the sing. ;
in Class. only in the plural.
AETI
Atos, a, ov, adj. (fr. obsol. XEw and
Aziw, whence Azcaivw, to rub down. make
plain,) smooth, level, plain, as opp. to Toa-
xvs, and applied to a surface, of whatever
kind, especially the ground, ora road when
levelled down. So Hom. Il. v. 443, xa-
pos—Aews Wepawy, and the phrase eta
o6os, occurring in Hom. Od. x. 103. Hes.
Erg. i. 286. Xen. Mem. ii. 1,20. Thus
in Lu. iii. 5, eis odovs Xzias.
Aciqw, f. Ww, to leave, forsake, prop.
trans. and occurring in various — senses,
according to the application, fo quzt, aban-
don, forsake, as said of places, persons,
and things. In N.T. I. pass. to be for-
saken of any thing, i.e. fo be destitute of,
to lack; foll. by gen. Ja.i.5, ei dé vis
tu@v NeiweTar codias. ii. 15, AErTrd-
pevor THS E@nuepov Too@ys. And so
Plato p. 264, F. rovrou Nevtropeva, wav-
Ta, Kal KTHMAaTa Kal éEwiTHOEVMaATA,
aisypa kai kaka. The word is often
found followed by ev wndevi, Ja. i. 4, i. €.
‘to be wanting in nothing;’ so equiv. to
tTéXetos, OAOKANoos. Similar is the ex-
pression of Jos. Ant. ix. 11, 2, o¥6& pias
aoetns ameXsiweto.—Il. INTRANS. fo
Fail, tack, be wanting, with dat. of pers.
Lu. xviii. 22, gre €v coe Neiarec. Tit. iii.
13, wa pydév abrots Netty, and i. 5, Ta
AsitmovtTa éridtopbwon.
Aettovpyéw, f. how, (AEcTovpyos,)
prop. Zo perform some public service, and
by impl. at one’s own expense, intrans.
Dem. p. 833, 25. Isocr. 161; also to per-
form any function, whether in public or
private life, espec. the former, Ecclus. viii.
8, AeLToOvpynoar peytotac. In N.T.
gener. fo serve, to minister, 1) publicly in
religious worship, as said of the priests of
the O. T. absol. Heb. x. 11, kal tyuzoav X.
and often in Sept. and sometimes in Jos. ;
of Christian teachers, foll. by tw Kupiw,
Acts xiii. 2. Dion. Hal. Ant. 11.22, ravta
Aectovoeyety, as said of the services of the
Pagan religions. 2) privately, to minister
to any one, ‘ to supply pecuniary aid,’ with
dat. Rom. xv. 27, A. av’rots. So Xen.
Mem. ii. 7, 6, T7 woXee A. Ecclus. x. 25,
oixkeTy cope éevOepor Nectovpynaoust.
Agettovoyia, as, 7, (AeTovpyos,)
public service or office, i. e. such as, in
Athens and elsewhere, were administered
by the citizens in turn and at their own
expense, as a part of the system of finance,
but in N. T. gener. service, ministry, e. gr.
1) of the public ministrations of the Jew-
ish priesthood, Lu. i. 28, ai tuéoar THs
ANevrovpyias avtov. Heb. vill. 6. ix. 21.
Sept. Jos. Diod. Sic. i. 21, of the heathen
priesthood. Fig. of the menzstry of a
Christian teacher in bringing men to the
faith, Phil. ii. 17, XectTovoyia Tis TicTEws
vua@y. 2) by impl. friendly service, kind
242
AETI
office, gener. Phil. ii. 30, pos we AX. And
so Athen. ap. Steph. Thes. of the offices of
personal attentions, &c. Spoken of alms,
i.e. public collections in the churches,
2 Cor. ix. 12, 4 dtaxovia trys XA. Tab--
TNS.
AgtTovpytkos, 7], ov, adj. pertaining
to the public service of the Temple, Sept.
oxeun A. Num: iv, 12) 262 Sneha
act. méinisterimg, ‘rendering service to
others,’ Heb. 1. 14, NevroupyiKa avev-
para, i.e. eis Oraxoviav, &e.
AzetTovpyos, ov, 6, (Aads, A€iTOs
or Asttos, public, and zgoeyor,) a public
servant, (Hesych. dénrovpyoés,) such as in
Athens performed the AErtoveyiat, or
state offices, at their own expense; in
N. T. gener. @ minister, servant, viz. 1.
GENER. e. gr. Geov, Rom. xiii. 6. Heb.
i. 7, 6 wot@v—Tols RzEtToveyouvs av-
Tov wupos @Adya. And so Dion. Hal.
A. ii. 73, X. Tov Sew@v. Ecclus. x. 2, of a
judge’s attendant ; of Paul, as a monester
of Christ, Rom. xv. 16.—II. spc. said of
a priest in the Jewish sense, Heb. viii. 2,
Tov ayiwy Nertovpyos. Sept. Neh. x.
39. Jer: xxxiii. 21.—D1, by mpl Pit
ii. 25, NEvToveyov THS XoElas pov, @
minister for my wants, i.e. one who minis-
ters to my wants. So Lysias, AerTovp-
yely TOW TWMATL.
Aévtuov, ov, TO, (Lat. linteum, fr.
Aivop, flax,) a linen cloth, a sort of coarse
apron, worn by servants (Sueton. Calig.
26, succinctos linteo).or persons exercising
handicraft occupaticns. The more usual
term was odGavov. John xiii. 4, 5.
Aegis, idos, 7, (Aéaos, fr. émrw, to
peel off,) the crust or scale on the surface
of any substance, as the husk of corn, the
peel or rind of fruits, scales of fish, or the
lamina of metals hammered out. In N.T.-
of the something like scales encrusting the
eye-balls, Actsix.18, woei Nemrides, simi-
lar to those scalés formed by humours in
the eyes, in the disorder called AevKwpa,
becoming concrete. (See Foés. Micon.
Hipp. v. AevKwua.) So Tobit ii. 11. vi. 8.
xi. 18, where the disorder is called Aev-
Kwua or NEevKwuaTa, Which AegvK. are
said to have peeled away.
Aémoa, as, m, (Aemeos, ir. Emos,)
leprosy, in which the skin becomes scaly,
Matt. viii. 3. Mk. i. 42. Lu. v. 12. Sept.
Jos. and Class.
A emoos, ov, 6, {Azqos, emis) prop.
‘scaly, scabby,’ hence a leper, one diseased
with leprosy, Matt. viii. 2. x. 8, and oft.
Sept. & Class.
ANeawtov, ov, TO, (neut. of Aeros,
thin,) the name of the smallest Jewish
coin, like Engl. mite. Its value was half
AE Y
a xodpavTys, or the 8th of an acodoeuop.
Mk. xii. 42, al. Xewrrov Képua, Alciphr. i.
Ep. 9. AewT dv vouropa, Pollux On.1x. 92.
Asuxaiva, f. ava, (AEuKds,) fo whiten,
make white, e. gr. sro\ds, Rev. vii. 14.
absol. Mk. ix. 3. Sept. and Class. ; as
Hom. Od. xii. 172.
Aeukos, 1), ov, adj. (Aevoow, luceo,)
prop. light, i. e. emitting light, shzning,
radiant, & hence dazzling white. 1) prop.
of raiment, espec. that of angels, &c. Mk.
xvi. 5. John xx. 12. Acts i. 10, and oft.
in Rev. Lu. ix. 29, 6 iuaticpos aitou
NevKds éLactpaTTwv. Matt. xvii. 2,
AevKd ws TO Pas. (Comp. Hom. II. xiv.
185, cojdeuvov AsuKov HédLos Ws.) XXvili.
3, and Mk, ix. 3, A. wosi xiwy: of a
throne, Rev.xx.11. 2) gener. wizte, e. gr.
hair, Matt. v. 36. Rev. i. 14; a stone,
- Rev. ii. 17; a cloud, xiv. 14; a horse, vi.
2; a field ripe for the harvest, John iv.
35. Sept. and Class.
Aéwy, ovtos, 6,a lion. I. prop. Heb.
xi. 33. 1 Pet. v.8. Rev. iv. 7, et al. Sept.
- and Class.—II. metaph. and 1) for a cruel
adversary, persecutor, 2 Tim. iv. 17, é¢-
pucOny ex otouatos éovTos, namely
Nero. So Jos. Ant. xviii. 6, 10, of Tibe-
rius, Té0ynkev 0 Aéwv, with allusion to
those passages of the O. T. where tyrants
are so called. See Ez. xix. 3. 2) fora
hero, powerful deliverer, Rev. v. 5, 0 Aéwv
© wy ex THS puA7s *lovda, comp. Neb.
ton eer, xnx. IO.
A7jOn, ns, 7, (AnOw, or AjPouat,) for-
getfulness, oblivion, e. gr. AnVnv NapBa-
vewv, to forget, 2 Pet. i. 9. The word oft.
occ. in Class. and Sept. and the phrase in
Jos. Ant. ii. 9,1, & 6,10. Ail. V. H. iii.
18: Hi. A. av. 35.
Anvos, ov, 0, 7, prop. and prim. @
trough, for drinking or watering. Hom.
Hymn. in Merc. 104, (as also in Sept. Gen.
xxx. 39, 42,) but in later writers, as Theocr.
Id. xiv. 17, a wine-trough, wine-vat. And
so in N. T., but in two senses: I. the upper
vat, or press, into which the grapes were
cast and trodden by men, Rey. xiv. 19, sq.
xix. 15. Sept. Neh. xii. 15. -Is. xiii. ‘2.
Diod. Sic. iii. 63. Anacr. lii. 4. It was
generally dug in the earth, the sides being
plastered ; but it was sometimes hewn in a
rock, and had always a grated opening
near the bottom, through which the liquor
flowed off into a lower vat, like a cistern.
—IlI. the lower vat, or reservoir, carefully
stuccoed like the Adkxor of the Greeks,
for holding wine or oil, (and so equiv. to
vmoAnviov,) Matt. xxi. 33, (with which
comp. Mk. xii. |. Is. v. 2.) and so Sept.
and later Class. See my note in loc.
Ajjpos, ov, 0, either from the ebs. Adw,
whence AaAéw, to talk, as KAnjpos fr.
243
AH &
kraw, Enpos fr. Edw, prrpos and pAy-
vos, nonsense, fr. dAéw, to babble; or
rather fr. some Oriental term, whence
came the A.-S. leran, the Germ. lehren,
and our éo learn, in its original actzve sense,
of which the primary notion was simply ¢o
tell, inform ; whence (like our verb Zo ¢ed/)
it came at length to mean teach, Thus as
our word lore, from lewran, means some-
thing taught, and our fale, from tellan,
something told, so Aypos prop. signifies
something told, a tale, and, by use, a mere
tale, a fiction, (Athen. p. 117,) or mere
talk, idle gossip, as in Lu. xxiv. 11, epa-
vnoav évwtiov avt@y (for avTots) woei
Ajoos Ta pyjuata avTwv. Similarly we
|have in Xen. An. vii. 7, 24, ‘HoaxXeidn
Ajoos Tavta édoKeEL eivat. Lucian, Tim.
1, &éwavtTa TavTa Ajoos avatéedyve.
Jos. Bell. iii. 8, 9, <i wy) TavTa X. ein.
Anois, ov, 0, (AniGouar, fr. Anis,
plunder,) in Class. prop. a plunderer, or
robber, of any kind whatever, whether by
land or by sea, esp. the latter, as the word
is used in Eurip. Cycl. 112, and often in
Thucyd. The former sense is alone found
in the N. T. as Matt. xxi. 13. xxvi. 55,
where the word almost always denotes 7ob-
bers, such as our highwaymen. In John
x. 1, cXgarrns kal Anois, the terms dif-
fer exactly as our thieves and highwaymen,
but are there united in order to strengthen
the sense.
kal X\notal, the expression is figurative,
as designating ‘ exceedingly avaricious and
rapacious persons.’ See more in my note.
As to the criminals crucified with our
Lord, of whom mention is made, Matt.
xxvii. 38, 44. Mk. xv. 27, the best Expo-
sitors are agreed that there the term signi-
fies not lit. robbers, but brigands, free-
booters, insurgents against the Roman go-
vernment. The term, indeed, was applied
not only to robbers, but to pillagers in war,
(see Thue: i. 22) G/- ied. ayy 2) exis Oe
vii. 4, 10. viii. 40,) and also to those free-
booters, who carried on a sort of private and
petty warfare, for plunder only, as Thuc.
iv. 67, et al. Xen. Hist. iv. 5,35. Now
this was in some measure the case with
the persons in question, they being proba-
bly political zxsurgents, who, under the
specious pretext of liberty, (namely, to
deliver their country from the Roman
yoke,) had taken up arms on a principle
of resistance to tyranny. Such persons
are freq. mentioned in Josephus by the
term Ayoral, a term, of coure, given them
by the Romans. So J. Formicus, vi. 31,
says: “‘solent datronibus accenseri qui
bello civili vincuntur.” And there was at
that time a sort of civil war carrying on in
Judea. But whatever might be the prin-
ciple on which they took up arms against
At John x. 8, kXémrar siot
AnH Y
the Roman power, their practices were at
the best lawless, and accordingly merited
the censure implied in the term kakoup-
you, as bestowed upon them by St. Luke,
Xxiil. 32, and probably adopted in order
to avoid the harsher term, sometimes not
merited, Anorai.
Anwsts, ews, 7, (AauBavw,) a receiv-
img, receipt, Phil. iv. 15, for which see in
Aoois. Ecclus. xli. 19. The plural is
chiefly found in Class. as Plut. Alcib. 1.
Aiav, (prop. an accus. taken adverbi-
aily, by ellips. of kata, of the old noun
Ata, from iw. See Lennep.) very much,
exceedingly, e. gr. with a verb, Matt. i1.
16, 28uuw0n Aiav. xxvii. 14, and with
adj. Matt. iv. 8, do0s bWnAov Aiav. Vill.
28. Mk. ix. 3. Sept. and Class. With
other adverbs, Mk. i. 35. vi. 51. xvi. 2,
and Class. For of baréo Niav, 2 Cor. xi.
5. xii. 11, see in v7reoXiav.
AtBavos, ov, 6, prop. arbor thurtfera,
the tree which produces frankincense.
In later writers & N. T. frankincense, =
to ArBavwTos, a transparent and fragrant
gum, which distils from incisions in the
tree, and was used by the ancients as in-
cense, (comp. Ex. xxx. 34.) Matt. ii. 11.
Rev. xviii. 13. Sept. and Class.
AtBavwtos, ov, 0, (AvBavos,) pron.
Frankincense ; but in N. T. meton. @ censer
for burning incense, thuribulum, Rev. viii.
3, ExXwv AtiBavwTov Xpucouv.
AuBeotivos, ov, 6, (Lat. libertinus,) a
freed-man of Rome, either personally made
free, or born of freed parents. In N. T.
Acts vi. 9, Tivés TY EK THS TUVAYwYTS
THS Aeyouevyns AtBeptivwy, ‘certain of
those belonging to the synagogue of the
Libertines so called;? meaning, it is sup-
posed, either manumitted slaves, of Gentile
origin, but who had become proselytes to
the Jewish religion, and had a synagogue
at Jerusalem ; or Jews by birth, but taken
captive by the Romans, and afterwards
manumitted, and who formed a synagogue
by themselves at Rome: but see my note
in loc.
AO aGw, f. dow, (AiBos,) fo stone, pelt
with stones, in order to wound or kill, foll.
by acc. John x. 31, 32, 33. Acts v. 26.
xiv. 19. 2 Cor. xi. 25. So Sept. 2 Sam.
xvi. 6,13, AvOaGeww ev AiBors. Pol. x. 29,
5. Strabo, p. 1031. Arrian ap. Suid. In
John xi. 8. Heb. xi. 37, the term is used
of the punishment of stoning, equiv. to
ArBoBoréw.
Ai®cvos, n, ov, adj. (AiBos,) of stone,
i. e. made of stone. John ii. 6, bdpiat
Aiwar. 2 Cor. iii. 3. Rev. ix. 20. Sept.
and Class.
ArcGoBoréw, f. ow, (AiBos, Badr-
Aw,) to throw stones at any one, to stone,
244
ATK
i.e. in order to wound or kill, with ace.
Matt. xxi. 35. Mk. xii. 4, et al. As a
Mosaic punishment, John viii. 5. Heb. xii.
20. Plut. x. 202.
A i®os, ov, 6, a stone, (fr. Aiw, attenuo,
to break up, lit. a rock broken up into
smaller parts, each a stone; as Waupos
and Wauabos, from Waw, to break up,)
I. prop. 1) said of small stones, Matt. iv. 3,
iva ot NiPor ob Tor GoTo yévwvTat. ver. 6,
al. Sept. 2) of stones for building, Matt.
xxiv. 2. Mk. xiii. 1, ide wora7roi Aiot.
ver. 2. Lu. xix. 44. Xen. Mem. iii. 1, 7.
Of a mill-stone, A. wvdArKkos, Mk. ix. 42.
Hdian. iii. 1,14. Of a stone for closing
the entrance of a sepulchre, Matt. xxvii.
60, 66. Sept. Gen. xxix. 2, 3, 8, 10. Lue.
de Luctu 19. Of stone tablets, 2 Cor. iii.
7, comp. Ex. xxxi. 1,4. Of idols carved
in stone or marble, Acts xvii. 29. Sept.
Deut. iv. 28. xxviii. 36. Of precious
stones, Aifos timios, Rev. xvii. 4, and
Sept. oft., Jos., and Hdian. iv. 21; fig. 1
Cor. iii. 12, Ai@os tacms, Rev. iv. 3.
xxi. 1]1.—II. Fic. said 1) of Christ, as
AL00s a&kpoywuaios, Eph. ii. 20. 1 Pet.
ii. 6. As Aifos Gav, 1 Pet. ii. 4. As AiBos
Toockoupatos, stone of stumbling, Rom.
ix. 32, 33. 1 Pet. ii. 7. 2) of Christians,.
as Aifo. Caves, 1 Pet. i. 5.
At@6o0TewTos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (AiBos,
oTpwvvumt,) prop. & lit. stone-paved, App.
Bell. Civ. ili. 26, gv AvbooTepwTw ToXet.
Arrian Epict. iv. 7, 37, cot weer Tas av
év Aiboorowtors [oikjpact] oiknonTe,
i. e. ‘houses decorated with tesselated or
Mosaic pavements,’ as was customary at
Rome after the time of Sylla. In N. T.
neut. TO ALPooTpwTon, the pavement, i. e.
a tesselated pavement of Mosaic work as
above. John xix. 13, 6 Witatos—nya-
yev 2£w Tov Inoouv, kat éxabioev ere
Tou Bnuatos sis TéTov NEyouevov A1B0-
oTpwtov; where see my note; i.e. ‘he
led Jesus out of the pretorium, whither
the Jews might not enter, and took his
seat upon the public tribunal, 67a, which
stood upon a tesselated pavement ;’ comp.
Jos. B. J. 11. 953.
Atkpaw, f. ow, (AiKuos, a win-
nowing-fork,) to winnow grain, which in
the East is done by throwing it with a fork
against the wind, which scatters the straw
and chaff, Hom. Il. v. 500. Xen. Céc.
xviii. 2,6. Hence by impl. to scatter, dis-
perse, Sept. Is. xvii. 13. Amos ix. 9.
Wisd. xi. 19. In N. T. fig. Matt. xxi. 44.
Lu. xx. 18, tp’ ov © adv eon (0 XiBos),
Aukunoee adTor, ‘it shall scatter him to
the winds,’ i. e. ‘crush him in pieces, make
chaff of him.” So Sept. Dan. ii. 44. Job
xxvii. 21, Ackpnoe: aVTOV EK TOU TOTTOU
avTou.
AIM
Api, évos, 0, (fr. obs. Aiw, levigo, to
smoothen, lit. a place where the waves are
evenly spread, smooth, or still. See on
Aiuvyn,) a haven, harbour, port, Acts xxvii.
12, and Sept.
Aipyn, ns, 1, (Aiw, levigo, fr. the part.
os AeXipeévos, whence Aiusvos, Aymevn,
iuvn, and per metathesin Axurjy,) prop.
_any standing water, pool, lake, e. gr. the
lake of Gennesareth, Lu. v. 1. absol. ver. 2,
al. Ofa lake of burning sulphur, yéevva,
Rev. xix. 20. Sept.
Atmos, ov, 6, (Asiaw, éEdEtumat,)
prob Failure, want, i.e. of food, hence
unger, fumine. 1) of individuals, hunger,
2 Cor. xi. 27, gv Atuaw Kai OiWer. Lu. xv.
17. Rom, viii. 35. 2) of cities or coun-
tries, famine, Matt. xxiv. 7, €covtar X1-
fot Kai Norpoi. Lu. iv. 25. Sept. & Class.
Aivov, ov, To, prop. flax, e. gr. the
plant, Sept. Ex. ix. 31. Xen. Ath. ii. 11,
12; also as worked up into cloth, linen,
Hom: ll) x. 661. In N.T. the cloth
‘formed into a garment, Rev. xv. 6, évde-
Oupevot Nivov kabapov. Comp. Sept. Is.
xix. 9. So also in Hom. Il. ix. 661. Od.
xiii. 73. Aéschyl. Suppl. 114, 125. Put
also for the wick of a candle or lamp, i. e.
a strip of linen, Matt. xii. 20, Xivov Tuo-
feevov ov aPéoet, ‘the smoking wick he
will not quench.” The nearest approach
to this use is that by which the word stands
for flaxen thread, as in Eurip. Orest. 1431,
1436.
Atmapos, a, ov, adj. (Aimos, as tda-
pos fr. tdos, &c.) fat, e. gr. Snpia, Xen.
Cyr. i. 4,11; or anointed with oil, &c.
Hom. Od. xv. 332, and, from the shining
appearance of the skin being regarded as
indicative of good health, full, fresh, said
of the goddess Themis, Hesiod Theog.
901: Plutarch. Ages. 29. So Jerem. v.
28, ‘they are waxen fat; they shine.’
So also it denotes, by implication, the
being at ease in one’s condition, Hom. Od.
xi. 136. xxii. 368. Hence in N.T. it is
used of things such as belong to ornament
and luxury, in the sense precious, sump-
tuous, Rev. xviii. 14, wévta ta umapd
Kat T& Napmpa amwreTo. So Hom. II.
xxii. 406, we have Artwapiy Kkahtwrpnp.
Pind. Olymp. viii. 108, Aczrapds Kécpos.
Aitpa, as, 7, Lat. libra, a pound, i. e.
in weight, John xii. 3, AXaBovca itTpav
pupov. xix. 39. It is not a mere Hellen-
istic term, since Pollux and Eustath. tes-
tify its use in the early Greek writers.
The Aitpa varied in different countries ;
the Roman /ibra was divided into twelve
ounces, equal to about 12 oz. avoirdupois.
Ais, A1Bos, 6, (fr. AuBun, Africa,) for
the S. or S. W. wind, lit. the African,
Pelee. dots ii. 95. Sept. Ps.
245
Sept. and Class.
AOD
Ixxvili. 26. In N. T. meton. for South,
the southern quarter, Acts xxvii. 12. Sept.
and Class.
Aovyia, as, 7, (Aéyw, to collect,) prop.
a collection of any articles. In N. T. ap-
plied toacollection or contribution of money
for charitable purposes, 1 Cor. xvi. 1. The
word is not found in the Class. writers; yet
that it was used by them, we cannot doubt,
since Suidas and Hesychius attest that the
plural, as in ver. 2, was used in the sense
éxAoyai. It also occurs in the title of
one of Epicharmus’ Comedies, Adyos
kat Noyiat, which was probably a satiric
drama directed against the philosophers
and rhetoricians, as aloypoxepdsts, and
of which the title affords an example of
the false antithesis ascribed to Epich. by
Aristotle, Rhet. li]. The other signifi-
cation assigned by those Lexicographers,
Kaotopopat, is not Classical, but Eccle-
siastical, meaning sacred oblations, as tithes,
&e. .
ANoyiGomar, f. icouat, (Aoyos,) de-
pon. mid. aor. 1. éXoyioapnv: also aor.
1 pass. éXovioOnv, fut. 1 pass. AoyeoO7-
coma, in the pass. sense. Even the pre-
sent is used passively at Rom. iv. 4, 5, 24.-
ix. 8; not in Class. who confine that to
the partic. pres. Hdot. iii. 95, and so Sept.
to REASON, i. e. fo use the reason, to think,
consider. 'The prim. signif. of the word is
to count wp numbers; whence its other
significations, more or less figurative, arise ;
as to ac-count, 2m-pute, ve-count, reckon,
reason, and finally, conclude, or form a
conclusion, as it were after balancing the
account, for svhdAoyi¢eoOar. In N. T. it
is used J. gener. in the sense ¢o reason,
Mk. xi. 31, kai éXoyiGovto meds EauTods,
Aéyovtes, &Kc. similarly Wisd. ii. 1, we
have elmrov yap éautots, ( Alex. & Compl.
év éautots,) Noyioadpevor ovK Sp0as.
And so Plut. vi. 393, A. ob« dép0Gs :. with
vt, Heb. xi. 19. touro ott, 2 Cor. x. 7,
and Class. who, however, oft. use it ab-
sol.; foll. by acc. of thing, to think upon,
consider, Phil. iv. 8, travTa Aoyitecbe.
So Thue. vii. 73, tavta X. Eur. Andr.
316, ravTa ovv NoyiGov. Xen. Athen.
iii. 13, ravra 2. and oft. in Plato. In
the sense of to reason OUT, think out, find
out by thinking, 2 Cor. iii. 5, obx ixavoi
éopmev ad EavT@v, Noyicac0ai Ti k.T.X.
So Liban. Orat. xliv. p. 914, aq’ eautav
atta oyiCouevor Kal oKoTrouVTEs ot
Ouxactai x. T. X.—II. of the result of '
reasoning, to CONCLUDE, judge, suppose,
foll. by acc. and inf. Rom. iii. 28, Raye
Cousba yap, dxarovc8a Ticte: avOpw-
mov. Vi. 11. xiv. 14. 2 Cor. x. 7, A. ad’
éautou. xi. 5. Phil. iii. 13; foll. by dv
instead of acc. and inf. Rom. viii. 18.
So gener. ¢o reason,
=
AOT
judge, deem, absol. 1 Cor. xiii. 11, ds v7-
5 7 Ld Pd,
mos éXoytCounv: with eis tia, 2 Cor.
xii. 6, and Class.; also in the sense to
purpose, 2 Cor. x. 2, AoyiGouar Todp7-
gat. So Neh. vi. 2, NoyiGomevor rroin-
cai fot Tovnpiavy. Comp. Ps. xxi. Ll.
Hos. vii. 15.—III. to reckon as or for any
thing, to count, regard as, with acc. and
foll. by ws, 1 Cor. iv. 1, ovTws juas Noye-
G2o8w d&v0pwmos, ws Sanpétas Xo. Rom.
ii, 36. A i. 5; foll. by eis with
Vill. 00. Am. V1.0; Toll. by ets with acc.
jor or as any thing. Rom. ii. 26, X. zis
TeorTouny, ‘regarded as circumcised,’ and
S \ , , ‘
ix. 8, Ta TEexva—NoyiGeTar eis o7répua,
“esteemed as a race,’ as sons. Acts xix.
27, eis ovdév oyroOFjvar, ‘be reckoned
for nought, be despised. Wisd. ix. 6, eis
7 AA s =
ovdev Aoytolyjoerar (scil. Tis). Is. x]. 17,
? > QA . * J. .
eis ovdev X. et al. in Sept. The idiom is
one not found in Class. and is supposed to
be a Hebraism fr. 5 for ds, lit. cis. So
1 Sam. i. 18, gXoyicato a’thy “HXt eis
nedvovoav. Lament.iv.2,2Aoyicbycay zis
ayyeta dotoakia. Though royiecGar
eis does occur in Class. as Xen. Cyr. iii. 1,
19, yet only in the prim. and proper sense.
However in Eurip. Hec. 739, we have go’
exdoyiCouai ye moos TO dvucpeves Mad-
Aov Poévas Tovde, ‘regard his mind as
inimical.’ Foll. by peta with gen. to
reckon with or to, i.e. to count as. Mk. xv.
26. Lu. xxii. 37, weTa Gvduwy 2oyicbn.
So mpockoyi¢ecGar peta, Ps. Ixxxvii.
4.—IYV. to reckon or count to any one, prop.
‘to put te one’s account,’ foll. by dat.
Rom. iv. 4, Tw 6é EpyaCouévw 0 picbos
ov Noyi€eTar Kata yaow. So Ail. H.
An. ill. 11, AXoyiGeras ot (to him) prabov.
Dio Chrysost. xlviiil. p. 5384, ovd& ot yo-
vets Tols TEKVOLS GVTL THY aVah wat wv
Tas evyas NoyiGovrat. | Cor. xiii. 5, ob
A. to Kaxov..2 Cor. v. 19. 2 Tim. iv. 16,
uy) avtots Noyto8ein! So Sept. 2 Sam.
xix. 19. Hence fig. to impute, attribute,
prop. Toll. by dat. of pers. and ace. of thing,
but often in the pass. construction. 1)
gener. Rom. iv. 6, 6 0 Geds oyiGeTur
OLKaLOG UY Xwois Eoywv. ver.1]. Soalso
of EVIL, to empute, luy to one’s charge, and
with a neg. not to impute, i.e. to overlook,
forgive, Rom. iv. 8, waxao.os avijp w ov
pi) Moylontat Kipios duaptiav. 2) also
foll. by eis te, e. gr. Rom. iv. 5, 9, éXo-
yic8y te ABoadp 7 Tictis eis duKato-
cuvny, i.e. ‘ Abraham’s faith was imputed
to him as righteousness,” he was treated on
account of it as if righteous. So with 7
aiotis or the like implied, Rom. iv. 3,
22. Gal. iii. 6. Ja. ii. 238; with eis impl.
Rom. iv. 10, 23, 24.
AoytKkos, 4, ov, adj. (Adyos,) prop.
‘endued with the Adyos, or faculty of
speech, and also the faculty of speaking,
oratory. Also used to qualify the subst.
246
AOT
Téxvn, so as to denote logic, or the art of
reasoning. But most freq. it means, ‘ en-
dued with the facnlty of reason,’ rational,
as opp. to &doyos, (Arr. Epict. i. 2, 1.
Anthol. Gr. iii. p. 87,) being thus em-
ployed by the philosophers, who designate
man as (@ov Noy. having m@iow AoytKny.
Hence was derived the use in N. T. ‘ per-
taining to the reason’ or the understanding
in man, as distinguished from his materzal
part ; what Plato calls the voeodv kai do-
yikov pépos. Thus St. Paul, Rom. xii.
1, exhorts his converts to ‘ present, on the
spiritual altar, their bodies, a living sacri-
fice,’ as opposed to that of dead animals, as
Thy Noyikiy NaTpetay, ‘ the service of the
reason or understanding.” So Rom. vii. 25,
we have vot dovAeverv. And so Porphyr.
de Abst. ii. 45, speaks of a vozpa Sucia,
and Jambl. V. Pyth. § 229, says that Py-
thagoras required a worship not by slain
animals, but oc égmioTnpovKyns Sepa-
meias. Orit may be explained spiritual
service, that of the heart and life, ‘in
spirit and in truth, John iv. 24. Soin
Test. x11. Patr. 547, we have rpoopépovor
AX. AXaToziav. Both senses, indeed, may
have place; q. d. ‘rational and conse-
quently spiritual service,’ such as becomes
rational creatures, as offered to the great
source of reason, whose spiritual nature
requires that we should worship him ‘in
spirit and in truth.’ So Philo, p. 850,
says that the purest part of the worshipper
is the wmvevua Aoyikev. The former,
however, must chiefly be intended, because
it is not worship, but service, by * bringing
every action and even thought to the obe-
dience of Christ,’ that is here required.
Adytov, ov, TO, (neut. of Adyzos,)
prop. ‘something uttered,’ effatwm, (so Ps.
xix. 14, ta Aéyia TOU GTOMaTOS pov,)
but, by use, ‘something purporting to be
from God,’ a divine communication, whether
in answer to some inquiry, namely, an
oracular response, or an announcement of
future events, eqniv. to the Homerie Seo-
apottov, or the Attic yonopos. In N.T.
a divine communication, gener. 1) as re-
gards the revelation of God in the Old
Test. esp. the Law given from God by
Moses, Acts vii. 38, Néyra Cava, or the
divine doctrines and commands therein
contained, espec. the divine promises to
the Jews, Rom. iii. 2, Ta Adyra Tov Geo,
said perhaps with reference to Ps. evi. 1],
Sept. (cvii. Heb.) wapewixpavav Ta
Aoyta tou Gzov. And so the phrase ve
Aoyia tov Kuoiov and ta Noyra in the
Psalms. 2) of the doctrmes revealed by
God through Christ in the Gospel, Heb.
v. 12, re croryeia THS aoxns THY ho-
viwv, Tov Geou, ‘the system of Divine
truth’ which we understand by the Chrzs-
9
—
WOT
tian religion. In | Pet. iv. 11, e¢ tis Aa-
Aet, ws Adyra Geo, scil. \éywv, it means
-*something communicated by supernatu-
ral wisdom,’ that of the Spirit ; as is espe-
cially the case in the writings of the N. T.
which accordingly are called by Procopius,
p. 157, 17, ra Noyta Tov Oeov.
Adytos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (Adyos.) In
the earlier writers the word means learned,
equiv. to moAviotwe, Dionys. Hal. Ant.
i. 7. Hdot. i. 1, of Adytor, & ii. 77. iv.
46. Pind. Pyth. i. 183. Nem. vi. 51. But
it also meant e/oqwent, and so it is used by
Philoand Lucian. Hence it is a frequent
epithet of Mercury. And such is the
sense assigned to the word at Acts xviii.
24, avijo Adynos, as said of Apollos. But
the former sense there seems preferable,
especially as it is alone found in Josephus,
namely, Ant. ii. 5, 4. xvii.6,2. Of course
the learning in question is sacred wisdom,
though the latter may be included, as is
required by the term éAdXexz at ver. 25.
_ Aoytopos, ov, 6, (Aoyifouar,) prop.
‘the act of reckoning, or the art thereof,
arithmetic, Xen. Mem. iv.7, 8; or compu-
tation, as iv. 2,2]. Thue. iii. 20. iv. 122.
Far more frequently, however, it is used
fig. of the act of reasoning and drawing
conclusions, or simply cogitation, reflexion,
Thuc. ii. 11. 40. In N. T. it signifies
thought, cogitation, judgment, as Rom. ii.
15. gener. Wisd.ix. 14. Also device, coun-
sel, as 2 Cor. x. 5, Noyiopovs Kabarpovv-
tes. Sept. Prov. vi. 18, xapdia texvrat-
voutvn Aoyiopovs Kakovs. Jer. xi. 19.
Jos. Ant. v. 1, 26. Eccles. vii. 30, é¢7-
Tyoav Noyiopovs ToAXovs, and often in
Sept.
Aoyopaxew, f. ow, (Aoyoucyos,
fr. A\dyos, waxn,) to strive about words,
dispute about trifles, 2 Tim. ii. 14. Dionys.
Areop.
Aoyopayxia, as, 7, (Adyos, paxomuat,)
word-strife, | 'Tim. vi. 4.
Adyos, ov, 6, (Aéyw,) word, as said
of speech, ‘any thing spoken; also, as
said of thought, ‘ the faculty by which any
thing is thought out,’ reason. A sense
derived from that force of Aéyw, (to lay,)
by which it means to lay, or put together,
what is presented to the mind—the main
office of reason. So the Latin ratzo comes
from paw, whence patTw, ‘to put toge-
ther,’ both prop. and fig. as Hom. Od. iii.
18, xaxa p. I. worp, both the act of
speaking and the thing spoken, Lat. or4-
T10, and 1. word, as uttered by the living
voice, @ speaking, SPEECH, utterance, Lat.
vox, Matt. vill. 8, wovov eime AOyov. Lu.
vii. 7, al. Sept. Gen. xliv. 18, and Class.
So eimety Xoyov Kata Tivos, to speak a
47
AOT
twa, id. Lu. xii. 10. Also 6 Adyos Tov
Oeov, the word of God, his omnipotent
decree, 2 Pet. iii. 5,7. So Sept. Ps. xxxiii.
6. Comp. Gen. i. 3.—11. word, emphat.
i. e. a saying, declaration, 1) gener. John
vi. 60, oxXAnods got odTOS 6 OYos.
Lu. xx. 20. Matt. vii. 24, doris dkover
pou TOUS NOyous TovTOVS. Sept. & Class.
So in reference to words or declara-
tions, either such as precede, Matt. xv.
12, oi Papicator dkobcavTes Tov Oyor,
i. e. in ver. 3, sq. xix. 22. comp. ver. 21,
al.; or follow, John xii. 388. Acts xx. 30,
al. and Sept. Foll. by gen. of thing, e. gr.
6 Noyos errayyedias, Rom. ix. 9. THs
ookwpooias, Heb. vii. 28. Also 6 Adyos
Tov mpo@ytou, &c. the word, declaration
of the prophet, i.e. prediction, prophecy,
Lu. iii. 4. John. xii. 38. Acts xv. 15.
2 Pet. i. 19. Rev. i. 3. In the sense of
proverb, maxim, John iv. 37. Zl. V. H.
i,19. Lys. 115, 29. 2) in reference to
religion, religious duties, &c. equiv. to
doctrine, precept, Acts xviii. 15, ei o6é
Citnud éoTe wept ovyouv. xv. 24, ot
NOyo THs TiotTews. | Tim. iv. 6, Aoyos
avOowrwy. 1 Thess. ii. 13. Tit. i. 9.
Hspec. of God, 6 Adyos Tou Oeou, word
of God, divine declaration, oracle, John x.
20. V. 38, or divine promise, Rom. ix. 6.
Heb. iv. 2, et al. In relation to duties,
&c. precept, John v. 24. viii. 55, al. Sept.
Ex. xxxv. 1. So of the various declara-
tions, precepts, oracles, relating to the in-
structions of men in religion, the Word of
God, i.e. the Divine doctrine, the. doc-
trines and precepts of the Gospel, THE
GOSPEL itself, Lu. v. 1, axovew tov
Adyov tov Veov. John xvii. 6, and oft. ;
with rou Ozouv zmpl. Mk. xvi. 20. Lu, i.
2, al. 2 Tim. iv. 2, xjpvEov tov Adyor,
al. So 6 Adyos THs aXnVeias, Eph. i. 13.
Cwys, Phil. ii. 16. THs cwrnoias, Acts
xiii. 26. t7s BaoiXsias, Matt. xiii. 19,
Tov evayyeAiov, Acts xv. 7. Tov orav-
gov, | Cor. i. 18. THs yaguTos aitou,
Acts xx. 32. In the same sense of Christ,
0 Adyos Tov Xo. John v. 24. Col. iii. 16.
tov Kupiov, Acts viii. 25. tHs yagiTos
avtov, Acts xiv. 3.—111. word, words,
i. e. talk, discourse, speech, Lat. sermo, the
act of discoursing, &c. 1) prop. and
gener. Matt. xxii. 15, darws attov jwayr-
devowow év oyw. Lu. ix. 28. 2 Cor. x.
10. gv Adyw, m word, ‘in discourse,’
Ja. iii. 2, 1 Tim. iv. 12. gv Adyw Kodre-
Kelas, ‘flattering words,’ 1 Thess. ii. 5.
Ota oyou, by word, orally, Acts xv. 27.
In antith. Aoyos and zpyov, word and
deed, Col. iii. 17. 2 Cor. x. 11, and oft. in
Class. Advyos and divas, 1 Cor. iv. 19,
20. 1 Thess. i. 5. Also epi ot aoXvs
nutv o AOyos, ‘of whom we have much to
say, Heb. v. 11; with gen. 1 Tim. iv. 5,
word agamst any one, Matt. xii. 32, «ts | dua NOvyou Oeou kat évTevEEws, ‘ through
M4
AOT 2
prayer TO God and supplication.” Jos.
Ant. iv. 8, 24. Hdian. i. 4,1. Of teachers,
&c. discourse, teaching, preaching, Matt.
vil. 26, Ore ouvetérXeoevy Oo "I. Tods
AOyous TovTous. Acts xx. 7, WapéTetve
tov Noyov. 1 Tim. v.17, év Aoyw Kat
d.oackaXia. Noyos adnUsias, 2 Cor. vi.
7. James i. 18. tHs KatadAayns, 2 Cor.
v. 19. Of those who relate any thing, =
narration, story, John iv. 39. Acts ii. 22,
and Class. Meton. hestory, treutzse, 1. e.
a book of narration, weoi Tivos, Acts i. 1,
and Class. In the sense of conversation,
colloquy, Lu. xxiv. 17. Xen. Ag. iil. 5.
Hence answer, reply, Matt. v. 37. 2)
meton..for the POWER of speech, delwery,
oratory, eloquence, 2 Cor. xi. 6, idiwrns
To Noyw. 1 Cor. xii. 8. Eph. vi. 19.
Hdian. vii. 5, 10. 3) meton. for the suB-
JECT of discourse; topic, matter, thing,
e. gr. both gener. Matt. xix. 11. Lu. i. 4,
iva émryvws jweel wy KaTnXnUns Noywv
TH aopaXeav. Acts viii. 21. Sept. and
Class. ; and spec. matter of dispute or dis-
cussion, questzon ; judicial, Acts xix. 38.
Dem. 942, 17; moral, Matt. xxi. 24,
ZowTiow vas Kayw Noyov eva. Diog.
Laért. Stilpo ii. 116, tovovTov tiva
AOyov gopwtHoar.—IV. word, i. e. talk,
rumour, report, Matt. xxviii. 15, Kat
dte@yuicOn 6 Néyos ovTos Kk. T.X. Mk.
1,45; foll. by awepé twos, Lu. v. 15, al.
Sept. Jos. and Class. Hence for mere
talk, show, Col. ii. 23, Adyov piv ExovTa
sopias. Diod. Sic. xiii. 4, opp. to
a\nGera.—IJ. REASON, the reasoning
faculty, as that power of the soul which is
the basis of speech, Lat. RaTIo. Dem.
783, 2, pnodémwor ik HOyou TavTa
oxotette. Arr. Epict. i. 12, 26. In N.T.
‘I. @ ground, cause, reason, Matt. v. 32,
mapeKTos Adyou Topveias. Acts x. 29.
Sept. gai Adyou, 2 Sam. xiii. 22. Pol.
mm hf Kens “Anvvi. 2; 100oSe
Kata Noyov, with reason, reasonably, ‘ for
good cause, Acts xviii. 14. 3 Mace. iii.
14. Lue. D. Mort. xxx. 3. Thue. iii. 39.
—II. @ reason, as demanded or assigned,
i.e. a reckoning, account. 1) prop. oup-
aipety Aoyov peta Tivos, to take up an
account with any one, i. e. to reckon with,
Matt. xviii, 23. xxv. 19. dodidovar
Adyov, to render an account, i. &. THs
oikovopias, Lu. xvi. 2. So Phil. iv. 15.
simil. Diod. Sic. t. i. p. 148, 6 cvyKxedpa-
AaLovmevov sis Aoyupiov Aoyov. 2) fig.
account, i. e. such a relation, as shall
give the reasons of any transaction, ea-
planation ; so amodovvat Aoyov, to give
account, €&. gr. THS cuoTpods, Acts xix.
40; foll. by qwepi tivos, Matt. xii. 36.
Rom. xiv. 12; absol. Heb. xiii. 17. 1 Pet.
iv. 5, and so Sept. and Class. So Aoyov
airety meoi tivos, 1 Pet. iii. 15. Also
Heb. iv. 13, wpos ov mtv o Noyos. Sept.
48
ASGUL
amoé.d. Adyov, Dan. vi. 3. Diod. Sie. i
o/, aoc. AOyov wept. iii. 47. Dem.
227, 26, dudovar Adyov. 3) fig. Adyov
trovsto8at, to make account of, i. e. regard,
care for, Acts xx. 24, ovdsvos orvov
qmwotovmar, ‘I am not moved by them.’
Jos. Ant. ii. 5, 3, undéva. X. avrou a.
Dion. Hal. Ant. ix. 50, Aoyov ovdeves
avto@y. Theocr. Id. ii. 338, TU 6€ pev
Aoyov ovdéva troty.—lII. the Word, THE
Locos, in the writings of John, John i. 1,
bis, 14.. 1 John 1: Tia v. 72 Reve ximete
where it stands for the ‘ pre-existent
nature of Christ,’ i. e. that spiritual and
Divine nature mentioned in the Jewish
writings before and about the time of
Christ, under various names; e. gr. codia,
Prov. viii. 12, 22, sq. Ecclus. ch. xxiv.
Yios av8owmov, Dan. vii. 13; called
in Philo, 6 wapecBitTatos tov OEov
Aoyos, Opp. i. p. 207. Of this Divine
Worp, St. John commences his Gospel
with affirming: év a@oy7 av 6 Adyos, kat
o Adyos nv mpos Tov Oedv, Kat Oeds
nv o Aoyos, John i. 1; and then also de-
clares that this Word became flesh, and
was thus the Messiah, ver. 14. Comp. in
Geos II.
Aéyxn, ns, 1, prop. ‘the point of a.
weapon, the triangular iron head of @
lance or javelin. In N. T. lance, spear,
John xix. 34, as sometimes Sept. and
later Greek writers; also Xen. An. ii.
Zao
Aotdopéw, f. ow, (Aoidopos,) to
rail at, reproach, revile, with acc. John ix.
28, éXoOopnoav avtov. Acts xxii. 4.
Pass. 1 Cor. iv. 12. 1 Pet. ii: 23. Sept. &
Class.
Aotdopia, as, 7, (Aowopéw,) railing,
reproach, 1 Tim. v. 14. 1 Pet. iii. 9.
Sept. and Class.
A oidopos, ov, 6, 7, prop. adj. railing,
reviling, but sometimes as subst. @ raver,
reviler, 1 Cor. v. 11. vi. JOP Septbren
xxv. 25. Ecclus. xxiii. 8. Plut. vi. 676.
Aotmos, ov, 6, pestilence, plague, Matt.
xxiv. 7. Lu. xxi. 11. Sept. and Class.
Fig. of a mischievous person, @ pest, Acts
xxiv. 5, evodvTes yao TOV avdga TOUTOV
Aouov. Sept. in 1] Sam. ii. 12. xxv. 20.
Ps. i. 1. Ez. vil. 21. DMacet Gi Ben:
(9405:
Aowmos, 1}, ov, adj. (Aeiaw,) left, re-
maining, other. 1) plur. Matt. xxv. 11, at
Aoitrat wapVevor. Acts li. 37, al. Absol.
ot Nowtol, the rest, the others, Matt. xxii.
6, al. and class. Neut. ta Aow7ra, Mk. iv.
19, et al. Xen. Ag. ii..22. Sept. 2) ad-
verbially, as Tov Nozzrov, scil. ypovev, i
future, henceforth, Gal. vi. 17. Hdian. viii.
4,17. Xen. Cyr. iv. 4, 10. to Aor7rov, for
the rest ; of time, henceforth, henceforward,
AOY
Matt. xxvi, 45, & Mk. xiv. 41, caBevdere
70 Nortrov ; i. e. sleep ye even still? 1 Cor.
vii. 29, al. and Class. Also, as to the rest,
finally, Eph. vi. 10. Phil. iii. 1, al. and
Class. ace. Notmov, and 6 6 AotTrév, as to
the rest, finally, but now, 1 Cor. i. 16. iv.
2, al. and Class.
Aovtpov, ov, TO, (Aovw,) prop. a
bath, or water for bathing, washing. In
N. T. the act of bathing, ablution, said of
baptism, Eph. v. 26. Tit. iii. 5.
Aovw, f. cw, to bathe, wash, trans. said
only of persons, &c. foll. by acc. Acts ix.
3/7, NovcavTes Of a’THv: with acc. impl.
and foll. by amo, Acts xvi. 33, gXovcen
avuTovs ato Tay TAnyav. Pass. John
xiii, 10. Heb. x. 23, AeAouuevor to
owua, and so Class. Fig. to cleanse, to
purify, with acc. and ao, Rev. i. 5,
‘To ovoavtTi Huas aTO THY aduapTLOY
74@v, and comp. Is. i. 16.
Avxkos, ov, 0,a wolf, 1) prop. Matt.
x, 16. Lu. x. 3. John x. 12. Sept. and
Class. 2) fig. @ rapacious and violent
‘person, wolf-like, equiv. to AUKors Suorot
in Arrian, Epict.i. 3. Matt. vii. 15, eict
AvKot dpmwayes. Acts xx. 29, AvdKor
Bapets. Sept. Zeph. iii. 4. Hom. I. iv.
47), Adlian V. H. v. 19. viii. 6.
Avpaivopar, depon. (Avun,) prop.
to stain, disgrace by insult or indignity,
1. e. to msult, treat with indignity, foll. by
dat. Hdot. ix. 79. In N. T. to make
havoe of, destroy, with acc. Acts viii. 3,
ZavAdos dé éhupaiveto tHv éxxkAnoiav.
So Jos. Bell. ii. 4, 1, of soldiers devas-
tating a country; and iv. 9, 7, or destroy-
ing the truth, Ant. proem. 1. The accus.
is often found in the later writers, as
Diod. Sic., Appian, and Plut.
Avutéw, f. jow, (Admn,) to afflict
with grief, trans. pass. or mid. to be
grieved, sorrowful, Matt. xiv. 9. xvii. 23,
éiumnIycav soda, et al. sexpe, also
Sept. and Class. In the sense of to
aggrieve, occasion grief to, Eph. iv. 30;
see my note there, and so often in Class. ;
offend, Rom. xiv. 15, ci 62 dua Bowpa 6
addeXos cov uTetrat, i. e. ‘stumbles
in mind, being brought into self-condemna-
tion,’ namely, by being induced to do what
he thought unlawful.
Avan, ns, 1, grief, sorrow, John xvi.
21. Rom. ix. 2, & oft. and Class. Meton.
for cause of grief, grievance, trouble, | Pet.
li. 19, Avaas, dolores, molestias. So plur.
im Gen. iii. 17. Prov. xxxi.6. Xen. Lac.
vii. 6. Hier. i. 2. Isocr. Panath. andias
Kat \varas. In sing. Thue. vi. 59.
Avots, ews, 7, prop. ‘a loosing or de-
livering’ from any thing that binds us, and
impedes action; and fig. from evil of any
kind, or what implies constraint, as slavery,
249
AY X
or civil obligations, to pay money, or per-
form certain conditions. In N. T. the
word is used of léberation from the con-
jugal tie by separation or divorce, as
| Cor. vii. 27.
Avo.tredéw, f. how, (Avottedgs, fr.
Avw, TéAos,) prop. ‘ to discharge any ex-
pence’ incurred in any thing. Hence, ‘to
make oneself useful,’ to profit any one,
Aristoph. Plut. 509, and often in Class,
So Lu. xvii. 2, AvorreXeT atTwH—H, Kc.
i.e. ‘it were better for him—than,’ &c.
Ecclus. xxix. 11. Xen. Cyr. ii. 4, 12.
AUvtTooyv, ov, TO, (Avw,) the price paid
for any one, ransom, the fine paid for set-
ting free, lit. loostng- money, Thue. vi. 5,
and oft. Class. and Sept. The word is
used fig. Matt. xx. 28, and Mk. x. 45,
Oovvat Thy Wuxiy avtov AVTOOY ayTi
jToA\wv, i.e. ‘as aransom paid by Him
for the deliverance of many,’ viz. from the
bondage of sin and death, presenting it as
an expiation or expiatory sacrifice. Comp.
fEschyl. Choéph. 47, vi yao AvTpov
MTECOVTOS AiuaToS TEOW ;
Auvtoow, f. wow, (AUTpov,) to ran-
som, ‘let go free for a ransom,’ Diod. Sic.
xix. 73, ult.; said espec. of ransoming a
captive from the enemy. InN. T. oniy
used in mid. (in a deponent sense) Av-
Todomat, f. woouat, ‘to cause to let go
free for a ransom,’ i.e. to ransom, to ‘re-
deem, deliver, namely, by paying a ransom
oneself, and not the ransomed party, Jos.
Ant. xiv. 14, 1, A. Tay wodkepiwy abtov:
jig. with acc. Lu. xxiv. 21, AurpovcOar
tov lopayA, i.e. from the power of the
Romans, and gener. to raise them from
their present fallen state. Also foll. by
avo, Tit. ii. 14, A. Huas amo Taens
avouias, i.e. ‘ from the power and penalty
of iniquity.” A sense this confined to the
later writers, as Polyb. xviii. 16, 1, 77x
Leoavy xwoav A. Diod. Sic. often, and
found in the Sept. and the Apocryphal
writers. Aor. 1. pass. ZAXuTpwo@nv in a
pass. sense, with éx, 1 Pet. i. 18. Sept. for
dna Is. xliv. 22, sq., also for 3 mp with
amo, Ps. cxix. 184; with é« Ps. exxx. 8.
1 Mace. iv. 11. Act. Thom. § 15. pr. Plut.
Cimon 9 ult. Diod. Sic. v. 17.
AUTowats, ews, 1, (AvTPdOMat,)
prop. redemption, deliverance, Lu. i. 68.
11, 38. Sept. and Class. Fig. from sin and
its consequences, Heb. ix. 12.
AvtTpwTizs, ov, 0, (AuTPdopan,) a 7e-
deemer, deliverer, Acts vii. 35. Sept. and
lat. Class.
AvxXvia, as, n, (Adxvos,) a candelabra,
lamp-stand ; a word of the later Greek
for the earlier 76 Avyviov, Matt. v. 15, et
al. Sept., Joseph., Luc. Asin. 41, Em-
blematically, in the Apoeal., of a Christian
; 3 M 5
AYX
church, Rev. i. 12. ii. 1, al.; of a Chris-
tian teacher or prophet, Rev. xi. 4.
Ab xXvos, ov, 6, a light, i. e. portable,
as a candle, lamp, or lantern, &c. Sept.
and later Class. In N. T. Matt. v. 15,
ovde Kaiovot AUxXvov. Mk. iv. 21. Lu.
XU. 35, EoTwoav YuaY—ol AUXVOL KaLO-
pevon, ‘let your lamps stand burning,’ i. e.
*be ye ready, watch.” So 6 Avyvos Tov
cwpatos, of the eye, as being that part of
the body which alone is capable of recezv-
wg light, and thus directing the whole
body, so the Latin lumina for the eyes,
Matt. vi. 22. Lu. xi. 34. Fig. of John
the Baptist as a distinguished teacher,
with reference to his luminous knowledge
of divine truths, John v. 35; of the Mes-
siah, To ’Apviov, Rev. xxi. 23, as an darav-
yaopua from the Divine glory, (see Heb.
i. 3,) enlightening the new Jerusalem.
Avw, f. tow, to loose, loosen, &c. what
is fastened, or bound, = to unbind, untie,
I. prop. of a ligature, or any thing fastened
by it, Mk. 1.7, AUoa: Tov inavtTa Tor
uTodnmatwy avtov. Lu. iii. 16. John i.
27. Acts vil. 33. X. tarddnua, * by loosing
its straps.’ Sept. Ex. iii. 5. Hom. I]. xvi.
804, A. Swpnka. Fig. tov decuov Tijs
yAwoors, i.e. impediment, Mk. vii. 35.
Tas WOtvas TOU JavaTou, Actsii. 24. AL).
HH. An. xii. 5. Here belongs the phrase
0 éav AUons él THS Hs, ZoTaL Edv-
fevov év Tots ovpavois, Matt. xvi. 19.
xviii. 18, i. e. ‘whatsoever ye shall loose
(open) on earth, &c. (see Agw, If.) Of
animals, tied, e. gr. amwXov, Mark xi.
2, sqq. Lu. xix. 30, 31, 33. absol. Matt.
xxi. 2; foll. by amo THs patvns, Lu. xiii.
15. Sept. and Class. Of a person swathed
in bandages, grave-clothes, John xi. 44.—
ii. spoken of persons bound, ¢o let go
loose, to set free, e. gr. prisoners, Acts xxii.
o0,éAuceEv avUTOY (amo THY Ceca). Rev.
ix. 14. xx. 3,7, éx Tis pudakys, fig. Lu.
xiii. 16. 1 Cor. vii. 27, AXéAvocat amo yu-
vaikos; i.e. ‘ art thou free from a wife
free from conjugal ties. See my note.—
lil. to loosen, dissolve, sever, break, e. er.
Tas opayioas, Rev. v. 2,5. So Charit.
p. 97, Avetv TA yoaupata, and Thuc. i.
o2, Aver Tas émricTtoAas. Acts xxvil. 41,
7 O& Tovuva EdveTO, ‘but the stern went
to pieces,’ from the violence of the waves.
So Ach. Tat. iii. p. 163, 7d aAotov o:-
ehvOn. Virg. Ain. x. 305, solvitur, scil.
puppis, probably with allusion to the un-
loosing of the owapra, or hempen cord-
age, which bound the planks of a vessel
together. So Hom. Il. ti. 135, dovpa
CEONTE VEWV, Kal owaoTa AéUYTAL.
Now such were called paéupata trav
vewy. Fig. of an assembly, to dissolve,
break up, as Thy suvaywyiyv, Acts Xill.
43. Diod. Sic. xix. 25, viv éxxdAyoiav.
250
MAT
Hom. I]. i. 305, adyoenv.—Hence, IV. by
impl. to destroy, 1) prop. of buildings,
to demolish, John ii. 19, AXUoate Tov vaov
toutov, with allusion to the body as a
temple, (so Philo uses the term iepov,) for
the abode of its august tenant, the soul,
Eph. ii. 14, Avoas TO pecotoryov. So
in the Class. this verb is used of destroy-
ing large massy edifices, as city walls or
bridges; with allusion to the unloos-
ing of the compages lapidum. And so
solvere compages in Latin. So, of the
world, e. g. to be destroyed by fire, to dés-
solve, melt, 2 Pet. iii. 10, 11, 12. 2) fig.
of a law, to loosen its obligation, i. e. either
to make tt void, do away, John x. 39, ob
duvaTat A\vOAvar 7 ypady, where see my
note, Dem. xxxi. 12; or, to break to
violate, as Matt. v.19, in opposition to
qotety. John vii. 23, va ty AvOH 6 vomos
M. v.18, 76 cdéBPatrov. Thue. vi. 14,
Tous vououvs. Xen. An. iii, 2, 10, tas
oTrovoas Kai tTovs GoKkous. Hither, at
least in the former sense, I would refer the
expression, | John iii. 8, eis TouT@ epa-
veow)y 6 Yios tov Ozov, a Nioy Ta
goya tov AtaoXou, where the meaning
is simply, ‘that he might. wado, do away
with, the works of the Devil,’ i. e. sin,
misery, and death, namely, by his atone-
ment, &c. Now there is here the same
primary idea of untyimg. And as in Engl.
we say to undo for untie, so the Greeks
used Ave of untying a knot, or unloosing
a strap, to signify undo, annul, xkatTao-
yet.
M.
Mayeia, as, 7, (uayos,) magic, plur.
payetar, magical arts, sorcertes, Acts viii.
ll. Jos. Ant. ii. 13, 3, payetats Kai Te-
oatovoyiars. Plut. vi. p. 658.
Mayet, f. etow, (uayos,) to practise
magi, sorcery, &c. intrans. Acts vii. 9,
TpouTnoxe —pwayevwv. And so Plut.
Num. 15. Luc. Asin. 4. Maerob. 4. Dio
Cass. p. 622, 24.
Mayos, ov, 6, magus, pl. wayou, magi,
the name for the priests and wise men
among the Medes, Persians, and Baby-
lonians; see my note on Matt. ii. 1 ; prop.
great, powerful, Heb. 14, whence comes
the Gr. wéyas, Lat. mag-nus, for mag-inus.
Comp. Jer. xxxix. 3. Xen. Cyr. iv. 5, 51.
vii. 5, 57. AML. Ve Bin V7 Aidan iv. 2 |
6,8. In N.T. said 1) of the Magi from
the East, (Persia or Arabia, ) who came to
salute the new-born Messiah, Matt. ii. 1,
7,16. 2) of a magician, sorcerer, diviner,
Acts xiii. 6, 8, uayov, Wevdotpopytnp. -
Sept. often in Dan., and Class., as Hdian. :
iv. 12, 6, 8. Aischin. iii, 13, Tovouros |
MAO
udyos Kal yons. Sometimes used with
an implied notion of imposture, as Soph.
Cid. Tyr. 387, uayov—ayvotnpy.
MaOntetvw, f. evow, (uabnTijs,)
prop. 1) intrans. to be the disciple of any
one, foll. by dat. Matt. xxvii. 57, Kai av-
TOs éualijitevce TH “Inoov. Plut. Vit.
X. Rhet. init. gua@yjrevce 8 a’tw Kat
Oedroutos. 2) also trans. to train as a
disciple, to teach, instruct, Acts xiv. 21,
uadyntevoavtes ixavovs. Matt. xxviii. 19,
Mm. wavTa Ta e0vn, for wabrjTas ToLeiTe.
Pass. Matt. xiii. 52, uabntevleis TH Bac.
Tv ovp. where the sense is either, ‘ in-
structed for the Messiah’s kingdom,’ so as
to understand its nature; or, ‘ disciplined
into the Messiah’s kingdom,’ i. e. con-
verted to Christianity.
Ma@nrijs, ov; 0, (uaviavw,) a disciple,
scholar, follower of ateacher, 1) gener.
Matt. x. 24, et al. sepiss. and often in
Class. So Jos. Ant. vi. 5,4, Joshua is
called 6 pabytijs Mwoews. 2) spec. of
the Twelve Apostles, Matt. x. 1. xi. 1.
-xx. 17. Lu. ix. 1. 3) emphatic, for érue
disciple, John xiii. 35. xv. 8. After
Christ’s death the term disciple took the
wider sense of follower, believer, equiv. to
Christian, Acts vi. 1, 2. xi. 26
Mafyrora, as, 7, (uaOntis,) for the
Attic pabyrpis, a female disciple, i. e. a
female Christian, Acts ix. 36, and Class.,
as Diod. Sic. ii. 52. Diog. Laért. iv. 2.
viii. 42.
Maivopay., f. wavovpar, (uaw, to be
eager after,) depon. prop. to be mad, to
rave ; but also (like zzsanzre in Latin) said
fig. of persons who so speak and act, as to
seem to others to be out of their senses,
or acting under the influence of extrava-
gant enthusiasm, John x. 20. Acts xii. 15.
xxvi. 24,25. 1 Cor. xiv. 23. Sept. and
Class., as Eurip. Hec. 1270, ot paivn.
Tph. Taur. 1310. Xen. Mem. i. 3, 11.
MeakapiCw, f. tow, Att. fut. ca,
(uxaxap,) to deem or call happy, with acc.
of pers. Lu. i. 48. Ja. v. 11. Sept. Gen.
meet te fs. 1. Pl. Heclus. xi. 28, and
Class., as Hom. Od. xv. 537. Hdot. vii.
45. Soph. Gad. Tyr. 1195. Xen. Mem. i.
6, 9, and often.
Makapuos, a, ov, (aprose form, equiv.
to the poet. uaxag,) happy, blessed, e. gr.
of God, 1 Tim. i. 11. vi. 15. Gener. Matt.
v. 3, sq. Lu. i. 45. vi. 20, sq. Rom. iv. 7,
al. swpe. With paddAov, Acts xx. 35,
pakaploy éott waddXov, ‘more blessed is
it, &c. Compar. pakapiwtepos, | Cor.
ae 40, and Eur. Troad. 567. Sept. and
ass,
Makaptopuos, ov, 0, (waxapifw,) a
calling or pronouncing happy, declaration
of blessedness, felicitation; hence Néyeu
251
MAK
Tov makapiondv Twos, = pakapiCery,
Rom. iv. 6, 9. Gal. iv. 15, tis obv qv Oo m.
ijuay; ‘how great then was your self-con-
gratulation,” &c. ‘how happy did you
think yourselves.’
MeékeXXovp, ov, TO, (fr. Lat. macel-
lum,) a market-place for all kinds of pro-
visions, 1 Cor. x. 25. Plut. Quest. Rom.
54,
Meaxoay, adv. (pr. acc. fem. of ua-
Koos, strictly for naxpav odov,) a long way,
i.e. far off, Lu. xv. 20, paxpav aze-
xoutos. Acts xxii. 2]; foll. by amo Tivos,
xvii. 27, al. Sept. and Class. With the
art. ot uaxpav, those far off, the remote,
i. e. from God, i. e. ‘ the Gentiles’ as opp.
to of éyyvs, the Jews, Eph. ii. 13. So oi
eis waxpav, Acts ii. 39.
Mexooev, adv. (uaxoos & Oey, a
syllabic suffix, denoting from,) from far,
Mk. viii. 3, waxpo0ev HKovow. xi. 1d, al.
Sept. and later Class.; amo paxpoben,
from far, Matt. xxvi. 58, et al. seepe. Sept.
and Class.
MaxooOupéa, f. how, (uaxpobumos,
fr. uaxoods, Bupuds,) prop. to be long-minded,
have longanimity. In N. T. it is used in
the sense I. to be long-suffering, forbear-
ing, to bear patiently offences or wmjuries,
absol. 1 Cor. xiii. 4, 47 a@yamn paxgobu-
jet, lit. ‘bears up.” So Plut, viii. 345, says
of those in the present life, that ‘they are -
striving to swim from sea to land and reach
home,’ éEautANao0ar kai paxpobupety,
Ou oikeias TELpwMEVOUS AapETIS TWCEC-
Oar: foll. by eis Tia, 2 Pet. 111.9; by
gmt tit, Matt. xviii. 26, mw. ea’ émol,
‘have patience with me. Lu. xviii. 7,
pakxpo0uuay 2m avtots, ‘though he be,
in respect to them’ (i.e. the injured), * long-
suffering,’ slow to punish their injurers. So
Keclus. xxxii. 18, it is said, ob ui paroo-
Ouunoer (6 Kuptos) ém’ abrots, scil. Tots
Tatewots.—ll. to wait patiently, be pa-
tient, absol. Heb. vi. 15, o§tw, waxoobv-
wnoas, éwéTuye THS éeTayyedtas, and
Ja. v. 8, pwaxpobuurnoate, and ver. 7,
pakxpo0uywy et’ avtw, scil. kao7Tw. So
Artem. iv. 11. However, in those two
passages there seems to be a blending of
two senses, to patiently endure evils, and
to patrently wait for the removal of the
evils.
MaxpoOvupia, as, 7, (uaxoobupéw,)
longanimity, 1. e. slowness to anger and
punishment; long-suffering, forbearance.
1) gener. Rom. i. 4, THs paxpobupias
Tou Qzov Katadpovets ; and so | Pet.
iii. 20, 7 Tov Oeou pw. 2 Pet. iii. 15, 4 Tov
Kupiov jue@v p. Eph. iv. 2. Col. iii. 12.
1 Tim. i. 16. 2'Tim. iti.10. iv. 2. Sept. Prov.
xxv. 15. Plut. Lucull. 33, adperqy piv
émedeixvuTo, Kai wakpoUupiav. 2) spec.
patient endurance of evil, and waiting for
M6
MAK
252
MAN
its redress, Col. i. 11. Heb. vi. 12. Ja. v. | I. gener. ] Cor. xiv. 1, (nXovre Ta arvev-
10. Sept. Is. lvii. 15. .
Maxpo0u'uws, adv. patiently, i. e.
with indulgence, in all clemency, Acts
XXvi: 3.
Maxpos, a, dv, adj. (uaxos, Dor. for
JANKOS, OFig. MaKEpOS, Contr. to MaAKQOS ; as
Tayeoos fr. wayos or WHyos, Taxepos fr.
tHKkw, &c. So our adj. lengthy, fr. subst.
length, ) long, in all the senses of the term,
whether of space or time; as said of the
former, namely, from one point to an-
other, a long way off, far distant, Lu. xv.
13, & xix. 12, éqopetOn zis ywoav
pwaKkoav, and Class. as Hdian. vi. 7, 10,
a. yn. Xen. Cyr. v. 4, 20, waxpai Kai
em BonGerar. Thue. vii. 13, dca agarayny
jeakoav. In such a case we are to under-
stand oddv aetvat, as Thue. iii. 13.
Of tzme, e. gr. uaxow yodvw, Hdot. i. 32,
and oft. in Class. In N. T. only neut. pl.
sakod as adv. long, as waxed ToeocevxXo-
evo, praying long, ‘ making long prayers,’
Matt. xxiii. 14. Mk. xii. 40. Lu. xx. 47.
Joseph. Ant. vi. 11, 10, uw. Aomwa oto.
Luc. Tim. 38, eivetv. AXl. V. H. vi, 6,
Yaioey, al, sepe.
Maxpoyoovios, ov, 6, 7, adj.
(uaKxpos, xeovos,) long-lived ; lit. long-
timed, Eph. vi. 3, ta éon mp. Sept.
Plato in Timeo. Porphyr. V. Pyth. 24.
Madakia, as, 11, (waXaKkos,) prop.
softness, and fig. timidity, Pol. iii. 79, 4;
effeminacy, Luc. D. Deor. x. 6, 8. In
N. T. disease of body, Matt. iv. 23, Geoa-
TEVWY TATAY VOCOV Kal T. UaNaKkiay. ix.
35. x. 1. And so very often in Sept. of
disorders of every kind both chronic and
acute; and gener. of a dangerous kind,
even mortal ones; as Gen. xlii. 4. 2 Chron.
xxi. 19. And so Pseud. Hdot. Vit. Hom.
36, says Homer died ty padakin. The
original and proper import of the word, in
this application, seems to have been simply
indisposition of body without any formed
disease, consisting chiefly in languor.
Madkakos, a, ov, adj. (uadaoow, fr.
uwadw, to rub down a rough surface and
thoroughly smoothen or soften it, as in tan-
ning leather,) prop. soft, viz. to the touch,
in opposition to oxAnpds, stiff, hard ;
spoken of raiment as made of soft mate-
rials, fine texture, inadtia wadaxa, Matt.
xi. 8. Lu. vii. 25. Luc. Saturn. 1, éc087-
vas evav0eis kai padaxas. Hom. Od.
i. 437, pw. xeTwv: fig. effeminate, spoken
of a catamite, scortum virile, 1 Cor. vi. 9.
Dion. Hal. Ant. vii. 2. Plut. vi. p. 328.
MeérXtora, adv. (superl. of pada,
very,) most, most of all, especially, Acts
xx. 38, et al.
Mad Xoyp,
adv.
a
MaTikKa, “adXov O& iva x.t.r. ver. 5. 2
Cor. v.8; with gen. 1 Cor. xiv. 18, aravtwv
vu. paddov. Xen. An. iii. 12, 1. wokAw
addov, much more, Matt. vi. 30, et al.
moow uadrXov, how much more, Matt. vii.
11, et al. tocovTw pw. so much the more,
Heb. x. 25. uaddAov kai paddov, more
and more, Phil. i. 9, and Class.; with 7
or 7p, 1. €. paAXOv 7, more than, rather
than, Matt. xviii. 13, yaioe: tr’ aitw
MaXov h emt Tots x.t.A. John iii. 19.
MadXov yeo, John xii. 43, and Class.
Also as intens. the more, the rather, Matt.
xxvii. 24, aAXad waddXov VopuBos yiveTat,
equiv. to uadAov OoouBetTa. John v. 18,
Ota TouTo ovv paddov éjtovy abtov
amokTetvar, et al. Thue. v..44. So ov
uadXop, in interrogat. 1 Cor. ix. 12. 2 Cor.
iii. 8; comp. ver. 7.—II. joined with the
postive, wadXov forms a periphr. for the
comparat. like Engl. more; with 4, Acts
xx. 35, wakaplov tori waddXov Oddvat,
AamBaverv, 1 Cor. ix. 15. Gal. iv. 27;
with ei, Mk. ix. 42, cadXov éoTiw at’Tw
madXov, ei x.t.A.—II1. joined emphat.
with a comparative, either in form or
sense, Mk. vii. 36, wadAov meptcooTe-
pov. 2 Cor. vii. 18. Phil. i. 23, wotdkw
yao uadXov kpetacov. So, with verbs of
comparison, Matt. vi. 26, ovx bmets pad-
Nov dtadéoete avtaw ; Heb. xi. 25, wad-
ov eXopuevos. Sop. edéo8ar, Dem. 946,
7. Xen. Mem. i. 6, 4.—IV. after a nega-
tive clause or prohibition, expr. or impl.
rather ; so 6& wadXov, but rather, Matt.
x. 6, mogevecbe Gt waddXoyv, al. & Class. ;
aha paddov, but rather, id. and Rom.
xiv. 13. 1 Cor. vii. 21. Eph. v. 4; impl.
Mk. xv. ll, iva (sc. py tov “Iycouv
&\Xa) wa@XXov: and so ovxXt maAXov in
interrog. 1 Cor. v. 2. vi. 7.—V. mtens.
wadXov 6& before an antithetic clause, or
rather, yea more, Rom. viii. 34, Xp. o
atolavav, uadXov 62 kal éyepbeis. Gal.
iv. 9. Eph. v. 11, and Class.
Mépupn, ns, 7, grandmother, a word of
lat. Gr. for 740n, 2 Tim. i. 5. Jos. Ant.
x. 11, 2. Hdian. v. 3, 7. Plut. Agis, 4.
Mapwvas, or Maupwvas, a, 6, mam-
mon, i. e. wealth, riches, Lu. xvi. 9, 11;
personified, like Gr. IlAoutvos, as desig-
nating (thinks Mr. Greswell) the divinity
supposed to preside over and regulate the
distribution of wealth.
Mavéavw, (f. pabijoconar, aor. 2.
ZuaQov,) to learn. I. PROP. i. e. zntel-
lectually, either from others, or from one’s
own observation, &c.; to learn, be taught,
absol. Matt. ix. 13, aopevlévtes OF .
waders, Ti got. John vi. 45, et al.; with
awo Tivos, Matt. xi. 29; with acc. of ,
(compar. of ada, | thing, Rom. xvi. 17, iw tpets éuabere, ©
e e . . a ? e = / b)
-very,) more, rather, in various Connexions. | et al. 1 Cor. iv. 6, tva év nuiv pabyte To
MAN 2
qui) brio K.-T. X. in us, i. e. by our exam-
ple; with ace. impl. John vii. 15; foll. by
amo Tivos, Col. i. 7. mapa Tivos, 2 Tim.
iii. 14; foll. by acc. of person, to learn any
one, i. e. his doctrines, precepts, Eph. iv.
20. Sept. and Class. In the sense ‘ to
Jearn by information,’ be informed, foll. by
ott, Acts xxiii. 27. amo Tivos, Gal. iii. 2,
and Class. A®]. V. H. ii. 42. Xen. Cyr.
vi. 1, 31; also to understand, comprehend,
Rey. xiv. 3. Xen. Cyr. i. 3, 10.—II. mo-
RALLY, to learn, i. e. from experience, to
do a thing, equiv. to do habitually, be wont,
foll. by inf. expr. or impl. Phil. iv. 11,
éyw yap eualov—aitapxyns evar. |
Tim. v. 4, 13, éeyat pavOavover aeor-
eox. (sim. Xen. An. iii. 2, 25, éav daraké
aoyot nv.) Tit. iii. 14; with acc. Heb.
v. 8, 4. Tiv vrakony.
Mavia, as, 7, (paivouat,) mania,
madness, insanity, Acts xxvi. 24, & Class.
Mavva, To, indec. manna, the miracu-
lous food of the Israelites in the desert,
John vi. 31, 49, 58. Heb. ix. 4; symboli-
cally, Rev. ii. 17. Comp. Exod. xvi. 31,
sq. Joseph. Ant. iii. 1, 6. Josephus re-
lates that in his day manna was still found
around Mount Sinai, Ant. iii. 1,6; and
the same fact has also been abundantly
ascertained by modern travellers ; and the
recent Commentators and Lexicographers
are agreed in regarding the manna men-
tioned in Scripture as the modern Manna
Arabica, which the Arabs collect and re-
gard as a dainty; see Calmet, art. Manna.
Yet it still remains to be proved that the
manna in question is the same with that
gathered by the Israelites. But (as Le
Clere and Deyling have shown) so many
and important are the points of difference,
that the zegative is almost certain, and
must establish the miraculous nature of
the transaction.
Mavtevopatn,f. evocouac, depon. mid.
(uavtis, diviner, soothsayer,) to utter re-
sponses, as from an oracle, to divine, fore-
tell, Acts xvi. 16. Sept. and Class.
Mapaivw, f. ava, (fr. the obsol.
aow, whence the Latin marceo,) prop. to
cause to fall away, become flaccid ; and
pass. in a neuter sense, to fall away, be-
come lean. Hence the word is used both
of flowers that fall away and wither, and
of the human body, which falls away with
‘pining sickness, (Is. xxxviii. 12. Ps.
evi. 15,) or under the influence of that of
which a great poet as well as physician so
graphically depicts, ‘ Restless anxiety, for-
- lorn despair, And all the faded family of
care. As respects the former, see Eurip.
Alec. 201. Thue. ii. 49. In N. T. it is said
fig. of the rich man, Ja. i. 11, that ‘as the
flower of the grass falls away, so he shall
»~
v
fade away, muapavOijceTat, equiv. to the |
3 MAP
plainer expression in the preceding verse,
TauoehEVoeTal.
Mapav a0a, maran-atha, Syr. equiv.
to Kvouos goxeTat, ‘the Lord will come,
to judgment, 1 Cor. xvi. 22. See my note.
Mapyapitns, ov, 0, (uaoyapos,)
prop. verbal adj. sc. 0 Ai8os papyagirns,
a pearl, Matt. xiii. 45, 46, gva wodtTI-
foov paoyaoitnv. | Tim. ii. 9. Rev. xvii.
4, xviil. 12, 16. xxi. 21, bis; fig. Matt.
vil. 6. /Al. H. An. x. 13.
Mépuapos, ov, 6, 7, (uappaiow, to
glitter,) in Homer and early writers, stone,
rock, and later in N. T. (equiv. to Lat.
marmor,) marble, Rev. xviii. 12. In
Theophr. frag. de Lapid. ii. 36, ed. Schn.
it denotes a precious stone, so called, thrice
the value of the purest gold. On the natural
history, use, and value of pearls in ancient
times, see Mr. Greswell on the Par. t. ii.
220, sqq.
Maovup, see in Maortus.
Maoptuoéa, f. how, (uwdortus,) to wit-
ness, i. e. I. to be a witness, to be able or
ready to testify, with dat. commodi, John
iii. 28, avtol busts por pagTupEtte, OTL
Kk. T,X. Acts xxii. 5; absol. 2 Cor. viii. 3.
Xen. Hist. Gi 1k; 3h” tevteur
witness, testify, to the truth of what one
has seen, heard, or knows. 1) prop. and
gener. foll. by weoi with gen. to bear wit-
ness respecting any person or thing, John
i. 7, 8, (va waptupion Wept Tov mwros,
ver. 15. ii.25. v. 31, et al.; with dat. & 671,
vii. 7; foll. by 67 equiv. to acc. and inf.
John i. 34, weuaptienka OTe ovTOS éoTt.
iv. 44, et al.; also with dat. comm. vel
incommodi, Matt. xxiii. 31, uaprugette
EauTots, OTLK.T.A. Rom. x. 2. Gal. iv. 15.
Col. iv. 13. Xen. Cyr. viii. 8, 1. xaré
tivos, | Cor. xv. 15; foll. by the words
testified, after Néywv, eimre, OTL, of quota-
tion, etc. John i. 32, kal éuaoTipnoev
"T. Aéywu" “Ore k.7.X. iv. 39; foll. by ace.
of a synon. noun, John vy. 32, 7 wapTupia
Vv waoTtupel rept Euov: comp. | John v.
9,10. 1 Tim. vi. 13, pu. THv Kadhv opo-
Noyiav. Arr. Epict. iv. 8, 32. So, with
acc. of thing, gener. ¢o testify any thing, to
bear witness of any thing. John iii. 11, 6
Ewoadkamev papTupoupmenv. ver. d2. | John
i. 2, Rev.i. 2. xxii. 20; with an acc. impl.
fr. the context, e. gr. Tad qeol éuov, Acts
xxiii. 1]. rovro, xxvi. 5. Heb. x. 15, &
Class. ; foll. by dat. of person or thing, fo
or for whom, in favour of whom one bears
testimony, John iii. 26, w od peuaoTi-
onkas. v. 33, al. Pass. with t7ro, Rom.
iii, 21. Xen. Cyr. viii. 8. 1, 27; in the
sense of ‘to prove by testimony,’ John
xviii, 23. Xen. Conv. viii. 12. 2) fig. of
God as testifying by his Spirit, by signs,
MAP
miracles, etc. foll. by wepi, John v. 37.
viii. 18. 1 John v. 9, 10. tw Aoyw, to, in
Favour of, Acts xiv. 3; of tne Scriptures,
prophets, &c. with qeoi, John v. 39; with
dat. and inf. with acc. Acts x. 43. Hdian.
iii. 12, 5. Xen. Mem. i. 2, 20. So of one’s
deeds, works, &c. with aeoi, John v. 36,
Ta t0ya & éyH Tolw, papTupel Tel
gmou. x. 25. Sept. and Class.—III. em-
phat. to testify strongly, and by impl. bear
honourable testimony, and pass. to be well
testified of, have good witness; with ovr,
Heb. vii. 8; with inf. Heb. xi. 4, dv’ 7s
éuaoTtuonOn eivar Oikaos. ver. 5; hence
gener. to speak well of, applaud ; foll. by
dat. Lu. iv. 22, aavtres éuaoTvoour
auTw. xi. 48. Acts xv. 8; absol. 3 John
12; with gai tir, Heb. xi. 4. Joseph.
Ant. xiv. 10, 2. Ail. V. H.i. 30; pass. to
be commended, be of good report, Acts vi.
3: with v7o, Acts x. 22, et al.; ev, 1
Tim. v. 10. Heb. xi. 2; dd, ver. 39, and
later Class.—IV. equiv. to uaoTipouar,
to call as witness, prop. Dion. Hal. vii. 49,
ult. wapTupovmevos Yeous Te Kal avOow-
qovs. Hence in N. T. to protest, make an
earnest and solemn appeal, fo exhort so-
lemnly, 1 Thess. ii. 12.
Maptuoia, as, 7, (uaptupew,) wit-
ness, testimony, as borne, 1) judzceal, Mk.
xiv. 56, 59, ov0 oUTws ion HY ) MapTUpIA
attwy. John viii. 17, wap. kata Tivos.
Mk. xiv. 55. Sept. and Class. 2) gener.
to the truth of any thing, John xix. 35.
xxi. 24. 1 John v. 9, tiv pw. Tov av0po-
awy. So in Class. of a poet, Tit. i. 13.
Elsewhere only in reference to Jesus and
his doctrines, i. e. to the truth of his mis-
sion and gospel; gener. John v. 34, ov
rapa dvbowmou Ti bm. AauBavw. 1 John
v.10, uw. gv gavtw. So from John Bapt.
John i. 7, 19. v. 86; from other teachers,
Rev. xi. 7. Also from God, John v. 32.
1 John v. 9, bis, 10, 11. Of Christ’s tes-
timony respecting himself, John iii. 11, 32,
33. v. 31. viii. 138, 14. So in the phrase
n papTtuela Tov Inoov, the testimony of
Jesus, i.e. what he testified and taught
respecting himself and his gospel, and
hence equiv. to the gospel. Rev. i. 2, os
éguaoTipynae TOV NOyou Tov Qeov Kat THY
pap. gla x wer, 9. xx. 4. xix, 10, 7) yee
paotupia tou ‘“l. tote TO Treva THS
awoopntetas, ‘for the testimony of Jesus
is (comes from, has for its author) the
same Spirit of prophecy which acts in me.’
Hence ¢xew thy p. Tov Incou, to hold
fast the testimony of Jesus, Rev. xii. 17.
xix. 10; 3) emphat. honourable testimony,
good report, 1 Tim. iii. 7. Jos. Ant. vi.
3
Mapripuov, ov, To, (papTtupéw,)
witness, testimony, as borne, = paetvola.
1) gener. 2 Cor. i. 12, TO pw. THs GUVEL-
254
MAP
dnoews 7u.: historically, Actsiv. 33, 70m.
THS avacTacews TOU Kupiov, concerning
‘the resurrection, &c. Heb. iii. 5, eis ym.
Tav NadrnOnoouévwv, ‘for giving testi-
mony, testifying. Xlian V. H. ii. 5.
Xen. Conv. viii. 84. So, in reference to
Jesus and his doctrines, from teachers,
2 Thess. i. 10: also +O pu. Tou Xo.oTou,
the testimony of Christ, i. e. ‘what he testi-:
fied and taught respecting himself and his
gospel,’ and hence equiv. to 7 paetupia
rou 1. 1 Cor. i. 6. ii. 1, ro pw. tov Osou,
id. Gener. in the sense of testzmony, evi-
dence, proof, €. gr. eis wapTUeLoy avTots,
‘as a testimony unto them,’ Matt. viii. 4.
xxiv. 14. Mk. 1. 44 dius Pee
also ‘against them,’ Matt. x. 16. Mk. vi.
ll. xiii. 9. Ja. v. 3, and so éz’ avrods,
Lu. ix. 5. Also 1 Tim. ii. 6, tO paort-
oLov Katpots idios. So Sept. and Class.
2) from the Sept. 7 oxnvy Tov paptu-
ptou, the tabernacle of witness, put for the
tabernacle of the congregation, Hebrew,
win om, Acts vii. 44. Rev. xv. 5. So
Sept. Ex. xxix. 42, 44, et al.
Maptvponuat., depon. mid. (uaéptus,)
in Class. to call to witness, envoke as wit-
ness, whether gods or men, to the truth of
an assertion. Hence in N. T. to protest, -
make an earnest and solemn appeal, by way
of affirmation or protestation, equiv. to
aot. TOV Oeov, AEywH Tivi, OTL, Ke.
Acts xx. 26, waotipomar buiv oT, &C.
eqniv. to ‘I solemnly affirm, call God to
witness,’ that, &c. Gal. v..3, mw. wavti
avOo. ort, &c. So Jos. Bell. iii. 8, 3,
wapTupomar ws, & v. 12, 4. Also, by
way of exhortation, to exhort solemnly,
conjure, with acc. and inf. Eph. iv. 17,
paot. év Kuopiw pnkete vuas TeptTra-
vetv, &c. So Thue. viii. 53, wapTipo-
par, Kal émieraCovTwy—uy KaTayew.
Polyb. xiii. 8, 6, uapt. tols Gvdpas
évravéyew. Eurip. Med. 22, tuas &
GKOVELV TAUT &YW “apTUPOMAL.
Madortus, vpos, 6, 7, @ witness, 1)
prop. in a judicial sense, Matt. xviii. 16.
xxvi. 65. Acts vi. 13. Sept. and Class.
2) gener. ‘ one who testifies,’ or can testify,
to the truth of what he has seen, heard, or
knows, Rom. i. 9. 2 Cor. i. 23. Phil. i. 8.
1 Thess. ii, 5, 10. 1 Tim. wi. 12. Sept. &
Class. ; in allusion to those who wetness a
public game, Heb. xii. 1. Longin. § 14.
Espec. of those who witnessed the life,
death, and resurrection of Jesus, or who
bear witness to the truth as it is in Jesus,
Lu. xxiv. 48, dusts 6& éoTe maoTupEs
routwy. Acts i. 8, and oft. 2 Tim. ii. 2,
& ijxovcas Tao’ émov dvd ToAN@y pap-
Tipwy, i. e. ‘confirmed by many other
witnesses.” Foll. by dat. Acts xxii. 15.
1 Pet. v. 1. So of one who bears witness
| for God, and testifies to the world what
92
MAS 2
God veveals through him, i. e. @ teacher,
prophet, gener. Rev. xi. 3; of Jesus, o
maotus G motos, Rev. ji. 5. iii, 14.
Comp. John i, 9. xiv. 6. 3) @ martyr,
one who by his death bears witness to the
truth, Acts xxii. 20, EtTedavouv tou pap-
Tupos cov. Rev. ii. 13. xvii. 6. Freq. in
Ecclesiastical writers.
Macoadopay, f. joomar, depon. (uac-
ow, depso, and also fo chew, as appears
from its derivative waotaé, ‘the mouth,’
meaning lit. the eating part. So our
mouth, from the third person sing. indic.
of the Gothic matgan, fo eat; q. d. ‘ the
part which eateth,’ which, as gaz is only a
termination, is no other than the same
word as the Greek uatTw,) to chew, mas-
ticate, as Aristoph. Plut. 320, and often in
Class. In N. T. we have uw. tas yAwo-
cas, Rev. xvi. 10, to champ the tongue, as
persons do in pain, or from anger. Sept.
Job xxx. 4. Jos. Bell. J. vi. 3, 3.
Mactiyow, f. wow, (uaoré,) to
scourge, trans. €. gr. persons as criminals,
Matt. x. 17, al. Sept. and Class. Fig. of
God, to chastise, correct, Heb. xii. 6,
macTliyot O& TavTa@ viov ov Tapa-
OE&XET AL.
MaotiCw, f. i=w, (udorE,) to scourge,
trans. e€. gr. a person as criminal, Acts
xxii. 25. Sept. and Class.
Maotcé, cyos, 1, (fr. uacow, ‘ to
bite, q.d. @ cutter ; so Shaksp. ‘ a doting
falchion,) a@ whip, scourge, Acts xxii. 24.
Heb. xi. 36. Sept. and Class. Fig. a
scourge, from God, i.e. disease, plague,
Lu. vii. 21, a0 voowy Kal pactiywn.
Mk. iii. 10. v. 29, 34, Sept. Ps. xxxii. 10,
et al. Ecclus. xl. 9. 2 Mace. ix.11. Hom.
Il. xii. 37. xiii. 812.
Maotos, ov, 0, the breast, pap, Lu.
xi. 27, wakdp.oe pactoi ovs é07jAacas.
xxiii. 29. Rev. i. 13. Sept. and Class.
Meatratoroyia, as, 7, (pmataio-
Noyos,) vain talk, 1 Tim. i. 6. Porphyr.
de Abstin. iv. 16. Plut. vi. p. 21.
Mavratodoyos, ov, 6, 7, (mataios &
Aéyw,) given to vain talking, subst. a vain
talker, empty wrangler, Tit. i. 10.
Maratos, a, ov,adj. (uaétnv,) vain, in
various acceptations, espec. unprofitable,
fruitless, Tit. iii. 9. wioris, 1 Cor. xv. 17.
sonokeia, Ja. i. 26. Sept. and Class. as
Hur. Iph. T. 629, w. evy74. From Hebr.
Ta pataa, vanities, nothings, for idols,
idolatry, Acts xiv. 15. So Sept. 1 K. xvi.
13. 2 K. xvii. 15. Jer. ii. 5; also paraia
avactpogi, | Pet. i. 18, = zdolatrous
walk, practice of idolatry.
Marazorys, 170s, 7), (uwatacos,) vanity,
“what does not effect what it professes or
boasts, 2 Pet. ii. 18, tépoyxa yao
55
MAX
uataoTynTos p0eyyouevor. And so Ps.
iv. 2, where in parall. with yevdos. Comp.
Ps. exliv. 8, AXaAciv pat. Figuratively,
Fragility, transientness, Rom. viii. 20, TH
yao MaTaLoTHTe I KTioLs UTETAYN. Sept.
Keel. i. .2, 14, and oft. Ps. lxii. 9. xxxix.
5. From the Hebrew, for folly, perverse-
ness, wickedness, Eph. iv. 17. Sept. Ps.
xxvi. 4, et al.
Matatow, f. wow, (uaTatos,) prop.
to make vain; in N. T. from the Hebr.
only pass. to BECOME vain, i. e. foolish,
perverse, wicked, Rom. i. 21, guatarwOn-
Gav éy Tots dtadoyiopols auTwY, in re-
ference espec. to idolatry; see my note.
So Sept. 2 K. xvii. 15. Jer. ii. 5.
Madvnp, (prop. accus. sing. with ellips.
of kata, of the old noun parn, fr. the
obsol. patos, fr. wéuatac, in use an ad-
verb,) 2 vain, to no purpose, Matt. xv. 9.
Mk. vii. 7. Sept. and Class.
Mayacrpa, as, 7, (fr. uayouar: or
rather, fem. nom. of the old adj. uayar-
os, fighting ; as évatpa fr. eTatoos, and
véaioa fr. veatoos or véagos, young. Thus
the word lit. means a battle-knife, falchion,
as distinguished from that used for domes-
tic purposes, ) a dagger, something like the
couteau de chasse of continental sports-
men, and used as such, (see Servius on
Virg. AXn. ix. 505,) being worn by Homer’s
heroes along with the sword, Il. iii. 271.
Hdot. ii. 61. AXlian V. H. viii. 3. In
N. T. a sword for cutting, like our
sabre, as distinguished from the poudaia,
for thrusting, Matt. xxvi. 47, et al. sepe.
But in the Gospels it gener. denotes the ~
cutlass which travellers in Judea used to
carry, for security against the robbers who
infested the country, as we learn from
Josephus. Sometimes also forming phrases
with a verb, as AauBavew, Badrrew, Ke.
for which see the verbs. Some metaph.
phrases are, however, worthy of notice,
e.gr. 1) 7 pay. Tov Ivetpatos, Eph. vi.
17, a figure to denote the power of the
Spirit to overcome all opposition; 2) as
used of the sword of justice, i. e. of the
executioner, Acts xii. 2. Rom. viii. 365.
Heb. xi. 34, 37. Hence @opetv uayaroay,
to bear the sword, i. e. to have the power
of life and death, Rom. xiii. 4. Philostr.
V. Apollon. vii. 16, robs éxovtas Ein,
‘summas potestates.. Meton. by Hebr.
sword for war, opp. to eipnvy, Matt. x.
34, So Sept. Jer. xiv. 13.
Mayxn, ns, 7, prop. a fight, batile. In
N. T. gener. strife, contention, with allu-
sion to the violent opposition of un-
believers ; and so we have gous conjoined
with moXeuor and payar in Hom, I. i.
177. 2 Cor. vii. 5, EEwtev payar. 2 Tim.
li. 23, maxas. Ja. iv. 1, wodemot Kai
maxat. Tit. iii, 9, udxas voprKas, ‘ dis-
MAX
256
MET
putes, i.e. disputes or controversies re-| 17, uo tis pey. doEns, alluding to the
specting the Mosaic law; and so the word
is often used in Sept. chiefly in sing. but
sometimes in plur.; as Prov. xxiv. 33,
exy é£éA\Kys NOyous, EEEXEVoOVTAL Kpl-
gets Kal wayac: also in Class. as in the
. yy
passage of Hom. IJ. above cited, épus,
“e- , , . . ~
wohemoi Te payar Te. Xen. Hier. i. 35,
id 4,
MAYXAL KQL ENLOES.
M ayxonay, f. écomat, {juaxn,) to fight,
prop. in war or battle, as often in Class.
in N. T. gener. to strive, contend, e. gr.
1) physically in a prevate quarrel, Acts vii.
26. So Sept. Ex. xxi. 22. 2Sam. xiv. 6.
2) in words, to strive, dispute, e. gr. mods
ahXnHXous, John vi. 52, recipr. 2 Tim. ii.
24. Ja. iv. 2. Sept. and often in Class. ;
but gener. with some adjunct, as éoué:.
Yet the word is used absol. in Xen. Mem.
lili, 5, 6, weot TovUTwY mayovTa, and
sometimes in Plato.
Meyadravyéiw, f. How, (péyas,
avxéw, to boast,) to boast largely, vaunt,
Ja. iii. 5, 4 yA@ooa meyadavyxet, where
the sense is zot according to the usual in-
terpretation, ‘boasteth greatly;? for that
circumstance is irrelevant to the purpose.
Rather, ‘effects great things, verbs of
speech sometimes standing for the actions
implied. As, however, the principle in
question is a somewhat precarious one,
and the sense of the words would thus be
not a little weakened, it may be best to
suppose here, as often elsewhere, a szgnifi-
catio pregnans, ‘and yet boasts, i. e. may
boast, of effecting great things,’ for uéyada
auvyet, or avxetrar, as a Classical writer
would have said. For though in the Class.
the word is sometimes used absol. yet
more freq. it occurs foll. by dat. of thing
with él, or some equiv. construction.
And sometimes, though rarely, an accus.
of thing. So Lucian Philops. 36, un cox
amista O0—w Weol éuavTou peyadav-
yeto8ar. Aéschyl. Ag. 1506, pydev ev
adov Meyadavyxeitw.
MevyaXetos, a, ov, adj. (uéyas,) great,
glorious, wonderful, e. gr. Ta peyaXeta,
wonderful works, ‘magna et preclara,’ and
by impl. beneficia eximia providentie, Lu.
i.49. Acts ii. 11. Sept. Ps. lxxi. 19. Also
Ecclus. xviii. 4, and Class.
MevyadelorTns, nTos, 7), (ueyadetos, )
greatness, majesty, glory, e. gr. Tov Qeov,
Lu. ix. 43. tov Kupiou, 2 Pet. i. 16. Oeas
?Aoréutcos, Acts xix. 27. Sept. Jer.
xxxiii.9. Also Esd. i. 5. Jos. Ant. viii.
4, 3, as said of God, et al.
MeyaXomoemTijs, é0s ous, 0, 7, adj.
(uéyas, moémw,) prop. ‘* becoming to
great and noble persons, magnanimous,
Xen. Mem. iii. 10,5. In N. T. magnifi-
cent, glorious, as said of things, 2 Pet. i.
august scene of the Transfiguration. It is
also in Class. used of things; but those
only terrestrial ; while in Sept. it is ap-
plied to things celestzal. So of God it is
said, Deut. xxxili. 26, 6 meyadompetris
TOU OTEMPEWMATOS. *
Meyadvva, f. vve, (wéyas,) in Class. -
prop. to make great, enlarge, increase, and
fig. to magnify, aggrandise, extol. In N.T.
1) gener. e. gr. Ta Kpdoweda Tov ip.
av. Matt. xxiii. 5. eXeos peta Tivos, to
show one great mercy, ‘ do him great kind-
ness, Lu. i. 58. So Sept. Gen. xix. 19.
2) = to magnify, praise, extol, Lu. i. 46,
tov Kupiov. Acts v. 13. x. 46. xix. 17.
2 Cor. x. 15. (see my note.) Phil. i. 20.
Sept. 2 Sam. vii. 26. Ps. xxxiv. 3. Ixix.
30. Ecclus. xliii. 31, and lat. Class. See
Elsn. and Kypke on Lu. i. 46.
MeyaérAws, adv. (péyas,) greatly,
much, Phil. iv. 10, éxaonv weyadws. Sept.
and Class.
Meyartwoovrvn, ns, 1, (méyas,) ma-
jesty, i.e. the Divine majesty, meton. for
God himself, Heb..i. 3. viii. 1, as in Lib.
Henoch. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T. p. 187.
Also in ascriptions, Jude 25. So oft. in .
Sept. and Apocr.
Mévyas, meyadn, méeya, adj. (gen. ye-
yaXou, ys, ov, compar. weifwy, super.
péytotos. perCoTepos, double ‘compar.
3 John 4.) great, large, prop. of physical
magnitude. J. of men or animals, great
in size, stature, John xxi. 11, iy@ts. Rev.
xii. 3, dodkwv: of persons, full-grown,
Heb. xi. 24, mévyas yevouevos: and so
pukpos Kal péyas, small and great, Acts
viii. 10, al. Sept. & Class. Hence of age,
6 pet@wv, the elder, Lat. major natu, Rom.
ix. 12.—II. of things, great, e. gr. 1) in
size, extent, Matt. xxvii. 60, Ai@ov. Mk.
xiii. 2, oixias. Luke xi. 16. xvi.) 26,
xaopua. Acts x. 1l. 1 Cor. xvi. 9, Sioa,
al. Fig. of guilt, John xix. ll. Sept.
2 Sam. xii. 16. Hdian. iy ee
14, 2) in measure, e. gr. tall, large, Lu.
xiii. 19, dévdpov: long, Rev. vi. 4, pa-
xatpa: broad, large, Rev. ix. 14, wota-
pos. Xx. 1, EAvovs, and so in Class. 3)
in number or amount, Mk. v. ll, ayéAn.
1 Tim. vi. 6. fig. Acts iv. 33, xaous. Sept.
and Class. 4) in price, cost, great, i. e.
costly, splendid, Lu. v. 29, doxy. xiv. 16,
Oetmvov,and Sept. Of a day, celebration,
great, solemn, John vii. 37; of the day of
judgment, Acts ii. 20, et al. and Sept. 5)
fig. great in estimation, weight, import-
ance, Matt. xxii. 36, 38, gvtoA7. Eph. v.
32, and | Tim. iii. 16, wuctijoov. 1 John
v. 9, waoTtupia. So peiCwv, greater, more
important, Matt. xxii. 19. péytortos,
2 Pet. i. 4.. Sept. & Class.—IIL. fig. great
in force, intensity, effect, e. gr. 1) as
MEL
affecting the external senses, great, vehe-
ment, violent, Matt. viii. 24, cevomos pe-
yas. Lu. xxi. 1]. Atl. V. H. vi. 9. Mk.
iv. 37, AaiNaw. ver. 39, yaAdnvy. John
vi. 18, avepos. Dem. 1213, 27. Rev. xi.
19, & xvi. 21, yaXala. wra@ors, Matt. vii.
27. pnypma, Lu. vi. 49. pwn), Matt. xxiv.
31. Hdian. i. 8, 12. xpavy?), Acts xxiii.
9. wupetos, Lu. iv. 38. Kometos, Acts
viii. 2. 2) as affecting the mind, causing
emotion, e. gr. Matt. ii. 10, yaoav pey.
3 John 4. Mark v. 42, éxotaois pw. Lu.
ii. 9, PoBov. Rom. ix. 2, Avan. Rev. xii.
12, Suuds pw. So of events, &c. Matt.
xxiv. 2], SAéWies. Lu. iv. 25, Aros. Xxi.
23. Acts viii. 1, dswyyuds. Ja. iil. 1, Koi-
wa. Rev. xvi. 21, Any. Sept. & Class.
Of things exciting admiration, great,
mighty, wonderful, e. gr. onpeta pm. great
signs, mighty deeds, miracles, Matt. xxiv.
24, al. duvvaduers, Acts viii. 13. duvapts p.
iv. 33. So peiGova, scil. goya, Johni.
51. vy. 20. xiv. 12. Joined with Sauvyuc-
otos, Rev. xv. 1, 3. 2 Cor. xi. 15, od
péya ovv, no wonder then. So Sept. and
Class.—IV. fig. great in power, dignity,
authority, e. gr. of peyadro, the great,
i. e. nobles, princes, Matt. v. 35, Tov wey.
Bactréws. xx. 25. oft.inClass. Heb. iv. 14,
apxiepea pw. x. 21. Of God, Tit. ii. 13.
Rey. xix. 17; of Diana, Acts xix. 27. So
gener. great, distinguished, Matt. v. 19,
ovTos peyas KAnOjcetar. Mk. x. 43.
Lu. vii. 16, wpopntns. Acts vii. 9. In
a bad sense, great, noted, 4 wopvn, Rev.
xvii. 1. xix. 2. Sept. & Class. as Auschin.
22, 28, wu. wopvos.—V. implying censure,
great, i. e. lofty, boastful, arrogant, Rev.
xill. 5, oTdua AaXouv peyadra Kai Brao-
gypias. So Sept. Dan. vii. 8, 20, et al.
Hom. Od. xxii. 283, wéya eimety. Dem.
1124, 25, uéya NaXetp.
Mévyeos, eos ous, TO, (uévyas,) great-
ness, fig. Eph. i. 19, To pw. THs duvauews
autou. Sept. and Class.
Meytotaves, wv, ol, (uéyoros,)
Lat. magnates, i. e. chiefs, nobles, princes,
Mk. vi. 21. (see my note.) Rev. vi. 15.
xviii. 23. Sept. and Jos. only in da. Class.
MéyiorTos, see Méyas.
MeGepunveva, f. evow, (meta, Ep-
punvevw,) to translate, lit. render over, from
one language into another, to znterpret ;
in N. T. only pass. Matt. 1.23, 6 zor
peGepunvevouevov. Jos. and Class.
M26n, ns, 7, (u20v,) any intoxicating
drink ; (a word derived from the northern
term for wine, meth, as preserved in the
Germ. meth and our mead, so called from
its highly fermented character. ‘The Polish
and Danish form of the word, mzod, seems
to come nearest to its original, as being
derived from uaéw and pow, whence Lat.
257
————— ee ee
EE
mo-veo, which signified to move, with an.
MEO
implied notion of /fervour,) drunkenness,
drunken frolic, Lu. xxi. 34. Rom. xiii. 13.
Gal. v. 21. (See on Koa:tady.) Sept.
Ezek. xxiii. 33. xxxix. 19, and Class.
MeGiornm., f. petactiocw, (mera,
totnui,) also MeOioravw, 1 Cor. xiii. 2,
to set or move from one place to another,
or to remove from one situation to another,
In N. T. prop. with acc. as | Cor. xiii. 2,
wote Opn meOroraverv. So Sept. Is. liv.
10, ta 60n pwetactycecba. With zis,
Col. i. 13, wetéotnoev (nuas) eis THY
Bac. &c. And so Jos. Ant. ix. 11, 1,
TOUS OLKIITOVAGS PETETTNOEV EIS THV av-
tov Bac. So Thue. iy. 57, et al. in Class.
Also to remove from office, as said of a
king, to depose, Acts xiii. 22. (See 1Sam.
xvi. Dan. ii. 21.) of @ steward, to dismiss,
Lu. xvi. 4. pu. THS Oikovopias, sub. azo,
which is expressed in Pol. iv. 87, 9. 1 K.
xv. 13, and Joseph. often. Finally, the
word signifies fig. ‘to alienate any one’s
affections, to draw him over to another
side or party,’ to seduce, Acts xix. 26, wet-
éoTnoev ixavoy oxdov. In Class. it is
used of withdrawing any one from alle-
giance, or from alhance, (as Xen. Hist.
Gr. ii. 2, 5. Appian i. 334. Thuc. viii. 76.)
or from the religion and customs of their
country to those of another, as Josh. xiv.
8, @. Tiv Kagdiav tov Aaov, et al. in
Sept. In the above passage, however, of
the N. T. it signifies ‘seducing from truth.
to falsehood.’ See Is. lix. 15.
MeGocdzia, as, 7, fr. wefodetw, to
methodize, i. e. ‘to trace out any thing
with method and skill, to bring about
with art, to deal artfully, Sept. 2 Sam.
xix. 27. Polycarp, Ep. ad Phil. § 7, 6s av
feGodevn Ta Oya Tov Kvupiov mods
Tas idias émibupias. Hence pelodcia,
art, wile, Eph. iv. 14, 2pos tiv pel. THs
awKavys, i. e. With deliberate planning of
deceit, vi. 1], tas w. rou AraBdXov, with
reference to the wiles of the great De-
ceiver to catch souls. So amraty Kai peb-
ddos, Artemid. iii, 25. ;
Me@oouos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (ueTa, Spos,)
bordering upon, e. gr. modus, Jos. B.
iv. 11, 2. y7, Thue. ii.27. In N. T. only
neut. plur. Ta pefdpra, scit. Ywoia, bor-
ders, confines, Mk. vii. 24, ta ww. Tiépou
Kal Yidwvos. So Class. espec. Thucyd.
and Jos.
Me8tckw, f. tow, (we0v, comp. in
we0n,) to make drunk; mid. to become
drunk, be drunken; aor. 1. pass. éueQv-
oOynyv in mid. signif. Absol. Lu. xii. 45,
tive Kat peOvoxec8ar. Jobn ii. 10,
otav pe0ucbwor, where, however, the
term does not imply intoxication, but only
drinking freely, as in Gen. xliii. 34. Cant.
v. 1, and elsewhere in the Hellenistic
writers, and also perhaps in 1 Cor, xi. 21.
MESO
With dat. otvw, Eph. v. 18. Fig. 2« tov
otvov THS Topveias, Rev. xvii. 2. Sept. &
Class. both act. and mid.
Mé0ucos, 6, 7, adj. (ueOdw, as pvoos
fr. nuw, &c.) drunken, and subst. a drunk-
ard, | Cor. v.11, Notdopos i} wé8ucos, and
vi. 10, wz@ucor, od Aoidopor. Sept. Prov.
MEd xx yi, 9. Lucian, Gim, 55, pn.
Kal WapoLvos.
Me@vw, (ué0v, comp. in wéOy,) occ.
only in pres. and imperf. all other forms
belonging to pelicKw, to be drunk, and
by impl. fo carouse, absol. Matt. xxiv. 49,
meta Tov peOvovtTwv. Acts ii. 15, et al.
and Sept. and Class. Fig. mw. @x Tov ai-
Marvos Tav ayiwy, Rev. xvii. 6. Sept. in
Is. xxxiv. 7. li. 21. In Class. it is often
used in a figurative sense, of being, as it
were, intoxicated with any passion.
MeiCwv, MerGorepos, see Méyas.
MéXav, avos, To, (neut. of pédas,)
any thing black, as mk. 2 Cor. iii. 3, é7re-
oroXy) éyyeypauméevyn ov pedave. 2John
12. 3 John 13. Dem. 313, 11.
MéXas, awa, av, adj. black, Matt. v.
20. Rev. vi. 5, 12. Sept. and Class.
Mé) ec, impf. gueAe, fut. peXioer, to
be for care and concern to any one, av0ow-
joist witw, Hom. Od. ix. 20. Hence
méXe, tt concerns, with dat. of pers. caring,
and a gen., and usually to be rendered per-
sonally, i. e. to care for or of, prop. foll.
by gen. of the thing cared for. 1 Cor. ix. 9,
a) Tov Powy pérer TH Oew; i. e. ‘ does
not God take care of oxen?’ with gen.
impl. 1 Cor. vii. 21; and so Jos. and
Class. ; foll. by awept with gen. Matt. xxii.
16, ov méder cor TWepi ovdeves, i. e. ‘thou
carest for no one, art impartial.’ Mk. xii.
14, John x. 13. xii. 6. 1 Pet.v. 7. 1 Mace.
xiv. 43. Jos. Ant. xii. 4,2. Xen. Hist. ix.
10. Once with a nominat. Acts xviii. 17,
ovéiv ToUTwY TH TadXiwv Emenev, i. €.
‘none of these things was matter of con-
cern to Gallio,’ he cared for none of them.
So Hom. Il. v. 490. Eurip. Hippol. 104.
See Blomf. on A%schyl. Prom. 2. Foll.
by 671, Mk. iv. 38, ob perder cor, 671
amo\Ntpe8a 5 Lu. x. 40. Xen. Cyr. iii.
2, 13, with ws.
MeXevaw, f. now, (wérw,) to take
assiduous care about, bestow close atten-
tion upon any pursuit, Thuc. i. 142. ii. 86.
or to practise any art or science, (a use of
the term frequent in Plato and other of
the best writers,) especially oratory. So
Plato in his Phed. 3, and often. Hence
in N. T.as Mk. xiii. 11, wnéé meXeTare,
“nor study before-hand what ye shall say.’
And so the word is used in Sept. Now
from the idea of forethought naturally
arises that of destegn. Hence the term also
signified (like the Lat. meditor, to which, |
258 )
in fact, it gave birth,) to meditate or de-—
vise, as said of plans. So Acts iv. 25, Aaot ©
Again, as the idea of |
MEA
EmeNETH OAV Keva.
close application is inherent in the term,
so it came to mean, not with reference to
arts and sciences alone, but in a general
way, to perform any thing with zeal, ‘ stu-
diose et ex professis aliquid agere,’ as
Hdot. iii. 15, tovrvo mw. and vi. 105, ‘to
make any thing one’s care and study.’ So
1 Tim. iv. 15, tavtTa pertéta. Comp.
Arrian Epict. iv. 1, ravta wed. and Diog. ©
Laért. x. 123, rata wWeatTe Kai medeTa.
MéXt, etos, td, honey, Lat. mel, Rev.
x. 9, 10: Matt. iii. 4, and Mk.i. 6, pére
a@yptov: so Diod. Sic. t. vii. 405. viii. —
411, on the nature of which see my note
on Matt. iti. 4,
MeXiocuos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (uedrsoa,
bee,) of bees, made by bees, Lu. xxiv. 42,
a7 0 ft. Knpiou, of bee-comb. Comp. 1 Sam.
xiv. 27, TO Kypiov Tou péXiTos.
MéA Xa, f. now, imperf. guedXov and
iuedXov, to be about to do or suffer any
thing, to be on the point of, foll. by infin.
of that which one is about to do or suffer,
mostly the inf. fut. freq. inf. pres. and
rarely inf. aor. I. prop. and 1) gener. to
be about, foll. by inf. pres. Lu. vil. 2, éued-
Ae TeAEUTAD, ‘ was about to die, 1. e. was
at the point of death.’ John iv. 47. Acts
xxi. 27. xxvii. 33, and Class. ; by inf. aor.
Rev. iii.2, @ wéAANee a7roVavetv. xii. 4, &
Class. 2) spec. as implying purpose, to have
in mind, intend, will, foll. by inf. pres. Matt.
ii. 13; by inf. aor. Rev. ii. 10, idod ped-
Aer Badetv. iii. 16, and Class.—II. in the
sense ought, should, must, as implying ne-
cessity, accordance with the nature of
things or with the Divine appointment, and
therefore, as destined, sure to take place.
So foll. by inf. pres. Matt. xi. 14, “HAtas
6 péA\Xwy Evyec0ar. Mk. x. 32. Lu. ix.
31, et al. and Class.; by inf. aor. Rom.
vill. 18. Gal. iii. 23, and Class.; by inf.
fut. Acts xi. 28. xxiv. 15, and Class.
Hence particip. wéA\Awv, ovea, ov, im-
pending, future, with inf. impl. as écecOar,
zoxeo0ar, &c. Matt. iii. 7, ao THs ped-
ovens épy7s. xii. 82. Rom. v. 14, al.
Ta mé\Xovta, things to come, Rom. viii.
38. 1 Cor. iii. 22. eis TO pédAov, in Suture,
hereafter, Lu. xiii. 9, al. and Class.—IIf.
equiv. to may, can, will, implying possi-
bility, prebability, what one hopes or fears,
foll. by inf. pres. Matt. xxiv. 6. Lu. xxii.
23, 6 tTovTo ptd\Awy aweaocev, ‘ who
might or could do this ;’ by inf. fut. Acts
xxvil. 10, Sewo@ OTL peta UBosews—pér-
New éceo0ar TOV TAOVV.—LV. to be EVER ,
ABOUT to doa thing, and by impl. to lin- .
ger, delay. Acts xxil. 16, Kat vu Ti ued- ;
ANers ; and oft. in Class.
MéXos, eos ous, TO, (prob. the same «
MEA
259
MEN
word, differently pronounced, as pégoos: | apodosis, so that wzv—dé is equiv. to 2-
both of them expressing diviston or sepa-
ration of any object into its parts,) a démb,
member of the body, 1) prop. Matt. v.
29, 30, =v tav meX@v cov. Rom. xii. 4,
al. and Class. Ta sédn, ‘the members’
collect. meaning the body, as the seat of
the desires and passions, Rom. vi. 13, Ta
pérn bua@y Oa adrKias, or duKaocvrns,
and vii. 23, Ta wéXn pov, meaning the
fiesh, as opp. to the spirit ; the unrenewed
part of a man, which is like a body con-
sisting of many members, in the animal
appetites and carnal affections. Hence the
propriety of the use of the plural, as more
significant and graphic. Such is espec. the
ease at 1 Cor. vi. 15. In Col. iii. 5, vexow-
cate Ta médn dwar, and Ja. iv. 1, év
‘Tots métAeowv bua@v, the sense is carnal
appetites and sensual affections. 2) fig. a
member of the Church, the mystical body
of which Christ is the Head, and believers
in Christ members inserted thereinto by
-baptism, and dedicated to the service of
the Head in the sacraments, as i Cor. xii.
27. Eph. iv. 27, a\Andwv pédn, ‘mem-
bers of one another,’ namely, as intimately
united in Christian fellowship, Rom. xii. 5.
MédAw, see MéXex.
MepBpava, ns, 7, Lat. membrana,
skin, parchment, 2'Tim. iv. 138.
Méuodouaty, f. Wouat, (fr. obsol. néu-
gw, as noticed by Etym. Mag. ‘to lay
hold of, and metaph. ¢o find fault with ;
just as @arrecOar meant prim. ‘to lay hold
of,’ and then metaph. ‘to find fault with,
censure, ) depon. mid. to find fault with,
blame, censure, with dat. Heb. viii. 8,
peumomuevos yao avTois Néyer, and often
in Class. chiefly the later ones, the earlier
having the accus. The word occurs absol.
mk. vu. 2. Kom. ix. 19. Ecclus. xi. 7,
Tow e€etaoys, wy pméuwn. This use is
rare in Class. but I have noted it in Xen.
Cyr. i. 4, 25. Hist. i. 4,2. Eurip. Med.
558, and Alc. 1020.
Mepwiporpos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (méu-
douat, potoa,) prop. ‘ finding fault with
one’s lot,’ i. e. discontented, complaining,
Jude 16; a word not unfrequent in the
Class. See the spirited sketch of Theophr.
Char. Eth. xvii. of the meuwsiporpos, or
grumbler.
Méy, conjunct. implying affirmation or
concession, indeed, truly, and at the same
time pointing forward to something anti-
thetic, or at least different, which is then
eommonly subjoined with dé or an equi-
valent particle; so that mév and oé cor-
respond to each other, and mark respect-
ively the protasis and the apodosis. I.
Where there is a distinct and definite
antithesis, and péy retains its concessive
power, zndeed, e. gr. 1) foll. by dé in the
deed—but. Matt. iii. ll, éy® piv Barr-
TiCw buas Ev VdaTL, 0 OE dTrigw MoU ~Ep-
xXomevos. ix. 37, et al. Sept. and Class,
So too with yao and ovv, where each par-
ticle retains its own proper force, e. gr.
iv yao—oé, for mdeed—but, Acts xiii.
36, Aavid piv yao—ov O& 0 Ozds HyEt-
oev, al. Inverted, Acts xxviii. 22. Wisd.
vii. 30. Class. wév obv-—dé, where ovv is
illative, and uév refers to 62, indeed there-
fore or then—but, Acts xviii. 14, sq. ei pév
ouv nv adiknua Ti—el O& CiTnma kK. 7. X.
xix. 38, sq. 2) With some other particle
in the apodosis, e. gr. uzv—adAad, Rom.
xiv. 20. wiv yaop—adXa, Acts iv. 16, sq.
pev—étrerta, Ja, iii. 17. wév—xai, Acts
xxvii. 21, sq. wév—aAjy, Lu. xxii. 22.
So piv ovv—xai, Acts xxvi. 4, comp. ver.
6. piv ovv—tavuv, Acts xvii. 30. 3)
The adversative particle (dé or the like)
is sometimes wanting after mev, either
because the antithesis is expressed in some
other way, as Heb. xii. 9; or beeause the
apodosis itself is omitted, first, where the
apodosis is obviously zmplied, Rom. vii. 12,
WOTE O Mev VOMOS &yLos, suppl. ‘ but not
this abuse of it.’ Col. ii. 23. Heb. vi. 16;
secondly, where, through a change of con-
struction, the writer neglects the apodosis,
Acts i. 1, Tov pév mo@Tov NOyov Kk. T.X.
Rom. i. 8. x. 1. 2 Cor. xi. 4. Sometimes
the apodosis is thus as it were obliterated,
and then mév serves to insulate some per-
son or thing, and thus to exclude every
thing else which might otherwise be ex-
pected or implied. So espec. with a pers.
pron. as éyw pv, L indeed, I at least,
1 Cor. ili. 4. éyw pev otv, Acts xxvi. 9.
4) vice versa, de sometimes stands in the
apodosis without ev in the protasis, e. gr.
Lu. xi. 47.—II. where the antithesis is less
definite, so that pev—doze serve to mark
transition, or are merely contznuative. 1)
simpl. wev foll. by dé, Lu. xii. 9. Acts
xiv. 12: Rem. vii 73:1 Corsa Zoek:
2) With otv,i.e. wev ovv, in Engl. only
therefore, then, either foll. by 62, Mk. xvi.
19. Acts i. 6, sq.; or without dé, where
fev ouy then serves as a continuative, with
a certain degree of illative force, Engl.
then, therefore, Acts xxiii. 22. 1 Cor. vi.
A, Heb. vii. 11, and Class. Foll. by xai,
Acts i. 18; or also with an affirmative
power, yea, indeed, certamly, verily, Heb.
ix. 1. 1 Cor. vi. 7, 76y pév ovv OLws Hr-
Thma vuly got, OTL K.T.rA. So GAAE
sev ovv, Phil. iii. 8.—IIL. in partition or
distribution, 1) joined with the art. 0, 7,
+o, or the relat. os, 7, 0, e. gr. foll. by dz,
Phil. i. 16, 17. Heb. vii. 5,65 also one—
another, Acts xiv. 4. xvii. 32. 6 wsv—@X-
os 62, one—another, John vii. 12. So
os pev—os 62, the one—the other, Lu.
xxii. 33. 2 Cor, 11. 16. 6s wiv—o 6& aac
MEN
260
MEP
veov, the one—but the weak, Rom. xiv. 2;| i. e. ‘remaining unsold, Acts v. 4, odyi
also one—another, plur. some—others, ix.
21. Lu. viii. 5, sq. Jude 22. 2) joined
with other pronouns, as éyw pév—éyo 62,
1 Cor. i. 12. @AXos pev—aAXos 62, 1 Cor.
xv. 39. Tis wiv—tis 6é, Phil. i.15. tovro
smév—touto 6:, partly—partly, Heb. x.
33. 3) joined with an adv. as woe miv—
éxet Oc, Heb. vii. 8.
Mevouvye = wev ovv but stronger,
yea indeed, yea verily, Lu. xi. 28. Rom.
ix. 20. Phil. iii. 8, al.
Mévtou, conjunct. (uév, Tor enclit.)
prop. = mev affirmative or concessive, but
stronger, indeed, truly, certainly, espec. in
negative clauses and answers. Hence in
N. T. 1) though, yet, nevertheless, John
iv. 27, ovdeis pévtor etme, Ti Gntecs;
vil. 13. xii. 42, duws pévtot. xx. 5, al.
and Class. 2) once in the prim. sense of
each particle, prop. wév tor, indeed there-
fore, indeed then; or, the force of pév
being lost in English, therefore, then
(= nev ovv); foll. by 6, Ja. ii. 8. Xen.
H. G. iv. 8, 5. Hiero i. 25.
Mévw, (f. wev@, aor. 1. gueiva, perf.
pemevnka, pluperf. 3 plur. weuevixercay, )
I. INTRANS. to remain, continue, abide, in
any place, state, or condition. 1) of place,
i. e. of persons remaining or dwelling in a
place, foll. by adv. Matt. x. 11, Kaket
metvate. xxvi. 38. John ii. 12; foll. by
év with dat. of place, Lu. viii. 27, év oixia
ovK guevev. John vii. 9, al. and Class.,
espec. Homer; foll. by wera with gen. of
person, Lu. xxiv. 29; foll. by wapa with
dat. of pers. John xiv. 25. Acts xviii. 3,
20. xa’ Eautov pévery, ‘to dwell by one-
self, Acts xxviii. 16; foll. by ctv with
dat. of pers. Lu. i. 56. In the sense of to
lodge, foll. by arov, John i. 39, 40; by év
with dat. of place, Lu. xix. 5; by aoa
with dat. of pers. John iv. 40. Acts ix. 43.
Sept. and Class. So of things, foll. by
émt with gen. John xix. 31, iva py peivn
é7@i TOV oTavpov Ta cwuaTa: fig. foll.
by é7i with dat. 2 Cor. iii. 14. 2) of a
state or condition, foll. by adv. 1 Cor. vii.
6,40, av oVTwW weivy: (comp. Xen. Mem.
ii. 10,15, tou cwpatos pi) pévovTos.)
by év with dat. John xii. 46, év 7H oxoTia
uy peivy, al. and Class.; foll. by dat. of
pers. ‘to remazn to one,’ i. e. in his power,
Acts v.4. Sept. Dan. iv. 23, 7 Bactdeia
cou coi pévert. 1 Macc. xv. 7. With a
subst. or adj. implying condition, charac-
ter, &c. | Cor. vii. 11, wevétw ayapos.
Joi oir. ley. abeb. vil io., Hom) «ph oere
263. Also of thangs, John xii. 24, avros
[o KoKKos] povos pévet, i. e. sterile. Acts
xxvii. 41. With an adj. zmpl. e. gr.
aoaXsuTos, ‘ firm, stedfast,’ Rom. ix. 11,
(so Hom. oft.) opp. to xataxaizo0an,
1 Cor. iii. 15. Part. wévov opp. to wpabév,
févov, cot eueve; and Class. With an
adjunct of time dwriny or to which a per-
son or thing remains, Matt. xi. 23, wexpi
THS onmepov. John xxi. 22, sq. 1 Cor. xv.
6. Rev. xvii. 10. John xii. 34, eis tov
uiwva. vi. 27. Hence absol., with the
idea of perpetuity, = to remain or endure
for ever, be perpetual, 1 Cor. xiii. 13, vuvi
O& péver Wiotis, éX\Tis, ayamn. 2 Cor.
iii. 11. Heb. x. 34. xii-27. xii. ¥. Thue:
v. 40. 3) of the relation in which one
person or thing stands to another, thus,
to remain in or with any one, is equiv. to
be and remain united with him, one with
him, in heart, mind, will; foll. by év with
dat. of pers. John vi. 56, év émot pevet,
Kayo év aitw. xiv. 10. xv. 4, sqq. al.
So to remain in any thing, is equiv. to
remain stedfust, to persevere im it, e. gr.
foll. by év with dat. John viii. 31, év To
Aoyw. xv. 9, et al. 1 Tim. ii. 15, gap
pcivwow éy aiorer. 2 Mace. viii. 1.
Vice versa, the same things are said to re-
main in a person, e. gr. foll. by év, John
v. 38, Tov AOyov adToU ovK EXETE pé-
vovta év butv. xv. 11. | John ii. JA, iii.
17. In a kindr. sense, spoken of Divine |
gifts, privileges, foll. by éari twva, John i.
32, 33, T6 IIveuma KataBatvov Kat emet-
vev em” avtov. So of evils, John i. 36, 7
doy? Tov O. méver et” avTov. ix. 41, n
ouv duaoTia Una pévet, SC. Ed’ UMasS.—
Il. TRANS. to remain for any one, to watt
for, await, with acc. Acts xx. 5, ovToe
éuevov Nuas év Towacr. Is. viii. 17. Acts
xx. 23, dsouad me Kal OiWeis pevovery,
and Class., espec. the poets. 2 Mace. vii.
30. Xen. An. iv. 4, 20.
MeoiCw, f. iow, (uepis,) to part, di-
vide into parts, trans. Aristot. Pol. 1. and
Sept., and pass. to be divided into parts,
Xen. An. v. 1,9. In N. T. 1) mid. pe-
otCouai Tt peta Tivos, to divide any thing
with another, to share with him, Lu. xii.
13, wepicacQar pet’ Euov THY KANpovo-
iav. Sept. and Class., as Hdian. i. 10;
12. Theocr. Id. xxi. 31. 2) pass. to be
divided into parties or factions, to be dis-
united, Matt. xii. 25, 26. Mk. iii. 24, 25,
26. Hdian. iii. 10, 6, 4 oaovdy aitayv
éxdoToTe éuepiCeto. Pol. viii. 23, 9, me-
pitecbar eis duadopa. Also fig. in the
sense to be distinct, to differ, e. gr. 1 Cor.
i. 13, wepéototar 6 Xpiotos; is Christ
divided ? i. e. ‘are there distinctions in
Christ?’ 1 Cor. vii. 34, peuéororar 7
yuv) Kat 4 waoGévos. 3) by impl. to
divide out, distribute, e. gr. Tovs ixBvas,
Mk. vi. 41. Sept. and Class. Hence,
gener. to distribute, for to assign, grant,
bestow ; of God, Rom. xii. 3. 1 Cor. vii.
17. 2 Cor. x. 13; gener. Heb. vii. 2. Sept.
and Class.
MEP
Mépipva, as, %, (mepis, mepitw,)
care, anxiety, as dividing and distracting
the mind, Matt. xiii. 22, and Mk. iv. 19,
al pépiuvar Tov aiwvos TovTOV, i. e. for
‘this world’s goods.’ Lu. viii. 14. 2 Cor.
xi. 28. 1 Pet. v. 7. Sept. and Class.
Meptuvaw, f. ow, (uépyuva,) to
care, be anxious or troubled, take anxious
thought, absol. Matt. vi. 27, vis d& &&
jua@v, meoiuv@v, dvvaTar —; ver. 31.
Lu. xii. 25. Phil. iv. 6; foll. by dat. for
which, Matt. vi. 25, ui) pweptuvate TY
Wuxn tuav: foll. by eis TO avorov, Matt.
vi. 34; by wept with gen. Matt. vi. 28.
Xen. Mem. i. 1, 14; also with acc. Lu. x.
41; by dao with gen. 1 Cor. xii. 25; by
was Matt. x. 19; by acc. of thing, prop.
as to or for which one cares; hence by
impl. to care for, take care of, | Cor. vil.
32, 34, wepyuva Ta Tov Kupiov. Matt.
vi. 34, ta éavTys. Phil. ii. 20, ta aepi
vuwy. Xen. Cyr. viii. 7, 12, cai To wWokXda
peouuvav. Dem. 5/6, 23, weouuvav tra
dikara—éyew.
Mepis, idos, 7, (uéoos,) a part, 1) of
@ country, i.e. a district or province, Acts
xvi. 12; so Sept. Josh. xviii. 6. 2) a part
assigned, portion, share, fig. Acts viii. 21,
OUK EoTL Cot pEeQis—év TW OYW TOUTW.
Sept. Gen. xxxi. 14. Deut. xii. 12; prop.
Plut. Agesil. 17. Dem. 1039, 22. Also
portion, lot, destiny, as assigned of God,
Lu. x. 42, tiv adyabiy pepida t€ehéEaTo.
Sept. Mccl. mi. 22. ix. 9. Dan. iv. 12.
3) as implying participation, fellowship,
2 Cor. vi. 15, Tis mepis mioTw mETA
atiotrov; Col. i. 12. So Sept. Deut. x.
9. Ps. 1. 18.
Mep.iopos, ov, 6, (uepiGw,) 1) parti-
tion, division, i. e. separation, Heb. iv. 12,
aXpt pmepiopou Wuyxns TE Kal TWvEvp.
_ Comp. 1 Cor. xii. 4. 2) distribution, and
by impl. gift, Heb.ii.4, Tvetuatos ayiouv
/ peolopots.
Mepiotijs, ov, 6, (uepi@w,)a divider,
distributor, Lu. xii. 14, see my note.
Méoos, eos ous, TO, (peipw, to divide,
apportion, allot,) @ part, e. gr. I. part of
a whole, 1) a portion, piece, absol. John
xix. 23, Técoapa péon: foll. by gen. of
the whole, Lu. xv. 12, 76 éaiBadXov
pépos THS ovcias. xxiv. 42. Acts v. 2,
suppl. tis Tiuis. xxiii. 6, suppl. tov
suvedpiou. xix. 27, TovTo Kivduvever TO
- pépos, this part, i.e. ‘this branch of our
trade, &c. Hence often in adverbial sig-
nifications, e. gr. accus. wécos TL, in some
| part, partly, 1 Cor. xi. 18. Thue. ii. 64.
en. Eq. i. 12. dao pépous, in part,
partly, in some degree, Rom. xi. 25. 2
© Cor.i.14. ii. 5, al. Diod. Sic. xiii. 108. éx
| Bépous, in particular, individually, 1 Cor.
| Xl. 275; i part, partly, i. e. imperfectly,
1 Cor. xiii. 9, 12. ver. 10, +6 x pépous,
261
MES
‘this piece-meal knowledge.’ kata pégos,
particularly, in detail, Heb. ix. 5. Pol. i.
4,3. Thue. iv. 26. 2) said of a country,
the earth, &c. a part, tract, region, Matt.
ii. 22, eis Ta wéon THs TadtAaias. Acts
ii. 10, al. absol. xix. 1. xx. 2. So Eph. iv.
9,7Ta KaTwTEepa pépn THs yrs. Sept. &
Class. So of a ship, part, i.e. side, John
xxi. 6, Ta deEva wéon Tov THoiov. Sept.
Hx. xxxii. 15,al.:.1) Maceviz. 12.0) fig:
of some part of a general topic, &c. @ par-
ticular, Col. ii. 16, év péper tootys fi
vouuyvias, ‘in the particular of a festival,”
i.e. in respect of. Philo, 989, gv pépec
Xao.tos, and 156, év wéper Adyouv. So
év TW péiger TOUT, ‘in this particular,’
in this respect, 2 Cor. iii. 10. ix. 3. 1 Pet.
iv. 16.—II. part assigned, portion, share,
Rev. xxii. 19, apatprjoe: 6 Oeds TO Epos
avtov. Adv. ava pépos, ‘each in his
part or turn, by course,’ 1 Cor. xiv. 27,
and oft. in Class. Also portion, lot, des-
tiny, as assigned of God, Matt. xxiv. 51,
TO min0s avTOU META THY UTTOKoLTwY
Ojcer. Lu. xii. 46. Rev. xxi. 8. Sept.
Eccl. v. 18. Soph. Antig. 147. Thue. i.
127.—III. as implying participation, fel-
lowship, John xiii. 8, ovK Exers mépos
eT Euov. Rev. xx. 6.
Meonpfoia, as, 7, (for ueonuepia,
fr. weoos, nueoa,) prop. mzd-day, noon,
Acts xxii. 6. Sept. and Class. Meton.
the mid-day quarter, i. e. the south, Acts
vi 26. Jos. Ant. iv. 5, 2. Xen. Cyr. 1.
5 0
Meo.iteva, f. evow, (uecitns,) prim.
‘to be in the middle,’ as antumn between
summer and winter ; but almost always of
persons, ‘to be a mediator’ between two
parties disagreeing, Jos. Ant. xvi. 4, 3, or
to mediate for any one, to intercede for
him with another, Jos. Ant. vii. 8, 5,
éusoitevoe moos Tov Baciréa. Also
foll. by an acc. of the object accomplished
by the mediation, Diod. Sic. xix. 71, p.
tas ouvOyjKas. Pol. xi. 34, 3, w. THY Ora-
Avouv, ‘reconciliation. In N. T. to ix-
tervene with any thing, i. e. to enterpose it,
Heb. vi. 17, doxw éuecitevos, ‘he inter-
posed an oath,’ i.e. between himself and
the other party. So Soph. El. 47, @yyeAAe
0 dpkw toooTieis, for moooTibeis dp-
Kov TH ayyedia, namely, by way of con-
jirmation, pledge.
Meotrns, ov, 0, (uécos, etut,) prop.
‘one who is in the middle’ between two
others, (so Plut. Is. and Osir. 46, it is
used of the intermediate Being between
the Good and the Evil principle,) and fig.
a mediator, one who intervenes*between
two parties, 1) as a mere medium of
communication between them. Said of
Moses, Gal. iii. 19, 20. Jos. Ant. xvi. 2, 2.
Comp. also Job ix. 33. 2) as an tnter-
MES
cessor, or reconciler, said of Christ, 1 Tim.
il. 5, pwecitns Oeov kat av0owmwy, i. e.
“so as to reconcile man to his offended
Maker.” The term must not be lowered
(as it has been by many recent Commen-
tators) to the mere sense of arbitrator,
referee, umpire, or agent between two
parties, to make a covenant between them,
as in Polyb. xxviii. 15, 8. and in vain is
it to appeal to such passages as Virg. Ain.
x. 175, ‘ille hominum Divumque znfer-
pres, for there respect is had only to one
part, and that the least important, of the
office of mediation; for mediation, to be
effectual, required full satisfaction, with-
out which ztercession would not have
availed. The context in the above pas-
sage requires espec. the higher sense, by
which the word denotes mediator both by
‘entercession and atonement. We may also
suppose an allusion to Christ’s Mediator-
ship by zature, as well as office, by his
partaking of both natures, divine and
human ; in the latter effecting satisfaction,
and exercising continual intercession for
us, by presenting the merit of His sacrifice
once offered. Besides the above passage,
the Lexicographers adduce also Heb. viii.
6. ix. 15. xii. 24, where Christ is repre-
sented as dvaQyjKxns Kays mecitns. But
there the sense is merely ‘effector of the
mediation supplied by the New Cove-
nant,’ as Diod. Sic. iv. 54, ult. wecitny
THY OMoOOyL@vV.
Mecovixruoy, tov, To, (neut. of adj.
pecovuctios, fr. wecos, vvé,) midnight,
Lu. xi. 5. Acts xvi. 25. xx. 7; the mid-
night watch, Mark xiii. 35. Sept. and later
Class.
Mécos, n, ov, (kindr. with wera,) mid,
middle, midst. I. prop. as adj. e. gr. uéon
mueoa, mid-day; pion vv&, midnight,
Matt. xxv. 6. Acts xxvi. 13. A later
form occ. in Sept. of the earlier pécov
nMEOaS, 1.€. METOVTA Nuéoa, meonuPoia.
Tn an adverb. sense, Lu. xxiii. 45, éxyioby
TO KaTaTéTacua TOU vaov pécov. Acts
i. 18. Sept. Gen. xv. 10, dvetXev atta
peoa. Lucian, Conv. 43; foll. by gen.
John i. 26, uécos 6& tuav toryKe, i. e.
‘in the midst of you.’ Matt. xiv. 24, ro
O& WAotoy 0n pecov THs Padaoons iV,
“the vesse] was now midway of the lake.’
Joseph. and Class.—II. neut. To pécor,
subst. the middle, the midst, only with pre-
positions: 1) ava pécov, in the midst of,
among, with gen. of person or thing, Matt.
xiii. 25. Mk. vii. 31. 1 Cor. vi. 5. 2) dsa
uécou, through the midst of, with gen. of
person or place, Lu. iv. 30, al. Sept. and
Class. 3) eis wecov, eis TO pécov, into
the midst, i. e. of an assembly, &. Mk.
iii. 38, Eyeroar eis TO wécov. Lu. iv. 35.
v.19. 4) éx pécou, out of the midst, with
262
MET
gen. of person, from among, Matt. xiii. 49,
al. Sept. and Class. ; absol. aioew é« Tov
uéecou, ‘to take away from the midst,’ tol-
lere e medio, i. e. to abolish, to destroy,
Col. ii. 14; and so yiveoOar 2x pécov, 2
Thess. ii. 7. 5) év péocw, gv TH péiow,
the midst ; absol. Matt. xiv. 6, w®pynoato,
éy Tw péow. John viii. 9, and Class. ;
with gen. of thing or place, Mk. vi. 47, év
pa. THS Garadoons, et al.; of person, zz the
midst of, among, Matt. xviii. 20. Lu. ii. ©
46, al. sepe and Class. 6) kata pécov
THs VuUKTOS, Acts xxvii. 27. Sept. & Class.
Meocotorxoyv, ov, TO, (écos, Tot-
xos,) middle-wall, partition, fig. of the
Mosaic law, as separating the Jews and
Gentiles, Eph. ii. 14; see my note.
Mecovpdyvnpa, atos, To, (péoos,
oveavos,) mid-heaven, the midst of the
heavens, Rey. viii. 13. xiv. 6. xix. 17.
Meoow, f. wow, (pécos,) to be mm or
at the middle, in the midst, mid-way, in-
trans. John vii. 14, rT7s éopTHs mecovens,
i. e. ‘at the middle of the festival.’ Sept.
Ex. ‘xii.:29. "Thnc.waee
Meoccias, ov, 6, Messiah, Heb. the
egies equiv. to Xovoros, John i. 42.
iv. 25.
Meoros, 7, ov, adj. full, filled, foll.
by gen. of that of or with which a person .
or thing is full. The word is almost
always used in the Class. in a bad sense,
not unfrequently in a middle, and very
rarely ina good. In New Test. it occurs
1) in a bad, Matt. xxiii. 28, p. v7ro-
Kpicews. Rom. i. 29, uw. POdvou. 2 Pet.
ii. 14, uw. potyadicos. 2) in a middle
sense, John xix. 29, dfous p. xx. ll, m.
ix@vwy : and so often in Plato and Xen.
3) in a good sense, Rom. xv. 14, pw. ayea-
Owovvns. Ja. iii. 17, w. €Agous. So Xen.
Hist. iii. 4, 18, uw. éXtidwv ayalav.
Symp. i. 1
Meotow, f. wow, (weotds,) to fill;
pass. to be filled or full, with gen. Acts
li. 13, yAevKous pepecTwpéevor eici. 3
Mace. v. 10. ,
Mera, prep. (kindr. with pécos,) go-
verning the genit. and accus., in the poets
also the dat. with the primary signif. md,
amid, (Germ. mit,) 1. e. m the midst,
WITH, AMONG, implying accompaniment,
and thus differing from ovdv, which ex-
presses conjunction, union. I. with the
GEN. implying companionship, fellowship.
—I. with, i. e. amid, among, ‘in the
midst of, with gen. plur. of person or
thing, Matt. xxvi. 58, éka0nrTo pera Tov
v@ynoetav. Mk. i. 13. Lu. xxiv. 5, oft.
and Class.—11. with, i. e. together with,
prop. and with gen. of pers. 1) where one
is said to be, go, remain, sit, stand, &e.
with any one; so, with a notation of place
— ee
MET
added, Matt. v. 25, ws Orov el Ev TH
oom met’ adtov. Lu. xi. 7; oft. wethout
notation of place, e. gr. weve, Otamévery,
WepiTwarety, oikeivy ueTa Tivos, to abide,
walk, dwell with any one, Lu. xxii. 28.
xxiv. 29. John vi. 66. 1 Cor. vii. 13, fig.
pévety peta Tivos, to continue on the side
of any one, be of his party, 1 John ii. 19.
So clvac meta Tivos, to be with any
one, i. e. in his company, Matt. ix. 15.
Mk. v. 18; also yevéoOar weTa Tivos, id.
Acts vii. 38. ix. 19; fig. 2 John 2. Hence
OL OvTEes OF YeEVOMEVOL META TLVOS, OL
meta twos, ‘those with any one,’ his
companions, Matt. xii. 3,4. Mk. xvi. 10,
and Class.; fig. to be of one’s side or party,
Matt. xii. 30, 6 pty) @y pet Emo, Kat’
émov zot.: to be present with any one,
i. e. for aid, e. gr. God, John iii. 2, éav
pt) 7 6 Osos met’ adtov. viii. 29; fig.
~xelo Kuoiov, Lu. i. 66. So of Jesus,
Matt. xxviii. 20; of the Holy Spirit, John
xiv. 16. 2) where one is said ¢o do or
suffer any thing with another, implying
joint action, &c. Matt. ii. 3, ‘Howdns
-eTaoax9n, Kai waca ‘lepoco\upa pet’
avutov. v.41. xii. 30, 41, oft. and Class.
3) foll. by genitive of a personal pronoun
after verbs of having or taking with one-
self, Matt. xv. 30, éxovtes pel” EauTov
Xwhovs. xxv. 3,and Class. 4) where the
accompaniment implies only nearness, con-
tiguity, etc. Matt. xxi. 2, kai w@Xov met’
autys. Acts ii. 28. Rev. xiv. 1.—iII. FIG.
with gen. of thing, e. gr. 1) as designa-
ting the state or emotion of mind which
accompanies the doing of any thing, Matt.
XxXvil. 6, €£eA\fovcar Tax meTAa HPoBou
Kal xapas meyadns. Mk. iii. 5. Lu. xiv.
9. Acts xx. 19, oft. and Class. 2) as de-
signating an external action, circumstance,
or condition w7th which another action or
event is accompanied, e. gr. Matt. xiv. 7,
pel Cokov wpoddoyncev abty. xxiv. 31.
xxvii. 66, ‘together with a guard.” Mk. vi.
25. x. 30, oft. and Class. 3) foll. by gen.
of thing which any one has or takes along
with him, or with which he is furnished ;
comp. above in 11. 3. Matt. xxiv. 30, wera
Ovvauews Kai dofns. Mk. xiv. 43. John
xvii. 3. Acts xxvi. 12._1v. from the
Heb. usage, werd is sometimes put where
the common Greek construction is differ-
ent; espec. after verbs and nouns imply-
ing joint or Mutual action, influence, suf-
fering, &c.; after words implying accord
or discord, Lu. xxiii. 12, éyévovto 6é
pthor—per addjdwv. Rom. xii. 18,
MsTa TaVTwY avOowTwY cipyvEvorTes.
Heb. xii. 14. 1 John iv. 17, 4 ayaan pel?
juoy, ‘our mutual love.’ John iii. 25,
Gitnois—peta “lovdaiwv. Rev. ii. 16,
Tohkeunow pet’ adtav. xi. 7. xii. 17.
xill, 7, where the dat. is more common.
Also after poryetiw, mopvetw, etc. Rev.
263
MET
ii. 22, robs woryevovTas met’ aUTIS. XIV.
4, xvii. 2. Also after words signifying
participation, fellowship, 2 Cor. vi. 15, 16,
Tis plepls TioTW META aTioTOU; John
xiii. 8. So AoyiGecOar peta Tivos, ‘ to
be reckoned, counted with’ any one, Lu.
xxii. 37, Kal peta avouwy éoyioby :
with dat. Hdot. viii. 186. Also after verbs
implying to speak with any one, Mk. vi.
0, kal evOéws eXaAnoe pET avT@Y.
Rev. iv. 1, al. So qwovetvy Te peta Twos,
to do with any one, i. e. to or towards him,
Lu. i. 72, woujoar EXeos peta TOV TATE-
pwy ua. x. 37. Acts xiv. 27. xv. 4.—
II. with the AccUSATIVE, peta strictly
implies motion towards the middle, into the
midst of any thing ; and then also motion
after any person or thing, i. e. either so as
to follow and be with a person, or to fetch
a person or thing. Hence also spoken of
succession, either in place or time, after.
In N. T. 1) of succession in PLACE,
after, behind, Heb. ix. 38, weTa TO OevTE-
pov Kkatawétacua, and Class. 2) of
succession in time, e. gr. with a noun of
time, Matt. xvii. 1, wel’ nuéoas e&, ‘ after
six days.’ xxv. 19, neta 6& ypovov troXbtyv.
Mk. viii. 31. So wer ov wohAas Tpépas,
Lu. xv. 13. ob peta Todas TavTas Hpé-
pas, Acts i. 5, and Class.; with a noun of
person, Acts v. 3/7, meTa@ TOUTOV avéoTH
*Tovdas. xix. 4, and Class. ; with a noun
marking an event or point of time, Matt.
1.12, peta 6& Ti petokeciav BaBvA@-
vos. Lu. ix. 28, al. and Class.; also usta
tauta or tovto, Mk. xvi. 12: with adj.
Lu. xxii. 58, uevta Boayv. Acts xxvii. 14,
meta ov mwo\v.—NorTe. In composition
eta implies, 1. fellowship, partnership,
aS METAOLOWML, METEXW, METAAaUPaVw,
etc.; 2. proximity, contiguity, as jeG-
op.ov: 3%. motion or direction after, as
meQodsia, weTaTwéutopar: 4. transition,
transposition, change, over, Lat. trans, as
meTaBaivw, peTaTiOnps, meliorypme.
MetraBaivo, f. Bicopat, prop. to go
or pass from one place to another, fo re-
move, Lu. x. 7, pi) meTaBaivete 2& oikias
els oikiav. So Pol. xxi. 10, 12. absol. pz
metaBaiveryv—t] Yywapa KaTadtyplact,
Lucian, Vit. Auct. v. és @hAo (capa) p.
Hdot. i. 57, pw. eis Tavta Ta KXwopia.
Fig. John v. 24. 1 John iii. 14, uw. é« Tov
Gavatou eis THY Gwrv. So Plato, 550,
fh. TA THS Tiwaoxias eis Thy dAryap-
xéav, and 165. Eurip. Hipp. 1287, mwas
OvX UTO yAS TapTava KopUTTELs Aépuas,
aloyuvleis 5 7) waoynvos avw peTaBas
Biorov ; 2 Mace. vi. 9, 24. Hence gener.
to pass over or away, depart, foll. by aro,
Matt. vill. 34, uw. dao Tay Opiwy av’Tav:
by é« and zpos, John xiii. 1; by adv.
Matt. xi. 1, weré@n exetOev. xii. 9, and
Class.
MET
MetaBarXro, f. arte, to cast, throw
or turn over, as the earth with a plough,
Xen. Gc. xvi. 13; to turn about, as one’s
back to the enemy, Hom. II. viii. 94; to
move one’s body, Eurip. Hipp. 204, uz
metaBadrAse Oéuas: and neut. to change,
Diod. Sic. i. ]2; ¢o change one’s opinion or
mind, Hdot. i. 65. Xen. Hist. iv. 3, 13.
In N. T. to change oneself, i. e. one’s
mind, Acts xxviii. 6, wetaBaddopuevor
éXeyov. So Xen. Hist. iv. 3, 7, wetaBad-
Aomevos EXeye, and Plato, 481, E. weta-
BadXopevos héyets.
Mevrayw, f. Ew, (@yw,) in Class. to
lead over, from one place to another, fo
transfer, remove. ‘The primary sense of
the word is to lead with, take where one
pleases, 1 K. viii. 48. In N. T. 1t signi-
fies to move or turn about from one place
to another, as a horse is managed by a bri-
dle, Ja. iii. 3, or a ship is steered by the
helm, wndaXuov, called by Hom. Od. x.
32, ToOa vynos, where Didymus, with al-
lusion to this sense, explains Tov weTayw-
Yyov Tov KépaTos KdAwV, | TO THO.
Mevradiédwut, f. dwow, to, give a
share of, share with any one, i. e. to im-
part, communicate ; foll. by dat. Lu. iii.
11. Eph. iv. 28: absol. 6 wetadsdods,
‘one who distributes alms, perhaps an
officer of the primitive church, Rom. xii.
8; see, however, my note: with acc. and
dat. Rom. i. ll, tva Te weTad@ ydoiopuea
Uuty mvevuatiKov. | Thess. ii. 8. Both
constr. occ. in Class.
Metabects, ews, 7, (ueTraTibnut,)
in Class. transposition, lit. ‘a setting in an-
other place,’ implying change or alteration.
In N. T. I. prop. removal from one place
to another, Heb. xi. 5. Diod. Sic. i. 23.—
Il. fig. from one thing to another, muta-
tion, change, Heb. vii. 12, vouov peta-
Geos. xii. 27, T@Y carevoméevwy Ti
peta0eow. 2 Macc. xi. 24, TH éwicta
“EAAnuixa, scil. €0n, wetadéoes. Thuc.
v. 29.
Mevaiow, f. aow, (atpw,) in Class.
prop. to lift up and take away, remove
from one place to another, to carry off.
In N. T. intrans. or with eavrov impl. to
take oneself off or array, i. e. go away, de-
part, Matt. xiii. 53, peryoev éexet0ev.
xix. 1. So Gen. xii. 8, Aq. kai wet7ipev
éxetOev. Plut. x. 482.
Mervrakxadréw, f. gow, in Class. fo call
off or away any one, i. e. from one place to
another, and to oneself, to recall. In N. T.
only in mid. to call away to oneself, to call
for, to send for, with accus. Acts vii. 14,
metekahioaTo TOV Tatépa avTou
"TaxwB. x. 32. xx. 17. xxiv. 25. Eurip.
Kpist. iv. Diod. Sic. xvi. 10.
Merakivéw, f. iow, to move any thing
264
nn
MET
or person from one place to another, and
so change its place; only pass. in N. T.
fig. Col. i. 23, ui) wetakivovmevor ato
THs EXT LOos, K.T.A. “not moved away from
the hope,’ &c. i.e. not fallen away, waver-
ing in opinion ; occ. fig. also in Class., but
only of a change of political institutions, or
the like.
example of the sense in Col. (i. e. to be
drawn away from any opinion into an-
other,) except 1 Sam. xx. 30, Theodot.
said of rebels, who fall away from their
allegiance.
MetrarapBavao, f. AjWouat, to take
a part, share, of any thing wth others, i. e.
to partake of, share m, with gen. 2 Tim.
ii. 6, Tov KapT@y petarauBaverv. Heb.
vi. 7. xii. 10. So toeopys petadapBa-
vewv, ‘to partake of food, i. e. gener. to
take food, Acts 11.46. xxvii. 33, and oft.
in Class. Hence gener. to take, get, ob-
tain, with acc. Acts xxiv. 25, Karpov 6é
meTarcaBwv. Simil. Pol. ii. 16, 15, wera-
NaBovtres Kaioov apuoTtovTa, and v. 98,
11, toqwov p. v. 80, 6, and 40,6. Nor is
it confined to the later writers, since it
occ. in Isocr. and Plato in the sense obtazn.
Metradrnwes, ews, 7, (weTarcapBa-
vw,) @ partaking of any thing, 1 Tim. iv.
T am not aware of any other |
3, eis weTaAdnwWey, ‘to be partaken of, en- -
joyed.’ Pol. xxxi. 21, 3, weraAnWus THs
aoxns.
MevradAadocw, f. Ew, to exchange '
one thing for another; foll. by év, Rom. i.
25; eis, ver. 26. Diod. Sic. iv. 51.
Metapéropuar, f. jooua, (mera,
uéXomuar, ‘to let be for care or concern to
oneself,’ to care for,) aor. 1. pass. jet-
euednOnv, with mid. signif. ; prop. to change
one’s care, &c. Hence, to change one’s
mind or purpose, after having done any
thing, 1) simpl. Matt. xxi. 29, torepov
6& petapernOeis. ver. 32. Heb. vii. 21.
Pol. xxv. 5, Ll. iv. 50,6. 2) athe the
idea of regret, sorrow, (as m peTavova,)
to repent, feel sorrow, Matt. xxvii. 3.
2 Cor. vii. 8. Thuc. iv. 29. |
Metrapoogdow, f. wow, prop. to trans-
form, to transfigure any one, e. gr. eauTov,
/Al. V. H.i. 1. Athen. viii. p. 334. In
N. T. mid. to change one’s form, to be
transfigured, Matt. xvii. 2, where see my
note. Mk. ix. 2; fig. to be transformed in
mind and heart, Rom. xii. 2, petrapop-
govabe TH hvakatvwoel TOU VOOS UuwV.
2 Cor. iii. 18. Comp. Seneca, Epist. vi.
‘Intelligo non emendari me tantum, sed
transfigurart. See more in my note.
Metavoéw, f. now, prop. to perceive
afterwards, lit. to take after-thought, as
opposed to forethought ; and hence to
change one’s views or opinion as to any
thing, so as ‘ to be sorry it has been done,”
Sept. Zech. viii. 14. Prov. xxiv. 32. Jos.| ,
: vf
§
bs
4
Wa
MET
Ant. ii. 14, 5, and Class., as Xen. Cyr. i.
1,0, Diod, Sic. i.67, xv. 47. Plut. vi.
94 & 95, InN. T. to change one’s mind,
in the sense ¢o repent, implying the feeling
of sorrow and contrition for what one has
done, 1) gener. in a moral sense, Lu.
xvii. 3, Kai éav usetravoion, ‘if he be
sorry for what he has done.’ So also absol.
Diod. Sic. xiii. 53. Epict. Ench. 34. 2)
spec. in a Christtan sense, implying heart-
felt sorrow for unbelief and sin, and the
turning from them unto God and the Gos-
pel of Christ; absol. Matt. iii. 2, wera-
vosite, yyyike yao 7 BaciXeia THY ov-
pavow. iv.17. xi. 20. Mk. i. 15. vi. 12.
fa. sito, 9. xv. f,10. xvi. 30. Acts ii.
36. ili. 19, xvii. 30. xxvi. 20, weTavoety,
Kai emioTeémew emi TOY Oeov, * repent
and turn to God; i. e. by abandonment
of idolatry and iniquity, and the worship
of the true God, and performance of what
he has commanded, Rev. ii. 5. iii. 3,
19. xvi. 9,11. Pregn. followed by a7ro,
Acts wili, 22, meravénoov amo THs
cakias, i.e. ‘repent and turn from this
evil; foll. by éari and dat. 2 Cor. xii. 21,
Kal uy} metav. evi TH akalapcia, Ke.
So Lucian, t. ii. 815, petavojoar Ed’ ois
émoince, et al. in Class. implying sorrow
for what has been done, and a consequent
change of mind; foll. by éx, Rev. ii. 21,
&K THS Topveias. ver. 22, et al. Sept.;
with ao, Jer. viii. 6. As attended with
acts of external sorrow by penance, (though
such form only an adjunct of ueravoie,
but are not an essential part of it,) Matt.
xi. 21, av gv odkKw Kal oTr0dw peTEVO-
yoav. Lu. x. 13. The idea of penance,
expressed in the above passages, is zmplied
at Matt. xii. 41. Lu. xi. 32.
Meravora, as, 7, (ueTavoéw,) gener.
and in Class. change of mind or purpose on
reflection on any thing that has been done,
Polyb. iv. 66, 7. Jos. Bell. i. 4, 4. iv. 6,
1; or regret for what cne has done wrong,
Thueyd. iii. 36. Plut. de Discr. Adul. &
Am. 17,6 wiv 2héyxw Kal Woyw onypov
éuToLwy Kal petavorav. InN. T. it is
used 1) gener. Heb. xii. 17, metavoias
‘yap To7Tov ovx evpz, ‘he found no place
for a change of mind,’ viz. in his father
Isaac, Joseph. Ant. iv. 6,1. Pol. iv. 66,
7. 2) spec. ina religious sense, repentance,
denoting, as the word is usually explained,
* sorrow for unbelief and sin, and a turning
from them unto God and the Gospel of
Christ.” So Matt. iii. 8, xkapadv a&ov
THS weTavoias. ver. 1]. ix. 13. Mk. i. 4.
i. 17. Lu. iii. 3, 8. v. 32, caréoar auag-
Twhovs eis petavorav. xv. 7. xxiv. 47.
Acts v. 31, dovvar petavorav Tw “Looaijr
Kal apeci aduaotia@v, (where see my
‘note, and compare Joseph. Ant. xx. 7, 7.
iv. 6, 10. Wisd. xii. 19, and Clemens, 1
265°
M E.T
Kpist. ad Cor. § 7, metavoias torov
edwke.) Acts xi. 18, tiv wetavorav zis
Cwhv. xiii. 24. xix. 4. xx. 21, tiv eis Tov
Osdv metavorav. xxvi, 20. Rom. ii. 4.
2 Cor. vii. 9, 10. 2 Tim. ii. 25. Heb. vi.
1, 6. 2 Pet. iii. 9. In the above passages,
however, there are various shades of the
general sense, which may be found stated
in my notes in loc. Suffice it to add, that
sometimes the term is used with reference
to the repentance, or change of mind and
conduct (by moral reformation) produced
by the preaching of John the Baptist; but
more frequently of the change of heart as
well as conduct (by the abandonment of
idolatry and sinfulness) required by the
Christian covenant. In short, this wera-
vota is not merely such a sorrow for past
sins, (arising from a conviction produced
by reason, that they are destructive of
our happiness in this world and in the
next,) as shall occasion abandonment of
them for the future; but it is rather, in its
second stage, and in its only evangelical
sense, such an entire change of mind and
heart, both as to the sins repented of and
forsaken, and ail sin, as is produced by
the motives to holiness propounded in the
Gospel of Christ, and wrought in us by
the Spirit of God working with our wills;
such, in short, as springs from a filial love
rather than a slavish fear, from an anxious
desire to please God, and to be‘ holy as he
is holy;’ thus carrying with it a hatred of
the sins abandoned, as being odious in the
sight of Him who is ‘of purer eyes than
to behold iniquity.’ Of the two foregoing
stages, the first marks a change of mud,
the second, a change of heart ; such as can -
only be entirely effected by Him who
made the heart, in answer to such prayer
as David’s, ‘ Create in me a clean heart,
O God; renew a right spirit within me.’
Meraéi, adv. (mera, pécos,) in Class.
with genit. 7 the madst, i. e. betwixt, of
place or space, and of thing or object,
Hdot. vii. 85. Eurip. Hec. 437. Thue. i.
97; also absol. chiefly with the art. as
said of time, or with a particle of time while,
during. In N.T. 1) with gen. of place,
Matt. xxiii. 35, wera&d Tov vaov Kat Tov
Svotactnpiov. Lu. xi. 5], (and so in
Xen. Cyr. vii. 1, 10,) or of person, xvi.
26, vw. nu@y Kat bua@v. Acts xii. 6, u. dvo
oTpatiwtw@y. Fig. of pers. Matt. xviii.
15, weva£v cov Kai aitov. Acts xv. 9,
ovdEV OLEKOLVE Ph. NU@Y TE KAL a’Tov.
Rom. ii. 15, wera&d ad\Androv, * between
one another,’ i.e. m turn, aiternately: a
use very rare in Class.; of which the only
apposite example is one adduced from Plut.
de Discr. Adulat. et Am. 1, wera&v pidias,
‘in the mutual intercourse of friendship.’
2) absol. only of time, mean-time, mean-
MET
while, e. gr. év TH peTa&y, scil. yoovw,
‘am the mean time,’ John iv. 31. And so
in Xen. Conv. i. 14, 20. Also with art.
o meta&d, ‘the intervening ;’ put for neat
Sollowing, neat, as Acts xiii. 42, To weTa-
&0 caBBatov, and often in Joseph. and
later Class.
Metravwéutw, f. Www, in act. sense,
“to send persons after another, in order to
fetch or bring him to any one,’ to send for,
Thue. iv. 30, 40. vii. 15. Aristoph. Vesp.
670. More freq. in mid. to send for any
one to oneself; on one’s own account, as
often in the best Class. And so Acts x.
5, 22, 29. xi. 13. There, however, the
sense is ‘to invite to come,’ as in Thuc.
viii. 5, and often in Xen. said of an infe-
rior with respect toa superior. In Acts
xxiv. 24, 26. xxv. 3, we have the judicial
sense, as in Lat. accerso and our swmmon.
With the primitive plena locutio at Acts
x. 5, wéuwWov avdpas, Kal petatéeuwan,
comp. Xen. Hist. ii. 1, 6, o 6 abtoy
meTaréeuTeTar TEuWas ayyéedous. Gen.
xxvii. 45.
Metractoéds, f. Ww, to turn about
from one direction to another, neut. Plut.
Otho 4. Xen. Cyr. viii. 8, 28, and pass.
to be turned, or mid. to turn oneself, round,
Hom. viii. 258, and foll. by eis or zoos.
So Ja. iv. 9,6 yédws vu. eis mwévOos peTa-
otoapytw. Simil. 1 Macc. ix. 41, wer-
ecTpapy 6 yapos eis wéevOos. Ecclus. xi.
1, Ta ayabea eis kaka met. And as the
Classical writers use the term of changing
both for the better and for the worse, (e. gr.
Hom. Od. ii. 67,) so also, in a trans. sense,
it signifies to pervert, as Gal. i.7, u. To
evayyéXtov: a use arising perhaps from
the sense to invert, ‘turn to another pur-
pose,’ found in Aristot. Rhet. i. 15.
MetacynpatiCw, f. iow, (oxnua-
TiCw, oXnua,) prop. to change the cxjua,
figure, form, or appearance of any thing,
trans. Phil. iii. 21, os peracynuaticgs
TO CHUA THS TATEWwoEWS Humwv. JOS.
Ant. vii. 10, 5. viii. 11, 1, uw. avrov, of the
external habit, 1 Sam. xxvii. 8, Symm.
Mid. to transform oneself into another
shape, character, &c. foll. by eis, 2 Cor.
xi. 13, petacxnmatiCouevor eis atro-
otoAous. ver. 14; with ws, ver. 15, uera-
oXynmatiCovtTar ws diadkovor O1Katoov-
vis. Fig. to transfer figuratively, 1. e.
to apply metaphorically, with ets Tuva,
1 Cor. iv. 6, where see my note, and comp.
Quintill. ix. 2.
Metrati€npmt, f. Oicw, to transpose,
put in another place, and hence to trans-
port, also transfer, translate, trans. Acts
vii. 16, Kai petetéOnoav (abTov) zis
Duxéu. Heb. xi. 5, "Evayx peteteOn, se.
sis tov ovpavoy (see my note). Sept.
Gen. v. 24. Heb. vii. 12, wetatieuevns
266
MET
THS teowovvys, ‘the priesthood being
transferred,’ i. e. to Christ ; see my note.
Sept. Jos. Ant. xi. 9, 7, wetaBetvar Tip
TLV ATO TAUTHS THS OlKias Els ETEOOV
otkov. Mid. to transfer oneself, to go over
from one side or party to another, a7ro and
els, to fall away from one to another, Gal.
i. 6, oUTw Tayéws petaTibecDe ; and so
Class. oft. (see Kypke,) msomuch that 6
MeTaTLBEmevos was, as we find from Diod.
Laért. vii. 37, the name given to a philo-
sopher who changed his sect. Metaph.
to transfer to another use or purpose, éo
pervert, abuse, Jude 4, tThv xaow Tov
Ozov vuwv pmetatibevtes eis aoéXyevav,
‘into an excuse for lasciviousness.’
Mevémetrta, adv. (é7eta,) lit. after
then, i. e. afterwards, Heb. xii. 17, and
Class. :
Meteya, f. ue0étw, aor. 2. peTETXov,
prop. to have with another, i. e. to partake
of, share in, be a partaker, &c. with gen.
1 Cor. ix. 10, 12, ci GANoe THs EEOv-
cias Uu@Y meTEXOouTLY, see my note. Heb.
ii. 14. vii. 13, puAys ETEpas usTETY Ker,
‘he had part in another tribe,’ belonged to
another tribe: with éx, ] Cor. x. 17, see
my note. So to partake of food, i.e. to
take as food, Heb. v. 13, and oft. m Class. .
Metewpi wa, f. icw, (uetéwpos, high,
fr. usta, éwoa fr. deiow,) prop. to lift up
on high, fig. of the mind, to elaée, as with
hope, confidence, pride, &c. Also Zo ren- -
der hesitating, fluctuating, to make of
doubtful fidelity, Pol. v. 70, 10. Diod. Sic.
xvii. 5, uetewpiCec0ar woos awTocTacw.
Hence in N. T. pass. or mid. uweTewpi-
Comat, to be in suspense, be of doubtful
mind, anxious, fluctuating between hope
and fear, Lu. xii. 29. Comp. peréwoos
Tats dtavoias, Pol. iii. 107, 6. v. 18, 5.
viii, 22, 8, et al. Oppian. Hal. iv. 22, wer-
jopov ntoo éxewv. And so Gloss. pet-
éwoos, 0 1 oTabepds Tov vouv. This
sense, however, probably arises, not from
the foregoing uses, but from that use by
which a ship is said perewoiCecOat, ‘to
be out at sea,’ Thuc. i. 48, or ‘tossed to and
fro by tempestuous winds,” Arr. E. A. vi.
192. And so the persons on board a ship
thus tossed are spoken of as peTeworaVEv-
ras. Thue. viii. 16, werewpro8eis ev Tw
awehayer. And because these are per-
petually tossed np and down by the winds
and waves, hence petewoiCecGat may
well represent the state of one tossed about,
fluctuating between hope and despair, as in
the above passages of Polyb. and Diod.
Sic. and oft. in Jos. And as perewpi-
CecOar is used of vessels tossed to and fro,
up and down, now aloft, and then at the
very depths, (see Ps. evii. 26,) so it is an
apt image of anxiety and unstableness of
mind. Soin Horat. Epist. i. 18, 109, we
MET
have, by the same nautical image, ‘neu
fluitem dubiz spe pendulus hore.’
Metorkecia, as, 7), (ueTorKew, equiv.
to petorxiCw,) prop. change of abode, m-
gration, and hence put for the Babylonian
extle, Matt. i. 11, 12, 17. Sept. 2 K. xxiv.
16. 1 Chr. v. 22.
MetorxiCa, f. iow, Att. fut. 1, (oi-
Kitw, fr. oikes,) to cause to change one’s
abode, to cause to miyrate, trans. Acts vil.
4, meTwWKiGEv aUTOV Eis TI yHY TAUTHD.
ver. 43, wetoikim@ éewixerva BaB. Sept.
Metoy i), is, 7, (ueTeXw,) prop. par-
ticipation, and so equiv. to péOeEis: also
partnership, fellowship, 2 Cor. vi. 14, tis
yao uetoxn—; parallel with tis dé kowww-
via—; as in Plut. viii. 980, doxnoriKy
Of Kal ToLNTLKH Kolvwvia Kal MeETOX?)
anon éorti.
Métoxos, ov, 6, 4, prop. adj. (uerT-
éxw,) partaking, as Hdot. iii. 52, and oft.
in Plato. In N. T. subst. 1) prop. a
partaker, Heb. iii. 1, cAncews érrovpaviou
metoxor, and ver. 14, uw. Tou Xpictov.
vi. 4, uw. Ilvedpatos ay. xii. 8, and so
sometimes in Plato. So also Synes. 76
Tvevua iiapvver TOUS METOXOUS AUTOU.
2) in the sense of partner, associate, fel-
low, Lu. v. 7. tovs pw. Heb. i. 9.
Metoéw, f. iow, (uetoov,) to measure,
trans. e. gr. of capacity, with an adjunct
of manner, in the proverbial phrase w, or
EV @, ETOW pEToEITe (deal out), weToN-
Onocerat, Matt. vii. 2. Mk. iv. 24. Lu. vi.
38. Of length, &c. as measured by the
rule, kaAapos, Rev. xi. 1, wétonocov Tov
vaov tov Qeov. al. and Class. Fig. to
estimate, judge of, 2 Cor. x.12, év éavTois
éauTovs petoourtes. Aristot. Rhet. ii. 14,
TH yap avTwy dKkakia Tovs TéXas pE-
tpovot. And so Hor. Epist. i. 7, fin. ‘ Me-
tiri quemque se suo modulo ac pede verum
est ;> where pede stands for a foot-rule.
Metpnris, ov, 6, (uetTpéw,) prop. a
measurer, but almost always metretes, John
ii. 6, the Attic amphora, a measure for
liquids, containing 12 ydes, or 144 xori-
Aa, = 2 of an Attic medimnus, or He-
brew bath. Hence the petpntis was =
about 335 English quarts, or to 83 gallons.
Sept. and Class.
Metpiotabéw, f. how, (uero.oTra-
633s, of moderated passions, fr. pétpros,
aavos,) to be moderate in one’s passions,
to have one’s passions moderated ; hence
to be gentle, indulyent, compassionate, with
dat. towards any one, Heb. v. 2, uerpro-
aalety duvaduevos Tois ayvoouct K.T.r.
Philo de Joseph. ii. p. 45, 37, pupia 0
autos érabov Tay dvnKkéctwv, Ed’ ois
TawevOris peToroTubety, ovK eyvap-
PUnv. Jos. Ant. xii. 3, 2, speaks of Ves-
pasian and Titus as peto.otalycavtwr,
267 MEX
‘exercising moderation towards the Jews,’
notwithstanding the provocations they re-
ceived from them.
Metpiws, adv. (péro.os, pétpov,)
measuredly, moderately, prop. with mode-
ration; also, and perhaps prim. medzocri-
ter, ‘in middling degree,’ neither too little
nor too much, Hdian. iv. 9, 16. ii. 7, 8.
As, however, our terms middling and mean
came at length to have a bad sense, so mu.
came to mean parum, little, as Xen. Mem.
iv. lf 1. ‘dian: 1. 13, 16.1653... And
so in N. T. Acts xx. 12, we have qap-
exdyOnouv ov petpiws, ‘nota little’ a
rare idiom, but found in Jos. Ant. xv. 8,
], ov peTpiws eduTXENaLVOV.
Métpov, ov, 70, (fr. Goth. met-an,
whence the Latin mef-cor, and our mete ;
so signifying lit. that by which any thing
is measured,) measure, 1) prop. as of
capacity, in the proverbial expression,
Matt. vii. 2. Mk. iv. 24. Lu. vi. 38. Sept.
and Class. Measure of sins, Matt. xxiii.
32. Also of length or surface, a measure,
i. €. a measuring-rod, kaAayuos, Rev. xxi.
15, in later edit. xxi. 17, pétpov avOpw-
Tov, man’s measure, i. e. common, ordi-
nary. Sept. and Class. Gener. and adv.
éx petoou, by measure, equiv. to weToiws,
i. e. moderately, sparingly, John ii. 34.
2) meton. measure, for portion, as mea-
sured off or allotted, allotment, proportion,
Rom. xii. 3, ws © Oeds Eutprce pméeTpov
qmiorews. 2 Cor. x. 13. Eph. iv. 7, 13,
16, and Class. See on xavwv.
Mévrwovp, ov, TO, (ueTa, wW,) the
forehead, Rev. vii. 3. ix.4,al. & Class. Sept.
Méypu, also Méyprs sometimes before
a vowel, a particle serving to mark a ¢er-
minus ad quem, both of place and time.
It differs therefore from @you, in that &ypr
fixes the attention upon the whole duration
up to the limit, leaving the further con-—
tinuance undetermined ; while uéxpe re-
fers solely to the amt, implying that the
action there terminates. I. as PREP. with
the gen. unto, until, usque ad. 1. of place
UNTO, as far as to. Rom. xv. 19, wéxer
tov IAXvguxov. Sept. and Class.—11. of
time, UNTIL, 1) with gen. of a subst.
Matt. xiii. 30, wéyor Tov Jeorouov. Acts
x. 30. Rom. v.14, neyor Mwucéws. 1 Tim.
vi. 14. Heb. iii. 6, 14. ix. 10. Sept. and
Class. 2) méxpus ob, i. €. yodvou, lit.
until what time, i.e. until, as a conjunct.
-with the subjunct. where the thing is un-
certain. Mk. xiii. 30, wéyors o0 awavTa
TauTa yéevntac: with impf. indic. Xen.
An. v. 4,16. 3) méxpr THs onpepov,
‘until this day, Matt. xi. 23. xxviii. 15.
So péxor Tov vuv, Paleph. xvii. 2. wéypr
TwVvOe THY Katpwv, Diod. Sic. iv. 19.—
ul. fig. of degree or extent. 2 Tim. ii. 9,
KakoTQralw pexer ae Heb. xii. 4,
MH
268
MH
péxors aipatos. Phil. ii. 8, méxpe Java-|1 Tim. iii. 3. After ouvvpt, implying
tou. ver. 30. Sept. & Class.—1I. as con-
JUNCT. until, before a verb in the sub-
junct. where the thing is either pres. or
fut. and therefore uncertain, Eph. iv. 13,
MEXOL KaTAVTHOwWMEV—zeis dvdpa TéAELOD.
Xen. H.G.i. 3, 11, weoréuevev—péyors
é\On.
M7, a negative particle, NoT, but im-
plying every where a dependent and con-
ditional negative, i.e. depending on the
idea or conception of some subject, and
therefore SUBJECTIVE; while ov expresses
the direct and full negation independently
and absolutely, and is therefore OBJECTIVE.
That is, «7 implies that one conceives or
supposes a thing not to exist, while ov ex-
presses that it actually does not exist; and
hence jy refers to the predicate, od to the
copula. I. as a NEGATIVE PARTICLE, xot,
where the following special uses all flow
from the general principles above stated ;
e. gr. py, and not ov, is used: I. in all
negative conditions and suppositions, in
N. T. after éav and éi, e. gr. éav py},
Matt. v. 20, édv pn Teptocetdon 7
Otkatoctvn vuowv. Mk. iii. 27, al: So ei
py, Matt. xxiv. 22, ei un éxoNoBwOnoav
at juéoar éxetvar. Mk. ii. 7. John iii. 13,
al. With éav or ei implied, Mk. xii. 19. Lu.
x. 10. Sometimes <i is followed by ov,
but ov then refers not to the condition,
but to the verb alone, which it renders
negative, as Matt. xxvi. 24, xadov nv
avtTw, ei obK éyevvyOn, i. e. ‘the not
being born would have been better for
him.’ John x. 37, <i ov wow Ta épya
tov Ilatoeods pou, i. e. ‘to not do,’ equiv.
to leave undone. Ja. ii. 11. Comp. in
Ov.—1l. after particles implying purpose,
also result anticipated or supposed, i. e. in
N. T. after va, darws, ®ote, Matt. xxvi.
5, iva wn SopuBos yévyntar. Matt. vi. 18.
Lu. viii. 10. John iii. 16. So before an
infin. expressing purpose, &c. either inf.
simply, or with wore, eis, woods, dra, Ke.
—Ill. after relative pronouns, as 0s, OoT Ls,
doos, wherever they refer not to definite
antecedents, but to suchas are indefinite
and general, or implied, Matt. x. 14, os
éayv py O&Entat vas. xi. 6. Lu. ix. 5.
But od is put after os, dots, where
these refer to a definite antecedent, as Lu.
xiv. 33; or where any thing is said actu-
ally not to be, or to be done, as Matt. x.
08. xiii. 12.—1v. with the zfin. as being
dependent upon another finite verb or
word expressed or implied: 1) inf. simpl.
Matt. xxii. 23, of AégyovTes pn eivar
avacTtaoci, i. e. as they suppose and
believe. Lu. ii. 26. Rom. xiii. 3, OéXEts
6& un poBetabar tHv é£ovciav; | Cor.
vii. lj al. After det, dpeihw, &c. Matt.
matt 23. Lacaxviny 1. , Roms xvesh.
future purpose, Heb. iii. 16. After verbs
of commanding, entreating, Matt. ii. 12.
v. 04. Acts i. 4. Eph. iii. 13. By ple-
onasm after verbs implying a negative,
e. gr. of denying, Lu. xx. 27, ot avtiré-
yovtes avadotaci myn eivat. Xxil. 34.
Vice versa after ob dUvauat, where each
negative has its proper power, and both
together constitute an emphatic affirma-
tive. Acts iv. 20, ob duvvdueOa & eidomev
—un aXdetv, i. e. we cannot but speak.
After &ore, in N. T. marking a result
anticipated, or supposed, on the part of
the speaker or writer, Matt. viii. 26. Mk.
ii. 20. 2) infin. with tov as dependent
on a subst. Rom. xi. 8, and | Cor. ix. 6.
After verbs of hindering or being hinder-
ed, Lu.. iv. 42. xxiv: 10.) Acts x? 47277 Se
by impl. Lu. xvii. 1. As marking pur-
pose or result, where wore might stand
instead of tov, Rom. vii. 3, édev0éoa
éotly awd TOU vomov, TOU py sivas
auTyny motyadida. 3) infin. with Tw,
2 Cor. ii. 12, Tw par] edpetv pre Titov.
A) infin. with 76, Rom. xiv. 21, kaXov to
un payetv koéa. | Cor. iv. 6. So with
eis and mpds as marking purpose, supposed
result, &c. e. gr. eis TO mur, Acts vil. 19.
Heb. xi. 3. apos to py, 2 Cor. ii. 13,
1 Th. ii. 9.—v. with participles, when
they stand elliptically for any of the above
constructions, or refer to an indefinite sub-
ject, or in general where they imply sup-
position, condition, purpose, any thing sub-
jective, e. gr. 1) when the partic. may be
resolved into the construction with <i,
gav, &c. Lu. xi. 36. Rom. v. 13. Gal. vi.
9. 2) where the part. either with or with-
out the article, is equiv. to a relat. refer-
ring to a general or indefinite antecedent ;
e. gr. 6 m1) with part. Matt. xii. 30, o uy
@Y peT zuov, i. e. ‘ whosoever, John
ii. 18, 6 pn amiotedwv, and x. l.
Matt. xxv. 29, advo tov pn exXoVTOS.
Lu. iii. 11. was an, with part. 1 Thess. ii.
12, wavres of wn TiotevocavTes. Matt.
iii. 10. 1 John iii. 10. So gener. Matt. ix.
36, woet modBaTa pH ZXovTA ToLmeva.
x. 28. Acts xx. 22, idod éy® — py
eidws, Rom. ii. 14. 3) where the part.
with un expresses the supposed or appa-
rent cause or occasion of any thing, Matt.
i. 19, Iwan 62 6 avno abtHs, diKkatos
Oy Kal py SéXwv K.7.rX. Xviil. 25, py
Zxovtos 6& avrouv amodouvat, éxéXevoev
K.7.A. Mk. ii. 4. xii. 24. 4) where the
part. with yj expresses a supposed or ap-
parent result, like wote wy foll. by infin.
Lu. vii. 30. Acts xx. 29, eiceXevcovTas
—rixor Bapets eis tuas, py perdomevor
Tov Toiusviov. 2 Cor. iv.2. So Acts ix.
9, rv hpépas Tests pa BAETwv, Kal ovK
Zpayev. Also with Kai as equiv. to wots,
Lu. i. 20, 070 cLwra@y, Kat pn Ovvapevos
MH 269
‘MHA
AaAHoat. xiii. 11.—vr. in all negative | only after verbs expressing fear, anviety,
expressions of wish, entreaty, command ;
where «7 then often stands at the begin-
ning of a short independent clause, the
idea of wishing, &c. not being expressed,
but retained in the mind. Thus to express
a negative wish, un is construed with the
optative ; in negative entreaty and com-
mand, with the imperative and sub-
junctive. 1) with the opt. unpline a
negative wesh, in the frequent exclamation
my yévorto! ‘may it not be! let it not
happen! Lu. xx. 16. So Gal. vi. 14.
2 Tim. iv. 16, uy adtois Noyiobein! 2)
with the ¢mper. always, (which never takes
ov,) usually with the imp. pres. implying
continued action, and forbidding what one
is already doing, Matt vi. 16, ui yiveobe
@oTep ob UToKprTai. ver. 19,25. xxiv. 6,
ooaTte, py Spoetobe, ‘beware, be not
troubled.’ Mk. ix. 39. 3 pers. pres. Rom.
vi. 12, a2) ov BaoiXevéTw 1) QuaoTia év
TH SVNTH UuwY cwuaTt. xiv. 16, al. So
in antithetic clauses, as Col. iii. 2, Ta &vw
Ppovette, py Ta ETL TAS yns. Ja. i. 22.
pay adda, Lu. xxii. 42. Matt. xxiv. 18.
Mk. xiii. 15. John vi. 27. 3) with the
subj. in negative entreaties, commands, ex-
hortations, &c. where the action is to be
expressed as transient; 1 pers. plur. subj.
present, Gal. v. 26, wy yivwpuela KeEvo-
Oofor. vi. 9; aor. John xix. 24, mi}
cXicwmev avtov. In 2 and 3 pers. subj.
aor. Matt. i. 20, un hoPnOns. iii. 9, wy
dofnte Névyew. | Cor. xvi. 11, al.—vit.
gener. In any construction, where the
negation is from the nature of the case
subjective or conditional, Matt. xix. 9, os
dv ato\von THY yuvatka avToU, wh Eth
jopveta, where wy either depends upon
the preced. relat. or it expresses condition,
*7f not for fornication.” Mk. xii. 14, da-
Mev, 1 YH O@uev; John iii. 18. Rom. iii.
8. Col. ii. 18, & uy éEwpaxev éuBatetwn,
i. €. into what he cannot possibly have
seen, or be supposed to have seen ; where
ov would have expressed that he had not
seen them, though he had the power.
1 Thess. iv. 5, wn év wdébec émibo-
pias, where wy refers to the preceding
infinitive, «tao8ac. Rom. xiv. 1._—vul.
coupled with ov, i. e. ob} py, as an
intensive negative, in emphatic assertions
and assurances referring to the future, zot
at all, by no means, construed prop. with the
Indic. future, or more commonly with the
Sulj. aorist. 1) foll. by Indic. fut. Matt.
Xvi. 22, ob i] EoTaL CoOL TOUTO. Xxvi. 35,
ov wy oe aTapyyjcoua. So, in emphatic
interrogation, Lu. xviii. 7. John xviii. 11.
2) foll. by Subj. aorist, e. gr. aor. 1. pass.
Matt. xxiv. 2, ob wi adel wde iBos.
Heb. viii. 12. Aor. 2. act. Matt. v. 18,
20;-mid. Mk. xiii. 19.—II. as a Con-
JUNCTION, that not, lest, Lat. ne ; in N. T.
Soresight, with which both the Greeks and
Latins connect a negat. implying @ wesh
that the thing feared may zot be or hap-
pen. Construed variously: 1) with the
Subjunct., where the preceding or govern-
ing verb is in the present. So after verbs
of fearing, &¢. Acts xxvii. 17, poBovmevot
TE pi) cis THY D. extéowor. 2Cor. xii. 2],
& Class. After verbs of foresight or caution,
the verb being in the pres. Matt. xviii. 10,
OpaTe pi) KaTadpovnonte evos K.T.X.
Mk. xiii. 5, 36. 2) with the Opt., where
the preceding verb is a perf. of the Indic.
So after a verb of foresight, Acts xxvii. 42.
3) with the Zndic., less often, and implying
that the thing feared already exists, or is
about to happen. So with indic. pres. Lu.
xi. 35; with indic. fut. Col.ii.6. 4) with
the /nfin. in negative wishes or admoni-
tions, implying a fear of the contrary, i. e.
with acc. & infin. 2 Cor. vi. 1. xiii. 7.—III.
as an emphatic interrogative particle, which
has lost its own negative power; but ex-
pressing a degree of -fear or anxiety, and
implying the expectation of a negative
answer ; while ov interrog. demands an af-
firmative answer. Constr. with the Indic. of
all the tenses. 1) semply, with indic. pres.
Matt. ix. 15, ui) dtvavtat of viot Tov
vuugeavos mev0etv. John iii. 4. Acts vil.
28; aor. Lu. xxii. 85, 1) Tivos voTEOH-
cate; John vii. 48. Rom. xi. 1; perf.
John vii. 47; fut. Matt. vii. 9,10. 2) as
used before ov, i. e. mij ov, where m7) is
interrogative, and ov belongs solely to the
following verb, Rom. x. 18, dAXa éEywr ©
M7 otk HKovoav; ver. 19, uy ovK eyvw
‘Iopand; 1 Cor. ix. 4, 5. xi. 22.
Mnye, see in Le no. II. 4.
Myodapas, adv. (undauos for pnde
auos,) by no means, Acts x. 14. xi. 8:
Sept. and Class.
Mynoz, conjunct. (uy & 6é,) differing
from ovde as 7) from ot, and having the
same general signification as pi, prop.
and not, also not, and hence neither, not
even, as connecting whole clauses or pro-
positions. 1) in continued negation, at the
beginning of a subsequent clause, NEITHER,
NOR, mostly preceded by uy, Matt. x. 14,
Os éav pt) O¢EynTar buas, pyndé akovoy
tovs Noyous vua@v. Mk. vi. 11. John iv.
15; by unaww, Rom. ix. 11. So in con-
tinued prohibition, usually after uj: and
then it takes the same constr. as 7 with
Imper. or Subj. Foll. by imperat. pres.
expr. or impl. Matt. vi. 25. Mk. xiii. 11.
Rom. vi. 13. undeis—unoz, | Tim. v. 22;
aor. 1. pass. 1 Pet. iii. 14; foll. by Snbj.
pres. | pers. plur. in exhortations, 1 Cor.
x. 8, 9; aor. 2 and 3 pers. Matt. vii. 6, uy
Owmte—, unde Badnte. Mk. xiii. 15. undsis
—pnoé, Lu. iii. in you by infin. de-
MHA
pending on a verb of prohibition, Acts iv.
270
| Is. xliv. 14, 6 éurevoev 6
MHT
, c
, ae,”
Kuptos, kai
18. 1 Tim. i. 4. 2) in the middle of a\ éurnuve.
elause, NOT EVEN, Mk. ii. 2, Sore wnxére
Xwpety unde TA Teds Tiv Oipav. Eph.v.
3, and Class.
Mnéets, undeuia, unoév, (undé, eis,)
not even one, no one, i.e. ‘no one, whoever
he may be.’ I. gener. Matt. xvi. 20, tva
mnoevt eitwow. Mk. vi. 8, iva undév
aiowow «cis odov. John viii. 10, and
Class. With wij, unxéti, or unosis re-
peated, in a strengthened negation, Mk.
xi. 14. Acts iv. 17. 1 Pet. iii. 6, al. and
Class.—II. in prohibitions, foll. by Imper.
pres. Lu. iii. 13, undév mAZov—mode-
oete. | Cor. iii. 18, 21, al.; with imper.
impl. Matt. xxvii. 19. Phil. ii. 3; with
double neg. Rom. xiii. 8. Foll. by Subj.
aor. Matt. xvii. 9, undevi eiante TO bpa-
pen Acts’ xvi. 26. ‘ues D. Deor; 1: 2.
Matt. vill. 4, dpa pnoevi stays? with
double neg. Mk. i. 44.—III. neut. under,
nothing. 1) as advy.gnot at all, e. gr. uy-
dey Otakpivomusvos, Acts x. 20. xi. 12. Ja.
1.6. After verbs of profit or loss, Mk. v.
26, Kai wydévy wpeAdnOeioa. Lu. iv. 35.
Phil. iv. 6, and Class. So év unéevi, ‘in
no respect,’ 2 Cor. vii. 9. Phil. i. 28. Ja.
1,4. 2) metaph. wndév dv, ‘of no ac-
count,’ Gal. vi. 3, and Class.
Mydémore, adv. (undé, more,) not
even ever, never, 2 Tim. iii. 7, and Class.
Myndéémo, adv. (unde, ww,) even not
yet, not yet, Heb. xi. 7, and Class.
Mykéte, adv. (pr) ét1,) 20 more, no
further, no longer, in the general sense of
41), and constr. after tva, (comp. m7) I. 11.)
2 Cor. v. 15. Eph. iv. 14, tva pnxére
wey vitor. With the infin. (comp. uy
1. 1v.) Acts iv. 17. Eph. iv. 17, & Class. ;
with inf, after éo7Te, Mk. i. 45; with inf.
and tov, Rom. vi. 6. eis tO m7) with inf.
1 Pet. iv. 2. With participles, as express-
ing a cause, Rom. xv. 23, vuvi d& wyKéTte
stotov éxwv. | Thess. iii. 1,5. As ex-
pressing a result, Acts xiii. 34, and Class.
In negative expressions of wish, entreaty,
command, see uy I. v. Foll. by Opt.
implying a negative wish, Mark xi. 14,
BNKETL EK GOV pNdEls KaOTTOY Payor:
by Lmper. pres. John v. 14, and viii. 11,
MnkéTL Quaotave. Eph. iv. 28, al. and
Class.; by Subjunct. pres. 1 pers. plur.
Rom. xiv. 13; aor. 2 and 3 pers. Mk. ix.
25, al.
My7Kos, eos ous, TO, length, Rev. xxi.
16; metaph. Eph. ii. 18. Sept. oft. and
Class.
Myxkv ve, f. vve, (p7Kos,) prop. to
make long, lengthen any thing; fig. 4o pro-
long. In N. T. mid. punxivouat, to
lengthen oneself; spoken of plants, i. e. to
grow up, Mk. iv. 27, Kai 0 orropos BXa-
erTavn, kat pnkivytat. So Sept. in act.
MnAw71, 7s, 7, (umXov, a sheep,) @
sheep-skin, as used for clothing, Heb. xi.
o/, see my note. Sept. 1 K. xix. 13, 19.
2 K. ii. 8, 13, 14. Clem. Rom. Ep. 1 ad
Cor. xiii.
Myyv, a particle of strong affirmation,
yea, assuredly, &c. In N. T. only in the
connexion 7) uv, see in’ H. .
Myyv, pnvos, 6, a month. 1) prop. Lu.
i, 24. iv. 25, & oft. Sept. and Class. 2)
meton. for zew-moon, which was the first
day of the month and a festival, Gal. iv.
10. Sept. veounvia.
Myvi'w, f. vow, to make known, dis-
close, discover, reveal, i. e. something be-
fore unknown, trans. Lu. xx. 37. John xi.
57. 1 Cor. x. 28; with dat.. Acts xxiii. 30.
Class. oft.
Mijaote, neg. partic. (41, wore,) in
the same general sense and uses as 7.
I. as a NEGATIVE PARTICLE, mot ever,
never, at no time, in no case, Heb. ix. 17,
émwel untote ioxver [OrabyKn] OTe CH Oo
O.aféuevos, and in Class.—II. as a CON-
JUNCTION, ‘that not ever, that ever, lest
ever, i. e. ‘lest at some time or other,’
indefinite, = lest perhaps. So after verbs _
implying purpose, foll. by Subjunct. and
preceded by a fut., a pres. or aor., or @
perf. Indic. So with fut. preced. Matt. iv.
6, doovci ce, untoTe TpockoWns K.T.X.
Lu. iv. 11; with pres. or aor. Matt. v. 25.
vii. 6. tva@ prawore, Lu. xiv. 29; perf.
preced. Matt. xiii. 15. Acts xxvii. 27;
foll. by Indic. fut. Mk. xiv. 2, pamote
SodouBos éotat tov Aaov. After verbs
implying fear or caution, foll. by Subjunet.
Matt. xv. 32. Lu. xxi. 34, al. ; with prec.
verb impl. Matt. xxv. 9. Acts v. 39. Xen.
Cyr. i. 6,10; foll. by Indic. fut. Heb. iii.
12.—III. as an INTERROGATIVE PAR-
TICLE, in a direct inquiry implying a nega-
tive answer, John vii. 26, amore aXn-
fas éyvwoav ot &pxovtes—; Indirect,
whether perhaps, if perhaps, with Opt. Lu.
iii. 15; with Subjunct. 2 Tim. ii. 25.
Maw, adv. (41j, ww,) not yet, Rom.
ix. 1l. Heb. ix. 8, and Class.
Miyaws, conjunct. (a7, wws,) that m
no way, that by no means, i.e. lest in any
way, lest perhaps. After verbs implying
purpose, foll. by Subj. and_preceded by
the pres. (comp. in m7 II. 1.) 1 Cor. ix.
27; by aor. Gal. ii. 2. After verbs im-
plying fear or caution, e. gr. foll. by Indic.
(comp. in wy IT. 3.) Gal. iv. 11; by Sub-
junct. aor. Acts xxvii. 29. Rom. xi, 21.
1 Cor. viii. 9.
M nods, ov, 6, the thigh, Rev. xix. 16.
Myre, conj. (un, Te,) a continuative,
referring usually rather to @ part of a
MUHT
proposition or clause,.than the whole ; and
not, also not ; hence neither, not even. 1)
in continued negation, at the beginning of
a subsequent clanse, after sar), neather, nor,
Eph. iv. 27, 6 tjALos py Ew idveTw,—miTtE
Oidote TOTO TH OraBo\w, al. and Class.
Repeated, urjte—prite, neither—nor, be-
fore different parts of the same clause,
Matt. v. 34, al. and Class. 2) alone, in
the middle of a clause, ot even, Mk. ili.
20, Xen. Lac. x. 7.
Miyrnp, tép0s Teds, %, a mother. 1)
prop. Matt. i. 18. ii. 11, 13, 20, al. szpe.
Sept. and Class. Fig. of one in the place
of a mother, Matt. xii. 49, 50. Mk. x. 30,
al. Hom. Il. vi. 429. Xen. Mem. ii. 2, 1.
2) gener. for parent, or ancestor, Gal. iv.
26. Sept. Gen. iii.20. Fig. of acity as the
parent or source of wickedness and abomi-
nations, Rev. xvii. 5, BaGuAwy 4 weyadn,
2 NTH TOV Topvay Kal Tov Poehuypa-
Twy +7Hs vis. So Cic. de Orat. 11. 40, ‘ lux-
uries, avaritie mater.’ <A poetical mode of
expression, so much the less harsh, since
cities were commonly considered as females.
Myre, neg. partic. (jj, Te indef.) not
perhaps, for the tz diminishes the force of
the negat. See my note on John iv. 29.
In N. T. 1) as NeGarT. only in the con-
nection ei ute, ‘if not perhaps, unless
perhaps,” Lu. ix. 13. 1 Cor. vii. 5. 2 Cor.
xii. 5. Also w7teye, equiv. to uyte, but
stronger, ‘much more then.” 2) as IN-
TERROG. whether at all? whether perhaps ?
i. €. 2s or has then, perhups? Matt. vii. 16,
unte suéyouow amo axavbav ota-
pudyjv: Mk. iv. 21, al. oft. Sept. & Class.
fente aoa, 2 Cor. i. 17.
Myvrceye, see in Myr 1.
M77x~s, pron. interrog. (un, Tes indef. )
whether any one? és or has any one? John
iv. 33. vii. 48.
M77 pa, as, 7, (uitno,) matrix, womb,
Lu. ii. 23. Rom. iv. 19. Sept. and Class.
Mytparwas, ov, 6, Attic untpa-
Avias, (uitnp, arordw = ddoaw, to
smite,) « smiter of his mother, a matricide,
Tim" 1. 9.
Mia, see Eis.
Miaivy, f. ave, (perf. pass. peutacuar,
Tit. i. 15; perf. pass. 3 pers. sing. pepi-
avrar, Tit. i. 15; aor. 1. pass. gucavOnv,)
a iengthened form of the obsol. piw,
{whence papds,) cognate with jpdw,
moveo, admoveo, signifying 1) manibus
moveo ac tracto, tango, tracto; 2) con-
érecto, and that often used in the sense
wtio, polluo, as our verb to thumb for to
soil. The signif. to colour, tinge, stain,
(found in Hom. Il. iv. 141,) is only a derived
one, midway between the prim. sense and
the general one {fo defile, trans., oft. occ.
in Class,, and also found in N. T.; but in
271
MIK
two acceptations, 1) in the Levitical sense
to defile, ceremonially, John xviii. 28, tva
yt) mravOa@or, and oft. in the Sept. 2) in
a moral or spiritual sense, Tit. 1.15, weui-
avrTar aUT@V Kal O VOUS Kal 1) cuveidnots,
i. e. Shave become corrupt.” Comp. Dio-
nys. Hal. de Thucyd. vill. koatiotov oé&
ThvTwY TL pynoev EKOVTiws Webdeo8at,
foe praivew Ti avTou cuveiono.. Heb.
xii. 15, Kai Oca TaVTHS pravO@or Tool,
‘be corrupted and seduced,’ namely, to
sensual corruption. An idea more dis-
tinctly expressed in a similar passage at
Jude 8, cdoxa puaivovor, ‘they pollute
their bodies with fleshly lusts.” Such are
described, 2 Pet. ii. 20, as ot dmricw cap-
Kos, év emuuuia placmou TropevopMEvoL.
So Rey. iii. 4, of the righteous, odK éuo-
Auvay Ta imatia ad’t@v. With pmeav-
Qaou in the above passage of Hebrews we
may compare the similar expression in
Liber Enoch Fabr. Cod. Pseud. 162, pe-
aivecOar év yuvacét, where the sense is,
‘to defile themselves with women; as
Rev. xiv. 4, of weta yuvatkay obk éuo-
AvvOnoav.
Miacua, atos, TO, (utaivw,) prop.
mquinamentum, any pollution, defilement,
1) physical, from contact with any thing
dirty; 2) legal, by the violation of the
Mosaic ritual laws; 3) ceremonial, by pro-
fanation of the Temple, or any thing holy;
4) in a moral sense, the pollution of the
mind and soul, by deeds of sin and ini-
quity. The Ist signif. is attested by He-
sych. and Suidas; the 2d, namely, what
brings legal pollution, occurs at Lev. vii.
8. Jer. xxxii. 34, g0nxav TO placa év
Tw otkw : with which comp. Demosth. p.
1374, ta prj pidopata yévyntar év Tots
tepots. The 3d occurs in N. T. 2 Pet. ii.
20, adwopuyovtes Ta fh. TOU Kécpov.
And so often in Class., as Plut. vi. 605,
TO fk. THS TaeKOS Tuav, and espec. the
poets gener. in the sense crzme.
Mtacpos, ov, 6, (ptaivw,) pollution,
defilement, in a moral sense, 2 Pet. ii. 10,
ev érOuula pracpon, ‘in polluting lust.’
See Wisd. xiv. 26.
Miya, atos, TO, (miyvupe,) a mixture
or compound, John xix. 39, wiyua optp-
vys Kqt dons. Elsewhere only used of
medical mixtures, Plut. vi. 298, 2. Ecclus.
XXxvill. 6, woujoet uw. So Lat. mixtura.
Miyvumt, f. wigtw, to mix, mingle,
prop. with acc. and dat. and in pass. with
dat. Rev. viii. 7, meuryméva atuati. Xv.
2, and Class.; also with acc. and meta
twos, Lu. xiii. 1.
Mixkoos, a, ov, adj. small, little, com-
par. rxpotegos, smaller, less ; prop. the
opp. of péyas, large. 1) of magnitude,
Matt. xili. 82, 6 wiKpdTepos TavTWY Tov
omeppatwv. Ja. iii. 5, and Class.; of
N 4
MIA
stature, Lu. xix. 3, 77 HAikia piKods qv.
Sept. Ez. xvii. 6. Xen. Cyr. vii. 4, 20;
hence of age, small, young, Acts viii. 10,
a@1TO jatKooU Ews peyadov, et al. Ina
compar. sense for less, younger, Lat. minor
natu, Mk. xv. 40, tov “Iak. Tov pixpot.
2) of quantity, a litle, prop. 1 Cor. v. 6,
aikog Cuun. Gal. v. 9, and Class. Fig.
Rev. iii. 8; adv. suuxpdv ti, 2 Cor. xi. 1,
16, and Sept. So of space, neut. urKeoy,
as adv. @ little, wposh\0wy prxpdv, Matt.
xxvi. 39, and Class. 3) of number, /itéle,
Jew, Lu. xii. 32, TO pixpdov aoiuntov.
Sept. Gen. xxx. 30. Xen. CHc. ii. 8. 4) of
time, John vii. 33, uixodv ypovov, al.
Hence absol. puxpov, i.e. yoovov, a little
while, prop. acc. of time how long, John
xii. 33, etal. So wera pixodv, after a
while, a little after, Matt. xxvi. 73, and
Class. 5) fig. of dignity or authority,
lowly, humble, Matt. x. 42, Eva Tay pmt-
Kpwv TouTwy, al. and Class.
MiXuov, iov, To, @ mile, Matt. v. 41.
Mipéopar, f. yoouar, depon. mid.
(uitpos,) to imitate, follow, as an example,
with ace. 2 Th, il. 7, wws det pipetobar
jpas. ver. 9. Heb. xii. 7. 3 John 1],
and Class.
Mipntnys, ov, 6, (meuéouar,) an tmi-
tator, follower, occ. only in the phrase
LNT HS ylvouat, ‘to become an imitator,”
i. e. to imitate, equiv. to uiucouar, | Cor.
iv. 16. xi. 1. Eph. v. 1, al. Jos. & Class.,
as Hdian. vi. 8,6, ws uy mabytys eivar
movov, AX\XA CnAwtys Kal piuntys TIS
exelvov AVOOELaS.
Mipviioke, f. wvijocw, in Class. prop.
to recall to one’s mind, to remind any one,
Hom. Od. xii. 38. Il. 1. 407; but gener.
as neut. to bear in mind, remember. In
N. T. only as a partial depon. mid. uspv7-
cKkoxat, (f. uvijoouar, aor. 1. pass. éuvi-
o01v both as mid. and pass., perf. part.
peuvnuéevos, as pres.) to call to mind, re-
collect, remember, usually with gen. 1)
prop. in pres. Heb. ii. 6, O7c uruvnioKn
avtov. Heb. xiil. 3; aor. 1 as mid. Matt.
xxvi. 75, guvijo8n—vTov pjyatos. Lu. i.
54, éAdous, ver. 72, al. sepe. Heb. viii.
12. x. 17, tev davopiwy aitwv ov py
pono 8a ett, = ‘I will pardon them, and
Class.
xvi. 25, al. and Class. 2) aor. 1. éuvio-
Env as pass. to be remembered, to be had im
remembrance, éve@mtov Tov Veo, for good,
as prayers, Acts x. 31, comp. ver. 4; or
for punishment, Rev. xvi. 19. So Sept.
Ez. xviii. 22.
Muicéw, f. ow, to hate, detest, trans.
pess. to be hated, odious. 1) foll. by ace.
of pers. usually implving ective ill-will in
words and conduct, Matt. v. 43, uronoecs
tov 2x0odv cov. ver. 44. x. 22, Ececbs
gigovpevor, and very oft. also in Sept. and
Foll. by d7:, Matt. v. 23. Lu.
‘9
=
272
MIs
Class. By impl. to persecute, Rev. xvii.
16, o}ToL pionoover THY moevyv. So
Sept. 2 Sam. v. 8 xxii. 18. 2) foll. by
acc. of thing, to detest, abhor, John iii. 20.
Rom. vii. 15, 6 utow, TovTo wow. Heb.
i. 9. Jude 23, where see my note. Tob.
iv. 15.° Jos. B: ir3l, 2; Mens Geer.
2, 37. 3) espec. in antith. with éyaraw,
it is zot to love, to love less, to slight, with
ace. of pers. Matt. vi. 24, Tov va projoer,
Kal Tov Etepov ayaniyoe. Lu. xiv. 26.
xvi. 13. John xii. 25. Rom. ix. 13. So
ee Gen. xxix. 31. Deut. xxi. 16. Mal.
Iie
Mic@amodocia, as, 7, prop. ‘ ful:
payment of wages ;’ hence recompense, re-
quital, e. gr. in the sense ef reward, Heb.
x. 30. xi. 26; also puntshment, Heb. 11. 2.
Constit. Apostol. vi. 11; comp. srcGo-
docia, Thuc., viii. 83.
Miclarodorns, ou, 6, (urs8es, a7ro-
didwut,) prop. ‘a payer in full of wages ;
hence requiter, rewarder, Heb. xi..6, of
God. Constit. Apost. iv. 6, of Jesus
Christ.
Mic@os, ta, tov, & tov, (probes,)
prop. an adi. hired, with ellips. of av@ow-
qos, as in Jos. Bell. iii. 6, 2; but in use a
subst. one hired, a hired servant, Lu. xv.
17, 19. Sept. and Apocr. 5
MicOos, ov, 0, hire, wages, recompense.
1) prop. and gener. Matt. xx. 6. Lu. x. 7,
aELos yap 6 ggyatys Tov uroVov avTou
éotiv. Actsi. 18, uroGds THs adiKias, ‘the
wages of his iniquity.” Rom. iv. 4. i Cor.
iii. 8. 1 Tim. v. 16. Jal ves Sen ee
purolos addsxias, ‘wages got by iniquity.
Jude ll, profov, i.e. for hire or gain:
Sept. and Ciass. 2) in the sense of 7e-
ward or recompense, though far exceeding
the merit of the receiver, Matt. v. 12, 6
pcbos tuwy mods, sepe al. Sept. and
Class. But in reference to the N. T. use,
the word differs in this, that it often signi-
fies a reward of mere grace, as well as
wages, e. gr. Rom. iv. 4. 3) in the sense
of retribution, punishment, 2 Pet. ii. 18,
pcos adikias.—2 Mace. viii. 33. Callim.
Hymn, in Dian. 264, ovde yao’ Atosions
dXNiyw éwekoutTrace picOw. Eur. Iph. A.
1169, AK]. Frag. 937.
Micfow, f. wow, (utebos,) in Class.
to hire out, let for hire to others. In N. T.
only mid. picboopar, f. woouat, to hire
for oneself, simply to take to hire any per-
son for any service, especially labourers or
artificers, trans. Matt. xx. 1, uicbwcacbae
goyatas. Sept. and Class.
Mic0wua, atos, 76, (utobdw,) prop.
the hire or wages paid for work or service,
Sept. and Class. Thus Aflian, V. H. iv.
12, applies it to @ painter. In N. T. it
signifies a thing hired or rented, e. gr. @
lodging or hired dwelling, Acts xxviii. 30.
MIs
and Philo, gy micOwmere oixeiy, and
Theophr. Char, 23, furcderny oixiav oi-
xetv. And so in Isocr. Orat. Areop. p.
145, it is used for the rent of land.
Mic@8wros, ov, 6, (uicbdw,) one
hired, a hired servant, Mk. i. 20, as used
of seamen ; John x. 12, 13, of a shepherd.
Sept. oft. and Class.; but chiefly of mer-
cenary troops.
Mva, as, 7, Lat. mina, prop. a Greek
weight, containing 100 doaypuai, and larger
than the Roman libra or pound in the
proportion of 4 to 3. Hence, as the latter
is reckoned at about 12 oz. Engl. avoir-
dupois, the uzva@ would be nearly equivalent
to the Engl. pownd avoirdupois. In N.T.
uva isa silver co2n, estimated by weight,
containing 100 dvaxyuai, and being itself
the 60th part of a talent, Lu. xix. 13, al.
Mveia, as, 7, (uiuvioKw,) prop. ‘ the
act of bringing to mind what is forgotten;
but also used of presenting to the mind
something to be known ; thus correspond-
ing to the two uses of the Lat. commemo-
ratio, namely, calling or bringing to mind,
and recounting, deta, mention. The for-
mer sense is rare in the Class. ; but found
in Sept. and N.T., Phil. i. 3, ai waon TH
pveia Uua@y, ‘on every remembrance of
you.’ So Baruch v.5, xaioovtas tH Tov
Ocovu pveia. The latter oft. occ. in Class. ;
but almost always in the phrases pvelav
éXelv Tivos, ‘to bear any one in memory,”
have remembrance of him, (which is
found in the best Attic writers, as also
meget | Phess: ii.6..2 Tim. i. 3.)
and wvetav qoceto8a, ‘to make mention
of, which occurs in Plato and Lysias, and
oft. in Sept., as also in N. T., Rom. i. 9.
Eph. i. 16. 1 Thess. i. 2. Philem. 4, of
making mention of any one in prayer to
God; with which compare Kurip. Bacch.
46, év EUXals ovdauou pveiav exer scil.
és40U.
Mv7ypa, atos, TO, (mipunoKw,) prop.
a monument, (lit. ‘memorial,’) intended
to preserve the memor y of any deceased
person or past thing, Hom. Od. xv. 126;
hence sepulchral monuments, Hom. I.
xxiii. 619. Eur. Or. 118. In N. T. meton.
a tomb, sepulchre, Mk. v. 5. Lu. viii. 27,
et al. sepe. Sept. and lat. Class.
Mvypmetoy, ov, To, (uLmvijoKw, ) prop.
a memorial, monument, = pvjua, Xen.
Ag. vi. 2. Thue. ii. 41; - hence a sepulchral
monument, cenotaph, Dem. 1125,16. Thuc.
1.138. v.11. In N. T. meton. a tomb,
sepulchre, Matt. viii. 26. xxviii. 8, where
see my note, and Mk. xv. 46, where see
my note, et al. Sept. Gen. xxiii. 6, 9, et
aeewen. 110. iii. 2,14 & Ld.
Mviypn, ns, 7, (utuvnoKw,) prop. ‘ the
act of reminding,” but gener. its effect in
273
MOP
remembrance or recollection ; lit. ‘that by
which any thing is brought to mind,’
whether before known or unknown, In
the latter case the word may be rendered
mention; in the former, remembrance.
The latter sense only is found in N, T.,
namely 2 Pet. i. 15, in the phrase rip
TOUTMY BUNNY movicOan, ‘to call to
one’s mind, bear in recollection ;' a phrase
occurring in Hdot., Thucyd., &c. but only
in the sense ‘to make mention of. To
express the other sense, a Class. writer
would have said wv. éxerv, as Eurip. Iph.
poke
Mvypovevto, f. evow, (uve, pat
punoKkw,) to remember, i.e. to call to one’s
mind, and to bear in ‘mind, 1) prop. &
absol. Mk. viii. 18; foll. by gen. Lu. xvii.
O2, pVYMOVEVETE “ris yuvatkos AwtT.
John xv. 20, wv. Tou oyou. Gal. ii. 10.
Col. iv. 18,‘ to be mindful of? in the way of
kindness ; "fol. by acc. ‘to bear in mind,’
1 Thess. ii. 9, wv. TOV KoTrov. 2 Tim. ii. 8,
pv. Incovv Xe. So, by a certain mode
of speaking, God is said to remember sin,
Hee" to punish it, Rev. xvii. 5, éuy7Lo-
vevoevy 0 Oeos TH AOKI MATa QUTHS.
(see MupynoKe and vmouiuvyoKw :) foll.
by dv, Acts xx. dl. Eph. i. 11; woven,
Rev. li...5; as; ii. 3. ° 2) by impl. to
mention, speak of, foll. by mel, Heb. xi.
22, qmept THs efodov — éuvymovevos.
Shea 11,55.) Keni Vect. ive 25,
Man@anowen ov, TO, (prop. neut. of
adj. uvnudcuvos, a word of the same form
with dovAdcuvos, Oecmocuvos, OLtKaLo-
cuvos, and signifying, ‘commemorative,’ ) @
memorial, monument, = wvnetov, Hdot.
ii. 136,148. Thue. v. 11. In N.T. gener.
memorial, i.e. any thing preserving the
remembrance of a person or thing, Matt.
xxvi. 13, and Mk. xiv. 9, sis uvnuodcuvoy
auT7s, i.e. ‘in memory of her,’ to her
honourable remembrance, fame. Acts x.
4, al T POGEVXAL cou—avéBnoay Els Ly.
évwtov T. O. ‘ thy prayers—are come up.
as a memorial, 1. e. into remembrance, be-
fore God.’ Sept. and Apoer.
Mynoteta, f. evoouae, (uvdouar,) to
ask in marriage, to woo. In N. T. only
pass., prop. to be asked in marriage ; hence
by impl. to be betrothed, affianced, with
dat. of pers. Matt. i. 18, punotevdsions
THS ENTpos auTou Mapias Tw Lee
Gu. 1. Ze gos, 0 acne Deut. xxii. 23,
25, 27, 23. Artemid. ii. 12.
MoyidraXos, ov, 0, 1, (poyrs & Xa-
os, loquens,) speaking mnt difficulty, a
stummerer, Mk. vii. 32, where see my
note. Sept. for ‘ tongue- “tied, Is, xxxv. 6;
Aétius vill. 38.
Moyes, adv. (dvyos, labour,) with
difficulty, hardly, Lu. ix. 39, and Class.
N 5
MOA
Mood os, ov, 6, Lat. modius, a Roman
measure for things dry, = } of the Attic
medimnus, and containing therefore 1.916
gall. Engl. or nearly one peck. Matt. v. 15,
et al.
MoryeadXis, idos, 7, (dimin. form of
faorxas, express. of contempt,) 1) prop.
an adulteress, Rom. vii. 3, bis, 2 Pet. ii.
14, dpOarpoi peoctoi poryadioos, ‘ eyes
full of the adulteress,’ i.e. gazing with
desire after such persons, ‘ gloating for,
as in the line of Rowe, ‘ Teach her delu-
ding eyes to gloat for you.’ The word oft.
occ. in Sept. and sometimes in lat. Class.
as Plut. Procop. Heliod. 2) fig. from the
Heb. one faithless towards God, as an
adulteress towards her husband; in O. T.
spoken chiefly of those who forsook God
for idols, Hos. iii. 1. Is. lvii. 3, 7, sq. Ez.
xvi. xxiii. In N. T. gener. of those who
neglect God and their duty towards him,
and yield themselves up to their own lusts
and passions; or, at least, transfer their
best affections from God to the world, Ja.
iv. 4, sotxot Kai porxadides. So also
yéved Tovnpa Kal povyadis, as said of
the Jewish people, expresses an attribute,
adulterous, i. e. faithless, idolatrous, Matt.
xii. 39. xvi. 4. Mk. viii. 38.
Moryaaw, f. yow, (morxos,) act. to de-
file a married woman, commit adultery
with her. This act. form is very rare, yet
it occ. in Xen. Hist. i. 6, 15, but in a fig,
sense. In N. T. only mid. potyaouar,
gener. to be an adulterer, commit adultery,
used both ef man and woman, intrans.
Matt. v. 82, bis, woret avTyHy poryac8ar’
Kat Os—moryatat. xix. 9, bis, Mk. x. 1],
12. Sept. Jer. iii. 8. ix. 2, & oft. Me-
nander ap. Clem. Alex. Strom. v. p. 205.
Moryeéia, as, 7, (uoryevw,) adultery,
Matt. xv. 19. Mk. vii. 21, al. Sept. and
Class.
Moyet, f. e¥ow, and mid. woryed-
omat, (orxos,) to commit adultery, gener.
and absol. act. Matt. v.27, ov moryevoets.
Rom. xiii. 9. Mk. x. 19, uy poryetons,
etal. Mid. once, John viii. 4. Diod. Sic.
i. 78. Xen. Mem, ii. 1, 5. Foll. by ace.
to commit adultery with any one, Matt. v.
28, 76n éuoltyevoev avTyv, and often in
Class. Fig. Sept. Jer. iii. 9. Symbol.
foll. by wera Tivos, Rev. ii. 22.
Moryxos, ov, 6, an adulterer, Lu. xviii.
1], et al. Sept. and Class. Fig. from the
Heb. one faithless towards God, &c. see in
Mo.yaXis, fin. Ja. iv. 4, and comp. Is.
lvii. 3.
MéXuts, adv. (u@Aos, podos, labour,)
= poyrs, but less Attic, with difficulty,
hardly, scarcely, Acts xiv. 18, al. and
Ciass.
ModXv'va, f. uve, prop. to spot, (fr. the
274
MON
obsol. woAvs, or wodds, a spot or stain, fr.
sow, accedo, lit. ‘something whereby an-
other colour is imparted than the original
one.) The term, however, signif. gener.
to sow both in the Class. writers, as Aris-
toph. Eq. 1286. Lucian, de Gymn. 2, and
Sept. as Gen. xxxvii. 31. Cant. v. 3. In
N. T. Rev. iit. 4, ovx éudAuvav Ta ipatia
avTwy, there is simply an allusion, by a
strongly figurative expression, to the de-~
filement of iniquity and sin, espec. by evil
communications, derived from the case of
a person whose clothes are soiled by mix-
ing himself with foul companions. At
Rev. xiv. 4, peta yuv. ovK suodtvOnoar,
there is reference to still greater moral
pollution. See Theocr. Id. v. 87. xx. 9.
So Liber Henoch. p. 182. Fabric. Cod.
Pseud. uraivectar év yuvareiv. At 1 Cor.
Vili. 7, 7 ouveidnots avTav podtveTat,
the sense is, ‘ their conscience is as it were
stained in its moral purity, by violence
being done to it. So Ammian. Mare. xv.
2, a person is said ‘ polluere conscientiam.’
And in Ecclus. xxi. 28, the soul is spoken
of as polluted by vices. And Plato p. 535,
K. says the soul is easily polluted, wodv-
vetat, WomwEep Sypiov Vetov (‘a swinish
beast’) gv aduabia, q. d. ‘when rolled in
the mud of ignorance and vice.’
MoXvopos, ov, 6, (uodvvw,) prop. a
soiling, and fig. defilement, pollution, in a
moral sense, 2 Cor. vii. 1, a@mo aavtos
foAvoMoU capKos Kal Tv. 1. e. purity from
all the pollutions produced by the carnal
appetites and sensual passions.
Mout, as, 1, (uéuopat,) fault
found, blame, censure, 1. e. ‘ occasion of
complaint,’ Col. iii. 13. Eurip. Orest. 1068,
9. Plato, Epist. vi.
Mov, 7s, 1, (uévw,) prop. @ stayeng in
a place, Xen. An. v. In N. T. abode,
dwelling, mansion, John xiv. 2. So qoretv
plovijy wapa Tit, ‘to make one’s abode
with any one,’ i. e. to abide or dwell with
him, fig. John xiv. 23, comp. Rev. xxi. 3.
prop. Thue. i. 131, wovijy moretoBar. Jos.
Ant. viii. 13, 7.
Movoyevijs, gos ous, 6, 7, adj. (ovos,
yévos,) only born, only begotten, i. e. only
child, Lu. vii. 12, wovoyevns TH pntpl.
vill. 42, Suyaétno pov. jv. ix. 38. Heb.
xi. 17. Tob. ii. 15. vi, 92 Ses. eee
4, Diod. Sic. iv. 73. In St. John’s writings
spoken only of 6 Adyos, the only begotten
Son of God in the highest sense, as alone
knowing and revealing the essence of the
Father, (implying his Divinity, or Divine
nature,) John i. 14, (where see my note,)
18. iii. 16, 18. 1 John iv. 9. Comp. Ao-
yos III.
Movos, n, ov, adj. only, alone, i.e. 1)
prop. ‘ without others,’ liter. ‘apart from
' others,” without companions, e. gr. of per-
MON
sons, Matt. xiv. 23, wovos ty éxet. Mk. vi.
47, kai avUTOS povos Emi TIS Yiis. ix. 2,
Kat idiav wovous. Sept. and Class. Fig.
of one acting by his own authority, alone,
John viii. 16; or as destitute of help from
another, ver. 29. xvi. 32. El. V. H. ix.
40. Of things, Lu. xxiv. 12, ta d0dmea
Keiueva pova, i.e. without the body of
Jesus. John xii. 24, 0 KoxKos—povos jé-
vet, i.e. sterile, barren. Used in an ad-
verbial sense, of persons and things, Matt.
iv. 4, obK éw’ GpTtw povw CyoceTar 6 avOp.
Johny. 44, tiv dd€av Thy Tapa TOU wovou
Qeou od Cntette. Jude 4. Rev. xv. 4, and
Class. So after ei uy, Matt. xi. 4, ei wt
Tots igosvot povors. Matt. xvii. 8, al. 2)
alone of many, ove out of many, Lu. xxiv.
18, ob povos mapoikets “Leoovcadrjm.
gers es tim_iv. 1]. Xen. Cyr. i.
4.27. Mem.i. 4,11. 3) neut. wovov as
adv. only, alone ; simply, Matt. v. 47, Tovds
adehqovs tuav povov. ix. 21, éav povov
aWwuat Tov inatiou avtov. Mk. v. 36,
al. and Class. After <i ui), Matt. xxi. 19,
ei uy PUAAG@ povov. Mk. vi. 8 With
negatives, e. gr. ut) puovov, not only, sim-
’ ply, Gal. iv. 16. Ja. i. 22; in antith. or
- gradation, foll. by d\Ad, Phil. ii. 12; by
a\X« Kal, but also, John xiii. 9, ui) Tos
qooas ou movov, AAA Kal Tas XETpas
x.7T.A. Hdian. ii. 5, 10. ob ovo, not only,
comp. in Ov III.; simply, Ja. ii. 24; in
antith. or gradation, foll. by a\Aa, Acts
xix. 26; by adda xai, but also, Matt.
xxi. 21. John v. 18, al. and Class. Hdian.
eee. wen. Cyr. 1.6, 17, al.
Movo@badpos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (udvos,
opbahpos,) one-eyed, having lost an eye,
es xviii. 9. Mk. ix. 47. Luc. Ver. Hist.
i, 3. ;
Movow, f. wow, (udvos,) to leave alone,
pass. to be left alone, e. gr. as a widow, to
be solitary, probably childless, 1 Tim. v. 5.
Diod. Sic. xix. 39, Xen. Ven. ix. 9.
Mopoiy, 7s, 7, form, shape, Mk. xvi.
12, gv etéoa poppy. Sept. Is. xliv. 13.
Xen. Ec. vi. 16. Phil. ii. 7, woppiy dov-
Aov AaBov, i.e. ‘appearing in a humble
and despised condition; where see my
note. In Phil. ii. 6, os gv pwoopmy Osov
uTapxwv, the sense is, ‘ subsisting in the
real form or nature of God,’ one and equal
with the Father. Mopqji) has the sense
nature, dpvors, so that év poopy Cou
um@aoxwy is equiv. to being of that nature,
of the same nature with God, i.e. being
God: so Test. x1. Patr. 644, Oeov év
sxXnzaT. avipwrov. Of this sense of
Hoey, see many examples in my Gr. Test.
in loc,
Mopdow, f. How, (noppi,) to form
or fashion, trans. Sept. Is. xliv. 138, where
the word is used of forming a block of
wood or stone intoastatue. And so in
275
MYE
other later Greek writers, as Plut. x. 207,
and the writer de Mundo, éumpémet TH
Oew auooppa poodovv. In N. 'T. pass.
to be formed, fig. Gal. iv. 19, axis ob
hoopwtn Xo. év vutv,i.e. ‘until the very
image of Christ be impressed upon your
hearts.” So Gregor. 0 Ty avTH TWioTEt
MELON PwMEVOS.
Mépodwors, ews, 7, (mopdow,) prop.
‘a forming or sketch of the outline’ of any
figure with chalk, &c. on a plain surface.
In N. T. form, appearance, (the Class. use
Moppwua, but wopd@wois in this sense
occ. Test. x11. Patr. 742,) e. gr. mere ex-
ternal form, 2 Tim. iii. 5, éxovTes pmop-
gwow evoeBeias. So Philo, p. 340, 14,
éTipuoppaCovtTwy Thy evoeBerav. By
impl. a@ prescribed form, norma, Rom. ii.
20, éxwv tiv p. THS Yvwoews, Ke.
‘having in the Law the very form and
figure of true knowledge prescribed by
God.’
Mocyotoréa, f. how, (udooxos, Trot-
éw,) to make a calf,i.e. the image of a
calf or bullock, Acts vii. 41. Comp. Ex.
xxxli. 4, sq. where Sept. has évoinoay
Oo Xov.
Mooxos, ov, 6, prop. shoot of a plant,
young and tender, Hom. [l. xi. 105. Dio-
scor. iv. 108. Hence a young animal, and
espec. in prose Class. and N. T. a calf; «
young bullock, Lu. xv. 23, et al. Sept. and
Class.
Movotkos, 7, ov, adj. (uovca,) de-
voted to the Muses, i. e. to the liberal arts
and sciences, Aristoph. Eq. 191. Vesp.
1244, and often in the earlier writers. In
N. T. it is explained a muszcian, performer
on a musical instrument, subst. Rev. xviii.
22, pwrvy KiQapwowv Kai povotkmy Kai
avAyntov. But of this sense little or no
proof exists. It would rather seem that
the meaning is sengers ; a sense found in a
passage of Artemid. iii. 49, where it is
said of the czcade@, grasshoppers, that in
dreams they mean ovo kots, and also
Tovs ovdevy wdedovvTtas; for, adds he,
grasshoppers are of no force, wAiyp Pwvijy
éxovolt. Hesych. however explains pov-
o.xos by WaAtns, for which he had, I
doubt not, good authority; and this I ap-
prehend to be the sense intended in the
present passage, namely, ‘the sound of
lyrists and harpers, of pipers and trum-
peters.’
M6yx8os, ov, 6, wearisome labour, tra-
vai, sorrow; in N. T. coupled wth «>-
mos, 2 Cor. xi. 27, év Komw Kai poyxOo.
1] Th. ii. 9. 2 Th. iii. 8. Sept. and Class.
MvedXos, ov, 6, marrow, Heb. iv. 12.
Sept. and Class.
Mvéw, f. tow, (uiw, to shut the
mouth, inasmuch as those initiated in the
MYO
heathen mysteries were to shut their
mouth, and not reveal what they were
taught,) to diteate, to instruct, viz. in
things before unknown, pass. Phil. iv. 12,
MEMUNMaL Kal YooTaCecQar Kal TeLvan,
‘I have been thoroughly instructed, fully
learnt ;> probably with allusion to the
heathen mysteries ; for the proper signifi-
cation of uvety is, ‘to initiate any one into
the heathen mysteries;’ and such is its
general sense in the Class. ; though some-
times it is used in the sense ‘to fully
imbue with knowledge ;’ as Diod. Sic. iv.
7, mvety Tovs dvVowmous’ ToUTO O éoTlDy,
TO OLOGOKELY TA KANG Kal cuudEepovTA.
MuGos, ov, 0, prop. and prim. ‘ some-
thing said’ for any purpose whatever,
whether to direct, counsel, &c. a saying,
i. e. zngunction, &c. or simply to narrate, a
speech, discourse, as Hom. Od. xi. 561.
Xen. Mem. i. 2, 58; and thence a narra-
tion, prop. by word of mouth, whether
founded on truth, as Hom. Od. iii. 94.
iv. 324, or fiction, as Hdot. ii. 54. Pind.
Ol. i. 47. Nem. vii. 34; also a narrative.
InN. T. fable, fiction, 1 Tim. i. 4. iv. 7,
Tous Oe BeBryXous Kat yoawdes pi0ous
Waoaitov, where see my note. 2 Tim. iv.
4, Tit. i. 14. 2 Pet. i. 16, cecomicpévors
am. So Diod. Sic. i. 93, pvGous wemhac-
fLévous.
Muxkeéopat, f. noouat, (nv,) to moo,
to low, prop. said of oxen, as in Homer,
Lucian, and other writers ; but sometimes
transferred to other animals, as asses or
camels. In N. T. said of a lion, fo roar,
Rev. x. 3, womep éwy puKatar. And
so Anthol. Gr. i. p. 246. Opp. Cyneg. iv.
and wiknua in Theocr. xxvi. 21.
Muktnpi Ca, f. iow, (uKri}0, nose,)
lit. to turn up one’s nose in scorn, and
hence to mock, deride, pass. Gal. vi. 7,
Ozos od puKTyoiCeTat, i. e. ‘God is not
to be mocked’ with impunity. The act.
form oft. occurs in Sept. and the pass. is
found at Prov. xii. 8. The word rarely
occurs in the Class.
MuvAtkos, 4, ov, adj. (uvAn, mill,)
belonging to a mull, e. gr. ifos pudrKos,
‘a mill-stone, Mk. ix. 42.
MuXos, ov, 0, (urn, fr. wiAdw,)
prop. a grinder ; hence a mill-stone, also a
mill. The mills of the ancients were
chiefly hand-mills, worked by two per-
sons, generally females, and composed of
two stones, of which the lower was called
meta ; and the upper 19), the rider, éari-
, °
puXzov, turned round upon it for the pur-
pose of grinding the corn, having a hole in
the middle for receiving the grain. See
Lucian Asin. xxviii. 42. Larger mills
were turned by an ass, whence the upper
mill-stone was called duixdés. InN. T.
276
AN Be
the word signifies, 1) @ mill, as Rev. xviii.
22, kal pwvy pvdou, where the sense is
either, ‘the sound of the mill,’ the noise
made by the mill in working, or by meton.
‘the song of the mill,’ i. e. the sound of
the singing in the mill, viz. of the maid-
servants while grinding. Comp. Is. xxiv.
8. Jer. xxv. 10. Ez.°xxviy Top ace
just before we have @wv7} Ki0aowday, &c.
In this sense the word occurs also in Sept.
Exod. xi. 5, and Plut. viii. 172. ix. 301.
2) by synecd. @ mall-stone, i. e. the upper
one, or rider, e. gr. wiAos dvikos, Matt.
xviii. 6. Lu. xvii. 2. gw. wéyas, Rev. xviii.
21. Sept. Judg.. ix. 05.0)2i Weegee
Anthol. Gr. iii. p. 46, 51.
MvAwy, wvos, 6, (uvXdy,) lit. a grind-
ing-place ;’ also, the place where the mill
is, mll-house, Matt. xxiv. 41, 600 a\10ov-
carey Tw wvAwve. Lucian Asin. 42, zis
Tov pmurtova eicayé pe. Vit. Auct. 27,
éuBarwv eis Tov pui@va. Thue. vi. 22,
o.ToTroLovs EK TwY puwvwyv. In which
passages, and in the one of St. Matthew,
we are to understand, not a private grind-
ing-place, but a public mill-house, where
corn was ground into flour and made into
bread. This is clear from the use of the
article, which is used very properly; puv-
wy being one of the nouns called monadice
nouns, on which see Middl. Gr. Art. in.
§ 3, and Winer, Gr. Gr. § 12, 2.
Muvptas, aoos, 4, (uvpios,) @ myriad,
i. e. ten thousand, Acts xix. 19. Sept. and
Class. Put, as in English, for any inde-
finitely large number, Lu. xii. 1. Acts
xxi. 20, al. Sept. Gen. xxiv. 60, al. and
Class. as Aéschyl. Pers. 691.
Mupi¢w, f. iow, (utpov,) gener. to
anoint with aromatic oil or unguents, for
any purpose whatever, as often in Aristoph.
Plut. and other Classical writers, espec.
for feasting, &c.; but sometimes for
burial. So Clem. Alex. Pedag. ii. 8,
pupiCovTat of vexpot. So Artemid. iv.
22, fin. vorovvtTi O& Tovnpa Ta mUoa, Ore
TO ouvetopéepecba veKow.
Muptos, a, ov, adj. in Class. as said
of persons, very many, tmnumerable ; of
things, zmmense, infinite ; used both in
sing. and plur. chiefly the latter; in N. T.
we have only plur. pueior, ten thousand,
prop. Matt. xviii. 24, nupiwv tadavTwv.
Sept. and Class.; as Diod. Sic. xv. 59.
Xen. Cyr. ii. 1, 5. Put, as in English,
and seacentit in Latin, for any indefinitely
large number, 1 Cor. iv. 15, éav pupious
Talaywyovs éxnte. xiv. 19. The idiom
is not unfrequent in Class.; but only as
used. of thimgs, as in 1° Cor. xiv7 197
Noyous. As used of persons, the only ap-
posite examples are Philo, t. ii. p. 533, !
Emol Yao pupior OLOdoKaXor yeyouact. |
MYP
Galen de Compos. Med. jupiors vTo-
PeBrAynKEvar TA WTA malijoews EvEKa.
Miooyp, ov, To, (Heb. 1, fr. an old
root pr eserved in the Arabic mz, to flow,
whence the Gr. uiow, to flow,) prop. any
aromatie juice distilling of itself from a
tree or plant, especially myrrh, pvopa,
omvpva, Aflian V. H. xii. 31. comp.
Diod. Sic. v. 41. Also, a fragrant oil, or
balsam, thence prepared. So Archil. ap.
Athen. p. 688, and often in Aristoph. In
_N. T. an aromatic or perfumed ointment,
wnguent, Matt. xxvi. 7, aN aBaotpov peu-
gov. ver. 9,12, et al. seepe Opp. to €Xauov,
Lu. vii. 46, as also Sept. and Class. as
Xen. Conv. ii. mee: Elian V. H. ix. 9.
Pol.«xxxi. 4, 1.
Muotnproy, fou, 70, (mtorns, fr.
puew,) @ mystery, lit. ‘something shut up,
or hidden, either wholly, or ‘partially ;
; something into which one must be
initiated, instructed,’ before it can be
known; (so it is in the Classies often
used of the various heathen mysteries) ;
something of itself not obvious, and -bey ond
human insight, so sometimes in Class.
also in Sept. and Apocrypha. In the
Evangelical sense, ‘that which is naturally
hidden from human reason, and only to
be known by the revelation of God.’ “See
more in Horne’s Introd. iv. 526. In N.T
the term is used, J. GENER. Matt. xiii.
‘ll, but Sédorat yravar Ta pusTiolre
THs Bac. Tov ovo. ‘the mysterious things
of the kingdom of heaven.” 1 Cor. xiv. 2,
Aaret puotip.a. Eph. v. 32, TO MUaTI-
ploy TouTO pméya éotiv. 2 Thess. lish,
TO puoTnp.ov THs avoutias, ‘mysterious
wickedness,’ i. e. hidden wickedness, as
yet unknown to Christianity, in opposition
to avokadktmTec8ar at ver. 8; ‘such as
had begun to work in secret, but was not
then completely manifested.’ Soin J oseph.
B. J. i. 24, 1, we have cakias pvotnozov.
in Bee. i. 20. x. 7. xvii. 5, 7, it denotes
‘a spiritual truth,’ couched under an ex-
ternal representation or similitude, and
consequently concealed until some ex-
avon be given. Thus in the passage
of Rev. i. 20, ro puoT Tp Loy TOV ETTE
[eg it means ‘ the spiritual meaning’
concealed under that symbol, And so of
the rest.—II. spxc. of the Gospel, the
Christian dispensation, as having been
long hidden, and first revealed in later
times ; and espec. with reference to its
most hidden doctrine, the uae of the
Gentiles, Eph. iii. g; ‘and Col. i. 26, ro
puaTnoLoy TO ATOKEKOUMLEVOD ATO THD |
aiwvwv. Eph. vi. 19, " pucTiptoy
TOU evayyeNiou. Col. ii TO pb. TOU
Geou, and iv. 3, and Eph, iil. i. A, tov Xo.
] Tim. iii. 9, tHs wictews. Rom. xvi. 25.
Cori 7: where sce ny note, and comp.
~F
~T
MQ P
99
cae li, 22, oVK Syvwoayv puoTipLd
Ocov. 1 Cor. iv. 1. xiii. 2. Eph. iii. 3. Col.
i. 27. So, of particular doctrines or parts
of the Gospel, Rom, x1. 20. 1] Corgxw ai,
Eph. i. 9, to ww. Tou SeAHuatos abou,
scil, Ocou, ‘ His purpose or will, long
hidden in the mind of God, namely, for
the eee of al men by Christ. In
1 Tim. 16, TO THs EvoeBelas por.
there is tefehe nce to the mysteries of the
Gospel dispensation in general, but chiefly
to that greatest of mysteries, * xod mani-
fested in the flesh, on which all the
others hinge.
Muwra lw, f. dow, Soren fr. uvw &
wu,) prop. to she the eyes, 1. &« close or
contract the eyelids, fo blink, like one who
cannot see clearly ; ‘hence by impl, to be
near- -sighted, Aristot. Prob. Sect. 3 od. Hig. 2
Pet. i. 9, & yao mi) TapecTL TaVTA, Mean-
ie he who does not acquire these virtues,
and does not practise these duties,’ Tuprés
éoTl, muwracwy, &c. ‘closing his eyes,
that he may not see the truth ; ;; meaning
what is similarly expressed by “connivens.
Comp. Matt. xii. 15, and Acts RVI
TOUS opbarpovs QUT@V EKaUMUoADY, Lh
TWOTE iOwoLt Tots opbah ors. Comp.
Marc. Anton. iv. 29, tu@dAcs (éo7t) 6
KATAMUGY TH vOEOW OmpaTtt. And soin
AeORe. Cid. Tyr. we have tup\ds—tov
VOUD,
Maw, wos, 0, (fr. wwXdos, battle,
and wy, the eye,) q.d. the mark left
from battle, as we say «@ black eye. See
Hesych. ; also gener. weal, i.e. mark from
a stripe or blow, | Pet. ii, 24, ov TH
POWITCL AVTOU DiaOnre, i.e. collect. stripes.
The word oft. occ. in the later Greek
writers, espec. Plutarch.
Mwucouat, f. hoouar, depon. mid.
(uepos,) to find fault with, carp at, blame,
with acc. 2 Cor. viii. 20, py TLS Nuas
pounonrar. So Wisd. x. 14. Prov. ix.
, Pwunoetar éeavtov. Hom. Ul, ii. 412.
FEschyl. Ag. 268. Aor. i éuwundry, as
pass. 2 Cor. vi. 3, wa pi) pwunly %
OLaKOvia.
Moos, ov, 6. Of this word it is fruit-
less, with the etymologists, to seek the
origin in the Greek language. It is mani-
festly the same word as the Hebr. Di:
which means prop. a spot or stain on the
surface of any thing, and thence a blemish ;
also, a bodily defect, as lameness or blind-
ness, Deut. xv. 21; and fig. a moral
stain, or disgrace, by some ‘vice. And
such is its sense in N, T.as 2 Pet, 1.713,
lomthot Kal po@pmor, ‘spots and_ stains,’
q. d. ‘they are a disgrace to you.’
Mwpaivw, f. ava, (uwpos,) prop. to
make dull or weak, seein Mwpos. Hence
used 1) of impressions on the taste, pass. to
MQ P
become insipid, tasteless, to lose its savour,
as salt, Matt. v. 13, and Luke xiv. 34, éav
dé TO addXas uwoavdy. 2) of the mind, to
make foolish, i. e. to show to be foolish,
with acc. 1 Cor.i. 20, ody Euwoavev 0 Osos
THY sopiay Tov Kocpou; Sept. Is. xliv.
15. Pass. Rom. i. 22, haskxovres eivar
sopol, guwoavOnoan, they became foolish,
‘acted like fools.’ Sept. 2 Sam. xxiv. 10.
Ts. xix. ll. In Class. pwoaivw, in this
sense, is intrans. to be foolish, to act fool-
ashly, Luc. D. Mort. xiii. 3. Xen. Mem. i.
lil:
Mwoia, as, 7, (uwods,) folly, ab-
surdity, 1 Cor. i. 18, 6 AOyos—tots pév
atro\\upevors pwpia éori. ver. 21, 23.
ii. 14. iti. 19. Apocr. and Class.
Mwpodoyia, as, 7, (uwooroyos fr.
woods, Aéyw,) foolish talk, Eph. v. 4. So
fwoodoyetv, Plut. vi. p. 669.
Mwoos, a, ov, adj. In tracing the ori-
gin of this word, etymologists are, I ap-
prehend, all wrong. It is simply the same,
with a dialectical change, as pavoos and
amavpos, ‘faint, weak,’ i. e. incapable of
making impressions on the senses, as sight
or taste: prop. dull, i. e. not capable of
making impressions on the taste, /aznt,
insipid, tasteless, Dioscor. iv. 18, piGar
yevoapnévw mwpai. Hippocr. de Dieta, ii.
27, 2. And so pwpaivecOar is used of
salt that has lost its saline property, Matt.
v. 13. Lu. xiv. 34. Hence, as applied to
the mind, (by the same translatio as that
of the Hebr. 9pm and the Latin crsulsus
and fatuus, and our iszpid,) it stands for
foolish, lit. addle-pated, by a metaphor de-
rived from a stale egg. In N. T. it signif.
as said of the mind, foolish. And so 6
pwpos, subst. a fool; e. gr. of persons,
Matt. vii. 26, duotwOjoeTar avdpi pwpw.
xxiii. 17, pwool kat tTu@dot. ver. 19.
xxv. 2, ai mwévtTe wwoat, sc. wap0évor.
ver. 3, 8. 1 Cor. iii. 18. iv. 10. In Matt.
v. 22, it means wicked, impious, like
aqowy, Ps. xiv. 1. liii. 2. Job ii. 10, and
Arr. Epict. iii. 22, 85; of things, 1 Cor. i.
25, TO wwoov tov Veou, i. e. ‘ what men
count foolish in the ordinances and pro-
ceedings of God;’ comp. ver. 23, 24. ver.
27, Ta uwpad Tov koopov. 2 Tim. ii. 23,
and Tit. iii. 9, Cyticers w. Sept. & Class.
both of persons and things.
N.
Nai, Heb. 83, adv. of affirmation, yea,
yes, certainly. 1) prop. i answer to a
pte AC % . 28 , a
guestton, Matt. ix. 28, muoreveTe OTL
OUvaMaL TOUTO WeLNTaL; Aeyouow aUVTw:
Nai, Kupre, al. sepe and Class. 2) as
expressing assent to the words or deeds of
a
278
NAP
another, Matt. xi. 26, vai, 6 Ilarie, [se.
d00@s Tovets,] 6TL OUTWS EYyEvETO Ev-
dofia k.7.’. Lu. x. 21. Rev. xvi. 7. Xen.
Mem. ii. 7, 14; foll. by «ai introducing a
subsequent limitation or modification,
Matt. xv. 27, and Mk. vii. 28, vai, Kuipue’
Kal yao Ta kKuvadpra x.7.X. and Class.
3) wtens. in strong affirmation, asseve-
ration, Lu. xi. 51, vai, Aéyw bytv, éx-.
CntnOnoerat K.t.X. xil. 5) Phil y20:
Rev. i. 7, vai, dunv. xiv. 13. xxii. 20, and
Class. Also with cal, yea and more also,
Matt. xi. 9. Lu. vii. 26, vai, Aéyw vutv,-
Kal TWeptoooTEepov Moodrtov, ‘yea, and
more than a prophet.” Xen. Conv. viii. 4;
with the art. vo vat, yea, (i. e. ‘ the word
yea, ) 2 Cor. i. 17, tva 4 mao’ zuot To
val, val, Kat TO ov, ov. ver. 20. Ja. v. 12;
with art. impl. Matt. v. 37. 2 Cor. i. 18, 19.
Naos, ov, 6, (vaiw, to dwell,) prop. a
dwelling ; hence a temple, as the dwelling of
a god; in Classic writers mostly equiv. to
ieoov, though sometimes spoken of the
interior and most sacred part of a temple,
the fane where the image of the god was
set up. In N. T. I. gener. of any tem-
ple, é€v yerpotroijtors vaots, Acts Xvi.
24, and Class. In Acts xix. 24, qmowy
vaovs apyuoous “AoTéutdos, means, ‘sil-_
ver shrines of Diana,’ 1. e. small models of
the temple of Diana at Ephesus, or at
least of its sanctum, containing a small
image of the goddess. So Hdot. ui. 63.
See more in my note in loc.—II. spec. of
the Temple at Jerusalem, or in allusion to
it, but spoken only of the fane itself, in
distinction from ieeov. See Joseph. Ant.
viii. 4, 1. xi. 4,3. 1) prop. Matt. xxiii.
16, bis, 6s av 6udon Ev TH Vaw, equiv. to
év TW Xovow Tov vaov. ver. 17, 21. ver.
35, weTaed TOU vaov Kal Tov DucLacTH-
ptiov. xxvii. 5, pivas Ta aoyvoelta ev TH
vaw, prob. in the entrance of the vads.
Lu. i. 9. John ii. 20. 2 Thess. ii. 4, and
Joseph. oft. 2) symbol. of the Temple of
God in heaven, to which that of Jerusalem
was to correspond, (comp. Heb. viii. 5.
ix, 1).). Rev. iii 12)
sepe. Test. x11. Patr. p. 550; comp.
Wisd. iii. 14. 3) metaph. of persons in
whom God, or his Spirit, is said to dwell
or act, e. gr. the body of Jesus, John ii.
19, 21; of. Christians, 1 Cor. iii. 16, sq.
vaos Ozov tore. vi. 19. 2 Cor. vi. 16.
Eph. ii. 21. Act. Thom. § 12, yiveo€e
vaol &ytot.
Ndooos, ov, n, nard, i. e. the oriental
spikenard. Heb. 373, Sanser. narda. The |
ancients extracted from it an oil or oint-
ment which was highly prized, (Theophr.
H. Plant. ix. 7. Dioscor. i. 66.) hence in
N. T. wipov vaodou mictikys, ‘ ointment
of pure spikenard, i. e. ‘the most pre-
cious,” Mk. xiv. 3. John xii. 3.
NAY
Navayéw, f. now, (vavayos, ‘one
shipwrecked,” fr. vaus, éyvup.,) to make
shipwreck, i. e. to be shipwrecked, intrans.
2 Cor. xi. 25, tois Evavaynoa, and oft. in
Class: ; fig. 1 Tim.i.19, v. epi tiv wistw.
So Philo, de Somn. p. 1128, D. vavay?-
cavtas Tepi yAWTTav aPupov. On the
exact nature of the metaphor, see my
note.
_Navxdoos, ov, 0, (vats, KAH~os,)
ship-owner, nauclerus, i. e. the master or
owner of a trading vessel, who took pas-
sengers and freight for hire, Acts xxvii.
11; see my note in Recens. Synopt. or
Gr. Test.
Naus, gen. vews, acc. vavy, 4, (from
the obsol. véw, cogn. with véw, ‘ to float.’
The first vessels were floats or rafts, such
as are still in use in the interior of South
America.) @ ship, vessel, Acts xxvii. 41.
Sept. and Class.
Navtys, ov, 6, (vavs,) a seaman or
sailor, (lit. ship-man,) Acts xxvii. 27, 30.
Rev. xviii. 17, and Class.
Neavias, ov, 0, (vedv & véos,) a
youth, a young man, Acts xx. 9, al. Sept.
and Class. Spoker of Saul, (i.e. Paul,)
Acts vii. 58, where, however, it determines
nothing definitely as to his age, since vea-
vias, like veavioxos, was applied to men
in the vigour of manhood, up to the age of
40 years.
Neavioxkos, ov, 0, (veav, fr. véos,) a
youth, a young man, Mk. xiv. 51, eis tis
veaviokos. Lu. vii. 14. Sept. and Class.
So of young men in the vigour of man-
hood up to the age of 40 years and up-
wards, Matt. xix. 20, 22; comp. Lu. xviii.
18, where it is doxwv. Acts v. 10, veavi-
oxo, i.e. ‘the younger members of the
community; equiv. to vewTepor in ver.
6; opp. to mpecBiTepor, Acts ii. 17; of
soldiers, Mk. xiv. 51. So Sept. and
Class.
Nexpos, ov, 0, adj. (véxus,) dead, used
also as subst.; prop. only of persons, or fig. in
allusion to them. In N. T. I. suBst. one
dead, adead person, as oft. in Hom. and the
early writers.—1. @ dead body, corpse, Matt.
Xxiil. 27, yemovow ooTéwv vexpwv. Rev.
mx. Jo. mept., Deut, xxvii. 6. Jer. vii. 31.
Xen. Cyr. iv. 6, 5, et al.—a11. gener. a dead
person, plur. the dead, e. g. 1) as yet
unburied, Matt. viii. 22, OaWae Tovs
-vexpous. Lu. vii. 15. Heb. ix. 17. So for
one slain, Rev. xvi. 3. Sept. and Class.
2) as buried, Jaid in a sepulchre, and
therefore as being in ddys, Lu. xvi. 30,
éav TIS ATO veKp@v Topevly Teds av-
trois. John v. 25. Acts x. 42, et al. Sept.
and Class. So oi vexpol év XoioTw, i. e.
‘those who have died in the Christian
faith.’ In reference to being raised again
279
NEK
from the dead, by resurrection, e. gy,
C@utes Ex vekowyr, fig. Rom, vi. 13. ws)
ex v. fig. xi. 15, So Gworrotety tovs v.
Rom. iv. 17. éyeioeiw vexoovs. Matt. x. 8,
al. éyeloewy Tid amo or EK VEKOWD,
Matt. xiv. 2. Acts iii. 15, al. dvaoryvat
éxk tav vexowy, Matt. xvii. 9, et al. ;
fig. Eph. v.14. 7 advaoraois Twy vexpwr,
Matt. xxii. 3], al. adv. 9 ék vexpwyv, Acts
iv. 2. 3) emphat. of vexpot, the dead, i. e.
utterly dead, extinct, both body and soul,
Matt. xxii. 32, odk goT1v O Os0s, Oeds vE-
Ko@v, ada Covtwv. Mk. xii.27. Lu. xx.
28. 4) fig. in plur. those dead to Christ and
his Gospel, spzritually dead. Matt. viii. 22,
apes Tous vexpovs K.T.A. ‘let the spi-
ritually dead bury their dead,’ 1. e. *let
no lesser duty keep you from the one
great duty of following me.’ So Rom. vi.
13. xi. 15. Eph. v. 14.—II. ApJ. vexpos,
a, ov, dead, in Attic and later usage.
—I. prop. Matt. xxviii. 4, éyévovtTo woet
vexooi. Acts xx. 9, kai np0yn veKpdos,
‘was taken up dead,’ (not ‘for dead,’ as
the recent foreign Commentators gener.
interpret, evidently to explain away one of
the miracles of the N. T. See more in my
note.) xxviii. 6. Rev. i. 17. Sept. and
Class. ; fig. for lost, perished, ‘given up as
dead,’ said of the prodigal son, Lu. xv. 24,
32, parall. with dvoAwAws. So, at least,
the Lexicographers explain, referring to
Aristoph. Ran. 420. Menand. Incert. fab.
188, p. 249; but the meaning is rather,
‘spiritually dead. See my note.—1I,
metaph. in opposition to the life or salva-
tion of the Gospel, which is ‘hid with
Christ in God.” 1) of PERSONS, dead to
Christ and his Gospel, spiritually dead,
(as Rev. iii. ], and prob. Lu. xv. 24.) viz.
in trespasses and sins, separated from the
vivifying influences of the Divine light
and Spirit, unable to do any thing good,
or to raise and convert themselves, as a
dead body is to quicken itself. There
seems also to be implied a being subject to
the second death, ‘ without hope of life
eternal.’ Foll. by dat. of cause or manner,
Eph. ii. 1, vuas dvtas vexgovs tapa-
TTwpact. ver. 5; with év, Col. n. 13;
with dv@ vt, Rom. vil. 10, 76 copa
vekoov Or apapTiay, i. e. ‘as to the body
ye still remain subject to sinful passions,’
etc. See, however, my note. Vice versa,,
vekoos eivat TH GuapTtia, ‘to be dead to
sin, no longer willingly subject to it,
Rom. vi. 11; equiv. to avofavety TH am.
in ver. 2. See Gal. ii. 19. 2) of THINGS,
dead, i. e€. iactive, inoperative, e. gr.
auaptia, Rom. vii. 8. aiovis, Ja. ii.
17, 20, 26. So gépya vexpa, ‘ dead works,”
i. e. ‘external 1ighteousness,’ not proceed-
ing from a living faith, and therefore fruit-
less, unable to justify, nay sinful, (see Art.
xvii. of our Church,) Heb. vi. 1. ix. 14.
NEAR
Nexodw, f. wow, (vexods,) to put to
death, and pass. to be put to death, to die,
prop. Anthol. Gr. iv. p. 276. In N. T.
fig. fo deaden, to deprive of force and
vigour, €. gr. Ta wed, i. e. to mortify,
Col. ili. 5; pass. part. vevexowévos, 1,
ov, deadened, i. e. dead, powerless, impo-
tent, (so Lat. emortwum or premortuum,)
as cwua vevexo. Rom. iv. 19. Heb. xi. 12.
In illustration of the figur. sense, comp.
Plut. ix. p. 758, gornoe tiv e€w éxra-
yeioay kat vexowVeioayv. Arr. Epict. iv.
5, TO aidnuoy aTovevéKpwrTat.
Néxpwors, ews, 7), (vexpdw,) prop. a
putting to death, hence 1) death, i. e.
violent death, 2 Cor. iv. 10, tiv véxow-
ow Tov ‘Incou év Tw cwuaTL TEpLé-
povtes, i. e. ‘ever exposed to suffer, for
the cause of Christ, the same violent death
which He suffered.” 2) fig. deadness, im-
potency, Rom. iv. 19. Arr. Epict. i. 5, 4.
Néos, a, ov, adj. young, new ; compar.
vewTepos, younger. 1) of PERSONS,
young, youthful, Tit. ii. 4, tva cwdpovi-
(wor Tas veas. Sept. and Class.; compar.
vewTEeoos, the younger, i. e. of two or
more, Lu. xv. 12, 6 vewrepos aitav.
Sept. and Class.; gener. for @ young per-
son, as in old Engl. a@ youxker ; plur. the
younger, in opp. to the elder, John xxi.
18, bre 1}: vewreoos. Acts v. 6, of vew-
TEp0L, equiv. to of veavioxor in ver. 10.
} Tim. vy. 1, al.; as implying inferior dig-
nity, Lu. xxii. 26, 0 ueiGwy—yevicbw ws
Oo vewTepos. Sept. Jer. i. 6, 7. Ceb. Tab.
2. Dem. 242, 15. Thue. i. 42. See more :
in my note. 2) of THINGS, new, recent, |
€. or. olvos, aoxol, Matt. ix. 17. Mk. ii. |
22, al. Sept. and Class. ; fig. of the heart, |
disposition, nature, as sexewed, and there-
fore betier, e. gr. 1 Cor. v. 7, tva até
véov Pvoaua, i. e. ‘a society greatly supe-
rior to the former. Col. iii. 10, tov véov
av@owrov, ‘the new man,’ as opp. to the
old; denoting that Christian disposition
which is the fruit of a man’s being ‘renewed
in mind and heart, after the image of his
Creator, and which is called by St. Peter
‘a Divine nature.’
Neooacds, ov, 0, (véos,) youngling, the
young of animals, espec. of birds. Lu. ii.
24, Ovo veoocols TWepicTeow@y. Sept. and
Class.
Neotns, nTos, 7, (véos,) youth, a word
occurring only in N. T. in the phrase ex
veotyntos, as Matt. x. 20, al. with the
single exception of 1 Tim. iv. 12, pyéeis
cou T7s v. KaTadooveitw, ‘let no one
despise thy youth,’ i. e. give no one reason
to despise thee on account of thy yonth,
i. e. ‘conduct thyself with the wisdom of |
riper age.” This word oft. occ. in Sept.
but almost always in the phrases é« veo- |
TyTos and éy vedTyT, the former of |
280
NEQ
which is not found in the Classics, but only
éx WaAtoos. ;
Neoduros, ov, 6, 4, adj. (véos, piw,)
prop. newly-planted. Sept. oft. In N. T.
as subst. fig. @ neophyte, new convert, 1
Tim. iii. 6.
Nevw, f. vetow, to nod, beckon, as a
sign to any one to do any thing, John xiii,
24, vever ov aitw Diuwyv avbécblar
K.T.. Acts xxiv. 10, vevcavtos ait@
Aéyerv: absol. in Hom. Od. xvi. 283.
fH]. V. H. xiv. 22. Its general sense,
however, is, ‘to assent or promise by a
nod.’
Ne@érn, ns, 7, (dim. of vé@os, as
nubecula of nubes,) prop. @ smal/ cloud,
Lu. xii. 54, comp. 1 K. xviii. 44; gener. a
cloud, Jude 12, ve@éXar Gvudpor, 2 Pet.
ii. 17. Sept. and Class. ; as accompanying
supernatural appearances and events, e. gr.
the pillar of cloud in the desert, 1 Cor. x.
1, 2; in connexion with Christ, as with a
voice from heaven, Lu. ix. 35; or at his
transfiguration, vepéAn wre, Matt.
xvii. 5, al. ; as receiving him up at his as-
cension, Acts i. 9; as surrounding him at
his second coming, Matt. xxiv. 30, et al.
seepe ; as surrounding ascending saints or
angels, 1 Th. iv. 17. Revs x. 2 a-
Négos, eos ous, TO, prop. @ cloud ; in
N. T. fig. for crowd, throng, Heb. xii. 1,
vemos paptvpwy. Hom. Il. xxiii. 133,
vedos eimeto meC@v. Hdot. viii. 109,
vicpos Tocovto avOowmwv, and oft. in
Class.
Neqgoos, ov, 6, @ kidney, Aristoph.
Ran. 476, usually plur. of ve@poi, the
kidneys, reins, Sept. Ex. xxix. 13, 32.
Job xvi. 13, & Class. e. gr. Aristoph. Lys.
962. Athen. lib. ii. And as the kidneys,
from their being placed in the inmost part
of the body, are, like the heart, re-
garded as the seat of the affections, so of
vedpoot in N. T. is used fig. for the zxmosé
mind, the seat of the desires and passions,
Rev. ii. 28, E0evv@v ved@povs Kal Kapdias,
as oft. Sept. in the sim. phrase, Ps. vii. 9.
xxv. 2. Jer. xi. 20. xvi Toe
Newkopos, ov, 6, (vads, Att. vews, &
Kkooéw.) The word at first meant simply
temple-sweeper, but afterwards, when the
humility of religious devotees made the
office sought after even by persons of rank,
the term came to denote temple-keeper ;
lit. prefect of a temple, who had charge
also of the decorations, Joseph. Ant. i. 7,
6. Xen. An. v. 3, 6; also simply worshzp-
per, ‘one who frequents the temple of
God, e. gr. of the Israelites in the desert, _
Jos. B. J. v. 9, 4, ots 6 Geds éEauTH
vewkopous nyev.. At length, what was.
properly applicable only to the person, -
came to be transferred to cities, who used -
NEQ
to bag a person to fill the office; and
as that expressed the attachment of the
cities, sothe word came to mean devoted
to the worship and service of the Deity in
question: thus in N. T. said of Ephesus, as
a worshipper, devotee of Diana, Acts xix.
35, vewkopos THS meyadrns ’ApTépmtoos.
See more in my note in loc.
~ Newtepikdos, 1, ov, adj. (vewrepos, )
youthful, pertaining to youth, 2 Tim. ii.
22, Tas v. érriOuuias pevye. Joseph. Ant.
xvi. 11, 7, avOadias vewr. Pol. x. 247, v.
Gyro.
N72}, prop. a particle of swearing, always
affirmative, and taking the acc. of that by
which any one swears, &c. In N. T. how-
ever, it is used as a particle of solemn
asseveration, whereby we protest a thing is
so or so, by some circumstance attesting
its truth, as 1 Cor. xv. 31, vi) Thy bm.
Kavyyowv, ‘by all my ground of glorying
in you,’ i. e. I protest, &c. So Sept. Gen.
xi. 15, 16, vy tiv vyizcav Papaw. Arr.
_ Epict. vi) TV Kaicapos Tixny éev0epoe
EgMEV.
N70w, f. vow, (= véw,) to spin,
absol. Matt. vi. 28. Lu. xii. 27, ovde v0,
i. €. Ta Kpiva. Sept. and lat. Class,
Nywia lw, f. aow, (vizios,) to be as
a child, childlike, intrans. 1 Cor. xiv. 20,
TH Kakia vnTieete, i. e. ‘be ignorant of
evil, comp. Matt. xviii. 3. Gr. prov. dva-
piper Of TOU vytiou KaB’ jALKiav ovdev
0 év Tals Ppeci vyTLaCwv.
Nios, ia, cov, also of two endings,
6, 7, adj. (vn- insep. wn, E7ros, prop. ‘not
speaking,’ zfans, and hence an infant,
child, babe, without any definite limita-
tion of age.) 1) prop. Matt. xxi. 16, éx
STOMATOS VyTiwy Kal OnrAaGovTwv. |
Cor. xiii. 11, 6ve Huny vimios K.7.A. By
impl. @ minor, one not yet of age, Gal. iv.
1. Sept. and Class. 2) metaph. bade, for
one unlearned, unenlightened, simple, ina
good sense, Matt. xi. 25, daexaduwWas
auta vytios. Lu. x. 21. Rom. ii. 20;
implying censure, | Cor. iii. 1, ws vyzriots
év Xototw. Gal. iv. 3. Eph. iv. 14. Heb.
v. 13. Sept. Prov. i. 32. Ps. xix. 7, and
sometimes in Class. but only in the sense
‘foolish.’
Nyociov, ov, To, (dim. of vacos,) an
islet, Acts xxvii. 16.
Nicos, ov, 1, (véw, to float,) an
island, Acts xiii. 6, al. sepe, Sept. & Class.
Nyorteia, as, 4, (vnoctevw,) the act of
Fasting, and the state of fasting, fast. In
_N.T. 1) gener. fasting, for want of food,
2 Cor. vi. 5. xi. 27, év Aww Kat diWen,
éy vnoretais woAdakis. Plut. vii. 642,
vyotetar. 2) in a religious sense, e. gr.
of the private fastings of the Jews, some-
times twice a week, Matt. xvii. 21, and
281
NIK
Mk. ix. 29, gv woocevyy Kat vyoreia’
Lu. ii. 37. 1 Cor, vii. 5. Sept. for ow
Danwixi.a, and: Tey lyin 3) ) Ps lei a:
Spec. the fast, i. e. ‘ the great annual public
fast? of the Jews, the great day of atone-
ment, which occurred in the month Tisri,
corresponding to the new moon of Octo-
ber, and thus served to indicate the season
of the year after which the navigation of
the Mediterranean became dangerous, Acts
xxvii. 9. Comp. Lev. xvi. 29, sq. xxiii.
27, sq. Jos. Ant. iii. 10, 3. Philo, de Vit.
Mos. ii. p. 657. C. Plut. viii. p. 669, 12.
And so at Athens the middle day of the
Thesmophoria, on which there was a fast,
was called Nyoteia, ‘ the Fast.’
Nyotevo, f. evow, (vjotis,) to fast,
to abstain from eating; in N. 'T. only of
private fasting, Matt. vi. 16, sqq. et al. seepe.
Sept. Atl. V. H..v. 20; with the notion
of grief, mourning, with which fasting was
often connected, Matt. ix. 15, aevletyv—
vynorevoovow. Mk. ii. 20. Lu. v. 34, 35;
of our Saviour’s supernatural fast of forty
days, Matt. iv. 2, where it is plain from
Lu. iv. 2, od« tpayev ovdev, She ate
nothing whatever,’ that entire abstinence
from food must be meant. If so, as Mr.
Rose observes, our Saviour’s life was mi-
raculously preserved, though -he was not
the less alive to the pains of hunger.
Niowres, tos, 6, 4, adj. (vy- insep. wr,
éo0iw,) fasting, plur. acc. viorers, Matt.
xv. 32. Mk. viii. 3. Dion. Hal. Rhet. ix.
16, vijorers : elsewhere generally in sing.
Ny@peaXuos, ia, cov, adj. (viigdw,) in
Class. sober, temperate, abstinent, espec..
in respect to wine; in N. T. fig. sober-
minded, watchful, circumspect, 1 'Tim. ili.
2, O&t ouv Tov ETmiokoTrov elvat VNPaNtov.
ver. 1]. Tit. 11.2. Not found in Class.
who use v7igwy.
Nido, f. Www, in Class. gener. to be
sober, temperate, abstinent, espec. in respect
to wine, as Soph. Cid. Col. 100, vugwy
aoivors. In N.T. to be sober-minded, and
by impl. watchful, circumspect, intrans.
1 Th. v. 6, yonyop@mev Kal vidwmev,
and ver. 8. (so in Plut. Pol. Prec. we
have ayoutvayv kai vidwyv, and | Pet. v.
6, vnWwate, ypnyooncate.) 2 Tim. iv. 5,
ov 0& unde ev wact. | Pet. i. 13. iv: 7,
unate eis toocevyas, render, ‘be ye
vigilant unto your prayers,” be vigilantly
attentive to prayer. Similar to ty 7rooc-
eux] WoookaoTeopetTe, Col. iv. 2, and TF
TpocEeVXH ToockapTeoouvTes, Rom. xii.
12. also awpooméver—tats mwpyocevyats,
1 Tim. v. 5. By a similar mode of ex-
pression it is said in Lucian, Hermot. 47,
UAPE, KAL MEMVNTO ATLOTELD.
Nixao, f. now, (vixn,) to be victorious,
e. gr. I. INTRANS. to come off victor, carry
NIK
one’s cause, Rom. iii.4, darws av viknons év
Tw KkplvecU8ul os, i. e. over their accusers,
by being acquitted. Of the word thus used
in a judicial sense, examples are found in
the Class. as Liban. Or. p. 249, vixav
avacats. Iseus, Or. iv. Ti wpedovueba
vikycavtes; So also Hom. Il. i. 576,
éTelL TH YXEpeiova viKa, but gener. with
the addition of diknv, yuwuny, and such
like. In the military sense this intrans.
use is found in Hom. Il. iii. 71, owarore-
pos 6é ke vixnon, and 255. In Rev. v. 5,
éviknoey 0 Aéwy—avotEat TO Bt3Xtov,
there may be, as Vitringa and Hichhorn
suppose, an allusion to carrying a cause in
a court of justice, évix. standing for 7£&1-
wOn. In ver. 4 we have a@&.os evpébn.
As, however, this view involves something
not a little harsh, it is better to suppose
vik@ here used, as the Lat. prevaleo, for
vim habere, as Pliny, H. N. xxviii. 7, ‘ Lac
prevalet ad vitia in facie sananda.’ And
so oft. valerein Lat. for vires habere, posse.
—II. TRANS. prop. to overcome, conquer, with
acc. Lu. xi. 22, grav 6 isyupoTenos—v-
kyon avutov. Rev. xi. 7. xiii. 7. fig. Rom.
xii. 21, vixa év Two aya0w TO Kaxov. Also
to overcome spiritually, either as said of
Christ, John xvi. 33. Rev. iii. 21, ‘ who
overcame the powers of evil,’ or of his /ol-
lowers, who are bound to fight under his
banner against sin, the world, the flesh,
and the Devil, 1 John v. 4, wxa@ tov
xoopov, and ver. 5. ii. 18, 14. iv. 4.
Hence part. absol. 0 vixwy, ‘ the victor,’
‘he that overcometh,’ Rev. ii. 7, 11, 17.
ili. 5, and oft. in Rev. where sometimes
we have the nomin. absol. as ii. 26. iii. 12,
21. In Rev. xv. 2, Tots vik@ytas éK TOU
Snoiov, there is a constr. pregn. by Hebr.
for ‘those who have come off conquerors
out of (or after) contest with the beast.’
Niky, ns, 7, prop. victory in battle, or
any advantage gained over any one. In
N. T. by meton. of the effect for the effi-
cient, ‘the ground or means of victory,’
1 John v. 4, atty éotly 4 vikyn 4 veEKN-
saca Tov Koocpov, i. e. that principle
whereby we overcome the world. See
vikaw IT,
Nikos, eos ous, TO, (vixn,) victory, a
later form for vicky, 1 Cor. xv. 55, aou
cov, dyn, TO vikos; and ver. 57. So eis
yikos, adv. victoriously, triumphantly,
Matt. xii. 20. 1 Cor. xv. 54, where see
my note.
Nirtip, joos, 6, (virtw,) a wash-
hasin, John xiii. 5.
Nita, f. Ww, to wash some part of
the body, as the face, hands, feet. Trans.
tO mpocwmov, Matt. vi. 17; by impl.
Tous op0a\povs, John ix. 7, 11, 15. tas
yetoas, Matt. xv. 2. Mk. vii. 3. tTovds qro-
éas, John xiii. 5, 6, 8, sqq. Sept. & Class.
282
NOM
Noéw, f. i0w, (vdos,) prop. to see with
the eyes, to perceive, as 6cpUadmots voeiv,
Hom. Il. xxiv. 294. iii. 396. Xen. An. iii.
4, 44; also ‘to remark, observe,’ as Hom
Od. iv. 116, et al. Ti No Pe Gieitos sen
perceive, with the mind, i.e. 1) to per-
ceive, understand, comprehend, absol. Matt.
xvi. 9, vt7rw voette; John xii. 40, 7H
Kapota: with acc. expr. or impl. Eph. iii.
4, dvayiwa@oKovTes vonoar Giveciv pou.
ver. 20. Rom. i. 20. 1 Tim. i. 7. foll. by
infin. Heb. xi. 3; by ort, Matt. xv. 17,
al. Sept. Prov. 1. 2,°6:) All Voss
Diod. Sic. v. 31. Plut. Thes. 3. In Eph.
ill. 20, varéo ék Teptocou wy aiTovmea,
7) vootweOa, the sense is conceive, embrace
by thought, (whence vonpa, ‘a mental con-
ception,’) as in Hom. Il. xv. 81, ws 6 oTav
aiEn voos dvepos—gpecl mevkaXipyor
voyon, Ev®’ inv, 4 év0a, pevownjoEeé TE
jwo\Xa. 2) to have, or turn in mind,
think of, consider, absol. Matt. xxiv. 15.
Mk. xii. 14, 0 dvayivwoKwy vositw: with
acc. 2 Tim.ii.7, voer & Xéyw. Ecclus. x1.
7, voyoov Wo@Tov Kal TuTé EWITipa.
Hom. Il. xv. 81, et al. Arr. Epict. i. 1.
N 6a, atos, TO, (voéw, ) a thought, i. e.
what has passed through the mind, as
Hom. Od. vii. 36, vées @KeTal, WoEL TTE-
oov, 72 vonua. And so often in Plato. 1)
prop. ‘any thing thought out,’ excogitated;
hence a purpose, project, whether good (as
Hom, Il. x. 104, and often both in sing.
and plur.) or evil, as in N. T. 2 Cor. ii.
11, ob yap abrov (Tov Yatava) Ta von-
fata ayvooupev, and x. 5, aixuahwrti-
Corres wav vonua. Baruch ii. 8. 3 Mace.
v. 30. 2) meton. as in Engl. for the mind,
e. gr. the understanding, 2 Cor. iii. 14,
érrwpwr Ta voimata avTwv. iv. 4; also
the affections, disposition, xi. 3, un oUTw
plaoy Ta vojwata vuwy. Phil. iv. 7.
Hom. Od. xx. 82, 346. Hes. Op. 128.
Pind. Pyth. vi. 29. Plato, p. 197,°C. ‘but
only in sing.
N 680s, ov, 6, 7, adj. as often in Hom.
joined with vids, spurious, wlegatimate, as
said of offspring, Heb. xii. 8, voBo. éore
Kal ovX viol, i.e. not true sons, meaning
not spiritual sons. See Rom. viii. 14, 17,
19. Gal. iv. 7. 1 John iii. 1. So Aristoph.
Av. 1694, vo8os «i kai ov yviotos, 3
passage chiefly worthy of notice, from the
similarity of the sentiment ; for of the word
in question examples are by no means
rare. .
Noun, 4s, 1, (véww, act. to feed per-
sons or pasture cattle, also neut. to feed,
take food, whence vouy, fr. vivoua,) feed-
ing, or pasturage, Xen. icon. vii. 20.
Eurip. Cycl. 61, and oft. Only fig. in
N.T. John x. 9, voi etpnoes, ‘shall :
find [spiritual] nourishment,’ namely, that —
which shall nourish the soul unto ever-—
NOM
lasting life. And as the word is used gener.
of the act of feeding, A®lian, V. H. xiii.
1, so it is also used spec. of that spreading
of a gangrene or ulcer by which it eats
away the sound flesh. And so in Hippocr.
de Ulcer. p. 516. Jos. Bell. vi. 2.9. Hence
the phrase vouijy qovetobar, Polyb. i. 81,
and in N. T. vou éxeuv, as in 2 Tim, ii.
(17, 6 NOyos aitay ws yayypaiva vou
¢£e1, i.e. ‘will spread further, has a ten-
dency to spread further ;’ answering to the
plainer expression at Acts iv. 17, iva pj
emi mHeiov dravennOy.
NopiCw, f. iow, (vdmos, which see,)
1) to ‘establish a thing by law or usage ;
2) to adopt it when established, and regard
it as fixed by law or custom, 1) prop. to
do any thing by custom, to be accustomed,
or wont; as Hdot. ii. 51, tavta vevoni-
kaot, and oft. Pass. Acts xvi. 13, ob évo-
uiteto moocevxX) eivar, ‘ where, accord-
ing to custom, was the proseuche,’ (a sense
frequent in the Class. from Hdot. and
Thucyd. downwards, espec. in the parti-
ciple pres.) or ‘where prayer was wont to
be made.’ See my note there. 2) gener.
to recognise or acknowledge any thing as
being what law has prescribed or custom
fixed, and gener. to regard as so or so;
e. gr. Tiva Gedy vouiCew in Dinarch. 102,
13, and Xen. oft. vouiCerv Jeovs. So pass.
Lu. iii. 23, ds évouivero, ‘as he was re-
garded, reckoned,’ namely, according to
Jewish custom. Dem. 1022, 16, ot vopr-
Comevor pev vieis, ui) GuTEes O& yéever 2&
avta@v. Hdot. iv. 180, tovTov trais vopi-
Getar. Hence gener. to think, suppose,
regard, foll. by inf. with acc. Lu. ii. 44,
vouicavTes Of aUTOV ev TH CUVOOLGA £ivat.
Acts vii. 25. viii. 20. 1 Tim. vi. 5, vouu-
Govtwy Topicpoyv eivar Ti svoéBeray,
i. e. ‘accounting, regarding the Gospel-
scheme (1 Tim. iii. 16.) as a mere means
of acquiring gain.’ So Jos. Bell. ii. 21, 1,
aoeTyy TyoUpevos Thy atatyy. Dion.
Hal. iii. 5, yonuaticpoy nyovmevor Tov
qorepov. In | Cor. vii. 26, vouiGw tov-
To Kaov vTapxeuv, it has the force of
‘my opinion is.’ So Lat. censeo; e. gr.
Cic. Epist. Fam. vii. 13, ‘ Treviros vites,
censeo.” And so Plato, Phed. p. 230, ws
vouilw ouppepe Nui, YEevouevwv Tov-
TW.
Nopikos, 7), ov, adj. (vduos,) pertain-
ing to law, 1) gener. of things, Tit. iii. 9,
axa voulkal, i.e. disputes relating to
the Mosaic law, 2) of persons, one skilled
in the law, a lawyer, Tit. iii. 13, Tov vo-
puxov. Plut. vii. 99, of vourxot. Strabo,
xii. p. 813, of mapa ‘Pwpyaiors voutkoi.
Arr. Epict. ii. 13,7. Diog. Laért. vi. 54.
In the Jewish sense, an interpreter and
teacher of the Mosaic law, (as Jos. Bell.
ii. 21, 7,) equiv. to vouodsdacKxados and | CernGev.
283
NOM
ypaupateds, (which see,) Matt. xxii. 35,
& x. 25, voutkos tes, et al. Dissert. vii.
& xii. Trigland de Kareis, p. 66. Reland.
Diss. Misc. P. ii. p. 90, and my note on
Matt. xxii. 35.
Nopinws, adv. (vdutpos, fr. vdpos,)
lawfully, ‘according to law or custom,’
1 Tim. i. 8, avTw v. xo7nTaL, i. e. act upon
it, fulfil its injunctions. 2 Tim. ii. 5, éav
ui) v. GOAHjoyn. Arr. Epict. iii. 10, 8, ei v.
nOAnoas, and oft. in Class.
Noptopma, atos, TO, (vouitw, to use
as money, Plato Eryx. p. 400,) prop. ‘ any
thing prescribed by law or custom, To
vevoutopevov e0os. Hence current money,
coin, Matt. xxii. 19, TO v. Tov Kihvoov,
and Sept.; also oft. in Class. from Xen.
downwards.
NopodsddoKxanXos, ov, 0, (vdpos, dt-
OaoKaNos,) lit. a law-teacher, ‘a teacher
and expounder of the Jewish law,” equiv.
to vourkos and yoaupatevs, Lu. v. 17.
Acts v. 34. (See on ypapuuartevs, Lu. v.
17.) Spoken also of Christian teachers
who obtruded themselves upon the churches
as expounders of the Mosaic law, 1 Tim.
i. 7, SéXovTES Eivar vouod.
Nopovecia, as, 4%, (vosoleTEw, for
the phrase vouov Tifevat, ‘to lay down a
law,’ law-giving, legislation, the giving of
a code of laws. So Plato Legg. 684, 7
KaToiktors Kai vouol. et sepe al. In N.T.
by meton. the law so given, or laws, THE
LAW, e. g. the Mosaic code, Rom. ix. 4,
av ait dralyKae Kat 4 vowo9. 2 Mace. vi.
23, 0 Noytopov avakaBwvu—tis ayias Kat
JeoktTicTov vouolecias. Jos. Ant. iii. 13,
Dd. Vi. 5, 6. - Dion: Hal. Ant. 11. 23. “Pint
Reisk. vi. p. 892, Ews ot wavTaTraciy
vTeo.oovTes TY AuKovpyov vouod.
Nopoberéw, f. now, (vouoberns,) to
make or give laws, to enact as law, 1)
prop. and with dat. for any one, Xen.
Apol. Socr. 15, Avxovpyou tov Aaxedat-
poviows vomolerHocavTos. Sept. Ex. xxiv.
12, ras évtoXas, ds Eypaba vopobeT7-
cat avtors. Hencein N. T. pass. fo be
legislated for, to receive laws, (where the
dat. of the active construction becomes
the nom. to the passive,) Heb. vii. ll, 6
Lads yao em avty vevouolérnTo, ‘ for
the people received the ( Mosaic) law upon
this condition,’ i. e. of being under the
Levitical priesthood, So Jos. Ant. ii. 11,
A, éml TH aUTOU aTimia ToLaUTa@ éEvopo-
Géetnoe. 2) to establish, sanction, prop. as
law, or by law, act. Xen. Mem. iv. 4, 25,
and oft. in Class. In N.T. pass. Heb.
vill. 6, 4TLs (OrabHKn) emt KpeitToow
éTrayyeNiats vevopobéeTyTat. Deut. xvii.
10, wroujoar Kata TWavTa boa av vomo-
Bernby cor. Jos. Ant. iii. 15, 5, To vouo- '
And so Plato, as H. Steph. tes-
NOM
tifies, sometimes uses it for legi subjici,
legem accipere.
Nowodérnes, ov, 6, (vouos, TiOnput,) a
lawgiwver, Ja. iv. 12, and Class.
Nopos, ov, 6, (vévoua, fr. véuw, to
divide out, allot,) prop. ‘ what is assigned,
allotted, or ordered’ for any one to have or
to do, or ‘that principle which assigns or
marks out’ to every one his duty. So
Etymol. Mag. vouos’ 6 véiuwy act TO
ogov. Of course, there is an implied notion
of ordering, as is the case in all terms
denoting law, in every language. Thus,
for instance, the Lat. Lew and our law
(anciently Ley, Lage) is the past partic.
of the Goth. laggan, to lay down, and
means any thing lad down, (1. e. ordered, )
as arule of conduct. So Hooker defines
law to be ‘that which assigns unto each
thing the kind, that which moderates the
force and power, that which appoznts the
form and measure of working.’ In like
manner JSecuds comes from tify, ‘to
Jay down.’ Thus a man’s right by law is
only what it is ordered he shall have. A
view certainly in the mind of Pindar,
when he says: Nouos 6 wavTwy Bact-
Asets. But besides this sense of vouos,
there isanother and qualified one, namely,
that of custom, which, by long prescription,
becomes law. So Thucyd. ii. 37, speaks
of laws, Goo. G@yoagor ovtes explained
by the Schol. 26. And so oft. in Hdot.
and other Class, In N. T. the word only
‘means Jaw, as something lazd down or
prescribed, by some authority, human or
divine. I. gener. and without reference to
a particular people or state, Rom. iv. 15,
ov yao ovK zoTL VOmos, olde TaNaBacls.
v. 13. vii. 8, ywpis vosov auaoTia veKod.
1 Tim. i. 9, édtxkaiw vomos ov KetTat.
Xen. Mem. i. 2, 41, and oft. in Class.—
Il. spec. of particular laws, statutes, ordi-
nances, spoken of in N. T. mostly of the
Mosaic, viz. 1) of laws relating to czvel
rights and duties, John vii. 51, ar) 6 vouos
nev Kolver TOV avPow7or ; Vill. 5. Xix.
7. Acts xxiii. 3. xxiv. 6. So the law of
marriage, Rom. vii. 2. 1 Cor. vii. 39; of
‘the Levitical priesthood, Heb. vii. 16,
also ix. 19, kata vouov, ‘according to
the ordinance or command, i.e. respecting
the promulgation of the law. 2) of laws
relating to eaternal religious rites, e. gr.
purification, Lu. ii. 22. Heb. ix. 22; cir-
cumcision, John vii. 23. Acts xv. 5; sacri-
fices, Heb. x. 8. 3) of laws relating to
énternal religious principle on the hearts &
consciences of men, as influencing their
conduct, Rom. vii. 7, 6 vouos éeyev"
OvK ériOuproers. Ja. ii. 8. Heb. viii. 10.
x. 16, dudods vouous jou ET Kagdias av-
+tav. 4) by impl. for a written law, a
law expressly given, 6 vojgos eyyoaTTos.
284
NOS
Rom. ii. 14, €6vn Ta wi) vouwov ExovTa—
éauTois eioe vouos. Diod. Sic. i. 94, vopos
éyyoatTo..—IIl. THE LAW, i. ec. the
body of laws contained in the Mosaic code,
and that whether moral or ceremonial.
1) prop. Matt. v. 18, iota Ev—ob ph
mape\On aro Tov vomov. xxii. 36, Lu.
xvi. 17, & oft. ot && vomov, of ey vopw,
ot umo voyov, ‘those under the Mosaic
law,’ Rom. .iv. 16: in. 19. FT Corse,
dcot év vouw, id. Rom. ii. 12. Sept. Deut.
i. 5. iv. 44, al. 2) fig. for the Mosaic
dispensation, Rom. x.4, téXos yao vouou
Xorotos. Heb. vii. 12. x. 1. 3) meton.
for the book of the law, prop. the books of
Moses, the Pentateuch, Matt. xii. 5. Lu.
ii. 23, et al. So Sept. Neh: yni. 2)” As
forming part of the Old Test. 6 vouos Kai
ot woopyta, Matt. v. 17. Lu. xvi. 16.
Johni. 46, et al. Jos. de Macc. 18. 6 vomos
M. kai moog. kal Wadpot, Lu. xxiv. 44.
Also simply 6 voéyos, for the Old Testa-
ment, John x. 34. xii. 34. 2 Macc. i. 18.
—IV. fig. vouos rédeos, Ja. i. 25, ‘the
[more] perfect law, the Christian dispen-
sation, in contrast with that of Moses,
which made nothing perfect, Heb. vii. 19.
ix. 19, called at Ja.i. 25, vouos o THs
éXev0epias, as freeing believers from the
yoke of ceremonial observances and the-
slavery of sin. This is also called, Rom.
iii. 27,‘ the law of faith,’ as opposed to
any law of works. On the phrase épya
vonou at Rom. iii. 28, and ix. 32; see Bp.
Bull’s Harm. Apost. ch. vi. Also, ‘ the
law of the spirit of life, in opposition to
the law (i. e. power) of sin and death,
Rom. viii. 2. Also, at ix. 31, vou. dixac-
octvys, as containing Evangelical right-
eousness, in opposition to that arising from
any law of works; (such as is adverted to
at Phil. ii. 6, 9. Tit. m5, et 4 ewe
that imputed to sinful man, through faith
in Christ, by which his past sins are for-_
given, and he is accepted, as righteous, to
life eternal. See Rom. iv. 6, 7, 8. v. 18,
21. x. 10. Phil. iii. 9. Also used of the
laws, precepts, established by the Gospel,
e. or. 0 vouos XotoTou, Gal. vi.2; absol.
Rom. xiii. 8, 10, wAjpwua ody vomov %
ayann.—V. fig. law, i. e. norma, rule,
standard, of judging or acting, or a prin-
ciple of action, Rom. iii. 27, dca arotov
vOMOU; TV Eoyuv;ovXl’ 4X Ora vOuov
Tiorews. vii. 21, 23,25. viii. 2,7. In the
sense of rule of life, discipline, Phil. iii. 5,
Kata vouov, Paproatos. Arr. Epict. 1.
26, 1.
_ Nocéw, f. now, (vdcos,) to be sick, to
suffer under bodily disease, prop. Hdot. i.
105. Thue. 1:.1382 In N. Pte. eee
mepi T1, ‘to have asickly longing’ for any
thing, to pine away, ‘ have a morbid fond-*
ness for,’ 1 Tim. vi. 4, voo@v qept CyTH-
NOX
gers Kal Noyouayias. So Plut. de Iva
Cohib. 14, tots meoi do0Eav vocovow.
Plato, Phedr. p. 228, wreol Noywv axonp.
Nooypma, atos, Td, (vocéw,) sickness,
disease, equiv. to vooos, John v. 4, and
Class.
Noocos, cv, 6, 7), prop. sickness, disease,
Matt. iv. 23, Sepawevwy Twacav vocon,
and ver. 24, where see my note, et sepiss.
Sept. and Class. Metaph. used to denote
the pain or sorrow of sickness, Matt. viii.
17, avtos Tas doVeveias uav eae Kat
Tas vooous £Baotacev, where the latter
term relates to disorders of the body, the
other to the diseases of the soul, (not of
the mind, as most, even orthodox, Com-
mentators explain, ) namely, those diseases
of the soul by sin, (see Ps. xli. 4. ciil. 3.
-cxlvii. 3,) alone to be healed by the great
Physician of souls, Jesus Christ, that
‘Sun of righteousness,’ who, arising ‘ with
healing: in his wings, by the efficacy of
his blood, (as it is said, 1 Pet. ii. 24, ‘ by
whose stripes ye were healed,’) healeth our
spiritual disorders, and by the potent in-
fluence of his Spirit helpeth our infirmities,
enabling us both to will and todo. By
the same allusion it is said, Ps. xxxvil. 4,
“ Mine iniguities are a burden too heavy
for me to bear.” And in Gal. vi. 2, such
aoGQeverar are called burdens, as being
burdensome to those who bear them, and
to others—burdens from which Christ alone
sets us free. So again in Ps. xl. 12, it is
said, ‘ Mine iniquities have taken such
hold of me, that Iam not able to look up,’
where there is an allusion to disorders so
violent in their nature as not to permit
the sufferer even to look np. Now the
Saviour is represented as suffering in his
own body the sins of many, inasmuch as
‘on him were laid the iniquities of us
all.” See Is. liii, And he calls those ini-
quities his own, of which he bore the
penalty. Of this spiritual sense of the
term, it is said no example occurs in the
Classical writers. Yet Plato speaks of
various vices, and of vice in general, as
disorders of the soul; e. gr. Soph. p. 228,
_TO péev Tovypia KaovmEVOV Vooos av’Tis,
scil. THs Wuy7s, and 691, tis peyiorns
vooou, avoias, tAnpwletoa. 477, kakiav
av pioas aobéveray eivat Kal vooov.
610, tiv ddixiav eivac Savacimoy TH
E£XOvTi, WoTE VOGoOV.
Noocora, as, 7, (a contracted later
form for veooo.a, from veooaos,) a nest,
i.e. with the young. Sept. Ps. Ixxxiii. 3.
Pausan. ix. 30, sq. In N. T. @ nest of
young birds, a brood, Lu. xiii. 34, ov
TpoOToV. opus Tiv EavTHS voratav. So
Sept. Deut. xxxii. 11.
Noocciov, ov, ro, (contr. for vzoc-
ctov,) a young bird, Plur. Ta voocia, a.
285
NOY
brood of young birds, Matt. xxiii. 37. Sept.
Psy lxxmiii. 3, Aristot. HH. Ag. 15.729.
PROV EL, seas
Noooi Cy, t. iow, (vdodt, apart, ) prop.
‘to put or set apart, to separate,’ mid. to
separate oneself, to go away, Hom. Od. xi.
73. Act. to take or snatch away, to rob,
Pind. Nem. vi. 106. In N. T. mid. to take
away for oneself, to keep back any thing
which belongs to another, to embezzle,
purloin, absol. Tit. ii. 10, ui voodiCo-
fsvos: with acc. 2 Mace. iv. 32. Jos. Ant,
iv. 6,29. Foll. by dro with gen. partit.
Acts v..2, 3, voodicacbar amo THS TI
ays: with amo, Sept, Josh. vii. 1, evocgt-
cavto amo Tov avaléuatos. Philo de
Vit. Mos. i. p. 641, oddév Ex Tivos V.
Notos, ov, 06, the south wind, or strictly
the south-west wind, Lat. notus. 1) prop.
Lu, xii. 55, votov mvéovta. Acts xxvii.
13. xxviii. 13. Sept. & Class. 2) meton.
the south, the southern quarter of the
heavens and earth, Matt. xii. 42. Lu. xi. -
31, Bacitiooa votov. xiii. 29. Rev. xxi.
13. Sept. Eccl. i. 5, al. Jos. Ant. viii. 13,
2. Hdot. vi. 139,
Nov@ecia, as, 7, (vovleréw,) prop. a
putting in mind, i. e. warning, admonition,
exhortation, 1 Cor. x. 11, TavtTa éyoady
pos vovleciav nua@y. Eph. vi. 4. Tit. ili.
10. Jos. Ant. iii. 15, 1. Diod. Sic. xv. 7.
Nov€etéw, f. now, (vous, TiOnut,)
prop. to put in mind, to put into one’s
heart; hence to warn, admonish, exhort,
trans. Acts xx. 31, ox érravoaunv—yvov-
Oeta@v eva exactrov. Rom. xv. 14, al.
Sept. Job iv. 3. Jos. Ant. iv. 8, 24. Xen.
Cyr. viii. 2, 15.
Noupnvia, as, 71, Att. contr. for veo-
mnvia, (véos, uijv,) prop. new-month, i. e.
the new-moon, as a festival, Col. ii. 16.
Sept. and Class.
Novveyas, adv. (vouvexys, ‘having
understanding,’ fr. vous, tyw,) under-
standingly, discreetly, Mk. xii. 34, vouv-
exas atexoiln, Pol, ii. 13, 1. Diod. Sic.
x. p. 41.
Nous, vou, acc. vouv, o, Att. contr. for
Noos, voov: but in N. T. only gen. vods,
dat. vot, prop. the seer or perceiwer, i. e.
the intelligent or intellectual principle, THE
MIND, 1) as the seat of the passions and
affections, ‘mode of thinking and feeling,’
disposition, moral inclination, equiv. to
heart, Rom. i. 28, qwapédwkev avtovs o
0. eis 400kipov vouv, xii. 2. |] Tim. vi. 5,
Orep0appuévwv Tov vouv. So for firmness
or presence of mind, 2 Th.11. 2. As im-
plying heart, reason, conscience, in opp.
to fleshly appetites, Rom. vii. 23, 25.
Sept. Is. x. 7, 12. Hom, Od. i. 3. Xen.
Cyr.-v. 2.17. Hider) 1 six 120 amd
oft. 2) mind, for understanding, intellect,
4
NYM
Lu. xxiv. 45, dujvorEev avT@v Tov vovv.
1 Cor. xiv. 14, sq. 19. Phil. iv.7. Rev. xiii.
18, 0 éxwy Tov vou, i. e. ‘ the wise.’
Sept. Josh. xiv. 7, & oft. in Class. from
Hom. downwards. 3) meton. mind, for
what is 2z the mind, i. e. thought, counsel,
purpose, e. gr. of God or Christ, Rom. xi.
4, tis yao éyvw vouv Kvpiov; | Cor. ii.
16. Of men, Rom. xiv. 5. Judith viii.
14, Hoot. vii. 150. iv. 36, and oft. 4) fig.
of things, sense, meaning, Rev. xvii. 9,
Oe 0 VOUS 0 ExwY copiay, i.e. ‘the deep
or hidden sense.’ Hdot. vii. 162, ottos o
voos tov pyuatos. Synes. Ep. 103, ot
KaK@S éTedéEw TOV vouY THS ETLTTOATS.
Niudy, ns, 7, (obsol. viBw, Lat. nubo,
to veil, with allusion to her being con-
ducted veiled from her father’s house,) a
bride, spouse, newly married, 1) prop.
John ili. 29,6 éywy Thy vougny, vuucpios
eoti. Rev. xviii. 25, al. Sept. and Class.
2) as opp. to 7 mevteod, & put for daugh-
ter-en-law, Matt. x. 35. Lu. xii. 53. So
Sept. Gen. xxxviil. 11. Ruth i.6,7. Mic.
WineG gobs x1. LO. 17. Jos. Amts ive 9: ol.
Not in Class.
Nupudios, ov, 6, (viugdy,) a bride-
groom, spouse, newly married, Matt. ix. 15,
et al. sepe. Sept. and Class.
Nupgdwv, wos, 0, (viudn,) bridal
chamber, where the nuptial bed was pre-
pared, usually in the house of the bride-
groom, whither the bride was brought in
procession. The word occ. sometimes in
the Sept. and Apocryphal writers, also in
Heliod. vii. 113; in N. T. only in the
phrase oi viol Tov vuudwvos, ‘sons of the
bridal chamber,’ Matt. ix. 15. Mk. ii. 19.
Lu. v. 34. These were the companions of
the bridegroom, or rather his guests during
the nuptial festivities, bridemen, just as
the bride had also her companions or
bridemaids ; whether they were the same
or not with the mapavuudior and vuyd-
aywyot of the Greeks, is debated, but
prob. they were not the same.
N vv, adv. (also vuvi as strengthened by
the demonstr. t,) zow, Lat. nwne. I. prop.
as adv. of tume, Now, used 1) of the
actual present, as opp. both to time past
and future, Lu. vi. 21], of qeuva@ytes vuv.
vers 2a. John iv. 18. xii, 27, al. sep:
Sept. and Class. In direct antith. to
something done in time past, e. gr. vuy 0,
Lu. xvi. 25. Gal. iv. 9. vuvi 6, in which
connexion chiefly is vuyit found, Rom. iii.
21. So in antith. to something future,
emphat. Mk. x. 30, vuy év Tw Katow
TovTw. Xen. Conv. vill. 4, vuy ty Tw
mapovtt. With the art. 0, 7, TO vuv, as
adj. the now exrsting, present, Acts xxii. 1,
TIS Toos Uuas vuvi amc\oytas. Rom.
ili. 26, év Tw vuy Katow, al. and Class.
So aao tov vuy, scil. yoovou, from now,
>
86
NY &
henceforth, Lu. i. 48. 2 Cor. v. 16. &ypu
Tou vuv, until now, Rom. viii. 22. Phil. i.
5. ws Tou vuv, id. Matt. xxiv. 21. ve
vuy or Tavuy, adv. now, at present, Acts
iv, 29. v. 36, al. and Class. té viv Zyxov,
as i now ts, i. e. for the present, Acts
xxiv. 25. 2) in reference to time just
past, now, 1. e. JUST NOW, even now,
Matt. xxvi. 65. John xi. 6) Romp Pe,
etal. 3) in reference to future time just
at hand, EVEN NOW, presently, immedi-
ately, e. gr. foll. by fut. John xii. 31, viv
0 advpXwv Tou kK. T. ExBAnOnoeTaL 2€w.
Acts xiii. 11. Phil. i. 20, and Class. Foll.
by perf. for fut. as implying what is imme-
diately to take place, John iv. 23, Zoyetau
@pa, Kal vuy éotw. xii. 31, vuv Kpicts
éoTL TOV KOGpou T. Xvi. 5, 32, et al._—Il.
as a particle of transition er continuation,
Now. 1) gener. zow, as marking a pre-
sent condition, i. e. ‘in the present state
of things, as things are, Lu. ii. 29, vuv
atrohvers Tov OovAOv cov. Xi. 39. Rom.
v. 9. Col. i. 24. kat vuv, Acts ii. 17. In
antithesis, vuvi dé, 1 Cor. xiii. 13. 2) as
implying that one thing follows xow out of
another, thus marking a conclusion, in-
ference, equiv. to NOW THEN, now there-
fore, i. e. ‘ since these things are so,” Acts
xii. 11, vuy oida aAnOas. xxii. 16. 1 Cor.
xiv. 6, vuvi. So vuv otv, Acts xvi. 36, &
Xen. Cyr. vii. 5, 34; interrog. Acts xv.
10. vuv dea, Rom. viii. 1. 3) emphat. in
commands and exhortations, implying that
what is to be done should be done xow, at
once. So with imperat. Matt. xxvii. 42,
KaTaBaTw vuy amo TOU oTavpoOU. Ver.
43. John ii. 8. Ja. iv. 13, @ye vuv. v. 1.
Acts vii. 34, vuy devpo. Hom. Il. xxiii.
485. Aristoph. Pac. 851, et al.
NUE, vucros, 7, night, Lat. nox. 1) prop.
Matt. xiv. 25, reraptn guA\aky TAS
vuktos, Lu. ii. 8. Rev. viii. 12, al. Sept.
and Class. ; fig. John ix. 4, goxeTau vvé,
‘the night of life’s little day ;> so Hor. Od.
iv. 1, 16, ‘ jam te premet nox.’ In speci-
fications of time ; genzt. of time when, in-
def, and continued, e. gr. vuxtés, by night,
Matt. ii. 14. xxvii. 64. John iii. 2, al.
neous Kal vuktos, by day and by night,
i. e. continually, Acts ix. 24. Rev. iv. 8.
vuktos Kat mu. 2 Tim. i. 3, and so Class.
péons 6& vuKTos, Matt. xxv. 6. kata
pécov THs v. Acts xxvii. 27. dla THs
vuxtos, during the night, 1. e. either the
whole night, Lu. v. 5, or by night, Acts
v.19. Dat. of time when, definite, Lu.
xii. 20, TavtTn TH vuKTL, this very night.
Acts xii. 6. gv vuxti, by night, Acts xviii,
9. gv tH v. Matt. xxvi. 31. John xi. 10.
Accus. of time how long, Matt. iv. 2, vix-
Tas TecoupaKoyta. xii. 40, ToEts vUK-
tas. So tas vixtas, the nights, i. e.
during the nights, Lu. xxi. 37. vucTa Kai
NY
tyuepav, night and day, continually, Mk.
iv. 27, al. and Class. 2) metaph. for a
time of moral and spiritual darkness, the
peeve of gospel light and day, Rom. xii.
12, 4 vdE mooeKoWev. Such at least is the
interpretation of most recent Commenta-
tors ; but it rather denotes the time of this
present life, as being a state of darkness
and ignorance, in comparison with the
clear light and knowledge of which the
saints shall be partakers in another and
better state,‘ When,’ in the words of a
great poet, ‘they waken with that light,
Whose day shall never sleep in night.” In
1 Th. v. 5, ok éopév vuxtos, scil. viol,
there is a combined notion of ignorance
and dissoluteness. See oxotos 2.
Nuiooaw, f. Ew, to prick, pierce, e. gr.
tiv wevoav, John xix. 34, and Class.
Nvota(w, f. Ew, (vevw,) prop. to
nod, hence to slumber, intrans. Matt. xxv.
5, éviotatav wacat Kai ExaVevoov. Sept.
and Class. Fig. 2 Pet. ii. 3, amwXee
_gita@y ov vuota er, a highly fig. expres-
sion, perhaps formed on prosopopeia for
XpoviCerar, as in Eurip. Hec. 662, otarot’
eUdec LuTOg cou KNpvypaTa.
NvyxOnpepov, ov, To, (vvE, tuzoa,)
a day and night, 24 hours, 2 Cor. xi. 25.
Found only in late writers.
Nw6o06s, a, dv,adj. contr. for vwGepds,
fr. vw6ijs, slow, dull, stupid, prop. physic-
ally, Ecclus. iv. 29. Lucian de Astrol. 21.
In N. T. fig. of the mind, Heb. v. 11,
vwOpot yeyovate Tats dkoais. vi. 12.
mept. Prov. xxii. 29. Pol. iv. 8,5. Plut.
Lycurg. 18, med.
N@tos, ov, 0, the back, Rom. xi. 10.
Sept. and Class.
aul
boat e
mevia, as, 4, (Eévos,) prop. guest-
right, or claim, alliance of hospitality, as
off. in Class. In N. T. PLACE fur a
guest, a lodging, Acts xxviii. 23, 7}kov mods
autop zis Ti Eeviav. Philem. 22.
GeviCw, f. iow, (Ezvos,) 1) to receive
as a guest, to entertain, Hom. Od. il. 355,
trans. pass. to be entertained, to lodge with
any one, Acts x. 6, Eevi{etar trapa Time
Ziuwye Bupoet. ver. 18, 23, 32. xxi. 16.
xxviii. 7, mpuas dpiro:ppovws eێvicev.
eon 2. Xen. Cyr. vi. 2, 3,
Eevic0evtes tToTe Tapa Kiopw. 2) to
appear strange to any one, to surprise,
_ trans. Jos. Ant. i. 1, 4, Tov Oeov EێviGev
TO TpatTOmevov. InN. T. purtic. plur.
| Ta EeviCovra, ‘ things strange, surprising ;’
also mid. EeviGouar, to be surprised at,
hd Pet. iv. 12, py EeviCecOe ty ev vty
_ Tupwoer.
287
a
& ES
Eevodoxéew, f. iow, (Eevodoxos, fr.
Eévos and 6éxomuat,) to enteriain strangers,
to practise hospitality, absol. 1 Tim. v. 10,
where see my notes. Max. Tyr. Diss.
xxxii. 183. Dio Cass. Ixxviii. 3. Hevo-
doxéw, Hdot. vi. 127.
= vos, n, ov, prop. adj. not of one’s
fumily or nation, foreign, strange to one;
also subst. a foreigner, or a stranger, i. e.
one not of the family; also, by use, one
who, though a stranger, has been intro-
duced into the family, and connected with
it by bonds of hospitality and friendship.
In N. T. it occ. 1) suBsT. 0 Eévos, a
guest, hospes, prop. a friend allied in hospr-
tality, hospes, such an alliance being in
ancient times usual among friends, who
lived in different cifies or countries, who
then were entertained at each other's
houses. So Rom. xvi. 23, Taios, o Eevos
frou Kal Tis ékkAyoias OAns. But there
the sense is by impl. host, as sometimes in
the Class.; e. gr. Hdot. ii. 114. Diod. Sic.
xvii. 47. Xen. An. iii. 1, 4. Thus Eustath.
says, ‘both he who entertained, and he
who was entertained, were each called
Eévos in respect to each other.’ And so
the Lat. hospes bears both senses. 2) ina
more gener. @ stranger, i. e. foreigner, as
coming from another place or country,
Matt. xxv. 35, Ezvos juny. ver. 38, 43,
44, xxvii. 7, cis Tay Tots Eévors. Acts
xvii. 21, of éqidypouvtes Eévor, ‘ resident
strangers, foreigners.’ Heb. xi. 13. Sept.
and Class. Fig. for dAAoTe1os, as not
belonging to the Christian community, an
alien, with gen. Eph. ii. 12, Egvor tav
O.abyk@y, ‘aliens from the covenants.’
Simil. Soph. Cad. Tyr. 218, Ezvos pev
tou Noyou. So absol. a stranger, not of
the family of Christ, a Christian, Eph. ii.
19.. 3 John 5. 2) ADI. Strange, i: e.
foreign, unknown, as coming from another
country, Acts xvii. 18, dawuovia Eéva. So
fil. V. H. ii. 18, Egvor daipoves. Fig.
Heb. xiii. 9, didayats Eévars, ‘strange
doctrines, i. e. foreign to the Christian
faith. See my note. Fig. strange, i. e.
novel, unheard of, causing wonder, | Pet.
iv. 12, ws Eevou vutv oupBaivovtos.
Wisd. xix. 5, &. Savatov. Theocr. Or.
p. 29, gE. maQos. Diod. Sic. iii. 52, &. 7
WeoOL TOUTWY LoTOOIA.
= éo07178, ov, 0, Lat. seatus or sextarius,
prop. a Roman measure, the 16th part ofa
modius, = about 1) pint English, Jos.
Ant. viii. 2; 92 tin iNT. gener toriann,
small measure or vessel, cup, pitcher, &c.
Mk. vil. 4,8. The word is generally, but
most imorobably, thought to be derived
frou the Lat. sertarius. There is little
doubt that the word is, as Erasm. sup-
poses, derived from Eeords, polished, so
as to mean @ wooden vessel turned and
ZUP
polished. And he might have proved the
point from the expression in <Aristoph.
Thesm. 778, Eeoros rwivaE: also trom a
passage of Hom. Od. i. 138. iv. 54, EeorHy
tTpawéCav. Indeed, the epithet Eeoros
was applied to utensils of all kinds that
may be formed by turning and polishing.
Znoaivw, f. ave, (Enpos,) aor. l.
efijoava, Ja. i. 11; perf. pass. €Ejoaumar,
3 pers. sing. &7joavra, to dry, make dry,
trans.; pass. to be dried up, become dry:
of plants, act. to dry up, wither, Ja. i. 11,
® nruos é€yoave Tov YoOoTov: pass. to
wither away, Matt. xiii. 6. Mk. iv. 6, dua
To py exe pilav éEnpavOn, etal. In
the sense of to be dry, i. e. ripe, as dT1
éEnoadv0y 6 Seo.cuos, Rev. xiv. 15. Sept.
Jer. xil. 4,6 yoptos EnoavOycerar, & oft.
mven® Mem: iv. 3, Of An. i: 6,9) “OF
fluids, pass. to be dried up, Rev. xvi. 12,
TO Yowo. Mk. v. 29, 4 wyyn. Sept. Gen.
vill. 7, E&7TO tdwo. Is. xix. 5, woTapos.
Hom. Il. xxi. 345, qwav © zEnoavOn
TEOlov, TXETO O ayadv Vowp. Of the
body or its members, pass. fo wether, Mk.
ili. 1, eEnoaupevnv Exwv Try Yeroa. ver.
3. Sept. L K. xiii. 4, 2EnpavOn 7 yxeio:
‘to pine away, Mk. ix. 18, kat Enoaive-
tat. So Prov. xvii. 22, dvdoos ANumnpou
Enopatvetar Ta Gora. Sept. Ps. xxii. 15,
eEnoavln, woel Cotpakov, 7 icXuS pov.
= noes, a, ov, adj. dry. 1) of a tree,
dry, withered, Lu. xxiil. 31, ei ty Tw
vyew EvAw TavTa Towovcew, év TH
Enow Ti yévnrar; i. e. a green or a dry
tree, as emblematic, respectively, of the
righteous and the wicked, comp. Ps. i. 3.
Ez. xx. 47, q. d. ‘if an innocent man be
thus treated, what shall be done to the
wicked? The phrase occ. Sept. Is. lvi. 3.
Ez. xvii. 24. Of the bedy or its members,
John v. 3. 7) xelo, Matt. xii. 10. Comp.
Sept. Hos. ix. 17. 2) 4 Enoa, scil. 17,
‘the dry land, as opp. to 77 SaXtaoon,
Matt. 2cqu. 15; Heb. xi. 29. Sept. Geno i.
9,10. Jonah i. 9. lat. Class.
= vuAvos, n, ov, adj. (EvAov,) wooden,
2 Tim. ii. 20, oxevn EvAwa. Rev. ix. 20.
Sept. and Class. espec. Thucyd.
ZuXov, ov, To, (Evw,) prop. ‘a log of
wood,’ or a piece of a tree with the branches
hewed. I. gener. for fuel, 1 Cor. iii. 12,
AiBous Tipious, Evra, xdpTov. Sept. Gen.
xxii. 3, cxioas Evra. So Xen. Cyr. v. 3,
49, EvXa Tis cyicadtw. AEl. V. H. EvAa
ava. Also, timber hewn or sawed square,
Rev. xviii. 12, wav & & é& EvAov Tum.
Hom. I]. xxiii. 327. Hdot.i. 156. Thue. iv.
52.—I1. spec. ‘ any thing made of wood,’ as
1) @ staff or club, as meTa mayatpw@y Kat
EvAwv, Matt. xxvi. 47, 55, al. Jos. B. J.
Morale wadet. Miovdon Hidian./ wily, ce:
Dem. 645, 16, or 2) stocks, Lat. nervus,
288
0
a wooden block, or frame with holes, in
which the feet, and sometimes the hands
and neck, of prisoners were confined, Acts
xvi. 24, ro’s qodas a’tav AopaXicato
eis TO EvAov. Job xxxiii. 11, Ueto dé év
EvAw Tov woda pov. Luc. Tox. 29, Ta
oxéAn gv TH EVAW KaTaKkekNELopeva.
Plut. viii. p. 361, tos wodas év TH EtAW
Oedemevous. 3) a stake, cross, = otav-
oos, Acts v. 30, and x. 39, Kpeuadoavtes
émt EvAov. xiii. 29. Gal. iti, 13. 1 Pet. ii.
24. So Sept. Deut. xxi. 22,25. Hsthay,
14.—III. living wood, i. e. a tree, Lu.
xxi. 31, é- Tw Vyow EVAw, meaning the
righteous, who are not unfrequently de-
signated as green and flourishing trees.
See Ps. i. 3. Hz. xx. 47. Rev. ii. 7, 7a &,
THS CwHs, with allusion to Christ as the
author of salvation to all that believe in
and obey him, comp. Lu. xxiii. 43; a
figurative designation of that eternal life
which was lost by our first parents, and
restored by Christ. In the same sense
the word also occ. in Class. as Hdot.
Aristot. and Theophr.
Zupaw, f. ow, (Evoov,) to shear,
shave, i. e. the locks or beard, mid. Acts
xxi. 24, tva Evpiocwvtar Ti Kedadijp,
‘that they may shear their heads, i. e.
have them shorn: pass. part. fem. 2Euvpn-
févyn, | Cor. xi. 5, 6. Sept. and Class.
O.
‘O, 7, TO, gen. TOV, THS, TOU, originally
ademonstr. pron. this, that, but in Attic
and later usage mostly a prepositive arti-
cle, the. I. as a DEMONSTR. PRON. this,
that. 1) simply, Acts xvii. 28, tov yap
Kat yévos éoper, ‘ for of this one [him] we
are also the offspring.”. 2) in distinctions
and distribution; distinc. with wiv—oé : 6
pev—o 6, the one—the other, that one—
this one, Phil. i. 16, 17, oi pév 2& épiGeias
—oi d& €& ayamns. Heb. vii. 5, 6, ot pev
—o 6é; distrib. one—another, pl. some.
Matt. xiii. 23. Acts xiv. 4. Rom. ii. 7,
Eph. iv. 11. Also ot péev—@AXor 62,
Matt. xvi. 14. cai trves—oi de, Acts xvii.
18. So Matt. xxviii. 17, of d& édicTacap,
‘but some doubted,’ i. e. in antith. to all
as impl. in wpocextvynoav. 3) in the nar-
rative style 6 o& is used by way of trans-
ition to another person or party already
mentioned, without a preceding 6 wév, but
this one, i. e. but he. Matt. ii. 5, ot dé
eitrov. Mk. viii. 26. Lu. vii. 40. So with
a participle intervening, Matt. 11. 9, ot 62
akovcavtes étropevOnoay, ver. 14, iv. 4.
seepe.—II. as the PREPOSITIVE ARTICLE,
originally a demonstrative, but having its
demonstrative power gradually softened
down, so as simply to mark an object as
O 289 O
definite or specific.—I. with SUBSTAN-
TIVES, or words standing for substantives.
simply, i. e. without adjectives or
other adjuncts, where the subst. is to be
expressed as dejintle or specific. 1) gener.
where the subst. refers to a person or thing
—I.
as well known, i. e. either as already men- |
tioned, or as of common notoriety. As
«ready mentioned, Matt. i. 24. v. 1, Tous
xAous. 2) as of common notoriety, Matt.
i. 22, dua Tov Tpodntov. ii. 15. ix.
ee sal. 48, Mik. ii. 24. Lu. v. 14, tw
ieoet. xii. 54. Acts xi. 13. Rom. iv. 3, 7
yoadi, ‘the Scriptures.” Rev. v. 13.
3) with nouns implying a person or thing
as alone or monadic, either as pre-eminent
above all others, or as alone existing, thus
approaching the nature of a proper name,
and sometimes passing ever into one; o
| Xooros, ‘the Christ,’ the Messiah, Matt.
i. 17, and so almost always where it stands
alone ; without the art. as a prop. name,
very rarely in the Gospels and Acts, Lu.
xxii. 2. John ix. 22; but oftener in the
. Kpistles, Rom. v. 6. vi. 4. 6 Yies tov Czov
or tov av0pwrov, see vids; 0 dLddc-
xaos, Mk. xiv. 14. So 6 d1aBodos, ‘ the
devil, Matt. iv. 5, and always except Acts
xii. 10. The names of God, O<ds and
Kupios (the latter also of Christ), often
have the article, but more frequently
omit it, espec. in the oblique cases; [laTijo
applied to God has usually the art. and a
gen. but likewise simply o IIat7p. So to
Uvevua and te Ilvevua dycov, almost as
a prop. name, Acts i. 8. x. 19. Also with
‘nouns or names of single objects, concrete
or abstract; where the article under cer-
tain circumstances is sometimes omitted :
6 HALos, Matt. xiii. 43, anar. ver. 6. 6 av-
pavos, ot oveavoi, iii. 16. v. 18. anar. 2
Peru 9, 12. 7 v7, Matt. v. 18, anar. 2
Pet. ii. 5, 10. So Oadacca, vié, &c.;
also 6 vduos, ‘the law’ of Moses, John i,
17, anar. Rom. iii. 31. v. 20. tov aypou,
Matt. vi. 28; but am’ ayoov as opp. to
the city, Mk. xv. 21. So with abstract
nouns, 4 adoeT, 2 Pet. i. 5, anar. ver. 3.
n ayary, Rom. xiii. 10, anar. 1 Cor. xiii.
2. 4 auaotia, Rom. v. 12, anar. ver. 13.
4 OLtKatocuvn, vi. 18, anar. ix. 30. 4) wic-
wis, iv. 9, anar. ili. 28. 4) with nouns
implying a definite genus or class of indi-
viduals, distinct from all others; gener. in
plur. ai ad\warexss, Matt. viii. 20. oi
GeTol, xxiv. 26. So of vexgol, ‘ the dead,’
xiv. 2. xxii. 31, but more freq. without the
article. Here belong also the plural names
of nations, which take the article as gene-
ric, ot ‘lovdator, ‘the Jews, John v. 1.
| com o. (as ~
ot EXAnves, John vii. 35. of ‘Pwuator,
xi. 48. Also in the sing. where the noun
expresses a generic idea, or stands as the
-Yepresentative of a class, where in English
ayabos avOowmos—Kal 6 Twovnpos avO.
Mk. iii. 27. Lu. x.7, 6 oyarns. John x. 11,
0 Totuiy o Kadoes. Rom. i. 17, 6 dixatos.
5) with nouns in themselves indefinite,
which yet become definite as standing in
some certain relation to the definite person
or thing there spoken of, as Lu. xviii. 15,
Ta Bpédy, i.e. their own children, John
v. 36. Acts xiv. 10. 1 Cor. xi. 5, dxata-
Kahimtw TH Ke:ady, ‘* with the head
uncovered.’ Heb. vii. 24. Rev. iv. 7. 6)
where two or more nouns in the same case
are connected by kat, &c., if the first have
the article, the second either takes or
omits it in certain circumstances. If the
nouns are of different genders or numbers,
the article is repeated, Matt. xv. 4, Tima
TOV TaTéoa Kal THY uyteoa. Lu. xiv.
26. Eph. ii. 3. Col. ii. 18. If the nouns
are of the same gender, but express dif-
ferent and independent objects, the article
is repeated, Mk. i). 16, of yoaupatets
Kat ot Paoicato. Lu. i. 58. xii. 11]. But
if the nouns be of the same gender, and
stand in near relation to each other, the
article is more commonly not repeated ;
e. gr. when they all are parts of one gene-
ral idea, of a whole, &c. Mk. xv. l, o1
QOXLEpELS META TOV TeecBuTEpwv Kat
yoappatéwv. Lu. xiv. 3, 21. Col. ii. 8,
19, 1 Tim. iv. 7. 1 Pet. ii. 25; or where
a noun is added for clearer explanation,
Col. iii. 17, evx. tw Gew kai Watoi. Eph.
i. 3. 2 Pet. i. 11; or where with the first
noun and its article there is connected a
gen. or other adjunct, which refers also to
the second, Phil. i. 25, eis Thy Uua@y mpo-
KomiVv Kal Xapav THs wiotews, | Th. i.
12. Acts i. 25. Eph. iii. 5; or where the
nouns thus connected are adjectives, or
other predicates referring to one subject,
Acts iii. 14, vuets Tov &yov Kat Oikatoy
hovnsacbe. ii. 20. John xxi. 24. Phil. iii.
do. | Th. ii. 15. So with 4AA@, John x. 1.
7) with the subject or predicate of a sen-
tence. Here a common rule is, that the
subject takes the art. and the predicate
omits it; but this is true only in so far as
the former is more frequently definite than
the latter; and the case may be znverted ;
or both may be definite or indefinite: so
that, strictly speaking, the subject and
predicate, as such, neither take nor reject
the article, but are governed in respect to
it by the same principles as other nouns.
The subject takes the article, but not the
predicate, John i. 1, Oeds jv 0 AOyos. iv.
24, mveuua 0 Osos. vi. 63, Ta pHywata—
TVEUMA ETL Kal Cw éotiv. Rom. vi. 21.
1 John iii. 15. iv. 8, 6 Oeds dyamn éotiv.
Both subject and predicate have the art.
Matt. vi. 22, 6 AVyvos TAU GHuaTos EoTLV
o dp¥akuos. John i. 4. vi. 63. 1 Cor. xv.
56. 2 Cor. iii. 17. Phil. iii. 19. 1 John iii.
also we commonly put the, Matt. xii. 35,6 |4. The predicate has the art. where the
| O
O
subject is without it; e. gr. where the sub-
ject is a proper name, | John iv. 15. v. 1,
6; ora pronoun, John vi. 51, éyw sine o
a@etros. Acts vii. 32. 2 Cor. iii. 2: so
where the predicate is a participle with the
art. the subject being still a pronoun, zyw
eiut O maotupe@v, John viii. 18. But
sometimes both szhject and predicate are
without the art. Matt. xx. 16, zroAXol yao
état KANTOL, OAiyor Of ExXEkTol. 8) with
a noun in the nom. where it stands for the
voc. Matt. xi. 26, vai, 6 Ilatijo, ott.
saw.) 20. MikSsix: 25! ef aba ‘with
nouns as accompanied by adjuncts. Here
the use of the art. depends on the definite-
ness of the noun, either in itself, or as af-
fected by the adjunct: the adjunct may
stand either before the noun {i, e. between
it and the article, if it have one), or after
the noun; and then, if the noun have an’
art. this may be repeated or not before the
adjunct, according to circumstances. 1)
with a substantive as adjunct, either in the
gen. or in apposition: zm gen. (and here
each noun, both the leading and the
governed, takes or omits the art. according
to the general rules above,) e. gr. between
the art. and noun, 1 Pet. iii. 20, 4 Tov
Qeov paxpobumia. 2 Pet. iii. 2; more
freq. the gen. is put last, Matt. iii. 2, 4
Baciheta tov ovpavarv. iii. 1. vi. 22. In
apposition; and here the leading noun
takes or omits the article as above inI.;
while with the adjunct the article is either
inserted or omitted, according as the latter
is, or is not, intended to distinguish the
leading noun from all others of the like
kind or name. Rom. viii. 23, vio8eciav
QTEKOEXOMEVOL, THY aTOAUTOWOLVY TOU
cwuatos nuwv. John xvi. 13, dtav EXOy
exetvos, TO IIveuua x.7.A. Matt. ii. 1, 3,
“Howdns 6 Bacrdrsds. iii. 1. iv. 21. 2)
with an adjective as adjunct; prop. as ex-
pressing an essential or intrinsic quality of
the subst. and forming with it one idea;
here if the subst. have no art. the adject.
takes none, and is put either before or after
the noun, Matt. xiv. 14, <ide aroddy by-
Aov. vii. ll, douatra ayaba. But if the
noun have the art. the adj. may stand
either between the noun and its art., or
after the noun, in which case the art. is
repeated before the adj. Matt. vii. 13, dva
THS oTEVAS TWUANS. Xii. 35. Where the
adj. is the predicate of aclause or sentence,
it naturally stands without the article, as
being indefinite; its place is then usually
before the subject, Matt. vii. 13, wAaTeta
1] TUAN, Kal eVOYKwOOS 7] Odds. Heb. v.
11, wept o& qrodvs Huty 0 Adyos: but also
after the subject, Matt. ix. 37. Ja. ii. 26.
Where an adj. connected with a noun
having the article expresses not an itrin-
sie quality belonging to the noun, but a
circumstance or condition predicated of zt, | periphrasis for subst. or adj.
290
O
the adj. then stands without the art. either
after the noun, or before the noun and its
art. and constitutes a species of indirect pre-
dicate, John v. 36, éyw 02 2xyw Ti papTv-
olay meifw Tov lwavvov. 3) with a pron.
as adjunct ;. personal pronouns in the gen.
used instead of possessives, follow the same
general rnle as the gen. of nouns. Pos--
sessive pronouns follow the rule of adjec-
tives, Matt. xvii. 20. Demonstrative pro-
nouns are put between the art. and noun,
2 Cor. xii. 3, Tév ToLovTov a&vPowzov.
Mk. ix. 37; or, more commonly, either
before the art. and noun, or after the noun, |
as altos, oUToS, éxetvos, &c. which, being
definite, usually require the art. along
with the subst. which they qualify, Matt.
ii. 4, avtos 6 Iwavyys. John v. 36, attra
Ta goya. Acts xvi. 18, aity 7H Spa.
4) with a participle as adjunct, where the
construction is nearly the same as with
adjectives; 5) with a preposition and tts
case as adjunct, i. e. as a periphrasis for an
adj. or the like: here if the leading noun be
indefinite, the adjunct in general is so like-
wise, and is put after the noun, | Tim. iv.
3, eis meTaAnWW wETa EvXaPLOTIas. i.
o, ayamy ék kafaoas kapdias. Rom. xiv.
17; but if the leading noun have the art.
or be in itself definite, then the adjunct
sometimes stands between it and the art.,
but more commonly after it, with the art.
repeated, or not, according to circum-
stances, Matt. xv. 1, oi azo ‘lego. yoap-
watets. Lu.i. 70. Acts xxvii. 2. Rom.
ix. 1]. xi. 27; after the noun, with art.
repeated, Matt. vi. 6, rw Ilatoi cov Tw
év TH KopuTTS. Vii. 3. Mk. iv. 31. John
xii. 21. Actsiv.2. xxvii. 5. 6) with an
adverb as adjunct, i. e. as placed between
the art. and subst. and thus forming a
periphrasis for an adj. Acts xili. 42, ro
meTakcd caBBatov. Rom. vii. 22, cata
Tov tow Gv0owtov. 2 Pet. i. 9.—II. with
ADJECTIVES: 1) as connected with nouns,
see above. 2) used as xouns, and then the
article is employed, or not, precisely as
with nouns. Neut. adjectives with the
art. are often put as abstract nouns; sing.
Rom. i. 19, ro yuworov tov Qeou. ii. 4,
TO XonoTov tT. O. viii. 3. 1 Cor. i. 25.
2 Cor. iv. 17; as collect. Heb. vii. 7.—
III. with PRoNouNnS: 1) pron. possessive,
as connected with nouns, see above, I. 11.
3. As standing for nouns, these take or
omit the art. like nouns. 2) with demon-
stratives, 6 TovovTos, either as a generic
idea, every or all such, as a class, Matt.
xix. 14.—-IV. with PARTICIPLES: 1) as
connected with nouns, see above, I. 11. 4.
2) absol. in the place of nouns, and then
the use of the article corresponds to the -
usage with nouns.—V. before PREPOSI- .
TIONS with their cases, which then form a
1) gener. of —
Oia
persons, ol é76 Tis “IraXias, ° those from
Italy,’ the Italians, Heb. xiii. 24. Phil. iv.
22, oi éx THs Kaicapos oixias. Rom. iv.
14, of 2x vomouv, ‘ they of the law.’ ii. 8,
ot ££ éo.0eias, ‘the contentious.’ Mk. iii.
21, oi wag’ abtov. Lu. xxii. 49. 2) neut.
To, Ta, Eph. i. 10, Ta év Tots oveavots
Kal Ta gal THs yas, ‘ the things celestial
and terrestrial.’ Lu. xxiv. 35, Ta év TH
66, ‘the events in the way. —VI. before
ADVERBS, which then usually stand in
place of a subst. or adjective; as subst.
Phil. iii, 14, ra d7riow ériiaviavopevos.
—VII. the NruUTER of the article is pre-
fixed: 1) absol. to the genitive of a noun,
-and thus expresses the abstract idea of
something having relation or reference to
that noun, as pertaining to it or derived
from it, as done by or to it, &c.; sing. 70,
Matt. xxi. 21, +o tHs cux7s, * the thing
of the fig-tree, i.e. done to it. 1 Cor. x.
24: more freq. in pl. ta, Matt. xxii. 2].
2) the sing. vo is prefixed both to szgle
_words and to whole clauses, when they are
to be taken as independent, or as them-
selves constituting an object; with single
words, Gal. iv. 25, to “Ayag, i. e. ‘the
name Agar,’ as here used, signifies, &c. 2
Cor. i. 17. 3) the singular vo is prefixed
to the infin. when taken as a noun, which
is then employed in all the constructions
that occur with substantives ; zomzn. with |
+0, Phil. i. 21, 2uoi TO Civ Xouoros, Kat
76 amolaveiv Képdos. | Cor. vii. 26.
Cor. viii. 11. Gal. iv. 183; genit. with vou,
Acts xx. 3, 2yéveTo yvwun TOU UTo0-
otpépev. As referring to a whole sen-
tence, and expressing purpose, where some
supply gvexa or the like: here it nearly
resembles the Engl. infin. with zo, equiv.
to in order to, that, and so Tov un, im
order not to, that not, lest, &c. Matt. ii.
13, wéAXEL “Ho. (ntetv TO Tavdiov, Tov
atoXécar avTo. ii. 13. Dative with vw,
as implying cause, 2 Cor. ii. 12; purpose,
1 Thess. iii. 3. Accus. with ro, as depend-
ing on a verb, Lu. vii. 21, tTu@dots arod-
ots éxapioato TO BAETeELD.
gemnathor® & (oxTw,) eighty, Lu. ii.
”Oydoos, 7, ov, ordin. (oxTw,) ezghth,
Lu. i. 59. 2 Pet. ii. 5, dydoov Nwe epi-
Aaée, ‘the eighth person,’ i. e. ‘one of
eight.’ Plato, p. 693. But the Class. more
gener. add autos, as Thuc. i. 46.
"Oy Kos, ov, 6, prop. mass, weight, mag-
miude, a tumour, swelling, and fig. tfla-
tion, elation, pride. In N. T. weight, bur-
den, impediment, Heb. xii. 1, oyKov mav-
va adto0euevor. Xen. Ven. viii. 8.
“Ode, noe, TOOe, demonstr. pron. (fr. 6,
H, TO, as pron. and enclitic dz), this, that,
gener. equal to ovros, but stronger: 1)
as referring to the person or thing last
291
OAO
mentioned, Lu. x. 39, tTyde Hv adeder.
xvi. 25, and Class. 2) as introducing
what follows, the following, Acts xv. 23,
ypaWavtes Tae, Oi at. «.7.A, xxi. 11.
Rev. ii. 1. 3) instead of an adv. for here,
there, i. e. OetkTik@s. Ja. iv. 13, wopev-
cwueOa eis THvde Tihv wodw. Plut.
Symp. i. 6, 1, tivde Thy npépav.
‘Odevw, fut. evow, (dd0s,) to be on the
way, to journey, travel, intrans. Lu. x. 33.
Sept. and Class.
‘Odonyéw, f. now, (ddnyos,) prop. to
lead the way, to lead, guide any oue, & gen.
Matt. xv. 14, rupAds 6& TUPAOy Edy O6N-
yn. Rev. vii. 17, & Class.; fig. of teaching,
John xvi. 138, ddnyiice: Uuas eis Tacay
Tiv &djPecav, ‘all the truth, the whole
| truth.’ Acts viii. 31. Sept. Ps. xxv. 0.
; Wisd. ix. 11.
| ‘Odnyds, ov, 6, (ddds, 77yéo0uat,) prop.
a guide, leader, Acts i. 16, and Class. ; fig.
of a teacher, Matt. xv. 14. xxiii. 16. Rom.
ii. 19. Wisd. vii. 15.
‘Odottwopéw, f. ow, (ddor7dpos, fr.
060s, wopos,) to be on the way, to journey,
travel, intrans. Acts x. 9, and Class.
‘Odottwopia, as, 7, (odotmopéw,) a
journeying, travel, John iv. 6. 2 Cor. xi.
26.
‘Odds, ov, 7, @ way. I. in respect to
PLACE, @ way, highway, road, street, 1)
gener. Matt. ii. 12, dv’ @AAns odov avexa-
onoav. vii. 13,14, al. Sept. and Class. ;
of a street in a city, &c. xxii. 9, éi Tas
deEddous TaY Odwy. ver. 19. Lu. xiv. 23,
Sept. and Class.; also kata tiv odor,
along or on the way, x. 4. Acts viii. 36,
and Class. 2) foll. by gen. of place to
which a way leads, Heb. ix. 8, 7 Tay
ayiwv odds, ‘the way, entrance into the
sanctuary.’ Gen. iii. 24, 7 odds Tou EvAOU
THs CwHs. Meton. for the whole region to
or through which a way leads, Matt. x.
5, eis oddv 20vmpv, ‘into the way,’ i. e.
country, ‘of the Gentiles.’ iv. 15, odov
Qaracons, ‘way of the sea, i. e. the
region around the sea of Galilee. 3) in
the phrases eroiuaGev, or KaTacKeva Ce
THv odov, ‘to prepare the way,’ for a
king; prop. Rev. xvi. 12; fig. Matt. iii. 3.
xi. 10. So ev@tvew tiv odov, John i. 23.
4) meton. of Jesus as the Way, i. e. the
author and medium of access to God and
eternal life, John xiv. 6.—IlI. in respect to
ACTION, way, ‘a being on the way,’ a going,
journey, course, 1) gener. sis Thy Odor,
‘for the way, journey,’ Lu. ix. 3. 2& odov,
xi. 6. év TH OOw, Sin or by the way, on
the journey,’ Acts ix. 17. kata Tijv odo,
‘by or on the way,’ xxv. 3. Also 1 Thess.
iii. Ll, karevObvar tiv ddov jay. Acts
Vili. 39, aropevecOar THv Oddy, ‘ to go on
one’s way, continue hie journey. Sept.
OAQ.
and Class. So Mk. ii. 23, npEavto oi
Babyntat ab’rov oddv qwoety TiddovTES
Tous aTayxvas, ‘his disciples began to go
along, plucking the ears of grain,’ where
odov Trotety isa Hebraism, and corresponds
to the Latin iter fucere. 2) foll. by gen.
of time, Lu. ii. 44, mugépas odov, ‘a day’s
journey.’ Acts i. 12, caSBdatov exov
odov, ‘a sabbath-day’s journey,’ i. e. ac-
cording to the Rabbinic limitation, 1000
larger paces, equal to about 7} furlongs.
—III. Fic. way, manner, means: 1) way
or method of proceeding, in order to do or
effect any thing, 1 Cor. iv. 17, Tas odous
frou Tas év Xp. xii. 31. at odot Tov Geou,
‘the ways of God,’ his mode of proceed-
ing, administration, counsels, Acts xiii. 10.
Sept. and Class. 2) way or means of ar-
riving at or obtaining any thing, Lu. i. 79,
O00s eipnvns, i. e. ‘the way to salvation.’
Acts ii. 28, odobs Gwys. xvi. 17. 2 Pet. ii.
21, thy odov THs OLtKatoovvyns. Matt. xxi.
a2, nAVev "Iwavyns éy odw OiKavocvvys.
However, the Christian religion is called
“the way of righteousness,’ ‘peace,’ &c.
not only because it deads to righteousness,
&c. but because it is a discipline of righte-
ousness, and leads to justification, and con-
sequently peace with God and salvation.
Nay, at Rom. iii. 17, odov eipjvyns ovK
eyvwoay, the sense of ‘peace with God’
may be added to that of ‘ peace with man ;’
the other is predominant. See my note.
3) foll. by gen. of pers. the way or ways of
any one, i.e. his mode of lzfe, conduct,
actions, Acts xiv. 16. Rom. iii. 16. 2 Pet.
ii, 15. Jude ll. But the way of God, or
of the Lord, is also the way, walk, life,
which God approves and requires, Matt.
xxii. 16. Acts xviii. 25. Heb. in: 10.
Hence absol. for the Christian way, the
Christian religion, Acts ix. 2. xix. 9, al.
So 2 Pet. ii. 2, 7 od0s THs &AnVEtas, ‘ the
true religion.’
"Odovs, ovtos, 6, a tooth, Matt. v. 38.
"Oduvaw, f. now, (ddvvn,) to pain,
whether in body (as Galen ap. Steph.
Thes.) or mind, trans. to grieve, Soph. El.
804, and elsewhere in Class. In N. T.
only pass. or mid. to be pained, distressed,
to sorrow, Lu. ii. 48. xvi. 24, ddvvmpac
év TH proyi TavTy. Ver. 25, ab dé ddv-
vaca. Acts xx. 38, ddvvupevot. Sept.
and Class. oft.
‘Oduvn, ns, 1, (perhaps from ddovs, ‘a
tooth,’) lit. @ gnawing pam, pain, distress,
sorrow, of body or mind, Rom. ix. 2. |
Tim. vi. 10. Sept. and Class. So Aischyl.
Suppl. 550, édvvars ve kevteodnAnTats.
‘Odvppos, ov, 6, (ddveouat, to be-
wail,) wazling, lamentation, mourning,
Matt. ii. 18, kAavtuds Kai ddvomcs tro-
Avs. 2 Cor. vii. 7, ‘ heartfelt sorrow.’
"OGw, f. now, or eow, to smell, yreld
292
OTK
odour, gener. a fragrant one, as Hom. Od.
v. 60. Theocr. i. 149, ws kadov dodet,
but sometimes the reverse. Soin N. T.
of a corpse, to stink, absol. John xi. 39.
Sept. Arr. Epict. iv. 11. xv. 18.
“OOev, relat. adv. whence, 1) of place,
Acts xiv. 26, d0ev yoav mapadedopévor
T™ XaorTL Tov O., where see my note,
xxviii. 13, et al. Sept. and Class. For
éxetQev Gtrov, thence where, Matt. xxv.
24, cuvaywy o0ev ob dtecKkopTicas.
Thuc. i. 89, dvexouifovto S0ev bmeg-
éQevto TWatdas, &c. 2) of a source, means
whereby, | John ii. 18, d0ev yivwoKopenv,
& Class. 3) zllative, as referring to a.
cause, ground, motive, wherefore, where-
upon, Matt. xiv. 7, d0ev uel doKov wyo-
Aoynoev. Heb. ii. 17. ii. 1, et al. Judith
viii. 20. Xen. Mem. i. 1, 2.
’"O0dvn, ns, 7, prop. fine white linen,
Hom. Od. vii. 107. In N. T. gener. linen
cloth, e. gr. a sheet, Actsx. 11, oKevos ws
oOovnv peyadAnv. xi. 5. Hom. Il. xviii.
595, Twvd’ ai wev eTTas d0ovas eXov,
ot d& xttTwvas. Hdian. x. 6, 21, éc0n7Ta&s
te kai 00ovas. Jos. Ant. v. 8, 6, d00vas
Kal oroAds, and oft. in Lucian.
"0 Oovioy, ov, 76, (dimin. from 60é6vn,)
a smaller linen cloth, bandage; in N. T.
only of bandages in which dead bodies
were swathed for burial, Lu. xxiv. 12.
John xix. 40. xx. 5,6,7; not in this sense
in Sept. or Class.
Oida, see in Eidw, no. II.
Oiketos, a, ov, adj. (otKkos,) in Class.
belonging to a house, or ‘ connected with a
family,” by relationship, also by the ties of
intimacy, so familzaris in Latin. In N. T.
only plur. ot oixetot twos, those of one’s
house, one’s family, 1 Tim. v. 8. Sept. and
Class. Fig. for associates, kindred, e. gr.
tov Qszov, = Téxva tov Ozov, Eph. ii.
19, ‘ those who are of the family of God,’
(comp. Eph. iii. 15, and see our Collect
for Good Friday,) often called oixos Tou
O.and cuutoXtTar Twv ayiwv. ol oikK. THS
mwiotews, Gal. vi. 10, *‘ those connected in
the faith, brother Christians, ouom.orou,
as Theod. explains. So Strabo, p. 7, uses
olxetot ptocogias, for ‘philosophers,’
and p. 13, oixetos yewypadias, for ‘ geo-
graphers.”
Oikérns, ov, 6, (otkos,) prop. ‘any one
belonging to a house,’ or living in the
same house, Ecclus. vi. 11. Hdot. viii. 106.
but espec. and in N. T. @ domestic, a
servant, slave, Lu. xvi. 13, ovdeis oik. Ov.
vaTat Ovo Kupiots OovAeveww. Acts x. 7.
‘Rom. xiv. 4. 1 Pet. ii. 18. Sept. and Class.
oft.
Oixéw, f. now, (oikos,) to dwell. 1)
intrans. with év, to dwell m, fig. of the
Holy Spirit abiding in Christians, Rom.
OIK
viii. 9, TIvevua Ocov oiket év Uuiv. ver.
il. 1 Cor. iii. 16. Of sin, or a sinful
propensity, abiding in men, Rom. vii. 17,
7) oikovca év guol aduaptia. ver. 18, 20.
Sept. and Class. Foll. by wera with gen.
to dwell with any one, and when spoken
of man and wife, to live with, cohabit as
man and wife, 1 Cor. vii. 12, 13. So
Sept. Prov. xxi. 19. The Class. use cuv-
ovxéw. 2) trans. to inhabit, ] Tim. vi. 16,
as oik@y amodoiTtov. (comp. Jer. xxv.
20.) Sept. and Class., e. gr. Eur. Phen.
125, Acpvaia © oiket vauad’, and some-
times in Plato. For 7 oixouueévy, ‘the
habitable world,’ see in its order.
Oixnma, atos, To, (oikéw,) prop. a
dwelling, a house, but in Attic usage, and
also in N. T., a prison, (lit. prison-house, )
Acts xii. 7, pa@s EXauWev év Tw OikHuate.
Thue. iv. 48, and oft. in Attic writers.
OixntiHorov, ov, TO, (oikyntHo, fr.
oixéw,) prop. 1) a dwelling, habitation,
de, Jude 6, amoXitovtas TO idtovy
oixkntypiov, ‘their proper habitation, —
heaven, and, by impl. their proper situ-
ation, aspiring toa higher. 2) fig. of the
future spiritual body as the abode of the
soul, 2 Cor. v. 2. Jer. xxv. 30; amo Tov
oiKyTHOloU TOU ayiou avTos (sc. Kupuos),
Owes: Pwvijv avTov.
Oixia, as, 7, (oiKos,) a house, dwelling-
place, habitation, 1) prop. and gener.
Matt. ii. 11, 2XOovTes eis THy oikiav. Vii.
24, sq. John xii. 3, al. Sept. and Class.
Matt. v. 15, of gv +7 oixia, ‘ those in the
house,’ i. e. the household. Of heaven, as
the dwelling of God, John xiv. 2, év T7
oikia tov Ilatods. Comp. Ps. xi. 4. Is.
Ixiii. 15. Am. ix. 6. Artemid. ii. 68, 6
ovpavos Gemy éotiv oixos. Fig. of the
body as the habitation of the soul, 2 Cor.
v. 1. 2) meton. @ household, family, those
who live together in a house, Matt. x. 12.
xii. 25, oikia pegucOeroa Kal’ éavTas.
John iv. 53. 1 Cor. xvi. 15. Sept. Gen. 1.
3. Dem. 1358, 13. Xen. Mem. ii. 7, 6.
Spec. domestics, servants, attendants, Phil.
iv. 22, ot éx THs Kaicagos oikias. Sept.
Gen. xxiv. 2. Comp. Jos. Ant. xvii. 5, 8.
3) meton. goods, property, i. e. ‘ one’s
house and what is im it, Matt.'xxiii. 14,
KateoUiete Tas oikias THY xnow@v. So
Heracl. de Incred. c. 8, katagdayety oi-
kiav. Hom. Od. ii. 237, katé€ovor Bi-
aiws oixov Oduconps. iii. 318, éc0teTai
#40t Oikos, and so ‘domus’ in Lat.
Oixiakos, 7), dv, adj. (oixia,) belong-
ing to the house, domestic, = oixetos, in
N. T. only plur. of oixiaxoi Tivos, ‘* those
of one’s house, i.e. household, family,
Matt. x. 25, 36. Plut. Cic. 20.
OixkodectoTéy, f. How, (oiKodecTro-
7Ts,) prop. to be master of a house, and
gener, to be head of a family, rule a house-
293
OOO ee
OTK
hold, absol. 1 Tim. v. 14, Lucian, Astrol.
20. Plut. Placit. Philos. v. 18.
Oixodectorns, ov, 0, (oikos, deo7d-
rTs,) &@ head of a family, master of a
house, (pater-familias,) sometimes simply
master, Matt. x. 25, & oft. Pleonast. Lu.
xxii. 11, oixodeom. THs oikias. Jos. Cy
Apion. ii. 11. Plut. Qu. Rom. 20.
Oixodopéw, f. ow, (oixodduos,)
prop. to build a house, and gener. to build,
construct, erect, trans. I, PROP. e. gr. ot-
kiav, Lu. vi. 48. wvoyov, Matt. xxi. 33.
vaov, Mk. xiv. 58; with dat. commodi,
Lu. vii. 5, tiv cuvaywyiy avtTos wKodd-
anoev tty. Acts vii. 47, 49. Foll. by
émi with gen. to budld upon, Lu. iv. 29;
with acc. Matt. vii. 24, 26. Sept. and
Class.; absol. Lu. xiv. 30. John ii. 20.
Part. of oixodouovvtes, ‘ the builders,’
Matt., xxi: 42. Mk. ai, 10) Ean. x 07
Acts iv. 1]. 1 Pet. ii. 7; in these latter
passages the term is applied to the Priests,
Scribes, and Pharisees, who ought to have
built up the Jewish Church in the true
faith of a glorious but suffering Redeemer.
Fig. of a system of instruction, doctrine, Kc.
Rom. xv. 20, ém’ addXoTeLov Seuéedtov
oixodoue@. Gal. ii. 16, ei 6 KaTéduca, Tav-
Ta Wah. oikodouw, i. e. direct, or coun-
tenance, its observance.—II. by IMPL. Zo
rebuild, renew, i. e. a building decayed
or destroyed, Matt. xxiii. 29, rovs Taqous
Tov Toopita@v. xxvi. 61, al. So Sept.
Josh. vi. 26. Job xii. 14. Am. ix. 14—
Ill. merapu. to build up, in a spiritual
sense, establish, confirm, 1) in a good
sense, as said of the Christian Church and
its members; who are thus compared to a
building, 2 temple of God, erected upon
the one only foundation, Jesus Christ,
1 Cor. iii. 9, 10, and ever built up pro-
gressively and unceasingly more and more
from the foundation ; whether externally,
Matt. xvi. 18, éart TavTy TH TWETPA OiKo-
douynow pou Tiy éxkAnoiav. Acts ix. 31,
oikoOomovmevar Kal Topevouevat. | Pet.
li. 5, ws Aifor (. oikodopetoGe : or tnter-
nally, in a good sense, to build up in the
faith, to edzfy, to cause to advance in the
Divine life, 1 Cor. viii. 1, 4 @yaan oixo-
Oouet, (where see my note,) x. 23, ob
TAaVTA OiKOdOMEl. Xiv. 4, EauTOV oOiKo-
dopet. So Test. xu1. Patr. p.737, xaBapds
VOUS, éV TOLS pLadopact THS YS TuVEXG-
fevos, *adXov oikodomet aiTos avon,
Kat ov puatverat. | Th. v. 11, oik. eis
Tov éva, i.e. ‘ build up and help each other
forward’ in your Christian course. 2) ina
bad sense, oixodouetobar, to be built up,
confirmed, or emboldened to think or to do
any thing, 1 Cor. viii. 10, oixodounoerar
eis TO Ta eidwXOOuTA éEcOiewy, *embold-
ened to the eating of idol-meats.’ So Mal.
lii. 15, avorxodoovuvTat ToLovyTeEs avoua.
OILK
Jos, Ant. xvi. 6, eis voufeciav Thy éxsi-
vwy avtov oik. A Classical writer would
have said évrao0ijoetar; for éraipec0ar
often means, to be, as we say, buoyed up to
do any thing, eacited, induced, as in Hdot.
i. 87, Oeds, érrdoas gue oToaTEve Vat.
Plato, p. 416, C, éa. xkaxovoyetv, et al.
f&schin. C. Tim. qmodXols auaptave
éwaget. And so erigt in Latin, as Hor.
Sat. ii. 8, 57, ‘erigimur.’ Sallust Jug. 25,
‘suos ad virtutem erexit.’
Oixodomn, ns, 7, (otKkos, Ooun,) a
later word for oixodounots and oixodé-
pynua, |. a building up, the act of build-
ing walls and houses, also an edifice so
built, a building. In N. T. only metaph. a
building up in the faith, edification, ad-
vancement in the Divine life, said of the
Christian Church and its members, see in
Oixodouew Ili. Rom. xiv. 19, drwxwpev
—T& TIS Oikodopys. XV. 2, 7ToOs oiKOdO-
pyv. Eph. iv. 12, eis oik. tov cwpuatos,
&c. ‘for the building up, completing the
building of the edifice of the Church of
Christ,” et ai. sepe. Il. a@ building, an
edifice, = oikodounua, Matt. xxiv. 1, ras
oixodouas Tov tegov. Mk. xiii. 1, 2. Fig.
1) of the Christian Church as the Temple
of God, and sacred to Him, Eph. ii. 21,
év wo TAaTR 1] OiKodoMtj—avéeL sis vacv
ay.ov ev Kupiw, where there is a meta-
phor taken from vegetable, to denote edi-
ficial, increase, in a spiritual sense. 2) of
man, as the object of God’s purposes in
the Gospel, to build him up, and give him
an inheritance among the saints, (see Acts
xx. 32,) 1 Cor. iii. 9, Qcou yewprytov,
Ozov oixodoun tore, g. d. ‘ Ye are that
which has been cultivated (and made
fruitful) by God; that which has been
built up to the faith by Him. 3) said of
the future spiritual body as the abode of
the soul, 2 Cor. v. 1, oixodouijy ix Oeov
EXOMEDV.
Oikodopia, as, 7, (oikodouéw,) prop.
a building up, the act of building ; in N.T.
fig. edification, spiritual improvement, 1
Tim. i. 4, in text. rec. Others oixodouy
or OlKovomia.
Oixovopéw, f. now, (oikovopmos,) prop.
to be oixovopos, or manager of a household,
and gener. to be manager, steward, &c.
absol. Lu. xvi. 2. Diod. Sic. xii. 15, va
xonuata. Xen. Mem. iv. 5, 10, rov
EQUTOU OLKOV.
Oixovopia, as, 7, (oixovouéw,) in
Class. management of a household, or of
household affairs; in N. T. 1) prop.i.e.
stewardship, administration, the office of a
manager or steward, Lu. xvi. 2, @mddos
Adyov THs oikovomias cov. ver. 3,4, Sept.
Is. xxii, 19. Jos. c. Apion. ii. 18. Xen.
Gic. i. 1. Fig. of the apostolic office,
1 Cor. ix. 17, oixovouiay mwemiorevpat.
294
OIK
Col. i. 25, kata tTijv oikovopiav tow
Ozov, where the sense is, if not verbally,
yet really, the same as at Eph. iii. 2, ray
oix. xaortos, for THs doleions, though
grammatically belonging to ydéprTos, yet
does, in effect, stand for oixovopiav, by
a license not uncommon in the Class.,
espec. Thucyd. 2) from the original sense
of domestic management (which implies
orderly arrangement, disposition, and dis-
tribution of every thing to its proper place)
at length arose that of plan, method, ‘ con-
silium institutum,’ as found in Pol. i. 13,
9. ii. 47, 10. iv. 65, 11; also system, v.
40, 3, attn dicews oikovouia. And
such is nearly the sense at the obscure
passage of Eph. i. 10, eis oikovoyiav tov
ano. T@Y Katowy, where render, ‘ with
a view to the plan of (respecting) the ful-
ness of time,’ meaning, the time of salva-
tion. - Though the term dispensation may
be retained, if it be taken to mean a
system of distribution of good and evil,
natural and moral, in the Divine govern-
ment, a system of principles and rites en-
joined on man, such as the Mosaic dispen-
sation, and the Gospel dispensation—the
plan of salvation by Christ. The same
sense is observable in 1 Tim. 1. 4, oixovo--
piav Qzov, (as found in the early Edd.,
and almost all the MSS., for the vulg.
oikodouiav,) where the full meaning in-
tended is, ‘which occasion questions or
controversies, rather than produce [a know-
ledge of] the dispensation of God [in the
Gospel].
Oixovopos, ov, 0, (otKkos, vépw,) &
house-manager, overseer, steward : 1) prop.
one who had authority over the servants
or slaves of a family, to assign their tasks
and portions; so Diod. Sic. x. 156, where
an oik. is mentioned over a household
of 200; with which was also united the
general management of domestic affairs
and accounts. Such persons were usually
slaves, Lu. xii. 42; so Eliezer, Gen. xv.
2. xxiv. 2; and so Joseph, who is called the
oikovouos of Potiphar, Gen. xxxix. 4.
Plut. de Edue. 7. and Lucian, Tim. 14, ws
KATAOATOS OLKETIS, 7] OiKOVOMOS, 7] TWat-
ddoto.wy. But free persons were some-
times employed, Lu. xvi. 1, 3, 6, comp.
ver. 3,4. These oixovoyuor had also some
charge over the sons of a family ; probably
in respect to pecuniary matters, (and some-
times others, see Gen. xxiv. 3,) thus dif-
fering from the ézritpomrot, or tutors,
Gal. iv. 2, 6 KAnpovduos—t7o émiTpo-
Tous éoTl Kal oikovomous. 2) in a wider
sense, ‘one who administers a public
charge or office, a steward, minister, agent,
for others, gener. 1 Cor. iv. 2. So of the
fiscal officer of a city or state, treasurer,
questor, Rom. xvi. 23, 6 oixovouos THs
OIK
moXsws. Diod. Sic. i. 62. Xen. Mem, iii.
4,7,11. 1 Esdr. iv. 49. Jos. Ant. xi. 6, 12.
Fig. of the apostles, as stewards, ministers
of the gospel, 1 Cor. iv. 1. Tit. i. 7; also
others, private believers, who had received
any miraculous gift of the Spirit, (J Pet.
iv. 10, &s KaXol oikovomor XaeLTos Oeov, )
and consequently were bound to use the
gift, and ¢mpart it, as the term suggests, to
others.
OTxos, ov, 0, @ house, dwelling, 1)
gener. Matt. ix. 6, taraye eis Tov oiKopy
cov. Mk. iii. 20. Lu. i. 40, al. Sept. szepiss.
and Class. So in phrases, év otkw, ‘at
home,’ 1 Cor. xi. 34. Kav’ oikov, Kav’
otxous, ‘ from house to house,’ Acts ii. 46,
al. Said of various kinds of houses, edi-
fices, as 6 oikos Tov Bacidéws, or Tov
aoxepews, i. e. a palace, Matt. xi. 8. Lu.
xxii. 54, Sept. and Class. oixos éuzropiou,
‘house of traffic, bazaar, John ii. 16.
Spec. 6 oikos Tov Ozov, ‘ house of God,’
where the presence of God was manifested,
_ and where God was said to dwell, e. gr.
the Tabernacle, Matt. xii. 4. Mk. ii. 26.
Lu. vi. 4. So Sept. 1 Sam. i. 7, 24, al.
the Temple at Jerusalem, Matt. xxi. 13.
John ii. 16, 17, al. and Sept. Once for
0 vaos alone, Lu. xi. 51; also olxos
qmoocevyys, id. Matt. xxi. ]3. Mk. xi.
17, al. Sept. By synecd. put for @ room
of a house, e. gr. the cenaculum, or large
room for eating, Lu. xiv. 23; for the
umeewov, or place of prayer, Acts ii. 2.
wee dos. Ant. x. 1], 2. Xen.
Conv. ii 18. Fig. of persons, e. gr. Chris-
tians, as the spiritual house or temple of
God, 1 Pet. ii. 5, comp. in Oixodopuéw ITI.
Of those in whom evil spirits dwell, Matt.
xii. 44.. 2) in a wider sense, dwelling-
place, habitation, abode, as a city or coun-
try, Matt. xxiii. 38, 6 oikos tbuwy eonpos
agpietar. Lu. xiii. 35. Xen. H. G. iii. 2,
10. 3) meton. @ household, family, Lu.
x. 5, cipjvy Tw oikw TovTw. Acts x. 2.
xi. 14, cb kai was 0 oikds cov, al. Sept.
and Class. Including also the idea of
household affairs, &c. Acts vii. 10. 1 Tim.
iti. 4, 5, 12. Fig. oixos tov Q<ou, ‘ house-
hold of God, i. e. the Christian Church,
Christians, 1 Tim. iii. 15, gv otkw Ocovu—
HTLs éoTiv éxkXycia Oeov Cwytos. Heb.
mm 0. x al.\1 Pet. iv. 17. So of the
Jewish Church, Heb. iii. 2,5. Sept. Num.
xii. 7. 4) meton. family, lineage, pos-
terity, descended from one head or ances-
tor, Lu. i. 27, €& otkov Aavio. ii. 4. Sept.
Ex. vi. 14, al. and Class. By Hebraism
extended to a whole people, nation, as
descended from one ancestor, e. gr. oikos
‘Icpamh, ‘ house or people of Israel,” Matt.
x.6. 6 otkos "Iaxw3,id. Lu. i. 33. 6 oiKos
‘Iovda, Heb. viii. 8. So Sept. oft.
Gikoupivy, ns, 7, (oikéw,) scil. yn,
295
OIK
the inhabited earth, the world: I. prop. as
inhabited by Greeks, and afterwards by
Greeks and Romans ; hence 1) the Roman
empire, Acts xvii. 6. xxiv. 5, Tots
’lovdaiots Tols KaTa& Ti oikoupevnpy.
Jos.,Ant.-xi. 3, 1, Hdian.v.'2,'5; 2) 10£
Palestine and the adjacent countries, Lu.
ii. 1, dwoypapecbar Tacay Ti oikov-
mévynv. xxi. 26. Acts xi. 28. Joseph.
Ant. viii. 13, 4.—II. gener. in later
usage, the habitable globe, the earth, the
world, i. e. as known to the ancients. 1)
prop. Matt. xxiv. 14, Kxnovx@icerar
TOUTO TO Evayyédvov év GAY TH Oikov-
pévy. Rom. x. 18. Heb. i. 6. Rev. xvi.
14: hyperbol. Lu. iv. 5, waoas tas
Bacirelas THs OiKovmévyS, = TOU KOc-
pov, Matt. iv. 8. Sept. Is. xxiii. 17. Ps.
xix, 4. Jos. ‘Amt. lv. 6, 2s Ole. iis
Diod. Sic. i. 1. 2) meton. the world, for
the inhabitants of the earth, mankind, Acts
xvii. 31, Koivery Tiv oix. xix. 27. Rev.
iii. 10. xii. 9. Sept. 3) fig. Heb. ii. 5, 77 of-
Koupévy 1] weANovoa,— O aiwy o péhwv.
Oixovoos, ov, 0, 1, adj. (oikos,
ovpos, watchman,) prop. and in Class.
‘taking care of and guarding the house,
Artemid. ii. 11. Aristoph. Vesp. 964,
KUwy oikoupos: also one who keeps at
home, lives a retired life, Aisch. Ag. 1600.
In N. T. keeping the house, i. e. keeping
at home, domestic; and by impl. care-
takers, oixovourxal, said of females, Tit.
ii. 5. And so Eur. Herc. Fur. 45, tpo-
gov Tékvwy, oikovpdv, (housewife,) and
Hec. 1277. Philo de Exsecr. p. 932,
yuvatkas —owdpovas, oikoupovs, Kal
@iavépous. Dio Cass. p. 391, yur
cwpowv, oikovpos, olKovomos, Tatdo-
ToOpos.
Oixvretpw, f. cow, (oikTos, pity,) later
fut. oixtetpjow, to pity, have compassion
on, with acc. Rom. ix. 15, oixre:ojow ov
ay olkTEiow.
OixTipuds, ov, 0, (oikTEeiow,) pity,
compassion, i.e. the feeling, less strong
than éXéos, (which see,) Tittm. de Synon.
N. T. p.69, sq. Col. iii. 12, omdAayyve
oixkTtopou, but text. rec. om. oikTippuwv.
Elsewhere in N. T. only plur. suitably to
the plur. Hebr. term to which this word
corresponds, and intensively, Rom. xii. l.
2 Cor. ino. pb hil, i:/ 1. Heb.) xan aa.
Though the sing. is occasionally found in
Sept. and Apocr. It is remarkable, that
in perhaps the only instance in which the
word occurs in the Class. it is in the
plural form, Pind. Pyth. 164, xpeicowr
oikTipua@y dOdovos, ‘it is better to be
envied than pitied.’ Theocr. Id. xv. 75, &
lat. Class.
OiktTipuwv, ovos, 6, 4, adj. (oik-
Teiow,) compassionate, merciful, Lu. vi.
36. Ja. v. 11. Sept. .
O4
OIM
Oimar, see Otouar.
Oivototns, ov, 6, (oivos, worns,)
prop. @ wine-drinker, one who drinks wine,
‘vini potor,” as Pliny says, but gener. in a
bad sense, a@ wine-bibber, as in N. T. Matt.
xi. 19. Lu. vii. 84. Sept. Prov. xxiii. 20.
Pol. xx. 8, and so,in the epitaph on Ana-
creon, preserved by Suidas, Saetodv pou
TWAOLWY* Eiul yap oivoTroTHs.
Oivos, ov, 6, wine, I. prop. as oivos
véos, new wine, must, Matt. ix. 17. Mk.
Hi. 22, al. xv. 23, Ecuvovicpévov otvoy.
Lu. i. 15, otvoy Kat cikeopa, & vii. 33.
Sept. and Class. oft. Meton. for the vine
and tts fruit, Rev. vi. 6. & Sept. Joel i.
10.—II. symbol. 6 otvos tot’ Supov Tou
Ozov, wine of Giod’s wrath, (see Oupos,)
Rev. xiv. 10, al. Symbol. 6 oivos tov
Jumou THS Topveias av.‘ wine of wrath of
fornication, i. e. a love-potion, philter,
with which a harlot seduces to fornication
(idolatry), and thus brings upon men the
wrath of God, Rev. xiv. 8. xviii. 3.. So
ellipt. 6 oivos THs Topveias avTHs, Rev.
xvii. 2. Comp. Jer, li. 7.
Oivodrvyia, as, 7, (oivoprv®, fr.
oivos, PAvw, to overflow,) wine-drinking,
drunkenness, 1 Pet. iv. 3, and Class. oft.
Ovomat, contr. oipar, to suppose, think,
be of opinion, prop. foll. by infin. with acc.
aor. John xxi. 25, olde altos olpar Tov
KOOMOV Xwoncat TA ypapoueva BiBria,
and Class. : with simpl. inf. when the sub-
ject of both verbs is the same, Phil. i. 16,
and Class.: with dre instead of inf. Ja. i.
7+ with inf, and acc. Hdian. iv. 15, 15.
Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 10: with inf. 2 Mace. vii.
24, Xen. Mem. ii. 1, 15.
Oios, a, ov, a correlative relat. pron.
corresponding to zrotos, Totos, &c. prop.
of what kind or sort, what, such as, qualis.
J. prop. in a dependent clause, with
tolouTos, &c. corresponding, | Cor. xv. 48,
olos 0 XolKOS, ToLeUTOL Kal OL YXotKol.
2 Corjocy Wl: with -o aumos, Phila 30
with toroutos, &c. impl. Matt. xxiv. 21,
OXiWsus meyarn, ofa ov yéyovev. Mk. ix.
3, et al_—lIl. in an tndependent clause,
when it has the nature of an exclamation,
implying something great or unusual, what,
what manner of, how great! Lu. ix. 55,
ovK Ol0aTe Olov TvEUMaTOS ~OTE UMETS;
(eth aoe tim, ii: V1. ult) Jos: Amt:
x. 3, 2. Hdian. vii. 4, 2.—IIT. neut. ody
otov, adv. not so as, not so, usually follow-
ed by an antith. as dAXAa, not so—but, Pol.
xviii. 18, 11. ib. i. 20,12. Hence Rom.
ix. 6, ovxX otov 6&, OTL ExTETTTWKEV O
Aoyos Tov Ceo, lit. ‘it is not so that,’ in
full, ‘but not so (i. e. would I reason) as
that the promise of God is become void,’
and then the antithesis follows indirectly
2956
Ora
in the general sense, and directly in dAX’,
ver, 7. )
Ozw, see Déow.
"Oxvéiw, f. 4ow, (dxvos, slowness,) fo
be slow, tardy, to delay, in doing any
thing; intrans. with inf. Acts ix. 38, 7)
? a ° ~ iva ? _
oKunca eiceN ety Ews avTa@v. Sept. and
Class. as Hom. Il. v. 255. Hdot. vii. 20.
"OKkvneds, a, ov, adj. (dxvéw,) slow,
tardy, 1) of persons, slothful, Matt. xxv.
26, qwovnoe SovAE Kat Oxvypé, Rom. xi.
1l. Sept. and Class. as Prov. vi. 6, 9.
Thue. 1.142. 2) neut. of things, tedious,
tiresome, Phil. iii. 1, ra atta yopapew—
pues piv ovK Oxvnpov. Theocr. Id. xxiv.
"OxTanmepos, ov, 0, 74, adj. (oxTw,
nucoa,) lasting eight days, lit. an eaghth-
day person or thing, Phil. iii. 5, weprtouy
ékTanmepos, ‘as to circumcision an eighth-
day man,’ i. e. circumcised on the eighth
day. Comp. Gregor. Naz. Orat. xxv. p.
465. D, Xpiorés dvictatrar TeLnpepos,
Aa Cuoos TEeTpanpepos.
"OKT, ol, at, Ta, indecl. card. num.
eight, Lu. ii. 21, et al.
"OX 8 pos, ov, 6, (OAAUmL,) destruction,
ruin, death, 1 Cor. v. 5, eis odXeOo0v THs
oaokés. Sept. & Class. ; of divine punish-
ment, 1 Thess. v. 3, al.
"OALty oro Tos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (dAtvos,
miotis,) of little faith, incredulous, Matt.
vi. 30. viii. 26. xiv. 3}, al.
’OXivyos, n, ov, adj. little, prop. opp. to
mous. 1) of NUMBER, small, in N. T.
only pl. 6Atyou, at, a, few, Matt. vii. 14,
OXLyot ot evolokovTes abTyy. Xxv. 21.
Lu. xii. 48, daonoetac ddiyas, scil. wrAy-
yas. Heb. xii. 10, woos ddivyas Hueoas :
hence 1 Pet. v. 12, dv dXivywv éeyeawWa,
briefly. Thuc. iv. 95, du’ dAtyov. 2) of
MAGNITUDE, amount, little, small, in N. T.
only sing. Lu. vii. 47, w d& éhiyov apisTat.
Acts xii. 18, répayxos otk bXLyos. xv. 2.
1 Tim. iv. 8, mods odivyov wpédtyos,
‘profitable for little? Ja. iii. 5: hence
Eph. iii. 3, gv éddivyw amoozypaWa, ‘in
brief,’ briefly. 3) of TimE, little, short,
brief, Acts xiv. 28, ypdvoy ot« oXdiyov.
Ja. iv. 14, woods dXiyou, scil. yoovey : so
év d\iyw; Acts xxvi. 28. 4) neut. dAivoy,
as adv. spoken of space, amount, time, &c.
Mk. i. 19, wooBds dXiyov. vi. 31. Lu. vi.
47, ayaa dNiyov. Rev. xvii. 10, ddiyov
a’tov Ost wetvar. Sept. and Class.
"OArtyowWuvyos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (dXLyos,
toy) fe 1. Thess.) v.004
maoamuleto0e rovs dduyow., i. e. * those
in doubts and fears abont their salvation.’
The word is very rare in the Classical ©
writers, and only found in Artemid. iii. 5. |
It occurs several times in Sept. but only
in the sense ‘ low-spirited, Is. liv. 6,
OAT
“humble-spirited,’ ‘ contrite.” In Is. xxxv.
4, as here, ‘ say to them that are of a feeble
‘(rather faint) heart, (of oAvy. 77 dtavoia,)
Be strong, fear not.’
"OAtywotw, f. How, (dAtywoos, oXi-
os, wpa, care,) to care little for, make
light of, contemn, with gen. Heb. xii. 5,
mn OX\tywoet Tadeias Kvpiov. Thue. il.
62, and oft. in Class.
‘OXobpeuTijs, ov, 6, (d6A080evw,) a
destroyer, 1 Cor. x. 10, equiv. to o
odo8petwy, ‘the destroying angel.’ See
my note.
"OXoVpetw, f. evow, (OAEBpOs,) to
destroy, trans. only in particip. Heb. x1.
28, 6 cd\ofpetwy Ta TewTOTOKa. Sept.
Ex. xii. 23, and oft. elsewhere; always a
strong term, denoting utter destruction.
‘OXoKxattwma, atos, TO, (dX\oKav-
vow, Jos. Ant. i. 13, 1. Xen. Cyr. viii. 3,
24, o\éKauTos, from ddos and Kaiw,) a
holocaust, whole burnt-offering, prop. in
which the whole victim was burned; but
' gener. burnt-offering, Mk. xii. 33. Heb. x.
6, 8. Sept. Ex.-xviii. 12, and oft.
‘“OXokAnola, as, 7, (dAdKAnpos,)
wholeness, soundness of body, Acts iii. 16,
dwkev avVTH Tiv GA. TaVTHY. So Is. i.
6, amd Today ~ws Kehadys ovK EoTLY
éy avtw odoxAnpia. So Diog. Laért.
Zenon. we have joined odAdoxAnpiapv,
vyveiav, svarccOyociav, &c. And so Lucian,
t. iii. p. 209, é€v oXoKANOw Tw CwMaATL.
‘OXdKANpoOs, ov, 6, 7, adj. (dXos,
KA7pos, sors,) prop. ‘cui tota sors inest,
totum quod sorte obvenit; but gener.
“whole, entire in every part.” So Hdian.
vi. 2, 6, Ilépca:s dvavewoacbat twacay
oAOKAnpov apxXny, ‘in its full integrity.’
Thus the word is synonymous with ddos,
but a stronger term, signifying ‘ whole,
in the full integrity of its parts,’ as in
Aristot. Eth. iv. 1, ob maow odXdKANQOS
Tavaytvetat. So 1 Thess. v. 23, dd0-
KAnpov Uuwv TO TvEUMA, Kal 7 Wuxi
Kal TO c@ua, ‘your whole spirit, soul,
and body,’ i. e. your whole man. And as
oXOKAnoos was used of sanity of body, as
Lucian iii. 209. Arr. Epict. iii. 26, so it
was transferred fig. to mental qualities, as
in James i. 4, tva nre TéAELoL Kat OX.
where, however, there may be an allusion
to that bodily soundness required by the
Mosaic law, in both the victims and the
sacrificing priests, who were to be TéAzuoz,
oAdKANpOL, Guwyor. See Deut. xxvii. 6.
Jos. Ant. iii. 12, 2.
‘OX OAVGw, f. Ew, (a word formed from
the sound,) prop. to cry aloud to the gods,
either in supplication or thanksgiving;
especially said of hymns of joy uttered
by females on festival days, accompanied
297
OMI
Od. iii. 450. ib. xxii. 408, 411. In later
usage, gener. fo cry aloud, Lat. ululare
e. gr. in joy, to shout, Theocr. xvii. 64.
Eur. Bacch. 678. In N. T. in complaint,
to shriek, to howl, absol. Ja. v. 1, KAav-
cate d\oNvVGovTes. So Sept. Is. xiii. 6.
xv. 3. xvi. 7. Diod. Sic. iii. 59. Dem.
313, 20, 21.
“OXos, n, ov, adj. whole, the whole, all,
including every part; 1) of space, extent,
amount, &c. Matt. iv. 23, oAXnv thy Tadi-
Aaiav. v.29, dXov TO cHma. xvi. 26, Tov
KOoMoV OAOV KEpdnjoy. XXi. 4, TOUTO O&
Odov yéyovev, al. Neut. ddov, the whole,
1. e. mass, Matt. xiii. 33. Lu. xiii. 21. 62’
dXov, throughout, in every part, John xix.
23. Sept. and Class. 2) of time, Matt.
xx. 6, dAnv tiv tuéoav. Lu. v. 5, dv dAns
THs vuKTos. Acts xi. 26, éviauTov GXov,
al. Sept. and Class. 3) of an affection,
emotion, condition, Matt. xxii. 37, év ory
TH Kaodia cov. Lu. x. 27. Jos. Bell. i.
2,4, dAos Tov waQous jv. Xen. Mem. ii.
6,28. John ix. 34, vy duaptiars ob éyev-
vnOnys dXos, where there is a blending of
two phrases, dos auapTtwAds eis, and
éyevrynOns év auaotiars. Ps. li. 5. John
xiii. 10, kaBapds GAos. Xen. Hist. v. 3,7,
Ohov aduaptnua. Aisch. Socr. iii. 11, éXov
éXxos. Demosth. p. 1110, wAaoua Grov
7] OvaOyKy.
‘OXoTEANS, Eos oOUS, 6, 7, adj. (GAos,
Tédos,) quite complete, perfect, whole.
1 Th. v. 238, a@ytdoar buds oXdoTEXETs,
i. e. wholly, in every part; see my note.
"OX uv Gos, ov, 6, an untimely, or win-
ter fig, such as grows under the leaves and
does not ripen at the proper season, but
hangs upon the trees during winter, Rev.
vi. 13. Sept. and Class.
“OXws, adv. (oXos,) wholly, altogether,
in every respect or sense, | Cor. vi. 7,
dws HTTHMa Uuty éoTiv. IT would com-
pare Xen. Hist. v. 3,7, dvtimaXos TO
meT Ooyns Tweocméoeabar Cov auao-
Thua éore. Also every where, gener.
1 Cor. v.1, dAws akoverar ev bmiv K.7.r.
Negat. ob or pi) bAws, not at all, 1 Cor.
xv. 29. Matt. v. 34, and Class.
"Ou pas, ov, 6, & heavy shower, violent
rain, with thunder and tempest, Lat. zm-
ber, Lu. xii. 54, Sept. & Class.
‘Opeipopnac, to long for, have strong
affection for, with gen. equiv. to iusipo-
sac, for which it is substituted, 1 Th. ii.
8, in later edit. ; but see my note.
‘Outréw, f. Aow, (outros, ) prop. to be in
company with any one, have itercourse
with, Pind. Pyth. vi. 53. Luc. Tim. 45.
Xen. Conv. ii. 10. In N. T, to converse,
to talk with, absol. Lu. xxiv. 15. Acts xx.
1]; foll. by dat. Acts xxiv. 26. Jos. Ant.
with shouts and cries, Hom. II. vi. 801. | x. 1], 7. Xen. are i, 2,155 by pds
OMT 298
a\AnjXous. Lu. xxiv. 14; with wods, Xen.
Mem. iv. 3, 2.
‘Opiria, as, 7, (durrtéw,) prop. & lit.
a being together, companionship, Xen. Mem.
ii. 7,5. In N.T. intercourse, 1 Cor. xv.
30, PUeipovew HOn XYonoTa outNiat Ka-
xat, and so Class. as Diod. Sic. xvi. 54,
Tats Wovyeats omidiars Ove~Pberpe Ta
90n Tov avOowTwr.
"“Optros, ov, 6, (ouos ouov, iXrn,
crowd,) prop. a crowding together, hence a
crowd, multitude, Rey. xviii. 17, in text.
rec. and Class. oft.
‘Opmixrn, ns, 7, a cloud, mist, vapour,
2 Pet. 11. 17, duiyAar tao Naidatros
éhavvomevat, lat. Edd. for text. vepéXar.
Sept. and lat. Class.
"Oppma, atos, TO, (dWouat, wupat,)
prop. sight, any thing seen, Soph. Electr.
903. Usually eye, plur. ta é6upara, the
eyes, Mk. viii. 23. Sept. and Class.
"Ouvupeand ’Opviw, f. duovmat, aor.
1. @uoca, to swear, i. e. I. gener. and
absol. to take or make oath, Matt. xxvi.
74, jpEato éuvvew. v. 34, wy dudcat
odkws. The person or thing by which one
swears is variously construed; accus. Toy
ovpavov, Ja. v. 12. kata with gen. Heb.
vi. 13. @puoce Kal’ éauvtou, ver. 16, and
Class.; once with eis ‘IeoocdAupa, Matt.
v. 35; by Hebr. with év, v. 34, év tw ov-
pave, ev TH Yi, oft. and Sept.—II. spec.
= to declare with an oath, foll. by the
words of the oath, Heb. iii. 11,ws epoca
év TH OOYT mov, ei eiceNEvoovTat, Vii.
21; by inf. iii. 16, and Class. Hence to
promise with an oath, foll. by dat. and 671,
Mk. vi. 23; with doxw, foll. by dat. and
infin. Acts ii. 30; by acc. and dat. vii. 17,
THS eTayyerias NS Wuocev 6 Osds TH
"ABoadu: so with wods tiva, Lu. i. 73,
Opkov Ov @uooe Toos ’ABoadu. Hom.
Od. xiv. 331.
‘Opo8upadov, adv. (dud0uyos, fr.
owos, Quuos,) with the same mind, with
one accord, all together, Acts i. 14, & oft.
‘Opora a, f. dow, (Suoros,) to be lke,
intrans. Mk. xiv. 70, 7 AXaAra cou omora-
Ger, not elsewhere found except in comp.
‘O potomafijs, éos ous, 6, 7, adj. (dpor-
os & mwaOos,) like-affected, i. e. ‘of like
nature, affections, condition ;’ hence gener.
with dat. Acts xiv. 15, ets 6uoroTrabets
éopev Uuty avGowmot. Ja. v.17, dpoto-
awabijs yuiv. It is, however, too complex
a term to be represented by any single
expression. From the passages adduced
by Wetstein, it plainly denotes gener. the
being subject to all those accidents which
attach to human nature, namely, to the
passions and affections, the wants and
weaknesses, the liability to disease and
death, which ‘flesh is heir to, —forming the
OMO
opposite to the notion of Deity. Wisd.vii. 3.
Jos. de Macc. § 12. Theophr. H. Pl. v. 8.
“Opotos, a, ov, adj. (dmos,) lke, re-
sembling, foil. by dat. 1) gener. in exter-
na] form and appearance, John ix. 9, Rey.
i. 13, Ouorov Yiw dav0owrov, ver. 15, and
oft. and Class.; in kind or nature, Acts
xvii. 29. Gal. v. 21, and Class.; in con-
duct, character, Matt. xi. 16 ; in condition,
circumstances, xiii. 31, oft. and Class. 2)
just like, equal, the same with ; in kind or
nature, Jude 7, Tov Guovov TovTOLs TPEO-
aov, Paleph. xxix. 3. Ecclus. xii. 16;
in conduct, character, once with gen. John
vill. 55, Ecouar, Guoros Uuwy, WevoTns:
in authority, dignity, power, Matt. xxii.
39, devtéoa Of Ouoia abty. Rev. xiii. |.
Jos. viii. 14, 1. Ecclus. xliv. 19.
‘OpoLroTns, Tos, 1, (Gpuotos, ) ékeness,
stmilitude, Heb. iv. 15; parity of nature,
vii. 15, in Christ’s human character.
‘Opordw, f. wow, (Sporos,) to make
like, with acc. and dat. pass. aor. 1, wuor-
wO0nv, to be or become like, with dat. 1)
gener. only pass.; in external form, Acts
xiv. ll, of Sot é6uorwbivtes avOparro:s.
Sept. and Class. ; in conduct, character,
Matt. vi. 8. Ecclus. xiii. 1. Thue. iii. 62;
in condition, circumstances, Heb. ii. 17,
Tots d0eA ois opuorwlyvar. Thue. iv. 92.
v. 103; once foll. by ws, Rom. ix. 29, ws
Touoppa dv ®porwOynpev. 2) in compari-
sons, to liken, compare, pass. to be likened,
be like, Matt. vii. 24, onormow aiTov avdpi
@ooviuw, oft. So Sept. and Philostr. V.
Soph. ii. 27, 3, tw ILoX. duotwow avtov.
‘Opoiwpua, atos, TO, (Ouotdw,) prop.
‘something made like, @ likeness. 1)
form, shape, figure,. Phil. ii. 7, €v 6uoiw-
pate avOowmou yevouevos, parall. with
poop), Rev. ix. 7. Sept. and Aristot.
Ethic. viii. 10. 2) abstr. likeness, resem-
blancé, only in the sense of an adj. Rom.
i. 23, év Omotwpate eixoves PlapTov av-
Opwrou, equiv. to év eixovt Omoia K.T.X.
‘an image like unto mortal man; v. 14,
ETL TW OMOLWUATL THS TapaBacews
"Adau, i. e. a transgression like that of
Adam, vi. 5. viii. 3.
‘Opoiws, adv. (Gotos,) mm like man-
ner, likewise, Matt. xxii. 26, ouoiws Kai 6
OevTEpos: 1 Cor. vii. 3. Opoiws Torety,
Lu. iii. 11, al. Sept. and Class.
‘Opoiwors, ews, 11, (OM“o0L1dw,) prop. a
likening, comparison; in N. T. Events
resemblance, Ja. iii. 9. Sept. and Class.
‘Oporoyéw, f. ow, (duddroyos, fr.
omos, uov, & A~yw,}) prop. to speak or
say the same with another, e. er. to speak
the same language, with dat. Hdot. i. 142.
ii. 18, to say the same things, i. e. to assent,
consent, agree with, foll. by dat. Jos. Ant.
viii. 6, 2. Hdot. i. 23, 171. Thue. iv. 69.
OMO
Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 19. Hence in N. T. I.
to concede, admit, confess, with ace. e. gr.
a charge, Acts xxiv. 14, ouodoy@ dé Tov-
To cot. So of sins, Tas duaorias, 1 John
1. 9. Ecclus. iv. 26. Hdian. i. 6, 8. Xen.
An. i. 6, 7. Hence to confess publicly, ac-
knowledge openly, profess, e. gr. with ace.
of cogn. noun, | Tim. vi. 12, duoXoynoas
Tiv K. Owodoyiav. With accus. gener.
Acts xxiii. 8, Bapioato: dé Opodoyovor
Ta augorepa: with inf. Tit. i. 16, Ody
omoXoyovow eidévar. Xen. Mem. ii. 3, 9.
With particip. for infin. 1 John iv. 2, wav
TWvevua 0 ouoroyet Incovy Xo. év capKi
eXnAv@orta. ver. 3. 2 John 7; absol. but
with particip. impl. John xii. 42. Rom. x.
10. ABl. V.H. ii. 44. Fell. by 67: instead
of infin. Heb. xi. 13, 6uoXoynoavTes OTL
Eévor Kai w. sioiv. | John iv. 15. XL.
_V. H. xii. 2. Note the construction éyo-
Aoyety ev Tivi, to confess in any one’s
case, i.e. to profess or acknowledge him,
(see in *Ev no. IIT. 3.) Matt. x. 32. Lu.
xii. 8, where the sense is, ‘ I will acknow-
ledge him as my disciple.’ By Hebr. with
‘dat. of pers. to acknowledge in honour of
any one, to give thanks, praise, Heb. xiii.
15, xetAkéwv OporeyovvTwy Tw OvopaTt
autov. Sept. oft.—ll. to accord with or
fo any one, to promise, with dat. and infin.
Matt. xiv. 7, we0’ dpxov wuodoyncev ad-
7TH Oovvat. Jos. Ant. viii. 4, 3. Xen. An.
vii. 4, 22, and oft. in Class.
‘OpoXoyia, as, 7, (o4ortoyéw,) prop.
assent, agreement, as oft.in Thuc.; in N.T.
confession, profession. 1 Tim. vi. 12, 13,
Tv Kahyv oporoyiav, comp. in “‘Opodo-
yéw. In the sense of an adj. 2 Cor. ix.
13, éi TH bTTOTAYH THs GpoXoyias bpav,
“your professed subjection, or obedient
profession of the Gospel. Heb. x. 23, kat-
EXwpuEv Tiv OMOA. TIS EATiOOS, i. e. ‘the
_ hope we have professed,’ i. e. the Christian
religion, and iii. 1, katavojoate apx-
_ Lepéa THS Omodoyias jp. ‘the High-Priest
whom we profess or own as a Master,’ i. e.
the Messiah. Hence meton. profession
for ‘ the thing professed,’ i. e. the Christian
religion, Heb. iv. 14, kpat@mev tis 6mo-
Aoyias. So Philo de Somn. i. p. 654,
16,6 pev 6h péivyas dpyuepeds TIS Omo-
Aoyias.
‘O pohoyoupévws, adv. (part. pres.
pass. of ouodoyew,) by consent of all, con-
Jessedly, without controversy, 1 Tim. iii.
16, and Class.
‘Opotrexvos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (dpos,
Téxv7,) of the same trade, Acts xviii. 3,
and Class.
‘O p00, adv. (prop. genit. neut. of dués,)
at the same place or time, together, e. gr.
_ of place, John xxi, 2, and Class. ; of time,
_ John iy. 36. xx. 4. Sept. and Class.
‘Opnodewyr, ovos, 6, 7, adj. (duos & | 23.
299
ONE
poiy,) of the same mind, like-minded, | Pet.
ili. 8, and Class. from Homer downwards.
"“Ouws, advers. part. (duds,) ‘at the
same time,’ i. e. zevertheless, notwithstand-
ing, yet, oft. in Class. as strengthened by
pevto., John xii. 42, duws pévTor Kal, as
in Engl. yet nevertheless, but yet. Aristoph.
Ran. 61. Vesp. 1845. Hdian. ii. 3’ Cebet.
Tab. 33. On the connexion between the
various senses of duws, see Mr. Tate on
Soph. Cid. Tyr. 1326. In the usage of
Paul, duws is put before a comparison
with something inferior, out of which
there then follows a conclusion @ mnorz
ad majus, equiv. to yet even, | Cor. xiv. 7,
Ouws Ta aWuxa hwviv dvdovrTa k.T.X.
i. e. ‘ yet even as to inanimate musical in-
struments, you require them to give forth
distinct sounds; [how much more then,’
&c.] Gal. iii. 15, ‘ yet even a man’s cove-
nant, duly confirmed, no one annulleth,
&c.
”"Ovao, To, indecl. a dream; in N. T.
only kav’ 6vao, ‘in a dream,’ Matt. i. 20.
He TSS 19. 22. xxv. 19s and otter in
lat. Class.
"Ovadprov, ov, To, (dim. of dvos,) a
young ass, John xii. 14, coll. v.15. Athen.
xii. p. 582.
en
O
—
"Overdiw, f. iow, (dverdos,) prop.
defame, disparage, reproach, 1) gener.
to rail at, revile, to assail with opprobrious
words, in later usage with acc. of pers.
Matt. v. 11, wakdpiot gore, OTav dvELdi-
cwow vuas. xxvii. 44. Rom. xv. 3, and
oft. Sept. absol. Hom. I]. i. 211. vii. 95.
2) spec. to reproach with any thing, = fo
upbraid, chide, e. gr. with acc. pers. and
ort, Matt. xi. 20, ToTe HpEaTo verdiGerw
Tas Toes K.T.r. and Class.; with acc.
of thing for which, Mk. xvi. 14, tHy am-
otiav avtT@y, and Class. Absol. to up-
braid, scil. with benefits conferred, Ja. i.
5, Oudovtos ams, Kal pi) OvetdiCovTos,
‘does not upbraid them with benefits con-
ferred.” So Menander, kaXa@s qwoincas,
ov Kahas wveidiocas. It not unfreg. occ.
in Class,
"Overdtomos, ov, 0, (dvEedifw,) re-
proach, reviling, contumely, Rom. xv. 3.
Oi GVELOLO MOL THY OveLOrCovTwy oe. | Tim.
iii. 7. Heb. x. 33. x1. 26, tov dvetd. Tou
Xp. ‘reproach like that of Christ.’ xii. 13.
Sept. and Apocr.; only found in late Gr.
writers.
"Overdos, eos ous, TO, prop. fame,
name, report, good or bad, e. gr. good
Same, renown, Eurip. Phen. 628, xad-
Atorov 6vetdos, and Bacch. 640. Usually
and in N. T. al fame, i.e. reproach, dis-
grace, Lu. i. 25, &€pedsty TO ovErdos prov,
i. e. for sterility, in allusion to Gen. xxx.
O6
ONI
’Ovikos, 7, Ov, adj. (Ovos,) pertaining
to an uss, Matt. xviii. 6; see pudos.
-’Ovivynpmt, f. évicw, to be of use, to
profit; in N.T. only mid. évivauar, aor.
2. opt. dvaiuny, to have profit or joy, with
gen. of or from any one, Philem, 20, vat,
eyY@ Gov Ovaipyy.
"Ovoma, atos, TO, @ name, i.e. the
proper name of a person, &c. I. prop. and
gener. Matt. x. 2, T@v Owd. atooté\wy
Ta OvO“LaTa éoTL TaUTAa, Lu. i. 63. Rev.
xiil. 1, dvouna Bracpnpias, ‘a blasphe-
mous name.’ The verb kaXkéw sometimes
takes dvoya with the name in apposition,
Matt. i. 21, kadéoets TO Gvopa adTou
*Incouv, ver. 23, 25. Mk. iii. 16; also
KaXely Tia TWH OVOMATL TOUT, ‘ by this
name, Lu.i.61. Further, ot 76 d6voua,
scil. éovi, Mk. xiv. 32. Td dvoua abou
or avrys, scil. éyeveto, Lu.i. 5. Adv,
Kat’ Ovoua, ‘ by name, severally, John x.
3. Meton. xame is put for the person or
persons bearing that name, Lu. vi. 22, éx-
PadXwot TO dvona Uw ws Tovnpov. Acts
i. 15, nv dxyXos évoupaTtwv.—tl. implying
authority, e. gr. ‘to come or to do any
thing 7 or by the name of any one,’ i. e.
using his name, as his envoy, representa-
tive, by his authority, gv dvouati Tivos,
Matt. xxi. 9,6 éoxyopuevos ev ov. Kupiou,
John x. 25. Acts ii. 6. iv. 7.—III. as im-
plying character, dignity, Matt. x. 41, 6
O£XOmEVOS TeOPNTHy eis OVOoUa TEOPH-
tou, ‘in the character of a prophet,’ as a
prophet. xviii. 5. Hence mere name, as
opp. to reality, Rev. ili. 1, évoua éxers OTL
Cus, Kat vexoos et.—1V. emphat. To dvo-
fLa Tov QOeou, Tov Kupiov, Trov Xpiotou,
&c. the name of God, of Christ, as a peri-
phrasis for God himself, Christ himself, in
all their being, attributes, relations, mani-
festations; gener. Matt. xxviii. 19, Bamwvi-
Covtes avtovs eis TO Ovoua Tou ILateos
Kat Tov Yiov kat Tov Avyiov Ivetpatos.
Spec. 1) of God, where his name is said
to be hallowed, revealed, invoked, honour-
ed, and the like, Matt. vi. 9, éyracOnTw
TO dvoue cov. Lu. i. 49, &ytov TO dvopa
avrov. John xii. 28. xvii. 11. Rom. ix.
17; after émixadéw, Acts ii. 21. xv. 14.
Rom. x. 13; of praise, homage, xv. 9, Tw
évonati cov Wado. Heb. vi. 10. 2) of
Christ, as the Messiah, where his name is
said to be honoured, revered, believed on,
invoked, and the like, Acts xix. 17, éue-
yahtveto TO bvoua Tov Kupiov Inco.
Rom, i2 5. Phil. ni. 10..2 Thess. 7.212.
Where benefits are said to be received in
or through the name of Christ, John xx.
dl, iva wictevovTEes Cwiy eXnte Ev TH
évopatt avtou. Acts iv. 10, 30; where
any thing is done ¢m his name, i. e. ‘in and
through him, through faith in him, Eph.
v: 20. Especially the name of Christ
300
Olt
stands for Christ as the head of the Gospel.
dispensation, Christ and his cause, Acts viii.
12, evayyediCouevos Ta—Tov ov. "Inco
Xo. ix. 15. Matt. xviii. 20, cuvynypévoi
eis TO éudv Ovowa: so where evils and
sufferings are endured, dua To dvoua Tov
Xo. Matt. x. 22, urcotvmevor Ota TO Ovo-
ud jou, i. e. ‘on account of me and my
cause,’ as believing on me, John xv. 21.
] Pet. iv. 14; Evexevy Tov ov. pov, Matt.
xix. 29; varép Tou ovou. Xo. Acts v. 41;
or where one opposes and blasphemes to
dvoua tov Xo. xxvi. 9. 3) of the Holy
Spirit, Matt. xxviii. 19.
'Ovopaw, fut. cow, (dvoua,) to name,
call by name, trans. 1) gener. and foll.
by dvoua, to name the name of any one,
to call or pronounce his name; with emi
twa, Acts xix. 13; also to call upon, in-
voke, profess the name of any one, 2 Tim.
ii. 19, was 6 dvouadGwv TO 6voua Kupiov.
Pass. to be named, i. e. mentioned, heard
of, known, Rom. xv. 20, d7rov wvopacdy
Xo.oros, i. e. ‘where Christ is already
known and professed; Eph. v. 3, unde
dvonatecOw év vutv, ‘let it not be so
much as named among vou.’ | Cor. v. 4.
2) in the sense of to call, i.e. to givea
name or appellation, with double acc. Lu-
vi. 13,14, ov kai wvouace Ilétpov. Pass.
1 Cor. v. 11; foll. by g« Tivos, to be named
from or after any one, Eph. iii. 15.
"Ovos, ov, 0, 7, an ass, male or female,
Matt. xxi. 2, 5, 7. Sept. and Class.
"Ovrws, adv. (av,) really, truly, in
very deed, Mk. xi. 32, OTe GvTws moo-
purtns nv. Gal. iii. 21; with the art. 7
OvTws, as adj. real, true, 1 Tim. v. 3, 5,
16. Sept. and Class.
"O Eos, eos ous, TO, (oEvs,) prop. sharp-
wine, vinegar, also gener. vinegar, sour
wine, posca, a cheap thin wine, which,
mixed with water, constituted a common
drink, espec. for the poorer classes and
soldiers (Sept. & lat. Class.) ; mingled with
myrrh or bitter herbs, it was given to per-
sons about to be executed, in order to stu-
pify them: so in N. T. gener. Matt. xxvii.
30, 48, \aBwv oroyyov wihoas TE O£ous,
Lu. xxiii. 36; where see my notes.
’OEds, eta, v, adj. sharp, keen, 1) prop.
‘having a sharp edge, poudaia, dpétavon,
Rev. 1.16. xiv. 14. Sept. and Class. 2)
quick, swift, since the idea of sharpness, or
keenness, implies also eagerness, vehe-
mence, and speed. Rom. ii. 15, o€ets of
modes avTwy. Sept. and Class.
’Omn, 7s, 7, an opening, hole, e. gr. a
fissure in the earth, Heb. xi. 38; (see my
note, ) a fountain, Jam. iii.11. Sept. & Class.
"Omioben, adv. (d7rs,) prop. from be- :
hind ; in N.T. only of place, behind, after,
at the back of any person or thing. 1)
er, i200 see —_
OT!
absol. Mk. v. 27, é\Vovoca év Tw yw
omicbev, i. e. from behind ;’ Rev. iv. 6. v.
1, BiBXiov yeyoaupévov ecwlev Kal oTI-
ofev, ‘a scroll written within and on the
back,’ and Class. 2) with gen. as prep.
behind, after, Matt. xv. 23, KodQeu ore
ofev auav. Lu. xxiii. 26. Sept. and Class.
‘Oriow, adv. (omts,) behind, back, back-
wards, both of place and time. I. as adv.
in N. T. of place only, Lu. vii. 38, craca
otriow. Matt. xxiv. 18. ui) emictoe ato
etriow, i. e. to his house. Sept. and Class.
With the art. Ta omiow, prop. things be-
hind, and sis ta otrisw, backward, back ;
so améoy. eis Ta oTricw, to go back, fall
hack, prop. John xviii. 6. fig. from a
teacher, vi. 66; BXéaw eis Ta O77. Lu. ix.
62. orpéq@ouac eis Ta om. * to turn back,’
i.e. about, John xx. 14. mi) emiotpeWa-
Tw eis Ta oT. to return, ‘turn back,’ i. e.
to one’s house, Mk. xiii. 16, al. ; fig. Phil.
ii. 14, ta owicw émidavfavopevos, |. e.
former pursuits and acquirements. Sept.
and Class.—II. as prep. foll. by gen.
“spoken both of place and time. 1) of
PLACE, behind, after; place where, Rev.
i. 10, jxovea dtricw you pwviv, behind
me ; with verbs implying motion after any
one, i. e. following as a disciple, partisan,
or otherwise, dkoov{et dtricw pov, Matt.
x. 38. deuTe oTriow pov, iv. 19. éXOetv,
xvi. 24. aqme Oetv, Mk.i. 20; so Lu. xix.
14. Acts v. 3/7; fig. 1 Tim. v. 15. 2 Pet.
ii. 10; also implying motion behind any
one, to his rear, in expressions of aversion,
as Uraye omiow pov, ‘Get thee behind
me,’ i. e. Away, avaunt thee, Mk. viii. 33.
2) of TIME, after; 6 dmiow jou EoYOue-
vos, Matt. iti. 11. John i. 15.
‘OmXiCw, fut. isw, (dadov,) to fur-
nish out, prepare, equip, arm, and mid. to
prepare one’s self for a work, to arm one’s
self, take arms; in N.T. only mid. to arm
one’s self, fig. in a moral sense, with acc.
] Pet. iv. 1, tmets thy abtiy evvoray
omicacbe. Soph. Electr. 991,.Sodcos
omi¢ecbar. Jos. Ant. vi. 9, 4.
“OmXov, ov, TO, (fr. érrw, operor, to
work, whence Lat. opus, d7-eXov, contr.
to mov, as in the cases of wémdXov, &v-
tov, &c.) an instrument, implement, tool ;
in N.T. only pl. ta dada, mstruments,
implements, 1) of war, weapons, arms,
armour, John xviii. 3; fig. 2 Cor. x. 4,
Ta yao Oma THS CTEAaTEias Hua Ov
capkika. Rom. xiii. 12, Ta Stra TOU
spwrds. Comp. Eph. vi. 1]. Hdot. vii.
25. ix. 121. 2) metaph. ezstruments, with
which any thing is effected or done, Rom.
vi. 18, GrAa aéikias and dma étKaLo-
auvns, where see my note.
‘Omrotos, a, ov, relat. pron., correlat. to
qovos, totos, what, i.e. of what kind or
sort, qualis, and with To:ovTos, equiv. to
301
OT Q
as, Acts xxvi. 29, rotovrous omrotos Kaya
eiuc: simpl. 1 Cor, iii, 13, 7d goyov
otrotov éoTt. Gal. ii. 6, and Class.
‘Omore, compound relat. particle of
time, (OTe,) when, at what time, (so our
poetic. what time,) with indic. of what ac-
tually took place at a certain time, Lu. vi.
3. & Class.
“Orov, compound relat. adv. of place
(qrov,) where, in which or what place.
1) prop. and after express mention of a
place ; foll. by indic. Matt. vi. 19, 20, év
oveavw, OTrou oUTE ons K.T.A. Mk. ix.
44, John i. 28, al.; with éxet added ple-
onast. Rev. xii. 6, darou Eyer Exel TOTOV.
ver. 14. Sept. and Class. ; by subjunct. of
that which is indef. Mk. xiv. 14. With
éxet emphatic in the corresponding clause,
Matt. vi. 21, dou éotiv 6S. tuwy, éKxet
toTat Kal 4 Kaodia vu. al. Simply, and
including the idea of a demonstrative,
there where, Matt. xxv. 24, SeoiQwyv dtrov
ovK gome:pas. Mk. v. 40. With dp, as
OTrou av, wheresoever, with subjunct. Mk.
ix. 18, Ovrov av atTov KatahaBy: OTrou
éav, id. Matt. xxiv. 23. 2) fig. in a wider
sense, including also time, manner, cir-
cumstances, &c. Col. iii. 11, 67rov ovx«
eve “EAAnv, 2 Pet. ii. 11. Simply, there
where, Heb. ix. 16. x. 18; so in reason-
ing, whereas, equiv. to since, 1 Cor. iii. 3,
omrov yao év buty CyAos—, OVYXL TAOKLKOL
éote; 3) by attract. after verbs of mo-
tion, instead of whither; foll. by indic.
John viii. 21, 22, drov éyw uTayw. xiv.
4; so 07rov ay with subjunct. Lu. ix. 57.
"‘Onrrdava, & "OrtTopmat, see ‘Opaw.
‘Onrracia, as, 1, (o6m7TdQw,) a sight,
appearance, espec. a vision, apparition,
Lu. i. 22. xxiv. 23, éataciav ayyé\wv
ewoakévar. 2 Cor.xii.1. Sept. & lat. Class.
‘Orros, 1, Ov, adj. (27w,) roasted,
brovled, cooked by fire, Lu. xxiv.42, ix@vos
OmTTOU wéoos. Sept. and Class.
‘Omwoa, as, 7, prop. late summer ; or,
generally, the season in which fruits ripen,
autumn ; hence in N. T. meton. and col-
lect. fruats, Rev. xviii. 14, 147 da7wpa THs
émiBuuias THs Wuy7s cov, i.e. ‘the fruits
in which thou hast delighted.’ Sept. Jer.
xl. 10, 12, and oft. in Class.
“Owes, prop. a relative adv. of manner,
wn what manner, how ; it passes over also
into a conjunct. in the manner that, so that,
&c. I. asa RELAT. ADV. in what man-
ner, how; once in N. T. foll. by indie.
aor. in the narration of an actual event,
Lu. xxiv. 19, 20, ra awepi "Incov—é7rws
TE TWAPEOWKaY avTOV ol apylepEis.—I.
as a CONJUNCTION, prop. 7 such manner
that, and then gener. so that, that, in the va-
rious senses of iva, both final, as marking
end or purpose, to the end that, in order
that, and eventual, as marking the event or
OPA
result of an action, so that it was or ts so
and so. In the N. T. darws is found only
with the subjunct. though in the Class. it
is construed with other moods, like {fve.
1. FINAL, to the end that, in order that, and
oT ws by, in order that not, lest, with sub-
junct. 1) simply, i.e. without év. Pre-
ceded by the pres. or an aor. of any mood
except the indic. ; and: then the subjunct.
marks what it is supposed will really take
place ; pres. Matt. vi. 2, woaep ot vao-
KplTal ToLovGL, OTws Ookacbwouv. | Pet.
ii. 9; aor. Mk. v. 23, tva émibys atvTy
Tas XeEtpas, STws owO7. John xi. 57.
omws un, Acts xx. 16. By the émperat.
aor. Matt. ii. 8, évayyeitaté mot, Otrws
Kayw éAOwv x.7.r. vi. 4. Omws ji),
vi. 18. By a past tense, Matt. xxvi. 59,
éCnTouv WevdouaoTupiav—, Omws avTov
Savatwowot. Rom. ix. 17. 2) dws
av; preceded by pres. Matt. vi. 5; by
emper. Acts iii. 19, dws dv ZXOwor Kat-
potKk.t.Xr.; by fut. xv.17.—I]. EVENTUAL,
so that, so as that, with subjunct. Pre-
ceded by pres. Matt. v.45, kaX@s rovetre
—oTws yévnobe x.7..; with perf. as
pres. Lu. xvi. 26. By aor. Matt. v. 16.
By fut.. Matt. xxiii. 35, d.wEeTe—O7rws
ehOn. By perf. Heb. ii. 9, BAéomev
"Incovrv—éctemavwpéivov, OTws KXaoLTL
Qsouv umTep Tayvtos yevontar PavaTov.—
III. after verbs of asking, entreating, ex-
horting, also of deciding, commanding,
which in themselves imply purpose, d67rws
becomes equivalent to a demonstrative con-
junction, like our that, simply pointing out
or introducing that to which the preceding
words refer, Matt. ix. 38, dej70nTe—o7rws
éxGadn égoyartas. Acts viii. 24. gowrdw,
Iu. xi. 387. Acts xxiii. 20. evyouat, Ja.
v. 16. apocevyouar, Acts viil. 15, impl.
Philem. 6. wapaxadéw, Matt. viii. 34.
(these verbs are also followed by “va or
an infin.); after verbs of deciding, Matt.
xii. 14, cuuBovrALov EXaBov Kat’ avto,
OT WS AUTOY aTrOKET WOLD.
“Opapa, atos, TO, (d6péw,) prop. a
thing seen, a sight, spectacle, gener. Acts
vil. 31, 6 Mwuojs idwv et0atuace TO
ooana. Matt. xvii. 9. Sept. and Class.;
spec. of a supernatural appearance, @ vision,
Acts ix. 10. oft.
“Opacis, ews, 7, (dpdw,) prop. the
sight, or sense of seeing; in N. T. appear-
anceé,i.e. 1) prop. aspect, external form,
Rey. iv. 3, duotos opacer Nidw iaomeor,
i. e. in his appearance, Eccl. xi. 2. 2)
equiv. to dpaua, or dmtacia, a sight,
vision, presented to the mind, Acts ii. 17.
Rev. ix. 17. Sept.
‘O patos, 7, ov, adj. (oodw,) seen, visi-
ble, Col. i. 16, Ta cpaTa kat Ta ddpata.
Sept. and Class.
‘Opaw, (less freq. dr7Tavw,) f. dWo-
302
O;P A
pat, a. 1. wWaunv; a. 1. pass. dPOnv;
a. 2. eldov; perf. éwpaxa ; pluperf. ewpa-
Kev ; to see, perceive with the eyes, discern,
trans. implying not merely the act of see-
ing, but also the actual perception of some
object, and thus differing from BAérw.
I. prop. with accus. of person or thing,
Lu. xvi. 23, 60@ Tov ’ABoadu. i. 22, da-
Taciav ewpakev. ix. 36. John vi. 2. Acts
vil. 44, Matt. xxviii. 7, éxet avrov OwWe-
ofe. ver. 10. Lu. iii. 6. xiii. 28. John xi.
4), OWer tiv do£av. So with acc. and
partic. Heb. ii. 8, ovaw op@pev aiTo Ta
TavTa vTotetaypeva. Matt. xxiv. 30,
dWovrTat Tov Yidv Tov avOp. Epxopmevov.
Also in various modified senses: 1) to
look upon, behold, contemplate, John xix.
3/7, OWovTat zis Ov é€exévTynoav. 2) to
see face to face, to see and converse with,
i, e. to have personal intercourse with,
John vi. 36. viii. 57. xvi. 16. 1 John iii.
2; foll. by to wpdcwmedv Tivos, ‘to see
one’s face,’ id. Col. ii. 1. Acts xx. 25. So
to see God, fig. for to know him, i. e. to
know his character, &c. John xiv. 7, 9, al.
See my noté on John i.18. Ina wider
sense, to see God means to be admitied to
his presence and special favour, Matt. v.
8, oWovtat Tov Ozov, Heb. xii. 14. Rev.
xxii. 4. In the sense of fo visit, oWwouac
vuuas, John xvi. 22. Heb. xiii. 23. 3) to
see take place, to witness, Thv nuépav
tios, Lu. xvii. 22.—I]. FIG. to- see, i. e.
to perceive with the mind, &c. 1) gener.
to be aware of, observe, with acc. & part.
Acts vill. 23, eis ctvdecuov adikias 09®
oe ovta: foll. by dtu, Ja. ii, 24. 2) of
things, to see and know, i. e. to come to
know, to learn, John iii. 11, 6 Ewodkapev
peapTupoupev. ver. d2. Vill. 38; in the
sense of to understand, Col. ii. 18, & wh
éewoakev éuBarevwv. Rom. xv. 21, parall.
with cuvinur.—III. by Hebr. Zo see, i. e.
to experience, attain to, John ili. 36, ov«
oWeTat Cwiv.—lV. absol. to see to it, take
care, only in imperat. phrases, Heb. viii.
5, doa yap, psi, womoys maveTea,
strictly for dpa d7ws. Elsewhere only as
followed by mj, or an equivalent phrase,
dpa wy, ooate pi, take heed lest, beware ;
with subjunct. Matt. viii. 4, doa pydevi
eiwns. 1 Thess. v. 15. Rev. xix. 10, doa
4, SC. joins: With imperat. Matt. ix. 30.
xxlv. 6; fut. od OWet, busts OWeods,
‘look ye to it, a milder form for the im- |
perat. Matt. xxvii. 4, 24.—V. pass. a. 1.
@pPOnv, f. 1. dpOAcopma, pres. part. d7-
Tavomevos, with dat. tobe seen by any one,
to appear to any one. 1) prop. and used
of things, foll. by év of place, Rev. xi. 19,
aply 7 KiBwros—év TW Vaw adToOU. Xil.
1; with dat. of pers. Acts ii. 3, HpOnoav
auTots yAwooa woe mueos. Xvi. 9.
+
Spoken of persons, with dat. of pers.; of _
God, 0 eds HPOn Tw Tarot nm. Acts Vil.
|
paah
303
OP6
2: of Jesus after his resurrection, Lu. xxiv. | tatpidos kpeittovos dpéyovtat. 1 Tim.
34. davravopevos, Acts i. 3, oft. ; or at his
second coming, 6@Orjoerar, Heb. ix. 28;
of angels, Lu. i. 11. Acts vii. 80; of per-
sons dead, Matt. xvii. 3: with év of man-
ner, Lu. ix. 31, of, dpOévTes Ev O0EN. 2)
as mid. to show one’s self, to present one’s
self to or before any one, Acts vii. 26,
@p0n aitots maxoutvors. 3) f. 1. pass.
6P0jooua, Acts xxvi. 16, udoTtvpa wy
Te eldes, WY (TOUTwWY &) TE OPDijcomat
cot, *a witness of what thou hast seen and
dost see, of those things [as to] which I
shall hereafter or further reveal myself
unto thee.’ See my note there, and comp.
Is, lx. 3. Sept.
‘Ooyn, is, 1, (6pyaw, dpéyw,) prop.
‘the native character, disposition, temper
of mind,’ zmpulse ; lit. bent, fr. doéyw, to
stretch forward towards any thing, be
prone to it, &c. Hence gener. and in N.T.
passion, i. e. any violent commotion of
mind, indignation, wrath, espec. including
. the desire of vengeance or punishment, and
therein differing from Supuds. 1) prop.
and gener. Mk. iii. 5, mepiBXeWauevos
auTous pet Coys, i. e. indignantly; see
my note. Rom. xii. 19. Eph. iv. 31. Also
for zrascibleness, fretfulness, 1 Tim. ii. 8,
Xweis d6oy7s Kal Oradoytopou. Ja. i. 19,
20. Said of God, as implying utter abhor-
rence of sin, and aversion to those who
vein it, Rom. ix. 22. Heb. iii. 11;
meton. wrath, as including the idea of
punishment ; as the penalty of law, Rom.
iv. 15, 6 vouos épyi Kkatepya erat. xiii.
4,5: also of the punitive wrath of God,
the divine judgments to be inflicted upon
the wicked, dro t7s medXovons opyns,
Matt. iii. 7. Rom. i. 18. ii. 5. 1 Th. i. 10
So Lu. xxi. 23. John iii. 36. Rom. ii. 8. ix.
22, cxevy Opy7s. Eph. ii. 3, réxva micer
opyns. v.6. Rev. xvi. 19, ro arorip.ov
TOU otvov Tov Busou THs Oeyis avToU.
"Opyitw, f. iow, (d077,) to make
angry, provoke. In N. T. only pass. or
mid. dpyiGoua, a. 1. woyicbny, to be or
become angry, provoked, &c. absol. Matt.
xviii. 34. xxii. 7, et al. Eph. iv. 26, doyi-
Geobe, Kai pi) aGuaptavete, ‘if angry,
suppress your anger so as not to sin;
comp. Ps. iv. 5: foll. by dat. was 6 doyr-
Couevos TH AdeXMw avTov, Matt. v. 22;
with évri tTivi, Rev. xii. 17. Sept. & Class.
‘Govyixos, n, ov, adj. (d0y7,) trascible,
Tit. i. 7. Sept. and Class.
‘Ooyura, as, 7, (dpéyw,) a fathom,
prop. the space equal to both arms extend-
ed at full length. Acts xxvii. 28, bis.
‘Opéyw, f. Ew, to reach or stretch forth,
as the hand or foot. In N. T. only mid.
dpeyouat, to stretch oneself out, to reach
after any thing, and hence fig. to long
afier, to desire; with gen. Heb. xi. 16,
iii. 1. And so in Class, as Apoll. Rhod.
ii. 878, Toto 6& Suuds dpéEaTo ynBoov-
vyow. By impl. to be given over to, |
Tim. vi. 10.
"Opecvos, 1}, ov, adj. (dpos,) found on
or pertaining to mountains, wild, mouwn-
tainous, as 1 Ope, SC. KwWpa, moun-
tainous country, Lu. i. 39, 65. Sept. & Class.
"OpeE rs, ews, 7, (dpéyouar,) prop. a
reaching after; fig. longing; and in a bad
sense, Wes Rom. 1. 2/. Ecelus. xxiii. 6.
Hdian. iii. 13,14. Wisd. xiv. 2, op. qropr-
TUM.
’O p8omodéw, f. How, (do80s & Trovs, )
prop. to walk. straight ; fig. to walk (live)
uprightly, occ. only in Gal. ii. 14.
’'O pOds, 7, dv, adj. (wp0at, fr. dpw, to
raise,) erect; hence straight, right. In
N. T. 1) prop. upright, erect, Acts xiv.
10, dvdornOe dobds. 1 Esdr. ix. 46. 2)
horizontally, straight and level, not crooked
or uneven, fig. Heb. xii. 13, tpoxas
6p0as Toiujoate.
"Op0otopéw, f. 130, (do8oTdpos,
from oof0s & Téuvw,) to cut straight, to
divide right, equiv. to oplas Téuvew in
Athen. vii. p. 303, E. Hence do6o070-
ety Oddv, Lat. ‘ viam recte secare,’ prop.
to cut a straight way, i. e. to make oneself
a right way, i. e. to go straight or right.
In N. T. fig. to go the right way, proceed
aright, 2 Tim. ii. 15, 6pfoToxovvta tov
Adyov Tis adnYeias, ‘ rightly proceeding
as to the word of truth; by impl. ‘rightly
(with all wisdom, truth, faithfulness, and
diligence, ) teaching the word of truth, the
Gospel.’ Such, at least, is the sense as-
signed to the words by many eminent
recent Commentators. Yet in the ellipsis
as to thus supposed, there is a certain de-
gree of harshness; and perhaps the idea of
odos thus introduced has no place here.
The metaphor is rather, I apprehend, from
stone-cutting, in which operation to act aright,
it is necessary for the workman to cut
straight ; whence, Isuspect, the term in ques-
tion was popularly transferred to any goyov,
and those who handled it aright were said
cpfoTtomety TO Zoyov. Sometimes, too,
the art, &c. that called forth the labour
was subjoined in its place. Thus those
who handled (i. e. taught) the law of
Moses were denominated oi tépuvovTes
tov vouov. And here, instead of the fig.
designation of the Gospel by its chief pro-
perty, we might have had simply its appel-
lative TO ebayyéXuov.
'Op0eifw, f. iow, (defp0s,) prop. to
rise early: hence to do any thing early in
the morning, e. g. pregn. Lu. xxi. 38, was
0 Aads WpUpLfe TOds ablTov év TH iepa,
‘came early in the morning to him, to hear
him.” Sept. and Apocr. but not Class.
OPO
‘OpOprvos, 4, dv, adj. (0o8pos,) early
in the morning, Rey. xxii. 16. Sept. and
later writers.
"“Oporos, a, ov, adj. (0o8pos,) matu-
tinus, early in the morning, as adv. Lu.
XXiv. 22, yevouevar Go0prar éwl TO pv7y-
fetov. Sept. and Class.
"O o0oos, ov, 6, (kindr. with devupmt,
wo0ar, the dawn, day-break, prop. the time
before and about day-break,) 1) prop. Lu.
xxiv. 1, do0p0u Babéos, comp. John xx. 1.
2) equiv. to gws or Aas, morning, twilight,
dawn, John viii. 2, do600v d& wadw
TapeyéveTto zis TO teoov. Acts v. 21.
‘Op0as, adv. (dofds,) prop. straightly,
i. e. erecily, Xen. Hq. vii. 5. In N. T. 0
manner, rightly, correctly, prop. Mk. vii.
30, AGE ooV@s. Fig. in a moral sense,
Lu. vii. 48, do0a@s éxowas. x. 28. xx. 21.
Sept. and Class.
‘Ooi wa, f. icw, (do0s,) to bound, set a
boundary, Sept. and Class. In. N. T. and
usually, to mark out definitely, terminare,
determinare, i. e. to determine, to appoint,
to constitute, foll. by acc. of thing, Heb. iv.
7, Wad Tia OpiCer Huzpav. Acts xvii.
26. Part. perf. pass. worouévos, deter-
mined, decreed, Lu. xxii. 22. Acts ii. 23.
By acc. of pers. as appointed to an office or
station, Acts xvii. 31, év avdpi w (dv)
®o.oce. Pass. with a noun of office, &c. in
apposit. Acts x. 42. So Rom. i. 4, rou
dotabévtos Yiov Oeou x.7.X. comp. Phil.
ii. 8, sq. Eph. i. 20, sq. Others here ren-
der declared, publicly set forth, against the
usus loquendi. With inf. Acts xi. 29,
wpicav (resolved) Exaoros—7éuwat
K.T.A.
“Optov, ov, TO, (dim. of dgos, in form
only,) a bound, border. In N. T. only
plur. ta Gora, the borders. 1) prop. the
borders of a land, the frontiers, Matt. iv.
13. xix. 1, eis Ta dora THs “Tovdaias.
Sept. and Class. 2) meton. and by Hebr.
for a space within certain boundaries, 7e-
gion, district. Matt. ii. 16, gv BnOXeeu
Kat éy Waou Tors Ooios a’T7s. Vili. 34.
xv. 22. 39. Sept.
‘OoKki Cw, f. icw, (doKos,) to put to an
oath, to make swear, with acc. Sept. and
Class. In N. T. to adjure, with dupl. acc.
of person whom, and by whom, Mk. v. 7,
6ckiGw ce Tov Oeov. Acts xix. 13. 1 Th.
v. 2/. Sept.
“OoKos, ov, 6, an oath, Matt. xiv. 7,
and oft. and Sept.; meton. what is pro-
mised with an oath, Matt. v. 33, dao-
dacers TWH Kupiw Tovs OpKeus cov.
‘Opkwpocia, as, 1, (opkwpyotew, fr.
OpKos, Guvupl,) prop. the swearing of an
oath, by impl. az oath, Heb. vii. 20. Sept.
- and Class.
‘Opuaw, f. Aow, (oou7),) prop. fo MAKE
304
Ox
to rush on, to impel, incite, trans. ; but
gener. and in N.T. intrans. to rush on,
move forwards impetuously, foll. by é7i
tia, Acts vil. 57, &punoav em’ avTtov:
with e¢s Tr, xix. 29, cis TO PéaTpov, and
so oft. in Class.
‘Opn, ns, 7, (Oovupms,) prop. @ move-
ment, a rushing on, onset, Acts xiv.5. Sept.
and Class. Fig. of the mind, zmpulse,
purpose, will, Ja. iii. 4. Thue. iv. 4.
_“Oounpma, atos, TO, (opuaw,) prop. an
impetuous movement, a rushing on ; hence,
by impl. zmpetus, violence, as dat. of man-
ner, Rev. xviii. 21, dounuate BAnOncE-
Tat, * with violence.’
"O pveov, ov, TO, (dous,) a bird, fowl ;
carnivorous, Rev. xvili. 2. xix. 17.
"Opus, wos, 6, 7, & bird, fowl, gener.
in N. T. only of poultry, the hen, gallina,
Matt. xxiii. 37.
‘Ooo8ecia, as, 7, (do08eTéw, fr. doos,
ti@nut,) prop. a setting bounds, meton. #
bound, limit, Acts xvii. 26.
"Ooos, eos ous, TO, pl. Ta Opn, gen.
TwVv dpéwv, a mountain, hill, Matt. v. I,
avéBn sis TO Gp., oft.; SO TO Opos TO _
KaXovpevov é\atwy. Proverb. to remove
mountains is = ‘to accomplish great and
difficult things,’ 1 Cor. xiii. 2. Sept. and
Class.
‘Ootocw, f. Ew, (dw, to raise,) to dig
out, dig, with acc. Matt.xxi. 33, @ouEeEv év
avT@ Anvov: absol. xxv. 18. Sept. & Class.
"Opgavos, n, ov, adj. cogn. with
oppos, orbus, bereaved of any thing er
person; prop. of children bereaved of
parents, either with gen. or absol.; whence
it becomes a subst., Ja. i. 27, deqavous
Kal xnpas: fig. of disciples without a
master, John xiv. 18.
‘Opyéw, fut. yow, (kindr. with op-
vupt,) to lift up, rarse aloft; earlier and
more usual mid. dpxéouan, f. yoouar, to
lift up oneself upon one’s feet, to dance, in-
trans. Matt. xi. 17, 1tAjocamev vutv, Kai
ouK wpxnoacbe. xiv. 6. Sept. and Class.
“Os, i}, 6, gen. ov, 7s, ov, originally a
demonstrative pron. this, that ; but in Attic
and later usage mostly the postpositive
art., or relative pron. who, which, what,
that. I. asa DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN,
this, that, only in distinctions and distri-
bution, with piv—dé; Os mev—Os Ce,
that one—this one, the one—the other, &e.
less frequent in Attic than 6 pev—o 62,
but equally common with it in later writers
and N. T., 2 Cor. ii. 16, ois wév—ois 62,
to the one—to the other ; Matt. xxi. 35, ov
piv edelpav, Ov O& ATEKTELVAV, ONeE—
another ; xiii. 8, 6 wev—o Oé. xxv. 15, oft.
—II. as the POSTPOSITIVE ARTICLE, or
relative pronoun, who, which, what, that.
O
‘The construction with the relative strictly
implies two clauses ; in the first of which
there should stand with the verb a noun
(the antecedent), and in the second the
corresponding relative, each in the case
which the verb of its own clause demands,
the relative also agreeing with the ante-
cedent in gender and number: but the
form and power of the relative are much
varied, both in construction and in signi-
fication, as well as by its connexion with
other particles.—1. in CONSTRUCTION: 1)
as to gender, the relative agrees regularly
with its antecedent, Matt. ii. 9, 0 aorno
év eidov. Lu. v. 3. John vi. 51 : so where
it relates to a remoter antecedent, 1 Cor.
i. 8, Os BeBarwoer Uuas, i. €. 6 Ogos, ver.
4, comp. ver. 9. But from this rule there
are two departures in form: Where the
relat. with the verb to be, &c. conforms
in gender to the foll. noun, Gal. iii. 16, To
OTEOUATL Gov, Os ~oTt XoroTtos. Eph. 1.
14. vi.17, tiv uadxarpav Tov Ivebp. 6 ear
pjua O. Where, by the constructzo ad sen-
sum, the relat. takes the gender zmplzed in
the antecedent, and not that of its external
form, Rom. ix. 23, sq. oxevy éhéous, &
TooynToinacev—ovs Kal éxadeoev. Gal.
iv. 19. Phil. ii. 15. 2 Pet. iii. 16, 2v aa-
oats Tals émictoNats (=ypdépmace), év
ois K.T.X. 2) as to number, the relat.
agrees regularly with its antecedent; and
the departures from this rule are rare,
e. gr. relat. pl. after an anteced. sing. col-
lect. Phil. ii. 15, é€v wéiow yeveds cxod1as,
év ois paiveocUs, here the construction is
ad sensum both in number and gender : so
where the anteced. includes in any way
the idea of plurality, Acts xv. 36, Kata
jTacav wok, év ais k.T.’. 3) as to
case; here the general rule is, that the
relat. stands in that case which the verb
of its own clause demands; as subject,
Johni. 9,76 pas TOGX. 0 Pwrile Tav-
va avOp. ver. 30, avije os Zutooc0év jou
yeyovev. Matt. x. 26; as object, acc. ii.
9, 0 aoTijp Ov zidov: dat. Acts viii. 10,
avijp & Toocetyov Twavtes. But the de-
partures from this rule are frequent, viz.
(1) by attraction, i. e. where the relative
in respect to its own verb would stand in
the accus., but the antecedent stands in
the gen. or dat., and then the relat. is at-
tracted by the antecedent into the same case
with itself; genzt. John iv. 14, tov téatos
ov éyw Owow. vii. 31, oft.; dat. Lu. ii. 20,
emt Tact ois HKovoav. (2) by znverted
attraction, i. e. where the antecedent is
attracted by the relat. into the same case
with itself, viz. Where the antecedent
remains connected with its own clause,
and before the relative, Matt. xxi. 42,
Aifoy dv amedokipwacav—, ovTos K.T.X.
Lu. i. 73, dexoyv [for dexov] Ov wmoce.
1 Cor, x. 16, Tov &ptov Ov KNGpev, oxi
305
eee)
eee eee
OX
Kotvwwvia—; Where the antecedent itself is
attracted over into the clause of the relat.,
and stands after it in the proper case of the
relative, Mk.vi.16, dv éyw admexepadioa
"Iwavyynv, ovTos éoti for otTOs tori
"Twavvys ov éyw amexed. Lu. i. 4. Acts
xxi. 16. (3) often the case of the relat.
depends on a prep. with which the verb is
construed; gener. Matt. iii. 17, 0 vids
fou, ev w evdokyoa. x. 1]. xi. 10. Rom.
x. 14. 1 Cor. viii. 6, cis Ozds, 6 Mario,
é& ob ta tavta. (4) sometimes the
relat. is not dependent on the verb, but on
some noun connected with the verb, and
then the relat. is put in the genit. Matt.
ili. 11, ob obk eit ikavos Ta VTOONMAaTa
Baoraoat. ver. 12, ob tO mTVov. 4) as
to position ; here the relat. with its clause
regularly follows the antecedent, as in
most of the preceding examples: but, for
sake of emphasis, the relat. clause may be
put first, especially where a demonstr., as
autos, outos, &c. follows, Matt. xxvi. 48,
ov dv pitnow, avTos gore. John iii. 26,
OS iV feTa Gov, OVTOS BawriCe. Heb.
xiii, ]].—11. in signiF. The relative, in
strictness, serves simply to introduce a
dependent clause, and mark its close rela-
tion to the leading proposition, as Matt.
li. 9, 0 doTH0, Ov Eidov év TH avaToAN,
Toonyev avtovs: but in common use it
was employed in a wider extent, both as a
general connective particle, and also some-
times as implying purpose, result, cause,
or the like, which would properly be ex-
pressed by a conjunction: for the sense
what, that which, he who, see i. 4. 1) asa
general connective, John iv. 46. xi. 2, jv
Magia 7 aXtiWaca tov Kupioy pipe,
ns 0 adedkpes A. Aoféver. Where it is
equiv. to a demonstrative, and this, these ;
and he, they, &c. Lu. xii. 24, ots obk éore
Tapetov, ‘and they have no storehouse.’
Acts vi. 6, ods Zotynoav, and these, &c.
vii. 45. xi. 30. é@’ ow, Phil. ii. 12. ev
ois = éy tovTtos 62, Lu. xii. l. eis o
= seis touto 62, Col. i. 29: this is rare
in early Greek writers, but more fre-
quent in later ones. Also in the for-
mula ov tpdmov. 2) as implying pur-
pose,-=iva, Matt. xi. 10, éyw atoctéd\iw
Tov ayyeXov pou, OS KaTATKEVaoEL THV
odov cov. 3) as marking result, event,
&c. = wote, Lu. v. 21, tis gory ovTos,
Os Aadet BAaodypias ; vii. 49, os Kal
auwaotias apinow. 4) as implying cause,
ground, a reason, &c. = 671, because, Lu.
viii. 13, ob Tox piGav ov Exovow, of Teds
Ka.oov WioTevovat, Lat. wt gui,—because,
since, &c. iv. 18.—111. connected with
other particles. 1) os dv, os éav, whoso-
ever, Matt. v. 21,19. 2) ds ye, see Ie.
3) os Onmore, see Anmote. 4) do7rep,
who indeed, who namely,=os, but stronger
and more definite, Mk. xv. 6, éva dfomov
ODA
isd 3 -~ e 6 ‘
ovTEO HTOUYTO, 1. e. * the very one whom |
they demanded.’
‘Océxes, adv. (Sc0s,) prop. how many
temes, how often; in N. T. only with dv
and éav, which see.
“Octos, a, ov, adj. holy, pure, sanctus,
prop. right, as conformed to God and the
Divine will; thus distinguished from 6éf-
Kavos, which refers more to human laws
and duties, Pol. xxiii. 10, 8, ta aods
Tous avOowmrous Oikaia, Kal TA Weds TOUS
Geovs dora. Thuc. i.71,5; in N.T. 1) of
PERSONS, holy; spoken of God, as the
personification of holiness and purity, Rev.
xv. 4, OT povos bo.os. xvi. 5; of men,
ptous, godly, careful of all duties towards
God, Tit. i. 8, dst tov éaioKxotov elvat
swpoeova, dikatov, dc.ov: elsewhere of
Christ, Heb. vii. 26. Acts ii. 27, and xiii.
30, ov Owoeis TOV “Ooidv cov idety 1a-
Plopav. Sept. and Class., as Xen. Ag. iii.
5. Arr. Epict. ii. 4,6. 2) of THINGS, holy,
1 Tim. ii. 8, 2araipovtas deious yetvas,
i.e. by impl. pure, spotless, Prov. xxii. 11,
dota Kapdia. Acts xiii. 34, dwow butv
Ta oo1a Aavid Ta mista, lit. ‘ the holy
[promises] of David, the sure promises,’
i. e. the things inviolably promised by
God to David. Comp. Is. liii. 5.
‘O , € 4 =
fLoTNHS, nTOS, 7, (doros,) holiness,
i. €. godiiness, piety, careful observance of
all duties towards God; distinguished
from dixkatoctvn, as doros from dixazos
1 = x 2 SS , i
(see “Oovos), Lu. i. 75, gy oordtyTe Kal
OtKaLocvvy évwriov avtov. Eph. iv. 24.
Sept. and Class.
‘Ociws, adv. (dctos,) holily, prously,
godly, 1 Th. ii. 10. Jos. and Class.
"Ocnn, As, 11, (0Gw,) a smell, odour,
whether bad or good; in N. T. only of
fragrant odour, John xii. 3, 4 olkia éaXn-
ow0n ék tTHS dounS Tov pueov. By
Hebr. édau7 evwedias, ‘ odour of fragrance,’
i. e. sweet odour, as accompanying an
acceptable sacrifice, Eph. v. 2. Phil. iv. 16.
Sept. Lev. i. 9, and oft. Fig. 2 Cor. ii. 14,
TYY 0. THS yvwHoews. ver. 16, douyn Sa-
vatov. In like manner the Rabbinical
writers use the expressions aroma vite
and aroma mortis, designating the Law as
an aroma vite to Israel, but to the heathen
an aroma mortis.
“Ocos, 1, ov, relat. pron. correl. to
tooos, in N. T. to tocovtos or the like,
either expr. or impl. (= Lat. quantus,)
how great, how much, how many, as great
as, as much as, &c. I. of MAGNITUDE,
how great, as great as, Rev. xxi. 16, TO
MIKOS AUTNS TOTOUTOV EGTLY OGOV Kal TO
awaTtos.—ll. of TIME, how long, as long
as, dcov xoovov, Mk. ii. 19. ed’ door
xodvov, Rom. vii. 1. ep’ dcov, Matt. ix.
15. Repeated intens. Heb. x. 37, er
306
O2e
fAtKpOv OGov Ocov, ‘ yet a very very little
while.’—III. of QUANTITY, number, mul-
titude, how much, how many, &c. 1) sing.
as much as, John vi. 11, ék tov déWapiwv
[Tocovtov] Goov 0eXov. 2) pl. ocor,
ooat, as many as, all who, neut. doa, us
many as, all that or which, all what, &c.
Matt. xiv, 36, Goo. nWavto dtecwOnoav.
Mk. iii. 10. Acts iv. 6,34; neut. Lu. xii.
3, 0oa év TH OKOTia eimaTe. John xy.
14. Acts ix. 39; preced. by raves, Matt.
xiii. 46. xxii. 10; with otros or autos
corresponding, Rom. viii. 14, éco.—ottoi
eiowv. John i, 12. Gal. vi. 12, 16; with
av, aS Joos av, daos éav, whosoever, what-
soever, Matt. xviii. 18, 60a éav Ononte
emt rys yas. Mk. vi. ll. John xi, 22.
| Rev. ii. 19. 3) neut. doa by impl. ex-
presses also admiration, how many and
great things, Acts ix. 13, 60a kaxa étoi-
noe Tols aytors cov. ver. 16. xv. 12, doa
éTroinocevy 0 Oeds onusta: so gener. of
great or unusual deeds, Mk. vi. 30. Lu.iv.
23. John xxi. 25; of benefits conferred,
Mk, ii. 8. v. 19. Acts xiv. 27.—IVe of
MEASURE, degree, extent. 1) before a
comparat., Ka0’ Scov—KatTa TocouvToy,
by how much—by so much, Heb. vii. 20, 22.
oow—ToootTw id. i. 4. 2) absol. neut.
ocov, adv. how much, by how much, Mk.
vil. 86, Gcov avtos av’Tots étecTtéXXETO,
madXdov WeoiccoTEepov ekypvocoy: pl.
doa for TocouTov, Rev. xviii. 7, gp’ dcov,
inasmuch as, Matt. xxv. 40.
"“Oowep, nmEp, Step, see “Os.
’ ? 3 a = =
Oocvtéov, contr. doTovv, ov, To, pl.
uncontr. doTéa, gen. doTéwv, a bone, pl.
bones, John xix. 386, oorovv od ovyTpi-
Brioeta. Lu. xxiv. 39, cdoKa Kal OoTéa.
Matt. xxiii. 27, yéoucw oorewp.
“Ooris, iTLs, 671, compound relative
pron., i.e. os strengthened by vis; gen.
ovtivos, &c. does not occur in the N, T.,
but only gen. drov in the phrase Ews
OTou ; prop. any one who, some one who,
whoever, whatever; differing from os in
referring to a subject only generally, as
one of a class, and not definitely, thus
serving to render a proposition general.
I. in the proper relative sense. 1) prop.
and gener. who, i.e. one who, some one
who, whoever, &c. Matt. ii. 6, éx cou
efeXevoeTat TYOUMEVOS, OTTLS TOLMaVEL
Tov Nady pou, i. e. one who. vii. 24. Lu.
ii. 10; pl. Matt. xvi. 28. xxv. 1. 1 Cor.
vi. 20. 2) by impl. every one who, all
who, whosoever, whatsoever, where the
relative clause often stands first. Gener.
with indic. Matt. v. 39, dots oe paTicet
—ortoéWov aitw x.7t.r. ver. 41. xii. 12.
With av, which strengthens the indefinite-
ness, whosoever, whatsoever, in N. T. only,
with the sing. with subjunct. Matt. x. 33,
dois av Govyontai we. Lu. x. 3d. John
OT
ii. 5. Col. iii. 23. 3) sometimes doris
refers to a definite subject, and is then
apparently equiv. to ds, Lu. ii. 4, ets woAuw
Aavid Hris KaXsitar BnOX. Acts xi. 28.
xvi. 12.—II. like 6s, so also davis is em-
ployed in a wider extent, both as con-
nective, and as implying result, cause, or
the like, where a conjunction might
also stand. 1) as a general connective,
Lu. i. 20, av@’ av otk émiotevoas Tots
Adyots pov, oftives TANPwWOijoovTat.
xxiii. 19. Rom. ix. 4. Gal. iv. 24. 2) as
marking result, event, &c. = wore; after
to.outos, 1 Cor.v.1. 3) implying cause,
ground, or reason, &c. = oT1, because,
Matt. vii. 15, rpocéyete ato THY Wevdo-
TpopyTa@v, OiTLWES EQXOVTAL TEOS UMass.
Lat. ut qui. xxv. 3. Acts x. 41; so nus,
Col. iii. 5, 14.
"Octpakivos, n, ov, adj. (Gorpaxoyr,)
earthen, 2 Tim. ii. 20; fig. as an emblem
of frailty, 2 Cor. iv. 7. Sept. and Class.
"“Ocgdornects, ews, n, (Oodeaivouat,)
the smell, the sense of smell, 1 Cor. xii.
17. Class.
"Ocdds, vos, 7, and pl. ai aogues,
the loins, the lower region of the back,
lumbar region, the hips; in N. T. 1) ea-
ternal, =the hips, where the girdle is
worn, Matt. ii. 4, Cavnv depuativyy wept
THY Oop avTov: the Orientals, in order
to run or work with more ease, are accus-
tomed to gird their long flowing garments
close about them; hence to have the loins
girded is =to be in readiness, prepared
for any thing, Lu. xii. 35. Eph. vi. 14;
fig. | Pet. i. 13. 2) internal, as the seat
of procreative power in men, Heb. vii. 5,
(see “EEépxouar, I. 2,) ver. 10. Acts ii.
30, Kaomos THs doqvos, i. e. children,
offspring.
“Orav, adv. (éTs, dv,) when, with
the accessory idea of uncertainty, possi-
bility, whensoever, if ever, in case that, so
often as, &c.; construed regularly with
the subj., referring to an often-repeated or
possible action in the present or future
time; in Gr. writers sometimes with the
opt., and in a few very late instances with
the indic. JI. prop. with the sups. 1) in
general propositions, with subj. pres. Matt.
xv. 2, dtav aotov écbiwoiv, Lu. xi. 21.
John xvi. 21. In a general comparison,
with pres. Lu. xi. 36, ws dtTav—gwti Cn
ce. 2) in reference to a future action or
tame ; with subj. pres. Matt. xxvi. 29, ws
THS Hp. exeivys OTav avTo Tivw pel?
vuov. Mk. xiii. 4. John vii. 27,—II. with
the idic. imperf. in narrating an actual
event, once, Mk. iii. 11, Ta wvevuata Ta
axalapta, otav avTov 20ewpet, i. e.
whenever, as often as ; here Class. writers
would employ the opt.—tiII. by impl.
ovay is put like Engl. since, while, in
307
OTI
assigning a cause, reason,=because, tn that,
foll. by subj. John ix. 5, éd7vav tv Tw
KOouw Ww, paws eiul «.7.’\. Rom, ii. 14.
LiGop: gav.:27).
“Ore, adv. of time, when, correl. with
Tote, TOTe ; construed regularly with the
indic., as relating to an actual event, some-
thing actually taking place; rarely with
the subjunct. 1) with indic. pres. in ge-
neral propositions, John ix. 4, vv&, bre
ovdels OWWaTat épyaCec8ar. Heb. ix. 17.
2) usually of time past ; with indic.:pres.
in an historical sense, Mk. xi. 1, comp.
Matt. xxi. 1; imperf. Mk. xiv. 12, 6rve To
mhaoxa e0vov. xv. 41, ote jv ev TH Van.
John xvii. 12; with move corresp. Col,
i, 7. 1:Pet.) a 20s aor.) Matt: vr. eo:
xii. 3. Mk. i. 32; with vove corresp.
Matt. -xxa. 1+ pert, 1° Cor. xno fore
yéyova avne. 3) of future time, foll. by
indic. fut. Lu. xvii. 22, €XevocovtTar juéoat
Ste emiOuunoete k.t.A. John iy. 21.
Rom. ii. 16.
“Ort, a conjunct. demonstr. and causal,
like Engl. that, originally the same as
neut. of doris: as demonstrative it stands
properly for Touro 6 TL, as pointing out
or introducing that to which the prece-
ding words refer, i.e. their object, contents,
&c.; as causal it is properly the same as
dia Touto 6 TL, and assigns the cause,
reason, motive, ground of any thing, that,
because, &c. It is construed in N. T.
with the indic, J. as a conjunction de-
monstrative. 1. prop. after a demonstr.
pron., as Tovvo or the like, expr. or impl.
John iii. 19, atityn éotiv 7 Kopio.s, OTL TO
gas édynArv0ev. Rom. ii. 3. Rev. ii. 6;
implied, Matt. xvi. 7.—11. after a pron.
interrog., as Tis, Ti, John xiv. 22, vi yé-
yovev, oTL tiv méAdNELS K.T.A.3 SO TE
ote for Ti oti OTL, prop. ‘ what cause is
there that,’ &c. Mk. ii. 16. Acts v. 4, 9;
with a pron. or subst. Mk. iv. 41, tis dpa
outros got, ore K.T.A. Heb. ii. 6.—111.
most freq. ore with indic. is put in con-
struction after certain classes of verbs, to
express the object or reference of the verb;
and is then equiv. to an accus. with infin.,
or to the corresponding participial con-
struction, and often alternates with these
in one and the same verb. 1) after verbs
signifying to say, speak, and all verbs in-
cluding this idea; e. gr. after Aéyw, Matt.
Hi/9, xii.46. .cimnov, Matt.. xxvii. 7,13;
dvayyéitiw, Acts xiv. 27. yoadow, Mk.
xii. 19. dudadoxw, 1 Cor. xi. 14. dunyé-
omar, Acts ix. 27. waptupéw, Matt. xxiii.
dl. duvups, Rev. x. 6. ouodtoyéw, Heb.
xi. 13. oppayiGw, Jobn iii. 33. Some-
times Aéyw or the like is implied in the
preceding verb or words, e. gr. Acts xiv.
22. John vii. 35. 2) after verbs signif. to
show, make known, &c. with particip. or
O-IC
infin. ; after deckvuw, Matt. xvi. 21. 2 Th.
i. 4. dyAOw, 1 Cor. i. 11. admroxadtrTw,
1 Pet. i.12. tucbaviGw, Heb. xi. 14. pa-
vepow, 2 Cor. iii. 3. 3) after verbs signif.
to hear, see, and fig. to perceive, know, &c.
4) after verbs signif. to remember, care
for, &c.; atter puuvijckw, Matt. v. 23.
Jude 5. uvypovetw, John xvi.4. 5) after
verbs signif. to hope, believe, think, consider,
&c. éXrrilw, wictevw, TétroiWa, Ke.—Iv.
ott serves also to zztroduce words quoted
without change, chiefly after verbs imply-
ing to say, &c. and is then merely a mark
of quotation, not to be translated in Engl. ;
Matt. ii. 23, +o pynPev—ort NaCwpatos
KAnOynoetac. v. 3). vii. 23.—II. as a con-
junct. causal. 1) after a demonstr. pron.
as touto, that, because ; 61& ToUVTO OTL,
John viii. 47. x. 17. gv totTw ort, Lu.
x. 20; also oUrws ott, Rev. iii. 16. 2)
after a pron. interrog., as Tis, Ti, €. gr.
SOLETET OTE. GOI. IX. oo. 2 Oor xa tls
sO Xap. Tivos, ott, 1 Johniii. 12. 3)
absol. put after certain classes of verbs,
and also gener. to express the cause,
reason, motive, occasion of the action of
those verbs, or of any action or event
mentioned, that, = seeing that, because,
for, &c. 4) after verbs signif. an emotion
of the mind, as wonder, joy, pity, sorrow ;
Sauuaw, xaiow, Lu. x. 20. 5) after
verbs expressing praise, thanks, emauvéw,
1 Cor. xi. 17. evyaoroTéw, Lu. xviii. 11,
&c. 6) gener. Matt. ii. 18, ovx 70eXe
waoak\nOjvar, OTe ovK sioi. Mk. i. 27.
v.9
“O Tov, see Ootts, init.
Od, adv. where, see“Os, II. 7.
Ov, also ovx« or ov>~ before a vowel, ac-
cording as it is smooth or aspirated; usu-
ally without accent, but written ov when
standing alone or at the end of a sentence;
a negative particle, not, mo, expressing
direct and full negation independently and
absolutely, and hence ofyectzve ; thus dif-
fering from ji), which implies a conditional
and hypothetical negation, and is therefore
subjective ; I. before the subject of a verb,
where it renders the verb and proposition
negative in respect to the subject. 1)
gener. Matt. i. 25, otx éyivwoKev avr.
Mk, iti. 25. Lu. vi. 43. John i. 10, 11.
Acts ii. 15. 2) with the 2d pers. future in
prohibitions, where the neg. fut. then stands
for a neg. imperat. precisely as Engl. ‘ thou
shalt not do it,’ &c. which is stronger than
the direct imperat. do zt not; Matt. vi. 5,
OUK oy woTep of UToKp.Tat. Lu. iv. 12.
Acts xxiii. 5. 1 Cor. ix. 9; so from the
decalogue, Matt. v. 21, ov @ovevcers, ver.
27, 33. Rom. vii. 7, al. 3) where the sub-
ject is was or eis, and ov is joined not
with mas but with the verb; here by
Hebr. was—ov or ov—7as is = ovozis,
308
not one, none, Matt. xxiv. 22, ovK ap
gown waca cap, prop. all flesh would —
OY
not be saved, i. e. no flesh, Rom. iii. 20.
Eph. v. 5, wa@s mopvos ovK éxet. Lu. i.
3/. 2 Pet. i. 20. 1 John ii. 21. Rev. xxii.
3. els—ou, not one, none, Matt. x. 29, Ev
é€& avtwy ov mweoetTar. Lu. xii. 6. 4)
where ov with its verb is followed by
ada, i. €. ovN—&AXG, prop. Matt. ix. 12,
OU Xpéiav éXovowy oi ioxvovTes iaTeov,
aX’ oi Kakws éxovtes. xv. 11. John vii.
16; also ody StTi—@XAN’ Gtt, vi. 26. xii.
6. 5) sometimes ov stands in a condi-—
tional sentence after <i, where the usual
negative is mij, as strengthened by other
negative particles; also by compounds of
OU, aS OUK ovde, not even; ovK HOEhev
ovde Tovs OPO. érragar, Lu. xviil. 13. iv.
2. xxiii. 53. Acts vill. 39. Rom. ii. 10.—
II. before the object of a verb, where it
renders the proposition negative in respect
to the object; gener. Matt. ix. 13, éXeov
JédXw, Kat ov Suciav. 1 Cor. iv. 15; more
freq. as followed by dAXa, Mk. ix. 37,
oUk éué OéxeTal, aXAa TOV K.T.A. Acts
v. 4. Eph. vi. 12; so ovx dé71-—aAN’ OT1,
2 Cor. vii. 9.—III. before the adjunct of a
verb, adverbial or the like, where it ren-
ders the proposition negative in respect to
the adjunct; e. gr. before a zown implying
manner, 2 Cor. iii. 3, ov wéAavt, GAAE
mvevpuatt. v.7. John iii. 34. Gal. ii. 16;
before an adject. as adv. ovx ékovca,
Rom. viii. 20; before an adv. | Cor. v. 10,
éyoaWa buiv ov wavTws, ‘not generally,”
John vii. 10, oJ daveows, &\AaG.—IV.
before participles, where a direct and ab-
solute negative is to be expressed, 2 Cor.
iv. 8, SAcBouevor, aX’ ov oTEVOX. K.T.d.
Gal. iv. 27. Eph. v. 4.—V. as affecting
single words, ov not only renders them
negative, but often gives them the directly
contrary sense, sometimes as a sort of
compound, like Engl. non, wx. 1) with
verbs, ovk ayataw, to not love, = to be
careless of, Rev. xii. 11; ovK ayvoéw =
to know well, 2 Cor. ii. 11; ovk aw = to
restrain, Acts xvi. 7; ovx ausXew = to
be careful, 2 Pet. i. 12; ov Sé\w, nolo, to
be unwilling, Matt. xxiii. 37; ovK simi
a£vos or ixavos, to be unworthy, &c. Matt.
iii. 11. Acts xiii. 25. 2) with nouns; ov
Aads, ovk 20vos, q. d. a non-people, 1 Pet.
ii. 10, of woté ov ads, vuy Oe ads
Ozcov. Rom. x. 19. 3) with adjectives ;
qas, where in the form ov was, ov wév-
Tes, it merely takes away the positive
force, = not every one, not all, Matt. vii.
21, ov was 6 Aéywv. xix. 11; but was—
ov means 20 one. With other adjectives
it expresses the contrary ; oJK donpos, not
mean, == renowned, Acts xxi. 39. xvii. 4.
4) with adverbs, oJ wetoiws, Acts xx. 12.
ovr ev0éws, Luke xxi. 9.—VI. in nega-
tive answers, 20, nay, not, = not at all,
OYA
Matt. xiii. 29, 6 O& Epny, OV. 2 Cor. i.
17, o¥ ov, intens. Matt. v. 37; with the
art. TO ov, i. e. the word od, 2 Cor. i. 17.—
VII. in negative questions, zonne ; 2s not ?
are not? where an affirm. answer is always
presupposed, so that the neg. question
stands instead of a direct affirmation;
simply, Matt. vi. 26, ovx vuets waddov
diaégete avTa@y ; xii. 3,5. Mk, iv. 18,
21; so xiv. 60, ovK atroxoivy ovdev; with
other particles, ovk aoa, Acts xxi. 38.
GAN ov, Heb. iii. 16, ‘ who now were they
that did provoke God?’ &XQX’ ov, yea,
were they not all those? &c. compare
"AAD.
Ova, interj. ah! aha! Lat. vah! ut-
tered in derision, Mk. xv. 29.
Oval, inter}. wo! alas! Lat. ve! ut-
tered in grief, indignation, &c. 1) prop.
and in later usage, with dat. Matt. xi. 21,
ovai cot, XopaCiv. xxiii. 13, sq.; with
dat. impl. Rev. viii. 13. xviii. 10. 2) as
subst. indec. 1 Cor. ix. 16, ovai wor tori,
Engl. woe is me! Hence with art. fem. 77
oval 7 pia, the first woe, Rev. ix. 12.
Ovdapuas, adv. (ovdauds,) by no
means, Matt. 11. 6.
Ovdé, conjunct. (ov dé,) denying abso-
Tutely and objectively, and differing from
noe as ov from ux: properly continu-
ative, in the sense and not, also not, and
hence I.=xor, nezther, not even ; 1) in con-
tinued negation, at the beginning of a sub-
sequent clause. 2) and not, nor, neither,
gener. preceded by ov, Matt. v. 15. vi. 20,
Omov KAETTAaL OV dLtopvacoVGLY ovbE
KAémtovow. ver. 26, 28. Acts viii. 21.
ov—ovee ovte, 1 Th. ii. 3. ot}rw—ovdd
interrog. Mk. viii. 17; preceded by ovdeis,
Matt. ix. 17. Rev. v. 3; so in apposit.
with ovdéels, e. gr. ovdi—ovde, neither—
nor, Mk. xiii. 52; by tva urj—ovcz, Rev.
ix. 4. 3) also not, neither, in a stronger
transition or antithesis; preceded by ov,
Matt. xxi. 27, ovK ot0apev—ovdé éyw
Aéyw wutv. Mk. xii. 21. Lu. xvi. 31.
John xv. 4. Rom. iv. 15; by ovdeis—
ovce, John viii. 11. ovdeis—ovdé ovxérn,
Matt. xxii. 46. sav py—ovoé, vi. 15.
With yao and dAXa, after a preceding
neg. expr. or impl. in the context; as
ovodz yap, for not also, for neither, where
ov denies, dz connects, and yap assigns a
reason, John vil. 5, ovdé yao ot adeXqot
avuToU étiotevov zis avtTov. Rom. viii.
7; strengthened by ovdeis, John v. 22,
ovde yap o Ilatip Kpiver ovdéva. Gal. i.
12, ode yap—ovre. Also aAX’ odée,
yea, neither, where a\\« merely strength-
ens the negation, Lu. xxiii. 15, ovddy
evpov—anX’ ovde ‘Howons. 1 Cor. iii. 2.
Gal. ii. 3.—II. = not even, not so much
as. 1) in the middle of a clause, Matt. vi.
29, Azyw ipiv, StL od? TorAomdv ev}
309
OYK
awacn tH OOFy. Mk. vi. 31. Lu. vii. 9.
John xxi. 25: also aAN’ ovedz, yea, not
even, Acts xix. 2. 1 Cor. iv. 3. 2) in
interrog. Mk. xii. 10, o0d& Thy yoadiy
TavTyy aveyvwrte; Lu. vi. 3. xxiii. 40.
Ouvdels, ovdemia, obdev, (ovdz, eis,)
decl. like eis, a neg. adject. denying abso-
lutely and objectively, and differing from
pnoets as ov from pay: gener. no one,
nothing, i.e. none at all; prop. emphat.
not even one, not the least, but in this
sense it is commonly written separately,
ovde eis, ovde ev, &c. I. as adj. with
subst. 20 one, no, Lu. iv. 24, ovdeis apo-
giytns. John xvi. 29, mragoimiav ovde-
piav: neut. Lu. xxiii. 4, ovdév atriov.
Acts xvii. 21. Partitively, with gen. of a
whole, Lu. iv. 26, weds ovdeuiav avtav.
ver: 2/2 Johnivis 19) Acts xviny 171.
absol. as subst. ovdeis, mo one, no person,
Matt. vi. 24, ovdeis dvvaTar duct Kupiows
dovAevew. John v. 22. Acts ix. 8. With
other negatives for strength, Matt. xxii.
16, ov wéXer cor TWepi ovdeves. Lu. XxXili.
53, ovdémw ovdsis. Mk. xii. 34, ovdels
ovKéTt.—II]. neut. ovdev, absol. nothing,
gener, Matt. x. 26. Acts xv. 9. Gal. ii. 6.
With other negatives for intensity, Mk.
xiv. 60, obk awoxpivy obdév; Lu. iv. 2.
1 Cor. viii. 2. ovdev—ovd uy, Lu. x. 19.
Accus. ovdev, adv. 1. e. % no way, im no
respect, Acts xxv. 10, ’lovdaious otédév
noiknoa. Gal. iv. 12; with ov, John vi.
63, cape ovK weret ovdév. Metaph.
nothing, 1. e. of no account, weight, value,
authority, &c. Matt. xxiii. 16, ds dp
Omocyn gy TW vaw, OVdEV got. | Cor.
Xlli, 2: so eis ovdev yevéoOar, to come to
nought, Acts v. 36. sis ovdév NoyiroOHvat,
to be set at nought, be contemned, xix. 27.
Ovdémorte, adv. (ovd, moté,) not
ever, never, comp. ov, init.; foll. by pres.
1 Cor. xiii, 8, 4) dyaan ovd. éxrimrer.
Heb. x. 1; pret. Matt. vii. 23, ovd. éyvwv
uuas. ix. 33. Lu. xv. 29. Acts xiv. 8;
by fut. Matt. xxvi. 33. In interrog. xxi.
16, ovd. avéyvwre ;
Ovdéma, adv. (ovd2, mw,) prop. not
ever yet, not yet, never; foll. by pret.
John vii. 39, oud. éd0€acOn. xx. 9.
Strengthened by ovdeis, Lu. xxiii. 53,
ovo. ovdsis. 1 Cor. viii. 2, od. ovdéy.
Ovdzis, lat. Gr. for ovdeis, 1 Cor, xiii.
2, in early Edd.
OvKkéTL, or ovK ETL, adv. nO more, no
further, no longer, in the general sense of
ov, which see, init.; gener. Matt. xix. 6,
WoTE OUKETL Eiol Ovo. Lu. xv. 19. Rom.
vii. 17. With other negatives for strength,
Matt. xxii. 46. Mk. vii. 12. Acts viii. 39, al.
Ovkowuy, adv. (ox otv,) prop. inter-
rog. nonne ergo? not so then? implying an
affirm. answer, and hence used by the
Attics as an affirmative illative particle,
OYN
THEREFORE, THEN; in N. T. once, John
Xvill. 37, obxkouv Bacireds ei ov; i. e€.
thou art a king then, art thou not ?
Ody, conj. thereupon, i.e. now, then,
therefore ; put after one or more words in
a clause, and expressing either the merely
external connexion of two sentences, that
the one follows wpon the other; or also
the internal relation of cause and effect,
that the one follows from the other.—l.
as marking mere eaternal connexion, and
thus denoting transition or continuation
from what precedes to what follows, there-
upon, now then, &c. 1) gener. Lu. vi. 9,
elmwev ovv 0 I. meds avtous. John xii.
1, 9. xix. 29, oxevos otv exerto o€ous
peorov. Rom. xi. 1, 11: so where, after
introductory matter, the transition is made
to the thing itself, Matt. xiii. 18. Lu. xx.
29, érra ovy adeXot ijoav. John iv. 5.
xix. 40. Also wey otv, comp. méev: with
d: following, Mk. xvi. 19. Acts i. 6, sq.
viii, 4, sq.3 without 62, xxiii. 22. xxvi. 4.
2) joined with a particle of time, or words
implying time; dtav ovv, Matt. xxi. 40.
Lu. xi. 34. ore ovv, John ii. 22. ws ovv,
iv. 1, 40. é€aut7s ovv, Acts x. 33. vuv
ovv, ibid. wa&Aw ovv, John viii. 12. ody
wad, ver. 21. tore otv, xi. 14. So with
a participle, which may be resolved by a
particle of time, as 0Tav, OTe, ws, with a
finite verb, John vi. 14, of otv &v@ow7ror
idovtes, then those men when they had seen,
ver. 15. Acts xv. 2.—II. as expressing the
internal connexion of two sentences, that the
one follows from the other as effect from
cause, therefore, consequently; I. GENER.
where any thing is said to be done, &c. 2
consequence of what is previously narrated.
1) gener. Lu. xv. 28, weyicby dé, Kai ovK
nQedev eioeN ety’ O ovvY TaTIp avToOU
éEeNOwv wapexdrer avtov. Acts xvii. 20.
Rom. ix. 19. Eph. iv. 1: so freq. in the
phrases eitrov ovv,Aeyer ovv, &c. John viii.
13. xxi. 5. 2) in exhortations founded on
what precedes, Matt. v. 48, goeoe ovv
bmets TéEXELOL. Mk. xiii. 35. Acts iii. 19.
Rom. xi. 22. 3) where the consequence
is connected with a conditional or causal
clause; édv ovv, if therefore, Matt. v. 23.
Rom. ii. 26. <i odv, Matt. vi. 23. Lu. xvi.
ll. eitve otv, 1 Cor. x. 31: so éarel oun,
Heb. ii. 14. iv. 6.—1I. ILLATIVE, ex-
pressing an znference or conclusion from
what precedes; 1) gener. Matt. iii. 10, 7
a&éivyn—ketTat, wav ovv dévopov. Mk. x.
9. Rom. vi. 4. Heb. ix. 23. 2) after an
enumeration of particulars, expressing the
general result or conclusion, Matt. i. 17,
Tacat ovv at yeveant ato’ ABoaau. John
vil. 43. xx. 30. 3) where the conclusion
is connected with a conditional or causal
clause; eZ ovv in the sense of éqrel ovv,
Matt. vii. 1], ei oby wmets ofOaTe k.T.X.
310
OYP
John xiii. 14. Acts xi. 17.—11. where a
sentence has been interrupted by a paren--
thesis, or by intervening clauses,. and is
again resumed, = ‘I say,” ‘as before said,’ ’|
&c. Matt. vii. 24, was oty Goris, comp. .
ver. 21. x. 32, comp. ver. 22. 1 Cor. viii.
4, comp. ver. l. Gal. iii. 5, comp. ver. 2.
Heb. iv. 11, comp. ver. 6.—1v. in inter-.
rog. sentences, referring back to a previous
assertion, supposition, circumstances, &e. ; ;
gener. Matt. xiii. 28, SéXNers obv amed--
Qovres ovANéEwmev adtTa; After inter--
rog. particles, Matt. xvii. 10, ti oty oat.
Yoaumarets ANéyovow; Rom. iil. 1. iv. 1.
qoQev ouv; Matt. xiii. 27. mas ovv; xii.
26.
Ovmw, adv. (ov, 7w,) not even yet, not
yet ; foll. by pres. Matt. xxiv. 6, aX’
oUmw éoTl TO TéXos. John ii. 4; by pret.
ili. 24. Heb. xii. 4. oarw ovdsis, Acts viii.
16. In interrogat. Matt. xv. 17, ovaww
voEelTE—;
Ovpd, as, 4, the tail of an animal, Rev.
ix. 10, 19. xii. 4. Sept. and Class.
Ovpavios, a, ov, (oveavos,) and 20s,
tov, adj. heavenly, i. e. dwelling in heaven, |
6 Ilatio 6 otpavos. Matt. vi. 14, 26,
3o2. xv. 138. So Aristoph. Nub. 15380,
Jeol ovpaviol. oTPaTLa OVpavios, heavenly
host, angels, Lu. ii. 13: also as coming
from heaven, ovpdvos omtacia, Acts
Sova lode
Otipavobev, adv. (ovpaves,) from
heaven, Acts xiv. 17. xxvi. 13. Class.
Ovoavos, ov, 6, pl. oipavol, wy, ot,
heaven, the heavens; spoken prop. of the
expanse of the sky, the apparent concave
hemisphere above us, which was regarded |
by the Hebrews as solid, the firmament ;
but, in common usage, including also the
regions above the sky, where God is said
to dwell; and likewise the region under-
neath and next the firmament, where the
clouds are gathered, the birds fly, &c.: in
N. T. I. prop. and gener. as including
the visible heavens and all their pheno-
mena; so where heaven and earth are
spoken of together, opp. 1 Cor. viii. 5,
cite év ovpave, site él THS yHs. 2 Pet.
iii. 5: also 6 cup. Kal 4 yn, heaven and
earth, = the universe, Matt. v. 16. Lu. x.
21. Rey. xiv. 7, Tov ove. Kal Ti yHVv Kai
tiv Séhaccav. Col. i. 16. So akoor |
ovpavou, &kpa ovpavav, the extremities of
the heavens, where they seem to touch the
earth, Matt. xxiv. 31. Mk. xiii. 27. taro
Tov ovo. under heaven, i. e. on earth,
Acts iv. 12. of bao Toy ovo. ii. 53 4) UT
ovoavoy, scil. ywoa, = the earth, or region
of the earth, Lu. xvii. 24, xk THs U7’
oup. eis tiv Um’ ove. ‘from one part of
the earth to another.’ Further, ot vuv
ovp. 2 Pet. iii. 7, and 6 wewTos ove. Rev.
xxi. 1, the present heavens, which are to |
OY P
| be destroyed at the final consummation of
all things, after which xew heavens are to
| appear, Kawoi oveavol, 2 Pet. iii. 18. Fig.
vWwlyvar Ews Tov ovo. Lat. ad calum
efferri, ‘to be exalted to heaven, ‘to be
highly distinguished,’ Matt. xi. 23. More
specifically spoken,—II. of the firmament
ttself, the starry heaven, in which the sun,
moon, and stars are fixed, Mk. xiii. 25, oi
aotépes Tov ove. Heb. xi. 12. Hence 7
oTpatia tov ove. Acts vii. 42, and ai
Ouvamers THY ovp. OY év Tots Ovp. Matt.
xxiv. 29. Mk. xiii. 25. Further, the stars
are said wimtew awd tov ovp. to fall
Jrom heaven, as emblematical of great
commotions and revolutions, Matt. xxiv.
29: the firmament itself, which is spread
out over the earth as a curtain, is likewise
‘said to be rolled together as a scroll, Rev.
vi. 14. Fig. Lu. x. 18, é6ewpouv tov
Saravav ws adotpatnv ék Tov ovo.
qeoovta, where the form of expression is
in allusion to Isa. xiv. 12, the lightning
‘being emblematic of swiftness,—for the
sense, q. d. the power of Satan is broken,
comp. John xii. 31.—III. of the dower
heaven, or region below the firmament, =
the air, atmosphere, where clouds and tem-
pests are gathered, and lightning breaks
forth, where the birds fly, &c.; of clouds,
Matt. xvi. 2, muppdaGer 6 ovo. xxiv. 30.
Mk. xiv. 62. Lu. xii. 56, et al. sepe. Fig.
KXetoat Tov ovp. to shut up heaven, i. e.
“to withhold rain, Rev. xi. 6.—IV. of the
upper or superior heaven, beyond the visi-
ble firmament, the abode of God and his
glory, of the Messiah, the angels, the spi-
rits of the just after death, and gener. of
every thing which is said to be with God.
1) gener. of Gop, Matt. v.34, unre év tw
ovo. OTL Spovos éati Tov Veov, xxiii. 22.
Heb. viii. | ; hence God is called 6 Qeds
Tov ovo. Rev. xi. 13; Kvpios Tov ovo.
Matt. xi.25;6K. év rots ovp. Eph. vi. 9;
0 Ilatip 6 év Tots ovpavots, Matt. v. 16,
sep.; 0 Ilatio 6 2& oveavov, Lu. xi. 13:
of the Mzss1au, the Son of God, as
coming from heaven, John iii. 13, 31; or
as returning thither after his resurrection,
Mk. xvi. 19. Acts i. 10, whence he will
again come to judge the world, 1 Th. i. 10.
iv. 16; of the Hoty Spirit, Matt. iii. 16.
1 Pet. i. 12; of angels, Matt. xviii. 10, al. ;
hence called ta otpatetpata Ta tv TH
oup. Rey. xix. 14; of the righteous after
death, Matt. v. 12, 6 uicbos tua arodds
év Tots oup. vi. 20. Lu. x. 20. 1 Pet. i. 4,
al. : in heaven also is the spiritual temple
with its sacred utensils, Heb. ix. 23, 24.
Rev. xi. 19; and there also the new Jeru-
salem is prepared and adorned, iii. 12,
Hence to be or to be done, iv tw ovp. =
among or by those who dwell in heaven, Lu.
xv. 7, Xapa zorae tv Tw ob. Matt. vi.
10. xvi. 19. r& év Tots ovo. = the higher
¥
311
OY T
spiritual world, Eph. i. 10, and so iii. 15,
TACK WATPLA EV OVPAaVOTs: so poetically,
where the heavens are said to rejoice,
Rev. xii. 12. In various phrases, &c. to
look up to heaven, as the abode of God,
avaBréTew zis Tov ovo. Matt. xiv. 19.
aveviCew, Acts i. 10. éuBrérrevy, ver. 11.
émapat Tovs opO. Lu. xviii. 13. To
ascend or be taken up into heaven, Lu. ii.
Low Acts, ii, $42, xiili6. Pet, i422. 1" To
come or be sent from heaven, John iii. 31.
Vin, oo.) LT hessstavi Won weep. aie. 2.
] Pet. i. 12. Also heaven is said to be
opened, so as to let pass in or out, to lay
open the interior, &c. Matt. iii. 16. Mk.
1.10. John i..52. Acts vii. 56. 2) dais
Tpitov ovp. unto the third heaven, 2 Cor.
xii. 2, probably in allusion to the three
heavens as above specified, viz. the lower,
the middle or firmament, and the superior,
hence i. q. the highest heaven, the abode of
God, angels, and glorified spirits, the spi-
ritual paradise, ver. 4; comp. Eph. iv. 10.
Heb. iv. 14. vii. 26. 3) meton. and from
the later Hebr. ovpavos, otjpavoi, like
Engl. heaven, as being the abode of God,
is often put for God himself, eivar é&
oveavov, = ék Tov OQeov, Matt. xxi. 25.
Oedouevoy ék Tov ovo. John iii. 27.
jpmaptov eis Tov ovp. Lu. xv. 18; also in
the formula so freq. in Matt. 7 Baoirsia
Twv ovp. ill. 2, al.; elsewhere 7 Bac.
Tou Oezou.
Ovs, wos, TO, an ear, pl. Ta wa, the
ears, Mk. vii. 33. viii. 18. Lu. xxii. 50.
In phrases: 0 Xwv wra or ei TIS EXEL
WTA aKovELV, aKOVETW, OY O EXWV OvS
akoveaTw, i. e. ‘whoever can hear and
understand, let him hear and attend,
Matte xis) 152) Mike avep232 s hevaninnge
JéoGat cis Ta wa, to let sink into the
ears, to fix deep in the mind, Lu. ix. 44:
also to come sis Ta wTad TLvos, unto the
ears of any one, Acts xi. 22. AaXety
Tos OY axovewv eis TO ovs, to speak or
hear in the ear, i. e. privately, Matt. x. 27.
Lu. xii. 3 (Ps. xviii. 6. Is. v. 9): so to do
any thing év Tots wolv Tivos, i. e. in his
hearing, presence, Lu. iv. 21. wra zis d2n-
ol = wta Qzov éotiv zis 0. i. e. God
listens to prayer, | Pet. iii. 12. Poetically,
ous, as the organ of hearing, is put for the
person who hears, Matt. xiii. 16, uaxdoror
—Ta wT Upav, OTL adkovet. | Cor. ii. 9.
Ovcia, as, 4, (otoa, fem. part. of
eiut,) prop. entity, essence, nature, being,
life ; in N. T., and usually, what is to any
one, what he has, i. e. substance, property,
Lu. xv. 12, 13. Jos. and Class.
Ovve, conj. (od, Te,) a continuative,
referring usually to a part of a proposition
or clause, and not, also not, i. e. neither,
nor, not even. 1) as introducing a neg.
clause, with or without a preceding neg.
OxyT
neither, nor ; ovTe yao, Lu. xx. 36. John
iv. ll, oJrTe GuvtAnua zyxess, Kal TO
Ppéap éoti Bab’. More freq. repeated,
oUTe—ouUTe, neither—nor, before different
parts of a clause, Matt. vi. 20. Acts xv.
10. Gal. v. 6, al. After another nega-
tive, ov—owtte, John i. 25. ové&t—ovTe,
Gal. i. 12. 2) in the sense of not even,
Mk. v. 3, otrve adtoeow ovddzis 760-
vato avutov dyjoa. Lu. xii. 26. 1 Cor.
lii. 2.
Ottos, attyn, TovTo, genit. TovTou,
TavTHS, TOUTOU, pron. demonstr. this that,
prop. for 6 avtos, 7 avT}, TO avTo, this
same. I. prop. as referring to a person cr
thing before mentioned, i. e. to something
preceding. 1) prop. to that next pre-
ceding, Lu. i. 32, "Incovv’ oftos éoTan
péyas, ii. 25. John i. 2, Ozds jv 6 Xo-
yos’ outros nv. iii. 2. vi. 71. Rom. xiv.
18, gy tovto.s. 2 Pet. ii. 20, oft. Neut.
pl. tavtTa sometimes refers only to one
thing, 3 John 4. Lu. xi. 4, and oft. in
Class. 2) sometimes ottos refers not to
the nearest, but to another person or thing,
as being the chief topic of discourse, Matt.
iii. 3, ob TOs éorTiy, scil. "Iwavvns, ver. l.
Lu. xiii. 2. John i. 42. xi. 37, Kat ovTos,
even this man, Lazarus; Acts iv. 11, od-
Tos got 0 AiOos, scil. Xorotos. vii. 19.
Gal. iv. 26. 3) as referring generally to
the preceding discourse, Matt. vii.28. Mk.
Iveta. uu i290. xxiv, 21. sohm add.
Rom. xi. 27.—II. as referring to or intro-
ducing what follows, with emphasis, as in
Engl. THIs, i. gq. ‘the following; as fol-
lowed by the express words, Gal. iii. 17,
TouTo Néyw, drabyxyv, 1 John iv. 2; or
with subst. Matt. x. 2, Td dvouata tore
rauta. Lu. ii. 12. Acts viii. 32. 1 Cor. ix.
3; or by a noun simply, as the predicate,
2 Cor. xiii. 9, TouTo evyoueta, THY Vua@v
Kataotiow. 1 John v. 4, al.—III. used
O€LKTLKWS, 1. €. aS pointing to a person or
thing present either to the eyes or to the
mind. 1) gener. Matt. iii. 17, ot rds éorw
© vios pov. Xvil. 5, 20. Mk. xii. 43. John
1.15. Matt. viii. 9,7 copia att. xxvi.
o4, é€v TavTy TH vuKTi. Lu. xii. 26, Kar-
oov toutov. 2) in admiration, Matt. viii.
27, wotamos éoTw ovUTOsS, OTL K.T.A. Xil.
23. John vi. 14. 3) more usually in con-
tempt or aversion, as in Engl. ‘this fel-
low, &c. Matt. ix. 3, otros BXacgnuet,
xii. 24. xiii. 54. Acts vii. 40.—IV. m-
serted for emphasis, 1) after the subject
or object of a verb, i. e. between this and
the verb; after a noun, Matt. xiii. 38, ro
KaXov omrépua, OUTOL éicty ot Viol. XXi.
42. -Lu. viii. 21. Rom. vii. 10. 1 Pet. ii.
7; after a relative pron. Matt. v. 19. Mk.
moo. ‘luewx 220 John i..oa +. alter 2
partic. Matt. xiii. 20, 0 o7rapeis, ovTtds
312
O VCE
apodosis after <i, Rom. viii. 8. 3) after a
parenthesis, or intervening sentence, when
the writer again returns to the leading sub-
ject, Acts vil. 35, toutov tov Mwvojy —
—Tovtov 0 Ozds «.7.X. comp. ver. 31;
so ver. 3/, 38.,—V. where ovTos is fol-
lowed by a relative sentence, ot Tos—ds;
equiv. to this who, he who, that which, Lu.
ix. 9, Tis 2oTw OUTS, Tept oV—; | Pet.
v. 12. 1 John v. 9.—VI. as strengthened
by avtos, i. e. a’tToi otTo1, ‘these men
themselves, devxtixws, for ‘they them-
selves, Acts xxiv. 15, 20; oftener neut.
avUTO TOUTO, TOUTO avToO, ‘this very thing,
&c. as referring to what precedes, 2 Cor. _
ii. 3, 2yoaWa Uuty Toute abto. Eph. vi.
18. with relat. 6—avtd. tTouto, Gal. ii.
10.—VII. after cal, as Kat ovTos, often
gener. in the foregoing senses, e. gr.
and this man, and he, Lu. xvi. 1; he also,
xx. 30; deuxctix@s, xxil. 56, 59. But
spec. Kal oUTOS, Kal ToUTO, Kal TaUTaQ,
und he too, and this too, and that mdeed,
i. e. where a particular stress is to be laid
upon the connexion of two circumstances,
ovTos is thus joined to cai, and then al-
ways refers back to the former, | Cor. i.
2, ei ut “Incour Xpiotov, kat TouTov
éoTavowmévov: oftener neut. Rom. xiii.
11. 1 Cor. vi. 6, 8. Heb. xi. 12.—VIII. a
distribution, TovTo piv—rovTo Oé, prop.
as to this—as to that, equiv. to partly—
partly, Heb. x.d3.—IX. neut. tauvta, ace.
as adv. so, thus, equiv. to oUTws; after
Ka0wes, John vill. 28; tavta eivar, to be
thus, such, 1 Cor. vi. 11.—X. in gender,
&c. the use of oi tos exhibits some ano-
malies of syntax; 1) where odtos refers
in sense to a preceding noun, it yet some-
times takes the gender and number of a
noun following, Matt. xiii. 38, to KaXov
oméoua, ouToi eiow ot viot. Lu. vin. 14,
15. 2) by Hebr. the fem. atty stands
for se tTouTo in Matt. xxi. 42, and Mk.
shal ys
Ottws, also OtUTw before a consonant,
(ovros,) demonstr. adv. i this manner, so,
thus, to which corresponds relat. ws, &c.
I. prop. as referring to what PRECEDES,
and in complete sentences preceded by a
relative adv. or adverbial word: 1) with
a preced. relat. adv. as—so ; xalamz9—
oUtws, Rom. xii. 5. 1 Cor. xii. 12, caOa-
Tep TO c@pa ev éoTLV, OUTW Kal o Xer-
otros. 2 Cor. viii. 11. kabas—otTws, Lu.
xi. 30. 1 Th. ii. 4. w®s—otTws, Acts viii.
32. Rom. v. 15. 2 Cor. vii. 14. é&ore9—
ovTws, Matt. xii. 40. Rom. vi. 4; fur-
ther, xa’ bcov—otitws, Heb. ix. 27, 28.
dv TodTov—ovTws, 2 Tim. ili. 8. 2)
alone, and as referring gener. to the pre-
ceding discourse, Matt. iii. 15, otrTw ape-
Tov éoTiv uty wWAnpw@oat TWacav LK.
éori. Mk. xii. 40. Lu. ix. 48. 2) in| i.e. ‘ by being baptized,’ v. 12. vi. 30. Lu.
a
OY X
i, 25. John xi. 48. 1 Cor. ii. 11. interr.
John xviii. 22. Acts vii. 1. xvii. 1]. 3) an
emphatic affirmation or prohibition, oUTws
éotat, so shall it be, Matt. xii. 45. xiii.
49. xx. 26.—II. as referring to and intro-
ducing what FOLLOWS; in complete sen-
tences followed by a relat. adv. or adver-
bial word. 1) with a following relat. adv.
so—as ; oUTw Kalws, Lu. xxiv. 24. Rom.
xi. 26. ot Tws—ws, John vii. 46. 1] Cor. iv.
1. ovrws—Horte, with inf. Acts xiv. l.
viTws—ov TpdToy, i. 11. ka’ oy TP. XXVii.
25. 2) alone; as followed by direct nar-
ration or quotation, Matt. i. 18, rov ’I.
Xp. 7 yévyynors ot Tws Hv? pynstevleions
KT. ii. 5, oUTW yéyoaTTa, Kai ov
BnbXAcéu. Rev. ix. 17.—III. used decx-
tix@s, Acts xxi. 11, Tov avdga—otTw
Ojcovow év ‘Ieoovo. Rom. ix. 20; with
the idea of aversion, 1 Cor. v. 3, Tov otTw
TOUTO KaTepyacapevov.—lV. mnserted for
emphasis: 1) after participles, before the
foll. verb, like otros. Acts xx. 11, dur
- Aneas &xors abyjs,ovTws EEnNOEv. xxvii.
17. 2) in apodosis, after 7x causal, Rev.
iii. 16.—V. spoken of degree, extent, so,
so much, to such a degree, in such a man-
ner; with adjectives and adv. Heb. xii.
21, otTw doBepov iv TO pavTaCopevov.
Rev. xvi. 18. ottw tTayéws, Gal. i. 6;
interrog. Mk. vii. 18, ottTw kai vypets
acuvetoi éote; iv.40. Gal. iii.3. With
a verb, | John iv. 11, ei ottTws 6 Oeds
Ayatnycev jhuas: foll. by 407 with indic.
John iii. 16; interrog. Matt. xxvi. 40.
1 Cor. vi. 5.
Ovxi, adv. not, a strengthened form of
ov. I. gener. John xiii. 10, &AX’ obxt
aavtes, ‘by no means all, ver. 1]. 1 Cor.
vi. 1. ovyi—dAXa, x. 29.—II. in neg. an-
swers, 70, nay, by no means, only foll. by
adXa, Lu. i. 60. Rom. iii. 27.—III. often
in neg. questions, zonne? zs not? are not ?
&c. implying an affirm. answer, Matt. v.
46, obxXi Kal of TEAWVAL TO AUTO ToLOUGL;
xx. 13. Lu. xvii. 6. ver.8, dAN’ od Xi Epet
AUTO 5
"O peirérns, ov, 6, (d6peirw,) a debt-
or. 1) Matt. xviii. 24, eis od. pupiwv
tardavTwy : fig. of one indebted for fa-
vours, Rom. xv. 27. 2) metaph. debtor,
one morally bound to the performance of
any duty; foll. by infin. Gal. v. 3, ogeu-
Aétys éotiv Sov Toy vosov Toincac:
by dat. and inf. Rom. viii. 12; so i. 14,
“EAAnGi te Kat BapBapors dpetrdétns
eimi, scil. evayyeXiec0ar. Soph. Aj. 590,
_ Seots ws ovdev doKety civ’ OpeErhETNS ETL.
_ 3) from the Hebraic idiom, equiv. to a
: delinquent, one who fails in the perform-
’ ance of duty, Matt. vi. 12, rots od. jar,
' i.e. ‘ those who fail in their duties towards
_ us: hence gener. a transgressor, sinner,
| equiv. to duaptwdos, Lu. xiii. 4; comp.
313
O®’O
ver. 2. So Liber Henoch. 180, og. auap-
Tias meyadns.
Operrh, As, 1, (opeihw,) a debt,
Matt. xviii. 32, wacav tiv od. apnke
gor: metaph. a due, duty, obligation, Rom.
xiii. 7. 1 Cor. vii. 3, in lat. Edd.
'O peirtnpa, atos,T0,(dpeitw,) prop.
‘something owed, a debt; in N.T. only
metaph. 1) a due, duty, obligation, Rom.
iv. 4, ob Aoyi{eTa: KaTa yap, arrde
Kata opeii. So Thue. ii. 40, ov« és ya-
o.v, ad’ és 6. 2) from the Hebraic
idiom, delinquency, i. e. a fault, sm, Matt.
vi. 12, aes nuiv Ta Od. nuwy, equiv. to
Ta waoaTTwuata, ver. 14, and tas
duaptias, Lu. xi. 4. The Class. only
say aplévar Tvl TA Xpea.
'Odeinrw, f. wow, to owe, be indebted.
I. PROP. in a pecuniary sense, with acc.
and dat. expr. or impl. Matt. xviii. 28, ds
@betev avTw éExaTov Oynvagra. Lu. vii.
4], al. Sept. and Class. ; pass. part. neut.
TO OdetNOmevon, prop. ‘what is owed,’ a@
debt, due, Matt. xviii. 30. Sept. and Class.
—II. meTApPH. to be bound to the perform-
ance of any duty, equiv. to L ought, I
must, foll. by infin.; so of what is required
by law or duty in general, with infin. impl.
Matt. xxiii. 16, ds dv dpoon—ogetret,
i, e. dtrodovvat, ver. 18; elsewh. with in-
fin. Lu. xvii. 10, 6 wpeitouev Toinoat,
TeTroijKauev. John xix. 7, opeiier atro-
Oavetv, ‘he ought to die. Rom. xv. l,
27, & oft. and Class.; also of what the
circumstances of time, place, person, &c.
render proper, —to be fit and proper, I
ought, Acts xvii. 29. 1 Cor. vii. 36, oUTws
Opeitee yivecOar. xi. 7, al.; or of what
is, from the nature of the case, necessary,
v. 10, évret 6@eitete Apa ek TOV KOopOU
é£ehGerv. ix. 10.—III. by impl. and from
the Hebraic idiom, to faz in duty, to be
im fault towards any one, with dat. Lu. xi.
4; see Ogeidérne 3.
”O meXoy, epic and later form for Att.
apeXov, aor. 2. of dmeidw, prop. L ought,
but used only in the implied sense of wzsh-
ing, UTINAM : in earlier Gr. writers it is
still a verb, foll. by inf. and is often pre-
ceded by ws, ei, <t0e: in later writers and
N. T. dg@eXovp is an indec. particle of wish-
ing, or interject. O that ! would that! uti-
nam, with indic. 1 Cor. iv. 8, kai 6gedov
ye éBaoiievoaTte. 2 Cor. xi. 1. Gal. v.
12. Rev. iii. 15. Sept. and lat. Class.
"O peXos, eos ous, TO, (6heA\Aw,) uti-
lity, profit, advantage, | Cor. xv. 32, Ti pot
To Opedos; Ja. ii. 14, 16. Sept. & Class.
"OPParpoboukXsia, as, n, (6p0adr-
fos, OouAsia,) eye-service, i, e. rendered
only under the master’s eye, Eph. vi. 6.
Col. iii. 22: not found elsewhere.
"Opbarueas, ge (d@Oeis, aor. part.
Og!
of oWouat,) lit. ‘that (organ) by which
any thing is seen ;” (see Ovoa,) the eye, I.
PROP. and 1) gener. Matt. v. 29,6 d0.
cou 0 Oekuos. 1 Cor. xv. 52, gv piTy od-
Gadwou, and oft. 2) in phrases, o@O.
amhous, Trovyoos, i. e. sound, or unsound,
diseased, Matt. vi. 22, 23, but op. qrovn-
oos, see also below in 3; for acc. Tovs
opUaXdpods in phrases after the verbs avor-
yw, diavoiyw, éE0ptccw, ETainw, Kap-
pow, &c. see under these verbs respect-
ively; for 2 Pet. ii. 14, see poryadis.
3) poetically, the eye, as the organ of
seeing, is put for the person who sees,
Matt. xiii. 16, wakéoror of 6p. Lu. ii. 30,:
eidov of 6@O. pov. x. 23. Rev.i.7. Fur-
ther, as affections of mind are visible
through the eyes, hence that is attributed
to the eyes which strictly belongs only to
the person, e. gr. envy, Matt. xx. 15, 6
op§. cov jovnods oti, OTL ey aya-
Gos ciue; Mk, vii. 22, d—9. rrovnods, evil
eye, i.e. envy. So Ecclus. xiv. 10, o@6.
Tovnods PUVovepos, and oft. in Apocr.—
II. Fig. the eye of the mind, the power of
perceiving and understanding, of d@0. 77s
ctavoias, Eph. i. 18, text. rec. other Edd.
Kaodias. So Clem. Rom. ad 1 Cor. § 19,
Oupace THS Wuyx7s. Lucian i. 373, Tv-
pros ei THS Wux7s Tov 6dO. Elsewh.
absol. Lu. xix. 42, vuv éxovBn aro 0dbad-
pe@v cov. Acts xxvi.18. So John xii. 40,
Rom. xi. 8, al. By Hebr. gv é6p0aXpors
v.ivos, Matt. xxi. 42, (see év 1,) and oft.
in Class.
"O dis, ews, 6, @ serpent, Matt. vii. 10,
pi) Odi éeTridwoet alto; Mk. xvi. 18, &
oft. comp. Ps. xci. 13; of the brazen
serpent, John iii. 14. As the emblem of
wisdom or cunning, in a good sense, Matt.
x. 16; in a bad sense, xxiii. 33: hence
symbol. for Satan, 2 Cor. xi. 3; so Rev.
xii. 9, 6 dus 6 aApXatos—o LYaravas.
"Odors, vos, 7, brow, prop. eye-brow ;
in N. T. brow or a mountain-edge of a
precipice, Lu. iv. 29, and Class.
"OxArA~w, fut. ow, (GxXos,) prop. to
disturb with a crowd, a tumult, foll. by
acc.; in N. T. gener. fo harass, vex, only
in pass. Lu. vi. 18, oyA. bard wvevpaTwv
axkaldoTtwy, where see my note. Acts v.
16. Tob. vi.7. Act. Thom. § 12. dao éa-
udvwv oxAovpevot. Class. évoydetoSar,
said of a disorder, Hdian. iii. 11. 1.
’OxAoToréw, f. row, (dxAos, Toréw,)
to occasion a crowd, raise a mob or tumult,
intrans. Acts xvii. 5: not found elsewh.
"OxXos, ov, 6, @ crowd, multitude,
Thucyd. vi. 31. I. prop. sing. Matt. ix.
23, idayv Tov dx. DopuBovmevov. ver. 25.
xiv. 14. xxi. 8. Mk. viii. 1, and oft. of
puptades Tou OX. Lu. xii. 1. Pl. ot dyAox,
intens. crowds, multitudes, Matt. v. 1.
314
Owl
idwy Tovs »vX. iv. 25, vii. 28. xii. 23.
Sept. and Class.: once pl. of é6xAou, of
throngs or multitudes out of different na-
tions, and thus equiv. to zations, tribes,
Rev. xvii. 15, Xaot kai ox. eiol, kai 20vn
Kat yA@ooa.—ll. spec. with article, for
the common people, the plebs, Matt. xiv. 5,
éepoBy0n tov ox. xxi. 26, & oft. and
Class. as Thucyd. vii. 8; pl. ot oxAoz, ver.
46. Acts xvii. 13.—III. gener. @ multi-
tude, a great number, foll. by genit. of
class, Lu. v. 29, oxAos TeAwva@v Todds.
vi. 17; by é«k, John xii. 9; 6. ixavods,
Acts xi. 24, 26.—IV. by impl. tumult,
uproar, Lu. xxii. 6, &tep exXov. Acts
xxiv. 18, 00 wera oxAov. D. Hal. Ant.
1071.
"Oxvowpma, atos, TO, (dxupow, fr.
éxw,) prop. @ stronghold, fortress, oft. in
Sept. and Class. ; in N. T. fig. 2 Cor. x.
4, woos kabaipeow dxyuvpwpaTwv, *in
order to the destruction of all [spiritual]
strongholds,’ those of sin and Satan, such
as superstition, prejudice, perverse reason-
ing, habitual vice, &c. all opposed to the
reception of the Gospel. Fig. in Prov. x.
29, ox. dciov PoBos Kvpiov. Comp. the
murus aheneus of Horace. ;
"OWaptov, ov, Td, (oWsov,) Lat. opso-
nium, i. e. ‘any thing cooked’ and eaten
with bread, as meat, &c. See Xen. Cyr. iv.
5, 4; in later writers, espec. jish, Sept.
Num. xi. 22. Plut. Symp. 4. Thue. 1.
138; hence in N. T. 6Wapuov, a fish, John
vi. 9, dvo ow. (comp. Lu. ix. 13.) ver. 11,
and lat. Class.
"Owe, adv. (fr. obsol. 6aice,) prop. late,
i. e. after a long time, Hom. Od. vii. 135;
late in the day or evening, late evening ;
hence in N. T. 1) absol. late evening,
Mk. xi.19, Ove oWeé éyéveto; put for the
evening-watch, xiil. 35. Gen. xxiv. 1]. 2)
with genit., in the sense of at the end of,
at the close of, after, Matt. xxviii. 1, oWe
cabBaTwv, TH éEmLpwoKovoy zis pilav
K.7.r. at the end of the sabbath, after the
sabbath, the sabbath being now ended,
towards the dawn, equiv. to dcayevouévouv
tov oaBB. Mk. xvi. 1. So Philostr. Vit.
Ap. iv. 18, oWé wuotynoiwv, and de Ludis
Pythiis, éWé TovTwv, sc. Tay Tpwikar,
‘the time of the Trojan war.’
"OwWtmos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (6We,) late,
latter, Ja. v. 7, €ws dv AXaBy veTOv TEwW-
iuov Kat ows., where see my note.
"Owos, a, ov, adj. (oWé,) late. 1)
prop. Mk. xi. 11, éWias 76 otens THs
®pas, i. e. ‘it being now late evening, al.
sepe; comp. oWé. 2) fem. 7 owia, scil.
oa, as subst. evening, prop. late evening ;
the Hebrews reckoned two evenings, the
first from the ninth hour, i. e. about 3
o’clock until sunset; the other from sunset
onward; comp. Matt. xiv. 15, with ver.
wT
23: in N. T. 7) ovvia appears to denote
the former evening in Matt. viii. 16. xiv.
}5. xxvii. 57. Mk. iv. 35. xv. 42; the
latter in Matt. xiv. 23, comp. ver. 15. xvi.
2. xx. 8. xxvi. 20. Mk. i. 32. vi. 47. xiv.
17. John vi. 16. xx. 19. This latter the
Greeks called 6Wia deity. Thue. iv. 59.
“Ow ts, ews, 7, (dWvouat,) prop. ‘some-
thing seen,’ @ sight, appearance, Hdot. iii.
30. Xen. An. vi. 1,9; hence in N. T.
aspect, looks, &e. 1) prop. as denoting the
visage, face, countenance, todcwtrov, John
xi. 44, 7) OWsis adToU covdapiw TrEpLEdE-
deto. Rey. i. 16. Sept. and Class. oft. 2)
eaternal appearance, mere show, John vii.
24, uy KpiveTe Kat’ OW, and Class.
See my note.
‘OWwvior, ov, Td, (OWov, mvéopuat,)
Lat. opsonium, prop. ‘ whatever is bought
to be eaten with bread,’ see ourdouov.
Hired soldiers were at first paid partly in
meat, grain, fruit, &c.; hence in N. T.
oWaviov, a stipend, wages, prop. of sol-
’ diers, Lu. iii. 14, doxeioGe Tots dW. bua.
] Cor. ix. 7; fig. and gener. wages, recom-
pence, 2 Cor. xi. 3. Rom. vi. 23, ta dW.
THS auaoTias, opp. to xao.cua Tov Veo,
the former term having allusion to the
soldiers’ regular pay, the latter to the free
donative occasionally bestowed on the
troops by the Roman emperor.
Ht.
Ilayctdevw, f. etvow, (wayis,) prop. to
lay snares for, to snare, Ecclus. ix. 12; in
N. T. fig. to ensnare, entangle, by difficult
questions, &c., with acc. Matt. xxii. 15,
OT ws avTOY Tayicevowoly év Adyw. So
Sept. Prov. vi. 2, Symm. évay.6evOns
év pyact Tov oTduaTos cov. See also
Sept. 1 Sam. xxviii. 9.
Ilayis, idos, 1, (ayvupt,) prop.
“whatever makes fast or holds fast,’ hence
a snare, trap, gm: 1) prop. Lu. xxi. 35,
ws Tayis éwWeNEVGETAaL, ‘as a snare shall
it come upon them,’ i. e. suddenly, unex-
pectedly, as beasts are suddenly caught in
a trap, or pitfal. The word is used both
in the Sept. and Class. 2) jig. ‘what en-
snares and entangles’ one to destruction, as
y Tayis tov AaB., ‘the snare of the
devil, i.e. wile, stratagem, 1 Tim. iii. 7;
absol. vi. 9, eis mresopacuov Kal Tayioa.
Josh. xxiii. 13; also, by impl., for cause
of destruction, Rom. xi. 9, yevnOitw 7
TeaTeCa avtwr cis Tayida. See my note.
IL a0nma, atos, 76, (wacyw, wabety,)
_ prop. ‘something suffered, some suffering,
whether in body or mind, 7&@os, or some
| passion, i. e. affection of the mind. In
N.T. 1) prop. suffering affliction, dis-
315
VAST
i. e. ‘suffering even unto death,’ the genit.
being explanatory: sing. in Xen. Hier. i.
36; also pl. ta wabyhuata, sufferings,
calamities, Rom. viii. 18. 2 Cor. i. 5, 7a
wal. rou Xo. ‘ the sufferings which Christ
endured,’ Phil. iii. 10, et al. sepe, and
Class. 2) meton. pussion, i. e. affection
of mind, Gal. v. 24, tiv caoKa ody Tots
mwaQ. kal Tats émibuuiars. Rom. vii. 5,
Ta 7. TOY duapTtiov. So oft. in Class,
Iia@ntos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (wacyw, ma-
Oetv,) Liable to or susceptible of suffering,
(so Plut. ix. 501, wa€nta cwpmerta,) or
passibilis, that can suffer, Philo, p. 805;
in N. T. destined to suffer, Acts xxvi. 23,
AEywv—ei walytos 6 Xpioros, ‘that
Christ must needs suffer,’ i. e. according
to the prophets; comp. Lu. xxiv. 26.
II 480s, eos ous, TO, (wacxw, wabety, )
suffering, e. gr. affliction, calamity, as gener.
in Class.; in N. T. passion, i.e. affection
of mind, espec. lust, concupiscence, Rom. i.
26, wa0yn atimias, ‘infamous lusts.’ Xen.
Cyr. v. 5, 10.
Ilavdaywyos, ov, 6, (mais, ayw,
aywyn,) a pedagogue. In Class. a person
of mean condition, a freedman, or even a
slave, to whose care children were com-
mitted, in order to train, instruct, and dis-
cipline them at home, as a sort of private
tutor, and to conduct them to the public
school; so answering to the éritgomros at
Plut. de Educ. $7. Xen. Laced. ii. 1, 2. iii.
1, who expressly distinguish between these
and d:dacKkaAdous, ‘the masters’ of the
public schools.—In N. T. gener. an in-
structor, 1 Cor. iv. 15; fig. of the Mosaic
law, Gal. iii. 24,25, 6 vouos maid. nuwy
yéy. cis Xo. & with reference to the first- .
mentioned proper sense of the word ; the
leading idea being that of bringing to and
preparing for, as the pedagogus did for the
didasculus, and the Law for the Gospel.
ILarddpuoy, ov, 70, (rats,) aboy, lad,
John vi. 9. Sept. and Class.
ILacéeta, as, 4, (wadevw,) prop. the
training of a child, and hence gener. edu-
cation, as it consists either in znstruction,
or in moral discipline, informing the mind,
or forming the morals: 1) gener. Eph. vi.
4, extpédeTe atta ev Taidecia Kupiov,
denoting ‘such a course of moral discipline
and religious instruction as shall prepare
them for the Lord.’ 2 Tim. iii. 16, qwacd. 7
év Otkacoovvy. And so Class. 2) by
synecd. of part for the whole, correction,
chastisement, Heb. xii. 5,sq. Ecclus. xviii.
Ilacdeutis, ov, 6, (waidetw,) an in-
structor, preceptor, prop. of boys; in N. T.
1) gener. Rom, ii. 20, wadeutiv a&gppo-
vwv. 2) by synecd. a corrector, chastiser,
| tress; Heb. ii. 9, due +o a0. tov Oav. | Heb. xii. 9. Sept. ae v. 2.
IIAT
Ilavdevw, f. evow, (wats,) prop. to
train up a child, and hence gener. to edu-
cate, discipline, instruct, trans. 1) gener.
with dat. of thing, Acts vii. 22, évracdev0n
Mwvo7ns racy copia Aiyurtiwy: with
Kata, xxii. 3. Jos. and Class. In the
sense of to teach, admonish, by word or
deed. 2 Tim. ii. 25, év woaodrnte TWatev-
ovra. Tit. ii. 12: pass. with inf. 1 Tim. i.
20, ta mwaidev@or pi) BAaocpypery.
Sept. and Class. 2) by synecd. of part
for the whole, to correct, chastise, as chil-
dren, Heb. xii. 7, 10, and oft.in Sept.; said
of God’s chastening, by afflictions, cala-
Inities, 1 Cor. xi. 832. 2 Cor. vi. 9. Rev.
iii. 19, and Sept.; hence of malefactors, to
scourge, Lu. xxiii. 16, maidevoas ai’tov
atro\vow, and Sept.
ITacdcoGev, adv. (madiov,) from a
child, from childhood, Mk. ix. 21.
Iacdiov, ov, 76,(7ats,) a little child:
1) said of a child recently born, a babe, in-
Sant, Lu. xviii. 16,17, 7a wardia, comp. ver.
15, Boépy: also of those more advanced,
Matt. xiv. 2]. xv. 38. xviii. 2—5. Sept.
and Class. Spec. of a male child, boy,
recently born, Matt. ii. 8, sq.; also more
advanced, Mk. ix. 24, 36. Sept. and Class.
Of a female child, gzrl, partly grown, Mk.
v. 39. Used as a term of kindness or
affability by elderly persons or superiors to
those with whom they conversed, corre-
sponding to carissimz in Latin, John xxi.
Oo. 1 John ii. 13, 18. As an endearing
appellation for the followers of Christ,
Heb. ii. 13, 14.
Iatvdickn, ns, 1, (awats,) a girl, young
maiden, free-born; in N. T. a bondmaid,
Jemale slave, or servant, Matt. xxvi. 69.
Gal, iv. 22, Eva éx THs Wald. Kal Eva éK
THs éXev0éoas, oft. in Sept. and Class,
ILai¢w, fut. waigouar, (wais,) aor. 1.
eTavsa, prop. to play or sport as a child,
as oft. in Class, In N. T. used in a gene-
ral sense (also found in Sept. 1 Chron.
xv. 29, and Hdot. ix. 11) to play, as by
leaping, dancing, singing, and all other
kinds of festal sport, 1 Cor. x. 7, ExaOioev
0 Xavs MayEtv kal Trety, Kal dviotTyoav
WatCev.
Ilats, mados, 6, 7, a child, male or
female; a boy; a girl; pl. ot qwatdss,
children, &c.: spoken of all ages from
infancy up to full-grown youth: I. prop.
and gener. Matt. ii. 16, avetXs wavtas
Tovs Tatdas Tous év B. xxi. 15; sing.
6 wais, xvii. 18. John iv. 51, 6 wats cov
Cn. Acts xx. 12; also 7 aats, Lu. viii.
ol, comp. ver. 42. Sept. and Class.—II.
(like Engl. doy, and Lat. puer,) put for
servant: 1) prop. and gener. for dovAos,
a servant, slave, Matt. viii. 6, comp. ver.
9. Lu. vii. 7. Sept. and Class. 2) an at-
tendant, minister, as of a king, Matt. xiv.
316
ee este esyeeeeeseeeeeeeene
LLL LLL LLL CL LL pneu
ITAA
2, ele tors matoiv abtov. Sept. and
sometimes in Class. Diod. Sic. xvii. 36.
3) 0 mais Tov Qzou, the servant of God,
spoken of @ minister or ambassador of
God; of David, Lu. i. 69; of Israel, ver.
54; also of Jesus the Messiah, Matt. xii.
18, idod 6 wats pov. Sept. oft. .
Ilatw, f. waicw, to strike, smite, with
the fist, a rod, sword, &c. Matt. xxvi. 68.
Mk. xiv. 47, erraice Tov govXov, and oft.
in Sept. and Class. ; of a scorpion, éo strike,
sting, Rev. ix. 5.
Il éX at, adv. of old, formerly. So Hom,
Il. ix. 528, wéuvnuar tode zpyov éya
ma\at, ovTL véov ye. |) prop. and gener.
Matt. xi. 21. Lu. x. 13. Heb. i. 1, waAaz
0 Ozds Nadijoas Tots Tateaow. Jude 4,
ol 1. Tooyeypapupévor. Jos. Vit. 65. Hence
2) ot waa, as adj. former, 2 Pet. i.
9, Tav Tada aiTov duapTnuaTwnr, ‘the
sins committed before he was converted to
Christianity.’ So Eurip. Orest. 129, gov
0 4 waat yuvi, ‘the same woman who
was formerly.’
ITaXauos, a, ov, adj. (wahkar,) old:
1) in age or time, old, former, not recent ;
otvos, Lu. v.39. Giun, 1 Cor. v. 7. dta--
Onn, 2 Cor. iti. 14. gvtoAH, 1 John ii. 7.
avYow7os, Rom. vi. 6. Sept. and Class.
2) from use, cld, worn out; ipmatiov,
Matt. ix. 16. doxoi, ver. 17; gener. xiii,
52. Sept. and Class.
ILaX acorns, nTos, 7, (wadatos,) prop.
oldness, as oft. in Plato, ancientness, (so
antiquitas in Cic. pro Planco, c. 18;) also
by impl. antiquatedness, Rom. vii. 6, év
Tata.oTynTl ypaumatos, equiv. to év
Yotumate Tada.
Ilatatow, f. ®ow, (wadatos,) lit.
to let grow old, pass. to become old, prop.
in age; Sept. and Class.: in N. T. from
use, pass. to be worn out, Lu. xii. 33, Ba-
AdvTta pt) TWadatobueva, * which do not
decay.” Heb. i. ll. vii. 18, to awaXatov-
fevov Kal ynpacKov, ‘what has become
old and worn out.’ Metaph. to make antz-
quated, render or consider as obsolete, =
to abrogate, qwemaXaiwke Ty TowTHy,
scil. d:a@yxnv, Heb. viii. 138. The Com-
mentators here compare only the Lat. law-
phrase antiquare legem ; but the present
mode of expression is not unprecedented
in the Greek Class. Thus in Plato Conv.
p. 208, we have, T@ TO azriov Kai Tehat-
oUpevov ETEpov véov é&yKaTaXeite,
where a7. kai mak. means ‘quod abit et
antiquatur,’ and is exactly similar to To ~
TaX. kal ynoackoy in the passage of St.
Paul; there being in each a hendiadys
introduced to strengthen the sense: in the
one case we may render, ‘ what is worn
out and superannuated ;’ in the other,
‘what is gone off and worn out,’ as we say
* dead and gone.’
WAA
Ilan, ns, 7, (wad\Aw,) a@ wrestling ;
in N. T. fig. a struggle, combat, Eph. vi.
12, as applied to the spiritual combat with
the world, flesh, and Devil.
Ilatiyyevecia, as, 1, (wad, yéve-
o.s,) prop. regeneration, physical repro-
duction ; but in N. T. used 1) in a moral
sense, regeneration, new birth, i. e. ‘the
change, by spiritual grace, from a carnal
nature to a Christian life, Tit. iii.5. 2) in
the sense of renovation, restoration, resti-
tution, i.e. to a former state, equiv. to
atwokatactacis ; in N. T. spoken of the
complete external manifestation of the
Messiah’s kingdom, when all things are to
be delivered from their present corruption,
and restored to spiritual purity and splen-
dour; see Matt. xix. 28, év 77 wadtyyeve-
ota, orav Kabiono Vids Tov avOo.éTri Op0-
vou So£ns avtou, comp. Acts iii. 21. Jos.
Ant. xi. 3, 9. Cicero ad Att. vi. 6., This
interpretation, however, though probably
the true one, is far from being firmly esta-
-blished as such. IIa. may here denote
(what the ancient and most modern Ex-
positors suppose it to mean) the resurrec-
zion to judgment ; in which sense the term
is used by Philo more than once. And
certainly the following context, together
with the similar passage, Matt. xxv. 31,
seems to require this interpretation.
Ia@Auv, adv. back, back again, again,
pPop. as implying return back to a former
place, state, act, &c. like Lat. and Engl.
re: I. prop. of PLACE, espec. after verbs
of motion, Mk. ii. 1, waéAw eiondOev zis
Kaz. v. 21. John vi. 15. xiv. 3. 2 Cor.
xi. 2. Phil. i. 26, d1a tHs éuns mao-
ouvoias Taw Teds twas: so hauPdvew
jaw, ‘to take back again, John x. 17.
_ Acts x. 16. xi. 10. oikodouety wad, re-
build, Gal. ii. 18.—II. of TIME, again, an-
_ other time, once more: 1) gener. Matt. iv.
8, wahiv wapadapBaver aitov 6 AraBo-
Aos. xx. 5. xxvi. 42. Acts xxvii. 28. Rom.
villi. 15. In the sense at another time,
gener. John i. 39. Acts xvii. 32; including
also perhaps the idea of place, equiv. to
“again in another place,’ Matt. iv.7. Rom.
xv. 10, sq. 2) hence as a continuative par-
tele connecting circumstances which refer
to the same subject, again, once more,
Further, Matt. v. 33, wadw FKotcaTs.
xiii. 44, sq. Heb. i. 5, oft. and Class. So
where there is an implied antithesis, again,
on the other hand, contra, Matt. iv. 7.
_2 Cor. x.7. Gal. v. 3. 1 John ii. 8, and
Class.
HaurAn@el, adv. (waurdnOijs, fr.
Tas, TARGos,) the whole multitude together,
all at once, Lu. xxiii. 18.
Wa@umoXvs, woddn, Tod, adj. (was,
_moXvs,) very much, very greut, vast, Mk.
317
TITAN
vill. 1, maumdAXov oyAov dyTos, and
Class.
Ilavdoxetov, ov, 7d, (wavdoxets,)
prop. ‘a place where all are received, i. e.
an inn, in the East a khan, caravanserat,
Lu. x. 34, and lat. Class.
Ilavdoxeds, éws, 6, (wavddxos, fr.
Was, O&Xomat,) prop. ‘one who receives
all,’ i. e. the keeper of an inn or caravan-
serat, a host, Lu. x. 35, and Class.
Ilavnyvpts, ews, n, (was, ayvpis,)
prop. ‘an assembly of the whole people,’
held to celebrate any public festival or
solemnity, as games, public sacrifices, &c.;
so oft. in Class.; hence gener. a fesizve
convocation or assembly ; in N. T. occ. only
Heb. xii. 23, wupidow, ayyéA\wv trevy-
yvoel, Kat éxk\yola TWeEwWTOTOKwY K.T.A.
*to countless throngs, [even] the joyful
assembly of angels,’ i.e. as hymning the
praises of God around his throne. Comp.
Rev. v. 11.
ILavoiki, adv. (mas, oixos,) with all
one’s household, Acts xvi. 34. Sept.
IlavowXia, as, 4, (amdvomdos, fr.
Tas, omAov,) prop. complete armour, oi-
fensive and defensive, Lu. xi. 22; fig. of
spiritual armour, Eph. vi. 11, 13, where
see my note.
Ilavovpyia, as, 7, (mavoupyos,)
craftiness, Lu. xx. 23, al. and Class.
IIavovpyos, ov, 0, 1, adj. (as,
zoyov,) prop. one who can turn his hand
to any thing, capable of doing any thing ;
hence, deaterous, clever, as oft. in Sept.
But, like our words cunning and knowing,
the term came to have a bad sense, as ap-
plied to one who scruples at nothing, ‘ au-
dax omnia perpeti, qui ruit per vetitum
nefas.” /Esch. Choeéph. 378, Boota@y TX7j-
pov. Kai travovoyw yxepi. Also said of
one who is knowing, but whose knowledge
is craft, 2 Cor. xii. 16. Sept. Job v. 12.
Prov. xii. 16. Jos. Bell. i. 11, 13. Xen.
An: ii. 5, 12°.6, 13. Anstot. Pthovie 12:
ILavrayo0ev, adv. (mas,) from all
sides, from every quarter, Mk. i. 45.
Ilavrayxou, adv. (was,) in all places,
every where, Mk. xvi. 20.
IlavreXis, gos ovs, 6, 4, adj. (was,
Tédos,) ‘to be wholly ended,’ complete,
i.e. gener. perfect, entire; in N. T. only
in the adverbial phrase, eis To TavTehés,
wholly, entirely, 1. e. as referring to time,
always, Heb. vii. 25; ay eis TO 7. = not
at all, Lu. xiii. 11. Jos, Ant. vi. 2, 3. A#l.
Vo xis 20.
Ilavv7n, adv. (aas,) every where; in
N. T. of manner, a every way, mm all
things, Acts xxiv. 3, and Class.
Ilavro0ev, adv. (aas,) from every
P 3
TITAN
side or quarter, and hence, on every side,
round about, Lu. xix. 43. Heb. ix. 4.
ilavTokoatwo, opos, 0, (was, Kpa-
Téw,) in Class. omnipotent, as applied to a
ruler; but in N. T. with article, the Omnz-
potent, the Almighty, said of God, 2 Cor.
vi, 18. Rev. i. 8, al. and oft. in Sept.
ILavtorte, adv. (mas,) always, at all
times, ever, Matt. xxvi. 11. Mk. xiv. 7.
ILaévtrws, adv. (aas,) wholly, alto-
gether, entirely: 1) prop. 1 Cor. v. 10,
Kat ov wavtws. ix. 10, and Class. 2)
gener. by all means, assuredly, Lu. iv. 23,
TWavTws épetTé por. Acts xxi. 22. 1 Cor,
ix. 22, va wavtTws Tivas cwow. Tob.
siv.. 0. /Ml. V. EH. 1.32... So, ia) a, nes,
reply it is emphatic, Rom. iii. 9, ob wép-
Tws, not at all, not im the least. Xen. Cyr.
vili. 4, 10.
Ifaoa, prep. governing the genit. dat.
and accus., with the primary signif. near,
near by; expressing thus the relation of
immediate vicinity or proximity, which is
differently modified according to the force
of the different cases. I. with the GENIT.;
where, as combined with the force of the
genit. itself, it expresses the sense from
near, from with ; it is found, in prose
writers and in N. T., only with a gen. of
person, implying a going forth or proceed-
ing from the near vicinity of any one,
from the presence or side of any one, and
thus takes the general sense from: I.
prop. after verbs of motion, as of coming,
sending, &c. Mk. xiv. 43, wapayiverar
‘Tovdas, Kat 6yxAos mwoAt’s Taga TaY
aoxepewv. Lu. viii. 49. John xv. 26.
xvill. 8; so after eivar, to be from, =to
come from, vi. 46. vii.29. Of things, Lu.
vi. 19, d0vapis map’ aitou é&nOev, Sa
virtue went out from him.’—11. fig. after
verbs of asking, receiving, or those which
imply these notions, Matt. ii. 4. ver. 7.
xx. 20. Mk. viii. 11. Acts iii. 2; of hear-
ing, learning, &c. from any one, John i.
Al, adxovcavtTwy taoa “I. Acts xxiv. 8.
Gal. i. 12. 2 Tim. iii. 14. 2 John 4; of
receiving, obtaining, buying, being pro-
mised, and the like, from any one, Matt.
xviii. 19, yevioetac aitots Tapa Tov
Ilatoos. Mk. xii. 2, iva maga tay ye-
woyav A&By. Lu. vi. 34. Acts vii. 16.
re, 04. Rem.exi.,.27. Eph. -vi...6. After
sivat, expr. or impl. to be from any one,
i. e. to come, be given, bestowed, from or by
any one, John xvii. 7, wavtTa dca dédw-
K&S pmol, Waoa cou zor. Acts xxvi. 22.
2 John 3; so of hospitality or gifts, Lu. x.
7. Phil. iv. 18, ta wao’ buwy: or gener.
to come, be derived or possessed, from any
one, Mk. v. 26, ta mao’ aitis wavTa,
i. e. ‘all she had from herself, all her
own property; so of persons, ot mapa
318
IIAP
his kindred, Mk. iii. 21.—111. FIG. with
gen. of pers. as the source, author, from
whom any thing proceeds, is derived, &c.
1) gener. Matt. xxi. 42, mapa Kupiov
éyéveto atTn. Lu. i. 45, ii. 1. John i. 6.
2) hence after pass. verbs instead of taro,
Acts xxii. 30, 70, Ti kaTnyooetTal Tapa
tav lovdaiwy.—ll. with the Dat. both-
of pers. and thing, expressing rest or posi-
tion near, hard by, with, and with dat. pl.
among: 1. prop. of place, after verbs im-
plying rest or remaining in a place: 1)
gener. and with dat. of thing, John xix.
25, eloTiKEloay Tapa Tw GTAVEW TOU
"I. Foll. by dat. of pers. as indicating
place, Matt. vi. 1, urobov otk ex. Tapa
Tw Iatoi bue@y. xxii. 25. John i. 40.
vill. 38. xvii. 5. Acts x. 6; 1 Cor. xvi. 2,
Tao éavtw TiWéETw, with himself, i. e. at
home. Col. iv. 16, wap’ tutyv, among you,
in your presence, 2 Tim. iv. 13. Rev. i.
13, al. 2) rarely after verbs of motion,
and only when subsequent rest is also
implied; so in Engl. by, with ; Lu. ix. 47,
"I. értAaBouevos watdiov, eoTyTEV AUTO
Tao éauTw. xix. 7.—11. foll. by dat. of
person, the reference being to the person
himself, without regard to place : 1) prop.
and gener. with, among, Matt. xxi. 25, ot ©
6 OveXoyiGovTo Tap’ eavtots. Lu. i. 30.
ii. 52. 2 Cor. i. 17. 1 Pet. i. 20. 2) me-
taph. with or before any one, i.e. ‘in his”
sight, presence, or judgment,’ Acts xxvi.
8. Rom. ii. 13, dixatoc mapa te O. x1.
25. 1 Cor. iii. 19. Ja. 2272 2 Pee
so ii. 11, maga Kupiw, before the Lord,
as Judge; also of what is in the power of
any one, Matt. xix. 26, mapa dv0pwrrors
TOUTO advvaToV éoTL, Tapa de Oew
jTavTa Ouvvata: so of moral qualities
which are with any one, i. e. belonging to
his character, Rom. ii. 11, ot«K geri Tyoe-
wroknWia twapa Tw Oeu. ix. 14. Ja. i.
17. 3) fig. 1 Cor. vii. 24, gxaoros év
éxAjOn, Ev TOUTW mEVETW Tapa Dew,
with God, i. e. in union by faith with him,
= év Kupiw, ver. 22.—II1. with the Ac-
CUSAT., prop. expressing motion near by,
near to a place, &c. I. prop. implying
motion along or by the side of any thing,
i. e. near, by, along, after verbs of motion,
with acc. of thing, Matt. iv. 18, weprma-
tav o’l. wapa tiv Jadaccav. xiii. 4.
Mk. iv. 15,—11. as expressing motion to
a place, i. e. place whither, near to, to, at,
after verbs of motion, and so = éig or
moos with acc. Matt. xv. 29, uetaBas
éxeiQev, 7A0e Tapa Thy SaéXaccay, ‘he
came near to the sea.’ ver. 30. Acts iv.
35. vii. 58.—1I. sometimes also express-
ing the idea of rest, (after previous motion, )
near a place, &c. near, by, at, = mapa
with dat. i) prop. after verbs of rest or
remaining, Matt. xiii. 1, éxa@ynto mapa
tTivos, prop. those from near any one, i.e. | Thy Jad. Mk. v. 21. Lat. vy. 1. vii. 38,
IIAP
319
mapa Tovs Todas avTov. x. 39. 2) me- |
taph. of the ground or reason by or along
with which a conclusion follows, by reason
of, because of, mapa tovro = thereby,
therefore, on this account, 1 Cor. xii. 15,
16, oJ mapa TovTO ovK EcTW EK TOU
cwuaTos.—IV. as denoting motion by or
past a place, i.e. a passing by, going be-
yond ; in N. T. only fig. as implying a
failure, in the general sense of other than,
viz. 1) equiv. to Engl. aside from, not
coincident with, not conformable to, i. e.
contrary to, against, Acts xviii. 13, mapa
Tov vduov, aside from the law, i. e. con-
trary to our law, Rom. i. 26, rapa piow.
xi. 24. iv. 18, wap’ éXaida. xvi. 17. Gal.
i. 8, and oft. in Class. Yet, perhaps, in
none of these passages is the sense, strictly
speaking, contrary to, but only preter,
besides. This is plainly the case in Rom.
xi. 24, and xvi. 17, as compared with Gal.
i. 8,9. In Acts xviii. 13, the difference
was only the manner of worshipping God ;
not as if the person in question had been
‘an Atheist. As to Rom. i. 26, and all
other passages where wapa dvcuy occurs,
we must bear in mind the admitted dis-
tinction between things preter naturam
and contra naturam ; of which the passage
in question affords a good illustration. In
the freq. phrase qao’ éd7ida the prep.
cannot, from the nature of the term éA7rs,
denote more than preter. And it were
vain to allege the passage of Rom. iv. 18,
because the Oxymoron there and the anti-
thesis so modify the sense, as to make the
passage of no use on any question as to the
proper force of the phrase. 2) equiv. to
beside, in the sense of except, prop. failing,
falling short, 2 Cor. xi. 24, recoapdkovta
qapa pilav, forty stripes save one, i. e.
falling short by one. 3) equiv. to Engl.
past, in the sense of beyond,-more than, so
gener. Heb. xi. 11, waga karpov nXxkias,
past the proper age. More commonly =
more than, above, beyond, so gener. Lu.
xiii. 2, duaoTwrol mapa tavtas. Rom.
i. 25. xii. 3, wap’ 6 det dpoveiv. xiv. 5;
see Heb. i. 9; so after comparatives, Lu.
iii. 13, pndévy wEov Tapa TO OtaTeTAXYy-
pevoyv. Heb. i. 4. li. 7, 9; after GAXos,
1 Cor. iii. 11.— Nore. In comp. rapa
implies 1) proximity, near, by, as waga-
KaliCw, wapiotynmt, Taoabahaconos, &e.
2) motion or direction zear to, to, by, as
TwapaPpahriw, Tapadidwul, TapeXw, Ta-
pateivw, &c. 3) motion by or past any
place, a going beyond, as mapayw, Tap-
EpXoua, wapaTéw: +4) fig. of whatever
swerves from the true point, comes short
of it, or goes beyond it, like Engl. mzs-
(i. e. wrongly, falsely,) as mapakovw,
maoafewpéw: or like Lat. preter, trans,
implying violation, as TapaBaivw, Taoa-
vopéw : also by stealth, as wapercayw, Ke.
SSS Sr
IIAP
TapaPBaiva, f. Bivouat, aor. 2. rap-
éBnv, prop. to go by one’s side, to accom-
pany ; as one of the warriors in a chariot ;
to pass by or over in silence ; usually and
in N. T. only fig. to go aside from, trans-
gress, with accus. Matt. xv. 2, 3, busts
rapaB. Tiv évtoA}y Tou O. absol. 2 John
9; pregn. Acts i, 25, €€& 1s wapéBn ’Iov-
das, ‘from which Judas by transgression
fell away,’ i. e. which he deserted by
transgression. Jos. Ant. xiv. 9,2, ovdéy
mpos ‘Y, evvolas kat Tokews Tagen.
IlapaBaXAw, fut. Badr@, prop. to
throw near, cast before, to lay down by any
one, hold out to view; in N.T. 1) trans. to
place side by side, fig. to compare, Ti ev
gut, Mk. iv. 30. Hdot. iv. 198. Xen.
Mem. ii. 4,3. 2) intrans. or with eauTov
impl. prop. to throw one’s self near, i. e. to
betake one’s self any where, to go to a place,
espec. by ship, foll. by eis, Acts xx. 15,
mapeBddouev eis Sduov. Hdot, iv.-179,
et al. in Class.
TlapdBacis, ews, 7, (wapaBaivw,)
prop. a@ passing over, Plut. vi. 466; but
gener. in a moral sense, transgression ;
Tov vouxov, Rom. ii. 23; absol. iv. 15. v.
14, oft. Sept. and Class.
IlapaBarns, ov, 6, (wapaBaivw,) a
transgressor, vouov, Rom. ii. 25, 27. Ja.
ii. 11; absol. Gal. ii: 18. Ja. ii. 9. Sept.
and Rees as /Esch. Kum. 540. Macrob.
v.19:
TWapapiacopar, fut. dcouar, depon.
mid. to force, do violenceto any thing, con-
trary to nature or right. So Plut. x. 118,
wi TapabiaCec0ar Tals noovats Ti
guow. InN. T. to compel, constrain by
overmuch entreaty, foll. by acc. Lu. xxiv.
29. Acts xvi. 15, where see my note. Sept.
and Class.
HaoaPoXevopmat, f. evcopuar, depon.
mid. (qwapaBoXos, fr. tapaBddXopat,)
to expose one’s self to danger, Phil. ii. 30,
in late edd. for text. rec. mapaPovd. (see
my note,) wapaBoAzvoduevos TH Wuyi,
‘exposing himself in respect to his lite,
i, e. regardless of his life.
IIaoaBoXrn, ys, %, (wapaBaddw,)
prop. @ placing things side by side; in
N.T. fig. comparison, similitude: 1) gener.
Mk. iv. 30, é€v woia wap. wapaBadwpev
avtny ; Heb. xi. 19, gv waoaBody, i. e.
figuratively, or ‘ with similitude,’ see my
note. In the sense of zmage, figure, sym-
bol, = trios, Heb. ix.9, y71s [jv] mape-
Bodn, ‘a symbol or type of spiritual things
in Christ, comp. ver. ll. 2) spec. a
parable, i.e. a short discourse, usually a
narrative, under which something else is
figured, or in which the fictitious is em-
ployed to represent and illustrate the real,
(see more in my ae Matt. xiii. 3,) so
4
1 Ae
Matt. xiii. 24, 31, 33, often; once of a
series of comparisons, including also a
parable, Lu. xiv. 7, comp.also ver. 7—1],
12—14, 16—24. %) in a wider sense, a
figurative discourse, a dark saying, 1. e.
obscure and full of hidden meaning, Matt.
xiii. 35, dvoi=w év TapaBoXats TO oTOMa
frou 3 hence also = a proverb, adage, Lu.
iv, 23.
IlapaBovArsetvopuat, f. evoouat, to
misconsult, Phil. ii. 30, in text. rec., where
lat. edd. read wapaBoX\svonar: see my
note.
IlapayyeAia, as, 7, (waoayyér-
Aw,) prop. an announcement, declaration,
by authority ; in N. T. command, charge ;
in Class. used of an order from a military
officer; from magistrates, Acts v. 28, ov
TapayyeNia weonyyeihamev VmtY 5 XVI.
24; from teachers of religion, | Thess. iv.
2, TapayysArlas eOwkameyv Vly dLe TOU
Kup. 1. 1 Tim.i. 5. See my note.
IlapayyévdXw, f. eho, (apa, ay-
ye\Xw,) prop. to bring or send word to
any one; hence in Class. and N. 7. to
direct, command, charge, and twapayyé)-
Aew uy, to forbed, with dat. of pers. expr.
or impl. the thing commanded being put
in the acc. or infin. or with iva, &c. 1)
with dat. and acc. 2 Th. iii. 4, 10; with
dat. impl. 1 Cor. xi. 17. 1 Tim. v.7. 2)
with dat. and infin. aor. Mk. viii. 6. Lu.
v. 14. vii. 29; with present, ix. 21,
TWaonyyeAre mydevi Eyer TOTO. Acts
i. 4. iv. 18; with acc. and inf. pres. 1 Tim.
vi. 13; with dat. impl. Acts xv. 5. 3)
further, with dat. and twa, Mk. vi. 8.
2 Th. iii. 12: foll. by dat. with cals,
} Th: iv. 11.
IHapayivomat, fut. yevioouac, prop.
in pres. to become near or present, 1. e. to
come near, approach, arrive, Matt. iii. 1,
(see my note) 13. Mk. xiv. 43. John ii.
23: aor. 2. mapeyevounv, to be near, be
present, i. e. to have come or arrived: 1)
gener. and absol. John iii. 28, wageyi-
voyto Kal zBamwviCoyvto. Acts xi. 23.
xxv. 7. With an adjunct of place whither ;
foll. by eis of place, Matt. ii. 1; by éai
with acc. of place, ili. 13; with acc. of
pers. ¢o come upon or against any one, Lu.
xxii. 52; by apos with acc. of person,
vil. 4. With an adjunct of place whence ;
as amo, Matt. iii. 13. 2& ddov, Lu. xi. 6.
qaea tos, Mk. xiv. 43. 2) = to come
or appear publicly ; of John the Baptist,
Matt. iii. 1; of Jesus, Lu. xii. 51. 3) =
to come back, return, Lu. xiv. 21.
Tlapayw, f. a&w, (wapd, ayw,) to
lead along, near, by, or past; hence, 1) in
N. T. mid. wapéyomuar, to pass along, pass
away, absol. 1 John ii. 8, 1 oKotia Twao-
ayetac: fig.=to disappear, perish, | John
320
IT AP
ii. 17, 0 koopos Tapayerat, see my note.
2) intrans. mapayw, to pass along, puss
by, Matt. xx. 30, akovoavtes Ott “Inoous
Twaoaye.. Mk. ii. 14. xv. 21. John ix..1.
In the sense of to pass on further, to pass
away, Matt. ix. 9, wapaywv o ‘Ine.
exeiUev. ver. 27. John viii. 59: fig. to
disappear, perish, 1 Cor. vii. 31, Td
TX7MA TOV KOCMOU T. Tapayer. See my
note,
IlapaderypatiCw, f. iow, (wapa-
devypa, fr. waoadeixkvupmt,) to make an
example of, expose to public shame, with
acc. Matt. i. 19, uy SéAwv avtyny wape-
Oerymatioar. Heb. vi. 6.
HWapadercos, ov, 6, paradise, a word
which seems to have had its origin in the
languages of EK. Asia, comp. Sanscrit para-
désha & Persic paradisha, ‘a land elevated
and cultivated ;) Armen. pardes, ‘a garden
round a house :’ in the Hebr. form D1
and Gr. wapddeioos, it is applied to the
pleasure-gardens, and parks with wild
animals, surrounding the country resi-
dences of Persian monarchs and princes,
Neh. ii. 8, comp. Eccl. ii. 5. Xen. Cyr. i.
3, 14; the Sept. employ it of the garden
of Eden; and hence in later Jewish usage ~
and in N. T. paradise is put for the abode
of the blessed after death, viz. 1) the
inferior paradise, or the region of the
blessed in hades, Lu. xxiii. 43. Jos. Ant.
xviii. 1, 3. Bell. ii. 8, 11. iii. 8, 4. And
this, Chrysost. says, was the idea entertain-
ed of paradise by all the orthodox believers
of his time. 2) the celestial paradise, where
the spirits of the just made perfect dwell
with God, 2Cor. xii. 4,=6 teiTos oveavos,
ver. 3. Rev. ii. 7, 6 wapad. Tov Oeov.
Ilapadéxopuas:,f. Eouat, depon. mid.
(déxouat,) to take near or to one’s self,
i. e. to recerve to one’s self, prop. from the
hands of any one; in N. T. fig. to receive,
admit, approve, with ace.; of things, Mk.
iv. 20, Tov Adyou. Acts xvi. 21, €0n. xxii.
18. 1 Tim. v. 19. Sept. and Class.; of
persons, by Hebr. to delight wm, Heb. xii.
| 6, uldv Ov TWapadexXeTal.
Ilapadtaterpn, Hs, 1, (wapa, dia-
TpiBn,) mis-employment, = tdle occupa-
tion, 1 Tim. vi. 5, text. rec. lat. Edd. dra-
map. See my note.
ILapadiowmi, f. -dwow, lit. to give
near, 1, &. give TO any one, to give over,
deliver over or up, into his possession
or power, trans. ; said 1) of persons deli-
vered over, with evil intent, into the
power or authority of others; to magis-
trates for trial, condemnation, with acc. &
dat. Matt. v.25. Mk. xv. 1, rapéd. atrop
two WA. Lu. xx. 20; with dat. impl.
Acts iii, 138; to lictors, or soldiers, for
punishment or imprisonment, Matt. v. 23,
AP
xviii. 34. xx. 19, rots ¢0vecuv, i.e. the Ro-
man soldiers, Acts xii. 4; foll. by acc. with
els final, Lu. xxiv. 20,aao. avrov sis kpima
Savérou, i. e. ‘to be punished with death ;’
with iva, Matt. xxvii. 26, and Class. So
gener. to the power and pleasure of one’s
enemies, with acc. and dat. Matt. xxvi. 15.
Mk. x. 33. Lu. xxiii. 25: acc. simply,
Matt. x. 4. Lu. xxii. 21; pass. Matt. iv.
12. Apocr. and Class.: instead of dat.
foll. by eis cuvédp.a, into, i. e. before
councils, x. 17. Lu. xxi. 12: foll. by eis
Xeteas Tivos, into the hands, or power, of
any one, Matt. xvii. 22. Acts xxi. Il:
with sis final, Matt. xxiv. 9. xxvi. 2.
Mk. xiii, 12. Acts viii. 3. Rom. iv. 25.
vill. 32. | Cor. v. 5. Gal. ii. 20. 2) of
persons or things delivered over to do or
suffer any thing, in the sense fo geve or
yield up, over, with acc. Acts xv. 26,
avOpmtTos Tapgadsdwkoor Tas WuxXas
aitar, ‘jeoparded their lives; with acc. &
iva, 1 Cor. xiii. 3, and Class. So of per-
sons given over to follow their passions,
’ &c. with acc. and dat. of thing, éauTovs
qapéo. TH acedyeia, Eph. iv. 19; ace.
and infin. Acts vii. 42; acc. and eis 71,
into any thing, i.e. into the power or prac-
tice of it, Rom. i. 24, 26,28. 3) of per-
sons and things delivered over to the charge
or care of any one, in the sense to give
unto, commit, entrust, gener. with acc. and
dat. Matt. xi. 27, wavra por waped00n
jré Tov Ilatpos pov. xxv. 14. Lu. iv. 6.
Acts xxvii. 1, wapedidovy tov IlavAov
éxatovtapxy. 1 Pet. ii. 23, and Class.
So wapad. Tivé TH XapLTL TOV Veou, * to
commit or commend to the favour of God,’
Acts xiv. 26. xv. 40; mapao. TO wveupe,
scil. rw Gew, to give up the ghost, John
xix. 30. Also, to give back, deliver up,
render up, 1 Cor. xv. 24, dTav wapadw
ayy Bac. To O. Xen. Hist. ii. 3,7. 4)
of things delivered orally or by writing, to
declare, impart, teach, trans. Mk. vii. 13.
Lu. i. 2. Acts vi. 14, ta 20 & wapédw-
kev nui M. xvi. 4, al.; pass. Rom. vi.
17, eis Ov wacedo0nTe TUTOY Oidayis,
and Class. 5) intrans. or with éavtov, by
impl. fo deliver up one’s self, to yreld one’s
self, Josh. xi.19, Alex. e.gr. as the harvest
presents itself for the sickle, Mk. iv. 29,
OTav Tapadw 6 KaoTOs, Where see my note.
Ilapado£éos, ov,6,7,adj. (fr. the phrase
Tapa dofav, preter expectationem, be-
yond all expectation,) in N. T. by impl.
strange, wonderful, Lu. v. 26, and Class.
Tlapdéocis, ews, 7, (mapadidwp,)
prop. delivery, i. e. ‘the act of delivering
over’ any thing from one to another, Thuc.
i. 9; in N. T. ‘any thing orally delivered,’
_ precept, ordinance, instruction: 1) of oral
precepts delivered down from age to age,
tradition, traditional law, Matt. xv. 2,
321
TAP
qapaBalvovor tiv Tapad. THY Toes.
ver. 3, 6, oft. Jos. Ant. xiii. 10,6. Pol.
xii. 6, 1. 2) gener. precept, doctrine,
1 Cor. xi. 2, kabws Twapédwku tbuty, Tas
mapad. katéxete. 2 Th. ii. 15. ili. 6. lat,
Class. and Jos.
Ilapatnrow, f. wow, (CyrAdw,) prop.
to make jealous, provoke to jealousy or
emulation ; fig. spoken of Israel, whom
God would make jealous of their own high
privileges, i. e. cause them to set a right
value upon them, by bestowing like privi-
leges on other nations, trans. Rom. x. 19,
maoat. tuas ém ovx e0ver. xi. 11, 14:
also to provoke God to jealousy or anger,
i.e. by rendering to idols the homage due
to him alone, 1 Cor. x. 22. Sept. 1 Kings
xiv, 22. Ps. xxxvil. 1.) Ecelus. sooo,
IapalaXraccu.os, a, ov, adj. (rape,
Sahacoa,) situated near the sea, mari-
time, Matt. iv. 13, eis Kam. tiv wapa-
Gatacciayv, scil. mwoAw. So Hdot. vii.
109, modes Tas Tap. Vill. 23, Kwuas
mao. Thuc. vi. 62, woAticna mapaba-
Aacaiduov.
IapaGewpéw, f. iow, to look at and
examine a thing, while placing it by the side
of another, i.e. ¢o compare, Xen. Mem. iv.
8,7; in N. T. to look By or aside from
any thing, = to overlook, neglect, slyht,
pass. Acts vi. 1, 67e wapel. at yypat
avt@y. Diod. Sic. x. 135: the earlier
and purer writers use 7apopaw.
Ilapa@yKxn, ns, 7, (wapaTtibnu,) a
deposit, trust, ‘something committed to
one’s charge,’ 1 Tim. vi. 20. 2 Tim. i. 12.
Sept. and lat. Class.
Ilapatvéw, f. gow, (apa, aivéw,)
prop. to speak to, as in Asch. Ag. 98, 1461 ;
or to speak at,i. e. to any one; hence to urge
any thing on any one, to exhort, admonish,
foll. by infin. with acc. of pers. Acts xxvii.
22, wrapaw®@ vuas evOumetv: absol. ver. 9.
Ilapattéopar, f. oouat, depon.
mid. (aod, aitéw,) in Class. to ask from
any one, i. e. at his hands, also to obtain by
asking, as in Pind. and Hdot.; in N. T:
to ask aside or away, to deprecate ; lit.
to beg off from: 1) prop. and gener. to
entreat that something may not take place,
foll. by inf. Acts xxv. 11, od qwapait. TO
atoVavev, I do not deprecate death, ‘do
not refuse to die:’? so Jos. Vit. § 29,
Javety ov TWapattoupmat: so, foll. by uy
with inf. Heb. xii. 19. 2) to excuse one’s
self from an invitation, absol. Lu. xiv. 18,
no€avtTo twapattetobar. Plut. J. Ces. 68,
TaparTovupevos, ° excusing himself :’ perf.
part. as pass. Lu. xiv. 18, éye we taonTn-
pévov. 2) by impl. not to receive, i. e.
to refuse, reject, with acc. Heb. xii. 25, ui
mao. TOV AaXdouvta. | Tim. iv. 7. v. 1,
TAP O22 TAP
and oft. in lat. Class. and Jos. Also to | r7s wap. Rom. xv. 5, “spiritual aid,’ ‘ aid
avoid, shun, 2 Tim. ii. 23. Tit. iii. 10.
IIazoakxabifw, f. icw, to sit down
near, to seat one’s self near, foll. by wapa
with acc. Lu. x. 39. Sept. and Class.
Ilapakxadéw, f. écw, to call, or to
eall for, trans. 1) to invite to come, Acts
xxvii. 20, dvd 7. THY aiTiav TagEK.
buas, and Class. 2) to call for or upon
any one, as for aid, to invoke, and oft. in
jat. Class.; hence in later usage and N. T.
gener. to beseech, entreat, with acc. Matt.
xviii. 82. Acts xvi. 39. With the aec.,
expr. or impl., are also put other adjuncts,
as part. Xéywy or the like, Matt. viii. 5,
31. Acts xxv. 2. Also with inf. aor. Mk.
wo 17) Acts vii. 31).°1x.938, al. Mk. v.18:
oaws, Matt. vii. 34. 3) to call upon any
one to do any thing, i. e. fo exhort, ad-
monish, with acc. of pers. Acts xv. 32.
2 Cor. x. 1. Heb. iii. 13. Also with acc.
and further adjuncts, e. gr. the express
words, Acts xi. 23. i Cor. iv. 16. 1 Pet.
ii, 11. v. 1. Absol. with acc. of pers.
impl. Luke iii. 18. Rom. xii. 8, 6 waoa-
Kat@y. Heb. x. 25: so Tavta AdXeEt Kal
mwaoakaNel, Tit. ii. 15. 1 Tim. vi.2. 4)
by impl. fo exhort, in the way of consola-
tion, encouragement, &c. = to console,
comfort, with acc. of pers. Matt. ii. 18. v.
A, 2 Cor. i. 4, 0 wap. yas él Taon TH
SAibe:. ver. 6. Eph. vi. 22. Col. i. 2.
In the sense of fo make glad, pass. to be
glad, rejoice, Lu. xvi. 25. Acts xx. 12.
Ilapaxkadvrra, f. Ww, to cover over,
hide, prop. by putting any thing beside or
before an object; in N. T. fig. Lu. ix. 45,
TO pyua iv Tapakekahupmévov at’ av-
Tov, and Class.
IapaxatabiyKn, ns, 7, (wapaxata-
TiOnur,) @ deposit, trust, something com-
mitted to one’s charge, 1 Tim. vi. 20, and
2 Tim. i. 14, where recent edd. have the
' later form mrapabijKn.
Tlapakeipayz, f. comat, to lie near, be
adjacent to ; in N. T. fig. to be at hand, be
present, prompt, Rom. vii. 18, To Sede
jTaoaKkertai pot, ver. 21, ‘is prompt and
ready.” Comp. 2 Cor, viii. 12, 4 apo6v-
mia WOOKELTQL.
TlapaxAnors, ews, 7, (wapaxadhéw,)
prop. @ calling near to one, imvitation,
Thue. iv. 61, espec. for aid; in N. T. 1)
entreaty, petition, 2 Cor. viii. 4, mera
To\Ays Tapaky. dedmevor Tyuwv. ver. 17.
2) exhortation, admonition, Rom. xii. 8,
eite 6 TWaoakaXov, ev TH Tap. | Cor.
xiv. 3; in the sense of zxstruction, teach-
tng, meaning hortatory, Acts xiii. 15. xv.
dl. 3) consolation, comfort, Rom. xv. 4,
iva Oia THS Tap. Twv yoapav Ti
elirida éxwpmev, ‘the consolation afforded
and consolation.” And so Acts iv. 36, vids
Taoak\yoews, where see my note. Acts
ix. dl, 7 aw. Tov ayiov Ilv.: meton. for
‘the Author of spiritual aid and consola-
tion, the Messiah, Lu. ii. 25. So Av-
tpwo.s for AuTpwrys, Lu. ii. 38. See
more in my note. By impl. in the sense
of joy, gladness, Lu. vi. 24.
IlapaKAnTos, ov, 0, 7, prop. verbal
adj. (waogakaNéw,) called upon, i.e. for
help; hence as subst. 1) Lat. advocatus, —
an advocate, mtercessor, who pleads the
cause of any one before a judge, &c.
Said of CurRist, who standing at the right
hand of God, intercedes for man with God,
as the eternal High-Priest, Heb. vii. 25.
ix. 34. 1 John ii. 1, éav Tis auaprn,
TaoakAnTov txXonev woos Tov llatépa.
And so in Philo we have this term and
maoakadeiv used of the Jewish High-
Priest. Josephus, too, Antiq. iv. 8, 3, ap-
plies it to Moses: ajrtov tov Ozou ampo- —
vonoopévov, d1a TO Mwmionv eivar Tov
jTaoakaXouvta, where the full sense is,
‘as if God would [then] take less care of
them, inasmuch as Moses had been their
advocate, or intercessor, [with God].’? In
Class. Gr. also the word is often used in
the sense advocate. The allusion, how-
ever, in the above passage of the N. T. is
not to such hired advocates, or barristers,
but to frends, called 7apaxAnTor, whose
office it was to intercede for the accused
with the judge. See Bp. Pearson on the
Creed, Art. viii. note 5. 2) as said of the
Holy Spirit, John xiv. 16, &\XAov wap.
woe Uutv. xv. 26, Stav de EXO oO II
xvi. 7,6 II. otk éXevoerat. In the first of
which passages however the term is, strictly
speaking, applied to both Christ and the
Holy Spirit; and, consequently, used
with an especial reference to some quality
common to both. That, I apprehend,
is intercession, which pertains to Christ as
well as the Holy Spirit ; though the office
somewhat differs in each: how far, and in
what respect, I have shown in my note on
Rom. vii. 26. In the other three pas-
sages it may best be rendered the Para-
clete ; for no single term will express the
full extent of signif. in a term so pregnant
with meaning; inasmuch as it includes
the senses Intercessor and Helper, Com-
Sorter and Monitor, guide or instructor.
Ilapaxoy, 7s, 7, (wapaKxovw,) prop.
‘a hearing amiss, or want of attention to
what is heard; in N. T. xeglect to hear,
i. e. obey, equiv. to disobedience, Rom. v..
19, dua THs wap. Tov evos avOpwarov.
2 Cor. x. 6. Heb. ii. 2.
TlapaxoXovbéw, f. jow, (rapa,
a&koXouvléw,) prop. to accompany any one
by the Scriptures.’ 2 Cor. i. 4—7. 6 Oeds | side by side, follow closely, as oft. in Class.
II A P
nN.T. said fig. 1) of things, fo accompany,
ji. e. ‘be done by’ any one, with dat, Mk.
xvi. 17, onueta Tots mTictevoact Tav’Ta
wapakoNoviijcer, a peculiar expression,
best explained by Kypke as put for ‘ mira-
cula hee patrabunt credentes.’ So Lucian
de Conscrib. Hist. § 6, there is mention
made of the faults, 6m%dca: Tots PavAs
cuyypapoveot mapakoX\ovlovow. Pol.
Xvil. fin. ovK dKxvyjcomev Clacadety Ta
qwaoako\ovlourta Tats é~oucias a’Tav
aqmpem7. Dioscor. Pref. to |. vi. Ta
wapakoX\ouvlouvta onusia ExactTw THY
paouaxwv. It would seem, however,
that the intent of the words in the above
passage is not so much to represent them
as working the miracles, but rather the
power of working the miracles as being in-
herent in them ; just as in Hermog. p. 34,
the attributes of a person are represented
as mapaxo\ovJovuvta Tw TeocwTw. 2)
to follow up closely in mind, to trace out,
examine, with dat. Lu. i. 3, waoak. Tacww
axptBa@s, and oft. in Class. 3) to conform
unto, embrace, with dat. ty didackaXia,
1 Tim. iv.6. 2 Tim. iii. 10. 2 Mace. ix.
27, Tap. TH Eun Weoarpécer.
Tlaegaxotw, f. cw, (rapa, akotw,)
to hear amiss, imperfectly, or inattentively.
In N. T. to neglect to hear, i. e. fig. not to
obey, with gen. Matt. xviii. 17, gav qap-
akovon auTa@v. Sept. and later Class. ;
chiefly of things, but sometimes of per-
sons; as Epict. Enchir. 39, tivwy wap-
axovons ; ‘whom will you disobey ?”
Ilapaximtw, f. Ww, to stoop down
near by any thing, to bend forward near,
i.e. in order to look at any thing more
closely. Sept. and Class. 1!) prop. and
absol. Lu. xxiv. 12, wapaxiwWas Breet
Ta 00éwa: with eis, John xx. 11, wap-
_éxuwWev eis TO pvynpetov. And so Theocr.
Id. ii. 7, kat’ Gvytpov wap. 2) metaph.
to look into, in order to find out or know,
with eis, Ja. 1. 25. 1 Pet. i. 12, cis @
emiSupovow a&yyedko. twagakiwan, lit.
*to get a glimpse of it.” So Lucian, Pisc.
00, 7 EL0n TapeKkuWa TA VuETeoa, ‘when
1 had taken a peep into your maxims,’
~ TlapadrapPave, f. A\7Wonat, to take
near, with, to one’s self; and also semi-
pass. to receive with or to one’s self: I. to
take to one’s self, e. gr. a city or kingdom,
i. e. to take im possession, seize; in N. T.
only of persons, to take unto or with one’s
self, i. €. as an associate, companion, with
acc. Matt. i. 20, uy goBnons aapada-
Betv M. tyHv yuvaitKa cov. ver. 24. xvii.
], wapadapBaver 671. tov Tétpov. xx.
17, and oft. Also with eis of place, Matt.
iv. 5, 8, al.; era and gen. of pers. xii.
45. xviii. 16; apds and acc. of pers. John
xiv. 3. Sept. and Class. Part. mapuXa-
_ Boy is sometimes used, by partial pleo-
323
2
with or to one’s self, i. e. what is given or
delivered over, = to take from another
into one’s own hands; in N. T. 1) prop. zo
receive in charge, as an office, dignity, d:a-
II A P
nasm, before other verbs, to express the
idea more fully and graphically, Acts xvi.
33, jTaoadkaBwv avtols EXovcEV aro
TaVv TrAnywv. xxi, 24, al.: so also the
verb itself with cai before another verb,
Matt. ii. 13, wapadaBe TO qatodiov, Kai
gevye. John xix. 6, al. Sept. 1 Sam.
xvii. 31,57. Fig. of those whom Christ
will take with him, or receive into favour,
at his coming, pass. Matt. xxiv. 40, 6 eis
TaoakauPaveTar, Kal O eis aieTat,
Lu. xvii. 34, sqq.: also of a teacher, = Zo
receive, acknowledge, to embrace and follow
his instructions, John i. 11.—II. to receive
Koviav, Col. iv. 17. BaoiXeiav, Heb. xii.
28. Sept. and Class, 2) metaph. to re-
ceive into the mind, = fo be taught, to
learn, with acc. of thing, Mk. vii. 4, @
Twapé\aBov kpatretv. | Cor. xv. 1. Gal.
i 9. Pind av. 9} @ kau Vepatere coe
mapeAaBete. (Simil. scriptor ap. Routh.
Fragm. Patr. i. 464, tyv qictiv, qv 2&
aexns TapehaBomev.) Col. ii. 6: foll. by
acc. with dmoé tivos, | Cor. xi. 23; with
mapa Tuvos, Gal, i. 12. 1 Th. ii. 13.
Ilapadéyw, f. Ew, to lay near, and
mid. to lie near or with any one; in N. T.
only mid. qaoahéyouar, as a nautical
term, to lay one’s course near, i. e. to sail
near, by, along a place or coast, equiv. to
TapaThéw, with acc. depending on aoa
in composit. Acts xxvii. 13, wapehéyovTo
tyHv Koyrnv. So Diod. Sic. xiii. 3, wap.
tHVv ItaXiav. In Acts xxvii. 8, wapa-
Asyouevor adr nv, (namely, the promontory
of Salmone,) it means doubling. The term
TaoahéyeoVar was used in preference to
Taoam)ety, with allusion to the custom
of the ancients in doubling promontories,
or coasting close in shore, or in dangerous
navigation, of having the ship towed by
ropes from boats. So Thue. iv. 25,
jTaoaTAsovTwWY amo KaXw, where see
my note.
ILaoaX1os, ov, 6, 7, adj. (mapa, &s,)
near or by the sea, maritime, Lu. vi. 17,
THS TWaoadiov (xwpas) Tvpov, i.e. the
sea-coast of Tyre. Sept. and Class.
IHapakdayn, ns, 1, (wapadacow,)
change, alteration, vicissitude, Ja. i. 17,
Tap w ovK evi TwaoadXayy. So Plotin.
Enn. vi. 6, 3, meo@v Tpos viKTas TH
mwapgahkdayy. Plut. viii. 214, weiGovas
mapadkdayas al jdukiar Wepl ExaoTor
NUWY TOLOVGLY, 7] KOLVY TWEepl Tas TO-
Ags.
ILavaktoyitfonat, f. icouat, to mis-
reckon ; in N. T. prop.. to deceive by false
reasoning, and hence gener. to deceive,
P6
IAP
ewrcumvent, with acc. of pers. Col. ii. 4.
Ja. i. 22, Sept. and Class.
ILapaXutixos, 4, ov, adj. (wapa-
Avw,) paralytic, palsied, Matt. iv. 24.
viii. 6.
IlapaXrvw, f. vow, to loosen at or
From the side, i. e. things joined side by
side, to disjom ; in N. T. fo dissolve, i. e.
to relax, enfeeble, only perf. part. pass.
wapaXeNupevos, relaxed, enfeebled,, feeble.
1) prop. Heb. xii. 12, wapeaXeAupeva
yovara, see my note there. Sept. and lat.
Class. 2) in the sense of paralytic, equiv.
to wapadutikos, Lu. v. 18. Acts viii. 7,
joNol wapadkeNupévoe Kal YwAoil. ix.
do. 1 Mace. ix. 55, and lat. Class.
Ilapapévw, f. eve, to remain near,
by, wiih any one, foll. by aods tia,
1 Cor. xvi. 6, wpos tues Tuxov TWapa-
evo: absol. Heb. vii. 23, cwdvecOar
waoaméevety, i. e. thereby, therein, scil. in
the priest’s office; and in Class. fig. ¢o
continue mm any thing, to persevere therein.
So Diod. Sic. 11.29, wap. év Tw wabhjpate.
Absol. Ja, i. 25.
ILapauv0éouar, f. noouat, depon.
mid. to speak near or with any one, i. e.
kindly, soothingly, to soothe, pacify. See
Hemsterh. on Xen. Eph. p. 153; hence
in N.T. 1) to exhort, encourage, with
acc. of pers. expr. or impl. | Th. ii. II,
TapakaXouvres Uuas Kal maoauvOot-
evo. v. 14. Xen. Hist. iv. 8, 28. 2)
to consoie, comfort, with acc. of pers. John
xi. 19, tva wap. a’tas weet Tov added-
gov avtav. ver. 31. Jos. and Class.
Ilaoapu0ia, as, 4, (wapapvOéomat,)
in Class. gener. exhortation, encourage-
ment ; in N. T. consolation, comfort, 1 Cor.
xiv. 3. Wisd. xix. 12. Jos. & lat. Class.
Tlapamv0iov, ov, Td, (apapviéo-
prac,) consolation, comfort, solace, Phil.
oe 1
ILapavopéw, f. how, (wapdvouos,)
prop. to act aside from law, i. e. to violate
law, transgress, absol. Acts xxiii. 3.
ILaoavoptia, as, 4, (wapavopew,)
violation of law, transgression, 2 Pet. ii. 16.
Ilapamixpaivy, f. ave, al. wao-
emixoava, found only in Sept. and N. T.
strictly to make bitter, or be bitter, towards
any one, treat weth bitterness ; more usu-
ally to embitter, provoke, hence absol. to
provoke, i.e. God, Heb. iii. 16. 1 Esdr. v.15.
Ilapamixpacnos, ov, 6, (wapat-
Koatvw,) an embittering, provocation, of
God by disobedience, Heb. iii. 8,15. Sept.
Ps. xcv. 8: not in Class.
Ilapatwintw, a. 2. wapémrecov, to
Fall near by any one, and hence to fall in
with, meet, also to fall aside from, to
swerve or deviate from any thing; hence
024
IIAP
in N. T. fig. to fall away from the path of
duty, from the faith, to apostatise, absol.
Heb. vi. 6. Wisd. vi. 9, and Class. as Pol.
xii. 7, 2, THs aAnNOeias.
IlapamXéw, f. evcouat, to sail near,
by, past a place, Acts xx. 16, and Class.
Ilepamdovop, adv. (wapamAHovos, )
near by, nigh to, i.e. like, similarly, foll.
by dat. Phil. ii. 27, 7o0évnoe waparhn-
oL1ov JavaTw.
IlavatwAnoiws, adv. (mapamAn-
o.os,) prop. near to, nigh by; hence like,
in the like manner, Heb. ii. 14, and Class.
Ilapamopsvoman, f. evcopat, to go
near or by the side of any one, = to ac-
company ; in N. T. to pass by, pass along
by, intrans. Mk. xi. 20, arapamropevdmevor
eidov THY OUKHY : part. ol WapaTropevomE-
vot, the passers-by, xv. 29 : foll. by dca with
gen. of place through which, ii. 23, dca Tav
oropinwy. ix. 30. Sept. and lat. Class.
Iapanrtwpa, atos, T0, (waparin-
tTw,) prop. a fall, occasioned by stumbling
against or upon any thing, Hdot. viii. 87,
also a full gener., in N.T. fig. a falling aside
or away, scil. from right, truth, duty, @
lapse, error, fault, viz. 1) prop. as com-
mitted unintentionally, from ignorance or
inadvertence, Matt. vi. 14, éav ad@yre
tots av0o. Ta Tap. a’tev: so Rom. xi.
ll. Gal. vi. 1. Sept. Ps. xix. 13. Pol. ix.
106. 2) by Hebr. gener. for transgression,
stn, Rom. iv. 25, ds mapedo0n did tae
Tao. nuwv. v. 15, oft.: of Adam’s first
transgression or fail, v. 15, 17, 18, & Sept.
Tlapappéw,f. pevcouat, (wage, péw,)
a. 2. pass. wapeppuny, in act. signif. prop.
Sages
to flow near or by, prop. of a river; and. |
fig. to glide away, escape, from the mind ;
also of a person, to glide.along by stealth,
as a thief; in N. T. once of persons, fig. to
glide aside from, to swerve or deviate from
any thing, as the truth, law, precepts, &c.
absol. Heb. ii. 1, dst nuas woocéyxew Tots
axovo0stot, untote Tapappumpmer, ‘lest
we glide aside from them,’ i. e. lest we
transgress them ; parallel with wapaBacts
and wapako7, ver. 2. See my note,
Ilagpaonpos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (o7jma,) lit.
bye-marked, i. e. having a particular mark
or sign to distinguish it from others. Hence
as neut. Td wapaonmov, as subst. sign,
mark, pl. insignia, scil. by which any thing —
is distinguished from others; espec. spoken
of the sign of a ship, a painting or image in
bas-relief on the prow, and distinguished
from the ¢utela, or figure of the tutelar god
of the ship upon the stern, though some-
times the parasemon and tutela were the |
same; as in Acts xxviii. 11, év wAoiw |
Taoaonuw Arockotpors, ‘in a ship with «
the ensign Dioscuri.’
Iapackeva a, f. dow, lit. to make |
iAP
ready, and place near or for any one, ¢o
prepare, and cause to be at hand, as food,
absol. Acts x. 10, éyévero mpdomeuvos,
TapackevalovtTwy exeivwy, and Class.
mid. or pass. to prepare one’s self, be
ready, 2 Cor. ix. 2, wapeckevacrar amd
qWépuct, ‘was prepared or ready.’ | Cor.
xiv. 8, Tis Tapackevacetar €. 7.3; ‘ who
will prepare himself, get ready?’ Sept.
Jer. 1. 42. Jos. Ant. v. 7, 5, & Class.
Ilapackev?, js, 1, (oKeut),) a making
ready, preparation ; in N. T. with article
7, in the Jewish sense, the preparation,
i. e. the day or hours before the sabbath,
or other festival, when preparation was
made for the celebration, the eve of the
sabbath, &c. John xix. 14, 31, 42, al.: it
is also called wovoaBBatov, Mk. xv. 42.
Judith viii. 6, and wpozedoTiov, Philo,
p. 626.
Ilapateiva, f. eva, to stretch out
near, by, or to, to eatend near; in N. T.
fig. to eatend, prolong, continue, in time,
. trans. Acts xx. 7, mapétewve Tov Adyov
MeXoL MecovuKTiov, and Class.
Ilapatyoéw, f. now, lit. Sto keep
one’s eye near, to observe narrowly, watch
closely: 1) prop. as the actions of any one
with sinister intent, trans. Mk. iii. 2, aap-
ETHpouv avTov, ei Tots caBBact Jepa-
qevoes avtov. Lu. xiv. l. xx. 20: so Tas
muXas, Acts ix. 24. 2) fig. of times, to
observe carefully, keep superstitiously, Gal.
iv. 10: so Jos. Ant. iii. 5, 5, wap. tas
eBdouaoas.
Ilagat7oncts, ews, 7, (tmapaTnpéw,)
close watching, accurute observation, Lu.
xvii. 20, ovx épxeTat } Bac. Tov O. wera
TapaTnpycews, not with observation, i. e.
not so that its progress may be watched
with the eyes, or with what attracts ob-
servation, scil. so as to catch observation
by its external appearance.
IlapaTtidypmt, f. Siow, to put or place
near any one, trans. 1) prop. of food, to
set or lay before any one, with acc. of
thing and dat. of pers. expr. or impl. Mk.
vi. 41, va twapatwow airtois. viii. 7. Lu.
xi. 6. Acts xvi. 34, tpdmeCav. 1 Cor. x.
27. Sept. and Class. 2) fig. as a teacher,
to set or lay before, = to propound, deliver,
with acc. and dat. Matt. xiii. 24, &AXnv
TapaB. waoé0ynxev aitois: mid. with
ort, Acts xvii. 3. Sept. and Class. 3)
mid. waoaTtifeuar, (a. 2. waoeléuny, a.
2. imper. wapaQov,) prop. to place with
ally one on one’s own account, = to give
in charge, commit, entrust, with acc. and
dat. Lu. xii. 48, 6 mapéfevto qoXQd.
1 Tim. i. 18. 2 Tim. ii. 2. 1 Pet. iv. 19;
also Lu. xxiii. 46, cis yeipas cov mapa-
Oycouat TO TveUua pov. Sept. and Class.
In the sense of to commend, with acc. and
dat. Acts xiv. 23, mapé0evto aito’s Tw
325
IIAP
Kupiw. xx. 32. So Jos. Ant. iv. 8, 2, a.
Umas VoRwW swPpoovyns.
Haoatvyxavw, aor, 2. mapérvyxov,
to fall in with any one, to happen to be
near, part. of wapatuvyxévovtes, Acts
xvii. 17, tovs a. ‘ those that happened to
be there.’ And so oft. in Class.
Ilapauvtixa, adv. (apa, avtixa,)
prop. at this very imstant, imstantly, for
Tap’ ata Ta TWOaypaTta. InN. T. once,
with art. TO jmaoavTiKa, as adj. wnmstant,
i. e. Momentary, transient, 2 Cor. iv. 17,
TO 7. zhadoov, momentary, light. Freq.
in Class.
Ilapadéow, aor. 2. wapnveykov.
This verb, like other comp. of waea, has
very different meanings, according to the
sense assigned to the 7aoa. Hence some-
timesit signif to bringto or towards any one;
at others, to turn away, as the eyes from
an object, or aside, as a weapon levelled at
any one; also, to hurry away, as a stream
does those who attempt to cross it, or as a
tempestuous wind hurries a ship out of its
course. From the two last senses have
sprung those two in which the word occurs
in N. T., namely, 1) act. and fig. to cause
to pass by, as said of evil, Mk. xiv. 36,
TAQEVEYKE TO TOTHOLOY aT’ EuoU TOUTO.
Lu. xxii. 42, where there seems to be an
allusion to a host’s causing a cup of wine
to be carried past one of the guests. 2)
pass. prop. to be borne along, carried away
by, Jude 12, in later edd. vepéXar Gvudpot
UTO aviuwy Tapameoduevar. But the
text. rec. repiep. yields by far the better
sense ; the context requiring that of circum-
aguntur, or circumferuntur. On the con-
trary, in Heb. xiii. 9, dvdayats torki-
Aas wi TapadépecGe, as in later edd.
for text. rec. arepr@., which yields, indeed,
a good sense, (and so Eph. iv. 14, it is
said, unkéeTe KNUOwWYLCOMEvOL TavTi avE-
fw THs O10.) but not so good a one as
tao. abripio. Similarly Plut. Timol. 6,
we have ai kpicéis celovTar Kal Tape-
péioovTar padiws two TaY TUXOYTwY
eTaivwy Kat Woywy, a metaphor taken
from a ship hurried out of its course by
violent winds. Plut. Arat. 12, The full
sense, then, in the above passage is, ‘to be
carried away [from the truth].’ So in
Plato, p. 265, it is said, &A7j80us Tivds
épatTomevol, TaXa 6 av Kat é&AdocE
Tapapepouevor, and 893, mwapadepo-
usvos. 275, wapevéxOnpuer, et al. also in
Plut. vi.53, kaTadéovTes Ti Kpiowy (judg-
ment) orws ui Katapéontar TH Tép-
TovtTe TWoOs TO BAT TOD:
Ilapadpoviw, f. now, to be aside
from a right mind, be aside oneself, to be
foolish, act foolishly, absol. 2 Cor. xi. 23,
Tapappovwyv Law, Sept.and Class.
Ilaepappovia, as, 4, (mapappovéw,)
IIAP
prop. a being beside oneself, madness,
Jolly, 2 Pet. ii. 16.
Ilapaxeruatw, f. dow, to winter
near or at a place, or with a person, intrans,
Acts xxvii. 12. xxviii. 11. 1 Cor. xvi. 6,
and Class.
Ilapaxetpacia, as, 4, (mwapayer-
MaQw,) & wintering near or at a place,
Acts xxvii. 12, and Class.
Ilaoaypiypa, adv., prop. for rapa
TO Xpnua, lit. ‘with the thing itself, at
the very moment, on the spot, = /forth-
with, immediately, Matt. xxi. 19, ZEnodvOn
TAQAXOHKA 4 CUKH, 1. e. immediately
after being cursed, ver. 20. Lu. i. 64. iv.
39, & oft. Sept. and Class.
Ilapdakrs, ews, 7, (wapdos,) a pan-
ther, leopard, Rev. xiii. 2. Sept. & Class.
ILapedpeva, see Ipocedpetw.
Weaoeur, f. eoouat, (aoa, eipui,) to
be near by, be present, absol. John vii. 6, 6
Kalpos O €4“0S OUTTHW TWapecTLV. Xi. 28, 6
OL0adoKados wapeott. Acts x. 21. xvii.
6; so 2 Pet.i. 12, gv ty awapovon aXn-
Gcia, i.e. ‘the truth which ye have re-
ceived.” Part. To mapov, the present time,
Heb. xii. 11, woods TO mapdv. Said of
things, foll. by dative of person, to be
present with or toa person, q. d. ‘the person
has the thing,’ 2 Pet.i. 9, @ pt) wapeote
TauTa, i.e. ‘he who has not these things.’
So Wisd. xiii. 1, ois mapiv Gzov ayvw-
cia, xi. 21,& Class. Hence ta wrapovta,
the things which one has, i.e. property,
fortune, condition, Heb. xiii. 5, apxov-
pevor Tots Taoovo.. Class. e. gr. Xen.
Conv. iv. 42, ois Ta qWapovTa apxet,
ykicTa ToY adddAoTpiwy GopéeyovTat.
Phocyl. 4.
Ilaoeroays, f. Ew, (rapa, eicayw,)
to lead in or bring by the side of others,
to introduce along with others; nN. T.
to lead or bring in by stealth, trans. aioe-
aricg 2 Pet. 1: 1) (Pols i. 18,3, et.al.
Plut. Pyrrh. 29. Diod. Sic. xii. 41.
IlapeicaxTos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (wap-
sroayw,\ brought in by stealth, Gal. ii. 4, dra
Tous 1. WevdadéN ous for ahoT pious.
ILaperodty, f. tow, (apa, eicdvw, )
to go or come in by stealth, to creep m un-
awares, Jude 4. Jos. and Class.
IlaperoépxXopat., aor. 2, wapetond-
Bov, (apa, eicéoXouar,) intrans. 1) to
go or come in near to any thing, to enter
unto or with any thing, Rom. v. 20, voyos
6 twapeton\ev sc. eis TOY Kocpor, * but
the law entered in thereunto,’ viz. wvto or
upon the mapamtwua, ver. 18, (comp.
ver. 12, 1 duaptia eiondOe,) i. e. ‘the
law supervened upon the state of trans-
gression from Adam to Moses.’ So Test.
XII. Patr. p. 608, yiverar méOn, Kat wap-
ergéoxeTar avaicxuvtia. But mapa
326
IIAP
may mean by-the-bye, indirectly, silently.
See my note. 2) to go or come in by stealth,
to enter unawares, intrans. Gal. ii. 4, of-
Twes Tapecon\Oov KatacKkoTyAcaL, and
Class.
Ilapeto® Epw, aor. 2. WaperonveyKov,
(arava, eicodéow,) to bear or bring im
therewith or thereunto, to bring forward ;
in N. T. fig. to bring forward along with,
to exhibit therewith, wap. cToudny Twacay,
2 Pet. i. 5, where see my note.
Ilapextos, adv. (aoa, éxTds,) prop.
near by without, on the outside ; fig. besides,
used with art. Ta wapextos, the things
bestdes, over and above, 2 Cor. xi. 28,
Xweis Tay TWaoexTos : with gen. in the
sense of except, Matt. v..d2, aapextos
Adyou topveias. Acts xxvi. 29, and lat.
Gr. writers.
TapepBorn, as, %, (mapsuPédro,)
a putting something between others, also, as
a military word, a juata-array, a certain
method of drawing up troops, Pol. xi, 32,
6; hencein N. T. 1) meton. array, for
army, host, i.e. as drawn up in battle-
array, Heb. xi. 34, mapeuBodas exXu-
vav ad\doTpiwv. Rev. xx. 9. Sept. and
Pol. iii. 73, 8. Al. V. H. xiv. 46. 2) en-
campment, i. e. prop. juxta-arrangement
in acamp, hence gener. @ camp, Pol. vi.
28, 1. Jos. Ant. vii. 4,1. Plut. Ces. 46,
al. ; said of a standing camp, castra stativa,
or barracks, of the Roman soldiers at Je-
rusalem in-the fortress of Antonia, Acts
xxi. 34; also of the encampments of the
Israelites in the desert, Heb. xiii. 11; and
in the same connexion, fig. ver. 13.
IlapevoxArZéw, f. iow, (aoa, évox-
Aéw,) to trouble besides, foll. by dative of
pers. Acts xv. 19, kpivw un wagevoyx)etv
Tots K.T.A. ‘to give no further molesta-
tion.’ Sept. and lat. Class., as Pol., Diod.
Sic. and Arrian.
Ilaopewidnpos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (apa,
éaridnpos,) a by-resident, a sojowrner, i. e.
among a people not one’s own, Heb. xi.
13. 1 Pet.i.l. nL. Sept iGens sae
4, al. Pol. and other late writers.
Tlapéoxopmat, (mapa, zpxopuat,) f.
mapedevoouat, aor. 2. tapHdVov, intrans.
I. to comE near to any person or thing, Zo
draw near, Lu, xii. 37, mapehOwv dra-
Kovycet autos. xvii. 7. Ecclus. xxix. 9;
gener. Mk. vi. 48, 76eAXe wapeOety av-
tots. Adl. V. H. ii. 35, garei 6 Tis abTOv
qmapn\Ge : in a hostile manner, Acts xxiv.
7. Jos. Bell. iii. 8,2. Ken. Conv. i. 7.—
II. to Go or pass near, to pass along by:
1) prop. and absol, Lu. xviii. 37, oe o
"Ino. wapéoxeTtat : foll. by acc. Acts xvi.
8, waozAOovtes tHv M.; by dra THs
6000, Matt. viii. 28. Sept. and Class. ; said
of time, to ass by, be past, absol, xiv. 15,
IAP 3
4 &pa Hon waondGerv. Acts xxvii. 9.
1 Pet. iv. 3, 6 wapeAnd\vbas xpdvos.
2) fig. to pass away, perish, absol. and
gener. Matt. v. 18, ws dv mwapédOn o
ovo. Kai 7) yn, oft. Sept. Ps. xxxvii. 36,
and Class., as Theocr. Id. xxvii. 8, oe
TapepXeTat, ws ovap, Bn. Of words,
declarations, &c, fo pass away without
fulfilment, be iz vain, Matt. v. 18. xxiv.
35, of Adyou pov ov Mi) TapéAOwor. 3)
fig. of evils, to pass away from any one,
to be removed, averted, foll. by amo of
person, Matt. xxvi. 39, wapeNéTw ar’
éuou TO ToTtyp.ov T. Mk. xiv. 35. Sept.
Cant. iii. 4. Atl. V. H. xiii. 38. 4) fig.
to pass by or over, equiv. to neglect, trans-
gress, with acc. Lu. xi. 42, tijv Koiou.
xv. 29, gvroAjy. Sept. and Class.
Ildoecis, ews, 4, (wapinut,) preter-
missio, i. e. a letting pass or remission, in
the sense of overlooking, not punishing,
Rom. iii. 25: it differs from &eous,
which implies pardon, forgiveness. Dion.
- Hal. Ant, vii. 37.
Ilapéxw,f. gw, (mapa, Zxw,) prop. zo
hold a any 3 in N : ae hold out
near or towards any one, =to present,
offer, &c. 1) prop. with acc. Lu. vi. 29,
WaoeXe Kat THY GAAnv sc. crayova, and
so oft. in Class. 2) fig. ‘to be the cause,
source, occasion of any thing to a person,’
i. e. to make or do, to give or bestow, to
show, to occasion, sc. in one’s behalf, with
acc. and dat., expr. or impl.; xdzrov or
KOTTOUS TapéxXeLv Tivi, to give one trouble,
= to trouble, vex, (see Kozos,) Lu. xi. 7.
Xvili. 55; épyaciavy wapéyew ivi, to
make or bring gain to any one, Acts xvi.
16. xvii. 31, wiotw rapacyov waow,
“ causing belief in all.’ i. e. ‘ proving, con-
firming it to all.’ Jos. & Class. Acts xxii.
2, wapecxov tovyxiav, they gave silence.
xxviil. 2, 7. piiavGow7iav. | Tim. i. 4.
vi. 17. Class. Mid. rapéyouar, to do or
show for one’s self, for one’s own part, Lu.
vii. 4, @E10s got © TapéEer TovTO, ‘ for
whom thou shouldst on thy part do this.’
Acts xix. 24, Col. iv. 1, To dixatov Tots
dovAos jTapéxecUe: with double accus.
Tit. ii. 7, ceavTov twapexXdpmevos Titov
kako Zoywv, and so in Class.
ILapnyoopia, as, 7, (tapnyopéw, fr.
Tapa, ayooevw,) consolation, comfort,
solace, Col. iv. 11. Plut. de Exil. 1.
Tlaop@evia, as, 4, (wapévos,) vir-
giniy, virgin age, Lu. ii. 36, Gicaca ern
féTa avOpos ETTA aTO THS Taph. a’Tys,
i.e. ‘with the husband whom she had mar-
ried as a virgin.” Sept. and Class.
IlapGévos, ov, 6, 7, adj. virgin, as oft.
in Class.; in N. T. I. FEM. 7 wap0évos,
as subst. @ virgin, maiden: 1) one who
has not known man, Lu. i. 27, apds.
trapSévoy pemvnorevpevny — Mapicap.
27
TAP
comp. ver. 34. Sept. and Class. Matt.
i, 23, 9 mwapQévos év yaorpi EEE: also
youthful spouse: fig. 2 Cor. xi.2. 2)
gener. of a marriageable maiden, Matt.
xxv. l. Acts xxi. 9. 1 Cor. vii. 34, ueué-
oloTae % yuu) Kat 4 Tapl. equiv. to 7
ayapos. ver. 3/7, THY EauTov Tap. equiv.
to his virgin-daughter, marriageable but
unmarried. Sept. and Class.—II. MASc.
Rev. xiv. 4, ov Toi eiow of peta yuva-
Kav ovK éuortvOnoav, Tapfévor yao ei-
o.v,i. e. chaste, pure, who have not known
women.
Ilapinps, f. wapjow, (apa, tnmut,)
perf. pass. mapetuar, to let pass by or
along, Hdot. iii. 72, to let go loose, relax,
as ropes; hence in N.T. fig. pass. wao-
teat, to be relaxed, enfeebled, lit. unstrung,
only in perf. part. yetpes mrapetuéva,
hands enfeebled, hangmg down from wea-
riness and despondency, Heb. xii. 12,
Sept. Zeph. iii. 17. Ecclus. ii. 13. xxv.
23. Jos. Ant. xiii. 12,5, abrots ai yetpes
maosiOycav. Eur. Alc. 203, wapeipévy
6& xetoos &0ALov Bagos.
Ilapiornpe and Ilapictavw (rapa,
iornt,) f. mapactHow, a. 2. Tapéctyy,
trans. to cause to stand near, intrans. to
stand near, see“Tornut. I. TRANS. in the
pres. imperf. fut. and a. 1. of the act. to
cause to stand near, to place near by; hence
in N.T. to place or set before any one, to
present, exhibit: 1) gener. with acc. and
dat. expr. or impl Acts xxiii. 33, wap-
éotynocav Kal Tov ILavXov aitw. Lu. ii.
22, tw Kupiw. 2 Cor. iv. 14, wapactHoer
(jas) obv vpiv, scil. tw Biuate Tov
Xo. &c.: so with double acc. of object
and predicate, tTiva 71, Actsi. 3. ix. 41.
Rom. vi. 13, 16, 6 wapiotavete éEauTovs
dovAous. xii. 1. oft. Sept. and lat. Class.
2) = to place at hand, furnish, Matt. xxvi.
53, WaoacTHoe pot WAsious. Acts xxiii.
24, «rjvyn. Pol. xxx. 9, 3. Lucian D.
Mort. vi. 2. 3) in the sense of to com-
mend, | Cor. vill. 8, Bo®ua juas ov Tap-
istnot Tw Oew. Jos. Ant. xv. 7,3. Arr.
Epict. i. 16, atta évrawéeoat 4 Tapacty-
oat. 4) metaph. to set forth by arguments,
i. e. to show, prove, Acts xxiv. 13, ote
TapacTHACal OUvaYTaL TEpL WY K.T.A. &
oft. in Class.—II. InTRANS. in the perf.
plup. and aor. 2. of the act. and in the
mid. to stand near or by: 1) gener. to be
present, &c. with dat. expr. or impl. Acts
1.10. ix. 39, wapéotnoay aite Tacat
at Xnpat. xxvii. 23. Mk. xv. 39, 6 qap-
eoTyKwS é& évavTias, ‘who stood by over
against him :’ so part. of qwapeorykOTES,
contr. ot qwapeotwtes, the by-standers,
Mk. xiv. 47. Acts xxiii. 2; with gywaidv
tivos, iv. 10. Sept. Jos. and Class. Fig.
in a friendly sense, to stand by, to aid, with
dat. Rom. xvi. 2, va wapactyTe avTy.
Ii AP
2 Tim. iv. 17, and Class.; in a hostile
sense, by impl. absol. Acts iv. 26, aapé-
oTnoav ot Bacirsis tTHS ys. Ecclus. li.
3. Said of time, a season, &c. fo be pre-
sent, to have come, Mk. iv. 29, wapéotn-
Kev 0 Sepicuds. Dem. 255, 25. 2) to
stand before any one, in his presence,
(Hdian i. 4, 1.) e. gr. in a forensic sense,
before a judge, Acts xxvii. 24, Kaicagi
oe Ot TWapactTyvar. Rom. xiv. 10. Said
of attendants who wazt in the presence of
a superior, Lu. i. 19, éywm eine Tap. 6
WaoecTyKwWS évwrioy Tov O. dat. xix.
24. Sept. and Class. as Lucian, D. Deor.
xxiv. 1, de_—arapeotrdvar Tw Ait.
IL aoodos, ov, 7, lit. a way by, passage-
way, of place, Thue. iii. 21; in N. T. of
action, @ passing by, 1 Cor. xvi. 7, év
Tapddw, by the way, in passing. Class. as
Thue, i. 126.
ILapotkéw, f. iow, (wapd, oixéw,)
to dwell near, be neighbour; in N.T. to
be a by-dweller, to sojourn, dwell as a
stranger, with ev, Lu. xxiv. 18, cv povos
amaookets éy ‘leo.; foll. by eis, Heb. xi.
9, wagwKyoev eis Tiv yijv, ‘he came and
sojourned.’ Sept. and Class.
Tlaoorkia, as, 7, (mwaporkéw,) a dwell-
ing near; in N.T. a@ sojourning, residence
in a foreign land without the rights of citi-
zenship, Acts xiii. 17, év +i wap. ev. yn
Aiy. Sept. and Wisd. xix. 10. Metaph.
of human life, 1 Pet. i. 17. Sept. Ps.
cxix. 54,
~
Il aporxos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (apa, oi-
xos,) dwelling near, neighbouring ; in N. T.
6 waporkos, subst. a by-dweller, a sojourner,
scil. without the rights of citizenship, @
foreigner, Acts vii. 6, 29, wapo.Kos ev y7
M. Fig. of human life, 1 Pet. ii. 11; also
in respect to the Church and kingdom of
God, Eph. ii. 19.
Ilapotpmia, as, 1, (maporuos, fr.
aapa, olos,) prop. ‘something uttered by
the way;’ hence a by-word, by-speech: I.
prop. a proverb, adage, 2 Pet.1i. 22, 70 Tis
aAdnbous wavoimias, & oft. in Class.—IlI.
In St. John’s Gospel same as 7agafPodn:
1) gener. figurative discourse, dark saying,
ji. e. obscure and full of hidden meaning,
John xvi. 25, év wWapoimiars NaXety, ver.
29, (comp. wapaPon 3.) Prov. i. 1. xxv.
l. Ecclus. vi. 35. 2) a@ parable, in the
usual sense, John x.6, comp. mapaBod7 2.
Tl épozvos, ov, 6,7, adj. (aga, oivos,)
lit. by or at wine, i. e. spoken of what takes
place by or over wine, revelry, as Ta 1ap-
ova, scil. wéAn, drinking songs,” Boéckh.
Pind. Fr. p. 555; in N. T. of persons,
equiv. to given to wine, prop. ‘sitting long
by wine,’ (comp. Prov. xxii. 30.) 1 Tim.
iii. 3. Tit. i. 7, and oft. in Class.
328
%
IIAP
hoowat, perf. rapwynpat, to go along by
to pass along, Hom. Il. iv. 272; in N.T.
only of time, to pass away, intrans. Acts
xiv. 16, €v Tats jwapwyxnpévats yeveats.
Xen. An. xi. 4, 1.
Tlapopnord a, f. dow, (apa, dpot-
a Gw,) prop. to be nearly like, i. e. gener. to
be like, to resemble, with dat. Matt. xxiii.
27. So mwapopnorovebar, Xen. Eph.
IIapoporos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (mapa,
Ouo.os,) prop. nearly like, i.e. gener. like,
stmilar, Mk. vii. 8, 13, and Class.
Ilapo£tv' vw, f. wwe, (waoa, d£vve, fr.
o&vs,) to sharpen by or on any thing, (i. e.
by rubbing,) to whet as a knife, metaph.
to sharpen the mind, temper, courage of
any one, to zncite, impel, Xen, Mem. iii. 3,
13; hence in N. T. metaph. to provoke,
rousé, i. e. to anger, indignation, only pass.
or mid. Acts xvii. 16, wapwEtveTo vo
mvevua avtov. | Cor. xiii. 5. Sept. & Class.
IlapoEvcuos, ov, 6, (awapoEtvw,)
prop. a sharpening, also fig. 1) tneitement,
i.e. to action or feeling, Heb. x. 24. 2)
sharp contention, Acts xv. 39. Sept. and
Class.
IIapooyifw, f. iow & ww, to make.
angry by some act or thing, to provoke
thereby, &c. with acc. Eph. vi. 4, 47) arap-
opy. Ta Téxva bu. Rom. x. 19. Sept.
Kcclus. iii. 16. iv. 2.
Ilapopytopos, ov, 0, (rwapopyiGw,)
provocation ; in N. T. anger provoked, mn-
dignation, wrath, Eph. iv. 26.
Ilapotou'va, f. vv, (apa, 6TEUVW,)
to urge on by something, to stir up, incite
thereby, with ace. Acts xiii. 50. lat. Class.
and Jos.
Ilapovcia, as, 7, (waperut,) prop. the
being or becoming present : in N.T. 1) pre-
sence, 2 Cor. x. 10,4 wap. Tov cwuatos
aoGevns. Phil. ii. 12, & Class. 2) & coming,
advent, gener. ] Cor. xvi. 17. Phil. i. 26,
jTaoovsla mwaiiv Woeos Umas, a coming
again, return. Said of the final advent
of Christ to judgment, Matt. xxiv. 3.
1 Cor. xv. 23. 7 wae. tov Yiou Tov av.
Matt. xxiv. 27. tov Kupiov, 1 Th. iii. 13:
in a like sense, 2 Pet. iil. 12, 7 wap. THs
Tov 0. 1}ué0as. Also of the coming, i. e.
manifestation of the man of sin, 2 Th. ii. 9.
Tiapowts, idos, 7, (éWwov,) prop. and
lit. a by-dish, i. e. a side-dash, consisting of
dainties set on the table as a condiment,
Xen. Cyr. i. 3,4; in later usage and N.T.
a side-plate, i.e. a plate, platter, dish,
prop. in which some dainties are served
up, Matt. xxiii. 25, 76 €£wev Tov TwoTn-
olov Kal Tys Tavowsicos, ver. 26. Arr.
Epict. ii. 20. Plut. vi. 197.
Ilappnota, as, 4, (was, pyors,) prop.
‘the speaking all one thinks,’ equiv. to
Ilapotxyopar, (mapa, otxouar,) f. | free-spokenness, hence meton. and gener.
‘
AP
frankness, boldness, as of speech, demean-
our, action, &c. 1) prop. and gener. Acts
iv, 18, SewoovvTes TiHv TOU TLéteou Tap-
pnoiav. 2 Cor. iii. 12. So in adverbial
phrases, rappyoia, freely, boldly, John
vii. 13; or openly, plainly, without con-
cealment or ambiguity, x. 24. xi. 14; also
of actions, openly, ver. 54. xviii. 20; év
qTappnoia, in or with boldness, equiv. to
freely, boldly, Eph. vi. 19; also openly,
publicly, opp. to év KkovwTw, John vii. 4.
Col. ii. 15. wera wappnoias, with bold-
ness, i. e. freely, boldly, Acts ii. 29. iv. 29.
2) by impl. lcence, authority, 1 Tim. iii.
13, woANjy Tapp. gv wiorer. Philem. 8.
Jos. Ant. iv. 8, 12. xv. 6, 7. Zos. iii. 7.
3) as implying frank reliance, confiding
hope, confidence, assurance, Heb. iii. 6. iv.
$6) = 19).55. al.
TlappnoraConuat, f. doouat, depon.
mid. (qwappnoia,) to be free-spoken, to
speak freely, openly, boldly, i. q. to be free,
frank, bold, in speech or action, &c.; joined
with verbs of speaking, Acts xiii. 46, wap-
pyociacapevor eitov, xix. 8; gener. and
foll. by év of place, gv TH cuvaywyn,
xviii. 26; of thing, object, i. q. ‘in behalf
of, zy avtw, Eph. vi. 20; of person, év
Oem, i. e. ‘in faith and trust in God,’
1 Th. ii. 2. also 2v Tw dvopati TLvos, ‘in
one’s name,’ by one’s authority, Acts ix.
27, 28; foll. by éari rw Kupiw, xiv. 3.
ILa@s, waca, wav, gener. TavTos, Wa-
ons, TavTos, adj. all, Lat. omnis, viz. I.
as including the idea of oneness, a totality,
all, THE WHOLE, Lat. totus, i.g. SXos: in
this sense the sg. is put with a noun
having the art.; and the plural also stands
with the art. where a definite number is
implied, or without the art. where the
‘number is indefinite—A) In sinc. 1)
before a subst. with the art. Matt. vi. 29,
gv racy TH O0En abou. viii. 32, Taca 7
ayézAn. Lu. i. 10, trav 76 wd79os. iv. 25.
John viii. 2, was 6 Nads: so with the
names of cities, countries, &c. meton. for
the inhabitants, Matt. iii. 5. Lu. ii. 1.
With proper names, sometimes without
the art. Matt. ii. 3. Acts ii. 86. Rom. xi.
26. 2) after a subst. with art. John v. 22,
Ti Kpiow Tacay dédwKe TH Yiw. Rev.
xiii. 12. 3) rarely between the art. and
subst. where mas is then emphatic, Acts
xx. 18, tov wavta xpovov. Gal. v. 14.
1 Tim. i. 16.—B) in pPLur. 1. before a
subst. or other word: 1) swbst. with art.
implying a definite number, Matt. i. 17,
Tacat at yeveat ato’ Ao. éws A. iv.
8. Mk. iii. 28. Lu. i. 6. Acts v.20; with-
out art. mwavtes GvOp. all men, all man-
kind indef. Acts xxii. 15. Rom. v. 12, 18.
. Heb. i.6; wavta 20vn, Rev. xiv. 8. 2)
| particip. with art. as subst. Matt. iv. 24,
| WavTas Tovs Kaxas éxovTas, xi. 28, Lu.
329
ITA &
i. 66, 71. Acts ii. 44.—11. after a subst.
or other word: 1) swbst. with art. as
definite, Matt. ix. 35, ras méXeLs Tracas,
scil. of that region, Lu. xii. 7. Acts xvi.
26. 2) particep. with art. as subst. Acts
xx. 32, év Tots Nytacuévors Tact. Heb.
v. 9.—111. between the art. and subst. as
emphatic, Acts xix. 7. xxi. 21.—1Vv. jommed
with a pron. whether pers. or demonstr.
either before or after it; mets wavTes,
John i, 16. a. 4. Acts ii. 32. a. uv. Matt.
xxiii. 8. 6. 3. Lu. ix. 48, Acts i. 14. iv. 33.
1 Cor. xv. 10.—v. absol. 1) with art. o¢
mavtes, ‘they all, i.e. all those defi-
nitely mentioned, Mk. xiv. 64, oi waves
Katéxpivav. Rom. xi. 32. Eph. iv. 13.
Phil. ii. 21. Neut. ta wavta, all things,
equiv. to (1) the universe, the whole cre-
ation, Rom. xi. 36, cis avTov Ta TavTa.
1 Cor. viii. 6. Rev. iv. 11; fig. of the new
spiritual creation in Christ, 2 Cor. v. 17,
18; meton. for all created rational beings,
all men, Gal. iii. 22. Col. i. 20; also for
all the followers of Christ, Eph. i. 10, 23.
(2) gener. all things before mentioned or
implied, Mk. iv. 11; all the necessaries of
life, &c. Acts xvii. 25. Rom. viii. 382. (3)
as a predicate of a prop. name, 0 Oz0s Ta
wavTa év Tact, all in all, i. e. above all,
supreme, 1 Cor. xv. 28. Col. iii. 11. 2)
without art. waves, all, equiv. to wav-
tes av@p. ‘all men, Matt. x. 22. Mk. ii.
12. x. 44, Lu. ii. 3. iii. 15. Neut. wavra,
all things, Matt. viii. 33, amiyyerav
mavTa. Mk. iv. 34. Acts x. 39. 1 Cor.
xvi. 14, wavta vuwr,i.e. ‘all your ac-
tions.” Heb. ii. 8. Jam. v. 12. Accus.
TavTa, as adv. as to or in all things, in all
respects, wholly, Acts xx. 35. 1 Cor. ix.
25. x. 33. xi. 2. So cata mavta, as to
all things, in all respects, Acts ili. 22; eis
mwavtTa, id. 2 Cor. ii. 9; év maou, im all
things, in all respects, xi. 6, oft.—IL. sing.
qas without the art. as including the idea
of plurality, all, every, equiv. to ExacTos :
1) with nouns, Matt. ii. 10, wav dSévdpov
pq) Totouv KapTov. iv. 4. Mk. ix. 49. Lu.
ii. 23, oft. 2) before a relat. pron. it is
intensive, was Gomis, equiv. to doTis,
Matt. vii. 24, was doris akover, every one
whosoever, Col. iii. 17. was os, Gal. iii. 19.
mwav 0, Rom. xiv. 23. 3) before a partic.
with the art. where the partic. with art.
expresses the idea he who, and becomes a
subst. expressing a class, &c. Matt. v. 22,
Tas 0 opytComevos, ‘every one who is
angry, Lu. vi. 47. John vi. 45. Acts x.
43; without art. where the participial sense
then remains, Matt. xiii. 19, wavtos adkov-
ovros, ‘every one hearing,’ 2 Th. ii. 4.
4) absol. Mk. ix. 49, was mupi adicOy-
oetat. Heb. ii. 9, dud aravtos, scil. ypd-
vou, continually ; so év mavti, | Cor. i. 5.
| 2 Cor. iv. 8. vi: 4, al.—III. all, i.e. of all
kinds, of every kind and sort, equiv. to
IT AX
TavTooamos, wavtotos. 1) gener. Matt.
iv. 23, Sepatevwv TWacay vooov Kal TG-
cav wadaxiav. Acts vii. 22, racy copia
Aiyurtiwy. Rom. i. 18,29. 2) in the
sense of all possible, equiv. to the greatest,
utmost, Matt. xxviii. 18, 266007 jor Wace
é€ovoia év ove. Kal emi ys. Acts v. 23.
xvii. ll, wera maons moofumias. Xxiii.
Por. xa. 12. Phil. i, 20 Mabon,
with a negat. ob 7as, ob Waves, not every
one, not all, the neg. here belonging to
mwas, and merely denying the universality,
Matt. vii. 21, ov mwas o Aéywv. xix. LI.
Rom. ix. 6. x. 16; but was—ov (where
ov belongs to the verb) is by Hebr. equiv.
to ovdeis, not one, no one, nothing, none,
i yi_fot. Rom. ii. 20.5 Revs senna 3.
Acts x. 14, obdéarote Epayov Tav KoLvov.
2 Pet. i. 20; also was—7, 1 Cor. i. 29.
Eph. iv. 29. Rev. vii. 1.
Waoya, to, indec. the passover; a
great sacrifice and festival of the Jews,
when the Paschal lamb was offered up.
See Calmet. In N. T. vo wacxa is used
both of the victim and the festival: 1) the
paschal lamb, as I. prop. @ayeiv to 7.
‘to eat the passover, — to keep the fes-
tival, Matt. xxvi. 17; érowuaCew To 7.
‘to make ready the passover,’ 1. e. for eat-
ing, &c. ver. 19; Svew ro w. ‘to kill the
passover [victim], Mk. xiv. 12. 2) metaph.
of Christ, 1 Cor. v. 7.—II. equiv. to the pas-
chal supper, the festival of the passover,
which was also the commencement of the
seven days’ feast of unleavened bread.
1) prop. of the paschal supper alone, Mk.
xiv. 1, ro w. kal Ta GCuma. Matt. xxvi.
18, pds oe Tow TO 7. ‘ keep, celebrate.’
Heb. xi. 28, wesroinke tO a. ‘ kept, in-
stituted, the passover.” 2) in a wider sense,
including also the seven days of unleavened
bread, the paschal festival, Lu. ii. 41, 77
é00T] Tou TadcXa. xxii. 1, 7 é09TH TaV
aCuuwy 7 Aeyouevn TacXa. John ii. 13.
Acts xii. 4, oft.
IHdacyw, (f. reicopuar, aor. 2. éralov,
perf. aézrovfa,) to suffer, in the most
general sense, i. e. prop. to be affected by
any thing from without, to be acted upon,
to receive an impression from external
circumstances, to experience ; almost al-
ways used in a bad sense, with or without
the addition of KaK@s, or Kakov Tt, as
Matt. xvii. 15, kax@s maoyer. 1 Cor. xii.
26, etre waoyer ev pédos. | Pet. ii. 20.
iv. 1, 6 waddv év capxi. Heb. ii. 18, al.
et Class. Indeed, of the word in a good
sense, except with the addition of ev, or
such like, to explain it, no instance occurs
in N. T. or Sept. For though at Gal. iii.
4, rocavtTa zmaQete eixyn; many recent
Commentators assign the sense, ‘have ye
experienced such things (i. e. blessings) in
vain 2’ yet there it is better to retain the
330
Il A T
usual interpr. ‘have ye suffered so many
evils in vain ?’ the argument proceeding
on the principle, that men usually value
things in proportion to the labour or suf-
fering undergone in their acquisition, —
Finally, of the word in the above sense,
it is difficult to find any example even in
the Classical writers, (for the use—a fre-
quent one—of wacyewv, with et, dyaBov, —
or such like, is not to the purpose.)
The Commentators, indeed, adduce The-
ocritus, Id. xv. 138, ot7’ “Ayapeuvwv
Tour emaQe, and Jos. Ant. iii. 15, 1,
uTouvnoa: ooa maldovTes é€ avTou
(Ozov) Kai wnyXikwy evepyeoiwy peTa-
AaBovtes, &Ke.
the sense is merely, ‘ what ye have expe-
rienced at the hands of God; and the
former example, being from a poet, is little
decisive.
Ilatacow, fut. a&w, prop. intrans. to
pulsate, beat, as the heart, Homer; but in
later writers & N. T. trans. to strike, smite :
1) gently, = totouch, tap, with acc. Acts xii.
7, wat. Tiy TAEvpav Tov Ilétoov, and
Class. 2) with vzolence, so as to wound,
with ace. Matt. xxvi. 51, wataEas tov
OovXov Tov aoytepews. Lu. xxii. 50. So
Plut. Them. wata€ov, &kouvcov de. Thue.
viii. 92 ; with év of instrum. ver. 49: hence,
by impl. and by Hebr. fo smite, = to kill,
Acts vii. 24, wardaéas tov Aiy. Rev.
xix. 15, Matt. xxvi. 31, wataé&w Tov
moieva, So Plut. Alcib. p. 205, wata-
Eavtos éyxeploiw Kal dia@VeipavTos :
3) fig. and from the Heb. to smite, i. e. ‘to
inflict evil,” to afflict with disease, calamity,
&c., spoken only of God or his angel.
Acts xii. 23, ératrakev aitov ayyeXdos
Kupiov. Rev. xi. 6, and Sept.
Ilatéw, fut. now, (watos,) to tread
with the feet, Asch. Ag. 981: 1) trans.
with acc. = to tread down, trample under
foot, = to profane and lay waste, Rev. xi.
2, 7T7v TWoAW Tiy aylav TaTHGcovet. Lu.
xxi. 24; Sept. and Class. to tread out, as
grapes, Tiv Anvov, Rey. xiv. 20. xix. 1s.
So Anacr. iii. 5, ooeves WaTovet oTa-
guAyv: also inSept. 2) intrans. Zo tread,
to set the foot upon, &c. Luke x. 19,
Tarety éravw opewy, ‘to tread upon, and
by impl. utterly overcome, serpents, 1. e.
without harm.
Ilati}p, Tép0s Tos, 6, a father ; used
gener. of men, and in a special sense of
God. I. GzNER. 1) prop. father, one by
whom one is begotten. Matt. ii. 22, avtt
‘Hpwdov Tot matpds av’tov. xix. 5. Lu.
ii. 48. Pl. of warépes, one’s parents, both
SS , ne
Yet in the latter passage —
father and mother. Heb. xi. 23. Eph. vi. ,
4, comp. ver. 2: 2) of a remoter ancestor, «
equiv. to forefather, progenitor; also as
the head or founder of a tribe or people,
a patriarch; sing. Matt. iii. 9, warépa
- ohne ee
IIA T
éxouey Tov ABoadcu. Mk. xi. 10. John
iv. 12. Acts vii. 2. Rom. iv. 17: fig. in a
moral and spiritual sense, of Abraham,
ver. ll, cis To civa: a’Tdv TWaTéoa Tav-
Tw Tav TicTevovTwv. ver. 12, 16; so
of Satan, as the futher of wicked men,
John viii. 38, 41, 44. Pl. of warépes,
forefathers, ancestors, Matt. xxiii. 30, év
TALS Huepars Tov W. Hu. Ver. 32. Lu. vi.
23, 26. Acts iii. 13. Rom. ix. 5: 3) asa
title of respect and reverence, either honor-
ary, or towards one who is regarded in the
light of a father; in a direct address, Lu.
xvi. 24, wate9 "ABopadu. ver. 27; so of
@ teacher, as exercising paternal care and
authority. Matt. xxii. 9, watépa ur)
Kkahéonte tua@v. 1 Cor. iv. 15, comp.
Phil. ii. 22. Pl. of watépes, nom. for
voc. fathers, as an honorary title of ad-
dress ; used towards elder persons, 1 John
ii. 13, 14; also towards magistrates, mem-
bers of the sanhedrim, &c. Acts vii. 2.
xxii. 1, 4) metaph., foll. by gen. of thing,
equiv. to the author, source, beginner of
any thing, Rom. iv. 12, qwatijoe aepito-
ys, i. e. Abraham. John viii. 44, Wevo-
THS ECTL, KAL O TaTIo avTou, scil. Tov
wWevdovs.—il. of Gop, gener. as the Cre-
ator, Preserver, and Governor of all men
and things, over whom he watches with
paternal love and care: 1) as Father of
the Jews, John viii. 41, va mwatépa zy.
Tov O. ver. 42. 2 Cor. vi. 18: 2) of all
true Christians ; who are also called téxva
Veov, John i. 12. Rom. viii. 16. So it is
said, Matt. vi. 4, 6 Ilatyp cov 6 BNétwy
év Tw KpuTTTO. Ver. 8, o IT. tua. x. 20,
29. xii. 43. Rom. i. 7. 1 Cor. i. 3. Gal. i.
4, Eph. i. 2. Phil. i. 2; with the further
adjunct, o If. vuawy o év Tots ovp. Matt.
v. 16, 45, 48. 6 otpamos, vi. 14, 26, 32.
& ETOUOAYLOS, XVI. 35. 6 EE ovpavov, Lu.
xi. 13. Used also absol. in the same sense,
Rora. viii. 15, 2XaBere wvevua viobecias,
év w KpaCouev, ABBa, 6 ILatip. Eph.
ti. 18. Col. i. 12: so Heb. xii. 9, to
Ilatoi toy mvevpdtwv, in antithesis
with ro’s THS capKOs Tuw@Y TaTépas,
i.e. ‘the Father of our spirits, our spi-
ritual Father: 3) spec. God is called the
Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, in re-
spect to that peculiar relation in which
Christ is the Son of God. So where the
Father and Son are expressly distinguished,
Matt. xi. 27, ovdeis éaiywwoKer tov
Yiov, ei ui o Wario. Mk. xiii. 32. John
ii. 35, 6 latip ayata tov Yiov. 1 Cor.
vil. 6, cis 8. 6 Ilatio—xai eis Kupuos,
jee Heb. i, 5. | Pet.i.2. Also, in
the same sense, Matt. xi. 27, wdvra por
aaped00n b7r0 Tou Ilatpds mov. xvi. 27,
mevwiivos John x. 18. Rev. i. 27:
and so o Ilat7o pov 6 év ovp. Matt. vii.
21. x. 82. 6 ovedmos, xv. 13: absol. in
ithe same sense, xxiv. 36, ovdsis oidev—
331
Il A T
ei uno Ilatyo povos. Mk. xiv. 36, sepiss.
So God is called o Ilati;0 tov Kupiou
nuov “I. Xp. Rom. xv. 6. 2 Cor. i. 3,
al. : absol. 1 Cor. xv. 24, orav waopadw
Tiv Bac. Tw Oew cai Ilatpi. Gal. i. 1,
oft.: 4) metaph., with gen. of thing, Ja.
i. 17, ao Tov Tatoos THY PwTwy, * the
Father of lights,’ meaning, in a double
sense, the Creator of the heavenly lumi-
naries, and the Author and source of spi-
nay ahts See. Pe) exxxy. (7,3) im
vi. 16.
Ilatoadwas, ov, 6, Att. ratoadoias,
(watnp, drordw,) a smiter of his father,
a patricide, 1 Tim. i. 9, and Class.
Ilatova, as, 7, (watio,) paternal de-
scent, Hdot. iii. 75. lineage, a family, race,
Hdot. i. 202; in N. T. famzly, or the sub-
division of a Jewish tribe: 1) prop. Lu.
li. 4, €€ oixov kat watoras Aavid, where
see my note; and so Sept. and Jos. ; fig.
Eph. iii. 15: 2) in a wider sense, tribe,
people, nation, like vA, Acts iii. 25,
Taca. ai jwaro.al THs yns. Sept. 1
Chron. xvi. 28, et al.
Iatprapyns, ov, 0, (watora, aoxn,)
a patriarch, the father and founder of a
family or tribe; Abraham, Heb. vi. 4;
the sons of Jacob, as heads of the twelve
tribes, Acts vil. 8,9; so of David, as the
head of a family, Acts ii. 29, comp. Lu.
li. 4, and see wratord. Sept. oft.
Tlatoikos, h, ov, adj. (7atHe,) prop.
paternal, i. e. pertaining to one’s father, or
like a father; in N. T. recetved from one’s
Sathers, handed down from ancestors, he-
reditary, for watootaoddotos’ Tapado-
oeis, Gal. i. 14. So Thue. i. 13, a. Bact-
Aetat. Diod. Sic. i. 188, 7. tgowodvat.
ILatpis, tdos, 7, (prop. poetic fem. of
Tatptos,) one’s native country, lit. ‘ father-
land;’ in N. T. one’s native city or place,
home ; of Nazareth as the city of Jesus,
because he was brought up there, Matt.
xiii. 54, 57, and oft. in Jos. and sometimes
in Pol. and Hdian. and other lat. writers :
fig. of a heavenly home, Heb. xi. 14,
comp. ver. 16 and my note.
Ilatpowapadotos, ov, 0, 1, adj.
(qraTyo, wapadidwpur,) delivered down
from one’s fathers, handed down from
ancestors, hereditary, 1 Pet. i. 18, dva-
oTpopmyn watooT. i1.e.a way of life de-
rived from one’s ancestors, and so oft. in
Class.
Ilatp@os, a, ov, adj (watnp,) pa-
ternal, pertaining to one’s father, or putre-
monial, transmitted from father to son; in
N. T. received from one’s fathers, handed
down from ancesiors, hereditary, vouos,
Acts xxii. 3. 200s, xxviii. 17. xxiv. 14,
AaTopeWw TH TaTedw OeEw, i. & ‘our
LATE
paternal God,’ the God whom our fathers
worshipped and made known to us. Jos.
Ant. a Toes ix. 423.
Ilavw, fut. matvow, to stop, pause:
1) act. TRANS. to stop, make leave off,
restrain, i. e. from any thing, foll. by acc.
and azo, 1 Pet. iii. 10, wavcatw tip
yA@ooav avtouv ato kaxov. The usual
construction in Sept. and Class. is accus.
of pers. and gen. of thing without prep. ;
though sometimes wth, as Soph. Elect.
987, mavoov éx Kak@v éué. 2) MID.
INTRANS. to pause, stop, leave off, refrain,
i. e. from any thing, foll. by genitive, as in
] Pet. iv. 1, wéqwauta: duapTias, ‘ hath
ceased from sin,’ and so Class.; by parti-
cip. instead of infin. Lu. v. 4, ws émav-
cato \ad\o@v. Acts v. 42, odK érravovTto
O.daoKovTes, ‘ they ceased not teaching.’
xiii. 10. xx. 31, al.; with part. impl. Lu.
xi. 1, and Sept.; absol. to cease, to come
to an end, Lu. viii. 24. Acts xx. 1. 1 Cor.
xill. 8, eite yA@ooal, TavcovTat.
Haxyuvw, f. vvw, (waxds,) to make
Sat, pass. to become fat and thick ; in N. T.
metaph. only pass. to become gross, dull,
callous, as if from fat, (araxvs and its de-
rivatives being often used of stupidity ;
from a notion common to all ages, that
fat tends to mental dulness,) Matt. xiii.
15, érayvv0y 1) Kapdia Tov Naov TovTou,
so Philostr. a. vouv.
Ilion, ns, 4, (wéGa,) a fetter, shackle,
for the feet, pl. mwéda:, Mk.v. 4. Sept.
and Class.
ILeduvos, 9, ov, adj. (aediov,) plain,
level, opp. to hilly, Lu. vi. 17, gor ei
TOTov Ted.vov, ‘he stood upon a level
place,’ i.e. upon the plain, being, we may
suppose, a sort of table-land; by which
the description, here and at St. Matthew,
may very well be reconciled.
eCevw, f. evow, (éGa,) prop. to tra-
vel on foot, also to travel by land, intrans.
Acts xx. 13, and Class.
Il e(7, adv. (meos,) on foot, Matt. xiv.
13. Mk. vi. 33; or rather by land, as opp.
to gy woiw ; a signif. not unfreq. in Class.,
espec. the Attic writers, as Thuc., where
see my notes, also in Hom. Od. iii. 324.
TlerOaoyxéw, f. now, (aeibapyxos, fr.
qmeiGVouar, aox7,) prop. to obey a ruler, one
in authority; hence gener. to obey, with
dat. doyais, Tit. iti. 1. Oew, Acts v. 29,
32, and Class., see my notes; al. so to obey
or conform to advwe, with dat. of pers.
xxvii. 21, and Class.
ILer€6s, 7, ov, adj. (areifw,) a form else-
where unknown, = qeQavoes or wiPavos,
persuasive, winning, 1 Cor. ii. 4.
Tlei€w, (f. weicw, pf. 2. wéaroi8a, pf.
pass. wéqeromar, aor. |. pass. ereicOyv,)
to persuade, prop. to incline any thing out
332
TEI
of the perpendicular, and thus, in a moral
sense, ‘to bend or sway,’ suadeo, per-
suadeo. I. act. to persuade, 1) gener.
to the belief and reception of the truth, =
to convince, and in this sense used mostly
of endeavour, prop. with acc. of pers. Acts
xviii. 4, €vreuGe "Touvdaious, ‘he sought to
persuade and convince them.’ 2 Cor. v.
11; also with double acc. of pers. and
thing, Acts xxviii. 23, wei0wv aitotls Ta
meo. tou 'I.: so, the accus. of pers. being
impl., xix. 8, wei0wy (avtovs) Ta Teépi,
K.T.A, Foll. by acc. of pers. with infin.
to persuade to do any thing, to zduce,
Acts xiii. 43, émeBov adtots éripévery
TH Xaprte Tou QO. xxvi.28. In the sense
of to znstigate, with acc. of pers. and iva,
Matt. xxvii. 20; without tva, Acts xiv.
19. 2) as said of bringing over to kindly
feelings, to conciliate, win over, gain the
favour of, to make a friend of, with ace.
of pers. Gal. i. 10, av@ow7ous teifw, 7
tov Gedv; Used of pacifying by entreaties
or bribes, Matt. xxviii. 14. Acts xii. 20,
meicavtes BX. Also, as said of an ac-
cusing conscience, to quiet, 1 John iii. 19,
Tas Kapdias nu.—lIl. PASS. and MID. to
let one’s self be persuaded, to be persuaded :
1) gener. of any truth, &c. =Zo be con-
vinced, to believe, absol. Lu. xvi. 31, obde
éay TLS Ek VeKO@V avacTy TELGOHooVTAL.
Acts xvii. 4, al. Perf. pass. wéqetopan, as
pres. LT am persuaded, convinced, with
infin. and acc. Lu. xx. 6, al.; with ace.
Ta, Heb. vi. 9, where, however, the term
is not to be understood of wll persuasion.
So to be persuaded, induced to do any
thing, absol. but with infin. impl. Acts xxi.
14, uy mwetBouévou avTou sc. 1 avaBai-
vev. 2) to assent to, obey, follow, with
dat. of pers. Acts v. 36, 37, 40. xxvii. 1],
0 ékK. TH KUBEpviTY éteiVeTo. Rom. ii.
8. Gal. v. 7, & oft.in Class.—III. perf. 2.
qé7ro.0a, intrans. to be persuaded, to trust.
1) to be confident, assured, foll. by ace.
with inf. Rom. ii. 19, wéaolas ceautov
oonyov <zivar: with O71, Heb. xiii. 18.
touto O71, Phil.i.6, 25; foll. by éwi twa
OTL, mm respect to any one, 2 Cor. ii. 3;
eis Tia O71, id. Gal. v. 10. 2) to confide
in, rely on, with dat. Phil. i. 14. Philem..
21, wemo.8as TH UTaKkoy cov. 2 Cor. x.
7, aut: with év, to trust or have confi-
dence in any thing, Phil. iii. 3, év capxi :
with é7ri tum, id. Mk. x. 24, Lu. xi. 22.
ILervaw, f. aow, aor. 1. zareivace, io
hunger, be hungry, intrans. |) prop. Matt.
iv. 2. xii. l.. Rom. x1: 20; and oft. 7am
Class. 2) meton. or by synecdoche, io be
famished, be without food, = to be poor, .
needy, Lu. i. 53, wewavTas éveAnoev ©
ayaQ@v, see my note. vi. 25, Phil. iv. 12. |
Sept. and Ecclus. iv. 2. 3) metaph. fo
hunger after any thing, to long for, with
WET
ace. TH Suxarootvnv, Matt. v. 6; so Jos.
Bell. i. 20, dudsnons Tovmov aiua. In
Class. foll. by genit. only; absol. of long-
ing after spiritual nourishment by feeling
a spiritual want, John vi. 30.
Iletpa, as, 7, (weipaw,) trial, attempt
to do any thing; in N. T. only in the
phrase wetpav NauBavew Tivos, prop. to
take trial of any thing, equiv. to mre:oa fw.
1) to make trial of, to attempt, rns Vadac-
ons, Heb. xi. 29, and Sept. Deut. xxviii.
56, and so sometimes in Class. 2) to have
trial of, to experience, gutraryuwv, Heb.
xi. 36, Jos. Ant. ii. 5,1. Xen. An. v. 8,
15.
TlecpaQw, f. aow, (wetoa,) prop. to
make trial of, totry, Hom. Od. i. 281; said
1. of things, as actions, = fo attempt, foll. by
infin. Acts xvi. 7, émreipaCeov eis thy Bul.
mooevec0ar. xxiv. 6.—II. of persons, =
to tempt, i.e. to prove, put to the test, foll.
_byacc. 1) gener. and in a good sense, in
order to ascertain the character or dispo-
sition of any one, Matt. xxii. 35, see my
note. John vi. 6, Touto zZXeye TetpaCwy
avtov. 2 Cor. xiii. 5, EauTovs WetpaeTe.
Rev. ii. 2, where see my note. So Sept.
oft. Jos. B. i. 10,4. Plut. Clem. 7. 2) in
a bad sense, with ill intent, Matt. xvi. 1,
TepacovTes ETNowTYTaY avTOV. XXii._
18. Mk. viii. 11. John viii. 6, al. Hence
to try one’s virtue, to tempt, ‘ to solicit to
sin, gener. Gal. vi. ], ui Kai ov Tretoac-
67s, ‘lest thou also be tempted,’ i. e.
‘yield to temptation, Ja.i. 13. Rev. ii.
10; espec. of Satan, Matt. iv. 1, qespac-
O7jvat UTO Tov Ara. Lu. iv. 2. 1 Cor. vii.
5. 3) from the Hebr., God is said ‘to try or
prove men’ by adversity, in order totry their
faith and confidence in him, 1 Cor. x. 13,
Os ovK éaoet Wuas meioacOjvar Trip O
Bepachs. Heb. u. 18. iv. 15. xi. 17, al.
Sept. Wisd. xi. 9: vice versa, men are
said fo prove or tempt God, by distrusting
his power and aid, Acts v. 9, weipdcar 76
Iveupa Kupiov, ‘to try whether the Spirit
of God would detect your hypocrisy.” xv.
10, ti weipaGere Tov Czdv; 1 Cor. x. 9,
see my note. Heb. iii. 9. Wisd. i. 2, ev-
picketat (6 Ozds) Tots pi TeLpaCovow
aUTOV, EucaviCeTat O& Tots py aTLoTov-
ow avTw.
Iletpacpos, ov, 0, (we:pdfw,) the act
of trying, trial, proof, a putting to the test,
) gener. trial of one’s character, &c.
1 Pet. iv. 12, arpds mreipacpov tty, i. e.
“to try, to prove you, Keclus. vi. 7. xxvii.
5 ; by impl. trial of one’s virtue, tempta-
tion, 1. e. solicitation to sin, espec. from
Satan, Lu. iv. 13. 1 Tim. vi. 9. 2) from
333
ITE N
meta Oakpvwv Kat Teipacnav. Gal. iv.
14. Rev. ii. 10: vice versa, temptation of
God by man is distrust of God, Heb. iii.
8, KaTa THY MmEpay TOU TWeELpacpoU SC.
Tov Qeou.
Iletpaw, f. aow, to try, Thue. ii. 19;
ut more usual, and in N. T. mid. wrec-
odomat, to try for one’s self, for one’s own
part, to attempt to do any thing, foll. by
inf. Acts ix. 26, éreroato Koh\Aaobar Tots
mabnrats. xxvi. 21,
ILeropovn, ns, 7, (wei8w,) persuasion,
i.e. the being easily persuaded, credulity,
Gal. v. 8, see my note.
IléXayos, eos ovs, TO, the sea, the deep
or open sea, 1. e. remote from land, Matt.
Xvill. 6, év Tw wed. THS Sadkaoons. Thuc.
iii. 32. Aristot. Probl. § 23, 3. Said of
the sea adjacent to a country, Acts xxvii.
5, TO 17. TO KaTa THY KidxKiay, i. e. the
sea of Cilicia.
TleXexiCw, f. iow, (aédexus,) to
strike or hew with an axe; in N. T. to be-
head with an axe, prop. with acc. of pers.
Sa Rev. xx. 4, Tas Wuyas Tey Teme-
exioevwy, found only in lat. writers.
Iéurros, n, ov, ordinal adj. (awévre,)
the fifth, Rev. vi. 9. ix. 1, al.
ILéuaw, f. Ww, to send, trans. I. of
PERSONS, to cause togo: 1) gener. with
ace. Matt. xxii. 7, wéuwas Ta oTpaTEv-
fata avtouv. Phil. ii. 23; foll. by ace.
and dat. of pers. to whom, ver. 19; zis of
place, Matt. ii. 8; of pers. Mk. v.12. Acts
xxv. 21. Eph. vi. 22, 2) spec. of mes-
sengers, agents, ambassadors, &c., with
acc. Matt. xi. 2, wéuWas O00 Tov pal.
avrov. Lu. xvi. 24. John i. 22. 1 Pet. ii. |
14. oi weu0évtes, those sent, the mes-
sengers, Lu. vii. 10. wpds tia, iv. 26;
with infin. of purpose, 1 Cor. xvi. 3. Rev.
xxii. 16. apds tiva, Acts x. 33; so par-
ticip. aguas before a finite verb, imply-
ing that one does a thing by an agent or
messenger, Matt. xiv. 10, mwéuwWas daa-
exeadice Tov “lwavyynv, comp. Mk. vi.
27. Said of teachers or ambassadors sent
from God or in his name, John i. 33. iv.
34, oft. xiii. 20. xiv. 26.—II. of THINGS,
to send, transmit: 1) prop. with acc. of
thing and dat. of person, Rev. xi. 10, d@pa
Téutovet &dAjAows: with ace, of thing
impl. Acts xi. 29, al. 2) fig. to send upon
or among, with acc. and dat. 2 Th. ii. 11,
wéuper abtots 6 O. évényerav ways :
so with simple acc. fo send forth, To dpé-
qavov,—to thrust in, Rev. xiv. 15. Wisd.
xii. 25. Hom. I. xv. 109.
Ilévns, ntos, 0, 7, adj. (wévopar,)
the Heb. trial, temptation, Matt. vi. 13. | poor, needy, 2 Cor. ix. 9. Sept. and Class.
xxvi. 41. 1 Cor. x. 13. 1 Pet. i.6: hence
Ineton. for adversity, affliction, Lu. xxii.
28. Acts xx. 19, dovAzevwy tH Kupiw
ILev0epa, as, 7), (wevBepds,) a mother-
in-law, e. gr. the wife’s mother, Mk. i. 30,
4 mev0. Ziuwvos. Lu. iv. 38: also the
ITE N
husband’s mother, Matt. x. 35. Sept. and
Class. 3
ILev0epos, ov, 6, a father-in-law, John
xvii. 8. Sept. and Class.
Tlev0éw, f. ow, (wévOos,) to mourn,
lament: 1) trans. with acc. of pers. to
bewazl any one, grieve for him, 2 Cor. xii.
21, qwevOyjow wodXovs. Sept. and Class.
2) intrans. to mourn, &c. at the death of
a friend, with xAaiw, Mk. xvi. 10; so
gener. = to be sad, sorrowful, Matt. v. 4,
Makdoloe oi TWevPouvres. 1x. 15; mid. for
one’s self, 1 Cor. v. 2, al.
ILév@os, eos ous, TO, mourning, grief,
gener. Ja. iv. 9, 6 yéAws buoy sis tév0os
petacteagytw. Rev. xviii. 7. Sept. and
Class.
Ileveyoos, &, ov, adj. (aévopar,)
poor, needy, equiv. to mévns, Lu. xxi. 2.
Sept. and Class,
ILevtdkis, adj. (awévre,) five times,
2 Cor. xi. 24. Sept. and Class.
Wlevtaxicyxirtor, at, a, adj. (xi-
Atos,) five thousand, prop. five times one
thousand, Matt. xiv. 21. xvi. 9, al. and
Class,
Ilevrakociot, at, a, adj. five hun-
dred, Lu, vii. 41. 1 Cor. xv. 6. Sept. and
Class.
Ilévve, oi, ai, ta, indec. five, Matt.
xiv. 17; as an indefinite small number,
1 Cor. xiv. 19. Sept. and Class.
Ilevtekardéxatos, n, ov, ord. adj.
(wevtexaidexa,) the fifteenth, Lu. iii. 1.
ILevtyKkovra, oi, ai, Ta, indecl. fifty,
Lu. ix. 14, ava awevtyKxovta, ‘by fifties.’
vil. 41. :
Ilevtnkootn, 7s, 1, (wevTnkooTos, )
a fiftieth part; in N. T. pentecost, the day
of pentecost, one of the three great Jewish
festivals, in which all the males were re-
quired to appear before God.
IlewoiOnors, ews, 4, (weibw, é-
qo.a,) trust, confidence, 2 Cor. i. 15. iii.
4,
Philo.
IIep, enclit. particle, (from méou, adv.
very, equiv. to weptoows,) prop. very,
wholly, ever; in N. T. found only as
joined with a pronoun, or with particles,
for greater emphasis and strength.
IIlégoav, adv. (accus. with ellips. of
Kata, of obsol. wépa, equiv. to méoas,
end,) beyond, over, on the other side; as
prep. with gen. aépav Tov "Iopé. Matt.
iv. 15. John vi. 1. xviii. 1, al. Sept. and
Class, With neut. art. Td 7éoav, prop.
that beyond, the other side, i. e. the region
beyond, 61a tov mwégav Tov Lopd. Mk. x.
l. sis TO 7. tTHS Sadaooys, v. 1. Lu.
viii. 22, absol. Matt. viii. 18, al. Sept. and
lat. Class.
334
Eph. iii. 12. Phil. iii. 4. Sept. Jos.
IEP
Iléoas, atos, T0, (awéea obsol.) end;
eatremity of the earth, i.e. the remotest
regions, Matt. xii. 42. Rom. x. 18. Diod.
Sic. iii. 53, ta a. ris yns. Xen. Ages.
ix. 4, Thuc. i. 69, é« wepatwv yas: fig.
of ‘what comes to an end,’ conclusion,
termination, Heb. vi. 16, dvtidoyias
méoas. Sept. and Class.
ITeot, prep. governing in N. T. the gen.
and acc., in the Classics, also the dat. ;
with the primary signif. AROUND, ABOUT,
in a local sense, implying a surrounding —
and énclosing on all sides. JI. with the
GEN. which expresses as it were the central
point from around which an action pro-
ceeds, and abowt which it is exerted; but
in N. T. wei with gen. is used only in the
fig. sense about, concerning, respecting, &c.
I. where the genit. denotes the object
about which the action is exerted, as in
Engl. ‘to speak or hear about or of a
thing ; so, after verbs of speaking, asking,
teaching, &c. drt qepi “lwavvov simev
avtots, Matt. xvii. 138. Nadéw, Lu. ii. 17.
Aéyw, Matt. xi. 7. gowtdw, Lu. ix. 45.
dvdackw, 1 John ii. 27. yoadw, Matt. xi:
10, oft.; after nouns of like signif., where ~
the simple gen. might stand, Lu. iv. 14,
nan qWept avTov. ver. 37, 1}xos weet
avtov. Acts xi. 22. xxv. 16. Rom: i. 3;
after verbs of hearing, learning, Knowing,
&c. adkovw, Mk. v. 27. KatnyOnv, Acts
xxi. 21. évioramat, xxvi. 26. yvuworov
éoTl, XXvili. 22; after verbs of inquiring,
deliberating, &c. (nréw, John xvi. 19.
éEeTaCw, Matt. ii. 8. wuv8avouar, Acts
xxiii. 20. dvevOuuéouat, x. 19. dcadoyi-
Couar, Lu. iii. 19.—11. where the gen.
expresses the ground, motive, or occasion of
the action, equiv. to oz account of, because
of, for, 1) gener. after verbs of reproving,
accusing, being tried, &e with gen. of
thing, éXkéyyw, John viii. 46. éyxadéw,
Acts xix. 40. katnyopéw, xxiv. 13. Kxoi-
voual, Xxili. 6; after verbs denoting an
affection of the mind, omAayyvi omar,
Matt. ix. 36. ayavaxréiw, xx. 24. Jav-
maCw, Lu. ii. 18. kavydouat, 2 Cor. x. 8.
2) where the action is exerted 2 favour
of the person or thing denoted by the
gen. equiv. to on account of, in behalf of,
Jor, Matt. iv. 6, rots &yyéXors abou év-
TedetTac weot cov. Lu. xxii. 32. John
xvi. 26. Eph. vi. 18. Philem. 10. 1 Pet:
v.7, OTe avTw meder TEeOL Vuwy: after
verbs of offering sacrifice, (as one’s life, )
&c. in behalf of any one, Matt. xxvi. 28,
TO Gima fou—To Tept TOAK@Y EKXUVO-
mevov. Gal. i. 4. Heb. v. 3. 3) where
the action is exerted against a person or
thing; with gen. of person after werds of
accusing, Acts xxv. 18, qeoi od of kat-
nHyopo. ovdemiav aitiav éméepepov. comp.
ver. 27. ver. 15, weoi ot Evebavicay ok
- cumstances,
HEP
a&pxXepets: 80 Wepl THS auaoTias, TWepl
GuapTtiav, on account of sin, for sin, i. e.
for expiating sin, Rom. viii. 3. 1 Pet. iii.
18: also mpocogood, Suvcia, &c. Heb.
x. 18, 26. xiii. 11. 1 John ii. 2.—n1.
where there is only a mere general refer-
ence to the person or thing denoted by
the gen. equiv. to as to, im relation to, &c.
1) gener. Matt. xviii. 19, gav dvo Uuav
TUMPwVITWOL TWEOL TAVTOS TOAYMATOS.
Lu. xi. 53. John ix. 18. xi. 19. xv. 22.
Acts xxviii. 21. Col. iv. 10, aepi of éXa-
Bere évro\ds. Heb. xi. 20. 3 John 2.
2) absol. or independ. usually at the be-
ginning of a sentence, Matt. xxii. 31, wept
THs dvacTacews THY VEeKp.K.T.A.‘as to the
resurrection of the dead, have ye not read ?”
Mk. xii. 26. Acts xxviii. 22. 1 Cor. vii.
1,25. 38) with neut. art. ra wei Twos:
with gen. of thing, the things relating or
pertaining to any thing, Ta mepi THs Bac.
vou ©. Actsi. 3. viii. 12, also xxiv. 22;
foll. by gen. of pers. equiv. to one’s cir-
state, cause, Lu. xxii. 37.
xxiv. 19,27. Eph. vi. 22.—II. with the
ACCUSATIVE, which expresses the OBJECT
around or about which any thing moves,
comes, and also finally remains. I. of
PLACE, around, about ; place whither, after
verb of motion, Lu. xiii. 8, Ews dou
oKxawWw meol avtiv. More freq. of place
where, implying the coming and remaining
around ; with acc. of thing, Matt. iii. 4,
eixe Cwvynv depu. Teel THy doy avrov.
Mk. ix. 42. Rev. xv. 6; of pers. Matt.
viii. 18, id6w@v 6 “Inc. modXovs 6xAovs
qeot avTtov. Mk. iti. 32, 34. Acts xxii. 6.
With the art. oi, ai, Ta meoi, foll. by acc.
of place, Mk. iii. 8, of aeoi Tigov Kat
Sud. ‘they about Tyre and Sidon,’ i. e.
dwelling in and around these cities ; Acts
Xxviii. 7, 2v Tots Wept TOV TOTOV EkEtvOD,
i. e. ‘in the parts around, environs.’ Jude
7; acc. of pers. of wepi Tiva, of a person
and his followers, Mk. iv. 10. John xi. 19.
Acts xiii, 13.—11. fig. of that about which
an action is exerted, about, concerning,
respecting, equiv. to meoi with gen. 1) of
a matter or business about which one is occu-
pied, Acts xix. 25, ros mepi Tad ToLlavTAa
goyatas. Lu. x. 40. 1 Tim. vi. 4. 2)
gener. equiv. to as to, touching, 1 Tim. i.
‘19, weoi Thy riot évavaynoav. vi. 21.
2 Tim. ii. 8. Tit. ii. 7. 3) with neut.
art. T& epi gue, ‘my circumstances,
affairs, state,’ Phil. ii, 23.—111. of TIME,
i.e. of a point of time not entirely definite,
about, Matt.xx.3, reel Thy ToiTnv Spav.
Mk. vi. 48. Acts x. 9. xxii.6.—NoTeE. In
composition zrepi denotes, 1) prop. a
moving, being, spreading around on all
sides, around, round about, e. gr. qwepr-
Baddow, wepiBrérrw, TWeplrexw, &c.; 2)
fig. as around an object, and therefore.
more than, over, above, e. gr. Wepietpt,
335
De P
qepiovoia; 3) gener. emphasis or inten-
sity, or strengthening of the simple idea,
Lat. per, equiv. to completely, very, exceed-
ingly, as wepituios, Weplepyos, Tept-
Teiow.
Ilepray, f. d&w, to lead about, Kur.
Cycl. 680. 1) trans. ¢o lead or curry about
companions, 1 Cor. ix. 5, adeh@iy yup.
mepiayetv, implying sustenance as well as
conveyance at the Church’s expence.
Sept. and Class. as Dem. 958, tpets wat-
éas akoXovGous mepiayers. 2) imtrans.
or with éavrov implied, to go about, to
traverse, absol. Acts xiii. 11; or with acc.
of place depending on zregi in comp. Matt.
iv. 23, mepinyev OAnv tiv TadiXdaiapv,
‘he went about all Galilee.’ ix. 35. xxiii.
15. Mk. vi. 6. absol. Cebet. Tab. 6.
Ileoprarpéw, f. now, aor. 2. weoret-
ov, to take away what is round about,
trans. 1) prop. Acts xxvii. 40, Tas ayxKu-
pas meoueNovtes, ‘taking up the [four]
anchors round about’ the ship, comp. ver.
29; or rather, ‘having removed the an-
chors,’ by cutting them away from the
cables. See Aristoph. Eq. 290. So of a
veil, 2 Cor. iii. 16, wepratpettat TO Ka-
Aumpa, as in Jon. iii. 6, 7. tTHv oTOAHpy.
2) fig. to take away wholly, i.e. all around,
Heb. x. 11, wegueXety duaptias, ‘wholly
to take away sins,’ to make complete expi-
ation for them. Comp. ver. 4, and Zeph.
iii, 15, aw. Ktouos Ta aduKipata cov.
Pass. Acts xxvii. 20, wepinpetto waca
éXaris, ‘all hope was destroyed: a form
of expression not unfrequent in Class.
Ieopractpatmtw, f. Ww, to flash
around, shine around, with acc. of pers.
Acts ix.3; mwepi tTiva, xxii. 6.
Teor BaddrAw, f. Bare, to cast, throw,
or put around any person or thing: I.
GENER. with acc. and dat. Lu. xix. 43, qepu-
Badovot yapakd cor. Sept. and Class.—
II. spxc. of clothing, = to put on, to clothe,
1) act. with acc. of person, expr. or impl.
Matt. xxv. 36, yuuvos, kal meoreBadeTé
pe, ver. 38; with double acc. to put a gar-
ment around or upon any one, clothe with
any thing, Lu. xxiii. 11, qweo.Badwv ai-
Tov éo9nTa Aautroav. John xix. 2. Sept.
and Class. as Hdian. ii. 8, 10, rv Baor-
Aslav Topdveav (a’tov) mwepiBadovTes.
2) mid. and pass. to put on one’s own gar-
ments, to clothe oneself, be clothed, absol.
Matt. vi. 29, o'd& ZYorXouwy aepeBa-
NETO ws Ev TOUTWY. Rev. iii. 183 foll. by
acc. of garment, Acts xii. 8, aepsBadXou
TO imatioy cov. Matt. vi. 31; part. perf.
Mk. xiv. 51, meorBeBAXnpévos coivdcva.
xvi. 5. Rev. vii. 9, et al. Sept. and Class.
With ev Tim, Rev. iii. 5, weprBaretrace év
iuatious NevK. iv.4; once with dat. of gar-
ment, xvii. 4, weorBeBAnuévn woppiea
Kal Kokkivw, text rec. Sept. and Class.
TEP
IleotCrémw, f. Ww, to look around
upon ; in N. T. only mid. meprBXétrouat,
f. Wouat, to look round about one: 1) in-
trans. = to look around, absol. Mk. ix. 8,
TjeplBreWamevor, ouKéTe ovVOeVa etOoD.
v. 382. x. 23. Sept. and Class. 2) trans.
to look around upon, with acc. Mk. iii. 5,
TeptBreWauevos avtods, ver. 4. xi. 11.
Sept. and Class.
IITeprBoXd aroy, ov, To, (weptBadrw,)
prop. ‘something thrown around, i.e. G
covering, garment, said of the outer gar-
ment, mantle, pallium, Heb.i. 12. Sept. &
Class. ; by impl. @ covering for the head, @
head-dress, or perhaps a veil, 1 Cor. xi.
15. See my note.
ILeproéw, f. now, perf. pass. mrepdé-
Oeuat, to bind around, pass. John xi. 44,
7 OWls avTou covdapiw TEpLEededeTo.
Sept. and Class.
ILepitdpapmw, see Ilepitpixw.
Ileoprepya Copan, f. doomat, (epizo-
ryos,) prop. to work all around a thing, on
every side, i.e. to work carefully, sedu-
lously, to do with extreme pains, /Kl. V.
H. ii. 44: hence in N. T. to overdo, to do
with superfluous care and pains, to be a
busy-body. So, in the paronomasia, 2 Th.
iii. 11, undév ZoyaGouevous adda TEptep-
yaCouevous, ‘ doing nothing [in one sense]
but over-doing [in another], ‘not busy at
work, but busy-bodies [at play].’ Comp.
Keclus. iii. 23. Dem. 150, 24, goyan Kai
TEeorepyacn.
Tlepicoyos, ov, 0, 7, adj. prop. work-
ing or doing carefully, sedulously, comp.
Teovepyatouac : in N. T. over-doing,
doing with care and pains what is not worth
while: 1) of PERSONS, a busy-body, an
intermeddler, 1 Tim. v. 13, ot wovov ap-
yal, a4\Aa& Kat pAvVapot Kal Tepieoyot,
and so oft.in Class. 2) of THINGS, Ta
Wweolsoya, prop. over-wrought, curious,
superfiuous, said espec. of magic arts, sor-
cery, Acts xix. 19, ixavot twv Ta Tept-
epya ToatavTwy, and oft. in later writers.
Ileprép xopmar, aor. 2. weoindOov, to
go about, wander up and down, absol.
Acts xix. 13. Heb. xi. 37; so of a ship
sailing on an irregular course with unfa-
vourable winds, xxviii. 13, see my note;
foll. by acc. of place, dependent on zrepi
in composition, 1 Tim. v. 13, weorepxo-
evar Tas oikias, ‘going about to houses,’
i, e. from house to house. Sept. & Class.
Ileoréxw, f. Ew, aor. 2. weprécyxov,
intrans. prop. to have or hold any person
or thing, by enclosing it around. Hence to
surround, environ, as a mountain or a city
besieged. In N.T. gener. to enclose, embrace,
contain: 1) to clasp around, seize, as said
of a person, fig. Lu. v. 9, SauBos aepi-
éoxev avtov. So 2 Macc. xiv. 16, aepu-
306
[i Dy oe
éaXev avtovs xaXzety Tepioracis. Jos,
Bell. iv. 10, weprécye Ti popyny wo0yn.
2) to contain, as a writing, with ace. Acts
Xxlll. 25, ypawWas émtotoXty wepréxov-
cav tov TUTov TouToyv. 1 Macc. xv. 2. |
éeWloTONGS, Kal Hoa TeoLéXoVTAaL TOV
ToeoTov TouTov. 2 Macc. ix. 18, éataToAy
jeoreXxovca otTws: also in Philo and
Josephus. Impers. or with subject impl.
1 Pet. ii. 6, drove wepréyer tv TH yoadn,
idov «x.7.. where supply 7 areorox7, or the
like. Jos. Ant. xi. 4,7, BovAouar yive-
cbar wavtTa, Kalas év aity émioTOAR
TEPLEXEL. 7
IlepiCwvvupr, f. (wow, to gird
around; in N. T. only mid. or pass. to
gird oneself around, to be girded around,
spoken in reference to the long flowing
garments of the Orientals, which are girded
up around them while engaged in any
active employment; mid. absol. Lu. xii. 37,
TeolCwoeTal Kal avakAwvEt avTOUS. XVII.
8. Acts xii. 8; with acc. fig. tiv dopodv tu.
év adneia, Eph. vi. 14. Sept. and Class.
Pass. perf. part. awepreCwopévos, girded
around, absol. Lu. xii. 35, éorwoav buov
ai dodves TWeoreCwopevat, ‘be ye ready,
prepared ;’ with acc. of thing, as girdle, &c.
Rev. i. 13, wepreCwopévov Cavyny xpvojv.
xv. 6
Tlepi8ecrs, ews, 4, (weorribnur,) &
putting around, wearing, as of golden orna-
ments, | Pet. iii.3. So Diod. Sic. xii. 21,
meoitivecOar xpucia.
ILepttotnmt, f. weorotiow, trans.
to cause to stand around, to place around,
in N. T. only aor. 2. perf. and mid. intrans.
to stand around: J) prop.and absol. John
xi. 42, dca Tov OXAOV TOV TEOLETTHWTE.
Acts xxv. 7, 7epteotyoay, ‘stood around’ |
the tribunal. 2) mid. qeprieTapat, prop.
‘to place one’s self round about,’ i. e. by
impl. away from, so as not to come near,
= to stand aloof from, to avoid, with acc.
depending on zrepi in composition, 2 Tim.
ii. 16, tas BeBnXous Kevomwvias Tept-
tsraco. Tit. iii. 9. So Jos. Ant. i. 1, 4,
pevyet kal qeo. iv. 6,12, and oft. Jambl.
V. Pyth. 31. Lucian, Hermog. § 86.
Ilepexabappa, atos, TO, (weotKab-
aiopw,) equiv. to cka0apua, but a stronger
term, lit. ‘cleansings up,’ i. e. off scour-
ings, filth, as collected in cleansing ; hence
gener. and in N. T. put meton. for a vile
and worthless person, a wretch, az outcast,
1 Cor. iv. 13, ws aepikabdopata Tov
Kdapou, ‘ outcasts from society.’ So Jos.
Bell. iv. 4, 3. Philo, p. 607. Dem. 574.
14. Lucian, D. Mort. ii. 1, and so purga-
mentum in Latin. It is probable thas
the Apostle had there in mind the word:
of Lament. iii. 45, ‘ Thou hast made us as
the offscouring and refuse in the midst 0!)
the people ; or, as it might better be ren:
IIE P
gered, ‘Thou hast made us an offscouring
and refuse among the people,’ cafapua
Kal TeoiWyma év eOvecr.
ILeouxaXtimro, f. Www, to cover
around; e.gr. To Tedcwtrov,—to blindfold,
Mk. xiv. 65; with acc. of pers. id. Lu.
xxii. 64; pass. to be overlaid with gold,
Heb. ix. 4. Sept. 1 K. vii. 42.
ILepixermar, fut. Keicouar, prop. to
lie around, be circumjacent, as said both of
things and persons. So Hdian. vii. 9, 3,
TO Teokeiuevoyv WARVos Tav BapPBa-
ewy: in N. T. to lie around, and also
to be laid around, equiv. to perf. pass.
of qweorTibyusr. 1) to surround, encom-
pass, with dat. of pers. Heb. xii. 1, arepu-
KEimevov Tutv vEdos mapTVpwy. 2) equiv.
to perf. pass. of aepiTilnue, to be laid or
put around, and so to be hung round, the
neck, ios, Mk. ix. 42, and Class. ; foll.
by acc. of thing, in the manner of pass.
verbs, Acts xxviii. 20, tiv. dXvow Tav-
Thy eoikermat, lit. ‘I am hung around
‘with this chain, i.e. bound with it. So
4 Mace. xiii. 13, 6p@v (aitov) Ta deca
qweoikeimevov: fig. Heb. v. 2, wepikettar
ao9éveiav, a metaphor taken from cloth-
ing, for wepixeiuac is oft. used foll. by
oToAjv, &c. rarely, as here, fig. yet an
example occurs in Theocr. Id. xxiii. 14,
Bow weoikeivevos. Comp. Hom. Il. i.
149, dvacdsinv éaetpéve. Ps. xxxv. 26,
Sept. EvdvcdoGwoav aicyxivny.
Ileorxedadaia, as, 4, (adj. wepr-
Kemadaos, fr. kepady,) a head-piece,
helmet, fig. Eph. vi.17. 1 Th‘v. 8, & Class.
Ileptxpatis, gos ovs, 6, 4, adj. prop.
and lit. ‘strong round about any thing,
equiv. to quate able to do it, or absol. very
powerful ; in N. T. having wholly in one’s
power, being wholly master of, and zepi-
KoaTtis yiveoBat, to become master of, with
gen. Acts xxvii. 16, mepixpatets yevecbar
THs oKxagys, ‘to become masters of the
boat,’ i. e. to secure it so as to hoist it into
the ship, comp. ver. 17, 30. So Susan.
09, Alex. éxeivov ovK jouvyOnpev tept-
Kpatets yeveoOar, ‘get hold and secure
him.’
ILeotxpinrty, f. bw, to hide by cover-
ing up all round, i.e. wholly or carefully,
éav77y, Lu. i. 24, ‘ kept herself private.’
Ileprxuxd ow, f. wow, to encircle round
about, to surround, a city as besiegers, Lu.
xix. 43. Sept. and Class.
Ikeo:A dura, f. Ww, to shine around,
with acc. Lu. ii. 9. Acts xxvi. 13.
IleptArcimw, f. Ww, to leave over,
pass. to be left over, remain over, equiv. to
Teovyivouar, part. of qmeoiderTopevot,
“those remaining over,’ the survivors,
1 Th. iv. 15, 17, and Class.
Ilepitumos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (epi, AvV-
337
WEP
an,) prop. ‘environed with grief, quite
grieved, very sorrowful, Matt. xxvi. 38,
qepin. oT 1 Wuxn pov Ews Savarou.
Mk. vi. 26. Lu. xviii. 25, 24. Sept. & Class.
Ileopipeva, f. eva, prop. to wait about
for a person or thing, i. e. to wait for it,
await it in earnest expectation, e. gr. Tijv
emayyediav, Acts i. 4, ‘awaiting the pro-
mise,’ i. e. its event or performance. So
Gen. xlix. 18, tTi)v cwtnpiav meoimévwv
Kvpiov, where the true reading is, I sus-
pect, wepiuévw, to be rendered expecto, ‘I
wait for.’
Tlépcé, said to be a stronger form for
prep. wrepi, but it may be better to regard
it as the original form, afterwards softened
to wepi. Thus it occ. very freq. in Hdot.
foll. by gen. or accus. So Aésch. Pers.
360, with acc. Polyb. i. 48, etal. By the
Attic writers it was almost always confined
to the adverbial use, and by later writers
was employed as adv. for adj. by prefixing
the art. So in N. T. we have 7 wégif£,
surrounding, circumjacent, Acts v. 16, 6
wAnV0s THY TWEpLE TOEWD.
Ileprotxéw, f. how, (aepiokos,) to
dwell around, with acc. Lu. i. 65, Tovs
Teo.otkouvTas avTovs, ‘ their neighbours.’
Class.
Ileptorxos, ov, 0, 7, adj. one dwelling
around, a neighbour, lu. i. 58. Sept. and
Class.
Ilzp.ovotos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (aepr-
ovoia,) having abundance, superabundant ;
in N. T. by impl. one’s own, special, pecu-
liar, Naos tep.ovcros, Tit. ii. 14; and so
Sept. Ex. xix. 5, Aads a. et al. (see my
note,) equiv. to Aads eis aepitroinor,
1 Pet. ii. 9, for Aads weorTrointos, i. e.
oikétos.
ILeproxn, Hs, 1, (weprexw,) prop. czr-
cumference, circuit, compass, also fig. con-
tents of a writing in general ; hence in N.T.
the contents of a book, @ period, section,
passage, Acts vili. 32, 4) wep. THS ypadis:
and so Stob. Ecl. Phys.i. 164. Dion. Hal.
de Thucyd. 25.
ILeprmatéw, f, how, prop. to tread or
walk about, and gener. to walk, intrans. 1)
PROP. and gener. Matt. ix. 5, éyerpar Kai
mepimater. xi. 5. Mk. xvi. 12. John i.
36. With an adjunct of place or manner ;
adv. Lu. xi. 44. John xxi. 18 : so with
prepositions, dca Tou mwtos ab’tns, Rev.
xxl. 24. Mk. xi. 27. John vii. 1, et al.
peta with gen. of pers. = to accompany,
associate with, John vi. 66. Rev. iii. 4;
qmaoa with acc. wapad tiv Saé\accay,
Matt. iv. 18. 2) Fic. and from the Heb.
to live, pass one’s life, always with: an ad-
junct of manner, circumstances, &c.; with
adv. Rom. xiii. 13, etaynudvws wepita-
THowpmev. 1 Cor. yar Phil. iii. 17. Col.
TlEP
i. 10, dEiws: with dat. of rule cr manner,
Acts xxi. 21, tots #0. aeoiratety.
2 Cor. xii. 18, tw mvevpuare: so with pre-
positions, dc@ with gen. d1a qwioTews, Vv.
@; év of state or condition, ¢v capkt, x.
3; also of rule or manner, év KawoTyT1L
Gwys, Rom. vi. 4. év aA78eta, 2 John 4.
év Xpiotw, Col. ii. 6; kata with acc.
implying manner or rule, Mk. vii. 5, od
wT. kata tiv Twaoadoc.w. Rom. viii. 1, 4,
Kata oadoka. xiv. 15.
Ileor.meiow, f. wepw, to pierce quite
through, transfix, as oft. in Class. and Jos. ;
in N. T. metaph. 1 Tim. vi. 10, éavtods
TeoeTetoay ddvvars ToAAats. So Hom.
Il. v. 399, xno ayéwv, ddbvnot metrap-
[EVOS. Philo, p. 965, avykéorois qept-
ETELPE KAKOLS.
ILepimincry, aor. 2. mweprétecov, to
Fall about or upon any person, whether for
good, to embrace him, or for evil, to fall
Soul of him ; also, to fall upon or into any
thing, as a state or condition. So égumi-
arew sis in Jos. Bell. iii. 9, 5. Diog.
Laert. iv. 50. Pol. i. 76,8; in N. T. to
Fall into or among, with dat. Lu. x. 30,
Anorats weo.éwecev. In Acts xxvii. 41,
w. sis TOToV Oi0aXacoor, ‘to light up-
on.’ So Arrian Peripl. weoumimcey eis
ToTous TeTowoets. Fig. to fall into, meet
wih, Ja.i. 2, mwevpacuots mw. So Thuc.
ii. 54, rowovtTw mwabes TWeptTecovtss.
Dem. 1417, 18, adruyxiars wr.
Tleortmoréw, f. now, to make remain
over and above, i. e. to lay up, acquire ;
in N. T. only mid. fo acquire for one’s
self, trans. Acts xx. 28, jv teoretTrotnjoaro
Ova Tov aiuatos Tov idiov. | Tim. iii. 13,
Babuov Eautots KaXoy TepLToLoVVTAaL.
Sept. and Class.
ILepimoincts, ews, 1, (weortrorew,)
prop. a making remain over, a laying up:
in N.T. 1) gener. an obtaining, | Th.v. 9,
eis mepitroinow owryoias. 2 Th. ii. 14.
Eph.i. 14, cis dqrohkUTOWoW TIS TWEOLTOL-
NGEWS, Equiv. to cis do. THY TWeEOLTTOL-
nQetoay, i.e. the redemption acquired for
us by Christ (see my note); meton. thing
acquired, a possession, 1 Pet. ii. 9, Aads
eis mWepitroinoy, ‘a people for a posses-
sion, i. e. peculiar, one’s own, equiv. to
ads aweptovotos, Tit. ii. 14. 2) preser-
vation, a saving of life, Heb. x. 39, eis
TepiTotnow wWuyns, opp. to amwXera.
Sept. 2 Chr. xiv. 12
Tlepeppnyvupe,f. reoippnew, prop. to
tear from around any one; in N. T. of gar-
ments, to tear off, as the clothes of persons
about to be scourged, Tad inaria, Acts
xvi. 22. 2 Macc. iv. 38. Plut. Popl. vi.
TEeoLleppnyvuoy TA imaTLa—paPdos eEac-
VoV TA GWPATA.
Ileprotmaw, f. acw, to draw from
308
IEP
around any one, to draw off, to draw about
or away ; in later usage and N. T. pass.
Teoromdouat, fig. to be drawn about in
mind, zo be distracted, over-occupied, i. e.
with cares or business, foll. by wepi with
acc. Lu. x. 40, 47 Map§a wepreomato
mept ToAAY Staxoviav. Diod. Sic. i. 74,
A \ = , o 4
Tept TOAKa TH Olavoia WEeptoTwwpEvos.
Keclus. xli. 2, weotomwpévw wept jwav-
TOV.
ILeptoceta, as, 4,(weptooos,) super-
abundance, Rom. v. 17, tiv wepioceiav
THS XaolTOS, equiv. to tiv YapLTa THY
Téotoocevovcay, ‘superabounding grace.”
2 Cor. viii. 2. x. 15, cis meorocetav, adv.
superabundantly, exceedingly; Ja. i. 2],.
Teo. Kakias, ‘ superabounding wickedness.”
Sept. Eccl. i. 3, al.
Iepiooceupa, atos, T0, (wepiocevo, )
more than enough: 1) ‘whatis left over,’
remainder, residue, Mk. viii. 8, weorocev-
peta kNacuatwv. 2) ‘ what is laid up,’
superabundance, i. e. affluence, wealth,
2 Cor. viii. 14, TO éxeivwy mwepioocevpa
yevnrar eis TO Uuwv voTépnua: fig.
Matt. xii. 34, ék Tov wepiocevuaTos TIS
Kaoolas.
ILepiooeta, f. evow, (aepiccos,) fo
be over and above, exceed in number or
measure; in N. T. to be more than enough:
I. to be left over, to remaim, intrans. John
vi. 12, ta weoiccevcavtTa KN\aouara.
ver. 13. Part. to mepiccevov, the re-
mainder, residue, Trav KNacpatwv, Matt.
xiv. 20. Lu. ix. 17.—II. to superabound,
intrans. 1) of persons, =to have more
than enough, abso]. Phil. iv. 12, 18; with
gen. Lu. xv. 17, wecrocevovow aoTtwv :
foll. by eis re, to or for any thing. eis mav
zoyov ayalov, 2 Cor. ix. 8; by ev ti,
in or in respect to any thing, Rom. xv. 13.
Phil. iv. 12. 2) of things, =to abound
intens., with dat. Lu. xii. 15, otk év Tw
TEPLOTEVvELY TIVi 7 CwH avToU: part. Td
TEplLoOoEVoV TLL, equiv. to one’s abund-
ance, wealth, Mk. xii. 44: foll. by evs
ttiva, to abound unto any one, * to happen
to him abundantly,’ Rom. v. 15; by éis
TL, unto any thing, to redound, super-
abundantly conduce. 2 Cor. iv. 15, tva 7
Xaols Teoiocev’y sis THY OOLav Tov Veov.
vili. 2. absol.i. 5: so, with the idea of
increment, to abound more and more, =
to increase, to be augmented, with dat.
Acts xvi. 5, émepiccevoy Tw ao.luo.
Phil. i. 9,26: 3) causative, to make su- |
perabundant, cause to abound; of persons, |
1 Th. iti. 12, buds 6 Kipros aAzeovacat
Kal Wepiocsvcat TH Ayam: of things, ©
2 Cor. ix. 8, duvatos 6 O<ds Tacayv yaow
qmeptocevoar zis buas. Eph.i. 8. in at-.
traction: pass. to be made to abound, of
persons, ‘to have more abundantly,’ Matt.
xiii. 12. xxv. 29.—III. by impl., in aj
TIE P
comparative sense, to be more abundant,
=to be more conspicuous, distinguished, to
excel; with awXetov and gen. Matt. v. 20,
édv wy Tepiocevoy 1) SiKatocvvy Vawy
aAsiov Twv yoaupatéwy: foll. by év
Tw, in or in respect to any thing, 1 Cor.
xv. 58, wepiocevovtes Ev TW EOYwW TOU
Kupiov. 2 Cor. iii. 9; absol. Rom. iii. 7,
si 4) a@AjVera Tov Osov éErepiocevcey,
“has been made more conspicuous; | Cor.
viii. 8, os av Paywpmev, TWEQLTTEVOMED,
“are we the better; xiv. 12.
Tleorocds, 7, dv, adj. over and above,
more than enough: I. PROP. as exceeding
a certain measure, with gen., equiv. to
more than, Matt. v. 37, 76 weotcoov Tov-
Twy, lit. ‘the overplus of these,’ what is
beyond or more than these. Sept. Jos.
Ant. x. 4, 2, ro wep. Tay XonmaTwv, and
Class. In the sense of superfiuous, 2 Cor.
ix. 1, wepiccov mor éoti TO yoapery
itv, and Class.—I1. GENER. superabund-
ant, or exceedingly great: 1) in positive,
only as adv., neut. reo.acdv, abundantly,
in superabundance, John x. 10, tva Cwxy
ZX wot, Kal Weplogov EXwWOoLV : SO EK Te-
p.ocou, beyond measure, vehemently, Mk.
vi. 51. xiv. 31. 2)in comparat. repioooTe-
pos, more abundant, more, greater; in
number, Lu. xii. 4; in degree, Matt. xxiii.
14, wepicodtepov Kpiua. | Cor. xii. 23.
2 Cor. ii. 7. Neut. weprccorepov, as
adv. more abundantly, more, more ear-
nestly or vehemently, absol. Lu. xi. 48,
qTeoregoTepov aitjocovew avtov. 2 Cor.
x. 8, av Kal TWepLtocOTEpOV TL KaVXNTw-
pat. Heb. vi. 17; foll. by gen. 1 Cor.
xv. 10, with paddov, Mk. vii. 36: also,
like padXov, it forms with a positive a
periphrasis for a comparative, Heb. vii. 15,
TepiocoTeoov eTL KAaTAOHAOCY EOTLY.—
II. by impl., in a comparative sense, more
abundant, 1. e. distinguished, excellent, bet-
ter, Matt. v. 47, ti meptcoov Trovette ;
so Diod. Sic. xii. 15, 6 vogos obdév opatat
TepleXwy copov 7% m.: hence neut. ro
qepicaov, excellence, pre-eminence, Rom.
iii. 1. Comparat. Matt. xi. 9, meprocd-
TEpov TeOPNTov.
Ileoptaocotépws, ady. of compar. de-
gree, more abundantly, more, more ear-
nestly or vehemently, the object compared
being every where implied; Mk. xv. 14,
Tepiccotépws exoatav, ‘they cried out
more vehemently, i. e. than before; 2
Cor. i. 12, wepiccotépws mods wtpas,
“more abundantly towards you,’ i. e. than
towards others; ii. 4, jv éyw tee. sis
vas, i. e. than others have, &c.; vii. 15.
Also the more abundantly, the more, |
Th. ii. 17. Heb. ii. 1. xiii. 19; with wad-
Aov, 2 Cor. vii. 13.
Iléptocas, adv. abundantly, exceed-
ingly, vehemently, Matt. xxvii. 23, qreotc-
‘
339
ITEP
cas txpagov. Mk. x. 26. Acts xxvi. ll.
Sept. and Class.
IleoroTrepa, as, 1, @ dove, pigeon,
Matt. iii. 16. Lu. ii. 24, d00 veoocods
meo.oTepawv, ‘two young doves,’ the of-
fering of the poor, et al. sepe, and Class.
Ileortépmve,f. teua, aor. 2. weprete-
pov, to cut around, to circumcise ; mid. to
let one’s self be circumcised, only in the
Jewish sense, ‘to remove the prepuce :’
1) prop. with: acc. of pers. Lu. i. 59,
nAQov wepiTEemety TO TaLdiov. John vii.
22, and oft.; mid. Acts xv. 1, 24. 1 Cor.
vii. 18; pass. part. perf. repiteTunpévos,
ibid. 2) metaph., in a spiritual sense,
‘to put away impurity,’ Col. ii. 11, wee-
ETUNONTE TEOLTOMH AXELQOTOLNTY.
ILepctiOnpme, fut. reovOjow, to put
or place around any person or thing, foll.
by acc. and dat. expr. or impl. Matt. xxi.
33, ppaypov a’tw meoreOynKe. xxvii. 28,
jeoreOnkavy avTw YXAauvoa. ver. 48,
meoels (Tov oroyyov) Katauw, ‘ put-
ting or winding it around the end of a rod.’
On the contrary, Aristoph. Thesm. 387,
uses wepiGou for émifov. Mk. xv. 17,
mepiTiléacw aitw, mAEEavTes axavbi-
vov oréd@avov. John xix. 29. Sept. and
Class. Fig. to bestow upon, to give, 1 Cor.
xii. 23, tovTois Timiv WEepiocoTépay
meortivenev. Sept. Esth. i. 20. Job
xxxix. 19. Xen. Athen. i. 2. Hdian. v. 1.
Tleortopy, 4s, 7, (weprTépvw,) cir-
cumcision, in the Jewish sense, the re-
moval of the prepuce. 1. PROP. 1) the act
or rite of circumcision, John vii. 22, 23,
TéepLTouny NauPavery, ‘to receive circum-
cision, be circumcised, Acts vii. 8. Rom.
iv. 11; in Sept. oft. 2) the state of cir-
cumcision, the being circumcised, Rom. ii.
25, 27. iv. 10, év qweortouy dv, equiv. to
‘being circumcised :” so ot éx wepvTouas,
‘those of the circumcision,’ equiv. to ‘the
circumcised,’ put for the Jews, ver. 12; for
Jewish Christians, Acts x. 45. Gal. ii. 12.
3) meton. and collect. 4 meortoun, for
the circumcised, i. e. the Jews, the Jewish
people, Rom. ili. 30, 6s dukarwoee Teor-
Touny ék TiotTews. iv. 9,12. xv. 8.—IL.
FIG. in a spiritual sense, it denotes espec.
‘the circumcision of the heart and affec-
tions (comp. Deut. x. 16. xxx. 6. Jer. iv. 4.
Plato i. 450.) by putting off the body of the
sins of the flesh,’ Rom. ii. 28, 29, zreou-
toun Kapdias. Col. ii. 11; collect. and
emphat. Phil. i. 3, quets Eomev 7 TreEpI-
Ton, i.e. ‘we are the true spiritual cir-
cumcision,’ the true people of God.
ILeo.tpéetw, f. bw, prop. to turn about
as a person, fo turn upside down, overturn,
asathing. In N. T. fig. to turn about into
any state, &c. = ‘to cause to become any
thing,’ to make, with eis, Acts xxvi. 24, oé
els maviav shag thee ‘turns thee about
TEP
340
(HA
into madness,’ makes thee mad. Jos. Ant. | fowl, in N. T. only pl. ra arerewa, Matt.
ii. 14, 1, eis doyny tep.
Iepitpéyw, aor. 2. wepredpapoyr, to
run round in a circle. In N. T. to run
about in a place, with acc. Mk. vi. 55,
WeoldpauovTes OANY THY TWEELXw—OD.
Sept. and Class.
ILeprpéow, fut. wepioicw, prop. to
bear or carry around or about. InN. T.
1) to bear about, i. e. hither and thither,
Mk. vi. 55, Tots kaxws 2xovtTas qepi-
ceo. 2 Mace. vii. 27, tTHhv év yaorol
qWeoreveykacav: or carry about in the
arms as a child, Eur. Or. 458. Xen. Gr.
vii. 5, 58. 2 Cor. iv. 10. See véxpweous.
2) pass. to be carried or driven about
hither and thither, i. e. by the wind, as a
ship, Jude 12, taro dvéuwy a. So Max.
Tyr. Diss. 31, 77 vaus wepte@éoeTto: fig.
Eph. iv. 14, qwepip. mwavti adviuw ts
d.dackanias. Heb. xiii. 9. See wapa-
Péow, 2.
ILeptppovéw, fut. jaw, to think about,
reflect upon a thing, to consider it on all
sides; also to think over or beyond a
thing or person, to overlook or despise,
Thue. i. 25, wreorqpovouvtes avtous. Jos.
Ant. iv. 8, 24; also with gen. Adsch. Dial.
iii. 2. Plut. Thes. i. And so in N. T. Tit.
ii. 15, pndsis cov mwepippovettw. See
4 Mace. vi. 8.
ILepixywoos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (ywpos,)
around a place, circumyacent, neighbour-
ing. Hence in N. T. fem. 7 aepixwoos,
sc. yy, ‘the country round about,’ Matt.
xiv. 35, al.; meton. of inhabitants, iii. 5.
Sept.
TleoiWnpa, atos, To, (meoufaw,)
prop. scrapings up, filth. In N. T. meton.
for a vile and worthless person (as in Engl.
the scum), 1 Cor. iv. 13, wavtwy qepi-
Wnua tws dott. And so Jerem. xxii. 28,
Symm. There may, however, be an allu-
ston to those mean and wretched persons
who were offered up as expiatory victims
to the heathen gods; q. d. ‘we are so
despised as to be like the weoufnpata.’
So St. Ignat. Ep. to the Eph. viii. 18, ap-
plies the term to himself.
ILepweoevomuat, (wepmepos,) depon.
mid. to show one’s self a boaster, = to
boast one’s self, to vaunt, | Cor. xiii. 4.
Marc. Ant. v. 5, Kai dpécxec@ar Kai
qTwepwepevecOar. See more in my note.
ILéouvot, adv. (dat. plur. with ellip, of
év, of the obsol. aréous fr. jweptw, cogn.
with qwepaw,) the past year, a year ago;
in N. T. only with azo, i. e. amo tréovet,
prop. a year ago, 2 Cor. viii. 10. ix. 2: so
qoo wéovot, Dem. 467, 14; and éx qé-
evot, Luc. Solec. § 7.
Tlercaopat, see [létoucte.
ILerecvov, ov, Td, (weretvos,) a bird,
vi. 26, oft. Sept. and Class.
Tlérouar, f. wetTyoopar or wrjoo-
ftat, depon. mid. to fly, intrans. Rev. xii.
14, va wétnTaL sis Tiv Eonpov: part. |
TeTomevos, flying, in later edd. iv. 7. viii.’
13. xiv. 6. xix. 17, al. Sept. and Class. -
Ilévoa, as, 4, a rock, prop. a project-
ing rock, @ cliff: 1) prop. Rev. vi. 15, eis
Tas TETPAS THY Opéwn. ver. 16: in such,
sepulchres were hewn, Matt. xxvii. 60.
Mk. xv. 46; and houses and villages built
for security, Matt. vii. 24. Lu. vi. 48. Said
of a rocky soil(= wetpwons), Lu. viii. 6,
13. Sept. and Class. 2) fig. of Christ, in
allusion to the rock whence the waters
flowed in the desert, 1 Cor. x. 4. comp.
Ex. xvii. 6. Num. xx. 8; also as wétrpa
okavoanouv, a rock of offence or stumbling ;
said of Christ, the occasion of destruction
to those who reject him, Rom. ix. 38..
Pets ie
ILétpos, ov, 6, rock, John i. 43.
Iletpwons, eos ous, 6, 1, adj. (wé-
Toos, eldos,) rock-like, stone-like, having
the form of a rock, Diod. Sic. iii. 44.
Soph. Antig. 774; in N. T. rocky, stony,
and To wetowoes, rocky ground, stony soul,
Mk. iv. 5, T& weTpwon, id. ver. 16, sc.
Xwpia. So Dioscor. mvetar év weTpw-
O£OL TOTOLS.
Inyavov, ov, To, (whyvupt,) rue, a
plant, Lu. xi. 42, and Class. |
IIny%, 4s, 7, « fountain, source: 1) -
gener. Ja. ili. 11. Sept. and Class. From
the Hebr. wnyai vdaTtwv, ‘fountains of
water,’ Rev. xiv. 7, and Sept. ; metaph. of |
life-giving doctrine, John iv. 14; also as
an emblem of the highest enjoyment, Rev.
vii. 17. xxi. 6. Sept. Prov. xiii. 14. xiv.
29. Ecclus. .xxi.; 13.) 2)== @gegt ae
goéao, John iv. 6, any tov laxwfB, |
comp. ver. 1], to @péap. 2 Pet. ii. 17.
3) = an issue, flux, n THY) TOV at“aTos,
Mk. v. 29; = 7 pots Tov aip. Lu. viii.
44, Sept. Lev. xii. 7. Comp. Jer. ix. 1,
THYH Oakpvwv.
IInyvupe, f.wnew, to fix, fasten, make
fast, Thuc. v. 66; to fix or fasten together,
to construct, build, Hdot. v. 83; in N. T.
of a tent, to set up, to pitch, Heb. viii. 2,
nv emneev 6 Kipros: so Sept. Gen. xxvi. |
25. 1 Chron. xvi. 1. Hdot. vi. 12, and 7
elsewhere in Class.
II ndadA1ov, ov, To, (andov,) a helm, |
rudder, Acts xxvii. 40. James iii. 4, and |
Class. |
IInXixos, n, ov, pron. correl. how |
great, quantus, corresponding to 7Xixos,
tnArixos; Gal. vi. 11, iere amydixots)
vutvy ypaupacw eypawa, i. e. either’
with what large letters, or with how large |
a letter, I save written, &c. see my note. |
a
THA
Fig. of dignity, Heb. vii. 4, aA. otTos.
Sept. Zeph. ii. 6. Lucian Halc. 2. Pol. i.
6, 28.
Il Ads, ov, 6, clay, mire, mortar, John
ix. 6: spec. potter's clay, Rom. ix. 21.
IIjoa, as, 7, a bag, sack, wallet, Lat.
pera, of leather, in which shepherds and
travellers carried their provisions, Matt. x.
10. Mk. vi. 8, and Class.
TlH xus, ews, 6, (kindred with arayxvs,)
gen. pl. wijxewy, later form contr. r1xav,
prop. the fore-arm, from the wrist to the
elbow; in N. T. @ eubit, equal to the dis-
tance from the elbow to the tip of the
middle finger, and usually reckoned at 13
foot, Matt. vi. 27, wyyuyv eva. John xxi.
8, ws amo WHX@V Craxociwy, and Class.
TliaQw, f. dow, (Dor. for mew fr.
qwéCa,) to press down or upon, prop. with
the foot, as beasts hold their prey; also
with the hands, to seize and hold: so
Theocr. iv. 35, tavpov am’ wpeos aye
qriagas Tas owas. InN. T. 1) of per-
sons, to take one by the hand, with acc. &
gen. of the part, Acts iii. 7, wedcas abtov
a7s deEtas xerpos. In a judicial sense,
to take, arrest, John vii. 30, E(ytouv avtov
widoa.. ver. d2, oft. Ecclus. xxiii. 21.
2) of animals, fo fake in hunting or fish-
ing, to catch, with accus. John xxi. 3, év
TH vuKTi emiacay ovdev. ver. 10. Rev.
xix. 20, éwracbyn TO Sypiov. Sept. Cant.
Hi. 15.
IlvéGw, f. gow, (a later form for
qmiafw, which alone occ. in Hdot.) to
press, hold fast, e. gr. one’s hand; in
N. T. to press down, make compact,
peTtpov, Lu. vi. 38. Sept. and Class.
IiiGavodoyia, as, 7, (wifaves, Xo-
yos,) persuasive discourse, enticing words,
Col. ii. 4: so aifavos Advyos, Jos. Ant.
viii. 9, 1.
Ilcxeaiva, f. av, (aikoos,) prop. to
make sharp; hence of taste, to make bit-
ter, acrid, trans. 1) prop. of water, pass.
Rey. viii. 11 : meton. of the pain caused by
bitter and poisonous food or drink, = fo
make painful, to cause bitier pain, with
ace. X. 9, mixpavet cov Til Ko.Xiay,
comp. Sept. Job xxvii. 2. 2) fig. of the
feelings, to embitter, pass. to be or become
bitter, i. e. to be harsh, angry, Col. iii. 19.
Sept. Ex. xvi. 20. Jer. xxxvii. 14. Esdr.
iv. 31. Dem. 1464, 18. Theocr. v. 120.
IIixpia, as, 7, (mikpos,) bitterness:
1) prop. with the accessory idea of venom,
the two being often connected in the mind
of the Jews: so in place of an adj. Heb.
xii. 15, piGa amixpias, = pifa mikod.
Acts vili. 23, eis yoy mikpias, = yx.
aikpav. 2) fig. angriness of spirit or
speech, Eph. iv. 31, maca mixpia kai.
Suuos. Rom. iii. 14. Sept. and Class.
341
ITI N
IIixods, a, dv, adj. prop. pricking,
pointed, sharp ; hence gener. and in N. T.
of taste, better, acrid. Sept. and Class. 1)
prop. and opp. to yAu«ds, Ja. iii. 11. 2)
metaph. of the feelings, or spirit, dzdter,
harsh, cruel, Ja. iii. 14, GjXov aw. Diod.
Sic. i. 78. Pol. vii. 14, 3.
Ilixkpa@s, adv. (auxpos,) bztterly, in
N. T. of bitter weeping, Matt. xxvi. 75,
al. Sept. and Class.
TliuawArnaut, f. rAjow, (7a, obsol.)
aor. 1. gaAnoa, aor. l. pass. érAHoOnv,
to fill, make full, trans. I. PRop. aor. 1.
éwAnoa, with acc. Lu. v. 7, érAnoav
aupoteoa Ta Tota: also with gen. of
that with which, Matt. xxvii. 48. John
xix. 29, aAnjoavtes omoyyov dfous.
Sept. and Class. Pass. with gen. Matt.
xxii. 10.—II. METAPH. aor. 1. pass.
érdnaOnp, to be filled, be full: 1) of per-
sons, to be filled with any thing, i. e. to be
wholly imbued, affected with or by any
thing, with gen. of thing; Ilvevuatos
aytov, Lu. i. 15, and oft. Suuou, iv. 28,
al. @dBou, v. 26, al. avoias, vi. 1], al. :
also Acts iii. 10. v.17. Sept. and Class.
as Anthol. Gr. iv. 28, comins awAnOope-
vos : meéton. ofa place, Acts xix.29. 2) of
prophecy, to be fulfilled, accomplished, Lu.
Xxi. 22, rou mAnoOjnvar Ta yeypampéeva,
in later edd. Sept. in 1 K. ii. 27, wAnow-
Ojvar. 3) of time, to be fulfilled, com-
pleted, be fully past, Lu. i. 23, &s éaA7-
coOnoay ai juepar THS NELTOVPYIas ad.,
ver. 5/7. ii. 21, 22. Sept. in Gen. xxv. 24,
TAnpwOyvat.
Iliumonpt, f. ronow, to set on fire, to
burn, /Elian V. H. xii. 23; in N. T. pass.
only fig. to be inflamed, to swell, become
swollen, from the bite of a serpent, Acts
xxvili.6. Lucian, Dips. 4, dus éxxaie,x—
Kal wimmoacbar Trovet.
Ilivakidtov, ov, Td, (wivaé,) a small
tablet, writing-table, Lu. i. 63. Arr. Epict.
iii, 22, 4.
Ilivaé, axos, 6, a board, Hom. Od.
xii. 67; table, spec. in Class. a@ writing-
table or tablet, covered with wax; in N. T.
a plate, dish, on which food and the like
was served up, Matt. xiv. 8. Lu. xi. 39.
Hom. Od. i. 141. xvi. 49. Athen. vi. 3.
Jos. Ant. viii. 3, 8.
ILivw, (f. aiouar, and 2 pers. qiecar,
aor. 2. éqov, perf. wémwka, aor. 1. pass.
évoOnv,) to drink, I. gener. of persons,
absol. Matt. xxvii. 34, otk 70eXeE auetv.
Lu. xii. 19. Acts ix. 9, al.; fig. John vii.
of. Rev. xvi. 6. Infin. final, dovvar
metv, “to give to drink, John iy. 7.
aitety meetv, ver. 9. With adjuncts: 1)
foll. by é« of the drink, or meton. of the
vessel containing it, i.e. to drink of any
thing, Matt. xxvi. 27, 29. John iv. 12—
14. 2) by dao a ns drink, Lu. xxii.
IIIO
18. 3) by acc. of the thing drunk, to
drink any thing, Lu. i. 15. Rom. xiv. 21.
1 Cor. x. 4; to drink of, Matt. xxvi.29:
342
Tis
with gen. of place, gai tHs yas, Mk. ix.
20; with acc. of place or manner, éari Tih
ynv, Acts ix. 4. él tots amodas Tiwds, —
fig. John vi. 53. Meton. 7d worneov | x. 25. Sept. 1 Sam. xxv. 24, él apdo-
mivew, ‘to drink a cup,’ e. gr. of wine,
prop. 1 Cor. x. 21; fig. of suffering, éo
drink the cup which God presents, i. e. to
submit to the allotments of his providence,
Matt. xx. 22. xxvi. 42.—II. fig. of the
earth, to drink in, to imbibe, with acc.
Heb. vi. 7. Sept. Deut. xi. 11. Hdot. iii.
117. Xen. Conv. ii. 25.
Iltorns, ntos, 4, (wiwv,) fat, fatness,
Rom. xi. 17, tis w. THs éXaias, and
Sept.
Ilitpackw, (perf. wémoaxa, perf.
pass. wémpauat, aor. 1. pass. éroany,
fr. weodaw,) ‘to make fo pass to another,’
and by impl. éo deliver over, give up for
consideration : so our sell, from A.-S.
syllan, to deliver up; and so Hebr. m>w
to let go, and wwXéw fr. wodéw, to turn
over, by commutation; hence gener. fo
sell, with acc. Matt. xiii. 46, wéqoaxe
TavTa doa etxe. Acts ii. 45. Pass. Matt.
Xvilil. 25, éxéAXevoev adtov toabjvac.
Mk. xiv. 5. Acts iv. 34. v. 4: foll. by
gen. of price, Matt. xxvi. 9, apa€jvar
moXXov. John xii. 5. Fig. pass. to be sold
to, so as to be wander any one, to be his
lave, Rom. vii. 14, wempapévos bo tiv
auaptiav, ‘to be the slave of sin,’ de-
voted to it, and doing its drudgery. See
my note. 1 K. xxi. 25. Is. 1. 1.
ILimrw, f. wecovpar, aor. 2. émecon,
aor. 1. éreca, to full, intrans. 1) prop. to
fall, i. e. from a higher to a lower place,
said alike of persons and things; in N. T.
always with an adjunct of place whence or
whither ; with dao, to fall from, Matt.
xv, 27, dwo THs ToaTweCns. Matt. xxiv.
29. Acts xx. 9. éx, id. Lu. x. 18, é« Tov
ovpavov. Acts xxvii. 34. év wéicw TaeY
axavO@v, among, Lu. viii. 7; éi with
acc. to fall upon any person or thing,
Matt. x. 29, gai tiv yy. xiii. 5,7. xxi.44.
Lu. xxiii. 30. Rev. vii. 16, 0062 uy) wéon
ém’ aitovs 6 HALos, i. e. ‘the burning sun
shall not injure them ;’ fig. = fo sezze, xi.
11, PoBos péyas etrecey Emi Tovs K.T.A.:
foll. by ezs tt, to fall into, among, upon
any thing, Matt. xv. 14, eis BoOuvov. xvii.
15. Mk. iv. 7, 8, and so in Class. ; by
Twapa with acc. of place, to fall at, by,
near, ver. 4. 2) of PERSONS, to fall
down, fall prostrate, absol. Matt. xviii. 29,
mecwy 6 ctvdovdos. Actsv.5. Joined
with mpookuvetv, Matt. ii. 11, wecovtes
Toocexuvyocav. iv. 9. xvili. 26, al. Sept.
‘and Class. More usually with an adjunct
of place or manner; foll. by évwarov
twos, Rey. v. 8, or wpookuvety, iv. 10:
by eis, Acts xxii. 7. eis Tovs Todas TLVOs,
John xi, 82. Diog. Laert, ii. 79: by éari
wrov, on one’s face, Lu. v. 12; with mapa’
tous todas, xvii. 16; with mpockuvety,
1 Cor. xiv. 25. Zumpocbev tay Today
with wpockuvety, Rev. xix. 10: foll. by
xyayuat, John xviii. 6. Said of those who
Fall dead, i. e. to die, perish, Lu. xxi. 24, ©
TecouvTar oTOpaTe paxaioas. 1 Cor. x.
8. Heb. iii. 17, al. Sept. and Class. Fig.
to fall from any state or dignity, with
moUev, Rev. ii. 5. 3) of THINGS, edifices,
walls, &c. to fall in ruins, Matt. vii. 25.
Lu. vi. 39, al.= fig. Lu: ar Vy) Acts xa
16: so in prophetic imagery, Rev. xi. 13.
xiv. 8, gorece, erect BaBudwv. Sept. and
Class. 4) of a lot, to fall to or upon any
one, foll. by éari with acc. Acts i. 26.
Sept. and Class. 5) metaph. of persons,
to fall into or under any thing; condemna-
tion, bad Koiow, Ja. v. 12. Diod. Sic.
xix. 8, Ua’ éEovciay: absol. to fall into
sin, fo sim, Rom. xi. 22. xiv. 4. 1 Cor. x.
12, al. : hence also to fall from happiness,
be made miserable, perish, Rom. xi. 11,
py eTwTacav, va Twéswor; Heb. iv. 11.
Sept. and Class. Of things, = to fall to
the ground, to fail, become void; Lu. xvi.
17, 4 Tov vomov piav Kepatay ecety.
Sept. Josh. xxiii. 14. 1 Sam. iii. 19.
Plato Euth. p. 14, ot xapat wore qwecet-
Tal O TL av ElTYS.
Iictevw, fut. evow, (mioris,) aor. 1.
étiotevoa, perf. wemiotevka, to have
faith, believe, trust, prop. ‘to have a firm
persuasion of, a confiding belief in the
truth, veracity, or reality of any person or
thing.” I. rnrRANS. and 1) prop. and
gener. to be firmly persuaded as to any
thing, to believe, foll. by infin. Rom. xiv.
2, Os piv TioTever dayetvy WavTa: by
oTt, X. 9, absol. Ja. ii. 19: so, with the
idea of hope and certain expectation, with
inf. Acts xv. 11; with 671, Rom. vi. 8.
More commonly of words spoken and
things; with dat. of a person speaking,
whose words one believes and confides in,
Mk. xvi. 13, o6& éxeivors émriorevoay.
John v. 46. Acts viii. 12. With an ad-
junct of the words or thing spoken, in dat.
Lu. i. 20, ov« éiotevoas Tots oyots
pov. Acts xxiv. 14. 2 Th. ii. 11: foll. by
émi with dat. Lu. xxiv. 25, éwi maou:
by év, Mk. i. 15, év tw evayyediw. With
acc. of thing, John xi. 26. 1 Cor. xiii. 7,
TavrTa wiotevet. 1 John iv. 16: hence.
pass. 2 Th. i. 10, Ove éarcoTetOn TO pao-
Tiptov nuav ép buas. Foll. by ets Te,,
1 John v. 10, eis ryv maptupiav: by ott,
ace. and infin. John xiv. 10. ix. 18, |
Tept avtou OTL TupAcs jv. Absol. where |
the case of pers. or thing is implied from |
Tis
the context, Matt. xxiv. 23. John xii. 47.
Acts viii. 138, avros éariotevoe, scil. Tw
Pirin evayyerCouévw. ver. 12. xv. 7.
2) espec. of Gon, to believe on God, to trust
in Hin, as able and willing to help, listen
to prayer, &c. foll. by dat. of person with
Ot, Acts xxvii. 25, micotevw Tw Oew,
OTL oUTws Eorar: by eis, John xiv. L,
misteveTe eis TOv Osov: absol. Matt.
Xxi. 22, wiotevovtes, equivalent to «i
miorevete. 2 Cor. iv. 13: also as faithful
to his promises, with dat. Rom. iv. 3,
éwiotevosey ABoaau tw Ow, Kat éXo-
yioOy «.7.X. Rom. iv. 17. Jam. ii. 23:
abso]. Rom. iv. 18. Heb. iv. 3. Or gener.
“to believe in the declarations and charac-
ter of God as made known in the Gospel,’
with dat. John v. 24. Acts xvi. 34, arequ-
otTevkws Two Oew. | John v. 10: foll. by
eis with accus. pregn. = fo believe and
vest upon, to believe in and profess, Tov’s
Oc’ avTou TicTeVoVTas eis Oedv, | Pet. i.
21; by gai with acc. id. Rom. iv. 24;
-absol. Lu. viii. 12. Acts xiii. 48. 3) of
belief in Jesus as the Messiah, with, how-
ever, a considerable variety of sense, from
an ample credit reposed in Him, as ‘a
messenger sent from God,’ to full belief in
Him as ove with God. And in not a few
instances it is difficult to determine whe-
ther simple belief in Jesus as the Messiah,
or belief of a higher order, is intended.
Consequently, no Lexicographical arrange-
ment of passages is to be relied on, but the
reader must exercise his own judgment.
In such cases he is referred to the notes in
my Greek Testament, in which he will, I
trust, rarely miss of finding something
that may assist his researches. With «is,
John xiv. 1; with ov, Matt. ix. 28,
absol, viii. 13. Mk. v. 36. John iv. 48;
with dat. of person, John v. 38, 6v az-
éoTELNEV EKELVOS, TOUTW UMELS OU TLOTEU-
ete. vill. 31. x. 37. Acts v. 14; with d71,
wohn vin. 24. xi. 2/7. xx. 31, and oft.
Foll. by «is of person, pr. preg. = to
believe and rest upon, to believe in and
profess, Matt. xviil. 6, va Tv Tio TEVOp-
Twy eis éué. John ii. 11, iii. 15. viii. 30;
fig. cis TO ws, xii. 36: so with eis TO
6voua “Inoov in a like sense, = ‘to
believe on Jesus, and invoke or profess
his name,’ i. 12, Tots wistevovcwy eis Td
évoua avTou. ii. 23; with Tw dvduate
avitov, id. | John iii. 23. Foll. by éi
with acc. of pers. = eis Twa, Acts ix. 42.
xi. 17, comp. ver. 21; so éari with dat.
1 Tim. i. 16, fig. Rom. ix. 33. Pass.
1 Tim. iii. 16, éaictet0n tv Kédopw.
Hence absol. to believe, i. e. to believe
and profess Christ, to be or become a
Christian, Mk. xv. 32. Lu. xxii. 67.
John i. 7, oft.; part. of miorevovtes or
Tistevoavtes, believers, Christians, Acts:
ii. 44. iv. 32. 4) of belief or credit given
343
Wis
to any one as a merely human messenger,
as Moses, John v. 40; or John Baptist,
Watt. 230025, 52. Mk, xi. 32. Lam 5.
—I]. TRANS. to entrust, commit in trust to
any one, for gumiorevw, Lu. xvi. 11, to
adyOivov tis butv miotevoer; John ii,
24, Wisd. xiv. 5. Xen. Mem. iv. 4, 17.
Pass. wiotevouai tu, to be entrusted with
any thing; foll. by acc. Rom. iii. 2. Gal.
ii. 7, wemiorevpar TO evayyéduov. | Cor.
ix. 17, oixovouiay metioctevpat. | Th.
4 Tims TO Pei Ss, and oft in
lat. Class. as Diog. Laért. vii. 1, muorev-
Bévtos Thy év Tepyauw BiBrvoOjKnyp.
IItotixos, 4, ov, adj. (aiots,)
causing belief or persuasion, faithful, trust-
worthy ; hence in N. T. fig. true, genuine,
pure, vapdov miotixys, Mark xiv. 3;
others (fr. wivw), potable, liquid. See my
note.
Iliorts, ews, 7, (wioros,) faith, belief,
trust, prop.‘ firm persuasion, confiding belief
in the truth, veracity, or reality of any
person or thing.’ I. in the common Greek
usage, 1) prop. and gener. Acts xvii. 3],
TisTi Tapacxay waco. Rom. xiv. 22,
ov twiori exerts, thou hast faith, i. e. ‘art
firmly persuaded,’ ver. 23. Heb. xi, 1: so,
with the idea of hope and certain expecta-
tion, 2 Cor. v. 7, 61a miorews mepiTa-
Toupev. A Pet, i.5. x..9" “2)reque’ to
good faith, faithfulness, sincerity, Matt.
Xxili, 23, tiv Kopiow Kal Tov éXEOV Kai
Thy wiotw. Rom. iii. 3, rou Gzov. Gal.
v. 22. 1 Tim. i. 19, éxwv wiory, i. e.
‘being faithful,’ sincere, ii. 7. Tit. ii. 10,
Tictw Tacay ayaliy, all good fidelity,
Rev. i); 197-21 in, (Ns a atecies me
spoken in reference to God and Christ,
and his gospel, becomes in some measure
a technical term, denoting that fazth, that
confiding belief, which is the essential trait
of Christian life and character, i. e. gospel-
Juith, Christian faith, comp. Rom. iii. 22,
sq.—tI. of Gon, i. e. faith in, on, towards
God; éi Ozdv, Heb. vi. 1. awpos tov
Ozov, | Th. i. 8. eis Ocov with éArIis,
1 Pet. i. 21; with gen. Oeov, Mk. xi. 22,
Col. ii. 12; absol. Matt. xvii. 20. xxi. 21.
Heb. iv. 2. Jam. i. 6, aireitw év wioTen,
i. e. in full confidence, nothing doubting.
Spoken analogically of the faith of the
patriarchs and pious men under the Jewish
dispensation, who looked forward in faith
and hope to the blessings of the gospel,
comp. Gal. vit. 475, sq. \ Heb. xa teiok
Abraham, Rom. iv. 5, 9—20; gener. of
others, Heb. xi. 3—39, also Lu. xviii. 8.
—rl. of Curist, faith in Christ, 1) as
able to work miracles, heal the sick, &c.
absol. Matt. viii. 10, od év tw "Iop.
TocavTyy TWiorw evoov. ix. 2, 22, 29.
xv. 28, oft.: so mediately, Acts xiv. 9.
2) of faith in city cs as the only
nis
saving or justifying faith, Rom. iii. 22,
dtkatoovvn Ozouv Ora wiotews "I. Xp.
ver. 25, dla Tis TicTews Ev TH AUTON aim.
ver. 26, é« a. Incov: so from the con-
nexion, absol. ver. 27—31. 1 Cor. xv. 14,
17: gener. Rom. i. 17. v. 1, 2, and often
in St. Paul’s Epistles. 3) gener. not only
as the Messiah and Saviour, the Head of
the gospel dispensation, but also as G'od-
man, one with the Father. And here will
fully apply what was remarked in the
case of mictevw I. 3, as to the variety
of sense in the several forms of expression
which fall under this head, e. gr. wiorw
hy sis Tov K. jpev I. Xo. Acts xx. 21.
ev Xorotw, Gal. iii. 26. rou Kup. tap
Ue Nor da. ti. wey, pRey. a1 1S i.e
‘faith toward me; absol. Mk. iv. 40.
Acts vi. 5, dvdpa wip Tiotews. Eph.
ili. 17; so vi. 16, rov Supedv THs 7.—III.
gener. with gen. 7 wioris Tov evayye-
Alou, the faith of the gospel, i. e. gospel-
faith, Phil. i. 27. awiotis &dXyVeias, faith
in the truth, i. e. in the gospel, 2 Th. ii. 13.
Absol. in the same sense, i. e. Christian
fath, a firm and confiding belief in Jesus
and his gospel, gener. | Cor. ii. 5, tva 7
TicTis ua my Ev copia avOe. 2 Cor.
iv. 13, sepiss. Ilioris also seems to mark
indirectly various predominant traits of
Christian character, such as arise from and
are combined with Christian faith; e. gr.
Christian knowledge, Rom. xii. 3, wérpov
tTiorews. ver. 6. xiv. 1, adoQevav TH
awiorer. 2 Pet. i. 5: so in James, as opp.
to goya, ii. 14—26; of the Christian pro-
Jession, the faith professed, Acts xiii. 8,
CnTa@y diactpeWar Tov avOv’TaTov amo
THs 7m. 1 Cor. xvi. 13. Gal. vi. 10. 1 Tim.
ti, 15. 2 Tim. iv. 7; of Christian zeal,
ardour in the faith, Rom. i. 8, ote 7 w.
Uuoy KaTayyédNeTar. xi. 20. 2 Cor.
viii. 7. Eph. vi. 23; of Christian love, as
springing from faith, Rom. i. 12, 4 é»y
a@\AnXors wioris, i. e. mutual faith and
love, 2 Th. i. 3. Philem. 5; of Christian
life and morals, practical faith, 1 Tim. iv.
12, ritros yivov Twyv TioTwv ev Ayan, eV
T., ev ayveta. Vv. 8, 12. vi. 10. Tit. ii. 2; of
constancy in the faith, Col. i. 23. 1 Th. iii.
2—10. Heb. xiii. 7. Ja. i. 3.—1v. meton.
of the object of Christian faith, the fazth,
i. e. doctrines received and _ believed,
Christian doctrine, and gener. the system
of Christian doctrines, the gospel promising
justification and salvation to a lively faith
in Christ, Acts vi. 7, barKovov TH 7.
‘were obedient to the faith,’ i. e. embraced
the gospel, Rom. i. 5. Acts xiv. 27, Svpa
qwistews, 1. e. ‘access for the gospel.’
xxiv. 24. Rom. x. 8. Jude 3, 77 G&aaé
twapado0etan Tots ayiows WioTeL, ver.
20, oft.: so Tit. ii, 15, miAovvTas Huas
év 7m. i.e. in the gospel, as Christians,
044
ground of our justification before God, = | 1 Tim. i. 2, téxvoy év aioret.
ITAA
Emphat,
the true faith, ‘true doctrine, 2 Th. iii. 2.
I'Tim. iv. 1, 6: 2° Vin tee
IItoros, 7, dv, adj. (aei8w,) prop.
* worthy of belief and trust,’ facthful : i )
prop. in the sense of trustworthy, 1 Cor.
vii. 25, 4Aenuévos ve Kupiov mistés
eivat. | Tim. i. 12, 2 Tim. ii. 2, tatrva
mapabov miatots dvOo. 1 Pet. iv. 19.
Rev. xix. 11. Sept. and Class. Hence of
persons, true, verax, worthy of credit, 6
aotus 0 woos, Rev.i. 5. ii. 13. iii. 14;
of things, true, sure, verus, Néyos, 1 Tim.
i. 15, oft. Sept. and Class.: so Acts xiii.
34, Ta Oo1a A. ta iota. 2) faithful, as
to what may justly be required of any one:
thus, as applied to God, with reference
to His attributes : so 2 Cor. i. 18, arierés
o Qsds, with especial reference to His
truth : as faithful to His promises, 1 Cor.
i. 9, wiotds 6 Osos. x. 13. Heb. x. 23:
so of Christ, 2 Tim. ii. 13. Also of men,
faithful in duty to themselves or others,
Col. iv. 9,6 wists adeX qos. Rev. ii. 10.
Espec. of servants, ministers, who are
faithful in the performance of duty, Matt.
Xxiv. 45, 6 motos OovAos. xxv. 21. Lu..
Xil. 42, 6 7. oixovopuos. Eph. vi. 21. Heb.
li. 17, al. 3) act. faithful, i.e. firm in
faith, confiding, believing, equivalent to 6
mwiorevwy, John xx. 2/, uy yivov &m-
oTos, a\X\a mores. Gal. iii. 9. Theogn.
283. Soph. Gid. Col. 1031; with dat. ca
Kvpiw, Acts xvi. 15. gy Kupiw, 1 Cor.
iv. 17, i. e. ‘faithful to the Lord or zz
Christ, believing in him,’ equivalent to @
believer, a Christian; absol. id. Acts x.
45, xvi. 1, oft. Adv. wiotov aroisipv, ‘to
do faithfully,’ as a Christian, 3 John 5.
See more in my note.
IItotow, fut. wow, (wicrds,) prop.
to make any one farthful, trustworthy,
hence to make one give security, pledges,
Jos. Ant. xv. 7, 10. Thuc. iv. 88; pass.
or mid. to make one’s self or be made trust-
worthy, i.e. to gwe security, to pledge one’s
self, Hom. Od. xv. 486; in N. T. éare-
atwO0ny, to be made confiding, believing, to
be assured, hence equiv. to believe, 2 Tim.
iil. 14, wéve év ots Euabes Kal riot wOns.
So mistwOsis, for micuvos, Soph. Ged.
Col. 1039, equiv. to wuarés at 1031.
ITAavaw, f. yow, (wavy,) to cause to
wander, to lead astray, trans. both physi-
cally and morally, pass. to wander, go
astray. I. prop. Heb. xi. 38, év gonpuiats
tRavapevo.. | Pet. ii. 25, ws wpdBata
TRavwpeva. Matt. xviii. 12,13. Sept. &
Class.—II. Fic. to mislead, i.e. 1) to de-
ceive, cause to err ; pass. to err, form a wrong
judgment, Matt. xxiv. 4, BAéaete py Tis
vuas wAavynoy. ver. 5, 24. 1 John i. 8,
al.; pass. Matt. xxii. 29, wAavacbe. Lu.
xxi, 8, wy wAavynOyTe. John vii. 47.
TAA
1 Cor. vi. 9. Gal. vi. 7. Heb. iii. 10. Sept.
MAE
IiXaoow, f. aow, to knead, form,
Prov. xii. 27. Jos. Bell. vi. 5, 4. Plut. | fushion, mould, any soft substance, as a
Thes. 27, et al. in Class. 2) to seduce a
people into rebellion, John vii. 12, wave
vov oxAov. Rev. xx. 8,10. Also to se-
duce from the truth, and pass. to be seduced,
to go astray, 1 John ii. 26, repi Tov 7Aa-
vevrov vuas. 2 Tim. iii. 135; pass. Ja. v.
19, gay Tis 7AavyOy amo THs aX. 2 Pet.
ii. 15; part. of wAavwpevor, those seduced,
gone astray, Heb. v. 2. Tit. ii. 3. Spec.
to seduce to idolatry, Rev. ii. 20, al. Sept.
2 K. xxi. 9. Ezek. xliv. 10,15. Ecclus.
ix. 8.
TIXa@vy, ns, 7, prop. a wandering,
oing astray from the right path, Atl. V.
i. iii. 29; in N. T. only fig. error: 1)
gener. false judgment or opinion, | Th. ii.
3, 1) TapakAnois Mov ovK eK Tarn.
2 Th. ii. 11. 2) act. decert, fraud, seduc-
tion to error and sin, Eph. iv. 14, 7 meb-
odeia THs wav. 2 Pet. iii. 17. | John iv.
6, To wv. THS WANs, the spirit of error,
i. e. a deceiving spirit, a teacher who seeks
to seduce; so a deception, fraud, Matt.
xxvii. 64, and perhaps 1 Th. ii. 3. 3) of
conduct, perverseness, wickedness, sin, Rom.
1.27. Ja. v. 20. 2 Pet. ii. 18, rods év
travy avactpep. Jude ll.
IiXavytns, ov, 6, (wAavaw,) prop.
one wandering about, a wanderer; in N.T.
aoTip TrAaMjTys, a wandering star, pla-
net, fig. of a false teacher, Jude 13.
- TIAavos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (wWAavn,) wan-
dering about, subst. a wanderer, vagabond,
juggler ; in N. T. for wrAavav, deceiving,
seducing, | Tim.iv. 1, rpocéxovtes TWvev-
pace mravors. So Jos. Bell. ii. 13, 4,
arava avPpwro. Subst. a deceiver, m-
postor, Matt. xxvii. 63, and later Class.,
as Diod. Sic.
ITAGE, axos, 7, any broad and flat sur-
face; in N. T. and gener. a table or slab
of wood or stone, on which any thing was
inscribed ; so Sept. and Class.; e. gr. the
two tables of the decalogue given to Mo-
ses, Heb. ix. 4, ai wAakes THs OrabnKkns.
2 Cor. iii. 3: fig. ib- vy wAaki Kxapdias
capxivats. Comp. Rom. ii. 15. Heb. viii.
10. Indeed, from Prov. iii. 3, and Jer.
xvii. 1, it appears that the Hebrews were
accustomed to speak of any thing deeply
infixed on the mind, as ‘written on the
tables of the heart.’
TiAaopa, atos, To, (7wAdoow,) any
thing formed, as an image, Hab. ii. 14;
also, a model in wax, and especially the
‘figure itself, Rom. ix. 20, un get to
/ahacna TH TWKacaVTL; so Aristoph. Av.
‘686, wAdouaTa mov, (similar to the
. phrase elsewhere, wAacoew mnddov,) Lu-
cian, D. Deor. vi. 4. Artem. i. 56. To this
also there is an allusion in Ps, ciii. 14,
_ autos tyvw TO WAGGA TaD.
otter the clay, absol. Rom. ix. 20; pass.
Tim. ii. 18, "Ada&u mpwtos érdacOn,
with allusion to Gen. ii. 7, 8, 19, €rAacev
0 Osos Tov &vOowmov. In the Class.
writers, too, the word is used of Prome-
theus forming the first man of clay.
IIXaotos, 7, ov, adj. (awAacow,)
Sormed, fashioned ; metaph. feigned, fulse,
decettful, 2 Pet. ii. 3, wAXactots Novyors.
So Iseus, p. 70, Adyous wetAacpévars
aEiwoe: TicTeve Huas. Plut. Thes. 20,
Yodumata TAacTa TOT HPEpEL.
IlXatos, eos, TO, (wWAaTtvs,) breadth,
Rev. xxi. 16. Sept. and Class. ; fig. Eph.
iii. 16. Rev. xx. 9, to wAaTOs THs Yrs,
‘the breadth of the earth, q.d. ‘wide
plain,’ such as the earth was supposed to be.
TlAatvu'va, f. ve, (watis,) (aor. 1.
pass. éwAatuvOnv, perf. pass. mema-
Tumar, & 3d pers. sing. wemAaTuYTAL, )
to make broad, enlarge, trans. 1) prop.
Matt. xxiii. 5, wAatr. Ta vAaKktTipia
avtwv. Sept. and Class. 2) fig. to make
broad cr large to or for any one, i.e. ‘ te
give him enlargement or deliverance from
straits, Ps. iv. 2. Hence in N. T. pass.
to be enlarged, i.e. to have enlargement,
in opposition to orevoywoéw, 2 Cor. vi.
13, wAativOnte Kai upsets. So of the
heart, 7) kagdia 4m. wewaTvyTaL, ver.
11, namely, in the exercise of the tender
affections, by which the heart is in reality
dilated, and feels enlarged; while by the
opposite it is actually tightened, and the
pulsation checked.
IIXatis, eta, v, adj. broad, wide.
]) Matt. vii. 13, wAateta 4 wiry. Sept.
Neh: ix: 35, - Jos) Bellin. 2; 22> 2)ias
subst. 7 wAateta sc. odds, a broad way,
wide street in a city, Matt. vi. 5, vy Tats
ywviats tev mat. xii. 19, oft. Sept.
and Apocr., also Artem. iii. 62.
TWAéyua, atos, To, (wExw,) prop.
any thing plaited, braided, or woven, as a
net; in N. T. a braid of hair, an ornament
of braided hair, 1 Tim. ii. 9, wy év wréy-
pac.y, see my note, and comp. | Pet. iii.
3, EUTAOKH TOLXWDV.
IlAetoros, ny, ov, adj. (wAeiwv,) the
most, the greatest, very great, the usual
superl. to voAvs; in N. T. only of num-
ber, Matt. xi. 20. xxi. 8, 6 aXstoTos
oXAos, ‘a very great multitude.” Xen. Ag.
iil. 1. Hist. vii. 1,23. Neut. to wXetoToy,
adv. at most, 1 Cor. xiv. 27.
IIXeiwy, ovos, 6, 7, neut. wXEtov or
aéov, pl. contr. nom. and acc. mA¢ious,
—more, the usual compar. to qroXvs. 1)
prop. of number, but also of magnitude,
and in a comparison expr. or implied ; foll.
by gen. Matt. xxi. 36, mXésiovas tuww
WTAE
TowTwy, ‘more than the first,’ or former
ones, Mk. xii. 48. John vii. 31, & Class. ;
foll. by 4, than, Matt. xxvi. 53, wAsious
7 Owoeka. John iv. 1, and Class.; before
a numeral 7 is usually omitted, Acts iv.
22, étwv TrELdvwY TecoapadK. xxiii. 13;
once mAstov 4 wévte, Lu. ix. 13; once
with mArjv and gen. Acts xv. 28. So,
when the object of comparison is implied,
Matt. xx. 10. John iv. 41. Lu. xi. 53.
vil. 43, to mXetov, the more, i. e. ‘the
greater’ debt. Xen. Vect. iv. 32. Hdian.
viii. 3, 11: hence gener. and emphat.
many, very many, Acts xiii. 31, Os wPOn
él nuéoas mNeious. xxiv. 17, al.; so
Heb. vii. 23, of wev wreioves sice tepets,
in opp. to one: 2) plur. with art. ot
awKéloves, ot wHetovus, the more, the most,
the many, Acts xix. 32, of amAziovs ovK
yoetoav. xxvil. 12. 1 Cor. ix. 19, wa
Tous Wetiovas Keodyow. X. 5. xv. 6, al.
& Class. 3) fig. of worth, importance, dig-
nity, more, greater, higher, with gen. Matt.
vi. 25, obxi 7 Wuyx1y mAElov éote TIS
Tpomys; xii. 42. Mk. xii. 33. Heb. iii. 3.
Rev. ii. 19. 4) neut. wietov,asadv. more,
& Class. With gen. John xxi. 15, aya7ras
we TAstov TovuTwy; also, émwl amXeEtov,
further, longer ; spoken of space, Acts iv.
17. 2 Tim. iii. 9; with gen. doePeias, ii.
160 Xen." Eg: 1. 9s ef time, Acts xx.\9:
xxiv. 4. Pol. iii. 58, 8.
TlXéxw, f. Ew, to plait, brad, weave,
trans. Matt. xxvii. 29, wiXéEavres oTéd.
é& axavOwv. Mk. xv. 17, et Class.
TlA cova, fut. dow, (wAeiwv,) to be
more than enough, intrans. 1) of persons,
ta have more than enough, to have an over-
plus, 2 Cor. viii. 15, 6 to woXd ovK em.
2) of things, to be abundant, lit. to abound
more, to increase, Rom. v. 20, iva wheo-
vaon To TapaTTwpua. vi. 1. 2 Pet. i. 8,
al.; foil. by eis te, to abound unto any
thing, equiv. to redound, conduce, Phil. iv.
17. Sept. and Class. 3) trans. to cause to
abound, to increase, | Th. iii. 12, tuas o
Kupios awAeovadocar TH ayatn. Sept.
Num. xxvi. 54. Ps. lxx. 21. 1 Mace. iv. 30.
TlAcovextéw, f. 1}0w, (wéov, Zxw,)
intrans. prop. to have more than another.
Se dinnc. wie 39. Xen. Cyr! 1 6.209.
(equiv. to wXetov éyw,) fig. to have an ad-
vantage, be superior, also to take advan-
tage, seek unlawful gain; in N. T. trans.
to take advantage of any one, to circum-
vent for gain, defraud, with acc. 2 Cor.
vil. 2, odéva émAeovextiocapev. xii. 17,
18. 1 Th. iv. 6, where, however, it means
over-reaching and injuring our brother by
adultery; see iny note there. Pass. 2 Cor.
ii. il, tva pn wAeovextTnO@pev Lae TOU
=. ‘that we may not be worsted by Satan.’
So Xen. Mem. iii. 5,2, Borwrwy woddXol,
aw eovexTovpevor VITO OnBaiwy, &c., and
346
Ti AH
Plut. awAeovextetoOar bao Twy ToAE-
piwv. Also fig. x. 738, wAsovexteto@at
VIO TOU EOWTOS.
TlXeovéxrns, ov, 0, (wAéov, Exw,}
prop. ‘one who would have more than
others,’ i.e. a covetous person, a defrauder,
1 Cor. v.10) 41:
TIXcovetia, as, 7, (wréov, EXw,)
prop. ‘a having more,’ i. e. a larger portion, ~
advantage, superiority, Xen. Mem. i. 6,12;
in N.T. ‘the will to have more,’ i.e. covet-
ousness, greediness for gain, Mk. vii. 22,
Trzoveciar, i. e. ‘ covetous thoughts,’
plans of fraud and extortion; Lu. xii. 15.
Rom. i. 29. 2 Cor. ix. 5, ottTws ws evdo-
yiav, Kal un ws wr. ‘as bounty, and not
as covetousness,’ i. e. ‘as bounty on your
part, and not as covetousness on ours,’ not
as extorted by us from you.-
IIXecvpa, as, 1, the side, said of the
human body, John xix. 34. xx. 20, al. and
Class.
TlAéw, fut. wAevoopuar, fo sail, absol.
Lu. viii. 23. Acts xxvii. 24; with sis of
place, xxi. 3, 2Aéopev eis Zupiav. XXvil.
6; with éari and acc. Rev. xviii. 17; with
ace. of place by or near which, i. e. of the
way, Acts xxvii. 2, wieiv Tobs KaTa THY
’Aciav totovus, i.e. to sail along or by
the coast of Asia Minor. So Pol. iii. 4,
10, wAXetv ta werayy. Xen. Hist. iv. 8,6.
IlAny, 7s, 1, (2 perf. awéardnya, of
aAnoow,) a stroke, blow: 1) prop. Lu, xii.
48, d=.a wAnyey. Acts xvi. 23, al. Sept.
& Class. 2) meton. a wound, caused by a
stripe or blow, Lu. x. 30. Acts xvi. 33,
ZXoveev (abrovs) a0 Twv TH., 1. €.
‘washed the blood from their wounds.’ |
Rev. xiii. 12, 4% wAnyi). Tov Fav. i.e.
‘deadly wound.’ Sept., Jos., & Class. 3) fr.
the Heb. a plague, i.e. a stroke or blow
inflicted by God, calamity, Rev. ix. 20.
xi. 6, et sepe al. Sept., Philo, Jos., though
not Class.
ILA 700s, eos ous, TO, (7AHGw,) prop.
fulness, hence a multitude, a great number :
1) gener. Lu. v. 6, wAq0os txOtwy modu.
Acts xxviii. 3, and oft. Sept. and Class.
2) of persons, a multitude, foll. by gen. of
class, &c. Lu. ii. 18. Acts iv. 32. v. 14,
TANOn avdowy, i. e. multitudes: so woAv
mA700s with gen. Lu. vi. 17. wav _to
a\700s with gen. i. 10. dav to TAR-
Qos with gen. xix. 37; with gen. of place,
viii. 37, darav TO 7ARVOS THS TWEPLXwPOV.
Acts v. 16. 3) the multitude, the people,
populace, Acts xiv. 4, 76 wA7Qos THs TO-
News. xix. 9. xxi. 22, 36. Sept. & Class.
TIA 0v've, f. vv@, (arn Ods equiv. to
a0os,) prop. to make full, multiply, in-
crease: 1) trans. 2 Cor. ix. 10. Heb. vi.
14, wr1Odvwv rrAnOuve oe. Pass. wAn-
Oivouat, to be multiplied, mereased; in
NAH
number, Acts vi. 7, éAnOdveto 6 &oi8-
wos. vii. 17. ix. 31, and Sept. ; in magni-
tude, extent, Matt. xxiv. 12, rwAnOuv0ynvar
thy avouiay. Acts xii, 24. Gen. vii. 17,
sq.; with dat. of person, to abound to any
one, 1 Pet. i. 2, ya@pis buty Kai eiojvy
awAnOuvOein. 2 Pet. i. 2. Jude 2. 2) in-
trans. to multiply one’s self, to increase,
Acts vi. 1, wAnOuvdvtTwy Tav wabynTarv.
Sept. and Class.
TIA Ow, see WiuwAnme.
IlAyKTns, ov, 6, (wA1joow,) prop. a
striker, one apt to strike, Plut. xara
Xetpa wA. Fig. a quarreller, 1 Tim. iii.
3. Tit. i. 7, in opp. to @uaxos. So Plut.
Dio, 30, dvdpaou wWAHKTAaLS Kal waxinors.
Or it may mean, as Chrys. and Theod.
explain, 6£vs, equiv. to gumAnkTws d£vs
in Thue. iii. 82. So Plut. vi. 502. ix.
642, wAnKTns Kai o€0s. See more in my
note on 1 Tim.
TlAnupiioa, as, 7, (wAjv, pippa fr.
pupw,) the tide, flood-tide, and hence by
impl. a flood, inundation, Lu. vi. 48, comp.
_ Matt. vii. 27, and lat. Class.
TIA7v, prep. & adv. (fr. obsol. wArjuz,
it being the accus. of the old noun 7Ajjs,)
rop. more than, over and above, hence
abies except, but: 1) as prep. in the
middle of a clause, with gen. Mk. xii. 32,
ovK éctiv @\XAos TAY avo, ‘ there is
no other besides him,’ equiv. to ‘ but he?’
John viii. 10. Acts viii. 1, wavTes—mAjpv
Tay amvootohwyv. xv. 26. xx. 23, xxvii.
22. Sept. and Class. 2) as adv. at the
beginning of a clause, equiv. to much more,
rather, besides, verging into an adversative
particle, meaning but rather, but yet, never-
theless, &c. Matt. xi. 22, 24, aAnv Aéyw
bptv. xviii. 7, oft.; so where the writer
returns after a digression to a previous
topic, Eph. v. 33, comp. ver. 25, 28.
TlAdons, eos ous, 6, 4, adj. (wAZos,)
full, filled: 1) PRop. said of hollow ves-
sels, with gen. of that of which any thing
is full, expr. or implied, Mk. vi. 43, kAac-
patwv dwdeka Kogdivous mAxpers : im-
plied, Matt. xiv. 20. Sept. and Class. Of
a surface, full, i. e. fully covered, with
gen. Lu. v. 12, avijo awdrons Aémoas.
ept. and Class. 2) fig. full or filled, i.e.
fully imbued with or abounding in any
moral quality, or property, or disposition,
whether good, (as Acts vi. 5, 8, wi. ai-
otews. ix. 36, wr. ayabav zpywy: and
so Sept. and Class.) or eva, as Acts xiii.
10, aX. ddXov, and xix. 28, wr. Jupov.
Both phrases occur in the Sept. In Lu.
eerweneisiw. o. vii. 55. xi. 24, ord.
ayiouv IIv. means, ‘filled with the gifts
and graces of the Holy Spirit... The ex-
pression aA. yaortos in Johni. 14, said
of Christ, is of a different kind; the ful-
' ness of Christ possessing these three essen-
347
TTA H
tial points of distinction, 1. that while in
others grace and the Spirit are by parti-
cipation, in Christ they are of himself, as
one with the Deity, in whom ‘the fulness
of the Godhead dwells bodily’ (Col. ii. 9.) ;
2. while in others they exist by measure,
Eph. iv. 16, in Him they are without
measure and infinite, John iii. 34. 3.
whereas the saints cannot communicate
them to others, they are in Christ as a
head and fountain of supply to his mem-
bers, John i. 16. 3) fig. full, i. e. com-
plete, perfect, Mk. iv. 28, wAnons ctrtos,
the fully-formed grain, (so Sept. Gen.
xli. 7, 22, orayvas wdyoets,) 2 John 8,
futabds awAnjons. And so Xen. An. vii.
5, 5, pic8ov wANo. Also Sept. Ruth ii.
2, Pern.
IHAnoodopén, f. now, (ANNs, Po-
oéw,) prop. to bear or bring fully, carry a
full measure, fo be full or make full.
Hence, to bring full proof of any thing, to
give full assurance, persuade fully, trans.
said 1) of PERSONS, pass. to be fully as-
sured, persuaded, Rom. iv. 21, tAnoodo-
oneis OTL k.7.X. xiv. 5. Sept. Eccl. viii.
11. Clem. Rom. Homil. xi. 17. Isocr. p.
626, ed. Lange. 2) of THINGS, to give
full proof of any thing, with acc. 2 Tim.
iv. 5, Tyv dtakoviav cov TANPOPOojsOv,
i. e. by fulfilling all its duties. Pass. to be
fully assured, confirmed, to be fully esta-
blished as true, Lu. i. 1, tev awemrXnoo-
popnpuévey, i. e. ‘ which may be regarded
as certain truths, and received with full
assurance of faith, for temiorevpuévwv.
And so 2 Tim. iv. 17, tva Td Kyovyue
wAnpe popnGy, for mictevO7, ‘ might ob-
tain fall credence.’
WAnopopoota, as, 7, (wAnoomopéw, )
fall assurance, firm persuasion ; év w1-
popopia mwokAy, 1 Th. i. 5. Col. ii. 2.
Heleva.
TIAnoow, f. wow, (awdArHons,) to make
full, to fill, fill up, trans. I. prop. of a vessel,
hollow place, &c. pass. Matt. xiii. 48, iy
OTe émArnow0y sc. cayrvy. Lu. iii. 5,
Tasca PapayéE TAi0wOyceTar. Sept. and
Class.; fig. Matt. xxiii. 32, wAyowoate
TO wéTOOVY THY TaTéipwy vu. i. e. * the
measure of your sins.” Gener. of a place,
to fill, by diffusing any thing, asa sound, or
an odour, throughout, with ace. Acts ii. 2,
qXos émAnowoev Sov Tov otkov: foll.
by é« of thing from or wiih which, John
xii. 3, 7) oikia éwAnewOn ex THS bois:
fig. with acc. and gen. Acts v. 28, aweq)1)-
owkate THY ‘Leo. THS OLdax7s Uuwy. So
Liban. Epist. p. 721, macas (mwéXers) Tay
uTéo nuwyv Adywy évétwAnoas. Justin,
xi. 7, 14, ‘Phrygiam totam religionibus
implevit.. Fig. wAnpovv trv Kaodiay
tivos, to fill the heart of any one, to take
| possession of it, John xvi. 6; or to fill it
iAH
with some strange impulse to action, Acts
v. 3, OLati émArjowcev 6 X. THY Kapdiav
cov; So Kecl. viii. 11, zrAnpodopybn
Kapola viwv Tov avOp. Tov Toijoat TO
qouvnpov, ‘their heart is fully bent.’-—II.
FIG. to fill, i. e. to furnish abundantly with
any thing, zmpart richly, umbue with, foll.
by acc. and oft. an adjunct of that with
which any one is filled or furnished :
1) with acc. and gen. Acts ii. 28, wXn-
cwoes we evmpoovuns. xiil. 52. Rom.
xv. 13,14. 2 Tim. i. 4, and Class. 2)
with acc. and dat., in pass. with dat. Rom.
i. 29, wemr. Waoy ad.ikia. 2 Cor. vii. 4.
3) with év instead of the simple dat. Eph.
v. 18, wAnpovebe év wvetpati. 4) with
acc. simply, wacav yoziay vuwv, ‘ to
supply fully, Phil. iv. 19: also wd. Ta
mwavta, Eph. i. 23. iv. 10, said of Christ
as filling the universe with his influence,
presence, power. Hence pass. mAnpov-
pat, absol. to be filled full, fully furnished,
abound, Phil. iv. 18. Col. ii. 10, gv atta,
i, e. in Christ, in his work: Eph. ii. 19,
wa tAnowOynTe eis Tav TO TA1}/pwua
tov 9. ‘ito or unto all the fulness of
God, i. e. ‘that ye may fully participate
in all the rich spiritual gifts of God, of
every kind, both extraordinary and ordi-
nary, or such graces as are given to every
man to profit withal.” Also pass. with
acc. Col. i. 9, tva mwAnowObynte THY émri-
yvwow. Phil. i. 11, wemAnowpévor Kao-
mov Orxacoovvns.—II1. to fulfil, perform
Sully, with ace. 1) spoken of duty, obli-
gation, &c. Matt.iii.15, wAnpwoar tacav
Oixaiocuvynv. Acts xii. 25. Rom. viii. 4.
xili. 8. Gal. v. 14. 1 Mace. ii. 55, and
Class., as Hdian. iii. 1], 9, a. évtoXas.
2) of a declaration, prophecy, to fulfil,
accomplish, with accus. Acts xiii. 27, Tas
pwvas Tov Toop. étAjpwoav. iii. 18.
Pass. to be fulfilled, accomplished, have an
accomplishment, Matt. ii. 17, toTe émXn-
pw0n to pyOév. xxvi. 54. Mk. xv. 28,
zmAnpw0n 1 yopadr. Here belongs the
phrase iva wAnpwiy, Matt. i. 22, oft. ;
also darws mAnpwOy, il. 23, al. see my
note.—IV. to fulfil, i. e. to bring to a full
end, accomplish, complete. 1) pass. of
time, to be fulfilled, completed, ended, Mk.
i. 15, wem@AnowTat 6 Kaipds. Lu. xxi. 24,
xp. tAnowlwor Karpoi. John vii. 8.
Acts vii. 23, 30. ix. 23. Jos. Ant. vi. 4, 1.
2) of a business, work, &c. to accomplish,
complete, Lu. vii. 1, éaret éAijowcs
TWavTa TH pnuaTta avTou. ix. 31. Acts
xiii. 25. xiv. 26, eis TO Eoyov 6 émXn-
pwoav. xix. 21. Rom. xv. 19, weaAn-
pwkéivat TO evayyeduov. Col. 1.25. 3)
by impl. fo fill up, complete, make perfect,
with acc. Matt. v.17. Phil. ii. 2, wAn-
owoaté pou Thy xapav. 2 Th. i. 11.
Pass. to be made full, complete, perfect,
xapa, John iii. 29; wacya, Lu. xxii. 16;
348
fulness, i. e. full measure, abundance :
iAH
vmakon, 2 Cor. x. 6; zpya, Rey. iti. 2;
of persons, Col. iv. 12, aremAnowpévor év
wavtt Jedt}uate Tou O. ‘complete in all
the will of God,’ i. e. in the knowledge
and practice of what God would have us
to do.
IIAyowpa, atos, TO, (wANpdw,) ful-
ness, filling, PROP. ‘that with which any
thing is filled,’ of which it is full, the con-
tents: I. prop. 1 Cor. x. 26, 4 yn Kat
TO TAp. avTns, ‘all that it contains :’
so Mk. viii. 20, wocwv orvpidwyv try-
pwopata KAacuaTwy ypaTte; ‘how many
baskets-full of fragments ?’ equiv. to wo-
cas omupioas WAHoes; ‘ how many full
baskets?” Also, a filling up, a supplement,
that which fills up, and hence = éqé-
BAyjpa, a patch, Matt. ix. 16.—II. Fie.
1
gener. John i. 16, é« tov wdnp. gets,
‘from his rich storehouse of benefits and
blessings ;? Eph. iii. 19, see IIAnedw, Il.
4. Col. ii. 9, TO arp. THs Sed THTOS,
‘the fulness, plenitude of the divine per-
fections, and so absol.i. i9. In both of
the passages the fulness of the Godhead
must be meant, see my note. Rom. xy.
29, év wip. evAoyias Tov evayy. ‘in
the full, abundant blessings of the Gospel :’
so of a state of fulness, Rom. xi. 12, récw
addov TO A. adtwv; ‘their prosperous
condition.” 2) of persons, full number,
complement, multitude, Rom. xi. 25, 76
wAnp. Tov é6vewv, ‘the full number, all#
the multitude of the Gentiles :’ so of the
Church of Christ, Eph. i. 23, +6 wAy-
pwua, &c., where see my note.—III.
fulfilment, a fulfilling, full performance,
vouou, Rom. xiil. 10. Philo 387, aX. 2d-
widwy.—lV. fulfilment, i.e. full end, com-
pletion: 1) of time, full period, Gal. iv.
4, n\Ge TO AHO. TOU xpdvov. Eph. i. 10,
Twv Katpwy. 2) by impl. completeness,
perfectness, Eph. iv. 13, eis &vépa téXELov,
els wéeTpov nAtkias Tov mWAnp. Tov Xo.,
as adj. ‘to the full and perfect stature of
a man, complete manhood in Christ,
meaning, to that full growth in spiritual
graces, and that wisdom and _ holiness
which becomes the fulness, perfection, of
Christ, i. e. his Church. See more in my
note there.
IIA noiov, adv. (wAnyoios,) near, near
by: I. prop. foll. by gen. John iv. 5,
mK. Tov xwoiov. Sept. and Class. Fig.
eivat wA. Tivos, to be near any one, be
neighbour to him, Lu. x. 29, 36.—I1. with
art. 0 wAnoiov, subst. one near, a neigh-
bour, FELLOW, another person of the
same nature, country, class, &c. 1) gener.
a fellow-MAN, any other member of the
human family ; so in the precept ayamr7-
wets TOv TAnotov cov, Matt. xix. 19.
Rom. xiii. 10. Eph. iv. 25, al. Sept. and
mA
Class. 2) one of the same people or
country, @ fellow-cOUNTRYMAN, Acts vil.
27, comp. ver. 26. 3) one of the same
faith, a fellow-CHRISTIAN, Rom. xv. 2.
4) from the Heb. a friend, opp. to o
éx8oos, Matt. v. 43, and Sept.
TlAnopovy, as, 7, (wiumAnm,) @
filling, satisfying, as with food, Sept. and
Xen. Mem. iii. 11, 14; also fulness, sa-
tiety, Col. ii. 23, and Class.
THAyjoow, fut. Ew, to strike, smite ; in
N. T. from the Heb. to plague, smite, i. e.
afflict with disease, calamity, evil, pass.
Rev. viii. 12, égaAnyn to Tpitov tov
nriov. Sept. Ex. ix. 32, sq.
IIA orapzoyv, ov, To, (wXotov,) a small
vessel, bark, spoken of the fishing-vessels
on the sea of Galilee, Mk. iii. 9, al. and
Class.
IL XoTtoy, ov, To, (w7wrEw,) a ship, bark,
gener. Matt. iv. 21, 22. Acts xx. 13, oft.
Sept. and Class.
Ii cos, contr. mous, gen. dou ov, but
in later writers, as Arrian, Peripl. p.
- 176, also gen. mXoos, 0, sailing, navigation,
‘a voyage, Acts xxi. 7. xxvii. 9, dvTos 76
émicpadous tov moods. ver. 10, and
Class.
ILA ovcros, ia, ov,adj. (wAovTos,) prop.
‘abundantly provided with’ any thing,
rich, wealthy: I. Prop. Matt. xxvii. 57,
avOp. awAovc.ios amo Ao. Lu. xii. 16.
xvi. 1. xiv. 12, yeitovas amdXovucious.
xviii. 23; fig. happy, prosperous, wanting
nothing, Rev. ii. 9. Subst. 6 mAovctos,
a rich man; pl. the rich, Matt. xix. 23,
24. Mk. xii. 41, wodXoi mAovc tor, oft.
Sept. & Class.—II. METAPH. rich in any
thing, abounding m, 1) as said of man,
abounding in faith and holiness, Ja. ii. 5.
2) as said of God, abundant in mercy,
Eph. ii. 4. 3) as said of Christ before
his incarnation, 2 Cor. viii. 9, dv’ imas
éeTTwWXEVGE, TWOVoLOS wy. Comp. John
Xvii. O.
IlXovciws, adv. (aAovcuos,) richly,
i. e. abundantly, Col. iii. 16, al. & Class.
IlAouvtéw, f. now, (wovTos,) to be
rich, intrans. 1) PRop. Lu. i. 53, aXov-
Touvras é€atéotethe Kevovs. | Tim. vi.
9. Sept. & Class.; foll. by azo of source,
Rev. xviii. 15; by éx, ver. 3, 19: fig. Lu.
xii. 21, uy eis Ozov mwrovTwy, not rich
toward G'od, ‘laying up no treasure in
heaven,’ namely, by works of piety and
benevolence; or, ‘not being rich in the
glory of God,’ as it consists in the benefit
of man. So Lucian and Philostr. have
ahoutety cis TO Kowvoyv. Also, to prosper,
be happy, 1 Cor. iv. 8. 2 Cor. viii. 9. Rev.
ii. 17. 2) FG. to be rich in any thing, as
spiritual gifts and graces, and their corre-
spondent fruits, in the life and conver-
349
TINE
sation ; with gv, 1 Tim. vi. 18, wAovuTety.
absol. Rom. x. 12, Kupsos mAoutwy eis
mavras, namely, in grace, merey, and
blessing.
ILXouvtiCw, f. iow, (wXovrTos,) prop.
to make rich, to enrich, trans. in N. T.
only fig. to bestow richly, to furnish abun-
dantly ; and ina spiritual sense, with the
blessed truths of the Gospel here, and the
hopes of glory hereafter, 2 Cor. vi. 10, ws
TTw Kol, wodXovs dé tAOUTICovTEs. So
Xen. Mem. iv. 2,9, we have tras Twv
copay yuwnas apeTy TAOUTICELW TOUS
KexTnuevous. Pass. to be enriched, i. e.
richly furnished, with all spiritual gifts
and graces; foll. by év avi, 1 Cor, i. 5.
2 Cor. ix. ll.
1)
IlXovTos, ov, 6, riches, wealth:
PROP. Matt. xiii. 22, 77 ayaa Tov mov-
tov. Mk. iv. 19. Lu. viii. 14. 1 Tim. vi.
17, al. Meton. asa source of power and
influence, in ascriptions, Rev. v. 12. Sept.
and Class. Fig. 6 wXovros tov 90. or
tou Xo., ‘the abundant mercy and good-
ness’ of God and Christ, and the rich
spiritual gifts and blessings imparted by
God and Christ, Phil. iv. 19. Eph. iii. 8;
also spiritual welfare, Rom. xi.12. Heb. xi.
26. 2) METAPH. riches, richness, abundance,
usually before the gen. of another nonn,
equiv. to adj. rich, abundant, pre-eminent,
Rom. ii. 4, tov wAovtov THs XYonoTo-
TnTOs, equiv. to ‘his rich goodness.’
2 Cor. viii. 2, Tov WA. THs aTOTHTOS ad.
‘rich liberality.” Eph. i. 7. ii. 7. Col. ii.
2. So 6 wAoutos trys Oo€ns ad. Rom. ix.
23, (where see my note,) et al. xi. 33, wo
Babos whovTov kai codias Kai yuwoews
©. See my notes in loc. and compare
Philo Euth. 13, tpu@as tae mXAovTou
TYHs codias.
IIA v'vw, f. vvw, to wash, rinse; said
espec. of clothes, (as Xovw of the body, &
virrtw of the hands,) trans. Rev. vii. 14,
émuvay Tas oToAds ab’twv. Sept. and
Class.
IIvevua, atos, 76, (avéw). I.
BREATH. 1) of the mowth or nostrils,
a breathing, blast, 2 Th. ii. 8, ro wv. Tov
oTouatos, ‘the breath of the mouth,
here spoken of the destroying power of
God ; of the vital breath, Rev. xi. 11, av.
Cwas, ‘breath of life. 2) breath of arr,
air in motion, @ breeze, the wind, John iii.
8, TO Wveva OTrov Jéer vet. Heb. i.
7,0 Woiwy Tovs ayyédous avTOU TvEd-
para.
If. spirit. 1. the vital spirit, life,
soul, Lat. anima, the principle of life re-
siding in the breath, breathed into man
from God, and again returning to God,
Matt. xxvii. 50, a@p7jxe TO Tvevpma, ‘he
gave up the ghost,’ expired, Lu. viii. 55.
xxill. 46. John xix. 39. Acts vii. 59. Ja. ii.
TINE
350
TINE
26. Rev. xiii. 15. Fig. John vi. 63, vo | a person re-appearing after death, a spirit,
MV. >L TO CwoTroLovy K.T.A. see My note.
1 Cor. xv. 45, éyéveto 6 patos &vOp.
“Adau eis Wuxi Caoav, 6 gcxatos’A.
(go7wv) sis tvsvua Cworro.ody, w quicken-
ing spirit, i. e. a spirit of life, as raising
the bodies of his followers from the dead
unto immortal life.—11. the rational spirit,
MIND, soul, Lat. animus. 1) gener. as opp.
to the body and animal spirit, 1 Th. v. 23,
TO Wy. Kal 4 Wuyi) Kal TO o@ma, as a
periphrasis for the whole man, Lu. i. 47.
Rom. ii. 29. viii. 10, TO wvevua Gwi.
1 Cor. v. 3S—5. Heb. xii. 9, 6 Tato trav
TVEVMATWY, Opp. tO ol TWaTEOES TIS TUup-
kos. So where Wuxi) or cma are not
expressed, Rom. viii. 16, ait6 to IIv.
oUMMaOTULEL TH TY. Huw, ‘the Divine
Spirit himself testifieth to our spirit,’
mind, Rom. i. 9. Gal. vi. 18. John iv. 23,
Toockuvyjcovc. tw Ilatoi. év mv. Kal
aAnOeia, ‘in spirit and in truth,’ i.e. with
a sincere mind, with a true heart, not with
mere external rites. 2) as the seat of the
affecteons, and passions of various kinds;
e. gr. humility, Matt. v. 3, of wTwyot Tw
wvevmati, ‘the poor in spirit, i. e. those
of a lowly mind or disposition, 1 Cor. xvi.
18, avévavoay TO éuov wvevua. 2 Cor.
li. 125 of joy, 7ya\Aracato Tw TvEvpaTL
6 ‘Ino. Lu. x. 21; of ardour, fervour,
Acts xviii. 25, Géwy tw wv. Lu. i. 17, év
Tvevpate Kal duvawer HXiov: of per-
turbation, from grief, indignation, Mark
vill. 12, agvactevatas Tw Tv. adTou.
John xi. 33. xiii. 21. Acts xvii. 16. 3)
as referring to disposition, feelings, temper
of mind, Lu. ix. 55, ovx oidate oiou
Wvevmatos tote Umets. Rom. viii. 15,
av. Oovrzias. xi. 8. 1 Cor. iv. 21, av.
jmoaotytos. xiv. 14, to amvevua pou
TpocevxXeTal, O OE voUS pou akapTros
EoTL, my spirit prays, i. e. ‘my own feel-
ings thus find utterance in prayer, but
what I mean is not understood by others ;
2 Cor. iv. 13. I Pet. iii. 4. Ja.iv. 5. 4)
as implying will, counsel, purpose, Mark
xiv. 388, TO wiv mvevua toobupmov, 7 OF
cape aolevijs. Acts xix. 21, 20eTo o II.
év Tw Tv. XX. 22. 5) as including the
understanding or intellect, Mark ii. .8,
émiyvous tw wv. Luke ii. 40, éxoa-
TQLOUTO TVEvMATL, TWANPOUMEVOY GOMias.
1 Cor. ii. 11, 12.
Ill. A SPIRIT, i. €. a simple, incor-
poreal, immaterial being, possessing far
higher capacities than man, in his present
state, can even conceive. A) spoken of
created spirits: 1) of the human sow,
spirit, after its departure from the body,
and as existing in a separate state, Heb.
xii, 23, wooceAnAt0aTte Tvetmace OiKal-
wy TeTEANerwuevwv. | Pet. iii. 19, gv 6b
kal Tots éy pudXaky TvEvpact Tropevdeis
éxtiovée. Acts xxiil. 8: so of the soul of
\
ghost, ver. 9, Luke xxiv. 37, 39. 2) of an
EVIL spirit, demon, equivalent to dar-
oviov, daiuwyv, mostly with the epithet
axaQaotov, which see; wvevua axad.
Matt. x. 1. xii. 43, oft.; also ay. daz-
Koviov dxabaotou, Lu. iv. 33. mv. dar-
foviwv, Rev. xvi. 14. To wv. TO Tovypor,
Acts xix. 15, and ta av. Ta Trovnoa, ver.
12. wvevua &Xadov, Mark ix. 17. wv.
aoQevcias, ‘a spirit of infirmity,’ i. e.
causing disease, Lu. xiii. 11, comp. ver.
16. av. wiGwvos, ‘a spirit of divination,
a soothsaying demon, Acts xvi. 16, 18.
Absol. Matt. viii. 16. Mk. ix. 20. Lu. ix.
39. x. 20. Eph. ii. 2. 3) seldomer, in
plur. of angels, as God’s ministering spzrtés,
Heb. i. 14, Aectovpyica wv. Rev. i. 4, Ta
ema mv. i. e. ‘the seven archangels,’ iii.
l. iv. 5. v. 6. B) of Gop in reference to
his immateriality, John iv. 24, wv. 6 Oeds.
C) of Curist in his exalted spiritual
and divine nature, in distinction from his
human nature, | Pet. iii. 18, Savatw@zis
Mev capKkl, CwotroinGeis Of Tw TEM. TEe-
ferring to the spiritual exaltation of Christ
after his resurrection to be head over all.
things to the Church: so Rom. i. 4, cata
Tvevpa aytwovvys. 1 Tim. iii. 16. D)
of the Spirit oF Gop, 76 Ilvevpa Tov |
Ozov or Kupiov; also vo Ilvevua to
ay.tov, the Holy Spirit, and absol. to
IIvevua, the Spirit, cat’ zEoxnv; called
likewise the Sprrit of Christ, as being sent
or communicated by Him after his resur-
rection and ascension, Ilveva Xo.oTou, ©
Rom. viii. 9. "Incov Xp. Phil. i. 19.
Kvoiov, 2 Cor. iii. 17. tov Yiov ov
Ozov, Gal. iv.6. In N. T. the Spirit is
every where represented as in intimate
union with God the Father and Son, as
proceeding from and sent forth by them,
as possessing the same attributes, and per-
forming the same acts with God the Father
and God the Son, of course implying per-
sonality and Deity. The passages in which
mvevua is to be referred to this significa-
tion may be divided into two classes ; viz.
I. those in which being, intelligence, and
agency, are predicated of the Spirit.—.
meton. those in which the effects and con-
sequences of this agency are spoken of.
1. the Holy Spirit, as possessing being,
intelligence, agency, &c. 1) joined with o
Ozds or 6 Ilati#o and 6 Xpiatos, Ke.
with the same or with different predicates,
Matt. xxviii. 19, Bawti¢. attovs eis To
évoua tov Ilatees Kai Tou Yiov Kat Tov
ay.IIv. 1 Cor. xii.4—6, to avto TIvevua
—0o aitos Kivios—6 aitos Oeds. 2 Cor.
xiii. 13. 1 Pet. i. 2. Jude 20. 2) spoken
in connexion with or in reference to
God the Father; where intimate union
or oneness with the Father is predicated
of to Ivetua, John xv. 26, to Ivevpa
WINE
THs a\yOeias, 3 wape Tov Tlarpos
extropeveTat: Where the same omnisci-
ence is predicated of ro IIvevua as of 6
Beds. 1 Cor. ii. 10, to Wvevua ravra
épevva, Kai Ta BAOn Tov Veod, ver. 11;
where the same things are predicated of
vo IIvetue which in other places are pre-
dicated of 6 Oeos, e. gr. Ananias and Sap-
phira are said to lie to the Holy Spirit, &c.
Acts v. 3, Wevcacbai oe to Iveta to
ay.ov: so ver. 9, compare ver. 4, ovK
eWevow av0o. dX\AA TH Dew. As speak-
ing through the prophets of the O. T. Acts
1. 16, tiv yoaiy tv wpoetre tO Iv.
TO ay. Ova ordu. A. comp. iv. 24, 25, &
Heb. a. Acts xxviii. 25. Heb. iii. 7.
ix. 8: also gener. as speaking and warn-
ing men through prophets and apostles,
Acts vii. 51, comp. verse 52. Where a
person is said to be born of the Spirit,
spoken of the moral renovation, the new
spiritual life imparted to those who sin-
cerely embrace the gospel, John iii. 5, 6,
8, 0 yeyevvynpévos Ex Tov IIvevm. comp.
i. 13.. Where to wvevmua, Ke. is said to
- dwell in or be with Christians, Rom. viii.
9, etzreo IIv. Oeov oixet gv tiv. ver. 11.
J Cor. ii. 16. 2 Tim. i. 14, comp. 2 Cor.
vi. 16. Where ro IIvetua and 6 Ozos are
interchanged, 1 Cor. xii. fl, wévra ratra
évepyei TO Ev Kal TO avTO TvEevMG,
spoken of miraculous gifts, comp. ver. 6, 6
Oe0s 0 Eveoyav Ta TWaVTa év Tac: SO
Eph. vi. 17. 3) spoken in connexion with
or in reference to Christ ; e. gr. joined with
0 Xp.oros in a form of swearing, Rom. ix.
1, aAjPerav Néyw év Xo., ob Weddonar,
év IIv. &yiw: in a solemn obtestation, xv.
30: in the renovation and sanctification
of Christians, 1 Cor. vi. 11. 2 Cor. iii. 17,
18. Heb. x. 29. So v6 Tvetua and 6
Xp.otos are said to be or dwell with men;
compare the examples cited above in 2,
with John xiv. 23. xv. 4. Eph. iii. 17.
Also where +o Ilvevua 76 a&ytov is said
to descend cwyuatikw eider upon Jesus
after his baptism, Matt. iii. 16. Lu. iii. 22.
4) as coming to and acting upon Christian
men, exerting in and upon them an en-
lightening, strengthening, sanctifying in-
fluence: thus where the Holy Spirit is
represented as the author of revelations to
men, e. gr. through the prophets of the
O. T.; or as communicating a knowledge
of future events, Acts x. 19, civev aito
To IIvevua, Idov dvdpes TpEis Cntovci
Seen 2a.) Pim. iv. 1. Rev. xix. 10;
or as directing or zmpelling to any act,
Acts xi.12. As communicating instruction,
admonitions, warnings, and invitations,
through the apostles, Rev. ii. 7, dkovcaTw
Tt TO Ivetpa Neyer Tals éxkX. oft. xxii.
17, to Uvevpa Kai 4 viudn AZyovcw,
*Epxov: so 1 Cor. ii. 10. As speaking
through the disciples when brought before
351
TIN E
rulers, &c. Matt. x. 20. Mk. xiii. 11. Lu.
xii. 12: as qualifying the apostles power-
fully to propagate the gospel, Acts i. 8; or
aiding in edifying and comforting the
churches, ix. 31; or directing in the ap-
pointment of church officers, xx. 28; or
assisting to speak and hear the gospel
aright, 1 Cor. ii. 18, év dvdaxrots IIvev-
patos (Adyous), ‘in words taught, sug-
gested by the Holy Spirit,’ ver. 14: emphat.
as the Spirit of the gospel, 2 Cor. ii. 17.
Also as coming to and remaining with
Christians, imparting to them spiritual
knowledge, aid, consolation, and sanctifica-
tion, making intercession with and for
them, and the like, John xiv. 17, 26, ro
IIvevua to a&ytov, éxetvos tuas Ovdager
wavTa. xv. 26, To Tvetpa THs &AnVeias,
‘that Divine Spirit who will impart the
knowledge of divine truth, Rom. viii. 14,
16, 26, 27. 2 Cor. i. 22, 6 appaBav tov
IIvetdp. Eph. iii. 16. vi. 18. So where
any one is said to grieve the Holy Spirit,
Eph. iv. 30, ui) Auvawetre tO Ilvevpa to
a&y.ov Tov O. tv w isppayicOntTe, i. e.
by whose gifts and influences ye are
strengthened and confirmed.
iz. meton. the Holy Spirit, as put for
the effects and consequences of the agency
and operations of the Spirit of God, i. e. a
divine influence, a divine energy or power,
an ispiration, resulting from the imme-
diate agency of the Holy Spirit, = 7
OUvapiis Tov aytouv IIvy. Spoken, 1) of
that physical procreative energy exerted
in the miraculous conception of Jesus,
Lu. 1. 35, TIvevpa aywov émedetdoerar
él o&, where it is = dvvamis ‘YWiorov
in the following clause; Matt. i. 18, 20:
so in respect to the conception of Isaac out
of the course of nature, Gal. iv. 29. 2) of
that special devine nfiwence, inspiration,
and energy, which rested upon and existed
in Jesus after the descent of the Holy
Spirit upon Him at his baptism, Lu. iv. I,
*Incous Iivetu. ayiov wAnons, comp. iii.
22. John ili. 34, ov« ek wétoou Oidwow 6
Ocds to IIv. Matt. xii. 18. Ln. iv. 18.
Acts 1.) 2.:x. 38. 1 John wv. 65.8, 0 arp.
Kal TO VOwp Kal To aipa: i.e. by which
also he was sealed as a spotless victim for his
atoning sacrifice, Heb. ix. 14. As prompt-
ing him to go into the desert to be tempt-
ed, Matt.iv. 1. Mk. i. 12. hyeto tv Tw
Iv. cis tiv go. Lu. iv. 1; and afterwards
to return into Galilee, ver. 14; as enabling
him to cast out demons, Matt. xii. 26, ei
év Iv. Osov éyw éxBadlrAw Ta daipovia,
comp. Lu. xi. 20. 3) of that devine influ-
ence by which prophets and holy men were
inspired when they are said to have spoken
or acted év Ivetmatu, v7ro or dua Uvet-
patos, im, by, or through the Spirit, i. e.
by inspiration; Aaviéd eimev éev IIveiu.
ayiw, Mk. xii. 36; so 2 Pet. i. 21, vio
TINE
IIvevmatos ayiou depouevor éXadAnoav.
] Pet. i. 11, 76 év aitots Tlvevpa Xpuio-
tou: of John in the Apocalypse, as being
év IIvetmati, Rev. i. 10, al.: of the in-
spiration resting upon John the Baptist,
Lu. i. 15; Zacharias, vet. 67; Elizabeth,
ver. 41; Simeon, ii. 25—-27. So of that
divine influence and inspiration imparted
to Christians, by which they are taught,
enlightened, guided, in respect to faith and
practice, Lu. xi. 13. John vii. 39. Rom.
v. 5, 47 ayarn Tov O. éexkéxuTae év Tats
Kapdiars Hu. dra IIvevu. ayiov. | Cor.
xii. 3. 2 Cor. iii. 3. Tit. iii. 5: so when
the disciples of Christ are said to be
baptized with the Holy Spirit, i. e. to be
richly furnished with all spiritual gifts,
Matt. iii. li. 4) of that influence of the
Spirit by which the apostles were origin-
ally qualified to act as founders and direc-
tors of the Church of Christ, John xx.
22, Aéyet avtots, AaBete Ilvevpa ayrov,
comp. ver. 23. Spec. of that powerful
energy and inspiration imparted by the
Holy Spirit on the day of pentecost and
afterwards, by which the apostles and
early Christians were endowed with high
supernatural qualifications for their work,
e. gr. a full knowledge of gospel-truth,
the, power of prophesying, of working
miracles, of speaking with unknown
tongues, &. So where they are said to
be baptized with this Holy Spirit, Acts
i. 5, comp. ver. 8. 1 Cor. xii. 13, comp.
ver. 8,9. Acts il. 4, é7Anocbnoay adtavtes
IIvetm. ayiov, kat no~avto Nadety été-
oats yAwooars Kabws TO Ilvevua edidou
autors aTopléyyecbar, i.e. ‘as the Spirit
impelled them,’ ver. 17, 18. ii. 33, 38.
xix. 6. Rom. xv. 19. So also Acts xix.
2, 00d: ei IIvevua aytov eat AKovca-
pev, i. e. ‘they did not know that the
Holy Spirit had yet been given,’ that the
time foretold by Joel had arrived. Simi-
larly as it is said in another passage, John
vii. 39, odrw yao nv Ivevua aycor, ‘ for
the Holy Ghost was not yet given.” That
the meaning there cannot be, according to
the common rendering, ‘ we have not
heard whether there be any Holy Ghost,’
will sufficiently appear, when it is con-
sidered that these Ephesian disciples, hav-
ing been baptized into John’s baptism,
must necessarily have received John’s
doctrine, that ‘he that should come after
him, i.e. Christ, should baptize them with
the Holy Ghost ; and so could not be
ignorant of the existence of the Holy
Ghost. So as prompting to or restraining
from particular actions or conduct, Acts
viii. 29, 39, Ilvevua Kupiov jptace Tov
@id. comp. Matt. iv. 1; so Acts xiii. 2, 4.
xv. 28. xvi. 6, 7; as prompting to holy
boldness, energy, zeal, in speaking and act-
30
2 IINE
ayiov etme meos avtous. ver. 3l. vi. 3,
avopas erra wAHpets Ivevu. ayiov Kat
copias. ver. 10; as the medium of divine
communications and revelations, Acts xi.
28,”"AyaBos tojuave dra Tov Ivetma-
tos. xxi. 4. Eph. iii. 5; as the source of
support, comfort, Christian joy and tri-
umph, Acts vii. 55. xiii. 52. Eph. v. 18.
Phil. i. 19. Plur. wvetuara, Spiritual
gifts, 1 Cor. xiv. 12. To this head we
may also refer many of those passages,
where the idea of Spiritual influence is
conveyed by certain adjuncts, | Cor. vii.
40. xii. 7. xiv. 2 & 32. 5) spoken of
that divine influence, by which the temper
or disposition of mind in Christians is
affected; or rather, put for the spirit, tem-
per, disposition of mind PRODUCED im
Christians by the influences of the Holy
Spirit, which corrects, elevates, and enno-
bles all their views and feelings, fills the
mind with peace and joy, and is the pledge
and foretaste of everlasting happiness: a)
as opposed to 7] cao£, which includes the
idea of what is earthly, grovelling, and im-
perfect, John iii. 6, TO yeyevv. ék THS
capkos caof éoTL, Kal TO yeyevy. EK TOV
TWVEUM. WrEevma eoTL, put for mvevpati-
Kov éott, ts spiritual, i. e. has those dis-
positions and feelings which are produced
by the Spirit of God: so Rom. viii, 1, py
KaTa capka TeoiTaTtovcw, ad\Aa kaTa
awvevpa. ver. 9, gy mvevatt. ver. 13.
1 Cor. vi. 17, 6 KoAAwpevos Tw Kupiw
év wvevuma éore, 1. e. ‘through the in-
fluence of the Spirit of God, they have the
same spirit with Christ, Gal. v. 16—25.
B) gener. Rom. viti. 9, wvevpa Xpiorov,
i. e. ‘the same mind as Christ possessed,’
wrought in us by the Spirit, vii. 6. viii.
15, wvetua viobecias, ‘a spirit of son-
ship,’ i. e. a filial spirit, ver. 23. 1 Cor. ii.
12. Eph. i. 17, 6&9 tutv wvevpa codias
Kal amrokaduwWews, ‘a spirit of wisdom
and illumination,’ imparted through the
Holy Spirit, ii. 18, 22. ;
III, meton. spoken of a person or
teacher who acts, or professes to act, under
the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor.
xli. 10, dtaxpicers mvevuatwyr, ‘ the try-
ing of spirits,’ where see my note. i John
iv. 1, ut) wavti wvebm. WieTEvEeTE, AAA
OoxiuateTe Ta Trev. Ver. 2, 3,6. 1 Th.
iv. 8. 2 Th. ii. 2, unre dra awvevm. 1. e.
‘neither by any one professing to be in-
spired.’
IIveupareKos, 7, ov, adj. (awvevmua,)
in Class. breathing, aerial, or spiritual, i.e.
mental, proceeding from the mind, Plut.
vi. 491; in N.T. spiritual: 1) pertain-
ing to the nature of spirits, 1 Cor. xv. 44,
40, c@ua mWvevpatikov, a spiritual or
spiritualized and glorified body, opp. te
ing, Acts iv. 8, Ilérpos mAnabeis Iv. | copa WuyiKov, an animal body; Eph. vi. —
INE
12, ra wvevpatixka THs Tovnpias, equiv.
to Ta TwvevuaTta Tovnpa. So ta Anott-
xa, for Anoras, Polyen. v. 14. 2) ‘per-
taining to or proceeding from the Holy
Spirit,’ see IIvevua. (1) of persons, spiri-
tual, i. e. ‘ whose mind is enlightened by
the Holy Spirit,’ 1 Cor. ii. 13, avevua-
tixots, ver. 15. iii. 1, butvy ws mvevma-
Tixots. (2) of things, spiritual, i. e. com-
municated or imparted by the Holy Spirit,
Rom. xv. 27. 1 Cor. ii. 13, avevpatixa,
equiv. to ta tov Lvevmartos, ver. 14,
‘things revealed by the Holy Spirit ;’ ix.
ll. xii. 1, Ta wvevpatixa, ‘spiritual
gifts, miraculous powers; Eph. v. 19,
dats TvevuaTikacs, ‘spiritual songs,’ i. e.
composed in the Spirit, on spiritual and
religious subjects; Rom. vii. 14, 0 vopos
Tvevpkatikos zor, ‘is according to the
mind and will of the Spirit ; or ‘ re-
quiring, not merely outward, but inward
and spiritual obedience; i. 11, yadoroua
qWvevpatixov, ‘a spiritual gift,’ i. e. a gift
relating to the mind or spirit of Christians
as enlightened and quickened by the Holy
Spirit, comp. ver. 12, and IIvevua. Also
spoken of things ‘in a higher and spzritual
sense,’ i.e. not literal, not corporeal, but
typical and mystical, including also a re-
ference to the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. x. 3, 4,
Be@ua Tvevpatikov epayov Kat Toma
Tv. emiov K.T.A. | Pet. ii. 5, oikos mvev-
fagikos, ‘a spiritual house,’ or temple, as
opp. to the materzal one. See my note.
Ivevpatixas, adv. spiritually, i.e.
in or through the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. ii.
14. Ciem. Rom. Ep. to Cor. i. 47, avev-
MaATLKwWS aTéoTethev Huty, scil, ILavAos:
so Rev. xi. 8, 471s KadetTat Tv. DO.
kat Aiy. i. e. ‘speaking in the Spirit,
prophetically, allegorically, or mystically.’
IIvéw, fut. wvevoouai, aor. 1. érvev-
oa, to breathe, breathe out ; in N.T. to
blow, intrans. only of the wind, Matt. vii.
25, emvevoay of @venou. Lu. xii. 55. John
iil. 6, TO Tvevua Tet. Vi. 18. Rev. vii. 1,
tva pn wvén: so Acts xxvii. 40, TH Wve-
ovcy, i. e. avoa. Sept. and Class.
Ilvi'yw, f. Ew, to choke, strangle, by
stopping the breath, trans. Matt. xviii. 28,
KpaTnoas avtov emviye, & Class. Pass.
of drowning, Mk. v. 13. Jos. and Class.
_ Ilvixros, 4, ov, adj. (aviyw,) stran-
gled ; in N. T. meton. 76 wuixrov, stran-
gled meat, i. e. the flesh of animals killed
by strangling, without shedding their blood,
Acts xv. 20, 29. xxi. 25. See my notes.
Ilvon, Hs, 4, (wvéw,) breath: 1) vital
breath, respiration, Acts xvii. 25, (wv
Kat mvonv. Sept. and Class. 2) breath of
air, & blast, wind, Acts ii. 2, pepouévns
avons. Sept. and Class. as Hom. II. v.
697, wv. Bopéao.
353
IO.
ILodnpns, eos ovs, 6, 4, adj. (mods,
aow,) reaching to the a spoken of long
flowing robes, Rev. i. 13, évdeduuévov tro-
dnpn, scil. 2c077a, where Christ, in glory,
is represented as clothed with such a gar-
ment, like the Jewish High-Priest, whose
outer robe is called arodéyjpns in Ex. xxviii,
4, and elsewhere in Ex. Comp. Ezek.
ix. 2, dvijo evdedukws trodyjon. Jos. Ant.
viii. 3, 8. Moreover the expression y:Tov
qm. occ. in the Class. as Xenoph. Pausan.
Athen.
11 d60<ev, interrog, adv. whence ? correl.
with ov, wore, &c. I. prop. of place,
equiv. to ‘from what place or quarter ?’
Matt. xv. 33, 7o0ev jut év eonuia aproe
tocoutot; Mk. viii. 4. John iv. 11; also
indirect, Lu. xiii. 25, obk oida buas To-
Bev éoré. John iii. 8. viii. 14; fig. of
state, condition, indir. Rev. ii. 5. Sept. &
Class.—II. of source, author, cause, man-
ner, whence? how? Matt. xiii. 27, wod0ev
exer CrCavia ; ver. 54, 56. xxi. 25. John
i. 49. xix. 9, wo0ev ei ov; Ja. iv. 1; in-
direct, Lu. xx. 7, ui eidévar wo8ev. John
ii. 9. ix. 29. Spoken in surprise, admira-
tion, Lu. i. 48, wo8ev por tovTo; Epict.
Ench. 22; implying strong negation, Mk.
xii. 37, wo8ev vies aitov éort; ALl. V.
Ean? 2:
Tloréw, f. jow, aor. 1. éqroinca, perf.
mewoinka, pluperf. wemroijKerv, without
augm. The various signif. may all be
classed under the two primary ones, to
MAKE and to DO, 1. e. expressing action,
either as completed or as continued: I. To
MAKE, i. e. to form, produce, bring about,
cause, prop. said of any external act, as
manifested in the production of something
tangible and corporeal, obvious to the
senses, i. e. completed action: I. GENER.
1) prop. with acc. Matt. xvii. 4, qroijow-
prev wOE TpEets oxyvas. John ix. ll, ay-
Nov érroincs. xviii. 18, dvOpaK.av retrot-
nkoTtes. Acts vii. 40, Seovs. ver. 43. ix.
39, imatia. xix. 24. Rom. ix. 20; foll.
by éx of material, John ii. 15, qroijoas
ppayéAduov ék ocxXowiwv. ix.6. Rom.
ix. 21; with kara tu, of manner, model,
Acts vii. 44. Heb. viii. 5; mid. Acts i. 1,
TOV TOWTOY NOYyov éTroLnTapHv. 2) said
of God, to make, = to create, with acc. Acts
iv. 24, 6 qoijoas Tov ovp. vii. 50. xvii. 24.
Lu. xi. 40. Heb. i. 2.—11. Fic. spoken of a
state or condition, or of things intangible
and zcorporeal, and gener. of such things
as are produced by an inward act of the
mind or will, to make, i.e. to cause, bring
about: 1) gener. with acc. Lu. i. 68,
étroince AUTOWSLY TH Kaw avTou. Acts
xv. 3. xxiv. 12, éqicvotacw To.ovvTa
dxAov. Eph. ii. 15, roey eipjunv. iv. 16;
mid. Rom. xv. 26. Heb. i. 3. 2) ovety
with accus. forms a periphrasis for the
iol
cogn. verb; e. gr. active, qrovety éxdiknow
for éxdtxetvy, Lu. xviii. 7, comp. ver. 3;
évidoav for evedpeverv, Acts xxv. 33; Td
ixavov for ixavouv, Mk. xv. 153; povny
for wéverv, John xiv. 23; odov for odo-
qwovtoOa, Mk. ii, 23; moXeuov for o-
Aeuetv, Rev. xi. 7; cuuBovALov for cup-
BovXevec@ar, Mk. iii. 6; cuvwpociav for
cuvouviev, Acts xxiii. 13; cvcteopiy
for cvorpédeoOar, ver. 12. Mid. qoreto-
Oar, as movetoGar avaBortyv, for advaBad-
AeoBar, Acts xxv. 17; dejoeis, for deto-
Gaz, Lu. v. 33; éxBodrv, for exBarXew,
Acts xxvii. 18; xomretov, for kotTecban,
vili. 2; Adyov, ‘to make account of,’ for
NoyiGecOar, xx. 24; pveiav, for piuvio-
xew, Rom.i. 9. 2 Pet. i. 15; ropsiap,
for mwopevecOa, Lu. xiii. 22; apdvorap,
*to make provision for,’ for apovoetc@ar,
Rom. xiii. 14; oaovdyv, for oovdd-
Ceuv, Jude 3. 3) said of a feast, to make,
= to hold, celebrate, Lu. v. 29, éoince
Ooxny pey. Xiv. 12, 6rav mois apLtoTov.
ver. 16. Hence of a festival, to hold, keep,
celebrate, Matt. xxvi. 18, mpos ct Tow
vo waocxa. Acts xviii. 21; so in the sense
institute, Heb. xi. 26,—111. to make exist,
cause to be, prop. spoken of generative
power, to beget, bring forth, bear: 1) of
trees and plants, to germinate, bring forth
fruit, yield, kap7ov or Kaptovs Trotety,
Matt. iii. 10. vii. 17; metaph. iii. 8. xxi.
43; so of branches, fo shoot forth, Mk. iv.
22. Once of a fountain, Ja. iii. 12, odre
aXuxov yAukd woijoa towp. 2) fig. of
persons, to make for oneself, get, acquire,
he Lu. xii. 38, woujcate eavTots Ba-
avria. xvi. 9, pidous. John iv. J, ua-
Onras. So of profit, advantage, =o gain,
gener. 1 Cor. xv. 29, Ti wotjocovew; ina
pecuniary sense, like Engl. to make, Matt.
xxv. 16, éwoinoev Ga TéevTE TaXNaVTA,
Lu. xix. 16.—1v. causat. to make do or be
any thing, fo cause to do or be: 1) foll.
by inf. Mk. i. 17. vii. 37, Tots kwods
qovet axovev. Vili. 25. Lu. v. 34. John vi.
19, al. ; inf. with rou, Acts iii. 12. 2) foll.
by ta with subjunct. to make or cause
that, &c. John xi. 37. Col. iv. 16. Rev.
xiii. 15.—v. causat. to make be or become
any thing, fe cause to be or become so or so,
foil. by double accus. of object, and a pre-
dicate of that object, either subst. adj. or
ady. strictly with <iva: implied: 1) with
subst. as predicate; of things, Matt. xxi.
13, avtov (oikov) émoiujoate omndatov
Anorav. John iv. 46, dou émoince To
tdwo oivoyv. 1 Cor. vi. 15. Heb. i. 7. Of
persons, Matt.iv. 19, woimow buds aXxEts
av@p. so to constitute, appoint, John vi. 15,
iva Toijowow avTtov Bactdéa. Acts ii.
36. Rev. i. 6; with va instead of acc.
Mk. iii. 14, éaroinoe Swéeka, iva wot pet’
d04
Oo.
qo.ts 3; X. 33, Woets ceauTov Oeov. Xix.
7,12. 2) with adj. as predicate: of per-
sons, Matt. xx. 12, icous itv abtovs
évroinoas. Xxvili. 14. John xvi. 2. Rev.
xii. 15. Of things, Eph. ii. 14, 6 woujoas
Ta aupotepa ev: once to make by suppo-
sition, equiv. to suppose, judge, assume,
Matt. xii. 33, 7 woujocate TO Oévdpov Ka-
Aov. In this construction also qrorety with
acc. of adj. often forms a periphrasis for
the cogn. verb, as zovety Ondov, to make
manifest, betray = dndovv, Matt. iii. 3. v.
36. xii. 16. xxvi. 73. John v. 11. Acts vii.
19. 2 Pet. i. 10. 3) with adv. as predi-
cate, woety Tiva ew, to make one be or
go out, to cause one to go out, to send out,
Acts v. 34, éxéXeucev €€w Boayd Te Tovs
atooToXous 7ro:joat.—lI. TO DO, express-
ing an action as continued, or not yet com-
pleted; what one does repeatedly, con-
tinuedly, habitually; like wpaoow: 1.
foll. by accus. of thing, and without refer-
ence to a person as the remote object: 1)
with accus. of pron. to do, gener. Matt. v.
47, Ti wepioooy Toette ; Mk. xi. 3. xiv.
8. Lu. xx. 2. Actsi. 1. Gal. ii. 10. Phil.
ii. 14. 1 Tim. v. 21. 2) with accus. of a
subst. rarely implied, and spoken of par-
ticular deeds, acts, works, done repeatedly
or continnedly, to do, =to perform, exe- .
cute, Tovety Ta Epya Tov Ao. John viii.
39. Ta wowTa épya, Rev. il. 5. Ta Eopya
vou ®. John x. 3/7. eoyov evayyedtoTou,
2 Tim. iv. 5. éXzos, Ja. ii. 13. éXenuood-
vynv, Matt. vi. 2. dukaroodvynv, ver. 1:
so of mighty deeds, wonders, miracles,
Ouvamers, vil. 22. Zoya, John v. 36. Kod-
tos, Lu. i. 51. onmeta, John ii. 11. vé-
patra kai onpeta, Acts vi. &. Also of the
will, precept, requirement of any one, fo
do, perform, fulfil, Matt. xxi. 31, tis 2x
TOV Ovo éTOince TO OEXnpa TOU TATPOS;
Mk. vi. 20. John ii. 5. Eph. ii. 3: so of
the precepts of God or of Christ, Matt. v.
19. vii. 21, 6 qwotmv TO SéXnMa TOD
Tlatods pov. ver. 24. Lu. vi. 46. John vii.
19, Tov vépov. Acts xiii. 22; of that which
one asks, entreats, promises, John xiy. 13,
Oo Tt ay aitnonte, TOUTO Toijow. Rom.
iv. 21. Eph. iii. 20: of a purpose, plan,
decree, Acts iv. 28. Rom. ix. 28, Advyov
cuvTeTunmevoy Tomoet Kugos, *‘ the
Lord will execute his word decreed.’
2 Cor. viii. 10, 1]. 3) said of a course of
action or conduct, to do, i.e. exercise, prac-
tise ; Kolo. rovety, ‘to do judgment, act
as judge,’ equiv. to Koivew, John v. 27.
Ti é€ovciay Tivos Totety, “to exercise
the power’ of any one, Rev. xiii. 12. Spec.
of right, duty, virtue, Rom. ii. 14, ra rou
vouou 7. X.5. Thy adyGerav, Johniii. 21.
étxkacoovvyy, 1 John ii. 29. ypnotoryta,
Rom. iii. 12: so John v. 29, ta ayada.
avtou : in the sense of to declare, give out | viii. 29, ta apecta. Ja. iv. 17, kahov
as any one, John viii. 53, tiva ceavtov | wovety. 4) of evil deeds or conduct, to ¥-
Py
Ot
do, = to commit, duaotnua, | Cor. vi. 18. |
Gpuaptiav, John viii. 34. avouiav, Matt.
xiii. 41. @Eca wAnya@v, Lu. xii. 48. Bde-
Avyma, Rev. xxi. 27. ta i} KabrjKovTa,
Rom. i. 28. ovd&y évavtiov Twi, Acts
xxviii. 17. kaxov, Matt. xxvii. 23. kaka,
Rom. iii. 8. qovnpa, Lu. iii. 19. povor,
Mk. xv. 7. Wevdos, Rev. xxii. 15; gener.
John vii. 51.—11. intrans. to do, i.e. act:
1) absol. to he active, to work, Matt. xx.
12, obtrot of EcyarTor piav Heavy eToin-
cav. Rey. xiii. 5. 2) with adv. of man-
ner, ¢o do so and so, to act in any manner ;
Kaos, Matt. xii. 12. Acts x. 33. Phil.
iv. 14. With xpetocov, 1 Cor. vii. 38.
ovTw, xvi. l. mpoviuws, Lu. xvi. 8. ws,
Matt. i. 24: so Kata Te TWorety, XXili. 3.
aropos tt, Lu. xii. 47.—111. like Engl. to
ao, is eften used in the latter member of
a sentence instead of repeating the verb
of the preceding member; e. gr. foll. by
ace. of thing, Matt. v. 46. Lu. vi. 10. Rom.
xii. 20, gav Ouba, wore abtov’ TovTO
yap qo.wy, x.T.r. al.—Iv. used in refer-
ence to a person, éo do to or im respect to
any one, i.e. for or against him, the per-
son being the remoter object: 1) foll. by
ace. of person and thing, Matt. xxvii. 22,
ti Towjow Incouwv; Mk. xv. 12. 2) foll.
by dai. of person, éo or for any one, in his
behalf, with ace. of thing, Matt. xx. 32.
Mk. v. 19, doa cot 6 Kupios rretroinke.
Lu. i. 49. Also agaist any one, with acc.
of thing, Acts ix. 13, dca Kaxa itroince
Tots ayios. John xv. 21. Or gener. zn
respect to any one, in his case, with accus.
of thing, Matt. vii. 12. xxi. 40. 3) foll.
by ev of pers. to do im respect to any one,
in his ease, with acc. of thing, Matt. xvii.
12, éqoinoay év aitm doa AléXnoav.
Lu, xxiii. 31. 4) foll. by wera with gen.
of pers. to do with any one, by Hebr. Lu.
i. 72. Acts xiv. 27.—v. foll. by acc. of
time, prop. intrans. fo do or act for a cer-
taim time,= to spend, pass, Acts xv. 33,
TomocavTes Xoeovov. xviii. 23. xx. 3.
AMES Kh. wha. Av. Lo.
Iloinua, atos, TO, (7o1éw,) a thing
made, work, Ezra ix. 13. Neh. vi. 14.
Rom. i. 20, tots wroujpaci, said of the
universe, as God’s workmanship. So Ps.
exlili. 5, év qoijpact TY YELpwY Gov
émeAetwv. Eccl. iii. 11. Fig. Eph. ii. 10,
of human beings, as the work of God.
ILoinots, ews, 4, (aoréw,) prop. a
making or producing of any thing, Thuc.
iii. 2. In N.T. @ doing, i.e. keeping of a
law, Ja. i. 25, év TH Toujoer. So Ecclus.
xix. 20, 7. vowov.
ILountis, ov, 6,(aotw,) 1) a maker
of any thing, inventor, as mw. unyavypa-
| Twv, or, as applied to words, namely, com-
positions either in prose or verse, though
espec. the latter. So of a poet, as the maker
3595
lO.
of a poem, Acts xvii. 26. 2) @ doer,
keeper of a law or precept, Rom. ii. 13, of
qTomtat Tov vouov, (with which comp.
1 Mace, ii. 67, Tovs mrointas Tov vomuov.)
Ja. i. 22, 25, ar. Epyou,.a doer of the
works enjoined in the law.
ILorxiXos, n, ov,adj. prop. variegated,
parti-coloured, as oft. in Sept. and Class. ;
in N. T. various, divers, as roixiXats
vocots, Matt. iv. 24, émiupuiats aor.
2 Tim. iii. 6. Tit. iii. 3. qroux. duvapect,
Heb. ii. 4. moc. ydprtos Oeov, | Pet.
iv. 10, i.e. of his manifold grace, various
gifts. So 2 Mace. xv. 21. Jos. Bell. iii.
6. 8, and oft. in later Class. as Hdian.,
Plut., Athen., and A®lian.
Ilo:paivw, f. ava, (aotpuiv,) to feed
a fiock or herd, to pasture, tend, trans. 1)
prop. Lu. xvii. 7, dovAov éxwy Toimat-
vovta. 1 Cor. ix. 7. Sept. and Class. 2)
fig. to feed, =to cherish, provide for, as
kings should for their people, Matt. ii. 6,
OOTLS Tolmavel TOV Aaov pov. Rev. vii.
17; also of the spiritual care of pastors
and teachers of the Church, John xxi. 16.
Acts xx. 28, wotpaivew tiv éxxkdXyoiav.
1 Pet. v. 2. Sept. and Class.; hence by
impl. to rule, govern, with severity, only
in the phrase woimavet adtous év paBdw
o.dnoa, Rev. ii. 27, al. and Sept. Ina
bad sense, with gautov, to feed or cherish
one’s self, to take care of one’s self, scil. at
the expense of others, Jude 12, éavrovs
Toisaivovtes, said with allusion to Ez.
xxxiv. 2, 8, 10, where the unfaithful shep-
herds of Israel are described as feeding
themselves, (£80cxycav éavTovs,) while
they neglected their flocks.
- Tlotpijy, évos, 6, a herdsman, shepherd,
one who tends herds or flocks, 1) prop.
Matt. ix. 36, wedBata pi) tyovTa Tro:-
méva. xxv. 32, al. Sept. and Class. 2) fig.
one who has the care or superintendence
of any thing; and so the term was espec.
applied to kings, as qroiuaves Aawy, ‘ nur-
sing fathers of their people. In N. T. it
is employed of Jesus, as the Great Shep-
herd, who watches over and provides for
the welfare of the Church, his flock, Matt.
xxvi. 31, wavaEw Tov woiuéva. John x.
2eli, 12, 14). P Petine 25) Webs xin:
20, where see my note. So in Sept. it is
used of the Messiah, Ezek. xxxiv. 23.
xxxvil. 24; also of @ pastor, the spiritual
guide of a particular Church, Eph. iv. 11.
Sept. Jer. ii. 8. iii. 15. Ezek. xxxiv. 2, 5.
Tloipvn, as, 1, (aouiv,) a flock,
espec. of sheep, Matt. xxvi. 31. Fig. the
flock of Christ, his disciples, Church, John
x. 16. Comp. Toiuwov., Act. Thom. § 25.
Iloipviov, ov, TO, (syne. for qomée-
viov, from aro:nv,) a flock, In N. T.
only fig. the flock of Christ, his disciples,
TO!
Church, Lu. xii. 32. Acts xx. 28. 1 Pet.
v. 2, 3. Sept. Jer. xiii. 17. Zech. x. 3, 70
aw. Tov Kupiou.
ILotos, a, ov, correl. pron. interrog.
corresponding to oios, totos, prop. what ?
of what kind or sort? Lat. qualis: I.
prop. Mk. iv. 30, év woia mapaBod7
TaoaBahwuey ab’tyv; Lu. vi. 32. John
xii. 33. Acts vii. 49. Rom. iii, 27. Ja. iv.
14, wroia 7 Gwij buw@v; So Matt. xxi. 23.
Acts iv. 7, év woia duvaper 7 év Troiw
ovoyati;—lII. what one? sc. out of a num-
ber, equiv. to what? which? Matt. xix. 18.
Xxli. 36, qroia évToAy pey. gv TH VOMW;
xxiv. 42, qoia wpa. ver. 43. John x. 32.
Rev. iii. 3. Sept. and Class.
TloXeuéw, fut. jow, (wodeuos,) to
war, make war, fight, foll. by wera with
gen. Rev. xii. 7. ii. 16, mwoXeunow per’
avt@y. xiii, 4. The usual construction
is with the dat. Absol. Rev. xii. 7; joined
with koivw, xix. 11, év duxkacoctvy Kpiver
Kal TwoNepet, will avenge, punish. Hyper-
bol. = to contend, quarrel, Ja. iv. 2. Sept.
Ps, lvi. 2. Diod. Sic. xiii, 84.
II dXeEpmos, ov, 6, war: 1) prop. battle,
1 Cor. xiv. 8, tis wapacKkevaceTtar zis
woX.; Heb. xi. 34, ioyuooi év mod. Rev.
ix. 7. So woijoat woX. meta Twos, ‘ to
make war with’ any one, equiv. to aroXe-
petv, xi. 7. Sept. and Class. Hyperbol.
equiv. to contest, strife, Ja.iv. 1. Class.
2) gener. war, Matt. xxiv. 6, axoveuw
qoNémous Kal akoas woNéuwv. Lu. xiv.
31. Sept. and Class.
Il dAxs, ews, 7, (obsol. woos, whence
qoNvs,) a city, prop. a walled town: LI.
prop. and gener. Matt. ii. 28, katTwxyoev
eis woAw. Mk. vi. 56. Lu. viii. 1, al.
sepe. In various constructions: 1) with
art. 7 moAXus, ‘ the city,’ i. e. before men-
tioned, Matt. xxi. 17. Mk. xi. 19; or par
excellence, ‘the city,’ i. e. the chief city,
metropolis, Matt. vili. 33. xxvi. 18. 2) with
adj. or other adjunct, Matt. x. 15, 77
qoXse éxeivy. Acts xix. 29, 7 mw. ody.
xxvi. ll. Rev. xvi. 19. So 7% idia modus,
‘ one’s own city,’ i. e. in which one dwells,
Matt. ix. 1; or the chief city of one’s
family, Lu. ii. 3. 7 ayia moXus, ‘ the holy
city, Matt. iv. 5, called 4 awoArs n nya-
anuevn, Rev. xx. 9. 3) foll. by gen. of
pers. the city of any one, i. e. one’s native
city, mods Aavid, Lu. ii. 4; or in which
one dwells, iv. 29. John i. 45; a. Tov
pey. Bactréws, i. e. where God dwells,
Matt. v. 35. 4) with the prop. name of
the city subjoined ; in apposition, Acts xi.
5, gv woe “lomwmy. xxvii. 8; or in the
gen. 2 Pet. ii. 6, modes Dodduwv car TV.
5) foll. by gen. of region or province, Lu.
i. 26, eis wodw tHS Tad. John iv. 5.
356
OA.
for the inhabitants of a city, Matt. viii. 34,
Taca y Wodrs eEHAVEev. Mk. i. 33. Acts
xiii. 44, al. and Class.—III. symbol. of
the celestial or spiritual Jerusalem, the
seat of the Messiah’s kingdom, described
as descending out of heaven, Rev. iii. 12.
Heb. xi. 10, al.
ITloArtapyns, ov, 6, (7oALs, oxw,)
a city-ruler, prefect, magistrate, Acts xvii. -
6, 8. Class. 2oAitapyos.
TloActeia, as, n, (wokrTEevw,) prop.
‘the being a free citizen,’ the relation of a
free citizen to the state: hence, 1) cz-
zenship, the right of citizenship, freedom of
a city, Acts xxii. 26. Joseph. and Class.
2) the state itself, a@ community, common-
wealth, Eph. ii. 12, where see my note.
2 Mace. iv. 11. Xen. Mem. ii. 1, 13. Pol.
vi. 14, 4. :
IloXireupa, atos, TO, (wokrTEvw,)
prop. the administration of the state. In
N. T. the state itself, i. e. community,
commonwealth ; fig. of Christians in refe-
rence to their spiritual community, Phil.
iii. 20. See my note.
TloAttrevw, fut. evow, (woXitns,) to
live as a free citizen: oftener, depon. pass.
ToArtevomat, to be a citizen of a state, to
live as a good citizen, to conduct one’s self.
according to the laws and customs of a
state. Hence in N.T. gener. to live, to
order one’s life and conduct, according to a
certain rule; with adv. Phil. i. 27, a&iws
Tov svayy. wodiTevecUe : with dat. Acts
xxiii. 1, weqoXNitevyar Tw QO. i. e. to or’
for God, according to his will. So 2 Mace.
vi. 1, uw. Tots TOU O. vouors. Jos. Vit.
2, 7. TH TaTpiw vouw, and oft. in Jos,
and Philo.
IloXt'rns, ov, 6, (woXus,) a citizen, an
inhabitant of a city, Acts xxi. 39, ovKx
donuouv jwoAews toAitns. Lu. xv. 15;
with gen. avtou, equiv. to fellow-eitizen,
xix. 14, and oft. in Class.
TloAX &kus, adv. (aoAvs,) many tumes,
often, Matt. xvii. 15, oft. and Class.
TloAAatwAaciwv, ovos, 6, 7, adj.
(qroXvs,) manifold, many times more, Lu.
xviii. 380. Pol. xxxv. 4, 4.
TloXvAoyvia, as, 7, (woAvdoyos, fr.
moNvs, Aéyw,) much speaking, loquacity,
Matt. vi. 7. Sept. and Class.
TloAvpepm@s, adv. (aodvpepns, fr.
moNvs, é00s,) in many parts, m manifold
ways, Heb. i. 1. See my note.
TloAvmoiktdos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (zroAvs,
qotkidos,) prop. much variegated ; in N.T.
fig. very various, manifold, multifarious,
Eph. iii. 10, a. copia tou Oeov. !
TloAvs, woAXi}, woAv, gen. modXou,
Hs, ov: compar. wAeiwy, superl. wAeto-
Lu. i. 39, eis wéAw "lovda.—II. meton. | Tos, see in their order ; many, much, prop.
TIOA
of number, quantity, or amount: I. sinc.
prop. many, much; and with nouns im-
plying number or multitude, great, large :
) without art. with subst. John vi. 10,
XOptos wots. Acts xv. 32, dua Adyou
moXXov. xvi. 16, Epyaciav woNKHv. XXii.
28, woAdXov Kepadaiov. Matt. xiii. 5,
ynv jwohAnv. So with a noun of multi-
tude, Acts xi. 21, qodvs aoiOuds, Sa
great number.’ xviii. 10, Aads aoXuvs.
Mk. v. 24, dyAvos modus. Acts xiv. 1,
woNd wARVOs: fig. Matt. ix.37, 6 Seorsuds
qoXts. Absol. word, much, Lu. xii. 48.
xvi. 10. Acts xxvi. 29. 2) with art. and
subst. Heb. v. 1], wepi ot roXdvs juty o
Aoyos. Mk. xii. 37, 0 qodvs dyAos, ‘ the
multitude. Absol. to aodv, 2 Cor.
viii. 15, 6 to qoAd, scil. cvAAZEas.—I1.
PLUR. 7rodXol, ai, a, many; and with
nouns of multitude, great, large : 1) with-
out art. with subst. Matt. viii. 16, da:po-
vi{ouevous toAdXovs. Mk. ii. 15, arodAoi
Tteko@va. Lu. xii. 7, 19, moda ayaba.
John iii. 23, téata moda. So with a
noun of multitude, Matt. iv. 25, dyAo
qwoXXot: with another adj. €repor foAXol,
Matt. xv. 30; fem. Lu. viii. 3. Absol.
mohXoi, many, Matt. vii. 13, 22. Lu. iv.
4], amo wo\A@v. John viii. 30. So by
impl. many, equiv. to a multitude, all,
Matt. xx. 28, AUTeov avTi mwohkA@v. Mk.
xiv. 24. Heb. ix.28. Neut. wodXa, many
things, much, Matt. xiii. 3. Mk. v. 26.
Iu. x. 4]. 2 Cor. viii. 22. Foll. by gen.
partit. Matt. ili. 7, aoAXo’s tay Papr-
caiwy. Lu. i. 16. John vi. 66; by ék
with gen. partit. ver. 60, wodol éx THY
pabnte@y. x. 20. 2) with art. as referring
to something well known; with subst. Lu.
vii. 37, 47. Rev. xvii. 1. Acts xxvi. 24,
Ta TOAKG yodupata, ‘the much learn-
ing’ which thou hast. Absol. of oAAoi,
“the many,’ i. e. those before spoken of,
including the idea of all, Rom. v. 15, 19,
i. e. the many of whom the apostle had
been treating as having al/ suffered through
Adam; see more in my note. So of the
many, i. e. all who receive Christ, ver. 15.
xii. 5. 1 Cor. x. 33. Also the many,
equiv. to the most, the greater number, but
implying exceptions, Matt. xxiv. 12, 7
ayamn Tav wo\Awv. 2 Cor. ii. 17, ws of
qoAXoi, ‘as the most do, i. e. the Juda-
izing teachers.—III. fig. and intens. of
AMOUNT or DEGREE, much, great, vehe-
ment, Matt. ii. 18, ddupuos modus. v. 12.
Ln. x. 40, wod\Ajv dtaxoviav. Matt. xxiv.
00. John vii. 12. Acts xxi. 40, oft. Sept.
and Ciass.—IV. of TIME, much, long, pl.
many, Matt. xxv. 19, weta yoovov mroduvv.
Mk. yi. 35. Lu. viii. 29. xii. 19, ern
awokha, ‘many years; 27i qoXv, ‘fora
. long time,’ Acts xxviii. 6; pet’ ob mroAd,
- *not long after, xxvii. 14; pet’ ov zod-
Aas ny. Lu. xv. 13; ob peta modXdas Hy.
357
ITON
Acts i. 5, and Class.—V. neut. zroXv,
moda, adverbially : 1) sing. woAv, much,
greatly, Mk. xii. 27. Lu. vii. 47. Rom.
iii. 2, and Class. With compar. 2 Cor. viii.
22, moXv oaovdaotepov. Dat. rove,
id., with compar. John iv. 41. aroAAw
padXov, Matt. vi. 80. 2) pl. woAXa& with-
out art. many times, often, Matt. ix. 14,
vnorevomev TWOAAG. Ja. ili. 2; also much,
greatly, Mark i. 45. iii, 12. v.10, mrap-
exad\et avtov moda. Rev. v. 4, and
Class. With art. ta arodXa, these many
gies Sor the most part, greatly, Rom. xv.
IloXvomAayyves, ov, 6, H, adj.
(aroXvs, oA aYyxXVOV), very compassionate,
of great mercy, Ja. v.
TloXuTeAis, gos ovs, 0, 1, adj. (ao-
Avs, TéXos,) very costly, sumptuous ;
vapdos, Mk. xiv. 3. isariopuos, 1 Tim.
li. 9. Sept. and Class. ; fig. very precious,
excellent, 1 Pet. iii. 4. Diod. Sic. xiv. 30.
TloAvtipos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (modus,
T1iui,) of great value or price, very costly,
very precious ; vapoos, John xii. 3. pao-
yapirns, Matt. xiii. 46.
TloAvtpémws, adv. (moAvTpoTes,
fr. arodvs, Tpotros,) in many ways, in
various manners, Heb. i. l.
IL 6a, atos, TO, (wivw,) drink, 1 Cor.
x. 4, Heb. ix. 10. Sept. and Class.
Ilovnpia, as, n, (wovnpds,) badness,
prop. in a physical sense; in N. T. only in
a moral sense, evil disposition, wickedness,
malice, Matt. xxii. 18, yvois 6 “Inc. rip
qmov. av. Lu. xi. 39. Eph. vi. 12, va
TVEVMATLKA THS Troviyplas, equiv. to Ta
movioa. Pl. ai movnpiat, wicked counsels,
Mk. vii. 22; wacked deeds, iniquities, Acts
iii. 26.
Ilovnpos, a, ov, adj. (vrovéw,) prop.
‘causing labour, sorrow, pain,’ eogn.
274, or ‘having it,’ wretched, miserable :
hence gener. eval, both physically ( faulty
as opposed to xpyoros,) and morally,
wicked : it is used both active and passive:
I. Act. evil, i. e. * causing evil to others,’
evil-disposed, malevolent, wicked: 1) of
persons, Matt. v. 45, éwi qwov. kal aya-
Gods. vii. ll, ei busts qov. dvtes. Acts
xvii. 5, avdeas arovnoovs, where, how-
ever, it may mean, ‘ bad, worthless, mean,
as Matt. xxv. 26. So avevuata ov.
‘evil spirits,’ malignant demons, Lu. vii.
21. xi. 26, wvevuata rovnpoTepa. Sept.
1] Sam. xvi. 14, al.: hence 6 zrovnpds,
‘the Evil One,’ Satan, Matt. xiii. 19, 38,
oft. 2) of things, é6@@adpuos Tovypes,
‘an evil eye,’ envy, Matt. xx. 15. So d:a-
Noytopoi mov. xv. 19. | Tim. vi. 4. Lu.
vi. 45, x tov mov. O@noavpov THs Kap-
dias, equiv. to Onoavpov THs Tovnpias.
Hdian. i. 6,5. So prop. as causing pain
TION
or damage, hurtful, e. g. words, injurious,
calumnious, Trav zov. pnua, Matt. v. 11.
Acts xxviii. 21. 3 John 10. Sept. Gen.
xxxvil. 1, al.: also painful, grievous,
Rev. xvi. 2, EXxos kakov Kai mov. Neut.
TO Tovnooy, evil, i. e. wickedness, Matt. v.
37, TO TEplocoy TOUTWY EK TOU ToD.
éoTiv. ver. 39, al.; or evil, gener. Matt.
vi. 13, pucat nuads amo Tov Tov. See my
note. John xvii. 15. 2 Thess. iii. 3, where
see my notes.—II. pass. evil, i. e. evil in
nature or quality, bad, ill, vicious: 1) of
persons, wicked, corrupt, an evil-doer, |
Cor. v. 13, éEapeite Tov mov. 2& buov.
2 Tim. iii. 13, and Class. So yeved arov.
Matt. xii. 39. aiwy mov. Gal. i. 4; of a
servant, remiss, slothful, Matt. xxv. 26;
of things, wicked, corrupt, flagitious, John
iii. 19, wovnpd aitayv ta zoya. vii. 7.
Col. i. 21. 2 Tim. iv. 18, al. Sept. and
Class. as Xen. Mem. ii. 6, 20, ra arovypa
Totty. padiovpynua tov. Acts xviii. 14
(see my note). | Th. v. 22, amo qravtos
siOous mov. Heb. iii. 12; also of times,
prop. as full of sorrow and affliction, ev2/,
sorrowful, calamitous, 7uzoar mov. Eph.
v. 16. Neut. to wovnpov, evil, wickedness,
guilt, Lu. vi. 45. 1 John v.19; pl. va
qovnea, evil things, wicked deeds, Matt.
ix. 4. xii. 35. Mk. vii. 23. 2) in a phy-
sical sense, or rather of external quality
and condition, evel, bad, kapqol mov.
Matt. vii. 17; dp0arpds arov. i. e. dl,
diseased, vi. 23. xxii. 10, arovnoots te
Kal a&yabous, ‘both bad and good,’ a peri-
phrasis for all; Lu. vi. 22, ékBadtwor TO
OVOUA UU@VY WS TOV.
IL ovos, ov, 0, (awévw,) labour, toil, tra-
vai: hence pain, anguish, Rev. xvi. 10,
éuaccavTo Tas yAwooas a’Tay éK TOU
qovov. ver. ll. xxi. 4. Sept. and Class.
Tlopeta, as, 7, (aopevw,) prop. a
going; also a journey, Lu. xiii. 22, aro-
petav To.ovmevos, ‘ making his way, i. e.
journeying. Hrom the Heb. in pl. gozgs,
ways, pursuits, occupations of life, Ja. i.
11, where see my note.
Ilopevw, f. evow, (adpos,) to cause to
pass over by land or water, to convey,
transport; oftener, and in N. T. depon.
mid. qopevomar, f. evVcouar, aor. 1. pass.
as mid. émrogevOnv, prop. to convey one’s
self, betake one’s self, = to PASS from one
place to another, intrans.; hence, 1) prop.
to pass or go, implying motion from the
place where one is, and hence often = ¢o
pass ON, go AWAY, depart; absol. Matt.
li. 9, of akovcayTes étropetOnoav. Mk.
xvi. 10. Acts v. 20. viii. 39, éaropeveTo
Thy Oddy abtov. Usually with adjunct of
place whence or whither ; e. g. a prep. and
its case, aw0, Matt. xxiv. 1. Acts v. 41;
dua, Matt. xii. 1; eis of place, ii. 20. Lu.
iv. 42; of state or condition, xxii. 33, eis
308
IIOP
Javatov. vii. 50, eis eiojvnv; Eumpoo-
Oev, John x. 4; év of state or manner,
Acts xvi. 365 é7i with acc. of place,
Matt. xxii. 9. Acts viii. 26; of person, xxv.
12; of thing sought, object, eai to atro-
Awdos, Lu. xv. 4; Ews of piace, Acts
Xxill. 23; kata with acc. of place towards
which, viii. 26; of way along which, ver.
36; daicw of person, by Hebr. to go
after any one, to follow, Lu. xxi. 8; apds
with acc. of pers. Matt. x. 6. Lu. xi. 5;
ovy of pers. vii. 6. So with adverbs,
éxet0ev, Matt. xix. 15; évrevOev, Lu.
xii. 81; ob for 6701, xxiv. 28; wov, John
vii. 35. Bya sort of pleonasm, wropevouaz
is often prefixed, espec. in the part., to
verbs which already imply the idea of
going, comp. zpxouac and dviornpt.
Matt. ii. 8, qopevlévtes axorBas e&e-
vacate. ix. 13. x. 7. Lin, xia ler
iii. 19. Sept. oft. and Jos. Ant. vii. 13, 1.
2) by impl. to depart this life, = to die, Lu.
xxii. 22. Sept. and so ofyoua: in Class.
3) gener. to go, walk; in N. T. only fig.
and from the Hebr. te walk, = to live,
conduct one’s self, with adjunct of man-
ner; with dat. of rule or manner, Acts ix.
31, wop. Tw Pow tov K. xiv. 16. Jude
1]. 1 Macc. vi. 23; with prep. and its.
case, év of rule or manner, Lu.1. 6. 2 Pet.
ii. 10. Sept. in Ecclus. v.2; xara with
acc. of rule or manner, KaTa Tas idias
avtav émupuias, 2 Pet. iii. 3. -Jude 16,
18. Sept. Num. xxiv. 1. Wisd. vi. 4;
étriow of rule or manner, 67icw caoxKos,
2 Pet. ii. 10; dao with gen. under or
among, Lu. viii. 14, u7o mepipvmv mop.
Absol. Lu. xiii. 33, det we onepov Tog.
i. e. to walk, act, fulfil my duties.
Tlop0éw, f. now, (wép0w,) to lay
waste, ravage, destroy, a stronger term
than é:wKw: THY éExkAnoiav, Gal. i. 13;
tiv Tic, ver. 23; TOUS émiKkan. K.T.A.
Acts ix. 21.
Tlooptopos, ov, 6, (aopifw,) prop.
‘the act of providing oneself with any
thing,’ or its effect; acquzsition, gain ;
also meton. a source or means of gain,
1 Tim. vi. 5, 6. Apocer. and lat. Class.
Ilooveia, as, 7, (aopvevw,) prop.
harlotry ; also fornication ; any commerce
of the sexes out of marriage, as oft. in
Class. In N. 'T. 1) prop. and gener. Matt.
xv. 19, poryetar, woovetac. Rom. i. 29,
and oft.; John viii. 41, jets ex Tropv. ov
yeyevy. ‘we are not born of fornication,’
we are not spurious children, born-of a
concubine, but are the true descendants of
Abraham; see, however, my note: spec.
of whoredom with a married woman,
adultery, Matt. v. 32. xix. 9. Ecclus.
xxiii. 23; see my note; of zncest, or in-
cestuous marriage, 1 Cor. v. 1. Probably
also in reference to marriages within the’
IIOP
degrees prohibited by the Mosaic law, and
gener. to all such intercourse as that law
interdicted, Acts xv. 20. xxi.25, 2) from
the Hebr. symbol. for zdolatry, the for-
saking ef the true God to worship idols,
(comp. zropvevw, 2.) Rev. ii. 21, al.
ILopvev«a, f. svow, (wdevos,) to com-
mit fornication, (comp. Num. xxv. 1, 9
intrans. 1) prop. 1 Cor. vi. 18, 6 qop-
vevwy. X. 8. Sept. and Class. 2) from the
Heb., symbol., of zdolatry, the spiritual
relation existing between God and his
Church being shadowed forth under the
emblem of the conjugal union; which re-
lation is broken by those who worship
idols, Rev. ii. 14, 20. xvii. 2. Sept. & oft.
ILoovn, ns, 1, (wopvos,) a harlot ;
prop. ‘a woman who prostitutes herself
fr ein Math xd. ol. Lu. xv. 30. |
Gorm wi. 15) Heb, xi.. 21. James ii. 25.
Sept. Though the sense in Class. is gene-
rally a prostitute for gain, yet it may be
doubted whether prostitution for gaz is
necessarily meant in, any passage of the
-N.T. It is better to suppose it used in
the general sense, frequent in our word
whore, ‘one who holds illegal intercourse
with men.’ From the Hebr., symbol., of
Babylon, 4% awépvn peyddn, ‘the great
harlot,’ as being the chief seat of idolatry,
Rev. xvii. 1, al.
IIopvos, ov, 6, (wepvdw,) prop. a
male prostitute, catamite ; in N. T. a for-
nicator, 1 Cor. v. 9—11. vi. 9, and oft.
Iloppw, adv. (redcw, Dor. répcw,
fr. mpo,) prop. and lit. ‘forwards, far for-
wards; hence far, far off, Lu. xiv. 32,
and Class.; foll. by é@mo, Mk. vii. 6, and
Class. ; comparat. qoppwréow, farther,
| Lu. xxiv. 28, and Class.
Tloppwbev, adv. (7666w,) from far,
|from a distance, Heb. xi. 13. eS ee
Class. ; also far off; at a distance, Lu. xvii.
12, ot éornoav 766. So Sept. and Class.
as Hdian. ii. 6, 20, gov @tes or. ;
Tioe dice, as, 7, Lat. purpura, i. e.
the purple-muscle, a shell-fish, found on
the coasts of the Mediterranean, which
yields a reddish-purple dye, much prized
by the ancients. In N. T. meton. purple,
i.e. any thing dyed with purple, purple
\eloths, robes of purple, worn by persons of
rank and wealth, Lu. xvi. 19, évedidvc-
|KETO Topupav Kai Bvooov. Rev. xvii. 4.
|xviil. 12. Sept., Jos. Bell. vi. 8, 3. Hdian.
vil. 1, 21. Spec. a purple robe, put upon
\Christ as a mock-emblem of royalty, Mk.
xv. |
lop @upeos ovs, éa &, eov ovy, adj.
Wok ete ib. \ purple, i. e. reddish purple,
John xix. 2, iuatiov op. and Class.
lop pupore ts, ews, 4, (roppipa,
359
1) at some time, one time or other, once,
Teer
vests, for the dyeing of which the Lydians
were famous; who seem to have partici-
pated in, or rather succeeded to, the repu-
tation of the Tyrians, Acts xvi. 14.
Ilooakus, adv. interrog. (adcos,) how
many times? how often? Matt. xviii. 21.
II dors, ews, 7, (wivw,) prop. a drink-
ing. In N. T. drink, John vi. 55. Rom.
xiv. 17, Bowors kai moots. Sept. & Class.
Ilécos, n, ov, interrog. pron. (correl
to dcos, Tocos,) how. great? quantus ?
1) of MAGNITUDE or QUANTITY, how
great? how much? Lu. xvi. 5, mécov
Ogeirserts Tw Kupiw pou; ver. 7. Intens.
Matt. vi. 23, to oxdtos wooov; 2 Cor.
vii. 11. Dat. wdéow, by how much, foll. by
comparat. ua@AXov, how much more, Matt.
vil. LL; yeiowv, Heb. x. 29; dradéper,
Matt. xii. 12, Wisd. xii. 21. Xen. Mem.
li. 5, 4. Of an amount of time, how much,
how long, mwécov xoovov, Mk. ix. 21.
Isocr. p. 424, 7. yodvos. 2) of NUMBER,
how many ? Matt. xv. 34, wécous GoeTous
exeTe; xvi. 9,10. Acts xxi. 20, wocae
pugeddes. Intens. Matt. xxvii. 13, woca
cov kaTauapTtugouct; ‘how many and
great things.’
Ilotapmos, ov, 6, (woros,) a river,
stream, Mk. i. 5, év tw “lopdavyn roTranw.
Acts xvi. 18. Allegor. John vii. 38. Rev.
xxii. 1,2. Said of a stream, as swollen,
overflowing, equiv. to @ torrent, flood,
Matt. vii. 25, al. Hom. I]. iv. 452.
Ilorapo@poentos, ov, 6, 4, adj.
(zoTapucs, dopéw,) borne away by a
jlood, Rev. xii. 15. Hesych. in amdeoce.
Ilotamos, 7, ov, interrog. adj. what 2
1. e. of what kind, sort, or manner? Said
of disposition, character, quality ; equiv. to
qotos, Matt. viii. 27, aroramds éoriw
ovTos ; what manner of man is this? qua-
lis, quantusque sit! Mk. xiii. 1, ar. NiPoe
Kat a. oixkodoual. Lu. i. 29. vii. 39.
Ilove, interrog. adv. (correl. to tore
or 0te,) when? at what time? e. g. direct,
Matt. xxiv. 3, wove TavTa zoTAaL; XXV.
d(, WOTe Te ElOomey TevwvTa; Ver. 38,
09, 44. So ws wore, until when? how
long? xvii. 17, w yeved arictos, ~ws
TOTE ecouar me’ Uuwy; indirect, Mk.
Xlil. 33, ovK oldaTE TWOTE O KaLQOS OTL.
Lu. xii. 36.
ILove, indef. and enclitic, (correl. to
TOT, OTs,) prop. WHEN, WHENEVER.
both of time past and future; of the past,
once, formerly, John ix. 13, tov wore
tudAov. Rom. vii. 9. xi. 30. 2 Pet. i. 21.
Phil. iv. 10, G7e 46n cote, ‘now at
length ; of the future, once, one day, at
last, Lu. xxii. 32. Rom. i. 10. 2) at any
time, ever, Eph. v. 29, otdeis mote tip
(7wrew,) a dealer in purple cloths cr! éavrod cépka éuiocncev. 1 Th. ii. 5.
WOT
2 Pet. i. 10. Intens. in an interrog. like
Engl. ever, now, expressing surprise, |
Cor. ix. 7, Tis oroaTeveTar idtors OWw-
viows wore; Heb. i. 5, 13. Indirect, Gai.
li. 6, Owotot ToTe Hoav.
Ilévrepos, a, ov, interrog. pron. which
oftwo? InN. T. only neut. worepoyr, as
adv. whether? utrum? indirect, and fol-
lowed by 7, 07, John vii. 17, awovrepov éx
Tov Ozou éotiv, 4 Eyw K.T.A.
Iloripcov, ov, TO, (awornoetos, fr. ro-
t1p,) @ drinking-vessel, cup: I. prop.
Matt. x. 42, aotjpiov Wuyoou povov.
Xxili. 25, TO Ew0ev Tov woTnpiov. ver.
26. xxvi. 27, et sepe al. Sept. and Class.
—II. meton. cup, for the contents of a
cup, cup-full, e. g. cup of wine, said of the
wine drunk at the eucharist, 1 Cor. xi. 25,
TOUTO TO T. 7 Katvy OLabyKy. x. 16, TO
aw. tTHS evAoyias, i. e. ‘the cup for or
over which we give thanks to God.’ So
awivew om. ‘to drink a cup, ver. 21, 7.
Kupiou qwivew kai mw. Oatpoviwy, i. e.
consecrated to the Lord and to idols. xi.
28, qwivery 2k tov m. comp. John iv. |4.
—III. metaph. from the Heb. lot, portzon,
under the emblem of @ cup, which God
presents to be drunk, either for good (as Ps.
xvi. 5. xxiii. 5.) or evil, (as Ps. xi. 6. Ezek.
xxii. 31.) In N. T. cup of sorrow, i. e. the
bitter lot which awaited the Saviour in his
passion and death for the sins of the world,
Matt. xx 022. xxi... 20, sX<v1,y42." ab
Said also of the cup of God’s wrath, see
Suuos, Rev. xiv. 10. xvi. 19.
tal Se f. icw, (aotTos,) to give to
drink: 1) prop. with acc. of pers. Matt.
XXV. 00, EWOTioaTEe me. XXVil. 46; acc.
impl. xxv. 37; fig. Rev. xiv. 8. Pass. fig.
1 Cor. xii. 13. Sept. and Class. With
double acc. of person and thing, Matt. x.
42, os éav Twoticn Eva TaVY piKewD T.
qotnprov wWuypouv: fig. 1 Cor. iii. 2.
Sept. Ecclus. xv. 3. Ceb. Tab. 19. 2) of
plants, to water, irrigate, Sept. and Class. ;
only fig. of instruction, absol. 1 Cor. ii.
Ilovros, ov, 6, (wivw,) prop. a drink-
ing, the act of drinking; oftener, and in
N. T. @ drinking together, a drinking-bout,
1 Pet. iv. 3, év Kwmows, woTots, K.T.X.
Sept. and Class.
Tlov, indef. enclitic particle, (correl.
with qrov, ov,) somewhere, in some place
or other, Heb. ii. 6, dvenaotipgato mov
vis. iv. 4, and Class. Joined with nu-
merals, somewhere about, nearly, Rom. iv.
19, skaTovTaéTns Tov vTaoxwv, and
Class.
Ilovu, interrog. adv. (correl. to rou
_indef. and o@,) where ? in what place? I.
prop. and gener. 1) ina direct question,
foll. by indic. Matt. ii. 2, qov eorww o
360
tTOY
teX0eis Bao.; Mark xiv. 14: foll. by
JéXew with subj. Matt. xxvi. 17, aot
Jéhers erToudowmev x.t.. Lu. xxii. 9,
Sept. and Class. 2) indirect ; with indic.
Matt. ii. 4, érruv0dveTo Tap’ avtTav Tov
o X. yevvarat. Mk. xv. 47. John i. 40,
él0ov Tov pévet. Xi. 57: with subj. Matt.
vii. 20, wou tiv Kepadhy krXivy. Lu. xii.
17. 3) in a direct question implying «a
negative, i. e. that a person or thing is oft
present, does not exist, Lu. viii. 25, zou
éoTiy 4 Tioris bua@y; Rom. iii. 27. 1 Cor.
i. 20, al. Sept. and Class.—II. by attrac-
tion, after verbs of motion, where? =
whither? to what place? as often in —
English; in a direct question, John vii.
30, 7ou ouTos méAXEL TWooevecOat ; Xiii.
36. xvi. 5. Indirect, John iii. 8, ov«
oldas wou uTayel. Vili. 14. xii. 35. Heb.
ae. et
Ilovs, qwodcs, 6, the foot; of men,
Matt. x. 14, al.; of animals, vii. 6; an-
thropopath. of God, v. 35. Acts vii. 49.
Sept. and Class. The following special
uses may be noted: 1) mapa ods
Todas Tivos, said of what is at one’s feet,
e. gr. to cast or lay at one’s feet, = to give
over into one’s care and charge; as sick
persons, Matt. xv. 30; money, or gar-
ments, Acts iv. 385. vil. 58: also to sit at
the feet of any one, as disciples were ac-
customed to sit on the ground before their
teacher, Lu. viii. 35. x. 39. Acts xxii..3;
but Lu. vii. 38, ordoa éTiow Tapa Tovs *
Tooas avTtou, i.e. ‘standing behind the
triclinium, at the feet of Jesus’ as he
reclined on it. 2) U7d Tots wodas TLVOS,
i. e. to put or subdue under one’s feet, =
‘to make subject to any one, in allusion
to the ancient manner of treading down or -
putting the foot upon the necks of van-
quished enemies, Matt. xxii. 44. Rom.
xvi. 20, 6 Oeds cuvTpiver TOv Yat. be
tous 7. uuw@y. | Cor. xv. 25. Heb. ii. 8,
TevTAa UTETAEAS UTOKATW THY TOOWY
autou, et al. 3) spoken of the oriental
mode of making supplication, or of doing
reverence and homage to a superior by
prostrating one’s self before him, ¢o fall at
one’s feet; in supplication, weowv sis
Tous Todas av’tov, Matt. xviii. 29. mpds
tous modas, Mk. v. 22; in reverence,
Lu. xvii. 16. John Xt 32) SAGrs = ee
Rev. iii. 9. xix. 10; in a like sense, xoa-
THOAaL TOUS TOOas TLVOS, Matt. xxviii. 9.
4) in allusion to the custom of washing
and anointing the feet of strangers and
guests, Lu. vii. 38, 44, Udwo éai Tovs
TOOas fou OvK éOwkKas. John xiii. 5. ver.
6—14. 5) meton. to the feet, as the in-
strument of gomg, is sometimes ascribed
that which strictly belongs to the person ,
who goes, walks, &c. Lu. i. 79, Katev-'
Ouvar Tovs todas Hu. sis Oddv sipnns, .
Acts v. 9. Rom. iii. 15. x. 15. Heb. xii. 13g
TSP iA
Ilpaypma, atos, 76, (weacow,) prop.
a thing done or to be done: 1) a thing
DONE, @ deed, act, fact, matter, Lu. i. 1,
Oinynei Weel Tay Wem. Ev uly Toeay-
matwv. Jam. iii. 16, wav pavAov teay-
wa. Heb. vi. 18. x. 1. xi. 1. Sept. & Class.
2) a thing DOING or TO BE DONE, a@ mat-
ter, business, affair, Matt. xviii. 19, éav
Ovo Uuav cuugwvijcwot Teo TavTos
aoay. Acts v. 4. Rom. xvi. 2. 2 Cor. vii.
1]. 1 Th. iv. 6, where tw wpa@ypate
means ‘ the matter in question.” Ina ju-
dicial sense, mpdyma éxewv, ‘to have a
matter at law,’ a lawsuit, 1 Cor. vi. 1.
Xen. Mem. ii. 9, 1.
Tlpayparttia, as, 7, (moayparevo-
uar,) @ prosecution of some business, and
gener. business, affair, 2 Tim. ii. 4.
Ilpayuatevouat, f. evoouat, depon.
mid. (weaypa,) to be doing, be busy, occu-
gied ; in N. T. like Engl. to do business,
i. e. to trade, traffic, ‘to do business with
by investment in trade, Lu. xix. 13, =
épyatoua, Matt. xxv. 16, al.; so Greg.
Basil, and Chrys. ap. Steph. Thes. 7935.
Ipaitwopuoy, ov, Td, Lat. pretorium,
i. e. in Lat. usage the general’s tent in a
camp, the house or palace of the governor
of a province, whether a pretor or other
officer ; also any large house, palace ; hence
in N.T. @ pretorian residence, governor's
house, palace; said 1) of the palace of
Herod at Jerusalem, Matt. xxvii. 27.
John xviii. 28. 2) of the palace of Herod
at Casarea, perhaps in like manner the
residence of the procurator, Acts xxiii. 35.
3) of the pretorian camp at Rome, i. e.
the camp or quarters of the pretorian
cohorts, Phil. i. 13. And so in Soph.
Trach. 862. Antig. 39. 121.
Ilo axtwp, opos, 6, (wpacow,) prop.
a doer. As, however, mpdocerv, the verb,
signified ‘to exact, or require payment’
of money, 80 7pakTwp came to mean, as
in N. T. an exactor, collector, i. e. a public
_ officer, whose business it was to exact any
sum of money adjudged to be paid, in the
way of fine or satisfaction, to the injured
party, by a court of justice. A sense in
which the word often occurs in Demosth.
and which is attested by Suid. and Hesych.
The term, however, probably meant also
an exactor pene gener. which is alluded to
in Soph. Elect. 953, wo. povov, & Misch.
Eum. 315, 7. aiuwatos, where the sense is
avenger ; and such was, it seems, the name
a to an officer of the court, like our
wif, who apprehended and committed to
prison any person who failed to pay the
fine or mulct awarded, and there secured
him till he should pay it. A sense this
clearly intended in Lu. xii. 58, especially
considering the definite term apaxtopt,
361
EP A
for which St. Matthew, v. 25, uses the
general one vanpéTn.
Tloaécs, ews, 7, (7 paoow,) prop. and
gener. a doing, or the prosecution of any
thing, az action, or course of action, also
an occupation or business, Hom. Od. iii.
72, and lastly, practice or behaviour. In
N.T. 1) ‘something done,’ ax act, or deed,
and pl. acts, works, conduct, Matt. xvi. 27,
awodwoe. EKaoOTW KaTa THY TWeakw
avtov, i. e. ‘practice, conduct,’ as taken
generically for Tas mpdEers. Thus in a
similar passage of Ecclus. xxxii. 19, ews
avTaTo06w avbpwrw Kata Tas TOaEEIS
avtov. Lu. xxiii. 51, Acts xix. 18. Rom.
viii. 13. Col. iii. 9. Sept. Jos. and Class.
2) ‘something to be done, buszness, office,
Junction, Rom. xii. 4, ob Thy abtiy exeEt
moaéuv, a peculiar idiom, of which I know
of no other example; for, as to those ad-
duced by the Lexicographers, they are not
to the purpose. The expression may be
best explained, in reference to the primary
sense, ‘an acting or course of action.’
II p aos, neut. rpaov, adj. meek, mild,
gentle, Matt. xi. 29, wrpads zip.
IIpadtrns or Ipaorns, tnTos, 7,
(arpaos,) meekness, mildness, forbearance,
1 Cor. iv. 21, év wvetyati Te TOAOTHTOS.
2 Cor. x. 1.
Ilpacia, as, 7, (fr. wpacoy, an onion, )
prop. an onion-bed, hence a bed in a gar-
den. In N. T. an area, square, like a
garden-bed. See my note on Thue. ii. 56.
Hence the term came to denote regular
and equal companies of men, like squa-
drons of troops. So Mk. vi. 40, zoacrai
ao. by squares, like beds in a garden ; the
repetition without copula denoting distri-
bution, q. d. kata moactas. So ver. 39,
we have cuumodcia cuptocia, ‘ by table-
parties... And so Sept. Exod. viii. 14,
Snpwvias Snuwvias, ‘in heaps.” So also
fugia pupia, in Aischyl. Pers. 974.
Ipacow, f. Ew, aor. 1. érpaéa, perf.
méimpata, to do, expressing an action as
continued or not yet completed ; what one
does repeatedly, habitually; like qoréw
II. I. foll. by ace. of thing, without re-
ference to a person as the remote object ;
comp. below in III. 1) as said of parti-
cular deeds or acts, done repeatedly, or
continually, to do, to PERFORM, to execute,
Acts xix. 19, ixavol 6 Tov Ta TWepizoya |
TpacavTwy. ver. 30, udev WooTeETés.
xxvi. 26. 1 Th. iv. 11, wodooew Ta idta.
Xen. Cyr. v. 4,11, wo. ta éavrov. 2)
of a course of action or conduct, espec. of
right, duty, virtue, to do, i. e. to exercise,
to practise, Acts xxvi. 20, @£1a THs peTa-
voias toya wpeaccovtas, Rom. ii. 25,
vomov, i. €. Ta TOU vomov, vii. 15. ix. 11,
al, Sept. and Class. 3) oftener of evil
R
ITPA
deeds or conduct, to do, to commit, to prac-
tise, Lu. xxii. 23, 6 Touro wéA\Nwv mrpac-
oew. xxiii. 15, 41, bis. John iii. 20, 6
gavia roaaccwv. Rom. ii. 1. Sept. and
Class.—II. intrans. éo do, act, 1) with an
adjunct of manner, Acts iii. 17, kava
&@yvovav étwodéatse. xvii.7. 2) like Engl.
to do,i. e. to fare, to be in any state of
good or ill, with an adjunct of manner,
Eph. vi. 21, ri wpadoow, how Ido. And
so in Apocr., Jos.,and Class.—III. said in
reference to a person, to do to, or 7” respect
to any one; in N. T. only of harm or evil:
1) gener. with acc. of thing and dat. of
pers. Acts xvi. 28, undév wodEns ceavtTw
Kakov. So with éai tuva, as to, Acts v.
00. pos Tiva, against, Acts xxvi. 9, and
Class.
money from any one; a use of the word,
like that of pevjficere in Latin, frequent in
the Class. writers, and of which the full
construction 1s mpaccew TIWa apyvoLOD ;
though sometimes the acc. of person is
omitted, especially when the person is not
meant to be made prominent; e. gr. xp7/-
Mata jwoaTte and téXos wo. Soin
N. T. Lu. iii. 13, pndév wrXéov mapa To
OraTeTaymévov Vuty Tpdooete. And Lu.
xix. 23, éy@ éhOwv obv TOKw av ewoaka
avTov, is also adduced; but there redocw
has the sense found in the Lat. exigo, ‘ to
require or call im money’ deposited with
any one, or due from him.
ILpaus, eta, u, gen. gos ous, elas, éos
ous, adj. meek, mld, gentle, Matt. v. 5,
Makaplolt ol Toaets. xxi. 5, (where see
my note,) 1 Pet. iii. 4.
Ioattys, tyTos, 7, (wpais,) meek-
ness, mildness, forbearance, Ja.i. 21. iii. 13,
év ToavTyTL codias, for copia woasia,
in allusion to the dictatorial temper of the
false teachers. | Pet. iii. 15. Sept. Ecclus.
Mig) 7., Iv-, &
Ilpéww, prop. fo be eminent, distin-
guished, to excel; in N. T. impers. woésren,
a becomes one, wz 2s right, proper; part.
ToeTov Eo, ut is becoming, &Kc.; some-
times with an implied notion of what is
necessary to be done, and ought to be done.
Constr. prop. with dat. of pers. and infin.
as subject, Heb. ii. 10, érpeme yap aita
—tederwoat. Matt. iii. 15, wpémov x.T.X.
and Class. With simple dat. Eph. v. 3,
Kabws moéevet ayios. Foll. by acc. and
infin. 1 Cor. xi. 13, and Class. Also in
the personal construction with a nom.
1 Tim. ii. 10, 6 wpéwe: yuvarckiv, Tit. ii.
1. Heb. vii. 26. Sept. and Class.
ILoecBeia, as, 7, (woecBevw,) prop.
age, seniority, primogeniture ; in N. T. an
embassy, (for concr. ambassadors,) e. gr.
mwoscBeiavy atootéAAew, Lu. xiv. 32.
xix. 14. 2 Mace. iv. 11. Heian. ii. 8, 12.
Xen. Cyr. ii. 4, 1.
2) in the sense to exact, to collect
2 IT PI
IlpecBevw, f. evow, (wegcBus, an
aged man, elder, also an ambassador, ) prop.
to be aged or elder, Hdot. vii. 2. In N. T.
to be an ambassador, intrans. 2 Cor. v. 20,
umTép Xototov ovv moecRevouev. Eph.
vi. 20. Jos. Ant. xii. 4,2. Dem. 421, 16.
Xen. Cyr. v. 1, 1.
IIpeaButéprov, tov, To, (apecBi-—
Tepos,) prop. an assembly of aged men,
council of elders, senate; in N. T. used
1) of the Jewish senate, Sanhedrim, cuv-
éOptov, (wh. see,) Lu. xxii. 66. Acts xxii.
5. 2) of the presbyters of the Christian
Church, | Tim. iv. 14.
IIpecBurepos, a, ov, adj. (prop.
compar. fr. apeoBus,) older, elder: I.
prop. as compar. ADJ. Lu..xv. 25, 6 vids
avtouv 0 tjoecBUTepos. Hence as subst.
an elder person, senior, pl. old men,
seniors, 1 Tim. v. 1, wpecButéow pr
émimAnens. ver. 2. Acts ii. 17. 1 Pet. v.
5; also ol mpecBuTepor, the ancients, the
fathers, ancestors, Matt. xv. 2, 7) mapa-
doo.s Twv woeoB. Heb. xi. 2.—II. as
SUBST. in the Jewish and Christian usage,
as a title of dignity, an elder, pl. elders,
i.e. persons of ripe age and experience,
who were called to take part in the ma--
nagement of public affairs; in N. T. used
1) of members of the Jewish sanhedrim
at Jerusalem, gener. John viii. 9. Acts
xxiv. 1; as one of the classes of members,
6 apXlepevs, OL yoampaTeis Kai ob
amozoB. Matt. xxvi. 57; oftener of dpyue-
Osis Kal OL Ypaum. Kal oi TpecB. XXvi.3.
xxvii. 41 ; also of doxcepets Kal ot woe.
xxi. 25; ol wpeoB. Kat of yeaup. Acts
vi. 12. iv. 8. 2) of the elders in other
cities; Capernaum, Lu. vii. 3. 3) of the
elders of Christian churches, presbyters, to
whom was committed the direction and
government of individual churches, Acts
xi. 30, oft., on whose office, &c. see my
note on Acts xi. 30, and xx. 17; sing. o
aozoBuTeoos, 1 Tim. v. 19. 2 John 1.
3 John 1. 4) symbol. of the 24 elders
around the throne of God in heaven, Rev.
iv. 4, (where see my note,) et al. in Apoc.
IloecBu'tys, ov, 6, (weecBus,) an
old man, one aged, Lu.i.18. Tit. ii, 2.
Philem. 9, IlavXos woeoBuTus, & Class.
IHpecBuris, wos, 4, (woecBurns,)
an aged woman, Tit. ii. 3, and Class.
IIo 78, see Tinmonpm.
Il onv7s, gos ous, 6, 4, adj. Lat. pronus,
i.e. bending forwards, headlong, Acts i.
18, arenuis yevopuevos, falling headlong,
namely, from a certain height, as the ex-
pression itself implies.
Ilpifw, or Ipiw, fut. iow, fo saw, |
saw asunder, Heb. xi. 37, where see my:
note. Sept. and Class. |
II piv, adv. of time (kindred with apo, ) bi
EPP. T
- before, formerly; usually and in
. T. in a relative or conjunctive sense,
connecting the clause before which it
stands with a preceding one, and having
the force of a comparative, before, sooner
than: I. simply, foll. by infin. aor. with
acc., when something new is introduced,
Matt. xxvi. 34, roiv adXéxtopa mwrjca.
John iv. 49. viii. 58. xiv. 29.—II. with 7,
i. e. apiv nH, sooner than,=before: 1)
foll. by inf, aor. with acc., where some-
thing new is introduced, Matt. i. 18, wpiv
q ouvedOeiy a’tots evpé0n x.7.’. Mk.
xiv. 30. Acts ii. 20. vii. 2. 2) foll. by
subjunct. aor., where the reference is to
something future, Lu. ii. 26, uy idety Sa-
vatov, Teiv 4 idn Tov Xp. xxii. 34. 3)
foll. by optat., where the preceding clause
contains a negat. Acts xxv. 16,
II piw, see Iloifw.
ILoo, prep. governing the genit. with
the prim. signif. before (Lat. pro, pre@,)
both of place and time: I. of PLACE,
before, i. e. ‘in front of, in presence of, or
in advance of, opp. to mera with acc.
behind ; foll. by gen. of place, Acts v. 23,
éoT@Tas Tod THY Ovpwy. xii. 6,14. xiv.
13; of person, from the Heb. apo apoc-
@touv Tivos, prop. before the face of any
one, but used pleonast. instead of apo
simply, before any one, Matt. xi. 10, oft.
—Il. of Time, before, i. e. ‘earlier than,
prior to: 1) foll. by gen. of a noun of
time, Matt. viii. 29, apd Kxarpov, before
the time appointed, John xi. 55, Acts v.
ae. ls@or/ un. 7. .2.Cor, xii. 2, 2 Tim. i. 9;
by inversion, John xii. 1, wgo &€ tjuzowv
Tov wacxa, for && nu. TWeO0 TOU Tacyxa,
“six days before the passover.’ 2) foll.
by gen. of a noun implying an event, as
marking a point of time, Matt. xxiv. 38,
@oo Tov KatakAvopou. Lu. xi. 38. xxi.
‘12. John xvii. 24. Heb. xi. 5; by Hebr.
Acts xiii. 24, reo mpocwmov Tijs eicddou
avtov, by Hebr. for woo eicddou aitou,
seeinno. I. 3) foll. by gen. of person or
thing, before one in time, John v. 7, mod
éuov KataPaiver, before me. x. 8. aitos
zoT. Tpo TavtTwy, Col. i. 17. of aod
vtivos, those before any one, who preceded
him, Matt. v. 12. Rom. xvi. 7. Gal. i. 17.
4) foll. by rov with infin. expressing an
event, Matt. vi. 8, 790 Tov Uuas aiticat.
Lu, it. 21. xxii. 15, al.—IT. fig. of pre-
CEDENCE, preference, dignity, before, above ;
moo wavtwy, before all things, Ja. v. 12.
1 Pet. iv. 8.—Nore. In composition apo
implies, 1) place, fore, before, forward,
forth, 23 Teoayw, TeoBaivw, TeoBadrw,
&c.; 2) time, fore, before, beforehand, as
‘Wooettrov, TWoeokéyw, TWooucoiuvaw, Ke. ;
3) preference, as twpoarogomar.
IIpoayw, f. Ew, I. TRANS. to lead
yore bring forth ; of a prisoner, Acts xvi.
363
iro
30, mpoayaywy aiTtovds eEw: so, in a judi-
cial sense, xii. 6, dTe EueAAEV AUTOV TpO-
ayew 0 Howens, (scil. sis thy exxAnciay,
or eis Oixyv, which words are expressed in
Jos, Ant. xvi. Ub) 6.) ‘Arr. Exp. Alvi
14, 3. Acts xxv. 26, 616 mporjyayov av-
Tov é—’ Uuwr, i.e. * before you as judges.
—II. mnTRANS. to go before, referring
either to place or time: 1) of PLAcE,
to go before, i.e. in front, absol. Matt. xxi.
9, oi mpodyovtes Kal oi akoXov0ourTEs |
expacov. Lu. xviii. 39; with acc. of per-
son, depending on the force of apo in
comp., although by itself it governs only
the gen, Matt. 11.9, 6 dorio mponyev
avtous. Mk. x. 32. Jos. Bell. vi. 1, 6,
Tponye O& WoAV TavTas. 2) of TIME,
=to go first, precede, absol. Mk. vi. 45,
mooaye eis TO Tepap: fig. 1 Tim.v. 24;
with acc. of pers. depending on zrpo, Matt.
xiv. 22, wpoayew avtov cis To Tépav.
xxi. $l. xxvi. 32. Part. wpodywv, fore-
going, former, 1 Tim. i. 18, kata& tas
Tooayovacas émwi ot Woodyteias. Heb.
vil. 18. Hdian. viii. 8, 3.
II poatpéw, f. now, to take forth out of
any place; oftener mid. mpoa:péouar,
to take one thing before another, = to
prefer, choose; in N. T. mid. prop. Zo
take or have before one’s self, = to propose
to one’s self, to purpose, resolve, be disposed,
absol. 2 Cor. ix.7, kaQms mooaipsiva: TH
kaoota, and Class.
ITpoarttaouar, f. aoouat, depon.
mid. to accuse beforehand, aor. 1. to have
already accused, to have already brought a
charge, with acc. and inf. Rom. iii. 9, argo-
ntiacapeba 'Iovd. not ‘already proved,’
for which sense there is no authority, but
“made a [well-grounded] charge against ;”
see more in my note.
IIpoaxkovw, aor. 1. aporjKxovca, to
hear beforehand, aor. to have heard of be-
fore, already, with acc. Col. i. 5, tw (2r-
mia) TeonkovcaTte. Jos. and Class.
Ilooapaptavea, f. now, perf. wpo-
nucotyKa, to have sinned already, here-
tofore, 2 Cor. xii. 21. xiii. 2, and Class.
IlpoatvArov, ov, to, (avAy,) prop.
‘place before the avAz or interior court,’
i.e. the large gateway of an oriental house
or palace, equiv. to gateway, vestibule, Mk.
xiv. 68, comp. Matt. xxvi. 71, wuAwv.
IIpoBaivw, f. Bicoua:, aor. 2. mpo-
éBnv, to go forward, advance, intrans.
Matt. iv. 21, mpoBds éxetOev. Jos. and
Class. Fig. part. perf. wpoBeBnkws, via,
os, advanced, i. e. in life; foll. by gy, Lu.
i. 7, mwooBeBnxoTes év Tals nuéoats.
ver. 18. ii. 36. Sept. and Class.
IIcoBaXrXao, f. adw, to cast or thrust
forward, trans. 1) gener. Acts xix. 33,
Toeopah\ovtwy av’tov twv ‘lov. * the
TIPO
Jews thrusting him ( Alexander) forward,’
or rather, to put forward as an advocate,
to propose, recommend, and so in Class.
‘to propose or nominate any one for an
office: 2) of plants and trees, to put
forth, e. gr. leaves, blossoms, fruit, Lu.
xxi. 30, dtav TooB4dwow sc. TA Pudrda,
comp. Matt. xxiv. 32. Jos. Ant. iv. 8, 19,
Kkap7rov. Julian Or. p. 169.
IIpoBartixos, 1, ov, adj. (w7poBarovp,)
pertaining to sheep, John v. 2, éari TH TWeo-
Batixy sc. win, by the sheep-gate, and
prob. so called as being the place where
sheep were sold for the sacrifices.
IlopoBatov, ov, To, (weoBaivw,) ge-
ner. ta wooPBata, beasts, cattle, - espec.
smaller cattle, sheep and goats; in Attic
usage and N. T. a sheep, pl. sheep, as dis-
tinguished from goats, Matt. xxv. 32, &o-
TEO O Tony apopiter Ta WOOP. ato
Twv zepi~wyv. ver. 30; So gener. vii. 15.
ix. 36, sepe; fig. of those under the care
of any one, as sheep under a shepherd,
Matt. x. 6. xv. 24, and oft.
ITpoBiB aw, f. dow, to cause to go
forwards, or advance, trans. Acts xix. 33,
ék Tov OxAouv TpooeBiBacay ’ AX. ‘they
caused Alexander to advance out of the
crowd,’ i. q. to stand forth, prob. to speak
in behalf of the Jews. Fig. to urge on,
instigate, Matt. xiv. 8, wpoBif3. ware THs
untpos avuTys: a signif. found in the
Sept. and also in Class. as Xen. Mem. i. 2,
17, o08. Xoyw. Aristoph. Av. 1570.
IlooBXérw, f. Ww, to foresee; in
N.T. mid. rpoBdérouat, to provide, with
acc. Heb. xi. 40.
ITooyivomat, perf. 2. rpoyéyova, to
be done before, to eae heaters Rom.
ill. 25, twv Teoyey. 4uaoTnuaTwy, ‘sins
before done,’ former sins, meaning ‘the
sins with which Jews and Gentiles had
polluted themselves before coming to the
Christian faith.’
Tlooy.vacky, f. yuwooua, to know
before, trans. 1) gener. = to know already,
to be before acquainted with, foll. by ace.
Acts xxvi. 5, rpoyiv. we dvwev. 2) =
to foreknow, foresee ; in N. T. by impl. to
fore-determine, fore-ordain, pass. part.
] Pet. 1.20, Xo. rpozyv. rod KataBorj7js
Koopov. In Rom. viii. 29, ots wpoéyuw kal
mpoworce, the sense is doubtful; it may
be either, ‘whom he fore-approved and
loved, or ‘who he foreknew would be
lovers of God.” See more in my note.
xi. 2,Xadv ai’Tou dv Tpoéyvw, i. e. ‘whom
he hath fore-approved, loved of old,’ comp.
ywookw II. 3.
IIpoyvwors, ews, 7, (7poywaocKw,)
foreknowledge of future things; in N. T.
by impl. fore-determination, i. q. eternal
purpose, decree, counsel, Acts ii. 23. 1 Pet.
364
HBO
i. 2: a signif. common to Hellenistic and
Class. Greek.
IIeoyovos, ov, 6, 1, adj» (wpoyivo-
pat,) prop. earlier born, older ; in N. T.
OL ToOoyovor, progenitors, ancestors, and
gener. forefathers, 2 Tim. i. 3, see amo
III. 2; spec. parents, 1 Tim. v. 4. Xen.
Mem. i. 3, and Class.
Ilpoyeade, f. Ww, to write before:
I. in reference to time PAST, in the preter
tenses, to have written before, at a former
time, Eph. iii. 3, ca8as mpoéyoaWa év
o\tyw. Rom. xv. 4.—I]. in reference to
time FUTURE, to announce beforehand in
writing, i.e. by posting up a written tablet,
as oft. in Class.: hence in N. T. gener.
to announce, promulgate, Gal. iii. 1, ots
kat’ op0. “I. Xp. mposypagn év uty
éoTavpwpévos, * before whose eyes Jesus
Christ hath been announced, set forth,
among you as crucified, namely, partly
by preaching, (see 1 Cor. i. 23. ii. 2,) and
partly by the lively representation of Christ
crucified in the Hucharist. Hence also
to appoint, ordain, Jude 4, ot maar Too0-
yeyo. eis TOUTO TO Kpiva, meaning that
stated ver. 5—7,11,15. The expression
is a forensic one, denoting those cited to -
trial, by posting up their names, or those
whose names were posted up, as required
eis kyiua, * for condemnation and punish-
ment.”
ILoddnXos, ov, 6, 4, adj. manifest be-
forehand ; in N. T. emphat. manifest be-
fore all, well-known, prominently conspi-
cuous, 1 Tim. v. 24, 25.. Heb. vii. 14, _
where it is used as a stronger term for
OjAov, and is synon. with xatadnXov,
Heb. vii. 15. In this intensive sense both
terms occur in Class.; the former also in
Apocr. as Judith viii. 29. 2 Mace. ini. 17.
TI podidwut, f. dwow, to give before-
hand, give first, with dat. Rom. xi. 35, Tis
Tootdwkey aitw; So Xen. oft.
II podorns, ov, 6, (wpodidwut,) a be-
trayer, traitor, Lu. vi. 16, and Class.
IIopodpapw, see Tpotpéxw.
II pddépopos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (awpoTpé-
Xw,) running before; in N. T. a fore-run-
ner, precursor, spoken of Jesus as entering
before his followers into the celestial sanc-
tuary, namely, ‘to introduce thither ail
true believers into the presence of God,
to prepare a place for them, as he himself
says, John xiv. 2, See more in my note.
Heb. vi. 20.
TIlooetéov, aor. 2. (see eidw,) fo see
before one’s self, far off; in N. T. to fore-
see, as things future, absol. Acts ii. 31, —
qmooidwy zhédnoe. Gal. iii. 8, with ore, |
and Class. oft.
II poziqoyv, aor. 2. perf. wpozionxa,
(see eizrov,) to say before: I. in reference
TPo 365
to time PAST, to have said before, aor.
Kabds Kat mpoeimov, Gal. v. 21; with
dat. 1 Th. iv. 6, woosimapev vutv. Perf.
Gal. i. 9. Heb. x. 15; with dri, 2 Cor.
vii. 3, and Class.—II. in reference to time
FUTURE, to say beforehand, foretell ; aov.
with ace. Acts i. 16, ijv apoetwe to Iv.
Perf. Rom. ix. 29; with tutv, Matt. xxiv.
25. butv wavta, Mk. xiii. 23. dre, 2 Cor.
xiii. 2. tov mpozipnuévwy pnuatwor,
2 Pet. iii. 2, and Class.
IlpoeAriCw, f. iow, to hope before ;
perf. to have hoped before, Eph. i. 12, nuas
Tovs moonAmikoTas éy Tw Xoplotw,
meaning either the Jews, as having of old
had the hope and promise of the Messiah,
in opp. to the Gentiles, who have only
now first heard of him, or the Jewish
Christians, as having already and before
the Gentiles hoped in Christ. Comp. Rom.
iii. 1, sq.
Ilpcevapyxopmat, f. Eouat, to begin
- before ; aor. to have begun before, already,
2 Cor. viii. 6, 10.
ILooewayyédX»w, f. eho, to promise
before; aor. 1. mid. Rom. i. 2, 0 qoo-
emnyyttiato 1a Tay ToOP. i.e. of old;
a signification rare in Class. See my note
there.
Ilpozoyopmat, f. eXevoouat, aor. 2.
arpon\ Gov, depon. mid. I. to go forward
or further, pass on, intrans. Matt. xxvi.
39, mpoeA\Owv prxpov: with acc. of way,
Acts xii. 10, aroojAOov pipnv piav, and
Class.—II. to go before any one, as refer-
ring either to place or time: 1) of PLACE,
to go before, in advance of any one, as a
fore-runner, messenger; with évwvov
twos, Lu. i. 17; or as a leader, guide,
with acc. xxii. 47, "lovdas mporjoyxeTo
avtrovs. 2) of TIME, to go first, precede,
' set off before another, Acts xx. 5, otTor
moose Govtes Emevov nuas év Tp. xx. 13,
éqi tO dXotoyv. 2 Cor. ix. 5, eis vuas.
In the sense of fo outgo, arrive first, Mk.
vi. 33.
IIlpoetouuaw, f. dow, to prepare
beforehand; in N. T. to appoint before,
trans. with cis, Rom. ix. 23, & moonr. eis
éd£av, where see my note; with dat. Eph.
ii. 10, ots (scil. goyous ayalots) apo-
ntoipacey (juas) o Geos, ‘to the perform-
ance of which God hath fore-prepared us,’
namely, by the motives to holiness pro-
pounded in the Gospel, and the influences
of the Holy Spirit. So Philo, p. 17, 6
Qos Ta tv TW KOoUwW TAaVTA TEONTOL-
| pacato eis towta Kai TOOov aiTou.
- Ilpoevayyerifoua., f. icouat, to
‘ announce glad tidings beforehand, to fore-
- tell joyful news, Gal. iii. 8, wpoeunyy. Tw
- *ABoadu, ort.
Ilpozxw, f. €w, prop. to have a thing
IPO
before another ; hence to have the preier-
ence or pre-eminence, to excel, be supervor ;
hence in N. T. mid. arpoéxopuat, to excel,
Rom. iii. 9, ri otv; wooexduela; ‘have
we any pre-eminence?’ See my note
there.
Ilponyéopat., f. noouat, prop. and in
Class. to go before, take the lead, as guide
or leader; in N.T. fig. to lead on by ex-
ample, with acc. and dat. of that a or as
to which, Rom. xii. 10, tH Timm a&AAH-
Aous moony. ‘in mutual respect, or cour-
tesy, taking the lead of each other,’ and
anticipating each other.
Ilpd8ecrs, ews, 7, (mpoTibnu,) @
setting before or forth, exposure to, as
the laying out of a dead body, Demosth.
1071; in N. T. used 1) prop. of food, said
only of the shew-bread, as being set out
before Jehovah on a table in the sanc-
tuary, and hence by the Hebrew name
denominated literally presence-bread. See
Lev. xxiv. 5—9. Used in an adjectival
sense in the phrases ot GoTo: THS TOD.
Matt. xii. 4. 7) awpo0. Tov aotwv, Heb.
ix. 2, both equiv. to of GpTou ot mooT.OE-
yevot. Both expressions are of frequent
occurrence in the Sept. From the diree-
tions given in Exod. xxv. 30, and Lev.
xxiv. 5—9, for the preparation and use
of this skew-bread, it is plain that this
was meant to typify Christ, first presented
as a sacrifice to God, and thus becoming
spiritual food to such as in and through
him are made spiritual priests unto God,
even the Father. See Rev. i. 6. v. 10.
xx. 6, and compare | Pet. ii. 5. 2) fig.
of what any one sets before his mind, pro-
poses to himself, Lat. propositum, i.e. pur-
pose, counsel, resolve, Acts xxvii. 13,
dd£avtes THS TOO. KexpaTHKEvar. So
of firm purpose, resolve, xi. 23, 7m aWpo8.
THs Kapdtas. 2 Tim. iii. 10, ty apod.
There, however, it denotes not so much,
as most Commentators suppose, ‘ firmness
of purpose,’ but rather purpose generally,
i.e. such a course as one sets before one-
self as one’s great end and aim, or design,
to which one’s actions tend; which was,
in the present case, the approving himself
in the sight of God. Elsewhere the term
used of the eternal purpose and counsel
of God, namely, of ‘ gathering together in
one all things in Christ, both Jews and
Gentiles, or of choosing one nation rather
than another to certain privileges and
blessings. Rom. viii. 28, Tots kata mpo0.
(scil. @eov) KkAnTots, and ix. 11. Eph. i.
11. iii. 11. 2 Tim. i.9; on which passages
see my notes.
ILoo8éoptos, ia, ov, adj. (rod, bec-
pos,) set beforehand, appointed, said of
time; whence 7 7po8eomia, scil. 7uépa,‘a
set day, appointed time,’ Gal.iv.2. So Jos.
R3
IPO
Ant. xii. 47, tis moeo8ecpias évictapé-
vys, and oft. in Lucian.
IIpo8upia, as, 7, (awed8upos,) for-
wardness of mind, readiness, alacrity of
mind, Acts xvii. 11. 2 Cor. viii. 11, al.
and Class.
IIo o0vmos, ov, 6, 4, adj. lit. ‘forward
in mind, ready,’ welling, prompt, To wvev-
fa twoo8umov, Matt. xxvi. 41. Mk. xiv.
38. Sept. and Class. Neut. 76 wod@upov,
readiness, alacrity, Rom. i. 15, Té Kat’
gue pol. (gor), ‘ there is a readiness on
my part, [am ready. 3 Macc. v. 26. Jos.
Ant. iv. 8, 13, ro wept aitobls wodbupov
zou Ozov. Thue. iv. 31.
IT po0u'uws, adv. (wrpo0upos,) readily,
willingly, with alacrity, 1 Pet. v. 2.
Ilpototymt, f. wpootjow, aor. 2.
TposaTyy, perf. part. contr. mooecTws,
trans. to cause to stand before, to set over ;
in N. T. only in the intrans. tenses, e. gr.
aor. 2. and perf. of the active, and pres.
mid. or pass. fo stand before: 1) to be
over, preside, rule, absol. Rom. xii. 8, 6
amoototdéuevos. 1 Tim. v. 17, of Kkadtas
mpooeotwtes : foll. by gen. like other verbs
of ruling, through the force of wood in
comp. iil. 4, Tov idiov oikov KaX@s Tpo-
toramevov, ver. 5. | Th. v. 12. Jos. and
Class. 2) by impl. fo care for any thing,
to be diligent in it, to practise, with gen.
Kaha@v toywy mpotoracba, Tit. iii. 8,
14, So Jos. Bell. i. 20,2, wp. irias.
Athen. p. 612, wo. téyvns. Plut. Pericl.
24, wo. éoyacias.
IIpoxadéw, f. éxw, to call forth, mid.
to call forth before one’s self, i. e. either to
invite to come, fo solicit, or to challenge,
to defy, i.e. to combat; hence in N. T.
mid. mpoxadéouat, to provoke, irritate,
or to call forth by a vain-glorious rivalry ;
with acc. Gal. v. 26, a\AnAous mooKka-
Aovpevot, see my note.
IIpoxatayyéddAw, f. eho, to an-
nounce beforehand, foretell future events,
Acts iii, 18. vii. 52: pass. part. perf. apo-
KaTnyyedpevos, announced beforehand,
equiv. to promised, 2 Cor. ix. 5. Jos. Ant.
ii. 9, 4, Tots wookatnyyedpévols vO
Tov QOeou TWicTly TAPELXE.
IlpoxataptiCw, f. iow, to make
ready beforehand, trans. 2 Cor. ix. 5.
Whpoxetpat, part. wookeimevos, prop.
to lie before, to be laid or set before any
one, intrans.; in N.T. only fig. 1) to he
or be before the mind of any one, to be
present to him, 2 Cor. viii. 12, ei 4 aWgo-
Quuia modxertat. Philo and Class. 2)
equiv. to perf. pass. of wooTifnus, to be
laid or set before one’s mind, as a duty,
reward, example, Heb. vi. 18, ckoatjoar
THS Wooketuevnys éAtridgs. xii. 1, 2. Jude
7. Jos. and Class. oft.
366
IT P:O
Ilvoxnoioca, f. Ew, to proclaim, i.e.
by a herald; in N. T. gener. to announce
or preach beforehand, and in the past tenses
to have before announced, preached, trans.
Acts iii. 20, text. rec. xiii. 24, zpoxnypd-
Eavtos ’Iwavvov Bawticpna peTavoias,
and Class. .
ILpoxomy, ns, 7, (wooKkomrTw,) prop.
a going forward, and fig. progress, ad-
vancement, furtherance, Phil. i, 12, 25.
1 Tim. iv. 15, and later Gr. wr.
IIpoxorcw, f. Ww, prim. ‘ to cut for-
ward, cut one’s way forward,’ as through
a wood or thicket; hence ‘to make one’s
way forward, proceed, make progress, Jos.
Ant. il. 16,13. Bell. iv. 2, 4; in N. T,
only fig. 1) to make progress in any thing,
to advance, increase ; with dat. of that 2
or as to which, Lu. ii. 52, “Incovs ago-
éxom@Ts copia. Plut. rp. Ty adpeTy, and
similar expressions occ. in other Class. ;
with év, Gal. i. 14, év tw “lovdaiouw.
Comp. Lucian, Hermog. ap. év Tots pa-
Ojuact. Diod.Sic.iv.50, wp. év madsia :
with gi and acc. él Td yetpov, ‘to grow
worse and worse.’ 2 Tim. iii. 13; éz
ahetov, further, ii. 16, and oft. in lat.
Class. 2) spoken of time, aor. to be ad-
vanced, to be far spent, Rom. xiii. 12, 77
vv0E mpoéxoWev. So Jos. Bell. iv. 4, 6,
THS VUKTOS TeoKoTTOvGNS. Hdot. ix. 44,
expresses it thus, 7o90c0w Tis vUKTOS 7190-
eXndaTo.
IIpéxpima, atos, Td, (mpoKpivw,)
prejudice, prepossession, lit. ‘ fore-judging, _
1 Tim. v. 21.
IIvoxvpdw, f. wow, to establish or
confirm before, previously, pass. perf. Gal.
Tile hel
IlooXapBavw, aor. 2. rpoéXaBov, te
take before, trans. 1) to take before an-
other, to anticipate another in doing any
thing, with acc. 1 Cor. xi. 21, Exaetos
TO tOLov Osttrvoy mpotapBaver, ‘ ante-
capit,’ i.e. ‘the rich man eats the provi-
sions he has brought, without waiting for
the poorer members to come in;’ intrans.
to take up beforehand, to anticipate the
time of doing any thing, with inf. Mk. xiv.
8, wooéAaBe wupioat pou TO c@pa K.T.A.
‘she hath anointed my body, by anticipa-
tion, against my burial.” Comp. Eurip.
Hel. 345, Mi, rwpouavtis adyéwv, IToo-
AduBav’,w Pira, yoous. 2) of persons,
aor. 1. pass. rooeAnpOnv. Gal. vi. 1, éav
Kat wooknpby a&vOo. gv Tie TapaTTH-
pati, ‘if any one should be overtaken or
surprised in a fault.’
II portéya, f. Ew, to foretell, a
forewarn, 2 Cor. xiii. 2. Gal. v. 21. 1 Th.
iii. 4. Sept. Jos. and Class.
II pouaptieopar, prop. to call to
IPO
witness beforehand ; in N. T. to testify or
declare beforehand, | Pet. i. 11.
Ti poueXetraw, f. now, to premeditate,
with inf. Lu. xxi. 14, ua) mooueNeTav
atoXoynOyvar, and Class.
Ilpouepiuvaw, f. ow, to care or
take thought beforehand, Mk. xiii. 11.
II povoéw, f. ow, prop. to foresee, per-
ceive beforehand, Hom. Il. xviii. 526. Xen.
Cyr. viii. 1,13; to consider beforehand,
Hom. Od. v. 364. In N. T. fig. to see
beforehand, i.e. to care for, provide for,
with gen. of person, 1 Tim. v. 8, & Class.
espec. Xenoph. Mid. ¢o provide for in
one’s own behalf, as to any thing, and by
impl. to apply oneself to it, to practise. it
diligently: so wpov. kaka évwimioy mav-
twv av0o. Rom. xii. 17. 2 Cor. viii. 21.
Sept. Prov. iii. 4, rpovoov Kata évwmiov
Kvugiov. Sext. Emp. p. 104, wpovoetcbar
va kadé. Jos, Ant. ix. 1,1, tov duxaiouv
Tpovoov MEVOS.
- Iledvora, as, 4, (reovoéw,) foresight,
providence, provision, Acts xxiv. 3. Rom.
xiii. 14, wpdvorav ph woretcOar. The
phrase mpdvo.avy Toeto0ai Tivos, ‘to
make provision for any thing,’ often occurs
in Class.
- Ilpoop awa, perf. mpooswpaka, to fore-
see, JOS. C. Ape i. 28, Xen. Conv. a 5;
also to look or see before oneself, Thue. vii.
44; in N. T. to see before: 1) mid. to see
before oneself, have before one’s eyes, to
be so mindful of a thing or person as to
have it or him constantly, as it were, be-
fore us; with acc. Acts ii. 25, rpowpwunv
Tov Kuo.ov évwmidv pov. 2) perf. to have
seen before, in time, Acts xxi. 29.
IIpoopi Cw, f. iow, to set bounds be-
fore; in N. T. fig. to pre-determine, fore-
ordain, spoken of the eternal counsels and
decrees of God, foll. by acc. with inf. expr.
or impl. Acts iv. 28, dca 7 BovA% cov
Toowoice yevicOa. Rom. viii. 29, 30;
with acc. and eis, 1 Cor. ii. 7. Eph. i. 5,
pass. ver. 11. See my notes on the passages.
Il pomac yw, aor. 2. rpoéraboyn, to be
affected beforehand, to experience before,
either good, as in Hdot. vii. 1], al. or
evil, as in N. T. aor. to have suffered
he previously, 1 Th. ii. 2. Thue. iii.
Ilporéprry, f. Ww, to send on before,
Xen. Cyr. ii. 4, 18; to send forwards or
Sorth, dot. iv. 33; in N. T. to send for-
ward on one’s journey, to bring one on his
way, espec. to accompany for some dis-
tance in token of respect and honour, trans.
TooeTEUTOY aUTOV eis TO THotov, Acts
xx. 38. xxi. 5. Jos. and Class.; hence
gener. to help one forward on his journey,
Acts xv. 3. Rom. xv. 24, al. 1 Esdr. iv.
47. 1 Mace. xii. 4.
367
mi PO
Ilpomwertijs, gos ovs, 6, 7, adj. (apo-
qingTw,) prop. hanging or falling forwards,
and fig. prone, inclined, ready to do any
thing, Xen. Hist. v.5, 24; in N. T. in a
bad sense, precipitate, headlong, rash, Acts
xix. 36, undév woow. wpatrew. 2 Tim.
iii. 4. Jos. and Class.
ILpomopetomat, f. evoouar, depon.
mid. to pass on before, go before any one;
as a leader, guide, with gen. Acts vii. 40,
Seovs of woot. thuwy. 1 Mace. ix. ll.
Pol. xviii. 2, 5; also as a forerunner,
herald, Lu. i. 76. Sept. and Class.
II pos, prep. governing the genit., dat.,
and accus., and corresponding, in its pri-
mary signif., to the primary force of these
cases themselves, viz. with the gen. im-
plying motion, or direction, from a place
hither ; with the dat. rest or remaining by,
at, near a place; with the accus. motion or
direction towards or to a place. 1. with
the GENITIVE, prop. from a place hither,
Hom. Od. viii. 29, Eetvos—iker’ Eudv dw,
he TWpos hoiwy h ectepiwv avOowrwy.
Then, in the direction of a place, as mods
Bopeaw, from the north, at north, Hom.
Od. xiii. 110. Fig. of the source, agent,
or cause from which any thing comes or
proceeds, as AaBety Tt Weds Tivos, Hdot.
ii, 139, and so after neut. and passive
verbs, from, of, by: also expressing de-
pendence or relation of any kind from or
with any one, i. e. ‘the pertaining or be-
longing’ in any way to a person or thing,
€. g. Woos dixys, ‘ according to right,’
Soph. Gud. Col. 1014. Hence in N. T.
once, fig. pertaining to, i.e. for, for the
benefit of, Acts xxvii. 34, TovTo Tpds TIS
Um. CwTnolas brapye. So Thuc. iii. 38,
and oft. in Class.—II. with the DATIVE
moos marks a place or object by the side of
which a person or thing is, by, at, near,
Mk. v. 11, wpds te Gpee. Lu. xix. 37,
Tpos TH KaTaBaoer Tov dpovs. John
xvii. 16, 6 II. eloryjxes woos TH Jvpa.
xx. 12. Rev. i. 138, and Class.—III. with
the ACcUS. weds marks the object towards
or to which any thing moves or ‘is directed.
—I. of PLACE, towards, to, unto, with acc.
of place, thing, person: 1) prop. of mo-
tion or direction; after verbs of going,
coming, departing, returning, &c., and
also after like nouns, Matt. ii. 12, uA
avakauwar moos ‘Hpwonv. iii. 5, é&-
eTropeveTo Toos avTov. ver. 14, x. 13. xi,
28. xxv. 9. Mk. i. 33, zpos tiv Sépapv.
vi. 25, 45, moodyew moos Bnbcaidav.
x. 1. Lu. viii. 4, 19. xxiv. 12, aa7jAe
pos EavToy, i. e. home. John iii. 20. vii.
do. Actsiii. 11. xxviii. 30, al. sepiss. and
Class. So after yiveo@a:, John x. 35,
Acts xiii. 82. 2 Cor. i. 18. After verbs of
sending, with acc. of pers. Matt. xxi. 34.
Lu. xxiii. 7, John xvi. 7: hence’ éa-
R4
IIPO
oTON Toos Twa, Acts ix. 2, and Class.
After verbs of leading, bringing, drawing,
by force or otherwise, Matt. xxvi. 57,
annyayov moos Katapav. Mk. ix. 17,
19, pépete ad’tov mpos me. Lu. xii. 58.
John xii. 32, mavtas EXkiow TOS Euav-
goss divas. Atts xxii: 15, GRey. xileo.
So after verbs implying motion ¢o a place,
and also a subsequent remaining there,
where in Engl. we mostly use at, upon,
but also to, unto; verbs of falling, miz-
Téely OF WoocwinTEW Woods To’s Wodas
Tivos, ‘to fall at one’s feet,’ Mk. v. 22.
vii. 25; of laying, putting, casting, and
the like, Matt. iii. 10, 7 a@&ivn awpos thy
pi~av xetTar. Lu. xvi. 20, ds éBéBAnTO
woos TOV wuAwva avtov. Acts ili. 2.
So Matt. iv. 6. Mk. x. 7. Acts xiii. 36.
Also after verbs and words implying mere
direction, as a turning, reaching, looking,
and the like, Lu. vii. 44, oroadeis mpés
THv yuvatka. Acts ix. 40. Rom. x. 2],
éEeméitTaca Tas KeEtods pou Weds Nadv.
Eph. iii. 14; fig. James iv. 5, see éa-
aoléw. So by Hebr. BAémew Todcwov
moos modcwmov, face to fuce, 1 Cor.
xiii, 12, 2) with all verbs and words
which include the idea of speaking to any
one, mostly with accusative of pers. (1)
gener. Lu. i. 13, 19. v. 36. xxu. 70. So
with verbs of answering, Acts iii. 12; of
accusing, John v. 45; of praying, entreat-
ing, Lu. xviii. 7. Acts viii. 24. xii.
Rom. x. 1. 2 Cor. xiii. 7. With words of
declaring, making known, Lu. i. 80. Acts
xxiii, 22. Phil. iv. 6; of command and the
like, Acts xvii. 15. xxii. 1, &c. Sept. and
Class. (2) of mutual words and sayings,
&c. Acts ii. 12, @\Xos amods a&AXov Xé-
yovtes. So wpds adAnXous, to one an-
other, one to another, Mk. viii. 16. areos
éauTtovs, id.i. 27. (3) after verbs of swear-
ing to any one, Lu. i. 73, deKov Ov wuoce
moos “ABp. Hom. Od. xiv. 331. 3) fig.
after verbs and words implying dzrection
of the mind or will, an affection or dispo-
sition towards any one, whether favourable,
2 Cor. iii. 4, wemoinow ey. woods Tov
Gedv. vii. 4, wappnoia wpos vmuas. ver.
12. Gal. vi. 10, épyaQwuela to ayabov
moos wavtas. Eph. vi. 9. 1 Th.i. 8, 7
wiotis 4 Moos Tov Oeov. v. 14. 2 Tim.
ii, 24, Tit. ili. 2: so Col. iv. 5, év copia
Wepimatette Woods Tovs é&w. | Th. iv.
12: also in Class. or wnfavourable, equiv.
to against, Acts vi. 1, yoyyuopuos mpos
tous ‘EBo. xxiii. 30, Aéyew ta Wpos
guney. xxv. xxv. 19. 1 Corin
Eph. vi. 11. Col. iii. 18, 19. Heb. xii. 4.
Rev. xiii. 6, and Class—11. of TIME:
1) prop. of time when any thing is, to-
wards, near, Lu. xxiv. 29, 671 mods earé-
pav éori, and Class. 2) as forming with
the accus. a periphr. for an adv. of time,
equal to at, for; mods Kaipov, for a sea-
368
IPO
son, awhile, Luke viii. 13. arpds Karpov
woas, 1 Th. ii. 17. John v. 35: so Heb.
xii. 10, arpds ddiyas jugoas. ver. 11,
moos TO Wapov, for the present. Jam. iv.
14, wpds dXiyov, sc. xpdvov, and Class.
—IlI. FIG. as denoting the direction, re-
ference, relation, which one object has
towards or to another: 1) towards, i. e.
in reference to, in respect to, as to, imply-
ing the direction or remote object of an
action. (1) with accus. of pers. Mk. xii.
12, éyvwoav bTL Tpds avToUs THY Tapa-
Born elme. Acts xxiv. 16, amp. cuvei-
Oyow eXeLv Weos Tov Oeov. Rom. iv. 2.
Heb. i. 7, and Class. (2) with accus. of
thing, Heb. ix. 18, aysaGer woods tiv THs
cacKos Kabapotynta. Lu. xviii. 1. 2 Cor.
iv. 2: so after verbs of replying, Matt.
xxvii. 14. Rom. viii. 31, and Class. Here
belongs the construction T& wpos Tiva OF
T., things relating or pertaining to any
person or thing; Ta mpos eipyvny, either
prop. Lu. xiv. 32, ‘ conditions of peace,’
or fig. xix. 42; tad moos thy xpeiav,
‘things necessary, Acts xxviii. 10; va@
moos Cwhv, 2 Pet. i. 3; Ta woos Tov
OQzov, things pertaining to God, divine
things, Ex. xviii. 19. Rom. xv. 17, and —
oft. in Class. as Ta woos moXAspov or
etoyvnv. 2) spoken of a rule, standard,
according to, in conformity with, &c. Lu.
xii. 47, unde Toijoas woos TO Jednua
avtov. 2 Cor. v. 10, wpos & éwpacer.
Gal. ii. 14. Eph. iii. 4. 3) of the motive,
ground, or occasion of an action, equiv. to
on account of, because of, for, Matt. xix.
8, M. awpos tyHv okAnpokapdiav tuav
éewetpeWwev. Mk. x. 5, and Class. 4) as
marking the end or result, the aim or pur-
pose of an action; wpds Ti, for what? why?
i. e. to what end, for what purpose, John
xili. 28, (1) after verbs, as expressing the
end, aim, tendency of an action or quality,
Acts iii. 10, 6 woods tTyHv éEXEnnootbvny
Ka0yuevos. Rom. iii. 26. xv. 2. | Cor. vi.
5, wpos évTpoTHy Uuiv éyw. Vii. 35. X.
ll.. 1 Tim. iv. 7. || Pet}aypi2e* espe:
foll. by inf, with +o, to the end that, Matt.
v. 26, was 6 BETwY yuvatka Weds TO
éemiOuunoar avTys. vi. 1, woos TO Dea-
Ojvar avtots. xiii. 30. Mk. xiii. 22. Eph.
vi. 11. Jam. iii. 3, & Class. (2) after nouns
and adjectives, John xi. 4, ac¥evera mods
Yavatov. Eph. iv. 14. Col. ii. 23. John
iv. 35, AcuKai eior moos Yeprouov. Acts
xxvii. 12. 2 Cor. ii. 16. x. 4. Eph. iv. 29,
oft. and Class. Also of a tendency or re-
sult, 2 Pet. iii. 16, wpds tTHy idiay avTay
avwXecav. 1 John v. 16, uy weds Oava-
TOV: SO duapTia mods sav. ver. 16, 17.
5) of the relation in which one pers. or thing
stands towards another, towards, with,
&e. Lu. xxiii, 12, gv ey@pa ovtes apos
éautovs. Rom. v. 1, eiojuny sx. mods
tov Qedv. Acts ii. 47, xxviii. 25, aovu-
TPO 369
gwvot ovTes Teds adArovs. 2 Cor. vi.
15: so dtatibeotar SiabiKnv wpds Tiva,
to make a covenant with any one, Acts iii.
25. Heb. ix. 20. x. 16. So in a compari-
son, Rom. viii. 18, woos tiv wedAXovcay
dofav.—IV. sometimes mpos with acc. is
used after verbs which express simply rest
at, by, in a place, equiv. to aeos with dat.
1) with acc. of place, Mk. xi. 4, dedeue-
vov 7eos Tijv Jupav. xiv. 54, Jepuaivo-
flevos Woes TO das, at or towards the
fire. Lu. xxii. 56. John xx. 11. 2) with
acc. of person, equiv. to with, by, among,
Matt. xxvi. 18, rpos cé mow To TWacyxa.
ver. 55. Mk. xiv. 49. Acts xii. 20. xiii.
abe bGorvne3e xvi. 7. 2 Cor. i. 12, al.
3) rarely, and only in later usage, the idea
of previous motion or direction is wholly
dropped, and mpos with acc. is then equiv.
to mapa with dat. Mk. ii. 2, Ta woos Thy
Stpav. iv. 1. Matt. xiii. 56. John i. 1. Phi-
lem. 13.—Nors. In comp. argos implies,
1. motion, direction, reference towards, to,
at, &c. as Tpocayw, TWooceyyiCw, Wooc-
éoXouat, Teocdokdw : 2. accession, addi-
tion, thereto, over and above, more, fur-
ther, as WoeocatTéw, ToccaTethéw, hence
intens. as awpdo7eivos, TeoodiAns: 3.
nearness, wear, at, by, as mpocedpetw,
WPOT Mev.
IpocdBBatoy, ov, To, (pd, o48-
Barov,) lit. fore-sabbath, eve of the sabbath,
equiv. to tapacKevy, Mk. xv. 42. Judith
viii. 6.
ILcocayopetw, fut. evow, gener. to
speak to, accost, any one, to address, salute ;
also to call by name, to name, Jos. Ant.
xv. 8, 5. Xen. Mem. iii. 2, ] ; hence in
N. T. to name, declare, pass. Heb. v. i0,
Tpocay. umd tov Oeou aoxrepevs: or
rather, there is a blending of two senses,
namely, zamed or declared, and constv-
tuted.
ILpocayw, f. Ew, aor. 2. roocrjya-
yov, to lead or conduct any one, to bring
near: 1) TRANS. with acc. Lu. ix. 41,
Tpocayaye woe Tov viov cov: with acc.
and dat. Acts xvi. 20, meocay. a’Tovs
Tots otpaTnyots. Sept. and Class. Im-
lying admission or access to any one, as,
in Class., zntroduction to a king, Xen.
Cyr. i. 3,8. In N. T. used fig. of God,
to bring near, present before, with acc. and
dat. 1 Pet. iii. 18, iva juas tmoocayayn
Tw Qew, i.e. ‘bring us into a state of
reconciliation with God.’ 2) INTRANS. to
come or draw near, to approach, with dat.
Acts xxvii. 27, wmwevdovv of vavTar
Toocayew Tia avTois Ywoav, ‘the
sailors deemed that some country drew
near to them; meaning, by a usual sea-
phrase founded on a well-known optical
illusion, (by which, on drawing near to a
coast, the land seems to approach to the
1 Be a
ship, not the ship to the land,) ‘that they
were drawing near to some land.’ So
Achill. Tat. ii. 2, 32, tiv yiv éwodmev
aTO THS VEOS avAaXwWoOoVCAaY, WS av’Tiy
wéovcap.
Ilpocaywyi, 7s, 1, (weocayw,) a
leading or bringing to, accession, Plut. vi.
p. 201. Thuc. i. 82. In N. T. approach,
access, admission, eis TL, Rom. vy. 2, eis viv
Xap tavTyv. Eph.ii. 18, dv’ avtou éxo-
ev Thy wp. woos Tov Ilatépa: absol.
iii. 12, év w Exouev Tp. (0s Tor Veov),
as said of the free access to God obtained
for us by Christ, meaning both access in
prayer, and access as to salvation, or intro-
duction to a state of favour and accept-
ance. In the Class. the term is only used
of zntroduction to some powerful person.
IIpocaitéw, f. how, (wpos, aitéw,)
to ask in addition, to demand besides, Xen.
An. i. 3,21. In N. T. to beg, absol. Mk.
x. 46, al. Sept. and later Class,
IIpocaitns, ov, 6, (weocaitéw,) a
beggar, John ix. 8, in later edit. for
tugNos.
Il pocavaBaivw, aor. 2. moocéBny,
to go up further, higher, with advwtepov
pleon. Lu. xiv. 10, pide, toocavaByOe
avwTeoop, ‘take a higher seat,’ Sept. and
Class. but not in the same sense.
IopocavaXickw, f. AXwow, prop. to
consume besides, or expend further, as De-
mosth. 1025, 20. Plut. p. 3, 11. Such,
however, cannot be the sense in Lu. viii.
43, Tis iaTpots Toeocavahwoaca 6)\ov
tov Biov. Yet the preposition there is ot,
as Schleusner and others regard it, pleon-
astic, but rather intensive, i. e. ‘ had gra-
dually and entirely spent.’ Perhaps, how-
ever, the wpos in this as well as many
other instances, merely denotes movement
or direction towards any thing. So at Dio
Cass. 353, 62, we have wavta ta Utrap-
XovTa wot Tpocava\wxa vyuiv,and Diog.
Laért. vi. 98, ei Tov yodvov dv éuedXov
LOTOLS TpocavahwoELV, TOUTOY eis Tat-
Oslav KaTEXYoncapyy.
IIpocavatAnpow, f. wow, to jill
up further, supply fully, ra baoTeonpata,
2 Cor. ix. 12. xi. 9, and Class.
IIpocavati@npr, f. Gyow, prop. to
lay up in addition, mid. to take upon one’s
self besides, as an additional burden, Xen.
Mem. ii. 1, 8; in N. T. only mid. aor, 2.
moocavelzuny, fig. to lay before in addi-
tion, to impart or communicate further,
i.e. on one’s own part: 1) gener. with
acc. and dat. Gal. ii. 6, éuot of doxovvTes
oudevy Tpocavédevto. 2) by way of con-
sultation, = to confer with, consult, with
dat. Gal. i. 16, ob woocaveBiuny capKi
Kat aiwatit. So ease Sic. xvii. 116,
OPO
TOIS MaVTEGL TW. TWePL TOU oHpEiov.
Lucian Trag. 1, guot mpocavabou' AGB
fe ovuBovrov movwv. Here the moos
merely denotes dzrectzon, as perhaps in the
compound rpocavalickw, lit. ‘to commit
or deposit any communication’ to another,
lay one’s case open to him, refer it to him,
and thus consult him in the matter.
Ilpocametréw, f. ow, to threaten
Surther, absol. Acts iv. 21, and Class.
Ilopocdatavéas, f. iow, to spend fur-
ther, with acc. Lu. x. 35, and Class.
Toocdéopat, f. Hoouac, depon. pass.
to need besides, in addition, with gen. Acts
xvii. 25. Sept. and Class.
IIoeocdéxonat, f. Eouat, depon. mid.
to receive to one’s self, to admit, trans. 1)
of THINGS, fig. to admit, allow, tThv éXai-
oa, Acts xxiv. 15; negat. Heb. xi. 35, ov
ToogoEe’. THY aToAUTOWOLY, not accept-
mg, equiv. to rejecting. So Pol. i. 17, 1,
& 63, 1, ap. rads cuvOjKas. Of evils, to
put up with, endure, Heb. x. 34, thv
aptTayiy Tay vrapyovtTwy. So Exod.
x. 17, mpocdéEacGé pov tiv duaptiav,
i.e. put up with, overlook. 2) of PER-
Sons, to recewe, to admit, i.e. to one’s
presence and kindness, Lu. xv. 2, otres
auaptwArovs mooocdéxetar. Sept. and
Class. as Thue. ii. 12. So in hospitality,
to receive kindly, to entertain, as a guest,
Rom. xvi. 2. Phil. ii. 29, Sept. 1 Chron.
xii. 18. 3) of things future, fo wazt for,
expect, with acc. Lu. xii. 36, av0pwzrors
T POTOEX. TOV KUPLOV EAUTWV, TOTE K.T.A.
Acts xxii. 21: so of a future good, with
the idea of faith, confidence, tiv Bac. Tov
Ocov, Lu, xxiii. 51. wapaxrnow, ii. 25.
AUTpwoLY, Ver. 38. THY wakaoiap éATIOa,
Tit. ii. 13. to EXeos Tov Kupiov, Jude
21, and Class.
II pocdokxayw, f. iow, (mods, SoKevw,)
prop. to watch toward or for any thing, =
to look for, expect: 1) absol. or with inf.
= to think, suppose, Matt. xxiv. 50, év
nutoa 7 ov wpocdoKa. Lu. iii. 15. Acts
XXviil. 6; with inf. ib. of 0 wmpooeddKwv
avtov «.7.’. Jos. and Class. In the
sense of to hope, Acts xxvii. 33, with inf.
ii. 5, and Class. 2) with acc. = éo wait
for, to await; of person, Matt. xi. 3, 7
Etspov WoocdoKwpmev; Lu. vii. 19. i. 21,
Toocdokwy Tov Zax. viii. 40. Acts x. 24;
acc. of thing, 2 Pet. iii. 12, ryv mapov-
ciav, and ver. 13, 14. Sept. and Class.
TIoocdokia, as, 1, (moocdoKdw,)
prop. a looking for, Pol. i.31, 3. Jos. Ant.
xv. 3, 4; also expectation. In N. T. only
of evil, Lu. xxi. 26, amo dRov kai
ToocdoKias Tw éTEpXomevwv. So Jos.
Ant. xv. 3, 4, art eiGovos Kakov Tooc-
doxia, and v. 104; also Thue. vi. apds
Tov ToewTov doy Kat mpocdokiar.
3710
HRS
Most frequently, however, in Class. the
word is used only of good. Meton. as
Gen. xlix. 10, adtos, i.e. the Messiah,
mpocdokia é0vav, Acts xii. 11, THs Tp.
Tou Naov Tay 'lov6e., i. e. ‘ the evils which.
the Jews expect to come upon me.’
II pocdpdpa, see Ipocrpéxw.
ILoocedw, f. dow, (apes and édw,)
to permit or suffer further, with dat. Acts
XXVii. 7, M1] MOOTEWYTOS Tpty TOU avEMou,
i.e. ‘the wind not suffering us to proceed
further’ on that course, weds for 7p0cw,
as in several passages of the Class. adduced
by me in Rec. Syn.
Tlpoceyyite, f. tow, (éyyiw,) to
come near unto any one, with dat. Mk.
ii. 4, Sept. Pol. xxxix. 1, 4.
Tlpocedpetw, f. evow, (wpdcedpos,
sitting by, from ¢doa,) to sz near by, lit.
adsideo, e. gr. by other persons, Dem. 313,
ll. Eurip. Or. 397; also, ‘to be in re-
spectful attendance upon’ any person, or “to
be assiduously occupied about’ any thing.
In N. T. to wait near, to attend, serve,
with dat. 1 Cor. ix. 13, of Tw Suctactn-
piw wpocedpevovTes, where the above two
senses seem blended. So Jos. contra Ap.’
i. 7, 7H Sepateia tov Oeov moe. NDiod.
Sic. v. 46, wo. Tats Twv Jewv Jepa-
Tetats. ;
IlpocepyaCopat, f. aoouar, depon.
mid. to work out tn addition, to gain more
by labour, Hdot. vi. 61. In N. T. gener.
to gain besides, in addition, Lu. xix. 16, 77
va Cov WeocEpy. O&Ka vas.
Tl opocépxopan, f. eXevoopuat, depon.
mid. to come to or near to any place or
person, to approach, intrans. I. PROP. and
foll. by dat. after woos in comp.; e. gr.
dat. of place, Heb. xii. 18, ob yao aeoc-
eAnrAV0aTe Wyrtapmwuévy Oper. ver. 22,
and Class. Foll. by dat. of pers. Matt. iv.
3, Kal twoocehQwyv attw—eitrev. Vill. 5.
Absol. or with dat. impl. Matt. iv. 11,
&yyedo. mwpoon\Gov Kai k.7.A. Mk. i.
3l. Lu. vii. 24. x. 34, al. Sept. and
Class. In the sense of to viszt, to have
intercourse with, Acts x. 28. xxiv. 23.—
II. ric. 1) of God or Christ, to come to
God, to draw near unto, in prayer, wor-
ship, implying the devotion of heart and life;
with dat. Heb. vii. 25, rots mwpocepy. 6v’
avtov Tw 9. xi. 6, with tw Oew impl.
Heb. x. 1, 22. So iv. 16, weocepywpueba
ovv—Tw Sodvw THs xaprTos. So Sept.
Lev. xxi, 21. Deut. xxi. 5, of approaching
to the altar in sacrifice. Of Christ, J] Pet.
ii. 4, apos ov woocepxXomevor, to whom
coming, i. e. ‘ becoming his disciples, fol-
lowers.’ So of disciples, with dat. Xen.
Mem. i. 2, 47. ib. i. 6,1. 2) with dat. of
thing, to assent to, embrace, 1 Tim. vi. 3, -
Mn TeocéoxXeTar Vytaivover hdyos. So
IPO 371
Philo, p. 289, wndevi moocgoxecbar
yvoun Tav eionuévwy, and 401, mpoo-
ehOovTes apeTy.
— Tlpocevyxn, js, 7, (moocevxouat,)
prayer oftered to God, whether by way of
petition for good, Matt. xxi. 22, or depre-
cation of evil, Matt. xvii. 21, al. I. prop.
ap. wpos Tov O, Acts xii. 5. 4 ap. Tov
9. prayer to God, Lu. vi. 12: gener. and
absol. Matt. xvii. 21, et ay év mp. Kat
yynoreia. xxi. 22. Lu. xxii. 45, dvacras
amo THs woe. So olxos amp. house OF
prayer, i.e. FOR prayer, Matt. xxi. 13,
al. Acts i. 14, rpockapTepovvtes TH TO.
vi. 4. 4) toa THs Tp. iii. 1. x. 31. Rom.
xii. 12. plur. Acts ii. 42. x. 4, oft.—II.
METON. proseucha, equiv. to oikos or
tTomos to. house or place of prayer, an
oratory, Acts xvi. 13, ov évouifeTo
mpocevx?) eivar. ver. 16, i. e. according to
the interpretation of most recent com-
mentators. But I have in my note in loc.
given, I apprehend, good reasons why it
cannot be admitted.
Tlposevxonar, (f. Eouar, imperf.
ampocnvxouny, aor. 1. mpoonveauny, de-
ae mid.) to pray to God, to offer prayer,
Cor. xi. 138, tw Oew ao. Matt. vi. 6,
ao. Te Iaroi: absol. or with tw Oew
impl. ver. 5, orav mpocebxy. ver. 7. Xiv.
23. Mk. i. 35, oft. The manner in which
one prays is expressed by the dat. 1 Cor.
xi. 5, yuvt) Toocevyomevyn akaTakahvT-
tw TH Kepady. xiv. 14, yAwooy. ver.
15, to mvevpati, TH vot. James v. 17,
moocevxXyn TpoonveaTo, he prayed earn-
estly; Eph. vi. 18, év mvevuati. Jude
20; the matter of one’s prayer, the words
uttered, &c. are put after oTws, Matt.
vi. 9. Néywv, xxvi. 39. eizrov, Acts i. 24;
or in the acc. Rom. viii. 26; the olyect, or
thing prayed for, is put after tva or iva pw,
Matt. xxiv. 20. Mk. xiv. 35, 38. sis 0o—
tva, 2 Th. i. 11; the subject, or person for
whom one prays, is put with a preposition,
qept with gen. Acts viii. 15. Col. i. 3. iv.
3: vzreo with gen. Matt. v. 44. Col. i. 9:
éqri with acc. James v. 14.
Ilpoczxw, f. Ew, prop. to hold any
thing towards any pers. Jer. vii. 24, mo.
To ous avta@v. Hdot. iv. 200, rp. tiv ao-
qida: or thing, as a ship towards a place,
to sail towards, ix. 99, mp. Tas vas:
also intrans. to hold one’s course towards
a place, as oft.in Class.; in N. T. only fig.
I. TRANS. absol. with tov vovy impl. to
apply one’s mind to any thing, to attend to,
oft. in Class. andin N. T. 1) gener. and
with dat. of thing spoken, Acts viii. 6,
Mpocetxov ol OxAor Tois eEyouévors.
Heb. ii. 1. 2 Pet. i. 19. Sept. and Class.
In the sense of to yield assent, to believe,
embrace, Acts xvi. 14, mpocéyew Tots |.
Aadoupevors. 1 Tim. i. 4, Tit. i 14.
In O
Apocr. Jos. and lat. Class. With dat. of
person, to care for, watch over, Acts xx.
28, woocéxeTe eavTots: so Kpict. Ench.
51, 1, woocéEers ceavtw. 2) reflex.
mpoceXew EavTw or eauvTois, to take heed
to one’s self, beware, mostly imperat. Lu.
xvii. 3. Acts v. 35: with dio Tivos, Lu.
xii. 1, wpooctyete EautTois amo THs GU-
ans: with prmote, xxi. 34. So ellipt.
with éauvtots impl. foll. by u7 with inf.
Matt. vi. 1, woocéxere my Trovetv, and
Class. : by amo Tuvos, vii. 15, tpocexete
avo Tav Wevdotpopytav. x. 17. Lu.
xx. 46. Sept. and lat. Class—II. In-
TRANS. or with éavtov impl. prop. to hold
to any person or thing, = to apply one’s
self, give or devote one’s self to any thing ;
with dat. of thing, ofyw mow, | Tim.
iii. 8: so Polyeen. viii. 56, roupy Kai webn.
TH avayvece, 1 Tim. iv. 13: so Hdot.
ix. 33, Thuc. and others: tw Suo.ac-
Tyolw, = to gwe attendance, to minister,
Heb. vii. 13; of pers. = to adhere to, to
follow, Acis viii. 10, 11. 1 Tim, ay. 1
TOOTEXOVTES TVEUMATL TAGVOLS.
IIpocnAdw, f. wow, to nail to any
thing, to affix with nails, espec. to a cross ;
foll. by acc. and dat. Col. ii. 14, aooc-
nAwoas avTo TH oTavpw. Plut. t. ii.
p. 206, A. cuviptjace Tovs AnoTas Kai
moocnhkwoe. Jos. Bell. ii. 14, 9.
IWooonXdutos, ov, 6, 7, (wpocépyo-
frat,) prop. ‘one who comes to another
country or people,’ @ stranger, sojourner,
Sept. Ex. xii, 48, sq.:xx. 10; in N. T
only in the later Jewish sense, @ proselyte,
a convert from paganism to Judaism, Matt.
xxiii, 15. Acts ti. 11. vi. 5; the same are
called of @oBovpevo: and ceBdmevor Tov
Ozov, Acts xiii. 16, 50; also *Iovédatov-
ves, Jos. Bell. ii. 18,2. On the kinds of
proselytes, &c. see Calmet.
IIpoocka:oos, ov, 6, 4, adj. instead of
phrase moos Kkatow, for a@ season, i. eé.
transeent, temporary, enduring only fora
while, Matt. xiii. 21, modckaipds éoruy,
‘is but a temporary and unstable disciple.’
In 2 Cor. iv. 18, opp. to aimvios. Jos. &
Class.
IIpockaXréw, f. écw, to call to, to
summon, send for; in N. T. oniy mid.
mTpookaéouat, to call any one to one’s
self, to call for, summon, with acc. of pers.
Matt. x. 1, wpockad. Tobs dwoexa paby-
Tas avtov. Mk. iii. 13. vi. 7, oft. Sept. &
Class. Fig. of God, to call, envite men to
embrace the gospel, Acts ii. 39; also fo
call one to any office or duty, = to ap-
point, to choose, perf. pass. mpooKéxkAn-
ma, as mid. Acts xvi. 10. xiii. 2, eis vo
epyov (sis) 0 moocKkékAnpat avTous.
Ilpocxaptepés, f. ijow, to be strong
or firm towards any thing, to endure or
R 6
Ii PO
persevere in or with, =to be continually in,
with, or near any person or thing, intrans. ;
e. gr. of a work, business, fo continue in,
persevere in, be constantly engaged or oc-
cupied with, foll. by dat. +7 moocevyn,
Acts i. 14, vi. 4; ty dudayn, ii. 42; by
zis auto TouTo, ‘for this very purpose,”
Rom. xiii. 6. Jos. and Class. ; of place,
év Tw teow, Acts ii. 46; of person, to re-
main near, to wait upon, so as to bein
readiness, with dat. Mk. iii. 9, tva mXo1d-
ploy WpookaoTepy avTtTw: by impl. to
aitend upon, adhere to any one, with dat.
Acts vill. 138, to ®irAiwww, and oft. in
Class.
IIpockapTréoyors, ews, 1, (mWooc-
KapTeptw,) perseverance, continuance in
any thing, Eph. vi. 18, év waoy aoock.
Kal Oenoet, equiv. to WoockapTEepouTES
TNH OENTEL.
Ilpocke@aXatov, ov, To, (pos,
Kepmadt,) a pillow, or cushion for the
head: in Mk. iv. 38, it is used of the
cushion to sit upon, used by sailors, but
occasionally used as a pellow.
Ilopock\nodw, f. wow, to give or
assign by lot, to allot to any one, as for-
tune, destiny, Diod. Sic. iii. 48. Lucian
Amor, 3; in N. T. aor. 1. pass. reoceKAn-
owOnv, as mid. to allot one’s self to any
one, q. d. ‘ to join one’s lot to his lot, fo
consort with, adhere to, with dat. Acts xvii.
4, éeicOnoay kai wpocekX. Tw avd.
Philo, p. 741, 1001.
II pockA va, f. wa, prop. to tncline or
lean a thing towards or upon another, in-
trans. and fig. to ¢ncline towards, to favour ;
in N. T. aor. 1. pass. awoocexAtOnv, as
mid. to incline one’s self towards, fig. to
join one’s self to any one’s party, to adhere
to him, with dat. Acts v. 36, @ aoo-
exXt0y api8uds avdowv, later edd. rpoc-
exoAAnOn, text.rec. See my note.
ILodckXtots, ews, 17, (wooockXive,)
prop. @ leaning against, also inclination
towards ; in N. T. fig. a leaning towards,
partiality, 1 Tim. v. 21. Polyb. v. 51, 8,
al. Clem. 1 Cor. §21. Jos. Ant. xix. 3, 3.
IlpockoXX\dw, f. ow, to glue one
thing ¢o another, pass. to become glued, to
adhere to any thing, Jos. vii. 12, 4, to jou
to, unite with, Plut. J. Ces. 29, tiv Bact-
Aukhy TH ayopa mwoocexo\Anoev : in
N. T. aor. 1. pass. woocexoAAnOny, as
mid. to join one’s self to any one as a com-
panion or follower, with dat. Acts v. 36,
text. rec.: fut. pass. mooocKoAAnOjoomat,
to be joined with or to join one’s self unto,
i. gq. to cleave unto, as a husband to his
wife, with dat. wpookoAX. TH yuvatKi
avtouv, Matt. xix. 5; mpos Tip yuvatka,
Mk. x. 7. Eph. v. 31.
Tlpdckoppa, atos, To, (woocKkoT-
o72
IPO
tw,) a stumbling, scil. EvXov mpocKkdp-
patos, Ecclus. xxxiv.7; in N. T. only
fig. Aifos mpookoupartos, ‘a stone of
stumbling,’ spoken of Christ as the occa-
sion of fall and perdition to these who re-
ject him, Rom. ix. 32, 33. Comp. Is. viii.
4: meton. equiv. to a stumbling-block,
i.e. fig. a cause of falling, ay occasion of sin-
ning, Rom. xiv. 13, ui TWWévar WedcKoppa
Tw adeXgw. 1 Cor. viii. 9. Rom. xiv.
20, dud mpookoupatos. Sept. &, Ecclus.
xvii. 25, xxxix. 24.
Ipockorn, js, 1, (wpocxorrTw,)
prop. a stumbling, fig. offence, i. e. ‘a being
offended,’ indignation; in N. T. meton.
offence, i. e. cause of offence, occasion of
falling into sin, 2 Cor. vi. 3, um dudovTes
TOOCKOT HD.
Ipockerra, f. tw, prop. te beat to-
wards, i.e. upon any thing, to streke against :
inN.T. 1) gener. & intrans. with dat. Matt.
vii. 27, of Gveuor WoocéeKoWav TH Oikia.
Theophr. Hist. Pl. iv. 8, 8, ui) mpookowry
Tw oplartuw. 2) spec. & trans. to strike
THE FOOT agazst any thing, =to stumble,
absol. John xi. 9, 10: foll. by acc. and apés
with acc. Matt. iv. 6, unaote tmoooKoWns
moos Ai§ov Tov woda cov. So Aristoph-
Vesp. 275, woocékoly’ gv TH CKOTH TOV
OadktuAov tov. Fig. to stumble at any
thing, to take offence at, so as to fall into
error and sin, absol. 1 Pet. ii. 8, ot apooc-
KoTTovel, TW AOYw areouvTes: with
dat. Rom. ix. 82; with év w, xiv. 21.
II pockvA lw, f. icw, to roll to or upon
any thing, Aifov ty Supa, Matt. xxvii.
60. émi tiv Stpav, Mk. xv. 46.
Il pockxvvéw, fut. now, prop. to kiss
towards any one, i.e. to kiss one’s own
hand and extend it towards a person, in
token of respect and homage: the ancient
oriental mode of salutation, between per-
sons of equal rank, was to kiss each other
on the lips; when the difference of rank
was slight, they kissed each other on the
cheek ; when one was much inferior, he —
fell on his knees and touched the ground
with his forehead or prostrated himself,
kissing at the same time his hand towards
the superior. This latter action Greek
writers express by roooxuvew. See Hdot.
i. 134. Xen. Cyr. v. 3, 18: hence in N. T.
and gener. to do reverence or homage to
any one, usually by kneeling or prostra- —
ting one’s self before him. I. GENER.
towards a person as superior, to whom one
owes reverence and homage, or from whom
one implores aid; absol. with words ex-
pressing prostration added, Acts x. 25, a »
Koov. wecwy émt tots wodas moeoceKv-
vynoev: simply, Matt. xx. 20,apockxuvovec :
Kat aitovoa. Sept. Foll. by dat. of per-
son in later usage, with words expressing
prostration, Matt. ii. 11, wecovres mpoc-
IPO
exivyncav avTo. iv. 9, tav Tecwy Tpoc-
KuvHoNs mol. XXvili. 9, ExpaTHOaY a’TOU
TovUs Todas Kai Mpocekivyncav avTw,
Mk. xv. 19, tifévres Ta yovata Tpos-
ExUvouv avTw: simply, Matt. ii. 2, 7AGo-
fev TooocKkuvyjcar avTa. ver. 8, oft. Foll.
by acc. in the earlier Greek usage, Lu.
xxiv. 52, wpooxuvicavtes a’tov. From
the Hebr. construed with éywaidy Tivos,
Lu. iv. 7. évwriovy tTwv TodwY Tivos,
Rev. iii. 9, and Sept. oft.—II. sprc. as
said of those who pay reverence and
homage to the Deity, render divine
honours, &c. to worship, adore: 1) of
Gop, absol. John iv. 20, of warépes
Tu@v ev TW OPEL TOUTW TPOTEKUVY OAD.
ver. 24, df mpockuvetv. xii. 20. Acts
vili. 27, xxiv. ll. Jos. Ant. viii. 4, 4:
pregn. Heb. xi. 21, wpocexivncev eri
To “&kKpov THs paBdov avtou, ‘ he wor-
shipped (leaning) upon the top of his
staff” Foll. by dat. with words express-
ing prostration, 1 Cor. xiv. 25, qreowy emi
- eoowtov Toeockuvyce. Tw O. Rev. iv.
10. vii. 11: simply, John iv. 21, wpookv-
vicete TH Ilatpi. Rev. xiv. 7. xix. 19,
TH Q&w ToocKkivyncov. Followed by
acc. Matt. iv. 10, tov Ozdv cov mpockv-
vices. John iv. 22—24; by éywaidy
cov, Rey. xv. 4. 2) of CHRIST, with
dat. Heb. i. 6. 3) of angels, with éarecov
” °
EumpooUev, and dat. Rev. xix. 10, absol.
xxii, 8. 4) of false gods, idols, with dat.
Acts vii. 43, os EmoujoaTe TopooKuvety
autots. Rev. xvi. 2; with acc. ix. 20, tva
fy TWpocKuvycwot Ta Oatmovia. Xili. 8.
Xen. An. iii. 2, 13, wp. Tovs Seovs.
T[pockvuvytns, ov, 6, (rpockuvéw,)
a worshipper of God, John iv. 23.
Ilpockakéw, f. iow, to speak to or
with any one, foll. by dat. Acts xiii. 43,
absol. xxviii. 20, and lat. Class.
TlpociapBava, f. AnWouat, to take
thereto, in addition, to receive besides, to
take to or with one’s self, in one’s com-
pany, Xen. Cyr. i. 4,16; in N. T. mid.
ToockauPavopar, to take to one’s self,
also semi-pass. fo receive to one’s self. 1)
to take to one’s self, food, with gen. Acts
xxvil. 36, moocehaBovto tpopys: so
Jos. B. v. 10,3, mpocdépecbai tpogas:
with ace. wyndév, Acts xxvii. 33: with acc.
of pers. to take to one’s self, q. d. to take by
the hand and draw aside, Matt. xvi. 22,
an action naturally accompanying advice,
remonstrance, or censure. So Aristoph.
Lysist. 1128, \aBovoa & tmas, NowWopjoar
BotXopuar: so * to take to one’s company,
intercourse, house,’ &c. Acts xvii.5,poon.
Tivos avopas Tovnpovs. Xvill. 26, xxviii.
2. Jos. and Class. 2) to receive to one’s
self, i. e. to admit to one’s scciety and fel-
lowship, to receive and treat with kind-
ness, foll. by acc. of pers. Rom. xiv. 1,
373
II PO
Tov adobevovvtTa TH wioreL TeochapP.
ver. 3. xv. 7. Philem. 12, 17. Sept. Ps.
Ixv, 4. 2 Macc. x. 15.
IIpoodnwWes, ews, 7, (wpocdkapBavw,)
prop. a taking to one’s self; in N. T. a re-
cetving, admission, Rom. xi. 15.
Ilpoopévyw, f. evw, to remain at a
place, or with a person; of place, absol.
Acts xviii. 18. gv "Edéow, | Tim. i. 3.
Of persons, to continue with any one, foll.
by dat. Matt. xv. 32. Fig. to remain
Juithful to any one, to adhere to, Acts xi.
23. Metaph. to continue im any thing, =
to be constant in, to persevere, with dat.
1 Tim. v. 5, tats dejoeor. Acts xi. 23,
later edd.
Il pocoppi Cw, f. tow, to bring a ship
to anchor at or near a place, Plut. vii. 217,
Toocoguio0eis TH “ApTepuiciw, gq. d. to
cast anchor, land at; in N. T. mid. to
come to anchor, draw in to shore, absol.
Mk. vi. 53. Arr. Exp. Al. vi. 4, 3. 20, 7.
félian V. H. viii. 5.
Ilopocodeinra, f. now, (dpeitw,) to
owe (pees in addition, Philem. 19, ceav-
TOV pot WoocodPeinss. The expression
is zot, as Commentators say, put for the
simple wpocodeiitw: signifying lit. ‘to
owe money besides what one has paid,’ to
be in debt; and, properly speaking, it has
no regimen. So Xen. (con. xx.-1, of
ovde avayKata dvvavTat tropilecban,
adda Kai woocopeintover. Thue. vii. 48,
where see my note; and Arist. Eth. iv. 3,
ToocogmAjce Oo Vrapeas. When it car-
ries an accus. there is an ellipsis of some
prep. q. d. ‘in respect to,’ or ‘as regards.’
There is great elegance in the expression
To. ceavTov, With which we may compare
a similar one of Demosth. 650, 23, ao.
xapw aitw, and 37, 7, Tav bueréowy
aQvuTaVY Kao. ToocoPeEt\eTe.
Tl pocoy iC, f. iow, to be indignant,
angry at any one, implying detestation,
loathing, with dat. Heb. iii. 10, 17, dud
ToocwXOica TH yeved Exeivy, in allusion
to Ps. xcv. 10. So also Ecclus. 1. 25, év
duvaiv e0vecr Toocw XOioev 4 Wyn pov.
xxv. 5. Lev. xxvi. 43, and so the simple
verb in Hom. Il. i. 570.
Ilpoometvos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (pds, in-
tens. wetva,) very hungry, Acts x. 10.
Wooomnyvup., f. whew, to fix or
fasten to any thing, to affix, trans. Acts ii.
23, TovToOV—tpoctyeavtes (TW OTEU-
ow) aveitete. Dio Cass. 230, p. 431.
Ilpocrintw, f. wecovpuar, prop. fo
fall towards or upon any thing, to strike
against, impinge, Xen. Eq. vii. 6. In
N. T. 1) of things, to fall upon, to dash
against, as the wind, with dat. Matt. vii.
25, of &vemor TeocéTeECOV TH Oikia, and
Class. 2) of persons, to fall down to or
IPO
before any one, i. e. at his feet in re-
verence, or as a suppliant; foll. by dat. of
pers. Mk. i. Ll, wpocémartev aito.
v.33. Foll. by tots ydvaci Tivos, Lu.
v. 8 Sept. and Class.: by mods tots
wooas Tivos, Mk. vii. 25. So Sept. Ex.
iv. 25.
IloocTo.éw, f. tow, to make to
or for any one, i. e. to gain for, i. e.
some person or thing for another, as often
in Thucyd. and Xenoph. Usually depon.
mid, wpoc7roréouar, to make pretension to
be so and so, = to claim or arrogate to one-
self, Aristoph. Eccl. Hence in N. T.
depon. mid. to make as though, to make a
show of, with inf. Lu. xxiv. 28, apoc-
ETOLELTO TOPPwWTéow TopevecIal, Mean-
ing, as Euthym. well explains, ‘made a
motion as though, éoynuatifero.
Ioocropevouay, f. evcouar, depon.
ass. to go or come to any one, with dat.
Mk. x. 35. Sept. and Class.
ILoocpnyvupte, f. piEw, to break or
burst towards or upon any thing, to dash
agaist, aS waves, intrans. with dat. Lu.
vi. 48, 49, mroocéppnEev 6 ToTauds TH
oikia. So mpdconéis VddTwv, Hab. iii. 9,
Symm.
Ilpoctates, woos, 7, fem. to mwooc-
TaTnSs, & patroness, protectress, adjutrix,
Rom. xvi. 2. Utterly unfounded is the
opinion of certain learned Commentators,
who suppose an allusion to the rpooratar,
or patrons of the mérocxor at Athens.
The term is there, as in Lucian Char. 10,
bis acc. 29, simply put for adjutrix, an-
swering to patrona in Latin, (which might
be in the mind of the Apostle,) e. gr.
Terent. Eun. v.2, 48, ‘Te mihi patronam
cupio.’
Ilpoctacow, f. Ew, to set any per-
son over others ; also, ‘ to enjoin any thing
to others.’ Hence in N. T. to command,
prescribe to ; with dat. of pers. Matt. i. 24,
ws Woocétaktevy aiTw % ayy. xxi. 6.
Foll. by acc. and dat. in pass. constr. Acts
x. 33, WavTa TA TWoooTeTAyMEva GOL
vmod Tou 8. Foll. by inf. with acc. Acts
x. 48; all which constructions are found
in Class. Spoken of times or seasons, fo
prescribe or appoint to any one, with dat.
impl. Acts xvii. 26, dpicas woocteTay-
févous Kapous, (text. rec. wooTeTay-
wévous,) ‘certain determinate periods,’
i.e. determined or marked out in the
eternal counsels of God, Jonahii. 1. iv.
7—9.
Tpootidnpy, f. Ojow, imperf. rooc-
etiOnv, 3 pers. tpoceTiber, to set, put,
lay unto or with any thing, trans. 1) prop.
foll. by arods with acc. Acts xiii. 36,7 po0-
eTvéOn mods Tovs TWaTépas av’Tov, an
expression derived from the O. T. (Gen.
374
ITP O
xlix. 29. xxv. 8. Judg. ii. 10,) used with
allusion to those vast subterranean vaults,
in which the Hebrews, and other Oriental
nations, used to deposit the dead of a
whole family or race. The expression
occurs also in ] Macc. ii. 69. 2) gener.
= to join unto, to add unto; of persons,
with acc. and dat. Acts ii. 47, 6 62 K.
mpocetiber Tos owt. kal’ yu. TH EKKA,
v. 14. xi. 24, rw Kupiw. Sept. and Jos.
Of things, with acc. and dat. Lu. xvii. 5,
wooales Huly wiortw. Pass. with dat.
Matt. vi. 33, kal TaUTa WavTa TooCTE-
Ojcerar butv. Heb. xii. 19. Foll. by
acc. and éari with dat. Lu. iii. 20; éart
with acc. xii. 25. Sept. and Class. Hence
by Hebr. before an infin., or sometimes a
finite verb, to go on to do, to do any thing
further ; wid. aor. 2. wpoocefeéunv with
inf, Lu. xx. 11,12, kat woocébero TWép-
Wat Eteoop, i. e. again he sent, &c. Acts
xii. 3, woocéGeTo ovANaPetv kat MWertpov,
‘he went on to seize also Peter.’ So part.
awoocGeis before a finite verb, Lu. xix. 11,
apocsis etme TapaBoAnjv. Sept. oft. Jos,
Ant. vi. 13, 4. Pol. xxxi. 7, 4, mpoc@é-
fevos EENnyetTo.
Ilooctpéyw, aor. 2. moocédpapuoy, ©
to run to or towards any one, = to run up,
absol, Mk. ix. 15. x. 17, and Class.
Ioocdaytoy, ov, To, (tpospayety, )
prop. ‘what is eaten thereto,’ i.e. along
with bread; hence meat, flesh, equiv. to
éwrov, though, like éWadp.ov, generally
uséd of fish, as John xxi. 5.
Ilpdcgparos, ov, 6, 71, ad). prop. sig-
nifying recently slain ; hence also, both in
Class. and Hellenistic writers, fresh, recent.
In N. T. gener. recent, new, Heb. x. 20.
Ilpocpmatws, adv. recently, lately,
Acts xviii. 2, and Class.
II pocdéow, f. rpocoicw, aor. 1 tpoc-
nveyKa, aor. 2. imperat. moocéveyxe,
perf. zro0cevnvoxa, to bear or bring to any
place or person: I. gener. e. gr. of things,
with acc. and dat. of place, i. q. to bring -
near or put to, John xix. 29, roocnveyKav
auTOU TW OTOMATL, SC. TOV OTOYYoV,
and Class. Of persons, foll. by ace. and
dat. Matt. iv. 35, apoonveyKav aiTw
wdvTas K.T.A. Vili. 16. ix. 2, al. & Class..
So to bring or conduct to or before any one,
with acc. and dat. Matt. xviii. 24. Lu.
xxiii. 14. gi tiva, xii. 11; pass. Mait.
xviii. 24.I]. to offer, to present to any
one, with acc. and dat. e. gr. o&€0s, Lu.
xxiii. 36; yoruata, Acts viii. 18; daoa,
‘ gifts,’ Matt. ii. 1], in a sacrificial sense,
of oblations offered to God, foll. by acc.
and dat. rw Oew, Ke. e. gr. Sucias, Acts
vii. 42. Heb. xi. 4. AXatoeiav, John xvi.
2. éautov, Heb. ix. 14. Elsewhere with
Two Oew or moos Tov Geov impl. foll. by
acc. simpl, Matt. v. 23, 24. Heb. viii. 3,
llPO
bis, 4. ix. 25. The person or thing /o7 or
on account of which offering is made, is
put with b7réo or mei, e. gr. Umép Tivos
with acc. Heb. v. 1.—III. mid. with dat.
fig. to bear oneself towards any one, to deal
‘with, treat any one so and so, Heb. xii. 7,
ws viois Uuivy wpoopépeTar O Oeds, and
oft. in Class., espec. Xen. and Dio Cass.
Iipec@iAis, gos ovs, 0, 7, adj. (reds,
ptAéw,) prop. dear to any one, beloved ;
in N. T. of dispositions and qualities,
amiable, such as to conciliate love and
esteem, Phil. iv. 8. So Ecclus. xx. 12, 6
copos tv Adyw TWoocgPiAyH Toijoer, and
oft. in Class.
Ilpocgooa, as, 7, (moospéow,) an
offering, oblation, i.e. 1) prop. the act of
offering to God, Heb. x. 10, dua tijs
Teocpopas Tov cwyuatos I. Xo. ver. 14.
Ecclus. xlvi. 16; fig. Rom. xv. 16. 2)
meton. for the thing offered, Sucia wpoc-
Pepouévy, an offering, oblation, strictly
-without blood, opp. to Sucia and oAoKav-
twuata, Eph. v. 2. Heb. x. 5, 8. Sept.
Ps. xl. 6. Also @ sacrifice, with blood,
equiv. to Sucia, Acts xxi. 26, Ews of
arpoonvexOn — 1%} Teocmopa. xxiv. 17.
So meocp@opa wept auaotias, Heb. x.
18. Ecclus. xxxi. 18, 19.
Hoocgwvis, f. iow, (pwvew,) prop.
to utter sounds towards any one, i. e. to
had him; hence, to speak to or accost any
one: 1) gener. with dat. expr. or impl.
Lu. xiii. 12, wpocemwvnce Kai eimgv
avtTy. xxii. 20. Acts xxi. 40. In the
sense to call out to any one, to exclaim,
with dat. Matt. xi. 16, al. 2) to call any
one fo oneself, foll. by acc. Lu. vi. 13,
Toocepwyvynce Tovs wal. Jos. Ant. vii. 7,
4, Toocpwvijcas Eva THY OiKEeTOv.
Ilpdcyucts, ews, 7, (wpocyéw,) a
pouring out upon, effusion, sprinkling, wr.
Tou aixatos, Heb. xi. 28. Comp. Ex. xii.
7, 22
IlpocWavw, f. atow, prop. & lit. to
‘touch to, by putting one’s fingers upon any
thing, and by impl. handling it lightly,
jntrans. with dat. Lu. xi. 46, ot aooc-
eer tots moptios. Soph. Philoct.
IlpocwroAntTéw, f. now, (moocw-
moknmTys,) to respect the person of any
one, to show partiality, Ja. ii. 9.
Il pocwmoAvyrTNs, ov, 6, (Tpdcw-
qov & \auPBavw,) a respecter of persons,
i. e. ‘ one who shows his favours with pre-
ference to rank, dignity, or other grounds
of external superiority, to the neglect of
such as are destitute of those advan-
tages.” Acts x. 34.
I pocwrolkywWia, as, 7, (teocwTo-
Anwtéw,) respect of persons, partiality,
pom tsi Cok ni. 25. Ja. ii. 1.
375
IPO
Ilodcwmov, ov, Td, (mods, OW, the
eye,) prop. ‘the part of any object which
is presented to the eye of the beholder,’
hence gener. the face, visage, countenance :
I. prop. Matt. vi. 16, 17, tO mp. cov
viwvat. xvii. 2. xxvi. 67. Gal. i. 22, dyvo-
ovpevos TW To. ‘unknown by sight,’ sepe
al. Sept. and Class. In phrases, aime
étrimpdoacwtov, Matt.xvii.6,al. modow7opv
Toos Tpocwon, face to face, with nothing
intervening, 1 Cor. xiii. 12. Sept. Gen.
xxxiil. 31. So kata wodcwmov zxetv,
‘before the face,’ face to face, Acts xxv. 16.
2 Cor. x. 1, opp. to amrwyv. ver. 7, Ta kata
Tpocwrov, prop. ‘things before the face,’
i. e. external things. Sept. Jos. and Class.
KaTa TWOCCwWTOV a’Tw avTéoTHy, Gal. ii.
ll. Fig. and by Hebr. Lu. ix. 51, aitds
TO WO. avUTOU éaoTIpLEE TOU TropevecOat
k.7.A. ° firmly resolved to go.’ So Sept.
oft. Ellipt. in the same sense, Lu. ix. 53,
TO Tp. av’TOU HY TopEvopmevon eis ‘leo.
So 1 Pet. iii. 12, wp. Kup. émi roovp-
tas kaka. Fig. in antith. with xapdia,
as 1 Th. ii. 17, wooowrw, ob Kapdia, ‘in
body, not in spirit.’ 2 Cor. v. 12, év wpoc-
WITW KAUXWMEVOS, Kal OU Kapdia, i. e.
‘in appearance, not in reality.—II. mz-
TON. face, equiv. to presence, person,
chiefly in phrases borrowed from the Heb.
1) with prepositions, and followed by a
genit. of pers., it forms a periphr. for a
simple preposition, e. gr. amo TpeocwTrou
Tivos, from the face, presence of any one,
equiv. to from before, from, Acts iii. 19.
v. 41. vii. 45, al. and Sept. eis 7pdcwrop
Ta@v ékk\yno.wy, equiv. to ‘ before or to
the churches, 2 Cor. viii. 24. év apoc-
wre Xptorou, ‘in the presence of Christ,’
i. e. before him, as a formula of assevera-
tion, 2 Cor. ii. 10. kata modcwmdv TiVo,
‘in the presence of’ any one, equiv. to
before, him, Lu. ii. 31. Acts iii. 13. wera
Tov 79. cov, ‘with or in thy presence,’
equiv. to with thee, Acts ii. 28. apo mooc-
wiov Tivos, ‘before the face of’ any
one, equiv. to simpl. apo Tivos, before any
one; so of place, Matt. xi. 10; of time,
Acts xiii. 24. 2) tm construction with verbs,
with or without an intervening prep., and
with a genit. of pers. expr. or implied,
forming a periphr. for the person designated
by the genitive. So in the phrase doav or
idety TO TWpdcwmdv Tivos, ‘to see the
face of’ any one, equiv. to ‘ see him face to
face,’ ‘to see and converse with’ any one,
Acts xx. 25, 36.°1'Thi ii. 172 11etOs and
Sept. Hence also GXémew or dpav To
ao. Tov 9. ‘to behold the face of God, =
to have access to God, to be admitted to
his presence, Matt. xviii. 10. Rev. xxii. 4.
Ina like sense, Heb. ix. 24, éugavicOqvar
TH To. Tov O. UTrep tm. q. d. before God.
Elsewhere including the idea of external
condition and circumstances; so BAéqrew
° IIPO
sis 40. Tivos, ‘to regard the person,’ i. e.
the external appearance of any one, Matt.
xxii, 16. Jude 16. NauBavew wpodcwmov
twos, Lu. xx. 21. Gal. ii. 6. See Aau-
Bavw. 3) once absol., as in later Greek,
@ person, 2 Cor. i. 11, é« woAN@y apoc-
wTwY TO eis Nuas Xaptoua, ‘a gift to us
from many persons.’ — III. of THINGS,
Face, surface, Lu. xxi. 35, éwi tmoedcwTrov
waons THS yns. Acts xvii. 26. So Sept.
Gen. ii. 6. Hence the eaterior, external
appearance, Matt. xvi. 3, TO mév mo. TOU
ovoavov. Lu. xii. 56. Jai. 11. Sept. Ps.
civ. 30.
Tootaocw, f. Ew, prop. of place, to
arrange or set in order before, in front,
Xen. H. G. ii. 4,15. In N. T. of time,
to appoint before, pass. perf. part. kapol
TooTETaYméevot, ‘ times before appointed,”
Acts xvii. 26, text. rec.
Ilopoteivw, f. eve, to stretch forth or
out; in N. T. fo stretch out or extend, as a
person bound with thongs in order to be
scourged, Acts xxii. 25, ws 6& mpoéTevav
auTOv Tots iuacuy, ‘as they were stretch-
ing him forward to the block by thongs.’
See my note there.
IIporepos, a, ov, compar. formed
from apo, before, forward; in N. T.
and comm. of time, before, former: I.
prop. Eph. iv. 22, xara tiv me. ava-
otpopnv. Sept. and Class. — II. neut.
a potepon, as adv. before, first: 1) gener.
John vii. 51, éav uh adkovon tap’ avTou
apotepov. 2 Cor. i. 15. Heb. iv. 6, al.
Sept. and Class. 2) with the art. argo-
Tepov, as adj. former, Heb. x. 32, Tas
awpotepov mucoas. | Pet. i. 14, tats ao.
emvOumiars. Sept. and Class. Neut. ro
moorepon, as adv. before, formerly, John
vi. 62, Garou nv TO wpoTEpov; ix. 8, al.
Sept. and Class. .
IIpotiOnuc, f. 64ow, to set or put
before any one; in N. T. only mid. ao-
tTifeuat, i.e. I. fig. to set before oneself,
to propose to oneself, to propose, with inf.
Rom. i.13, wpoebiuny eXVetv mpods vp.
with acc. Eph. i. 9. Jos.c. Ap. ii. 40. Pol.
vi. 12,8.—II. to set forth before the world,
publicly, with acc. Rom. iii. 25, dv apo-
é0erTo Oeds ikaotnavov. /A1.V. H. xiv. 8.
Diod. Sic. xvi. 27.
Tlootrpémw, f. Ww, (tTpéTw,) to turn
forward, to propel, impel, morally, as oft.
in Class. In N. T. and comm. mid. woo-
Tpétronuat, to propel, to impel, and hence
to exhort, absol. Acts xviii. 27. Jos. Ant.
vii. 11, 1. Pol. ii. 22, 2. Xen. Mem. i.
2, 32.
Ii potpé yw, aor. 2. Tooedpapuon, ( TpéE-
Xm,) to run before, in advance ; foll. by
gen. with compar. John xx. 4, wpoédoamue
376
|
IIPO
Pleon. Lu. xix. 4, wpodoauay gumpocbev.
Tob. xi. 2. Xen. Cyr. iv. 2, 23. |
Iloou7waoyxw, f. Ew, prop. to begin
before, to do first, Thue. iii. 40; also, to
be or exist before, to precede intime, Thue. —
i. 1,38. In N.T. only with a participle of
another verb, thus forming a periphr. for
a finite tense of that verb ; comp. “Yadéo-
xw. So Lu. xxiii. 12, wpovmjoyxov év
éx0oa ovtes, prop. ‘who before were
being at enmity,’ (as Jos. Ant. iv. 6, 5,)
Acts viii. 9, wooumnpxev mMayevwr, * who
before practised sorcery.’
Ipogpacis, ews, 4, (rpopaivw, to
show before,) prop. ‘ what is shown before
any one,’ also, by impl. show, pretence,
pretext, put forth in order to cover one’s
real intent, Matt. xxii. 14, apo@acer
pakpa mwoocevxyomevor. Acts xxvii. 30,
awocpace: ws K.7.X. | Th. ii. 5, odre ey
apod. Weovetias, supply éyevnOnuev,
meaning, ‘ the carrying forward of any plan
of avarice under a fair pretence,’ as the
false teachers did; in which sense the
term oft. occurs in the Class., espec. Thu-
cyd. So wrpdd. zxeuv, ‘to have a pretext,’
John xv. 22, redpaciw ovK EXovet wept
THS auaoTtias auTwyv. Xen. Cyr. iii. 1,27.
TI popéoa, f. wpooicw, (1d, Pépw,)
to bear or bring forth out of any. place or
thing, foll. by acc. and é« with gen. Lu.
vi. 45, bis. Sept. and Class.
-Ioognteia, as, n, (wpopytevw,) a
prophesying, prophecy, i. e. 1) prop. @
foretelling of future events, prediction, but
including also, from the Heb., the idea of
prophetic revelations, declarations, exhor-
tations, warnings, uttered by the prophets
while acting under divine influence: said
of the prophecies of the O. T. Matt. xiii.
14, dvatAnpovTat av’Ttots 4 wood. ‘H-
caiov. 2 Pet. i. 20, 21: so of the revela-
tions and warnings of the Holy Spirit in
the Apocalypse, Rev. i. 3, Tavs Adyous
THs Wood. xxii.7, al. So Jos. Bell. iii.
8, 3, Tas Toogntsias Twv izcoe@v BiBrwv.
In 1 Tim. i. 18. iv. 14, wpo@nteia may
refer to the prophetic revelations or dires-
tions of the Holy Spirit, by which persons
were designated as officers and teachers in
the primitive Church ; comp. Acts xiii. 2.
xx. 28. See my note. 2) prophecy, i. e.
in its fullest extent, the prophetic gift,
spoken in N. T. of the peculiar ydo.oua,
or spiritual gift, imparted to the primitive
teachers of the Church, Rom. xii. 6,
EXovTES YapiouaTa—eiTe Tpogytéeiav. |
1 Cor. xii. 10. xiii. 2. xiv. 22, where see my
notes. 3) by meton. a prophesying, the
exercise of the
prophetic office, the acting .
as an ambassador of God and the interpre- |
ter of his mind and will, Rev. xi. 6. Spee.
tax.ov tov Ilétpov. Sept. and Class. | the exercise of the prophetic gift in the |
jmen:
IPO
: ge Church, 1 Cor. xiv. 6. 1 Th. v.
Iloog@ntetw, f. evow, (woopnitns,)
to uct as prophet, to prophesy, intrans. 1)
prop. to foretell future events, to predict ;
but often including also, from the Hebr.,
the idea of exhorting, reproving, threat-
ening, in short, the whole utterance of the
prophets while acting under Divine influ-
ence, as ambassadors of God and interpre-
ters of his mind and will: of the prophets
of the O. T. Matt. xi. 13, waves ot areo-
p7tat Ews "Lwavvov wooePyreveav. Xv.
7, Tooe@ytrevee TWepl Uua@y, for ws Teel
Jua@y, meaning, ‘ spoke, under Divine in-
spiration, of the Jews, as if he had been
speaking of you.’ 1 Pet. i. 10. Jude 14.
In a like sense, of persons acting by a
Divine influence as prophets and ambas-
sadors of God under the N. T. Rev. x. ]1,
Ost ce wWadw mpopntevoa emt Naots.
xi. 3; also Acts ii. 17, 18; as including
the idea of praise to God, accompanied by
prediction, Lu. i. 67. Of the High-Priest,
John xi. 51, rpoe®. i.e. unwittingly ‘ut-
tered a prediction’ afterwards fulfilled ; of
false prophets, Matt. vii. 22, where, be-.
sides the sense ‘taught and preached the
Gospel,’ may be included the ordinary one,
prophesied ; for there is reason to think that
miraculous powers were by God permitted
to be exercised by men whose lives were
at variance with the precepts of the Gos-
pel. Spoken in mockery by the soldiers
to Jesus, and conveying a taunt, by a play
on the double sense of rpo@ntevev, which
(as also waytevecGar) is often used in the
aceeptation of our term Zo divine, or guess.
Matt. xxvi. 68. 2) spec. of the y2oropua,
er prophetic gift, imparted by the Holy
Spirit to the primitive Christians, Acts
xix. 6, 7A@e to Iv. TO dy. én’ adt-
Tovs, Kal mpoepytevov. | Cor. xi. 4. xiii.
bial.
ILopopnrns, ov, 6, (wpdpnpt,) a pro-
phet, prop. a foreteller of future evenis;
in Sept. and N. T. ‘ one who speaks from a
Divine influence, acts under inspiration,
whether as foretelling future events, or as
exhorting, reproving, threatening indivi-
duals or nations, i.e. as ‘the ambassador
of God and the interpreter of his will’ to
: I. of the prophets of the O. T. 1)
prop. Matt. i. 22. ii. 5, 17. xii. 39. xiii.
ao. xxi. 4. xxiv. 15. Acts ii. 16, 30. xiii.
} 20. 2 Pet. ii. 16. Pl. gener. Matt. ii. 23.
oft. 2) meton. the prophetic books of the
|0. T. equiv. to ai ypadpai Tav reod.
} Matt. xxvi. 56; so gener. v. 17, xata-
| Avoca: Tov vouov 7 Tobs Too. Mk. i. 2.
‘| Lu. xvi. 29. Acts viii. 28; by synecd. put
| for the doctrines, &c. contained in the pro-
| phetic books, Matt. vii. 12. Acts xxvi. 27.
|| —I]. GENER. of persons acting by a Divine
377
IPO
influence as prophets and ambassadors of
God under the new dispensation, equiv. to
‘teachers of the Gospel,’ Matt. xxiii. 34,
moopiytas Kat copovs Kal yoaprpmarets,
titles these given by the Jews to their pro-
phets and teachers, which our Lord here
applies to the Apostles and their successors,
to intimate the authority with which they
would preach, (an authority equal to that
of the prophets of old,) and their qualif-
cations for this effect,—qualifications such
as would well entitle them to the appella-
tions cool and ypauparets. Matt. x.
4], xiii. 57. John vii. 52. Hence the
term is applied to Curis, the great Pro-
phet, who, according to the prophecy of
Moses, Deut. xviii. 18, should come into
the world, John i, 21, 25. vi. 14. vii. 40.
(See Bp. Kidder’s Messiah, c. iv.) Also
used of John the Baptist, Lu.i. 76. xx. 6.
—III. spc. of those who possessed the
prophetic gift, or Charisma imparted by
the Holy Spirit to the primitive Churches,
a prophet, i. e. a class of instructors or
preachers who were next in rank to the
apostles, and before the teachers, d:dac-
Kadot, (see 1 Cor. xii. 28, and compare
Acts xiii. 1. 1 Cor. xiv. 32. Eph. ii. 20,)
persons, we may suppose, who were not
merely, as some have thought, znter-
preters of Scripture, but who, by Divine
inspiration, and therefore authoritatively,
explained and set forth all the mysteries
of the Gospel, and publicly preached and
exhorted, for the purposes of Christian
edification.—IV. spoken of the Greek poet
Epimenides, Tit. i. 12, where, though it is
by most Commentators explained poet or
minstrel, yet the person in question was
perhaps not a poet at all. At all events,
he was chiefly known as a prophet and
seer, and wrote a work wept xonopen.
So Plut. Sol. 12, says he was somos qrepi
Ta Seta, and consequently the general
sense, ‘one professing to interpret the will
of the gods,’ may be here the true mean-
ing. The word denoted prop. ‘interpretation
of oracles or divinations,’ 1. e. of what the
uavtis said. Then it came to signify the
same as uaveTis. Thus the Hebr. 23
meant 1) an interpreter of God’s will;
2) one familiar with God. So Gen. xx. 7.
Iloogntikas, h, ov, adj. (reopntns,)
prophetic, uttered by prophets, Rom. xvi.
263.2: Pet. ied:
Ilpo@partes, woos, 7, (fem. to weopi-
Tys,) &@ prophetess: 1) prop. of one
speaking and acting from a Divine influ-
ence, an ambassadress from God, Rev. ii.
20. 2) by impl. of ‘one who lives in com-
munion with God,’ to whom God ‘ reveals
himself by his Spirit” Luke ii. 36. So
Abraham is called zroop7tns, Gen. xx. 7.
Ilpop0avw, f. dow, to come or get
IPO
before any one, to anticipate one in doing
any thing, Thue. iii. 69; in N. T. said of |i
speaking, with acc. Matt. xvii. 25. So
fischy]. Agam. 1028, rpopbdacaca Kap-
dia yAwooap.
ITpoxerpiGouar, f. toouar, depon.
mid. prop. ‘to reach any thing or person
forth,” to cause to be at hand; in N.T. fig.
to appoint, choose, destine, with acc. and
inf. Acts xxii. 14, rooeyetpioato oe yvo-
vat TO OéXynua avTouv. xxvi. 16. Perf.
pass, in pass. sense, with dat. Acts iii. 20,
in later edit.; in the sense, ‘destined and
appointed for you.” So 1 Pet. i. 20, we
have wooeyvywopuévov (Xpictov) mpd
KataPBoAns KOcMou.
IIpoxerpotovéw, f. now, prop. to
choose before any one; in N. T. to choose
beforehand, pass. Acts x. 41, pdotuce
TOLS TOOKEXELP. UTO TOU Veo, 1. e. fore-
chosen.
ILptpva, ns, 7, (prop. fem. of zoup-
vos,) equiv. to 7 mouuvy vaus, the hind-
most part of a ship, as distinguished from
the foreship, or prow, the stern, Mk. iv. 38,
and Class.
+ Tpwi, adv. (arpo,) early, im the morn-
il. bat. mane: 1) prop. and absol. Matt.
X'kas, Mk. i. 35. With prepositions :
Ilvowt, d7o wowt, éwi TO Tpwt. 2)
in Cle for the morning-watch, which ushers
auyy dawn, Mk. xiii. 35; see duAaxy IT.
theyp wia, see rpwios.
is pwimos, n, ov, adj. (wpwi,) early,
poken of the early rain, Ja. v. 7, where
see my note. Sept. and Class.
IIpwivos, 4, ov adj. (wpwt,) early,
morning, Rev. ii. 28. xxii. 16, later edd.
IIowios, a, ov, adj. (wpwi,) early,
morning ; in N. T. only 4 mpwia, i. e.
oa, ‘the morning hour,’ morning, Matt.
xxi. 16, wowias érravaywv eis Thy TWOhW.
xxvii. 1. Sept. and Class.
Ilo pa, as, 4, (aeod,) the forward part
of aship, the prow, Acts xxvii. 30, & Class.
IIpwrevw, f. evow, (wpwtos.) to be
first, chief, = to hold the first rank, high-
est dignity, gv maou, Col. i. 18.
Tpwtokab:dpia,as,y,(meartos, kab-
Eda, ) the first or chief seat, Matt. xxiii. 6.
IlowtoxX cia, as, 7, (wowtos, KXu-
oia,) the first place of reclining at table,
the chief place at a feast, Matt. xxiii. 6.
IIp@Tos, n, ov, adj. (superl. from oo,
compar. w7rpoTepos,) prop. foremost, hence
first: I. gener.'as adj. 1. spoken of place,
order, time: 1) prop. without art. Mk.
xvi. 9, towrn caBBatouv, sc. nuéoa. Lu.
ii, 2. Phil. i. 5. Eph. vi. 2, évtoAy wow-
vn. 1 Cor. xv. 3, gy wowrTos, equiv. to
‘first of all; foll. by devTepos, Acts xii. 10.
With art. Matt. xxvi. 17, 77 roan THY
378
TPQ
aCvpwv, scil. 7uéoa. Mk. xiv. 12. Acts
i. 1, tov wom@tov Aoyov. | Cor. xv. 45.
Heb. ix. 2. Rev. i. 17. iv. 1; of wpa@rot,
the first, Matt. xx. 8. ra woora, xii. 45.
1 Tim. v, 12, 4 wpwtn wiotis, ‘first or
originally professed ;’ Rev. ii. 4, tiv a@ya- —
anv cov Thy ap. ver. 5; opp. to Kawvos,
xxi. 1. Heb. viii. 13. So in division or.
distribution, 6 rpa@tTos—o devTepos, Matt.
xxii. 25. Lu. xiv. 18. 2) in an adverbial
sense, Matt. x.2. John i. 42, viii. 7. Acts
xxvi. 23. 3) put adverb. for the compar.
mooTtepos, with gen. Johni. 15, 30, ori —
TowTos mou nv. Xv. 18, éué mpwtTov
vuov.—Il. fig. of rank, dignity, first, chief;
without art. Matt. xx. 27, eivac memos.
xxii. 88. Acts xvi. 12, al.; with gen. par-
tit. Mk. x. 44. xii. 28, wowry revTwv
évtoAy. 1 Tim. i. 15. . With art. Acts
Xvil. 4, yuvark@v TOV TOWTwY OvK OXi-
ya. Lu. xv. 22: so 6 WpwTos, ol Tpw-
tot, the first, the chief, Acts xxviii. 7, To
tTowtw THs vyocov. Mk. vi. 21. Lu. xix.
47.—IT. neuter, wp@rov, as adverb: 1.
prop. of place, order, time, usually without
article: 1) gener. Matt. xvii. 10, 27, tov
avaBavtTa tjwow@tov ixfuv. Mk. vii. 27.
Lu. ix. 59, 61: so Acts vii. 12. 2) em-
phat. first of all, before all, Matt. xxiii.
26, kabdo.cov mpwTov TO eVTOS TOU
qwotnpiov. Acts xiii. 46. Rom. i. 8. 1 Cor.
xi. 18. 3) zm dévision or distribution, foll.
by devtepov, | Cor. xii. 28; eiva, Mk. iv.
28; geita, Ja. iii. 17; peta Tava,
Mk, xvi. 9.—11. fig. of dignity, import-
ance, first, equiv. to first of all, chiefly,
especially, Matt. vi. 38, (yTettTe towTov
tiv Bac. tou O. Rom. iii. 2. 2 Pet. i. 20.
iii. 3. mo@tov wavTwy, | Tim. ii. 1.
Ilopwtoctatns, ov, 0, (mpwTos,
tornt,) prop. one who stands first, on
the right, in a line of troops, Thucyd. v.
71; but in the later writers, a front-rank
man, and sometimes a leader. So Xen.
Laced. xi. 4. Job xv. 24, ®ome9 otpaTn-
yos we. wimtwy: in N.T. fig. @ leader,
lit. ringleader, Acts xxiv. 5.
Ilpwtotokia, wv, Ta, (TewTOTO-
kos,) the rights of the first-born, birth-right,
Heb. xii. 16.
Il ow td6ToKOs, ov, 6, 7, adj. (mpa@Tos, ©
tiktw,) first-born: 1) prop. the first-
born of a father or mother, Matt. i. 25,
Tov vidv avTHAs TOV TowTOTOKOY, the
first-born of animals, Heb. xi. 28. 2) fig.
first-born, equiv. to the first, the chief, one
highly distinguished and pre-eminent: so
of CuristT, as the Beloved Son of God
before the creation, Col. i. 15, before any
created being had existence, i. e. as Bp.
Pearson says, ‘ before any thing proceeded
from him, or was framed and created by
him.’ See more in my note. Compare
verse 16. Heb. i. 6, compare verse 5; or |
TTA
in relation to his followers, Rom. viii. 29,
sis TO elvat avToOv TowT. év TOAXOtS
adeXpots: or as being the first who
rose from the dead, no more to die, the
Leader and Prince of those who shall arise,
Col. i. 18. Rev. i. 5; also of the saints in
heaven, the just men made perfect, as the
patriarchs, prophets, apostles, &c. Heb.
xii, 23, éxxAncia moewtoToKwy Ev ovpa-
vols atoyeyoaupevwv, including those
who, in every age, have lived in the faith
and fear of Christ, and whose robes have
been washed in the blood of the Lamb.
IIraiw, f. aicw, prop. act. to strike
one’s foot against an object, to stumble ;
in N.T. fig. to stumble,i.e. 1) to err or
fail in duty, to offend, with év, Ja. ii. 10.
ili. 2, e¢ tis gv NOyw ov TraieL; absol.
Rom. xi. 11, ai értaicav iva Técwor;
with qroAAXa@ adv. Ja. iii. 2. Sept. Deut. vii.
25. Ecclus. xxxvii. 12. Marc. Anton. vii. 15,
“dvov GvOpwrov piretv Tos TWTatovTas.
2) to fail of success, 2 Pet. i. 10, ob py
‘a@ratonté more, ‘ye shall never fail of
attaining salvation.’ So in the Class. it is
used of failing or miscarrying in one’s
attempts, e. gr. Thucyd. viii. Ll, érrac-
cay. Hdot. ix. 101, a¢pwdin, un wet M.
araion 4H.
Ii téova, ns, 7, (by ellips. from the old
adject. wtépivos, per sync. wTéovos, an-
other form of the yet older adj. wvépos,
whence wrepov and mtépv—é. Thus wré-
pve was so called from its angular form,
(just as wrepvyzov is used of the corner
of a square robe,) with allusion to the
angular form of the bones of the wing,
similar to that of the foot with respect to
the leg,) the heel, John xiii. 18, earnoev
im éué Tijy wréovav avTou, a metaphor
taken from kicking animals, which sud-
denly and treacherously injure their feed-
ers. See Jer. ix. 4.
IIteobytoy, ov, To, (wrépvé,) a lit-
wing, or any thing shaped like a wing,
running out to a point, i.e. a fin, the cor-
ner or skirt of a garment; in N.T. @ pm-
nacle, the highest point of the Temple, the
apex of Solomon’s porch, Matt. iv. 5.
II Tépvé, vyos, n, a pinion, wing, Matt. | ge
xxiii. 27, and oft. Sept. & Class.
379
Il TQ
xxiv. 37. Sept. and Class. as Hom. Od.
xxii. 298. Asch. Prom. 858. Eur. Iph.
A. 1029.
Iitonots, ews, 1, (wroéw,) terror,
trepidation, fear, 1 Pet. iii. 6, ux PoBov-
evar pndeulay mTonow, ‘not being de-
terred from persevering in their Christian
profession by any timidity’ (so natural to
their sex); see ver. 14. Comp. of.
poPov péeyav in Mk. iv. 41. Sept. Diod.
Sic. xx. 66,
Ii tvov, ov, TO, (wTvw, to toss away,)
a winnowing-shovel, with which grain is
tossed away against the wind, in order to
cleanse it, Matt. iii. 12. Lu. iii. 17.
Artemid. ii. 24. Theocr. vii. 156.
IIttpw, f. o@, (kindr. with wroéw,)
fo scare or terrify; pass. Phil. i. 28, pu
TTvoOMEvor, a term prop. used of horses
which take fright, and then of men who
are frightened, as Plut. Fab. Max. 3. Diod.
Sic. xvii. 34, 57, 58.
Titvopa, atos, TO, (7TIw,) spitile,
‘what is spit out,’ John ix. 6. Pol. viii.
14, 5.
Itvcow, f. Ew, to fold or roll toge-
ther, e.g. TO BrBXiov, Lu. iv. 20. 7
Arte x 4idian fy: prop.
II 7 v'w, f. ow, to spit, to spit out, Pet.
Mk. vii. 33. Xen. Cyr. viii. 1, 42. shere
Jos. and Class. yauai, John ix. 6
Mk. viii. 23. '
Ilta@pa, atos, TO, (wimTw,) pro
fall, HEL. V. HL. ix. 31 : ant anofone on
thing fallen, a ruin, e.g. of a wall, building,
Pol. xvi. 31, 8. Diod. Sic. xviii. 70. In
N. T. a Bopy fallen, i.e. a dead body,
Matt. xxiv. 28, darov yao éav 7 TO TTO-
fa, ékel cuvaxOryoovTat ot aeTtol. Rev.
xi. 8, 9. Sept. Joseph. and later Class.
Iit@ors, ews, 7, (wimrtTw,) a fall,
downfall, e. g. of a building, Matt. vii.
2/7. Diod. Sic. iii. 57. Pol. ii. 16, 33 fig.
downfall, ruin, Lu, ii. 34, eis wrwsu,
i.e. ‘a cause of fall and ruin,’ Ecclus. i.
21. v. 13, yAwooa aviopstov mrwors
auto.
Iitwyeia, as, n, (wrwyxds,) prop. the
t of begging ; also its condition, beggary,
Lys. 898, 9. In N. T. poverty, want,
- & tor-
Lrnves, 4, ov, adj. (wétopar,) flying, | 2 Cor. viii. 2, 4 Kata Babous rrw Xela,
winged ; in N. T. neut. plur. ta mrnva, |i. e. ‘deep poverty,’ Aristoph. Plut. 549.
birds, fowls, 1 Cor. xv. 39. Hdian. ili. 9,| So of a state of poverty and humiliation,
10. Xen. Hist. iv. 1, 16. The more usual | 2 Cor. viii. 9. Rev. ii. 9.
form is wr7jvar, as Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 11, &
go oft. in Hom. and the Dramatic writers
Ti toéw, f. tow, (fr. wimtw, as de-
noting, observes Wyttenb. on Plut. i. 597,
prop. a sudden percussion of the mind, and
the perturbation thence arising,) to terrify,
put in a fright ; pass. to be terrified, be nm
. trepidation, Lu. xxi. 9, ui) mTonOATe.
Iitwxetw, f. evow, (wrwyxes,) in
*| Class. to beg, be a seggar ; in N. T. to be-
come poor, to be in a state of poverty and
humiliation, intrans. 2 Cor. vili. 9; comp.
Phil. ii. 7, said of the Redeemer, on
which important passage see my note in
loc. and Abp. Magee on the Atonement,
vol, ii. 621.
ITT Q
IItwyxos, 7, ov, adj. (rrwoow, to
crouch,) begging, beggarly, poor, prop.
crouching in the manner of beggars; see
1 Sam. ii. 36. I. prop. and oft. as subst.
1) 6 mtwxos, a beggar, Lu. xiv. 13, 21.
xvi. 20, wrTwyds 6€ Tis iv dvopaTe Aa-
Capos. ver. 22, and Class. ; fig. Rev. iii.
17. 2) of wrwyoi, the poor, i. e. the
needy, destitute, Matt. xix. 21, dds mwTw-
2.
se
a1, 7s, 1, (wvé,) the fist, as oft.
In N. T. Mk. vii. 3, gav uy
lit. ‘unless
VY.
the the fist,” i. e. carefully, diligently ;
, ce more in my note.
Tltv@wv, wvos, 6, Python, in Greek
mythology the name (derived from Heb.
ynb, ‘the striker, and that from the old
root, mmp, fo beat, found in the Sanscrit
pata, to kill,) of a huge serpent slain by
Apollo, Ail. V. H. iii. 1, and then trans-
ferred to Apollo himself; in later writers
spoken of diviners, soothsayers, who were
held to be inspired of the Pythian Apollo.
In N. T. Acts xvi. 16, Exovcav wvevpa
T1U6wvos, * having a spirit of Python,’ i.e.
of a diviner, equiv. to a soothsaying demon;
see more in my note.
Iluxvos, 4), ov, adj. (kindr. with quia,
whence qruxkivos and auxkvos,) prop. thick,
dense, close together, ‘ thickly crowded,’
and by impl. xwmerous, as oft. in Homer.
Hence in N. T. frequent, often occurring,
] Tim. v. 23, 61a Tas muKvas cov aob:-
vetas. Thue. i. 23. Xen. Eq. ix. 6, and
the tragedians. Neut. plur. aruxva, as adv.
Srequently, Lu. v. 33, vnotevover tuKvda.
JEl. V. H. ii. 21. Xen. Conv. ii. 26. arux-
votepov, Acts xxiv. 26, and Class.
Tluxtevwo, f. evow, (fr. wuKrijs, and
that from mv&, the fist,) to box, to fight
as a boxer, intrans. applied spiritually by
380
eer enter cece Sesser
iY?
St. Paul to man’s combat with his cor- |
poreal inclinations to evil, 1 Cor. ix. 26,
oUTwW TuKTEVW, WS OUK aEpa O£pwn,
i.e. ‘I strike no blow in vain; see my
note.
ILvAn, ns, 7, a door, gate, prop. the large
door or portal of a public edifice, or of the
fortified gateway leading into a city, in
opp. to Svea, a common door; e.g. of
the Temple, woaia min Tov iepov, Acts
ili. 10; of a prison, xii. 10; of a city, Lu.
vii. 12. Acts ix. 24. Heb. xiii. 12, and
Sept.; symbol. or allegor. an entrance,
Matt. vii. 13, bis, 14. Lu. xiii. 24. Comp.
Cebet. Tab. xv. Also wiAar aéou, the
gates of Hades, by meton. for Hades itself,
(see in “Ardys,) i. e. either Hades with its
powers, Satan and his hosts, Matt. xvi. 18,
THY éKKX. Kal WUAaL AOov OV KaTLAXvU-
cove. avTys: or rather simply death, the
grave ; see my note. So Is. xxxviii. 10.
The Hebrews, and Greeks and Romans,
alike ascribed gates to Sheol or Hades. —
IIuA wv, wvos, 6, (adAn,) prop. a large
gate at the entrance of an edifice or city:
1) gener. of a house, Acts x. 17, éaréory-
cav éwl Tov Tur. xii. 13, and Sept. ; of
a city, Acts xiv. 13. Rev. xxi. 12, al. and
Sept. and Class. 2) by SYNECD. @ gate-
way, portal, the deep arch under which a
gate opens, Matt. xxvi. 71. Lu. xvi. 20.
Sept. Jos. and Class. )
Tluv@aévopat, f. wevoouat, aor. 2.
éevulounv, (fr. wiw and mv0w, whence
mbO8unv and woivGos, fundus,) depon. mid.
to ask, inquire. The primary sense was
to sound or fathom with a plummet, to
ascertain the depth of any place; and fig. to
inquire, learn, &c. So Shakspeare says,
‘To sound the bottom of the after-times.’
So also the Latin percontor, to inquire,
came from per and contus, a pole, used by
sailors to sound withal. 1) prop. and foll.
by wapa Tivos, from or of any one, e. g.
with acc. John iv. 52, garv@ero otv Tap’
avTav Tiv woav K.T.A. Acts x. 18. Sept.
Gen. xxv. 22, and Class. Absol. with in-
terrogat. dir. Acts iv. 7. x. 29, awuv@avo-
pat ouv, Tim AOyw K.T.X. xxiii. 19, So
before an indir. interrog. with the opt.
after a preter. Lu. xv. 26, évruv$avero, TE
ein TavTa; xviii. 86. John xiii. 24. Acts
xxi. 33. Xen. An. vii. 1, 14. In a judi-
cial sense, to inquire, examine, foll. by acc.
and weoi Tivos, Acts xxiii. 20, and Class.
2) by implic. to find out by inquiry, to
learn, hear, foll. by 671, Acts xxii. 34, as
oft. in the best writers.
Il vo, mupos, ro, fire, (from the Heb.
or from some Sanscrit word common with
the Heb. ys htr, which, though it prop.
means light, sometimes designates fire :)
I. prop. and gener. Matt. iii. 10, kai sis
uy ?P 381
» BadXeTar. ver. 12. vii. 19. xiii. 40.
|. 15, al. seepe. Sept. and Class. Rev.
18. viii. 5, €k Tov mWupos TOU Juctac-
jiov, i.e. upon the altar, etal. The
it. mupds often takes the place of an
, So PAGE arupos, ‘ flame of fire,’ i. q.
y flame, Acts vii. 30. Heb. i. 7. Rev. i.
ii. 18. Once vice versé, év wupt pXo-
Piisul ms ig, wept. is. xxix. 6. So
oakas qupos, ‘ burning coals,’ Rom.
20. yA@ocat woei Tupos, Acts ii. 3.
imades auods, Rev. iv. 5. orvdar
os, ‘fiery pillars,’ x. 1. Said of fire
n heaven, azo tov ovo. Lu. ix. 54, al.
e. Eurip. Phen. 1182, wup Ards, and
1. Soph. Antig. i. 35.—IL. symbol. 1)
rod, as inflicting punishment, Heb. xii.
6 Oeds Huwv wip KatavaXioKov.
np. Deut. iv. 24. 2) of strife, disunion,
xii, 49. So of the tongue, as kindling
e and discord, Ja. iii. 6. 3%) of the fire
yersecution and adversity, namely, the
mities, & trials, which purify the faith
hearts of professed Christians, as the
tries and purifies the precious metals;
p. 1 Pet. 7. So Mk. ix. 49. 1 Cor.
3, 2v Wupl amoKxadv’TTETaL’ Kal éKa-
uv TO epyov oTrotdy éott, TO TIP
juaoet, on the sense of which passage,
ver. 15, cwOncetar ws O1a Tupds,
my notes. 4) of the fire of hell, repre-
ed under various images, e. g. 7) Kapu-
Tov wupos, ‘a fiery furnace,’ Matt.
42, 50. v. 22. +0 rue Td doBeoTon,
_ ix. 43. TO aiwvioy, Matt. xviii. 8.
[vy Tou Tupos, Rev. xix. 20, al.—III.
ardour, vehemence, Heb. x. 27, aupés
os, denoting the fiery wrath of God,
n so designated in the O. T. as Mal. iv.
und so aifwy and d:aémvupos in the
ss. writers. See Blomf. on AMsch. Ag.
[upa, as, 1, (avp,) a fire, i. e. as
lled and burning, burning fuel, Acts
ili. 2, 3. Apocr. and Class,
[¥pyos, ov, 6,a tower: 1) prop. for
mee, as in the wall of acity, Lu. xiii.
avpyos ty Tw LX. i. e. in the wall
he city near Siloam. Sept. Joseph. and
ss. Said of the watch-tower of a vine-
1, Matt. xxi. 33. Mk. xii. 1. Sept. Is.
. 2) meton. of any building with one
nore towers, a castle, or turreted edi-
_ Lu. xiv. 26, where see my note.
m. Il. xxii. 447. Pol. xxvi. 4, 1.
luptoow, f. Ew, (aupertds,) to be
rish, be sick of fever, intrans. Matt.
14. Mark i. 30. Eurip. Cyclop. 228.
chin. p. 69,
[upetos, ov, 6, (avp,) prop.
f, as of Sirius, How Be ae
er. the heat of a fever. In N.T. a
7, Matt. viii. 15. Mk. i. 31. Lu. iv.
39, John iy. 52, al. Sept. and Class.
TlQP
IL veuvos, n, ov, adj. (arvp,) prop. fiery,
burning. InN. T. by impl. flaming, glit-
tering, Rev. ix. 17, Swpaxas qupivous.
Comp. Swpakes weTvowpevor, Hdian.
viii. 4, 27.
ILvoodw, f. wow, (aup,) to set on fire.
In N. T. only pass. wupdopat, to be fired,
set on fire, kindled, = to burn, to flame.
1) prop. Eph. vi. 16, see my note, and on
BéXos. 2 Pet. iii. 12, obpavot mupovpevoe
AvOyjocovrar. Rey. i. 15; fig. to burn, be
inflamed with anger, be incensed, 2 Cor.
xi. 29; with lust, 1 Cor. vii. 9, Kpetocov
yaujnoa.n wupovcbar. So éxmupovcbae
eis TO morxevev, Sept. Hos. vii. 4, ed. Vat.
préyouar, Dion. Hal. Ant. xi. 28. So
Lat. wror, as Virg. AEn. iv. 68, ‘ urttur
infelix Dido,’ and Hor. Od. i. 6, 19, ‘ sive
quid wrimur” 2) By IMPL. to be tried
with fire, purified, as metals, Rev. iii. 18.
Sept. Prov. x. 20, al.
Iluppa lw, f. dow, (auppos,) to be
fire-coloured, fire-red, intrans. Matt. xvi.
2, 1. 6 OUpavos. Ver. 3.
Tvpécs, &, dv, adj. (aip,) fiery-
coloured, fiery-red, red, Rev. vi. 4, taraos.
xii. 3, doakwy. Sept. and Class.
Ilvowors, ews, 1, (auvedw,) prop.
burning, conflagration, Rev. xviii. 9, 18;
fig. fiery trial, calamity, suffering, \ Pet.
iv. 12, wipwois moos metpacpuov, where
there is an allusion to the questzo, or tor-
ment by fire.
II w, enclit. partic. yet, even, used only
in compos.; see Mymw, Mnodérw, Ovzrw,
Ovdérw.
Ilwiéw, f. now, (see on mimpackw,)
prop. to trade away wares, to barter ;
hence gener. ¢o sell, with acc. Matt. xiii.
44, boa eyet, wwAet. xix. 2]. xxi. 12, al.
Sept. and Class. Pass, with gen. of price,
Matt. x. 29, ovyt dvo otpov8ia aooa-
piov mwAetrar; Lu. xii. 6. Absol. Matt.
mxie 12 alt
IIl@Xos, ov, 6,7, @ foal, Lat. pullus, —
i. €. gener. a young animal, lit. youngling;
spec. of the horse, @ colt, and oft. in Class.
In N.T. of anass, a foal,a colt, joined with
évos, etc. Matt. xxi. 2, 5, 7. John xii. 15.
absol. Mk. xi. 2, 4, 5, 7, and Sept. oft.
ILwarore, adv. (ww and roté,) lit. yet
ever, ever, at any time: in N. T. occ. only
after a neg. not yet even, never, Lu. xix.
30, ép’ Ov ovdeis MwTOTE Exabice. John
i. 18, al. Sept. and Class.
Ilwodw, f. wow, (awwoos, a kind of
stone, also Lat. callus,) prop. to make hard
like a stone; then gener. make callous, ‘to
indurate, e. g. datéa, Dioscor. i. 90, dra
THS TeTWpwpEvys capKos. InN, T. only
fig. to harden, make dull, stupid, e. g. tiv
Kapdiav, John xii. 40. Pass. to be har-
dened, dull, stupid, e. g. 1 kapodia, Mk. vi.
ITQP
52. viii. 17. ta vorpara, 2 Cor. iii. 14.
So of persons, Rom. xi. 7.
Ilwpweots, ews, 7, (7wodw,) prop. a
hardening, induration: in N, T. only fig.
hardness of heart or mind, dullness, stu-
pidity, Mk. iii. 5. Eph. iv. 18. Absol. id.
Rom. xi. 25.
IIws, enclitic particle indef. any how,
wm any way, in some way or other; in
N. T. only in the compounds ¢ézrws,
TTS.
IIws, interrog. adv. (correl. to ws,
ws, oTws,) how ? in what way or manner ?
by what means? I. prop. in a direct ques-
tion. 1) with the zndicative : gener. and
simply, Lu. x. 26, wws dvaywweokers;
John vii. 15. ix. 10, was dvewyOnody
cot ot 6pOadrpoi; | Cor. xv. 35: imply-
ing wonder, Matt. xxii. 12, wws eiondOes
woe; Johniii. 9. vi. 52: so with the fut.
expressing what may or can take place,
Matt. vii. 4, wws épets TH AdeEAGw cou;
Lu. i. 34; with intensive particles, cat
wos, John xii. 34. mws ovv, vi. 42. In
the same expression of surprise, &c. wws
may often be rendered how 2s it that ? how
comes it 2 why? Mk. xii. 35, wws Aéyouowy
ol yoaupm. OTe 6 Xp. k.T.rX. John iv. 9.
1 Cor. xv. 12. Gal. ii. 14. iv. 9: so Kel
awws, Acts li. 8. mws otv, Matt. xxii. 43.
awws ov, xvi. ll. Also often in questions
which serve to affirm the contrary; e.g. a
negative, Matt. xii. 29, 34, wws dvvacle
ayala XaXstv; i. e. ‘ye cannot,’ Mk. iii.
23. John iii. 4. kat as intens. Lu. xx.
44, John xiv. 5. Rom. iii. 6. 1 Cor. xiv.
7, 9. Heb. ii. 3. Hence aws ovyxi, im-
plying strong affirmation, Rom. viii. 32.
2 Cor. iii. 8. 2) with the subjunctive, in a
question expressing doubt, Matt. xxiii. 33,
TUS PUVYNTE ATO THS Kploews THS YeEv-
vns; xxvi. 54. 3) with the optatwe and
av, expressing a negative subjectively,
Acts vili. 31, wws yap adv duvaiuny; ‘ for
how can [?°—II. in an zdzrect question,
with the indicative, expressing what is real
and of actual occurrence, John ix. 15,
HowTwy avtov wws avéBreWev. Oftener
in oblique discourse, after verbs of consi-
dering, finding out, knowing, making
known, and the like: here the interrog.
force is dropped, and awe is equiv. to its
correlative dmws, how, in what way: 1)
with the indic. Matt. vi. 28. xii. 4. Mk.
v.16. 2) with the subjunct. where any
thing is expressed as objectively possible,
Matt. x. 19, wy peoiuvionte Tws 7 Ti
AaAnonte. Mk, xiv. 1, J1. Lu. xii. 11.
xxii. 2,4. Acts iv. 2]. 3) with the fut.
indic. instead of the subjunct. Mk. xi. 18,
é(ntTovv Tws avTov awoXécovoew. | Cor.
vii. 32.—III. as an intensive exclamation,
how? how very! how greatly! before an
adj. or adv. Mk. x. 24, amws dvoKoXov
382
SS SS Se eS eS ee ee ee SS SSS SE
PAA
éott, &c. Matt. xxi. 20; before a verb,
Lu. xii. 50, wws cuvéxouar Ews ob Te-
AeoOy ; John xi. 36.
Py
‘PaBBi, Heb. a@ master or teacher,
Matt. xxiii. 7, and oft.
‘PaBPBovi, Heb. intens. great master,
Mark x. 5], al.
‘PaBoigw, f. tow, (paBdos,) to beat
with rods, to scourge, absol. Acts xvi. 22.
2 Cor. xi. 25, Tpis éppaBdioGnpy, and lat.
Class.
‘PaBdos, ov, 4, a rod, wand, staff, 1)
gener. Heb. ix. 4, 7 paBdos “Aaowv. Rev.
xi. 1. So Sept. Ex. iv. 2,4. For chas-
tising, scourging, 1 Cor. iv.21. For lean-
ing upon, walking, Matt. x. 10. Mk. vi. &,
al. 2) spec. @ sceptre, i. e. staff or wand
of office, Heb. i. 8
‘PaBdovxXos, ov, 6, prop. a rod-holder,
i. e. a lictor, an officer, or sort of sergeant,
who attended on the magistrates of Roman
cities and colonies, and executed their
decrees ; so called as bearing the Roman
Jusces or bundle of rods, Acts xvi. 35, 38,
and later Class.
‘Padtovpynpa, atos, TO, (padiove-
yéw, padtovpyos, *‘ one who makes light
of what he does,’ whether good or evil;
fr. 6addvos, Epyov,) prop. ‘ what is done
lightly,” i. e. with levity. Now this may,
and often does, denote, by an Attic soften-
ing, erime, wickedness ; but, according
to its original force, it may denote that
lighter sort of crime, called with us knavery
or trickery. So Lucian, Calum. non tem.
cred. 20, aaatyn Kal Wevdos, Kai ém-
opKia, Kal mooohiTapnols, Kal avat-
oxuvtia, kai dAda pupia padtovpyn-.
mata. Plut. ix. 415,10. And such may
be the sense intended at Acts xviii. 14, «i
pv ouv nv adiknuad TL H padiovoynna
qovnpov. But as there zrovneoy is united
with the term pao. it may rather be un-
derstood to denote, like our roguery, wag-
gery, ‘a wanton mischievous trick.” In-
deed, there and elsewhere (as Theogn.
274) qovnpos certainly denotes no other |
than méschievous, causing trouble. In
short, the expression may be supposed to
have reference to those mischievous tricks
played off by the heathens, in ridicule of
the Mosaic rites and ceremonies, especially
circumcision ; for which the Jews were by
the heathens contemptuously styled verpz.
See Juven. Sat. xiv. 96—106. Finally, in —
Plut. vii. 79, 1, 6adcovpyéw is used in this —
very sense for petulanter et lascwe agere.
‘Padiovoyia, as, 7, (comp. padiovp- —
ynpa,) levity of action, and hence knavery,
roguery ; in which there is a conjoint idea.
PAK
383
PHM
of subtlety or roguery with the crimi- | the cheeks or ears, Mk. xiv. 65, of brn-
nality, be it more or less. So in Acts xiii.
10, wAnHons mavtos dddov Kai pad.ove-
yias. And so occasionally in the Class.,
e. gr. Plut. vi. 19,12, oi avrooyxédior Tov
Adyev Kal padioupyias eior mAroets.
In short, the word has all the senses of our
word roguery, which, indeed, sprung from
it, as rogue from pad.ovpyds.
‘Paka, Heb. an appellation of strong
contempt, worthless, foolish, Matt. v. 22.
‘P &kos, eos ous, TO, (Onoow, to rend,)
a piece torn off, a rag, Hom. Od. xxi. 221.
In N. T. @ shred, or a piece cut off from a
web of new cloth, Matt. ix. 16. Mk. ii.
21, éviBAnua paxous ayvadov. So in
the Anthol. Gr. the term is used of the
remnant of a web of cloth. And in Ar-
tem. i. 13, of the strips of cloth which
were wound around the dead, paxeow
éoXiopévors évethouvTat ol amrolavovtes.
‘Pavti Cw, f. icw, (paivw,) prop. to
- sprinkle, besprinkle, with acc. Heb. ix. 13,
o7rod0s Oapadews pavTifovca Tovs Ké-
Kowwpévous. ver. 19,2]. Pass. in ix. 19,
21, Sept. Lev. vi.27. 2 K. ix. 33. And
so in Class., as Athen. xii. 3, fin. Metaph.
or symbol. to purify, cleanse, in a moral
sense, Heb. x. 22, é6pavticpévor tas
KapCias ATO cuVvELOnoEews Tovyeas, ‘ pu-
rified as to our hearts from whatever
defiles the conscience,’ from all sense of
sin. So Sept. Ps. li. 9, pavtuets pe
vocwTw, Kai KabapicOyjoouat.
‘Pavticpos, ov, 6, (pavTi~w,) prop.
@ sprinkling, and meton. purification,
cleansing, Heb. xii. 24, atuare pavtic-
pou, * blood of sprinkling,’ i. e. for sprink-
ling, cleansing. So Sept. téwo pavtic-
pov, Num. xix. 9, 13, 20, sq. 1 Pet. i. 2,
EkXekTots—eis UTaKkoly Kal pavTiouov
aiu“atos “Incov Xp. ‘to sprinkling with
the blood of Jesus, to cleansing through
his blood,’ in which passage the apostle
seems to have had in view a strikingly
similar one of Zech. xiii. 1, where this
very thing is prophesied of: ‘In that day
there shall be a fountain opened for sin
and for uncleanness,’ i. e. for its removal,
zis Tov Kweicpor, or, as the Alexandrian
and other MSS. with Symm. have, sis
Tov pavtiopuoy, the very word, doubt-
less, read by St. Peter.
‘Pawifw, f.\icw, (paris, rod,=p4-
dos,) prop. to beat with rods, scourge, Hdot.
vil. 35. ib. viii. 59: in lat. writers and
N. T.. to smite with the open hand, in opp.
to koka@iCw, to thump, to slap, espec. the
face or ears, with acc. Matt. v. 39, So7us
Cf par. evi tiv OeErdv cov. absol. Matt.
xxvi. 67, Sept. and Class.
e , ‘ e ,
Pamicua, atos, To, (pa7i~w,) a
blow with the open hand, slap, espec. on
So Sept. 1 Kings viii. 20. xii. 16.
osTal patiouacw av’tov ¢Ba\Xov. John
Xviil. $9. xix. 8. Sept. Is. 1.6, and lat.
Class.
‘Pais, idos, 7, (parTw, to sew,) @
needle, Matt. xix.24. Mk. x. 25. Lu. xviii.
25. Hippocr. de Morb. lib. ii. c. 26. Nicet.
Annal. vill. 4.
‘P 26a or ‘Peon, ns, 7, Lat. rheda, i. e.
a carriage with four wheels for travelling,
a chariot, Rev. xviii. 13.
‘Péw, f. pevow or pevoouar, to flow,
intrans. John vii. 38, rotTanoi—pevoovcw
vdaTos Ca@avtos. Sept. and Class.
‘Péw, obsol. to speak, see in Eizrov.
‘Pay Ma, atos, TO, (pryvuput,) @ rend-
ing, breach, ruin, Lu, vi. 49. Sept. Amos
vi. 11., Pol., xiii. 6,8.
‘Phyvupe & ‘Phocw, f. Ew, gener.
to rend, tear, break; in N. T. I. PRop.
and 1) of things, to rend, burst, as leather
bottles or skins, Mk. ii. 22. Lu. v. 37,
pnee. 6 véos oivos Tovs aoxovs. Pass.
Matt. ix. 17. Sept. and Class., chiefly of
rending garments. 2) of persons, Zo rend,
to tear, to lacerate, e. gr. as dogs, Matt.
vii. 6. Also to dash to or on the ground, as
a demon, one possessed, Mk. ix. 18. Lu.
ix. 42, 26onEev attov To Oatmovioy Kai
cuveotrapaktev. So Sept. Is. xiii. 16.
Wisd. iv. 19. Artemid. i. 60, p7Eat Tov
avtTitaXov, of a wrestler.—II. Fic. & ab-
sol. to break forth, (by bursting all bonds, )
i. e. into rejoicing and praise, Gal. iv. 27,
pntov Kai Boénoov, where at p. supply
gwviv, lit. ‘cause a sound to break forth:’
so Is. xlix. 13. lii. 9, onEar edppootunv.
The @wrjv is gener. expressed in the
Class. as Hdot. i. 85. v. 93, & oft. Arist.
Nub. 960.
‘Pia, atos, To, (péw, see in Eizrov,)
prop. ‘that which is spoken, a@ word: 1.
prop. @ word, as uttered by the living
voice, Acts vi. ll, 67uata BAdopypa.
ver. 13. x. 44, al. Sept. and Class.—IT.
collectively, word, also plur. words, equiv.
to saying, speech, discourse: 1) gener.
Matt. xii. 36, wav pyua aoyov. Mk. ix.
o2. Lu. i. 38. ii. 17, 19, 50, 51, where
TavTAa Ta pywatTa TavTa may have
reference to both sayings and doings,
namely, the words spoken, and all the cir-
cumstances connected with the affair just
before spoken of. Soin Sept. & Class. 2)
equiv. to charge, accusation, Matt. v. 11.
xviii. 16. 2 Cor. xiii. 1. 3) equiv. to pre-
diction, prophecy, €. gr. phuata mpoepn-
péva, 2 Pet. iii. 2. Jude 17. So ta pr-
pata Tov Qeou, Rev. xvii. 17 in text. rec.
4) promise, e. gr. from God, Lu. ii, 29.
Heb. vi. 5, kaXov yevodpuevor Oeov pyua.
5)
command, Luke v. 5. So pyua Veoo,
e is
384
POM
word of God, his omnipotent decree, Heb. | ayaan £661Gwuévor. Col. ii. 7, and Class.
xi. 3. impl. Heb. i. 3. Also Lu. iv. 4. | as Plut. de Puer. educ. 9, dAX’ Stav tis
Matt. iv. 4, gai wavti pyuate éxtropevo-
évw Ola oTOuaTos Oeou, i. e. Meton.
‘upon whatever is ordained by God.’
Sept. Josh. i. 13. 1 Sam. xvii. 29. In
this sense, too, the word occurs in a mo-
numental inscription in Hdot. vii. 228,
Keiuela, Tots Keivwv pymact TeLGopuevor.
6) spoken of a teacher, word, i. e. teach-
ing, precept, doctrine, €. gr. Ta pyuaTta
THs Cwys, Acts v. 20. x. 22, axovoat
pnuata Tapa cov. xi. 14. xiii. 42. So
PIAA, P7MAa THS WicTEws, PHua Oeou or
Kvotov, the word, word of faith, word of
God, i.e. ‘the doctrines and promises
revealed and taught from God,’ THE Gos-
PEL as preached, Rom. x. 8, 17. Acts x.
of. Eph. v. 26. vi. 17. 1 Pet. i. 25; of
Jesus, John v.47, & oft. in St. John’s Gos-
pel. Ta pyjuata Tov Oeov, ‘words or
doctrine received from God,’ John iii. 34.
villi. 47. xvii. 8.—III. meton. from the
Heb, 127, things spoken of, i.e. gener.
thing, matter, affair, like the Greek Clas-
sical émros and Aoyos, Lu. ii. 15, idwuev
TO p7yua TOUTO TO yeyovds. i. 65. Matt.
xvili. 16. Acts v. 32. So Sept. oft. So ov
—Tav pjua, (the negat. ov being joined
with the verb,) xothing at all, Lu. i. 37,
ovK aduvaTyoE Tapd TW DEW TAY PHM.
‘Pyoow, see in “Pyyvupmt.
‘Pn 7 wp, opos, 6,(obsol. péw,) a speaker,
orator, advocate, Acts xxiv. 1, and Class.
‘Pynta@s, adv. (pntos, said, expressed
in words, obsol. péw,) in express words,
expressly, | Tim. iv. 1. Sext. Empir. adv.
Log. i. 8, 6 Bevopav pyntas prow.
‘PiGa, as, 7, @ root: 1) prop. Matt.
iii. 10. Lu. iii. 9, 7 &Eivyn mpds Tih pitav
Tav dévopwy KetTat. Mk. xi. 20, éx pi@wr,
‘from the roots,’ i.e. wholly. Sept. and
Class. So otk éxew pifav, ‘to have no
root,’ q. d. ‘not to take deep root, Matt.
xiii. 6. Mk. iv. 6: fig. of those not rooted
and established in faith & doctrine, Matt.
xili. 21. Mk. iv. 17. Sept. Ez. xvii. 6,7, 9.
2) fig. cause, source of any thing, 1 Tim.
vi. 10, pi{a wavTwv THv Kakwv. Ecclus.
i. 6,20. Wisd. xv. 3. Also the root from
which any thing springs, Rom. xi. 16—18.
Heb. xii. 15, pia mixpias, i.e. ‘a wicked
person whose example is poisonous,’ see
my note. 3) meton. (from the Heb. a
sprout, shoot,) fig. offspring, a descendant,
Rom. xv. 12, 9 pi€a tov “lecoai. Rev. v.
5. xxii. 16, and 1 Macc. i. 11.
“PiCdw, f. wow, (pifa,) to let take root,
and pass. or mid. to be or become rooted,
to take root, Theophr. Hist. Pl. ii. 5, 6.
viii. 5,4. In N. T. only pass. fig. to be
rooted, = ‘ to be strengthened with roots,’
to be firmly fixed, constant, Eph. iii. 18, ev
pi(won Tijy dvvapty.
‘Pim, 7s, 7, (piartw,) a throw or cast,
as of a stone or weapon, Hom. I]. xii. 462,
also the impetus with which a body, when
propelled, moves; also the flapping of
wings, Eur. Hel. 1122. Aésch. Ag. 864,
In N. T. @ jerk of the eye, i.e. a wink,
twinkling, 1 Cor. xv. 52, év purry d8ad-
ov, equiv. to a moment of time. The
nearest to this phrase is the expression of
Soph. Elect. 106, waugeyyets &eTowv
pitas, ‘the twinkling of stars.” Comp.
Lu. iv. 5.
‘Piri Cw, f. iow, (prtis, fr. pirtw, a
fan for blowing fire, Aristoph. Ach. 888,)
to fan, to blow, e. gr. fire, fuel, Aristot. de
Admirand. tivas ious, of Kaiovtat,—
pimiCousvo. oBévvuvtTat Tayxéws. In
N. T. gener. to move to and fro, to toss,
agitate, as waves, Ja.i. 6, kAUdwyt Badac-
ons —piTiCouevw. So Philo, cited by
Wets. ei ul) mods avémou pimiforto TO
vowo. So Dio Chrysost. p. 368, speaking
of the vulgus, says, um’ dviuou pimi-
CeT au. .
‘Piwvéw, only in pres. and imperf. as:
a frequentative from pirtw,— to throw or
cast repeatedly, Hdot. iv. 188. Pol. i. 47, 4.
In N. T. Acts xxii. 23, perrotvtwv Te
iuatia, i. e. probably throwing up or toss-
ing their outer garments in the air, as also
dust, in furtherance of the uproar. This
was customary in theatres and other as-
semblies. See my note.
‘Pimtw, f. Ww, to throw or cast, with ©
a sudden motion, zo hurl, to jerk, with ace.
1) prop. and foll. by eis, Lu. iv. 35,
piWav avtov TO datpoviov zis pécon.
xvii. 2, Matt. xxvii. 5. Foll. by é« with
gen. to cast out, Acts xxvii. 19, 29. Sept.
In a milder sense, =to put or lay down,
as sick persons, with acc. Matt. xv. 30,
eppivav avtous Tapa Tovs Tddas TOU
‘I. Comp. Sept. 2 K. ii. 16. Wisd. xi.
14. Dem. 413, 11, ovK éxew omov Ta-
éautou pimte:. 2) to cast forth, throw
apart, scatter, pass. part. perf. é6prupévos,
cast forth, scattered, Matt. ix. 36. Diod.
Sic. xiii. 9, Trav Lupaxoveiwy—KaTa Tov
diwyov éppimpévwv. Pol. v. 48, 2.
‘PorGnddv, adv. (portew & portfos,
noise, rushing, as of winds and waves,)
with great noise, with a crash, 2 Pet. iii.
10. So Hero ap. Museum, 339, po:Gndov
Tpokapnves am HdiBatou wéce Tup-
you.
‘Poudaia, as, n, @ sword, prop. a
long, broad, and straight sword, (like the
old Highland claymore,) used espec. by
the Thracians, Thue. ii. 96. vii. 27. Plut.
Paul. mil. 18. InN. T. gener. Rev. i,
16, poudaia dictomos deta. ii. 12, 16.
PYM
vi. 8. xix. 15,21. Fig. Lu. ii. 35, cov dé
385
ZAT
éovw,) a wrinkle, i. e. as drawn together,
avtas Thy Wuxi duehevoerat poudaia, | contracted, Aristoph. Plut. 1051. Diod.
i. e. ‘anguish of soul shall come upon | Sic. iv. 51; fig. Eph. v. 27.
thee.’ Sept. Ex. xxxii. 26. Ez. v. 1. Jos.
Ant. vi. 12, 4, poudaia Tov ToXrabov.
vii. 12, 1.
‘Pu'un, ns, 1, (obsol. aes equiv. to
2p0w,) prop. impetus, impulse, onset, equiv.
to doun. In the later usage and N. T.
a street, lane, alley of a city, in distinction
from 7 wXateta, (which see,) Matt. vi. 2.
Lu. xiv. 2], eis Tas wAaTEias Kal pUmas
THs woAsws. Acts ix. 11. xii. 10. Sept.
me xv. do. Lob, xii. 16. Ecclus. ix. 7.
Pol. vi. 29, 1.
‘P vouat, f. pUcouat, depon. mid. (ob-
sol. p¥w, equiv. to govw,) prop. to draw
towards oneself; hence by impl. to draw
‘P vw, see ‘Ptomuac.
‘Pwvvipme, f. pwow, to strengthen, make
firm; more usually perf. pass. eppwmaz as
present, to be strong, well ; in N. T. only
imperat. g6pwoo, as a formula at the end
of epistles, like Lat. vale, Engl. farewell,
Acts xxiii. 30, Z6pwoo. xv. 29, eppwabs.
die
TaBRaticpos, ov, 6, (caBBariCw,)
prop. a keeping sabbath, i. e. rest, a ceasing
or snatch from danger, = to rescue, deliver; | from labour; in N. T. Heb. iv. 9, aro-
foll. by acc. simpl. Matt. xxvii. 43, pu-
cacw vuv avtov. 2 Pet. ii. 7. Absol.
Rom. xi. 26, 6 pudpevos, ‘the deliverer,’
as oft.in Sept. With an adjunct from
whence, e. gr. foll. by azo with gen. Mait.
vi. 13, p¥ca: as ato TOU TovypoD, al.
sepe, and Sept. Foll. by é« with gen.
Rom. vii. 24, tis we piceTar EK TOU CO-
uatros—; 2 Cor. i. 10. Col. i. 13, al. and
Class. Pass. Lu. i. 74. 2 Tim. iv. 17, and
Sept.
‘Putaoevomat, depon. mid. (puma-
ods,) to be filthy, fig. Rev. xxii. 11, in
lat. ed.
‘Puwapia, as, 7, (puvmapos,) prop.
filth, filthiness, fig. Ja. i. 21, avo0émevor
Tacav puTapiav, meaning, ‘fleshly sins,’
such as gluttony, drunkenness, fornication,
&c. ; spiritually with allusion to laying aside
a filthy garment, pumapav écOy7Ta. In
the moral sense it occ. in Plut. Prec.
Conjug. § 28, and so putraivecOat, ‘to be
polluted with vice, in Dion. Hal. & Plut.
and pu7ros for the defilement of the soul,
in Lucian, t. i. 542. ii. 800.
‘Puwapos, a, ov, adj. (pvzros,) filthy,
foul, Ja. ii. 2, TrwXos ev puTTapa eoOT1.
Sept. and Class. Fig. Rev. xxii. 11, in
later edit. Sept. So Act. Thom. § 13, pu-
Tapa émiupuia.
‘Pimros, ov, 6, filth, filthiness, 1 Pet.
iii. 21, ob capKos amo0eats pvtrov. Sept.
Job xiv. 4. Is. iv. 4. Luc. Anachar. v.
Gymnas. 29. Pol. xxxii. 7, 8.
‘Putrow, f. wow, (poet. for puymaw, fr.
pores.) to be filthy, in text. rec. Rev.
xxii. 11, 6 put@v, puTwoatw ét1. Hom.
Od. vi. 87. Aristoph. Av. 1271.
‘Pics, ews, 7, (péw, which see,) a
flowing, flux, e. gr. aiwatos, Mk. v. 25.
_ Lu. viii. 43, 44. Sept. Lev. xv. 24, sq.
fH). V. H. vi. 6, tTHv p. Tov aipatos.
‘Putts, idos, 7, (obsol. pw, equiv. to
NeiteTar o. TH Kaw Tov Oeov, where is
meant, not a mere resting, but such a rest
as God entered into, when he had finished
his work of creation; namely, a complete,
holy, and happy rest ; wherein it is further
intimated, that the sabbath was instituted
as a symbol of that eternal rest which
‘remaineth for the people of God.’ See
more in my note there. The word occurs
also in Plut. de Superst. 3.
DaBBavrov, ov, to, sabbath, Heb.
prop. rest, a ceasing from labour ; pl. ra
caPBara, often for the sing., dat. pl. tots
cdBBaot. I. PRopP. the sabbath,i.e. the
Jewish sabbath, the seventh day of the
week: 1) sing. Mk. ii. 27,76 ca. Ova
Tov av0. éyévero. Matt. xii. 5. Mk. ii.
27. vi. 2. 7 nuéoa tov oc. Lu. xiii. 14,
16. vi. 1, and Sept. sepe. 2) plur. in a
plural signif. Acts xvii. 2, éari oaBCata
tpia. Col. ii. 16: elsewh. only in gen.
and dat., equiv. to sing. Matt. xxviii. 1,
owe caBBatov. 1 ipéepa THY cabRaTwr,
Lu. iv. 16. Mk. ii, 23, 24. iii. 2, 4.—II.
METON. a period of seven days, a week,
sing. Mk. xvi. 9, wowty caBBatov. Lu.
xviii. 12, dis Tov caf. Pl. Matt. xxviii. 1,
eis pilav caBBatwy. Mk. xvi.2. Lu. xxiv.
1, Acts xx. 7. 1 Cor. xvi. 2, and Sept.
Laynvn, ns, 4, (cayh, fr. cat Tw,) a
net, used in fishing, and drawn to the
shore, ‘something like our draw-net,
which, when sunk into the river and
dragged to the shore, sweeps, as it were,
the bottom, and was therefore called ver-
riculum. In this, however, it differed
from an ordinary draw-net, that besides
being far larger, and of stouter materials,—
formed of wattled work, osier, or cane,—it
was intended to take not part of the fish
of a pool or stream, but the whole, of every
kind, size, and quality : whence its name,
lit. ‘that into which all the fish of a pool
or part of ariver were inclosed and crammed
together.’ So Pol. xii. 2, 5, cat 7Tovewy eis
S
XAT
ayyeta, which seemsalluded toin the words
of St. Matt. xiii. 47, caynun BAnVeion eis
tiv Jad. Kal €k Tavtos yévous cuv-
ayayouoy. Such is also alluded to in
the figurative use of the verb caynvetw
in Hdot. vi. 31. AXschyl. Ag. 1353. Plato,
p- 698, and other writers, as said of cap-
turing all the inhabitants of a country.
Besides the N. T., the word occurs also in
Sept. (as Ez. xxvi. 5, al.) & later writers,
as Appian, Adlian, and Artemid. prop. ;
also fig. in Plut. vi. 647, 3, guewav womep
év caynvy pia, Ti OetolOatmovia, ouvdE-
OEMEVOL.
Laivw, f. avw, (fr. ceaivw, kindred
with oeiw,) to move, stir, or shake any
thing, and by implication, owt of tts
place. Hence fig. to move im mind, per-
turb. So Eurip. Rhes. 55, caiver p’ zv-
vuXos ppuktwoia, and pass. to be per-
turbed, | Th. ii. 3, Tw undéva caivecOar
év tars SiWveot TavTats, ‘should be
perturbed in mind, and moved from the
faith.” Comp. Acts ii. 25, tva uy cadev0a,
where see my note. So Diog. Laért. viii.
1, 21, of 62, carvdmevor Tots AEVomEvOLS,
é0a&Kovov.
LaKKos, ov, 0, Hebr. pw, sack-ing,
sack-cloth, i. e. coarse black cloth, com-
monly made of hair, Rev. vi. 12, and
used for straining liquids; also for sacks,
and for mourning-garments, worn by pro-
phets, and by ascetic persons gener., Matt.
ili. 4. Hence in N. T. gener. Rev. vi. 12, 6
nALos médas EVEVETO WS TAKKOS TOLXLVOS,
comp: Is’ J... 3,\, Beclus.. xxv. dv.) OF
mourning-garments, Matt. xi. 21, év odk-
Kw Kal omodw. Lu. x. 18. Of a pro-
phet’s garment, Rev. xi. 3.
Sarevw, f. ebow, (cados, the surge
of the sea,) prop. to move to and fro, to
shake, trans. i.e. to put into a state of
waving, vibratory motion. I. PROP. with
acc. Lu. vi. 48. Heb. xii. 26, 06 7 pwvi)
Tv Yynv éoaddrevce. Pass. cadeveoOar,
prop. used of the tossing to and fro of
ships at anchor, see Thuc. i. 137; but
also of any other tossing, as Matt. xi. 7.
Lu. vii. 24, kaXapov bre avépou cadevo-
puevov. Matt. xxiv. 29, ai duvamets Twv ovo.
oadevOyoovrat, denoting the destruction
of states and potentates. So Plut. Dion.
0, THY TUpavvida gaXevovcav. Acts iv.
ol, al. of an earthquake, éoadev01) 6 TO-
tos. So Aisch. Prom. 1117, y@av ceca-
Aevtar. Luke vi. 38, wétoov mem. Kai
ozoaXevupévoyv, i.e. shaken down. Also
Sept. Jos. and Class. Fig. of things ready
to fall and perish, Heb. xii. 27, where va
cadevoueva, things shaken and ready to
fall, means the Mosaic dispensation ; while
Ta wi) cadevoueva designates the Chris-
tian dispensation.—II. METAPH. to move
in mind, to agitate, disturb, with acc.
386
ZAN
Acts xvii. 18, robs GyXous cadeverv, to
agitate the people, i. e. to cause a tumult.
So in the Class. writers not unfrequently,
(as Soph. Cid. R. 25. El. 1074,) political
turbulence is compared to the tossing of a
tempestuous sea. Pass. Acts ii. 25, tva
ay oadevda, i. e. ‘that I should not by.
calamity be shaken or troubled, namely,
so as to have my firm faith and trust
in God disturbed.’ Comp. 1 Th. iii. 3.
So also 2 Th. ii. 2, cis TO wy carevOqvar
Uuas ad ToU voos, ‘that ye should not
[suffer yourselves to] be tronbled;’ i. e.
that ye be not shaken from the hitherto
settled persuasion of your minds; where
we have, I conceive, (as in a similar pas-
sage of Arrian cited by Wets. ux azroca-
AevVec0ar Ora THY TOPITKaTwY,) a meta-
phor taken from a ship torn from its an-
chorage, and carried out to sea. 1 Mace.
vi. 8. Ecclus. xxix. 18. xlviii. 19.
Laos, ov, 6, prop. any vibratory mo-
tion, tossing to and fro, especially of a
ship at sea, or rocking at anchor; hence in
N. T. put for the rolling sea, billows, Lu.
xxi. 25, nxovons JaXadoons Kat oddov.
Sept. Jonah i. 15. Ps. lxxxix. 10. Plut.
Thes. 20. Diod. Sic. xx. 74. Soph. Phil.
271. Aristoph. Thesm. 872.
LDarweyé, eyyos, n, a trumpet, 1 Cor.
xiv. 6 Ree ae ee 2,6, 13, ix.
14, As announcing the approach or pre-
sence of God, Heb. xii. 19; or also the
final advent of the Messiah, Matt. xxiv.
31, meta caddATIyyos PwvAs peyadns,
(for peTa pey. Pwvyns cadmyyos, an
allusion, we may suppose, to the method
of convoking solemn assemblies among the
Jews and Gentiles, namely, by sound of
trumpet,) 1 Cor. xv. 52, év TH exyary
cadteuyye. 1 Th. iv. 16, o. Oeov. Sept.
TarTwi Cw, f. iow, (caddavyé,) aor. 1.
éoaddttca, to sound a trumpet, intrans.
Matt. vi. 2, uy carwions EumpocbEv
cov. | Cor. xv. 52. Rev. viii. 6, sqq. ix.
1, 13. x. 7. xi. 15. Sept. and Class.
Dartwiornys, ov, 6, (carmi~w,) a
trumpeter, Rev. xviii. 22, Dion. Hal. Ant.
iv. 17, and lat. Class. F
DavddX ov, ov, TO, (dim. of cdvea-
Aov,) a sandal, i. e. a wooden or leathern
sole, covering the bottom of the foot, and
bound on with thongs, Mk. vi. 9. Acts
xil. 8. Sept. and Class. 3
Davis, tos, 7, a board, plank, e. gr.
of a ship, Acts xxvii. 44, éari caviow:
meaning planks from a ship’s deck. So the ©
full phrase in Pol. i. 22, 9, rats cavice
TaVv KaTactpwuaTtwv. The ellips. occurs '
also in Eurip. Hel. 1572, ob« 70d’ opbos
cavida ToocBjvat Kata, ‘to put his foot |
on the deck.’ Anthol. i. 55, 15, kAac-
SAT 387
Osions mort vyds ev Udacr, Onow
td
éGévro Atoool ition pwotvns mapvauevot
oavioos.
Lamoods, a, ov, adj. (oj77w,) bad : the
word signifies, I. prop. ‘what is decayed
and rotten, as said either of vegetable or
animal substances; hence by meton. what
is refuse and worthless, as old vessels, or
small fishes, Matt. xiii. 48; also, when
applied to trees or fruit, what is of a bad
quality, Matt. vii..17, 18. xii. 33. Lu. vi.
43.—I]. fig. in a moral sense, corrupt,
foul, Eph. iv. 29, was dyos cameos,
namely, as opp. to Aoyos ayabos mpos
oikodoury just after, ‘any kind whatever,
of bad and unprofitable discourse, as
brawling, slandering, and the foolish talk-
ing and jesting’ just before mentioned.
Thus it differs little from the pyua doyov
of Matt. xii. 36. Comp. Arrian Epict. iii.
16, ta campa Xadovor, et al.
Law@pecpos, ov, 7, sapphire, a pre-
- cious stone, next in hardness and value to
the diamond, mostly of a blue colour in
various shades, Rev. xxi. 19. Sept. Jos.
and Class.
Lapyavn, ns, 7, (comp. Hebr. wD,
to interweave, to braid,) prop. ‘ any thing
braided, twisted, interwoven,’ e. gr. @ cord,
fschyl. Suppl. 769. In N. T. @ rope-
basket, network of cords, 2 Cor. xi. 33;
comp. Acts ix. 25, omvgis: so Athen.
p- 119, & 407.
ZL apo.ivos, ov, 0, i. gq. cdpdios, Rev.
iv. 3, in iext. rec.
Yape.os, ov, 0, sardius, sardian, a
precious stone of a blood-red, or some-
times of a flesh-colour, more commonly
known by the name of carnelian, and
called ca@pdios, as brought from Sardinia.
Rey. iv. 3, in later edit. xxi. 20. Sept.
Ex. xxviii. 17. Ez. xxviii. 13.
LapdovvE, vxos, n, sardonyx, a pre-
cious stone exhibiting a milk-white variety
of the onyx or chalcedony, intermingled
with shades or stripes of sardian or carne-
lian, Rev. xxi. 20. Jos. Ant. iii. 7, 5.
ZaoKtkKos, 7, ov, adj. (capé£,) fleshy,
carnal, pertaining to the flesh or body,
opp. to mvevyatixos. 1) generally of
THINGS, Ta capkika, equivalent to things
corporeal, external, temporal, Rom. xv.
27. 1 Cor. ix. 11. 2) as implying weak-
ness, frailty, imperfection, e. gr. of PER-
SONS, carnal, worldly, human, and so im-
perfect, used of wisdom acquired by human
means, or man’s natural powers, and tend-
ing only to carnal or worldly ends, 1 Cor.
fii. 1, ws capkikots, ws vntriow év Xo.
ver. 3, 4. Of things, carnal, human,
2 Cor. i. 12, od év copia capKixy. x. 4,
_ Otha ov capkika, adda Ouvata K.T.A.
ZAP
Heb. vii. 16, o} KkatTa& vouov évToXRs
caoxixys, i. e. ‘frail, transient, tempo-
rary, opp. to kata dtvautw Gwis axata-
A’Tov: also carnal, as opp. to the spi-
ritual service of our High-Priest Christ.
3) as implying sinful propensity, carnal,
subject to carnal lusts or infirmities, e. gr.
of persons, Rom, vii. 14, éyw 62 capKikds
eiuc: of things, the lusts themselves,
] Pet. ii. 11, tav capKixaey érribuprar,
carnal desires, i. e. ‘having their seat in
the carnal nature of man.’
LaoKivos, n, ov, adj. (capE,) prop.
Jieshy, corpulent,T heocr. xxi.66, Pol. xxxix.
2,7. InN. T. fleshy, of flesh, and there-
fore soft, yielding to the touch, opp. to
Aibivos, 2 Cor. ill. 3, gv wal Kapdias
capxivars. Comp. Sept. kapdia capxivn,
Ez. xi. 19. xxxvi. 26. Plut. adv. Colot.
27, init.
Lao, caokos, 7, flesh, i. e. of a liv-
ing man, or animal, in distinction from
that of a dead one, which is xoéas. I.
PROP. jiesh, sing. as one of the constituent
parts of the body, Lu. xxiv. 39, mvevue
oapka Kal OoTéa ovK zyet, | Cor. xv.
39. Sept. and Class. More commonly
plur. ai odpxes, lit. fleshy parts, Rev. xix.
18, wa paynte capKkas Bacidéwv. ver.
21: fig. and hyperbol. to conswme, destroy,
James v. 3; to maltreat, Rev. xvii. 16.
Sept. and Class.—II. METON. flesh, equiv.
to THE BODY, corpus, the animal or ex-
ternal nature, as distinguished from the
spiritual or inner man, 70 qmvevua, freq.
in N. T. but rare in Class. I. gener. and
without any good or evil quality implied :
1) opp. to wvevua expr. 1 Cor. v. 5, eis
O\eBoov THs GapKos, va TO Trevpa
owOy. 2 Cor. vii. lL. Col. ii. 5. 1 Pet. iv.
6. Also cao€ kai aiua as a periphr. for
humanity, Heb. ii. 14. Ecclus. xiv. 18.
Simply, John vi. 52, comp. below ; 2 Cor.
xii. 7, oxoAXoW TH capKi, where see my
note. Col. i. 24. ii. 1, 76 mpdcwrrov
you év capki. ver. 23. Heb. ix. 10. Acts
ii. 26, 7 odoE pov, my body, i.e. I.
metaph. John vi. 51, kat 6 a&ptos—i
cao& pov ézotiv, meaning that ‘ Jesus
himself is the principle of life and nutri-
tion to the regenerated soul,’ ver. 53—56,
comp. Matt. xxvi. 26, cmua. Plut. adv.
Col. 20, méyor Tay Tept caoKa THS
Wux7s duvauewv. Spec. mortal body, in
distinction from a future and spiritual ex-
istence, 2 Cor. iv. ll, 7 Gwi—év rH
Synty capkt nuov. Gal. ii. 20. Phil. i.
22, 24. 1 Pet. iv. 2. 2) put for that
which is merely external or only apparent,
in opp. to what is internal and real, John
vi. 63, TO TvEUMa TTL TO CwoTroLOUY, 7]
cao ovK wpeXet ovdev. viii. 15. 1 Cor.
i, 26, copoit kata capxa. 2 Cor. v. 16.
Eph. vi. 5, kupiors Ae capka. Philem.
—
xAP
16: so of outward affliction, 1 Cor. vii.
28, SrAiWuw O& TH capKi EEovow. 2 Cor.
Wil.0. (Gel. lo. d 40d. Pet. iv. dL. Spec:
of circumcision 77 the flesh, i. e. the exter-
nal rite, Rom. ii. 28. iv. 1, evenkévar
KaTa odoka, ‘in respect to circumcision ;
2 Cor. xi. 18. Eph. ii. 11. Gal. iii. 3. vi.
12,138. Phil. iii. 8,4. Col. ii. 13. 3) as
the medium of external or natural genera-
tion and descent, and of consequent kin-
dred, John i. 18, otd& é&k JeArpatos
capkos. Rom, ix. 8, Ta Téxva THS cap-
Kast Eph. v2, 29,. 380.) Heb. oxii.1945.0f
one’s countrymen, Rom. xi. 14. So kata
caoka, ‘ according to the flesh,’ i. e. as to
outward kindred, by natural descent, after
the regular course of nature, or the man-
ner of men, always however with an im-
plied action of zmpurity, Rom. ix. 3. 1 Cor.
x. 18. Gal. iv. 23, 29. gv capxi, id. Eph.
ii. 11, and Sept.—11. as implying weakness
and frazty, both physical and moral; opp.
to mvevua expr. Mk. xiv. 38, To mvevma
modQupov, 7 6& caoE aoberijs: also opp.
to IIvetua &yrov, John iii. 6. Simply,
Rom. vi. 19, dca tiv aobéverav THs cap-
Kos Uuwy. 2 Cor. i. 17. x. 2, ws Kara
oaeoka Wepitatourtas. ver. 3, ‘as living
and acting on merely human views,’ the
maxims of human policy. So oapé kai
aiua, ‘flesh and blood,’ ‘frail feeble man,
1 Cor. xv. 50. Gal. i. 16, od woocavebé-
ByV CapKi Kal aipati, meaning, ‘had not
recourse to mere human counsel,’ or the
suggestions of my own or any human rea-
son. Eph. vi. 12, otk gotw atv 7
Tan Woods aiua Kal caoxa, with which
comp. Ecclus. xiv. 18, yeved capKos Kai
aiuatos. And so occasionally the heathen
Philosophers express themselves; e. gr.
Plut. adv. Colot. 30, 77s KkatTa& capKa
jOovns, et al.—tiI. as implying sinfulness,
proneness to sin, the carnal nature, the
seat of carnal appetites and desires, of sin-
ful passions and affections, whether phy-
sical or moral, (in which sense the Greek
Philosophers speak of the c@mua,) as opp.
to IIvevmua, i. e. the Holy Spirit or his in-
fluences, Rom. viii. 4, ui) Kata caoKxa
Tepimatouci, aha kata IIvevma. ver.
5, 6,9, 13. Gal. v. 16. Simply, Rom. vii. 5,
OTe iev ev TH capxi. ver. 18, oft. So
Theon Alex. in Anthol. Gr. iii. p. 226,
voov walewy év Toiot Tovols Exabnyoas,
zEw capxos eBns.—lIl. METON. flesh,
human nature, MAN, homo, Matt. xix. 5,
zEgovTat ol dvo eis cdoxa wiav, al.; Jude
7, oa0£ étéoa, ‘other flesh, either by
adultery, or perhaps by sodomy; see my
note. Also waca capé, ‘all flesh, all
men,’ all mankind, Lu. iii. 6. John xvii.
2. Acts ii. 17. 1 Pet. i. 24. o0—araca
sapo&, ‘no flesh, no man,’ Matt. xxiv. 22.
Rom. iii. 20. uj—aaoa oapé, id. 1 Cor.
i. 29. Spec. of the incarnation of Christ,
388
ZEB
by which he took the human nature upon
him, and became subject to suffering and
mortality, John i. 14, 6 Adyos cape
eyéveto. | John iv. 2,’I. Xo. gy capxi
éXndvbora. Rom. i. 3, kata odoka. ix.
5. Eph. ii. 15, év 7H capKi avtov. Heb.
v. 7, éy Tats Huépars THS GapKOs AUTON,
i. e. ‘during the time when he lived as a
man among men,’ alluding to the period
before he had put off his Divine nature.
] Tim. iii..16. I Pet. nic 16. ive Gale
22, &v TW THMATL THS TapKOs avToU,
q. d. ‘in his body incarnate.” Comp.
Keclus. xxii. 16, é ocwpate capKds
auTou.
Saodw, f. wow, (caipw, or rather
caoos, a broom,) to sweep, cleanse with a
broom, with acc. Lu. xv. 8, Kal capot Tijv
oikiav. Pass. Matt. xii. 44, oikov osoa-
owuévov. Lu. xi. 25. Artemid. ii. 33,
p. 119. Pamphil. in Geopon. xiii. 15, 4.
A later form instead of the earlier caiow,
which occ. in Kur. Hec. 363, caipew
d@ua. Androm. 166. Cyci. 29.
Latov, ov, 7d, a measure, a Hebrew
measure for things dry, Matt. xiii. 33.
Lu. xiii. 21, equiv. to 13 peck English.
VCévvuput, f. cBécw, to quench, eatin-
gutsh, trans. 1) prop. ofa light, fire, with acc.
Matt. xii. 20, Aivov TuPopevov ob cBécEr:
see Aivov. Eph. vi. 16. Heb. xi. 34. Pass.
to be quenched, to go out, Matt. xxv. 8,
at Naurades. Mk. ix. 44, 46, 48. Sept.
and Class. 2) fig. to damp, hinder, re-
press, to prevent any thing from exerting
its full influence, with acc. 1 Th. v. 19, vo
IIvevua wi) oBévvute : meaning, that they
should not quench the supernatural gifts
of the Holy Spirit, either in others, or in
themselves, namely, by neglect or abuse,
or by evil living. Understanding the words
also to have reference, as they certainly
must, to the ordznary sanctifying influences
and grace of the Holy Spirit, given to
every man to profit withal, the admonition
will correspond to another similar one,
Eph. iv. 30, uy Auvwette tO Iv. To
a&y.ov tov Oezov. In this sense Sept.
oBéca: thy ayamnv, Cant. viii. 7> Jos.
B. J. vi. 1, 4, cB. tiv xapav. Al. V. H.
vi. 1, 6uuov, and Plut. oft.
SeauTov, Hs, ov, contr. cavTov, 7s,
ov, (ov and avros,) refiex. pers. pron. 2
pers. sing. genit. of tiyse dat. ceavTw,
n, @, to thyself, &c. gen. John i. 22. Acts
xXvi. 1, al. dat. Acts ix. 34. xvi. 28, al.
acc. Matt. iv. 6. viii. 4. Where a special
emphasis is to be laid on avtos, it is
written separately, e. gr. Lu. ii. 35, Kat
cou 6& auTn7s.
VeBaCouar, f. acomar depon. mid.
(céBas and céBouat,) prop. to be afraid
ZEB 389
of doing any thing, from apprehension of
Divine wrath or human vengeance. So
Hom. Il. vi. 167, ceBaccato yap Toye
Juuw. In N. T. to stand im awe of
any person, = to reverence, venerate, wor-
ship, Rom. i. 25, éosBacOncav Kai éda-
ToEVoay TH KTicEL, 1. e. aS Hesych. expl.
osPacuac. TeocEKUYHCAD.,
SiBaocua, tos, Td, (oceBaCouat,)
whatever object is worshipped or regarded
as God, Acts xvii. 23. 2 Thess. ii. 4. The
term was, however, used not only of God,
but also of men, viz. sovereigns; they
being considered God’s vicegerents on
earth, Dion. Hal. Ant. i. 30. iv. 1.
YeBaotos, y, ov, adj. (ceBafouat,)
prop. venerated, august. In N. T. as an
honorary title, and then as a proper name,
o XeBactos, Lat. Augustus.
SéBw, more usually depon. céPomat,
of which the primary and proper sense is
generally supposed to be, to shame one-
~ self, to be ashamed, as Hom. Il. iv. 242,
ov vu oéBecbe; also, to fear to do any
thing, from shame, Plato, p. 798, czBerat
TO TL Kiely THY ToTe KaleoTwTwY.
But this seems rather a derived sense,
from that of to stand in awe of doing any
thing. So Ps. iv. 4, ‘stand in awe, and
sin not.’ xxxiii. 8. cxix. 161, where oé-
Beo8ar, though not used by the Sept.
would have been the most correct Greek
rendering. So in Plato, 254, cepbeioa
means awe-struck. This may serve to
show the near affinity of cé@w with cetw
and osiw; the prim. sense of céBecbar
being doubtless ceieoOan, ‘to be afraid,’ to
be terrified : whence it was applied to awe
as regards the Deity, and then reverence
as respects man. Thus ‘to be afraid’ and
‘to tremble at’ are terms not unfrequently
used of worshipping God. In N. T. the
term is exclusively used, with accus. of
pers., in the sense fo reverence, venerate,
worship God,. Matt. xv. 9. Mk. vii. 7,
patny O& céBovtai pe. Acts xviii. 13.
xix. 27. Sept. Josh. iv. 24. Jobi. 9. Jos.
Ant. ix. 10, 1. Diod. Sic. i. 35. Xen. Ag.
iii. 2. Spec. part. ceBouevos, either absol.
or with tov Qeop, i. e. worshipping the one
true God, spoken of proselytes to Judaism
from the heathen, in distinction from the
Jews, Acts xiii. 43, 50. xvi. 14. xvii. 4,
ee xvi. 7, a),
Derpa, as, n, (stow, necto,) prop. a
cord, band: in N. T. a chain, 2 Pet. in. 4,
ceipais Codou, i.e. ‘places where utter
darkness holds them as it were enchained.’
And so in Prov. v. 22. The word in this
sense occurs in Jos. Ant. iii. 7,5. Luc. D.
Deor. xxi. 1. Hermot. 3.
Detopos, ov, 6, (ceiw,) motion, a.
shaking, prop. of the earth, by an earth-
ZEM
uake, as Matt. xxiv. 7. xxvii. 54. xxviii.
. Mk. xiii. 8, al. Sept. and Class. Also
of the sea, ‘maris commotio,’ Matt. viii.
24, Sept. Jer. xxiii. 19. This is, in the
parallel passages of Mark and Luke, ex-
pressed by Aaitawy, (hurricane,) a term
highly suitable; the like being, as travel-
lers testify, very subject to these sudden
hurricanes. |
Leiw, f. csicw, to move to and fro, to
shake, with the idea of shock, concussion,
trans. 1) prop. Rev. vi. 13, cuxj—i7o
dvémov mey. cetomévyn: of earthquakes,
Matt. xxvii. 51, 47 ym éoeioOn. Act. with
acc. Heb. xii. 26, and Class. 2) fig. to
move in mind, to agitate, to put in commo-
tion, Matt. xxi. 10, éceicOn 7 aoXxs, for
exivyjOn, Acts xxi. 30; namely, as agitated
with hope, fear, wonder, or disapprobation,
according as each person stood affected.
xxviii. 4. Sept. Is. xiv. 16. Ez. xxxi. 16.
Pind. Pyth. iv. 484, wéduv. Heliodor. x.
p. 484, Antiph. cxlvi. 22.
Leknvn, ns, 1, (céAas, light,) the
moon, Matt. xxiv. 29, al. and Class.
Dedknvid Comat, f. doouar, (cerdnvn,
prop. to be moon-struck, in Greek usage
= to be epileptic, to be afflicted with epr-
lepsy, the symptoms of which were sup-
posed to become more aggravated with the
increasing moon, (Manetho, iv. 81, 216.)
Matt. iv. 24. xvii. 15, Ott ceAnvidGeTar
Kal Kakws Taoxel, comp. ver. 18, and
Mk. ix. 17; and Lu. ix. 39, where it is
ascribed to a Oatmoviov mvevma. Indeed,
that these ceAnviaQopevor were not, as
certain recent Commentators contend,
mere lunatics, I have shown at large in
my note on Matt. iv. 24; also indicating
what may be considered the only true
view to be entertained of them.
Lepwidadris, ews, 7, fine flour, Rev.
Xvili. 13; occ. oft. in Sept. and Jos. and
Athen. p. 172.
LeEuvos, 4, ov, adj. (contr, fr. ceB0-
fevos, venerated, fr. céBouar,) prop. re-
vered, venerable, august ; a term originally
applied to the Gods, as in Hom. Hym.
xii. 1, and H. Cerer. i. 486, and various
passages of Homer and Pindar. In N. T.
only as applied to men, grave, dignified,
L Tim, os ae nit. i. 2. aie oni
Class.; also of things, honourable, o
good repute, as Phil. iv. 8, dca cepva,
meant of habits of life. So Hdian. i. 2, 6,
ceuvw er Kai Biw cwppov. Plato, p.
290, Ta ceuvoTaTa,
Leuvotns, ntos, 7, (oeuvos,) prop.
augustness, sanctity, 2 Mace. iii. 12. Jos.
B. J. vi. 5,1. In N. T. respectability of
character, and that decorous regularity of
life and conversation required in a well-
232HM
ordered society, and especially becoming
persons ‘ professing godliness,’ 1 Tim. ii. 2,
sv Wacy evoeBeia Kal oeuvoTntt, where
the Vulg. well renders by honestate, and
in... ‘Tit. 7 Soin Alian, V. HH. (ni:
13, and Jos. Contr. Ap. i. 31, we have
ceuvotys Biou, and in Hdian. ii. 1,10, dra
cEeuvoTnta aidovmevos, ‘respected for his
worth.’ Simil. Jos. Vit. 49, wera maons
TEMVOTHTOS.
Xnuaivo, f. avw, (ojua,) prop. to
give a sign or signal, i. e. public, Sept.
Num. x. 9. Jos. Ant. vii. 11, 6. Xen.
An. v. 2, 12; also to make known by a
sign, Hom. Il. xxiii. 356: hence, as in
N. T. to signify, intimate, John xii. 33,
Cnuaivwy, Toiw SavaTu iuedXev atro-
OvjoKev. xviii. 32. xxi. 19, where, as oft.
the word is used of things future and ob-
scurely made known, as in oracles, &c.
So Plut. cited by Wets. has ote Aévyen,
ouTe KoUT TEL, GANGA onuaiver. In Acts
xi. 28, with accus. and inf. to declare,
make known, as oft. in Class.; the term
being often, as there, applied to the utter-
ing of predictions, &c. So Jos, Ant. vii.
8, onuaivwy Tiv EK TOU TaLdos EcomevHy
em@iVeoiv. In Acts xxv. 27, with simple
ace. Tas KaT’ aUTOU aiTias onuavat.
Znmetov, ov, TO, (equiv. to oj7ua,) a
sign, signal, Hdian. iv. 11, 8; an ensign,
standard, Sept. Is. xi. 12. Hdian viii. 5,
22. Xen. Cyr. vii. 1, 4, @ sign of something
past, @ memorial, monument. In N. T.
1) @ mark or token by which any thing
may be known to be what it is, and dis-
tinguished from something else; 2) a
pledge or assurance taken in evidence;
3) a token of Divine interposition, @ mzra-
cle. I. prop. a sign, by which any thing
is designated, distinguished, known, Matt.
xxvi. 48, edwkev ab’Tois onu. Rom. iv.
ll, onpetov ehaBe mepitou7s, i. e. cir-
cumcision, as TO onpetov THS OcabrjKns:
comp. Gen. 1x. 12,sq. Thue. vi. 31; spec.
a sign by which the character and truth of
any person or thing is known, a token,
proof, Lu. ii. 12, touto vuiv TO onu. 2
Cor. xii. 12, ta on. tov atroaroXov.
2 Thess. iii. 17. Sept. and Class.—II. a
sign by which the Divine power and ma-
jesty is made known, i. e. a supernatural
event or act, @ miracle, by which the
power and presence of God is manifested,
either directly, or through the agency of
those whom he sends. 1) as wrought by
Gop, 1 Cor. xiv. 22, ai yA@ooa zis
onMELOV iow, Ov TOLS TLOTEVOUELY, ada
Tots amiotors, i.e. ‘a token to the un-
believing of God’s presence and power,’
comp. ver. 25. TO onusetov ‘Iwva, ‘the
sign of Jonah,’ i. e. ‘which God wrought
in the case of Jonah, Matt. xii. 39, comp.
ver. 40. Meton. of persons sent from God,
390
x2HM
whose character and acts are a manifesta-
tion of the Divine power, Lu. xi. 30,
éyéveto Lwvas onustov tots Nev. ii. 34,
oUTOS KEtTaL Eis ONMEtov aVTLAEYOMEVOD,
meaning, that ‘he should be a szgnal ex-
ample of virtue calumniated;? alse of
signs, wonders, miracles, which God is
said to do through any one, qrovety did
TLvos, joined with Tépata, Acts ii. 22, 43,
al. and Class. as Atl. V. H. xii. 57. Pol.
iii. 112, 8. Spec. as foreshowing future
events, a stgn of future things, a portent,
presage, Matt. xxiv. 3, TO onuetov THs
a7S Tagovcias. ver. 80, TO onuetov TOU
Yiou +. av@. meaning, ‘the visible ap-
pearance of the Son of man,’ (agreeably to
what the Jews understood from the pro-
phecy in Dan. vii. 13;) namely, to take
vengeance on the unbelieving Jews, Mk.
xii. 4. Lu. xxi. 11, onpeta adr’ oto.
meyada. ver. 25. Acts ii. 19. 2) of
signs, wonders, mzracles, wrought by
CHRIST and his apostles in proof of their
Divine mission, Matt. xii. 38, Sé\ouev
amo cov onuetov idety. ver. 39. Mk. viii.
1], 12. John ii. 1], 18, 23, oft.; with
TépaTa, iv. 48; duvapuers, Acts viii. 13.
3) spoken analogically of signs, wonders, -
wrought by false prophets claiming to act
by Divine authority, Rev. xiii. 13, 14;
with répata, Matt. xxiv. 24, al.
=Znmerow, f. wow, (onmetov and
o7nua,) signo, to mark, affix a mark or
sign, note with marks, Pol. iii. 39, 8. In
N. T. only mid. to mark for oneself, to
note, by a metaphor taken from making
private memoranda for use; with ace, 2
Th. iii. 14, toutov onusrovebe, ‘ note
that man down to yourself as one to be
shunned.’ So Polyb. i. 47, 1, dkpiBas
onustwoac8ar Tov etomAouv: and xxii.
11, 12, éonuetwocavto tov ToTov. Also
in an expression adduced by Eustathius on
Hom. p. 1535, +6 GoTpois onperovebat
odov, ‘to note down and mark one’s course
by the stars.” Also Philo Jud. 560, A.
OvolL aoTupiats onMEeLwoaduEVvOS TO
snoev eX0os UToTUecBat.
Xnucoov, adv. Att. tHuepov, (for
TyHméoa, fr. TH teoa,) this day, to-day,
I. prop. Matt. vi. 11, dos 7yutv ojmeoov. ver.
30. Lu. xiii. 82, 33, oft. Sept. and Class.
With the art. as adj. 7 on. scil. nuéoa,
equiv. to this very day, Acts xix. 40.—II.
equiv. to at this time, now, Lu. iv. 21,
on. weTAnHowTa 4 yoeapy. Acts iv. 9.
xiii. 33, oft.; 2 Cor. ili. 15, Ews on.
where onuepop is very emphatic, meaning,
‘at this very time,’ namely, of the admo-
nition ; and Sept. With the art. as adj. 7
on. scil. yuéoa, Acts xx. 26, gv TH onp.
Nmépa: so axon THS on. 2 Cor. iii. 14,
méxpt THS onu. Matt. xi. 23, and Ews
THs ow. Xxvii. 8, unto this day.
2 HII 391
Snaww, f. Www, to cause to rot, to cor-
rupt, destroy, Sept. Job xl. 12. Dion.
Hal. xi. 37. Aésch. Choéph. 989, Usually
and in N. T. pass. otjrrouat, 2 perf. cé-
ona, intrans. to rot, be corrupted, perish.
Jam. v. 2, 6 mAovTos vuawy (* your
hoarded stores’) céon7e. So Hom. ii.
135, Kai 61) dovpa céonTme vewv. Eur. El.
319, aiuwa watods pédav céonme. Al.
V. H. xii. 40, but the pass. is far more
freq. in Class. and Sept.
DnoecKos, hh, dv, adj. (ojo, silk-worm,)
silken, of silk, Jos. B. J. vii. 5, 4, éo0n-
ceot onoixais. In N. T. neut. To onpr-
Kov, scil. gvduua, silk, silken stuffs, Rev.
xviii. 12.
Dis, ontos, 6, a moth, or clothes-worm,
Matt. vi. 19, 20. Lu. xii. 33. Sept. Is. 1.
9. li. 8. Theophr. H. Pl. i. 16. Menander,
cited by Wets. Td & isatioy ot onTEs.
SntdBpwros, ov, 6, 1, adj. (ons,
BiBowoKxw,) moth-eaten, Ja. ¢ 2, iuatia
Uuwy ontoBowTa, Sept. Job xiii. 28,
imaTLOV ONT.
V0evdw, f. wow, (cGévos, strength,)
to strengthen, confirm, absol. 1 Pet. v. 10,
oSevwoet, or, as in text. rec. opt. cfevw-
oa.
Liayav, dvos, 4, prop. the jaw-bone,
jaw, Sept. and Class. In N. T. the cheek,
Matt. v. 39. Lu. vi. 29. Sept.
Liyaw, f. now, to be silent, keep si-
lence. 1) gener. INTRANS. Lu. ix. 36,
abtot éctynoav. xx. 26. Acts xii. 17, al.
Sept. and Class. oft. 2) TRANS. like
cwwtraw, to keep in silence, keep secret,
pass. Rom. xvi. 25, uvornpiov xpovors
aiwviots ceorynpéevov. The act. is not
unfrequent in Class.; as Eurip. Med. 80,
siya Noyov, while the pass. form is rare,
the only examples known to me being
Kurip. Iph. T. é& guovye wavta oryn-
6yceTar. Hierocl. ap. Steph. Thes. ovdé-
more ovywpevos, and Iren. adv. Her. i.
], 3, of the zons, (doubtless, with the
above passage of St. Paul in mind,) eici
Of CECLYNMEVOL KAL PI YivwoKOMEvoL.
Diy, 7s, 7, (evyaw,) silence, Acts
xxi. 40, aoAdjs ory7js. Rev. viii. 1.
Wisd. xviii. 14. Xen. Cyr. vii. 1, 25,
aot ory.
LVidnpeos, za, cov, contr. o1dnpous, a,
ovv, adj. (cidnpos,) tron, of tron, Acts
xii. 10, wiAnv tiv oidnpav. Rev. ii. 27.
fee Si. oO. xix. 15. Sept.
Lidnoos, ov, 6, tron, Rev. xviii. 12.
Sept. and Class. The word is derived
from ci~w, to sound, cidow and cicdw,
' whence cidw, to make a ringing sound ;
_ and, indeed, (it being the most ringing
_ metal known to the ancients,) oid. was
_ originally an adjective, signif. ‘ the ringing
ie be i
[metal],’ and is found as such in Hdot. vii.
65. Areteus ii. 13. Arrian, Eux. Pp. 120.
Zikdetos, ov, o, Lat. sicarius, (fr.
sica, the short cutlass which was carried
under the arm, like the Italian séz/etto,)
cut-throat, robber, Acts xxi. 38, with which
comp. Jos. Ant. xx. 8,6. B. J. ii. 13, 5.
vii. 8—1I1.
Lixepa, +d, Heb. r3w, indec. sikera,
i. e. strong drink, any intoxicating liquor,
whether wine properly so called, (Num.
xxviii. 7,) or, according to the more freq.
application of the word, what we should
call made wine, prepared from grain,
dates, figs, palms, &c. Lu. i. 15, oivov Kat
cikepa ov py min, a Nazaritic injunction.
See Numb. vi. 3, and comp. Sept. Lev. x.
9. Deut. xxix. 6. Judg. xiii. 4, 7, 14.
ZipcKkivcoyv, ov, To, Lat. semicinctum,
a half-girdle, or garment equiv. to our
apron, probably of linen, worn by artisans,
&c. Acts xix. 12. Comp. Wetst. N. T.
ad loc.
Livatmi, ews, Td, mustard, sinapis
orientalis, a plant often growing, in the
fertile soil of Palestine, to a very consi-
derable size, Matt. xiii. 31. Mk. iv. 31.
Lu. xiii. 19, The expression koxKoy ot-
vatrews, ‘agrain of mustard,’ is, as appears
from the Rabbinical citations in Wets., a
proverbial phrase, for the least, the smallest’
particle, Matt. xvii. 20. Lu. xvii. 6.
Zuvdwv, dvos, 1, fine linen, muslin,
from Sind, or India, Hdot. i. 200. ii. 95;
i,e. cotton, c.vdwv Buvocivy, Hdot. ii. 86.
vii. 181; also gener. linen cloth, Pol. ii,
66,10. In N. T. linen cloth, a linen
garment, probably of a square or oblong
form, worn by the Orientals at night in-
stead of the usual garments, Mk. xiv. 51,
mepiBeBAnpévos oLvdova ézmi yupvov.
ver. 02. Also a web or wrapper of fine
linen, employed to roll around a corpse,
previously to interment or embalming,
being then secured by linen bandages.
Matt. xxvii. 59. Mk. xv. 46, bis. Lu. xxiii.
53. Galen. ut yupvos KourCéobw, dA\Aa
meoiBeBAnpevos civdova. Hdot. ii. 95,
nv mev ey imatiw évedt~amevos eVdn 7
oLVOOVL.
Livia lw, f. aow, (orviov, a sieve,) to
sift or winnow. Fig. with acc. of pers.
impl. Lu. xxii. 31, 6 Yat. 2EntHoaTo
UMaS, TOU GLVLaTaL WS TOV GtToOV, i.e.
‘sift you,’ scrutinize you, or try your fide-
lity and constancy.
LirtrevTtos, 4, ov, adj. (oitrevw &
ottos,) fed, i. e. with grain, fatted, Lu.
xv. 23, Tov woaxov Tov oT. ver. 27, 30.
mept.. Pol. xexix, 2,7, Xen; “An... Soe.
LiTi.sTos, Hh, ov, adj. (orri~w, ot-
os,) fed, sc. with grain, fatted ; subst. ta
S4
|
pi Ui
o.tioTa, animals put up to fatten, fadlings,
Matt. xxii. 4, meaning, calves, lambs,
sheep, &c. Jos. Ant. viii. 2,4. Athen.
xiv. p. 656.
LiTomeTolov, ov, TO, (otros, pe-
Toéw,) grain measured out, i. e. an allow-
ance, portion, ration, Lu. xii. 42, and lat.
Gr. writers. LutoweTpia occ. in Diod.
Sic. ii. 41.
Litos, ov, 0, plur. Ta otra, wheat,
and gener. for grain, corn, Matt. iii. 12,
ouvagcer Tov atTov. xiii. 25, 29, 30. Mk.
iv. 28. Lu. iii. 17. John xii. 24. 1 Cor.
xv. 37. Rev. vi. 6. xviii. 13. In Acts vii.
12, the plural otra is used to denote
generality of kind, as we say corn or grain.
So ottos, xxvii. 38, which may mean
either, as some explain, the wheat, or the
provisions. Sept. and Class.
Siwraw, f. jow, (cw, silence,
stillness,) to be szlent, still, intrans. 1)
prop. of persons, to keep silence, be silent,
Matt. xx. 31. xxvi. 63, 0 62 ’Inoovs
éo.wtra. Mk. iii. 4, and oft. Of one un-
able to speak, dumb, Lu. i. 20, Sept. and
Class. 2) jig. of a sea or lake, to be still,
calm, hushed, Mk. iv. 39, cwwa, wedi-
pewoo. The Class. writers use in this case
otyaw, as Hom. Od. xix. 42, siya. So
Valer. Flacc. viii. 452, ‘sileat mare.’
Anth. Gr.i. p. 169, 1, ceciynkev 6& Fa-
Aacoa. Theocr. Id. ii. 88, cvya wovTos.
LKavdariCw, f. iow, (ckavdaXdor,)
prop. to cause to stumble and fall, by laying
a stumbling-block in his way: pass. to
stumble and fall: fig. to bring to run,
Aquil. in Prov. iv. 12. Is. viii. 15. xl.
a0%% Heclus.ixid) xxii, (6) xxxverl5:
In N. T. fig. in a moral sense, to be a
stumbling-block to any one, to cause him to
stumble at or many thing: I. GENER. to
offend, vex, prop. to scandalize, with ace.
of pers. Matt. xvii. 27, iva 6& wu) oxavda-
Aicwuev avtovs. John vi. 61. 1 Cor. viii.
13, bis. Pass. Matt. xv. 12. Rom. xiv. 21.
2 Cor. xi. 29. So Pass. cxavduriGecbar
ev TivL, to be offended in or at any one, ‘ to
take offence at’ his character, words, or
conduct, so as to desert and reject him,
Matt. xi. 6, wakdpios éotiv, Os éav py
oxavoahioby év éuol, meaning, ‘stumble
in faith, fall off from his faith in me;’ the
term oxdvéadov signif. in a spiritual sense,
‘what obstructs usin our Christian course,’
and causes us to fall away from the faith,
or scruple to receive it. Matt. xiii. 57.
xxvi. 31, 33, al.—II. causart. to cause to
offend, lead astray or into sin, ‘be the occa-
sion of any one’s sinning ;) with acc. of
pers. Matt. v. 29, ei 6& 6 6@0. cov cKxap-
OadiGer oe. ver. 30. xvill. 6, Os 0 av
oxavoahion eva TwY pPLKPwWY TOUTW)Y.
ver. 8, 9. Psalt. Salom. xvi. 7, yuvaikods
mTovnpas skavoadiCovans édppova. Hence
392
2 KA
pass. to he made to offend, to be led astray
or into sin, = to fall away from the truth,
from the Gospel, &c. Matt. xiii. 21. xxiv.
10. Mk. iv. 17. John xvi. 1.
XKdvdadov, ov, To, a later form for
cxavoahnloov, (oxalw,) prop. a trap-
stick, a crooked stick on which the bait is
fastened ; which the animal strikes against,.
and so springs the trap. By syneed. atrap,
snare, Sept. fig. Josh. xxiii. 13. 1 Sam.
xvili. 21. Hence gener. ‘any thing which
one strikes or stumbles against,’ a stum-
bling-block, impediment, as Sept. Lev. xix.
14, dwévavtt tudAov ov mpocbycets
oxavo. In N. T. only fig., in a spiritual
sense, stumbling-block, cause of offence:
1) gener. ‘ whatever occasions any one to
stumble or fall spiritually ;’? of Christ, as
” WéeTpa oKavdddrou, rock of stumbling,
Rom. ix. 33. 1 Pet. ii. 7. Also Rom. xi.
9, yernOitw 1 TeaTECa av’TeEVY —zis
oxavoadov. KEcclus. vii. 6. xxvii. 23.
1 Mace. v. 4. Judith v. 1. 2) ‘a cause of
offence and indignation,’ i. q. az offence, a
scandal, Matt. xvi. 23, cxavdadov pov Et.
1 Cor. i. 23. Gal. v. 11. Judith xii. 2, ve
an yevntar ox. ver. 19. 3) ‘ what occa-
sions any one to err’ in his principles or
practice, Matt. xviii. 7. Lu. xvii. 1, avév-
Oektov got. Tov wy eX\Oety Ta oKavo.
meaning the evils and persecutions which
threatened the Christian Church. Rom.
xiv. 13. xvi. 17. Rev. ii. 14. 1 John ‘ii.
10, kai cxavdadXov tv abt ovK zoTLD,
i.e. ‘there isin him nothing to lead him
into sin :’ comp. ver. 11. So Ps. exix. 165,
Kal ovK tot avTots okavoadov. Meton.
of persons, Matt. xiii.41, wavta ta oKav-
OaXa, said of false teachers, who, under
the pretence of Christian liberty, incul-
cated doctrines repugnant to moral virtue.
ZKarTw, f. Ww, to dig, intrans. espec.
a trench. Soin Thucyd. iv. 90, we have
Ta éoxaupéva, trenches. Lu. vi. 48, os
toxawe Kal 2Babuve, and xiii. 8. xvi. 3,
okaTTEW ovK ioyvw, where we havea
general term to denote ‘ working as an agri-
cultural labourer, tiv yav épyaCecOat
So Pausan. Arcad. 47, to aediov I.
éakaTTop, ‘ cultivated.” Xen. icon. xv.
14, cxatwrov TO ynidvov. Hom. Hym. in
Mere. 90, pita oxamrers, and Xen. He.
xix. 4, Ta oxatwToOmeva puta. The ex-
pression was, we may suppose, almost —
proverbial for working as an agricultural
labourer.
ZKagpn, ns, 1, (oxawrTw,) prop. any
thing either ‘dug out,’ as a channel, trench,
or hollowed out, as a trough, Hdot. iv. 73.
In N. T. a skiff, boat, (so called with allu-—
sion to the first boats constructed being‘
mere trunks of trees hollowed. out, like the
Indian canoes,) Acts xxvii. 16,30,32. Dion. |
Hal. Ant. iii. 44, Pol. i. 23,7. Hdot. iv. 73.
ZKE 393
SKéXos, eos ous, TO, plur. Ta okKéAn,
the leg, from the hip to the foot, John xix.
31—33, Ta oxéAy. Sept. and Class. oft.
However, I cannot but suspect that the
term is here to be taken in a limited sense,
for the xv7jun or shin-bone ; a sense indeed
rare, and which is unnoticed even by Steph.
Thes.; though examples of it do occur, es-
pec. in the plural, as 1 Sam. xvii. 6, (of Go-
liah,) Kai kynuides xaXxkal Ett THY oKE-
A@v avtov. Ezek. i. 7, ta oxédy aitov
doa. Nor is the sense unexampled in
Class. Thus Xen. An. iv. 2, 20, kai évos
fev Katéatav (the very term, we may
observe, used in the passage of St. John,)
70 okéXos. Pol. i. 80, 138, cuvteiavTes
Ta oxéX\x. So also, but in a fig. sense,
Arrian, Epict. ii. 12, wapa@ oxédos atrav-
T@ TouTo, ‘this rubs on the skin,’ as we
say, ‘goes against the grain.’ Indeed this
use ‘s as early as the time of Homer, and
probably was the primary one, being found
in I]. xvi. 314, €pO0n doeEauevos Tovmvony
_oxéXos, where Damm explains it crurem,
schienben. And Heyne observes, ‘ oxéXos
modo latius patet, ut inde a femore com-
prehendat et unpov, et youu, et Kvijuny,
et moda, modo (ut hic) angustius crus.’
Aristoph. Thesm. 24, xwAds TH oKéeXdn.
fEschyl. Prom. 74, cxéAn 62 Kipkwoav
Bia.
SKiwacpa, atos, To, (cxeTTalw &
okeTraw, to cover, ) covering, i. e. clothing,
raiment, 1 Tim. vi. 8, dtatpo@as Kai
okeTacuaTta, as we say clothes. Jos. B. J.
ii. 8, 5, Cwoauevor okeTaouact Auvots.
Philo, p. 159, tav mepit cama oKetra-
cpaTtwy auehov.
ZKevi, 7s, 7, gener. any apparatus for
any purpose whatever, whether of war or
peace, espec. dress or equipage; also ac-
coutrement or equipment, including furni-
ture for a house; in N. T. all the arma-
menta or furniture, equipment, tackle of a
ship, (as Virg. Ain. v. 15,) otherwise called
oma, as cables, yards, sails, rigging, Sc.
and denoted by the term ta oxevy in
Jonas i. 5. Xen. Gécon. viii. 11,12. Acts
xxvil. 19, tiv oKevyv TOU THoiou zppi-
Wapev.
ZKevos, eos ovs, TO. Of this term the
etymology is too uncertain to be exactly
determined. It answers to the Latin vas,
(which from 7réw, to possess, was primarily
vasum, fr. macov, of the same form as
mpacov,) any utensil or article of furni-
ture, (espec. a vessel to contain any thing, )
an wmplement, or tool, for any kind of
work, also a weapon. ‘The general sense,
whatever be the derivation of the word,
seems to be ‘something wrought or made
for use, as d7Xov, fr. tw, ‘something
wherewith one works,’ instrumentum, 6p-
_tyavov: inN.T. itis used, I. GENER. of
XK E
furniture, &c. 1) prop. of ‘any utensil
capable of containing any thing,’ @ vessel,
Lu. viii. 16, oddeis. d& AVyvoV aWas, Ka-
AUTret avTOV oKever. John xix. 29. Acts
x. 11, 16. xi. 5. So Sept. oft. and Class,
e.g. AMlian, V. H. xii. 8. Hdian. iv. 7, 8.
Of a potter’s vessel, or earthen ayryetov,
Rom. ix. 2]. Rev. ii. 27, ta oxevyn Ta
Kkeoauixa. Sept. Lev. vi. 28, al. Of any
article whatever, considered as a burden
to be carried, Mk. xi. 16, obk jgiev Wa
Tis OvevéykKy oKEvVOS OLa TOU LEpov. So
Jos. Bell. ii. 8, 9, ovd& cKevds TL pETa-
Kkwiyoat. Of any articles in general, 2 Tim.
ii. 20. Heb. ix. 21. Sept. and Class. Also
in the plur. household goods, furniture,
Matt. xii. 29. Mk. iii. 27. Lu. xvii. 31,
Ta& okevn avUTOU év TH Oikia. Sept. oft.
and Class. as Xen. CEcon. viii. 12, wavta
oKEvn Gools Te ev Oikia yowvTat av-
Gowmo:. Eunuch. ap. J. Pollux, On. x.
10, oxevn Ta ka7 oixiay. Athen. xiv. 17.
2) fig. of the human body, as formed of
clay, and accordingly frail and feeble,
2 Cor. iv. 7, Zxouev TOv Synoavpov Tov-
Tov év éoTpakivois cKeveciv. Also of
the body generally, considered as the ay-
yetov tis Wuxns, as Philo terms it, or,
as Cicero styles it, ‘vas aut receptaci-
lum animi, whence Barnabas, Epist. § 21,
calls the human body To kaXov cxevos:
and Hermas applies to it the term vas,
1 Th. iv. 4, té éauTov okevos KTac8ar.
So the Hebr. 3, vas, in 1 Sam. xxi. 5,
‘and. the vessels (meaning the bodies) of
the young men are holy, or pure. The allu-
sion, however, may be to the human body
as the workmanship of the Creator, and con-
sequently to be wsed according to His will,
not abused. Thus the term vas is employed
for the body simply in Lucret. vi. 17,
‘vitium vas efficere ipsum (scil. intelligit)
Omniaque illius vitio corrumpier intus.’
Moreover to this head may best be referred
the controverted expression in | Pet. iii.
7, ws doQevectTépw oKevet TH yuValKEiw,
where oxevos, as it lit. signifies any thing
made, so it may there have the sense crea-
ture, lit. frame-work, in reference to God
the Creator. See my note. So of persons, in
a moral respect, considered as the subjects
whereonany thingis to be exercised, whether
for good or for evil: for the former, Rom.
ix. 23, oxevn éXéous. 2 Tim. ii. 21, Ecrvac
oKevos eis Tyunv: for the latter, Rom. ix.
22, oxevn Opyns: in both which cases we
have an allusion to the vessels of the - pot-
ter, as spoken of in ver. 21.—II. sPEc. an
implement, instrument, lit. ‘ that by which
any thing is effected or done, synon.
with dpyavov: so cxevn dpyns, Jer. i.
25. 1) prop. of a thing, and spec. the mast
of a ship, as the chief instrument of sail-
ing, Acts xxvii. 17, yaXaoavTes TO okevos.
* having lowered the ig Ancient ships
xKH
had usually but one mast, which was raised
or lowered at pleasure, being so formed
as to go into a socket. Comp. Hom. Il.
i. 434, torov © iotoddxyn médacav. 2)
fig. of a person as the instrument of any
one, Acts ix. 15, cxevos éxXNoyns, i.e. ‘*a
chosen vessel, instrument to work my pur-
poses,’ said of a person well adapted to the
execution of any purpose. So Pol. xiii.
3, 6, AapokAys jv varnpeTLKOY oKEvOS
ev~ues. Comp. Jer. 1. 25. Is. xiii. 5, in
some MSS. oxevn dpyi7s.
ZKnvih, 7s, 1, (Hebr. }2, to dwell,)
gener. @ booth, hut, tent: 1. prop. @ booth,
composed of branches of trees, similar to
those hastily raised for temporary purposes
by travellers, and such as were reared at
the feast of tabernacles, Matt. xvii. 4,
Tonowpev woe TpEts oKyvas, al. So Sept.
Gen. xxxiii. 17. Is.i. 8. Jon. iv. 5. Thue.
ii. 34. Theocr. xv. 16. Dem. 284, 24.
Xen. Cyr. ii. 1, 25. Also of skins, &c. a
tent, Heb. xi. 9, év oknvats KaTotknoas.
So Sept. oft. and Class. Sometimes also
the word denoted a permanent house, and
fig. a family ; and when applied to a royal
family, its rezgn, or kingdom, Acts xv. 16,
avo.kodounow tiv okynvyy Aavid tiv
jweTTwKutav, Metaph. and mystically for
the family or royal line of David, fallen
into weakness and decay. Gener. for
abode, dwelling, Lu. xvi. 9, eis Tas aiw-
vious okynvas. Rev. xiii. 6, tTHy oeKnvip
autou, scil. tou Oeou, i.e. heaven. So
Sept. Job xxxvi.’' 29. Ps. xviii: 12.—II.
spec. the Mosaic TABERNACLE, the sacred
tent of the Hebrews, (comp. the oxnvi
isoa of the Carthaginians, Diod. Sic. xx.
65,) in which the ark was kept, the seat of
the Jewish worship before the building of
the Temple. 1) prop. and gener. Heb.
viii. 5. ix. 21. xiii. 10. Acts vii. 44, 7 ox.
Tov pmapTtupiou, so called either with re-
ference to the tables of testimony con-
tained therein, or from its being the place
where God gave witness of his glorious
presence. Sept. Ex. xxix. 4, 10. Num.
1, 50, sq. By synecd. spoken of the
outer sanctuary of the tabernacle, Heb.
ix. 2, 6,8; also of the inner sanctuary, the
Holy of holies, Heb. ix. 3. In Hebr. ix.
11, said of the heavenly sanctum, or visi-
ble heavens, (comp. iv. 14,) through which
Jesus passed to the Azghest heaven, or abode
of God himself. 2) symbol. of the spiri-
tual, or celestial, tabernacle, of which the
material one was a figure, whereas the
other was pitched by the Lord, and not
men, Heb. viii. 2. ix. 11. Comp. viii. 5.
ix. 23, 24; also fig. for the Temple in the
heavenly Jerusalem, Rev. xv. 5, 6 vads
THS CK. Tov paoTupiov. xxi. 3.—III.
Acts vii. 43, 7) ox. tou Modo, ‘the taber-
nacle of Moloch,’ which the idolatrous
394
ZKH
Israelites constructed in the desert in ho-
nour of Moloch, like that in honour of
Jehovah; probably of a small size, so as
to elude the notice of Moses; a sort of
case to inclose and carry about the idol in,
and formed in imitation of @ real taber-
nacle, like those small models of the Tem-
ple of Diana at Ephesus, mentioned at
Acts xix. 24. Comp. Petron. 29, ‘ preterea
grande armarium in angulo vidi, in cujus
edicula erant lares argentet positi.’
UKnvowny ta, as, n, (oxnvy, wiyvv-
put,) a feast, so called from the Jooths or
tents which, on that occasion, were erected
in and about Jerusalem, and which was
designed to commemorate the ‘Israelites’
dwelling in ¢ents in the wilderness. See
more in Calmet, or Horne’s Introd. It was
the third great annual festival of the Jews,
in which all the males were required to ap-
pear before God at the tabernacle or tem-
ple, John vii. 2,7) cooTi) Twv "loved. 4 oKy-
vorrnyia. So 4 ox. 2 Mace. i. 9, 18.
Sept. eopti) THs ox. Deut. xvi. 16, and
oft. as éopT) TaY okynvav, Lev. xxiii. 24,
al. and Jos. Ant. iv. 8, 12.
ZKnVvVOTOLOS, Ov, 0, (oKnVvY, ToLew,)
a maker of tents, formed of leather or
thick cloth, both for military and domestic
purposes; the latter sort being, from the
scarcity of inns, much used throughout
the East in travelling, and in that warm
climate, during the summer season, used
as houses. Acts xviii. 3. Comp. exnvotro:-
ovuat, Diod. Sic. iii. 27. Hdian. vii. 2, 8.
XKHVOS, Eos OUS, TO, equiv. to oKHVv7,
prop. a@ booth, tent, (Anthol. Gr. ii. p.
162.) usually, and in N. T. fig. for the body,
as the frail and temporary abode of the
soul, 2 Cor. v.1, 4 éqiyeios Hav oikia
Tov oxKzvous, i.e. ‘ this ourearthly tent or
house ;’ 2 Cor. v. 4, oi ovtes év Tw ok.
Wisd. ix. 15, 76 yewdes oxjvos. — So
Plato calls the body yyivovy oxyjvos, and
other Platonic and Pythagorean philoso-
phers use similar expressions. Longin. de
Subl. § 32, calls the body a&vbewaivov
oxjvos, in allusion to the term soxyvos
being also applied to the bodies of animals,
AB). HivAs vies d
ZKnvow, f. wow, (oxyjvos,) to pitch a
tent, Sept. Gen. xiii. 12. Jos. Vit. § 47+
Hdian. vi. 8,17; in N. T. intrans. to dwell
as in tents, foll. by gv “uty, Johni. 14,
where the expression is used in preference
to (jv, with allusion to the life of man as
a temporary sojowrn, and thus it has oft.
in Class. the sense ‘ to take up one’s quar-
ters, as Thuc. i. 89. ii. 52. Xen. An. v.
5, 11; also as better adapted to convey
the idea, which seems there intended, of |
that familiar intercourse and that iter-°
community of all the functions of human
life which evidenced our Saviour to have -
x KH
been really and substantially man as well
as God. With év and a dat. of place, Rev.
xii. 12. xiii. 6; with wera and a gen. of
person, Rev. xxi. 3; with éai and accus.
of person, Rev. vii. 15, oxnywoer et’
autous, i. e. ‘ will ever cheer them with
his presence, will defend and protect them
by his power from all evil and mischief.’
VKyvwua, Tos, TO, (oxnvdow,) a booth
or tent pitched, prop. Xen. An. ii. 2, 17;
in N. T. a tabernacle for God, q. d. dwell-
ing temple, Acts vii. 46. So Sept. Ps.
exxxil. 5. xlvi.4. 1K. ii. 28. viii. 4. Fig.
of the body, as the frail tenement of the
soul, 2 Pet. i. 13,14. So also the term is
used in Eurip. Heracl. 690, cuixpov to
cov oKYyVwua.
SKra, as, 7, shadow, shade: 1) prop.
Mk. iy. 32, bao tiv cKidv adtov. Acts
v. 15. Sept. and Class. In the sense of
darkness, gloom, as kia Savatou, death-
shade, i.e. thickest darkness, Matt. iv. 16.
Lu. i. 79, (with which comp. the similar
‘expression in Hom. Od. iv. 180, Savarouo
péXav vidos, similar to another in Job
iii. 5, et al. in Sept. ‘the darkness of the
grave’); though in the former passage it is
used in a fig. sense to denote extreme ig-
norance and vice; and in the latter, fig.
and spiritually, of ignorance as to the
means of salvation, the darkness of the
natural man, alone to be enlightened by
the Sun of Righteousness. 2) metaph. @
shadow, i. e. a shadowing forth, adumbra-
tion, in distinction from to om@pa, the
body or reality, and 7 eixwy, the full and
perfect image; so of the Jewish rites and
dispensation as prefiguring things future
and more perfect, Col. ii. 17, & éoTt oxida
Tav pehNovTwv, TO O& Tua XoetoTov.
Heb. viii. 5, ox1e Natpevover THY éETrov-
paviwy, where oxia@ is said with allusion
to the substantial reality of the other
ministry, or temple, in which consists the
superiority of its High Priest. Heb. x. 1,
CKLAV Yao EXwV 6 VOMOS—OUK avTHY THY
zikova Tay Toeayuatwv. Philostr. Vit.
Soph. i. 20, 1, ov: oxid Kai dveioara ai
nooval Tacat.
EKioTtaw, f. now, to leap, spring, in-
trans. said espec. of animals, though some-
times of men, as Hom. I]. xx. 226. Plut.
vi. 46. Hdian. iv. 11,5; in N. T. to leap
for joy, exult, Lu. vi. 23, xaonte Kai
okioeTyoate, with which comp. Aristoph.
Plut. 761, oxiptate Kai yooevete. Lu.
1. 44, éoxiptycev tv ayadduacet TO Boé-
os, i.e. ‘as it were leaped for joy.” So
it is said, Gen. xxv. 22, éoxiptwv Ta Tat-
Oia év avTy.
ZKAnpokapoia, as, 7H, (oKANods,
Kaoodta,) hardness of heart, obstinacy, per-
werseness, Matt. xix. 8. Mk. xvi. 14; in
the former of which passages it is used
395
ZKA
with especial reference to the unyielding;
unforgiving spirit of the Jews. So Sept.
Deut. x. 16. Jer. iv. 4, it is used to denote
the uncircumcision of the heart, and oxA7-
ookapo.os stands for perverse in heart,
ie xvii, 20. Comp. also Ecclus. xvi.
VK Os, a, dv, adj. (oxkAnvar fr. oKéEA-
Aw,) prop. dried up, i.e. dry, hard, stiff,
what we call firm, as not yielding to the
touch, Aristoph. Ach. 1161, ox. tTi7@ia.
Xen. Mem. iii. 10, 1, Ta okrX. Kai Ta
padtaxa. Wisd. xi. 4, Aifos oKAnpos.
Hence in N.T. hard: I. prop. as said of
THINGS, as of winds, harsh, violent :
so we say, a hard gale. Ja. iii. 4, wao
okAno@y avépwv. So Sept. Prov. xxvii.
16, Bopéas oxAnoods avewos. Ail. V. H. ix.
4, okX. aveuot. Arr. Alex. M. i. 26, 3.
ii. 6, 3. Also used of thunder, Hdot.
ii. 16, and whatever brings with it sounds
that painfully press upon the ear. Hence,
by a use formed on the above literal one,
applied to denote what shocks or is offen-
swe to the mind, John vi. 60, oxAnods
gor. ouTos 0 Aoyos. So Sept. Gen. xlii.
7, 30, AaXrety okAnoa avtots. EKurip.
Frag. 75, motepa Jeers cor wpadtOaxa
wWevdy Aéyw, 7 oKAnp’ adnOy; So also
Stob. p. 97, danvys ovtTos 6 hoyos Kat
okAnpos, aX\X’ 6—padrakos. Jude 15,
okA\nowy wy éhaédnoav kat’ abou, where
the sense is harsh, petulant, rebellious.
Similarly as it is said in Ps. xciv. 4, (a
passage evidently in the mind of the sacred
writer, ) ‘how long shall the wicked utter
hard things’ or sayings. As said of things
done, lit. ‘ what painfully affects the touch,’
intractable, grievous, Acts ix. 5. xxvi. 14,
okAnpov cot Woeos KévTpa akTiCew,
where we have a proverbial form of speak-
ing, common alike to the Hebrew, Greek,
and Latin, expressive of bootless resistance
to superior strength. In this sense, too,
the word occurs in Sept. Ex. i. 14. vi. 9.
Deut. xxvi. 6. Pol. iv. 21, 1. Xen. Mem.
ii. 1, 20.—II. of PERSONS, hard, Matt. xxv.
24, ott okAnpos 21 avOowmTros, i.e. hard-
hearted, griping, one who exacts his due
to the uttermost, &dko:Bodixaros. And so
the term is used in a passage of Arrian
cited by Kypke, ot kato.ixovytes éutro-
pot oxAnpotepot, scil. eiov. And Stob.
Serm. p. 383, dvdpt oxAnow Kal amo
mavtTos TopitovTt. Thus in Sept. 1 Sam.
xxv. 3, the term is used of Nabal. Many
eminent Commentators and Lexicogra-
phers, indeed, assign to the word in the
above passage of Matt. xxv. 24, the sense
harsh, stern, which is undoubtedly the
more usual one in the best Classical
writers, being derived from the phy-
sical one, ‘ what resists the touch.’ See
Virg. Georg. iii. ir - and so Plato, p. 155,
ZK A 396 zKO
calls such persons oxAnooi Kal dvTitutrot, | ZK oXow, o7ros, 6, (fr. cxdXos, a hook
intractable, inexorable, but that does not | or thorn; see on oxoduds,) prop. ‘any
so well suit the context there ; though, as | thing pointed ard sharp; fig. a stake,
the notion of what is unyielding is com-| Xen. An. v. 2, 5; the point of a hook,
mon to both senses, it may be zcluded.| Lucian, Mere. cond. 3; @ thorn, or
So in Cicero pro Pianco, 16,we have ‘homo | prickle, Sept. Hos. ii. 6. Diose. ii. 29. |
asper atque omnibus zzquus.’ pee Ver. Hist. ii. 30, dca Tivos axav-
SEN ' (ocdnods.) prop. | C2oous Kal cxoloTwy peoTHs &TpaTrON.
darn eg Toss owehneess) POP. | Fe, An, x. 13. Tn Noite a
: ; é ". ut | 7, oxoXoW 77H capki, a thorn in the flesh,
1, 1. hardiness of the body, Plut. vi. p. |; dpe ite Ye ; :
Oe. sN T. fc. » rip okAnodrnté | Something which inflicts either bodil
p= in WN. 1. fig. cave ryy oxAyporncd pain or mental distress.” So Artemid. iil.
gov Kal &uetavontov Kapdiav, hardness a \ aN 2a
of heart, obstinacy, perverseness, Rom. ii, | °°, “*%Y — ees ie ahh 9 his 3 fain
5. Sept. Deut. ix. 27. Maivovor, dLa TO o&v. In what this afilic-
tion consisted, has been not a little dis-
ZKAnooTeaXAos, 0, 7, adj. (oxAn-| puted. Doubtless it was occasioned by
pos, TeaxnXos,) hard-necked, stuff-necked, | some bodily infirmity; see my note there.
i. e. obstinate, perverse, Acts vii. 51, where | By a similar mode of expression it is said,
we have a metaphor taken from refractory Sept. Ez. xxviii. 24, oxodhoW aixpias,
oxen, which will not submit their necks to! and Num. xxxiii. 55, oxdXotres éy Teis
the yoke. So Philo de Educ. § 4, has | d6@adpots buav.
oxk\noavyxeves, probably the more Classi- s ey a ‘
cal term.. Sept. Ex. xxxiii. 3, 5. Deut. Kowéw, f. now, (oxomos,) prop. to
ie AE EE ie nd Soph. oxi lO look out at, survey, (as a oxo7rds or watch-
Lai eb a te ros Ge Te man from a tower;) also, to look at, con-
ZKAnpvvw, f. vv@, (oKAnods,) prop. | template, attentively, Pind. Ol.i. 7; also
of a thing, to make dry and hard, and fig. | fig. to consider carefully, Hdot. i. 32, exo-
to make hard, heavy, grievous, Sept. 2 Chr. | rsty wavtés xorpatos Thy TedevTiy.
x. 4. Judg. iv. 24; of words, 2 Sam. x1X. | Hence, to regard, as Thue. ii. 48, ox. thy
43; in N. T. fig. only of persons in a] Spediav, etal. InN. T. to have respect ~
moral sense, to harden, i.e. to make obsti- | to, with acc. 2 Cor. iv. 18, fi) oKoTrOUN-
nate, perverse, with acc. Rom. ix. 18, ov | rwv jjuev Ta BAEwoueva. Phil. ii. 4, wy
dé Vehel, ok\novver, comp. ver. 17, and | ra éauté&v ExacTos cKoTrouvTes. SO Thuc.
Ex, vii. 3, and see my note. Pass. Acts | vi. 12, ox. 76 éautod pdvov, ‘to consider
xix. 9. Heb. i. 13. Foll. by tas kap- | oneself, one’s own interest solely? With —
bias, Heb. iii. 0, Ki iv. ge Ecclus. xxx. ace. of pers. = to mark, note, Rom, xvi. tz
12, prjrote cxAnovvbels arreOijoy cor. | Phil. iii. 17. 2 Macc. iv. 5. Dem. 1488, 2.
Sxoduos, &, dv, adj. prop. crooked, | Xen. Cyr. ii. 2, 18; with a negat. cxometvy ©
bent, (fr. cxdXos, a hook or sickle, and also | #7, Prop. to look to zt lest, to take heed lest,
a hooked thorn, a word occurring several Lu. xi. 35. Gal. vi. 1. Xen. Mag. Kq. vii. 1o.
times in Hesych. and which may be com-| 2xko7rds, ov, 0, (oxéwTopat,) prop. *a
pared with the Hebr. mm, whence our | ™ark to shoot arrows at,’ ‘an object set
hook, which has both these senses. Now| UP, at which one looks and pare Mle sae
this, again, comes from 2 perf. etoxoda mark, goal, Phil. iii. 14, nat& oKomov
(as oridos fr. gotiia) of cxéAXw, ‘to dtwxw. Sept. and Class.
dry up, contract,’ and also, like our word VKopTiCw, f. icw, to scatter, disperse,
warp, ‘to bend aside from the perpendicu- | trans. 1) prop. with acc. John x. 12, 6
lar, to twist aside from straightness by con- | AUKos oxopwi(er Ta TpdBaTa: Xvi. 32.
traction,’ and fig. ‘to pervert from recti- | Sept. and lat. Class. Yet it was used in
tude and truth.” In its natural sense the | the Ionic dialect, (being, for instance,
word occurs, Wisd. xiii. 13, as an adj. | found in Hecateus,) and from thence was —
to EvXov, and in Hdot. ii. 86, to cidnoos.) | introduced into the common dialect; or ©
In N. T. itis used 1) PRop. of a road, or | rather, it had, probably, always been, and —
ines of it, Lu. iii. 5, kal otra Ta cko- | continued to be, used in the language of
ta eis evOctav. Sept. Isaiah xlii. 16. | common life: so it occ. in Artem. In the
Heliodor. i. 6, cxo\res yap tivas atpa- | proverbial expression, Matt. xii. 30, and
mous. Pind. Pyth. ii. 157, ox. 6do7s. 2)| Lu. xi. 23, 6 ph cuvadywv pet’ Emon,
FIG. crooked, i. e. perverse, wicked, so | exop7iCer, we May suppose it, as cuvayw —
yeved oxoA\ra, Acts ii. 40. Phil. ii. 15; | before, derived from agricultural occupa-—
a phrase derived from Deut. xxxii. 5, | tions; the one signifying to scatter abroad
yeved oxoXrad Kal crectoauuevy. Of | grass to be made into hay, or corn to be~
masters, equiv. to perverse, peevish, fro- | dried by the sun; the other, fo collect the”
ward, opp. to érerkijs, 1 Pet. ii. 18. So | hay or corn, after it has undergone the
Sept. Prov. xvi. 28, avijo oxoduos Otamép- | above process, into heaps. 2) fig. to scatter”
TETAL KAKA. | one’s gifts, distribute largely, to be liberal,
i
a —e Rntae L le EIA
xKO
bountiful, by a metaphor taken from sow-
ing, absol. 2 Cor. ix. 9.
SKopTios, ov, 6, a scorpion, (a sort of
venemous insect, on which see Calmet,)
Lu. xi. 12. Rev. ix. 3, 5, 10. Sept., Jos.,
& Class. In Lu. x.19, watetv evravw od.
Kal oxooTiwyv, we have a figurative form
of expression used of surmounting great
evils and difficulties, being preserved from
men as venemous in their hostility as
scorpions. Comp. Ail. H. An. x. 23, we
have watovcat Tovs okoptrious atabsis
O1rauévovet.
SKoTte vos, y, ov, adj. (oxoTos,) dark,
without light, Matt. vi. 23, GAov To cama
cov oKxoteivoy tora. Lu. xi. 34, 36.
Sept. and Class., espec. Plato, Xen. and
Jkschyl. i
SKoria, as, 4, (cxdros,) darkness, ab-
sence of light. 1) prop. John vi. 17,
oKotia H0n éyeyover, ‘it was now dark.’
xii. 85, 6 WepiTatwv Ev TH oKOTIa. XX.
1. Sept. Job xxviii. 3. Mic. iii. 6. Eurip.
Pheniss. 846. So of a place of darkness,
év TH oKoTia, in darkness, i. e. in a dark
place, in private, Matt. x. 27. Lu. xii. 3.
2) Fic. of @ state of darkness, i. e. moral
darkness, the absence of spiritual light and
truth, zgnorance and blindness, including
the idea of sinfulness, and the misery con-
sequent thereupon, (see Is. ix. 2. Matt.
iv. 16. Acts xxvi. 18.) John viii. 12. xii.
30, Wa my okoTia buas KaTaAGBy. Ver.
tee ohn 7.5. 11.6, 9, 11. .Meton. of
persons in such darkness, John i. 5, 4
oKotia, for of éckoTigpévolt TH CLavoia,
Eph. iv. 18.
ZKoriCw, f. isw, (oxdtos,) to darken,
‘deprive of light; in N. T. only pass. to
be darkened: 1) prop. Matt. xxiv. 29, 6
nXrLos oxoticOjoceTar. Mk. xiii. 24. Lu.
xxiii. 45. Rey. viii. 12. ix. 2. Sept. Job
Maren 2. Plut. x. p..608., Pol.
xii. 15,10. 2) fig. and spiritually, of the
understanding, i. e. of moral darkness,
ignorance, Eph. iv. 18, éoxotiomévor TH
dtavoia, lit. befooled, with which comp.
similar expressions in Dion. Hal. de Thuc.
83, 7 oKoTiGovca THy drdvoiav 6xANOoLXS.
Jos. Ant. ix. 4,3, tyv dvdvoiav émrecko-
tTiopevor, and Bell. v. 8, 2, éweokorer
QUTwWY Tals yuwpmals 1a Tas TApavopmias
© Oeds. Rom. i. 21. xi. 10, cxoticOij7w-
cav oi of0. aitwv.
ZKOTOS, eos ous, TO, (and ov, 6, Heb.
xii. 18,) darkness, the absence of light.
I. prop. 1) gener. Matt. xxvii. 45, oxd-
TOS EYEVETO ETL TAacaY T1HVv ynv. Acts ii.
20, eis oxoTos..1 Cor. iv. 5, Ta Kouta
tov okoTous, ‘ the hidden things of dark-
ness, i, e. ‘done in darkness,’ secret
things; of the darkness of the blind, Acts
xili. 11. Sept. and Class. as AK]. V. H. iii:
18. Xen. Cyr. iv. 2,2. 2) a dark place,
397
a
KY
‘a place where darkness reigns,’ Matt. viii.
12, éxBAnOnocovtar eis “rd okOTos TO
tEwteoon, into the uttermost darkness, * the
farthest dark’ prison, as an image of the
place of punishment in Hades, or hell;
with an allusion, as Bp. Middleton observes,
to the Jewish notion of the state of future
punishment, Wisd. xvii. 21, corresponding
to the Tartarus of the Greeks. So at 2 Pet.
ii.4, we have ce.pats Copov TapTapwoas,
exactly similar to TO okoTos TO éeEwTe-
oov here; also we have at 2 Pet. ii. 17,
and Jude 13, 6 Gégos rov ckdtTous sis
aiwva, i.e. ‘thick gloom of darkness for
ever,’ thickest and eternal darkness.—II,
FIG. of moral darkness, the absence of spi-
ritual light and truth, egnorance and blind-
ness, including the idea of sinfulness and
consequent misery; see oxotia 2. 1)
GENER. Matt. iv. 16, 0 Xads 6 Kabnpevos
év okoTEL Elde Pus méeya. Vi. 23. Lu. i.,
79; comp. Ps. cvii. 10, Sept. John iii. 19,
nyamnoav warXov TO okOTOS 14) TO Pas.
Acts xxvi. 18. Rom. ii. 19. xiii. 12, ta
gpya tov okoTous, ‘the works of dark-
ness, wicked deeds; so in Dr. Duport’s
Greek version of our noble Collect for
Advent Sunday, dwojcar nuty xaou iva
amvoQwusla Ta Zoya TOU oKOTOUS, Kat
evovewmela Ta Ota TOU PwTos. 2 Cor.
iv. 6, 0 Ozds 6 eitwy ék oKOTOUS dws
Aduwat..vi. 14. 1 Pet. ii. 9; see Mic. vii.
8. 2) abstr. for concr. of persons in a
state of moral darkness, wacked men, under
the influence of Satan, or the infernal
spirits, as opposed to Christ, the ‘Sun of
righteousness ;> comp. 2 Cer. vi. 14, 7
éfovcia Tov oKkoTous, Lu. xxii. 53; per-
haps for Satan himself, Col. i. 13; also
Eph. v. 8, 77é mote oxoTos. vi. 12.
SKoTt ow, f. wow, (cKdros,) to darken,
cover with darkness, Soph. Aj. 85; pass.
Rev. xvi. 10, éyéveto 4 Bactdeia adrou
éokoTtwuevy, i. e. emblematic of distress,
calamity, destruction. So Joel ii. 6. Nah.
li. 10, ‘all faces shall gather blackness.’
ZKvUBaXov, ov, té6. This is not de-
rived, as the Lexicographers say, from
kuot and Baéd\dw, q. d. TO Kuot Baddo-
mevov, for that would only account, and
lamely too, for ove of its many uses. I
have no doubt that the oxv is corrupted
from sxo for 2&w,q. d. té #€w Baddo-
Levon, ° what is cast out as refuse.’ Thus
it is applied 1) to the offal (of@fall), or
refuse of a table; 2) to chaff, the refuse of the
grain, and cast out to the dunghill; 3) to
tie wreck or sea-weed cast forth by the sea;
4) to excrement ejected from the bowels.
Jos. Bell. v. 13, 7. Artem. i, 69. Plut. de
Is. and Os. xxvii. 4; and so perhapsin N. T.
Phil. iii. 8, Ta. wavta Hyovpat cxiBara
eivat. So Apuleius Flor. 2, says of Crates,
‘rem familiarem aljecisse, velut onus ster-
ZK Y
corts, magis labori quam usui.’ And so
Plaut. Truc. it. 7, 5, ‘amator, qui bona
_ gua pro stercore habet.’
YKvGpwmoes, ov, 6, 7, adj. (cxvOpds,
grim, stern, fr. oxtfouar, ww,) prop.
scowling, as opp. to iiapés; also, gloomy,
as said of persons in sorrow, Lu. xxiv. 17;
and grim-visaged, as said of hypocrites,
Matt. vi. 16. And so in certain passages,
cited by Wets. and others, we have the
terms Umoxpitai and oxv@pwrot con-
joined. Sept. and Class.
ZKvUAXAw, f. vk@. The primary sense
of this word is to tear, rend, and worry,
as dogs or other animals, with tooth and
nail, Hesych. oxtAXew" TO Tots OvuEs
omav. And as we use the verb Zo worry,
for to harass, trouble and weary any one
out, so the Greeks used oxtAXw, e. gr.
Hdian. iv. 13, 8. vii. 3,9. Aésch. Pers.
569, exiUA\XovTat. Thusin N.T. Mk. v.
30, and Lu. viii. 49, ui) oxtAXe Tov 6164-
oxahov. Mid. Lu. vii. 6, uy oxidXov.
Pass. part. Matt. ix. 36, 671 }oav éoxvd-
fevor, namely, with the burdensome rites
and ceremonies of the Law, and especially
the irksome traditions of the Pharisees.
SKvrXov, ov, Td, (oxtAXw, to pluck
off the hair, and also to tear off the skin,)
prop. skin, hide, as stripped off ; but usually
and in N. T. spoil, booty, i.e. stripped
from aslain enemy, in opp. to Aa@vuoea,
spoil taken from the living; also spoz/
generally, Lu. xi. 22, Ta oxvAa avtou
dtadidwouyr, lit. ‘he scatters his spoils,’ the
goods of which he has madea spoil. So
Thue. vi. 71, ta tov twoXepiwy cxura
éxovtes. Sept.
“KwrnkdBowTos, ov, 6, 7, adj.
(cxwr7, BiBowoKkw,) worm-eaten, devoured
of worms, spoken of PUetpiacrs, the dis-
ease of Herod Agrippa, Acts xii. 23.
Comp. Jos. Ant. xix. 8, 2. 2 Mace. ix. 9.
Theophr. H. Pl. iii. 12. Caus. Pl. v. 9, 1.
ZKwrnk, nkos, 6, a@ worm, i.e. as
feeding on dead bodies, Mk. ix. 44, 46, 48,
Otrov 6 cK. av. ov TehEUTA, KaL TO TVO
ov oBevvuTat, in allusion to Is. lxvi. 24,
used only fig. for a part of the torment of
hell; and generally supposed to denote an
evil and accusing conscience constantly and
eternally preying on the damned. See
more in my note. The same image 1s
found in Judith xvi. 17. Ecclus. vii. 17.
The word occurs in Sept. and Class.
Suapaycivos, n, ov, adj. (ouaoay-
dos,) of smaragdus or emerald, Rev. iv. 3,
dmotos Goacer cuapaydivw sc. Aibw.
Sudpaydos, ov, 0, smaragdus, a
name under which the ancients appear to
have comprehended all gems of a fine
green colour, including the emerald, Rev.
xxi. 19, Sept. and later Class.
398
ZO®
Yuvpva, ns, 7, myrrh, Heb. W, the
juice of a certain small thorny tree grow-
ing in Arabia and Abyssinia, distilling,
either spontaneously or by incisions, a
kind of liquid, soon hardening into a
bitter aromatic gum, which was highly
priced by the ancients, and was used for
incense and perfumes, and also (as we"
learn from Hdot. ii. 82) employed in em-
balming. Matt. ii. 11, AiBavov cai cpio-
vav. John xix. 39. Sept. and Class.
YuvoviCw, f. iow, (cuvova,) to mingle
with myrrh; pass. Mk. xv. 23, edidouv
avTw TWLELY ETuUPVIOMEVOV OivOY, i. €.
wine mingled with myrrh and bitter herbs;
see “O(os.
Lopos, ov, 6, originally an urn for
containing the bones of a dead person,
(Hom. Il. xxiii. 91,) but afterwards a
coffer, coffin, Hdot. ii. 78; any receptacle
for a dead body, Lucian D. Mort. vi. 4.
/Eschin. xx. 34. Sept. for a mummy-chest,
Gen. 1]. 26. In N. T. a her, or funeral-
couch, on which, among the ancients, the
dead of the higher classes were carried
forth to burial, Lu. vii. 14. Comp. Sept.
KXivys, 2 Sam. ii. 31.
6s, o7, cov, pron. poss. thy, thine ;
said of what belongs to any one, or is in
any way connected with him; e. gr. by
possession, acquisition, Matt. vii. 3, év Tw
co 6p0arpw. ver. 22. xiii. 27. Lu. xv.
3l. Acts v. 4. tO cov, Ta oa, thine, thine
own, ‘ what is thine, Matt. xx. 14. Lu. vi.
30. So of society, companionship, Lu. v.
33, of O& cot pabntai. Mk. ii. 18. John
xvii. 6, 9, 10. xviii. 35. ot cot, thy kin-
dred, thy friends, Mk. v. 19. Of origin,
as proceeding from any one, Matt. xxiv. 3,
THS ons jTapovoias. Lu. xxii. 42, 70
cov, sc. YéAnua. John iv. 42. xvii. 17, 0
Adyos 6 ods. Acts xxiv. 3, and Class.
Sovdaproy, ov, To, Lat. sudarzum, a
piece of linen, such as was, among the an- ~
cients, generally used as a handkerchief,
but sometimes as a napkin, and eccasionally
also, as appears from the Rabbinical wri-
ters, used to wrap money in, and lay it by,
Lu. xix. 20. John xi. 44. xx. 7. Acts
xix. 12, Pollux On. vii. 71.
Lopia, as, 7, (copos,) wisdom, prop.
knowledge, (so it is defined by Xen. Mem.
iv. 6,7, éw.otun,) skill, expertness in any
art; e. gr. 7 copia Tov TéxTovos, Hom.
Il. xv. 412; espec. in the fine arts, as
music, poetry, painting, Pind. Ol. ix. 16.
Xen. Mem. i. 4,2 & 3. An.i. 2, 8. Lys.
198, 11. Sept. copia, Ex. xxviii. 3.
xxxvi. 1,2, In N. T. wisdom, in various
senses: I. shill in the affairs of life, prae-
tical wisdom, prudentia, sound judgment,
wise management, as shown in forming
ZO®
the best plans, and selecting the best
‘means for carrying them into execution,
including the idea of judgment and sound
good sense, Eur. Or. 709, det pe ow Gew
oe copia, etal. In N. T. Acts vi. 3, av-
dpas ewra wArjpecs Iv. ay. Kai codias,
where see my note; vii. 10. Col. i. 28.
iii. 16. iv. 5, comp. 6. Lu. xxi. 15, oroua
* Kal codiav, q. d. ‘ wise utterance,’ the
faculty of speaking wisely and eloquently.
Sept. 1 K. ii. 6. Hdian. i. 5, 23. Plut.
Thes, 3. Xen. Mem. iii. 9, 4, 5.—II.
wisdom in a higher sense, i. e. deep know-
ledge, natural and moral, learning, scrence ;
‘implying high cultivation of mind and en-
lightened understanding. Jos. de Mace. 2,
copia 6 Toivuy éotiv yva@ots Seiwv Kal
avOpwirivwy TeayuaTwy Kal THY TOv-
Twv aitiwv. Cic. de Off. i. 43, * sapientia,
quam codiay Greci vocant, rerum est
divinarum et humanarum scientia.’ Hdot.
iv. 77. Al. V. H. ii. 31, and oft. in Plato
and Xen. In N. T. 1) gener. Matt. xii.
42, and Lu. xi. 31, tiv copiav odo-
pevos. Acts vii. 22, wdon codia Ai-
yuTrTiwv, where see my note. Implying
learned research, Aeyov piv éXovTa ao-
dias, Col. ii. 23; also a knowledge of
hidden things, of enigmatic and symbolic
language, Rev. xiii. 18. xvii. 9. Sept. Job
xi. 6. Prov. i. 2. Dan. i. 17. 2) spec. of
the learning and philosophy current among
the Greeks and Romans in the Apostolic
age, which stood in contrast with the sim-
plicity and purity of the Gospel, and
tended to draw away the minds of men
from divine truth; hence called by Paul,
capKiky, 2 Cor. i. 12. 47 copia tov Kdc-
pou, | Cor. i. 19, 20, (where see my note, )
iii. 19. tov avOpmHTwy, ii. 5, 4,138. So
1.17, ovK év copia Xoyov, ‘ not in wis-
dom of words,’ ‘not with mere philosophy
and rhetoric,’ et al. Hdot.i.60. A®1.V.H.
xiv. 23. Xen. Conv. iii. 4. 3) in respect
to divine things, spiritual wisdom and
knowledge, ‘the knowledge of divine and
human affairs,’ including one’s duty both
to God and man, represented every where
in Scripture as a divine gift, Matt. xiii. 54,
woVev TOUTW 4 copia ality; Mk. vi. 2.
Acts vi. 10. Eph. i. 8, iv waon codia
Kat poovice.. ver. 17. Col. i. 9. 2 Pet.
ii. 15. 1 Cor. xii. 8, & piv didoTat Adyos
codias, d\w dé AOyos yuwoews. Spec.
of insight imparted from God in respect
to the divine counsels, | Cor. ii. 6, copiav
Aadovpev—codiay ov Tov ai@vos TovTov.
ver. 7. Meton. of the author and source of
this wisdom, 1 Cor. i. 30. As conjoined
with purity of heart and life, Ja. i. 5. iii.
13, 15,17, 7 dé dvwev copia TeaTov
Bev ayvyn zor. Lu. ii. 40, 52.—II1. 4
copia tov 9. the Divine wisdom, Rom.
Xi. 33, w Ba0os wAOUTOU Kal codias Kal
yvucews 8. 1 Cor. i. 21, 24, comp. 22.
399
xO ®
Eph. iii. 10. Col. ii. 3. Rev. v. 12. vii.
12. Of the Divine wisdom as revealed
and manifested in Christ and his Gospel,
the wise counsel of God for bringing men
to the Gospel, Matt. xi. 19, and Lu. vii.
35, Kal é6tkatwOy 4 copia amo THY TEK-
vwy avuTHs, see More in my note. So Lu.
xi. 49, 4 codia tou O. ei7rev, i. e. ‘ the
Divine wisdom as manifested in me,
Christ ; comp. Matt. xxiii. 34, where it is
éyw: or 7) co*ia Tov QO. is abstr. for con-
crete, put for 6 9. 6 somos : see my note.
Lopilw, f. iow, (copos,) to make
wise, 1.e. skilful, expert, ‘to instruct in
any art or science; pass. to be skilled, ex-
pert, e. gr. THS vauTiArins, (‘ navigation,’ )
Hes. Op. & D. 647. InN. T. 1) act. to
make wise, to enlighten, i. e. in respect to
divine things, with acc. of pers. 2 Tim. iil.
15, Ta igoa ypaupata Ta Ovvapeva cE
sopicar zis cwtyoiav. So Sept. Ps.
xix. 7, 7 waotupia Kupiou mist, coi-
Covca vynia, cv. 22. Theoph. ad Au-
tol. ii. p. 82, of mpopytat vro Tov
Ozov codiobévtes. Barnab. Epist. ix.
in a bad sense, ayyeXos movnpos éao-
gicev avtovs, i.e. the Jews. 2) mid.
copiCouar as depon. with acc. of thing,
prop. to make wisely, to devise skilfully,
and also artfully, (with allusion to
that sense of copia by which it means
cunning, whether as employed gener. to
over-reach, deceive, and injure others,
Hdot. i. 68. ii. 172. iii. 4, & 85, 127. v.
21. ix. 62,) so Hdot. ii. 66, copiovtae
vade. InN. T. only part. perf. as pass.
cecodiapevor pulor, cunningly devised
fables, 2 Pet. i. 16.. The pass. form occ.
also in Ps. lviii, 5, Aq. and Symm., but in
an active sense.
Loos, i, ov, adj. wise, in a gener.
sense, skilful in any art, or well ac-
quainted with any science; in N. T. LI.
skilful, expert in any art, 1 Cor. iii. 10,
copes aoxitéxtwv. Sept. Isa. iii. 3.
2 Chr. ii. 7. So the Class. oft. apply the
epithet to workmen or artizans, espec.
builders; so Adsch. Socr. i. 1. Atl. V. H,
xiv. 39. See Aristot. Eth. vi. 7.—II.
skilled in the affairs of life, discreet, judt-
cious, practically wise; comp. in Yodia I.
1 Cor. vi. 5, codes, ds duvicetar dia-
Kotvar K.T.A. So Sept. Deut. 1.13. 2 Sam.
xiii. 3. Is..xix. 11. Hdot. vii. 130. Xen.
Cyr. i. 1,1. An. i. 10, 2.—ITL. skilled in
learning and science, i. e. learned, intelli-
gent, enlightened, aud gener. in respect to
things human and divine; comp. in Zo-
pia II. 1) gener. as to human things,
Matt. xi. 25, Lu. x. 21, amo copay Kai
cuvetov, ‘the learned and clever.” See my
note. Matt. xxiii. 34. Rom. i. 14, cogois
Té Kal dvontors. xvi. 19. 1 Cor.i. 25. Sept.
Prov. i. 6. Eccl. ii. 14, 16. Paleph. lini. 6.
ZITA
Hdian. i. 2, 7. Xen. Mem.i. 6, 11. 2)
spec. as to the philosophy current among
the Greeks and Romans; see in Yodia
II. 2. Rom. i. 22, @acoxovtes eivat co-
gol, éuwodvOyncav. 1 Cor. i. 19, 20, 26,
27. iii. 18, bis, 19, 20. Xen. Mem. i.
6, 14. ii. 9, 5. 3) in respect to divine
things, things spiritual and heavenly, wese,
enlightened, as conjoined with purity of
heart and life; comp. in ZYodia II. 3.
Eph. v. 15. Ja. iii. 13, comp. ver. 17, and
see my note.—IV. spoken of Gop, the
WISE, as being infinite in wisdom and
knowledge, Rom. xvi. 27, wovw coda
Oew. 1 Tim. i. 17. Jude 25, where see
my notes.
=Tapadocow or tTw, (crdw,) f. Ew,
prop. to tear, rend, or lacerate, as dogs or
other animals their prey; so oft. in Class.
In N. T. to convulse, throw into spasms,
like epilepsy, spoken of the effects of
demoniacal possession, with acc. Mk. i. 26.
ix. 20, 26. Lu. ix. 39. Plut. de Gen. Socr.
22. Max. Tyr. Diss. 23. Galen ad Glauc. i.
STapyavow, f. wow, (crapyavon,
swathing-band, fr. omdpyw,) to swathe,
wrap in swaddling-clothes, trans. Lu. ii.
7,12. Sept. Aristot. H. An. vii. 4. Plut.
Quest. Rom. 5.
Eratrahaw, f. now, (owararn, lux-
ury in eating and drinking, fr. c7afaw,
to live luxuriously, fr. oma0n, a curry-
comb; so Horat. Epist. i. 4, 15, ‘ Me pin-
guem et nitidum, bene curata cute, vises,’)
to live in luxury, voluptuously, intrans.
1 Tim. v. 6. Ja. v. 5. Ecclus. xxi. 15.
So katactraTahaw, Sept. Prov. xxix. 21.
_-Anthol. Gr. ii. p. 22.
=raw, f. dow, to draw, i. e. to pull in
any way whatever, gener. with an implied
notion of from one place to another ; thus
it signif. ‘to draw from or among, or up,
out, &c. In N. T. to draw OUT, as a
sword; mid. omacadpevos Tv paxarpar,
‘drawing his sword, Mk. xiv. 47. Acts
xvi. 27. Sept. and Class. oft.
Smetpa, as, also Ion. gen. ns, 7,
(o7raw, to. draw, to twist,) prop. ‘any
thing wound or wreathed,’ as a coal or band,
acord, rope. In N. T. a band, or troop,
company : 1) said of Roman foot-soldiers,
probably @ cohort, on which see the writers
on Roman Antiquities. Matt. xxvii. 27.
Acts x. l, al. Jos. B. J. iii. 2, 1, & 4, 2.
Ant. xix. 2, 3. Plut. Marcell. c. 25, 26.
B. J. ii. 11, 1. 2) spoken of a band or
corps, from the guards of the temple,
John xviii. 3, 12, where see my note.
These were Levites, who performed the
menial offices of the temple, and kept
watch by night, Ps. cxxxiv. 1. 2 K. xii. 9.
xxv. 18; espec. 1 Chr. ix. 17, 27, sq.
They were under the command of officers
ealled orpatnyotl.
400
rr
ZTE
imetiopw, f. sow, to sow, scatter secd :
1) prop. absol. Matt. vi. 26, tad mererva
ov omeioovow. xili. 3,4. Part. 6 o7ret-
ow, the sower, Mk. iv. 3, 14; with ace.
of the seed sown, Matt. xiii. 24, oaei-
povtt KaXov oméoua. | Cor. xv. 36, 37.
Pass. fig. of a single seed or grain, Mk. iv.
31, 32, KoKKoy oLlvaTTEwWS—OTaY oTrapy :
so, by analogy, of the body as committed”.
to the earth, 1 Cor. xv. 42—44, With
prepositions of place, eis, Matt. xiii. 22;
év, ver. 31; émi with gen. Mk. iv. 31,
with acc. Matt. xiii. 20; mapa with acc.
ver. 19. Hence in proverbial expressions,
by a metaphorical use of o7reiow in the
sense to bestow, founded on the language
of the O. T. See Is. xxxii. 20. Hos.
x. 12. Prov. xi. 24. Matt. xxv. 24,
JepiCwy Omov ovK zoterpas. John iv.
3/7, aos éotiv Oo omeiowv. 2 Cor. ix.
6, 0 omsiowy perdopevws, K.T.A. More-
over, as sowing is done with a view to a
future crop, the term imports labour or
pains bestowed upon any thing, from
whence may result fruits or effects, whether
good or bad, Gal. vi. 7, 6 yap éav omeipn
avOpwios, TouTO Kal Jepioes. Comp.
Matt. xxv. 24, 26. John iii. 18. -The
metaphor, an agricultural one, is frequent -
in the Class.; also fig. ] Cor. ix. 1],
TVEVMLATLKA OTrElpEev, — to disseminate,
empart, Gal. vi. 8, 6 omeipwy sis Thy
caoka—o om. eis To IIvevpa, ‘ whoever
lives to the flesh, or to the Spirit.” So, by
a similar mode of expression, Aristot.
Rhet. iii. 3, 18, od 6& TavTa aicypows
Mev eomeipas, Kak@s. Oe é0épioas. 2)
jig. of a teacher, to sow the word of life,
to disseminate instruction, John iy. 36.
Mk. iv. 14, tov Adyov ozeiger: pass.
ver. 15, 67rov omeivetat 6 OYos. Ver.
16, 20. Matt. xiii. 19, ro éoaapmévov év
TH Kapoia.
LmexkovXatwo, opos, 6, Lat. specu-
lator, a kind of soldiers forming the body- —
guard of kings and princes, so called from
their principal duty, that of sentinels ; for
to this, it may be supposed, the name
alludes, being derived from the Latin
speculator, and not, according to some,
from spiculator, from spiculum. Besides
the above, . however, they had other confi-
dential duties, and among these, that of
acting, like the Turkish soldiers of the
present day, as executioners. See Seneca
de Benef. iii. 25; de Ira, i. 16.
imévew, f. cmciow, to pour out, to
make a libation, Sept. Gen. xxxv. 14.
Hdian. iv. 8, 12. Xen. Cyr. vii. 1, 1. In
N. T. fig. mid. omévdouat, to pour out
oneself, i. e. one’s blood, to offer up one’s ©
strength and life, 2 Tim. iv. 6, éyw yao non
omévoouat, or rather, ‘to be ready to be
poured upon in sacrifice, as the victim
SHWE
had the libation poured upon its head.
Yomp. Phil. ii. 17, and see my note. Simi-
larly in Liv. xxi. 29, we have ‘libare vires.’
Dréoua, atos, TO, (oreiow,) seed, as
sown or scattered, of grain, plants, or trees :
1) prop. Matt. xiii, 24, omeipew xaXov
omépua. ver. 32. Mk. iv. 31. 1 Cor. xv.
38. Sept. and Class.; metaph. | John iii.
9, cméoua ator, i. e. Qeov, a seed from
God, a germ of the Divine life, ‘ the inner
man as renewed by the Spirit of God.’ 2)
fig. of the semen virile, Heb. xi. 11. Sept.
and Class. Hence meton. seed, equiv. to
children, offspring, prop. Matt. xxii. 24,
25, mi) Exwv oméoua. In this sense the
term has in Scriptural writers almost
always a plural acceptation; while in
Class. as uniformly a szzgular one. So
in Soph. El. 1510, & Géd. Tyr. 1087, and
a Delphic oracle in Thuc. v. 16, Avos
viou mui0gov To omégua. The plural
sense, however, is found in Soph. Trach.
304. Eurip. Med. 798: gener. equiv. to
posterity, Lu.i. 55, tw “ABoadu Kat Tw
om. avtov. John vii. 42. Acts iii. 25,
oft. : also gentile Christians are fig. called
the seed of Abraham, as having the same
faith, Rom. iv. 16. ix. 8. Gal. iii. 29,
where see my note. 3) by impl. a@ rem-
nant, a few survivors, like seed kept over
from a former year, Rom. ix. 29, ei uy
Kuvpuos SaBawd éyxatéditrev hutv or eo-
pa. So Plato Tim. p. 1044, 2£ wy aca 7
Tots EoTL Tavuy Vuwv, TWeptierpUEevToOs
Tore owiouaTtos Boaxéos.
Eqrepporoyos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (o7ép-
pa, \Eeyw,) seed-gathering, seed-picking, a
term used properly of those small birds,
sparrows, &c. which live by picking up
scattered seeds. So we have in Plut.
Demetr. 28, dovi0wy omepuodoywy, and
in Aristoph. Ay. 233, 579. Artem. ii. 20.
Hence in metaph. sense, it denoted those
paupers who frequented the market-places,
and lived by picking up any scattered or
refuse produce, and generally persons of
abject condition, who were without any
certain means of support. Hence also, it
was applied to denote, according to its ac-
ceptation in N. T., ‘one who picks up,
and retails, trifling stories,’ a chatterer,
tuttler, Acts xvii. 18.
=Eqmevow, f. stow, (fr. cméw, and
otmaw: the prim. idea being, as Hem-
sterhus. shows, iutendere, scil. nervos,
espec. in drawing up a fishing-net. So
Theocr, i. 40, 2’ a, scil. Newpadi, orrev-
Owy péya dixtvov és BoXov eXxei—Kkay-
VovTL aVOpL EoLKwS,) prop. trans. to pro-
pel, put in motion, urge on, hasten, Hom.
Il. xiii. 236. Hdot. i. 38, 206. More fre-
quently, however, and in N. T. intrans.
to urge oneself on, hasten, make haste, as
Hom. Il. xxiv. 253. Thuc. i. 84. So
401
pe i |
Acts xxii. 18, with inf. Acts xx. 16,
éomevoe yao—yevicbar eis lepooodupa.
By Hebr. the part. ovrevwas is put with a
verb of motion adverbially, in the sense
hastily, quickly, e. gr. Lu. ii. 16, 7AGov
omevoavtes. xix. 5, 6. So Sept. Gen.
xlv. 9. Ex. xxxiv. 8. Josh. viii. 19. With
an accus. lit. to hasten on, or rather men-
tally hasten after, to anticipate, 2 Pet. iii.
12, roocdokwytas Kal omevdurvTas Tip
Taoovoiay K.T.A. 1. e. ‘earnestly expect-
ing, and ardently wishing and anticipating.”
Sept. with acc. Is. xvi. 5. Pind. Isth. iv.
22, omevoew adpetav. Thuc. vi. 39, kaxa
om. and 79.
Da7rarov, ov, To, (ewéos,) a cavern,
den, Matt. xxi. 13, omjXatov AnoT@v, in
allusion to the fact, attested by Joseph.,
that the robbers with which Judza then
swarmed, had their habitations in the
caverns so numerous in that region. See
also John xi. 38. Heb. xi. 38. These
caverns were, it appears, not only used for
sleeping in at night, but sometimes for
abode by day, affording an _ habitation,
however dreary, to numerous persons re-
tiring thither in times of public danger
and distress. See Jos. Ant. xii. 8.
Saidtas, ados, 47, a rock under, or
scarcely rising above, the surface of the
sea, on which vessels are shipwrecked,
Jos. Bell. Jud. iii. 9, 3. Pol. i. 37, 2, and
such is now generally supposed the sense
of the word in N. T. Jude 12, and not
that assigned to it in E. V. stain; but
that is more than doubtful; such, besides
involving an incongruity of figure, being
little agreeable to the context, and for-
bidden by the parallel passage in 2 Pet.
ii. 13, from which the above was evidently
formed. It is true that omAas almost
always has the sense a rock. But that it
sometimes meant also @ stam, is certain
from Theophr. C. Pl. ii. 9, where we have
v7 omias, said of a loamy, greasy soil.
And Hesych. explains omiAades by pe-
piacuevor. And though the two signifi-
cations In question may seem too unlike
to belong to the same word, yet the truth
is, the words are, strictly speaking, zo¢ the
same; one being formed from oariXos, ‘a
stain; the other from oziXos, ‘a rock,’
meaning, however, such a sort of rock as
the low coral reefs of the Polynesian
archipelago ; which seem, when viewed
from-an eminence, spots on the surface of
the ocean (év Ty Vaddoon); as the persons
in question might be said to be év Tats
ayaracs, ‘in the love-feasts,’ staining and
deforming the fair face of Christian society.
Larios, ov, 6, prop. a spot, stuin, ex-
tending over the surface of any thing, fr.
omiw and o7ifw, extendo; a word oc-
| curring only in the later writers, for which
ZIT
the earlier and Attic ones use kyAis. In
N. T. it is found only fig. in a moral
sense, @ stain, Eph. v. 27. 2 Pet. ii. 13.
On the metaphor see Rev. iii. 4. Zach. iii.
3. Eccl. ix. 8.
- LYartAow, f. wow, (o7idos,) prop. to
spot, to stain; fig. to defile, Ja. iii. 6,
1 yAwooa i omiXovca OAOY TO cHma,
namely, by inflaming the passions, and
thereby making the members of the body
instruments to sin, to its defilement. Pass.
Jude 23, éomiiwuévov xit@va. Wisd.
xv. 4. Dion. Hal. ix.6. Lucian Amor. 15.
mhayxvifouar, f. webjoouar, (fr.
omAayxva, the bowels, considered as the
seat of sympathy,) depon. pass. to have
compassion, to pity, absol. Matt. xx. 34,
omayxuicGeis 6& 6 ‘Ingous. Foll. by
émi with dat. Matt. xiv. 14. Lu. vii. 13;
with acc. Matt. xiv. 14. xv. 32. Mk. viii.
2. ix. 22; aept with gen. Matt. ix. 36.
With gen. simpl. like Lat. mzseret, Matt.
XViii. 27, omdXayxuicbeis—tov dovAcu
exeivou. The word is one confined to the
N. T., being found neither in the Sept.
nor the Class. writers. It occurs, how-
ever, in Symm. Deut. xiii. 8. Gr. Anon.
1 Sam. xiii. 21, and often in the Apocry-
phal writings, as the Test. x11. Patr. and
the Act. Thome.
ZarrtayXvov, ov, To, an testine,
bowel. Usually and in N. T. only plur.
Ta awdayxva, the entrails, bowels: I.
prop. Acts i. 18, é£eyv0n mavra re
omAayxyva aitov. 2 Macc. ix. 5, and
Class.—lI. fig. the inward parts, what we
call the heart, as the seat of the emotions
and passions; and that by a use not merely
Hebr. but also frequent in the Gr. trage-
dians, especially Euripides and Aéschyl.
Hence in N. T. the term is used, like the
Hebr. D'Mrn, to denote both the heart
itself, and the affections of the heart;
namely, the gentler emotions, as compas-
sion, tender affection ; the former in 2 Cor.
vi. 12, orevoywostabe év Tots o@hayx-
vo.s Uuwy, answering to kapdia, ver. 11.
Philem. 7, ta or. tev ayiwy avareé-
WavTar Ola cov, i. e. ‘are appeased or
quieted by the comfort of thy tender affec-
tion,’ 1 John iii. 17, xAXeion Ta o@AAYXVA
avtou, with which comp. Act. Thom. ra
ida om. émicyxety, also Prov. xii. 10;
the latter in 2 Cor. vii. 15, kat Ta on.
avToU TWepiocoTépws eis Uuads eoTwDV.
Phil. i. 8, ws éqitro8@ wavtas buas év
omdayxvos ‘I. Xp. i.e. in my ardent
love to Christ, ii. 1: intens. Lu. i. 78, dca
own. édéovs Oeov. Col. iii. 12, om.
oixtippov. Also put for the object of
affection, Philem. 12, ra gua omAayxva,
‘my bowels,’ meaning ‘whom I love as
myself or my own son.’ Simil. Philostr.
Vit. Soph. ii. 3, od étramrodvcomar Tots
402
XZ ILO
guou omdayxvors. Artemid. i. 46, of
matdes omdayxva éyovrat, and v.
37. Philo of Joseph. t. ii. p. 15, Sneotv
éoTiabsion THY Etuwy oTAayXVwV. And
so the Latin ‘viscera mea,’ as often in
Ovid. From all which examples it is
evident that the idiom in question is not
merely Hebraic. * ‘
Zwoyyos, ov, 6, a sponge, Matt.
xxvii. 48. Mk. xv. 36. John xix. 29, and
Class.
Zodds, ov, 6, (for cBodds fr. cBEv-
vu, lit. the remains of the fuel, after the
fire has been extinguished, ) ashes, Heb. ix.
13, oaodds Sauadews, Matt. xi. 21, and
Lu. x. 13, év odkxw Kai orodm—ueTe-
vonoav. To lie down in ashes, or to cast
ashes or dust on the head, was a rite of
oriental mourning, as appears from many
passages of the O. T. It was not, how-
ever, confined to the Hebrews, but ex-
tended to the Greeks; see Hom. Od. ix.
375. Lucian. D. Mort. xx. 4.
Sopa, as, n, (emeiow,) prop. a sow-
ing, or seed sown; also seed-teme, Sept.
2K. xix. 29. In N. T. fig. for genera-
tion, birth: 1 Pet. i. 23, dvaryyeyevynuévor
ovK ek omopas @0aot7s. Act. Thom.
§ 31, moias omopas Kal moiov yévous
UTAOX ELS. '
Lmoptmos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (eeipw,)
sown, sativus, for sowing, e. gr. omépua,
Gen. i. 29. Lev. xi. 37. 7 y7, i. e. ‘land
fit for sowing, Diod. Sic. i. 36. Xen.
H. G. iii. 2,10. In N. T. neut. plur. ta
oropima, sown fields, fields of grain,
Matt. xii. 1, al.
Zadpos, ov, 0, (cmelow,) a sowing,
seed-time, Sept. and Class. In N. T
equiv. to omépua, seed, Mk. iv. 26, Bary
TOV omopov émi THS ys. ver. 27. Lu.
Ms 11; fig. 2 Cor. ix. 10. Sept. Deut.
xt. 10:
Lmovdd Ww, f. aow, (cmovdy,) prop.
to speed, make haste, intrans. : so Aristoph.
Thesm. 572, éoarovdakuta wpooTpéyXéel.
Also by impl. ‘to strive, use all activity
and diligence, strain every nerve,’ about
athing: 1) gener. with infin. 2 Tim. iv.
9, coved. éhOeiv meds me TAaXéws. Ver.
21. Tit. iii. 12. Sept. Job xxxi. 5. Judith
xiii, 12. Eur. Iph. A. 337, et al. 2) to
give diligence, ‘to be in earnest to do some-
thing,’ with infin. Gal. ii. 10, 6 Kai éo7rov-
daca avTo ToUTO ToLHoat. Eph.iv. 3. 1Th.
ii. 17. 2 Tim. ii. 15. Said of diligence in
working out our salvation, Heb. iv. ll.
2 Pet. i. 10, 15. iii. 14. Sept. and oft. in ~
Class.
Laovdatos, a, ov, adj. (o7rovdy,) ©
prop. speedy, earnest, diligent; «also, by ©
impl., ‘forward to do any thing, 2 Cor.
vill. 17, 22, omovdatov dvta, vuvi oe
=O
qoXv otovdaoTepov. Neut. comparat.
omovdaoTepov, as adv. earnestly, dili-
ently, 2 Tim. i. 17, om. eQntnoé me.
Diod. Sic. i. 51. Xen. Mem. iv. 2, 2.
Srovdaiws, Bee peu cetos)) earn-
estly, diligently, eagerly, Lu. vii. 4, mao-
pbveus mirey orova. Tit. iii. 138. Com-
arat. cmrovdaioTeows, the more zealously,
Phil, ii. 28. Acl. V. H. ii. 2. Xen. Cyr. i.
3, 9.
Saovdn, js, 1, speed, haste, Hdot. ix. 1,
as manifested in earnestness, or diligence.
In N. T. 1) gener. e. gr. ueta o7rovd7s,
‘with haste,’ i. e. hastily, eagerly, Mk. vi.
25. Lu. i. 39. So Sept. and Class. 2)
diligence, earnest effort, zeal: Rom. xii. 8,
apoisTamevos év oTrovdy. So év orrovdy
is of freq. occurrence in Sept. and Apocr.
and Thucyd. iii. 49, also Rom. xii. 11, 77
omoven py oxvypol, meaning, with a
particular reference to the duties of Chris-
tian benevolence above inculcated, that
promptitude and zealous ulacrity, for which
the Apostle, at 2 Cor. viii. 16, and elsewh.,
praises Titus ; who, without needing to be
solicited, was not only welling, but forward
and prompt to do the act of kindness re-
‘quired of him, as having tyHv abtyy omov-
div omovdaroTepos UTapxwv. 2 Cor. vil.
11, wéonv kateipyacato buty o7rovdnpy,
meaning ‘the anaiety and earnestness’
with which they strove to clear themselves
of the charges made, and remove the
abuses censured by the Apostle, viii. 7, 8.
2 Pet. i. 5. Jude 3, wacav orrovdnv
qro.ovjevos, ‘making it my earnest care
to write, &c. So in Hdot.i. 4, we have
aTrovdny Towjocachat Timwpeelv, aS We
say, ‘to make a thing one’s business,’ and
Pol. i. 46, 2, srovdny moreto bar rept TL.
So in behalf of any one, e. gr. Urép Tivos,
2 Cor. vii. 12. viii. 16; with apos final,
Heb. vi. ll. Jos. Ant. xx. 9, 2. Xen.
Conv. i. 6.
Zamvois, tdos, 7, (ometpa,) a wicker-
basket for storing grain, or holding provi-
sions, &c. Matt. xv. 37. xvi. 10. Mk. viii.
8, 20. Acts ix. 25. Arrian Epict. iv. 10,
21, cmvpicr deitrvica.
7a 610s, ov, 6, (oraw and tornmL,)
also tO otaddvoyv in profane writers; a
stadium, prop. ‘the standard,’ i. e. mea-
sure. 1) prop. as a measure of distance,
containing 600 Greek feet, or 625 Roman
feet, equiv. to about 6043 feet, or 2013
yards English, The Roman mile con-
tained 8 stadia; and 10 stadia are equiv.
to the modern geographical mile of 60 to
the degree, Lu. xxiv. 13. Jolin vi. 19, xi.
18. Rev. xiv. 20. xxi. 16, and Class. 2)
TO oTad.ov, a stadium, circus, in which
public games were exhibited; so called
because the Olympic course was a stadium
in length, 1 Cor. ix. 24, ci év otadiw
‘ToexovTes, and oft. in Class.
403
a:
ZTA
STapvos, ov, 6 or 4, (tornut,) @ Jar,
a large vessel, whether of earth or wood,
in which any liquid is se¢ aside for use; and
thus corresponding to our cask, q. d. @
standing jar: it may well have this sense,
since it is derived, like all words in pvos,
va, pvov, from a partic. passive, viz.
iotauevos. These participles were some-
times left unchanged, as in the case of
deEauevyn and Gpuevos; sometimes were
used slightly curtailed and contracted, as
in that of orduvos; sometimes more so,
as in Tépmvos from Tep7oMeEvos, TEMVOS
fr. oeBouevos, and péoiuva fr. pepeoe-
pevos. It was chiefly used for keeping wine,
so otapuvotoivov, Dem. 933, 25. Aristoph.
Plut.545. InN. T. @ pot, vase, in which
the manna was /aid up in the ark, Heb.
ix. 4, orauvos xpvo7n. See Ex. xvi. 33.
XTaors, ews, 7, (toracat, perf. pass.
of tornut,) prop. a standing, i.e. position,
in various acceptations of the word, as
status, stabilitas, (such as are of frequent
occurrence in Plato,) the following alone
found in N. T. I. the act of standing, as
oTaow exev, ‘to have a standing, i. e.
*to subsist, exist, Heb. ix. 8, tu Tis
TOWTIS oKnVAS eXovVoNs oTacLy, i. e.
* yet subsisting,’ as Dion. Hal. Ant. vi. 95.
Nearly approaching to this is the sense
which the word bears in Hdot. ix. 31.
Pol. ii. 68, 7, al., namely station, lit. the
place where one stands.—I1. gener. faction,
sedition. How the word comes to have
that sense, Commentators and Lexico-
graphers of the N. T. have not shown.
To me the thing appears to have arisen as
follows: from the sense standing or station
proceeded that of party or faction, inas-
much as, in a faction, either party has its
station apart from the other. Again, from
the sense faction of personal rivalry sprung
that of faction generally, i.e. sedition, polt-
tical commotion ; whence arose, in a private
sense, that of dissension, contention, &c. as
said ofzndzviduals. While then the primary
sense of the word is party, (a sense found
in Thucyd. ii. 22, aad THs oTaocews EKa-
vTepos, and iv. 71, al.) yet its far more
usual sense is sedition, for ctotaucis. So
Pind. Ol. xii. 23, ordovs avtiavetpa, and
Nem.: ix. 310 Fides. 1 i73- Sc vi. ose
and oft. in the Tragedians and Plato. In
N. T. the word has, besides that of stand-
wng, the two senses above laid down, 1)
sedition, insurrection, Mk. xv. 7, ottwes
év TH OTaGEL ovoy WeTroujKetoav. Lu.
xxill. 19) 8& 25. Acts xix, 40) xxiv.
Kivouvta oracuy, (with which comp. Jos.
Bell. ii. 9, 4, tapayiy érépav éxiver.)
2) dissention, contention, Acts xv. 2, ye-
voMEVNS OUV OTdGEWS Kal cUCNTICEWS.
xxiil. 7, 10. So Sept. Prov. xvii. 14.
Hisch. Pers. 744. Xen. Mem. iv. 4, 1].
UTATHP, Hoos, 6, (tornut, to weigh,)
xTA
prop. a certain weight; also stafer, an
Attic silver coin, Matt. xvii. 27. It was
equal to 4 Attic silver drachme, or about
2s. 7d., but was probably current among
the Jews as equiv. to the shekel, or about
ZTavoos, ov, o, (fr. cravw, cognate
with craw, to fix, namely, in the ground,
as our stake from the past participle of ¢o
stick,) a pointed stake or pule, Hom. Il.
xxiv. 453. Thuc. vii. 25. Xen. An. vii.
4,14. In later writers and in N. T. a
cross, sc. a stake with a cross-piece, on
which malefactors were nailed for execu-
tion, i. e. were crucified ; on the nature of
which punishment see my notes on Matt.
xxvii. 32. 1) prop. Matt. xxvii. 32, rov-
Tov HY ydoevcay, iva Gon Tov oTAUeOV
avTou, i. e. ‘to aid him in bearing it; ver.
40, 42. Fig. in the phrases, aipew, Bac-
TaCew, AauBavery tov otavpov, to take
up or bear one’s cross, i.e. ‘to undergo
suffering, trial, punishment,’ to expose
one’s self to contumely and death, denoting
that portion of affliction which is endured
by the faithful disciples of Christ, as a
trial of their faith, and which is intended
to conform them to the example of their
crucified Master; aipev, Lu. ix. 23;
Baotatetv, xiv. 27; AauBaverv, Matt. x.
38. 2) meton. the cross for its punish-
ment, crucifixion, spoken only of the death
of Christ upon the cross, and denoting the
whole passion of Christ, and the merit of
his sufferings and death on the cross, Eph.
ii. 16. Heb. xii. 2, bréuerve cTavedy: so
o oTaupos tov Xp. 1 Cor. i. 17. Gal. vi.
12,14, and 6 otavods, absol. Gal. v. 11,
answering to 6 Novos Tov oravpou, | Cor.
i. 18. Phil. iii. 18.
=UTavpow, f. wow, (oTavpos,) prop.
to drive stakes, pales, palisades, Thue. vii.
25; but in later writers and N. T. to cru-
cify, nail to the cross, with acc. expr. or
impl. Matt. xx. 19, pwactiy@oar Kai
oTavowoal, xxiii. 34, xxvi. 2. xxvii. 22,
sq. Mk. xv. 13, sq. Acts ii. 36, al. Sept.
and Class. Fig. = Savatow, Gal. v. 24,
oTaupour Tiv caoxa,_ to crucify the flesh,’
i. e. to vanquish, mortify, destroy the
power of the carnal nature, to mortify its
lusts through the faith and love of Christ
crucified; vi. 14, guol kéopos éotav-
pwrar, Kaya Tw Koouw, ‘the world is
dead to me, and I to the world, q. d. I
have utterly renounced the world, and the
world me.
TTagmvur4, 7s, 1, (fr. eradis, a dried
grape,) prop. @ grape, also a cluster of
grapes, Matt. vii. 16, unte cvANEyovow
avo axav0av oragdvAnv; Lu. vi. 44.
Rey. xiv. 18, #xuacav ai ctaduiXai at-
ts. And so in Class. the word is almost
404
2TE
gular, as in the preceding passages, put
generically for the plural, is sometimes
found, as Hom. Od. vii. aivap éai ora-
pudl oragvAs, siKov 0 émi ciKw.
Athen. p. 33, srapuAij—etorouos, and
p. 653, and occasionally in Plato. In the
Sept. it occurs 18 times, and 5 in the Apo-
crypha; but always in the sing. (which
seems therefore to have been Hellenistic,
derived from the Hebr. 259); e. gr. Jer.
vill. 13, od Eore oTavdAi) év Tais eu-
mwéhos. Neh. xiii. 15, oivov kai eragv-
Anv. Gen. xl. 11, cai ZXaBov tiv ota-
pudrp (the grapes), cat 2£<0@Xuba abr.
Num. vi. 38, otaduAjv medcparov Kai
otapida ov payetat, i. e. neither fresh
grapes nor raisins. So Theocr. Id. xxvii.
9, @ otagpvAris otadis éo71, where the
sense is, ‘ the grape when ripe is (at least)
a raisin,’ i.e. is of some use.
ZtTaxXus, vos, 6, (fr. craw,) an ear of
corn in its green state, (so called from the
peculiarly erect form it then has.) Matt.
xii. 1, riAXewy orayvas. Mk. ii. 23. iv.
28. Lu. vi. 1. Sept. and Class.
=rTéeyn, ns, 1, (fr. oréyw, cogn. with
Téyw, to keep off or out, as rain, winds,
or other injuries of the weather,) @ cover-
ing, roof, Matt. viii. 8. Lu. vii. 6, Mk. ii.
4, aweoteyacay Thy oTéeynv. Sept. and
Class.
=Téyw, f. Ew, in Class., as Lucian, Tim.
18. Thuc. iv. 34, trans. to cover ; also fig.
to conceal, not to make known, as Pol. iv.82.
Thue. vi. 72. Plato, 621, A, & Ecclus. viii.
17, Xeyov oréEa. In N. T. to hold out
as to any thing, to forbear, to bear with, to
endure, (a signification arising out of the
proper sense of the word, which, as cogn.
with Téyw, tego, signifies prim. to keep out
or off; as a ship, when it is not leaky, keeps
out the water; or to keep in, as a vessel
to hold liquid, (Plato, 45, C. 111, D); and
hence, continere and sustinere,) with acc.
1 Cor. ix. 12. xiii. 7; absole E Thai
5. Diod. Sic. xi. 32, tiv Biav. Pol. iii.
53, 2.
=tetpos, a, ov, adj. (oreppos, ore-
oeos, firm, solid, fr. tornut,) sterile, bar-
ren, used only of females, Lu. i. 7, 36.
xxiii. 29. Gal. iv. 27. Sept. and Class.
=rTéhrAw, f. creX@, prop. to set, place,
make stand in order, as soldiers in battle-
array, Hom. Il. iv. 294; fig. to put im
order, prepare, fit out, as Twa és waxny,
Hom, Il. xii. 325. vya, Od. ii. 287. oroa-
viav, Hdot. iii. 141. Hence, from the
idea of motion to a place, implied in pre-
paring or fitting out an armament for any
purpose, comes the usual Greek signif. éo
send, to despatch, implying a previous fit-
ting out, and thus differing from vreumw.
Pass. or mid. to be sent, go, take a journey,
always used in the plural ; though the sim- | Jos. Ant. i. 19, 1. Hdot. iii, 03, Xen. An.
= TE
v. 1, 5. Further, as the idea of motion
to aplace may sometimes imply motion
back to a former place; so hence arises,
by a further remove of sense, that of ¢o
draw in persons sent out, or things that
lie extended about: whence the term
came to be applied, as a nautical term, to
the drawing in or furling sails. See Hom.
Od. iii. 11. AXschyl. Suppl. 704, and Eu-
rip. Bacch. 668, (where it occurs in a
figurative sense,) Adyov oreriwuela.
Comp. also Hor. Od. ii. 10, 23. Also fig.
to repress, diminish, assuage, as said of
things, as Jos. Ant. v. 8, 3, Ava oTa-
Ajvat. Philo de Vit. Mos. iii. p. 668, +74
gucacav oinow—orédXew Kal Kabai-
peiv ; assaid of persons, to repress, restrain
from any thing, Philo de Spec. Legg. p.
772, amo tev WWyrAwY Kai JTEQCYKwY
avTict@oa Kai cté\Xovca. Mid. absol.
Plut. vii. p. 953, 6, ot Kata Wuynv xel-
a@ves, oteiiacGa Tov avOpwrov ovK
é@vtes. Hence in N. T. mid. or pass. fig.
of persons contracting or drawing them-
selves in from fear, surprise, &c. = fo
shrink from, to keep off from, to avoid,
beware of, with acc. 2 Cor. viii. 20, ore)-
Adpmevot TouTO, * we guarding against,’ Kc.
i. e. in order to guard against, &c. With
amo, 2 Th. iii. 6, oré\AeoOar Uuas amo
mwavTos adeXqgou x.t.rd. ‘that ye with-
draw yourselves from every brother who,’
&c., equiv. to apictacbar, ywpifecBar
amo: so Mal. ii. 5, Sept. ao moeocwrou
ovomatos mov aoté\X\eobar aitov. Pol.
vill. 22,4, tyv 2x THs cuvnDeias KaT-
agiwow otedX\eoba.
Sréppa, atos, To, (otédw,) a fillet,
garland, wreath, Acts xiv. 13, tavoous
KAL oTEupmaTa, i.e. ‘victims adorned with
fillets and garlands, as was customary in
heathen sacrifices; Hom. Il. i. 28. Thuc.
‘iv. 133.
Etevaypmos, ov, 6, (crevalw,) a
groaning, moaning, either from bodily pain,
(as often in Sept. and in Jos. B. J. vi. 5,
1,) or from mental grief, as Acts vii. 34.
Also used of prayers to God not expressed
in articulate words, Rom. viii. 26, ore-
_vaypots adadatos, ‘by aspirations un-
utterable, i.e. by means of, by exciting
these aspirations. Sept. and Class.
UrTevalw, f. Ew, (orévw, oTevos,)
1) to groan, moan, intrans. as of persons
in distress or affliction, Rom. vil. 23,
Mpets avTol év EauTois oTevaCouey aT-
exdexouevor. 2 Cor, v. 2, 4. Heb. xiii. 17.
Also, as said of those who offer silent
pe not expressed in articulate words,
_ Mk. vii. 34, dvaBrAéWas—iotivase. 2)
to murmur, be impatient, Ja. v. 9, uy ore-
valete Kat’ adkdAydwv. So Plut. ix. 97,
8, ot otevatavtos, Kai Aax. dpas Trot-
oupévov, et al. Wisd. v. 3, dia oevo-
405
x TE
Xwplav mvevuatos orevaCovTes, Epovoty
éautots K.T.A., Which last passage, we
may observe, throws no little fight on the
primary sense and ratio significationis of
the word orévw, q. d. angere, angustum
facere vel esse; the effect of groaning
seeming to be ¢o narrow the guttur. See
more in Scheid on Lennep Etymol., who
well remarks that the term ovévew ‘ad
internum animi dolorem, seu angorem, per-
tinet; proprie enim convenit ei qui ex
angusto pectore inspiria ducit, oiuwCeuv ad
externa signa lugentis pertinet.’
Teves, 7}, ov, adj. a word of which
the derivation is doubtful, and of which
the Etymologists give any thing but a
satisfactory account. I suspect that it is
corrupted from the past part. of some ob-
solete verb, and that the primary sense
was hemmed in, straitened, contracted, as
our adj. zarrow derives its origin from the
past part. of the A.-S. verb nyrwian, co-
arctari, comprimere, (so our adj. straight
comes from the Lat. strictus, past part. of
stringere,) whence it came to mean, strait,
narrow, Matt. vii. 138, 14. Lu. xiii. 24.
Sept. and Class.
ZTevoxwpéiw, f. how, (orTevdxXwpos,
from ovevos, Xwpa,) to crowd into a nar-
row space, to straiten for room, Sept. and
Class.; in N. T. pass. to be strattened,
2 Cor. vi. 12, ob ctrevoxwoetabs év nty,
oTevoxwpeto0e O& év TOls oTAaY VOLS
vuay, q. d. ‘Our affection for you is not
straitened, but yours for us is straitened.’
Also to be distressed, not able to turr oneself;
2 Cor. iv. 8, SAuBomevor, AN’ ob oTeEvo-
Xwpoovmevor, where we have a military
allusion, on which see my note there. So
Arr. Epict. i. 25, 28, éauvtots SAiBouev
KQL OTEVOXWPOUMED, K.T.A.
UTEvoxXwoia, as, 7, (cTEvoxwpéw,)
prop. straitness of place, want of room,
Thue. iv. 26, and oft. ; in N. T. fig. anguish,
as SAiWus Kai otevox. Rom. ii. 9. viii.
30. So Is. viii. 22, kat idod Sri Kat
oTevoxwoia. Xxx.6, gv TH SNie kai TH
otevoxwota. Wisd. v. 3, oTEevoyX. TvEv-
patos: also distress from poverty, &c.
2 Cor. vi. 4, éy dvayKxais—év orevoyw-
piats. xii, 10. So in Artemid. iii. 14.
Polsy. Of 00
XTepeds, a, ov, adj. (Yornut,) prim.
and lit. standing firm, also firm, stiff,
Hom. I]. xvii. 493; likewise, stzf or solid,
as opposed to liquid, Heb. v. 12, 14, ore-
pea tpody, meaning solid food, as op-
posed to milk, ver. 13; such as 1s called
by Galen isxupov Bo®ma, and by Arrian,
Epict. ii. 16, and also Diod. Sic. Theophr.
and Lucian, teop oreped, namely, such
as that of flesh, and grain in its most con-
densed state, as opposed to milk, porridge,
and similar aliments, elegantly termed by
ZTE
Sophocles véa toopy. Fig. firm, stable,
emmoveable, 2 Tim. 11.19, 6 SeuéAXtos tov
Ocov. 1 Pet. v. 9, orepeoi TH TieTEL.
Sept. and Class.
=StTepedw, f. wow, (cTEpeds,) prop. to
make stable, firm, or strong, to strengthen,
trans. Acts ili. 7, 16, rovtov—iortepiwce
TO Ovoua avTou, i. e. ‘He proved his
power and majesty.’ Sept. and Class. Fig.
to confirm, establish, Acts xvi. 5. And so
in Prov. xx. 18.
UTepiwma, atos, Td, (orTEpedw,)
prop. ‘ what is fixed & made firm or solid,’
as the firmament of heaven, Sept. Gen. i.
6, sq. Ez. i. 22, sq.; in N. T. fig. sta-
bility, firmness, stedfastness, Col. ii. 5.
and so in 1 Mace. ix. 14.
=Utidavos, ov, 0, (ctéepw,) prop. a
circle, Hom. Il. xiii. 736; also @ chuplet
or crown about the head; in N. T. 1) as
the emblem of royal dignity, Rev. vi. 2.
xii. 1, oréd. dotépwy dwoexa. xiv. 14,
oTéd. xpvcouv: ascribed to saints in hea-
ven, elsewhere called kings, iv.4,10. ix.7;
of the crown of thorns set upon Christ in
derision as king of the Jews, Matt. xxvii.
29, where see my note. Sept. and Class.
2) as the prize conferred on victors in the
public games, a chaplet, wreath, | Cor. ix.
25, tva P0aptov ote. AaBwow: hence
fig. as an emblem of the rewards of a
future life, equiv. to prize, reward, 2 Tim.
iv. 8,6 THs OiKaLocivns ore. Ja. i. 12,
THs wis. 1 Pet. v. 4. Diod. Sic. xiii. 15.
3) fig. ornament, honour, glory, ‘ that in
which one may glory,’ Phil.iv.l, adeXq@ot
pov, Xapa Kat otedavos pov. | Th. ii.
19. Sept. and lat. Class.
Ute pavow, f. wow, (orépavos,) prop.
to crown, as a victor in the public games,
&c. 2 Tim. ii. 5. Sept. and Class. ; fig.
to adorn, decorate, Heb. ii. 7, 9, d0&n Kai
Tin toTepavwoas avtov. On the na-
ture and origin of the metaphor, see my
note on Thuc. iv. 121. It occ. also in Diod.
Sic. xx. 84, and oft. in that writer.
=ST7H00s, eos ous, TO, (torHmt, oT7-
vau,) the breast, plur. Ta o7HOn. Lu. xviii.
13, grumrev eis TO oTHVos adv. xxiii. 48,
TUTTOVTES EaUT@Y TA oTHOH. John Xiii.
25. xxi. 20. Rev. xv. 6. wep. wept Ta
ot70y. The plur. form is freq. in Homer.
Sept. and Class.
=TAKw, a late form, found only in the
present, from ¥o7nxa, ‘I stand, perf. of
tornpt, to stand, intrans. Mk. xi. 25, oTav
oTnkete Tooocevxdpevor. Elsewh. only
fig. to stand firm in faith and duty, to be
constant, persevere; with dat. commodi,
Rom. xiv. 4, Tw idiw Kupiw ornKet 7
aimret, ‘to his own master he standeth
or falleth, forensic terms signifying to
stand or fall in judgment, to be acquitied,
406
be i
or to be condemned. Foll. by dat. of thing,
Gal. v. 1, 77 éXevbepia: by év with dat.
1 Cor. xvi. 138, orixete év TH TioTer.
Phil. i. 27. iv. 1, év Kupiw, i.e. in the
faith and profession of Christ. 1 Th. iii. 8.
absol. 2 Th. ii. 15.
rop.
1.8L.
ZTHnpLty mos, ov, 0, (ornpiCw,)
jfixedness, as of the stars, Diod. Sic.
or gener. Plut. vi. p. 284, 11; in N. T.
fig. fixedness, 1. e. stedfastness in mind and
faith, 2 Pet. iii. 17.
ZTnpitw, f. Ew, (torn) statuo fir-
miter, to fix so as not to move, Hes. Theog.
498, of a lock fixed by Jupiter; also, I.
PROP. pass. perf. Lu. xvi. 26, yaoua peya
éotTiyoikTat, ‘is fixedly placed,’ stands
fixed, constitutum. Gen. xxviii. 12, idov.
KNinak éornorypéevy (al. ZotynoixOn) év
TH yn- Hom. I]. xi. 28, torcowy éorxores,
ds Te Kpoviwy Ev végpet ornpite, Tépas
(a sign) weporwy avbowswy, with which
comp. Gen. ix. 13, ro toEov pov Tidy
év TH veeAn, Kat toTat eis oOnMetov O1a-
Onkns ava péicov “ou Kal THS y7s. By
Hebr. Lu. ix. 51, TO wodcwmoyv avTou
éoTnpiee ToU TWopevecOal, K.T.A.: a
phrase occurring not unfreq. in Ezekiel.
—II. mMETAPH. to make stedfast in mind,
confirm, strengthen spiritually, Lu. xxii. 82,
oTnoteov Tovs adehkqovs cov. Rom. i.
ll. xvi. 25. 2 Thess. iii. 3. James v. 8,
oT. Tas Kapdias Uuwv. So | Thess. iii.
13, ot. tu@v tas Kapdias, with which
comp. Ps. cxii. 8, éornorkTat 4 Kapdia
avtov, ov goByOy. Ecclus. vi. 40: a
form of expression this perhaps founded
on the phrase ornpiGew Thy Kapolav TI-
vos (as said of the sustenance of food)
found in Judg. xix. 5, 8. Ps. ciii. 17. In
2 Pet. i. 12, éornprymévous ev TH Tag-
ovo7n adneia, there seems to be a meta-
phor taken from ‘a nail fastened in a sure
place, éorypiypévos Ev TOTW TWLOTH, as
said Is. xxii. 25, (and so Ecclus. v. 10,
we have to0: éoTyprymévos ev cuvicet
cov,) or from a person fixing his foot
firmly, in order to maintain his ground;
and so in Hom. xii. 434, we have ovdé ary
elxov Otte otnoi—ar mociv euredoy, |
ov’ ériBivar, and Il, xxi. 241, odd ad-
Seoow Hiye otnpitacba. In 1] Pet. v.
10, otnetigar, cbevwoat, Seuediwoat,
there is an architectural metaphor, derived
from those ornpiyuarta, or props, &c. by
which the walls of massy edifices were
kept up. And se in Exod. xvii. 12, it is
said, kal A. kal ’Q. éoryoifov Tas yXEt-
pas auTou’ Kal éyevovTo ai xetoes M.
ECTINOLYMEVAL.
ZtTiypa, atos, TO, (o7i{w, to stick,
make a puncture, to prick; also to brand
with hot iron, Hdot. vii. 35,) @ mark, —
brand, as pricked or burnt in upon the
body. Often used of the marks with which
vail Oe
runaway slaves, and sometimes prisoners,
(see A). V. H. ii. 9. Plut. Per. 26,) were
branded, by way of denoting a property in
them, Hdot. vii. 23, 3, and alluded to at
Rev. xiv. 9. The word is used fig. Gal.
vi. 17, ra otiyuata tov Kvoiov 'Incov
gy Tw owMaTi mov BactaQw, where the
Apostle so calls the scars or weals which
he bore in his body from stripes.
EUrTiy ph, Hs, 1, (oTiGw,) prop. a@ punc-
ture, point, Diog. Laért. vii. 135, Fig. for
the minutest particle, Dem. 552, 7; in
N. T. fig. point of é¢me, equiv. to @ mo-
ment, instant, Lu. iv. 5, év oriypy Xe0-
vou. Sept. Is. xxix. 5. 2 Mace. ix. 11.
Plut. de Puer. educ. 17, oteyun xodvov
mas 6 Bios gori. Anth. Gr. i. p. 172.
ETiAPw, f. Ww, to shine, to be bright,
shine, glitter, intrans. Mk. ix. 3, indria
oTikBovra. Sept.
Dro, as, 1, (toTHut,) a portico, porch,
piazza, roofed, but open at the sides, (the
original sense of the word being a pillar or
column. Its derivation seems to be from
an old pret. middle of ordw, and its
original meaning ‘ something fixed,’ or that
stands erect; whence it came to signify,
not a column only, but a row of columns, )
surrounded and supported by columns,
John v. 2. x. 23. Acts iii. J]. v. 12: thus
the oroad in question is called by Jos. To
ee'yov Loouavos, probably in reference
only to its foundations : it was repaired by
Agrippa the younger, to whom the em-
peror Claudius committed the charge of
the Temple; Jos. Ant. xx. 9,7. Comp.
B. Juv. 5,1. vi. 5, 1.
SroiBas, £60s,7, (fr. pret. mid.of orei-
Bw, goto. Ba, as wétro8a fr. veiw, ) prop.
‘any thing trodden upon,’ and hence ‘ any
thing strewed’ on the ground, whether
straw, hay, stubble, rushes, reeds, leaves,
or the twigs of trees, of all which ex-
amples may be seenin Wetstein. InN. T.
Mk. xi. 8, it seems to denote /frondes, the
leafy twigs of trees, such as were used for
forming low couches. I would comp. a
similar use of SadAtiav for SaAXov, in
Athenzus xi. katakXivas (attov) év TH
Toa, Ja\Xiav Te KaTakNasoas avTi TeA-
TECHS, K.T.A.
Yrorxetov, ov, TO, (ototXos, a row,
series, fr. oTeixw, to go in a line,) prop.
and prim. ‘ something on which one goes,’
to attain any purpose; e. g. the gnomon of
a sun-dial, that on which the shadow, as it
were, goes in its way round the dial; thus
it is said ‘to go down ;’ see Isaiah xxxviii.
6. Also a letter of the alphabet, that on
which one goes in forming words; hence,
fig. elements, those of which any thing is
composed. In N. T. plur. ta ororyeta,
elements: 1) gener. the elements of nature,
407
zx TO
the component parts of the physical world,
on which the Creator (as it were) went in
the work of creation, 2 Pet. iii. 10, 12,
oTolXeta Kavoovmeva. Wisd. xix. 17.
Jost Antal Ree7.* Lue. : Parasit, YER
Hdian. iii. 1, 12. 2) as said of elementary
instruction, the elements, rudiments, first
principles of any branch of knowledge,
Heb. v. 12, t& ororyeta THs apxns, for
Ta TowTa ororyxeta, * the first rudiments
or principles,’ namely, of Christian instruc-
tion; consisting in faith, repentance, and
such like. So called, as being those which
the learner goes upon (oreixer) in seeking
to attain further knowledge. Similarly
Plutarch de Educ. 16, has ororyeta trys
apetns. The term is also used of that
state of religious knowledge which sub-
sisted among both Jews and heathens
before Christ, and which was, from its
external and ceremonial character, while
suited to the capacities of the recipients,
only calculated to last for a time. Gal. iv.
3, 9. Col. ii. 8, 20, Ta or. TOU KOopov.
Troryéiw, f. how, (oTotyos, a row,)
prop. to stand or go in order, to advance in
rows, ranks, Xen. Cyr. vi. 3, 34. In N. T.
fig. to walk orderly, = to live according to
any rule or duty, to follow it, Gal. vi. 16,
Soo. TW KavoyL TOVTW OTOLX. V. 25.
Phil. iii. 16. Rom. iv. 12; absol. Acts xxi.
24, ororxets Tov vopov dudAadcowr,
‘livest in the habitual observance of the
law; oroxety, like megumatety, being
used of habitual action. So Sext. Empir. i.
10, 233, ororyety tH ovvyPeia. Pol.
Xxvili. 5, 6, ororyety TH THS GUYKANTOU
apobecet.
=ZToAH, Hs, 7, (oré\Xw, which see,)
prop. ‘a fitting out,’ or equipment; also,
apparatus, as arms, harness; but gener.
apparel, attire, dress. In N.T. and occa-
sionally in the Class., espec. the later ones,
it is equiv. to Lat. stola, a vestment, i. e.
a long flowing robe reaching to the feet,
worn by kings, priests, and persons of rank
and distinction, (see 1 Chron. xv. 27.
a lisdr 1. liv. tolls Xen, Cyr 1 4) 20" at.
4,1. Lu. xv. 22.) and therefore much
affected by the Pharisees, especially the
Jurists, Mk. xii. 38. Lu. xv. 22. Rev. vi.
Pe wi 'Os Van 4.
UTdpma, atos, to, the mouth, of men
and animals: JI. PROP. of animals, Matt.
xvii. 27. Heb. xi. 33. Jam. iii. 3; of! per-
sons, as the organ of breathing, blowing,
&c. 2 Th. ii. 8, rw wvetmate TOU oTOp.
avtou, scil. Tou Ozov. Rev. i. 16. xi. 5;
as receiving food and drink, Matt. xv. ll.
Acts xi. 8; chiefly as the instrument of
speech, Matt. xii. 34, 70 or. Aadet. Acts
xxiii. 2. Rom. iii. 14,19. So the mouth
as speaking, or perhaps meton. for words,
sayings, discourse, Matt. xvii. 16, éai
TO
oTouatos Ovo uaptipwy. Lu. xi. 54,
xix. 22. xxi. 15, dwow tiv oroua Kal
codiav, q. d. ‘ wise utterance.’ | Pet. ii.
22. Sept. 1 Sam. xv. 24. Soph. Ged. T. 427.
699. So also in the subsequent phrases, bor-
rowed mostly from the Heb. 1) dvoiyew
TO oT. ‘to open one’s mouth, to speak,
Matt. xiii. 35; fig. of the earth as rent in
chasms, Rev. xii. 16, and Sept. 2) to
EkTropevomevoy éK TOU oT. i.e. ‘words
uttered,’ sayings, discourse, Matt. xv. 11,
18, and Sept. Soo éxzrop. dia otdpma-
Tos Qeou, i. e. word, precept, iv. 4, and
Sept. 3) AadXety or eimety 01a oTdua-
TOs Tivos, ‘to speak through the mouth
of’ any one, to speak by his intervention,
as God by a prophet, messenger, Lu. i. 70,
Kabws éXadyose O1a oTOMATOS THY ayiwv
awoop. Acts iv. 25, xv. 7. 4) ordue
aTpos stoua NaXetv, ‘to speak mouth to
mouth,’ orally, without the need of writing,
2 John 12. So Jos. Ant. x. 8, 2, AaXdety
kata oroua.—lIl. FIG. in the sense of
edge, point, as of a weapon; the figure
being taken from the mouth as armed
with teeth and biting, or as being in
beasts the front or foremost part; also of
the front of an army: in N. T. of a sword,
oToua maxaioas, Lu. xxi. 24. orduatra
pax. Heb. xi. 34. Sept. Philostr. Heroic.
xix. 9, oroua tys aixuns. Soph. Aj.
651. Theophr. 1 Tim. p. 129. Lucian
Tragodop. did otopuatos aidrjpou. See
Porson on Eur. Or. 1279.
=TOpmayxos, ov, 6, (ordua,) prop. Sa
mouth, opening,’ hence the throat ; also the
esophagus or gullet, Hom. Il. iii. 292.
xix. 266, but more freq. and in N. T. the
stomach (see Foés. GEcon. Hippocr. 354,
sq.) 1 Tim. v. 23, dca Tov oTduaxov cov,
where, from the next words, kal dtd Tas
qukvas cov adoUeveias, which are in some
degree explanatory of these, it is plain that
by ot. is meant the lower ventricle of the
stomach, in which the food, after it has
passed through the other, is digested ; and
thus, as we say, ‘a weak or qualmish sto-
mach.’ So the Greeks said, orduayos
aoQevis, e. gr. Athen. 1. iii. p. 79, tots
acQevn Tov oTouayxov éxovot, and |. ii.
ovK oikeiws draTtifecbar Tov cTdpaxor,
‘to be indisposed in the stomach.” And
in like manner ‘stomachus’ in Latin is
put for ‘ debilitas stomachi.’
Stoeateia, as, 7, (orpatetw,) prop.
military service, warfare ; also a military
expedition, campaign: in N. T. metaph.
of the apostolic office, as connected with
hardships, dangers, and trials, like those of
military service, a warfare, 2 Cor. x. 4,
Ta yao Omha THS oTOAaTEIiaS MwY Ov
capkika. | Tim. i. 18, va otpaTtetn—
Tv Kahiv otpateiav. Seo the phrase
408
pa ba
the Class. writers in the sense ‘to perform
military service.” But though these pas-
sages are supposed by the most learned
Exxpositors to have reference solely to the
apostolic charge; yet they must, espec.
the latter, be meant to allude to the perils
and trials of the Christian Warfare, on
which St. Paul so frequently treats.
iTpatevma, atos, Td, (ctpaTevw,)
prop. @ military expedition or campaign,
equiv. to otpateia, Hdot. iii. 49; but
more freq. ax armament, as Thue. v. 57.
vii. 5; and sometimes, as in N. T., meton.
an army, forces, troops, host: either 1)
gener. Matt. xxii.7. Rev.ix. 16. xix.14,19,
and so oft. in Xenoph.; or, 2) by syneed.
a band or detachment of troops, e. g. the
garrison in the fortress Antonia, Acts xxiii.
10, and also ver. 27, cbv T® op. where the
sense is not, ‘ with an army,” but ‘ with the
force [under my command].’ Also of
Herod’s body-guards, Lu. xxiii. ll. So
Hdian. iv. 6, 11, spoken of a part of the
preetorian cohort. .
EtTropatevw, f. evow, (oTpaTos, an
army, ) to serve in the army, to be a soldier,
Xen. Cyr. iv. 4, 11: in N. T. only mid.
depon. otpatevouar, to serve in war, to
war, to be a soldier, intrans. I. PROP. fo
serve in war, 1 Cor. ix. 7, Tis oTpaTev-
eta. idiows 6Wwviors mote; 2 Tim. ii. 4.
Part. oroatevouevos, a soldier, Lu. iii.
14, Arr. Epict. ii. 14, 17. Hdian. viii. 7,
20. Xen. Mem. i. 6, 9.—II. Fic. to war,
wage war, spoken 1) of the apostolic
office as connected with hardships, trials,
dangers, 2 Cor. x. 3, ov KaTa TapKa OTP.
1 Tim. i. 18, ta otoatety thy Kadhp
oroateiav. So at least the most learned
Commentators explain; but the expres-
sion certainly relates also to the Christzan
warfare, as at 2: see more in oTpaTela.
Jos. de Macc. § 9, lepav kat evyevq
oToateiavy otoatevcacGar Umep TIS
evoeBeias. 2) spoken of the evil desires
and lusts and carnal passions of man,
which militate against the salvation of the
soul, opposing the believer’s growth in
grace, and keeping up the conflict between
the animal appetites and the rational
powers of the soul, the flesh and the spirit,
the old and the new nature of man; Jam.
ivy 1. )-Pet. ne
UToaTHy Os, ov, 6, (oTeaTOs, &yw,)
prop. leader of an army, general. So of
the ten Athenian archons chosen annually,
one acted as war-minister, and was called
otoatnyos, Hdot. vi. 109. Atl. V. H.
iii. 17. In other Greek cities the term de-
noted chief-magistrate. Spoken of Roman
officers, it denoted sometimes consul, but
oftener pretor. In Roman colonies and
municipal towns, the chief magistrates
oTpatevecbar otpareiav freq. occurs in| were usually fwo in number (though
ea P 409
sometimes four or six) called Duwmvirz,
and sometimes styled preiors, Gr. stoa-
jTnyot. Hence in N. T. the word is used
1) of the duwmviri, pretors, magistrates of
Philippi, where was a Roman colony, Acts
xvi. 20, 22, 35, 36, 38. Sept. 2) orpa-
THYOS Tov iepou, acaptain, governor, pre-
Ject of the temple, spoken gener. of the
commanders over those bodies of Levites
who kept guard in and around the Temple,
of whom one, the chief, is mentioned at
Acts iv. 1, & sometimes in Josephus (e. g.
Bell. Jud. vi. 5, 3), as 6 otpatnyos Tou
iepov. These oroatnyoi, however, were,
properly speaking, not military but civil
officers, who, besides the above duty, acted
as prefecti and curatores Templi generally.
The expression occurs in full, Lu. xxii.
52: Acts iv. 1, and v. 24; in Lu. xxii. 4.
Acts v. 26, without Tov iepov. Answering
to this is the term used by Jos. B. J. vi.
5, 3, oi Tov iepou PiAakes Hyyetdav TH
oTpatynye, and Ant. xx. 6, 2. B. J. ii.
17,2, 6 crpatnyav. Elsewhere, 1 Chron.
@eees-2 Chron’ xxxi. 13:* Jer! xx.- 1.
.Esdr. i. 8. vii. 2, and i. 9, we have the
same persons designated by other names,
€. gr. 0 1yoUmevos oikov Ozov, EmicTa-
TAL TOV LEpOU, LEN0TTATAL, XiAlaeyxoL.
YToatT 4, as, 7, (oTpaTos,) an army,
or fost, Sept. and Class. In N. T. only,
by Hebr., ctpatia ovpavins or Tov ov-
pavou, ‘host of heaven,’ said, 1) of purR-
SONS, as angels, the angelic host, Lu. ii. 13.
Sept. 1 K. xxii. 19. 2) of THINGS, as the
sun, moon, and stars, the whole host of the
firmament, Acts vii. 42. So Sept. 2 Chron.
axxo, 9. Jer. xix. 13. Zeeh. i. 5.
STrpari.wTns, ov, 0, (oTpatia,) a
soldier, used only of common soldiers, Matt.
viii. 9. Lu. vii. 8, al. and oft. in Class. :
in N. T. only fig. of a Christian teacher,
1 Tim. ii. 3, ws Kadds orp. “I. Xo., yet
with allusion, I apprehend, to the Christian
warfare generally.
ZtpaTtooyéw, f. how, (orpaTodo-
vos, fr.cTpaTos, Xéyw,) to collect an army,
to levy, enlist ; part, 0 otpatoXoyneaas,
one who holds a levy, = commander,
general, 2 Tim. ii. 4. Plut. C. Mar. 9.
Diod. Sic. xviii. 12.
UToeatoTEedaoyXns, ov, 0, (oTopaTOo-
qecov and apxw,) prefect of the camp, an
officer to whose charge Paul was com-
mitted at Rome, Acts xxviii. 16.. Many
understand here the prefectus pretorio
“(comp. Phil. i. 13), or commander of the
emperors lbody-guards, as having the
general charge of all prisoners sent to
Rome; but this is perhaps too broad an
inference from the single known instance,
where the younger Agrippa was once im-
_ prisoned by this officer at the express com-
AE id
mand of the emperor Tiberius; see Jos.
Ant. xviii. 6, 6, compared with 10.
XUTpatdmedov, ov, TO, (ctpaTos,
qédov,) prop. ‘encamping-ground of an:
army,’ but gener. @ camp, encampment,
and sometimes by meton. az army so en-
camped, as in Thucyd. iv. 94. Hdot. i. 76;
and so in N. T. Lu. xxi. 20.
UToeBrAow, f. wow, (oTpeBAH, a
windlass, fr. pr. otpeBAos, stTpédw,) to
roll or wind on a windlass, Hdot. vii. 36 3.
to wrench, to turn awry, Hdot. iii. 129,
orosBXouvtes Tov woda. In N. T. fig.
to wrest, twist, pervert, as said of the sense
of a writing, trans. 2 Pet. iii. 16, @ orpe-
BXovow. So we say, to wrest words against
their natural meaning; also to torture
them, to extort from them a sense not
intended; which exactly answers to what
the Apostle meant; for orpzBAow almost
always signifies to put to the torture, in
order to extort confession. Comp. Plut. x.
414, orpéBXwors Poovipn.
UtToepw, f. Ww, (Teé7Tw,) to turn, turn
about, trans. mid. orpédopuar, and aor. 2
pass. ZoTtoadyp as mid. zo turn oneself, to
turn about, intrans. 1) PROP. Act. with acc.
and dat. of pers. towards whom, Matt. v.
39, otpéWov aitw Kai Tiv a@hAnv: mid.
part. absol. orpageis, croadevtes, Matt.
vii. 6. xvi. 23, 6 6& orpageis eizre, al.
sepe. Also mid. with eis teva, Acts xiii.
46, otpepoutsa zis Ta E0vy. Foll. by
eis with acc. of place, Acts vii. 39, ov. eis
Aiy. And so John xx. 14, éorpadn eis
Ta oTicw. Sept. Ps. cxiv. 3, 5. eis Ta
deEra, Xen. Eq. vii. 12. 2) FG. trans. to
turn into any thing, i. e. to convert, change,
e.g. act. with eis, Rev. xi. 6, Ta téata
eis aiua. Sept. Ps. cxiv. 8. Jer. xxxi. 13.
Ex. vii. 15. Xen. Hist. iv. 3,5; mid. of
persons, ¢o turn in mind, to be converted, to
become as it were another man, Matt.
xviii. 3, av py) oTpapyTte Kal yéevynobe
ws Ta Tadia. Comp. Sept. crpadjoy
eis dvdpa &\Xov, 1 Sam. x. 6. Once act.
oTrpédw, intrans. or with éauvtov impl. fo
turn oneself, to turn, change one’s mind
and conduct, Acts vii. 42, gorpeWev o
O<0s.
UtTpyvidw, f. aow, (fr. orpyvis,
which signifies prop. stiff, fig. stiff-necked,
arrogant, insolent,) to revel, to riot, lwe
luxuriously, (equiv. to topvpaw and vBpi-
Gw, as implying both luxury and inso-
lence; prop. said of a pampered steed,
who, stiff-necked and unruly, runs riot,
uncontrolled; see Hom. IU. vi. 506,)
intrans. Rev. xviii. 7, 9. The word is
not, as Commentators and Lexicographers
represent it, confined to the later writers;
being found in Stiphilus ap. Athen. p.
100. Diphilus ap. Bekker Anecd. p. 113.
Antiphanes (B. c. 408) ap. Athen. p. 127,
| dis
2x TP
D. admékavoa To\NGy Kal Kado édec-
patwv. “Eotonviwy was, &c. Lycoph.
Chale. ap. Athen. p. 420, B. tutv otpn-
vim, ‘I run riot upon you.’
=UToenvos, eos ous, TO, (orTenrijs,
vehement, rude, Apoll. Rh. ii. 323,) prop.
rudeness, insolence, pride, Sept. 2 Kings
xix. 28; and hence revel, riot, luxury,
Rev. xviii. 3, €k THs dUvVaMmews TOU OTEN-
vous auTns étovTHTav, i.e. ‘from the
abundance of her luxury and proud volup-
tuousness.” Anthol. Gr. iii. p. 128. No.
ZT pov0ioy, ov, To, (dimin. fr. erpov-
Odos,) any small bird, espec. @ sparrow,
Matt. x. 29, 31. Lu. xii. 6,7. Sept. and
sometimes in Class.
ZToewvvivw or wvvuml, f. oTpwow,
(metath. for oropévyupt,) to strew, to
spread, trans. Matt. xxi. 8, éorowoay
E“UTOY TA iluaTia ev TH OOW K.T.A.: ON
which custom see my note. Sept. and
Class. Spec. of a bed or couch, Acts ix. 34,
OTOWCOV GeauvTW, i.e. KpcBBaTov, KAI-
vyv, comp. ver. 33. Comp. Sept. Job xvii.
foe Biz.) xxvill.7:) (Pheoer,) Ids xxi. 7
Artemid. ii. 57 or 62, orpwyviovca KXIi-
vas.) Pass. of a supper-chamber spread,
i. e. furnished, with couches, ¢riclinia,
around the table, comp. in ’Avéke:mar 3.
Mk. xiv. 15, & Lu. xxii. 12, advayatov
peya éotpwuevov. Sept. Ez. xxiii. 41.
Athen. p. 138. Xen. Cyr. viii. 2, 6, 6
autos KNivyny oTpwYVUGL, TOaTECAY Koo-
pee.
UTvyntos, 1, ov, adj. (orvyew, to
hate,) hateful, ‘ deserving of hatred,’ e. g.
to God and to good men, Tit. ili. 3. So
Philo (cited by Wetstein) has oruynrov
Kal Jeourontov moaypma. And corre-
sponding to this is the term at Rom. i. 30,
SEOOTUY ELS.
=Stvyva tw, f. aow, (otvyvos, for
otuytvos, thick, as said of a cloudy sky.
So Wisd. xvii. 5, vvE oruvyvy. The word
being derived from otvyos, originally =
otvdos, thick; whence ctiqw, to stuff
up, fr. oTvw, to stuff,) 1) prop. to be thick,
and, as applied to the sky when thick with
clouds, to lower, or be lowering, intrans.
Matt. xvi. 3, wuppa Cer yao otuyvdaCwy
6 ovoaves. 2) in a fig. sense, as applied
to the mind (with reference to the effect
of sorrow on the countenance), ‘to be of
lowering or sorrowful countenance,’ Mk.
x. 22,6 6& oTUyvaoas éTi TH NOYw (lit.
‘lowering at what was said’) amn\Oe
Autrovmevos. So Eustath. de Ismena iv.
p- 98, cuvéxer Tiv Opedbyv, sctuyvaCer TO
awooswiov, ‘his countenance lowers.’
And so Addison, as cited in Johnson’s
Dict. has the expression ‘a lowering coun-
tenance, for a.gloomy and sometimes for
410
YE
a discontented one, which would well’
apply here. !
ZTvXOs, ov, 0, (kindr. with or7A7n,)
prop. a column, pillar, Rev. x. 1, ws
orv\ot mupos. Sept. and Class. Fig. of
any firm support; e. g. persons of autho-
rity and influence in the Church, Gal. ii,
9, ot dokovyTes oTUAOL EivaL, SC. Ev TH
exkAnoia, ‘who were justly reputed to
be,’ & Rev. iti. 12. Also said of the Church
Universal, 1 Tim. iii. 15, orvAos Kat
édpaiwua THs adnPeias, ‘the pillar and
ground of the truth,’ namely, as sustaining
and bearing up, by a faithful profession
and maintenance thereof, the true religion
of God. Ecclus. xxxvi. 24. Eurip. Iph.
Aul. 57, oriAot yao oikwy sici matdes
apoEves.
UTwikds, Hh, ov, adj. Stoic, and of
=ZTwikol, the Stoics, a sect of philosophers
founded by Zeno, and so called from the
ood, portico, where he taught. Acts xvii.
18, where see my note.
=v, gen. cov, thou, pers. pron. of the
second pers. plur. duets, ye. 1. nom. ov,
pl. duets, usually omitted, except where a
certain emphasis is required. In N.. T.
inserted, 1) with emphasis ; before a voc.
Matt. ii. 6. 2 Tim. ii. 1; or in distribu-
tion, Jam. ii. 3; with an adjunct between
it and the verb, John iv. 9; also in inter-
rogations, Matt. xxvii. 11. Lu. xxiv. 18;
and so at the end of a clause, John i. 2].
viii. 48 ; in answers, Matt. xxvi. 25. Mk,
xv. 2; in antitheses, Matt. ii. 14. Lu. ix,
60: so kai ov, Kat busts, x. 37. Matt,
vii, 12. 2) wethout special emphasis, ov,
John xxi. 15—17. tuets, Matt. xxviii. 5:
—II. gen. cov, tuwy, are often used in-
stead of the corresponding possessive os,
bpétepos: e.g. cov, Matt. i. 22. iv. 6.
vuay, v.10. Mk. ii. 8: gener. cov, Matt.
ii. 6. ili. 14; dow, v. 12. dime aa. d'or
ii. 35, Kat cov O62 av’THS, See CEaUTOV.—
III. dat. col, vuiv, gener. Matt. iv. 9. vii.
7; dat. commodi, xxi. 5. 2 Cor. v. 18;
incomm. xii. 20; for the phrase té éuol
Kal ool; see éyw.
Duy yéveca, as, 4, (cvyyevns,) prop.
kindred, relationship: in N. T. meton.
kindred, i. e. kinsmen, relatives, Lu. i. 61,
ovdsis éotiv év TH ovyy. cov. Acts Vii.
3, 14. Sept., Jos., and occasionally in
Class., as Thue. iii. 65.
Duy yevirs, os ovs, 6, H, adj. (otv &
yévos, ytvouat,) akin, related ; subst. a
kinsman, relative, Mk. vi. 4. Lu. i. 36, 58.
ii. 44, al. Sept. Lev. xviii. 14. xxv. 45,
Hdian. iv. 14, 14. Xen. H. G. i. 7, 8. In
a wider sense, one of the same nation, a
fellow-countryman; said of the Jews as
being all descended from a common ances-
tor, Rom. ix. 3, Trav cvyyevav mou KaTa
oaoka. xvi. 7, 11, 21. ig
ee 8 411
Suyyvonun, ns, 1, (cvyywwokw, to
know and think with, to accord, concede,)
permission, 1 Cor. vii. 6, Touro d& Aéyw
Kata ovyyveunv, ob Kata EmiTayny,
‘this I say by way of permission,’ i. e. as
speaking of what is allowable or expedi-
ent, not what is enjoined to be done; of
what may be done, not what must be done.
Thue, v. 88. Xen. Ath. ii. 20.
SuyKanpar, (odv, xabnuat,) to sit
down with, to sit with, foll. by wera with
gen. Mk, xiv. 54; by dat. Acts xxvi. 30.
Sept. and Class.
SvyKxali(w, f. iow, (cbv, xabigw,)
trans. to cause to sit down with, to seat
with; intrans. to sit down with, to sit with.
1) trans. with év and dat. of place, Eph.
ii. 6, Kai ouviyeipe Kal ouvexdbioer
év Tots £qwoupaviors. 2) intrans. of seve-
, £0 sit down together, Lu. xxii. 55. Sept.
and Class.
Dvyxaxorabéw, f. jow, (civ, Ka-
xoTraQéw,) to suffer evil with any one, fo
endure affliction with ; with dat. of thing
én respect to which or for which, 2 Tim. i.
8, cuyKaKkoTwabnoov [Euol] TH eEvayye-
fw.
SuyKkaxovyéw, f. how, (civ, Kakov-
xéw,) only in pass. fo be maltreated or
afflicted with any one, to suffer affliction
with; foll. by dat. of pers. Heb. xi. 25,
cuyKkakouxetobat TH Aaw ToU Vezov.
SvyKxadréw, f. gow, (cv, kadéw,) to
eall together, convoke, trans. Mk. xv. 16,
ovykahovow Odyv THY oTetpav. Acts Vv.
21; mid. prop. ¢o call together to oneself,
Lu. ix. 1, cuyxaXeocadpevos Tovs Owoeka.
xxiii. 13. Acts x. 24, al. and later Class.
e. gr. Aristen. i. 5, cuvexadetto Tous
girous. Sept.
Zvykxadianwa, f. Ww, (cdv, kadtur-
Tw,) prop. to cover together or up, cover
‘wholly, trans. Sept. oft. Jos. Ant. ix. 10,
2. Xen. Cyr. viii. 7, 28. In N. T. fig. zo
hide wholly, to entirely conceal, Lu. xii. 2,
ovdey cuyKekaduppevov éotiv. Ecclus.
xxvi. 8. Plut. Alex. M. 31. Eurip. Phen.
886.
| SuvyKkaurre, f. Ww, (civ, caur7Tw,)
prop. to bend together, e. g. Tov vwrov
Tivos, ‘to bow down wholly, Rom. xi. 10,
i. e. fig. to oppress, afflict. Sept. 2 Kings
iv. 35. Xen. Eq. xii. 5.
SuvyKkatafaivw, f. Bicouar, (cvv,
KataPaivw,) to go down with any one, sc.
from a higher to a lower place, as from
Jerusalem to Cesarea, intrans. Acts xxv.
.5, cuykatraBavtes sc. zuoi. Sept. Ps.
pueeo er wisd. x. 14. Pol, 1. 39, 12.
‘ Diod. Sic. xi. 18.
| LvyKkataveccs, ews, n, (ovyxata-
t , 2 *,? .
—ttOnpt,) gompositio, agreement, 2 Cor. vi.
atk
16, tis ovykaraGeois vaw Ozov peta
eldwAwv 3 meaning, ‘ what has a temple of
God to do with idols?’ Pol. iv. 17, 8.
Dion. Hal. Ant. viii. 79. Plut. M. Anto-
nin. 51, but only in the sense assent.
SuyKkatatibemar, as mid. with a
depon. sense, 1) to lay down any thing
with another; 2) with Wa#qov express-
ed, to give one’s vote with another ; 3)
with Wagov implied, (as it is in N. T.
and most freq. elsewh.) fig. to agree with
any person, (as Plato, Gorg. p. 501.
Hist. Sus. 20.) and, when foll. by a dat. of
thing (as yuwun or BovA7), to assent to any
measure, Lu. xxiii. 51, nv cvyKatareOer-
mévos TH Bovly Kat TH TWoakEEt avTov.
In this last sense the word is used also in
Class. as Pol. iii. 96, 11, et sepiss. Jos.
Ant. xx. 1, 2, cvyxatebéuny tH yvoun
TAUTY.
LuyKkarawyngpiCw, f. iow, prop. ‘to
choose by common suffrages,’ and hence,
‘to number with or unto,’ equiv. to cvy-
Katap.Oustv, Acts i. 26, suyxaTteWnpi-
oOy meta Tov EvdeKa aTOcTOKwWY. As
illustrative of this custom of deciding
doubtful matters by casting lots, see the
Classical citations adduced in my Recens.
Synop. and compare Levit. xvi. 8. Num.
xxvi. 55.
Suykeodvvup., f. pacw, prop. to
mix together, make mtermingle, as liquids,
(2 Mace. xv. 39, oivos toaTts ovyKepac-
Qeis,) or compound, as drugs are com-
pounded by the chemist: also, to make
solid substances coalesce. Similarly Plut.
viii. 634, ouov peTadALKad Kal BoTtavike
kal Snoia eis TO av’TO ouYyKEpavvbyTas.
Compare Dan. ii. 43. Also, by implica-
tion, so to conjoin various substances,
that they may all perfectly coalesce ; in
which we have an implied notion of at-
tempering by the commixture, so that the
various parts of the compound, being mix-
ed in just proportion, may qualify each
other. So 1 Corinthians xii. 24, 0 Geds
cuveKképace TO cwua, &c. i. e. * hath
attempered,’ meaning, ‘so adjusted the re-
spective offices and benefits of the several
members which form the body, as to form
one harmonious whole.’ Similarly in
Thue. vi. 18, kai vouicare—opov TO TE
pavXov Kal TO pécoy Kal TO TWaVU aKpL-
Bes, av Evy Kpadenv, padiot av ioxve.
At Heb. iv. 2, wy cuyKexpapévos (sc. 6
AOyos) TH WiaTE. TOIs aKovcac.y, we
have simply the notion of blending to-
gether. Finally, so Menand.ap. Stob. Serm.
p. 802, tiv Tou Aoyou pév Obvapu HOEL
XonoTw ovykekvapévyny éexeuv, * blended
with.’
LuyKkivéw, f. now, (odbv, kivéw,) prop.
and prim. to move with others, trans. but
more freq. like Latin “concio,’ to cause
aT,
others to come together, by, as it were,
moving their minds; and that both ina
good sense, Pol. ii. 59, 8, and a bad, (as
used to denote what we call ‘ setting people
together by the ears,’) as Acts vi. 12, cuv-
exivnoav Te Tov Naov Kal TOUS Tp. K.T.A.
LuykXElw, f. eiow, prop. to shut up,
or znclose together, trans. Often used in
Sept., Apocr., and Class. of persons shut
up in prison, or otherwise. In N. T. occ.
spec. as a piscatory term, Lu. v. 6, cuv-
éxAXetcav wAnGos ixPiwv qorv, a use
this of which no example has yet been
adduced, not even of the corresponding
term in Lat. concludo. <A Class. writer
would probably have employed zrepiéBa-
Aov, (as Hdot. i. 141, AaBeiv aupiBrno-
Toov, Kai weotBarety wAnPos moddOv
Tay ixfiwv,) or cuvédaBov. See ovdA-
AauBavw. Also fig. to zclude together,
i. e. to make subject, deliver over alike, with
eis, Rom. xi. 382, cuvéxheroe yap 6 Qeds
Tous Twavtas eis ameiferav, i. e. ‘hath
permitted them to be subject thereto.” So
Diod. Sic. xix. 19, we have eis toravtyhv
© apnyxaviav ovykdeobeis ’A. With
um, Gal. iii. 22, 23, époovpotmeba ovy-
KexAgtomevor eis K.T.r. ‘lege obstricti
custodiebamur, asservabamur in; by a
comparison to persons shut up under lock
and key, in a place from which they can-
not. get out. Comp. Sept. Ps. xxxi. 9,
& Ixxviii. 50. So Lucian, Tim. 13, xata-
KNgieo0ar ve pmoxAots Kal wapbeved-
ec8ar UT’ axolBior Taldaywyors.
LuyKAnpovopos, ov, 6, (KAngGovo-
fLos,) prop. @ co-heir, joint-heir, also a
joint-possessor, co-partner, Rom. viii. 17,
cuykd. Xo.otov. Eph. iii. 6. Heb. xi. 9.
de Pet. 11.37%
LuyKkotvwviw, f. now, (obv, Koww-
viw,) to be partaker with others, to share
with others i any thing; foll. by dat.
Rey. xviii. 4, ut) cuyKo.wvionte Tats
aQuaptiars a’tys. Eph. v. ll, ph ovy-
KOLVWVELTE ToOls éEpyols TOIs akapTrOLS
Tov okoTov. A mode of expression signif.
(like koi. Tots Epyous Tots Tovnpots at
2 John 11, and cow. aduaoptiars a&dXo-
toias at 1 ‘Tim. v. 22,) to partake mn evil
deeds, either by practising or by approving
and countenancing them. The Class. con-
struction is a dat. of pers. and gen. of
thing. At Phil. iv. 14, we have cuy«or-
vwvnoavtés pou TH SrAiWve, for cuy«.
fro. THS JAivews, ‘communicating [aid]
to him in his distress.’
LuyKotvwvos, ov, 6, 7, (Kowwwvos,)
a joint-partaker, co-partner, with gen.
Rom. xi. 17, cuyx. ts pins, K.T.X.
Cor ix. Zo. Phila. 7; ev, Rev. 1. 9.
LvyKopiCw, f. iow, (civ, Kopifw,)
prop. to bring together, to collect, e. gr.
fruits, Sept. Job v. 26, but spec. used as a
412
ae
funereal term, like the Lat. componere ; de-
noting not only the laying out of the body,
but other preparations for its interment;
nay also the funeral rites themselves, as
Acts viii. 2, cuvexoutcav 6& Tov Bré-
pavov avoges evXaPeis: a sense rare in
the Class. writers, but occurring in Soph.
Aj. 1068, rovde Tov vexpov YeEpoty py
ouyKouicery. amit
LuyKkptvw, f. ww, (Kpivw,) prop. ‘to
separate distinct things, and then bring
them together into one; hence, fo joo
together, to combine, to compose ; opp. to
dvaxpivetv, ‘to separate between, to de-
compose.’ In later writers and N. T. Zo
pluce together and judge of, i. e. to compare,
to estimate by comparison, constr. with
ace. and dat.; but cuuBadAw is the purer
Greek term. 1) gener. 2 Cor. x. 12,
auykKpivar éauvTovs TLat—oauvuyKpivovTEs
éautous éauTots. Pol. vi. 47, 9, cuvyKopi-
vel TLiva Teds Tiva, and xii. 10, 1. Mid.
1 Macc. x. 71, cuyxpi0apev ezauTots,
‘one with another.’ 2) by impl. (since
comparison and scrutiny are essential to
explanation, so Pol. vi. 47,1, cuvéxpive
Kal O.neetva Ta Eyoueva,) to explain,
interpret, i. e. by comparison of one thing
with another, | Cor. ii. 13, wvevpatixots
TvEvp~aTiKa ouyKpivovtes. So Sept.
Gen. xl. 8, 16, 22. xli. 12,15. Dan. v. 12.
LuyKkincro, f. Ww, (ov, KvTTw,)
prop. to stoop or bow together, as persons
putting their heads together, Hdot. iii. 82;
or things inclining towards each other,
Xen. An. iii. 4,19. In N. T. to be bowed,
or to bow oneself, together, as we say, to be
bent double, intrans. Lu. xiii. 11, qv ovy-
KUTTOVCa Kal fi Ouvauévn avakiwWat,
where we have not simply an aecf. in a
pass. sense; for the word may be taken
in a neuter sense for otyxudos eivat,
from which the transition to a pass. one is
easy. Comp. Sept. Job ix. 27. Ecclus. xii.
]1. Themist. Orat. 7 ad Valent. p. 90, dei
OUVYKEKUPOS, AEL cuVVEPTS, EPEAKOmeves
Tas Opous.
Luykupia, as, 7, (cvyKkupéw, to hap-
pen together, as events, Hdot. viii. 87.
Pol. v. 18, 6,) lit. ‘a happening together,’
i.e. coincidence, accident, chance, Lu. x. 31,
Kata ouykupiav. This is a very rare
word, yet it occ. in Hippoer. and Eusta~
thius. The Class. gener. use scuyKvensis
or cvyKipnpa. !
LvyxXaliow, aor. 2. cvvexdonv, (cby,
Xaiow,) to rejoice with any one, to sym-
pathize in his joy, with dat. depending on
ovy in compos. Prop. of PERSONS, Phil.
ii. 17, cvuyyaiow waow vyiv. ver. 18.
Lu. i. 58. xv. 6,9. Sept. Gen. xxi. 6, &
Class. Fig. of THINGS, 1 Cor. xii. 26, Ta
féAdn, espec. in personifications, as 1 Cor.
xiii, 6, ob xaipec (9 ayamn) emt TH
=YT 413
adikia, ovyyxaipe Ot TH a&dnBeia, ‘re-
joices not over any [reported] iniquity, but
in true virtue.’
Luyxéw, (xéw,) & Luyxvvw, impf.
ouvéxeoy and ouvéxuvov, pass. perf. cvy-
Kexuuan, aor. 1, pass. cuvexvOrv, prop. to
pour together, and fig. to confuund, confuse ;
in N. T. 1) of an assembly or multitude,
to throw into confusion, excite, put in up-
roar, with ace. Acts xxi. 27, cuvéxeov
mavtTa tov oxXXov, for cuvexivovv. So
in Demosth.,scited in Schleus. Lex., we
have cuyyet oAnv Ti qwoXcTeiav, and
in Hdot. vii. 136, 7 ayyeXia cuvéxes
autos. Pass. Acts xix. 32, 9 éxxAnoia
ouyKexumevyn. xxi. 31. Luc. Bis accus.
17, Kai Evyxeiv tuay éimweipato Ti
Evvovciav (conventum), émitapatus TH
Bon, etal. 2) of the mind, to confound,
to perplex, e. gr. a person in disputation,
with ace. Acts ix. 22. Of persons in
amazement or consternation, Acts ii. 6,
cuvj\Ge tO mWrnOos, Kali cuvexvOn.
1 Mace. iv. 27. Arr. Epict. iii. 22, 25.
Jos. Ant. xii. 7, 5, etal. Diod. Sic. iv. 62,
“cuvexv0n thy Wuxnv. So Hom. Il. ix.
608. xiii. 808, cvyyety Supdv.
ZuyxXpaouat, fut. joouat, depon.
mid. properly ‘to use any thing in com-
mon with another, (implying more or less
of society,) in N. T. to have familiar inter-
course and society with any one, John iv. 9,
ov yap cvyxXpavta. “lovdaio. Yapa-
peitacs, for that such intercourse, and not
the mere intercourse of commerce, is meant,
appears from the fact, that the intercourse
of buying and selling was still maintained.
Arr. Peripl. mar. Eryth. p. 159, cuveyon-
cavto 62 avTy (TH Vijow) Kai dro Mov-
Cas TLvEs.
Duy xXvvw, see Luyxéw.
Loyxuvers, ews, 7, (ovyxKéw,) prop. a
mingling together, as of liquids, and me-
taph. confusion, tumult, disturbance, Acts
xix. 29, and Class.
Lu aw, f. jow, (obv, Caw,) to live with
any one, foll. by dat. expr. or impl. (see
in Lvyxaipw,) 1) naturally, 2 Cor. vii. 3,
éy Tais Kagdiais Huw éoTe eis TO CUV-
atroVavety Kai cuCny, i. €. dutv, and oft.
in Class, 2) fig. and spiritually, of eternal
life with Christ, Rom. vi. 8, 2 Tim. ii. 1].
LuCevyvop., f. evEw, aor. 1. cv-
éCevEa, (Cevyvupt,) to yoke together, prop.
animals, Sept. Ez. i. 1]. Xen. Cyr. ii. 2,
26. In N. T. fig. of the marriage union,
to join together, unite, husband and wife,
Matt. xix. 6. Mk. x. 9. Jos. and Class.
Sulntéw, f. now, (civ, Cntéw,), prop.
to use mutual inquiry and discussion ; in
N. T. fig. to inquire of one another, to
question with, or one with another, e. gr.
1) as said of several, absol. Mk. ix. 10,
ZY K
ouCntouvTes, Ti gore TO EK VEKO@Y dva-
otjvac: foll. by wpds Eavto’s, Mk. i.27.
Lu. xxii. 23. 2) gener. to question, reason,
dispute with any one, absol. Mk. xii. 28,
akovoas avT@y ovCnTovvTwy : with dat.
Acts vi. 9: with apos, Acts ix. 29, cupv-
eCnter mods Tovs ‘EAAnvoTas : with the
idea of cavil, foll. by dat. Mk. viii. 11,
ipkavto o. avtw, ‘to enter into argu-
ment with him.’ ix. 14: by apos, ver. 16.
LulCutnors, ews, 7, (ovGntéw,) * mu-
tual discussion, or controversy,’ on any
question, Acts xv. 2,7. xxviii. 29. Philo,
p. ll
LuCntyTHs, ov, 6, (cvGiTéw,) a
panier reasoner, disputant, a sophist,
Cor. i. 20, cu€ntyntiIs Tov ai@vos Tov-
tov, ‘the subtile disputer of this world,
i. e. the sophist, who rests on mere human
wisdom only, and what concerns this
world only, without any serious thought
of another.
Lu Cvyos, ou, 6, 7, adj. (ovGevyvumt, )
yoked together, and subst. a yoke-fellow ;
in N. T. fig. a fellow-labourer, colleague,
Phil. iv. 3, ovCuye yviove, meaning, the
bishop, or principal presbyter, of Philippi,
who was, in some sense, Paul’s colleague ;
and that such is the sense there, appears
from the term yvyoiws, Phil. ii. 20. So
Aristoph. Plut. 945, we have éav 62 cvCu-
you Xa4Bw tia. See also Eurip. Iph. T.
251, where Orestes is styled by Pylades,
cv¢uyos. It was often used to denote
comrade.
LuCwomorew, f. now, (civ, Cworror-
éw,) lit. and prop. to make alive with any
one; in N. T. to quicken with, fig. into
spiritual life w7th Christ, as risen from the
dead ; foll. by dat. rw Xo. Eph. ii. 5; by
ovy repeated, Col. ii. 13.
SuKkaptvos, ov, 4, a sycamine-tree,
called also the sycomore, cuvxoyopos, (being
the ficus sycomorus of Linneus; a tree
found in Egypt and Palestine, and so
called as resembling the fig-tree, cvx7, in
its fruit, and the mulberry, wopéa, in its
leaf,) Lu. xvii. 6. Sept. and Class.
SuKéa, contr. Lucy, gen. eas js, 7,
(cuKov,) a fig-tree, Matt. xxi. 19. Mk. xi.
13, & oft. Sept. and Class.
LuKopopéea, as, 4, (cvKov, mopéa,)
equiv. to 7 cuKdmopos, a sycomore-tree,
prop. ‘ the fig-mulberry,’ Lu. xix. 4, a tree
frequent in Egypt and Palestine, resem-
bling the mulberry-tree in its leaves, with
fruit similar in appearance to the fig, but
indigestible.
LU Kov, ov, TO, a fig, Matt. vii. 16, et
al. Sept. and Class.
LvuKoparvtiw, f. ow, (cvKopaveTnge,
fr. cuKov, paivw,) prop. to be a cvkodav-
Ts, ‘a fig-informer, one who informed
YA
against persons who exported figs from
Athens contrary to law. But the law had
become obsolete, and a mere dead-letter,
though used by malicious or base persons
for interested purposes, hence the term
came to mean gener. to inform against,
accuse falsely, calumniate, with acc. Jos.
Antuxa7,3. Ash. ViiH. ii. 13. Hdian, ii.
14,7. Xen. Mem. ii. 9,5. Aristoph. Ach.
518. Av. 1431. In N. T. by impl. go
extort money by false accusations, espec.
under pretence of law, Lu. iii. 14. tivéds
Tt REG. SD, Sept. OD XKKV.. Oe be:
exix. 122. Prov. xxii. 16.
Zuhaywyéw, f. now, (cvAov, prey,
ayw,) to lead off as prey, carry off as
booty, e. gr. captives, Heliodor. x. p. 512.
Aristen. ii. Ep. 22. In N. T. fig. of false
teachers, Col. ii. 8, 6 cuXaywyayr, i. e.
*one who leads off captive, makes spoil of
your Christian liberty.’
LurXaw, f. how, prop. to spoil, plunder,
both as said of things, to carry off, as prey,
and of persons, as Xen. Hier. iv.
Hdian. vii. 7, 7, and so in N. T. by
hyperb. 2 Cor. xi. 8, @A\Aas éxxkAnoias
éovAnoa, A\aBwv dWwviov, meaning, ‘that
by taking nothing of them, he, as 2 were,
spoiled other churches, by being compelled
to receive money from them.*
LvAAaXréEw, f. How, (civ, Aadéw,) to
speak or talk with, confer with, foll. by
dat. Mk. ix. 4. Lu. ix. 30: by pera
twos, Matt. xvii. 3. Acts xxv. 12: by
apos &\XAyjXous, Lu. iv. 36. Sept. and
Class.
TvAAauBavw, f. AnWwoua, (cdr,
AauBavw,) to take together, prop. to in-
close in the hands; fig. of things, to com-
prehend, comprise ; also of persons, to take
or bring together, collect, as scattered
troops. In N. T. I.=lLat. comprehendere,
as spoken of persons, to take or seize by
clasping or grasping, and holding fast with
the hands clenched together; 1) prop. of
persons seized as criminals, to apprehend,
arrest, with acc. Matt. xxvi. 55. Mk. xiv.
48. Lu. xxii. 54, and oft. Sept. and Class.
So, in hunting or fishing, to take, catch,
ayoav, Lu. v. 9; comp. ver. 5, where it
is AauBadvw. Eurip. Orest. 1339, Pors.
ovxt cudrtAnWecO aypav; 2) fig. of
females, to conceive, absol. Lu. i. 24, with
acc. vidv, ver. 386. év yaorol, ver. 31. év
TH KotXia, ii. 21. Sept. Gen. iv. 1, oft.
Hippocr. Aphor. v. 46, gv yaotpi. Metaph.
of irregular desire as exceting to sin, Ja. i.
15. Comp. Ps. vii. 15.—II. to take hold
of with another, = to help, usually and in
N. T. mid. with dat. Lu. v. 7, é\Qovtas
cur\X\aBetobar a’rots, a term appropriate
to hunting and fishing, Phil. iv. 3. Sept.
Gen. xxx. 7, and oft. in Class,
414
xYM
LuAAEyw, f. Ew, (civ, AEyw,) prop.
to lay together, i. e. to gather, collect, trans.
as fruits and grain, Matt. vii. 16, daé
axav0av otagvAdiy, } awe TeLBodwv
ouka. Lu. vi. 44, et sepe al. Sept, and
Class. Hdot. i. 68. 3
LurrovyiCw, f. iow, to bring mate-
rials together for any purpose, to collect,
Dio Chrys. Or. 75, but gener. in mid,
ovddoyiCouat, to reckon for and reason
with oneself, by bringing together all the
materials for judgment, to reason, convince,
deliberate, and sometimes by impl. to con-
clude by ratiocination. In N. T. Lu. xx.
5, cuvedoyicavto mods éavtovs. So
Plut. Pomp. weds éautov cvAAoyiCope-
vos, et al. and oft. in Polyb.
ZuAAuTEW, f. Now, (civ, AvTéw,) 40
grieve or afflict with another, pass. Zo
grieved or afflicted with a person. In N.T.
pass. to be grieved withal, Mk. iii. 5, ovA-
Avrotmevos iwi TH TwpwoEL THS Kap-
dias avTa@y
LuuBaivw, f. Byocouar, aor. 2. cuv-
éBnv, (civ, Baivw,) prop. to go with the
feet close together, opp. to dtaBaivw, Xen,
Kq. i. 14, but gener. to go with another, in
a variety of senses, mostly figurative. In
N. T. only of THINGS, e.g. events, fo come.
together in time, to happen together, to fall
out, to come to pass; with dat. of pers. zo
whom, Mk. x. 32, tad pé\XovTa atte
ouuBaivervr. Acts iii. 10. xx. 9, al.
Part. absol. rd cuuBeBnxora, events, Lu.
xxiv. 14. Sept. and Class. Impers. with
infin. of the principal verb, the infin.
clause being strictly the subject, Acts
xxi. 35, cuvéBn BaoctalecOar aitov, =
‘he was borne,’ and so oft. in Class.
LupParrw, f. Barto, (civ, BaAXrw,)
prop. of things, to throw, cast, put together ;
espec. words or thoughts, Eur. Iph. A.
831. Xen. Mem, ii. 2, 215 of persons, to
send or bring together, e. gr. in strife, Lat.
committere, to set them together, as oft. in
Class. In N. T. it is used, I. of THINGS,
to throw or put toyether, prop. with acc.
ANoyous impl. like Lat. conferre, i. e. * ser-
mones,’ intrans. ]) gener. to discourse
with, dispute with, with dat. Acts xvii. 18,
Twis O& TaV hi\ocdgmwv cuvéBadXdov
avtw. Jos. Ant. i. 12, 3, cuuBadrovca
Totuéor, & oft. in lat. Class. 2) to consult
together, Acts iv. 15, cuvéBadXov apés
a&\XjXous, scil. BovAevpata. Fully Eu-
rip. Phen. 700, cuu8. BovAevuata. 3)
Lu. ii. 19, cupBadrtrAEw ev TH Kapdia,
scil. pyuata, to resolve, ponder in mind,
namely, in order to conjecture what is
meant by anything. So in Hom. we have
ov 0 evi mpeci BadXzeo onor. Others, not
ill, explain ‘ to conjecture,’ ‘ endeavour to
understand by conjecture ;) namely, as we —
say, ‘by putting together’ various things: in
=YM
which sense the term is used particularly
of oracles, dreams, or any such things; of
which the meaning is not obvious, but is
attained by reflection and a comparison of
circumstances; as Philostr. Vit. Apoll. iv.
43, EvuBaretv TO tionuévov. Arr. Exp.
Alex. ii. 3, 9, 76 wavretov. 4) mid. prop.
*to cast, throw of one’s own with others,’
= to confer benefit, to contribute, to help,
with dat. Acts xviii. 27, cuveBa&XeTo ToNd
Tots WeTioTEvKoct, i. e. ‘contributed to
the spiritual good of; and so in Sept. and
| oft.in Class. e. gr. Arr. Epict. iii. 22,
awsiova TH Kotwwvia ovveBadreTo.—II.
of PERSONS, intrans. or with éavTov impl.
to encounter, to meet with, with dat. 1)
in a hostile sense, eis wdéXeuov, Lu. xiv.
31, and oft. in Class. 2) gener. to meet
with, Acts xx. 14, cuvéBarev nip zis
tiv “Acco, and Class.
YupBacirE va, f. evow, (civ, Bact-
Aetw,) to reign with any one, prop. Lucian
D. Deor. xvi. 2. Pol. xxx. 2, 4. In N.T.
fig. comp. 1 Cor. iv. 8. 2 Tim. ii. 12,
where the term denotes height of felicity,
with an adjunct notion of exalted honour.
So Epict., Enchir. c. xxi. thus addresses
the patiently suffering virtuous man: Ov
fOvoy cuuTOTHS T@Y Jewv ton, aA
Kal cuvaoxwv.
ZupBr Baw, f. dow, (cdv, BiBaw,)
to make come together, to bring together,
e. gr. 1) to join together, unite, fig. said of
‘ Christians as parts of Christ’s mystical
body, the Church, pass. Eph. iv. 16, 2& od
Tav TO CHpa—ouuPiBaCouevov. Col. ii.
19, in which passages we have a metaphor
taken from joiners’ work, in which the
pieces of wood are so fitted and joined
together by straight lines, squares, mitres,
&c. that they all seem one entire piece.
So Gregor. contr. Julian. i. d\Aa &dAors
cuuPiBalwy kat cuvvappo wr, Kal eis Ev
a@ywv Ta TOU a’Tov TvevpaTos. In Col.
ii. 2, cup. év adya7n, the term has refer-
ence to the closing up of schism by bring-
ing together the discordant parties who
make the schism; another example of
which sense occ. in Damasc. ap. Steph.
Thes. cuveBiBace tavta. 2) to mentally
put together, and hence pregn. to gather,
infer, conclude, with dr, Acts xvi. 10: also,
to prove, demonstrate, namely, by showing
the connexion and tracing the chain of
facts or reasoning, with d71, Acts ix. 22,
cupPiBaCwv ott ovTOs éoTLV O XotoTos.
Again, from the sense ¢o prove or show
what a thing is, arises that, also found
in N. T. to teach or instruct others therein;
a use of the word derived from the Sept.
which thus expresses the Hebrew yom,
to make to know, 1 Cor. ii. 16. Sept. Ps.
xxxii. 8.
- ZupBovrevw, f. evow, (abv, Bov-
415
zYM
Aevw,) to counsel with any one, in the
sense to give him counsel, to advise him,
with dat. John xviii. 14, Kaiadas 6 cup-
BovXevoas Tots ’lovd. Rev. iii. 18. Sept.
and Class. Mid. spoken of several, to
counsel or consult together, e. gr. for evil,
= to plot, foll. by tva, Matt. xxvi. 4, ovv-
eBovAsvoavTo, tva Tov “Inoovv KkpaTi-
cwot Oo\w. John xi. 53. with-inf. Acts
ix. 23. So Sept. and Class.
SupBovrAov, ov, To, (cvuBovXdos,)
1) counsel, consultation, e. gr. NauPBavew
or qovety aupPovXALov, to take counsel, to
hold a consultation ; with XauBaverv, Matt.
mil. 14. Secs 15) Sevn. Wo 7, svi ere
with qorety, Mk. iii. 6. xv. 1. 2) @
council, meton. counsellors, Acts xxv. 12,
said of persons who sat in public trials
with the governor of a province; called
consiliaru or assessores, 1d&pEOpoL.
DvuBovXos, ov, 6, (civ, BovAn,) a
counsellor, prop. ‘one joined in counsel,’
Rom. xi. 34. Sept. and Class.
Suppabyneys, ov, 6, (odv, pabnris,)
a fellow-disciple, John xi. 16. Poll. On.
vi. 159, Aatwy 62 cuppabntas ime.
LSuppaptupéw, f. how, (ovv, pwap-
tupéiw,) to witness with, to bear witness
with another, to testify with, i. e. at the
same time and to the same effect, with
dat. Rom. viii. 16, to Ilvevua cuppap-
Tupel TH TWvevmaTe uw, OTL K.T.As
ix. 1; absol. ii. 15. Rev. xxii. 18, in text.
rec. and Class,
SuppeoiCa, f. iow, (civ, wepiw,) to
divide with another; in N. T. mid. Zo
divide with so as to receive part to one-
self, to share with, to partake with, with
dat. 1 Cor. ix. 13, and Class.
DuMMETOXOS, ov, O, 7, adj. partaking
with, subst. a joint-partaker, Eph. iii. 6,
CUMMETOXAa THS eTAaYYyEAlas av’ToU ev
vw X. ‘joint-partakers of his promise (of
salvation) by Christ;? and ver. 7, cvp-
métoxo: avtawv, for cup. avtots, ‘ par-
takers with them (in the punishment
which must fall upon them). Justin
Mart. Apol. i. p. 51, CUMMETOXYOS THY
malav, So ouupetéexw, 2 Macc. v. 20.
Xen. An. vii. 8, 17.
TVMMLMNTIS, Ov, 0, (ody, piunTis,)
a co-emetator, joint-follower, Phil. iii. 17.
Lvpmop os, ov, 6, 4, adj. (uoppn,)
having like form with, conformed, like unto,
with dat. Phil. iii. 21, ctpmuoopdov tw
Gwuatt THS OoENns av’Tou, i.e. ‘of the
same form and nature (see Rom. viii. 29)
with Christ’s,’ namely, the glorified nature
of Christ. With gen. Rom. viii. 29,
Tpowpice Tuupmoppous THs eiKdvos TOU
Yiov avrou.
Zuppopgow, ah to. make of tike
ee ee ee ee
2 ty MA
form with another, to conform, pass. with
dat. fig. Phil. iii. 10.
Luputwaléw, f. How, (cuutrabijs,) to
sympathize with another in what he feels
or suffers. The term has prop. a dat. of
pers. as Job ii. 11, Symm. cuprabyjcar
autw. Aristot. Physiogn. o. a@AXA7jAots.
Sometimes, however, it occurs with acc. of
thing for the person, Heb. iv. 15, cuyma-
Onoat Tais dobeveiats Huw. Hence also
to have compassion on any one, to afford
sympathizing aid, Heb. x. 34, rots decpots
(wou) cuvevrabyjcate, an ellipt. mode of
expression, like that of the preceding pas-
sage, for cuvemr. jot Ev TOTS Oecpots pou,
where also, from the ellipsis, we have a
kind of hypallage, as in a similar case else-
where, Phil. iv. 14, cuyKo.wwvicavtés
Mov TH Sider, for cvyK. wot gv TH SXL-
Wee wou. As sufficiently vindicating the
propriety of the expression, which was b
Valckenaer thought not good Greek, it may
suffice to adduce a passage of Isocrates,
WOTE Kal TAIS piKOals aTUXlals Exa-
oTOS UL@Y TOAKONS ELXE CUUTIADICAYTAS.
So in Plut. de Invidia, we have ratra
d& cuuTra’el Tats adAnAwy prEypOovats.
Polyb. iv. 7,3, o. tats twos atvyiars.
Theophr. ap. Steph. Thes. in v. o. tTais
petaBodats.
Luu absrjs, gos ous, 6, 7, adj. sympa-
thizing, feeling with another, like-affected ;
1 Pet. iii. 8, cuuaets, i. e. the same in
feeling, mutually compassionate. Jos. and
Class.
LuuTapayivomuat, to come with any
one, to be present with, Engl. to stand by
any one, as a friend and advocate, with
dat. 2 Tim. iv. 16, gv tH TpwTy pou a7ro-
Aoyla ovdeis ou cuutrapeyéveTo. Sept.
Ps. Ixxxiii. 9. Of a multitude, to come
together, to convene, Lu. xxiii. 48. Thue.
ii. 82.
Luutaoakadhéw, f. ecw, to call for
or znvite with, at the same time, Xen. Cyr.
vil. 1, 38; to znvoke with others, ib. iii. 3.
21; to exhort with another, e. gr. an army,
Pol. v. 83, 3; in N. T. pass.. Rom. i. 12,
cuuTraoakAnOyvar ev Uulv, K.T.A.; Mean-
ing, that ‘ while he is communicating, and
they receiving, the spiritual blessings above
spoken of, muiual edification and confirma-
tion will thus be attained.’
ZuutwaparauPavw, (obv, wapa-
AauBavw,) to take along with oneself, as a
companion on a journey, with acc. Acts
xii. 25. xv. 37, 38. Gal. ii. 1, Sept. and
Class.
LuuTaoapéeva, f. wevo, (civ, waoa-
pévw,) prop. to remain near with any one,
to continue with, i. e. in life, with dat. Phil.
i. 25. Comp. Ps. Ixxii. 5.
Lvumapecut, (cbv, wap.) to be pre-
416
2Y¥M
sent with any one, foll. by dat. Acts xxv.
24. Jos. and Class.
LuptTacxw, f. weicoua, (obv, wa-
oxw,) to be affected with or as another, to
sympathize with, to suffer with, absol. 1 Cor.
Xl. 26, etre Waoyer Ev pedos, cuUTaTYEL
TwavTa Ta meh. So Plato, p. 605, & 169,
Ol OoWUTES, TAUTOV TOUTO EvuTdoXoUSL.
So Rom. viii. 17, eire0 cuutacyopev,
scil. adtw, ‘endure sufferings.” Pol. xv.
19, 4. Diod. Sic. iv. 11.
Suumwéuto, f. ww, (ov, wéutw,)
to send with any one, foll. by dat. 2 Cor.
vili. 22, and Class.; by petra and gen,
viii. 18, and Class.
LuumwepthapuPavw, prop. and lit. to
take around with something else, i. e. em-
brace at the same time; in N. T. cai cup-
meotdaBwy (scil. avrTov) eimwe, Acts xx.
10.
Luprivw, aor. 2. cuvériov, (ovr,
tivw,) to drink with any one, foll. by dat.
fig. Acts x. 41, oitives cuveayouey Kai
cuveTriouevy avTw, see Eotiw. Sept. and
Class.
LuutmAnoow, f. wow, (ctv, mH.)
prop. to fill up with, as of ships filled by
a crew; in N. T. to entirely fill: 1) prop.
of a vessel filled by the waves, so as to
drench the persons in it, pass. Lu. viii. 23.
2) fig. of time, pass. to be fulfilled, com~
pleted, to have fully come, deneting such
a completion of a period between two given
times as that the latter is fully come,
Acts ii. 1, gv tw ouvumAnooveba tH
nuéoav ths TL. Lu. ix. 51, ev tw ocup-
aAnpovcla Tas Huzoas Tis avaknWews
avtov, in which passage the word is, as
often, used popwlariter; an event being
thus spoken of as come, when it is very
near at hand. So Hdian. vii. 4,2, cvu-
aAnooumévns TpreTous PBactXeias. So
in Plato the term often occurs in the sense
compleo, expleo, also in Diod. Sic. i. 2, cup-
ahnooupévns evdatpovias. Jos. Ant. i. 3,
rhe ee be
Luutviya, f. Ew, (cvv, wv.) to choke,
by compressing the wind-pipe, and so Zo
suffocate; in N. T. 1) hyperb. ¢o as it
were suffocate by crowding, to exceedingly
crowd, to press upon, Lu. viii. 42, ot 6 xAoe
cuvéTuiyov avtov. Comp. Mk. v. 24,
cuvéO\LBov avtév. 2) fig. by an agricul-
tural metaphor, Matt. xii. 22, 7 ama7y
Tou jwovTOU cuuTviyer TOV Adyov. Mk.
iv. 7, 19. ‘Lu. vine 1%
LuumoXt rns, ov, 6, prop. a fellow-
citizen, Jos. Ant. xix. 2, 2. Atl. V. H. iii.
44; in N. T. fig. of Gentile Christians as
admitted to the privileges of the Gospel
along with the Jews, Eph. ii. 19.
Luptopevouar, f. evoouas, depon,
zYM
. to go with, accompany any one, fol.
by dat. Lu. vii. 11, al. Sept. and Apocr.
Xen. An. i. 3, 5. Eur. Iph. T. 1489. Of
a multitude, to come together, assemble,
foll. by eds at’tov, Mk. x. 1. Sept. Job
e43, Pol. ywi75; 1. xv..6, 1.
- Lupmodctoy, ov, Td, prop. a drinking
together, (Lat. cumpotatio,) also a banquet
or entertainment, as Xen. Conv. ix. 7; also
by meton. a banqueting-hall, as, Luc. D.
Deor. xxiv. 1; in N. T. meton. the party
assembled at an entertainment, @ table-
party, Mk. vi. 39, avaxNivar wavtas ovp-
woo.e cuutrooia, i. e. by table-parties, for
KaTa cuutrocia.
LuutoecBureoos, ov, 6, a fellow-
presbyter, elder, 1 Pet. v.1. See my note.
Luppayety, see in Duvecbiw.
Luudépw, aor. l. cuvjveyxa, (ovr,
pépw,) to bear or bringtogether. 1) prop.
and trans. fo collect, with acc. Acts xix.
19, cuvevéykavtes Tas BiBXovs. Jos,
Ant. iii. 8, 3. Xen. An. vi. 5,6. 2) in-
trans. to bring together for any one, to con-
tribute (good to), to conduce ; hence to be
well, profitable, expedient, with dat. expr.
or impl. 2 Cor. viii. 10, routo yap tpmtv
cuu@éeoet, Meaning, ‘it is suitable to your
profession’ or character. Foll. by dat. with
inf. as subj. 2 Cor. xii. 1; with simple
infin. Matt. xix. 10; by dat. with ‘a,
Matt. v. 29, al. Sept. & Class. Absol.
1 Cor. vi. 12, ob mavTra oupopépe. x. 23.
Hence part. neut. to cuudégov, profit,
advantage, 1 Cor. vii. 35. x. 33. xii. 7.
Heb. xii. 10. Plur. ta cuppépovta,
ane profitable, Acts xx. 20. Apocr. and
lass.
Liupnpst, (ovv, pyc) prop. as used
of pers. ‘to say what another says,’ to as-
sent to his opinion; of thing, ‘to bear tes-
timony in its favour, so Rom. vii. 16,
cippnut TH vouw. Dem. 668, 14. Xen.
An. v. 8, 9.
LuugMuréErns, ov, 6, (pudAéETns, pv-
Ayn,) prop. and in Class. ‘one of the same
tribe or fraternity ; in N. T. gener. a fel-
low-citizen, fellow-countryman, | Th. ii.
14. Disapproved of by the grammarians,
though used by Isocrat. and Aristoph.
LvuguTos, ov, 6, n, adj. (cuuddw, )
prop. brought forth, or grown up together,
Sept. Zech. xi. 2; fig. kendred, Eurip. Andr.
956 ; in N. T. grown together into one, fig.
conjoined, Rom. vi.5, cuuguTor yey ovapev
TW OMOLWUATL TOU JavaTov avTo, i.e.
one with Christ, ‘closely united with, or
assimilated to him,’ in the likeness of his
death, by a metaphor taken from the graft-
ing of trees ; the literal sense of the ex-
pression being ‘ grown together into one,
as man and horse in the Centaurs, Luc.
‘D. Mort. xvi. 4. Xen. Cyr. iv. 3, 18.
417
ZzYN
Sunray, f. vow, (odv, piw,) to bring
forth together, to let grow together, in
N. T. only pass. aor. 2, cuvespvny, to spring
up or grow together, Lu. viil. 7, cumevet-
cacaidkav0a. This isa later form in-
stead of act. aor. 2, cuvéduy: yet it is
found in Philo de Vit. Mos. ii. p. 174, 12.
Luu~gpwviw, f. how, (ciudwvos.)
prop. to sownd together, and by impl. to be
tn unison, as said prop. of musical instru-
ments; in N. T. fig. to accord with, agree
with, intraus. foll. by dat. expr. or impl.
]) gener. of what is swztable, Lu. v. 36,
Tw Tadrtaww ov cuudwvet eriBdAnma.
Aristot. Polit. vii. 15, tavra det ampods
a\AnXa ouundpwvetv. Arr. Epict. iii. 12,
YuToad Kal TWéeToa OV Guudwvet. 2) of
coincidence, concurrence, Acts xv. 15,
TOUTW GuUgwvovcty oi NoYyo. THY ToO-
gyta@v. Jos. Ant. x. 7,2, Ta piv GAXd@
TaVTA TUU™wvovvTa TOVS ToeoPiHtas
&\AnXous eitrety ouveByn. 3) of a com-
pact, to agree together, to make an agree-
ment, foll. by wept with gen. Matt. xviii.
19. Pass. with dat. Acts v. 9, Ti OTe cuv-
emwvy0y vutv ;‘ how is it that it has been
agreed upon by you? Sept. 2 K. xii. 8,
cuvedwvynoap ot tepets Tou py AaPetv, and
Class. espec. Diod. Sic. and Polyb.; foll.
by dat. of pers. and genit. of price, Matt.
xx. 13, oxi Onvapiou cuvedwrycas pot;
by mera Tivos and éx with gen. of price,
Matt. xx. 2. Act. Thom. § 2, cuvemwvyce
mer’ abtou ToLwy ArTpwV aoyupiou.
LDuePpwvyncrs, ews, 4, (cunpwvéw,)
unison, accord, 2 Cor. vi. 15, Tis 6& cup-
gwvynois Xpicotw mods Bediadt; So
cuugwvia, Jos. c. Ap. ii. 16. Hdian. iii.
13, 8.
Luugwvia, as, 7, (cuugwvéw,) sym-
phony, 1. e. concert of vocal and instrn-
mental music. Lu. xv. 25. Sept. Dan. iii.
aS 10. Pol. xxvi. 10, 5. Aristot. Pol. vii.
Luudwyvos, ov, 06, 7, adj. (ovv, pw, )
symphontious, in unison, prop. of sounds, as
said of musical instruments; in N. T. fig.
consonant, aceordant, and neut. To ctp-
gwvov, subst. accord, agreement, | Cor.
vii. 5, k cuudwyov, * by agreement,’ and
so in Polyb. Diod. and Epict.
Supwbn pic, f. iow, (civ, WnpiGw,)
to reckon together, compute, e. gr. Tas Tt-
pas, Acts xix. 19. Aristoph. Lysist. 142.
Lupwuxos, ov, 6, 7, adj. of one mind
with others, like-minded, equiv. to duo-
Wuxor. Phil. ii. 2.
= vv, prep. governing only the dat. vith,
implying a nearer and closer connexion
and conjunction than wera: I. PROP. of
society or companionship, where one is
said to be, do, suffer WITH any one, in con-
nexion and compeiey ith him. So after
Pawan
verbs of sitting, standing, being, remain-
ing with any one, as dvaKxermat, John xii.
2; yivouat, Lu. ii. 13; datpifw, Acts
xiv. 28; torn, Acts ii. 14. iv. 14; é¢-
iotnut, Lu. xx. 1. Acts xxiii. 27; xabiZw,
Acts vill. 31; jaévw, Lu. i. 56. xxiv. 29.
Acts xxviii. 16. Spec. eivae civ tim, to
be with any one, 1, e. ‘ present with, in
company with,’ Lu. xxiv. 44. Phil. i. 23.
1 Th. iv. 17; with eivac impl. Lu. viii. 1.
Phil. iv. 21: or as accompanying, follow-
ing, Lu. vii. 12. Acts xiii. 7. xxvii. 2; as
a follower, disciple, Lu. viii. 38. Acts iv.
13; as a partisan, ‘to be on one’s side,’
Acts xiv. 4, bis, and Class. So of oviv
Tit OvTes, ‘ those with any one,’ his com-
panions, attendants, followers; fully, Mk.
li. 26. Acts xxii. 9. Oftener with part.
wy, ovtes impl. Lu. v. 9. ix. 32. Gal. i.
2, et al.; spoken of colleagues, Acts v.
17, 21, and Class. After verbs of going
wuh any one; e. gr. 2oxouae and its com-
pounds; awépxyoua, Acts v. 26; eicéo-
Xouar, Acts li. 8; é€épyouar, x. 23, al.
cuvépxouat, xxi. 16. Also aopetouat,
Lu. vii. 6. Acts x. 20, al. eiorévar, Acts
xxl. 18; éxaAéw, xviii. 8; wapayivomat,
xxiv. 245 cuvayouas, iv. 27, and Class.
Gener. with xeuter and pass. verbs, like
Engi. with, Matt. xxvi. 35, xdv Oén me
oty coi amolavety, xxvii. 38. Mk. ix. 4.
Lu, ii. 5. xxii. 14, Actsi. 14. iii. 4. iv.
2(.. vii, 20. xiv. 5.1 Cor. 1.2, al. Phil:
i. 1. 1 Th. iv. 17, dua civ aitots ao7ea-
ynoour8a. v. 10. Xen. Cyr.v. 4, 30. An.
1, 9,2; also with trans. verbs, like Engl.
wuh, where the verb refers either to its
subject or object as in company with
others ; e. gr. to the subject, Mk. iv. 10,
HOWTHTaY aVTOV OL TWEPL AUTOV, cUY TOTS
Owdeka. Lu. v. 19. xix.23.) xxiii. 11, 35,
al.; to the object, Matt. xxv. 27, éxout-
caunv av TO émov oly toKw. Mk. viii.
34. xv. 27. Acts xv. 22, qéuWac. ver.
25. xxiii. 15. oft.—II. Fie. of connexion
or consort, as arising from /zkeness of doing
or suffering, from a common lot or event,
with, equiv. to in like manner with, like,
Rom. vi. 8, ei 0& are0dvopev oly Xpiotw.
vill. 32. 2 Cor. xiii. 4. Gal. iii. 9. ebXo-
ovvTat ctv TH TicTw "ABoadu. Col.
ii. 13, 20.—IIT. of connexion arising from
possession, the being furnished or entrusted
wih any thing. 1 Cor. xv. 10, 7 xdors
zou Q<ou 7) chy Euol, equiv. to 7 dobeiod
poe in Rom. xii. 3, 6. 2 Cor. viii. 19. Ja.
i. 11, and Class—IV. implying a joint-
working, or co-operation, and thus spoken
of means, instrument, &c. with, through, by
virtue of, | Cor. v. 4, obv TH Ouvaper Tov
Kvupiov I. Xo. Xen. Cyr. vilii.7, 13. Conv.
v. 13.—V. implying addition, accession, like
Engl. with, = besides, over and above, Lu.
xxiv. 21, d\A@ ye obv Tact TOUTOLS Tpl-
‘THY TAUTHVY Nuepav ayet onusoov, with.
418
2 YN.
Sept. odv rovrous, Neh. v. 18. 3 Mace. i.
22.—NorTE. In comp. civ implies: 1. so-—
ciety, companionship, with, together, Lat.
con- ; also therewith, withal; e. gr. ovv-
ayw, cuvecbiw, cvykaéOnuar: 2, com-.
pleteness of an action, altogether, round
about, on every side, wholly; e. gr. cup-
TAn6w, TUyYKaAUT TH.
LDuvayw, f. Ew, (ayw,) to lead or
bring together, to gather together, collect,
trans. I. GENER. of persons or things,
with ace. Matt. xxii. 10, cuvyyayou wav-
Tas doous evpov. Lu. xv. 13. John vi,
12. Rev. xiii. 10, eiywadwoiav cuvayer,
= ‘to bring together captives, ‘to lead
captive ;’ with acc. impl. Matt. xiii. 47,
caynvy—ék WavTos yévous cuvayayou-
on. xxv. 24, 26. John vi. 13, comp. ver. 12.
Sept. and Class. Elsewhere with adjuncts,
e.g. eis with acc. of place, Matt. iii. 12,
vi. 26. Lu. iii. 17. tad réxva eis Ev, i.
‘into one family, church, John xi. 52.
(Heraclit. c. 19, tovs omopadny oixouv-
Tas sis ev ouvayeiv.) With sis final,
John iv. 36, éxet, aov, Lu. xii. 17, 18.
meta Tivos, Matt. xii. 30, 6 un cuvaywv
méeT émov, an agricultural metaphor, allu-
ding to the process of collecting hay or
corn into heaps.—II. spec. of persons only,
as an assembly, multitude, to assemble,
convene, convoke, as oft. in Class. 1) act.
with acc. Matt. ii. 4, cuvayaywv wavTas
TOUS aoXteoets, K.T.A. John xi. 47. Acts
xiv. 27. xv. 30; with gi twa, against
any one, Matt. xxvii. 27; foll. by eis rov
toTov, Rev. xvi. 16. eis woXemov, Rev.
xvi. 14. xx. 8 2) pass. or mid. do be
gathered together, be assembled, come to-
gether, Matt. xxii. 41, cuvnypévwv 6
Tav Papicaiwv, and oft. Sept. and Class.
With various adjuncts of place, éumpoo-
Oév Tivos, éwi TO ab’To, Evi Tiva, Kc.
3) from the Heb., prop. to lead or take
with oneself, into one’s house, to receive to
one’s hospitality and protection, Matt. xxv.
00, Esvos Hunv, Kai cuvynyayeTe pe,
where see my note. ver. 38, 43, and Sept.
Luvaywyt, 7s, 7, (cvwvaéyw,) a col-
lecting or gathering, whether of things or
of persons military or civil; also the as-
sembly of persons so collected. In Sept.
used of the congregation of Israel, Ex. xii.
2, 19. Lev. iv. 13. *Heclas > xcave72e
1 Mace. xiv. 28; in N. T. an assembly,
congregation, spoken, 1) of a Christian
assembly, place of worship, Jam. ii. 2, Thy
cuvaywynv vuwy, where the term may
denote a place of assembly not only for
Divine worship, but also for judicial pur-
poses. Moreover, the sing. is here used
generically for the plur. Also of Jewish
persecutors, who are called cuvaywyj
Latava, ‘Satan’s synagogue,’ or people,
(cuvaywy7 being for Aaos, as the cor-
xYN
419
ZYN
responding Heb. term in Lev. xvi. 17.|‘ ponere rationem actus, quam servus
And so Sept. cuvaywy?) jrovnpevopéven,
Ps. xxii. 7, compared with Ecclus. xvi. 7.
xxi. 10.) Rev. ii. 9. iii. 9. 2) of a Jewesh
assembly held in the synagogues, for
prayer and reading the Scriptures, having
also certain judicial powers, Lu. viii. 41.
xii. 11. xxi. 12, waoadidovres [vuas] eis
cuvaywyas Kal pudaxds. Acts ix. 2,
émioTo\as Todos Tas cuvaywyas. Xiil.
43. xxii. 19. xxvi. 11. 3) meton. of a
Jewish place of worship, @ synagogue, on
which see Calmet.
SuvaywviCouat, f. icouar, depon.
mid. (aywviouar,) prop. to combat with,
i.e. in company with, prop. of gymnastic
contests, but sometimes those of public
speakers ; or enter into a contest in con-
junction with, as oft. in Thucyd. InN. T.
te exert oneself with another, to strive ear-
nestly along with, = to help, ard, with dat.
of pers. Rom. xv. 30, cuvaywvicacbat
fot év Tats treocevyats, and Class.
Suvabdéw, f. now, (civ, d0AEw,)
-prop. to contend, carry on a contest along
with any one, i. e. on his side: in N. T.
_ Oaly fig. to exert oneself with, strive with or
together, i. e. * co-operate with; with dat.
Phil. iv. 3, 2v tw evayyediw ovvybdn-
oav por: also along with one, Ty Tiere,
‘for the faith,’ Phil. i. 27.
LSuvvabooi yw, f. oiow, (adv, abpoiGw,
a0 0dos,) gener. to gather together, whether
things or persons: in N. T. of persons, fo
make throng together, to gather together, to
assemble, with acc. Acts xix. 25, Texvi-
Tais—ous cuvabooicas. Pass. Lu. xxiv.
33. Acts xii. 12. Sept. and Class.
Svveaiow, f. apa, (clv, aiow,) prop.
to take up or lift together; also io help,
aid: in N.T. acc. only in the phrase cuv-
- aipew Aoyov peta Tivos, Matt. xviii. 23,
24. xxv. 19, which is usually explained,
“to take up an account with any one,
namely, for adjustment, i. e. to reckon
together. But what the idea of lifting can
here have to do, Isee not. It seems best
to consider the phrase {which is no where
else found) as one of the several Latinisms
occurring in the N. T., formed on the Lat.
phrase ‘conferre rationem,’ or ‘ rationes,’
which Cicero uses in the sense Zo settle
accounts with any one, lit. ‘to bring or draw
together the reckonings, or accounts, of
the two parties, that they may be mutually
adjusted, balanced, and settled. So in Cie.
Epist. Fam. v. 20, we have ‘ rationes con-
ferte et consolidate.’ And so Plaut. Aul.
iii. 5, 53, ‘putatur ratio cum argumen-
tario.” In the same light, too, St. Jerome
probably viewed the expression, who ren-
ders by rationem ponere ; a phrase also
used of drawing up an account, as appears
from a passage of Ulpian Dig. i. 47, 5,
administravit.” And so Plautus has ‘ratio
accepti atque expensi.’
Luvaryuarwos, ov, 0, (ody, aiy-
a\wtos,) a fellow-prisoner, Rom, Xvi.
. Col. iv. 10. Philem. 23.
DvvakoXovbéw, f. How, (cbv, axo-
NovGéw,) to go together with any one, fol-
low, accompany, Mk. v. 37. Lu. xxii. 49,
and Class.
LuvariCw, f. iow, (odv, crifw, from
ais = aQpdos,) to gather together in a
heap, whether things, Jos. Ant. viii. 4, 1,
Ta OKEUN WavTa cuvadicoas, or persons,
as oft. in Class, In N. T. of persons, te
assemble, pass. Acts i. 4, cuvad:Comevos
TAONYYEtAEv avTors, constr. adArComevos
avy autos MapnyyetAev avtors. Jos. &
Class.
LvvavaBaivw, aor. 2. cuvéBnv, (ovv,
ava.) to go upward with any one, i. e.
from a lower to a higher part of a country,
foll. by dat. Mk. xv. 41. Acts xiii. 31.
Sept. and Class.
Zuvavaketpar, f. stcouar, (ody,
avaKeruar,) to recline with any one, i. e.
at table, = to eat with, dine or sup with,
Matt. ix. 10, cuvavéxewwto Tw “Incov.
Mk. ii. 15, al. Part. absol. of cuvavaxéi-
Mevot, ‘guests, Matt. xiv. 9, al.
Luvavaptyvupts, f. wiEw, (cvv, piy-
vujt,) prop. to mix up together; pass. or
mid. cvvavayiyvupat, to mingle together
with, have _itercourse or keep company
uth ; foll. by dat. 1 Cor. v. 9, ux) cuvave-
piyvuobat woovors. ver. 11. 2 Th. iii. 14.
Comp. Xen. Mem. i. 2, 20, cuupi£ar
qovnoots av0owrrors, the expression being
equiv. to cvyxpacQar at John iv. 9.
Sept. Hos. vii. 3.
Zuvavatavw, f. avow, (ov, advar.)
occ. only in mid. éo refresh oneself or be
refreshed with any one, in his company,
with dat. Rom. xv. 32.
Svvavrtaw, f. jow, (civ, avraw, fr.
avti,) to meet with any one, to come to-
gether with, to encounter: 1) prop. of
persons, with dat. Lu. ix. 37, cuvyvtTycev
avTw OxNos Todds. xxii. 10. Acts x. 25,
Heb. vii. 1, 10. Sept. and Class. 2) fig.
of things, as events, to happen to any one,
to befall, with dat. Acts xx. 22, ra cuvapy-
THOOVTAa pot. Sept. Job xxx. 26. Prov.
xvii. 20, Eccl. ii. 14. ix. 11L
Zvvavrnots, ews, 4, (cvvavTaw,) a
meeting with, encounter: in N. T. only in
the phrase eis ovydvtnoww, used for the
infin. cuvavtav, to meet with; foll. by
dat. Matt. viii. 34. Sept. Gen. xiv, 17.
Ex. xviii. 7.
LuvavTiiauPavo, fut. Anbvouat,
(cvv, avttX.) only pa cuvavTiAauBa-
A
aYN
vouat, prop. ‘ to lay hold of any weight to
be carried, on the opposite side,’ to lend a
hand with any one, to help him in any
work, foll. by dat. Lu. x. 40. Rom, viii.
26. Sept. and Class.
Luvatwayw, f. Ew, (civ, am.) prop.
to lead off or away with any one, foll. by
dat. of pers. Sept. and Class. In N. T.
only pass. fig. to be led or carried away
with any thing, mostly in a bad sense, =
to be led astray, foll. by dat. Gal. ii. 13,
wote Kat BapvaBas cuvarny8n abtov
TH UTOKpicog. 2 Pet. iii. 17, where (as in
the similar expression a7rayouevat, | Cor.
xii. 2.) the metaphor is one taken from a
crowd by which any one is borne along.
Also in a good sense, Rom. xii. 16, uy Ta
uvnta ppovovvtes, ada Tots TaTrEL-
vols cuvatrayomevor, ‘not minding high
things, but condescending to lowly matters,’
(so denoting humility in all its various
offices, i. e. humble-mindedness,) what is
elsewh. expressed by cuumreptpepec Oat.
So Diog. Laért. Zenone, cup. didrois,
‘morigerari, non morosum sese exhibere.’
2 Macc. ix. 27, wéqeropar yap abtov
émietK@s Kat iriavOpwrws cuutepi-
eveXOjoecPar Uutv.
Suvatvobvyckw, aor. 2. cvvaTéba-
vov, (ctv, amo.) prop. to die with any
one, Class. In N. T. Mk. xiv. 31, gay pe
Oéy suvaTrolavety co. 2 Cor. vii. 3; fig.
of dying with Christ, i. e. spiritually, ‘in
the likeness of his death, 2 Tim. ii. 11.
ZuvatwoAkXvmt, f. ortocw, (adv,
avon.) to destroy with or together, foll. by
acc. and dat. Sept. and Class. In N. T.
mid. or pass. to be destroyed with any one,
to perish with ; foll. by dat. Heb. xi. 31,
‘PaaB—ob cuvatwXeto Tois atreby-
cac.. Sept. aud Class.
Luvatootékrwy, f. eh@, (civ, atro-
atéihw,) to send off or away with any
one, foll. by acc. and dat. impl. 2 Cor, xii.
18. Sept.
Zuvapporoyéw, f. ow, (civ, ao-
podoyéw, fr. dpuds, joint, and Adyos,) to
joint together, fit or frame together, join
together parts fitted to each other, pass.
Eph. ii. 21, waoa 4 oixkodony cvvappoXo-
youuevy. iv. 16. See on the word cup-
B.Ba¢w. For this the Class. term is euv-
appo fw, as Thue. iv. 100. Xen. Mem. i.
4, 8. ‘AppoXoyéw, however, is used of
building. So in Anthol. Gr. 204, we have
¢ La 7 S UA
appodoyouueryn oikodopn.
Zuvaptwatw, f. dow, (cvv, intens.
aowaCw,) Lat. corrapere, to grasp all
around, i. e. to seize with violence ; prop.
of persons, as a multitude, seizing indi-
viduals, with accus. Acts vi. 12. xix. 29,
and so in Class. but more freq. avapm7r.
420
fellow-slave, fellow-servant :
xYWN
of an evil spirit seizing violently one pos-
sessed, Lu. viii. 29. Tothis we have some
approximation in those passages of the
Class. where persons are said to be seized
hold of and drawn away by strong appeals
to the mind. So Eurip. Iph. A. 532,
Evvapjwacas otpatov. Philo, p. 621,
uo tov mwalous cuvynotacpiva. Of
things, as a ship caught by a tempest, pass.
Acts xxvil. 15. So dvapmafecbar tr’
avéuov, Thuc. vi. 104, where I have given
several examples. .
Luvav&dvw, f. now, (civ, ade.) to
augment, cause to grow, 2 Mace. iii. 4.
Pol. x. 35,5. In N. T. mid. cvvavEavo-
pat, intrans. to grow together, Matt. xiii.
30. Dem. cvii. 27. Hdian. i. 12,8. Xen.
Mem. iv. 3, 6. Eur. El. 544.
LTivdecpos, ov, 6, (cuvdéw,) prop.
‘what binds together, a band, bond: 1)
prop. Col. ii. 19, dca Tay adav kai cuv-
déouwy: fig. Eph. iv. 3, tTyv evoTnTa
TOU TVEUMATOS EV TW TUVOETMW TIS
eiojvns, i.e. ‘by the cultivation of that
peaceable spirit which binds all together.’
(So Simplicius, in Epict. Ench. c. 37,
calls friendship the civdecuos macwy
Twy aoeTwv: and in Plut.Vit. Num. 6, we
have ovvd. evvoias Kat piXias.) Col. iii.
14, nris éoti civdecpos THS TEAELOTN-
Tos, namely, as uniting Christians toge-
ther, and. making them perfect, being the
fulfilment and consummation of the com-
mandments. Also said of one immersed in
wickedness, Acts viii. 23, eis—ovvdecpov
ddikias Gow o& ovTa, i. e. ‘fast bound in
the chains of sin and Satan.’ Comp.
Is. lviii. 6, AVE TavTa ovvdecpov aébl-
la
kias.
Suvoéw, f. dnow, (civ, déw,) to bind
together. In Class, and Sept. said both of
things and persons. In N. T. of pers. only,
to bind together with, pass. to be bound or
in bonds with any one, Heb. xiii. 3, ws
ouvodedémévor, 1. e, as if fellow-prisoners.
Jos. Ant. ii. 5, 3, and Class.
LuvdoEa lw, f. dow, (ctv, d0&.) to
glorify with any one, i. e. to exalt in dig-
nity and glory w7h or as another, Rom.
vil. 17,
SvvdovXos, ov, 6, (civ, dovros,) a
1) prop. of
imvoluntary service, Matt. xxiv. 49, rua-
TELv TOUS FuVdOvUAOUS avTou, and Class,
2) of voluntary service, used of the fol-
lowers and ministers of Christ, as fellow-
servants together of Christ, Rev. vi. 11.
xix. 10. xxii. 9; espec. of teachers, @ col-
league, Col. i. 7. iv. 7, and so Sept. in
Ezra iv. 7, 9. v. 3,6. Also of the atten-
a
dants and ministers of a king, Matt. xviii. ©
28, 29, 31, 33; comp. ver. 23.
=YN
‘Suvdpony, js, 7, (cvvédpapov, from
cuvTpexw,) a running together, concourse,
Acts xxi. 30, cuvdpouy Tov Aaov, a term
often used of riotous assemblage. So
Athen. v. p. 212, airoxAyTos eis TH
éxkAnoiav cuvdpomy.
Suveyeipw, f. cow, (adv, ey.) prop.
to raise up what has fallen, whether
things or persons. In N. T. fig. to raise
up from the death of sin to the life of
righteousness, as Christians raised spi-
ritually in the likeness of Christ’s resur-
rection, with dat. Eph. ii. 6, kat ovuv-
nYyEetpe, i, e. as adv TW Xo. Col. ii, 12.
iii.
Suvedprov, ov, Td, (cvvedpos,) prop.
‘a sitting together, i.e. az assembly : in
N, T. spoken only of Jewish councils, viz.
I. the SANHEDRIM, the supreme council of
the Jewish nation, composed of 70 mem-
bers, besides the High Priest, in imitation
of the 70 elders appointed by Moses. See
Calmet. 1) gener. Matt. v. 22, Eévoyxos
tora: Tw cuvedpiw. xxvi. 59, Acts v.
_ 21, oft. 2) meton. as including the place
of meeting, the sanhedrim as sitting in its
hall, Lu. xxii. 66, avijyayov aitov zis
+o suvedg.oy, al.—ll. ta cuvedpia, coun-
ciis, tribunals, spoken of the smaller tri-
bunals in the cities of Palestine, subordi-
nate to the sanhedrim, equiv. to xoiots,
Matt. x. 17, Mk. xiii. 9.
Luveidneoits, ews, 7, (cvvoida, from
@uvedevat,) prop. ‘a knowing with one-
self, i. e. consciousness of ‘what one has
thought or done,’ the knowledge a man has
of his own thoughts and actions: hence,
conscience, that faculty of the soul, some-
times called the Moral Sense, which dis-
tinguishes between right and wrong in
ourselves and others (see 2 Cor. iv. 2. v.
il), acting thus both as witness, accuser,
and Judge. To this last-mentioned power
of conscience there is reference, John viii.
9, bro THS cUVELOjoews zLEYXOMEVOL.
(Comp. Wisd. xvii. 11.) Rom. ii. 15,
CuumpmaoTupOvENs avTwWY THS GuVELOH-
oews, and ix. 1. 2 Cor. i. 12. 1] Tim. iv.
2. -lit-31.15. In. Heb. ix. 14, and x. 2,
22, the term signif. not simply the con-
science as a faculty of the sowl, but rather
the mind, meaning the conscious power of
‘man, the knowledge of one’s own thoughts
and actions. Hence it may often be best
rendered by conscivusness, (e. gr. in Philo,
frag. 7 tov maviou cuveidnots, & Diod.
Sic. t. iii. 189, dca thy cuvetdnow Tov
pvbous zis uwaviuy TepléoTn,) there being
here a mixed idea of conscience and con-
sciousness, the latter, as the result of the
former, or the one mutually acting and
re-acting on the other. The expression
GuvetOnots Trovypa, ‘ consciousness of
wrong,’ at x. 22, is the opposite to ovvei-
421
xYN
dnows ayaby, ‘consciousness of right,’
Acts xxii. 1, 1 Tim.i.'5,; 19, al. Hdian.
vi. 9. Kad ouv. Heb. xiii. 18. xabapa
ovv. 1 Tim. iii. 9. atredoKotros ovv. Acts
xxiv. 16. Compare a similar one in Jos.
Ant. xvi. 4, 2, cuveidno.w atomotépav.
i. 1,4 éari cuv. twovnow. In the expres-
sions elsewh. cuveiOnots aoVevys or ao-
Qevovca (i. e. weak and hesitating in judg-
ing and deciding), 1 Cor. viii. 7, 10, 12,
cuveiOnots Tou eidwAov, ‘a conscience
towards the idol, (i.e. a conscience over
which the idol has sway as if something
real,) the term has reference solely and
simply to the faculty of conscience, mzs-
directed by proceeding on a mistaken
notion. In Rom. xiii. 5. 1 Cor. x. 25, 27,
Ova THY cuvEtonoy, ‘for conscience-sake,’
conscience is considered, not as a faculty,
but (with reference to its award as impel-
ling man to action, dictating to him what
to do, and warning him what not to do:
see Pope’s Universal Prayer,) as a prin-
ciple of action; an idea which may be
recognised in various phrases of our own
language. And under this head I would
place the expression at | Pet. ii. 19, dva
Thv ouveionow Oeov, i.e. ‘through a
principle of conscience as regards God,’
and our duty to Him. Finally, the term
is also used, by metonymy, for the estz-
mate or judgment of the conscience, 2 Cor.
iv. 2, cuvicT@VTes eauTOUs TOS TWacaV
suv. avOpwirwy, ‘to the judgment of
every man’s conscience, & v. ll.
Zuveidw, obsol. in the pres., see in
Kidw. I. aor. 2. cuvetdov, part. cuvidwv,
only fig. to see or perceive with oneself, i.e.
by the senses, to be aware, absol. Acts xii.
12. xiv. 6, cuvidovtes KaTémuyov, mean-
ing, ‘have taken consideration [respecting
the matter, and what was best to be done.”]
2 Macc. iv. 41. Jos. B. J. iv. 5, 4. Pol. i:
23, 3. Dem. 1351, 6. Plut. Solon, 25.
ouvetoov, Pyrrh. 2.—II. perf. 2, cvvorda,
part. cvverdws, to know with any one, to be
conscious of or privy to any thing, absol.
Acts v. 2, cuveidvias Kal THs yuvakos
avrov. Foll. by dat. guauvtw, to know
with oneself, to be conscious of, 1 Cor. iv. 4,
ovdevy yao éuauTtw civoida, ‘I am not
conscious to myself of any [evil].’ So
Libanius has, éuautw ctivoida ovdey, scil.
Kakov. With eavtw, Sept. Job xxvii. 6.
Jos. Ant. iii. 9,3. Hdian. vii.1, 3. Xen.
Mem. ii. 9, 6. Horat. ‘ nil conscire tibi.’
Luvetut, f. gEcouat, to be with, to be
present with, foll. by dat. Lu. ix. 16. Acts
xxii. 11, and Class. oft.
ZvUvetul, part. cuviwy, (ovv, eipt,)
to go or come together, absol. Lu. viii. 4,
and Class. oft.
ZuveroépxXomat, aor. 2. 7AGov, (ody,
eloéox.) to go or come in with any one,
=ZYN
to enter with, foll. by dat. John xviii. 15,
cuvecon\8e tw “Incov: of a vessel, to
embark with others on board of, John vi.
22. Sept. and Class.
_ Buvéxdnpos, ov, 0, 7, prop. adj. (cvv,
ExOnuos, ) absent together from one’s people
or home; but gener. as subst. a fellow-
traveller, Acts xix. 29, (though others
there explain zownsmen, those who had
left their country together with Paul,)
2 Cor. viii. 19. Jos. and lat. Class.
DuvekXEkTOs, 7, Ov, adj. (ékXEKTOs,)
chosen with others, namely, to the exalted
privileges of the Gospel; said of the
church of Babylon in respect of other
churches, like-beloved, 1 Pet. v. 13.
Luveratvwa, f. cow, (éX\atvw,) prop.
to drive together, or ‘to compel any one to
go any where, by hedging him in, and
leaving him no other course. So Jos.
Bell. iv. 9, 11, cuveXavvouver tovs Hor-
qovs eis Thy avAiy, and xi. 19,3. In
the later writers the term is used of com-
pulsion generally, (as Plut. Ces. cuv-
eXauvomevos akwy eis THY mayxijv,) and
sometimes of the moral compulsion of
earnest persuasion, as Acts vil. 26, cuv-
tracey avtovs eis eipjvnv. AL]. V. H.
iv. 15.
_ Xuvetwipaotupéiw, f. ow, (ovv,
emu.) to bear further witness with any
one, to attest with, foll. by dat. of manner,
Heb. ii. 4,. cuvetrimaptupovvtos Tov
Qzov: comp. v. 3, and so Clemens Rom.
1 Cor. § 23, & 43. Sext. Empir. adv. Log.
li. 324, cuverTimaptupovcay Te Oy.
_ Zuveritidnusy, f. Oyow, (odv, gait.)
to put or lay upon together, with another,
Sept. Num. xii. 11. Plut. Sympos. viii. 7,
fin. In N. T. mid. to set upon or assail
uuh any one, at the same time, absol.
Acts xxiv. 9, cuveréGevto in later edit.
comp. ver. 2 for text. rec. cuvéevTo.
Sept. Deut. xxxii. 27. Pol. i. 31, 2. Xen.
Cyr. iv. 2,3. Thuc. vi. 10, 56. iii. 54,
where see my notes.
Suvetopar, depon. mid. (gw, €2ro-
pat,) to follow with or accompany, with
dat. Acts xx. 4, and oft. in Class.
Zuvepyéw, f. now, (cvvepyos,) 1)
of persons, to work together with any one,
to co-operate, absol. be a fellow-labourer,
1 Cor. xvi. 16..2 Cor. vi. 1. Hence
gener. to help, aid, with dat. expr. or impl.
Mk. xvi. 20. Ja. ii. 22, 4 qiotis cuv-
nypyel Tols Epyols av’Tou, ‘ wrought with,
i. e. was subservient to the production of
them: arare use of the term, but of which
examples have been adduced from Philo,
and sometimes in Class., but almost always
with dat. of pers., and of thing only when
422
2YN
TUX) CUvEepyyoaca Tals émwolas av-
tov. Test. xu. Patr. p. 679, +Té ptoos
cuveoyet Tw PUovw. 2) of things, to
work together for any thing, to co-operate,
contribute, to any result, foll. by dat. com-
modi, and ¢is with acc. Rom. viii. 28, tots
ayaT@ot Tov Oeov TavtTa cuvepyet els
ayalov. Pol. xi. 9,1. Diod. Sic. iv. 76;
with zpos, Plut. Theophr. and others.
Luvepyos, ov, 0, 7, prop. adj. (avy,
goyov,) prop. working with, co-operating,
aiding ; but gener. subst. a co-worker, fel-
low-labourer, helper. In N. T. spoken
only of a co-worker, helper in the work of
preaching the Gospel; with gen. of pers.
Rom. xvi. 3, 9,21. 1 Cor. iii. 9. Phil. ii. 25.
iv. 3; of object, 2 Cor. i. 24, cuvepyoit THs
Xaoas vuwy, * co-workers of your joy,
‘labouring together for your spiritual joy.”
With dat. commodi, 3 John 8, ovvepyoi
TH adnbeia; with eis and acc. for or
behalf of, 2 Cor. viii. 23, eis Uuas ouv-
eoyos. Col. iv. 11. |
Duvéoxopat, aor. 2. cuvndOov, (civ,
éox.) to go or come with any one, to come
together: 1) with dat. of pers. to go or
come with, = to accompany, Lu, xxiii. 55.
John xi. 33, et al. Also to company, or
be conversant with, Acts i. 21. Once with
ovv tiv, Acts xxi. 16. Sept. Job xxii. 4,
Wisd. vii. 2. 2) gener. and usually, zo
come together, to convene, assemble, absol.
Mk. iii. 20, cuvépyetac wadiv 6yXos.
Lu. v. 15. Acts i. 6. ii. 6, al. ; with dat.
of pers. with or to whom, Mk. xiv. 53;
with adv. of place, John xviii. 20, darov :
eis, with acc. of place, Acts v. 16; as
marking result, 1 Cor. xi. 17, 34. Sept.
and Class.; final, ver. 33; with éai to
avro, 1 Cor. xi. 20. xiv. 23. (Lucian
Alex. 8, és T6 aiité.) mods twa, Mk. vi.
38, and Class. 3) used of conjugal inter-
course, Matt. i, 16. 1 Cor. vii. 5.
LuvecOiw, aor. 2. cuvepayov, prop.
to eat with any one, ‘take one’s meals with
any one,’ Gen. xliii. 32. Lucian Paras. 22.
Also, by impl. to have intercourse with,
associate with ; foll. by dat. Lu. xv. 2,
cuvecQier avtots, denoting admission to
his ntemacy ; 1 Cor. v. 11, rovovTw unde
cuvecGiewy, ‘hold no familiar intercourse.”
So Ps. ci. 5, Sept. tarepndavw 6p0arpo
KalatAyoTw Kkapdia,touTw ov cuvno ior,
So also in Acts x. 41. xi. 3, and with wera
v.vos, Gal. ii. 12, (with which comp. Ex.
xviii. 12.) The same idiom, too, is found
in the Class., as Lucian Paras. 59, cup-
qwivovta Kal cuvesbiovTa.
Livers, ews, 7, (cuvinur,) prop. a
going or sending together, (said of the con-
junction of two streams, Hom. Od. x. 515,)
but gener. and in N. T. @ putting together —
it implies action, as Diod. Sic. t. ii. 262, 7 | 2 mud, by the application of the intellect
xYN
to some object; equiv. to discernment,
understanding, intelligence, Lu. ii. 47, &&-
iotavtTo O& WavTes—éTi TH oUvETEL ad-
cov. 1 Cor. i. 19. Eph. iii. 4. Col. i. 9.
ii. 2, al. et Class. seepe; where the term
sometimes means ‘natural sagacity or
shrewdness, cleverness,’ (what we call
mother-wit,) as opposed to acquired mental
power. So Thucyd. i. 84. iii. 37, and
espec. ii. 97, evBovXiav kai civeow TEpi
Twy TapovTwy és Tov Biov. And so in
1 Cor. i. 19, by oi co@oi, are denoted the
learned ; and by oi cvveroi, the shrewd,
or sagacious, clever. Sept. Meton. as a
faculty of the mind, understanding, intel-
lect, put for the mind itself, Mk. xii. 33,
TO ayatav aitov (Qeov) é€& SANs Tis
Kapétas Kal €& SANS TIS TUVETEWS.
Vile =a, 2, Plats Vit. Thes. 6.
Xuvetos, 7, ov, adj. (cuvinur, wh.
see,) prop. ‘ putting together in mind,’ i. e.
discerning, intelligent, sagacious ; in N. T.
oce. Lu. x. 21. Matt. xi. 25, admréxpuwWas
TaUTa aTO coPpav Kai cuveTwv, Where
. the two terms, cogoi and cuveroi, seem
meant to be thus far distinguished, that
the former has reference to acquired know-
ledge; the latter, to natural talents; what
we should express by wise, or learned, and
talented. The same distinction is to be
made at 1 Cor. i. 19. At Acts xiii. 7,
avopi cuvetw, the sense is what the Vul-
gate well represents by ‘ viro prudenti, a
‘man of discretion and wisdom, meaning
that practical wisdom necessary to him
who governs others. Thus in Thuc.i. 79,
it is said of king Archidamus, avijo ovp-
‘eTOs Kai cwpowv. And so Gen. xli. 33,
we have oxéWaz (‘to look out for’) dap-
Gowtrov Podvipov Kai cuvetov, and else-
where in Sept. and occasionally in Class. ;
though generally in the sense clever,
talented. Sept.
Luvevookéew, f. jow, (civ, evdoxéew,)
a to approve of any thing with another ;
ence, to approve of, and be pleased with ;
gener. used with dat. of pers. as Rom. i.
32, cuvevdoKovct Tots Teadccovct: also,
with dat. of thing, Lu. xi. 48, cuvevdo-
KELTE TOLs Ep'yols THY TaTépwy Uw. Acts
vili. 1, & xxii. 20. So 2 Macc. xi. 24, uy
Guvevookouvtas TH meTabéoes, & 1 Macc.
i. 57, o. TH vouw. Foll. by infin. to be
willing, (lit. consentio,) to be disposed to do
any thing, 1 Cor. vii. 12,13, kai airos
Guvevookel Oikety peT avTHS, Where ody
does not (as the Lexicographers say) mean
“ake, but is rather merged in the verb, to
produce the sense agree, as in the case of
the Lat. consentio, which is sometimes
followed by an infin. In Diod. Sic. t. iii.
74, and Demad. 180, 32, the infin. is im-
plied.
Zuvevwyxéw, f. jow, (civ, eiwx. ‘ to
423
ZYN
cause to be well fed, to feast,’ fr. et, Exyw,
6x,) to feast several together; mid. or
ass. to feast with any one, to revel with,
5 Pet. ii. 13, cuvevwxovmevoe buiv : impl.
Jude 12. Jos, Ant. iv. 8, 7. Luc. Philo-
pat. 4.
Suvediornme, (adv, epiornpt,) in
N. T. only aor. 2. cuverréotny, itrans.
to set together, to assail together; with
kata, Acts xvi. 22, cuvetréotn 0 OXAos
Kav’ avt@v, ‘made an assault together
against them.’
Duvixw, f. Ew, (Exw,) to hold together,
to press together, (as Aristoph. Nub. 953,)
= to hold fast, shut up, trans. 1) PROP.
as Ta wTa, ‘to stop one’s ears,’ (namely,
by drawing them together,) for which the
Class. writers use éauiaBeiv, katada-
Beiv, or éréxeo0ar Ta wra,) Acts Vii.
57. an action expressive of detestation
and abhorrence. So Plut. t. ii. p. 1095,
Ta GTA KatTadny Tats XEpol, dvoeXE-
oaivwy Kat BdeAuTTOmevos. Sept. To
otopa, Is. lii. 15. Of a city besieged, Lu.
xix. 43, cuvéEovci oe mavtTobev. So
Sept. 1 Sam. xxiii. 8. 2 Macc. ix. 2. Of
a crowd, to press upon any one, Lu. viii.
45; of persons having a prisoner in cus-
tody, to hold fast, confine, Lu. xxii. 63.
Hdian. ii. 13, 8. Luc.: Tox: 39. Pind.
Pyth. i.37. 2) F1G. fo constraim, strongly
urge; with acc. 2 Cor. v. 14, 7 yao
ayany Tov Xo. cvvéxer Has, i.e. ° so to
act,’ where Gicumen. well explains by cvv-
w0et. Pass. Acts xviii. 5, cuveixsto TH
mwvevate o Iavdos, in text. rec. Pass..
cuvéxouar, prop. to be hemmed m or
straitened for room, as used either in a
natural, or, what is more usual, a figurative
sense, either with a prep. or a dat. of
instrument, or absolutely, Phil. i. 23,
ouvéxouar ék Twv Ovo, i.e. ‘I am held
in suspense between these two (conflicting
motives ;)’ éx for amo, Lu. xii. 50, was
cuvexouat ews ov Teh ea Oy; ‘ how anxious
am I till it be accomplished " how am I
distressed till, &c. tw aroXéuw, Paleph.
xxxix. 5. Also =to be seized, affected,
afflicted, i. e. with fear, disease, (especially
attacks of fever,) &c. with dat. Lu. viii.
3/7, PoBw weyadw cuvetyovto. So Plut.
x. 188, o. PoBw. Job iii. 24. Matt. iv. 24,
vocois—ouvexopmévous. Lu. iv. 38, Acts
xxvii. 8. Sept. Job xxxi. 34. So Diod.
Sic. ili. 33, vooors. Ammian. Mare. i. 26,
‘ constrictt rapidis (read, rabidis) febrabus.’
Luvydomat, depon. pass. (cvv, 76.)
in Class. to joy or rejoice with any pers.
In N. T. only with dat. of thing, to delight
mm any thing, lit. ‘to be delighted with.’
Rom. vii. 22, cuvjdopar yap TW vopw, i.e.
‘I delight in the law.’ Anexpression similar
to, but much stronger than that at ver. 16,
cUMPYML TH VOW OTL Kadds SC. éoTL,
a ¥ N
the one having respect to the office of the
understanding, TO APPROVE; the other,
to that of the heurt, TO DELIGHT IN. Eur.
Med. 126. Atl. V. H. ix.21.
~ Duv7ybeca; as,-4, (cvvnOs, dwelling
or accustoming together, fr. ctv, 780s,
custom,) an accustoming together, FE]. H.
An. xvi. 36. In N. T. @ usage, custom,
John xviii. 39, govi obv butv. | Cor. xi.
16, cuv. Zyev. Jos. Ant. x. 4,5, 7 ma-
To.os cuviera. Demosth. 342, and oft.
in Class.
SuvynAtktwTns, ov, 6, (cvv, HX. fr.
fAkia,) one of the same age, an equal in
age, Gal. i. 14. AZ]. V. H. ii. 34. Diod.
Sic. i. 53.-Hdian. i. 5, 11, and other lat.
writers: the purer Greek term is ou-
nrué.
ZuvGarreo, f. Ww, (ctv, Sarrw,)
prop. to bury with any one, as Hdot.v.5, 7
yuvi) cvv0aTTeTat Tw avdoi, and oft. in
Class.; in N. T. fig. with Christ, in the
likeness of his burial, with dat. as in
LuyKalnuar. Pass. Rom. vi. 4. Col. ii.
12, cuvtagévtes aitw tv TW BaTTic-
pati, * buried with him, namely, in the
waters of baptism; alluding to baptism by
immersion. See my note.
SuvGr4aw, f. dow, (civ, G64w, to
crush,) prop. to crush together, also to
break by crushing together; and then
gener. to break, dash in pieces, pass. Matt.
xxi. 44; and Lu. xx. 18, was 6 weowv
ém éxetvoy Tov Aivoy cvv0A\acbjceTrat.
Sept. and later Class.; the earlier ones
having cuvOpatw.
LuvOrXAt Pw, f. ww, (civ, GAiBw,) to
press together, to press closely, on all sides,
as a crowd upon a person, with acc. Mark
v. 24, 31. Jos. Bell. iii. 8, 8, cuv6ALBo-
pevou Tou TANVous Tel TOU OTVATHYOU.
‘Plut. Sympos. vi. 6, fin.
SuvGovarcreo, f. Ww, (civ, GotiT7Tw,
to break,) prop. to break by crushing toge-
ther, to crush to pieces; in N. T. fig. tiv
Kapciav Tivos, lit. to crush the heart, to
dishearten or quite subdue one’s courage,
Acts xxi. 13. So oi dtrotefouupévor Tas
Wuxas, Plat. Rep. vi. p. 495, E.
Luviéw, see in Luvinut.
Luvinpgt, f. cvviocw, aor. 1. cuv7jKa,
aor. 2. cuvyy, (3 plur. pres. cvviover, and
part. cuviwy fr. cuviéw,) prop. to send or
bring together, as foes in battle, Hom. Il.
i. 8. vii. 210; fig. to bring or put things
together in mind; hence to discern, per-
ceive, be aware of ; in N. T. gener. to un-
derstand, comprehend, i. e. by attentively
considering and laying any thing to heart,
absol. Matt. xiii. 13, a@xovovtes otk axov-
ovolv, ovde GuYLOVGL, i. e. by metonymy
of cause for effect, ‘do not lay it to heart,
so as to understand it; do not so compre-
4.24
ate
hend it as to enter into its spirit and obey!
its requisitions; a figurative use of the
term similar to that of dxovw in the sense
to obey, ver. 14. Mk. iv. 12. vi. 52, al.
sepe. Acts vii. 25, of 6& ob cuvyKay.
Rom. xv. 21. 2 Cor. x. 12, ob cumover,
‘are not wise.’ Foll. by acc. Matt. xiii.
5), cuvixate TavtTa wavta; Lu. ii. 50,
TO pjua: by O71, Matt. xvi. 12, al. Sept.
and Class. From the Hebr. to under-
stand, be wise, viz. in respect of duty
towards God, i. e. to be ‘so wise as to fear
God,’ Rom. iii. 11, od« got 6 cuvimy.
Luviorype, Lvuctaw & LuvicTavw,
f. cvctiow, (tornpt,) oce. in beth the
trans. and intrans. signif. to make stand
with, and to stand with; see“Ioryju. LT.
TRANS. in the pres. imperf. and aor. l.
Act. to make stand with, together, to place
together, as oft. in Class. In N. Ty. to
place with or before any one: 1) prop. of
persons, to introduce, to present to one’s
acquaintance ; and hence = fo commend,
to represent as worthy, fo recommend, with
acc. and dat. Rom. xvi. 1, cuviornut dz
vuty DoiBnv. 2 Cor. v. 12. with acc. and
apos tia, 2 Cor. iv. 2, and Class. as
Longin. c. 34. Xen. Jos. and Class. with
simpl. ace. 2 Cor. iii. 1, eauTods cuvicta-
vew. x. 12. Pass. 2 Cor. xii. 11. 2) fig. -
to set forth, show, display, evince, establish,
with simpl. acc. Rom. iii. 5, ei 62 7 aé.Kia
nua@v QOeovu OtkKatocuvyny cuvioTNOL, 1. €.
prove or establish ; a sense arising natu-
rally out of the proper one of placing toge-
ther ; there being implied the juxts Peet:
tion of two things for the purpose of show-
ing their comparative size or value, v. 8.
2 Cor. vi. 4, cvviet@vTes EauTOUS ws
Bzov étdkovor: with doub. acc. Gal. ii.
18, wapaBaTtny zuavTov cuvioTnpt: 80
Philo, 517, o. avtov moopntnv. Diod.
Sic. xiii, 91: with acc. and infin. 2 Cor.
vii. 11, Diod. Sic. xiv. 45. Jos. Ant. vii.
2,1, cuvictwyv éavtovs ws etvovs.—ll. —
intrans. in the perf. and aor. 2. act. to
stand with, together, &c. 1) prop. of pers.
with dat. Lu. ix. 32, évo Gvdpas Tovs
cuvecta@tas a’tw. Sept. and Class. 2)
jig. from the transitive signif. to place
together, as parts to form a whole, i. e. fo
constitute, create, bring into eatstence, Diog. ~
Laért. Carnead. iv. 64, 47 oveTicaca
puois Kat dtadioer. Plato Timeus, p.
30, E. tive tev Cawv aitov (TOY Koc-
pov) sis OuordTnTa 6 EvytoTas Evvéc-
tyoe; p.4l, D. (6 Geds) Evetioas de TO
qmav. Hence in N. T. intrans. to be con-
stituted, created, consist, subsist, Col. i. 17,
TavTa év avTw cuvéoTHKe, Where, how-
ever, conservation and preservation seem —
likewise implied. So Aristot. de Mundo, —
c. 6, é« Ozovu Ta WavTa, Kai 61a Ozov —
cuvéotnke. 2 Pet. iii. 5, yy 2E UdaTos—
cuvecTw@oa TH TOV Oeov hoyw, where
x YN 4
see my note. Philo de Plant. Noé, p. 215,
&k ys aTaons, Kal wavTds VdaTos Kal
aépos Kal Tupds,—ouvicTy UE 0 KOoMOS.
Max. Tyr. Diss. xxv. p. 253, tw Ads
vevuatt yj cuvéoTy K.T.A,
Suvodedw, f. evow, (civ, odetw,) to
be on the way with any one, to travel or
journey with, foll. by dat. Acts ix. 7, and
Class.
LSvvodia, as, 7, (obv, odds,) prop. a
travelling together, Plut. vi. 175. ix. 131;
also the companions. of a journey, Arr.
D. E. iii. 26; in N. T. meton. a company
of travellers, a caravan, Lu. ii. 44. Jos.
Ant. vi. 12, 1. Arr. Epict. iv. 1, 91.
Strabo, iv. p. 314.
Svuvorkéw, f. how, (obv, oikéw,) to
dwell in the same house with any one, to
live with, espec. as husbands with wives, to
cohabit, absol. 1 Pet. iii. 7, and cft. in Class.
Suvorxooopéw, f. ow, (cdv, oixo-
douéw,) prop. to build im company with
any one, | Esdr. v. 68; in N.T. pass. fig. to
be built together with other Christians, into
‘a spiritual temple, the Church of God,
Eph. ii. 22; see fully in Oixodopéw, III.
Svuvoputréw, f. jow, (civ, dutréw,)
prop. to be in company with: in N. T. to
converse with, to talk with, with dat. Acts
Sal.
Duvopopéw, f. jow, (cdv,- duopéw,
dmooos, from Gos, deus,) to border to-
gether, to be contiguous with, foll. by dat.
Acts xviii. 7, ov 7 oikia jv cuvofopovca
TH cuvaywyn, i. e. conterminous, con-
tiguous; for which the Classical term is
cuvopéw, used by Polyb.
LYuvvoxi}, 7s, n, (svvéxw,) prop. a hold-
tng in, a shutting up, as of a city besieged ;
also of a narrow place, as Hom. II. xxiii.
300, ev Evvoxnow odov, implying the beng
hemmed in or straitened for room. In N.T.
used fig. to signify distress, anxiety; the
term thus denoting, like angustia in Latin,
such anxiety as holds the mind as it were
enchained, Lu. xxi. 25, cuvoyn z0vav.
2 Cor. ii. 4, o. kapdias, i. e. heart-felt dis-
tress. Sept. Job xxx. 3, and Class.
_Zuvtacow or ttw, f. Ew, (ovr,
Tacow,) prop. to arrange or set in order
together; in N. T. to arrange or set in
order with any one, i. e. to order, appoint,
direct, with dat. Matt. xxvi. 19, érroinoay
ot palytai ws cuvétakev avtois 6
"Incovs: impli. xxvii. 10. Sept. Gen.
xviii. 19. xxvi. 1]. Pol. iu. 50, 9. ALlian
V. H. ix. 13. Xen. Cyr. v. 3, 46.
Buvtédeca, as, 7, (cvvtedéw,) prop.
a bringing together, and fig. a consumma-
tion, or completion, as oft. in Class. Sept.
In N. T. used only in the phrase ouv-
TéXeta Tov aiwvos, which means ‘the
end of the world, or present state of
9
a
5 ZYN
things; Matt. xiii. 39, 40, 49. xxiv. 3.
xxviii, 20. comp. 4 Esdr. vii. 43; the term
aiwy denoting ‘ the duration appointed by
Divine Providence to the present state of
probation, and of the visible Church.’
By ovvtéX. Tay aiwywy, Heb. ix. 26, is
meant ‘the close of the Mosaic dispensation.’
SuvtTeréw, f. éow, prop. to end or
terminate together; in N. T. to finish
wholly, complete: 1) prop. and gener,
with acc. Matt. vii. 28, cuveréXeoeyv 6
"Incous tols AOyous TovTOUs. Lu. iv. 13:
of time, ver. 2. Acts xxi. 27. Sept. and
Class. In the sense of to fulfil, accom-
plish, as a promise, prophecy, &c. with
acc. Rom. ix. 28, AXoyov cuvteXa@v. Sept.
2) by Hebr. to finish, complete, = to make,
with acc. Heb. viii. 8, cuvteXéow emt
Tov otkov IopajA—orabyjxny Katy.
Luvtéipvo, f.euo, perf. cvvtetunka,
prop. to contract or shorten the length of
any thing, by cutting it shorter, as Thuc.
vii. 36, Tas Toewous TY vewV oUVTEM-
vovtes. And soo. eis dAiyov, Schol. on
Thucyd. viii. 45: more freq. however, to
cut short, to curtail; also fig. to abridge,
sum up what one has to say in a summary
way; likewise, to pronounce summarily, as
a judge delivers his sentence. Hence in
N. T. to decide, determine, decree, Rom:
ix. 28, bis, Adyov yao ouvtedov kal
cuvTépvwy éy dtKavocvvy’ OTt AOyov
CUVTETMNMEVOV ToinoeL KUpios Emi TIS
yins, ‘for his word he doth fulfil, and he
decreeth in righteousness; because his word
decreed will the Lord execute upon the
land.’
LuvTtnoéw,f. how, 1) prop. like Latin
conservo, to keep with one, or to keep to-
gether, preserve from destruction, &c. Matt.
ix. 17; said of wine, Lu. v. 38. And so
in Lib. Enoch. p. 191, we have o. tiv
Wuxi eis Cwiv. 2) to keep near oneself,
for safety or protection, Mk. vi. 20, ovv-
erjoe. avtov. Also fig. to keep im one’s
mind, as pnuata, Lu. ii. 19. So Sept.
Dan. vii. 28, o. év TH Kapdia. Pol. xxxi.
6, 5, ©. yuwunv Tap’ zauvTo.
Svuvtibypt, f. how, (obv, TiO.) to set
or put things together, also by impl. to
arrange and settle things, or any business,
as Demosth. p. 275, 26; also in mid. cup-
Tifec8ai tiv, or pos Tiva, to arrange
or settle for oneself with any one, as to the
doing of any thing, or to make @ covenant
or agreement with him, ¢o agree or promise
to do so or so, Hom. Il. i. 76. Hdot. iii.
157, et al. and oft. in Class. foll. by infin.
and so in N. T. Lu. xxii. 5, cai ouvé0evto
avtTw aoyvpiov dovva. Foll. by inf.
with tov, Acts xxiii. 20. Test. x11. Patr.
707; by tva, John ix. 22, cuveréfervto
iva, &c. ‘de communi consilio decre-
verant.’ Once in text. rec. (but see my
xYN
note,) to assent, absol. Acts xxiv. 9. So
Philostr. Heroic. c. 5, fin. ddiyous Tae
PovXsunatwy EvytibecOat.
_ Zuvtopuws, adv. (cvvtopos, fr. cvv-
Téuvw,) concisely, briefly, in few words,
Acts xxiv. 4, akovcal ce tyuav c. scil.
AsEovtwv. So Jos. c. Ap. i. 1, yodWar
cuvtouws. Xen, Ec. xii. 19, ws 6& cuv-
TOMUWS ELTELD.
LuvTpé Xo, aor. 2. cuvédoapov, (ody,
TeéXw,) prop. to run with others, intrans.
prop. in N. T. only fig. eis rz, 1 Pet. iv. 4,
Ln cuvTeeXovTwY Lua eis THY adThy
THS aowtias avdéxyvow. Dem. 214, 7.
Of a multitude, to run together, flock to-
gether, Mk. vi. 33. Acts iii. 11. Judith vi.
18. Jos. B. J. vi. 2, 8. Xen. An. v. 7, 4.
Zuvv7oi Bw, f. Ww, (cdv, To.) prop. to
rub together, e. gr. sticks for kindling fire,
va mupeta, Luc. Ver. Hist. i. 832; usu-
ally, and in N. T., to break or crush to-
gether, by concussion, to break in pieces,
trans. 1) prop. Mk. v. 4. xiv. 3, cuv-
topiWaca TO ada. i. e. diffracto orificio,
alabastrum aperuit; see my note there; John
xix. 36. Of breaking a vessel, Rev. ii. 27.
Sept. & Class. as AX]. V. H. xii. 46. Xen.
Cyr. vi. 1, 29. Also of a ship, Thue.
iv. 12. Eurip. Cycl. 700. Of a reed
bruised, but not broken, Matt. xii. 20,
Kahapov cuvTeToimpévovy ov KaTeaeet,
where see my note. 2) Fic. like Lat.
contero and confringo, to break or crush
the strength or power of any one, to crush,
‘utterly destroy,’ as an earthen vessel is
by being broken; a metaphor of frequent
oce. in O. T. with ace. Lu.ix.39, mvevua—
cuvTpiBoy avToy, ‘ the spirit breaking him
down,’ ‘ crushing his strength ;) comp. Mk.
ix. 18, Enoaiverar. Thus of Satan, ‘ to
break or crush his power,’ Rom. xvi. 20.
Sept. Josh. x. 10. And so in Demosth.
142, and often elsewhere, the term is
used of crushing, i. e. entirely subduing,
an enemy. Also in Pol. xxvi. 3, 6,
a. tous “Ayats. Pass. Luke iv. 18,
GUUTETOIMMEVOUS THY Kapdiav, ‘ broken
or contrite in heart, i. e. dispirited,
afflicted. In this metaphorical sense, as
used of mental sorrow, the term also
occurs in Sept. Ps. xxxiv. 19, and Class.
as Plut. vi. 171, 8, uy cuvtoiBecbar On,
pndé abuuety Tov éheyyouevov. Pol.
xxi, 10, 2, cuvte. TH Otavoia. Diod. Sic.
xvi. 81, cuvtp. Tats Wuyxais.
_ Xbvtpippa, atos, Td, (cvvtpiBw,)
prop. @ breaking together, a crushing, Sept.
hey. xx, 18. Ie, xxx., 14. ‘In N. TD. fig:
destruction, Rom. iii. 16. Ecclus. xl. 11.
1 Mace. ii. 7.
DvvtTpopos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (cuv-
Toémw,) prop. nourished or nursed to-
gether, Xen. ii. 3. In N. T. subst. and
fig. one brought up or educated with an-
426
bg pe
other, as a foster-brother or school-fellow,
Acts xiii. 1. Jos. and Class.
LuvtTvyxXavw, aor. 2. cvvétvyov,
(cuv, TuyXavw,) to fall in with, meet with,
to come to or at any one, with dat. Lu. viii.
19. Jos, Ant. i. 12, 3, cwtuxav 0 abta
Jetos ayyeXos, and Class.
ZuvuToKpivopmat, (ovv, bw.) depon.
mid, aor. 1. pass. cuvumexpiOnv in mid,
sense, to dissemble with, ‘ practise dissimu-
lation,’ foll. by dat. as in Suyyaiow, Gal.
ii. 13. Pol. iii. 92, 5. sities 52, /6; Plage
Mar. 14. |
ZuvuTovupyéw, f. how, (civ, varove-
yéw, fr. Uaoupyos, helper,) to serve, help,
aid with any one, foll. by dat. of manner,
2 Cor. i. 11, cuvutovpyotvtwv tpav
TH ence. Luc. Bis accus. 17, cvvayw-
vicomévns THS HOovaAS, -‘NmEp avTH TA
To\ha Evvvtroveyéi.
Luvwodtvw, f. ww, (cdv, wdivw,) prop.
to be im travail together, to bring forth
together, said of animals, Porphyr. de Abs-
tin. 01.10. In N.'T. fig. to be in pain
together, absol. spoken of 7 xtiots collect.
Rom. viii. 22. So Eur. Helen. 733, Euv-
WOLVEL KQAKOLS.
Lvuvwhocia, as, 7, (cvveuvupt,) prop.
a swearing together, fig. conspiracy, Acts
xxill. 13, cuvwuociav wemoinKkoTes. Jos.
and Class.
DUPTLS, ews, 7, (svew,) a sand-bank,
or quicksand, in the sea, and so called be-
cause when ships run upon it, it as it were
draws them in and swallows them up.
Acts xxvii. 17, ui) eis thy &. éxtréowor.
Zv'ow, f. up, to draw, or drag, imply-
ing force, trans. John xxi. 8, cvgovtTes Td
dixktvov. Acts xvii. 6. Rev. xii. 4. Sept.
and Class. Also a frequent term to de-
note the apprehending of any one and car=
rying him before a magistrate, or to prison,
Acts vill. 3. xiv. 19. Arr. Epict. i. 24, o.
els TO Ocopwtnotov. It does not appear,
from the examples adduced, that the term
in this use conveys any idea of personal
violence ; it seems merely to denote com-
pulsion. See more in my notes.
Luotwapaoow or tTTw, f. Ew, (crv,
om.) prop. to tear up or lacerate together ;
in N. 7. intens. to quite convulse, throw
into strong spasms, spoken of the effects of
demoniacal possession, with acc. Lu. ix. 42.
Liaconpov, ov, to, (neut. of adj.
cvoonmos, ‘signed or marked together,’
or alike, from civ, o7jpma,) a concerted
sign, token, SIGNAL, agreed upon with
others, Mk. xiv. 44, ctvoonpov, comp.
Matt. xxvi. 48, onuetov. Sept. Judg.xx.40.
Diod. Sic. xiii. 45, 46. Strabo, vi. p. 428, C.
Licowpmos, ov, 0, 7, adj. of the same
body with another, Lat. concorpor ; fig.
spoken in respect of the Christian Church.
ZY %
as TO cama tov Xpictov, and of the
Gentiles as partakers in it, Eph. iii. 6,
Svetaciactijs, ov, 0, (cveracia-
‘Gw,) @ partner in sedition or insurrection,
‘a fellow-insurgent, Mk. xv. 7. Jos. Ant.
xiv. 2,1, cata “AptotoBovXov Kal Twv
oveTaciacTa@y avTou.
SvetratiKos, 4), ov,adj. (ovviornmt,)
prop. ‘ capable of bringing together, or in-
troducing; se émioTtoA2}) cuoTaTtiKi, ‘a
letter of introduction, 2 Cor. iii. 1. These
letters, similarly called by Arrian Epict.
ii. 2, 1, yeduuata ovotatixa. Diog.
Laért. v. 18, éaioroX\ov o., and pro-
bably deriving their origin from the ‘ tes-
‘sere hospitalitatis’ of the earlier Greeks,
were much employed among the Greeks
and Romans, and also the Jews and early
‘Christians.
Suctavpow, f. wow, (civ, ot.) to
crucify with any one, with dat. Matt.
xxvil. 44, al. Fig. Rom. vi. 6, 6 waXacos
typav av8owtos cuvectavpwOn, scil.
_Xpicte, ‘ our old (former) man was cru-
-cified with Christ, where see my note;
-Gal. ii. 20. |
Suvotérkrw, f. AW, (civ, ot.) 1)
prop. to draw together, or around, as a
vest, Aristoph. Eccl. 99; hence to fold
up or envelope, as said of clothes; also, ¢o
draw in or contract. In N. T. used of a
dead body rolled up and swathed for
burial, Acts v. 6, by a use of the word
‘answering to that of mepioréAXw in
Ezek. xxix. 5. Jos. Ant. xvii. 3,5. Hdot.
di. 90, and of which only two examples
have been adduced, Eurip. Troad. 376,
ous éy Temas ouvestddyoapy, and Vv.
108, @ aodv’s byKos cvoTehopévwy
aooyovwy, Also, by a use found in Sept.
Apocr. and Class., as applied to thangs, de-
noting what is distressful, 1 Cor. vii. 29,
OTL O Kaigos GuvecTadpévos, answering
to 7 éveotw@oa avayKy at ver. 26, and so
corresponding to what is said at 2 Tim. iii.
‘J, with allusion to the persecution shortly
to come on, évoTijcovTat Katpot XaXeETrOl.
Others, however, explain, ‘the time is
short ; an interpretation supported, in-
‘deed, by the wsus loquendi, but not so
agreeable to the context.
— Buvotreva lo, f. Ew, (civ, orevaw,)
‘to groan or sigh together, spoken of 4 Kti-
‘ots, collect. Rom. viii. 22.
Duotoryxéw, f. now, (civ, or.) prop.
‘to stand in the same row, or advance
‘an order together, as soldiers, Pol. x. 21,7;
in N.T. fig. to go together with, = to cor-
respond to, with dat. Gal. iv. 25. So
‘ovoTotxos, ‘corresponding,’ Pol. xiii. 8, 1.
‘Theophr. Caus. Pl. vi. 4.
Luetoatiwtys, ov, 0, (civ, oT.)
prop. a fellow-soldier ; fig. of Christian |
427
2@P
teachers, Paul’s companions in the labours
and dangers of the Christian warfare, Phil.
ii. 25. Philem. 2.
Svotpégda, f. Ww, (civ, orpédw,)
prop. of things, to turn, twist, wind to-
gether, espec. into one bundle, band, mass,
and hence gener. = to gather together, col-
lect, with ace. Acts xxviii. 3, cusTtpéWav-
tos tov IlavAov dpuvyavwv wrAnBos: a
graphic expression, with which compare
Hesych. oi yvadets akavOav cwpov ov-
orpéWavtes. So Prov. xxx. 4, tis ovv-
éotpewe tdwp év ivatiw; The usual
term is cvAX\evyw, as Xen. An. iv. 3, 11,
pptyava cu\XEyovtes ws evi mvp. The
word is of frequent occ. in Class, of col-
lecting persons into masses.
Lvotoodh, 7s, 1, (cvetpedw,) prop.
a turning or winding together; also @
gathering together of people, a concourse,
multitude, meaning in Acts xix. 40, ‘a
tumultuous assemblage, as oft. in Sept.
and Class.; in the sense (found also in
Sept. Jos. and Class.) of combination, con-
sptracy, xxiii. 12, qoijoavtes cucTeOPiy,
comp. ver. 13.
DucxnpaTtiCw, f. iow, (civ, cx.)
prop. to gwe the same form with, to con-
form to any thing; in N. T. only mid. or
pass. to conform oneself, be conformed to
any thing, with dat. Rom. xii. 2, um ov-
oXnpaTtiCecbe TW aiwu T. 1 Pet. i. 14.
Lpayn, ns, 1, (cpa fw,) slaughter,
prop. of animals for food or in sacrifice,
Acts viii. 32, ws modBatov émi odayry.
Rom. viii. 36, ws mp0BaTta opayns, i. e.
for slaughter; Ja. v. 5, éOpeWate Tas
Kapolas Upav ws év Ipipa cpayn7s, 1. .
‘ like beasts in the day of slaughter,’ with-
out care or forethought. So Jer. xii. 3,
ayvicov avTovs eis nuéoavy opay7s av-
TOV.
Tpayroy, ov, TO, (coPaWw,) a victim,
an animal slaughtered in sacrifice, Acts
vii. 42, ui) opayra—tpoonvéyKaTé pot,
and so oft. in Class.
29 a Cw, Att. cpatrw, f. Ew, to slaugh-
ter, kill, slay, trans. prop. animals for food
or sacrifice, Rev. v. 6, dpviov éornkos ws
éopaypévov. ver. 9,12. xiii. 8. Sept. and
Class. oft.; also of persons, to ull, slay,
with acc. 1 John iii. 12 bis, Katy eogake
TOV adehov avTov. Rev. vi. 4, 9. Xvill.
24. Once hyperbol. of a deadly wound,
Rev. xiii. 3, (kemadn) ws éopaypevy eis
Javatov. Sept. and Class.
= podoa, adv. (prop. neut. pl. of adj.
oqpodpos, eager, vehement,) vehemently,
very much, Matt. ii. 10, and oft. Sept. and
Class.
= podows, adv. (opodpos,) vehemently,
very much, Acts xxvii. 18, and Class.
Lppayifw, f. icw, (cPppayis,) to
x@®P
seal, trans. 1) prop. to seal up, to close
and make fast with a seal or signet, e. gr.
letters or writings, so that they may not
be read; hence in N. T. fig. of words, to
keep m silence, not to make known, with
acc. Rev. x. 4, oppaytcov & éhadynoav
aiemTa Boovtai. xxii.10: of which sense
an example occurs in Stob. Serm. p. 215,
ZPoayiocov Tovs piv Oyous oryn; also
gener. to seal, set a seal, e. gr. for the sake of
security upon a sepulchre, prison, &c. with
tov ifov, Matt. xxvii. 66; with éravw
twos, Rev. xx. 3: a mode of promoting
security, in use from the earliest ages,
when it supplied the place of locks. See
Dan. vi. 17, and the passages of ancient
writers adduced by Wetstein. Hence the
term came to have the figurative sense to
secure to any one, to make sure, = to de-
liver over safely, mid. with acc. and dat.
Rom. xv. 28, co@6ayitoadpuevos avtots Tov
KaoTrov TouTov. . 2) gener. = to set a seal
or mark upon any thing, in token of its
being genuine and approved, e. gr. persons,
with acc. Rev. vii. 3; pass. ver. 4—8.
Oftener of decrees, documents, to attest by
a seal; hence in N. T. by a metaphor
taken from privileges and orders confirmed,
as it were, with the witness of a seal, to
‘attest, confirm, authorize, commission, with
acc. John vi. 27, rourov 6 Iatip éoppa-
yicev, i.e. as the Messiah, comp. v. 36;
foll. by dru, ii. 33, 6 AaBov adtov Thy
paptupiay éodpayticev OT1 O Osos aXN-
Ons éotuv, for ederEev, ‘ attests, confirms,’
professes his belief. And as testimonies
of contracts were confirmed by the impo-
sition of a seal, and thus rendered unsus-
pected of fraud, so any confirmation of
truth was denoted by the expressive idea
of a seal. So also of Christians, whom
God attests and confirms by the gift of the
Holy Spirit as the earnest, pledge, seal of
their election to salvation, mid. with ace.
2 Cor. i. 22, 6 cppayiodpevos tas, i.e.
“who hath given us a pledge of his future
acceptance ;” pass. Eph. i. 13. iv. 30.
ZPoayis, tos, 7, (podoow,) a seal,
i.e. 1) prop. an instrument for sealing, a
signet, signet-ring, Rev. vii. 2,& Class. 2) a
seal, as impressed upon letters, books, &c.
for the sake of privacy and security, Rev.
v. |, oppayiow érra. ver. 2, al.; also a
seal, impressed as a mark or token of genu-
ineness, ix. 4; and so of a motto, inscrip-
tion, 2 Tim. ii. 19. Fig. equiv. to a token,
pledge, proof, | Cor. ix. 2, 1 oppayis THs
éuns atTooto\ns vets éore, meaning,
that ‘their being in the Lord is a decided
proof of his Apostleship ; as much so as a
seal is of the authenticity of a writing.’
The metaphor is derived from the seals of
sovereigns being affixed to the letters cre-
dential of ambassadors, to attest their au- |
428
2XO
thenticity. So Jos. de Macc. 7, Bios, ov
TistTh Javatov ooayis éeredeiwoe.
Hence it came to mean, in a general way,
a demonstration of the truth of any thing,
Rom. iv. ll, onuetov weortopijs, epea-
yida THs OiKatocuuns K.T.X.
= Pvooyp, ov, To, (kindr. with opuea,)
the ankle-bone, Acts iii. 7.
Lyedov, adv. (cyetv,) prop. of place,
near, comp. éxw VIL.; in N.T. nearly,
almost, Acts xiii. 44, oyedov waca 74 Wo-
Aus ouvnxOy. xix. 26. Heb. ix. 22, and
Class. :
Lynma, atos, TO, (cxetv, 2 aor. inf,
of gyw,) Lat. habitus, equiv. to fashion,
figure, mien, deportment, i.e. of body, per=
son; in N. T. of external circnmstances,
fashion, state, condition, 1 Cor. vii. 31,
Taokyel TO OXHMA TOV KOGpOV T. Mean-
ing, that ‘the world, and all its fairest
forms, is passing away.’ Phil. ii. 8, ox7-
fate evoelels ws av0pwrros.
LVyifw, f. isw, to split, rend, divide,
gener. with violence; in N. T. gener. e. gr.
rocks, Matt. xxvii. 51; the veil of the
Temple, with eis évo, xxvii. 51; the hea-
vens, Mk. i. 10; agarment, John xix. 24;
a net, xxi. ll. Fig. to split into parties,
factions, to be divided in opinion, pass. Acts
xiv. 4, éoxic8n TO mAHOos. xxii. 7.
When the word is used in this metaph,
sense, yuwuars is usually added, by way of
explanation, as in Hdot. iv. 119, though
sometimes left to be supplied, as in the pas-
sage of Acts,and Xen. Conv. iv. 59, évravla
éoxicbnoav’ Kai oi pév EtTov—ot Oz, KC.
LKXiopa, atos, To, (oxiGw,) a rent,
Matt. ix. 16, yetpov cxioua yiverac.
Fig. a division, dissension, dissent in opt-
nion, John vii. 43, cxicua év TW SxAW
éyéveto. ix. 16. 1 Cor. i. 10: in which
metaph. sense scindere is used in Latin.
See Virg. Ain. ii. 39.
= x otviov, ov, TO, (cxotvos, bulrush,)
prop. a cord made of bulrushes; hence
gener. a cord, rope, John ii. 15, Acts
Xxvii. 32, Ta cxowia THs ckapns. Sept.
and Class.
LxXoc a lw, f. dow, (cxorH,) prop. to
be unemployed, and by impl. to have leisure
for any employment that may offer itself;
in N. T. . 1) with dat. commodi, to have
leisure for any thing, to bestow one’s let-
sure, give oneself to any pursuit, free from
other cares and hindrances. | Cor. vii. 5,
iva cxo\aCnte TH vyoteia. 2) said fig.
of place, Matt. xii. 44, tov oikov—evpi-
ake oxyo\aCovTa, i. e. unoccupied, unin-
habited, as many explain, addueing Plut,
C. Gracch. 12, kai Tw djpw cxodalovTta
mel” wéoav améderEe Tov ToTov’ but
rather, as others interpret, ‘ready for his:
reception.” So in the Test. xii. Patr. cited
\
=XO
429
xO M
by Bretsch. we read, dvo mvevmata oxo- | stars, &c. ver. 40, cwuara etrovedna Kal
AdGoucr TH avOpwrw, Ke.
=x oA}, Hs, 1%, prop. rest, freedom from
labour, Lucian, D. Deor. xviii. 1. Xen.
Mem. iii. 9, 9. Hence by meton. /ezswre,
as applied to any object or pursuit, Xen.
Mem. ii. 6,4. In later usage and N. T.
meton. a place of learned leisure, a school,
where a teacher and his disciples came
together. Acts xix. 9, dcadeyouevos ev TH
oxoiy Tupavvov Tivos, and lat. Class.
Dw Cw, f. ow, (ows,) perf. pass. céow-
oma, aor. |. pass. Erwlny, to save, deliver,
preserve safe from danger, loss, destruc-
tion, trans. 1) prop. of persons, Matt.
Vili. 25, c@oov juas, atoNvueOa. Xxiv.
22. xxvii. 42. Mk. iii. 4. Acts xxvii. 20; so
Ti Wuxiv avtov cwoat, Matt. xvi. 25.
Sept. and Class. Foll. by ex of thing, to
save from, deliver out of any peril, &c.
John xii. 27. Heb. v. 7, ow Gew abtov éx
Savatov: once by éx of place, pregn.
Jude 5, A\aov 2x ys Aiytmrov cwcas,
i. e. ‘having brought out safely.” 2) spec.
of sick persons, to save from death, and
‘by impl. to heal, to restore to health, pass.
to be healed, to be restored to health, (the
word being not unfrequently used of re-
eovery from a dangerous disorder,) Matt.
ix. 21, 22, 4 wiotis cov céicwké ce’ Kal
éow0n 7 yvvy. Lu. viii. 36. John xi. 12.
Acts iv. 9. Ja. v. 15, and Class. 3) spec.
and fig. of salvation from eternal death,
from the punishment and misery conse-
guent upon sin, fo save, and by impl. Zo
give eternal life; so espec. of Christ, as
the Saviour, foll. by amd, Matt. i. 21,
owoe: TOV adv a’TOU ATO THY auao-
gTiay avtwy. Acts ii. 40. Rom. v. 9, ao
THs Opyis: opp. to Kpiverv, John iii. 17. xii.
47. Of God, cw ew Tiva eis THv Baci-
Aetav avtou, 2 Tim. iv. 18. Gener. Matt.
xviii. 11. Rom. xi. 14. 1 Cor. i. 21, oca@-
ca. Tovs wiotevovtas. Heb. vii. 25:
once with 2k Savatov, Ja. v.20. Pass.
Matt. x. 22. xix. 25. Mk. xvi. 16. Lu.
viii. 12. xiii. 23. Rom. v. 10: hence part.
Oi cwCopmevor, the saved, ‘those who have
obtained salvation’ through Christ, Acts
ii. 47. 1 Cor. i. 18. comp. with xv. 2. Rev.
xxi. 24. In1 Cor. vii. 16, ei tTyv yuvaixa
owes, and Ja. v.20, cwoee Wuynv éx
Savatov, the word signifies ‘to be the
means of saving, to be instrumental to the
salvation of another, answering to Keodai-
veiv, with which it is interchanged at
1 Cor. ix. 22. iva tols acbeveis KEepdnow
—iva Tivas Twlw.
2@pa, atos, TO, a body, as an organized
|
|
cwuaTa eviyera, and Class.—II. SPEC.
an animal body, living or dead. 1. of the
human body, and differing from ocapé,
which expresses rather the mazeriul of the
body: 1) as living, Matt. v. 29, iva py
Sov TO cwHpa cov BAnOi eis yéevvav.
vi. 20. xxvi. 12. Mk. v. 29. John ii. 21,
Rom. i. 24. 1 Cor. xv. 44. 2 Cor. iv. 10,
oft.; in antith. with Wuyn, Matt. x. 28.
Lu. xii. 4; or mvevua, Rom. viii. 10.
1 Cor. v. 3; or where mvevpa, Wyn,
o@ua make a periphrasis for the whole
man, 1 Th. v. 23; as the seat of sinful affec-
tions and appetites, (comp. caeé II. 111.) ;
TO c@ua TIS auapTtias, Rom. vi. 6, cor-
responding to TO cwua TOU Savatou ToU-
Tou, vii. 24, namely, sin, considered as a
body, possessing power within the man, a
body consisting of many members, in par-
ticular vices; the same, in short, with
what is called elsewhere 6 waXda.os édv-
Oowtros. Rom. vii. 24, comp. ver. 23. viii.
13. Col. ii. 11. 2) of a dead body, gener.
Matt. xiv. 12, joav To cHma, kai 20aWav
avuro. xxvii. 52, 58. John xix. 31. Spee.
of the body of Christ, as crucified for the
salvation of man, Matt. xxvi. 26. Rom.
vii. 4, dua Tov cwu. tov Xp. 1] Cor. x.
16. 11. spoken of beasts, léving, Ja. iii. 3;
dead, Lu. xvii. 37; of victims slain, Heb.
xiii. 1].—11II. meron. to the body, as the
external man, is ascribed that which
strictly belongs to the person cr man; so
with a gen. of pers. forming a periphr. for
the person himself. Matt. vi. 22, 0Xov vo .
cHua cov mwrevov zoTta. ver. 23. Lu.
xi. 34, 36. Eph. v. 28. Phil. i. 20. a. va
cwpata vua@y, Rom. xii. i, (comp. vi. 13,)
a stronger expression than tuas avtods,
as denoting the corporeal and external
actions, with all the powers of the mind,
which have their seat in the organs of the
body. Gener. and absol. 1 Cor. vi. 16, 6
KoAAWMEVOS TH TWOpVy EV CHa *OTI.
Xen. An. i. 9,12, kai xpiimata Kat To-
eis Kal Ta EavT@Y GwpaTta. With an
adj. A®schin. c. Ctes. p. 470. Dem. 910,
13, eAXevbepa cwuata. Xen.\Mem. iii. 5,
2, cwuata ayalda, i. e. good soldiers,
espec. said of slaves, with adj. as swuata
CouXa. Hence in later usage and N. T.
absol. for a slave, Ta cwuata, slaves, once
Rev. xviii. 13, (youov) iawy Kai ped@v
kal cwuatwv. Tob. x. ll, cwuata Kai
KTHVH Kat apyverov.—lV. FIG. a body,
i. q. @ whole, aggregate, collective mass,
spoken of the Christian Church, the whole
body of the Christians collectively, of
| which Christ is the head. Col. i. 18, Kat
whole, made up of parts and members. | aitds éotiv 7) Kemah Tov cw. TIS
I. GENER. of any material body: of plants,
1 Cor. xv. 37, ob TO capa TO yEVHOO-
usvov omeipeis, ver. 38: also of bodies
celestial and terrestrial, the sun, moon,
|
éxkAnoias. ver. 24. Rom. xii. 5, et al.
sepe.—V. fig. body, substance, reality, opp.
to 4 oxida the shadow, type. Col. ii. 17,
éoTL OKLA THY Me\NOVTWY, TO OF TOMA
he A CE EE.
2QM
Xpisrov. So Jos. B. J. ii. 2, 5, cxrav
aitnoopuevos BactXélas, is npTwacev éav-
TW TO COMA.
_Zwuatikos, 1), dv, adj. (ca@ma,)
bodily, pertaining to the body, Lu. iii. 22,
cwpatikw side. | Tim. iv. 8, o. yup-
vacia, and lat. Class.
. Swuatixas, adv. (cwpua,) bodily, i.e.
substantially, really, truly, Col. ii. 9.
Zwpevw, f. evcw, (owpods, a heap,) to
heap, heap up, trans. Rom. xii. 20, av-
pakas Tupos cwoEevoets ETL Ti KEg.
auTou, where see my note, and so in Class,
Also to heap up WITH any thing, with
dat. fig. 2 Tim. ii. 6, cecowpevuéva apao-
tias, ‘heaped up, burdened with sins;’
prop. with dat. Hdian. iv. 8, 20, AvBavw
ToUS Bwmovs zowpEUcED.
ZwTIp, Hoos, 0, (owGw,) a saviour,
deliverer, preserver, who saves men from
danger or destruction, and brings them
into a state of prosperity and happiness ;
so in Greek writers of the deliverer and
benefactor of a state, Sept. Judg. iii. 9, 15,
and Class. oft. both of men and gods. In
N. T. used 1) of Gop the Father, Lu. i.
47, emi TH Oew TH OwTHpL pov. | Tim.
Bley aao.cave LO Tite i. dy..a LOL nd
Jude 25. Sept. oft. 2) of Gop the Son,
the Messiah, the Saviour of men, who saves
his people from eternal death, from punish-
ment and misery as the consequence of
sin, and gives them eternal life and happi-
ness in his kingdom. Lu. ii. 11, érvéyOn
Umut onuepov owrye. John iv. 42. Acts
v. dl. xiii. 23. Eph. v. 23. Phil. iii. 20.
2 Tim. i. 10. Tit. 1.4. ii. 13. iii.6. 1 John
wat: 2 Pef.as:1, 1d. di, 20. is 2.048.
Lwrnoia, as, 7, (owTi}o,) prop. and
in Class. safety, deliverance, preservation
from danger or destruction; in N. T. 1)
prop. and gener. Acts xxvii. 34, Touro
TOOS THS UMETEPAS TWTYPIAS UTAPYXEl.
vii. 25. Heb. xi. 7; with éx, Lu. i. 7],
cwtrpiav 2& éx0owv tpey, i. e. a means
of salvation, for cwt7oa, as oft. answer-
ing to Kkégas cwtnoias, strong deliverer,
ver. 69; hence gener. welfare, benefit, Phil.
i, 19, rouTd por adtroBnoetar tis owTH-
piav, namely, benefit both temporal and
spiritual ; the former as adverted to in
the words immediately following, dua THs
Uua@y Oenoews: the latter, in those further
on, Kal émryoonyias Tou Ivevpetos In-
cov Xp. 2 Cor. vi. 2. 2 Pet. iii. 15. From
the Heb. by impl. victory, Rev. vii. 10. xii.
10. xix.1. 2) spec. in the evangelical sense,
salvation, deliverance from eternal death
and misery as the consequence of sin, and
admission to eternal life and happiness in
the kingdom of Christ the Saviour. Lu. i.
77, Oovvat yv@o.v owtnpias. xix. 9. John
iv. 22,7 ocwtnoia, i. e. salvation by the
Messiah. Acts iv. 12, and oft. Meton. a
430
YA
bringer of salvation, Saviour, Acts xiii. 47,
TiGeKd o&—Tov eivai oe eis cwTnoiav
EWS ETXATOU THS YIS.
UwTHoLOS, ov, 0, 7, adj. (owrH0,)
prop. saving, bringing deliverance and wel-—
fare; in N. T. only in the evangelical
sense, saving, bringing salvation, Tit. ii,
J], érrepavyn % xaous Tov Gz0U 4 cwTH-
ptos Tact avOowr7rors, meaning that the
grace of God, namely, ‘the gracious dis-
pensation of God’ revealed in the Gospel,
Gal. v. 4, which brings with it an offer of
salvation to all men, hath appeared, &c.
Hence neut. To awt7orov, subst. salva-
tion, Eph. vi. 17; also the doctrine of sal-
vation by Christ, Acts xxviii. 28. Sept.
Is. xii. 3. li. 6. Meton. for the Saviour,
Lu. ii. 30. iii. 6.
Lwpoovew, f. how, (cwdowyv,) to he
of sound mind, intrans. 1) PROP. to be
sane, of sound mind, as opposed to pai-
veobat, Mk. v. 15, Sewpover Tov datpo-
viConevov-—owdoovouvta. Lu. viii. 35.
2 Cor. v. 13, cite cwpovotmev, where
the term must, from the context, mean
speaking modestly of oneself, as opp. to
adowv szivar, xi. 16, which signifies, to
be uw fool, namely, in boasting. See also
xi. 1. Plato, Alcib. ii. 2, TO patvectac
dpa ye UwevayTiov col doKet TW CwHpo-
vety, and oft. in Class. 2) BY IMPL. to be
sober-ntinded, to think and act soberly.
Rom. xii. 3, poovety eis TO Gwdooveiv.
Tit. 11. 6. 1 Pet. iv. 7, cw poovicate : in
the first of which passages the term has
reference to thinking only, namely, sober-
mindedness, as opp. to pride; in the two
latter, to both thinking and acting; and in
the one last mentioned, to the government
of the appetites, passions, and affections, in
obedience te reason, &c. as in Xen. Mem,
i. 2,17. Cyr. viii. 1,30. In Class, it gener.
signif. ‘to use sound judgment and dis-
cretion.”
Zwoppovilw, f. iow, (cwpowy,) prop.
to make of sound mind ; hence by impl.
to make sober-minded, to make think and
act soberly, to teach moderation, Hdian.
ili. 10, 3, Tobs vlets Tadevwv Kai cwHppo-
viCwv. Hence in N. T. to moderate, to
correct, to teach, with acc. and inf. Tit. ii.
4, iva cwiooviCwot Tas veas, PtXavdoous
Elval K.T.A.
Xwpoovicpos, ov, 6, (ewhpovilw,)
prop. act. @ making of sound mind; in
N. T. the word has a passive sense, to de-
note sober-mindedness, what is elsewhere
expressed by swpooctvy, | Tim. ii. 15,
and éyxpatea, 2 Pet. i. 6. 2 Tim. i. 7,
Tvevua cwpoovicpov. So Plut. de Puer.
educ. 20, qwe:oaTéov ovv eis Tov TeV
Tékvov cwppovicmov TéVE oa K.T.r.
Lwpodvws, adv. (cwPowv,) prop.
with sound mind, rationally, Plato de Rep.
TQ
i. 6. In N. T. with sober mind, soberly,
with moderation, Tit. ii. 12, tva cwpo-
pws Kal Cikaiws Kal evosBas Ciowpmenv.
Jos. and Class.
* LYwopoocdtry, ns, 1), (cwppwr,) sound-
ness of mind, as opp. te fatuity, Hom. Od.
xxiii. 13, kai Te xaXt*ppovéovtTa caodppo-
cvvns eweBynoav, or to madness, denoting
the full and undisturbed possession of the
mental faculties; in N. T. 1) PRop.
sanity, the being compos mentis; Acts
xxvi. 25, oJ uaivouar—owdpocvvns pr-
pata atopléyyouar. So Xen. Mem. i.
1, 16, ti cwHpocivyn; Ti mavia; 2) BY
IMPL. sober-mindedness, sobriety of mind,
moderation of the desires, passions, conduct,
moderatio, a sense oft. occ. in Xen. & Plato.
In 1 Tim. ii. 9, wera aidovs kat cwPoo-
cuvys xooueiy éavtas, the term, thus
conjoined with aidovs, denotes that mo-
desty which is in Thucyd. ii. 45, termed
“the virtue of the female sex, i.e. its greatest
glory. In1 Tim.ii. 15, éav peivwow—
gy aylacuw meETA CwHoocvnns, there is
intimated the close connection of tempe-
-rance and sober-mindedness gener. with
holiness, (corresponding indeed to the ow-
@oovcpuos at 2 Tim. i. 7, and éyxeatera,
2 Pet. i.6,)in whick view I would compare
the words of a writer cited in Athen. p.
433, A, nowoctra: (multum confert) Ids
Ti eveeBins yeitova cwPpoeoctyny.
Lapmowv, ovos, 6, 7, adj. (ows, fr.
obsol. caos, ppijv,) prop. of sound mind,
sane, compos mentis, in the full possession
of one’s mental faculties, as opp. to fatuity
or madness, Hom. II. xxi. 462; hence of
one who follows sound reason and restrains
his passions, Xen. Mem. iii. 9,4; comp.
Cyr. iii. 1, 15,16, sq. In N. T. sober-
minded, temperate, i. e. ‘having the mind,
desires, passions, duly moderated and regu-
lated, 1 Tim. iii, 2, dst otv Tov érricKotroy
éivai—owgdpova. Tit. i.8. ii. 2,5. And
so occasionally in Class. as Theogn. 752,
Tappova Juuov éxwv ixtos atacba-
ins.
a
Taya, atos, To, (tTaé00w,) prop.
“any thing set in order, as a body of
troops; in N. T. order, series, of time, or
place and dignity, 1 Cor. xv. 23, Exaoros
O& tv TW idiw TaypmaTL, see My note.
Taktos, 74, ov, adj. (Taccw,) prop.
set m order, arranged ; hence fig. set,
JSixed, appointed, e. gr. TaxtTH Of npéoa,
‘upon a set day,’ Acts xii. 21. Sept. Job
xii. 5, eis ypdvov taxtov. Dion. Hal. ii.
74, Pol. xxix. 11, 8, tTax7TH nuéoa.
Taraitwpéiw, f. now, (tTadrtairw-
gos,) fo suffer toil and hardship, as arising
from severe bodily effort, intrans, Xen.
431
TAS
Mem. ii. 1, 25. Thue. vii. 27, 28; also by
impl. to be sorely distressed or harassed
with toil, Thuc. iii. 3. Xen. Mem. ii. 1,
18; hence in N. T. fig. to endure affliction
or distress ; to be afflicted, distressed, mt-
serable ; James iv. 9, taXa:twonoate,
‘ afflict yourselves.’ Sept. and Class. espec.
Thucyd.
Taraitwoia, as, 1, (tTadartrwpéw,)
prop. tow, hardship, severe bodily labour,
Hdot. iw. 10f Palme 4, u.. onaN ee
affliction, distress, misery, Ja. v. 1. Rom.
in. 16, sivtpiupa Kal TaX\aiTwpia év
Tats odots avtTwy. Sept. and Class.
Taaimwoos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (a poetic
form for prose taXa7reiouos, fr. obsol.
thaw, TWelpa,) prop. enduring toil and
hardship, as from severe bodily effort ; in
N. T. fig. afflicted, wretched, miserable,
Rom. vii. 24, taXaimwpos éyw avOpwmos,
Rev. iii. 17. Sept. and Class.
TaXavtiatios, aia, ov, adj. (Ta\av-
Tov,) weighing a talent, a talent in weight,
Rev. xvi. 21, yada Qa peyadn ws tTadapv-
Tiaia, see my note. Jos. B. J. v. 6, 3,
TaXavTiato joav ot BadkAOmEvor TET OOL.
Pol. ix. 41, 8. Plut. Demetr. 21. Comp.
Diod. Sic. xix. 45, of hail-stones, pvaatas
ETL TOV.
TaXavtoy, ov, Td, (tTAdw, obs.) prop.
the scale of a balance, pl. ta taXavTa,
scales; then ‘something weighed, a weight ;
hence @ talent, as a certain fixed weight
for gold and silver, though varying in dif-
ferent states and countries, and conse-
quently varying in value. See Calmet,
and Horne’s Introd. In N. T. gener. put
for a large sum of money, Matt. xviii. 24,
pupiwy TadavTwr, namely, of silver; for
inall numbers occurring in ancient authors,
gold is never to be supposed, unless men-
tioned.
Tada, Syr. = kopaciov, a damsel,
maiden, Mk. v. 41.
Tapetov, ov, TO, (Tajitedw,) by syne.
for Tautetov, prop. ‘ the store-room of the
Tapias, or dispensator ; also a store-room
generally, especially for gram, like our
barn, Lu. xii. 24, ois otk got. Tapeion.
Hence, gener. any place of privacy, a@
chamber, closet, Matt. vi. 6, dTav mpoc-
evUXn, etoeGe eis TO Tapeiov cov. XXiv.
26, év Tots Tapeiors, where the plural
serves to denote a genus; the meaning
being, ‘ He is in the kind of places called
Tau.eta, (i. e. secret apartments, ) namely,
in one or other of them. Lu. xii. 3.
Tavuyv, see Noy, I. 1.
Tats, ews, 1, (Tas0w,) prop. ‘a set-
ting in order,’ whether of things or persons, .
hence, order, arrangement, disposition ;
also, an order, rank, in a state or in
society; in N. T. order, gener. 1)-arrange-
TAH
ment, disposition, series, Lu. i. 8, év TH
Taser TIS Epypepias avTov, with which
I would compare Plut. de Educ. § 15,
TOV aoximmayetpov °K. yeyevnuévov év
tTa&éet. | Cor. xiv. 40, kata Taé wv, i. €.
in proper order, orderly. Fig. good order,
well-regulated life, Col. ii. 5, BAémwv
vuov Tiv Tak.y, for evTatiav, denoting
(by a military metaphor) ‘ subordination
to their spiritual pastors and masters ;’
the opp. phrase is wapa taku. 2) rank,
quality, character; in the phrase tepevs
Kata Tiv tTagiv MeAXXuoedex, ‘a priest
of the same order, rank, quality, as Mel-
chisedek,’ Heb. v. 6, al. also vii. 11, ov
kata thy Takiv Aapwv. So2 Macc. ix.
18, érrcotoAy ikeTynpias TaEW Exovcap,
and sometimes in Class.
Tamecvos, ij, ov, adj. prop. of things
or place, /ow, not high, Ezek. xvii. 24,
EvAov Tam. Strabo vi. p. 426, tTameivov
Oo: Kal TO THS TOXEWS eEdados. Pind.
Nem. iii. 144. In N. T. fig. 1) of con-
dition or lot, lowly, of low degree, Lu. i.
52, tWwoe Tamevols, opp. to dvvactas.
Sept. and Class. James i. 9, Tar. opp. to
awhovctos. 2) of the mind, lowly, humble,
modest, including the idea of affliction,
depression of mind, 2 Cor. x. 1, tTaa. év
duty, i. e. modest, lowly, opp. to Sappav.
Schleusn. cites Xen. Hist. iii. 5, 11, and
he might have added Diod. Sic. t. vii. 171,
La TaTELvoTHTa THs Wuy7s, but in both
passages the sense is only ‘ timidity, mean-
spiritedness.? Neut. Rom. xii. 16, see in
Suvarrayw. Xen. Ag. xi. 11. Elsewhere
with the accessory idea of humble piety to-
wards God, (as oft. in Sept.) Ja. iv. 6. J Pet.
v. 5, Tatrevots O& (6 Beds) didwat yapuy,
opp. to urepndavos. 2 Cor. vii. 6. Fully
expr. in Matt. xi. 29, Tamrewwos TH Kapdia.
Tatwervodoocvyn, ns, n, (Tate
vodowyr,) lowliness of mind, humility, Acts
xx. 19, dovAsvwv TH Kupiw peta waons
Tatewoppoovuns. Eph. iv. 2. Phil. ii. 3.
Col. iii. 12. 1 Pet. v..5. Of an affected
lowliness, that spurious humility under
which lurks spiritual pride, Col. ii. 18, 23.
Tame.vopdpwyv, ovos, 6, 7, adj. (Ta-
qe.vos, pory,) prop. low-minded, or pusil-
lanimous ; in N. T. of lowly mind, humi/e-
minded, modest, 1 Pet. iii. 8, tTatrevo-
g@poves, in Jater edit. for PiAogdpoves in
text. rec., but see my note. Comp. Prov.
Xxix. 23, trols Tam. épeider (read evel-
pet) do&n Kupuos.
Tameivow, f. wow, (tatewvos,) to
make low, to depress, trans. I. prop. Lu.
iil. 5, wav 6pos kat Bouvos Tamewbn-
cetat. So Strabo v. p. 347, tamewourtar
wa 6on.—lIl. FIG. 1) as to condition or
circumstances, to bring low, to humble,
abase ; with acc. éautov, to humble one-
self, i.e. ‘to make oneself of low con-
432
dition, 2 Cor. xi. 7, opp. to iWow. Phil.
ii. 8. Mid. or pass. Phil. iv. 12, ‘to bein |
LAP
lowly & necessitous circumstances.” Sept.
and Class. 2) in mind, to make lowly, to
humble, i. e. one’s lofty thoughts, by dis-
appointment, 2 Cor. xii. 21, ui wadw
é\Oovra pe TaTretvwon 6 Beds pov Tpds
unas. Pass. Matt. xxiii. 12; with the idea
of contrition and penitence towards God,
Ja. iv. 10, vameww0nte zvwmiov tov
Kupiov. 1 Pet. v. 6.
Tamweivwots, ews, 1, (Tamewow,)
prop. a making low, humiliation, depression ;
in N. T. ‘the being brought low,’ a low
estate, lowly condition, (as Sept. Gen. xxix.
32, and Diod. Sic. ii, 45, rots 6& dvdpact
a, A s 4
TaTeivwolv Kal dovAzlay TEpLaTrTeLy,)
i
Lu. i. 48, grreBAXeWev emi tiv Taw. TAS |
OovAns auvtov. Acts viii. 33. Ja. i. 10.
Phil. iii. 21, 76 cma THS TaT. Tuov=
TO WMA TO TUATELVOD.
Taodoow, fut. Ew, to stir up, trouble,
agitate, trans.
pool, John v. 4,7. Sept. and Class.
1) prop. as water in a
2)
Jig. of the mind, to stir up, trouble, disturb,
with various passions; with fear, = to be
put in trepidation, pass. to BE in trepidation,
Matt. ii. 3, 6 Baoitebs éTapayOn. xiv.
26. Lu. xxiv. 38. 1 Pet. iii. 14: with
grief, or anxiety, to disquiet, pass. John xii.
27, 7 Wuxi) mov TeTapaxtat. xiii. 21.
xiv. 1; so xi. 33, érdeakev éautov =
éetapaxOn Tw mvevmati, xiii. 21; with
doubt, perplexity, foll. by acc. Acts xv.
24, éraoak-av tuas Aoyors, an expression
signifying ‘to perturb and unsettle the
mind, and pervert the understanding,’ by
throwing in perplexing doubts, (put for the
plainer expression in Lucian, Scyth. § 3,
Tapacce Thy yuwunv.) Gal. i. 7.v. 10,
0 Tapdcowy vpuas, ‘ he that perplexes and
unsettles you,’ meaning to say, that that
was all he could do, not teach them. So
in a passage of Galen, cited by Wets., we
have tapattovtes povov tos pavia-
vovTas, OLodaKOVTES O& OUOED. .
Taoay?, 7s, 1, (Tapacow,) a stirring
up, troubling, agitation: 1) prop. of water
in a pool, &c. John v. 4. So Lucian, Hal.
4,athaW kai tT. i.e. of the elements.
2) fig. of popular excitement, a@ stir, com-
motion, tumult, Mk. xiii. 8, covTar Arpot
Kat Tapaxat, and so in Jos. and Class.
Tdpayxos, ov, 6, (tTapacow,) prop.
stir, commotion, confusion, Xen. Cc. vin.
9; in N. T. fig. from fear, equiv. to con-
sternation, trepidation, Acts xii. 18. Sept.
1 Sam. v8. Xen. An. i. 8, 2; also of ex-
t
ciiement, tumult, contention, Acts xix. 23.
Taptapow, f. wow, (fr. Taptagos,
which in Greek mythology was the lower .
part, or abyss of Hades, where the shades
of the wicked were imprisoned and tor- .
mented; in Jewish usage equivalent to’
—_-
>
. Péevva,) to thrust down to Tartarus, = to
thrust into Gehenna, with acc. implied,
2 Pet. ii. 4, cetpats Copou Taptapwoas.
Comp. cis Téetapov pimtrev, Hom. Il.
Vili. 13, év Taptdpw dedemévor, Jos. c.
Ap. ii. 33. See more in my note.
Taéoow or tT, f. Ew, to order, to set
tn order, arrange, espec. to draw up sol-
diers in ranks, array; in N. T. fig. to set
in a certain order, to constitute, appoint,
trans. 1) gener. with cis and dat. com-
modi, 1 Cor. xvi. 15, eis dtakoviav Tots
ayios étatav éavtovs, ‘have set or
devoted themselves to, &c. so Xen. Mem.
li. 1, 11, ode eis Thy dovAEiav ad émav-
Tov TaTTW. Pass. with eis, Acts xiii. 48,
OoOL Hoay TETAYMEVOL Eis CwI)V aiwvLov,
where see my note. Foll. by vzo with
ace, Lu. vii. 8, éya avOowm7os iu vd é§E-
ovciay Taocopevos, see my note. Absol.
Rom. xiii. 1. Sept. Jos. and lat. Class.
2) to arrange, appoint, with acc. and dat.
Acts xxviil. 23, tafauevor 0 avtw tpé-
pav, * having appointed to him,’ or ‘ agreed
with him for; foll. by dat. with inf. Acts
xxi. 10, jv tTétTakTai cor Toinoar: by
~ Inf. with ace. Acts xv. 2, éra£av dva-
Batverv YlavXov. Sept. and Class. i
Taupos, ov, 0, a bull, bullock, Matt.
xxii. 4, et al. Sept. and Class.
Tavuta, by crasis for ta atta, the
same things, Kata Tabta, after the same
manner, thus, Lu. vi. 23, 26. xvii. 30.
1 Thess. ii. 14.
Taura, see in OvTos.
Tagdi, qs, 7, (Sartw,) burial ; with
dat. commodi, Matt. xxvii. 7, cis Tadiyp
rots Eéevors, ‘for burying strangers.” Sept.
and Class.
Taos, ov, 6, (SarrTw,) prop. burial ;
in N. T. and gener. a burial-place, sepul-
chre, Matt. xxiii. 27, 29. xxvii. 61, 64,
66, al. Sept. and Class. Fig. Rom. iii. 13,
Taos avewypivos 6 Kaouvyée avTov.
Taxa, adv. (taxvs,) prop. quickly,
speedily, = soon, shortly, Pol. xviii. 20, 9.
Xen. H. G. vii. 4, 34. InN. T. readily,
lightly, and hence peradventure, perhaps,
Rom, v. 7. Philem. 15. Xen. An. v. 2, 17,
and elsewhere in Class.
Taxéws, adv. (taxus,) quickly, speed-
oy prop. Xen. Cyr. 1..4, 20; in N. T.
soon, shortly, 1 Cor. iv. 19, éXevcouat 6é
TaXéws Teds vaas. Gal. i. 6, al. Sept. &
lat. Class. In the sense of hastily, Lu.
xiv. 21, e£e\Oe Tayéws. xvi. 6. John xi.
oe ir 2 Thess. ii. 2. Gakiti. 6, and
1 Tim. v. 22. with the idea of haste it in-
volves the adjunct notion of precipitancy
and rashness ; as Wisd. iv. 28, and Prov.
xxv. 8.
/ Taxtvos, 7, ov, adj. (tayvs,) quick,
swift, e.g. modes, Sept. Is. Tix. :) Wisa
435
——— ee ee
wee
xiii. 2; in N. T. fig. swift, speedy, equiv.
to ‘near at hand, impending,’ 2 Pet. i, 14.
ii. l, éwayovtes eavTots Tayi atw-
Aecav. LEcclus. xviii. 26, wavta tori
‘ ” / “*
Taywa evavtTt Kuoiov. Anth. Gr. ii. p.
91, eis Taxwwyv AnVEedova.
Taxvov, adv. prop. neut. of taxiwy,
later compar. to tayxvs, for the earlier
Saoowr, more quickly, swiftly, or speedily,
foll. by gen. John xx. 4, mpoédpape
Taxtov Tov Iléroov. Diod. Sic. xx. 92.
Elsewh. sooner, the object of comparison
being every where implied, e. g. ‘sooner
than one expected or intended; or the
more speedily, the sooner, 1 Tim. iii. 14,
éhOety rods oe Taytov. Heb. xiii. 19, 23.
In John xiii. 27, 0 qroueis, toincov Taxon,
the sense is, very quickly. Wisd. xii. 9.
] Mace. ii. 40. Diod. Sic. ii. 5.
Taytorta, ady, (prop. neut. pl. of
TaXLOTOS, superl. to TaXvUs,) most quickly,
most speedily; e. g. ws Tayiora, ‘the
soonest possible,’ Acts xvii. 15, and Class.
Tayxos, eos ous, TO, (tTaxXvs,) prop.
swiftness or speed in motion, also quickness
in action; in N. T. only in the phrase év
TayXel, adv. speedily, i.e. soon, shortly,
Taxews, Lu. xviii. 8, woijoes THY EKOi-
Know avt@y év TayxeL, et al. Also with
the idea of haste, Acts xii. 7. xxii. 18.
Sept. and Class.
Tayvs, eta, v, adj. (fr. Saw, cogn.
with Séw, to run,) prop. sw2ft of foot. So
taxis wodas, Hom. Il. xiii, 249; also
quick, i.e. prompt, in action; in N. T.
1) mase. tayxvs, fig. guick, equivalent to
‘ready, prompt,’ James i.19, tayvds sis
TO akovcat. So Sept. Prov. xxix. 20,
avopa taxty év Noyos. KEKeclus. v. 1],
yivou Taxvs év akoodoet cov, and so in
Class. 2) neut. tay’ as adv. equiv. to
Taxéws, quickly, speedily, Matt. xxviii. 7,
Taxu qwopevletoa. ver. 8. Mk. xvi. 6.
Sept. and Class. Also gwickly, equiv. to
soon, shortly, Matt. v. 25; and with the
idea of suddenness, Rev. ii. 5, in later
edd. ver. 16. iii. 11, al. Sept. and Class.
By impl. readily, lightly, Mk. ix. 39,
TaXu Kako\oyynoai us. Ecclus. xix. 4, 6
TaXu euTrictTevwy. Xen. Cyr. v. 1, 4.
Té, an enclitic copulative particle, and,
corresponding to kai, as Lat. -que to et.
Kai is used to couple ideas which follow
directly and necessarily from what pre-
cedes ; while ré is employed when some-
thing is subjoined which does not thus
directly and necessarily follow; so that,
strictly speaking, kai connects and Té an-
nexes. Itis used, 1) semply, i. e. with-
out other particles, where it serves to
annex, Matt. xxviii. 12. John iv. 42. vi.
18. Acts ii. 3, 33, 37. iii. 10. iv. 33. xii.
12: so in a pepe A 15, nv Te 6xAos
TEI
ovonatwy. Also repeated as annexing
several particulars, te—vé, and—and,
Lat. -que —-que, Acts ii. 46. xvi. II.
Heb. vi. 2, emificews Te YELpwy, ava-
OTATEWS TE VEKOWY, Kal Kpiuatos aiw-
viov: once equivalent to both—and, Acts
xxvi. 16. 2) more freq. as strengthening
Kai, either directly before it, or with one
or more words intervening, implying close
connexion, not only—but also, both—and ;
so, as connecting clauses, Matt. xxvii. 48,
awAnoas Te O£ous Kal weolels KaXauw.
Woliixecay. (/202 cActs axle ix, uses
coupling together zfinitives depending on
the same verb, Lu. xii. 45, éav doEnTrar
—o0iew Te kal Tivew Kat peOvoKecOat.
Actsi. 1. As connecting nouns, &c. Lu.
xxi. ll, @oBnTea te Kai onueta. Acts
ii. 9, 10. xxvi. 3; adverbs, xxiv. 3, wavtTy
Te Kal TavTaxou : so where one or more
words come between vé and «al, Lu. ii.
16, tHv te Mapidu kai tov “lwond.
John ii. 15. Acts i. 8. xxvi. 30. Phil. i.
7. Lu. xxi. 11, cevomoi te peyador—xai
Acuot. Rom. i. 16, lovdaiw te mowtTov
Kat EXAnve. 3) sometimes Té corresponds
to dé in a following clause, where the con-
nexion is then adversative or antithetic,
and thus emphatic, Acts xix. 5, elmwé Te
pos avToOUs—ol Oé EtTrov. XXii. 8; comp.
ver. 10. xxii. 28. 4) with other parii-
cles: e.g. Te yao, where vé simply an-
nexes, and yao assigns a reason; comp.
above in 1). Rom. i. 26. vii. 7. Heb. ii. 11.
also av Te, prop. and if ; repeated, éav Te
—iav Te, equiv. to whether—or, Rom.
xiv. 8; gay te yao kal, prop. for though
also, 2 Cor. x. 8.
Tetxos, eos ous, TO, a wall, espec. of
a city, Acts ix. 25. Heb. xi. 30, & Class.
Tekunotoy, ov, TO, (tTekpuap,) a fixed
sign, certain token, clear and evident proof,
Acts i. 3.
Texviov, ov, To, (réxvov,) a litile
child ; also used as an appellation, by
which, in ancient times, masters were ac-
customed to address their servants, and, in
general, superiors their inferiors; and espe-
cially teachers their pupils ;—the diminu-
tive form being expressive of affection, as in
the Latin filzole, John xiii. 33. Gal. iv. 19.
1 John ii. 1.
Texvoyovéw, f. rj0w, (TEexvoyovos,
fr. Téxvov, yivouat,) tu bear children, to
be the mother of a family, including all the
duties of the maternal relation, | Tim. v.
Texvoyovia, as, 1, (Tekvoyovew,)
the bearing of children, and so by impl.
including all the duties of the maternal
relation, 1 Tim. ii. 15, cw8yceTar dia
THs TE. i. e. ‘through the faithful per-
formance of her duties as a mother,’ in
434
TEK
bringing up her household to the service of
God ; comp. v. 10. See my note.
Téxvoy, ov, To, (tiktw,) a child:
I. prop. and gener. 1) sing. @ child,
Luke i. 7, kai ovK yy abrots TéKkvov.
Acts vii. 5. Rev. xii 4. Plur. children,
Matt. x. 21, al. 2) spec. of @ son, sing.
Matt. x. 2]. xxi. 26. Rev. silo, Pian.
for sons, Matt. xxi. 28, al.—II. plur.
téxva, children, in a wider sense, by Hebr.
equiv. to descendants, posterity, Matt. ii.
9, éyetoa: Téxva TH ABoaap. Lu. i. 17.
Acts ii. 39. Gal. iv. 28. Emphat. mean-
ing TRUE children, genuine descendants,
John viii. 39. 1 Pet. iii. 6.—III. fig. of
one who is the object of parental love
and care, or who yields filial love and
reverence to another: 1) as a term of
endearing address in the vocat.; from a
friend or teacher, Matt. ix. 2, Sapcez,
véxvov. Mk. ii. 5. 1 Tim. i. 18. Plur.
Mk. x. 24. 2) from the Hebr. gener. for
a pupil or disciple, the spiritual child of
any one, 2 Tim. i. 2, Timo8iw ayarynte
téxvw. Philem. 10. 3 John 45; with ép
Kupiw, 1 Cor. iv. 17. éy aiore:, 1 Tim.
i, 2. kata twiotw, Tit. i. 4. 3) Ta Tékva
Tou Osou, the children of God, so called as
being regenerated by his word and Spirit,
and resembling their heavenly Father in.
their dispositions and actions, John i. 12.
xi. 52, et al.; of the Jews, John xi. 52;
gener. of the pious worshippers of God, the
righteous, saints, Christians, i. 12, édwken
autots é€ovciay Téxva Ozov yeveobar,
meaning ‘obedient and true worshippers
of God,’ and, from the adjunct, ‘those
who are acknowledged by God as such,’
Rom. viii. 16, 17, 21, al. 4) ta réxva
Tov dtaBdXou, the children of the devil, as
acting under his influence, and resembling
him in spirit, opp. to Ta +. Tov Qeou,
once 1 John iii. 10.—ILV. in a fig. sense, of
the ‘inhabitants of a city,’ by a use found
both in the Script. and the Class. writers,
Matt. xxiii. 37. Lu. xix. 44. Gal. iv. 25. 5)
by Hebr. with gen. the child of any thing
means one connected with, partaking of, or
exposed to that thing, and is often put in-
stead of an adj. Lu. vii. 35, edixarw0n 4
copia aro Tay Téxvwv avTys. Eph. v.8.
1 Pet. i 14. Eph. ii. 3, réxva doyjs, 1.€.
‘persons worthy of wrath and punishment,’
2 Pet. ii. 14, katadpas tTéxva. So for the
corresponding expression in Heb. Deut.
xxv. 2, the Sept. has aEvos wAnyav. The
same idiom has place in the term vidos;
though sometimes the subst. foll. is found
not in a pass. but in an acé. sense, as Eph.
ii. 2, of viol amreOeias.
Texvotoogpéw, f. yaw, (TExvoTpo- |
os, fr. Téxvov, Teépw,) to bring up
children, to fulfil the duties of a mother, ,
comp. texvoyovia, 1 Tim. v. 10, et”
TEK
etexvoTpogyes, ‘hath educated children,’
i. e. of she has had any. Moreover, in the
idea of educating is here, from the context,
implied the ‘ bringing them up in the nur-
ture and admonition of the Lord.’
TéxtTwy, ovos, 6, (kindred with réyvn,)
prop. az artisan, as opp. to a labourer ;
and, according to the term accompanying
it, employed to denote any artificer, whe-
ther in wood, stone, or metal. When,
however, it stands alone, it uniformly, in
the Scriptural, and almost always in Class.
writers, denotes, like our word wright, and
Lat. faber, a carpenter.
TéXeLos, a, ov, adj. (réXos,) prop.
*what has reached its end, term, limit,’
hence complete, perfect, full, wanting in
nothing: I. GENER. Ja. i. 4, pyov Té-
Ascov. ver. 17, 25. 1 John iv. 18, 7
‘veXzia ayarn: comparat. Heb. ix. 11,
teXetotrépas oxyvyns. In a moral sense,
of persons, Matt. v. 48, TéXELol, Wome O
Ilatijo tuav TéXeLds zor, i. e. fully
and completely, not partially, righteous;
‘comp. Wisd. xliv. 17. Isocr. p. 239,
tTedeious Gvdpas eivat, Kai Waoas zyXELv
Tas apeTas, of course understanding this,
as the similar expression, Job i. 1, witha
certain limitation, suggested by the very
word &o7rep, which, like some other ad-
verbs of comparison, does not denote
equality. in the things compared, (see
Matt. xix. 19,) but consemilarity and con-
Sormity,—namely, in that comparative sense
by which a thing is perfect so far as the
constitution of its nature permits, xix. 21.
Col. i. 28, réXe1ov év Xp. & iv. 12,
TéheLot Kal weTANPwmEeVOL EV TAVTL
veknuatt Tov Oeov. Ja. i. 4, wa re
TéXe1o1, meaning, ‘complete both in prin-
ciple and practice; and iii. 2, ef Tis év
AOyw ov Wraiet, oUTOS TédELOS dvNp.
Phil. iii. 15, 6cor otvy TéXeELOL, in which
last passage, though the term is by many
explained of full growth in Divine know-
ledge, it is better to understand it of those
who have attained to the comparative per-
fection above mentioned. So in a similar
passage of Simplicius on Epict. ep. 289, it
is said, ‘ Make it your study to live ws
TéXeLos, OVX ws Tedos aTetlynpaos, Ke.
i.e. ‘not as though you had already at-
tained perfection, but as always advancing
towards it.” Also an epithet applied to
the will of God, Rom. xii. 2, 76 SéAnua
Tov Ozov—to Téhevov.—ll. sPxc. of full
age, adult, full-grown; in N. T. said ina
figur. sense of persons full-grown in mind
and understanding, tats peci, | Cor.
xiv. 20; of full growth in Divine know-
ledge, as opposed to of wavOavovtes or
the vymior éy Xorotw, | Cor. iii. 1.
And so in Hierocles we have ci TéXevo1
opp. to oi aoxopevor, ‘ beginners, 1 Cor.
435
TEA
ii. 6. Heb. v. 14; also ‘ full-grown in
Christian faith and virtue,’ Eph. iv. 13,
eis avOoa TéXELov, ‘unto a complete man,’
i. e. unto complete spiritual manhood.
Neut. 70 TéXeLov, full age, viz. in know-
ledge, &c. 1 Cor. xiii. 10; comp. ver. 11.
TeXeroTns, nTos, 7, (TéAELOS,) com-
pleteness, perfectness, Col. iii. 14, éori
ovvdoecuos THS TEA. Equiv. to GUYdETMOS
tTeXetoTnTtos. Of the recondite doctrines
of the Gospel, as opp. to the more simple
and elementary ones, Heb. vi. 1, wi tiv
TeX. Peowueba, meaning what was, atv. 14,
called solzd food, that of Christian know-
ledge, such as was fitted for the réXevo1, or
well instructed, as opp. to that suited to the ~
vi7meot, or less instructed, termed mk.
TeXerow, f. wow, (TédELOS,) tO com-
plete, make perfect, so as to be wanting in
nothing, trans.: so Sept. JI. prop. to
bring to an end, finish, a work, duty, &e.
To epyov, John iv. 34. xvii. 4. Ta toya,
v. 386. Lu. xiii. 32, ty ToeiTn TEXELOv-
pat, i.e. ‘1 shall be brought to the end of
my course, namely, by death. Of race,
Oodmov, Acts xx. 24; perf. pass. as mid.
with dedmov impl. Phil. iii. 12, ob dz
0n TeTEXEiwuar, scil. Tov doduoy, i. e.
‘not that I have already completed my
course and arrived at the goal,’ so as to re-
ceive the prize, comp. ver. 14. So Philo
Alleg. 11. p. 74, C, drav (@ Wuxi) Te-
AewwOns Kal BoaBeiwy Kat oremavwy
aEwwO0ys. Of time, Lu. ii. 43, TeAErw-
cavtTwy tas juéoas. Of declarations or
prophecy, to fulfil, John xix. 28, tva té-
AewwOy 47 yoapn.—li. Fic. to make per-
fect, i. e. to bring to a state of perfectness
or completeness: 1) gener. John xvii. 23,
iva wo. TeTeNeLwpuevor zis Ev, ‘that they
may be perfectly united in one.’ 2 Cor.
xii. 9, 7 yap Ovvapis pou (Tov Ozov) év
aoQeveia TeXetovTat, ‘shows itself per-
fect ada. Ti 22: li dohn s.:.5N av GAG,
Kcclus. vii. 32. 2) spec. and in a moral
sense, to make perfect in respect to sin, ‘ to
fully cleanse from sin, to make full ex-
piation for it. So often in the Ep. to the
Hebrews, e. g. vii. 19, otd&y yao éte-
Aeiwoev 6 vowos, ‘ the Mosaic law made
no perfect expiation, provided no real ex-
piation and atonement; comp. vil. Il. x.
4, where see my note. Of persons, Heb.
ix. 9, O@0@ Te KaL Svuoiar—pi) Ouvvamevat
Kata cuvelonow TeXeLwoat TOV AaToEL-
ovta. X. 1, 14, vereXeiwKev eis TO Ernve-
Kes Tous ay.aCouevous, ‘hath perfectly
expiated those that are sanctified.’ Also,
to muke perfect, in respect to condition,
happiness, glory ; to bring to a perfect
state of happiness and glory; prop. ‘to
bring any one through to the goal,’ so as
to win and receive the prize. So of Christ
as exalted to be head overall things, Heb.
wes
ste a
ii. 10, tov dpynyov THs cCwTneias a’TaY
ora TWAaDnuaTwY TENEL@OaL, an agonistical
metaphor ; the person who proclaims the
victor and bestows the prize being said
TéNeLouv Tivad, and those who receive it
Tehe.ovo8ar. And so of Christ it is said,
ver. 9, by the same metaphor, BXE7ropev
"Incovv, dia tO TWADHKMa TOV Javatou
d0&n Kal Tiny éoTEepavwuevov. V. 9. Vil.
28. Also of saints advanced to glory, xi.
40. xii. 23. Comp. Philo above in I.
TeAsiws, adv. (TéXsL0s,) completely,
perfectly, 1 Pet. i. 18, reXeiws eXtricate,
i. e. ‘cherish a perfect hope, unwavering
confidence.’ So in 2 Macc. xii. 42. 3 Mace.
iii. 26. Pol. vi. 37, 4.
TeXeliwors, ews, 7, (TeXeLow,) prop.
the completion of any commenced action, or
the. accomplishment of any meditated pur-
pose. In N. T. fig. as said of a prediction,
Sulfilment, Lu. i. 45. Also completeness or
perfection, as said of Christ’s priesthood,
both as to expiation and intercession. Heb.
“Aber BR
TeXerwTis, ov, 6, (TeAELdw,) & com-
pleter, perfecter, prop. ‘ who brings one
through to the goal so as to win and re-
ceive the prize, Heb. xii. 2, eis tov ris
Tictews aoynyov Kat Ter. “Inooun,
comp. ii. 10
TeXeoghopiw, f. ow, (tTeXec@opos,
‘bringing to an end,’ perfecting, npening,
fr. TéXos, pPéow,) prop. to bring to perfec-
#ion or maturity, as fruit, grain, &c. to
ripen, as oft. in Class. ; absol. and fig. Lu.
vili. 14, ob TeXeogopovc1, where see my
note, and comp. Matt. xiii. 22.
TeXeutaa, f. 10m, (tTEXEUTH,) prop.
to bring to an end, finish any commence
action, Eurip. Phen. 1597, w wate, os
TautTa TeXeuTa, or complete any com-
menced period of time, espec. that of life;
so Dem. xiii. 15, tov Biov teXevTav, ‘to
end:one’s life, to die ;) in N. T. intrans. or
with tov Biov underst. to die, Matt. ii. 19,
TeXevTycavTos 6& Tov ‘Hewoov. ix. 18,
et al. seepe in Sept. & Class. Of a violent
death, Matt. xv. 4. Mk. vii. 10, Savatw
TeXevTaTw, ‘let him die the death, em-
phat. ‘ be put to death without mercy.’
TeXeur, ns, G7, (TeX€w, TéAOS,) an
end, limit, espec. of life: so ved. Tov
Biov, Dem. 481, 14; in N. T. absol. end
of life, death, Matt. ii. 15, ws ts TeX.
“Hewédov. Sept. Gen. xxvii. 2, al. Apocr.
and Class.
Tehéw, f. gow, (TéXos,) to terminate,
complete, fully accomplish, Hom. Od. iv.
776; trans. I. PROP. and gener. with acc.
Matt. xiii. 53, Ore éréXecev 6 "I. Tas
maopaBoAas. xix. 1. xxvi. 1. Lu. ii. 39.
2 Tim. iv. 7, tov dpdmov, (a metaphor de-
436
TEA
pov, occ. in Hom. xxiii. 373.) Rev. xi. 7.
Pass. Lu. xii. 50, Ews ob TeXeoO, i. €.
Bawticna. John xix. 28, 30, tevré-
Aeotat, wz is finished! i. e. ‘the whole
work.’ Rev. x. 7, éreXéacOn TO pvoTH-
prov. xv. 1, 8. Sept. and Class. Foll. by
partic. in the participial construction, Matt.
xl. 1, Ore étéXeoev 6 I. dtataccwr,
‘when Jesus had finished commanding,’
&c. So pregn. with the partic. under-
stood, Matt. x. 23, od uy TedXéonTte Tas
qwoNets Tou I. ‘ye shall not have finished
the cities of Israel, i.e. ‘ye shall not
have finished passing through them.’ The
partic. is supplied in Sept. cuvetéXece
OvaBatvwv, Josh. iti. 17. iv. 1. Of time,
pass. to be ended, fulfilled, Rev. xx. 3, dypt
tEre08y Ta xihia ern. ver. 5, 7.—IL. —
METAPH. to fully accomplish, fulfil, exe-
cute completely, as a rule or law, with acc.
Tov vomov, Rom. ii. 27. James ii. 8.
év@iQuuiav oaoxos, Galat.. v. 16; in
Class. only of orders, or directions, sc.
Luc. Piscat. 52, teX\@uev ta wapny-
yekueva. Of declarations, prophecy, &c.
Lu. xvii. 31, teXecOyocera: TavtTa Ta
yeypaumeva. Luke xxii. 37, al. Sept.
Ezra i. 1, and Class. as Diod. Sic. ii. 27,
vouloas TeTeENeo0ar Tov yonouov.—III.
by impl. to discharge fully, pay off, as
taxes, Td dOldpaxua, Matt. xvii. 24.
pooous, Rom. xiii. 6. Jos. and Class.
TéXos, e0s ous, TO, an end or term, as
said of time, also termznation or completion
of action; in N. T. 1) GENER. and with
gen. Lu. i. 38, T7s Baotdelas abTou ovK
éorar TéAos. 2 Cor. iii. 13, eis +6 TéXOS
ToU Katapyouuevov. See my note. Heb.
vii. 3, unTE Cwys TéXOs. 1 Cor. x. 11], ra
Té\yn Tav aiwvwy. | Pet. iv. 7, wavTwv
To TéXos: with gen. impl. John xiii. 1,
els Tédos (Cwns) Hyawyoev. Matt. xxiv.
. X. 22, Urrousivas eis TéXos, scil. Cwys
or wabnudtev. Mk. xiii. 7. Lu. xxi. 9.
1 Cor. i. 6, ws Tédovs, scil. was. 1 Cor.
xv. 24, cira TO TéXos,i. e. ‘the end of the
work of redemption.’ Absol. téXos éxeuv,
to have an end, be ended; fig. to be de-
stroyed, Mk. iii. 26, ov d0vaTar orabjvat,
ah\a Téhos éxet.. Adverb. acc. Té TéXos,
finally, at last, 1 Pet. iii. 8; eis réXos,
prop. ‘to the end,’ perpetually, for ever,
Lu. xviii. 5. 1 Th. ii. 16. Meton. 4 aoxn
Kal TO TéXos, equiv. to woewTos Kat
éoxatos, Rev. xxii. 13. 2) fig. end, i.e.
event, issue, result, Matt. xxvi. 58, é2xa-
Onto idety TO Tédos. Ja. v. 11, TO TéXOS
Kupiov,i. e. ‘which the Lord gave.” With
gen. of person or thing, final lot, Rom. vi.
21, +6 Tédos éxeivwy Savaros.. ver. 22.
2 Cor. xi. 15. Heb. vi..&. 1 Pet. % 9.7 Ge
a declaration or prophecy, accomplishment,
Julfilment, Lu. xxii. 37, Ta mepi éuou.
vived from the agonistic phrase TeAziv dpo- | TéAos éxXet, ‘have fulfilment,’ are fulfilled.
TEA
3) fig. end, i. q. ‘final purpose,’ that to
which all the parts of a whole tend, and all
terminate, the chief point, sem, | Tim. i.
5, TO véhos TIS mapary'yedias éoTiv
arvarn : in Rom. x. 4, téAos vosov Xpr-
ods eis OiKatoobvnY TaVTL TH TWLOTED-
ovtt, the sense is, ‘the scope, end, and
final object of the Law for justification.’
See Acts xiii. 88. Similarly as says Philo,
p- 626, wpovKerto Ev avTw TEOS WYHTAL
Tovs aoxouevovs. 4) meton. and byause
_ formed on that sense of teAetv, by which
it means fo pay tax or tribute, a taa, tri-
bute, Matt. xvil. 25, rTéAn 7 KHVocov. Rom.
xiii. 7, and Class.
TeAXwvys, ov, 6, (TéAOS, wvéomat,)
prop. @ farmer of the taxes or customs ; for
the public revenues of the ancients were
usually farmed out, and among the Romans
the farmers were chiefly of the equestrian
order, or at least persons of wealth and
rank, like Zaccheus, aoxiTeAwvns, Lu.
xix. 2. The farmers-general had also sub-
contractors, and they employed agents,
who collected the taxes and customs;
‘these were called teX@vac: in N. T. in
this latter sense, a toll-gatherer, collector
of customs, usually persons of the lowest
grade, (as alone likely to fill so odious an
office,) and by the Jews always coupled
with the most depraved classes of society,
Matt. v. 46, ovxi Kai oi TeX. TO adTo
qWotover; X. 3. TEX. Kal GuapTwdAotl, ix.
10. xviii. 17. xxi. 31, al.
TeX wviop, ov, 76, (teAwvys,) @ toll-
house, custom-house, collector’s office, Matt.
ix. 9. Mk. ii. 14, and Class.
Tépas, atos, T0, a wonder, portent,
prodigy, strictly as foreboding something
future; in N. T. only pl. and always joined
with onucta. HesAnt. ii...12. 1.’.Xen.
~Mem.i. 4,15. 1) prop. Acts 1.19, dwow
TéigaTa dy T® OUP. a4VW, Kal onucia étl
TS. yis KkaTw. 2) gener. onueta Kal
Tepara, signs and wonders, spoken of
‘mighty works, mzracles of various kinds,
(so Jer. xxxii. 20; ;) so of the miracles of
Moses, Acts vil. 36; of Christ, John iv.
48. Acts ii. 22; of the apostles and teach-
ers, ver. 43. iv. 30, al.; also the pretended
miracles of false prophets or teachers, Matt.
xxiv. 24, 2 Th. ii. 9. Sept. and Class.
Tecoapakoyra, ol, al, Ta, indec.
forty, Matt. iv. 2. Mk. i. 13. Acts i. 3, al.
Sept. and Class.
Téccapakovtaertis, €0S OUS, O, 11,
adj. (Teo0. éTOS,) of forty years, ©. gr.
TETCUPAKOVTAETIS xeoves, ‘the time of
forty years,’ forty years’ time, Acts vii. 23.
xiii. 18.
Téccapes, ol, ai, neut. pa, gen. wy,
Attic TétTapes, neut. pa, card. adj. four,
Matt.xxivy.3l. Mk. ii. 3,al. Sept. & Class.
437
i
TEX
Teaoapeckardéxaros, y, ov, ordin.
adj. fourteenth, Acts xxvii. 27, 33. Sept.
and Class.
Tetaptatos, ia, ov, (rétapTos,) an
adj. marking succession of days, used only
adverb. on the Sourth day. John xi. 39,
TETaoTalos yap eo7TL, i.e. ‘he is now the
fourth day dead,’ has been four days dead.
Pol. iii. 52, 2, ndn 6& TeTaAoTAatos wr.
Tétaortos, n, ov, ordin. adj. (réoca-
oes,) the fourth, Matt. xiv. 25, al. Sept.
and Class.
Tévoa-, contr. for TérTapa or réc-
caoa,
Tetoaywvos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (TéT pa,
ywvia,) four-cornered, four-square, Rev.
xxi. 16. Sept. and Class.
Tetpacdtoy, ov, 70, (dim. of TeTeas,
a tetrad, the number four ») &@ quaternion
of soldiers, the usual number of a Roman
night- wate, relieved every three hours.
Acts xii. 4. Philo in Flace. p- 981. Pol.
ene Balle
Tetpakioyxidrot, at, a, adi. (tTeTea-
Kus, adv. xéAtou,) prop. ‘four times one
thousand,’ i. e. fowr thousand, Matt. xv.
00. Sept. and Class.
Tetpaxkoctot, at, a, adj. four hun-
dred, Acts v. 36, al. Sept. and Class.
Tetoapnvos, ov, 0, 1, adj. (TéTea,
which see, pay v,) of four months, John i iv.
35, ETL TETOAaUNVOS éoTL (yoovos) Kal 6
Sepiopes 2 épXeTat, i. e. four months’ time.
Text. rec. neut, TeToapuqvov, a form found
in Sept.; the masculine occurs in the
Class.
TetoamX0os ous, 0n 4, Cov oun, adj.
(rtétTea, atdcos,) fourfold, Lu. xix. 8, and
Class.
Tetpamovs, o0os, 0, 4, adj. (réTpa,
mous, ) Sour-footed, quadruped, plur. ab-
sol. ta Tetpamoda, quadrupeds, Acts x.
12. xi. 6. Rom. i. 23. Sept. and Class.
Tetoapyxéw, f. how, (tTeTpaoxns,) te
be tetrarch, to rule as tetrarch, with gen.
Lu. iii. 1. Jos. Vit. SAE
TetTopapyns, ov, 0, (TéTea, &EXw,) a
tetrarch, prop. ‘the ruler of the fourth part
of a district or province ;’ Strabo, p. 567,
Casaub. In later usage it became among
the Romans a common title for those who
governed any part of a province or king-
dom, subject only to the Roman emperor.
In N. T. of Herod Antipas, Matt. xiv. 1.
Lin: tp sins (2 Acts:
Tevyw, see Tuyxavw.
Tegpoow, f. wow, (tTéppa, ashes,) to
reduce to ashes, utterly consume, destroy,
e. gr. Cities, with acc. 2 Pet. ii. 6.
Téxun, ns, 1, (rixtw, TEeKxetv,) art in
general: |) prop. art or skill in any science,
Bian, .
TEX
&e. Acts xvii. 29, yapaypmati Téxvns.
Sept. Apocr. and Class. 2) meton. an
art, trade, Rev. xviii.22, teyvitns maons
Téexyyns. Acts xviii. 3, oKnvotoLol Tiy
Téxyyv. Sept. and Class.
Texvitys, ov, 6, (tTéxvy,) prop. an
artisan, artificer; Acts xix. 24, qapei-
XETO TOLS TeXViTaLs Epyaciay. Ver. 3B.
Rev. xviii. 22. Sept. and Class. Fig. of
God, as the builder and founder of the
heavenly Jerusalem, Heb. xi. 10. Wisd.
xii. I.
Tikw, f. Ew, to melt or liquefy, whether
by heat or by moisture; in N. T. pass.
77Kkomat, to be melted, to melt, 2 Pet. iii.
12. Sept. and Class.
TynrXavyos, adv. (tTyAavyijs, far-
shining, radiant, fr. THAe, abyy,) radi-
antly, brightly, i. e. clearly, distinctly, Mk.
vill. 25, évéBAXedve THA. EtravtTas. Diod.
Sic. 1. 50, woos To TnXavyéoTzpov Cav.
TyALtKouTos, avTn, ovTo, demonstr.
correl. pron. prop. a strengthened form of
THAikos, n, ov, so great, tantus, 2 Cor. i.
10, é« tyAtKoUTOV SavaTov. Heb. ii. 3.
Ja. iii. 4, al. and Class.
Typéw, f. ow, (supposed to come from
Typos, ‘watching, Asch. Suppl. 245;
yet it would rather seem that tTyo0¢ is de-
rived from tTyoéw. Indeed Tyods is one of
these verbals formed from a pres. indic.
and equiv. in sense to the partic. pres. So
qotos from qorew, and Bookos from Bo-
ckéw. Thus typos is equiv. to Tnowy, as
ios for @irkav. Tnoéw itself would
seem to be a vow peregrina, probably cogn.
with some one in the Sanscrit. Its prim.
sense seems to be to hold or grasp, and
thence to KEEP, to keep hold of, and fig.
to keep GUARD over, to watch,) to keep an
eye upon, to watch, and hence to keep, to
guard, trans. 1. prop. to watch, to observe
attentively, to keep the eyes fixed upon (of
things), with acc. Rev. i. 3, Kat Tneovv-
Tes Ta évy avTyH (ToomyTEia) yeyoapu-
péva, ‘watching the fulfilment of the
prophecy.’ xxii. 7,9. Sept. tno@v aveuov,
Fecl. xi.4, & Class. Hence fig. to observe,
keep, fulfil, as a duty, precept, law, custom,
&e. = ‘to perform watchfully, vigilantly,’
with acc. Tas évToNas, Matt. xix. 17, oft.;
évtoA\ny thy aomdov, | Tim. vi. 14;
Aoyov, John viii. 51. Rev. iii. 10; Adyous,
John xiv. 24; tov vowov, Acts xv. 5; ma-
padoow, Mk. vii. 9; to c&@BBarTov, John
ix. 16; gener. with acc. expr. or impl.
Rev. ii. 26, 6 Tnopwy Ta ~Epya pov, i. e.
‘the works which I require,’ Matt. xxiii.
3. Rev. iii. 3.—II. by impl. to keep, guard,
e. gr. a prisoner, with acc. Matt. xxvii. 36,
54, tyoovvTtes Tov ‘Incovv. Acts xii. 5,6.
xvi. 23. xxiv. 23. 1 John v. 18, rnpet
éauTov, i. e. Sis on his guard; partic.
Matt. xxviii. 4, of tnpouvtes, the keepers,
438
a —
Pie
guards. Of things, Ta iuatia, Rev. xvi.
15; fig. to keep in safety, to preserve, main-
tain, with accus. of thing simply, Eph. iv.
3, THPELY THY EVOTHTA TOU TVEDUATOS.
2 Tim. iv. 7, Tv wiotLy TeTHoNKa. Jude
6. So fig. acc. with adjuncts ; with double
acc. of pers. and predic. 2 Cor. xi. 9,
aBao7n Uuiv EuauTov ETHPNoa Kal THOEN-
ow. 1 Tim. v. 22. Ja. i. 27; with dat. of
pers. Jude 1; foll. by év of state, Jonn
xvii. 11, 12. Jude 21; 2 tives, John
xvii. 15; aad tives, Jali 2/7 to
keep back, reserve, with acc. of thing, John
ii. 10, oU TETHONKaS TOV KadOv OivoY ~wsS
aot. xii. 73 Ti Tum, 2 Pet. ii. 17; Tt eis
via, | Pet.i. 4. Of person, 1 Cor. vii.
37, THoEly THY EauvTOV TapUEvor, i. e.
‘to keep her at home, unmarried,’ opp. to
éexyapiCwy, ver. 38. 2 Pet. ii. 4, eis Koiow.
Tionors, ews, n, (Tnoéw,) prop. a
watching, keeping, and hencein N. T. 1)
fig. observance, performance, i. e. of pre-
cepts, gvtoAwy, 1 Cor. vii. 19. 2) guard,
ward ; in N. T. meton. place of ward, a
orison, Acts iv. 3. v. 18, €@evtTo abtods
év THPNTEL Onpocia.
TiOnpur, f. Ofow, aor. 1. eOnKka, perf.
TéVetxa, to set, put, place, lay, trans. I.
prop. to set, put, where a person or thing
is set erect, rather than as lying down;
act. alight. ovdé TiWéaot AUXVOV UO TOV
podtov, Matt. v. 15; taoKkatw «Xivys,
Lu. viii. 16; eis Kpvarny, xi. 33: 30 a
title, ¢ai Tov cTavoov, John xix. 9; one’s
foot, wi THs JaXacons, Rev. x.2. Mid.
to set or put for one’s self, i. e. on one’s
own part or behalf, by one’s own order,
&c.; €. gr. persons in prison, eis muAa-
Kyv, Acts xii.4; eis THonow, iv. 3; also év
gpudaky, Matt. xiv. 3; év tThonoer, Acts
v.18: of things, ¢o se¢ in the proper place,
1 Cor. xii. 18, 6 O<ds eberTo Ta pEXn—év
Tw cwuatt. Spoken of food or drink, Zo
set on or out, with ace. John ii. 10, rov
kaXov otvov tino... —II. oftener of
things, to put, lay, lay down, where the
thing is conceived of as laid or lying down
rather than as erect: 1) prop. SeuéAuov,
Lu. vi. 48. 1 Cor. iii. 10; Aifov aoos-
Kompatos, Rom. ix. 33; amedckoupuea,
xiv. 13: gener. in the adage, Lu. xix. 21,
aiowv 0 ovk £0nxas, ‘taking up what thou
hast not laid down, ‘taking what is not
thine own.” Of dead bodies, to lay in a
tomb or sepulchre, with acc. Mk. xv. 47.
Xvi. 6, d7rou 20nKav aitov, & oft. Foll.
by é7rt with gen. tovs a@oGevets emt KAL-
vev, Acts v. 15; with ace. caXuupa eat
70 Toedcwtov, 2Cor, iil. 138; Tas yetoas
em’ auta, Mk. x. 16: so with éari and
acc. impl. ré yovata TiVEvar sc. emi THY
ynv, lit. ‘to place the knees, = to kneel,
Mk. xv. 19, oft.; tara tovs wédas TLVOs,
| I Cor. xv. 25. In the sense of to lay off
TIK 4
or aside, iuatia, John xiii. 4. 2) fig.
tTUWévar Ty Wuyijv, ‘to lay down one’s
life” John x. 11, oft. Foll. by gai with
ace. Matt. xii. 18, Siow to Tvevua pou
em avTov, i.e. ‘will give or impart to
him :? mid. with év, 2 Cor. v. 19, Séuevos
Ev uty TOV AOyou THs KaTa\Xayis, i. e.
‘placing ¢z us, laying upon us, commit-
ting unto us.’ Mid. foll. by eis ta wa
vuay, ‘to lay up in your ears, = to let
sink into your ears, minds, Lu. ix. 44; by
eis Tas Kaodias, ‘to lay to heart,’ = to
resolve, xxi. 14; by év T7 Kapdia, ‘ to lay
up in heart, lay to heart,’ = to revolve in
mind, ponder, i. 66, also = to resolve,
purpose, Acts v.4; é€v Tw mvevmatt, Xix.
21.—III. fig. to set, appoint, constitute,
often equiv. to Engl. to make; of time,
mid. Acts i. 7, yodvous 7} Katpovs, os 6
Ilatip eero év TH idia é£ovcia, i. e.
‘which the Father hath set by virtue of
his own authority, comp. év, III. 5:
so the lot of any one, To pégos, foll. by
peta Tivos, Matt. xxiv. 51; of a decision,
decree, law, Acts xxvii. 12, of aXzious
e0evto BovArjv, i.e. ‘made a decision,
decided, determined;’ Gal. iii. 19, 6 vdpuos
é7Té0x, ‘the law was set, made,’ in text.
rec. tpoceTéOn. Foll. by double acc., of
pers. or thing, and predicate, 1 Cor. ix. 18,
wa adatavoy Siow TO evayyéd.oy,
“that I may make the gospel without
charge, free of expense, comp. for the
sense, 2 Cor. xi. 7, 8; of persons, in the
formula ws dv Jw Tos zxBoovs cov
UTOTOOLOV Twy Todwv cov, Matt. xxii.
44, al.; Acts xx. 28, tbuas 20eT0 émicKo--
mous. Rom. iy. 17, watépa moAX\wv
eQvav Té0erxa oe. 1 Cor. xii. 28. Heb. i.
2. 2 Pet. ii. 6; in a pass. construction,
with eis o final, 1 Tim. ii. 7; foll. by ace.
and eis final, mid. 1 Th. v. 9, ov« 20eTo
nuas & Qzds eis dpynv, ‘hath not ap-
pointed us to wrath; pass. 1 Pet. ii. 8:
with acc. and tva, John xv. 16.
Tixtw, f. TéEomar, aor. 2. Erexor,
to bring forth, bear, as offspring, trans.
1) prop. Matt. i. 21, 23, rzEerar 62 vidv,
and ver. 25. ii. 2, 6 TeyQeis Bacreds.
Iu. i. 31. Sept. and Class. Metaph. of
irregular desire as producing sin, Ja. i. 15,
émTiupnia cu\\aBovca TikTE: duapTiay,
and Class. 2) of the earth, Heb. vi. 7,
77 4 Tiktovca Botavynyv. Eurip. Cyclop.
002, 7 Y7i—TikTovea Toiay.
TirXrw, f. .X@, to pull or pluck, to pull
out or off, as ears of grain, with acc. Matt.
oa. bk. Mk, 11.23. Lu. vi.1l. Sept. rir.
tpixas, Ezraix. 3. Arr. Epict. iii. 1, 29.
Diod. Sic. v. 21, eraxus.
Tipaw, f. jow, (T147),) prop. to rate,
price, or estimate any thing, to account it
worth so and so; & by impl. worthy ; hence
in N.T. I. toesteem, honour, reverence, with
9 ie BT
acc. 1) gener. 1 Tim. v. 3: 1 Pet. ii. 17.
Spec. parents, Matt. xv. 4,5. Mk. vii. 10. x.
19. Eph. vi. 2, al. and Sept. ; kings, 1 Pet.
ii. 17 ; God and Christ, John v. 23. viii.
49, al. Sept. and Class. 2) to treat with
honour, to bestow special marks of honour
and favour upon any one, with acc. John
xii. 26. Acts xxviii. 10, woAXats Tipaits
éeTiunoav nuas. Jos. Ant. iv. 6,8, vues
Tiuav Eeviows. Xen. An. i. 9, 14, Swoors
eTiua.—lI. to price, i.e. to fix a value
or price upon any thing; pass. and mid.
with acc. Matt. xxvii. 9, tyy Tuunv Tov
TETIMNMLEVOU, OV ETLUNTAVTO ATO Viwy
‘TooanX. Sept. Jos. and Class,
Tin, ns, 7, (Tiw,) gener. worth, esti-
mation ; in N.T. I. esteem, honour, respect,
reverence: 1) gener. e. gr. as rendered or
exhibited towards any person or thing.
John iv. 44, rpop~ytys—tipyy ovK exXEL.
Rom. xii. 10. 1 Cor. xii. 23, sq. Col. ii.
23, ovK év Tiny TiVL, 1. &. TOU THMaTOS.
Wet. ive 45) Heb, ai. os. Lk evens
okevos eis TLeunv, Rom. ix. 21. So as
rendered to masters, 1 Tim. vi. 1; to ma-
gistrates, Rom. xiii. 7; elders, 1 Tim. vy.
17 ; to Christ, with do£a, 2 Pet. i. 17. Rev.
v. 12, 13; to God, with dd£a, 1 Tim.i. 17.
vi. 16, al. Sept. & Class. 2) spec. of @ state
or condition of honour, rank, or dignity,
joined with d0£a, Heb. ii. 7, 66&y Kai
Tin toTepavwoas auvTov. ver. 9. Rom.
ii. 7, 10: Pet. fs 7. Sept. ce Class;
Once of an office of honour, Heb. v. 4.
Jos. Ant. x. 8, 6. 3) meton. honour,
equiv. to mark or token of honour, reward,
&e. Acts xxvili. 10, aoAXats tipmats
éeTiunoav nuas. Sept. and Class.—Il.
value, price, Matt. xxvii. 6, Tiuy atuatos,
‘price of blood.’ ver. 9. Acts iv. 34. vii.
16, tru apyveiov. xix. 19. Meton. a
thing of price, and hence collect. precious
things, Rev. xxi. 24,26, & Sept. Ez. ii.2, 25.
Tépcos, a, ov, adj. (Ten,) gener. esti-
mated, thought worth; in N.T. I. esteemed,
honourable, Acts v.34, Tau. Tipios jwavti
Tw haw. Heb. xiii. 4. Sept. and Class.—
Il. valued, prized, precious: 1) prop. ‘ of
high price,’ costly; Ni®os Tipios, a pre-
cious stone. Sept. and Class. : gener. Rev.
xvii. 4; pl. 1 Cor. iii. 12; EdAov tipov,
costly wood, Rev. xviii. 12. 2) fig. pre-
cious, dear, Acts xx. 24. Ja. v. 7. 1 Pet.
i. 7, 19. Sept. and Class.
Tiprotns, ntos, 1, (Timsos,) precious-
ness, costliness ; meton. precious things,
magnificence, probably costly merchandise,
Rey. xviii. 19,
Tipwpéw, f. wow, (tTynwpoos, fr. T1472,
opaw,) prop. to watch or protect the honour
of any one, to help, succour, vindicate, also
tv avenge, punish in behalf of any one; in
N. T. gener: ¢o tay with acc. Acts
a
rTM
xxvi. ll, tTimwpav abrods: pass. xxii. 5,
and Class.
Tiuwota, as, n, (timwpéw,) prop.
vindication, avengement ; in N. T. punish-
ment, Heb. x. 29, and Class.
Tis, neut. ti, gen. Tuvds, indef. pron.
enclitic, one, some one, a certain one ; dis-
tinguished by its accent from vis interrog.
I. prop. and gener. of some person or
thing whom one cannot or does not wish
to name or specify more plainly ; in various
constructions: i) simply, Matt. xii. 47,
eimé Tis auto. xx. 20, al.; pl. tuvés,
Mk. xiv. 4. Lu. xiii. 1. xxiv. 1, al. 2)
joined with a subst., or adj. taken sub-
stantively, it denotes @ certain person or
thing, some ; so after a subst. Mk. v. 25,
yuvn tis. Lu. viii. 27, etal.; pl. Lu. viii.
2, yuvatkés tives. Acts ix. 19, iugoas
vTivas. xvii. 20. 2 Pet. iii. 16, duocvdnra
twa. Also before the subst. or adj. Matt.
xviii. 12, éav yévntai tin avOpwTw, et
al. Joined with names, either proper or
gentile; before, Mk. xiv. 21, wapayouTa
twa Lipwva. Acts ix. 43; after, Lu. x.
33, Lauapeltys Tis. 3) with gen. of
class or of partition, i.e. of which Tis
expresses a part, Lu. xiv. 15, akovcas Tis
TeV cuvavaKkéetmevwy. 2 Cor. xii. 17. eis
tus, Mk. xiv. 47, et al. 4) with numerals,
where it renders the number indefinite,
about, some, Lu. vii. 19, reookadecadmevos
Ovo Twas Twv palynTw@y avTov, ‘some
two, i.e. two or three, Acts xxiii. 23.
5) distributively, tTis—érepos, one—an-
other, 1 Cor. iil. 4; pl. tuvés—tevis, Lu.
ix. 7, 8. 6) sometimes tis or Tivés is
omitted where the sense requires it to be
supplied, Lu. viii. 20, danyyédn aite
Aeyoutwy sc. rwav. Mk.ii. 1.—II. gener.
any one, any body, some one or other, in
various constructions and uses: 1) simply,
Matt. viii. 28, Mk. xii. 19, éav twos adeA-
gos ato8avy. Lu. xiv. 8. Rom. v. 7, al.
Neut. 71, Matt. v. 23, exec Te KaTa cou.
Mk. xi. 13. Acts iii. 5. 2) joined with a
subst. or adject. Rom. viii. 39, otre Tus
Ktiows étTéoa. Neut. ti, Lu. xi. 36, 1)
éXov TL meoos okoTetvov. Acts viii. 34:
so before adjectives of quality, character,
&e. Lu. xxiv. 4l, gyeré te Boworpor ;
John i. 47. Acts xvii. 21; after, Mk. xvi.
18. 3) with gen. of class or of partition,
1 Cor. vi. 1, ToAua Tis Uuwy; Acts v. lo.
2 Th. iii. 8. Neut. ti, Acts iv. 32. Rom.
xv. 18, al. Also with éao, Lu. xvi. 30;
2x, Heb. iii. 138, tis @& vuwv. 4) Tis
stands for Engl. indef. ONE, some one,
Matt. xii. 29, wws GtvaTtai Tis cioeNOetv;
Mk. viii. 4. John ii. 25. 1 Tim. i. 8. 5)
in a similar sense, like Engl. one, any one,
for every one, xaos, John vi. 50, ov Tds
zoTLV O GOTOS, Wa Tis EE avTOU Payn.
Acts ii. 45. xi. 29, al.
440
TTS
j one, Matt. xxi. 3. Col. iii. 13. gay uy T1s,
unless one, John iii. 3, 5: pl. av tues, if
any, 1.q. whosoever, John xx. 23.—III.
emphat. somebody, something, i. €. some
person or thing of importance: 1) simply,
Acts v. 36, Aéywy elvai Twa éavTov.
Neut. 1 Cor. iii. 7, ote 6 putetwv éoti
Tt. Vil. 2, x. 19. Gali. Gives
with an adj. Acts viii. 9, Siuwy Azéywv
eivat Tia éauTov péyav. Heb. x. 27,
poBepa tis exdoyn Kopicews.—lV. Tis
with a subst. or adj. sometimes serves to
limit or modify the full signification, like
Engl. somewhat, equiv. to 1 some measure,
a kind of, &c. Rom. i. 11, ti petadw ya-
propa vu. ver. 13. 1 Cor. vi. 1. Jai.
18.—V. neut. Ti adverbially or as acc. of
manner: 1) simply, i or es to something,
im any way, Phil. ili. 15, ef te ETéQWS
poovette. Philem. 18: hence it is equiv.
to perhaps in the formula ei uy TL, unless
perhaps, Lu. ix. 13. John v.19. 2) with
another acc. neut. as adv., thus serving to
modify it, some, somewhat, a little ; Bpayd
tL, some little, a little, spoken of time,
Acts v. 384; of place or rank, Heb. ii. 7;
Acts xxiii. 20, ti axpiBéotepov. 2 Cor.
x. 8. xi. 16: so pépos Tt, i some part,
partly, 1 Cor. xi. 18.
Tis, neut. Ti, gen. Tives, interrog. pron.
who ? which? what? A) DIRECT, usually
with the indic., sometimes with the subj.
and opt., which then serve to modify its
power. I. with INDIC., gener. and in
various constructions: 1) simply, Matt.
iii. 7, Tis UméderEev Uuiy Quyetyv; XXi.
23. Lusx. 29.. .John.i. 22; S00 Actaeaa
27. xix. 3, cis Ti obv EBatTiobnTe; Heb.
iii. 17, ti €o7e TouTO; what ts this? Mk.
i. 27. 2) with a subst., or adj. taken sub-
stantively, Matt. v.46, riva uroOov éyeTe;
Mk. v. 9. John ii. 18. Rom. vi. 21. Heb.
vii. ll, al. 3) foll. by gen. of class or of
partition, i.e. of which tis expresses a
part, Matt. xxii. 28, tivos tav énra
éotac; Lu.x.36. Acts vii. 52. Heb.i. 5:
also with éx, Matt. vi. 27, tis 2& tuav;
al.; with subst. Matt. vii. 9, 4 Tis éoru
é& uuay avOpwaos; Lu. xi. 11. 4) after
vis the verb eivac is often omitted; Ti
ampos nuas; Matt. xxvil. 4. Ti éuol Kai
coi; Johnii. 4. Lu. iv. 36. Acts vii. 49.
Rom. viii. $l. 4) sing. vi as predicate
sometimes refers to a plural neut. as sub-
ject, John vi. 9, tavta ti éorw zis
tocovtouvs; Acts xvii. 20.—II. neut. vi
as adv. of interrogation, or as acc. of man-
ner interrog. 1) wherefore? why? for
what cause? equiv. to dca ti, Matt. viii.
26, Ti Oetdoi éove; Mk. xi. 3. John vii.
19. So ti cat, why then? | Cor. xv. 29,
30: vi 62, but why? expressing surprise,
Matt. vii. 3; also and why? also to what
6) éav Tis, if any | end? for what purpose? for eis Ti, Matt.
i 441
xxvi. 65. Gal. iii. 19, ri obv 6 vouos; |
2) as to what? how? in what respect ? for
Kata ti, Matt. xix. 20, vi Ett VoTEpa@;
xvi. 26; also in what way? how? Rom.
viii. 24, ri kai éXaiGer; 1 Cor. vii. 16, ri
oldas; Acts xxvi. 8: hence intensive,
how! how greatly! Lu. xii. 49, ti FéXw
ei Hon avnmOn ;—III. equiv. to worepos,
where two are spoken of, who or which of
the two? Matt. xxi. 3], tis é« Twy dvo.
xxvu. 2). 1 Cor. iv. 21, al—IV. cis
with indic., through the force of the con-
text, sometimes approaches to the sense of
qotos, Lat. gqualzs, i.e. of what kind or
sort 2 so of persons, Matt. xvi. 13, viva |
me Asyouow ot avPowtror Elva; ver. 15.
1 Cor. iii. 5; of things, Lu. iv. 36, ris o
Aéyos ovTos; xxiv. 17. John vii. 36.—
V. spc. with indic. future, ris expresses:
1) deliberation, Matt. xi. 16, tive opor-
wow THY yevedy T.; Mk. vi.24. Lu.iii. 10.
Acis iv. 16. 2) hence implying the idea, |
shall, may, can, Matt. v. 13, é¢v tint ahu- |
cOjocervar; Lu.i. 18. Acts viii. 33. Rom. |
viii. 33, 35.— VI. with swbjunct. implying
deliberation with the idea of possibility, |
Matt. vi. 31, Aégyovtes, Ti Paywpuev;
Lu. xii. 17, +i moiujow; al.—VII. with
optat. and d@v,implying doubt, uncertainty,
Acts ii. 12, ti av SéidXoe Tovto eivar;
xvii. 18.—B) INDIRECT, where it is often
equiv. to dotis. I. with mdic., after
verbs of hearing, inquiring, showing, know-
ing, &e: &c. ; in various constructions and
uses: 1) gener. Matt. vi. 3. ix. 13, ua-
Gere ti éotiv. x. 11. xii. 3,7, al.: so
with subst. 1 Cor. xv. 2, tive Adyw. |
Pet. i. 11: with iva: implied, Rom. viii.
27, oide ti TO Hpdovynua. Eph. iii. 18.
Heb. v. 12.—II. with swbj., implying what
may or can be done, Matt. vi. 25, m7
mepipvate Ti aynte. x. 19. xv. 32.
Lu. xii. 5, 11, al.—IT11. with optat. after
a preceding pret.,and implying doubt: 1)
gener. Lu. vill. 9. xv. 26, éarvv@averto, Ti
ein TauTa; al. 2) with av, as strength-
ening the idea of uncertainty, Lu. 1. 62, 70,
Ti av SéXot KaXetc¥ar a’tov. vi. 1), al.
TitXos, ov, o, Lat. titulus, a title,
superscription, John xix. 19, 20.
Tiw, f.icw, to respect, honour, reverence,
also to estimate ; hence in fut. and aor. 1.
act. and mid. to honour, i.e. by making
compensation, or atonement,—to atone for,
pay for, with acc. of wrong done, &c. ; in
T. to atone with, to pay, with acc. of
thing offered or suffered in atonement, as
dixny Tiewv, ‘to pay or suffer punishment,
to be punished,’ Lat. ‘solvere penas,’ 2 Th.
1. 9, of ixyy Ticovow, 6XeB8o0v aiwy.
and so Plut. de Sera Num. 8, étice B.
dikny. AB). V. H. i. 24, érice dixnv.
AL Oat
strengthened forms tovyap, Tovyaoour,
&c. while voi itself has merely the con-
firmatory sense, izdced, forsooth, yet, &c.
In N.T. only incompounds, caitorye, &e.
Toryapouy, i. e. Toi strengthened by
the particles yao and ovv, equiv. to by
certain consequence, consequently, therefore ;
1 Th. iv. 8, tTovryapovv o abetrav. Heb.
pg) ae Fe
Toiye, see Toi and Té.
Toivuy, i. e. Toi strengthened by vuv,
equiv. to zxdeed now, yet now, therefore :
used where one proceeds with an inference,
and usually put after one or more words
in a clause, Lu. xx. 25, aaodote Toivuy
ta Kaicapos Kaicapi. | Cor. ix. 26:
more rarely at the beginning of a clause,
Heb. xiii. 18, toivuy éZeoyoue0a.
To1dode, ade, ovds, (a strengthened
form of totos, demonstr. correlative to
totos, otos,) of this kind or sort, such,
Lat. talzs, 2 Pet. i. 17, pwv7js Toraods.
Torovutos, avtTyn, ovuto & ovTov, (a
strengthened form of totos, demonstr. cor-
rel. to aotos, otos,) of this kind or sort,
such, Lat. talis, more frequent in Attic
usage than Totos or Tovdcde. I. gener.
1) without art. or corresponding relative,
Matt. xviii. 5, gav d&€€nTat Tardiov Toi-
ovtov éy. Mk. iv. 33. John iv. 23. Acts
xvi. 24: with a corresponding relative,
oios, 1 Cor. xv. 48. d7rotos, Acts xxvi. 29.
ws, Philem. 9. 2) with the art. as mark-
ing something definite or already men-
tioned, Matt. xix. 14, Ta@v TotovTwy éoTiv
n Baotrsia tay ovo. Mk. ix. 37. Acts
xixs. 20. Rom. (1.32. (ly Cor. v.10 cau
oft. in Class.—II. by impl. such, equiv. to
so great: 1) without art. or relative,
Matt. ix. 8, Tov dovta éEouciayv Totav-
TyHv tots avOo. Mk. vi. 2. John ix. 16;
neut. pl. tovavta, such things, so great
things, good, Lu. ix. 9; evil, xiii. 2: with
a relat. corresponding, do7s, 1 Cor. v. 1.
os, Heb. viii. 1]. 2) with the art. 6 to:-
ouTos, such an one, such a person, imply-
ing notoriety ; in a good sense, 2 Cor. xii.
2, 3, 5; in a bad, equiv. to such a fellow,
Acts xxii. 22:'1 Cor. v. 5, 2 Cor. ii. 6,.7,
Totyos, ov, 6, (kindr. with retyos,) a
wall, i. e. of a house, paries, Acts xxiii, 3.
ToéKos, ov, 0, (Tiktw, “TéToKa,) a
bringing forth, birth, thing born, offspring,
child ; in N. T. fig. gain from money put
out, interest, usury, Matt. xxv. 27.
Torpaw, f. now, (Toma, fr. TKAw,
obsol.) to have courage, boldness, confidence
to do any thing, to venture, dare, intrans.
with infin. Matt. xxii. 46, ode ervoAunoé
Tie ETEpwTHoa autov. Mk. xv. 43. Acts
Tot, enclitic particle, consequently, there- | v. 13. Rom. v. 7. Also to show one’s self
Jore; a signif. however found only in the | bold, to act with boldness, confidence, toll.
U5
TOA
442
Afra
by é7ri Tia, against any one, 2 Cor. x. 2; | dpove. nuty Kat Tov TOTOY Kai TO
with év reve, mm any thing, xi. 21.
ToXunpotepov, adv. (compar. of
tohunows,) the more boldly, with greater
confidence and freedom, Rom. xv. 15.
TorAputis, ov, , (ToAudaw,) prop. @
darer, enterpriser, Thuc.i. 70. InN. T.
in a bad sense, one too bold, audacious, pre-
sumptuous, 2 Pet. ii. 10.
Topos, 7, ov, adj. (rTéuvw,) cutting,
sharp, keen; in N. T. only compar. Touw-
teoos, sharper, keener, fig. Heb. iv. 12,
and Class.
ToEov, ov, to, « bow for shooting
arrows, Rev. vi. 2, and oft. in Class.
Toma.oy, ov, 70, the topaz, Rev. xxi.
y) y) 9 3
20; a transparent gem of gold colour.
Toros, ov, 6, place: I. as occupied by
any person or thing, space, room: 1) prop.
Matt. xxviii. 6, Tév TOmov OTroU EkELTO O
Kuovos. Mark xvi. 6, al. Sept. and Class.
So d:ddvar toTov svi, to give place to
any one, te make room, Lu. xiv. 9. Eph.
iv. 27. 2) fig. equiv. to condition, part,
character, 1 Cor. xiv. 16, 6 dvatrAnpav
TOY TOTov Tov idiwtov. Philo, p. 600.
Jos. Ant. xvi. 7,2. 3) fig. place, equiv.
‘to opportunity, occasion, Acts xxv. 16,
aply 4 TOTov amoXNoyias AaBor. Rom.
xv. 23. Heb. xii. 17.—II. of a particular
place or spot where any thing is done or
occurs, Lu. x. 32, Aevitns yevouevos
KaTa TOV TOTOY. xi. 1. xix. 5. John iv.
20. v. 13, al. Sept. and Class. Pleonast.
Rom. ix. 26, é€v Tw tow ov.—III. of a
place where one dwells or sojourns, &c.
equiv. to dwelling-place, abode, home, Lu.
Xvi. 28, eis TOv TOTOY TOUTOV THS Baca-
vou. John xi. 6. xiv. 2, wopevouat egot-
peacoat toTov buy. Acts i. 25. xii. 17.
Rev. xii. 6: so of a house or dwelling, Acts
iv. 31; a temple, vii. 49; hence the Tem-
ple, as the abode of God, is called 6 Toros
aytos, Matt. xxiv. 15. Acts vi. 13. Sept.
oft. Of things, a place where any thing
is kept; skeath, scabbard of a sword, Matt.
xxvi. 52.—IV. in a geographical sense, a
place or part of a country, of the earth,
&c. 1) of a definite place in a city, dis-
trict or country, Matt. xxvii. 33, eis To7rov
Aeyouevov Todryoba, (6 éort, Neyouevos,
Kopaviov tomos.) Lu. xxiii. 33, al. Sept. &
Class. 2) of a place as enhabited, a city,
village, &c. Lu. iv. 387, eis wavta ToTOV
THs Weorywoov. X. |, al.: so év TavTi
TOTw, every place, every where among
men, | Cor. i. 2, al. Sept. and Class. 3)
of a tract of country, distréct, region ; eis
Zenmuov totov, Mk. i. 35. Ev épypmors
Toots, ver. 45, al.; 60 dvidowy ToTw)r,
Matt. xii. 43. xara troqovus, in divers
places, quarters, countries, xxiv. 7: so in
e0vos. Heb. xi. & Acts vii. 7, AXaTpev-
covot me gy Tw TOT ‘T. ‘in this land;
and so occasionally in Class. 4) fig. of @
place or passage in a book, Lu. iv, 17,
evoe TOv TOTOV ov YY YyEyoaupéevoy.
a Mem. ii. 1, 20. ee
Tocoutos, avtyn, ovto & ovrov (a
strengthened form of tdocos, correl. to
bcos, Téaos), so great, so much, &c. 1)
prop. of magnitude, intens. so great, Matt.
vill. 10, ot6& tocatTHy TioTiW EveoV.
John xii. 37. Rev. xviii. 17; plur. neut.
tocavTa, so great things, benefits, Gal. ii.
4: with ooos corresponding, Heb. i. 4.
vii. 22. x. 25. Sept. and Class. So of a
specific amount, so much and no more,
Acts v. 8, ei rocovTov TO ywpiov am-
édoo8e: soin Xen. Mem.i.3, 5. i.4,4. 2)
of time, so LONG, John xiv. 9, tocouvroyv
xoovov. Heb. iv. 7, and Class. 3) of
number, multitude, collect. or in pl. so
many, so numerous, Matt. xv. 33, GoTot
TocouTOL WoTE XKopTaoat OxoVv ToOCGOU-
tvov. Lu. xv. 29. John vi. 9, al. & Class.
Tove, demonstr. adv. of time, then, at
that time, correl. to OTe, rote. 1) of time
PRESENT, én general propositions, markin
succession ; after wewtov, Matt. v. 24,
mowtov dtalrAaynhit, Kat Tore EXOwv.
xii. 29; with o6rav, John ii. 10. 2 Cor.
xii. 10; simply, Lu. xi. 26, and Class. 2)
of time PAST; with a notation of time
preceding, Matt. xiii. 26, dre EGAGoTyOEV
0 XOpTos, TOTE EMary Kal Ta CiCawea.
xxi. 1; with ws, John vii. 10; wera, with
accus. xiii. 27: also as opp. to vuv, Rom.
vi. 21. Heb. xii. 26. Simply, where the
notation of time lies in the context, when
TOT, then, at that time, is often equiv. to
thereupon, after that, Matt. ii. 17. iii. 13,
TOTE TapayiveTat, ‘after this, al. Also
in later usage dard Tote, from then, from
that time, Matt. iv. 17. xvi. 21. With
the art. as adj. 6 TOTe KOapos, ‘the then
world,’ 2 Pet. ili. 6, and Class. 3) of tzme
FUTURE, e. gr. with orav, preced. Matt.
xxv. 31. Mk. xiii. 14, al. and Class.
Totvavtioy, crasis for To évaytior,
prop. the opposite, as Xen. Hist. vii. 5, 26,
but sometimes in Class. and also in N. T.
as adv. on the contrary, 2 Cor. ii. 7. -Gal.
n. 7. 1 Pet: iv. %
Totvopa, crasis for TO dvonea, KaTa
understood, by name, Matt. xxvii. 57, and
Class. |
Tovréoti, for tovr’ zor, that 2s, id
est, equiv. to ‘which signifies, used in
explanations ; Acts i. 19, al.
Todyos, ov, 6, a he-goat, Heb. ix. 12,
sqq. x. 4. Sept. and Class.
Toatwea, ys, 7, (prop. TeToamela,
thé sense of a land, country, John xi. 48, | from téroa, and ma, foot, ) a table, e. gr.
Pr A
I. GENER. for setting on food, taking
meals. 1) prop. Matt. xv. 27. Mk. vii.
28, al. Sept. and Class. So of the table
for the shew-bread, Heb. ix. 2. Sept. 2)
meton. for ‘that which is set on,’ food, a
meal, Acts xvi. 34, wapé0nke ToaTeCav.
(So Hdot. vii. 189, toameQav emitAény
aya0@v amapadévtes, and elsewh. in
Class.) Rom. xi. 9, yevy0nTw 1 Toe.
avTav sis mayida. 1 Cor. x. 21, and
Class.—I1. spec. the table or counter of a
money-changer, at which he sat in the
market or other public place, e. gr. in the
outer court of the temple, Matt. xxi. 12.
Mk. xi. 15. John ii. 15. Lys. 114, 37.
Iseus 105, 119. But as those counters
were, no doubt, provided with éd/s, for the
deposit of money, so Tp. came to, mean
gener. a place where money is deposited
and invested, like our bank, which, derived
from @@a, originally denoted only a
counter. Lu. xix. 23, d.ddvat TO aoyv-
ptov ert Thy To. Dem. 895, 5, 15. 1356,
10. Meton. Acts vi. 2, teaméGais draxo-
vetv, i. e. ‘to manage the collection and
-distribution of money collected for the
poor. Jos, Ant. xii. 2, 3, BactduKy TeG-
qe a, ‘the royal treasure.’
TpameCitns, ov, 0, (tTeaTeCa,) a
money-changer, broker, banker, one who
exchanged money, and who also received
money on deposit at interest, in order to
lend it. out to others at a higher rate.
Matt. xxv. 27. Jos. and Class.
Tpavpa, atos, T0,(tTiTpwoKw, kindr.
with titTodw, obsol. Tredw,) a wound, Lu.
x. 34. Sept. and Class.
ToavpatiCw, f. iow, (Teavua,) to
wound, trans. Lu. xx. 12. Acts xix. 16.
Toaynr${ Cw, f. iow, (tTedxndos,) a
word formed on the same model as payi-
(w, abyevifw, yaotpiCw, & Keparilw;
and meaning gener. to affect the neck in
some way or other, such as the context
must determine. Hence it signifies, 1)
to strain at the neck, as wrestlers do one to
another. 2) to throw back head fore-
most, so that the neck is exposed, as when
a wrestler is thrown on his back by his
antagonist, and his neck subjected to his
view and grasp. 3) to lay bare the neck by
bending back the head, as in the case of
an animal about to be butchered. So Diog.
Laert. vi. 61, ide Tov Kprov dpetmaviov,
ws UO TOU TUXOVTOS Kopaciou TEAYXn-
AiGerat. This last sense alone suits the
single passage of N.T. where the word occ.
Heb. iv. 13, wavta 6é yupva Kal TeTpa-
XnAicuéva Tois OpPadpots atvrou, sc.
tou Gzov. Thus it may be rendered laid
bare, i.e. open to the view. Or we may,
with Gataker, Elsner, Wolf, and Periz.,
suppose an allusion to the case of a male-
443
fs cat
was sometimes previously eaposed, by his
neck and head being forcibly bent back,
as he was thrown backwards ; of whom it
might be said, in the words of Pliny,
Paneg. 34, ‘desuper intueri supina ora,
retortasque cervices.’
Toadyxndr0os, ov, 6, the neck, Matt.
xvili. 6. Mk. ix. 42. Lu. xvii. 2. Rom.
xvi. 4, Tov EauT@y TeaXnAOoV UTrENHKay,
i.e. under the axe, i. ¢. ‘have exposed
their lives to peril for my safety.’ Lu. xv.
20, and Acts xx. 37, émimecovtes éTTt
TOV Te. avTou, ‘embraced him.’ |
Tpaxvs, eta, v, adj. (kindr. with
padcow, pyocw,) rough, uneven, e. gr.
ooo, Lu. iii. 5. Acts xxvii. 29, Toaxetac
70Tot, ‘rocky places, where breakers are
found. Sept. Jer. ii. 25, odds tp. Ceb.
Tab. 15. Xen. An. iv. 6, 12.
Tpoets, ot, at, neut. tTpia, Ta, card.
num. three, Matt. xii. 40, et al.
Tpépmw, (Tpew,) occ. only in pres. and
imperf. to tremble, e. gr. from fear, intrans.
Matt. v. 33, doBnletca Kai Teémovca.
Lu. viii. 47. Acts ix. 6. Sept. and Class.
Hence, fo tremble av any thing, = to fear’,
to be afraid, with part. 2 Pet. ii. 10, ob
Tpémovcr. BAaomyuourTses, ° they do not
fear speaking evil, i.e. ‘to speak evil of.’
So with inf. Soph. Cid. Col. 128, as
Tpémomev Aévyerv. Sept. Is. xvi. 2, 5.
Toéda, f. OoéWw, prop. to make thick,
firm or fast, as a fluid, yaXa OpéWan, ‘to.
curdle milk, Hom. Od. ix. 246. Gener.
and in N. T., to make thick or fat, sc. by
feeding, Hom. Od. xiii. 410; and = to
teed or nourish, nurture, trans. 1) prop.
and gener. with acc. Matt. vi. 26,6 Hatip
Uma 6 ove. TOEMeL aiTAa. xxv. 3/, al.
Also from the prim. notion of fattening,
to pamper, Tas Kapolas, Ja.v. 5. See my
note. Sept. and Class. 2) to nurture,
educate, bring up, Lu. iv. 16, Na Caper,
ov nv TE0paupévos, a signif. occ. also in
Jos. and Class., from the primary notion
of nursing, rearing, and bringing up.
Tpoéxw, f. SoéEouar, aor. 2. Edpauov,
to run, intrans. 1) prop. and gener. absol.
Matt. xxvii. 48, cUO0éws dpauwy eis eE
avtay. Mk. v.6. Lu. xv. 20. John xx.
2: foll. by éwi with acc. of place, Lu..
xxiv. 12; «cis final, Rev. ix. 9. Sept. and
Class. So of those who run in a stadium
or public race, 1 Cor. ix. 24, 01 év otadiw
TOEXOVTES TAVTES TOZXOVOLY, and oft, In
Class. Fig. in comparisons drawn from the
public races, and applied to Christians, as
expressing strenuous effort in the Christian
life, oUTw ToéxeTE, va KaTahaByTe, sc.
TO BoaBetov, ix. 24, 26; eis Kevov, Sin
vain, Gal. ii. 2. kaXa@s, v. 7; with acc.
of kindred subst. Heb. xii. 1, Toéywpev
factor about to be executed, whose face | Tov jookeinevoy jutv ayaa, “let us run
| U6
rn.
the race set before us,’ and Class. Also
of strenuous effort in general, Rom. ix. 16,
ov ToU SéXovTOS OVE TOU TPEXOVTOS : SO
Anthol. Gr. iv. p. 134, uy tpéxe, wt
Kotria. 2) metaph. of rumour, word, or
doctrine, to run, spread quickly, 2 Thess.
iii, 1, va 6 AOyos Tov Kupiou teéxyN: so
Ps. cxlvii. 15, Ews Tadyous Opapettar 6
NOyos avtou.
Tptaxovra, ot, at, Ta, (ToEts, Tpia,)
tharty, Matt. xiii. 8. Mk. iv. 8, et al. sep.
Tetaxoatot, at, a, (rTpets, Tpia,)
three hundred, Mk. xiv. 5. John xii. 5.
ToiBoXros, 6, n, adj. (Tels, BéXos,)
three-pointed, three-pronged ; subst. 0 Tet-
BoXos, a caltrop or crow-foot, composed of
three or more radiating spikes or prongs,
and thrown upon the ground to annoy
cavalry; see Polyb. and Veget.; in N. T.
trebulus, land-caltrop, a low thorny shrub,
so called from the resemblance of its
thorns and fruit to the military caltrop,
Matt. vii. 16. Heb. vi. 8. Sept. and Dios-
cor. ivi.L5.
ToiBos, ov, n, (tToiBw, to rub,) @
beaten path-way, high-way, e. g. ev0eias
NMOLlELTE. TAS TpiBous auTov, Matt. ii. 3,
al. Sept. and Class.
Tovretia, as, 7, (ToLeTHs, fr. ToETs,
tpia, and étos,) the space of three years,
Acts xx. 31. Artemid. iv. 2.
ToiGa, f. iow, to give out a stridulous,
creaking sound, Lat. stridere, intrans. spoken
chiefly of living creatures, especially of the
shrieking of women. Also of inanimate
things, as the chord of a lyre, when the
string, as we say, is false ; also of iron when
filed or sawed. In N. T. of the teeth, to
grate, grind, gnash, with acc. Mk. ix. 16,
TpiCer Tous dd0vTas avTov. So Theophyl.
Sm. p. 91, yaXerraivwy Kai TEeTpryws
tous éddvTas. Aristoph. Ran. 926, uy
qjpole Tous ddovTas.
Tpimnvos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (Tes, miyv,)
of three months, AKschin. 63, 14. Soph.
Trach. 164, for the more usual toun-
vatos. InN. T. only neut. tToiunvoy, a
three months’ -space, trimestre, Heb. xi. 23.
Sept. and lat. Gr. espec. Polyb.
' Tois, adv. (Tpets,) three temes, Matt.
xxvi. 34, 75, and oft. So éai tois, up to
thrice, equiv. to thrice, Acts x. 16. xi. 10.
Sept. and Class.
Toioteyos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (Tels, oré-
yn,) prop. three-roofed ; gener. three-sto-
ried, having three floors or stories, oixor
tToicteyot., Jos. B. J. v. 5, 5. oroat,
Dion, Bal. Ant.ii. 68. In N. T. neut:.
70 toioteyoy, the third floor, third story,
Acts xx. 9. Comp. in ‘Yzeowov. Ez. 42,
6. Gen. vi. 16, Symm. So 7 to.otéyy
Artemid. iv. 46.
444
TPO
Toroyxirtor, at, a, adj. (pis,
X‘Arot,) three thousand, Acts ii. 41. Sept.
and Class.
T pitos, n, ov, ordin. adj. (rpets,) the
third, e.g. IY. gener. Matt. xx/°3;"arept
Ti TpiTnvy Boav. xxii. 26, 6 ToeiTos.
xxvii. 64, al. Sept. and Class: So vq
tTpiry jueoa, ‘on the third day,’ Matt.
xvi. 21. Mk. ix. 31, al. 77 1m. rH TpiTn,
John ii. 1. tq Tpitn, sc. nu. Lu. xiii. 32,
and Class.—II. neut. to toitov, 1) as
subst. with wépos impl. the third part, foll.
by gen. of a whole, Rev. viii. 7, to Tpitov
Twy Cévdowv. ver. 8, sqq. Ix. 15, 18. xii.
4,non al. Sept. 2) as adv. the third time,
e.g. to toitov, Mk. xiv. 41. John xxi.
17, bis.. Simpl. tpirov, Lu. xx."T2) al:
toeitov tovro, ‘this third time, 2 Cor.
xii. 14. xiii. 1. é« tpirov, adv. the third
tume, Matt. xxvi. 44.
Toiyes, see Oplé.
Totyxevos, n, ov, adj. (SprE,) made of
hatr, caxkos Tpixwwos, Rev. vi. 12. Sept.
Xen. An. iv. 8, 3, Torxivous YiTwvas.
Tpdmos, ov, 6, (Teénw,) a trembling,
e. g. from fear, terror, Mk. xvi. 8, eixe 0e
avuTaS ToOuos Kal éxoTao.s. Sept. and
Class. Coupled with oBos, e.g. @. Kat
Tpouos, fear and trembling, intensively
expressing either ‘ great timidity,’ dzfi-
dence, | Cor. ii. 3; or profound reverence,
awe, 2 Cor. vii. 15. Eph. vi. 5, al.
Too77, Hs, 7, (TpéIw, to turn,) a turn-
ing, i. e. turning back, the act of turning.
In Class. chiefly applied to the flight of an
enemy. In N. T. to the turning of the
heavenly bodies in their courses, at the
solstices or tropical points, when the sun
alters his course, James i. 17, ovK Ev
Tapadday?, 1 TooTHS aTockiacua. So
Sept. Job xxxvili. 33, Tpomwas ovpavou.
Deut. xxxiii. 14, nAiov teow. Pol.
ix. 15, 2. iv. 72, 3, of the summer and
winter solstices, and oft. in Class. This
astronomical sense, however, is only to be
considered subordinate and suited to the
purpose of allusion ; the leading one being
the fig. sense of mutation, change, muta-
bility, as in Plut. Alcib. 23, o€uTéoas
TOETOMEVW TOOTaS TOU Kamatd£EoVTOS,
and Galb. tpowas TocavTas Tpawope-
vos. So Cesar, p. 723, E. tpomas eayev
avTw@ TO Bovevpa TAEtotas. Aschin,
p. 66, wAelous Tpemdmevos TOOTAS TOV
Evpizrov. Plato Loer. p. 102, C. tpomat
Kat a&\Nowwsers. So Hesych. well ex-
plains @\Ao1woews Kal PavTacias Opoiw-
pa, the Etym. Mag. by wetaBodrs txvos.
T pd0os, ov, 0, (ToETw,) prop. a turn-
ing or turn, the direction given to any thing
set in motion; & by impl. the position which
it then occupies. Hence it denotes prop.
situation of person or thing; & then, situa-
Po
tion of actzon. Hence gener. manner, mode ;
in N. T. I. GENER. and prop. in adverbial
constructions: 1) acc. with kata, e. g. Kad’
ov TeoTov, ‘in what manner,’ equiv. to
as, even as, Actsxv. 1]. kata jwavta TpO-
qov, ‘in every way, Rom. iii. 2. kata
uydéva TpoTrov, ‘in no way, 2 Th. ii. 3.
Sept. and Class. 2) acc. as adv. dv tTo0-
qov, ‘in what manner, =as, even as, Matt.
XXill. 37, Ov TodTov ETLoVVaYyEL Gos TH
voooia éauvtns. Acts i. ll. So Jude 7,
TOV OmoLoy TovTOLS TpdOTroV. Sept. 3)
dat. wavti Toed7w, ‘in every way,’ Phil.
1. 18. éy wavti tTeoTw, 2 Th. iii. 16.—IT.
FIG. turn of mind & habits, life, d¢sposztion,
manners, mode of thinking, feeling, acting,
Heb. xiii. 5, apiddpyupos 6 TeOT Os, and
Class. as Demosth. p. 1204, 4, ows
am\yotos Kal aicypoKkegdijs 0 ToT Os
autou éotiv. So Swift says, ‘the turn
and fashion of the age.’
Tootodopé., f. jow, (TpOTos 2, &
dopéw,) to bear with the turn, i. e. dis-
position or manner, of any one, with acc.
Acts xii. 16, text. rec. érpotropooncev
autous, where see my note. Later edit.
ETpOPopopycev.
Toon, as, 7, (TeéEmw,) prop. nowrish-
ment, food, Matt. ili. 4, 1 dé Tpo@i) avtou
qv akpices K.T.X. vi. 25, & oft. Sept. and
Class. In the sense of stipend, lit. ‘ sup-
port or maintenance, Matt. x. 10, @E:os
yao 0 2pyatns THS TOOMNs a’ToU zoTiDv.
Xen. Gic. v. 13. Fig. nutriment for the
mind, zustruction, Heb. v. 12, 14, where
see my note.
Teodas, ov, 6, 1, (ToéEpw,) a nurse,
1 Th. ii. 7. Sept. and Class.
Tpopodoptw, f. iow, (tTeopos, do-
pew,) prop. to bear about as a nurse, to
carry in the arms ; fig. to cherish, care for,
_ trans, Acts xii. 18, in later edit. see my
note.
Teoxta, as, 7, (tpoyxos,) prop. a
wheel-track, rut; in N. T. fig. a way,
path, Heb. xii. 13, teoxras 6p0as mro1n-
Gate TOLs ToL Uuwy, ‘ ways of life and
conduct.’
Tpoxes, ov, 6, (TeéXw,) prop. and lit.
@ runner, i. e. ‘any thing made round for
rolling or running ;’ hence gener. a wheel
of any kind, espec. a chariot-wheel; in
N. T. fig. @ course, as run by a wheel, Ja.
il. 6, Tov TpoXOv TAS Yevecews, * course
of life,” see my note. Comp. Anacr. iv. 7,
TpOXOs GouaTos yao ota, Biotos tTpéxer
KuXtobzis.
TovBXiov, ov,70, adish for eating, or
a bowl for drinking; the former in Matt.
XXV1. 23, 0 éuBawas pet Euou év TH TO.
Mk. xiv. 20. Sept. and Class.
Tpovydo,f. iow, (tTovyn, fruitage,vint-
age, harvest,) prop. to yather in ripe fruits
445
| ips hd
or grain, Sept. Hos. x. 12,14. Oftener,
and in N. T., of vintagers, to gather
grapes, with ace. Lu. vi. 44, obdé éx Barov
Tevy@or oradpvdAny. Rev. xiv. 18, 19.
Sept. Jos. and Class. as Dioscor, v. 29,
Thy orapuAny. Xen. ic. xix. 19.
Tevy ay, ovos, 7, (Tevfw, to coo,) a
turtle-dove, Lu. ii. 24. Sept. and Class.
Tovpadkia, as, n, (tTevpun, TOVW, to
rub through,) @ hole, as in Sept. and
Class. ; in N. T. the eye of a needle, equiv.
to tovmnpa, Mk. x. 25. Lu. xviii. 25.
Of the same form as dpuakia.
Tovmnpa, atos, To, (tTevTaw, to
bore, tpv7a, tpvw,) a hole, Aristoph..
Keel. 620; in N. T. the eye of a needle,
Matt. xix. 24.
Tovgdaa, f. yaw, (tevgi,) to le in
luxury or pleasure, intrans. Ja. v. 5. Sept.
and Class.
Tpvon, 7s, 7, (Sovarrw, to break,)
delicate living, luxury, i. e. as breaking
down the body, and enfeebling both body
and mind, Lu. vii. 25, of év—tpugy
um@apxovTes. 2 Pet. ii. 13. Sept. & Class.
Towy, f. Eouas, aor. €tTpayov, (Tpww
& tptw,) to eat, prop. to craunch, as
fruits, nuts, raw beans, &c. Hdot. ii. 37, &
92; hence TowyaéA1a and tTpwkTa, =
Jruits, such as nuts, almonds, and the like,
set on as a dessert. In N.T. gener. equiv.
to éo0iw, absol. Matt. xxiv. 38, Towyov-
TES Kal TivoyTes, ‘eating and drinking,’
i. e. feasting, revelling. Dem. 402, 21,
Towyelw Kal Tivey novyy. Foll. by acc.
aotov, John xiii. 18, 6 Towywy, designa-
ting ‘a familiar friend,’ the communion of
domestic hospitality being always account-
ed a pledge of friendship. See Eur. Hec.
793. Fig. John vi. 58; with odépxa, ver.
54, 56, 57.
Tuyxavw., (f. revEouat, aor. 2. eru-
xov, perf. rseTUy Ka as wellas TéTeEvXa &
TéETUXa,) prop. to hit, strike, reach a mark
or object, said espec. of a weapon; fig. to fall
in with, meet casually, of pers.: hence in
N.T. I. TRANS. to attain unto, = to obtain,
gain, receive, foll. by gen. Lu. xx. 35, Tov
aimvos ékeivov Tuyxety. Acts xxiv. 3,
Toys sionvns TUYYX. XXVi. 22. xxvii. 3,
2 Tim. ii. 10, iva cwtynoias tvy. Heb.
Xi. 3D. vill. 6, T. AetTovoyias, and oft.
in Class.—II. intTRANs. to fall out, to
happen, chance: 1) ei rvyor, impers. af it
so happen, or it may be, equiv. to perchance,
perhaps, | Cor. xiv. 10. xv. 37, here = for
example, and sometimes in Class. 2) part.
TUX@Y, OVca, Ov: as.adj. happening, i. e.
any where and at all times, equiv. to ordi-
nary, casual, common, hence ov tuxwy,
extraordinary, uncommon, Acts xix. 11,
OuvdueEls ov Tas TUYOUVGUS ETOLEL O Geos.
XXvili. 2, and Class. ; neut. tuyov, adv. 7
TYM
may be, equiv. to perchance, perhaps; | Cor.
xvi. 6, wpds Uuas TUXOV TaPapEVa, also
in Class. 3) before the partic. of another
verb, TuyXavw is used adverbially ; as in
Engl. ‘to happen to be, to chance to be,’
before a partic., espec. with wy; which in
later writers, however, is not unfrequently
omitted, particularly before a predicate,
Lu. x. 30, agevtes (aitov) tubavy
TuyXavovTa, ‘leaving him as 7 were half-
dead,’ and so oft. in Class.
Tuptavila, f. iow, from riutavor,
a drum, tabret, timbrel, (TU7ravov, TUT-
Tw,) & also a drumming, i.e. a beating-post,
(as we say, chopping-post,) on which crimi-
nals were bound to be beaten to death,
2 Mace. vi. 19, 28, comp. ver. 30. Hence
Tuutavicw, to beat the drum; in N. T. to
beat or drum to death. Pass. Heb. xi. 35,
GANoe O& EtuutravicOyncav. Luc. Jup.
Trag. 19, a@vacxoXoTiGomévous dé, Kai
TUpTaviCouevous, and elsewhere in Class.
See more in my note in loc.
_ Tobos, ov, 6, (timrTw,) a type, lit.
“any thing produced through the agency
of strokes:’ hence it denotes I. prop,
‘ any thing struck off, by @ stamp, and ge-
ner.a@ mark, print,impression, John xx. 25,
bis, Tov TUTOy THY HAwY. Athen. Xiil. p.
585, C, Tos TUTOUs THY TWANY@V idovca.
—IT. from the adjunct, the delineation of
any thing by stamp, i. e. figure, form, e. g.
1) prop. of an image, statue, Acts vii. 43,
TOUS TUTOUS OUS ETOLNTATE TWOOTKUVELY
autovs. Hdian. v. 5, ll, tov tiaov tov
Ozov. 2) fig. form, manner, e. g. of the
contents of a letter, Acts xxiii. 25. 3 Macc.
iii. 30, 60 THs émtoToARS TUTOS: and so
Artemid. ii. 45, 70. ili. 34, tTUaos ypapn-
uatwv: of a doctrine, Rom. vi. 17. Jambl.
Vit. Pythag. chap. xvi. p. 58. chap. xxiii.
p- 89, Tov TUTov THs OicacKaXias. 3)
fig. of a person, @ type, as bearing the
form and figure of another, Rom. v. 14,
Os éoTe TUTOs Tov wéAXAOVTOS. — III.
gener. prototype, pattern: 1) prop. of a
pattern or model after which any thing is
to be made, Acts vil. 44, qoijyoar avThp
Kata Tov TUTOV K.T.rA. Heb. vili. 5. 2)
fig. an exemplar, example, pattern, to be
imitated, followed, Phil. iii. 17, cuuucun-
Tai wou yivecbe—kabws EyeTEe TUTOV
nuas. 1 Th.i. 7, al. Hence an example,
for admonition, warning, | Cor. x. 6, 11.
Tiomtw, f. Ww, to beat, to strike, smite,
prop. with repeated strokes, trans. IL.
PROP. and gener. 1) in enmity, with a
staff, club, the fist, &c. with acc. of pers.
Matt. xxiv. 49, tuarewv Tous suvdotvXous.
Lu. vi. 29. xii. 45, et al. sepe. Sept. and
Class. 2) in grief, Lu. xxiii. 48, ti7-
TovTes éauT@y Ta o770y. xviil. 13,
eTuTTEVv (éauTOv) eis TO ot7HVos. Jos.
Ant. vii. 10,5, tumtouevos Ta oTéova.
446
TY®
3) fig. from the Hebr. to smite, = to
punish, to inflict evil, to afflict with dis-
ease or calamity, said only of God, Acts
xxiii. 3, TUmTew oe pitti O OGeds.
Sept. 2 Sam. xxiv. 17. Ez. vii. 9. 2 Mace.
ili. 39.—II. Fic. to strike against, = to
offend, wound, e. g. the conscience of any
one, THy cuveidnovy, 1 Cor. viii. 12. Sept.
1 Sam. i. 8. Prov. xxvi. 22; but there
rather of the mind, by perturbation, as
also in Hdot. iii. 64, init.: in Hom. Il.
xix. 125, of grief.
TupBatw, f. aow, (tveRn, Latin
turba,) to make turbid, stir up, tov
anXov, Aristoph. Vesp. 257. In N. T.
fig. to disturb in mind, trouble, make
anaious, pass. or mid. Lu. x. 41, pepip-
vas Kal TupBaCn Wept Toda. Aristoph.
Pax 1006, sq. Athen. p. 336.
Tu@dAods, 7}, ov, adj. supposed to be de-
rived from tigw, to smoke, q.d. * cui oculi”
suntsuffusi:” anidea, however, rather suited
to denote that dimness of sight, called
gutta serena, or suffusio, which is the fore-
runner of a cataract, than blindness itself,
or the state of one to whom ‘the sun is
dark.’ The word is rather, I apprehend,
for crideXdos, from otidw, to stuff and
stop up, or close (as our blind from the A.-
S. Blinnan, to stop up). So Strabo speaks
of a rumAds ToTamos, a river stopped up
at its mouth by bogs, &c. And the Greeks
said tu@Aos Totyos, as we do ‘a blind
wall; in N. T. 1) prop. blind, Matt. ix.
27, 28. xi. 5. Sept. and Class. 2) in fig.
sense, 7gnorant, stupid, dull of apprehen-
sion, Matt. xv. 14, édnyot eior rupdoi
tudXov. xxiii. 16, 17, 19, 24, 26. Lu. iv.
18, al. Sept. and Class. as Lucian Vitar.
Auct. tupdos yao et THs WuxXns Tov
6p0arpov.
Tudrdwo, f. acw, (tupdos,) to blind,
make blind, trans. In N.T. only fig. with
ace. John xii. 40, tos é@Gadpois. |
John ii. 11. 2 Cor. iv. 4, Ta vorjpara.
So Sept. Is. xlii. 19. Plato Phedo 48,
tiv Wuxi tTuprAwieinu.
Tudoa, f. dow, (tidos, prop. smoke,
vapour, & fig. conceit, pride, fr. Tupw,) to
smoke, surround with smoke, Julian, Ce-
sares, Tupovue0a Ure Tov Katvou. Fig.
to make conceited or proud, to inflate,-Philo
Leg. ad Cai. p. 1015, 6 6& Tatos eautov
zEstipwoev. In N. T. only pass. to be
conceited, proud, arrogant, 1 Tim. iii. 6,
iva pi TupwOleis eis Kpiua éEuTrécy. Vi.
4, 2 Tim. iii. 4. Jos. and Class.
Tidy, f. Séwrw, lit. to make a smoke or
fume, (karvov tide, Hdot. iv. 196,) also
to smoke, to surround or fill with smoke, as
KaTv@ Tue Tijy woALy, Aristoph. Vesp.
457 ; sometimes fo set on fire, so as to burn
with a smouldering flame, as if ready to go
out. In this sense, however, the term
TY ®
rarely occurs except in the pass. to be set
on fire, so as to burn with a smouldering
flame. Aristot. Met. ii. &éoTe THS yHs—
otov TUpecBar kai Suuiaoiar. fig. Charit.
vi. 3, yo0aveto TUPomévou Tou Tupds ETL.
Plut. Syll. 6, 0 TUMMAXLKOS TOAEMOS,
Tara Tupomevos, eri Tiv Wor ava-
Aduwas. Hence we may perceive the force
of the word in Matt. xii. 20, Atvov tudo-
mevov ov oBéoet, lit. ‘he will not quench
a smouldering wick, or taper;’ in which
we have implied an affirmative of the con-
trary assertion, q. d. ‘ He will strengthen
wavering faith, and rekindle nearly extinct
piety.”
Tugwvikos, 4, ov, adj. (tTudey,
typhon, whirlwind,) typhonic, i. e. like a
typhon or whirlwind, violent, tempestuous,
e. or. dvewos, Acts xxvii. 14.
Tuxay, see Tuyxavy, IT. 2.
Y.
‘Yaxiv@ivos, n, ov, adj. (vadx.vGos,)
4yacinthine, having the colour of the hya-
cinth, Rev. ix. 17. Sept. and Class.
‘YakivOos, ov, 6,7, a hyacinth, prop.
a flower of a deep purple or a reddish blue,
but in N. T. @ gem of like colour, Rev.
xxi. 20.
‘Y dALves, n, ov, adj. (UaXdos,) of glass,
glassy, transparent, Rev. iv. 6, Sa\acoa
vadivy. xv. 2.
“YaXos, ov, 7, (¥w,) prop. ‘any thing
transparent like water, e. gr. any trans-
parent stone or gem, as rock-salt, Hdot.
ili, 24; or crystal, Sept. and Class. In
N. T. glass, Rev. xxi. 18, 21, and Class.
‘YPoiGw, f. iow, (UBors,) prop. and
gener. to act with tnsolence, wantonness or
violence, intrans. or foll. by acc. with es
twa: in N.T. with acc. expr. or impl.
to act msolently to or towards any one,
i. e. to treat with insotence or injustice, =
fo injure, abuse, Matt. xxii. 6, tBpicav
Kal amwéxteway sc. avtovs. Lu. xi. 45.
xviii. 32. Acts xiv. 5. 1 Th. ii. 2. Sept.
and Class.
"Y Bows, ews, 4, pride, arrogance, in
Class. gener. (e. gr. Thuc. i. 38) considered
as an affection or disposition of mind; and
so Sept. Is. ix. 9, é@’ UBoe Kai wWndny
Kapdia Neyoutes. Prov. xvi. 19. xxix. 23.
Jos. Ant. vi. 4, 4. In N. T. as drawn forth
in external acts, zsolence, contumely, in-
jurtous treatment: 1) 2 Cor. xii. 10, év
UBpecw, in contumelies. Sept. & Class. 2)
meton. mjury, damage, in person or pro-
perty, i. e. as arising fr. the insolence or vio-
lence of any one, and fig. from the violence
of the sea, tempests, &c. Acts xxvii. 10,
61. Pind. Pyth., i. 140, vavcictovoy Bou
447
FAQ
idwy. Jos. Ant. iii. 6,4, THv ao Twr
OuBpwv VBouv, ‘injury from rain.’
‘Y BproTijs, ov, 6, (UBpiw,) one inso-
lent, contumelious or injurious, Rom. i. 30,
UBototas, Ureonpavous. | Tim. i. 13.
Sept. Is. xvi. 6, and Class. e. gr. Paleph.
i. 8, UBotoral Kai UTEOnPpavot.
Yyraivo, f. ave, (vyrijs,) to be sound,
healthy, well, intrans. 1) prop. Lu. v. 31,
ot Uytaivoytes, ‘those who are well.’ vii.
10. 38 John 2. Also to be safe and sound,
Lu. xv. 27. Sept. Gen. xxix.6. xliii, 27,
28, and Class. 2) fig. e. gr. of persons,
Uylaively TH WioTeL OY gv TH TWioTéEt,
‘to be sound in the faith,’ i. e. ‘pure in
respect to Christian doctrine,’ and dispo-
sitions suitable thereto, as love, pdtience,
&¢, Tits 1,18. 8. 2) Pol, xxvii. doer. OF
doctrine, d.dackahia vytaivovoa, Noyos
Uytaivwy, sound teaching, sound doctrine,
i. e. ‘ pure, uncorrupted, 1 Tim. i. 10. vi.
De SLMS, Le hobs Bee. | Abs Ve) ee ch
Philo de Abr. p. 32,29, robs Urytaivovtas .
Aoyous. Plut. de Aud. Poét. 4, vyrai-
vouoar Tept Jewv Od€at Kai adyPets.
‘Yyuijs, gos ous, 6, 7, adj. (acc. byi7
for vyta,) sound, healthy, well, in good
health: 1) prop. of the body or its parts,
Matt. xii. 13. xv. 31, BAérovtas KuAXOUs
vyvets. John v. 6. Actsiv. 10: so qovety
tia vytn, to make sound, to heal, equiv.
to vyraCewv, John v. 11. uvyiy, ver. 15.
Apocr. Jos. and Class. 2) fig. Novov
vyin, sound doctrine, pure, uncorrupted,
Tit. ii. 8; so Artem. vysa@ tov ovyov,
Anthol. Gr. iv. 85, Aoyos obx Uyins. See
more in my note.
‘Yypos, &, ov, adj. (Uw, tdwo,) prop.
watery, wet, moist ; in N.T. said of a tree
or plant, sappy, i. e. fresh, green, opp. to
Enoos, Lu. xxiii. 31. Sept. and Class.
‘Ydoia, as, 7, (vdwp,) a water-pot, a
large vessel of stone in which water was
kept standing, John ii. 6, 7; also a vessel
for drawing aud carrying water, a bucket,
pail, in the East often of stone or earthen-
ware, John iv. 28. Sept. and Class.
‘Y dpotTotéw, f. now, (vdpo7odrTns, fr.
Udwp, mivw,) prop. to drink water, also,
as we say, ‘to be a water-drinker,” intrans.
1 Tim. v. 28, and Class.
‘Yopwawikos, t, ov, adj. (dowd,
dropsy, fr. téwe,) dropsical, Lu. xiv. 2,
and Class.
"Ydwp, vdatos, TO, (Uw,) water, plur.
Ta voaTtau, the waters: I. PROP. Matt.
xxvil. 44, AaBeov Vdwo ateviyato kK.T.X.
Mk. ix. 4]. Lu, vii. 44. John ii. 7. As
the instrument of baptism, Matt. iii. 11.
Mk. i. 8. Lu. iii. 16. John i. 26. Acts i.
5, al. Sept. and Class. In various con-
nexions, e. gr. tdwo Cav, living, i. e. run-
ning, water ; mnyat VdaTwr, see in IInyy
YET
448
YME
1. Of medicinal waters, John v. 3, sq.|1 Th. v. 5, viol tyuéoas, i. e. endued with
Of fiowing waters, as a river, Matt. iii. 16.
Mk. i. 10. Sept. and Class.; or a lake,
e. gr. of Tiberias, Matt. viii. 32. xiv. 28,
29. Lu. viii. 24, 25, al. Sept. and Class.
Of a watery fluid found in the pericardium,
Johu xix. 34.—II. Fie. as an emblem of
spiritual refreshment, denoting the enliven~
ing, refreshing, & comforting influences of
the Holy Spirit, whether in His ordinary
operations on the hearts of believers, John
iv. 10, 14, (comp. vi. 35,) tédwe Cav, or
including His miraculous gifts, John vii.
38. Rev. xxi. 6. xxii. 17, also vii. 17.
‘Yetos, ov, 6, (Uw,) rain, Acts xiv. 17,
Mtv VEeTOUS OLdovs, rains, i. e. seasons of
rains) Heb. vi; dx. Jay Viel. Rev. 2a. 6,
and Class. Ja. v. 7, verov Towiuov Kat
OWitpov. Sept.
VYiobecia, as, 7, (vids, & Getds, Ti-
Ont) prop. and lit.‘ the placing with one,
i.e. taking, as a son,’ adoption ; in N.T. fig.
of adoption, used of the state of those
whom God, through Christ, adopts as his
sous, and thus makes heirs of the promised
salvation; e. gr. of the true Israel, the
spiritual descendants of Abraham, Rom.
ix. 4, comp. ver. 6,7. Espec. of Chris-
tians, elsewhere called vioi tov Oeou, as
Rom. viii. 14. Gal. iii. 26. Rom. viii. 15,
avevma vioGecias. ver. 23. Gal. iv. 5, al.
Yios, ov, 0, @ son: A) GENER. I.
prop. @ son, 1) strictly spoken only of
man, Matt. i. 21, réEerar viov. ver. 25.
vii. 9. Mk. vi. 3. ix. 17, oft.; of an adopt-
ed son, Acts vii. 21. Heb. xi. 24. 2) by
Heb. of the young of animals, Matt. xxi. 5.
—II. by Heb. in a wider sense, son,= @ de-
scendant: 1) sing. Matt.i.1,’Incov Xouc-
tov, viou Aavid, viov "ABoaam. ver. 20.
ix, Zeon B3:-xve.22, + Lind. xix, 9; oft.
2) plur. Matt. xxvii. 9. Lu. i. 16, ot viot
"Ioopand. Acts vii. 16. Heb. vii. 5. Gal.
jii. 7, viol ’ABoadu, ‘ posterity.” 3) vios
avOowrov, = man. See avOow7es LV.
—III. fig. and from the Heb. of ‘one who
is the object of parental love and care,’ or
who renders filial love and reverence to
another, e. gr. @ disciple, Heb. ii. 10. xii.
5. 1 Pet. v. 13. So of the followers of the
Pharisees, &c. Matt. xii. 27.—1V. by Heb.
with gen. the son of any thing means one
connected with, partaking of, or exposed to
that thing, and is often put for an adj. ;
e.g. foll. by gen. of place, condition, or con-
nexion, as of viol Tov vuudwuvos, ‘ the
bridemen,’ Matt. ix. 15. viii. 12, of viol
THs BaotXsias, ‘the subjects to whom its
privileges belong, true citizens:’ in xill. 38,
opp. to of viol tov zrovnpou, ‘the subjects,
or followers of Satan, &c. xiii. 38; and
so vie dtaBoXov, Acts xiii. 10. Foll. by
genit. of quality, e. gr. viot Boovtis, Mk.
i. 17. Lu. x. 6, vies eipnvns, ‘ friendly.’
true knowledge. Acts iv. 36, vids qapa-
K\joews, see in IlapdkAnors 3. John |
xii. 386, of viol Tov dwros, Lu. xvi. 8. 1.
Th. v. 5, opp. to ot viol Tov ai@vos TovTev,
‘the sons of this world,’ ‘ devoted to this
world, Lu. xvi. 8. xx. 34. of viot THs
awe Weias, = ot ateOets, Eph. ii. 2. v. 6.
Col. iii. 6. Comp. Sept. vids avopias,
Ps, Ixxxix. 22. Foll. by genit. of that in
which one partakes, &c. Lu. xx. 36, viol
THS avactacews. Acts ili. 25, viot Tav
TpoPynTav Kal THS OLcaOHKys. 6 Vids THS
amwXeias, ‘ devoted to destruction, John
xvii. 12. 2 Thess. ii. 3. vios yeevuns, ‘ de-
serving of everlasting punishment,’ Matt.
xxiii. 15. Comp. Sept. vids Javatou,
1 Sam. xx. 31. B) SPEC. vids tou Ozov,
viol Tou Oeou, ‘son of God,’ ‘sons of God.’
Spoken I. of one who derives his human
nature directly from God, and not by ordi-
nary generation; e. gr. of Adam, impl.
Lu. iii. 38.—IT. of those whom God loves
as a father. So gener. of the pious worship-
pers of God, the righteous. 1) gener. Mk.
xv. 39, aAnOas 6 avOo. ovTos vids 7p
Geov. Matt. v. 9. So of one who is dzke
God, Matt. v. 45. Lu. xx. 36. vi. 35, vioi
Tov YwWiorov. Sept. & Apocr. 2) spec.
of the Israelites, Rom. ix. 26. 2 Cor. vi. 18,
and Sept. 3) of Christians, Rom. viii, 14, _
19. Gal. iii.26. Heb. xii. 6,sq. Rev.xxi. 7.
—III. of Jesus Christ, as 6 Yids tov @.,
‘the Son of God, so styled in respect to
his miraculous conception; also Yios tov
‘YWiorou, ‘Son of the Most High,’ Lu.i.
32, 35, comp. Mk. v. 7. Lu. viii. 28; and
simply 6 Yids, ‘ the Son, cat’ é£oyyv. 1)
in the Jewish sense, as ‘the Messiah, the
Anointed, 6 Xproros, the expected king
of the Jewish nation, constituted of God,
and his vicegerent in the world; joined
with 6 Xo.oros in explanation, Matt. xvi.
16. xxvi. 63. Mk. xiv. 61. Johni. 50. vi. 69;
so too Matt. ii. 15. iv. 3. vin. 29. xiv:
33. xxvii. 40, 48, al. 2) im the Gospel
sense, said of ‘the Messiah, the Saviour,’
so called as proceeding forth from God, and
one with God, Gop-MAN. See John x.
33—36. Matt. xi.27. John i. 14, 18. Heb.
i. 5, sq. iii. 6, and the various passages of ~
my Greek Test., where a full explanation
is given of the phrase Yios tov Qeov, Yios
av@pwr7rov, and the other phrases formed
by uios with a genit. in the N. T.
"YX, ns, 7, (from the Celtic wl, a
wood, which probably came from the San-
scrit,) @ wood, forest ; in N. T. wood, i. e.
fire-wood, fuel, Ja. iii. 5. Eeclus. xxvii.
10. Jos.. Ant? vi. 3,1.) Xen aae See
‘Y wets, pl. see in Dv.
‘Yuétepos, a, ov, poss. pron. (vpuets,)
your. 1) prop. ‘that which belongs or
pertains to you,’ John vii. 6, o-Katpos o
YMN
Om. vill. 17. Lu. vi. 20: xvi. 12. Acts
xxvii. 94. Rom. xi. 3l. 2) ‘that which
proceeds FROM you,’ of which ye are the
source, cause, occaston ; John xv. 20, Kai
Tov UuETEOV (AOyov) THerHoovet. | Cor.
xv. 31. 2 Cor. viii. 8, and Class.
‘Yuvéw, f. yow, (vuvos,) to hymn, i. e.
1) prop. with acc. to sing hymns to any
one, to praise him in song, e. gr. Tov Oeov,
Acts xvi. 25. Heb. ii. 12; and so Sept.
Jos. and Class. 2) intrans. to sing a hymn
or hymns, to sing praise, absol. Matt. xxvi.
0, Kai tuvynocavtes E€HAVov. Mk. xiv.
26. Sept. oft., not Class.
“Y wvos, ov, 0,(tw, tdw, to sing,) prop.
/a@ hymn, song of praise; in Class. some-
times of men, but usually of the gods or
demigods. Its primary sense was ‘ some-
thing sung,’ @ song or poem, as Hes. Op.
& D. 659. Hom. Od. viii. 429; in N. T.
a song of praise to Gop, Eph. v. 19,
Wahuots Kai Yuvois Kai woats mvevp.
Col. iii. 16. Sept. Is. xlii. 10. 2 Chr. vii. 6.
Yrayo, f. dw, (v0, dyw,) TRANS.
prop. to lead or bring under, as horses un-
‘der the yoke, or men under subjection ;
also to lead or bring away any one under,
i.e. from under any thing, Hom. Il. xi.
163,"Extopa © 2x Behéwy traye Zevs.
In N. T. and later usage, INTRANS. or
with éavtov impl. to go away, prop. under
cover. 1) prop. to ge away or depart,
withdraw oneself. Absol. of persons, Mk.
Ni. 31, of ZoXOmEvor Kal of UTayovTes.
ver. 33. John xviii. 8. Fig. of persons
withdrawing themselves from a_ teacher
or party, John vi. 67. xii. 11. Imperat.
umaye, ‘go thy way, depart, as a form of
dismissal; gq. d. ‘Go thy way, Matt. viii.
eee, Ex 14 Mico yn. 29. x. 52. Lu. x.
d. Sotmaye sis sioijvnv, Mk. v. 34; év
siorjvy, Ja. ii. 16. As expressing aversion,
“Get thee hence, begone, Urraye, Lata-
va, Matt. iv. 10; elsewh. taraye drriow
prov, Matt. xvi. 23, et al. Fig. Rev. xiii.
10, zis aiypadwoiav. xvii. 8, 11, <is
a7wXeav. Foll. by mods, with acc. John
vii. 33. xiii. 3, et al.; with pds Tov Ia-
tTéoa, Xiv.28. Ina like sense with zou,
whither, John viii. 14, al. ; dzov, viii. 21,
al. Fig. = to depart this life, to die, Matt.
xxvi. 24. Mk. xiv. 21,6 Yids tov dvOo.
umayer, and Class. Arr. Epict. iii. 16, 10,
pakpav amo Tov 7iov brayeTte. 2)
gener. to go, go away to a place, &c. eis
THY Tok or KwWunv, Matt. xxvi. 18. Mk.
xi. 2,al. Foll. by werd tivos, Matt. v.
Al, al.; with ov, 1 John ii. 11. Szrov,
Rev. xiv. 4; with inf. final, John xxi. 3,
warayw adteverv. Absol. John iv.16. ix. 7.
‘Yarakon, 7s, 7, (vraKkovw,) prop. a
hearing attentively, a listening, Sept. 2 Sam.
xxii. 36; in N.T. obedience, Rom. i. 5,
eis UTaKkony Tiorews, ‘obedience which
449
YILTA
springs from faith.” v. 19, et al. oft. Foll.
by gen. of object, 2 Cor. x. 5, rip ta-
axony trou Xp.otou, i.e. to or towards
Christ. 1] Pet. i. 22, 77) bar. THs adnBetas.
‘Yaraxovw, f. otcw, (vd, dkotvw,)
to hear, prop. with the idea of ‘turning
under,’ or down, the ear, in the position of
listening, or attending to any thing said,
in order to answer, = to listen; in N. T.
1) prop. of a door-keeper, who listens, in
order to reply to the knock or call of
any one from without, absol. Acts xii. 13,
KpovoavtTos O& av’tTov—trecan\0e Tat-
dickyn Urakovoa. Xen. Conv. i. 11], and
elsewh. in Class. 2) FIG. to listen to any
one, to obey, with dat. expr. or impl.; with
dat. of pers. Matt. viii. 27. Mk. iv. 41,6
avemos Kat 7) Ja. vTaKxovovew avTw.
ti 2/7, al.; dat. impl:> Heb. x17 6, (With
dat. of thing, Acts vi. 7, vayjKovov Tq
tmioret, denoting the complete subjection
of the mind and understanding, as to the
credenda of religion. Rom. vi. 12, 16. x.
16. 2 Th. i. 8. iii. 14. Sept. and Class.
"Y wavdoos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (v0, avyo,)
lit. ‘one who is engaged to obedience and
fidelity to a husband, married, Rom. vii.
2. Sept. Ecclus. ix. 9. Plut. Pelopid. 9.
Pol. x. 26, 3. Artem. i. 78.
‘Yravraw, f. yow, (v0, avtaw, fr.
dvtt,) to come opposite to any one, en-
counter, meet, with dat. of pers. Matt. viii.
28, umyvTnoayv avTw Ovo daipoviCopevot.
Lu. vii. 27, Jos. and Class.
Yaradvrnocs, ews, 7, (vTavTaw,) a
meeting or encounter, Sept. and Jos. ; in
N.T. only in the phrase eis varavtnou,
for inf. vravtav, to meet; John xii. 13,
é&nA0ov zis urdvt. avtw. Sept. & Jos.
"YaapE&:s, ews, 1, (vrapxw,) prop.
the being, existence of any thing or person ;
in N. T. the being or belonging to any one,
possession, and meton. @ possession, or pro-
perty. Acts ii. 45, ras vmapéets érritoa-
oxov. Heb. x. 34. Sept. and lat. Class. as
Dion. Hal. and Pelyb. for Ta urapxovta.
‘Yarap x, f. Ew, (v6, dpxw,) to be-
gin, prop. gradually or imperceptibly, zo
begin doing or being, to begin to be, to come
into extstence, arise ; hence gener. and in
N.T. fo EXIST, BE EXTANT, present, at
hand. 1. gener. & absol. Acts xix. 40, uno-
evos aitiov UTapXovTOS TEepl OU K.T.X.
xxvii. 21. xxviii. 18. 1 Cor. xi. 18. With dat.
of pers. to be present to any one, implying
possession, property, Acts ili. 6, doyvotov
Kal Xovotov ovxX v7. pot. iv. 3/7, vTap-
Xovtos a’tw aypov. 2 Pet. i. 8: hence
partic. ra UmapyxovTa, subst. things pre-
sent, at hand to any one, equiv. to posses-
stons, property, goods, substance, with dat.
of pers. Lu. vili.3. Acts iv. 32 ; with gen. of
pers. Matt. xix.21,7wAnoov cov Ta UTap-
YUE
yovra, xxiv. 47, al.—II. simply To BE,=
gigi, as logical copula connecting the sub-
ject and predicate, comp. eivi Il. 1) with
a subst. as predicate, Lu. viii. 41, avros
aCXwWY THS cUvaywyns vVAHOXe. XXiil.
50. Acts ii. 30. iv. 34, al. 2) with an adj.
as predic. Lu. ix. 48. xi. 13, ei obv Upets
Tovycol umadoyovtes. xvi. 14. Acts iii.
2. iv. 34, al. 3) with a partic. of another
verb as predic. ; so with part. perf. pass. as
adj. Acts xix. 36; as forming a periphr.
for a finite tense of the same verb, viii.
16, udvov BeBamtiopévor vTypxov. A)
with an adv. as predic. Acts xvii. 27, Tov
Ozov—ov pakpav—tTaoxovTta. 5) with
a prep. and its case as predicate ; év, where
uTapxer implies a being, remaining, living
én any state or place, Lu. vii. 25, of év
Tpupy vm@doxovTes. xvi. 23. Acts v. 4.
Phil. ii. 6,al.; woos with gen. Acts xxvi. 34.
‘Yareixw, f. Ew, (70, eixw,) lit. to
shrink under superior force, gzve way, yield
te any person; in N. T. to submit to any
one in authority, obey; Heb. xiii. 17,
ba. Tots Wyoupmévors, and so oft. in Class.
as Xen. Cyr. viii. i. 33, U. Tots dmetvocr.
‘Yaevarrtios, a, ov, adj. (uo, évav-
tios,) opposed, contrary, adverse, prop.
with the idea of craft and guile. Comp.
Virg. Mn. ii. 390, ‘ dolus, an virtus, quis
in hoste requirat?? With dat. Col. i. 14,
& ay umevavtTiov juiv, and so in Class.
Subst. of uvaevavrior, opposers, adver-
sartes, Heb. x. 27. Sept. and Class.
‘Yao, prep. gov. the gen. and acc.
with the prim. signif. ovER, Lat. super,
Germ. tiber. A) with the GENIT. prop.
of place where; in N. T. only fig. I.
over, equiv. to for, im behalf of, for the
sake of, in the sense of protection, care.
1) gener. John xvii. 19, veo aitwv éyw
aya lw éuautov. Acts xxi.26. 2 Cor. xiii.
8, al. Espec. after verbs, or other words,
implying prayer for any one, with gen. of
pers., detoVar veo Tivos, Acts vill. 24;
evyeoGar, James v. 16; rpocetvxectar,
Matt. v. 44: so dénots Urréo Tivos, Rom.
x. 1. Eph. vi. 19; apooevyy, Acts xii.
5; gener. | Tim. ii. 1, 2; after verbs im-
plying speaking, pleading, intercession for
any one, Acts xxvi. 1, taep ceavtou
Aéeyew. Rom. viii. 26,27. Heb. ix. 24;
after verbs and nouns implying zeal, care,
effort for any pers. or thing, 1 Cor. xii.
25. 2 Cor. vii. 7. Phil. iv. 10: also etvae
jaép Twos, prop. to be over any ene, i. e.
for protection, to take his part, Mk. ix. 40.
Rom. viii. 31. Often after verbs or other
words which imply the suffering of evil
or death for, ix behalf of any one, with
gen. of pers., avaQeua eivar UTE TLVOS,
Rom. ix. 3; évoAéoGar, John xviii. 14, al.
—II. equiv. to for causal, in the sense e-
cause of ,on account of, implying the ground,
450
eee reeereerereretersh ernest een ac AEE A CCA CO LEE CT ELL I ELIE LILLE LICL LT,
een RL AE CE CCL LOC LLL LL LLL COT
YE
motive, or occasion of an action, John xi.
4, wre Tijs O0Ens Tov O., ‘for the glory |
of God.’ Actsv. 41. ix. 16. Rom. xv. 8. —
1 Cor. xv. 3, 29. 2. Cor. 4, Ge ae 40:
19. Heb. v. 1: so after d0£a@ew, Rom.
xv. 9; evxaproreiv, i. 8. 1 Cor. x. 30.
Once, by virtue of, Phil. ii. 13, 6 tvepyau
év Uuiv—UTEip THS EvdoKias.—III. over,
after verbs of speaking, &c., equiv. to upon,
about, concerning, Rom. ix. 27, ‘Hoatas
KpaCer vaep Tou’Iooand. | Cor. iv. 6.
2 Cor. v. 12. vii. 4. viii. 23. xii. 8. Hence
it comes to mean as to, im respect to, 2
Cor. i. 7, 77 éXmis nuwv BeBaia brio
vuey. | Cor. xii. 1. Philoi: 7. 2 The n-
1. B) with the accus., prop. of place
whither, implying motion or direction over
or above a place; in N. T. only fig. over, .
above. I. implying swperiority in rank or
worth, Matt. x. 24, ovx tore pabyris
uméo Tov o.oadoKxaXdov. Eph. i. 22. Phil.
ii. 9. Philem. 16.—II. implying ezeess
beyond a certain measure, and spoken com-
paratively, equiv. to beyond, mere than.
1) gener. and simply, Matt. x. 37, 6
giiwy watipa a pyntégpa Umep epé.
Acts xxvi. 13, 2 Cor. i. 8, Jareo dtvapuv.
1 Cor. iv. 6, al. 2) after comparatives; e.gr.
after an adj. in the compar. degree, Lu. xvi.
8. Heb. iv. 12; with a verb, 2 Cor. xii.13;
without case, and standing as an adv., =
more, much, xi. 23, umep yw. NOTE.
In Comp. uvzrép implies, 1. motion or rest
over, above, beyond a place, as umreoaiow,
uTrEepBaivw, uTeoéxw ; 2. protection, aid, »
for, in behalf of, as uTepevTuyXavw; 3.
excess, or surpassing, over, above, more
than, as vTreoBahXw, vTEepEKT Ely.
‘Yaeoaiow, fut. aow, prop. to lift up
over or above any thing; in N. T. only
mid. b7repaipouat, fig. to lift up one’s self
over or above any person, become arro-
gant, insolent, absol. 2 Cor. xii. 7, iva wy
UTepalpwuar, 20004 x.T.A. So Lucian,
Amor. 54, dco: Tijv pitocodias opeuy
iwéo a’Tovs Tous KpoTadous vmEep7p-
Kkaot. 2 Mace. v. 23: foll. by éat tia,
2 Th. ii. 4,‘exalting himself over, and
‘ opposing himself te or against.’
et 7 c € = e \ >
Yawéoakpos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (ve, aK-
jui,) beyond the flower of life, 1 Cor. vii. 36.
‘Yareodvw, adv. intens. over above,
high above ; of place, with gen. Epk: iv. 10,
UTEpaves TavTwy TaY ovpavay: absol. ,
Heb. ix. 5. Sept. Fig. of rank, dignity,
with gen. Eph. i. 21, tweopavw wasns
doxns. Sept. Deut. xxvi. 19. xxvii. 1.
‘YaeoaveEdvw, f. Ejcw, intens. prop.
to overgrow, increase imimoderately ; in'
N. T. to increase exceedingly, in a good |
sense, fig. and intrans. 2 Th. i. 3, vaep-
avEavet 7) TWIG TLS UL@DY. ;
‘YarepBaiva, f. Byocouar, intrans. Zo.
go or puss over; fig. to overgo, sverpass”
YILE
faith, &c. transgress ; in N. T. fig.
absol. to go too fur, i. e. beyond right,
1 Th. iv. 6, Td pai) UseBaivey, sc. TO
dixevov, supplied in Diog. Laért. viii. 18,
vir. TO toov Kal TO OiKkatov.
'YareoBarovtTws, adv. (barepPad-
Awv,) exceedingly, above measure, 2 Cor.
xi. 23. Sept. and Class.
‘YaeoBartXw, f. Bada, prop. to throw
or cast over beyond a certain limit, = to
pass over ; also to throw any thing beyond
or farther than another, to swpass in
throwing a weapon, hence gener. to sur-
pass, excel any one in any thing, Jos. Ant.
ii. 2, 1, wAovTw Te yao UTepeBadXe
wous émuxwptous. Xen. H. G. vil. ane.
In N. T. only partic. pres. drepBadhwv,
surpassing, eaceeding, super-eminent, 2 Cor.
iii. 10, gvexev TIS umeoBadovons Oo€ns.
ix. 14, dca tiv Ur. xaouv Tov Osov, al.
‘YarepBorh, js, 1, (vepBadrdo,)
prop. @ throwing, casting, or shooting be-
yond, Soph. Cid. T. 1196, cal’ vmepBo-
Aav toketcas. InN. T. fig. (from that
“sense of vrepBadXw by which it means
to excel,) super-eminence, excellence, 2 Cor.
iv. 7, 1 Um. THs Ovvapews, * the exceeding
great power committed to me.’ xii. 7, 77 U7.
Tay atokadiWewv. Pol. iii. 99, 4, v7.
qwoolupias. With a prep. in an adverbial
sense: xa’ vrepBoAry, equiv. to exceed-
ingly, super-eminently, Rom. vii. 13. 2 Cor.
i. 8. iv. 17. Gal. i. 13. Also, par excel-
lence, 1 Cor. xii. 31, Kai étt kal’ vareo-
Bodiy oddv, ‘a far better way.” (Lucian
Luct. 12. Pol. iii. 92, 10. Diod. Sic. xvii.
47.) zis taepBornv, exceedingly: so
fflian V. H. iv. 20. xii. 1, eis varepBo-
Ai tiuav: hence intens. by Hebr. cal’
uTeoPoAny eis umeoPoArpy, lit. exceeding
exceedingly, ‘in the highest possible de-
gree, 2 Cor. iv. |
‘Yaeoetoon, (eidw,) aor. 2. to v7ep-
ooaw, to see or look out over any thing, as
tiv Jadacoav, Hdot. vii. 36. InN. T.
fig. to overlook, disregard, = ‘to bear
with, not to punish, with acc. Acts xvii.
30, xpdvous THS ayvolas UTEeplowY oO
Geds. Sept. Lev. xx. 4, éav vaecidwou
ot aut. Tois dO. lit. overlook, fail to
punish, Jos. Ant. ii. 6, 8, and ix. 9, 2.
‘Yarepéxeiva, adv. (vip, éxetvos,)
prop. ‘beyond those;’ hence beyond, over
beyond, with art. Ta umepeKelva Uw,
‘the parts beyond you,’ 2 Cor. x. 16.
‘Yaepexmeptocon, adv. (ump éx
qspiacov,) lit. over-superabundantly,
above all measure, Eph. iii. 20, uaép zr.
MOLGAL UIEpeKTEDLTGOU wy aiTovpeba.
1 Th. iii. 10. v. 13. Sept. Dan. iii. 23.
‘Yaepexteivw, f. evw, to stretch out
overmuch, beyond measure, fig. with acc.
451
YT is
*
of pers. 2 Cor. x. 14, ody vmepeKxreivo-
ev éauTovs, ‘we stretch not ourselves
out too far, i.e. do not go beyond our
measure, ver. 13. So Luc. Eunuch. 2,
KEKPAYOTES KaL UTEDEKTELVOMEVOL, Schol.
Umreo@iNovetKkouvTes,
‘YarepexxXvvomuat, pass. (exyéw, éx-
xvvw,) to be poured out over the brim, as
of a vessel, fo run over, overflow, absol.
Lu. vi. 38, wérpov v7epexxuvomevov. See
my note. Sept. Joel ii. 24. Artem. ii. 27.
‘Yaepevtvyxavw, f. tevEouat, to
intercede for any one, in his behalf; foll.
by uaép Tivos, Rom. viii. 26.
‘Yareoexw, f. Ew, trans. to hold any
thing over, e. g. the fire, Hom. II. ii. 246;
also over any person, for protection to
him, tiv Xetod Tit or Tivos, Hom. Il.
iv. 249. Jos. Ant. vi. 2,2. Pol. xv. 31,11.
Intrans. prop. to hold oneself over, = to be
over, be prominent, jut out over or beyond,
Sept. and Class. In N. T. fig. to hold one-
self above, = to be superior, to surpass,
excel, intrans. 1) gener. prop. with gen.
of pers. also with dat. of manner, Phil. ii.
3, adAyAous yovmevor vmEepexXovTas
éautov, & Class.: foll. by acc. Phil. iv. 7,
n eionvn Tov ©. 7 UmEepeXovTa TavTa
vouv, ‘surpasses all comprehension,’ and -
soin Class. Part. ro u7reoéxov, as subst.
excellence, super-eminence, equiv. to virep-
ox), Phil. iii. 8, dca TO um. THS yvw-
cews Xo.’I. 2) in rank, part. vrepéxwv,
supertor, higher, Rom. xiii. 1, é£ouctars
uT@epexovoas. | Pet. ii. 18, and Class.
‘Yareongpavia, as, 7, (uregnpavos,)
in Class. arrogance, pride, ‘a contempt of
all others but oneself, as Theophr. defines
it, Eth. Ch. 24; in N. T., from the Heb.,
arrogance, ‘contempt of God,’ with the
accessory idea of impiety, Mk. vii. 22, and
Sept.
‘Yareonpavos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (v7rép,
paivw,) prop. appearing over, conspicuous
above other persons or things, and fig. con-
spicuous, distinguished, as oixias Tv ToA-
A@y uTEeenpavwtéipas, Dem. 175, 10;
usually of persons, implying censure, arro-
gant, haughty, proud, ALl. V. H. xii. 638.
Diod. Sic. iv. la. Xen. Memaa. 2). 25:
In N. T. from the Heb. arrogant, proud,
with the accessory idea of contemning
God, impiety, wickedness, Luke i. 5],
OvecKopTicEey UTEDNPavous OLavoia Kao-
dias avTa@yv. Rom. i. 30. Ja. iv. 6.
‘YawepXiav, adv. prop. over-much, also
very exceedingly, super-eminently ; with
art. 6 UmeoXiav, adj. the most eminent,
chiefest, Trav bTwephiav atootoNwy, 2 Cor.
Shes Os 2s Lb. ;
‘Yaepvixaw, f. now, lit. to more tha
conquer, absol. Rom. viii. 37, barepviKw-
ev. Leo Tact. xiv. 25, veka kat py
YUE
vmepvika. Socr. Hist. Eccl. iii. 21, vixav
Kadov, vTEepviKay Oe éetridOovov.
‘Y wépoykos, ov, 6, 7, adj. prop. & lit.
over-swollen, much swollen; in N. T. fig.
over-swelling, boastful, with the idea of in-
solent pride, impiety; of words, 2 Pet. ii.
18, bwrépoyKa yap pataotitos Pbey-
yousvor. Jude 16, TO cTOpa adTwv
AaXsEt UrréooyKa. Sept. Ex. xviii. 22, 26.
Dan. xi. 36. Comp. UmépoyKov dpovn-
ma, Plut. Lucull. 21. tar. Ags, vi. 21.
‘Yaepoxy, 7s, 1, (vmepéxXw,) prop. a
prominence, eminence, as the summit of a
hill, or a mountain; in N. T. fig. promz-
mence, eminence: 1) of station, authority,
power, 1 Tim. ii. 2, BactAéwy Kal wap-
Twy T@V év YTEOOXH OVTwY, and Class.
2) gener. of things, equiv. to superiority,
excellence, 1 Cor. ii. 1, Kal’ vmeooxynvy
Aoyou, and Class.
‘Yreptweptacevo, f. evow, to super-
abound over, be much more, in a compar.
sense, absol. Rom. v. 20, ot de émXeova-
wev 4) auaptia, vmEepeTTepicgEevoEy 1
xaos, comp. ver. 15. Without compar.
pass. to be made to superabound over-much,
1. e. to superabound greatly, i any thing,
2 Cor. vii. 4, brep7r. TH Kaa.
‘Yaepwepicoa@s, adv. over-super-
abundantly, very exceedingly, Mk. vii. 37,
umeom. EFemATC0VTO.
‘Yareptwreovalw, f. aow, to super-
abound, ‘be exceedingly abundant,’ in-
trans. | Tim. i. 14.
‘YareouwWdw, f. wow, intens. prop. to
make high above, raise high aloft ; in N. T.
only fig. to highly exalt, sc. over all, with
acc. Phil. ii. 9, 0 eds avTov UTEpU Wwe.
Sept. pass. Ps. xevii. 9.
‘Yareoqpoovéw, f. how, (vréppowr,
over-thinking, high-thinking, fr. @p7yv,)
to think overmuch of oneself, be high-minded,
proud, arrogant, intrans. Rom. xii. 3, pi
vTep@. Tao Oo et mpovety. Jos. Ant. i.
11,1, of Lodopita: wAoVTW—UTEP Gpo-
vouvtes. Pol. vi. 18, 7.
‘Yaeowos, a, ov, adj. (vio & wos,
as watpwos from watie,) prop. over,
upper, e.g. of a chamber, Plut. Pelop.
30, Sadauos v7. Philo de Vit. Mos. 11.
olkypata émimeda Kal UTepwa, i.e. in
the ark. Oftener and in N. T. neut. vo
UTeowov, an upper chamber, usually at
the top of a house, i. e. a sort of guest-
chamber not in common use, where the
Hebrews sometimes received company and
held feasts, and at others retired for prayer
and meditation; in N. T. Actsi. 13, <is
TO UT. OU NoaV KaTapévorTes. ix. 3/7, 39.
xx. 8. Jos. Vit. § 30, éai TO uvmeowor
avaBas: so Hom. Il. ii. 514, uvaepwitor
eioavaBaca, and oft. in Odyss.
‘Yaréxw, f. vpéEw, (Zxw,) prop. to
452
Y ILO
hold under any thing, as the hand, Hom.
Il. vii. 188; fig. to hold out under, i. e.
towards or before any one, as Adyov,
evQbvas, ‘to render account,’ Pol. xviii.
35,3. Plut. J. Ces. 33, dixnv tei, * to
render satisfaction, to make atonement.’
Soph. Cid. T. 552. Hence in N.. T.
gener. dixyny uUméxew, ‘to pay or suffer
punishment ; Jude 7, doAevs—srupos
aiwviou dikyy umexovoar. Xen. Mem:
ii. 1, 8, TovTOU dikny UTéeyxeW.
‘YaKoos, ov,*0, 7, adj. (¥rakotw,)
prop. listening, or hearkening, and fig.
obedient, with dat. Acts vii. 39, 6 ov«
nVéXynoav varynkoor yevécGat. 2 Cor. ii.
9, eis wavta: absol. Phil. ii. 8. oft. occ.
in Class.
‘Yanpetéw,f. how, (vrnpérns,) prop.
‘to do the service of an vumnoéTns.’
Hence gener. to act for any one, to minis-
ter, serve, to subserve, be subservient, with
dat. Acts xiii. 36, Aavid pev yap idia
yeved uTnpeTyoas, where see my note:
xx. 34, Tals ypelars sou—umnpétynoay
al Xetoes avTat. xxiv. 23. Jos. & Class.
‘Yanpéetns, ov, 6, (vio0, éperns, fr.
éptcow,) prop. an under-rower, gener. &
common sailor, as distinguished from at
vauTat, seamen, and ot émiBarar, mari-
ners: also a minister, attendant, who ‘ does’
service under the direction of any one;.
in N. T. said 1) of those who wait on
magistrates, and execute their decrees, @
lictor, an officer, like the modern constable,
beadle, who carried into execution the
sentence of the judge, Matt. v. 25, equiv. to
toaktwo in Lu. xii. 58. Soof the atten-
dants or beadles of the Sanhedrim, Matt.
xxvi. 58. John vii. 32, et al. and Class.
2) of the attendant in a synagogue, who
had charge of the sacred books, handed
the volume to the reader, and returned
it to its place, Lu. iv. 20. 3) gener. a
minister, attendant, associate in any work,
John xviii. 36. Acts xiii. 5, etyov dé Kai
"Iwavynv uanoetyv. So of a minister of
the word of God or of Christ, Lu. i. 2.
Acts xxvi. 16, where see my note: 1 Cor.
iv. 1. Wisd. vi. 4. Jos. Ant. iii. 1, 4, toy
UTNoeTHY Geou.
"Y wvos, ov, 6, prop. sleep, Matt. i. 24,
& oft. Sept. and Class. Fig. of spiritual
sleep, torpor, sloth, Rom. xiii. 11.
‘Yao, prep. governing the genit. and
accus.; in the Gr. Class. also the dat. ;
with the prim. signif. wzder. I. with the
GENIT., prop. of place whence, i. e. from
under which any thing comes forth, Hom.
Od. ix. 141, péec Kovvy ume o7reiovs.
Also of loosing or freeing from under any
thing, II. viii. 543, fararous piv AVoav ye
Cuyou. Also of place where, under which,
like vzro with dat. Plato, Leg. v. p. 728, |
A e Fi58 4 - 1 e A = s
,OT El YHS KaL UTO YS Xpucos.
YIUO 4
Fig. after pass. and neut. verbs, to mark
the subject or agent from under whose
hand, power, agency, the action of the
verb proceeds, in Engl. from, by, through :
in this sense only is v7o with gen. found
in N. T. 1) with pass. verbs, foll. by gen.
of pers. Matt. i. 22, td pniv vad tov
Kup. ii. 16. iii. 6. iv... v. 138. Mk. ii. 3.
Lu. v. 15. viii. 14, v7r6 weotuvey cuutroi-
yovra:. xiv. 8. John x. 14. Acts iv. 36.
XXill. 27, seepiss.; with gen. collect. Lu. xxi.
20.. Acts xv. 3. 2 Cor. viii. 19; with gen.
of thing, Matt. viii. 24, &ote +d moto
Kadvarecbar vd THY KUMaTWY. Xiv. 24,
Lu. vii. 24. Acts ii. 24. xxvii. 41. Rom.
xii. 21. 2 Pet. i. 17. 2) with zeuter verbs
having a passive force, e. gr. after yivouar
and eivac, signifying to be made or done;
yivoua, Lu. ix.7, Ta yuvoueva v7’ ab-
tov. xiii. 17. xxiii. 8. Acts xii. 53; eivat,
- xxiii. 30; impl. 2 Cor. ii. 6. In like man-
ner after some ¢rams. verbs, where a pass.
sense is implied, e. gr. NauBavery Te vO
Tivos, to receive, i. e. to have given of or
from any one, = to suffer, 2 Cor. xi. 24.
_Umomuéevery TL vO Tivos, Heb. xii. 3.
QTOKTELVaL UTO THY Snoiwy, — ‘to cause
to be killed by beasts,’ Rev. vi. 8.—II. with
the ACCUSATIVE, prop. of place WHITHER,
i. e. of motion or direction wnder a place ;
but also of place WHERE, i. e. of rest under
a place: 1) prop. of place WHITHER,
after verbs of motion or direction, under,
beneath’; ri0évai N0yvov VO Tov wcdto»y,
Mate V0. volo. xxii. 3/, al. Vig. of
what is brought wnder the power of any
one; ve Tovs todas Tivos, Rom. xvi.
2 wn. 142 Gal. iii. 22, 23. Ja, v. 12.
1 Pet. v. 6. 2) of place WHERE, after
verbs implying a being or remaining wnder
~a place; with eivar, John i. 49, dvta uo
thy cuxnv. 1 Cor.x. 1. Fig. of what is
under the power of any person or thing,
meer Mat. vill. 9. Gal. iti. 25. iv. 2;
foll. by acc. of thing, implying state or
condition wnder any thing, 1 Tim. vi. 1,
Um™O Cuyov dovAoL: 80 ve vomov, Rom.
wr 14095. in. 9 Gal: 11.10. iv.3. 3) of
tame WHEN, under, i. e. at, during, Lat.
sub, once, Acts v. 21, Uzro Tov 6o8pov.—
Note. In composition vzo implies 1)
place, either motion or rest under, beneath,
as uToBakw, vmodéw, UToTddLov; 2)
subjection, dependence, as Uzravépos, v70-
Taaow; 3) succession, the being behind,
after, as btoscitTw, UTouévw; 4) some-
thing done or happening wnder-hand, by
stealth, or unperceived, without noise or
notice, also a little, by degrees, as Urrovoéw,
-UTOTTEW.
YaoBadrXw, f. Bada, to cast or throw
under, e. gr. under foot, under a person ;
to put under, asa child to another mother,
to substitute; in N. T. used of persons, to
&
53 Y ILO
thrust under, to suborn, ie
1,
collusion, trans. Acts vi.
‘Yqroypammos, ov, 6, (v1roypadw,)
prop. a writing-copy ; in N. T. fig. a copy,
pattern, example, for imitation, 1 Pet. ii.
21, where see my note.
t forward ‘by
see my note.
‘Yar odery ma, utos, To, (vrodeixvumt, )
prop. ‘ what is placed under any one’s eyes,
to be shown to him, equiv. to @ pattern,
example: 1) gener. either for imitation,
John xiii. 15, bardderywa edwka buiv, iva
K.T.A, Ja. v. 10; or for warning, Heb. iv.
ll, éy Tw avtw Tod. THs atelsias.
2 Pet. ii. 6. 2) meton. a copy, likeness,
taken from an original, Heb. viii. 5. ix.
23, Ta UIr00. TwY EV TOtS Ov.
‘Yaodeixvumt, f. deiEw, prop. fo show
or pownt out any thing, by placing it under
one’s view, and fig. to give to understand,
to signify, let be known ; gener. to show,
let see; in N. T. fig. to show by words or
example, to teach, segnify, foll. by acc. and
dat. with 671, Acts xx. 35, wavta v7-
éderEa Upiv, OTL K.T.A.; by dat. of person
with infin. Matt. iti. 7, al. Sept. & Class.
‘Yarodéyomar, f. Eouar, depon. mid.
(déxouat,) to take under, i. e. oneself;
hence gener. to take or receive to oneself,
favourably, as evyas, Hes. Theog. 419.
Usually, and in N. T. of guests, to receive
hospitably, to welcome, entertain, with acc.
Lu. x. 38, vredéEato abtov eis TOv OlKoV.
xix. 6, umedeEaTto attov yaipwv. Acts
xvii. 7. Ja. ii. 25. Jos. and Class.
‘Y rodéw, f. ow, (déw,) to bind under,
as sandals under the feet, fo put on san-
dals, slippers, &c. to shoe; in N. T. only
mid. vaodéouar, to bind under or put ox
one’s own sandals; perf. to have bound on
one’s sandals, &c. = to be shod; so foll.
by acc. cavdddia Mk. vi. 9. Acts xii. 8,
Foll. by acc. of part. Eph. vi. 15, uzrod.
Tous WOdas, and Class.
‘Yaodnpa, atos, Td, (Vodéw,) prop.
‘what is bound under,’ i.e. the foot, @
sandal, a sole of wood or leather, bound
on with thongs, equiv. to cavddX.ov, wh.
see. Matt. x. 10. Lu. x. 4. xv. 22, uarod.
eis Tovs mWodas. xxii. 35. Acts vii. 33,
NUcov TO UTOO. THY TOdeY Gov, and sO
in Class. Hence va trod. Tivos Baota-
oat, ‘to bear the sandals of any one,’ Matt.
iii. 11; also NUoae Tov inavTa TaV UT0-
Onuatwy Tivos, ‘to unbind one’s sandals,’
Mk. i. 7. Lu: iii. 16. John i. 27. Acts
xili. 25, expressions implying inferiority,
since this was usually done only by menials.
‘Y wodtkos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (070, dixn,)
prop. ‘ under process,’ and sometimes by
impl. ‘under sentence,’ equiv. to con-
demned, also guilty, Rom. iii. 19, tva baeé-
Oikos YyévynTar Tas 0 KOoMos TH Oe,
‘ guilty before, and consequently liable to
Y TEO
punishment from God.’ So Dem. 518, 3,
‘ UmrdduKos toTW TW TAloVTL.
‘Yao Cuytov, ov, To, (neut. of adj.
vmoCuyLos, ‘under a yoke, yoked, from
Guyos,) prop. a draught animal, beast of
urden, gener. in N. T. spec. an ass, Matt.
xxi. 5. 2 Pet. ii. 16. Sept. Ex. xxiii. 4, 5.
Josh. vi. 21. Diod. Sic. xix. 20.
‘YaroCwvvumt, f. Cwow, (v0, Cav-
vupt,) to undergurd, i.e. of persons, to
gird under the breast, vzro Tovs waoTods,
2 Mace. iii. 19. AS. V. H. x.22. in N.T.
of a ship, to undergird, i. e. to gird around
the bottom and whole body of the ship
with chains or cables, in order to strengthen
it against the waves, Acts xxvii. 17.
‘Y rokatw, adv. (katw,) prop. under-
neath, said of place, with gen. Mk. vi. 11.
vii. 28, barokadtw THs TpaTeCns. John i.
51, brokatw THS cuKys, al. Fig. viro-
454
Y ITO
‘Y woXAnveioy, ov, Td, (Anves,) the un-
der-vat of a wine-press, into which the
juice of the grapes flowed. Mk. xii. 1, and
Sept. Is. xvi. 10.
‘YrwoXttuwavw,a lengthened form for
uToAscimw, found only in the pres. and
imperf. fo leave behind, trans. | Pet. ii. 21.
UTOX, UTrOyYPaLOD.
‘Y wopéve, f. ev, (uévw,) I. intrans.
to remain behind after others are gone, Lu.
ii. 43, varéuewwev “Lyoous 6 waits év ‘Teo.
Acts xvii. 14, éxet. Jos. and Class.—II.
trans. to remain under the approach of *
any person or thing, espec. a hostile attack,
to await, sustain ; hence in N. T. fig. to
bear up under, be patient under, endure,
with acc. 1 Cor. xiii. 7, wdévTa Umopéevet.
2 Tim. ii. 10. Heb. x..32. xi. 2) 7.-dala-
12. Absol. or neut. to endure, hold out,
persevere, 6 UTromeivas eis TéXos, Matt.
ThooEly UTOK. THY Toda Tos, Heb. ii.8. | X. 22. xxiv. 13, & oft. in Class. : so with
‘Yeroxgivopat, depon. mid. (v7,
Kpivw,) prop. to gwe judgment under a
cause or matter, to give a judicial answer ;
hence gener. to give answer, to answer,
reply, gener. used by the earlier writers
instead of the later and more usual a7ro-
Kpivouar. Hence, in Attic usage, to an-
swer upon the stage, to play a part, to act.
Hence gener. and in N. T. to play the
hypocrite, to dissemble, fergn, with acc. and
inf. Lu. xx. 20, taroxp. EauTtovs dukaious
zivat. 2 Macc. vi. 21, 24. Jos. Vit. § 9.
‘YmoKkpiots, ews, 7, (vToKpivouat,)
prop. an answer or response, e. gr. of an
oracle, Hdot. i. 90, 116; but gener. stage-
playing, acting ; in N. T. fig. hypocrisy,
dissimulation, Matt. xxiii. 28. Mk. xii. 15,
6 02 eidws avTa@y THY UTOK. Lu. xii. 1, al.
2 Mace. vi. 25. Jos. Ant. ii. 6, 10, & Class.
‘Ymokpitis, ov, 0, (vmoKpivouat,)
prop. @ stage-player, actor ; in ot
hypocrite, dissembler, in respect to religion
or piety, Matt. vi. 2, 5, 16, al. sepe. Sept.
but not in Class.
‘YrokapPavw, f. AnWouat, to take
under any person or thing, i.e. to take up
by placing oneself underneath, trans. ; in
N.T. 1) prop. to take or receive up, with
acc. Acts i. 9, vepédn uTéXaBev ab. amd
Tay oplartyav abv. Hdot. i. 24, tov 6é
( Apiova) deX iva \éyouowvTov\aBovta
éEevetkar emi Taivapov. 2) FIG. to take
up the discourse, to continue it; hence to
answer, reply; absol. Lu. x. 30, vmoXa-
Bav 6& 6 Incous eime. Sept. and Class.
2) fig. to take up in thought, to suppose,
think; absol. Acts ii. 15, 0 yap, ws Upets
Utro\. Lu. vii. 43. Sept. and Class.
‘Yawokeiay, f. Ww, (Azitw,) to leave
behind, pass. to be left behind, to remain ;
Rom. xi. 3, kay vumedeipOnv povos.
Sept. and Class.
|
|
dat. Rom. xii. 12, 77 SAidser vropévovTtes.
2 Tim. ii. 12. Ja. v. 11. 1 Pet. 1.20.
‘YroutpvncKky, f. vrouvicw, (p-
punoKw,) to recall to one’s mind, prop. pri-
vately, silently ; also to suggest to any one’s
mind, i. q. gener. to put in mind of, to re-
mind, bring to remembrance. 1) ACT. in
various constructions; foll. by double acc.,
of pers. and thing, b7rouvioet buas Tav-
va, John xiv. 26. Thuc. vii. 64; by ace.
of pers. with weoi tovTwv, 2 Pet.1. 12;
by acc. of person with inf. Tit. iii. 1; with
o7t, Jude 5, and Class. ; by acc. of thing,
e. gr. precepts, duties, TauTta vaopmipyy-
oxe, 2 Tim. ii. 14; also evil deeds, 3 John
10, drropvjow avtou Ta Epya, and Class.
2) mip. = to call to mind, recollect, re-
member, with gen. Lu. xxii. 61, bareuv7-
o8n 6 Il. Tov Adyou Tou Kugiov, & Class.
‘Yropurvycts, ews, 7, (UToutuvycKw,)
a putting in mind, reminding, also remem-
brance. 1) trans. éy tzrouvyeer, ‘ by put-
ting in mind,’ by way of remembrance,
2 Pet. i,.13.. 2 Macc. vi. 16. Thuesaa25,
2) intrans. recollection, remembrance, as in
Jos. and Class. oft.: so varéuvyow ap-
Pave, ‘to take remembrance of,’ = to
remember, 2 Tim. i. 5.
‘Y ropovn, 78, 17, (UToMEVw,) a remain-
ing behind, an awaiting; in N.T. fig. @
bearing up under, patent endurance, comp.
uTouevw II. 1) prop. with gen. of thing
borne, as evils, &c. 2 Cor. i. 6, éy vae-
fovy Tav avTav Twabnuatwv. Jos. and
Class. 2) gener. patience, perseverance,
constancy under suffering, in faith and
duty, absol. Lu. viii. 15, capmrodopovew
gy wiouovy. Rom. viii. 23, al. _Diod.
Sic. xi. 9, rHv év Tots Kivdtvois VTOpO-
viv: foll. by gen. of that 2 or as to which
one perseveres, Rom. ii. 7, xa@’ izrouovyy
Zoyou ayabou. 1 Th. i. 3; by gen. of pers.
Lu. xxi. 19, év rH Um. byw KT7oac0e
YT O
Tas Wuyas tua. 2 Th. i. 4. iii. 5. Rev.
i. 9. ili. to, Tov NOyou THs VTOMoVHS jou.
Spec. patience as a quality of mind, the
bearing of evils and sufferings with tran-
quil mind, Rom. v. 3, 7 Safses VTomoviy
KaTepyatevat. ver. 4. xv. 4,5, 0 Osds
THs UT. i. e. ‘who bestows patience,’
1 Tim. vi. 11. Tit. ii. 2. Sept. Ezra x. 2.
‘Yarovoéw, f. ow, (voéw,) in Class.
to suspect, surmise; in N.T. to suppose,
deem, with acc. impl. Acts xxv. 18, wv
(i.e. TovT wy &) UTevdouy Eyw: with acc.
and inf. xiii. 25. xxvii. 27. Judith xiv. 14.
Plut.de Garrul. 14,00« vaovoovvtos, aXX’
elddros épaiveto. Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 20.
‘Y 1 dvora, as, 1}, (UTovoéw,) suspicion,
surmise, 1 Tim. vi. 4, v7. movynoai.
‘YaomXéw, f. eUcoua, (awAéw,) to
sail under the lee or shelter of an island or
shore, with acc, depending on v7ro in comp.
Acts xxvii. 4,7, vwemAevoauny T. Ke.
‘Yaomvéw, f. evVow, (wvéw,) to blow
gently, sofily, of the wind, Acts xxvii. 13.
‘Yaomodtov, ov, TO, (vom océ.tos, fr.
Um0, wovs,) a footstool, Ja. ii. 3, Kafou
@Oe UTO TO YT. pou: anthropopath. of
God. whose footstool is the earth, To br.
EgTLTWY TOOwY avToU, Matt.v. 39; for the
phrase tifzvac tovs éyVoovs bro od.ov
TwY TOoOwY Tivos, Matt. xxii. 44, al.
Yarootac:s, ews, 47, (Vpiornpt,)
prop. ‘what is set or placed under’ any
thing, « foundation, substructure ; then of
any thing which subsides, sedzment ; fig.
foundation, beginning, purpose begun, un-
dertaking; in N.T. 1) meton. well-founded
trust, firm expectation, confidence ; prop.
‘foundation or ground of trust and confi-
dence,’ Heb. iii. 14, tyhv adoynv rys UT.
i. e. ‘our first hope or confidence’ in Christ,
equiv. to Tyv towTnv Tiotw, | Tim. v.
12: so Heb. xi. 1, ott awiotis édrriGo-
~—
pevwv brooTacis. 2 Cor. ix. 4, Kat-
, atoxuvb@pev jnuets év TH UT. TA’TY:
and so in Sept. 2) meton. of that quality
which leads one to ‘stand under,’ endure,
or undertake any thing, firmness, boldness,
confidence, 2 Cor. xi. 17, éy tabty TH
Um. THS KavXyoEws: and so Jos. Ant.
xwil. 1, 6. Pol. iv. 50, 10. ‘vi. 55, 2,
Um. Kai TOApa. Diod. Sic. iv. 62, 7 dé
ev Bacavois ut. THS Wuyx7s. 3) fig. hypo-
stasis, Lat. substantia, i. e. ‘what really
exists under any appearance,’ substance,
reality, essential nature, Heb. i. 3, yapak-
Tip TNS UT. avTou, scil. O<ov, ‘the express
image or counterpart of God’s essence or
being,’ i. q. of God himself; so xi. 1; and
so Artem. iii. 14, @avtaciay piv zyeww
_ tovtrou, Urdotacw dé ji), and elsewh.
. In later Class,
- and xi. 17, some take it in the sense of
_ subject, matter, thing, ¢v vq bToctaser
Hence in 2 Cor. ix. 4,
455
NN
LT
YO
TavTy, ‘in this matter, equiv. to ev Tw
péoer TOUT, IX. 3.
‘Yaootél\X wo, f. eX, (oTeAAW,) prop.
to send or draw under or down, e. gr. a
sail, to contract, furl; in N.T. with éav-
tov or mid. to draw one’s self back, draw
in, as we say; hence gener. to shrink or
draw back, withdraw one’s self, through
fear, Gal. ii, 12, bargoreANev EauTOV: 80
Pol. i. 16, 10, Urooreiias éauvTov w7r0,
K.t.\. Heb. x. 38, éav vaooteidntat,
where the sense is somewhat different.
See my note. With acc. of thing, prop.
to druw back as to any thing, = to keep
back, suppress any thing from timidity,
Acts xx. 20, ovd&y vreoteikapny Twv
cuupepovTwv.
‘YrootoXh, 7s, 1, (vroore\Xw,) &
shrinking or drawing back, from timidity,
Heb. x. 39. Jos. Ant. ii. 14, 12.
‘Yrootpégdwa, f. ww, to turn behind,
or back, trans.; in N. T. intrans. or with
éautov impl. to turn back, return; absol.
Mk. xiv. 40, uzrootpéWas etoev abtous.
Lu. ii. 43. xvii, 18. Acts viii. 28, av baro-
oTpepwy.
‘Yroctpwvviw, f.ctTpwow, to strew
underneath, trans. Lu. xix. 36.
‘Y rorayy, ns, 1, (vawotaéoow,) prop.
subordination, hence subjection, submission,
2 Cor. ix. 13. Gal. ii. 5, otd& aods Hpav
eifapuev TH U7. 1 Tim. ii. 11. iti, 4,
‘Yarotraaow, f. Ew, (Ta00w,) prop.
to range or put under, make subject, trans.
1) act. to subject, and pass. to be sub-
jected, to be subject, constr. with ace.
and dat. expr. or impl, Rom. viii. 20,
TH PATAaLOTHTL 4 KTiots YIreTayn. 1
Cor. -xiv. .32. Eph. i. 22. v.24. Pet.
iil. 22, and oft. in Class. 2) mid. to swub-
mit one’s self, to be subject, obedient, as used
not ef compulsory subjection, but of volun-
tary and dutiful obedience, as of children
to parents, wives to husbands; also of sub-
ordination both military and civil. In
N. T. with dat. Lu. ii. 5], qv troracco-
mevos avtots. x. 17. Rom. viii. 7. x. 3.
xiii. 1, 5. -1- Cor. xvi..16. .-Eph, wv. 21,22,
Col. iii. 18. James iv. 7. 1 Pet. ii. 18, 18,
al. Sept. and lat. Class.
€ , ad
YaroriGnps, f. O%jow, prop. to set or
put under, to lay under, as a prop, or
support; in N. T. 1) with acc. d7ro-
Tilévat Tov TpaxnAov, ‘to lay down
one’s neck,’ i. e. under the axe of the exe-
cutioner, — to hazard one’s life, Rom. xvi.
4, A.V. H. x. 16, trobijow tHv Kean.
2) mid. & fig. brroTifeua, to bring under
the mind of any one, to suggest for con-
sideration, as a teacher, with acc. and dat.
1 Tim. iv. 6, tavta brroriBéuevos: so
Plato, p. 9, rovto b7rebéuevos.
£ , e
Yarorpé xX, aor. 2. b7rédoauov, prop.
YO
to run under, as a tree for shelter; in N.T.
of aship, to run under the shelter of an
island or coast, with acc. Acts xxvii. 16,
vyciov TL vTodpamovtes: ‘Themist. p.
152, ra pév brrodpapovoa, Ta Oz TEpLOp.
‘Yrotumwats, ews, 7, (UToTUTOW,
‘to sketch out the form of any thing in
outline,’) a@ form, sketch, prop. such as is
obtained by a stamp or impression in wax,
and hence an exemplar, both prop. and
fig. 2 Tim. i. 13, v7. vytacvovTwv Noywr:
meton. «@ pattern, for imitation, ] Tim. i.
16, rods vroTUTwoW.
‘Yaogpéow, aor. l. barqveyKa, prop.
to bear up under a thing or person,
to support, sustain; in N. T. fig. to bear
up under, endure, with acc. metoacmon,
1 Cor. x. 13; duwypovs, 2 Tim. iii. 11;
AUtras, 1 Pet. ii. 19. Sept. and Class.
‘Yaoxywoéw, f. iow, (xwoéw,) to wath-
draw one’s self under cover, give place to
ang one, Lu. ix. 10, yrexwonoe cat idtay
eis TOTrov ~pynuov; with év, Lu. v. 16.
Yarwrra lw, f. dow, (vTwTioyp, ‘the
part under the eyes, the face, fr. vzr0, aW,)
prop. to strike any one under the eyes, to
beat the face black and blue; or fig. to
bruise any one; gener. in N.T. to malireat,
said of the body, to subject to hardship,
mortify, TO c@pa pou, 1 Cor. ix. 27: also
to stun any one with prayers, to weary with
entreaties, Lu. xviii.5. Comp. Lat. obtundo.
“Ys, bos, 6, 7, @ swine, 2 Pet. ii. 22.
"Y cowTos, ov, 1, hyssop, a low plant
or shrub, much used in the ritual purifi-
cations and sprinklings of the Hebrews ;
in N. T. of @ stalk or stem of hyssop, John
xix. 29. Also of a bunch of hyssop for
sprinkling, Heb. ix. 19, goiov Koxkivou Kat
voow7ou, in allusion to Lev. xiv. 4, al.
Jos. Ant. ii. 14,6, tocw@mov KoOmas ava-
AaBovTes.
‘Yorepéw, f. how, (VoTtepos,) to be
last, or after, behind, prop. in place, also
in time; in N.T. fig. of dignity, condition,
to be behind or inferior, to lack; in later
usage also depon. pass. UoTepoupar. I. of
dignity, &c. absol. to be the worse, 1 Cor.
vii. 8, ore gay ph Paywmev VeTEpOv-
meOa. 2 Cor. xi. 5. xii. 11.—IT. gener. to
lack, fail, e. gr. 1) to fail of any thing,
miss, with gen. expr. or impl. Rom. iii.
23, wavres VoTEepouvTaL THs OoENs TOU
@. Heb. iv. 1, and Class. 2) to be m want
of, lack. Lu. xxii. 35, uj Tivos vorept-
cate; Jos. Ant. xv. 6,7. undé otvov poe
datos boteonOjvac: with év and dat. of
that iz which one is wanting, 1 Cor. i. 7.
Ecclus. xi. 12; with acc. of thing as to
which, Matt. xix. 20, Ti ere voTepo ;
‘what lack I yet?” Sept. ti vorep@ eyo ;
Ps. xxxix. 5; absol. to be im want, suffer
need, Liu. xv. 14. 2 Cor. xi. 8. Phil. iv.
456
YI
12. Heb. xi. 37. Ecclus. xiii. 4. 8) ing
trans. of things, to fail, be wanting, absol. —
John ii. 8, beTepjoavTtos olvov. So Diosc. |
v. 87, VaTepovons omodou: with dat. Mk. —
x. 21, vy cot VoTeoet. Sept. Neh. ix. 21.
‘Yotéonua, atos, To, (vorepew,)
prim. ‘that which is wanting,’ and then by ,
meton. want. |) gener. with gen. of thing,
Phil. ii. 380, TO uu@y VeTEonUa THS Teds
me Asttovpyias, and so impl. 1 Cor. xvi.
17. Col. i. 24, ta vor. Tav Sribewy
cov Xp. 1 Th. iii. 10, and Sept. 2) absol.
or with gen. of pers. want, need, poverty,
Lu. xxi. 4. 2 Cor. viii. 18, 14: ix 12, ;
‘Yoréoncors, ews, 1, (vorepéw,) the 4
being in want, want, need, Mk. xii. 44.
Phil.iv. 11, oby 671 Kal’ voTépyow AEyw.
"Yoreoos, a, ov, a defective compara- —
tive, latter, last, hindmost, e. gr. in place,
Hom. Il. v. 17; in N. 7. only ior games
I. gener. 1 Tim. iv. 1, é@v votéoois Kat-
gots. Sept. and Class.—IT. neut. torepov
as adv. 1) with gen. last, after, Matt.
xxii. 27, & Lu. xx. 32, vorepov 0& wav-
twy awe0ave Kai 7 yuvy. Sept. & Class.
2) absol. at last, afterwards, Matt. iv. 2,
Uorteoov émsivace. xxi. 29, 32, 3/7. XXv.
11, al. Sept. and Class.
‘Y Pav os, i, ov, adj. (Upaivw,) woven,
John xix. 23, yitwv Upavtos dv oXov.
Sept. Jos. and Class.
‘YurnXos, 7, Ov, adj. (Us, tos.)
high, elevated, lofty: 1) PROP. as dpos ,
uusndov, Matt. iv. 8. Mk. ix. 2, al. From’
the Heb. ta. udsndd, high places, the
heights, put for ‘the highest heavens,’ Heb.
i. 3. Sept. In a like sense, of Christ,
comparat. uWnAOTEpOS TWY OVE. yEvOuE-
vos, Heb. vii. 26, equiv. to dseAnAvas
tTovs ovpavous, iv. 14. Symbol. by Hebr.
Acts xiii. 17, wera Boaxiovos uwndou,
‘with a high (i.e. uplifted) arm,’ as if to
destroy the enemy. Comp. Sept. xeo
vwndry, Ex. xiv. 8. 2) Fic. high, 1. e.
highly esteemed, Lu. xvi. 15, TO ev, av-
Opwmors uwydov, BodéAvypa éevwmoy
tov Qzov. Rom. xii. 16, wy Ta UWyAa
oovovytes, high things, pride, opp. to
Ta tateiva, humility. Comp. Lucian,
Herm. 5, bwndad ppoverv. So Sept. Aa-
Astv UWyAa, | Sam. ii. 3.
‘Yunrtoppovéew, f. how, (vyydes,
doovéw,) to be high-minded, carry oneself
haughtily, Rom. xi. 20. 1 Tim.wi.c1 7.
"YWioros, n, ov, adj. (Un, Ufos,) |
highest, most elevated, loftrest: _ 1) prop. as
tusctov dpos, Hdian. iii. 3,2; in N.T.
only from the Heb. ta tora, ‘ the
highest heavens; for there were supposed }}
to be three; the aérial, the starry, and
the highest, the abode of God and the
angels. Matt. xxi. 9, ‘Qoavva év Tots.
UWioros. Mk. xi. 10, al. So Sept. Job:
weO
xvi. 19. 2) fig. 6 “YWuoros, the Most
High, said with reference both to His
exalted abode and supreme majesty, Mk. v.
7. Lu. i. 32, al. sepe. Sept. and Class.
"Y Wos, eos ous, TO, (UWn,) height, ele-
vation: 1) prop. Eph. iii. 18, Ba@os Kai
twos. Rey. xxi. 16. From the Heb. the
height, put for Heaven, the highest heaven,
the abode of God; so && uous, from
on high, trom God, Lu. 1. 78; eis twos,
to the place on high, to God, Eph. iv. 8.
Sept. 2) fig. elevation, dignity, Ja. i. 9.
Sept. and Class.
‘YwWow, f. wow, (tWos,) to heighten,
i.e. to elevate, lift up, trans. I. PROP. of
the brazen serpent, and of Jesus on the
cross, John iii. 14. viii. 28: hence Christ
is further said bWwO7yvar éx THS Ys, in
allusion to the death of the cross, xii. 32,
34; also TH OcEta Tov Oeov vwleis,
seeee vet t bet. i. 22. Comp.
Heb. i. 3. viii. 1. xii. 2.—II. Fic. to ele-
vate, exalt,i.e. 1) gener.‘ to raise to a
condition of prosperity, dignity, honour,’
gener. out of a lowly state, Lu. i. 52,
KaQetXe Ouvaotas amo Soovwy, Kat
tWwoe Tatewovs. Acts xiii. 17. Ja. iv.
10. 1 Pet. v. 6. Pass. uswOioeTar, Matt.
xxiii, 12. xi. 23. Sept. and Class. 2) re-
flex. wWouv éautov, to exalt oneself, be
proud, Matt. xxiii. 12. Lu. xiv. 11. Sept.
"YWwpua, atos, To, (viow,) prop.
‘something elevated,’ i. e. a high place,
height, elevation, Rom. viii. 39, ovTe tw-
pea ovTE BAOos, prob. put for heaven, comp.
twos. Fig. of a proud adversary, under
the figure of a lofty tower or fortress built
up by an enemy, 2 Cor. x. 5, wav tw.
ETALDOMEVOY KaTA THS yvwoEews Tou O.
®,
Payopuat, epayoyr, see in Holi.
Payos, ov, 6, (payetv,) a glutton,
_ Matt. xi. 19, dvOowsros payos. Lu. vii. 34.
®atovys, ov, 6, by metath. for mar-
vodys, Lat. penula, a cloak or great-coat
with a hood, used chiefly in travelling,
2 Tim. iv. 13.
Paivw, f. avw, aor. 2. pass. epavny,
(pavw, gdazivw,) prop. to lighten, give
light, illuminate: I. INTRANS. to give
light, shine forth, as a luminary, absol. Rev.
1.16, ws 6 HALOS Paiver. viii. 12. xxi. 23.
2 Pet. i.19. Fig. of spiritual light and
truth, Johni. 5, TO paws tv TH oKoTia
paiver. v. 35. 1 John ii. 8.—Il. TRANS.
prop. to bring to light, to let appear, to
show, in Class.; in N. T. only, pass. or
mid. @aivouar, aor. 2. epavyy, to come to
light, appear, be or become visible: 1.
strictly, to shine forth, to shine, Rev, xviil.
23, pws AVxvOU ov mi Pavi] év cot ETL:
457
®AN
fig. Phil. ii. 15, gv ots maiverbe ws w-
oTHpES EV KOTUW.—II. gener. to appear,
be seen, foll. by dat. of pers. expr. or
impl. 1) of persons, Matt. i. 20, ayye-
Aos Kupiouv kat’ ovap epavn aitw. ii.
13. Mk. xvi. 9. Sept. & Class.; with a
particip. or adj. as predicate in nom. Matt.
vi. 16, d7rws @avwot Tots avOp. vynoted-
ovtes. ver. 18. xxiii. 28. Absol. Lu. ix. 8.
1 Pet. iv. 18. 2) of things, Ta CiGadvia,
Matt. xiii. 26; of an event, ix. 33; so
patvopueva, ‘things visible, apparent to
the senses, Heb. xi. 3; with a predicate,
Matt. xxiii. 27. Rom. vii. 13, iva g@avy
auaotia—KaTtepyaCouévn Savatov. Es-
pec. of things appearing in the sky, air,
&c. phenomena, Matt. ii. 7, tov yoovoy
TOU datwouéivov aatépos. Xxiv. 2/, 30.
Ja. iv. 14, & Class.—111. fig. as referred to
the mental eye, to appear, seem, foil. by
dat. of pers. with predic. Mk. xiv. 64, ri
vuty maiverar; and Class.; foll. by éve-
q.ov Tivos, Lu. xxiv. 11.
Pavepos, a, ov, adj. (pavos, fr. pai-
vw,) prop. apparent, visible, conspicuous,
but usually and in N. T. apparent, mani-
Jest, known ; e. gr. pavepov eivar, ‘to be
manifest, known, Acts iv. 16. Rom.i.19.
Gal. v. 19, -1-Tim. iv. 15; 1 John iit, 10.
Apocr. d@avepov yivec8at, ‘to be or be-
come apparent, manifest, well known,
Mk. vi. 14. Lu. viii, 17, al. and Class.
paveooy To.ety Tiva, ‘to make one mani-
fest, known,’ to disclose, Matt. xii. 16.
Mk, iii. 12. 2 Mace. xii. 41. Jos. Ant. iii.
4,2. Neut. with prep. eis @avepov éd-
Getv, ‘to become manifest, known,’ to be
brought to light, Mk. iv. 22. Lu. viii. 17.
évy Tw Paveow, manifestly, openly, Matt.
vi. 4,6, 18; also equiv. to externally, out-
wardly, Rom. ii. 28, and Class.
Paveoow, f. wow, (daveods,) to make
apparent, manifest, or known ; to mantfest,
show openly, trans. I. of THINGS, act. John
li. 11, Empavéowce Thy dd€av ab’tov. John
xvii. 6. Rom.i. 19. 1 Cor. iv. 5. 2 Cor.
ii. 14. Col. iv. 4. Tit. i. 3. Pass. Mk. iv.
22. John iii. 21. Rom. iii. 21, al. sepe.—II.
of PERSONS, 1) reflex. with éauvtév, or
mid. @avepoupmatz, aor. 1. pass. épaveow-
Onv, as mid. to manifest onesel/, to show
oneself openly, appear. Reflex. with dat.
John vii. 4, @avéopwoou ceautovy Tw
Kkoouw, ‘appear publicly ; mid. with éu-
apoctev Tivos, 2 Cor. v. 10, Tovs wavtas
nuas pavepwOyjvat dst éeuTrpocbenv
tov Piwatos tou Xo. where dav. is a
forensic term signif. like Lat. comparere,
‘to present oneself, appear at the bar for
trial.” The term is also used espec. of
those appearing from heaven or from the
dead; reflex. with dat. John xxi. 1, éga-
viowoev éautov maw o’l. Tots pabr-
Tats, «.7.4. Mid. with dat. sn ax, 14.
DAN
1 John i. 2, al. sep. 1 John i. 2, wat 4
Gw7 epaveowOy. ii. 28. iii. 2, 5, 8. 2) pass.
to be manifested, become or be made mani-
Jest, known, with dat. John i. 31, tva pave-
pwn tw lop. 2 Cor. v. 11. eis Uuas, xi.
6. Foll. by 671, 2 Cor. iii. 3, al.
Paveows, adv. (pavegos,) manifestly,
openly, i.e. ‘clearly, evidently, Acts x.
3, €v OpauaTte paveows: ‘ publicly, Mk.
i. 45, haveows seis wow eioeNOetv :
‘openly,’ John vii. 10, ob @aveows, &XN’
WS EV KOUTTTW.
Pavéowsccs, ews, 1), (paveodw,) mant-
Festation, a making known, 4 . THs &An-
Geias, 2 Cor. iv. 2. 4) d. Tov Ivetimartos,
equiv. to ‘revelation,’ 1 Cor. xii. 7.
Pavos, ov, 6, (paivw,) a light, e. gr.
a torch, lantern, John xviii. 3, épxeTar
MeTa avev Kat Aautadwv. So Dion.
Hal. xi. 40, 2£érpeyxov—qavois éyovtes
kat Aapmadas. See more in my note.
Davta lw, f. ow, (haivw,) to make
appear or visible, £0 show, Callistr. Stat. 14,
- PavTtalwy tiv atc@now. Pass. pavta-
Couat, to appear, be visible, espec. of the
appearances of the gods to men; so Diod.
Sic. i. 12, robs Seovs havtaomévous
tots avbouiTros év igow@y Cawv poppats :
fig. Wisd. vi. 16; hence neut. part. 70
pavTaCousvov, equiv. to Td Paivousevov,
prop. the phenomenon, also the sight or
' Spectacle, Heb. xii. 21, moBepov nv to
datvopevov. Comp. Ex. xix. 16.
Pavracia, as, i, (pavTaCouat,) prop.
an appearing, appearance, but more freq.
‘and in.N. T. that kind of appearance which
consists in’ parade, show, or pomp, Acts |
xxv. 23, weTa tons davTacias: so
pavtacias evexa, Diod. Sic. xii. 33.
®avTtacpma, atos, To, (pavTa Copa, )
prop. @ phantasm, ‘an object presented to
the sight, or ‘an image presented to the
mind,’ either awake or asleep, Wisd. xvii.
15. Jos. Bell. Jud. iii. 8, 3. In the
former case there is generally an implied
notion of something zlustve or unreal ;
and hence the term came to be applied to
denote an apparition, spectre, ghost, as
Matt. xiv. 26: Mk. vi. 49; and so Jos.
Ant..i. 20, 2, al. Artem. i. 2. For this
the Class. writers use dacua.
Dadoaysé, ayyos, n, (kindr. with ga-
ovyé,) @ ravine, a narrow and deep pass,
or valley, between high rocks; Lu. iii. 5,
Taca pao.tAnpwlyoetar. Sept. & Class.
Paopuakeia, as, 7, (papuaxedy, fr.
@a@ppuakoyv, a medicine, also a magic
potion,) prop. the preparing and giving of
medicine, also the preparation of magical
potions, philtres or charms, and hence oft.,
as in N. T., gener. magic art, sorcery, en-
chantment, Gal. v.20. Rev. ix. 2]. xviii.
23. Sept. and lat. Class.
458
—
®EP
DPapuakevs, éws, 6, (Papuakedw,)
prop. @ preparer of drugs, an apothecary,
but gener. a preparer of drugs which ope-
rate by the force of charms, or incantation.
So in N.T. a magician, sorcerer, enchanter,
Topvos Kat papuakevor, Rev, xxi. 8, in
text. rec. Comp. Luc. Merc. cond. 40,
Motxov 7 papuaxéa os. Jos. Ant. ix. 6,
3, THY MNTEPAa avTOU Papuakoy Kai Tép-
yyy amoKkaheoat. | tye
Pappakos, ov, 6, 1H, (Pappaxoyv,)
equiv. to papuaxets, wh. see. InN. T.
a magician, sorcerer, enchanter, Rev. xxi.
8, in later edd. xxii. 15, Sept. and Class.
Paars, ews, 7, (pnut,) a speech, word,
report, Acts xxi. 31, & Demosth. 793, 16.
PaoKkw, imperf. epackov, defect. tt
say, to affirm, equiv. to @nut, foll. by inf.
with acc. Acts xxiv. 9. xxv. 19. Rev. ii.
2; with nom. Rom. i. 22. Sept. and Class.
@arvn, ns, 7, (corrupted fr. Payvn,
fr. payw, to eat; lit. an eating-place, as
our manger ; a crib, manger, Lu. ii. 7, 12,
16. xiii. 15, oJ} AVer—tov Ovov ato THs
gp. Sept. Jos. and Class.
PavXos, n, ov, adj. bad, al, worthless,
physically, as food or garments, but gener.
as in N. T. morally bad, evil, wicked ; wav
@. mwoayua, Ja. ili. 16. mavdra, ‘ evil
deeds,’ John iii. 20. v. 29, 7a @. wode-
oev, (so Lucian Herm. 82, mavAov ovder
mo.joovoty,) Tit. i. 8, pd. Aéyey, evil.
Péiyyos, eos ous, To, (kindr. with
paos,) light, brightness, shining, Matt.
xxiv. 29. Mk. xiii. 24, 7 ceAHvy ov Owoet
ae gp. attys. Xen. Venat. v. 4. Conv.
eet
Peidopar, f. cicouat, depon. mid. fo
be sparing of, foll. by gen., also to spare,
e. gr. to abstain from using, Zo use spa-
ringly; in N.T. 1) to spare, = to abstain
from doing any thing, to forbear, absol.
2 Cor. xii. 6, peidouar 62, sc. Tov Kavu-
xac8ar. Hdian. vii. 9, 22. Xen. H. G.
vii. 1, 24. 2) to spare, to abstain from
treating with severity, foll. by gen. Acts
xx. 29, ui) pevdouevor Tov aospviov.
Rom. viii. 32, idiov viov obK éeioato.
xi. 21. Dion. Hal. Ant. v. 10, ray éuay
ov PELoamevos TEKVWD.
Perdouévws, adv. (from eidouar,)
sparingly, frugally, 2 Cor. ix. 6- Plut.
Alex. M: 25, med. yonobat Tots wap-
ouct.
~Déow, (f. otow, aor. 1. Hvey«a, aor. 1.
pass. 7qvexOnv,) to bear, trans. I. PROP.
to bear, as a burden or the like, also zo
bear up; in N. T. only fig. J) to bear up
under, to bear with, endure, e. gr. evils,
with acc. Rom. ix. 22, Oeds fveyKev
oxevn doyns. Heb. xii. 20. xii. 13, Tov’
dveldtcpov avtov zpovtes. So Sept.
éverdropov @. Ez, xxxiv. 29, and elsewh. |
®EP
in Sept. and Class. 2) fo bear up any
thing, to uphold, = have in charge, direct,
govern, with acc. Heb. i. 3, péowy Te TA
TWavTa Tw pyar, K.T.A. So Sept. Num.
xi. 14. Deut. i. 9. Plut. Lucull. 6, Ké0n-
you avlovvta TH O0En TOTE Kai PépovTa
tiv woA.v.—ll. to bear, with the idea of
motion, = fo bear ALONG or ABOUT, to
carry, Lu. xxiii. 26, Tov oravodv dépery
émiobev tov “Incov. Sept. and Class.
Pass. pépouat, to be borne along, e. gr. as
in a ship before the wind, fo be driven or
drifted, hurried along at the mercy of the
waves: what is here said of the ship only,
being, as often, applied fig. to the crew;
Acts xxvii. 15, 17, €pepoueba. So Test.
x1. Pair. p. 670, yeuaQouevor emt TO
métayos epepoueVa. Hot. iii. 10, epe-
povTo Kata KUua Kal avepov. Alceus
in Mus. Crit. i. 423, @upe 6 —vat popr-
peOa ovv wedaiva. Fig. to be moved,
incited, 2 Pet.i. 21, vare Ilvevparos ayiou
pepouevor. Sept. Job xvii. i, mvevuate
pepouevos. The term is one often used
of divine inspiration ; hence prophets were
called Seomdpntot. Mid. péoouar, to
_ bear oneself along, = to move along, rush,
as a wind, Acts li. 2, &omep pepopuévns
avons. The term in this use, and
associated with Biaos, &c. is frequent in
Class. So in #lian H. An. vii. 24, we
have, éveidav TO mvevpua Biatovy éexgé-
pntar. Fig. to go ON, to advance, in learn-
ing, é7i Thy TeAELOTYHTAa Peowmeba, Heb.
vi. 1.—III. to bear, with the idea of motion
to a place, fo bear HITHER or THITHER,
to bring: 1) of things, foll. by acc. expr.
or impl.; gener. Mk. vi. 28. Lu. xxiv. 1,
@ipoveat & nToiwacav dopwuata. John
xix. 39. Acts iv. 34,al. Pass. Matt. xiv. 11,
al. ; also with dat. of pers. Ti Tu, xiv. 11.
Mk. xii. 15, pépeTé wor Onvdpiov. Johnii.
8. iv. 35: spoken of the finger or hand, to
reach hither, John xx. 27, and Class. Fig.
of a voice or declaration, pass. to be borne,
brought, to come, pwns évexOeions aitw
—£ oveavov, 2 Pet. i.17, 18: of good
brought to any one, bestowed on him, pass.
with dat. 1 Pet. i. 13, éari thy hepopévny
vpty xao, and Class.; of accusations,
charges, &c. to bring forward, present,
with kata tivos, John xviii. 29. Acts
xxv. 7. 2 Pet. ii. 11, comp. Jude 9: of a
doctrine, prophecy, to announce, make
known, tiv didaxnv, 2 John 10; apo-
pyteiav, 2 Pet. i. 21: of a fact or event,
_as reported or testified, in the sense of to
adduce, to show, prove, pass. Heb. ix. 16,
and Class. 2) of persons, with acc. to bear,
to bring, e. gr. the sick, Mk. ii. 3, al.: foll.
by dat. Matt. xvii. 17. Mk. vii. 32: spoken
also of any motion to a place, not proceed-
| ing from the person himself, in the sense of
| 4
?
' to bring, to lead, with acc. and éai, Mk. xv.
22, pépovew aitoy eri Vohyola tomov.
459
ES
DOA
John xxi. 18, 67rov: so of beasts, Lu. xv.
23. Acts xiv. 13, and Sept. Fig. and
absol. a way or gate is said to lead any
whither, tiv mwvAnv Tiv dépovcay zis
tiv woAw, Acts xii. 10, and oft. in Class.
—IV. ¢o bear, as trees or fields their fruits,
to yield, kaotov, Mk. iv. 8. John xii. 24.
xv. 2, al. Jos. and Class.
Pevyw, f. Foua, aor. 2. epvyov, to
flee, to betake oneself to flight, intrans.
1) prop. and gener. Matt. viii. 33, ot
6: Booxovres epvyov. xxvi. 56, al.
Sept. and Class. Of death, with azo,
Rev. ix. 6. Also of heaven and earth,
&c. to flee away, vanish suddenly, with
amo, Rev. xvi. 20. xx. 11. 2) to flee
From, escape, foll. by amo, Matt. iii. 7,
cuysty amo THS meAAOVENS OpyHS. XXill.
33; trans. with acc. Heb. xi. 34, Epuyov
oTomata paxaipas, and Class. 3) fig.
to flee, = to avoid, shun, foll. by azo,
1 Cor. x. 14, @. ard Ts EidwAoAaTPpEIas:
so Kcclus. xxi. 2, p. amo apapTias :
trans. with ace. 1 Cor. vi. 17, @. Tijv top-
vetav. 1 Tim. vi. 11. 2 Tim. ii. 22; so
Xen. Cyr. viii. 1, 31, ra aioxpa puyetv.
Byun, ns, 1, Dor. Papa, (pnpt,)
Lat. fama, report, rumour, common fame,
Matt. ix. 26. Lu. iv. 14. Sept. and Class.
®ypi, enclitic and defective, imperf.
epnv, (paw obsol.) prop. ‘to bring to
light by speech,’ gener. to say, speak, utter ;
the other tenses are supplied from <izrov.
I. gener. and usually followed by the
express words, Matt. xxvi. 34, pn ab’tw
o’Inoous, etal.: with acc. 1 Cor. x. 15, xoi-
vate vets 0 pnt. Hence as interposed
in the middle of a clause quoted, like
Engl. ‘said IY ‘said he, and Lat. zzquam,
Matt. xiv. 8, dds por, pyoiv, wee emi
qmivakt K.T.A. Acts xxili. 35. xxv. 5, 22,
and Class.—IT. as modified by the context.
1) before interrogations, to ask, inquire,
Matt. xxvii. 23. Acts xvi. 30. xxi. 37.
2) before replies, fo answer, reply, Matt.
iv. 7. Xi. 29.. Jonn 1.25, & Wlass., co)
emphat. in the sense of to affirm, assert,
Rom. iii. 8. 1 Cor. vii. 29, and Class.
Ob avw, f. dow, aor. 1. EpPaca, to go
or come before, be first, in being or doing
any thing: 1) prop. with acc. to precede,
anticipate, 1 Th. iv. 15, ob pi) Pbaowpev
Tous KoiunOévtas; and so in Class. 2)
gener. aor. 1. ¢pOaca, to have come first,
or already, foll. by you with gen. 2 Cor. x.
14, dyp. yao Kai byw eplacauev tv TH
evay.: foll. by ets 71, fig. to have already
attained unto, Rom. ix. 31. Phil. iii. 10;
by é7i tiva, to have already come to or
upon any one, Matt. xii. 28. 1 Th. ii. 16.
POaords, i, ov, adj. (pPletow,) cor-
ruptible, perishable, mortal, Rom. i. 23, @.
av@owmos: | Cor. es p. oTéEavos >
—
®OE
xv. 53, where see my note. 1 Pet. i. 18,
23, and Class.
®béyyouat, f. yEouat, depon. mid.
prop. to emit a sound, and usually a shrill
sound; also ¢o sound, as a trumpet, thun-
der, or the human voice; in N. T. to
speak, absol. Acts iv. 18. vroGiytov &pw-
vov év avOowtouv mw PleyEauevon, 2
Pet. ii. 16; with acc. urépoyxa, ver. 18.
®Oeiow, f. cow, aor. 1. pass. EpOaony,
to spoil, corrupt, destroy, with acc. 1 Cor.
iii. 17, e2 Tes Tov vaov Tov Veou PUetper,
@0eoet Tovtov 6 Osos. 2 Cor. vii. 2;
mid. Jude 10. Sept. and Class. Fig., ina
moral sense, to corrupt, deprave, with acc.
1 Cor. xv. 33, Pbeioovew 749n xonora
Omtniae Kakat. 2 Cor. xi. 3. Eph. iv. 22.
Rev. xix. 2, and Class. ~
PO.voTwpivos, 4, ov, adj. (P0ivw,
oTwoa,) autumnal, Jude 12, dévdpa Ou.
trees, as in autumn, stripped of their leaves.
®boyyos, cu, 06, (Pbéyyoua,) a
sound, espec. of a musical instrument, |
Cor. xiv. 7: poet. for the voice, Rom. x.
18. Sept. and Class.
®Oovéw, f. now, (POovos,) to envy,
with dat. Gal. v. 26, and Class.
@®Odvos, ov, 6, envy, (fr. pret. mid.
Zp0ova, of the obsol. @lévw, kindred
with POéw, ‘to waste, or pine.’ Thus
@§ovos denotes ‘that passion which inly
pines at the sight of excellence or happi-
ness.’) Matt. xxvii. 18. Rom. i. 29, al.;
P0ova, envyings, ebullitions of envy,
Gale ys. 21. 1 Pet? i.’ 1) and ‘Plato’ ett:;
elsewhere scarcely found in Class.
®Oo00a, as, 1, (POeinw,) a sporling,
corruption, destruction: 1) prop. by death,
sluughter, 2 Pet. ii. 12, (aa yeyevvnpeva
eis dAwow Kal PVopav: also of mortality,
mortal nature, Rom. viii. 21, amo ths
OovAsias THs POopas. 1 Cor. xv. 42, 50.
Sept. and Class. Fig. of spiritual death,
the ruin consequent on sin, everlasting
destruction, Gal. vi. 8. Col. ii. 22. 2) fig.
in a moral sense, corruptness, depravity,
wickedness, 2 Pet. i. 4, év érriBupia p0o-
pas. ii.12, 2v 77 PO. avT@v. Wisd. xiv. 25.
®iary, ns, 1, a bowl, or deep dish,
Rev. v. 8. xv. 7. xvi. l. Sept. & Class.
®iiadya0os, ov, 0, 1, adj. (pidos,
ayabds,) lit. ‘loving good, a lover of good-
ness, upright, Tit. i. 8, and Class.
@iiaded gia, as, 7, (prradedqos,)
prop. brotherly love, as in Class. ; in N. T.
only in the Christian sense, the mutual
love of Christian brethren, Rom. xii. 10.
1 Th. iv. 9, where see my notes.
Pihaderos, ov, 6, n, adj. (pidros,
ade\ dos,) loving one’s brethren ; in N. T.
only in the Christian sense, ‘loving each
other as Christian brethren,’ 1 Pet. iii. 8.
®IA
460 |
Pidkavéoos, ov, 7, adj. (pirdos, avije,)
loving one’s husband, Tit. ii. 4, and Class.
®iiavOpwaria, as, 4, (piriavlow-
qos,) philanthropy, love of man, equiv. to
‘ benevolence, humanity,’ Acts xxviii. 2.
Tit. ili. 4, p. TOU LwtHoos Fu. and Class.
PitiavOpwmws,adv. (diriavbowsos,)
humanely, kindly, Acts xxvii. 3, and Class.
Pihaopyvoia, as, n, (piAadeyuoos,)
covetousness, 1 Tim. vi. 10, and Class.
@®ihapyvpos, ov, 0, 74, adj. (pidos,
aoyveos,) covetous, Lu. xvi. 14. 2 Tim.
iii. 2, and Class.
@®irdavuTos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (pidos av-
tov,) self-loving, selfish, 2 Tim. ili. 2, and
Class.
Bir/w, f. how, (pidos,) to love, trans.
I. GENER. with acc. of pers. = to have
affection for, Matt. x.37,6 @iA@v waTépa
7 puntéopa. John v. 20. xi. 3, 36. xv. 19.
Tit. 21.15. Of thing, to be fond of, to
like, with acc. Matt. xxiii. 6, @iAovci Te
THY WowTokX\.ciav. Lu. xx. 46. Rev.
xxii. 15. With the idea of overweening
fondness, 6 pilav tiv Wuyny avtou,
John xii. 25. Sept. and Class.—IIJ. spc.
to show one’s love by akiss ; hence, fo kiss,
with acc. Matt. xxvi. 48, ov dv mirjow,
autos tore. Mk. xiv. 44. Lu. xxii. 47.
Sept. and Class.—III. foll. by infin. to
love to do any thing, to do it willingly,
gladly, and by impl. éo be wont to do, Matt.
vi. 5, ptdXovow év Tats cvvaywyats
Toocevxecbar. Sept. and Class.
Pir, ns, 7, (prop. fem. of Pidos,) a
Jemale friend, Lu. xv. 9. Sept. and Class.
Pihyodovos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (Péiros,
noovi,) lit. pleasure-loving, subst. a lover
of pleasure, 2 Tim. iii. 4, @iAndovor par-
ov 7} Pidkobeot. So Demophilus, @er7-
Covoyv kat ptidobeov Tov a’Tov advvaTOov
éott, and Philo, p. 333, 49, @iArjdovor
padXdov 74 pircOron.
Pirtnpma, atos, TO, (piréw I.) a kiss,
as given in salutation, Lu. vii. 45, diAnue
flo oUK etOwkas. xxii. 48. Sept. Prov.
xxvii. 6. Cant. i. 2,and Class. e. gr. Lue.
Asin. 17, piripacw hyowatovto &\Xq-
Aous, used of the sacred kiss given by
Christians to each other as the token of
mutual love, PiAnua dytov, Rom. xvi.
16.°1 Cor. xvi. 20.° 2 Cor’ xm. 127-8 The
v. 26. pidnua ayans, | Pet. v. 14.
Piria, as, 7, (piros,) love, friendship,
affection for, with gen. of object, Ja. iv.
4,1 p. Tov kocpovu. Sept. and Class.
PiAdbeos, ov, 0, 7, (pidos, Ozds,)
prop. adj. loving God, pious; subst. a lover
of God, 2 Tim. iii. 4, @tAjdovor paddov
n pirobeor. Luc. Calumn. 14, arpdés tov.
evoeby Kal pidobeov.
Pirovetxia, as, 1, (peAdverkos,):
OLA
rop. dove of disputing, eager contention,
hue. i. 41; in N. T. gener. quarrel, con-
tention, strife, Liu. xxii. 24, and Class.
®ioverkos, ov, 0, 7, adj.(Piros, vet-
Kos,) fond of strife, 1 Cor. xi. 16, & Class.
PiroEevia, as, 7, (piroFevos,) love
to strangers, hospitality, Rom. xii. 18.
Heb. xiii. 2, and Class.
PitoEevos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (Pirdos,
Eévos,) loving strangers, hospitable, | Tim.
iii. 2. Tit. i. 8. 1 Pet. iv. 9, and Class.
®:NotowTeva, f. evow, (piioTrpw-
vos, occ. in Artem. and Plut.) to love to
be first, to affect pre-eminence, 3 John 9.
Piros, n, ov, adj. prop. pass. (i. e. for
tXovmevos,) loved, dear; also act. (for
pirwv) loving, friendly, kind ; in N. T.
subst. 6 qidos, a friend, Lu. vii. 6,
Emeuwe mods avtTov—@idovs. Xl. 5, et
al. sepiss. and Sept. and Class. In the
sense of companion, associate, Matt. xi. 19,
. TeXwvwv. Lu. vii. 34. John iii. 29, o @.
Tov vuudiov,a brideman, see in Nuudwy.
Asa word of courteous address, Lu. xiv.
- 10. Sept. Esth. v. 10.
®:ihocedgia, as, n, (Pirtocopéw,)
prop. love.of wisdom, then philosophy, ‘a
knowledge of tnings human and divine,’
comp. copia II.; in N. T. philosophy, i.e.
the Jewish theology or theological learn-
ing, pertaining to the interpretation of the
Scriptures, and to the traditional law of
ceremonial observances, Col. ii. 8.
@itdcogos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (Pidos,
copia,) prop. loving wisdom, then as
subst. @ philosopher, an inquirer after
knowledge natural and moral, in things
human and divine; spoken in N. T. of
the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers, who
spent their time in inquiries and discussions
respecting moral science, Acts xvii. 18.
Ditoatopyos, ov, 0, 7, adj. (pidos,
otopyi),) tenderly loving, kindly affection-
ed, prop. towards one’s kindred; in N. T.
towards Christian brethren, Rom. xii. 10.
PitoOTEKvVOS, ov, 6, 7, adj. (Pidos,
texvov,) loving one’s children, Tit. ii. 4.
Pitotipéomar, f. yoowar, (pedr0o-
timuos, fr. pidos, tTiuy,) depon. mid. or
pass. Zo love honour, to be ambitious, and
by impl. ‘to exert oneself from motives of
ambition; since the combatants in the
‘pursuits of human glory must be prepared
to use the most strenuous exertions;
making it their maxim, in the words of
Thuc., ui) pevyew Tovs Tovous, 7 nde
Tas Tisas dwwKew: to be ambitious of
doing any thing, to exert oneself, to earn-
estly strive, i. e. from a love and sense of
honour: so Jos. Ant. procem. § 3. xv. 9,
Dd. Atl. V. H. ix. 29. Xen. Mem. ii. 9, 5.
In N. T. Rom. xv. 20, @idrotipmotpevov
evayyeriteo0a. 2 Cor. v. 9.1 Th. iv. 11,
461
©®OB
TapaxaXouuey buacs ciruTipeioBar (‘to
earnestly strive’) novyaGeuv.
Pilopoovws, adv. (iAddowr,)
kindly, courteously, Acts xxviii. 7, & Class.
PiAddowy, ovos, 6, 7, adj. (Piros,)
poiv,) friendly-minded, kindly disposed,
courteous, | Pet. iii. 8, and Class.
Piuow, f. wow, (pipos,) to muzzle,
trans. J. prop. of oxen muzzled while
treading out grain, 1 Cor. ix. 9. 1 Tim.
v. 18, ob @iuwoers Bovvy arowvtTa.—ll.
fig. to stop the mouth, put to silence, and
pass. to be silenced, be silent, hold one’s
peace. 1) said of persons, Matt. xxii. 34,
épiuwoe Tovs Ladd. | Pet. 11. 15. Jos.
and Jat. Class. Pass. Matt. xxii. 12. Hence
it is applied to Christ’s commanding an
evil spirit zoé to speak through the organs
of a demoniac, Mk. i. 25, @iuwOynte. 2)
of things, as winds and waves, pass. to le
still, hushed, Mk. iv. 39, we@iuwoo. Jos.
de Mace. § 2.
Provyi Cw, f. iow, (PAGE,) prop. and
almost always in Class. & oft. in Sept. to
inflame, set on fire; in N. T. fig. to in-
flame with passion, discord, or hatred ; said
of the tongue, Ja. iii.6, pAoy. Tov Todxov.
@®XOE, yos, 1, (prAéyw,) flame, Lu.
xvi. 24, év tH pAoyt tatty. So ProE
mupos, a flame of fire, ‘fiery flame,’ Acts
vii. 30. Rev. i. 14, al. gy wupi pdoyos,
2. Th. i. 6. Sept. and Class. Of lightning,
Heb. i. 7, arupds pAdya. Sept. & Class.
®rXvapéw, f. yow, (pAvapos,) prop. as
oft. in Class. ‘to as it were overflow with
talk,’ = to prate, to trifle, intrans.; in N. T.
trans. to prate about any one, 3 John 10,
ovyous Tovnpots PAvaow@Y Huas.
®rvVapos, ov, 6, 77, adj. (PAvw, Lat.
uo,) prop. overflowing, i. e. with talk;
hence subst. a@ prater, tattler, trifier,
1 Tim. v. 13, and oft. in later Class.
PoBepos, a, ov, adj. (pPoPew,) fear-
Jul, terrible, frightful, Heb. x. 27, poBepa
O€ Tis EkO0X?) Koicews. ver. 3]. xii. 21.
Sept. and Class.
DPoRéw, f. now, (poBos,) prop. to put
in fear, terrify, frighten ; but oftener, and
in N. T., only mid. or pass. @oBPéouas,
aor. 1. pass. é@ofS7Onv, and fut. i. pass.
poBnOicouar often in mid. sense, prop.
‘to put one’s self in fear, = to fear, be
afraid, terrified, either from fear simply,
or from astonishment. I. PROP. and
GENER. in various constructions: 1) z-
trans. and absol. Rom. xiii. 4, gav to
Kakov Tons, poBov: so pt) @oBouv, fear
not, Mk. v. 36. mi goBetobe, vi. 50.
éqoBouvTo, x. 32. Matt. xiv. 30. xvii. 6.
Heb. xiii. 6. Foll. by acc. of a cogn. noun,
1 Pet. iii. 14, tov poBov aitav pH
pmoBnonte. ver. 6, un po. pydemiav
TTONGL : eee iv. 41, EpoPnOn-
=
®OB
cav poBov péeyav. 2) trans. with acc. :
of pers. Matt. x. 26, un poBnOnTe ad-
vous. xiv. 5. John ix. 22. Rom. xiii. 3.
Gal. ii. 12: of thing, dsatayua, Heb.
xi. 23, 27. Rev. ii. 10. 3) foll. by azro,
lit. ‘to fear from,’ be afraid of any one,
Matt. x. 28. Lu. xii. 4. 4) foll. by uy,
lest, Acts xxvii. 17, poB. un eis ryv
Lvetiw éxrécwor: by pymws, ver. 29.
2 Cor. xi. 3. Gal. iv. 1]. 5) with inf. fo
Fear to do any thing, ‘to scruple, hesitate,’
Matt. 1. 20, un poBnOys wapadaBetv
Maoiap. ii. 22. Mk. ix. 32.—II. Mo-
RALLY, to fear, = to reverence, honour,
with acc. 1) gener. Mk. vi. 20, epoBetro
vov Iwavunv. Eph. v. 33. 2) spec. Tov
Ozov or Tov Kiptov poBetobat, to fear
God, to reverence, e. g. ‘to stand in awe
of God,’ the punisher of wrong, so as not
to do evil, Lu. xviii. 2, Tov O. uy PoPBov-
gevos. xxiii. 40. 1 Pet. ii. ]7. Col. iii, 22:
also, by Hebr., in the sense of religion,
piety, = to worship God, Lu. i. 50, to
éXeos avTtTov—tots oR. aitov. Acts
x. 2, 35. Rev. xi. 18; so of mo. Tov O.
‘proselytes,’ Acts xill. 16, 26.
®oBnTeov, ov, TO, (poBéw,) ‘some-
thing fearful, a fearful sight, portent, Lu.
xxi. 11, @oBnTpa te Kat onusta arr’
oup. Sept.
®06 Bos, ov, 6, (peBomar,) fear, terror,
I. pRoP. and GENER. Matt. xiv. 26, aro
cov @. exoaéav. Lu. i. 12. ii. 9, al.
boo, fears, 2 Cor. v. ll. 1 Tim. v.
20, al. Foll. by gen. of the pers. or thing
feared, Matt. xxviii. 4. John vii. 13, al.
Meton. ‘ object of fear,” Rom. xiii. 3.
Sept. and Class.; with the idea of astonzsh-
ment, Matt. xxviii. 8, wera poBov Kat
yapas meyadns. Mk. iv. 41. Lu. i. 65.
v. 26, al—II. IN A MORAL SENSE, reve-
- rence, honour, of persons, Rom. xiii. 7, Tw
tov PoBov, Tov m. Elsewh. of God or
Christ, 6 @. Trou Ozouv or Kupiov, 2 Cor.
v. ll, and sometimes impl. Jude 23.
Intens. gv PoBw Kai tv Tpopw, 1 Cor.
ii. 3, al. and Sept. By Hebr. = religion,
prety, o p. Tov Kupiou, Acts ix. 31. Oeou,
Rom. ii. 18, and Class.
DoivrE, cxos, 6, a palm-tree, John xii.
13... Rey. vil, 9. Sept.
Poveis, ews, 0, (povetw,) a murderer,
Matt. xxii. 7. Acts iii. 14, al. and Class.
Povetw, evow, (dhovos,) to slay, to
murder; absol. ov qgovevces, Matt. v.
Dow Mike xs 190 al. and. Sept,” ‘Gener.
Matt wel whan Liv. 2." Holl. py,
acc. Matt. v. 6. Sept. and Class.
®ovos, ov, 0, (obsol. Pévw,) murder,
Mk. xv. 7. Lu. xxiii. 19, al. Heb. xi. 37,
zy dovw payaipas. Plur. movar, Matt.
xv. 19, al. Sept. and Class. :
Pooew, f. now, (fr. wemooa, old pret.
462
®PE
mid. of @épw,) to bear about, to wear, as
dress or arms, trans. Matt. xi. 8, T& ma-
Aaxa. John xix. 5. Rom. xiii. 4. James
ii. 3, al. and Class. ,
P®odoov, ov, To, only in prop. name,
"Amaiov dopov, Appi Forum, Acts
xxviii. 15.
Pdpos, ov, 6, (péew,) prop. ‘ what is
brought or paid into the treasury of the
state,’ a tax laid upon persons and their
property annually, in distinction from vé-
Nos, toll, levied on merchandise and tra-
vellers, Lu. xx. 22. xxiii. 2. Rom. xii. 6,
opous TeXetTe. ver. 7, and so in Class.
PootiCw, f. icw, (pdetos,) prop. to
burden, lay a burden upon any one; in
N. T. fig. of the burden of the Jewish
law, Lu. xi. 46. Pass. part. Matt, xi. 28,
Teopticpévor, ‘ye who are oppressed
by a sense of sin, and the burden of the
law.”
Pootionv, ov, To, (poptos,) a burden:
I. prop. of a ship’s freight or cargo, Acts
xxvii. 10, in lat. Edd.—Il. fig. 1) of the
burden of the law, Matt. xxii. 4. Lu. xi.
46 ; of the injunctions of Christ, Matt.
xi. 30. 2) of the burden of one’s sins,
Gal. vi. 5.
PdpTos, ov, 6, (pPéow,) a ship’s freight -
or cargo, a burden, Acts xxvii. 10, text. rec.
sb Dee a Nie ov, TO, @ whip, John
i. Le
PoayerAdw, f. wow, (PoayérArov,)
to scourge, with acc. Matt. xxvii. 26, al.
Poayhuos, ov, 0, (podcow,) a fence
or ates Matt. xxi. 3 ite Mile. ia
xiv. 23, eis Tas ddovs Kal mPoaypods, ‘ the
narrow ways among the vineyards.’ Plut.
Cimon. 10, tay dypav tous mpaypuous
aqmetXtev. Xen. Venat. xi. 4, and Sept.
Fig. Eph. ii. 14, see in Mesotoryov.
Poa lw, f. dow, prop. fo say, speak,
tell ; in N.T. to explain, tiv wapaBorjv,
Matt. xiii. 36. xv. 15. Sept. and Class.
®pasaw, f. Ew, prop. fo enclose with a
fence, also ‘close up,’ as a defile, with
troops. Hence said of the ears, to stop. In
N. T. only of the mouth, @edocev Td
oroua: 1) prop. of wild beasts, Heb,
xi. 33, Eppatav cropata NeovTwy, ‘ ren-
dered them harmless ;’ so M. Antonin.
xil. 1, €ppaEé TO otdma Tov )éovTos.
2) FIG. to silence, Rom. ili. 19, tva wav
oToua ppayy. 2 Cor. xi. 10, and Class.
® péao, atos, To, prop. a well or pit,
for water, and thus prop. distinguished
from any, Lu. xiv. 5. John iv. ll, ro
mo. éort Badd. ver. 12. Sept. Jos. and
Class. Fig. of the pet in Hades, ‘the bot-
tomless pit,’ Rev. ix. 1, 2.
PosvaTvataw, f. jow, (pony, ama-
vThw,) to deceive, Gal. vi. 3, EauTtov ©.
®PE
Poevawarys, ov, 6, a deceiver, Tit.
i, 10.
Poijv, evds, 4, prop. the diaphragm,
nidriff. Hence, as the supposed seat of
mental emotions, usually and in N. T.
meton. the mind, the soul, including the
intellect, disposition, feelings, &c. 1 Cor.
xiv. 20. Sept. and Class.
Poicow, f. Ew, (Polk=,) to be rough,
rising up in bristling points, fe bristle, as a
field with ears of grain, Spec. of hair, &c.
to bristle ; in N. T. of persons, to shudder,
to quake, from terror, when the ‘ hair
stands on end,’ intrans. Ja. ii. 19, ra dac-
povia—oioocever. Sept. and Class.
Ppoviw, f. jow, (pprv,) prop. to
think, i. e. to ‘ have the use of, and to exer-
cise the mind,’ but usually TO MIND, or TO
BE MINDED, have in mind, said generally
of any emotion of the mind; in N. T. I.
gener. to think, to mean, be of opinion, foll.
by ace. of thing implying manner of think-
ing, Acts xxviii. 22, adkovca: & dpovets.
Rom. xii. 3, wap’ 6 dst ppovetv. 1 Cor.
iv. 6. Gal. v. 10. Phil. i. 7: with adv.
1 Cor. xiii. 11. Rom. xii. 3, @eovety zis
To swhoovetv.—lI1. With especial refer-
ence to the mind as acted on by the affec-
tions, ta be minded, to think, with ace. 1)
gener. Phil. ii. 5, touto qpoveicOw év
uty, 0 Kal év Xp. IT. iii. 15. Rom. xii.
16, ra Unde dooveiv, and Td a’to or
TO év dpovetv, ‘to be of one mind,’ ‘to
cultivate unanimity and concord.’ 2) also
in the phrase @povety ta Tivos, (scil.
jpayuata,) which, while in Class. it sig-
nif. ‘to take part with any one, in N. T.
means to care for, be devoted to, &c.
Matt. xvi. 23, ob goovets Ta Tov O.
Rom. viii. 5. Phil. ni. 19. Col. iii. 2, Ta
avw.—II1. te mind, care for, with brréo
twos, Phil. iv. 10: of time, fo regard,
keep, tyhv 7pézoav, Rom. xiv. 6.
Ppovynpa, atos, TO, (poovéw,) prop.
‘what one has in mind, thought, feeling,
will, Rom. viii. 27, oide ti TO dp. Tov
Ilvevpatos. ver. 6,7, To hodvyya tis
capkos, = TO Ppovety TA THS TapKos.
Podvyncis, ews, 1, (ppovéw,) mind,
thought: 1) mode of thinking and feeling,
Lu. i. 17, év @povice: Otxaiwy. 2) un-
derstanding, prudence, Eph. i. 8, codia
Kat poovyjcer. Sept. and Class.
Podvepos, n, ov, adj. (poovéw,) prop.
‘being in the possession of one’s senses,’
also ‘ having a sound understanding,’ pru-
dent, wise, Matt. vii. 24, dvdpi pp. x. 16.
axiv. 45. xxv. 2. Rom. xii. 16. 1 Cor. iv.
10. Sept. and Class.
Poovipws, adv. (Ppdvipos, ru-
dently, wisely, Lu. xvi. ad On, A
DoovriCw, f. isw, (poovtis,) to be
thoughtful for, take care te do any thing,
463
OYA
Tit. iii. 8, tua @oovTifwor kadha@v Epywv
apototacbar. Sept. and Class.
® povpéw, f. now, (ppovpds,) prop. to
watch, be on guard; in N. 'T. and gener.
foll. by acc. to watch, guard, keep any per-
son or thing: I. prop. said of a mzlétary
watch over a place, 2 Cor. xi. 32, 0
éOvapyns—éppovper THv WoALY; also of
a civil watch over a prisoner, Gal. iii. 23,
and Class.—II. Fic. to keep, preserve in
any state, Phil. iv. 7, Tas Kapdias buoy
gv Xo.’I. Pass. 1 Pet. i. 5, év duvamee
Oeou.
Povacow, f. Ew, in Class. only de-
pon. mid. dovacoouar, to rage, prop. of
animals; also of persons acting with fury
and insolence. In N. T. by a metaphor
taken from the snorting and other sounds
of impatience and rage, emitted by high-
mettled steeds, and therefore applicable
to violent and headstrong men, to rage,
‘tumultuate, intrans. Acts iv. 25, ivarié
Eppvatapv 20un;
Dpvyavoyv, ov, To, (Ppvyw,) a dry
stick or dry brushwood, Acts xxvii. 3,
dpvyavwv wiHGos. Sept. and Class. as
Xen. An. iv. 3, ll, @ptvyava avddéyvov-
TES WS ETL TU.
Duyn, ns, 7, (petbyw,) flight, Matt.
xxiv. 20. Mk. xiii. 18. Sept. and Class.
PvrAakn, Hs, 7, (puvAdoow,) gener. a
watch, guard: 1. prop. ‘the act of keeping
watch, or guarding, Lu. ii. 8, @uXdo-
covtes dudakas, and Class.—II. meton.
of persons set to watch, a watch, guards,
Acts xii. 10, dteX@ovres rpwtyny muvA.—
III. meton. the place where watch is kept:
1) watch-post, station; fig. station or haunt,
Rev. xviii. 2. 2) of the place where any
one is watched or guarded, ward, custody,
a prison, gener. Matt. v. 25, eis @uAaKny
BrAnOnoy. xiv. 3. Lu. xxi, 12. xxii. 33.
John iii, 24. Acts v. 19, oft. In the
sense of imprisonment, 2 Cor. vi. 5. xi.
23. Heb. xi. 36. Sept. and Class. Fig. of
the bottomless pit, as the prison of demons
and the souls of wicked men, 1 Pet. iii.
19. Rev. xx. 7. 3) meton. of time, @
watch or division of the night, during
which one watch of soldiers kept guard,
Lu. xil. 38, év TH Oevtépa d. kai év TH
toity mb. Matt. xiv. 25. xxiv. 43.
_ Bvidakila, f. icw, (puraxn,) to put
in ward, imprison, Acts xxii. 19, @uvAaki-
Cw. Wisd. xviii. 4. Act. Thom. § 45.
PuraxTHoov, ov, Te, (PvAakrnp,)
prop. a watch-post, guard-house or fort, fig.
protection, safe-guard ; hence, meton. an
amulet, any thing worn about the neck, &e.
as a protection against any harm, corporeal
or mental. Hence in N. T. plur. va
puaxtnpra, lit. ‘ prayer-fillets,” strips of
parchfhent, inscribed with various sen-
» OF aie
®YA
tences of the Mosaic law, which the Jews
bind around the forehead and left wrist
while at prayer, Matt. xxiii. 5, wXatv-
vouot 0 Ta PudakTHola.
®vAaF¥, akos, 6, (puAdoow,) a keeper,
guardian, Acts v. 23. xii. 6,19. Sept.
and Class.
Puraccow, f. Ew, prop. to watch, i. e.
‘to wake,’ ‘to keep awake; also, to keep
watch by night. InN. T. I. prop. and
INTRANS. to watch, keep watch, with ace.
of the cogn. noun, Lu. ii. 8, puAaooopv-
ves pudaxas.—Il. PROP. and TRANS.
with acc. to watch, guard, keep, 1) per-
sons or things from escape or violence,
Lu. viii. 29, édecpetto—pvAaccouevos.
Acts xii. 4, @. attov. Sept. and Class.
Pm. _xi. .2), ace. +i. Acts, xxi. 20, ra
iwatia. Sept. and Class. 2) of persons
or things kept in safety, to keep, preserve,
e. g. persons, John xvii. 12, ovs éédwkéas
po. épiAaka. 2 Pet. ii. 5. Jude 24.
2 Th. iii. 3, and Sept.; things, John
A ecae im. vi. 20. lie. a on
Sept. 3) mid. to keep oneself from, or as
to any thing, be on one’s guard, = to be-
ware of, avoid; e. g. with amo Tivos,
Xen. Cyr. ii. 38,9. once reflex. 1 John v.
21, puddEate éavtols amd THY eidw-
Awv. mid. Lu. xii. 15, Goate kat PudAao-
ceoQe ato tTHS WeEove~ias. Mid. with
acc. to guard against, beware of, Acts Xxi.
25. 2 Tim. iv. 15, dv kat ob pudAaooou.
Jos. and Class.; foll. by tva jj, 2 Pet.
iii. 17.—II1. Fic. to keep or observe pre-
cepts, laws, &c. with acc. Lu. xi. 28, al.;
mid. wavta tauta ep. Matt. xix. 20.
Sept. and Class.
GvAH, Hs, 7, (purov,) a tribe, prim. a
race, kindred: in N. T. 1. PROP. pudAov,a
nation or people, as descended from a com-
mon ancestor, Matt. xxiv. 380, macac ai
@. ys yns. Rev. i. 7. v. 9. vii. 9. xi. 9,
al. and Sept.—II. spxc. a tribe, said of the
tribes of Israel, Matt. xix. 28; and Lu.
xxii. 30, KoivovTes Tas dwdexa udas
tou ‘Ico. ii. 36, al. and Sept. oft.
®vAXAov, ov, TO, (piw,) a leaf; in
N. T. only plur. @vAAa, leaves, foliage,
Matt. xxi. 19, al. Sept. & Class.
DPioapa, atos, TO, (Pvpaw, to mix
by stirring or kneading,) lit. a kneaded
mass, and gener. a@ mass, lump ; e. gr. of
potter’s clay prepared for moulding, Rom.
ix. 21. So a mass of dough, | Cor. v. 6.
Gal. v. 9, dXov TO Pp. Gumot, proverb., see
in Zuun: fig. Rom. xi. 16, ei dé 7 amrag-
xX!) ayia, Kai TO pvoapua. | Cor. v. 7,
véov pd. ‘a new-made mass of dough, be-
fore the leaven is put in.’ Sept. & Class.
Pvotkos, i, Ov, adj. (@vous,) prop.
physical, natural, produced by nature. In
464
I
oY QO
xXpyots, Rom. i. 26, 27. So Arr. Epict.
i. 20, 6, @uoikn Kowwvia’ avOparuwv
moos a\AnXous: of beasts, d4doya (aa,
pvo.xa, ‘following their natural bent,’
sensual, 2 Pet. ii. 12.
Pvotkws, adv. (@uorkos,) physically,
naturally, from or by nature, Jude 10, dca
dé @ucikws, ws Ta Goya Cwa, émi-
oravtat, ‘by the natural senses.’ Diog.
Laért. x. 137, puoixas Kai ywpis Adyouv.
Puciow, f. wow, in N. T. equiv. to
puvadw, (pvea,) which means prop. to
blow, puff, or pant ; and also to blow up,
inflate, both prop. and fig. In ™. 'T.
puctow, fig. to puff up, infiate with pride
and vanity, absol. 1 Cor. viii. 1, 4 yu@ors
guo.ot. So Plut. de Educ. 6st 6é ab-
TOUS poe TOLS EYKwpulots Puctovyv, and
Philo, pucijocas TH ASyw. Pass. or mid.
1 Cor. iv. 18, 19. v. 2. xiii. 4. So Plut.
vi. 253, urd THs TUXNS Pucwpévous :
and so in Lat. ‘inflare aliquem.’ baép
tos, 1 Cor. iv. 6. uae Tivos, Col. ii. 18.
Pvors, ews, 7, (Pdw,) nature: I. ‘na-
tural source or origin, generation, birth,
descent, Gal. ii. 15, jue7s @ucer Lovdatot.
Rom. ii. 27, 7 é« micews, and so oft. in
Class. pice: and kata pmiow.—ll. a na-
ture, as generated or produced, @ genus,
kind, Ja. iii. 7, waca p. Snpiwv—eda--
pacta: TH pd. TH avOpwrivy. Gal. iv. 8,
Tots wh Pucet ovci Jeots. Comp. | Cor.
vili. 5.—III. the nature of any person or
thing, the natural constitution, the innate
disposition, qualities, &c. 1) of persons, in
amoral sense, denoting the zative mode of
thinking, unenlightened by the influence
of Divine truth, Eph. ii. 3, réxva pices
opyns. Rom. ii. 14; by analogy, of the
Divine nature, 2 Pet.i. 4, Seias xatvwvot
picews, see my note. Spec. a native
sense of propriety, 1 Cor. xi. 14, 4 ovdé
aut 7 p. dldacker buas—; 2) gener.
equiv. to the nature of things, the order
and constitution of nature, kata dvow,
‘natural,’ Rom. xi. 21, 24. mapa gio,
‘unnatural,’ i. 26. xi. 24, and Class.
Puciwcis, ews, 7, (pucidw,) a puff-
img up, fig. with pride, 2 Cor. xii. 20.
@uteia, as, 7, (puTevw,) in Sept.
and Class. a planting. In N. T. a plant,
fig. Matt. xv. 13; and so Psalt. Sal. xiv. 3.
®utevw, f. evow, (putdv, hiw,) fo
plant, trans. Matt. xxi. 33, 2purevoev
aumeN@va. | Cor. ix. 7. cuxnv, Lu. xiii.
6; absol. xvii. 28. pass. ver. 6. Sept. and
Class. Fig. Matt. xv. 13. 1 Cor. iii. 6, sqq.
Piuw, f. piow, to generate, produce, as
plants, &c.; also of persons, to beget, bear.
Pass. pvouar, also act. aor. 2. Epuv, and
perf. wépuxa, as intrans. to be generated,
produced, to spring up, grow, as plants,
N. T. natural, according to natur@ 7 @. | &c.; also of persons, to be born, to grow
PAA
up, to be by nature: in N. T. 1) pass. aor.
2. Epuny, put. pveis, to spring up or grow,
as a plant, Lu. viii. 6, cal puev EEnoavOy.
ver. 8. 2) act. intrans. fo spring or
grow up, Heb. xii. 15, pi{a amixpias avw
pvouca.
Pw eds, ov, 6, a hole, burrow, of ani-
mals, Matt. viii. 20. Lu. ix. 58,and Class.
Dwrviw, f. iow, (Pwvi},) to sound, to
utter a sound, voice, or cry. I. prop. and
absol. 1) of animals, e. gr. a cock, ¢o
crow, Matt. xxvi. 34, 74,75. Sept. and
Class. 2) of persons, to cry out, exclaim,
Lu. viii. 8. Acts x. 18, al.; so with dat.
of cogn. noun, mdwrvicas Pwvy meyadn,
Lu. xxiii. 46. Rev. xiv. 18.—IL. trans. to
ery or call to any one, =to speak to, ad-
dress, call, with acc. 1) gener. with the
words spoken, as a title, &c. = fo call,
name, John xiii. 13, tuets pPwvetré pe, ‘O
dvdackaXos, K.T.’. 2) spec. implying in-
vitation to approach, to call for, Matt. xx.
22, €pwvyncev avTovs. Mk. iii. 31. Johni.
49, al.; with dat. advw, Lu. xix. 15; foll.
by éx, to call one out of any place, John
xii. 17; also to invite to a feast, Lu. xiv.
12; to call out to any one for help, Matt.
xxvii. 47.
Pwvij, ns, n, @ sound, as uttered, I.
GENER. as used of things; e. gr. a trum-
pet, or other instrument, Matt. xxiv. 3].
1 Cor. xiv. 7, 8; of the wind, John iii. 8.
Acts ii. 6; of rustling wings, chariots,
waters, &c. Rev. ix. 9. xiv. 2. xviii. 22.
Mim, 0; Of thunder, iv. 5. vi. 1. viii. 5.
xix. 6. pwvi) pyyatwv, Heb. xii. 19.—
Il. sPEc. a voice, cry, said of persons:
1) prop. and gener. as in phrases, with
verbs of speaking, &. wry meyadn,
Mk. v. 7. xv. 34, oft. Lu. xvii. 15. Rev.
xiv. 15. So agiévar hoviv peyadny,
Mk. xy. 37; aipew or éraipew wry,
“to ery aloud,’ Acts iv. 24. xiv. 11. Lu.
EXill. 23, éqéxewTo mwvats meyeddas.
Also dkovew wvyv or mwris, ‘to hear
a voice,’ Acts ix. 4,7. xxii. 14; with éx,
2 Pet. i. 18.. Rev. i. 10. ix. 13. Sept.
and Class. With gen. of pers. Matt. iii.
3, p. BowvTos év TH zojuw. John v. 25.
Acts xii. 14. Rev. xix. 1, p. dyAov. Sept.
and Class. ; so of song, with gen. @. «.@a-
pwdav, Xviil. 22. p. vuugiou Kai viugys,
ver. 23; of salutation, Lu. i. 44. To the
voice, as the instrument of speech, is some-
times ascribed that which strictly applies
only to the person; thus dkoveww THs op.
Tivos, ‘to hear (and obey) one’s voice,’
i.e. to obey the person himself, John x.
16, 27. Heb. iii. 7, and Sept. in Gen. iii.
17, al. Fig. Gal. iv. 20, d\AaEae thy op.
mov, ‘to change my tone, to speak in a
different manner. 2) meton. ‘ what is ut-
tered by the voice, a@ word, or saying,
Acts xiii. 27, ras @. Tav TWoopytayp. xxiv.
465
——— ee
i a ST
~Qs
21, and Class. 3) meton. ‘manner of
speaking,’ speech, language, dialect, | Cor.
xiv. 10, rocavta yévn pwvwv év Koopwe
ver. 11, and Class. as pwn ‘EXAnviKH.
Pws, pwTos, Td, (contr. for aos, fr.
daw,) light, prop. with the idea of shining.
I]. prop. and GENER. 1) of light in itself,
2 Cor. iv. 6, 6 eimwy ék okdTOUs Hus
Nduwar. Matt. xvii. 2,A\euKaws To Pp. Sept.
and Class. 2) as emitted from a luminous
body; e. g. a lamp, @ws Avyvov, Lu. viii.
16. Rev. xviii. 23; the sun, @a@s HA Lov, xxii.
5. Sept. & Class. 3) of daylight, day, John
xi. 9,10. iii. 20, 6 pavAe reaccwr picet
To ¢. ver. 21; gv tw g. ‘in the light,’
openly, opp. to év tH oKotia, Matt. x.
fe Ta. xii. 3 Eph. vi ld) 2)" OF the
dazzling light which surrounds the throne
of God, 1 Tim. vi. 16. Rev. xxi. 24; also
as encircling those who dwell with or come
from God, Acts ix. 3, pws aro Tov ovp.
CGomp..ven.5.. x. 7. xxi.6, 9-1) 2Cor:
xi. 14. Col. i. 12, 6 KAnoos THY ayiwy
éy Tw @.—II. METON. @ light, a luminous
body. 1) a lamp or torch, Acts xvi. 29,
aityoas pwta. Sept. and Class. 2) a
fire, (for zrvp, by a Hebr. idiom oft. found
in Sept.) Mk. xiv. 54, Jepuatvomuevos
apos To @. Lu. xxii. 56. Sept. and Class.
3) of the heavenly luminaries, the sun,
moon, and stars, Ja.i.17, aa0 rou Ila-
Tpos Twv pm. Sept. and Class. 4) fig. re
p. To év Gol, i. e. the mind or conscience,
corresp. to 0 AUxXvos and 6 o@badyos,
Matt. vi. 23. Lu. xi. 35.—ITT. fig. light, -
that moral and spiritual light of know-
ledge, which enlightens the mind and soul;
including also the idea of moral goodness,
purity, and holiness, opp. to oxotia or
oxotos. 1) gener. as said of that clear
knowledge of God and spiritual things
whichis by St. John (1 Epist.) expressively
termed ‘the true light, John iii. 19. viii.
12, ro p. THs GCwns. Rom. xiii. 12. 2 Cor.
vi. 14. Eph. v. 9. 1 John ii. 8; of viol
tou >. i.e. ‘those who walk in this light,
Lu. xvi. 8. John xii. 36. So év tw op.
eivat, méverv, | John ii. 9,10. As ex-
hibited in the life and teaching of any one;
Matt. v.16. Johnv.35. So where the idea of
holiness predominates; as of God and those
conformed to him, 1 John i. 5, 0 Geds
paws gor. ver. 7. 1 Pet. ii. 9, where see
my note. Matt. iv. 16. Acts xxvi. 23.
2) meton. a light, equiv. to ‘the author or
dispenser of moral and spiritual light,’
gener. Rom. ii. 19, gas twv év ocKoTEt.
Of apostles, Matt. v. 14. Acts xiii. 47.
Espec. of the Messiah, ‘ who brought life
and immortality to light in his Gospel,’
Lu, ii. 32, pas eis atroxaduWw éOvav.
JohnA:'4,.55 7,8, 92 nie VO7 vin 12 ie os
D wor, 700s, 0, (pas,) lit. ‘a light-
giver,’ in Class. a window; in N.T. a
X 5
~ax
light, luminary, Phil. ii. 15, patveoBe ws
@. év KOouw, with allusion to the sun,
moon, and stars. So in Sept. of the hea-
venly luminaries, Gen. i. 14, 16. Meton.
brightness, shining, spoken of the Divine
glory, Rev. xxi. J1.
Pwodoopos, ov, 6, 1, adj. (pas,
déow,) lit. laght-bringing, shining, radiant,
as said of the heavenly luminaries, In
N. T. subst. 6 @woddoos, Lucifer, which
prop. is the name of the morning star ; so
Plut. de Plac. Phil.ii.15; emblematic of the
dawn of spiritual light and happiness upon
the benighted soul of corrupt man, 2 Pet.
i. 19, Ews Pwooovos avareihn év K.T.X.
Owrewvos, 1, ov, adj. (@ws,) prop.
laght-quving, shining, bright, Matt. xvii. 5,
vepen pwtev. Fig. of the body, full
of light, Matt. vi. 22. Lu. xi. 34, 36.
OwtiCw, f. isw, (pas,) to lighten, I.
INTRANS. to give light, to shine, Rev. xxii.
5, Kupvos 6 Ozds hwtiet ém’ avdToos.
Sept. and Apocr.—Il. TRANS. to give light
to, shine upon, enlighten: 1) prop. Lu.
xi. 36, ws dtav 0 NUXVOS TH adoTpAaTH
wife oe. Rev. xxi. 23. Pass. Rev.
xvili. 1. Sept. and Class. 2) fig. with ace.
of pers. to enlaghten, ‘impart spiritual light
to any one, Johni. 9, 6 (das) pwriCet
mav7a dv0o. Pass. Eph. i. 18. Heb. vi. 4.
x. 32, and Sept. Hence used in the sense
of, though more significant than, d.da-
oxevv, Eph. iil. 9, pwricatmavtas, tis 1
oikovomia, K.T.X. Sept. & Class. 3) with
acc. of thing, to bring to light, make known,
1 Cor. iv. 5, os Kal pwtice: Ta KoUTTA
tov oxoteus. 2 Tim. i. 10, @wricavtos
O& Cwiv, «.7.. So Arr. Hpict. i. 4, 3],
Ti a\ynUetapv.
Pwrigpos, ov, 6, (@wriGw,) prop. a
gwing light, shining; in N. T. fig. o
spiritual zlumination, 2 Cer. iv. 4, eis TO
py avyacac Tov d. Tov evayyeniou.
X.
Xatow, f. yaronow, to rejoice, be glad,
intrans. I. PROP. in various constructions:
1) absol. Matt. v. 12. yaipere kat &yah-
AtaoVe. Lu. vi. 23, al. sepiss. Part. yai-
ewv, 2 Cor. vi. 10, det d& YatipovTes.
Joined with another verb or partic., part.
Yaiowy, = joyfully, gladly ; as Col. ii. 5,
Yalow kat BArétav, ‘joyfully behold-
ing.’ Lu. xv. 5. xix. 6, yredéEato abvtov
yaipwy. ver. 37, al. Sept. and Class. 2)
with the cogn. noun Xapa, e. gr. in acc.
intens. Matt. ii. 10, éyéonoav yapav mue-
yarnv. So Sept. Jon. iv. 6. In the dat.
John iii. 29, yaea@ xaicer. intens. 1 Th,
m1. 9, 3) with dat. of cause, i. e. of that
in or over which one rejoices, (an usual
Gr. construction, ) Rom. xii. 12, 77 édaride
466
XAA
Xaipovres. 4) with acc. of cause, Phil.
1. 18, to © abito kai bmets YalpeTs. |
Rom. xvi. 19, and so in Class. 5) witha :
particip. im nom. expressing the occasion
of joy, (a freq. construction in Class.) Mk.
xiv. ll, dkovoavtTes Exaonoav. John xx.
20. Phil. ii. 28. 6) with 671, marking
cause or occasion, that, because, Lu. x. 20,
Xatoere 02, OTL TA GvOMaTa K.T.A. John
xiv. 28. Acts v. 41, al. sepe. 7) with
prepositions expressing the cause of joy;
e. gr. Matt. xviii. 13. Lu. i. 14, al. Sept.
and Class. Phil. i. 18, bis, év rovTw
Xaiow kat yapjooua. Col.1. 24. Also,
év Kupiw xaioev, ‘ to rejoice in the Lord,
i. €. in communion with him, Phil. iii.1.
iv. 4. 1 Th. iii. 9. 60’ Yuas O71, John xi.
15. Foll. by adwo with gen. 2 Cor. ii. 3.
—II. in imperat. and infin. as a form of
salutation or greeting. 1) amperat. xatpe,
Xaioere, prop. joy to thee! hail! Matt.
xxvi. 49, yatoe, PuBBi. xxvii. 29, xatpe,
0 BaotXevs. xxviii. 9, yaioeTte, like Lat.
‘ Cesar, ave.” Mk. xv. 18. Ln. i. 26, al. 2)
infin. yaipew, prop. fully Aéyw xalper,
‘to wish joy,’ to salute, 2 John 10, 11.
Absol. yaiperv, to send greeting, at the
beginning of an epistle, Acts xv. 23. xxili.
26. Ja. i. 1. Sept. and Class.
Xéra a, as, 1, hail, Rev. viii. 7. xi:
19. xvi. 21. Sept. and Class.
Xakaw, f. dow, aor. 1. pass. 2xadao-
6nv, to let go, relax, also to loosen, Ta
ioria, Sept. -Is. xxxiii. 23.. InN. T. Zo
let down, lower, trans. Matt. ii.4, yahwor
tov KoaBBatov. Lu. v. 4, Ta dikTua.
ver. 5, Acts ix. 25, al. Pass. 2 Cor. xi. 33.
Sept. and Class. At
XaXdewos, 7, ov, adj. The etymol. of
this word is very uncertain, and it is pro-
bably of northern or Sanscrit origin; but,
judging from its various uses, its prim.
signif, seems to have been hard to the
touch, as opposed to padaKos; whence
fig. hard or difficult, as said both of
things, ‘hard to bear,’ whence xoxvous,
‘ prejudicial,’ and of persons, harsh, (déffi-
cilis,) ‘ hard to be borne with,’ morose,
&c. InN. T. it is used 1) of THINGS,
hard to be borne, burdensome, perilous,
connected with toil, suffering, peril, 2 Tim.
iii. 1, xatopot yaXewot. 2 Macc. iv. 16,
Xarer! wepioracis. Xen. An. iii. 2, 2,
Xakerd piv Ta TWapovTa, and elsewhere,
Ta xXa\era. 2) of persons, as demoniacs,
fierce, furious, Matt. viii. 28, yaderrot,
the nearest approach to which in Class.
usage is the signif. hard, stern, sevus, cru-
delis; also furious, as said of a person who,
in a paroxysm of anger, acts like a wild
beast just broke loose from his chains.
Xarivaywyéw, f. now, (xadwos,
d&yw,) prop. ‘to lead, guide, or govern,
with a bit ;' hence to rein in, te bridle, i. e.
XAA
check, and fig. moderate, restrain, with ace.
Ja. i. 26, ui) xad. YAW@ooav aiTov. iii. 2,
ddov 76 c@ma. Lue. Tyrann. 4, Tas Hd0-
vav dpéteis YaXwaywyetv. de Saltat. 70.
XaXivos, ov, 6, (xataw,) a bit, curb,
Ja. iii. 3, Tov immwv tods xaX. eis TA
otomata BadXouev. So Sept. Philo de
Agric. p. 201, yaduwods éuBadovtes, and
elsewhere in Class. Rev. xiv. 20, @xou
TeV xar.
X éX\KEos, éa, cov, contr. xaAkous, 7,
ouv, adj. (yaXdKds,) of copper or brass,
brazen, Rev. ix. 20. Sept. and Class.
Xadkevs, gws, 6, (yadkos,) prop. a
brasier, copper-smith ; and gener. @ worker
in metals, a smith, 2 Tim. iv. 14, 0 yaA-
Kevs. Sept. and Class.
Xarkxnewv, dvos. 6, chalcedony, a gem
including several varieties, one of which
is the modern carnelian, Rev. xxi. 19;
later edit. kaey7dwv, carbuncle.
Xadkiov, ov, Td, (yad«Kos,) same as
xadketov, a brazen vessel, Mk. vii. 4.
XadXKkortiBavoy, ov, To, Rev. i. 15.
“ii. 18. Vulg. aurichaleum, i.e. white brass,
jine brass, a factitious metal among the
ancients, formed of the same ingredients
as brass, but in other proportions.
XaX«Kds, ov, 6, prop. ore, metal, of any
kind; but in N. T. copper, brass, espec.
as wrouglit and tempered for arms, uten-
sils, &c. 1) prop. Rev. xviii. 12, wav
@KEvoS €k—YaNKoU Kal oLorjpov. Sept. &
Class. 2) meton. any article made of cop-
per or brass; e. gr. 1 Cor. xiii. 1, yaAKos
AXa@v, sounding brass, meaning, ‘some
brazen wind instrument.’ Also brass or
copper COIN, money, Matt.x.9. Mk. vi.8.
xii. 41, and later Class.
XaXkous, see XaXkezos.
Xapai, adv. Lat. humz, to or on the
ground, John ix. 6, éwruce Xapat. Xvill.
6, €ecov yapat. Sept. and Class.
Kapa, as, 1, (xaipw,) joy, gladness :
I. ener. Matt. ii. 10, éxyconcav yapav
peyaAdnv. Lu.i. 14. xv. 7,10. John iii.
29, xapa xaipe. Rom. xiv. 17, yapa ev
Hlvevmate ay. xv. 13. 2 Cor. i. 24. ii. 3.
Gal. v. 22. Phil.i. 25, 7) yaod tis wi-
oTews, ‘ joy arising from the faith of the
Gospel; ] Th. i. 6, wera yapas Ivev-
Matos ay. ato THS Xaoas, from or for
joy, Matt. xiii. 44, al. and so wera yapas,
Lu. xxiv. 41, and év yapa, Rom. xv. 32.
Sept. and Class.—I]. METON. equiv. to
cause, occasion of joy, Lu. ii. 10. Phil. iv.
l, xapa Kat otédavos pov. | Th. ii. 19,
20.—III. meton. enjoyment, bliss, Matt.
xxv. 21, eioe Oe eis Tiv x. Tou Kupiov
cov. Heb. xii. 2.
Xaoaypa, atos, TO, (xapacow,)
prop. ‘something graven or sculptured.’
467
ue
X AP
1) equiv. to a graving, sculpture, e. gr.
images, idols, Acts xvii. 29. Anthol. Gr.
iv. p. 33. 2) @ mark cut in or stamped,
a stump, sign, Rev. xiii. 16, and Class.
Xapaktip, noos, 0, (xapdoow,) prop.
a graver, ‘a graving tool,’ but usually
‘something graven, cut in, stamped,’ &c.
a character, as a letter, mark, sign, stamp
on coin; in N. T. impress, image, form,
Heb. i. 3, Ov yap. THS VTOoTaTEWS av-
Tov, sc. Tou Oeou, ‘the express image or
counterpart of God’s essence or being,’ in
which sense the word occurs in Class.
writers.
X 4oaé, axos, 6, (yapacow,) a point-
ed stake, pale, Lat. vallus, in fortification :
in N. T. @ mound, Lat. vallum, i. e. a
military rampart round a camp or besieged
city, formed of the earth thrown out of a
trench and stuck with sharp stakes or
palisades to preserve the agger, or mound
of earth, in due form, Lu. xix. 43.
XaoiGopuas, f. icouar, depon. mid.
(xaeus,) prop. to gratify, ‘do what is
grateful and pleasing’ to any one; in
N. T. with acc. of thing, and dat. of pers.,
to gratify one with any thing, i. e. to give,
grant, as a matter of favour; aor. 1. pass.
éxapioOny and f. 1. pass. yapiroOjoouar
in pass. sense. J. GENER. Lu. vii. 21,
tu\ots wodXots éxagicato to BXé-
qée.v, meaning, as the article is intended to
denote, ‘ the faculty of sight,’ Rom. viii. 32.
lL @or ii.12.. Gal. nile. Phila Zoe:
9, & Class.—II. spxc. to give up any thing
toany one. 1) of persons, in the sense of
to deliver up or over, in answer to the de-
mand or prayer of any one, Acts iii. 14,
ntnHoacbe &vdpa povea yaoicOjvat vpty,
i.e. ‘to be given up for pardon; xxvii.
24, KeXaovotai cou, where it signifies ‘ to
spare any one’s life for the sake of or on
account of another,’ Philem. 22; also to
the power of any one for harm or destrue-
tion, Acts xxv. ll, ovdeis pe duvaTae
avtots xapicacla, ‘give me up for
trial.’ 2) of things, e. gr. a debt, to remit,
Lu. vii. 42, 43, & To wAciov éyapicato :
gener. of wrong or sin, to forgive, not to
punish, 2 Cor. ii. 7, 10. xii. 13, yapi-
cac¥é pot TiY adikiavy TavTHV. Eph. iv.
32. Col. ii. 13. iii. 13. Dion. Hal. Ant.
v.4, poovimwv pev dvOowtwy zovyov éoTi
Tats pidiats xapiCecOur Tas éx0pas.
Xapuv, see Xaous V.
X dots, ttos, nH, acc. xdouv, (xaiow,)
gratia, prop. ‘what causes joy, pleasure,
gratification: I. grace, of external form
or manner, prop. of person, gracefulness.
In N.T. only of words or discourse, eqniv.
to agreeableness, acceptableness, Lu, iv. 22,
émt Tots Adyous tTHS X. Eph. iv. 29, iva
ow xXaplv Tots akovovol, ‘that it may
minister what is re unto tlie
6 ;
XAP
hearers.’ Col iv. 6, 6 Adyos év xaorTt =
Aéyos Xapiers.—II. grace, in. disposition
or feeling towards any one, = favour,
kindness, good-will, benevolence. 1) gener.
Lu. ii. 40, 52, wpoéKomre yapite Tapa
Sew Kat avOowrrors (Ex. xxxiii. 12), Acts
ii, 47. iv. 33. vii. 10. So evpioxer
Xapuv, ‘to find grace or favour, mapa Tw
Oew, Lu. i. 30. évwmiov Tov Ozov, Acts
vii. 46. Sept. Gen. vi. 18, al. Also xata-
Vécbar ydpuv Tivi, ‘to lay down (we say
up) favour with’ any one, i. e. to gain fa-
vour, Acts xxv. 9. xxiv. 27, ydortas
Kkatabéabar Tots *lovd. Meton. ‘ object
of favour,’ something well-pleasing, ac-
ceptable, 1 Pet. ii. 19, 20, rovro yapus
mapa Oew: comp. | Tim. ii. 3. Col. iii.
20. 2) of the grace or favour of God and
Christ as exercised toward men, e. gr.
where yaprs is joined with siojyn, Eres,
&c. in salutations, including the idea of
every kind of favour, blessing, or benefit
proceeding from God and Christ, Rom. i.
7. 1 Tim. i. 2; also 7 y. tov Kupiov nuwy
"I. X. in the benedictions at the close of
most of the Epistles, Rom. xvi. 20, 24;
simply 7 xaers, Eph. vi. 24. Col. iv. 18,
al. Of God, it denotes gener. * the gracious
feeling of approbation, benignity, love,
which God exercises toward any of the
human race:’ so with tou Ozovu or the
like, Acts xiv. 3, Tw Aoyw THs X. aUTOU
= TO evayyédtov THs X. TOV Oéeouv. XV.
40. xx. 24. Rom. iii. 24. 1 Cor. xv. 10.
2 Cor. xii. 9, a@pxet cor 4 yx. mou. 1 Pet.
iv. 10, al.; with tou Qeov, or the like im-
plied, Acts xviii. 27. Rom. iv. 16. xi. 5.
Heb. ii. 9, yaoure Osov. iv. 16. Here,
too, belong the phrases év yaorte TH TOU
I. Xo. Rom.v. 15, and év yapute Xp.
Gal. i. 6, i.e. ‘the grace of God through
Christ ;’> also Heb. x. 29, 76 Iveta THs
xéorros. 3) spec. of the Divine grace
and favour as exercised in conferring gifts,
graces, or benefits on man, 2 Cor. iv. 15
viii. 1, tiv y. Tov Bzou tiv Cedoméevyy
év Tals éxKAynolats THS Mak. Jam. iv. 6.
i Pet. v. 5; espec. in the benefits bestowed
through Christ and his gospel, &c. Eph.
iv. 7. 1 Pet. i. 10, of aegi THs eis Umas
Xaprtos wpomntevoarvtes. ver. 13; or as
exhibited in the pardon of sins and admis-
sion to the kingdom of heaven, i.e. ‘saving
grace, with tov Ozov, Rom. v. 15, 7 x.
Tov Qeou Kal 7 Owed. Gal. ii. 21. 1 Pet.
v. 12. yaous Gwys, iii. 7, meaning ‘the
free gift bestowed by grace’ solely; sim-
ply, Rom. i. 5. v. 2,17. vi. 15. Eph. ii.
5. 1 Pet. i. 13, al._—III. grace in act and
deed, act of grace, equiv. to favour con-
ferred, a kindness, benefit: 1) gener. Rom.
w. 4, ov AovyiCerar kata yap. Acts
xxv. 3, aiTovUmevot Yaply KaT’ avTou, see
my note. So of a gift, alms, 1 Cor. xvi.
3, ameveykeiy THv X. vuav eis ‘Tep.
468
X AP
2 Cor. viii. 4, 6,7, 19. 2) of the Divine
benefits, blessings, &c. conferred on man
through Christ and his gospel, gener. John
i. 14, wAnpns xapitos Kat adr Peias. ver.
16, kat xapuv avTi yaerTos, ‘grace upon
grace,’ i. e. ‘ blessings superlatively great.’
(So in Plut. i. 334, 1t is said of the Deity,
that after giving tas mowtTas ydolTas,
eloauOis erépas advTi ékeivwy, Kal Tpi-
Tas advTl Tw OEvTépwY, Kal Gel VEas
advtl wWaNaotépwy émididwou.) ver. 17.
Acts xi. 23, idwy tiv x. Tov Ozov. | Cor.
i. 4. Col. i. 6. 1 Pet. iv. 10. Jude 4: so
espec. the gift of the gospel, salvation by
grace in Christ, Acts xili. 43, éwimévew
TH X. Tov Ozov. 2 Cor. vi. 1. Phil. i. 7.
Heb. xit. lo. xii, 9." Spee. ef thereraces
or gift, of apostleship, Rom. xii. 3. xv. 15.
Cor. iii. 10. Gal. ii. 9. Eph. in. 2.6.
2 Tim. ii. 1. 3) meton. in the sense gra-
tification or pleasure, arising from a favour
or benefit received, 2 Cor. i. 15, ta dev-
Tipav ydow exnte. Philem. 7.—IV.
grace, in return for favours or benefits,
equiv. to gratitude, thanks: so Luke vi.
32, 33, 34, woia uty yapls zoTi; for
evepyeoia and its consequent prcbos. So
Dionys. Hal. vi. 86, tis éori 4 oF
Xdois july Kat wpérdeia; Yapw eye
tii, Lat. gratias habere, also to give
thanks, Lu. xvii. 9. 1 Tim. i. 12. 2 Tim.
i. 3, al. Apocr., Jos., and Class. So yaprs
tw Oew, Rom. vi. 17, al.; wath thanks,
] Cor. x. 30. zy xydpits, Col. iii. 16.—
V. accus. yapuv as adv. or prep. with gen.
Lat. gratia, prop. im favour of, in behalf
of, hence on account of, because of, Lu. vii.
47, ov ydo.v, ‘on which account,’ Eph.
iii. land 14, tovrcv yaouv. Gal. iii. 19,
Twv wWapaBacewry yaow. | Tim. v. 14,
al. Once before its case in an _ inter-
rogation, 1 John iii. 12, kat yapuv Tivos
ecpakev avtov ;
Xadoropa, atos, To, (xXapiCopuat,)
prop. ‘benefit conferred :’ in N. T. only
of gifts and graces imparted from God,
e. gr. deliverance from peril, 2 Cor. i. 11;
a gift or quality of the mind, | Cor. vii. 7;
gitts of Christian knowledge, including the
gift of the prophetia, or the spiritual gift
so called, Rom. i. 11. 1 Cor. i. 7; also of
redemption (or that gift of salvation
through Christ, called ‘the unspeakable gift
of God, 2 Cor. ix. 15), Rom. v. 15, 16,
and vi. 23, Tra yao éWwvia—to oe Xa-
oiopa tou Oeov, Cw. xi. 29. Spec. of
the Charismata, or miraculous gifts im-
parted to the early Christians, and espec.
to Christian teachers, by the Holy Spirit,
Rom. xii. 6. 1 Cor. xii. 4, 9, xapiopara
iauwatwv. ver. 28, 30, 31. 1 Tim. iv. 14.
2 Tim. 1. 6, 1) Petjan guy)
Xapitow, f. wow, (xaous,) to endue
with grace, i.e. to make gracious or ac-
X AP
ceptable: pass. to be gracious, grateful,
acceptable: in N. T. used only of the
Divine favour, Lu. i. 28, yatoe, Kexaor-
Twuevyn. Also of eae! graces, Eph.
i. 6, év H (yapiTL) ExaviTwoev Tuas,
‘wherein he hath richly imparted grace
unto us.”
Xadptns, ov, 6, (yapaocow,) paper,
Lat. charta, a leaf of paper, made of the
papyrus, 2 John 12. Dioscorid. i. 116.
Xdoma, atos, TO, (xaivw or xaokw,
to yawn,) @ chasm, gulf, Lu. xvi. 26.
Sept. 2 Sam. xviii. 17.
XetXos, eos ous, TO, alip; plur. ta
xeidn, the lips. I. Prop. Rom. iii. 13,
ios domidwy ymTo Ta x. attav. Heb.
xiii. 15, xapmov yerdéwv. | Pet. iii. 10.
So, as the instrument of speech, the lips,
in speaking, Matt. xv. 8, & Mark vii. 6,
ovTos 6 Nads Tors XEiAECL mE TMG, ‘in
words only.’ Meton. from the Heb., lan-
guage, tongue, 1 Cor. xiv. 21, év xeiNeow
eTépos. Sept. Gen. xi. 1, 6, 9.—II. Fie.
TO Xethos THS Yadacons, lip, i. e. shore,
of the sea, Heb. xi. 12; an idiom found in
Sept. and Class., like the Lat. labrum.
Xerpalw, f. aow, (xetua,) prop. to
raise a storm, espec. at sea, Xen. Cic.
vill. 16, 6rav yea yn o Seds (Neptune)
éy TH SaXaoon, and impers. Hdot. vii.
191, nuépas éyeiuale Toeis: also verxari
tempestate, as Diod. Sic. vol. i. p. 128,
GEL TOUS TOTrOUS XEtuaCerv, but far more
freq., and in N. T. only, in pass. yetua-
Coa, to be tempest-tossed at sea, Acts
xxvii. 16, o@odpws O& yeluafouévwr
jaw. Jos. Ant. xii. 3, 3, yetuat. véws.
Xeipuappos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (yetua, see
Xétuwv, and péw,) a poetic expression,
prop. applied as an epithet to mwotawods,
but also in N. T. used as a subst. to de-
note @ winter-torrent, which flows only in
the rainy season, and is dry in summer,
John xviii. 1, of the brook Cedron. So
in Sept. 2 Sam. xv. 23, al. et Class.
Xeruwv, wvos, 6, (xetua, rain, from
Xéw, to pour,) prop. rain, storm, tempest,
bad weather, as Lat. hyems: 1) gener.
Matt. xvi. 3, kai mowt? Zyueoov yetmwv.
Acts xxvii. 20, yeyumvds Te ob dXiyou
émikétmévov. So Plut. Timol. 19, too
Xeu@vos émixerévov. . John x. 22, Kai
XEtuwv qv, i. e. ‘stormy wintry weather.’
Sept. and Class. 2) meton. the season of
rains and storms, the rainy season, winter,
2 Tim. iv. 21; with genit. of time when,
Xétuq@vos, ‘in winter,’ Matt. xxiv. 20, al.
and Xen. Conv. ii. 18. Sept. and Class.
Keto, pos, 7, the hand: I. prop. and
gener. of men, Matt. iii. 12, ob Td wrvov
év TH X. avTou. v. 30. viii. 15. xii. 10.
xv. 20, al. sepe: so of angels, &c. Matt.
iv. 6, mi xetomv dpovai ce. Rev. i. 16,
469
X EI
17, al. in phrases, e. g. Ta Epya TaD YX.
Tivos, of an idol, Acts vii. 41 ; evil deeds
or conduct, Rev. ix. 20; of God, the
works of creation, Heb. i. 10. ii. 7.—II.
anthropopath. of God, = the powerful
hand of God, Acts iv. 30, év Tw Thy x.
cov éxreivery oe eis iaow. Elsewhere
to the hand of God, as the instrument of
action and of power, is ascribed that which
strictly belongs to God himself, Lu. i. 66.
Acts xi. 21, yelo Kupiouv tv pet’ adtou,
‘with him for ad.” On the contrary, Acts
xiii. 11, yelo Kupiovu émi oé, ‘ for punish-
ment.’ See Ex. ix. 3. Job xix. 21.—III.
with prepositions, where to yelp, as the
instrument of action and power, is ascribed
what strictly belongs to the person him-
self or to his power: 1) dca yerods or
Xelo@y Twos, ‘ by the hand or hands of’
any one, by his intervention, = va Tuvos,
Mk. vi..2) Acts ii. 23. v.12. vii. 25. x1:
30, al. 2) eis yetpads Tivos, ‘into the
hands of’ any one, i. e. into his power: so
Tapadidocbar eis yetpas, Matt. xvii. 22.
xxvi. 45. Acts xxi. 11. xxviii. 17: also
with verbs of committing, Lu. xxiii. 46.
John xiii. 3. Once éumecety cis yetpas
Ozou, i. e. into his power for punishment,
Heb. x. 31. 3) év yeipi Tivos, once =
eis Yelpas Tivos, comp. év III. 5. John
lil. 35, wavtTa OéOwKev év TH X. aUTOU.
Elsewh. = 61a yerods Tivos, i.e, by or
through the intervention of any one, Acts
vil. 35, vy x. ayyédov. Gal. iii. 19, 4)
éK XeLpos Twos, ‘out of his power,’ after
verbs of freeing, delivering, &c. Lu. i. 71,
74. John x. 28, 39, al.
Xetoaywyéiw, f. how, (xepayw-
yos,) te lead by the hand, trans. Acts ix.
8. xxii. 11, and lat. Class.
Xerpaywyos, ov, 0, n, (xElo, ayo,
aywry?),) lit. a hand-leader, ‘ one who leads
by the hand, Acts xiii. 11, of a blind per-
son, é(nter Yercoaywyovs, a graphic de-
scription of blindness; the expression,
however, was probably one freq. in com-
mon life: so Artem. i. 50, tu@dAots
ETOINGED, VA YELOAYWYOLS KONTwWVTAL.
Xetpoypapoy, ov, To, (Xelo, yoa-
gw,) prop. hand-writing; in N. T. meton.
a hand-writing, ‘something written by the
hand,’ e. g. the Mosaic law, the /etter in
antith. to the spzrzt, Col. ii. 14.
Xetootmointos, ov, 0, 4, adj. (xele,
To.w,) made with hands, the work of
men’s hands; hence artificial, external :
80 vaos Xetpotrointos, Mk. xiv. 58. Acts
vig 40. hbeb.ixa 1 1,
Xetpotovéiw, f. how, (xeEtooTovos,
from yelp, Teivw,) to stretch out the hand,
to hold up the hand, as in voting, hence fo
vote, give one’s vote, intrans.; in N. T.
trans. to choose by vote, to appoint, Acts
xiv. 23, XelpoTovycavTes avTois Tpec-
y, Sp ill
Buréoovs, ‘having selected, constituted,”
see my note: pass. 2 Cor. viii. 19.
Xeigwv, ovos, 6, n, (irreg. comparat.
to kaxos, from yZéoys, ‘bad,’ obsol.) worse,
said of state, condition, or quality, &c.
Matt. ix. 16, yeZpov cxioua yiveTas. Xii.
45, al.: so of punishment, worse, more
severe, Heb. x. 29, and Class. Fig. of
persons, in a moral sense, | Tim. v. 8,
awiotov yelowv. 2 Tim. iii, 13, and
Class. as Xen. Mem. i. 2, 52.
XeoouBip, Heb. cherubim, symbolic
representations of the Divine attributes;
in N. T. spoken of the golden figures
representing the cherubim, and placed on
or over the ark, Heb. ix. 5, Xeo. dons.
X7pa, as, 7, (fem. of adj. y7jp0s, be-
470
XOP
prop. signifying ‘to thrust out the lip.’
See Ps. xxii. 7.) to yest, deride, scoff,
absol. Acts ii. 13. xvii. 32, & Class.
XALapos, a, ov, adj. (xAtaiaw, yNiw,)
prop. tepid, chiefly of water: so Athen.
p. 123, towo yA.: in N. T. fig. lukewarm,
Rey. iii. 16.
XAwpos, a, ov, adj. (xAdn, ¥Xdos,)
prop. pale-green, yellowish-green, as the
first shoots of grass. In N. T. 1) gener.
green, Mk. vi. 89, ert Tw x. xépTw. Rev.
vill. 7. ix. 4. Sept. and Class. 2) spec.
pale, yellowish, Rev. vi. 8, trios yNwoos,
an emblem of mortality, from pestilence
reaved,) prop. adj. bereaved of one’s hus- |
band, widowed, Lu. iv. 26, wees yuvatka
xjoav. So Sept. yuv) x. 2 Sam. xiv. 5.
i K. vit. 14. Jos. Ant. viii. 13, 2, and
sometimes in Class. Subst. 7 x1oa, a
widow, Matt. xxiii. 14, oikias Tav ynewv,
al. sepe. Sept. & Class. Fig. of a city left
desolute, Rev. xviii. 7: comp. Lam. i. 1
XOés, adv. yesterday, John iv. 52.
Acts vii. 28. Heb. xiii. 8. Sept. and later
Class.; the earlier and purer used ex0es.
Xudiapxos, ov, 0, (xXiAtor, apxw,)
prop. a captain of a thousund, Sept. and
Class. In N. T. gener. @ commander,
captain: 1) gener. Mk. vi. 21. Acts xxv.
23. Rev. vi. 15. xix. 18. 2) spec. a trz-
bune, an officer of the Roman armies, six
of whom were attached to each legion and
were its chief officers, Acts xxi. 31, sqq. &
al. and so oft. in lat. Class. 3) said of the
prefect of the Temple, John xviii. 12.
Xirzras, ados, 7, (yirdtor,) a thousand
in number, Lu. xiv. 31. Acts iv. 4, et al.
XidXcor, at, a, num. adj. a thousand,
2 Pet. iii. 8, et al. Sept. and Class.
Xitwv, @vos,o: 1) prop. in sing. a
tunic, i. e. the inner garment, (as distin-
guished from inetvov, the outer one, which
was usually of greater value,) mostly with
sleeves, and reaching usually to the knees,
Matt. v. 40, kai Tov xiTwva cov AaBetv.
Lu. vi. 29. John xix. 23. Acts ix. 39;
and Class. 2) in plur. y:t@ves, used as
our word clothes for ‘ clothing, Matt. x.
10. Mk. vi. 9. Lu. iii. 1]. ix. 3, & Class.
Xiwyv, dvos, 7, snow, Matt. xxviii. 3, al.
XAapds, voos, 7, chlamys, a wide and
coarse cloak, confined on the right shoul-
der by a clasp, so as to cover the left side
ef the body, and worn over the other gar-
ments. In N. T. spoken of the Roman
paludamentum, or officer’s clouk, Matt.
xxvii. 28, 31, and oft. in lat. Class.
Kreva lw, f. dow, (xAevy, jest, de-
rision, fr. xéAus, XetXos, * the lip,’ and so
and death, (‘pallida mors,’ ) as it were stalk-
ing about; or that sailow hue incident to
fear. Anthol. Gr. iii. p. 11, yAweny capKxa..
XEs', six hundred and sixty-six, the
number for which these letters stand, viz.
x’ 600, E' 60, s’ 6, Rev. xiii. 18.
Xoikos, 1, ov, adj. (ydos & xous,) of
earth, earthy, terrene, 1 Cor. xv. 47, 48.
Xotve€, exos, 7, an Attic measure for
grain and things dry, 4 the Attic medim-
nus, or }a Roman modius, nearly @ quart
English, Rev. vi. 6.
Xotpos, ov, 6, 1, @ swine; Matt. vii.
6, et al. and Class.
Xohaw, f. now, (xorH, gall,) prop.
and in earlier authors, to be full of bile,
melancholy, mad, equiv. to weXkayxXokaw,
Aristoph. Nub. 833; in later writers. and
in N. T. xoAovpar, to be full of gall, to
be enraged, intrans.; in later writers, used
either with a dat. or an acc. with pos, az,
denoting the object, John vii. 23, guoi x.
Xo}, Hs, 1, (xéw, to pour out,) prop.
the gall; in N. T. fig. gall, bitterness: 1)
that of pozson, venom, fig. Acts viii. 23,
eis yao yxoAiy mixpias—opw ce ovTa.
So Plut. Romul. 17, Boep iov Kai yxo-
Ajs eviwy Synotwv. 2) from the Heb. ‘an
infusion of bitter herbs,’ e. gr. wormwood,
poppy, &c. Matt. xxvii. 34, édwkav ai’rw
mMvety O£os meTa YoARS pepeypmevov.
X ous, Xous, 0, (xéw, Yow,) gen. Yoos,
dat. yot, acc. xouv, in Class. earth, as dug
out and thrown up, @ mound, Hdot. 1.
150. Thue. ii. 76; in N. T. gener. loose
earth, dust, Mk. vi. ll, éxtuwaeate Tov
xovv, and so in Sept. and Class. Rev.
xviii. 19, €@aXov your émi tas Kehadas
auTw@y, i. e. in token of grief.
Xoonyéw, f. iow, (xoonyos, fr. xo-
00s, dyw,) prop. and prim. to lead a cho-
rus of singers and dancers, Anthol. Gr. 1.
73, but often figur.; then to lead out or
furnish a@ chorus on public oceasions at
one’s own expense; hence gener. and in °
N. T. to furnish, supply, with acc. | Pet.
iv. ll, €& icxvos ns xopyyet & Beds. |
2 Cor. ix. 10, and Class.
X OP
Xooods, ot, 6, dancing, as connected
with music and song, on festive occasions,
Lu. xv. 25, fikovce cuugwrias Kai yxo-
pay. Sept. and Class.
Xopta lw, f. dow, (xooTos,) prop. and
in earlier writers used of animals, ‘to feed
with grass or hay;’ and soin N.T. Rev.
xix. 21, of fowls, Ta dpvea EyooTacOnoav
ék T. capkw@y av.: but in later writers gener.
and in N.T. of persons, to satiate with
food, e. gr. Matt. xv. 33, cote yooTacar
OxAov TocouvTov : pass. xiv. 20. John vi.
26. Phil. iv. 12. Ja. ii. 16:, with azo,
Lu, xvi. 21. Fig. to fill the desire of any
one, fo satisfy, pass. Matt. v. 6. Lu. vi. 21.
Xootacnua, atos, To, (xooTaWw,)
prop. used of food for cattle, fodder ;
sometimes, though rarely, applied to food
for men, Acts vii. 1].
XopTos, ov, 6, in Class. usually fod-
der for animals, green or dry, grass, hay ;
in N. T. grass, herbage, being a general
term among the Hebrews, (who divided all
vegetables into two sorts, trees, by the
Hellenists called EvAa, and plants or
herbs, also called ydptTos, ) comprehending
both grass and corn, and likewise flowers,
Matt. vi. 30, tov xoptov Tov ayoou. Mk.
vi. 39, al. Sept. and Class.
Xpaw, f. wow, has in prose four dif-
ferent significations, viz. yeaw, to utter an
oracle, not found in N. T.; xiyonme, to
lend ; yodoua, to use; yor, impers. zt
needs, u behoves: 1. kiypnmt, to lend, see
in its order.—II. yodouar, f. joouat, de-
pon. mid. fo use, make use of, foll. by dat.
of things, Acts xxvii. 17, BonBeiars éxpav-
ro. 1 Cor. wii. 21, 31. ix. 12, 15, al. and
Ciass. Of persons, fo use well or ill, ¢o
treat, with dat. Acts xxvii. 3, @iAavOow-
Tws Tw Ilatiw yornoauevos. Sept. and
Class.—III. impers. xo7}, imperf. éxojv,
inf. yejvar, prop. ‘there is use for, dz
needs, tt behoves, tt ought; with inf. Ja. iii.
10, ob xXp%) TavTa oUTW yivecbat, & Class.
Xpeia, as, 7, (xpéos,) I. use, usage,
the act of using, or employing any thing;
in N. T. meton. ‘ that in which one is em-
ahead an employment, business, Acts vi.
is} = 7,
» OUS KaTacTHoOMEY ETL TIS Xoelas |
>
TavTys. So Jos. Bell. ii. 20, 3, ov« éar-
éoTnoav a’Tov Tals Xpeiars. 2 Macc. vii.
24, and sometimes in lat. Class.—II. xeed,
necessity, want: 1) gener. Eph. iv. 29,
Tpos oixodouyy THs xpsias. So yoeia
ec7t, ‘there is need,’ opus est, with gen.
Lu. x. 42, évds tort ypeia, ‘ one thing is
needful ; also with infin. Heb. vii. 11, and
se oft. in Class. 2) of personal need, ze-
cessity, want, Acts xx. 34, tTais ypetars
ov UTNpET Cay ai XEloES aUTAaL. XXVili.
. Te pos tiv yo. Rom. xii. 13. Phil.
471
X PH
to need, to want. So gener. and with gen.
to have need of, Matt. ix. 12, ob ypetav
Exovow ot loyvovtes iaTpov. xxi. 3.
xxvi. 65. Lu. ix. 1], al. Foll. by infin.
act. Matt. xiv. 16, ob ypeiav txovoww
ameNBetv, John xiii. 10, al.; by inf. pass.
Matt. iii. 14; by tva, John ii. 25, xvi. 30.
also in Class, Also of personal need, want,
with gen, Matt. vi. 8, oidev 6 Ilatijo vpev
wv xpsiav exete. 1 Th. iv. 12. Rev. iii.
17. Absol. to have need, = to be in need
or want, Mk. ii. 25, al.
XpewerrETns, ov, 6, (xXoéos, dpei-
Aw,) a debtor, Lu. vii. 41. xvi. 5. Sept.
and later Class.
X p17), impers. verb, see in Xodw ITI.
Xen Cw, f. iow, (xe7, Xeeta,) to need,
have need of, desire ; with gen. Matt. vi.
32, olde yao 6 Hatijo yuwy—éte Xer-
CevTe ToUTwY aTavTwv. Lu. xi. 8. Rom.
xvi. 2. 2Cor. iii. 1, and oft. in Class.
Xpynma, aros, TO, (xedouar,) prop.
something useful, ‘what one needs.” Hence
gener. and in N. T. wealth, usually plur.
Ta xpnuata, Mk. x. 23, of Ta yo.
éyovtes, i.e. the rich; ver. 24, weo:-
Qoras emi tots xp. Lu. xviii. 24. Sept.
and Class. oft. Spec. money; once sing.
Acts iv. 37, fveyKxe TO xo. 1. e. the price;
plur. Acts viii. 18,20. xxiv. 26, and Class.
XonpatiCw, f. iow, (xojma,) prop.
and gener. to do business, whether private or
public, (Sept. and Class.) espec. in trade ;
mid. to do business, and by impl. to make
profit, to gain, as oft. in Class. but more
freq. of kings and magistrates, to dispatch
business, i.e. to give audience and answer,
e. gr. to ambassadors, petitioners, &c. to give
response or decision. Hence in N. T. Sept.
and Jos. Ant. iii. 8,8, and xi. 8, 4, ‘to
impart Divine warnings or revelations,’
and in the pass. to recewve them; the term
being used either abso]. as Heb. viii. 5.
xi. 7. xii. 25, or foll. by ured tou Tvev-
matos Tov ayiov, as Lu. ii. 26, or bard
ayyérkou ayiov, as Acts x. 22. Elsewh.
in N. T. according to later Greek usage, it
signifies to take or bear a name, to be named
or called, constr. with the name in appos.
as Acts xi. 26. Rom. vii. 3, woryaXis yon-
patios. Jos. Philo, Polyb. & Diod. Sic.
Xonpatropos, ov, o, (xonuatifw,)
prop. and in Class. ‘ the transaction of
public business,’ and hence buszness gener.
espec. the giving audience, making a response
or decision ; in N.T. @ response from God,
or oracle, Rom. xi. 4. 2 Mace. ii. 4.
Xproipos, n, ov, adj. (yodouas,) lit.
usable, and gener. useful for any purpose,
profitable, 2 Tim. ii. 14, eis obd&v yon-
| o.uov. Plut. de Ira Cohib. 6, éar’ ovderr
i
ii. 25. iv. 19, al. and Class. 3) in the | Xeuo{uw,and so elsewh. in Class. & Sept.
phrase xpeiav zyewv, ‘to have need,’ =|
Koyors, ews, 7, (xpcoua:,) lit. a using
ici inapeecacnnipaaigpei tian untciamaae nTate
” eee
Se en a A ST NTT
AIP dh
472
X PO
any thing, also the wse so made; in N. T. |iv. 41, sepiss. 2) joined with ’Incovs, ©
spec. of the use of the body in sexual |e. gr. Incovs 6 Xpiords, Acts v. 42, al.
intercourse, Rom. i. 26,27. Ocell. Lucan. | —II. as @ proper name, CHRIST : 1) ab-
4, roos Thy THY appodiciwy XoAow.
Xenorevouar, depon. mid. (ypn-
a7os,) to show oneself yonoros, i. e. to be
good-humoured, gentle, kond, 1 Cor. xiii. 4,
n ayaTn paxoobumel, XpnoTEvEeTaL.
Xoenotoroyia, as, n, (xXorcTOs,
Adyos,) fuir words, insinuating discourse,
_consisting of mere professions without
reality, (the Class. do not use the word,
but xonorol Adyou and ypnaTos Aoyors, )
Rom. xvi. 18, dsa THs xp. Kal evAoyias.
X eno TOS,7, Ov, adj. (yedomat,) useful,
profitable, fit, good for any use, oft. in
Class.; in N. T. I. of TH1nGs; and 1)
Lu. v. 39, 6 waXatds (olvos) yonoroTe-
eos éotuv, ‘is better for use ;’ and so not
unfreq. in Class. e. gr. Athen. 585, oivoy
xe. 2) fig. good for use, easy to bear or
wear, Matt. xi. 30, 0 yao Cuyos pou xen-
otros. So, in a moral sense, useful to
society, good, virtuous, 1 Cor. xv. 33,
PUeipovoi 70n yonoTa Optiarc Kaka.
So #09 xo. Aristoph. Nub. 956.—II. of
PERSONS, wseful towards others, as oft. in
Sept. and Class. ; hence benzgnant, gentle,
kind, Lu. vi. 35, avt0s (0 Geds) YoneTes
éoTLy ET TOUS dxapioTous Kai TovNOOUs.
Eph. iv. 32. 1 Pet. ii. 3, and Class. Neut.
TO XpnaTov, goodness, kindness, Rom. ii. 4.
Xpnorotys, nros, 1, (xXonoTs,)
prop. goodness, gentleness, kindness: 1)
gener. Rom. il. 4, tov wAovTouv THs xo.
auTou Katappovets ; xi. 22. 2 Cor. vi. 6.
Gal. v. 22, Eph. ii. 7. Sept. and Class.
2) fig. in a moral sense, goodness, equiv.
to righteousness, uprightness, Rom. iii. 12,
ovK éoTL Toiwy YpnoToTynTa. Hdian. x.7.
Xpicua, atos, To, (xplw,) prop.
‘something rubbed in,’ as o2/ in anointing,
ommtment, unguent; meton. chrism, an
anointing, unction; in N. T. fig. of Chris-
tians, (by that metaphorical sense whereby
the verb yoiw is used of communicating
the gifts and graces of the Spirit,) az
anointing, spiritual wnetion from God, 1
John ii. 20, Justs yoioua exeTE ATO TOU
‘“Ayiou, Kal oldate Wavrta. ver. 27.
KX ptotiavos, ov, 0, (Xpicros,) a
Christian, Acts xi. 26, see my note; xxvi.
28. 1 Petiiv. 16:
XoroTos, 7, ov, adj. (xeiw,) anointed ;
in N. T. properly an appellative (derived
from the Heb.) meaning, ‘the Anointed
of God, the King constituted of God ; but
often passing over into a proper name.
I. prop. as an appellative: 1) absol. 6
Xpuotos, the Christ, the Messiah, Mk. xv.
32, 0 Xo. 6 BactXeds Tov "Iooayjr. John
i, 42. iv. 42. Acts ii. 386. ix. 22: so Matt.
1.17. Lu.ii. 26, tov Xorotov Kuoiov.
pon ee eS EE EE SS ee eS ee a a ee eee eee eee
—
| sol. Xovoros, or 6 Xororos, Rom. v. 6,8.
vill. ll, o éysipas Tov Xp. 2k vexpwn.
Gal. i..6, 7. i120. 1; Pet. t, 1 laeaae ae
2) oftener joined with ’Iycous, as Matt. i.
16. Mk. i. lL. Johni. 17, al. Xo. Incovs
only in St. Paul’s Epistles, 1 Cor. i. 30,
& oft.—III. meton. 1) equiv. to 6 Adyos
tou Xp. the Gospel, 2 Cor.i. 19, 21. Eph.
iv. 20. 2) equiv. to TO cma Tov Xo.
Christ's body, the Church, 1 Cor. xii. 12.
3) equiv. to the salvation of Christ, i. e.
obtained through him, Gal. iii. 27, Xo.
évedvoacUs. Phil. iii. 8, tva Xp. Keo-
Onow.
Xoiw, f. isw, prop. to rub over the
surface of a body; hence gener. to anoint
any thing or person, for any purpose what-
ever, with oil or ointment. Sept. oft. and
Class. In Sept. also ¢o anoint, as a sacred
rite, zo consecrate by unction to any office,
as that of a prophet, Is. lxi. 1; or king,
1 Sam. x.1,al. Hence in N. T. to anoint,
consecrate as by unction, to set apart for a
sacred work, trans. 1) of Jesus, as the
Messiah, the anointed King, comp. in Xgu-
oTos, Acts iv. 27, ov éxpioas. Asa pro-
phet, with infin. Lu. iv. 18, zyoucd pe-
evayyedicacQat mwrwyxors. So gener.
with dat. éyoure IIvetuati ayiw, Acts
x. 38, meaning, by a metaphor taken from
the form and mode of inaugurating kings,
‘envested and endued,’ namely, at his bap-
tism ; with double acc. Heb. i. 9, Zyoucd
oe 0 Osds—tavov ayadhiacews. 2) of
Christians, as anointed, consecrated, set
apart to the service of Christ and his Gos-
pel by the gift of the Holy Spirit, 2 Cor.
1. 21, 6 d& xgioas Uuas, Beds. -
XpooviGw, f. isw, (yedvos,) to pass
away time, to delay, be long in coming, or
in doing any thing, intrans. and absol.
Matt. xxv. 5, xpoviGovtos Tov vuudiov,
Lu. i. 21. Heb. x. 37. Foll. by inf. go-
xeoQar, Matt. xxiv. 48. Lu. xii. 45.
Xeovos, ov, 6, time: I. PROP. and
GENER. 1) Mk. ix. 21, wocos ypovos
éotiv; Lu. iv. 5. Acts vii. 23. Gal. iv. 4,
Rey. ii. 21: so dsatpiBew yYoovov, Acts
xiv. 3, 28; zrojoar xpovov, xv. 39.
With prepositions: dua tov xe. Heb. v.
2; éx xpovwy ikavav, Lu. viii. 27; év
TavTt xp. Acts i. 21; éi yodvov, Lu.
Xvill. 4; ed’ dcov yo. Rem. vii. 1; wera
Xpovov mohvv, Matt. xxv. 19. 2) accus.
Xeovoy or xXpovous, marking duration,
‘ time how long,’ Mk. ii. 19, dc0v yoovov
€xovet Tov vupdiov. Lu. xx. 9. John v.
6. vii. 33. Acts xiii. 18, al. 3) dat. xo0-
vw, Xoovors, marking tume when, wm or
during which, &c. Lu. viii. 29, qwodAots |
Xedovots cuvnoTwaker avtov. Acts viii. ll. |
X PO
Rom. xvi. 25.—II. spc. by the force of
adjuncts, where yodvos sometimes stands
for a time or season, like Katpos; e. gr. pl.
joined with Karpoi, Acts i. 7, yuavar xpo-
vous ) Ka:oovs. 1 Th. v. 1; with gen. of
event, Matt. ii.7, rov yo. Tov paivouévou
adotepos. Lu. i. 57, 6 Xo. Tov TEKEtv.
Acts iii. 21. 1 Pet. i. 17. iv. 3, 0 wao-
ednrvbas xo. (Xen. Mem. ii. 1, 34, Tov
uéAXNovtTa xo. Tov Biov); with an adj.
or pron. Matt. ii. 16, cata Tov xp. ov
qAKpiBwoe. Acts i. 6. 1 Pet. i. 20. Jude
18. 2 Tim. i. 9, woo xodvwv aiwviwy.
] Pet. iv. 2, tov év capKi xo.
XevrotpiPéw, f how, (xpovos, Toi-
Bw,) to wear away or spend time, to delay,
intrans. Acts xx. 16. Aristot. Rhet. ii. 3.
Xpuvceos, én, cov, contr. ypvoous, 7,
ovv, adj. (xpuads,) golden, of gold, 2'Tim.
‘ii. 20, cxevn yovoa. Heb. ix. 4, orduvos
xeuo7y. Rev. i. 12, sq. al. Sept. & Class.
Xovciov, ov, Td, (dim. of ypucos,)
gold in pieces, especially as wrought up. I.
gener. Heb. ix. 4, t#v KiBwTov—rrepike-
-‘Kaduppevny wavTobev xovotw. | Pet. i.
7. Rev. iii. 18, al. Sept. and Class.—IT.
ineton. 1) a golden ornament, | Pet. iii.
3, weoiVeris yovoiwv. Rev. xvii. 4. Sept.
Job xxvii. 16, and Class. as Thuc. ii. 13,
Tols TWepiketmévors xXpvoios. 2) gold
COIN, money, Acts iii. 6. xx. 33. 1 Pet. i.
18, and Class.
XovcodaxtvXtos, ov, 0, 4, adj.
(xpucos, 6axtbX10s,) with gold rings upon
the fingers, Ja. ii. 2, and Class.
XpucodA Bos, ov, 6, (xpueos, NiGos,)
chrysolite, prop. golden stone, a name ap-
plied by the ancients to all gems of a golden
or yellow colour; but espec. the topaz,
Rev. xxi. 20. Sept. and Class.
Xoucdmpacos, ov, 0, (xpuvccs, Toa-
cov, a leek,) a precious stone (see Pliny)
of a greenish colour, Rev. xxi. 20.
Xpucos, ov, 6, gold: I. GENER. Matt.
li. 11, yxovoov, kat AiBavov, et sexpe al.
Sept. and Class.—II. meron. 1) golden
ornaments, | Tim. ii. 9, 7] yovuow, 4 pao-
yaoitas. Rev. xvii. 4. xviii. 16. Lue.
de Dom. 8, Ta ypovow és TocoUTOV Ke-
Koounrat. 2) in plur. gold coin, money,
Matt. x. 9. Ja. v. 3, and Class.
Xpucow, f. wow, (xpveds,) to gild,
deck with gold, trans. as oft. in Sept. and
Class. In N. T. Rev. xvii. 4, xeypuvow-
“mévyn Xovoew, Or Xpvoiw. xviii. 16. So
Sept. and later Class.
Xpws, yowtos, 0, prop. the surface of
the body, the skin, Sept. and Class. ; but
gener. and in N. T. the body, Acts xix. 12,
a0 TOU Xp. aAUTOU covdgpia.
X@Xos, H, dv, adj. prop. erippled in the
Jeet, limping, Matt. xi. 5, ywot wepitra-
rove. xv. 30, 31. Lu. vii. 22. John v. 3.
473
X¥ QP
Acts iii. 2. viii. 7. xiv. 8. Fig. Heb. xii.
13. Once, lame from the loss of a foot, for
avamnoos, maimed, Mk. ix. 45. So AE.
V.H. xi. 9, deiEas ywAov Tuva Kai avarn-
pov. Xen, Cyr. i. 4, 11, ywXov—KodoPov.
Xwoa, as, 7, prop. the space which con-
tains any thing, the place in which any
person is, or where any thing is; hence
gener. and in N. T. @ country or region:
I. GENER. 1) prop. Lu. iii. 1, THs "Ir.
kal To. xwoas. xv. 13, sqq. John xi. 54, —
55. Acts viii. 1; with gen. att@v, Matt.
ii. 12; so gener. iv. 16, év yxwpa Kai oxia
Qav. by an Hellenistic idiom, for év ywpa
oxotewwy ; thus answering to the ‘mortis
umbra’ of Ovid and Virgil: opp. to the
sea, Acts xxvii.27. 2) meton. for ‘ the
inhabitants of a country, Mk. 1. 5. Acts
xii. 20. 3) put with the name of a city,
&c. a district, territory, around it, Matt.
viii. 28, eis THY x. Tov Tepy. Mk. v. 1.—
II. spxc. the country or fields, as opp. to the
city, Lu. xxi. 21 ; as cultivated, (for ayoos,
by an Hellenistic idiom,) xii. 16. John iv.
oo. Ja. v. 4, and Class.
Xwoéw, f. iow, (xwpa,) to give place
or room, to give way, yield ; hence in N.T.
I. to go away froma place: 1) gener. to
g0, pass, intrans. with sis, Matt. xv. 17,
eis THY KotNiav Xwoet: fig. 2 Pet. iii. 9,
TavTas eis weTAaVOLav Kwonoar. 2) spec.
to go forward, and fig. to go WELL, succeed,
John viii. 37, 6 Adyos 6 éuos ob YwpeEt év
vutv.— II. spoken of capacity, to have
room for, take, hold, contain: 1) prop. as
a vessel, with acc. of measure, John ii. 6,
Udpiat Kwouicat ava peTonTas Ovo A
Toets: gener. of a place, with acc. of
thing, Mk. ii. 2, Bore prKkéTi Ywpetv se.
avtovs. John xxi. 25. 2) fig. to receive,
e. gr. a doctrine, &c. to admit, assent to,
with ace. Matt. xix. 11, ob awdvtes yw-
gover Tov Aoyov: also of persons, to receive
to one’s heart, ‘ give a place in one’s affec-
tions,” 2 Cor. vii. 2, xwoncate huas.
Xwoi Cw, f. isw, (xwois,) to put apart,
separate, trans. 1) act. Matt. xix. 6, 0
ovuv 0 Ozds cuvéCevEev, avOpwmos ph
xworcetw: foll. by ad, Rom. viii. 35.
Pass. Heb. vii. 26. 2) mid. ywoiGouas,
and aor. 1. pass. éywpicOiyv as mid. to
separate one’s self, to depart ; from a per-
son, with azo, 1 Cor. vii. 10, yuvatxe
a0 avooos ty KworcOjvar: absol. ver.
11,15. Philem. 15: from a place, = to go
away, depart, with amo, Actsi. 4, amo
‘Tepcoodtuwy pt) xweifec0ar: with éx,
xviii. 1
Xwpiov, ov, to, (xw@pos,) prop. a
spot or place, also a@ country, region ; in
N. T. a field, furm, Matt. xxvi. 36, eis
Xwoiov N\eyouevov I. John iv. 5. Actsi.
18, extycato xwpiov: pl. Ta ywoia,
estates, iv. 34.
X QP
Xwors, adv. and prep. apart, sepa-
gaiely: I. as adv. John xx. 7, xy. évtetv-
duyuévov. and Class.—II. as prep. with
gen. apart from, without: 1) gener. Matt.
xii. 34, x. tmapaPodys. Lu. vi. 49. John
i. 3. Rom. iii. 21. Heb. iv. 15, xy. duap-
tias. Vii. 7, al. 2) equiv. to besedes, ex-
clusive of, Matt. xiv. 21, y. yuvarka@v Kal
qwatdiwy. 2 Cor. xi. 28. Sept. & Class. oft.
X@oos, ov, o, the Latin name of the
N.W. wind; in N. T. meton. the north-
west, the quarter whence corus blows, Acts
xxvii. 12, BXéqrovTa—KaTa yaoov.
i.
Warrow, f. arto, (Waw,) to touch
sharply, so as to cause vibration, to twitch
any thing; so of strings, fo twang, said
espec. of a bow-string: also of a stringed
instrument of music, fo ¢hrum the strings,
strike the chords; hence absol. WadXeup,
to play on any stringed instrument: in
Sept. and N. T. to stng or chant, prop. as
accompanying stringed instruments, absol.
Jam. v. 13; with dat. of pers. to or i
honour of whom, Rom. xv. 9, Tw dvouati
sev Wako. Eph. v. 19; with dat. of man-
ner, | Cor. xiv. 15, Wat@® Tw mvevpate
—Tw voi, where see my note.
Wardpos, ov, 6, (Waddw,) prop. the
twang of a bowstring, or the thrumming, i.e.
playing on stringed instruments ; in later
usage, song, prop. as accompanying stringed
instruments, Jos. Ant. vi. 11,3, Tw Ww.
Kal Tois Upvors é€adev avtov. Plut.
Alex. M. 67, povoa cupiyywy kat
avA\@v, wons TE Kal Wadpou. InN. T.
simply @ song in praise of God: 1) gener.
1 Cor. xiv. 26, ExactTos vuav Warpov
Zxet, where see my note. Eph. v. 19,
Wadrpois Kat Uuvors Kat wdats mvEv-
patikais. Col. iii. 16. Sept. Ps. xev. 2.
2) spec. of the Psalms, as a book of the
O. T. Lu. xx. 42. Acts i. 20. xiii. 33.
Wevdadedkqos, ov, 0, (wWevdas,
adehqgos,) a false brother, said of pre-
tended Christians, whether Jews or Gen-
tiles, 2 Cor. xi. 26. Gal. ii. 4.
WevdatootoXos, ov, 6, (Wevdrjs,
amootoXos,) a false apostle, a pretended
minister of Christ, 2 Cor. xi. 13
Wevdis, égos ous, 0, n, adj. (Wevdo-
pat,) prop. false, lying, Acts vi. 13, wap-
tTupas Wevodets. Rev. 11.2. Sept. & Class.
By impl. false towards Gop, wecked, un-
godly, Rev. xxi. 8, eidwXoAaTeats Kat
qwaot Tots Ww. Sept. Prov. viii. 7, al.
WevdodrdacKkados, ov, 6, (Wevdis,
didacKados,) a false teacher, 2 Pet. ii. 1.
Wevdodoyos, ov, 6, 7, adj. (Wevdijs,
eye) speaking falsely, lying, as oft. in
474
vEY
later Class.: in N. T. spoken of false ©
teachers, 1 Tim. iv. 2, év UToKpicogs Weu- ,
dohoywv, of which expressions the former
denotes a pretended show of extraordinary
sanctity, and the latter adverts to the
falsehood by which the claims in question —
were supported.
WVevdowaptup, vpos, 0, 1, (Wevdis,
paptup,) a false witness, Matt. xxvi. 60.
1 Cor. xv. 15. Plut. Rep. gerend. Prec. 29.
WVevdopaptuoéw, f. how, (Wevdo-—
paptup,) to bear false witness, intrans.
With kat’ avrou, Mk. xiv. 56, 57: absol. ~
ben Wevdouaptupyons, x. 19; also ob 7
a Rom. xiii. 9. Jos. &
ass. 3 7
Wevdonaptupia, as, %, (Wevdo-~
faptupéw,) false witness, Matt. xv. 19.
xxvi. 59, and Class. ~
WVevdotwpo0gpntrys, ov, 6, (Wevdys,
toopiytns,) a false prophet, i. e. ‘one who
falsely claims to speak under Divine in-§
spiration,’ whether in foretelling future
events, or in making known the will of ®
God, Matt. vii. 15. Lu. vi. 26, et al. Sept.
Wevdos, eos ous, TO, falsehood, either
as said of speaking what is false, John viii.”
44, dtav Nady TO Wevdos, or as applied
to falsehood in word or deed, decezt and
Fraud of every kind, Eph. iv. 25, aaro8éue-
vot tO Wevdos. Col. iii. 9. 2 Thess. ii. 9,
onpelors Kal Tépact Wevddous, equiv. to!
Wevdeor, ‘false, deceiving;’ ver. 1}. 17
John ii. 21, 27. So Sept. Ps. v. 7. Jer.
v.2, and Class. Also applied to denote
wickedness, ungodlimess, so qwotety wev-|
dos, ‘to practise wickedness,’ Rev. xxi.”
27, movety Boédkuyma Kai Wevdos. In
Rom. i. 25, wetyAAaEav tyy adHPerav
tov @. 2v te W. it signifies a pretended)
God, an idol. So Sept. of false gods, Jer.
iii. 10, al. :
Wevddyptotos, ov, 6, (Wevdys,
Xptoros,) a false Christ, a pretended Mes-
siah, Matt. xxiv. 24, al.
Wetdw, f. ow, (Wevdos,) in Class. to
speak falsely, intrans. to lie to any one,
trans. to deceive, tiva; pass. to be de-
ceived. Usually,and in N. T. only, depon.
mid. wWevdonar, f. evoouar, to speak
falsely, to lie, deceive ; absol. Matt. v. 11.
Rom. ix. 1, adjOerav AEyw, ev XoroTw*
ob} Wevdouar. 2 Cor. xi. 31. Gal. i. 20.
1 Tim. ii. 7. Heb. vi. 18. Jam. iii. 14,
Kata THS adnOeias, where see my note.
1 John i. 6. Rev. iii. 9; with ace. of pers.
Acts v. 3, WetcacQai ce TO Iveta TO
éy.ov, * that thou shouldst attempt to de-
ceive the Holy Spirit, bya lie ; the attempt
here, as often, standing for the performance.
Foll. by ets tia, Col. iii. 9. Sept. Also!
with dat. of pers. to lie to any one,, Acts,
VvEY 4
v. 4, obk iWetow avOowmors, dX\AG TH
©. So Sept. Ps. xviii. 45.
Wevdwvupos, ov, 0, 1, adj. (Weuvdys,
évonea,) falsely named or called, | Tim.
vi. 20. So Philo de Vit. Mos. ii. p. 161, 6,
rods Wevdwvtmous, sc. Seovs, and Class.
Wevopa, atos, To, (Wevdouat,) false-
hood : in N. T. by impl. falsehood toward
God, wickedness, ungodliness, Rom. iii. 7.
Wevorns, ov, 6, (Wevdw,) lit. Sone
false,’ a liar, deceiver, John viii. 44, 45.
1 Tim. i. 10. Tit. i. 12. 1 John i. 10. ii.
4. iy, 20. v.10, and Class. So of a false
teacher, 1 John ii, 22: also by impl. one
false toward God, an apostate, wicked per-
sor, Rom. iii. 4. So Sept. Prov. xix. 22.
Eccelus. xv. 8.
Vnrtapaw, f. tow, (aw, Wadrw,
Wakacow,) 1) prop. to touch, to feel, to
handle ; trans. Lu. xxiv. 39, bnrtapioaté
me, and so oft.in Sept. & Class. Heb. xii.
18, WyAag@wptvw ope, for Wnriagntoa,
‘the material and corporeal, or palpable
and tangible mount.’ 1] Johni. 1. 2) fig. to
feel after, Acts xvii. 27, ei doaye WyXa-
Pycerav avTov Kai evpocen.
YnpiCa, f. iow, (Wados,) 1) prop.
to count or reckon with pebbles, by drop-
ping one for each object presenting itself,
a primitive mode of calculation still pre-
served among barbarous nations. 2) fig.
in N. T. and Class. to calculate, and gener.
to reckon, with acc. Lu. xiv. 28, Ww. typ
datavnv. Rev. xiii. 18. Ps. xlvii. 14,
Aquil. and Class.
LH pos, ov, 4, (Wrdw,) prop. a small
stone, pebble ; also fig. in various senses, ac-
cording to the uses to which the ancients
applied pebbles, whether as counters for
reckoning, or as dice or lots; or, as most
freq., the black and white pebbles used
in voting: hence in N. T. 1) meton. a
vote, suffrage, Acts xxvi. 10, dvatpoupé-
yov avTwY KaTHveyKa Whdov. 2) «a
token, Rev. ii. 17, To vikevte dbwow aita
Wipov eveijv, Kai éwi tHv Wadov
Ovoua Kawov yéeypaupévov, where see
my note.
WiGvorcpos, ov, 6, (WibvoiGw,) a
whispering; in N. T. = secret slander,
detraction, 2 Cor. xii. 20, as also in Plut.
Conj. Prec. 40.
Wibvprotis, ot, 6, (WiOveivw,) a
whisperer, and by impl. a secret slanderer,
detractor, Rom. i. 30, Wbupictas, kaTa-
Aa@Xouvs.
Wixiov, ov, Td, (dim. of WiF, from
Wiw,) a little bit or scrap of bread, meat,
&c., found only in N. T. Matt. xv. 27.
Lu. xvi. 21, trav Weiyievy tay minrov-
Twv ato THS TOaTECNS TOU TovGion,
‘which were sent from the rich man’s table.’
79 ey Xx
Vv xi, 7s, 7, (vxw,) prop. the breath,
but usually, (so Eur. Or. 1103, éumvéwv
Tip Wwvyxijv,) and in N. T., the vital breath,
through which the body lives, (so Aristot. de
Mundo, éumvette kai Wuyi tioyer Ta
Gaa,) the principle of life manifested in the
breath, the soul: I. PRop. the soul as the
vital principle, the vital spirit. 1) gener.
Lu. xii. 20, tiv Ww. cov atraitovow amo
cov. Acts xx. 10, 7 W. avtov év aitw
éotiv: of beasts, &c. Rev. viii. 9, Ta
(kticnpata) tyovta Wuyxas, 2) meton.
life itself, Matt. vi. 25, un weoiuvare TH
Wuxn. xx. 28, dovvar thy wW. abtou
AvToov. Lu. vi. 9, al. sepe: so TiOévae
tyHv W. ‘to lay down one’s life,’, John x.
11, al. ; (nretv THv W. Tivos, Matt. ii. 20.
Rom. xi. 3. Comp. Sept. 1 Sam. xx.
]. This use of Wuyyn for Cw, though
doubtless derived from, is not peculiar to,
the Hebr., being likewise found in Herod.
and the other early Greek writers. Some-
times Wux7 refers not only to natural life,
but also to life gener. as continued beyond
the grave, Matt. x. 39. xvi. 25. John xii. 25,
0 piiev THY W. aitou atrohéce: abTyy,
al. : so, as including the idea of life, or the
spirdt, both natural and eternal, Matt. xvi.
26. 3) of a departed soul or ghost, separate
from the body, Rev. vi. 9, tas W. Tap
éopaypevwyv. xx. 4. Acts ii, 27.—II.
SPEC. the soul, as the sentient principle,
Lat. antmus: 1) as the seat of the senses,
desires, affections, appetites, and passions,
i.e. the lower and animal nature common to
man with the beasts ; distinguished, in the
Pythagorean and Platonic philosophy, from
the higher or rational nature, 6 vous or TO
mvevua, belonging to man alone, —a
distinction found in the Sept. and some-
times in N. T. comp. wvevue II. 11.3; so
1 Th. v. 23, ro wvevpa Kal 7 W. Kai To
capa. Heb. iv. 12, axor peptopou
Wuyns Te Kai wvevmatos. Lu. i. 46: as
distinguished from d:avora, Matt. xxii.
37, al.; from civeors, Mk. xii. 33. Sim-
ply the soul, denoting the mind or feelings,
Matt. xi. 29, evonicere dvatwavow Tats
W. tue. Lu. ii. 35. John x. 24. Acts xiv.
2, 22. Heb. xii. 3. 1 Pet.i. 22: so évdAn 7TH
us. cou, ‘with all one’s soul,’ Matt. xxii.
37, aud 2£ dAnsT7s W. cov, Mk. xii. 30, éx
Wux7s, ‘from the soul,’ heartily, Eph. vi.
6. pia Wuyi) eivat, ‘to be of one soul,’
unanimous, Acts iv. 32. Phil. i. 27. Also
to the soul, as the seat of the desires, affec-
tions, appetites, &c. is often ascribed that
which strictly belongs to the person him-
self, Matt. xii. 18, eis Ov eddoxnoev 4 W.
pov, and Mk. xiv. 34, wepikumos éotiv
nw. pou. Lu. i. 46, al. Sept. and Class.
2) gener. the SOUL, as distinguished from
the body, ‘ the spiritual and immortal nature
of man, with all its higher and lower
powers, its rational and animal faculties,
he ie eo
Matt. x. 28, un poBeto0e ard Tav—Tijpv
oe W. ur) Ouvapevwy atroxtetvat. 2 Cor. i.
23. Heb. vi. 19. x. 39. James i. 21. v. 20.
a Pet. 1.9, cwrnypiav Wuyep. ii. 11, 25.
Wisd. i. 4, J1. Jos. and Class.—III. me-
ton. a soul, i. e. a living thing, animal, in
which there is 7 Wun, ‘life: 1) gener.
and from the Hebr. 1 Cor. xv. 45, éyé-
veto 0 TowWTOS avOo. eis WuxXnY Caoar,
i. e. Sa living sentient creature,’ Rev. xvi.
3. So Sept.. Gen. i. 24. ii. 19, al. 2)
oftener of man, @ sowl, = a living person,
Tasca Wux7, ‘every soul,’ or person, Acts
ii. 43. iii. 23. Rom. xiii. 1. So, in a peri-
phrasis, taca W. dvOoHr7rov, “every
man,’ Rom. ii. 9, & Sept. Wuyas avOpw-
qmwy, ‘men, Lu. ix. 56. Sept. Lev. v. 1,
2. Wux1 avQow7ov, Num. xix. 1], 13.
Kurip. Phen. 1315, péviar Wuyai. So in
enumerations, (by a use of Wuyai for per-
sons, common to the Class. as well as
Script. writers,) Acts ii. 41, Wuyai woei
tpioxiriar. vil. 14, al. Sept. oft. Eurip.
Hel. 52, Wuyai dé mwohdai. 3) spec. for
@ servant or slave, Rev. xviii. 13, Wuxas
advGowmTwy, supposed by many learned ex-
positors to denote ‘female slaves,’ in dis-
tinction from the preced. cwuarTa, or‘ male
slaves.’ But the expression seems rather
intended to intimate the iniquitous nature
of this traffic, by the consideration that it
is exercised on their fellow-men, beings
endued, like themselves, with a rational
sowl. Comp. Ezek. xxvii. 13, évemrogev-
ovTo cot ev Wuyxais avlopwmwy: and
Test. xu. Patr. p. 715, wXérTers Wuxas
éx yys EBpaiwv.
Wuyekos, 1, ov, adj. (Wuyx7n,) breathing,
animal, possessing animal life : prop.
of the BODY, c®ua WuyiKov, an animal
body, having breath and animal life, ‘ that
which is endued with faculties of sense,
and has need of food, drink, and sleep for
its support,’ 1 Cor. xv. 44 bis, 46; opp. to
cua TWvevpatiKkov. (see in Ivevuati-
Kos 1.) Diod. Sic. i. 12, aitios Tou Wuyi-
Kov tots Gwors. 2) of the SOUL or mind,
animal, natural, i. e. pertaining to the
animal or natural mind and affections,
swayed by the affections and passions of
human nature, not under the influences of
the Holy Spirit, opp. to wvevuatikos, see
in Wuxy I. 1 Cor. ii. 14, Wuxikos avOo.
ov OéxeTat Ta TOU IIvevU. TOU BO. Jude
19, Wuyxixoi. James iii. 15, 77 codia
Wuxi, i.e. animal or natural. Comp.
wuyx7 : and so in the heathen Philosophers,
e.g. Arr. Epict. iii. 7, 5, 7 jd0vn n WuyeKn.
Wityos, eos ous, To, (WvxXw,) cold,
John xviii. 18, 67. Woyos mv. Acts xxviii.
2. 2 Cor. xi. 27. Sept. and Class.
Wuyoos, a, ov, adj. (Wixw,) cold,
cool, fresh, refreshing, e. gr. aroT/oLov
Wyxoov, i. €. datos, Matt. x. 42; an
476
QAT
ellips. also found in the case of JEPMOV
and not unfreq. in the Class. writers. So
Plut. de Garrul. 17, AaBav Wuypou —
KUAika. Fig. of one ‘lukewarm and in-~
different’ as to religion, neither wholly
abandoning, nor fully observing it,’ ode
Wuxpos oute Ceords, Rev. iii. 15,sq.
Wo'xw, f. b&w, aor. 2. pass. édriyny,
prop. to breathe, blow; hence by impl. —
with ace. ‘to blow upon,’ to cool, Sept. &
Class. In N. T. pass. Wiyoua, f. 2.
Wuyncoua, to be cooled, to grow cold, fig.
of affection, Matt. xxiv. 12, Wuyiicerat
1 ayaTy) THY ToMAwD.
Vwpilw, f. iow, (Wwpuds, a bit, mor-
sel, from Wow, cogn. with Wéw,) prop.
‘to break up any food into bits,’ and from
the adjunct, to distribute them, in order
to feed any one therewith: so Sept. tis
nuas Wwuret Koga; Num. xi. 4. In N.T.
Rom. xii. 20, Wauile avtov: so Porphyr.
de Abst. iii. 23, WwuiGouc: Ta vedrTia.
Plut. Symp. v. proem. at ta Boégn
WwuiGovcat Tocpoi; with ace. of thing,
i Cor. xii. 3, gay Wwpuicw wavta Ta
UTAOXOVTEA [LOU.
Wwutov, ov, Te, (dimin. of Wwpds,
fr. Waw,) a bit, morsel, John xiii. 26, al.
aud Class. :
Vox, f. Ew, (wo, cogn. with Waw,)
to rub any thing 7 pieces with the hand,
as ears of grain, Lu. vi. 1.
2,
*Q, interject. O! before the voc. in a
direct address, Matt. xv. 28, w yvtvar.
Mk. ix. 19. Lu. ix. 41, al. sep. Sept. and
Class. Once in admiration, Rom. xi. 33,
w Babos x.7.A. Sept. and Class.
“Qéde, prop. a demonstr. adv. (dd,)
prop. in Class. thus, so, but in poetic and
later usage, and in N. T. also, an adv. of
place, HITHER, or HERE, i. e. Zo or 2 this
place, viz. I. hither, to this place, after
verbs of motion, Matt. viii. 29, AGEs
woe. Xiv. 18, et al. Ews wdc, Lu. xxiii. 5.
So Sept. & Class.—I1. here, iu this place,
after verbs implying rest and the like: 1)
prop. Matt. xii. 6, oT: Tov iepou peiQwv
éotiv woe, ver. 41, 42, al. sepe. Sept. &
Class. Ta woe, the things done here, mean-
ing ‘the present state of his affairs, Col.
iv. 9. 2) fig. hereim, in this thing, Rev.
xiii. 10, 18. xiv. 12, al.
’'Q.di, i.e. wd}, Hs, 7, (contr. for aor-
67), fr. deidw,) an ode, song, e. gr. in praise
of God, Eph. v. 19. Col. iii. 16. Rev. v.
9, al. Sept. Jos. and Class.
"Qdiv, tvos, n, (kindr. with 6dvvn,) a
late form of the nom., instead of the usual
QAT
) Wdls, Tvos, @ pain, pang, as of a woman
in travail: 1) prop. 1 Th. v. 3, dX e8p0s,
ome 1) WOly TH EV yaorpl éxovoy. Sept.
und Class. 2) FIG. severe pain or sorrow,
Matt. xxiv. 8. Mk. xiii. 9, ravta apy?)
»oivwv, and Sept. So Acts ii. 24, Avoas
ras @éivas Tov Saveérou, in allusion to
Ps. xviii. 5, where Sept. wdtves SavaTou.
So also Job xxxix. 2, Sept. wdtvas a’tav
tX\voas. The phrase Aver wdtvas occurs
also in Class. e. gr. Lycophr. Cass. 1198,
opt wdivas eEzeXvce Aalpaias yovi7s, in
which passages there is allusion to such
pains, as holding the person tight around.
VE]. H. An. xii. 5, to’s tTwv WOivwy uv-
oat deopods.
'Odr've, f. ww, (wdis,) prop. to be im
throes, to travail in childbirth, absol. Rey.
xli. 2, gv yaorol tyovuva Koale, woi-
vouca. Gal.iv. 27, 7 obK woivovca, ‘thou
that travailedst not,’ art barren. Sept. and
Class. Fig. of a Christian teacher, with
acc. fo travail with any one, i.e. to be in
spiritual birth, Gal. iv. 19, where see my
note, and comp. Tevvaw I. 1.
“Qos, ov, 6, (prob. fr. obsol. otw, for
dipw,) a shoulder, Matt. xxiii. 4. Lu. xv.
5. Sept. and Class.
‘Ovéopuat, f. joouar, depon. mid. aor.
1. wuncapny, to buy, purchase, with ace.
of thing, and gen. of price, Acts vii. 16, w
wuvycato ABoaau timys adpyuptou, and
oft. in Class. Luc. D. Mort. iv. 1, rap
weve (Opaxuwv) wyncauny, Kal TpoT w-
THoa Ovo 6Bodw».
"Qov, ov, 76, ovum, an egg, Lu. xi. 12.
Sept. and Class.
“Qpa, as, 7, horu, a time, or season, ‘a
definite space or division of time,’ as
marked by natural or conventional limits ;
€. gr. a season of the year, woa tov Sé-
pous or yeiuwvos, or Tou éTous. In N. T.
used of shorter intervals, @ time, (and
sometimes, like kaipos, a point of time,)
season, hour, viz. 1. of the day generally,
day-time, day; Matt. xiv. 15, wea Hon
maonhGe. Mk. vi. 35, 76n woas odds
Yyevopuévns, (so oft. in Class. as Pol. v. 8,
3, TodAjs woas,) Mk. xi. 11, dbWias Hn
ovens Ts woas.—lI. of a definite part or
division of the day; in earlier writers used
only of the greater divisions, as morning,
noon, evening, night, Ews, weonuBpia,
éomépa, voE: or also morning, noon, and
evening, do0pos, Kaipos peonuBpuvos, k.
OztAtvos or tomrepos: in N.T. an hour,
one of the 12 equal parts into which the
hatural day, and also the night, were
divided: 1) prop. and gener. John xi. 9,
OvXL Oweeka ciow Hoar THs Huéoas ; al.
sep. Acts x. 30, uéxp. Tav’Tns THs Woas.
Rev. ix. 15. Dat. with év of time when,
Matt. viii. 13, 2v +7 doa éxetvy, ‘at that
Very instant.’ xxiv. 50, év wpa 7 ob ywo-
477
Q =
oxet. John iv. 538; acc. of time how long,
Matt. xx. 12, uiav wpoav étroinoay. Acts
xix. 34. 2) fig. for a short time; ace.
piav wpav, Rev, xvii. 12; dat. wid wpa,
xviii. 10, 16, 19; apds wpav, John v. 39,
al.—III. meton. and gener. .howr, time,
period, as said of any definite point or
space of time: 1) with adjuncts, e. gr.
an adj. or pron. amd THs wpas éExeivys,
Matt. ix. 22; dat. of time when, avtn TH
woa, Lu. ii. 88. moia woa, Matt. xxiv.
42. 4) woa, ver. 44. So also Lu. vii. 21, &
x. 21, gv ata TH woa. Matt. x. 19, and
xxiv. 36, wept 0& THS Tpépas EkeivNS Kal
THs woas: so Rev. iii. 3. 1 Cor. iv. 1],
axpt THs dot: woas. With an adv. or
relat. John iv. 21. So with ‘va, xii. 23.
xiii, 1, Foll. by gen. of thing to be done
or to happen, Lu. i. 10. xiv. 17, 77 woe
Tov Oeimvov, al. Foll. by gen. of pers.
one’s time, ‘that appointed to him,’ in
which he is to do or suffer, Lu. xxii. 53.
John xvi. 21; elsewh. of Christ, John ii.
4,al. 2) simply the tome, i.e. spoken of,
or otherwise understood, Matt. xxvi. 45,
nyyikev 4 woa. Mk. xiv. 41. John xvi.
4, ] John ii. 18. Xen. Mem. ii. 1, 2.
Emphat. John xvii. 1.
‘Qpatos, ata, atov, adj. (wea,) prop.
tumely, seasonable,as said of fruits in season ;
also fig. of that period of life, when the body
is at its aku, in the full bloom, and con-
sequently beauty, of manhood. So wpa
nXwkias, Thuc. vi. 84. Auschin. p. 19, 4,
Ka\XNet kai woa. Hence said of persons,
comely, beautiful, Sept. Gen. ii. 9. iii. 6,
and Class. e. gr. Lucian, D. Deor. v. 5.
Plut. Cat. Maj. 4. Theocr. Id. i: 109,
woatos x’ "Qdwuis. Xen. Mem. i. 3, 10.
In N. T. only of things, Matt. xxiii. 27,
Tapois—ottiwes t€wlev pev paivovtar
woator. Rom. x. 15. Said of a gate of
the Temple, Acts iii. 2, tiv Svpav tov
Leoou tiv AEyouevnv ‘Qoaiav. ver. 10,
éTi TH Woaia TUAYH. See my note.
"QOpvopat, f. voouar, depon. mid. to
roar, howl, as beasts, from rage or hunger ;
e. gr. a lion, | Pet. v. 8, ws Aéwv wpevoO-
mevos. Sept. and Class.
‘Qs, relat. adv. (ds,) correl. to mas,
Tws, prop. im which way, nm what way,
and hence gener. as, so as, how: A) in
COMPARISONS. 1) prop. & fully, with a
corresponding demonstr. adv. as oUTws, or
the like, either preceding or following, e. g.
oUTws—ws, so—as, Mk. iv. 26. John vii.
46. ws—oUtws, as—so, Acts viii. 32.
Rom. v. 15, 18: so icos—ws, Acts xi. 17.
Opoiws Kat ws, Lu. xvii. 28; also ws—
kat, Matt. vi. 10, ws év obpavw Kai émi
7ns yns. Acts vii. 51. Gal. i. 9. More
freq. oU ws is omitted, and then ws may
often be rendered so as, or simply as, Matt.
vi. 29. x. 25. Mk. i, 22. Lu. vi. 40. xxi.
a a
Q &
30. Rom. iv. 17. v. 16. 2) gener. before
a noun or adj. in the nomin. or acc. as,
like as, like, Matt. x. J6, @odvipor ws ot
Opets, Kal aképatot ws ai Tepiorepat.
xiii. 43, al. Acts xi. 5. Ja. i. 10. Rev. i. 14,
oft. By Heb. a noun preceded by ws often
denotes something like itself, Engl. as it were,
Rev. iv. 6, in lat. edd. évwartov Tov Ooovou
ws OéXacoa vaNXivy. viii. 8. ix. 7. xv. 2.
acc. xix. 1. B) implying QUALITY or cha-
racter: I. before participles referring to a
preceding noun, and expressing a quality
cr circumstance belonging to that noun,
either real or supposed, as, as if, as
though: 1) before a nom. as referring to
a preceding subject, Lu. xvi. 1, otros
OteBANIn aitw ws dvackooTiCwy K.T.X.
Acts xxiii. 20, al. sepe. 2) before gen. re-
ferring to a preceding noun, Heb. xii. 27,
Onrot Twy cadevopevwy THY mEeTaADEcLy,
WS TeTomuevwy: with a gen. absol. |
Cor. iv. 18. 2 Cor. v. 20, al. 3) before daé.
referring to a preceding noun, Acts iii. 12,
Haly TL aTEVviCeTE WS TWETTOLNKOGL TOU
wepimateiy avtov; | Pet. ii. 14. 4)
before acc. referring to a preeeding object,
Acts xxiii. 15, moos Uvuas ws wedovtas
Orayiwwokev. Rom. vi. 13. Rev. v. 6.—
II. before a subst. or adj. either as predi-
cate or object, expressing a quality or cir-
cumstance known, er supposed to belong
to a preceding noun, as, as if, as though,
where the partic. dv, ovoa, dv, may always
be supplied: 1) om. as referring toa pre-
ceding subject, 2 Cor. vi. 4, cuvicta@vtes
sauTovs ws Ozou drakovor. xi. 15. Eph. v.
1, 6,al. 2) gen. as referring to a preceding
noun, | Pet. ii. 12, buev ws Kako7roiwy.
iii. 16, 3) dat. as referring to a preceding
noun, | Cor. iii. 1, uty ws wWvevmatexots,
al. 4) accus.as referring to another object,
Matt. xiv. 5, ws mpopntyy avTov eixov.
Lu. vi. 22. Rom. i. 21, al.—III. before
prepositions with their cases, in the same
manner as before participles, see above in
I. 1) with dca, 2 Th. ii. 2, unre dv’ eme-
oTOATS ws Ol’ uv, SC. Yeypaupevns :
with gv, John vii. 10; with éx, Rom. ix.
32, al.; with éqri, Gal. iii. 16.—IV. before
numerals, = as it were, about, marking a
supposed or conjectural number, Mk, v.
13, joav ws dicyxircot. viii. 9. Lu. ii. 37.
John i. 40, al—V. intens. how! how
very! how much! Lat. quam! expressing
admiration; in N. T. only before adjec-
tives, Rom. x. 15, ws woator oi modes
K.7.A. ‘how beautiful the feet,’ &c. xi.
33. C) implying MANNER, before a de-
pendent clause qualifying or defining the
action of a preceding verb. 1) gener. as,
according as, Matt. i. 24, éoinoev ws
apocétacey avtTw 0 ayyedos. vili. 13.
Rom. xii. 3, al. 2) before a minor or
parenthetic clause, which then serves to
modify or restrict the general proposition,
478
QUE
Matt. xxvii. 65, brayere, dsaricacbe |
ws oldate. Mk. iv. 27. x. 1. Lu, iii, 23, 9
et al. 3) before a superlative, intens., -
like Latin quam: so ws tayioTa, ‘as |
speedily as possible, Acts xvii. 15.—
D) before dependent clauses, expressing —
the olyect or reference of a preceding verb
or word, the nature of the action, the cir-
cumstances under which it takes place,
and the like, 72 what way, how, as, &c.
often equiv. to a conjunction. I. gener.
how, equiv. to dmws I.; with the indic.
aor.
eimev avtw oO Oeds. Lu. viii. 47, al.—
II. before an objective clause in a stricter
sense, how, how that, that, with the indic.
equiv. to 671, Acts x. 28, Umets éqictra- |
oe ws d0éusrtov éctw. ver. 38. Rom. |
i. 9, al.—III. before a clause expressing —
end or purpose, as that, so that, like iva,
ows ; foll. by infin. expressing the pur-
pose of a preceding verb, so as to, im order
to, Acts xx. 24, ws tTeheL@oat TOV Opdmov
fou meta XYaoas: also ws eos etTety,
‘so to speak,’ Heb. vii. 9.—IV. before a
clause expressing result or consequence,
so as that, so that, like &ore; with indic.
Heb. iii. 11, ws @powa év TH Opyii wov.—
V. before a clause expressing a cause or
reason, as, that, equiv. to s¢mce, because,
like éarel, Ove; 2 Tim. i. 3, ws dradecT-
TOV EXW THY TWeot cov pveiav.—VI. be-
fore a clause implying time, as, when,
hke émrei: 1) gener. when, equiv. to 2m
that, while, with indic. Matt. xxviii. 9, ws
étoosvovto amayyetAa. Lu. i. 41, al.
sepe. 2) also when, equiv. to after that,
postquam, with indic. Lu. i. 23, éyévero
ws émwAnoOncay at Hutoar—amnrOev. il.
15, al. sepe: with tore, John vii. 10.
3) ws dv, whensoever, as soon as, with
subj. aor. 1 Cor. xi. 84. Phil. ii. 23; ws
éav, Rom. xv. 24.
‘Qoavva, inter}. hosanna ! Heb. prop.
‘save now, be now propitious! a word of
joyful acclamation, absol. Matt. xxi. 9,
Mk. xi. 9. ,
‘Qcairtws, adv. (ws, a’tws, fr. avTos, )
in the same way, likewise, Matt. xx. 5,
iqoincev WoavTws. xxi. 80, 36. Mk. xii.
21, al. and Class.
‘Qoel,= ws el, as if, as though; in
N. T. only before a noun or adject. 1) in
comparisons, as if, as it were, equiv. to as,
like as, Matt. ix. 36, é6pimpévor woet Tpo-
Bara wy exovta mwoméva. Mk. ix. 26.
Heb. i. 12: ellipt. Matt. iii. 16, eide ro
Tlvetpa Tov Oeov kataBatvoy wosl Teet-
orepav, sc. KataBaivovcav. Mk. i. 10. —
John i. 32. Sept. and Class. 2) before .
words of number and measure, as if, as u
were, about ; before numerals, Matt. xiv.
21, dvdoes woet wevtakioyinior. Lu. i. | 9
Mk. xii. 26, otk dvéyywre—ws |
Q & Il
56. iii. 23. John iv. 6. Acts iv. 4; of
measure, Lu. xxii. 41.
"“Qomep, adv. i. e. ws strengthened by
enclit. wep, prop. wholly as, just as, gener.
as, like as, &e.: 1) prop. as introducing
a comparison, followed by a corresponding
clause with oUtTws or the like, Matt. xii.
497° Rom: v. 19, 21. Ja. ii. 26, al. and
Class. 2) gener. and without ol Tws cor-
responding, Matt. v. 48. xx. 28. xxv. 32.
Acts ii. 2. iii. 17, al. and Class.
‘Qomepet, adv. (Soep, ei,) gust as
tf, as it were, 1 Cor. xv. 8, and Class.
“Qoere, i. e. ws, strengthened by enclit.
Té, serving to connect more closely a fol-
lowing clause with the preceding; prop.
an adv. like ws, &omep, used in com-
Rt as, like as, but gener. and in
. T. a conj. so as that, so that, before a
clause expressing an event, result, conse-
quence, whether real or supposed, and fol-
lowed usually by an infin. but also by the
indic. I. foll. by zfix. with acc. expr. or
impl. 1) fully, preceded by a demonstr.
as oUTws, Toovtros, &c. Acts xiv. l,
Aadyoa otTws woTe TioTEVTAL—TONY
athnGos. Matt. xv. 33, and Class. 2)
simply, without « preceding demonstr,
Matt. viii. 24, wore to wXotov KaXvr-
tTeclar bd THY KUMaTwv. Mk. i. 27,45.
Rom. vii. 6, oft. and Class.—II. foll. by
indicat., with otrws preceding, John iii.
(16, otttws Hyarnoev 6 Ozcs Tov Kdcpon,
THE
479
QAdE
wore Tov Yiov avTou eowkev, K.T.A. and
Class.—III. often at the beginning of a
sentence, with the indic. or imperat., as
an emphatic illative particle, so that, equiv.
to consequently, therefore, wherefore ; with
indic. Matt. xii. 12, wore eEEeoTe Tots
caBBac. kad@s Toetvy. Mk. ii, 28. x. 8.
Rom. vii. 12, al. ; with imperat. 1 Cor. iii.
21. Phil. ii. 12, al. and Class.
‘Qriov, ov, 76, (dimin. of ots,) an ear,
Matt. xxvi. 51. Lu. xxii. 51, al. and later
Class.
"'OAPErXeEta, as, 7, (WPerEw,) prop. a
furthering, help; in N. T. use, profit, ad-
vantage, Rom. iii. 1, tis 7 whédera THs
meortouns; Jude 16, and Class.
'Qgderéw, f. now, (Odedos,) to fur-
ther, help, profit, be of use: 1) act. absol.
Rom. ii. 25, mepitouy wpedet: with
double acc. of person and neut. vi, odéév.
Mk. viii. 36, Ti wpeAdjosr avOowTor ;
i Cor. xiv. 6. Gal..v. 2: acc. oddév sim-
ply, Matt. xxvii. 24. John vi. 68. xii. 19;
most of these constructions occ. in Sept. &
Class. 2) mid. or pass. fo be profited, to
have advantage, with acc. neut. Ti, ovdév,
pnoéev. Matt. xvi. 26, Ti wpeXetrae av-
Gowmos; Mk. v. 26: foll. by éx, with neut.
d, Matt. xv. 5; by év, Heb. xiii. 9.
'QPeripos, ov, o, 7, adj. (wPeréw,)
profitable, useful ; with mpos tu, 1 Tim.
iv. 8. 2 Tim. iii. 16; with dat. Tit. iii. 8.
END.
nme te nine nt cette ne or ee ee
e
ow? (Se
Che
a. my el
f
af
es
i
a At)
i Dent
*
ae
ih aes
, af
>
*
< a
4
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11